>tWf*Mni«tt*4ttttttifttwfi .•i»Ha'»KiiWH»inWWW» .i,,*,.,. ..^M^ w :v: :■■;..■>: \l . ^.w.M.*:o.;V SO(Uu^i->: '.J'.:; T 'f.\l: ■>' ' WXn'iJ'J'.1''';'1 >.V •-•.'Hi':';':'..... «w^,A:il'•-v•^1•••^•••,'' '■' -x'> ,,i-; ■'•■ •■■' myM.w'^iy•>,■■''•.>■>•-.'it v.. •.; . 1 • tfy\ ftfr: I i i?tr;r>ei<;,t.uinHfM.ittim UNITED STATES OF AMERICA * MB * * * FOUNDED 1836 WASHINGTON, D. C. B19574 nrr\/r\nniinnnn iT\/T!\n n rartr\cnn«\nii INDEX-CATALOGUE ' ' ( OF THE LIBRARY OF THE SURGEON GENERAL'S OFFICE UNITED STATES ARMY AUTHORS AND SUBJECTS THIRD SERIES VOL. I A-ARMY WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1918 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PUBLICATION MAY BE PROCURED FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE WASHINGTON, D. C. AT $2.00 PER COPY V 'hrtk, 67 5~. M4 Ser. 3 V, I I 9 l % War Department, Office of the Surgeon General, Army Medical Museum and Library, Washington, August 1, 1918. Maj. Gen. William C. Gorgas, Surgeon General, V. S. Army. General: I have the honor to present herewith the first volume of the Third Series of the Index-Catalogue of the Library of this Office. This volume includes 3,137 author titles, representing 6,089 volumes and 1,702 pamphlets, and 29,602 titles of articles in periodicals. The Library contains a total of 230,559 volumes bound and unbound, of which 196,243 are bound; and 352,523 pamphlets, in all 5S3,0S2 items (volumes and pamphlets). Exclusive of transactions of societies, the number of current periodicals now on file in the Library is 74S. The following table shows the number of titles in the Index-Catalogue, as far as published: AUTHOR TITLES. SUBJECT TITLES. Titles. Volumes. Pamphlets. Book titles. JoiTna! articles. Portraits. 176,364 169,812 3,137 85,663 86,248 6,089 151,504 166,291 1,702 168,557 136,405 4,537 511,112 645,557 29,602 4,335 Total in Second Series............................... 914 Third Series, Vol. I.................................. 141 Total to date................................. 349,313 178,000 319,497 309,499 1,186,271 o, 390 This volume is the beginning of a new series, which will, in all probability, be as extensive as either the first or the second, the total number of volumes to date being 38. On account of the immense number of pamphlet reprints in the Library, which are, in effect, repetitions of articles already indexed in current periodicals, it has been decided to omit these pamphlet entries from the bibliographies of books and pamphlets given under the name of each author, for the reason that such reprints, when not representing a complete set of subject titles under an author's name, have never been given in the classical bibliographies of medicine and, under present conditions, would tend to make the amount of printing so extensive as to be impracticable. In order to save space in printing, a number of obvious con- tractions have also been employed in the subject bibliographies in small type, e. g., the omission of the titles of certain articles which are either trite or a mere repetition of the title of the whole bibliography. In starting this Third Series, a few words about the prospects of the Library of the Surgeon General's Office and the status of current periodical literature, seem appropriate. As stated in the letter of transmission prefacing volume twenty-one of the Second Series of the Index-Catalogue, a card catalogue of the entire collection of books and pamphlets, including all author titles in the First and Second Series, has been started and is kept in special file cabinets in the Library Hall. This card catalogue, which is esporially designed for public service, is now completed as far as the letter "Q," and it is expected that the whole alphabet of titles will be in in rv the files by December, 1918. Through the removal of the Civil War pension records of the Adjutant General's Office from the large room underneath the Library Hall, it is believed that sufficient space will be secured for the expansion of the Library and the pubhc use of material, not before accessible on account of the contracted space in which our books and pamphlets have had to be kept to date. This might also be insured by the possibility of a new building for the collections in the Army Medical Museum. If the Latter alternative is not possible, the large room above mentioned may be utilized as an additional Library Hall, to contain all the peri- odicals, bound and unbound, and to be used as a reading room for the general medical public, entering the building on the same floor. The removal of these periodicals from the book stacks in the Hall on the second floor will give abundant additional space for the rearrangement and reclassification of the remaining books in these stacks and shelf room for new accessions for many years to come. Thus a better tactical arrangement of books for public service will be established on both floors. The collection of public documents, especially those touching all phases of public hygiene, has been carefully overhauled and the separate items reclassified and rearranged. This valuable material is now readily accessible for public use. The collection of medical incunabula (fifteenth century books) has been carefully segregated from all parts of the book stacks, now numbers 240 volumes and is thus accessible to students of medical history. A special catalogue of the same has been printed (Annals of Medical History, N. Y., 1917-1S, i, 301-315). Our unique collection of portraits of medical celebrities is in process of mounting and will be placed in special portfolios. Our valuable collection of medical autographs has been very materially increased by donations from Dr. A. Jacobi (New York), and will be ultimately mounted in portfolios. Our appropriation for purchasing medical literature has been doubled by Congress for the present fiscal year (1918- 19). This places the Library in position to purchase a large amount of European medical literature which has been inaccessible to date, by reason of war conditions. The German medical literature has not been fully accessible since the beginning of 1915; only the French medical periodicals have been obtainable, on account of the limited edition of books and pamphlets pubhshed, and the risk of transmitting copies of these overseas; very little of the Slavic and Scandinavian medical litera- ture has been obtainable since the end of 1914. The medical literature of France and England has fallen off very considerably in quantity and that of Belgium is practically extinct. During the present year, an attempt will be made to secure any recent European literature which is not now in the Library but is otherwise obtainable directly by purchase. Champe C. McCulloch, Jr., Colonel, Medical Corps, V. S. A., Librarian, S. G. 0. FIRST ADDITION TO THE alphabetical list OF ABBREVIATIONS OF TITLES OF MEDICAL PERIODICALS PUBLISHED IN THE TWENTY-FIRST VOLUME SECOND SERIES OF THE INDEX-CATALOGUE 8®"For explanations, see the Alphabetical List of Abbreviations of Titles, etc., in Vol. XXI, 2. s. A. Actas, mem. y comun. de la 3. Asambl. reg. de med. y farm. de Filipinas, Manila. Am. Atlas Stereoroentgenol., Troy, N. Y. Am. Breeders Mag., Wash. Am. Dent. J., Chicago. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., Wash. Am. J. Syph., St. Louis. Actas, memorias y comunicaciones de la tercera asamblea regional de medicos y farmaceuticos de Filipinas (celebrada en Manila del 7 al 11 de febrero de 1916). Manila. 1917. 8°. Alienists and Neurologists of America. [See Proc. Alienists & Neurol. Am., Chicago.] Alumni Federation of Columbia University. [See Columbia Alumni News. Also: Columbia Univ. Quart., A". Y.] American Anthropological Association. [-See-Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass., Lancaster, Pa.] American Association of Instructors of the Blind. [See Proc. Am. Ass. Instr. Blind, Berkeley, Cal.] American Association for Promoting Hygiene and Public Baths. [See Proc. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg. [etc.], Bait.] American (The) Atlas of Stereorcentgenology. Troy, N. Y. v. 1-2, 1916-17. 8°. American Breeders Magazine. Published by the American Breeders Association. [Quarterly.] Washington, D. C. v. 1-4,1910-13. 8°. [Continued-as J. Hered., Wash.} American College of Surgeons. [See Bull. Am. Coll. Surg., Chicago.] American Dental Journal. Progressive course of practical in- struction. Chicago, v. 1-7, 1902-8. 8°. American Genetic Association. [See J. Hered., Wash.] American Instructors of the Deaf. [See Proc. Conv. Am. Instr. Deaf, Wash.] American Journal ol Physical Anthropologv; published quar- terly. Washington, D. C. v. 1, 1918. 8°." American (The) Journal of Syphilis. A quarterly journal devoted to the study and prevention of syphilis. St. Louis, v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. [1] [2] Am. Rev. Tuberc, Bait. Am. Year-Book Anesth., N. Y. An. d. Inst. mod. de clin. med., Buenos Aires. An. scient. da Fac. de med. do Porto. An. d. zool., Santiago de Chile. Ann. Med. Hist., N. Y. Ann. paulist. de med. e cirurg., S. Paulo. Arch. di. chim. farmacog. [etc.], Roma. Art & Archseol., Wash. Atlanta Dent. J. Atti d. Cong, internaz. di terap. ns., Roma. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di la- ringol. [etc.]. Atti d. fond. sc. Cagnola, Milano. Atti d. lab. scient. A. Mosso [etc.], Torino. Atti ... r. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Australas. Nurses' J., Sydney. American Medical Association. [See Tr. Sect. Genito-Urin. Dis. Am. M. Ass., Chicago.] American Review of Tuberculosis. Journal of the National Asso- ciation for the Studv and Prevention of Tuberculosis. Balti- more, v. 1, 1917-18'. 8°. American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers. [See J. Am. Soc. Heat. & Ventil. Engin., N. Y.] American Society of Tropical Medicine. [See Tr. Am. Soc. Trop. Med., N. Orl.] American Teachers of the Diseases of Children. [See Tr. Ass. Am. Teachers Dis. Child., N. Y.] American (The) Year-Book of Anesthesia and Analgesia. New York. v. 1, 1916. 4°. Anales del Instituto modelo de clinica medica. (Anexado a la Facultad de ciencias medicas.) Buenos Aires, v. 1, 1914. 8° Anais scientificos da Faculdade de medicina do Porto. Porto. v. 2-3, 1915-16. 8°. Anales de zoologfa aplicada (agricola, medica, veterinaria). San- tiago de Chile, v. 1, 1914. 8°. Annals of Medical History. [Quarterly.] New York. v. 1, 1917- 18. 4°. Annaes paulistas de medicina e cirurgia. Sao Paulo, v. 6-9, 1916-18. 8°. Archives suisses de neurologie et de psychiatrie. [See Schweiz. Arch. f. Neurol, u.' Psychiat., Zurich.] Archivio di cbimica, farmacognosia e scienze affini. Roma. v. 7, 1918. 8°. [Continuation of: Arch, di farmacog. [etc.].] Archivio svizzero di neurologia e psichiatria. [See Schweiz. Arch. f. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Zurich.] Art and Archaeology. Washington, v. 5-7, 1917-18. 4°. Asamblea regional de medicos y farmaceuticos de Filipinas. [.See Actas, mem. y comun. de la 3. Asambl. reg. de med. y farm. de Filipinas.] Association of American Medical Colleges. [See Proc. Ass. Am. M. Coll.] Association of American Teachers of the Diseases of Children. [See Tr. Ass. Am. Teachers Dis. Child., N. Y.] Association of Military Dental Surgeons of the United States. [See J. Ass. Mil. Dental Surg., San Fran.] Association for the Study of the Internal Secretions. [See Endo- crinology, Glendale, Cal.] Atlanta Dental Journal. A quarterly journal devoted to the science of dentistry. Atlanta, Ga. v. 1, 1894. 8°. Atti del ii. Congresso internazionale di terapia fisica, 1907. Roma 1 v. 1908. 8°. Atti del Congresso della Societa italiana di laringologia, d'otologia e dirinologia. Pavia; Siena; Venezia. v. 1-16,1892-1913. 8°. Atti della fondazione scientifica Cagnola dalla sua istituzione in Poi, che abbraccia gli anni 1908-12. Milano. v. 23, 1913. 8°. [Continuation of: Atti . . . r. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett.] Atti dei laboratorii scientifici "A. Mosso" sul Monte Rosa della r. Univeisita di Torino. Torino, v. 3-4, 1912-14. 8°. Atti della fondazione scientifica Cagnola. Reale Istituto Lom- bardo di scienze e lettere. Milano. v. 3-22, 1860-1911. 8°. [Continued as: Atti d. fond. sc. Cagnola.] Australasian Nurses' Journal. Sydney, v. 13-16 1915-18. 8°. [3] B. Biol. Lect. Wood's Holl, Bost. Bol. d. Cons. nac. de hig. Boll. d. 1st. sieroterap. milanese. Brit. J. Ophth., Lond. Budapesti K. Orvosegy. Ev- kony. Budapesti K. Orvosegy. ertes. Bull. Am. Coll. Surg. Bull. Bd. Health Rhode Island, Providence. Bull. biol. de la France et de la Belgique, Par. Bull. Cumberland Valley M. Ass. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y. Bull. John Rylands Libr., Lond. Bull. Mass. Comm. Ment. Dis., Bost. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. de Par. Bull. Nav. M. Ass. Japan, Tokyo. Bull. Oklahoma Dent. Soc, Frederick. Bull. d. schweiz. Gsndhtsamtes. Bull. Soc. zool. de France. Bull. State Bd. Health Ken- tucky, Bowling Green. Bull. Univ. Maryland. School Med., Bait. Bibliographical Society of America. [See Papers Bibliog. Soc. America, Chicago.] Biological lectures delivered at the Marine Biological Laboratory of Wood's Holl. Boston. 5 v. (1894-9). 1896-1900. 8°. Boletin del Consejo nacional de higiene. Montevideo, v. 11-12, 1917-18. 8°. B dletino dell' Istituto sieroterapico milanese. Parte sperimen- tale della rivista "Terapia." Milano: v. 1, 1917. 8°. British Academy. [See Proc. Brit. Acad., Lond.] British (The) Journal of Ophthalmology, incorporating the_ Royal London Ophthalmic Hospital Reports, the Ophthalmic Re- view, and the Ophthalmoscope. London, v. 1-2, 1917-1S. 8°. Budapesti (A) Kir. Orvosegyesiilet. Evkonye. [Budapest Royal Medical Society. Annual reports.] Budapest. 3 v. 1906-9. 8°. Budapesti (A) Kir. Orvosegyesiilet ertesitoje. [Proceedings of the Budapest Royal Medical Society.] Budapest, v. 1, 1912. 8°. Bulletin American College of Surgeons. Published by American College of Surgeons. Chicago, v. 3, 1917. 8°. Bulletin of the State Board of Health of Rhode Island. Provi- dence, v. 4, 1918. 8°. Bulletin biologique de la France et de la Belgique. Fonde par Alfred Giard. Paris, v. 51, 1897. 8°. [Continuation of: Bull. scient. de la France et de la Belgique.] Bulletin of the Cumberland Valley Medical Association. Scot- land, Pa. v. 13, 1917. 16°. Bulletin (The) of the Department of Public Charities. Editorial Office, Department of Public Charities, Municipal Building, New York Citv. New York. v. 1, 1916. 8°. [Continued as: Hosp. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y.]. Bulletin of the John Rylands Library, Manchester. London. v. 2-1, 1915-17. 8°. Bulletin of the Massachusetts Commission on Mental Diseases. Boston, v. 1, 1917-18. 8°. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe de medecine de Paris, . . . (Societe de medecine de Paris, medico-chirurgicale et de mede- cine et chirurgie pratique reunies). Paris, v. 1, 1913. 8°. Bulletin of the Naval Medical Association of Japan. Office: The Naval Medical Association, Navy Department, Tokyo. Tokyo. Xos. 12-13, 1915-16. 8°. Bulletin of the Oklahoma State Dental Societv. [Quarterlv.] Frederick, v. 7-8, 1917-18. 8°. Bulletin des schweizerischen Gesundheitsamtes. Bern. 2 v. 1917-18. 8°. Bulletin de la Soci6t6 zoologique de France; reconnue d'utilite" publique. Paris, v. 41, 1916. 8°. Bulletin of the State Board of Health of Kentuckv. Bowling ■ Green, v. 6, 1916. 8°. Bulletin of the University of Maryland Sohool of Medicine and College of Physicians and Surgeons. Successor to the Hospital Bulletin of the University of Maryland, Baltimore Medical College News, and the Journal of the Alumni Association of the College of Physicians and Surgeons. Baltimore, v. 1-3, 1916-18. 8°. [4] C. Case & Comment, Rochester, N. Y. Chir. d. org. di movimento, Bo- logna. Clin. p. tutti, Roma. Coll. Stud. Bur. Laborat., Dep. Health, N. Y. Columbia Alumni News, N. Y. Columbia Univ. Quart., N. Y. Com. Relief Belg. Rep., Lond. Compt.-rend. confer, chir. inter- alliee p. l'etude d. plaies de guerre, Par. Confer, interalliee p. l'etude de lareeduc.profess. Rapp.,Par. Confer. Soc. sud-am. de hig. [etc.]. Cong, internat. de path, comp., Par. Contrib. Embryol. (Carnegie Inst.), Wash. California State Dental Association. [See J. Calif. Dent. Ass., San Fran.] Carnegie Institution of Washington. [See Contrib. Embryol. (Carnegie Inst.). Also: Papers Dep. Marine Biol. Carnegie Inst. Wash.] Case and Comment. The Lawyer's Magazine. Rochester, N. Y. v. 22, 1916. 8°. Cayuga County Medical Society. [See Tr. M. Soc. County Cayuga, Auburn.] Chicaaro Society of Internal Medicine. [See Tr. Chicago Soc. Int. Med.l Chicago Urological Society Chirurgia (La) degli 1917. 8°. [See Tr. Urol. Soc. Chicago.] organi di movimento. Bologna. v. 1, Clinica (La) per tutti; rivista mensile di medicina moderna. Roma, v. 1, 1917. 8°. Collected Studies from the Bureau of Laboratories, Department of Health, City of New York. 1914-15. New York. v. 8, 1916. 8°. Columbia Alumni News, New York. Published weekly during the college vear, by the Alumni Federation of Columbia Univer- sity. New York. v. 8-9, 1916-18. 4°. Columbia University. [See Columbia Alumni News. Also: Co- lumbia LTniv. Quart. Also: Neurol. Bull., N. Y.] Columbia University Quarterly; published by the Alumni Feder- ation of Columbia Cniversity. New York. v. 22, 1918. 8°. Commission (The) for Relief in Belgium. Nov. 1, 1914, to Oct. 31, 1915. London. First annual report, 1916. 4°. Comptes-rendus de la conference chirurgicale interalliee pour l'etude des plaies de guerre. Paris. 1918. 8°. [Also in: Arch. de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1917, lxviii.] Conference chirurgicale interalliee pour l'etude des plaies de guerre. [See Compt.-rend. confer, chir. interalliee p. l'etude d. plaies de guerre, Par.] Conference of Industrial Physicians and Surgeons. [See Proc. Conf. Indust. Phys. & Surg., Athens, Pa.] Conference interalliee pour l'etude de la reeducation profession - nelle et des questions qui inti'ressent les invalides de la guerre. Du 8 au 12 mai 1917, Grand Palais, Paris. Rapports. Paris 1 v. 1917. 8°. Conferencia de la Sociedad sud-americana de higiene, microbio- logia y patologia, Buenos Aires, 17-24 de septiembre de 1916. Buenos Aires, v. 1, 1917. 8°. Congres (Premier) international de pathologie compare^ organise" par la Societe de pathologie comparee, 17-23 octobre 191° Paris. 3v. 1912-14. 8°. Congresso internazionale di terapia fisica. [See Atti d. Con». internaz. di terap fis., Roma.] Congresso della Societa italiana di laringoloada, d'otologia e di rinologia. [See Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. df laringol. [etc.].] Consejo nacional de higiene. nac. de hig.] Montevideo. [See Bol. d. Cons. Contributions to embryologv. Publications of the Carnegie In- stitution of Washington. Washington. Nos. 1-14 1915-16. 8° Cumberland Valley Medical Association. Valley M. Ass., Scotland, Pa.] [See Bull. Cumberland [5] D. Dementia Prsecox Stud. cago. Dental Era, St. Louis. Chi- Dementia Praecox Studies. Edited by Bayard Holmes. [Quar- terly.] Chicago, v. 1, 1918. 8°. Dental (The) Era. St. Louis, v. 8, 1909. 8°. E. Eco cient., Ciego de Avila. Endocrinology, Glendale, Cal. Engl. - speaking Confer. Inf. Mortal. Proc. Escuela med.-mil., Mexico. Eco (El) cienti'fico; revista mensxial de medicina, cirugfa y cien- cias fisico-qui'micas. ( iego de Avila, Cuba. v. 1, 1917. 8°. Endocrinologv: The Bulletin of the Association for the Study of the Internal Secretions. Glendale, Cal. v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. English-speaking Conference on Infant Mortality. Report of the proceedings of the English-speaking Conference on Infant Mor- tality, held at Caxton Hall, Westminster, on August 4 and 5, 1913. London, lv. 1913. 12°. [Continuation of: Nat. Confer. Inf. Mortal. Proc] Escuela (La) medico-militar; revista mensual de ciencia y arte. Organo de la Sociedad de alumnos de la escuela constituciona- lista medico-militar. Mexico, v. 1, 1917. 4°. F. Faculdade de medicina do Porto. [See An. scient. da Fac. de med. do Porto.] Federation of State Medical Boards. [See Month. Bull. Fed. State Med. Bds. U. S.] Fondazione scientifica Cagnola. [See Atti d. fond. sc. Cagnola. Also: Atti . . . r. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett.] G. Gann. Japan. Ztschr. f. Krebs- forsch., Tokyo. Grace Hosp. Bull., Detroit. Gann. Japanische Zeitschrift fiir Krebsforschung. 1917. 8°. Grace (The) Hospital Bulletin. v. 1-2, 1916-18. 8°. [Quarterly.] Tokyo, v. 9, Detroit, Mich. H. Handb. Med. Treat. [Da Costa], Phila. Harper Hosp. Bull. Holmes Anniv. Vol. Essays, Wash. Anthrop. Hosp. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y. Handbook of Medical Treatment. Ec'ited by John C. Da Costa, with the active co-operation of fiftot A associate editors, in two volumes. Philadelphia, v. 1, 1918. 8°. Harper Hospital Bulletin. 1917. 8°. [Quarterly.] Detroit, Mich. 1, Holmes Anniversary Volume. Anthropological Essays. Pre- sented to William Henry Holmes in honor of his seventieth birthday, December 1, 1916, by his friends and colaborers. Washington. 1 v. 1916. roy. 8°. The Hospital Bulletin of the Department of Public Charities. [Quarterly.] New York Citv. v. 1, 1917. 8°. [Continuation of: Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y.] [6] I. Illinois Health News, Spring- field. Information, Kent, O. Internat. Ass. M. Mus. Bull. Internat. Cong. Arts & Sc, Lond. & N. Y. Internat. Cong. School Hyg. Tr. Iowa Bd. Health. Bull., Des Moines. Illinois Health News. Illinois State Board of Health, official monthly bulletin. Springfield, v. 2-3, 1916-17. 8°. Information. For patient and dentist, a magazine for the recep- tion room table. [Monthly.] Kent, 0. v. 2, 1S99. 4°. Institute of Medicine of Chicago. [See Proc. Inst. Med. Chicago.] Institute modelo de clinica medica. [See An. d. Inst. mod. de clln. med., Buenos Aires.] International Association of Industrial Accident Boards and Com- missions. [See Proc. Conf. Soc. Insurance, Wash. Also: Proc. Internat. Ass. Indust. Accid. Bds., Wash.] International (The) Association of Medical Museums. Bulletin. Washington, D. C; Ann Arbor, Mich. Xos. 1-7, 1907-17. 8°. International Congress of Arts and Science; edited by Howard J. Rogers. London and New York. 15 v. 1906-8. 8°. International (Fourth) Congress of School Hvgiene, Buffalo, N. Y., August 25-30, 1913. Transactions. Buffalo. 5 v. 1914. 8°. Iowa State Board of Health. Bulletin. Guilford H. Sumner, editor. [Quarterly.] Des Moines, v. 2, 1917. 8° Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. [See Rep. Pract. Short Course Vet. Med., Ames, Iowa.] Istituto sieroterapico milanese. [See Boll. d. 1st. sieroterap. milanese.] J. J. Am. Folk-Lore, N. Y. J. Am. Soc. Heat. & Ventil. Engin., N. Y. J. Anat., Lond. J. Applied Psychol., Worcester. J. Ass. Mil. Dental Surg., San Fran. J. Calif. Dent. Ass., San Fran. J. Educ. Psychol., Bali J. Hered., Wash J. Urol., Bait. Japanische pathologische Gesellschaft. [See Verhandl. d. japan. path. Gesellsch., Tokio.] Japanische Zeitschrift fur Krebsforschung. [See Gann. Japan. Ztschr. f. Krebsforsch., Tokyo.] John Rylands Library. [See Bull. John Rylands Libr.] Journal of American Folk-Lore. Lancaster, Pa., & New York. v. 30-31, 1917-18. 8°. Journal (The) ot the American Society 6f Heating and Ventilating Engineers. New York. v. 23-24, 1917-18. 8°. Journal of Anatomy (originally The Journal of Anatomy and Physiology). London, v. 51-52, 1917-18. 8°. Journal of Applied Psychology. Worcester, Mass. v. 1-2 1917-18 8°. Journal of the Association of Militarv Dental Surgeons of the United States. San Francisco, v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. Journal (The) of the California State Dental Association. Pub- lished monthly under the auspices of the California State Dental Association. San Francisco, v. 2-3, 1917-18. 8°. Journal (The) of Educational Psychology, including experimental pedagogy, child physiology and hygiene, and educational sta- tistics. Baltimore, v. 1-9, 1910-18. 8°. Journal (The) of Heredity. A monthly publication devoted to plant breeding, animal breeding and eugenics. Organ of the American Genetic Association. Washington, D. G. v. 5-9 1914-1S. 8°. [Continuation of: Am. Breeders Mag.] Journal (The) of Urology, Experimental, Medical, Surrical Baltimore, v. 1, 1917. 8°. ' g m K. Kitasato Arch. Exper. Med., Tokio. Kentucky. State Board of Health. [See Bull. State Bd. Health Kentucky, Bowling Green.] Kitasato Archives of Experimental Medicine, Tokio. v. 1, 1917. 8°. L. Lunds lak.-sallsk. forh., holm. Stock- Lunds liikaresallskaps forhandlingar 1914-15. S°. Stockholm. 1915. M. Malat. d. cuore, Roma. Med. Bull., Par. Med. e chir. d. med. prat., Na- poli. Med. Clin. N. Am., Phila. Med. Critic & Guide, N. Y. Med. Insur. & Health Conserv., Dallas. Med. prat., Napoli. Med. prat., Par. Med. Rev., Bergen. Med. & Surg., St. Louis. Mededeel. v. d. burgerl. ge- neesk. dienst in Nederl.-Indie, Batavia. Mem. Am. Anthrop. Ass., Lan- caster, Pa. Ment. Hyg., Concord, N. H. Mil. Hist. & Econ., Cambridge. Maatschappij voor diergeneeskunde in Nederland. [See Tijd- schr. v. diergeneesk., Utrecht.] Malattie (Le) del cuore. Direttore: Prof. Filiberto Mariani. [Monthly.] Roma. v. 1-2, 1916-18. 8° Marine Biological Laboratory. Wood's Holl. [See Biol. Lect. Woods' Holl, Bost.] Massachusetts Commission on Mental Diseases. [See Bull. Mass. Comm. Ment. Dis., Bost.] Medical Association of the Isthmian Canal Zone. [See Proc. M. Ass. Isthmian Canal Zone, Mount Hope.] Medical (The) Bulletin, a review of war medicine, surgery, and hygiene. Published by the American Red Cross Society. Paris, v. 1, 1917-18. 8°. Medicina e chirurgia del medico pratico. Napoli. v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. Medical Clinics of North America. Philadelphia, v. 1, 1917-18. 8°. Medical (The) Critic and Guide. New York. v. 19-21, 1916-18. 8°. [Continuation of: Med.-Pharm. Critic] Medical Insurance and Health Conservation. M. M. Smith, man- aging editor. Dallas, v. 26-27, 1916-18. 8°. [Continuation of: Texas M. News.] Medical Society of the County of Cayuga. [See Tr. M. Soc. County Cayuga, Auburn.] Medicina (La) pratica; giornale di clinica e terapia. Napoli. v. 1, 3, 1916-18. 8°. Medecine (La) pratique; journal international de clinique et de therapeutique. Paris. No. 1, v. 23, 1916. 8°. Medicinsk Revue. Utgit av det Medicinske Selskap i Bergen. Bergen, v. 33-34, 1916-17. 8°. Medicine and Surgery. St. Louis, v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. Mededeelingen van den burgerlijken geneeskundigen dienst in Nederlandsche-Indie. Batavia. v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. Memoirs of the American Anthropological Association, Lancaster, Pa. v. 4-5, 1917-18. 8° [Continuation of: Mem. Am. Anthrop. & Ethnol. Soc] Mental Hygiene. Published quarterly by the National Committee for Mental Hygiene. Concord, N. II. v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. Michigan Academy of Science. [See Hep. Mich. Acad. Sc, Lan- sing.] Military (The) Historian and Economist. Cambridge, Mass. v. 2, 1917. 8°. [8] Mil. Hosp. Comm. Bull., Ottawa. Mil.-arztl. Sachverst.-Tatigk., Jena. Minnesota Med., St. Paul. Miscellany . . . J. M. Mackay, Liverp. & Lond. Mississippi Valley M. J., Louis- ville. Month. Bull. Dep. Pub. Health & Char. Phila. Month. Bull. Fed. State Med. Bds. U. S., Chicago. Military Hospitals Commission Bulletin. Ottawa. Nos. 1-3, 1916-17; Special Bulletin, April, 1916. 4°. Militararztliche (Die) Sachverstandigentatigkeit auf dem Gebiete des Ersatzwesens und der militarischen Versorgung. Hrsg. vom Zentralkomittee fur das arztliche Fortbildungswesen in Preus- sen. Jena. 1 v., 1917. 8°. Minnesota Medicine. Journal of the Minnesota State Medical Association. St. Paul. v. 1, 1918. 8°. [Continuation of: J. Minn. M. Ass.] Minnesota State Medical Association. [See Minnesota Med., St. Paul.] Miscellany (A), presented to John Macdonald Mackay, LL. D., July, 1914. Liverpool and London. 1 v. 1914. 8°. Mississippi Valley Medical Journal. Journal of the Mississippi Valley Medical Association. Louisville, v. 24-25, 1917-18. 8°. Mississippi Valley Medical Association. [See Mississippi Valley M. J., Louisville.] Monthly bulletin of the Department of Public Health and Chari- ties of the city of Philadelphia. Philadelphia, v.. 1,1916. 8°. Monthlv Bulletin; published monthly by the Federation of State Medical Boards of the United States. Chicago, v. 4,1918. 8°. N. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass. Quart., Cincin. Nat. M. J. China, Shanghai. Nat. Serv., Garden City, N. Y. Nebraska Dent. J., Lincoln. Nebraska M. J. Neurol. Bull., N Y. National Association for the Study and Prevention of Tuberculo- sis. [See Am. Rev. Tuberc, Bait.] National Committee for Mental Hygiene. [See Ment. Hyg., N. Y.] National Conference of Social Work. [See Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, Chicago.] National (The) Eclectic Medical Association Quarterly. Cincin- nati, v. 7-9, 1916-18. 8°. National League of Nursing Education. [See Proc. Nat. League Nurs. Educ, Bait.] National (The) Medical Journal of China. Shanghai, v. 1-3, 1915-17. 8°. National Service. Garden City, N. Y. v. 1-3, 1917-18. £ National Society for Promotion of Occupational Therapy. [See [See Proc. Nat. Soc. Promot. Occup. Therap., Towson, Md.] Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fur Schleswig-Holstein. Schrift. d. naturw. Ver. f. Schleswig-Holstein, Kiel.] Naval Medical Association of Japan. [See Bull. Nav. M. Ass. Japan.] Nebraska Dental Journal. Lincoln, v. 5, 1917. 8°. Nebraska State Medical Journal. Omaha; Norfolk, Nebr. v 1-3, 1916-18. 8°. Neurological Bulletin. Clinical Studies of Nervous and Mental Diseases in the Neurological Department of Columbia Univer- sity. New York. v. 1, 1918. 8°. New Jersey. Department of Health. [See Pub. Health News, Trenton.] New York. State Hospital Commission. [See State Hosp. Q., Utica.] New York City. Department of Health. [See Coll. Stud. Bur. Lab. Dep. Health. Also: Weekly Bull. Dep. Health N. Y.] New York City. Department of Public Charities. [See Bull Dep. Pub. Char. Also: Ho3p. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y. [9] Nipiologia, Napoli. Northwest. Dent. J., Chicago. Nipiologia (La); rivista trimestrale di tutti gli studi scientifici sulla prima eta con speciale risjuardo alia igiene della prima infanzia. Napcli. v. 1, 1-4, 1915-18. 8°. Northwestern Dental Journal; devoted to the interests of our Alumni Association and the dental profession. Chicago, v. 1-11, 1903-16. 8°. o. Odontologia, Madrid. Oral Hyg., Pittsb. Odontoloxia (La). Redactor: Enrique Marquez Caro. Madrid. v. 26, 1917. 8°. Oklahoma State Dental Society. [See Bull. Oklahoma Dent. Soc, Frederick.] Oral Hygiene. A journal for dentists. Pittsburgh, v. 2, 1912. lOO p. Papers Bibliog. Soc. America, Chicago. Papers Dep. Marine Biol. Car- negie Inst., Wash. Pedag. Seminary, Worcester. Pediatria esparL, Madrid. Perm. Dent. J., Phila. Penn. Dent. Times, Phila. Phys.-Clin. Med., San Fran. Phys. Training, N. Y. Prensa med., Habana. Proc. Alienists & Neurol. Am., Chicago. Proc. Am. Ass. Lnstr. Blind., Berkeley, Cal. Proc. Am. Ass. Promot. Hyg. [etc.], Bait. Proc. Ass. Am. M. Coll. Proc. Brit. Acad., Lond. Pan American Scientific Congress. [See Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong., Wash.] Papers (The) of the Bibliographical Society of America. Chicago. v. 10-11, 1916-17. 8°. Papers from the Department of Marine Biology of the Carnegie Institution of Washington. Washington, v. 12, 1918. 8°. Pedagogical (The) Seminary, an international record of educa- tional literature, institutions and progress. Worcester, Mass. v. 1-23, 1891-1916. 8°. Pediatria (La) espanola; revista mehsual de higiene, medicina y cirugia infantil. Madrid, v. 5-7, 1916-18. 8°. Penn (The) Dental Journal. Published by the undergraduates of the Department of Dentistry, University of Pennsylvania. Philadelphia, v. 13, 1910. 8°. Pennsylvania (The) Dental Times. Supplement. Golden anni- versary souvenir. Published by the Faculty of the Pennsyl- vania College of Dental Surgery in the interest of the students and alumni. Philadelphia, v. 5, 1906. 8°. Peter Bent Brigham Hospital. [See Rep. Peter Bent Brigham Hosp., Cambridge.] Physico-Clinical Medicine. A quarterly journal devoted to the study of the electronic reactions of Abrams and the visceral reflexes of Abrams. San Francisco, v. 2-3, 1917-18. 8°. Physical Training, published by the Physical Directors' Society of the Young Men's Christian Association of North America. New York. v. 13-15, 1916-18. 8°. Prensa (La) medica; revista mensual de medicina y cirugia. Habana. v. 9, 1918. 4°. Proceedings of sixth annual meeting Alienists and Neurologists of America. Chicago. 1 v. 1917. 8°. Proceedings of the American Association of Instructors of the Blind. Berkeley, Cal. v. 22, 1915. 8°. Proceedings of the American Association for Promoting Hygiene and Public Baths. Baltimore, v. 5, 1916. 8°. Proceedings of the Association of American Medical Colleges, at their twenty-seventh annual meeting, held at Chicago, February 6, 1917. [Chicago.] 1 v. 1917. 8°. Proceedings of the British Academy, London, 1903-4 to 1909-10. London. 4 v. 1904-10. 8°. [10] Proc. Class Study Entomol. Dis. [etc.], Wash. Proc. Conf. Indust. Phys. & Surg., Athens. Pa. Proc. Conf. Soc. Insurance, Wash. Proc. Conv. Am.. Instr. Deaf, Wash., D. C. Proc. Inst. Med. Chicago. Proc. Internat. Ass. Indust. Ac- cid. Bds., Wash. Proc. M. Ass. Isthmian Canal Zone, Mount Hope. Proc. Nat. Conf. Social Work, Chicago. Proc. Nat. League Nurs. Educ, Bait. Proc. Nat. Soc. Promot. Occup. Therap., Towson, Md. Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong., Wash. Proc. Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit., Lond. Proc. Wash. TJniv. M. Soc, St. Louis. Profess. Mem. Corps Engin. U. S. Army, Wash. Psikho-Nevrol. Vestnik, Mosk. Psychobiology, Bait. Pub. Health News, Trenton. Pub. Bed Cross Inst. Crippled [etc.], N. Y. Proceedings of the class formed to study the entomology of disease, hygiene and sanitation, U. S. Department of Agriculture Bureau of Entomology. Washington. 1918. [Typewritten MS.] Proceedings of the conference of Industrial Physicians [and Sur- geons] held at Harrisburg, (1916-18). Athens, v. 1-2, 4-6, 1916-18. 4°. Proceedings of the Conference on Social Insurance called by the International Association of Industrial Accident Boards and Conrmissions; Washington, D. C, December 5 to 9, 1916. Wash- ington. 1 v. 1917. 8°. Proceedings of the Convention of American Instructors of the Deaf, held at Hartford, Conn.. June 29th to July 4, 1917. Wash- ington. 1 v. 1918. 8°. Proceedings of the Institute of Medicine of Chicago. Chicago. v. 2, 1918. 8°. Proceedings of the third annual meeting of the International Asso- ciation of Industrial Accident Boards and Commissions, held at Columbus, Ohio April 25-28, 1916. Washington. 1 v. 1917. 8°. Proceedings of the Medical Association of the Isthmian Canal Zone. Mount Hope, C. Z. v. 9, 1917. 8°. .Continuation of: Proc. Canal Zone M. Ass.J Proceedings of the National Conference of Social Workers; at the forty-fourth annual session held in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, June 6-13, 1917. Chicago, v. 44, 1917. 8°. Proceedings of the National League of Nursing Education; 21st annual convention, held at San Francisco, Cal., June 21 to 25, 1915. Baltimore. 1 v. 1915. 8°. Proceedings cf first annual meeting of National Society for Pro- motion of Occupational Therapy, held at New York, Sept. 3, 1918. Towson, Md. v. 1, 1918. 8°. Proceedings of the Second Pan American Scientific Congress. Washington, D. C, 1917. 8°. Proceedings of the Royal Institution of Great Britain. London. v. 19-21, 1908-17. 8°. [Continuation of: Notices Proc. Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit.] Proceedings of Washington University Medical Society, forty- eighth meeting, Feb. 11, 1918. St. Louis, v. 48. 1918. 4°. Professional Memoirs. Corps of Engineers, United States Army and Engineer Department at Large. Published bimonthly at the Engineer School, Washington Barracks, D. C. Washington. v. 10, 1918. 8°. Psikho-Nevrologicheskiy Vestnik; zhurnal psikhiatrii, nevrologii, eksperimentalnoi psikhologii, obshtshestvennoi i kriminalnoi psikhopatologii. [Psycho-Neurological Messenger; journal of psychiatry, neurology, experimental psychology, public and criminal psychopathology.] Moskva. 1917. 8°. Psvchobiology. A journal devoted to the field common to psy- cholooy and the biological sciences. Baltimore, v. 1, 1917. 8°. Public Health News. A bulletin published monthly by the De- partment of Health of the State of New Jersey. Trenton, N. J. v. 1-2, 1916-17. 8°. Publications of the Red Cross Institute for Crippled and Disabled Men. New York. Ser. 1, Nos. 1-16; Ser. 2, Nos. 1-2, 1918, 4°. Q. Quaderni di med. leg., Milano. Quaderni di medicina legale. Revista mensile. Milano. v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. [11] K. Reforma med., Lima. Rep. Mich. Acad. Sc, Lansing. Rep. Peter Bent Brigham Hosp., Cambridge. Rep. Pract. Short Course Vet. Med., Ames, Iowa. Restauration maxillo-fac., Par. Rev. amer. de farm, [etc.], N. Y. Rev. gen de path, de guerre, Par. Rev. interalliee . . . interessant les mutiles de la guerre, Par. Rhode Island M. J., Provi- dence. [See Studi di med. [See Pub. Lima. R. corpo di truppe coloniali dell' Eritrea. trap., Bergamo.] Red Cross Institute for Crippled and Disabled Men Red Cross Inst. Crippled [etc], N. Y.] Reforma (La) medica; archivos nacionales de medicina v. 11, 1916. 4°. Report of the Michigan Academy of Science. Annual reports to the Governor of the State of Michigan for the years 1906-14. Lansing. 9 v., 1906-14. 8°. Reports of the Peter Bent Brigham Hospital for the years 1915 and 1916. Cambridge, v. 1-2, 1915-16. 8°. Report of Practitioner's Short Course in Veterinary Medicine. Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. Sept. 4-9, 1916. Ames. v. 2,1916. 8°. Restauration (La) maxillo-faciale. Revue pratique de chirurgie et prothese speciales. Paris, v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8° Revista americana de farmacia y hospitales. New York. v. 23- 24, 1917-18. 4°. Revue generate de pathologie de guerre. Paris, v. 1-2, 1916- 17. 8°. Revue interalliee pour l'etude des questions interessant les mu- tiles de la guerre. Paris, v. 1, 1918. roy. 8°. Rhode (The) Island Medical Journal. Official organ of the Rhode Island Medical Society. Providence, v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. Rhode Island. State Board of Health. [See Bull. Bd. Health, Rhode Island.] Royal Institution of Great Britain. [See Proc Roy. Inst. Gr. Brit., Lond.] Royal Society of South Africa. [See Tr. Roy. Soc S. Africa, Cape Town.] S. S. African Inst. Med. Research. Pub., Johannesb. Schrift. d. naturw. Ver. f. Schleswig-Holstein. Schweiz. Arch. f. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Zurich. Scritti med. in omaggio a A. Murri, Bologna. Shield, Lond. Saskatchewan Medical Association. [See West. M. News, Regina. South (The) African Institute for Medical Research. Publica- tions. Johannesburg. Nos. 1, 6-8, 10, 1913-17. 8°. Schriften des naturwissenschaftlichen Vereins fur Schleswig- Holstein. Kiel. v. 16, 1914. 8°. Schweizer Archiv fur Neurologie und Psychiatric Archives suisses de neurologie et de psychiatrie. Archivio svizzero di neurologia e psichiatria. Zurich, v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. Scritti medici in omaggio a Augusto Murri xxxv anno di insegna- mento, mdccclxxvi-mcmxi. Bologna. 1 v. 1912. 8°. Shield (The). A review of moral and social hygiene. London. v. 1, 1916. 8°. Sociedad sud-americana de higiene, microbiologia e patologia. [See Conf. Soc sud-am. de hig. [etc.], Buenos Aires.] Societa italiana di laringologia, d'otologia e di rinologia. [See Atti di Cong. d. Soc ital. di laringol. [etc.].] Societe' de medecine et chirurgie pratique. [See Bull, et ntem. Soc med. de Par.] Societe de ntedecine de Paris. [See Bull, et mem. Soc. de mecl. de Par.] [12] South Texas M. Rec, Houston. South. Hosp. Rec, Atlanta. Southwest. Med., Las Cruces. State Hosp. Q., Utica, N. Y. Stomatologist, Phila. Studi di med. trop., Bergamo. Surg. Clin. Chicago, Phila. Societe de pathologie comparee. [See Cong, internat. de path. comp., Par.] Societe zoologique de France. [See Bull. Soc. zool. de France, Par.] South Texas District Medical Association. [See South Texas M. Rec, Houston.] South Texas Medical Record. Successor to the Harris County Medical Bulletin. Official organ of the South Texas District Medical Association. [Monthlv.] Houston, v. 9-12, 1916-18. Southern (The) Hospital Record. construction and management. A monthlv journal of hospital Atlanta, v. 1-5, 1916-18. 8°. Southwestern Medicine. Las Cruces, New Mexico, v. 1-2, 1917- 1S. 8°. [Consolidation of: Arizona M. J., N. Mexico M. J., and Bull. El Paso Co. M. Soc] State (The) Hospital Quarterlv; published bv the State Hospital Commission. Utica, N. Y. v. 1-3, 1915-18. 8°. Stomatologist (The). Published in the interests of the alumni of the Philadelphia Dental College. Philadelphia, v. 6, 1902. 8°. Studi di medicina tropicale compiuti da ufficiali medici e veteri- nari del r. Corpo di truppe coloniali dell' Eritrea. Bergamo. 1 v. 1914. 4°. Surgical (The) Clinics of Chicago. Philadelphia & London, v. 1-2, 1917-18. 8°. [Continuation of: Surgical Clinics of John B. Murphy, at Mercy Hospital, Chicago.] T. Tijdschr. v. diergeneesk., Utrecht. Tr. Am. Soc. Trop. Med., N. Orl. Tr. Ass. Am. Teachers Dis. Child., N. Y. Tr. Chicago Soc. Int. Med. Tr. M. Soc. County Cayuga, Auburn. Tr. Roy. Soc. S. Africa, Cape Town. Tr. Sect. Genito-Urin. Dis. Am. M. Ass., Chicago. Tr. Urol. Soc. Chicago. Train. School, Vineland, N. J. Train. School Bull., Vineland. Trudi Syezda Russk. Yestest- voisp., Kazan. Tijdschrift voor diergeneeskunde. L'itgegeven door de Maat- schappij voor diergeneeskunde in Nederland. Utrecht, v. 43-45, 1916-18. 86. [Continuation of: Tijdschr. v. veeart- senijk.] Transactions of the American Society of Tropical Medicine. Papers read before the Society and published under its aus- pices. New Orleans, v. 10, 1916. 8°. Transactions of the Association of American Teachers of the Dis- eases of Children, eleventh annual meeting, New York Citv, June 4, 1917. New York. 1 v. 1917. 8°. Transactions of the Chicago Society of Internal Medicine. Chicago. v. 1-2, 1917. 8°. Transactions of the Medical Society of the Countv of Cayuga, for 1832. Auburn. 1S32. 8°. Transactions of the Royal Society of South Africa, Cape Town. London, v. 6, 1917. 8°. Transactions of the section on Genito-Urinary Diseases, of the American Medical Association. Chicago v. 67, 1916. 8°. Transactions of the Chicago Urological Society for the year 1915-16. Chicago. 1916. 8°. Training (The) School, devoted to the interests of children requir- ing special care and training. Vineland, N. J. v. 7-12 1910-16. 8°. Training (The) School Bulletin. Published by the Training School at Vineland, N. J. Vineland, N. J. v. 13-15, 1916-18° 8°. Trudi Syezda Russkikh Yestestvoispltatelei. [Papers of the Congress of Russian Naturalists.] 4th. 2 pts. [Kazan, 1873, vel subseq.] 4°. [13] U. Univ. Homceop. Obs. Univ. Penn. Lect., Phila. United States Army. Corps of Engineers. [See Profess. Mem. Corps Engin., U. S. Army, Wash.] University (The) Homoeopathic Observer. Lancaster, Pa. v. 17-18, 1917-18. 8°. University of Maryland School of Medicine. Marvland School Med., Balt.l [See Bull. Univ. Universitv of Pennsyh'ania. Penn. Dent. J. Also: Penn. Phila. 1 Department of Dentistry. [See Dent. Times. Also: Stomatologist University of Pennsylvania. University lectures delivered by members of the faculty in the free public lecture course, 1913-14 to 1917-18. Philadelphia, v. 1-5, 1915-18. 8°. V. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Ge- sellsch., Tokio. Vermont Med., Rutland. Vestnik Tsarskoselsk. Raiona, Petrogr. Verhandlungen der japanischen pathologischen Gesellschaft. Tokio. v. 1-6, 1911-16. 8°. Vermont Medicine. Society. Rutland. Published by the Vermont State Medical v. 1-3, 1916-18. 8°. Vestnik Tsarskoselskavo Raiona. Zhurnal, posvyashtshonniy voprosam liecheniya, evakuatsii i prizrieniya ranenikh voinov. [Messenger of the region of Tsarskoye Selo. A journal, devoted to questions of treatment, evacuation, and care of wounded warriors.] [Monthly.] Petrograd. v. 2-3, 1916-17. 8°. w. Weekly Bull. Dep. Health N. Y. West M. News, Regina. [See Proc Wash. Univ. Washington University Medical Society. M. Soc, St. Louis.] Weekly Bulletin of the Department of Health, City of New York. New York. v. 5-7, 1916-18. 8°. Western (The) Medical News; a monthly magazine of medicine and surgery. Journal of the Saskatchewan Medical Association. Regina, Can. v. 8-10, 1916-18. 8°. z. Ztschr. d. k. preuss. statist. Landesamts, Berl. 76399°—18---n Zeitschrift des koniglich preussischen statistischen Landesamts. Berlin, v. 55, 1915. 4°. [Continuation of: Ztschr. d. k. preuss. statist. Bureau's, Berl.] % CATALOGUE. A. ABATTOIKS. A. Eenige lessen en verhandelingen over het verplegen van zieken en krankzinnigen ten ge- bruike der Broeders van liefde; uit eerbied opge- dragen aan den Z. W. vader Amedeus, generalen overste der congregatie door br[oeder] A. 1 p. 1., 176 pp., incl. pi. 8°. Manage, drukkerij der Be- roepsschool, 1906. A. Moderne arztliche Fragen auf sozialem Ge- biete. 4S pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Friedrich, 1899. de A. P. (Dona F.) & Carderera (Mariano). La ciencia de la mujer al alcance de las nifias. Nueva ed. 112 pp. 16°. Madrid, Hernando & C, 1902. Aaa disease. Pflster(E.) Ueber die aaa-Krankheit der Papyri Ebers und Brugsch. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1912-13, vi, 12-20. Aagaard (Anders) [1657- ]. Car0e (K.) [Biography.] Bibliot. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1910,8. R.,xi, 108-132. Aalbersberg (Gerard). *Se'erumtherapie en intu- bage bij diphtheric Waarnemingen gedaan in het stedelijk ziekenhuis te Rotterdam van 1900- 1904. 1 p. 1., 110 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, G. P. Tierie, 1905. Aanwijzing van het schadelijke en gevaarlijke gelegen in het raadplegen van kwakzalvers; als mede in het gebruiken van geneesmiddelen, die men onder den naam van universeel uitvent; uitgegeven door de maatschappij: 'Tot Nut van 't Algemeen,' door J. T. Sebastiani. 2 p. 1., 138 pp. 16°. Amsterdam, C. de Vries, H. van Munster [et al.], 1810. Aargau (Canton of). Anleitung zur Ausubung der Fleischbeschau. Im Auftrag der Sanitats- direktion des Kantons Aargau nach den Be- stimmungen der kantonalen Verordnung und Instruktion uber Fleischbeschau und Fleisch- verkauf vom 30. u. 31. Marz 1894. Bearbeitet von M. Meyer. 55 pp. 8°. Aarau, E. Wirz, 1903. Aarland (G[eorg]). Die Photographie im Jahre 1900. 18 pp. 8°. Miinchen, 1901. Forms 2. Hft.. v. 8, of: Zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. med. Photog., Rontgosk. [etc.l. Aaron (Charles D[ettie]) [1866- ]. Diseases of the stomach with special reference to treatment. xi, 17-555 pp., 21 pi. roy. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1911. ------. Diseases of the digestive organs, with special reference to their diagnosis and treat- ment, xxxviii, [17]-790 PP-> 8 P1- 8°- Phila- delphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1915. Aarons (S[ol] Jervois). Golden rules of gynae- cology. "Golden rules" series. No. 11. 63 pp. 32°. Bristol, J. Wright dc Co., London, Simp- kin, Marshall [et al.], [1899?]. ------. Gynaecological therapeutics; with fore- word by Sir Halliday Croom. 178 pp. 12°. London, Baillttre, Tindall & Cox, 1910. Aarsberetning for Kysthospitalet ved Fredriks- vsern for scroful0se B0rn, lste Juli 1900 til 30te Juni 1901. [Annual report of the Seaside Hos- pital at Fredriksvsern for scrofulous children, July 1, 1900, to June 30, 1901.] 19 pp. 8°. Christiania, Steen'ske Bogtrykkeri, 1901. Aba (Isaac) [1869- ]. *Etude clinique des troubles de la sensibilite generale des sens mus- culaire et stergnostique dans les hemiplegies de cause cerebrale. 108 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, No. 38. Abadie (Francois) [1891- ]. *La bacillurie chez les tuberculeux febriles. [Lyon.] 75 pp. 8°. Lyon dc Paris, 1914, No. 139. Abadie (Jean) [1856- ]. *De l'analgesie par la cocaine. 60 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1894, No. 51. Abadie (J[ean-Baptiste]) [1876- ]. *Des luxa- tions radio-carpiennes traumatiques. 276 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 1. Abadie (Joseph-Charles) [1875- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des abces du foie consecutifs. [Bordeaux.] 58 pp., 11., 1 tab, 8°. Nantes, 1903, No. 121. Abadie (Joseph-Louis-Irenee-Jean) [1873- ]. *Les localisations fonctionnelles de la capsule interne. 151 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 1. Abadie-Bayro (Pierre) [1874- ]. *Synovecto- mie et resection dans le traitement des formes synoviales de tumeur blanche du genou chez l'adulte. 80 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897, No. 23. Abadie-Fey guine (Mme. Helene) [1881- ]. *De l'assistance medicale des femmes indigenes en Algerie. 74 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 89. Abadjieff (Boris) [1886- ]. *Neuere Opera- tionsmethoden bei Totalexstirpation des car- cinomatosen Uterus. 30 pp. 8°. Miinchen, A. Victor, 1910. Abarnou (Jean-Marie)) [1870- ]. *Essai sur le traitement du croup a la campagne par 1'intuba- tion. 124 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, No. 17. Abasia. See Astasia-abasia. Abatage. See Abattoirs. Abattoir (The) (public slaughterhouse) system. Latest facts with regard to its spread and working in towns in England and Wales to December, 1892. 22 pp. 8°. London, R. Flint dc Co., [1893]. Abattoirs, slaughter-houses, and slaugh- tering. See also, Meat; Meat (Inspection of). Abattoir (The) (public slaughterhouse) sys- tem. Latest facts with regard to its spread and working in towns in England and Wales to De- cember, 1892. 8°. London, [1893]. 76399°—17----1 1 ABATTOIRS. 2 ABATTOIRS. Abattoirs, slaughter-houses, and slaugh- tering. Antonevich (R. V.) [The abattoir from a sanitary point of view.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Berry (W.) Report on a municipal abattoir. 8°. Wigan, 1900. Estor (W.) *Wie hoch stellt sich der durch- schnittliche Schlachtverlust beim westfulischen veredelten Landschwein und welche Momente beeinflussen ihn? [Bern.] 8°. Frankenberg, 1908. Gallier (A.) Traite des regies de la garantie dans les ventes d'animaux de boucherie, d'ani- maux mechants, d'animaux atteints de mala- dies contagieuses. 8°. Caen dc Paris, 1894. Gueudeville (C.) Traite" pratique de l'oc- cision rapide des animaux (comestibles et au- tres). 12°. Havre, 1885. Hoth (B.) *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre der Aus- blutung bei verschiedenen Schlachtmethoden. [Bern.] 8°. Magdeburg, 1908. Repr. from: Freytag. Abhandl. Hit. 1, v. 1. Kallner (J.) *Untersuchungen iiber den Abblutungszustand bei verschiedenen Schlacht- methoden. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Marchal (E.) Notice sur la boucherie mili- taire de Verdun et guide pratique pour les achats de betail et l'inspection des viandes dans l'armee. 8°. Paris dc Limoges, 1895. Martel (H.), de Loverdo (J.) [et al.]. Les abattoirs publics, v. II. Inspection et adminis- tration des abattoirs. Installation des marches aux bestiaux. Preface par E. Leclainche. 8°. Paris, 1906. Moreatj (A.) L'agencement des abattoirs au point de vue sanitaire. 8°. Paris, 1901. ------. L'abattoir moderne. 8°. Paris, 1906. ------. The same. [Modern abattoirs.] Transl. from the French, under the editorship of G. I. Svietloff.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1911. Mo rot (C.) Rapport sur la reglementation des motifs de saisie dans les abattoirs. 8°. Be- sancon, 1897. Murphy (S. F.) London County Council. Public Health Department. Slaughterhouses. Report by the medical officer of health as to the provision of public slaughterhouses in the ad- ministrative county of London, fol. London, 1899. Richardson (B. W.) Note of a preliminary research to discover a practical method of killing animals intended for human consumption, with- out the infliction of pain. 8°. London, 1871. Roelfsema (W. J.) Het openbaar slachthuis der gemeente Groningen. 8°. Groningen, 1900. Saxony. Verordnung des Ministeriums des Innern iiber die Schlachtvieh- und Fleisch- beschau. 8°. Dresden, 1908. Schwarz (O.) Bau, Einrichtung und Betrieb offentlicher Schlacht- und Yiehhofe. Ein Hand- buch fur Sanitats- und Verwaltungsbeamte. 3. neubearbeitete und stark vermehrte Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1903. ______. The same. Public abattoirs and cat- tle markets. From the German of . . . Edited by G. T. Harrap and L. M. Douglas. 8°. Lon- don, i901. „ . ,„ ., _ . , Abattoir de Coudekerque-Branche (Nord). Hyg. de la viande fete], Evreux, 1909, iii, 224-229, 1 pl.-Abattoirs fDes} de Paris sur Ja fin du moyen-age. Repert. de police san vet et d'hyg. pub., Par., 1914, xxx, 161— Arsenyefl fA'll [Slaughterhouses of Kaluga. 1 Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1913 xv. 351-353.—Bakhtiarofl (A.) [Microscopical sta- tion'in the St. Petersburg slaughterhouses.] FeldscherSt. Petersb , 1905, xv, 39-43.-Baneth (B.) Das Schachten. Abattoirs, slaughter-houses, and slaugh- tering. Hyg. d. Juden, Dresd., 1911, 43-46.—Barbler (G.) A propos d'un abattoir intercommunal; conditions sanitaires imposees a l'ouverture d'un abattoir public. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1916, xcii, 35-52,1 plan.—Barrier (G.) Conditions generates et speciales d'autorisation a imposer aux abattoirs particu- liers. Rec. de meU vet., Par., 1910, lxxxvii, 778-784. -----. L'hygiene des abattoirs; rapport sur les conditions generates et speciales d'autorisation a imposer aux abattoirs partieu- liars. Bull, de l'Offlce internat. d'hyg. pub., Par., 1911, iii, 451-467 -----. Le marche-abattoir de la Villette. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1912, lxxxix, 301-312. -----. Apropos d'un abattoir intercommunal, conditions sanitaires imposees a l'ouverture d'un abattoir public. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1915, xxxvii, 1024-1045.—Beck (F.) [Construction, equipment, and management of abattoirs.] Htisszemle, Budapest, 1909, iv, 9; 17.—Bemelmans (E. C. H. A. M.) Het openbaar slachthuis te Maastricht. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. en veeteelt, Utrecht, 1901-2, xxix, 495-505, 1 plan.—Bezault. Les eaux residuaires d'abattoir; drainage et epuration de ces eaux. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1911, v, 193; 276; 349; 411.—Birmingham (The) public abattoir and meat market. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1582-1584.—Blanc. L'ate- lier d'equarrissage, annexe de l'abattoir public. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par., 1912, vi, 424-430—Bodin. L'abattoir municipal de Hanoi (Tonkin). Ibid., 1914, viii, 169-183 — Boretius. Das Abdeckereiwesen und seine Regelung. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnscbwg., 1902, xxxiv, 475-498.—Bosch y Miralles (A.) Concepto higienico de los mataderos. Rev. balear de cien. mea., Palma de Mallorca. 1900, xix, 49: 73; 105. — Braunagel. Der neue Schlachthof in Mannheim a. Eh. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1900, viii, 253-255.—Bryce (P. H.) Municipal abattoirs. Ann. Hyg., Phila., 1897, xii, 13-19.— Buchan (J. J.) The provision of public slaughterhouses in populous places under county administration and the dis- posal of off al. County & Municip. Rec, Glasg. & Edinb., 1903, i, 502-504.—Btltzler. Das Schlachtmeisterinstitut zur Regelung des Lohnsohlachterwesens. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1912-13, xxiii, 31-34.—Cesari (E.) L'aba- tage des animaux de boucherie. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1908, ii, 393-400.—Chicago (The) Stockyards re- visited. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 718-721.—ChUds (C.) Note on the Munich slaughterhouse and cattle-market. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1898-9, xix, 54-56,1 plan.—Chimera (G.) Ricerche sul terreno del macello di Palermo. Gazz. sicil. di med. echir. [etc.], Palermo, 1908, vii, 279-281.—Clausen. Eine Klaranlage nach biologischem Verfahren. Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., 1905, xv, 235-238.—Daniel (J. W.) A visit to New England abattoirs. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1903, xv, 52-55.—Debout, Lefort & Gascard. Tuerie d'animaux a Barentin. Dep. de la Seine Inf. Trav. du Cons. d'hyg. [etc.], 1905, Rouen, 1907, 17-19.—Debroize. L'ins- pection des tueries particulieres a Carentan (Manehe) du 15 novembre 1911 au 1« novembre 1912. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par., 1913, vii, 169-173.—De Jong (D. A.) De koel- lnricntingen aan Nederlandsche slachthuizen. [Rap.] Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1908-9, xxxiv, 153-195.— Despentes. Les rgformes dans la construction des abattoirs. Presse v£t., Angers, 1901, xxi, 426-433.—Determyer. Die Schlachtnofrrage in den Badern mit Bezug auf das Fleisch- beschau-Gesetz. Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, 91; 95; 101.—Doenecke. Die Bedeutung des neuen Viehseuchen- gesetzes und seine Anwendung auf Schlachtviehhofe und 6f- fentliche Schlachthauser. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1912-13, xxiii, 180-185.—Dorrwachter. Ueber die Pflicht der Gemeinden zur Erbauune offentlicher Schlacht- hauser. Mitt. d. Ver. bad. Tierarzte, Karlsruhe, 1912, xii, 49-56.—Douglas (L. M.) Public abattoirs and the utilisa- tion of condemned carcasses. [Abstr.] J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 848-851.—Dubeltowicz (W.) [The War- saw abattoir.] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1910, xxvi, 433; 516. Du Mesnil. De la suppression des tueries particulieres. Bull. Soc. de med. pub., Par., 1891, xiv, 156-169.—Dyson (O. E.) Purchase of cows for slaughter subject to post- mortem inspection. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1907-8, xxxii, 506-513.—Edelmann. Uebersicht der Resultate des Be- triebes der off entlichen Schlachthauser und der Rossschlach- tereien in Preussen in der Zeit vom 1. Januar bis 31. Dezem- ber 1896. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Karlsruhe, 1898, vi, 45-49.—Eggebrccht. Die Schlachthofanlage in Tsingtau. Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1907-8, xviii, 109-116 — Erens (A.) L'abatage des petits animaux a l'aide d'un ap- pareil dit "percuteur Pilet." Hyg. de la viande [etc.] Par., 1913, vii, 73-76.—Eriwein (H.) Der Vieh- und Schlachthof zu Dresden. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1907, xxxii, 706; 737.— F[assio](G.) L'ammazzatoio della citta di Laigle (archi- tetto: J. Dore). Ingegnere igien., Torino: 1900, i, 151.—Feld- mann (G.) Ueber die Anforderungen, welche vom gesund- heitlichen Standpunkte aus an ein oflentliches Schlaeht.haus zu stellen sind. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. oft. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1902, xxxiv, 454-474. Also, Reprint.—Ferrer Guaro (F.) Matadero de Barcelona. Gac. m£d. catal , Barcel.; 1902, xxv, 641; 676.—Fertig (Z.) [Slaughterhouses in medium and large communities, with consideration of the regulations.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1899, xiv, 65; 129; 163; 227; 269,1 pi.—Fischer (H.) Schlachtmethoden in Argentinien. ABATTOIRS. 3 ABATTOIRS. Abattoirs, slaughter-houses, and slaugh- tering. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Bed., 190.5-6, xvi, 110 — Galtier (V.) Tueries particulieres; leur autorisation et leur suppression dans les communes qui possedent un abattoir public. J. de m£d. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1903, 5. s., vii, 129- 134.—Gerhard (W. P.) Einiges iiber die sanitare Bauart und Einrichtung von amerikanischen Schlachthausern. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1912, xxxv, 605-610.—Ger- man municipal abattoirs: a visit to the Frankfort and Horn- burg slaughter houses. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 387-390.— Giovanni (G.) IInuovo mattatoiocivico di Sampierdarena. Igiene mod., Genova, 1908, i, 127-137, 2 ch.—GodbUle (P.) L'installation moderne des triperies dans les abattoirs. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par.,1914,viii, 1; 64.—Goltz. Ueberdiebei verschiedenen Schlachtmethoden g^wonnenen Blutmengen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1897-8, viii, 141-145. -----. Zur Abanderung der kaiserlichen Verordnung, betr. die Hauptmangel und Gewahrfristen beim Viehhandel vom 27. Marz 1899. (Entwurf zu einer Petition, welcher der im Mai d. J. stattfindenden Generalversammlung des Vereins preuss. Schlachthoftierarzte unterbreitet werden soil.) Zt- schr. f. FUsch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1905, xv, 225-227.— Goreckl (W.) [New citv abattoir in Lemberg.] Przegl. hyg., Lw6w, 1902, i, 79; 96; 107; 128; 141; 157; 172; 189,4 plans — Goslar. Die Kompostierungsanlage auf dem Schlachthofe zu Aachen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1906, xvi, 317-321. -----. Die thermische Konfiskatverarbeitungs- anlage auf dem Schlachthofe zu Aachen, System Honnicke. Ibid., 1906-7, xvii, 128-132.—Guerin (C.) & Rolants (E.) Les abattoirs ruraux et leur assainissement. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1908, xxx, 942-951.—Hamont. Des abattoirs de la ville de Paris, de leur organisation, des fraudes et abus dans le commerce de la viande, et des dangers qui en r^sultent pour la sante1 publique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1847, xxv, 481. — Hauer. L'^tat actuel de l'industrie du froid et la question des abattoirs dans la region toulonnaise. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1909, iii, 316-320.— Heiss. Die Interessenvertretung der Schlachthoftierarzte. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1902; xii, 259; 338. -----. Das Werden von Schlachthofen in kleineren Stadten und der Wert eines Normalprojektes. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1903, xlvii, 557; 569.—HeUet. Sur la suppression des tueries particulieres. Bull. Soc. de med. pub., Par., 1891, xiv, 10-23. -----. Nouvelle note sur les tueries particulieres; necessite de modifier la legislation ac- tuelle. 76t(f.,1893, xvi, 71-90.—Hengst. DieneueSchweine- schlachthalle im Schlachthofe zu Leipzig. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1909, xix, 157-163.—Hinsdale (G.) The methods of slaughtering animals at the Philadelphia abat- toir. Med. News, Phila., 1886,186-188—Hogge (J. M.) The necessity for the compulsory abolition oi private slaughter- houses in towns by act of Parliament. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1913-14, xxxiv, 27-34.—Holbum (A.) The slaugh- tering of animals for human food. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1903-4, xxiv, 701-715.—Hoth (B.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre der Ausblutung bei verschiedenen Schlachtmethoden. Ab- handlungen, Magdeb., 1908, i, 3-33. Also [Abstr.]: Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1909, xix, 163-165.—Hunting (W.) Practical methods of stalling and slaughtering animals. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1900-1901, xxi, 609-616.—von Ingcrs- leben. Die Privat-Schlachthauser auf demplatten Lande, ihre Einrichtung, ihr Betriebund ihre Beziehungenzur Ver- unreinigung der Ortschaften und der Wasserlaufe. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1911, xxiv, 793-807.—Italian munici- gal abattoirs; a visit to the Milan and Vercelli slaughter- ouses. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 613.—Karnop (E.) Die Hygiene in Schlachtereibetrieben und Wurstfabriken. Zt- schr. f.Kommunal-Hyg., Berl.,1914, v, 1-3.—Ketm (P.) Die Klaranlage des Liller Schlachthofs. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1915, xxxviii, 349.—Kiszkel (J.) [Relative value of the methods of purification of the waste of abattoirs.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1908, xxiii, 37; 81; 124; 159; 205; 237.— Kleptsoff (K. Z.) [Moscow slaughterhouses and their scientific and sanitary value.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1900, ii, 410; 449; 493; 542. — Klushin ( A.) [Slaughterhouse of Tsarkoye Selo.j Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1898, x, 694; 732; 775.—Kopp (P.) Zur Einfuhrung einer Reichs- Schlachtvieh-Versicherung; meine Vorschlage in Vieh- und Schlachtvieh-Versicherung. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchn- schr., Hannov., 1903, xi, 118-120.—Kotlubal (G.) [Abat- toirs in the government of Warsaw.] Vestnik obsh. vet., St. Petersb., 1902, xiv, 413-417.—Kovalevskl (I. M.) [The abat- toirs of the Caucasus.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1905, xxxv, 471-512.—Krttche (A.) Zur Abwasserreinigung der stadtischen Schlachthauser. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1915, xxv, 413-415.—Krynickl (K.) [The slaughterhouse in the Ciechocinek bathing resort.] Przegl. wet., Lw6w, 1899, xiv, 197-201.—Lebrun. A propos de la tuberculination et de l'inspection obligatoire des tueries particulieres. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1905, lix, 173-175.—Lion & Forbat-Flscher. Entwurf fur einen Schlachthof in Alte- nessen. Gesundheit, Leipz., 1904, xxix, 14; 38.—Lisi (G.) La visita delle carni e i macelli; breve sguardo sulla loro istituzione e progresso. Mod. zooiatro, Torino, 1902, xiii, 306; 316.—de Loverdo (I.) Le frigorifique des abattoirs. Rev. prat, d'hyg. munieip. [etc.], Par., 1906, ii, 298-303.— Lustverk (E. Y.) [Sanitary organization of our cities, especially the slaughterhouses.] Llek. Pom., Voronezh, Abattoirs, slaughter-houses, and slaugh- tering. 1907, 264-271—MacBrair (R. A.) The Lincoln Corporation Abattoir and Refrigerating Plant. Proc. Incorp. Ass. Mu- nieip. & Co. Engin., Lond. & N. Y., 1909-10, xxxvi, 198 — Malyantovich(V. H.) [Slaughterhouses of Odessa.] Vet. obozr., Mosk., 1902, iv, 326; 364.—Marcus (A.) Het gemeen- telijk slachthuis te Zevenaar. Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk., Utrecht, 1909-10, xxxvii, 417-420, 1 pi.—Marsden (R. S.) Public slaughter-houses for urban and rural districts. J. San. Inst., Lond., 1899-1900, xx, 571-576.—Marseilles (The) municipal abattoir. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1250.—Martel (H.) Les abattoirs publics en France. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1907, 4. s., viii, 305-331. -----. Quelques remarques au sujet des abattoirs modernes. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1907, i, 529-544. -----. Les abattoirs publics modernes; ce qu'ils doivent £tre pour satisfaire aux exigences de l'hygiene et des services d'inspection. Rev. scient., Par., 1908, 5. s., x, 137-141. -----. Au sujet de quelques grands abattoirs, modernes de Petranger. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1910, iv, 577; 646: 1911, v, 16; 87. -----. Les abat- toirs et les ateliers d'equarrissage modernes. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1912, xxxiv, 1475-1498. -----. Les frigorifiques d'abat- toirs en Allemagne et en Autriche. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Par., 1913, vii, 393-399.—Matschke. Neue Schlachthaus- gebrauchsgegenstande und sonstige Neuerungen im Schlacht- ause zu Cochem (Mosel). Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg Berl., 1907, xvii, 272-'280.—Maynard (S. S.) Hogpens and slaughterhouses in town. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1897-8, xxxviii, 262-265.—Mayher (W.) Model municipal slaugh- tering establishment at Berlin; a lesson in sanitary meat dressing. Scient. Am., N. Y., 1906, xcv, 68.—Melvin (A. D.) State and municipal meat inspection and municipal slaugh- terhouses. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust., Wash., 1910, xxvii, 241-254. Also, Reprint—Meyer (F.) Elektrischer Kraftantrieb und Gasheizung im Schlachthofbetriebe und einige Mitteilungen iiber die amerikanische Schabemaschine. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1914, xxiv, 489-492.— Meyer (W.) Beitrag zur Notwendigkeit der Ausdehnung des Beschauzwanges auf die Hausschlachtungen. Ibid., 1910, xx, 187-190. -----. Ueber die Art der Anstellung des Beamten [im Schlachthofdienstl. Ibid, 1911-12, xxii, 165.—Model abattoirs: Bury. San. Rec., Lond., 1903, n. s., xxxii, 24-27.—Moricinskl. Die Verbrennungsanstalt zur Vernichtung der Abfalle und Konflskate auf dem Schlacht- hofe der Stadt Frankfurt a. M. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miin- chen, 1911, xxxiv, 1-8.—Morot (C.) Des abattoirs au point de vue hygienique et technique. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 4, 182-187. -----. Les abattoirs et la boucherie de Londres au xiv siecle (extraits resumes d'anciens documents en langue latine, francaise et anglaise). Hyg. de la viande [etc.l, Par., 1913, vii, 589-592.— Muller (K.) Die Kontrolle der von aus- warts in die Stadte eingefuhrten Schlachttiere. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1907-8, xviii, 85.—Muller (M.) Ueber das Wesen des sogenannten septischen Beschaube- fundes bei den Schlachttieren, seine Beziehung zu der Entste- hung der Fleischvergiftung, sowie iiber die Methodik der bakteriologischen Flaischbeschau. Ibid., 1910, xx, 145- 157.—Murison (C. C.) The sanitary requirements in the construction of a slaughter-house (abattoir) in India. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 136-141, 2 diag.—Negrotti (D.) II nuovo macello in Piacenza. Riv. di ingegner. san. Torino, 1907, iii, 21-28.—Nystedt (S.) [Some questions in regard to the present public slaughterhouses in our land.] Svensk veterinartidskr., Stockholm, 1903-4, viii, 103; 129.— Opel. Wieviel Schlachttiere kann ein Tierarzt vorschrifts- massig taglich untersuchen? Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1905, xv, 227-230.—Ostertag. Uebersicht iiber den Betrieb der offentlichen Schlachthauser und Rossschlach- tereien im Konigreich Preussen fur das .lahr 1899. Ibid., 1900, xi, 33-42.—Pages (C.) De l'abatage des animaux de bou- cherie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, Ivi, 615-617. -----. De la,saignee des animaux de boucherie. Hyg. dela viande [etc.], Evreux, 1907, i, 433-437. -----. Apropos de la construction des abattoirs de la ventilation des echaudoirs. Ibid., 1908, ii, 560-565.—Paris (The) abattoir at La Villette. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 123; 254— Parkes (M. E.) Municipal authorities and public slaughter-houses. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1899, xlii, 97-105.—Parks (G. H.) The sanitary construc- tion and equipment of abattoirs and packing houses. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bureau of animal indust., Wash., 1911, Cir. 173, 247-263. Also, Reprint.—Pearson (L.) An arrange- ment for municipal ownership of slaughter-houses. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1899-1900, xxiii, 180-187. Also: J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1899, xx, 199-204.—Peck (H.) Pri- vate slaughter-houses, public abattoirs and freibanks. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1914-15, xxxv, 62-68.—Pefla (C. F.) Oenentliche Schlachthauser und Fleischbeschau in Chile. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1902, xiii, 9-11—Per- nice(S.) Pubblico macello per la cittadi Marsala. Ingegner. san., Torino, 1898, ix, 14-19.—Petroff (A. A.) [Bacteriolog- ical cabinet in connection with the Rostov municipal abattoirs.] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1912, xiv, 405-109.—PfeiHer. Ueber die Nothwendigkeit der Errichtung von staatlichen und kommunalen Abdeckereien nach Inkrafttreten des neuen Schlachtvich- und Fleischbeschaugesetzes. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1902, xv, 657-660.—Piettre (M.) Les abattoirs regionaux. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1912, xxxiv, 1498- ABATTOIRS. 4 ABBE. Abattoirs, slaughter-houses, and slaugh- tering. 1537.—Pitt (W.) Kritische Bemerkungen iiber die Be- tnebsresultate der oflentlichen Schlachthauser im Koni- greich Preussen fur das Jahr 1898. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u Milchhyg., Berl., 1900, x, 106-111.—Plath. Freibankord- nung. Ibid., 1906. xvi, 263.-----. Beitrag zur bakteriolc- gischen Untersuchung von Notschlachtungen. Ibid., 1909 xix, 198-200. — Polak. Communication sur la construe^ tion des abattoirs. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog C.-r., Brux., 1903, iv, 124-126.—Portuguese and Dutch . municipal abattoirs; a visit to the Lisbon and the Amster- dam slaughterhouses. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 688.—Public (The) abattoir system in Lisbon. [Abstr.] Vet. J., Lond., 1906, n. s., xiii, 305-307—Public (The) abattoirs of Gibraltar and Monaco. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 547.—Public (The) and private slaughterhouses of Dublin. Ibid., ii, 795; 923.— Quirsfeld (E.) Der neue Schlachthof in Warnsdorf. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1902^ xiv, 321; 333.—Report of a deputa- tion from the Health Committee of the Nottingham Corpo- ration after their inspection of certain knackery and abattoir buildings and plant in Germany. J. State M., Lond., 1898, vi, 77-81.—Richard (E.) Le nouvel abattoir general de la rive gauche. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1897, xix, 960-978.—Ro- manovlch (M.) [City slaughterhouses of Odessa.] Vet. obozr., Mosk., 1902, iv, 634-640.—Roolf & Resow. Die Kadaververwertungsanstalt auf dem Schlachthofe zu Essen (Ruhr). Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1900, xi, 73-78.—Ruiz CasabO (M.) Los mataderos de la Habana. Cr<5n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1910, xxxvi, 12; 35;55;75;78.— Saccarelll (P.) Progetto di ammazzatoio per la citta di Mondovi. Riv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 1906, ii, 221; 243.— Sanitation and the slaughterhouse at Stuttgart. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1177-1179.—Sawaltofl (N. P.) [Slaughtering industry from a sanitary point of view, and its regular or- ganization.] Arch. vet. nauk, St. Petersb., 1897, xxvii, 3. sect., 1-18.—Schieppati (C.) Considerazioni sopra diversi metodi di macellazione dei grossi animali ed in particolare del sistema Stahel. Boll. d. Ass. san. milanese, Milano, 1899, i, 127-130.—Schlachthofanlage (Die) Karlsbads. Thier- arztl. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxii, 439-445.—Schmaltz. Statistisches Facit aus den Betriebsresultaten der preussi- schen Schlachthauser fur 1896. Berl. thierarztl. Wchnschr., 1898, 242-245.—Schmidt (R.) Ueber die unschadliche Be- seitigung und Desinfektion des Diingers der Schlachthofe und Viehhofe. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1904, xxx, 531-566.—Schroeter. Zur Nachuntersuchung des in die preussischen Schlachthofgemeinden eingehenden Fleisches. Ztschr. f. Fleisch-u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1906, xvi, 213-218.—Schwarz. Die geschichtliche Entwickelung der Schlachthofe in den westeuropaischen Staaten (England, Frankreich, Spanien und Portugal). Ibid., 1897, vii, 156- 158. -----. Die Bedeutung der Kiihlhauser auf oflent- lichen Schlachthofen. Deutsche thierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1901,ix, 273.—Spadiglieri,( G. ) L'abattoir de Trieste. Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1907,i, 145-149.— Spartz (L.) Les assurances mutuelles des abattoirs. Ibid., 106-110.—Standiuss. Ueber Schlachthofanla^en in Kuror- ten. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 492-495.— Stein (A.) Die stadtische Schlaeht- und Viehhofanlage Erfurt. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1915, xxxviii, 7-9. -----. Der Schlachthof. Ibid., 217-220—Stewart (S.) Slaughter-house inspection. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1898-9, xxii, 531-548. Also: J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1898, xix, 720-734.—Stier. Ein Hinweis auf die jetzige Gelegen- heit zur Beseitigung des Schlachtverfahrens nach judischem Ritus "Schachten" aus den oflentlichen Schlachthofen. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1904, xiv, 231-233.— Stiles (C. W.) Some of the dangers arising from slaughter- houses, with suggestions for meeting them. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 730-733. Also: Maryland M. J., Bait., 1897-8, xxxviii, 145; 167. A Iso, Reprint. -----. The country slaughterhouse as a factor in the spread of disease. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Bost., 1897, lxxvii, 327-333. A Iso, Reprint.— Trasbot (L.) Note sur les abattoirs particuliers de la ban- lieue de Pans. Bull. Soc. de med. pub., Par., 1885, viii, 113-122.—Trevlsan (A.) Delia custodia e della distruzione dei rifiuti nei macelli. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1904, liii, 657-663.—Visit (A) to the meat-packing houses and abattoirs of Toronto. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 331-333.—Zabala (.1.) Inspeccion sanitaria en los nuevos mataderos. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 387-395. -----. Penkschrift iiber die tierarztliche Beschau im Schlachthaus zu Buenos Aires. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milch- hyg., Berl., 1906-7, xvii, 87-92.—Zimmermann (A.) Ueber die Einrichtung von Schlachthofmuseen und ahnlichen Sammlungen. Ibid., 1912-13, xxiii, 73-77.—Zschokke (A.) \merikanische Vieh- und Schlachthofe. Deutsche thier- arztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1902, x, 185; 193; 205. Abaut (Michel-Louise-Marie) [1872- ]. *Con- tribution a l'etude de la resection dans l'anky- lose angulaire du genou. 78 pp. 4°. Bordeaux, 1896, No. 80. Abba (Francesco). Manuale di microscopia e batteriologia applicate all' igiene. Guida pra- tica per ufficiali, capi di laboratorio, periti- Abba (Francesco)—continued. q medici-igienisti, etc. xv, 371 pp., 2 pi., 11. 8 . Torino, C. Clausen, 1896. ------. The same. Manuale tecnico di micro- scopia e batteriologia applicate all'igiene. 2. ed. viii, 670 pp. 11. 8°. Torino, C. Clausen, 1902. . . . ------. Almanacco igienico-sanitano e guida dei medici-chirurghi, degli sjiecialisti, delle farmacie, delle levatrici, delle cliniche, degli ospedali, degli istituti di beneficenza, degli stabilimenti idroterapici e termali della citta e provincia di Torino; Anno VII, 1900. 202 pp. 8°. Torino, frat. Pozzo, 1900. ------. Guida per la pratica delle disinfezioni pubbliche e private. 1 p. 1., 112 pp. 12°. To- rino, frat. Pozzo, 1900. ------. Polizia sanitaria; lezioni di legislazione, amministrazione e statistica sanitaria, di demo- grafia e di epidemiologia. 348 pp. 8°. Torino, F. Gili, 1904. ------. I doveri dell'ufficiale sanitario. xix, 155 pp. 16°. Torino, A. Spandre dc C., 1904. ------. II risorgimento sanitario italiano; con- ferenza tenuta in Brescia al Congresso interpro- vinciale sanitario il 3 settembre 1909. 48 pp. 8P. Biella, G. Testa, 1910. ------. Un episodio della peste del 1600 (come ne scamp6 la Repubblica di Noli). 22 pp. 8°. Biella, G. Testa, 1910. Suppl. to: Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb., Torino, 1910, xxi. ------. Sulla necessity della vaccinazione; con- ferenza tenuta in Torino il 23 marzo 1912. 54 pp. 8°. Biella, G. Testa, 1912. ------. Circa l'assegnaztone del xii° premio Rt- beri fatta dalla r. Accademia di medicina di Torino. (9 maggio 1913.) 51 pp. 8°. Torino, Unione tipogr. ed. torin., 1913. Abbadie (Victor). ^Traitement de la pyorrhea alveolo-dentaire. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 76. Abbamondi (Giulio Cesare). Contributo alio studio dell'azione del vago sulla secrezione gas- trica. 12 pp. 8°. Napoli, tipog. G. M. Priore, 1898. Abbas-Khan (Mirza Alamol-Molk) [1885- ]. *Taoun (peste). Etude sur la peste en Perse. 156 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 113. Abbate (Vincenzo) [ -1897]. Necrologio. Pisani, Palermo, 1897, xviii, 75-77. Abbatius (Baldus Angelus). De admirabili vi- perge natura, et de mirificis ejusdem facultatibus liber. 7 p. 1., 133 pp., 51. 12°. Norimbergae,typ. S. Heusleri, 1603. Abbatucci (Charles) [1885- ]. *Du syndrfime hemoglobinurique des pays chauds; sa patho- genie, son traitement. 2 p. 1., 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 218. Abbazia als Kurort. Bearbeitet von J. Cohn, G. Fodor [et al.]. Festschrift zum 60. Geburts- tage des Prof. J. Glax. Hrsg. von der Kur-Kom- mission. xvi, 238 pp., 1 1., port., 2 maps. 8°. Abbazia, Kommissions-Verlag, 1906. Abbazia. Abbazia als Kurort. Bearbeitet von J. Cohn, G. Fodor [et al.]. Festschrift zum 60. Geburts- tage des Prof. J. Glax. Hrsg. von der Kur- Kommission. 8°. Abbazia, 1906. Stransky. . . . Med. Bl., Wien, 1903, xxvi, 113-116— Tripold (F.) . . . Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1904, 185; 189. Abbe (Ernst) [1840-1905]. Auerbach(F.) [Biography.] Naturw. Wchnschr., Jena, 1905, n. F., iv, 129-136.—Elster (A.) [Seine Bedeutung fiir die Medizin.] Arch. f. soziale Med. u. Hyg., Leipz., 1905 ii ABBE. 5 ABDERHALDEN. Abbe (Ernst). eni.'..->Uchaelis (L.) [Biography.] Med. Woche, Bed., 1J05, vi, 33.—Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 390.— Rachlmann (E.) [Biographv.] Miinchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1905, Iii, 269-271.—S. [Biography.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 190-192.—Volt (C.) Xekrolog. Sitzungsb. d. math.-phys. Kl. d. k. bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch., Miinchen, 1905, 346—355. Abbe (Robert) [1851- ]. The surgery of the hand, being the Carpenter lectureship address before the New York Academy of Medicine. 24 pp. 12°. New York, 1893. ------. Surgery of the rectum and anus. In: Stst. Surg. (Keen). Philadelphia, 1908, iv, 110-167i Abbey (R. A.) Rescue heroes of the great deep. pp. 24-31. 8°. [New York, 1905.] Cutting from: Broadway Mag., N. Y., 1904-5, xiii. Abbildungen beriihmter und besonders um die Arzneikunde verdienter Gelehrten, nebst ihren vornehmsten Lebensumstanden. viii, 116 pp., 180 port. sm. 4°. Augsburg, C. F. Biirglen, [1805]. Abbot (Samuel Leonard) [1818-1904]. Obituary. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 54. Abbott (A. O.) Prison-life in the South, at Rich- mond, Macon, Savannah, Charleston, Columbia, Charlotte, Raleigh, Goldsborough and Ander- sonville, during the years 1864-5. 10 p. 1., 374 pp. 8°. New York, Harper dc Bros., 1865. Abbott (Alexander C[rever]) [I860- ]. The principles of bacteriology: a practical manual for students and physicians. 3. ed. 493 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea Brothers dc Co., 1895. ------. The same. 4. ed. xii, 543 pp. 12°. Phila- delphia dc New York, Lea Brothers dc Co., 1897. ------. The same. 5. ed. xi, 590 pp. 8°. Phil- adelphia dc New York, Lea Brothers dc Co., 1899. ------. The same. 6. ed. xi, 17-641 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1902. ------. The same. 7. ed. 689 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc New York, Lea Bros, dc Co., 1905. ------. The same. 8. ed. xi, 631 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Lea dc Febiger, 1909. ------. The same. 9. ed. x, 17-650 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1915. ------. The hygiene of transmissible diseases; their causation, modes of dissemination and methods of prevention. 311 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, W. B. Saunders, 1899. ------. The same. 2. ed. 2 p. 1., 15-350 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1901. Abbott (David P.) Behind the scenes with the mediums. 336 pp. 8°. Chicago, Open Court Pub. Co., 1908. Abbott (Frank). Dental pathology and practice. 240 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. Abbott (George Knapp) [1880- ]. Hydrother- apy for students and practitioners of medicine; embodying a consideration of the scientific basis, principles and practice of hydrotherapy and some allied branches of physiologic therapy. xiv, 308 pp., 3 col. pi. 8°. Loma Linda, Cat., The College Press, 1911. ------. The same. 2. ed. 1 p. 1., 521 pp. 8°. Loma Linda, Cal., The College Press, [1914]. ------. Elements of hydrotherapy for nurses. 273 pp. 8°. Washington, Review & Herald Pub- lishing Assoc, [1912]. ------. Technique of hydrotherapy and Swedish massage. 3.ed.,rev. 1 p. 1., 126 pp. 12°. Loma Linda, Cal., The College Press, 1912. ------. Essentials of medical electricity, for med- ical students and nurses. Illustrated. 132 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1915. Abbott (James Francis) [1876- ]. The ele- mentary principles of general biology, xvi (1 ].), 329 pp. 8°. New York, Macmillan Company, 1914. Abbott (Luther J.) [1831-1900]. Orr (H. W.) Nebraska medical pioneers; Dr. Luther J. Abbott. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1901, vi, 331-333. Abbott (Maude E[lisabeth Seymour]) [1869- ]. Congenital cardiac disease. In: Mod. Med. (Osier). 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 190S, iv, 323-425. Abbott (Samuel Warren) [1837-1904]. The past and present condition of public hygiene and State medicine in the United States. 102 pp., 1 L, 6 diag. 8°. Boston, Wright dc Potter, 1900. For Biography, see Boston M. d., Par., 1901, xxi, 909-914.—Baeumer. Ueber Bauchdeckenphlegmone una -Abszesse mit Zuckerbehandlung. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1913, xiii, 427.—Barker (A. E.) A lecture on some points about drainage of the abdomen undervariousconditionsofinflammation. Brit.M.J.,Lond., 1913, i, 104-107.—Barling (A. S.) The diagnosis of some acute abdominal diseases. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi, 603-606.—Behle (A. C.) Outline of the various forms and the etiology of suppurative processes in the ab- dominal cavity. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1905, xxv, 373-375. [Discussion], 384-389.—Bell (J.) On some cases of abdominal abscess treated by incision and drainage. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1899, iv, 1-8.—Box(C. R.) The abdomi- nal watersheds and their influence on the localisation of intraperitoneal infections. Lancet,-Lond., 1910, i, 848-852.— Brandenburg (K. N.) [Intraperitoneal abscess . . . combined with glycosuria.] Bolnitsch. gaz. Botkina, St. Petersb., 1897, viii, 1558-1561. — Brewer ( G. E. ) The etiology of certain cases of left-sided intraabdominal sup- puration: acute diverticulitis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1907, exxxiv, 4S2—190. Also, Reprint. — Cadwallader (J. C.) Abdominal abscess. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, n. s., xl, 457 - 459. — Cole ( J. ) Observations sur des noyaux de prunes et de cerises, sortis par l'ouverture d'un absces au bas-ventre. Essais et obs. de mexl. de la Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1743, v, 552-^555.—Combe. Un cas d'abces par con- gestion. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1903, iv, 108-111.—Crawford (D. G.) Case of intra- peritoneal abscess. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 379.—Crick. Phlegmon de la cavite prevesicale (cavite de Retzius). Policlin., Brux., 1899, viii, 52-54.—Critchlow (J. F.) The pathology of suppurative processes in the abdo- men. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1905, xxv, 376-379. [Discussion], 3S4-389— Darnall (W. E.) A new method of treating the suppurating abdominal incision. Am. Gynec, N. Y., 1903, ii, 229-232.—Deaver (H. C.) Postcaval abscess of appendicular origin. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxviii, 66.5-668.—Deaver (J. B.) Pus in the abdominal cavity. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1910, xii, 259-270. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 423; 480.—Douvrtn. Abces de nature pneu- mococcique simulant une enorme hydronephrose. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1896, i, 494-4%.—Dowd (C. N.) Localized abscess; much sero pus in general abdominal cavity; abscess drained; general abdomen disregarded. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909, 1, 766.—Eastman (J. R.) Cold abscess between the gastrocolic omentum and the peritoneum. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1897-8, xvi, 88— Fehling (H.) Diagnostische und therapeutische Hilfsmittel fur die Laparotomie „ bei entziindlichen Prozessen in der Bauchhohle. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 380-383.— Ferrari (E.) Contributo alia casistica della guarigione spon- tanea delle raccolte purulenti nell' addome. Pratico, Fi- renze, 1896-7, i, no. 8, 4-8.—Friend (S. H.) Report of a case of abscess posterior to the appendix, discharging through the umbilicus, refilling and causing peri-typhlitis and general peritonitis; a contribution to the study of ab- scesses caused by infection of the vitello-intestinal vestige. Phila. M. J., 1899, iv, 181-183.— Furntss (H. D.) A peculiar case of intraabdominal abscess. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 538.—Genet. Abces de fixation ouvert dans la cavite peritoneale. Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 273-276.—Gesel- schap (J. H.) Een geval van buikempyeem. Nederl Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1910, xiv, pt. 2, 862-866.—Goinard (E.) Traitement des abces d'origine appendiculaire dis- tants de la paroi abdominale. Lyon med., 1898, Ixxxvii, 37- 51.—Goldsmith (W. S.) Drainage in suppurative condi- tions about the abdomen. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia. Atlanta, 1908, lix, 279-287.—Goris. De l'abces intervertebro-digas- trique. Ann. de l'lnst. chir. de Brux., 1905, xii, 149-152. Also: Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1905, iv, 337-340 — Hamilton (T.) Abdominal suppuration. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1623.—Harris (P. A.) Resuturing the suppurating abdominal region. Am. Gynec., N. Y., 1902 i, 165-174 — Hassler. Tumeur intra-peritoneale, sus-ombilicale, mobile. Lyon med., 1896, lxxxi. 5-12. [Discussion], 20-23—Hath- cock (A. L.) A case oi intra-abdominal suppuration of ob- scure origin. Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1903, 248-253.— Hearn (W. J.) Pericsecal abscess without appendicitis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1898, xxvii, 786-788.—Henkel. Eine 15jahrige Patientin mit einem Empyem der Bauchhohle. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1911, xl, 310.— Hltzrot (J. M.) Cellulitis and myositis of the abdomi- nal wall, simulating intra-abdominal conditions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 787-789.—Irvine (W. H.) Ab- Abdomen (Abscess of). dominal abscess containing one and one-half gallons of pus; laparotomy; recovery. Med. Recv N. Y., 1898, liii, 310.— JoanoviC (M.) [A case of preperitoneal abscess with bac- terial examination.] Lie<3. viestnik, u Zagrebu, 1903, xxv, 303-305.—Kime (R. R.) Extensive abscess of abdominal wall with complications. South. M. J., Nashville, 1911, iv, 347.—Kreibich (K.) Zur Aetiologie abdominaler Abscesse. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, ix, 861-866.—Kunkcl (G. B.) Acute abdomen following trauma. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1916, xxix, 200-203.—Labadie-Lagrave & Deguy. Les £eriviscerites. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1898, ii, 385; 411.— ameris (II. J.) [Inflammatory swelling of the abdominal cavity.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, i, 318- 320. — Lee (W. E.) Removal of a knitting-needle from an abdominal abscess. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 639.— Lockwood (C. B.) The coursex>f intra-abdominal inflam- mation. Clin. J.; Londv 1905-6, xxvii, 241-248.—LUdicke. Krankheitsgeschichte einer in Eiterung iibergegangenen Unterleibsentziindung. Uebers. d. Arb- u. Verand. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult., Bresl., 1833, 88.—M'Phe- dran (A.) An appendix abscess perforating the diaphragm, and discharging through a bronchus, also perforating an intercostal space. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1896-7, xxix, 115-117.—Maylard. Specimens of fish bone which had perforated the bowel and was removed from an intra-abdom- inal abscess. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1893-5, v, 197- 201.—Monturiol. Abscesos intra-abdominales. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.], Barcel., 1911, xxiv, 229-233.—Morris (R. T.) Pus in the pentonaeal cavity. Am.Gynasc& Obst.J.,N.Y., 1901, xviii, 193-197.—Munro (J. C.) Cases of acute abdomi- nal inflammation. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1899, 10. s., 208-221.—Niles (H. D.) Treatment of suppura- tive processes in the abdominal cavity. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1905, xxv, 382-389.—Pauchet (V.) Abces osteo- myelitique de l'espace prevesical; ouverture spontanee au niveau de la peau et dans la vessie; abstraction d'un sequestre par la voie sus-pubienne; guerison. Gaz. mecl. de Picardie, Amiens, 1898, xvi, 301-303.—Peyret. Valeur pathognomo- nique d'un signe tir6 de l'examen de Pombilic dans un cas meconnu de phlegmon sous-peritoneal de la region sous- ombilicale. Bull. m6d. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1909, xx, 620- 624.—PicquS. Des suppurations du diverticule de Meckel simulant l'appendicite. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1897, xi, 480.—Potocki. Phlegmon thoraco- abdominal dissequantchezunnouveau-n6;guerison. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de psediat. de Par., 1908, x, 104-106. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de pasdiat., Par., 1908, xxi, 204-208.—Richards (S.J.) A case of perinephritic and subdiaphragmatic abscess; operation; recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 300.—Bobb (H.) Pus in abdom- inal operations. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1901, xliv, 153-162. [Discussion], 231-235. Also, Reprint.—Robinson (B.) Anatomic and physiologic rest in the treatment of acute in- flammatory abdominal disease. Med. Dial, Minneap., 1902, iv, 231-233.—Robson (A. W. M.) An address on the diag- nosis and treatment of acute inflammations of the upper abdomen. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1910, i, 61-66.—Rochard (E.) II y a du pus; est-ce la vesicale biliaire? Le rein ou l'appen- dice; faut-il operer? Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1904, cxlvii, 516-523.—Root (E. F.) Diagnosis of suppurative processes in the abdominal cavity. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1905, xxv, 379-382. [Discussion], 384-389.—Rus- sell (F. H.) A large intra-abdominal abscess pointing at the umbilicus. North Car. M. J., Wilmington, 1896, xxxvii, 187-189.—Salin. [Myxoma of the omentum majus with formation of abscess and perforation of the transverse colon.] Forh. Svens. Lak.-Sallsk. Sammank., Stockholm, 1895,153- 160.—Schnitzler (J.) Ueber einige Formen intraabdomi- naler Eiterung und deren Behandlung. Wien. med. Presse, 1901, xiii, 241; 299; 353.—Shoemaker (G. E.) Management of the acute stages of abdominal inflammation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 1841-1844.—Skinner (W. W.) The vein sign in abdominal inflammations. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1911, xi, 27-29.—Souther (C. T.) The after- treatmentof suppurative abdominal drainage cases. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1907, n. s., lviii, 22,5-229. — Sprengel. Die Wahl des Narcoticums bei Operationen wegen acut entziind- licher Processe in der Bauchhohle. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1913, ci, 1043-1060.—Stewart (A. F.) Iliac abscess; operation and treatment. Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indianap., 1903, vi, 313.—Symposium on suppurative processes in the abdominal cavitv. Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1905, xxv, 373-389.—Targhetta (P.) Ascesso del cavo di Ret- zius in un bambino di quattro anni; contributo alia casuis- tica delle suppurazioni del cavo di Retzius. Clin, chir., Mi- lano, 1904, xii, 744-761.—Tisserand (G.) Du drainage des suppurations de la fosse iliaque interne dans la position assise. Prov. med., Par., 1907, xx, 321.—Todd (H. J. McC.) Abdominal abscess; laparotomy; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii, 779.—Toussaint (H.) Froissement de l'ab- domen par coup de genou; abces prerenal droit; pyurie; laparotomie transperitoneale; fistule consecutive; guerison. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1912, vi, 272-275.— Tubby (A. H.) On various forms of intra-abdominal sup- puration. Clin. J., Lond., 1900, xvi, 378: 1900-1901, xvii, 11; 43; 76; 116; 157; 188.-----. The quiescent or latent period ABDOMEN. 8 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Abscess of). in the course of grave abdominal inflammation. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxv, 245-258. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1305-1308.—Turkel (R.) Die Bedeutung der Leukocytose fur die Diagnose intraabdomineller Eiterungen. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1904, vii, 529-540 — Valle y Aldabalde. Flem6n de la fosa iliaca. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1903, lix, 165-168.—Vance (A. M.) Abdominal abscess. North Car. M. J., Winston, 1898, xiii, 325-327.—Wawor (G.) Ueber Bauchabszesse aus mei- ner Praxis. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 315-318 — Whiteford (C. H.) Pre-operative management of the acute abdomen. Practitioner, Lond., 1912, lxxxviii, 322.—Willis (A. M.) The management of. septic conditions in the ab- dominal cavity. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ci, 1117-1120. Also, Reprint.—Worms (J.) Phlegmons profonds des parois abdominales. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1867), 1868, iii, 171-179.—Zimmerman (B. F.) Anent suppura- tive lesions in the upper abdomen. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1914, xxvii. 282-287. Also: Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1912-13, xi, 400-406.—Zwei Falle von Abscessen im Abdomen, ohne Ausgang in allgemeine Peritonitis. Biir- gerspit. Basel. Jahresb. (1899), 1900, 137. Also: Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abt. d. Spit, in Basel (1899), 1900,53. Abdomen (Abscess of, Parietal). Braun (J.-A.-C.) Contribution a J'&ude des abces a marche lente de la paroi abdominale anterieure. 8°. Geneve, 1894. Jacob de Cordernoy (H.) *Des abcSs froids de la paroi abdominale anterieure et en particu- lier de la region hypogastrique. 8°. Paris, 1898. Muller (W.) *Ueber schwere Gangran der Bauchdecken mfolge lokaler Eisapplikationen und das Zustandekommen derartiger Veran- derungen im Tierversuch. 8°. Halle a. S., 1903. Vasmer (D.) *Symmetrische Abszesse der Bauchdecken. Beitrag zur Casuistik der Bauch- deckenabszesse. [Gottingen.] 8°. Sorau N.-L., 1913. Baeumer. Ueber Bauchdeckenphlegmone und -abszesse mit Zuckerbehandlung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 1687.—Boinet. Abces enkyst6 de la paroi abdominale gauche simulant un kyste de Povaire. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1876), 1S77, xi, 51-56.—Bovier-Lapierre. Contusion de l'abdomen; abces gazsux de la, paroi; elimination d'un morceau de drap. Loire med.,St.-Etienne, 1901, xx, 144.— Burrell (H^L.), Cushing (H. W.) & Stone (J. S.) Abscess of abdominal parietes. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix, 374.— Carreras Verdaguer (F. de P.) Absceso de la pared ab- dominal por estarilococos. Med. de los ninos, Barcel., 1914, xv, 60.—Czajkowskl (J.) [Pathogenesis of deep abscesses of the anterior wall of tne abdomen.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1900, 2. s., xx, 319; 358; 383—Duplay. Sur un cas d'abces profond de la region ombilicale. Bull. m£d., Par., 1897, xi, 1.—Galiozzi. Ascesso freddo delle pareti addominali; aper- tura ampia e sutura. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1895, iv, 582.— Grant (W. W.) Ligneous phlegmon of the abdominal wall. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 1039-1042.—Hurst (D. R.) Obscure form of abdominal mural abscess. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1897, xvii,347-352.—Ludlam(R.) Traumaticparietal abscess simulating an ovarian tumor. Clinique, Chicago, 1896, xvii, 273.—Macdonald (G.) Notes on a case of cold abscess of the abdominal wall. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 431.— Michaux (P.) Phlegmons et abces des parois abdominales. Traite de chir. (Duplay et Reclus), 2. ea., Par., 1898, vi, 1- 11.—Myer (M. W.) Primary abscesses of the abdominal wall. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1909, xvi, 275-277.—Patris de Broe. Observation d'un cas de phlegmon dilhis gan- greneux de la paroi abdominale. Arch, de mecl. et pharm. mil., Par., 1911. lvii, 353-361.—Savariaud. Phlegmon pro- fond de la parol abdominale du a un corps etranger venu de Pintestin; difficultes de diagnostic. Tribune med., Par., 1903, xxxvi, 197.—von SchrOtter (H.) Zur Kenntniss der Gasabscesse der Bauchwand. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innera Med., Wiesb., 1899, xvii, 374-377. Also: Prag. med. Wchn- schr., 1899, xxiv, 367; 380; 393.—Spellissy (J. M.) Abscess of the abdominal wall communicating with the bladder which contained a calculus. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliii, 766 — Zerl (A.) Ascesso delle pareti addominali da Bacterium comune. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1897, iii, 561-573. Abdomen (Abscess of, Retroperitoneal). Geyer (W.) *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Re- troperitonealabscesse. 8°. Miinchen, 1905. Wiegand (K.) *Kryptogener Retroperito- neal-Abscess beim Kind. 8°. Miinchen, 1905. Abdomen (Abscess of, Retroperitoneal). Aleksandroft* (L. P.) [Two cases.] Otchot . . . DIetsk. boln. Sv. Olgi v. Mosk. (1889), 1890, iii 26-28.-Beale (P.) Operation for large abscess behind the liver. Med. Press & Cue, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxv, 575.—Busco (J.) Absceso ganglionar retroperitonral con peritonitis circunscrita a estreptococos. Arch. Latino-Am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1914, viii, 56-60.—Caragiani Abdomen (Abscess of, Subdiaphrag- matic) . tique; drainage; guerison. Bull. Soc. d. m<5d. et nat. de Jassy, 1905, xix, 90-95.—Campbell (H. J.) & Wood (T. J ) Case of. . .; operation; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901 i,697.-Carnot(P.) ... Semainc med., Par., 1906, xxvi, 85-^ 90.—Cartledge(A.M.) Sub-diaphragmatic abscess. Louis- ville Month. J. M.&S., 1903-4, x, 22.—Catz( A.) &Kendirdjy (L.) ... Rev. de gynec. etde chir. abd., Par., 1908, xii, 469; 605; 842; 1005.—Cavallero (G.) Per la sintomatologia dell' as- cesso sottofrcnico e degli ascessi addominali in generale. Pro- gressomed.,Torino, 1906,v,79-83.—Cheyne(W.W.) [Case 1 King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1896-7, Lond., 1898, iv, 107-115 — Chuproff (I.) [Subdiaphragmatic abscess in a 10-year old boy and its operative treatment.] DIetsk. med., Mosk 1898 iii, 263-270.—Clairmont (P.) & Ranzl (E.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung des subphrenischen Abszesses. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 653-657 — Clarke (W. B.) ... Clin J., Lond., 1905, xxvi, 121-128.— Cooke (A. B.) Subphrenic abscess; report of a case in which rupture into a bronchus occurred; operation; recovery; pathological report by W. Litterer. South. M. J., Nashville, 1910, iii, 292-299—Cosentino (A.) Contributo alio studio degli ascessi subfrenici post-appendicitici. Policlin., Roma 1907, xiv, sez. chir., 251; 386.—Courtois-Suffit. Note sur trois cas d'abces gazeux sous-diaphragmatiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv, 1291-1306. Also [Abstr.]: Courrier med., Par., 1897, xlvii, 375. — Cou- teaud. Abces sous-phrenique gazeux; laparotomie; autop- sie. Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 593- 597—Crosby (W. T.) [Case.] Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1904, cxiii, 101-105— Cruise (J. M.) [Case.] Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, n. s., ii, 243-247.—Cutler (E. G.) [Case.] Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1896, xi, 217-220, 1 diag.—Dahlgren (K.) [Two cases of subphrenic abscess as consequence of suppurations around the caecum (appen- dicitis).] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1898-9, n. F., iv, 197-209.— Darling (E. A.) A case of subphrenic abscess on the left side following appendectomy. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvii, 70-72.—Daser (P.) Beitrag zur Kasuistik des luit- haltigensubphrenischen Abszesses. Wien. med. Wchnschr , 1904, liv, 1804-1808.—Deaver (J. B.) Subphrenic abscess; transpleural incision; recovery. Internat. Clin., Phila 1914, 24. s., iii, 185.—Dcspard (D. L.) [Case.] Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1914, xvi, 63-77, 1 pi.—Determann. Beitrag zur Diagnose des subphrenischen Abscesses. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 709-713.—Devic(E.) & Chalier (A.) Un cas d'empyerne sous-phrenique diag- nosticum uniquement par la radioscopie; mouvement de bascule des deux moities du diaphragme. Lyon med'., 1905, civ, 1065-1074.—Dickinson (W. L.) ... Syst. Med. (All- butt), N. Y. & Lond., 1897. iii, 570-576.—Douglas (J.) Actinomycotic subphrenic abscess. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lx, 389.—Dziembowski. [Abscessus subphrenicus, pyopneumothorax subphrenicus.] Now. lek., Poznah, 1903, xvii, 401-406.— Eisendrath (D. N.) Left-sided subphrenic abscess. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 472-474. ----- [Case.] Ibid., 1906, xliii, 637.—Elsberg (C. A.) A contribu- tion to the pathology, diagnosis, and treatment of subphrenic abscesses after appendicitis. Ibid., 1901, xxxiv, 729-752.— Eve (F.) Operation for subdiaphragmatic abscess on the leftside. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 505.— Fagge. The surgery of subphrenic abscess. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1907, xxiii, 511-516.—Fatal case; lardaceous disease. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1905, n. s., xxxiii, 243— Filippoff (N. N.) [Right-sided intra-abdominal sub- phrenic abscess in a girl 7 years old; operation; recovery.] Prakt. Vrach, St. Peterb., 1902, i, 359; 384. —Fink (F.) [Cases.] Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xxi 147-150.—Fin- kelshteln (B. K.) [Right-sided subphrenic intraperitoneal abscess of traumatic origin.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 1046.—Fosano (M.) Contributo alia patogenesi di alcune forme di ascesso sotto-diaframmatico post-operatorio. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 943-947.—Freiberg (A. H.) Subphrenic abscess complicating appendicitis. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvii, 431-437. [Discussion], 440 — Frigaux. . . . Ann. internat. de chir. gastro-intest., Par., 1909, iii, 20; 169. Also: Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1910, xix, 210-214.—Galliard (L.) lCase-l Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1899, iv, 85-Sweet (W. S.) [Three cases.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, l, I169.-Taddel (C.) Le forme chirurgiche degli ascessi sotto-diaframmatici. Cesalpino, Arezzo. 1909. v, 131; 217; 249: 1910, vi, 125; 293.-Tappey (E. T.) (Case 11 ABDOMEN. ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Abscess of, Subdiaphrag- matic). Harper Hosp. Bull., Detroit, 1896-7, vii, 16.—Thompson (W. E.) & Ellis (B. K.) [Two cases.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1909, Iii, 1579.—Troyanoff (A. A.) [On the operative treatment of subdiaphragmatic abscesses.] Laitop. russk. chir., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 475-480. — Vandeput. [Case.] J. med. de Brux., 1913, xviii, suppl., 33.—Vernescu (D.) Abces sub-frenic desvoltat in loja peri-splenica operat prin calea trans-pleurala cu reseetia par^iala a splinei. Rev. de chir., BucurestI, 1907, xi, 525-532.— Vldebech. [A chronic premonitoiv case of subphrenic abscess, of supposed duo- denal origin.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1910, 5. R., iii, 1297; 1347.—Vincent (G. F.) Subphrenic abscess presenting unusual features. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912; i, 780. Vino- gradoft (V. V.) & Vakar (A. V.) [Diagnosis and treatment of subphrenic abscess.] Trudi Kivevsk. Khirurg. Obsh. (1909-10), 1911,313-349. [Discussion];87-94. A Iso, Reprint.— Vosburgh (A. S.) [Case.] Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, 1912, i, 1S9. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv, 891.-Wakar (A.) Zur Frage iiber die Behandlung subphrenischer Abszesse. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911-12, cxiii, 219-242 — Walker (F. B.) [Case] J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 408-121.—Wallace (C. S ) Surgical treatment. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1905, xxviii, 82-97—Watson (G.) Sub- phrenic abscess situated between the left lobe of the liver and the diaphragm beneath the pericardium, secondary to hepatic abscess. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xeii, 397.—Weber (J.) Zur Casuistik der subphrenischen Abscesse nach Apnendicitis. Deutsche Ztscnr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1900, liv, 423-445: 1901, lx, 127-139.—White (W. H.) [Case.] Clin. J., Lond., 1909-10, xxxv. 273-279. Also: Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1911, xxv, il-15.—Winkelmann. Beitrage zur Casuistik der operativ behandelten subphre- nischen Abscesse. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1899, xxv, 109-112.—Wood (A. C.) Subphrenic ab- scess; report of a case with pneumococci in pure culture; also two other cases from the records of the hospital. Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep., 1913, ix, 1914. 1-10.—Woolsey (G.) & McWil- liams (C. A.) Subphrenic perinephritic abscess. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv. 449. Abdomen (Absorption from). Bogomolets (A.) [Absorption from the abdominal cavity.] Kharkov. M. J., 1908. vi, 19.5-206.—Zimin (A.) Absorption from the abdominal cavitv.] Vrach. Gaz., S.- Peterb., 1912, xix, vl.3-817. Abdomen (Actinomycosis of). Bexdig (E.) *Ueher einen Fall primarer vom Wunnfortsatz ausgehender Bauchaktinomykose. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. L'Homme (H.) *De l'actinomycose des parois thoraciques et abdominales. 8°. Paris, 1901. Maratuech (L.) *Actinomycomes (forme neoplasique) des parois abdominales. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Schulz (R.) *Zur Klinik und operativen Be- handlung der Abdominal-Actinomycose. 8°. Greifswald, 1906. Boddacrt (E.) & Vercauteren (II.) [Case.] Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1903, lxxxii, 231-236.—Choyce (C. C.) Actinomycosis of the abdominal wall. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Clin. S"ct., 79-82.—Cuff (A.) A case of actinomycosis of the abdominal wall produced by an infected foreign body which had escaped from the intestine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 137.—Dawson (W.) [Case, in aniraol.l Vet. Rec, Lond., 1902-3, xv, 595.-Dentler (M.) Ueber Actinomvkose der Bauchdecken. Monatschr. f. Gc- burtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1903, xvii, 1236-1238.- Ewald (C.) Eine operative geheilte Bauch-Aktinomykose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 997— Froelich (E.; [Case.] Hosp.-Tid., Kdbenh., 1910, 5. R., iii, 601-614.—Gagen-Torn (O. E.) [Actinomycosis of the abdominal walls with extension to the mtestinesandbladder.] Svezd.rossivsk. khirurg. 1908,Mosk. 1909, viii, H3-145.—Gamgee (L.) [Case.] Birmingh. M. Rev., 1904, lv, 41.—Jeanne. Actinomycose de la paroi ab- dominale sans manifestations intestinales. Normandie med., Rouen,1909,xxv,16-19.— Justo(J.B.) [Case.] Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1904, xii, 660-664.- Kono. [ \ctinomycosis of the abdominal walls.] Chiugai Iji Shim- po, Tokio, 1904, xxv, 1379-1390— Mikhalkin (P. N.) [Acti- nomycosis of the large intestines, peritoneum, urinary Dlad- der and abdominal walls.] Syezd Rossiysk. Khirurg. 1908, Mosk., 1909, viii, 146-150. — Pettis (J. H.) [Case.] Physi- cian & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1911, xxxiii, 129-131 — Ulese (II.) Aktinomvkom der Bauchdecken durch einen Holzsplitter. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1910, xciii, 289-291.— Scudder (C. L.) [Case] Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 639.—Steblln-Kaminski (G. Ye.) [Actinomycosis of the anterior abdominal wall.] Khirurgi'a, Mosk., 1910, xxviii, 41- 53.—Szegedy (J.) [Case.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1907, h, 502.—Webber (II. W.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, Abdomen (Actinomycosis of). 1588: 1903, i, 1084.—Wlnternitz (A. M.) Operirter Fall von abdominaler Aktinomykose. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1901, xxxvii, 1101.—Zondek (M.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Bauchaktinomykose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, lxix, 49-59. Abdomen (Acute). See Abdomen (Abscess of); Abdomen (Dis- eases of, Acute or surgical); Appendicitis. Abdomen (Adhesions in). See Peritoneum (Adhesions of). Abdomen (Angina of). See Abdomen (Painful). Abdomen (Auscultation of). See Abdomen (Exploration of). Abdomen (Blood-supply of). De Giovanni (A.) Alcune consid'erazioni cliniche sulla circolazione venosa dell' addorne. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1895, xxiii, 297-314.—Eccles (McA.) Abnormal transverse venous channel across the lower part of the ab- dominal wall. West. Lond. M. J., Lond., 1916, xxi, 110- 112.—Ncdzvetskl (V. K.) [Physiology of the abdominal cir- culation.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1893, xl, 1166-1175.—Real & Piet. Contribution a l'etude des lames vasculaires de l'ab- domen. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1901, i, 450-452.—Stapler. Relation de la circulation abdominale avec les mouvements du coeur; eftets du massage abdominal; difference physiolo- gique entre les syncopes et les lypothymics. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895, 10. s., ii, 782-785. Abdomen (Cancer of). See, also, under cancer of separate abdominal viscera. Schellschmidt (F. W.) *Die Schwellung der Supraclaviculardrusen bei abdominellen Carci- nomen. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Bainbridge (W. S.) Possible errors in the diagnosis of abdominal cancer; a plea for exploratory laparotomy; illus- trative cases. N. York State,.!. M., N. Y., 1913, xiii, 529-534. Alsot Reprint.—Bonnel. Epitheliome cylindrique de la parol abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 385.—Burns (T. M.) A case of encephaloid carci- noma extending nearly the whole length of the abdominal aorta and vena cava. Denver M. Times, 1896, xvi, 1.—Car- cinoma delle ghiandole retroperitoneali. Cron. d. clin. med. di Geuova, 1898, v, 30-32.—Castaing (P.) Noyau d'epithe- lioma developpe dans le tissu cellulaire sous-cutane de la paroi abdominale au niveau d'une cicatrice de laparotomie pour cancer del'estomac Toulouse med., 1902, 2. s., iv, 94.— Cheyne (W. W.) Case of malignant disease of the abdomen. Clin. J., Lond., 1907, xxx, 252.—Cohvell (C. E.) A case of malignant abdominal disease. Clinique, Chicaeo, 1904, xxv, 87-89—Davis (B. B.) A plea for surgical intervention in suspected malignant disease of the abdominal cavity. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, 348-350.—Grant (J. P.) Carcinoma of the abdominal wall in a boy of seventeen years. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 1090.—Hamonic (P.) Un cas de gastro- enterostrvmie pour cancer generalise' de 1'abdomen. Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gynec, Par., 1898, iv, 3-10.—Le Dentu. Faux cancers et tumeurs infiammatoires du ventre. Gaz. med. de Par., 1909, No. 50, 5-8.—Mayer (M.) Todliche Bauchpunktion bei Implantationskarzinom der Bauch- decken nach miliarsr Kafzinose des Bauchfells. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1439.—Mills (A.) Considerations au sujet de deux cas da tumeurs malignes de 1'abdomen chez lesenfants. Clinique, Brux., 1900, xiv, 497-501.—Miyashita [Two cases of idiopathic abdominal cancer and autopsv.] Sei-i-KwaiM. J., Tdkj'A, 1898, xvii, No. 192,1-13.—Morestin (II.) Epithelioma 6tendu des teguments abdominaux; ex- tirpation; autoplastic par decollement. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. da Par., 1903, lxxviii, 458-461.—Nifong (F. G.) The diagnosis of abdominal cancer before tumor is apparent. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1904, xxv, 175-183.- Palmer (D. W.) Pelvic transplantation metastasis as a means of recognition of hooeless abdominal carcinoma. Surg., Gvnec & Obst., Chicago', 1910, x, 154-156.—Ryall (C.) Laparotomy per se for incurable abdominal cancer. Med. Press ech (J. W.) The clinical significance of acute ab- dominal svmptoms. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., New- castle, 1909-10, x, 3-13. —---. Some acute abdominal nerils. Clin. J., Lond., 1913-14, xiii, 231-238.—LofTelmann. Der Schulterschmerz (das Fernsymptom des N. phrenicus) bei den akuten chirurgischen Erkrankungen der Bauch- hohle. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1914, xcii, 225-276.— Lyman (C. B.) The importance of early diagnosis in cer- tain troubles of the upper abdomen. Colorado Med., Denver, 1909, vi, 340-345—Macdonald (W. J.) Upper abdominal surgical disease; some points in differential diagnosis. Canad. Lancet, Toronto, 1911-12, xiv, 734-762—McRae (F. W.) The acute surgical abdomen. South. M. J., Nashville, 1915, viii, 293-295.—Malaby (Z. T.) The diagnosis of acute ab- dominal conditions. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1905, i, 63; 117.—Manninger (V..) [Indications for surgical intervention in serious diseases of the abdominal cavity," Budapesti orv. uysag, 1903, i, 651; 676.—Marshall (E. Acute abdominal disturbances; are they ever functional an temporary or are thev always organic and inflammatory? Am. Pract. & News', Louisville, 1905, xxxix, 193-206.— Maynard (S. E.) Practical points on diagnosis and treat- ment of unper abdominal diseases. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1911, xvii, 53-63.—Mayo (W. J.) The associa- tion of surgical lesions in the upper abdomen. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 641-646. Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1904, n. s., Iii, 671-677. Also: Med. News, N. Y.; 1904, lxxxiv, 1111-1116.—Miller (G. I.) Points to bear in mind in the diag- nosis of common surgical intra-abdominal lesions. Med. Times, N. Y., 1911, xxxix, 228-231.—Morrison (R.) Two clinical lectures on some abdominal emergencies. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1908-9,139-146.—Mor- ton^.M.) ... Austral.M.J..Melbourne, 1911-12,n.s.,i, 705-707.— Moynahan (B. G. A.) An address on the acute emergencies of abdominal disease. Brit M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 733-737.-----. An address on the correlation of symptoms and signs in some abdominal diseases. Ibid., 1912, i, 345-348.— Muller (R. F.) Head'sche Zonen bei chirurgischen Abdo- minalerkrankungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. u. Abdomen (Diseases of, Acute or sur- gical) ["Acute abdomen"]. Leipz., 1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil., 367.—Myers (S. J.) Medical asoect of the "acute abdomen." Louisville Month. J. M. & S.t 1911, xviii, 193-199.—Xiles (H. D.) The diagnosis of sur- gical pathology in the upper half of the abdomen. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1904, ii, 441-445. A foo.-Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1904, xii, 474-477.—Nordmann (O.) Allgemeines iiber die Uutersuchung und die Behandlung der akuten Abdominalerkrankungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 984; 1020; 1066.—Palmer (II B.). Some surgical diseases which the physician must promptly recognize. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1904, xv, 106-124.—Patrick (J.) On the symp- tomatology of acute abdominal diseases. Glasgow M. J., 1908, lxix, 30-47.—Peple (W. L.) The right kidney; a dis- quieting factor in the diagnosis of acute intra-abdominal conditions. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1912- 13, xvii, 610-616.—Percy (J. F.) The practical significance of certain common svmptoms in the upper abdomen. J. \m. M. Ass., Chicago" 1905, xiv, 98-102. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, viii, 369-377.—Peters (G. A.) The tele- phonic properties of the inflamed abdomen; a sign not hith- erto described, due to paralysis of the bowel in peritonitis. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1902, xii, .280. — Philipps (J.) The diagnosis of acute conditions of the upper abdomen. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 1003-1013. Also, Reprint.— Pllcher (L. S.) Note upon early exploratory laparotomy in the diag- nosis of certain diseases of the upper abdominal digestive tract. Long Island M. L, Brooklyn, 1908, ii, 185-187. -Pond (E. M.) Early operations in abdominal troubles. Tr. Ver- mont M. Soc, Burlington, 1903, 49-71. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 130-133.—rower (D.'A.) A clinical lec- ture on surgical danger signals in acute abdominal disease. Clin. J., Lond., 1906-7, xxix, 246-251- Reilly (J. P.) Re- flex gastric svmptoms a factor in surgical diseases of the ab- domen. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1908-9, v, 237-241.— Richardson (M. II.) Acute abdominal symptoms demand- ing immediate surgical intervention. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1898-9, xiii, 277-307— Richardson (S. W. F.) Diagnosis of acute abdominal disease. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1908, vi, 97-101.—Rlcketts (B. M.) The diseases, diagnosis and treatment of the right upper abdomi- nal cavitv. Centr. States M. Monit., Indianap., 1906, ix, 475-478. Also: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906, xxix, 154- 156- Riesman (D.) Diagnostic problems of the upper abdomen. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1913-14, xvii, 855-861.— Roberts (J. B.) Specimens illustrating the need of early operation in surgical diseases of the abdomen. Proc Phila Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1905, xxvi, 99-102. — Robinson (B.) Diacnosis in the right half of the abdomen. Colurr.busM J, 1904, xxviii, 14-23- Rose (W.) On the importance of early diagnosis and treatment in surgical diseases of the abdomen Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1064-1069.—Rowlands (R. P.) The early diagnosis and treatment of some acute abdominal dis- eases. Med. Mag., Lond., 1911, xx, 125-131.—Rymrill. A discussion of the diseases of the upper abdomen and their differential diagnosis. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1910, xvi, 299- 301.—Russell (A. E.) The diagnosis of acute abdominal disease. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1905 x 1-19 — Russell (W. B.), Wood (F. L.) ,1- Barrett (W. E.) Three cases of the acute abdomen. Practitioner, Lond 1913 xc 767-772.—Schacht (F. F.) A few observations on the early treatment of abdominal symptoms. West Lond M J Lond., 1900, v, 257-274.—Schell (.1. T.) Diagnosis of acute abdominal conditions. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913 xcviii 1107-1110. Also, Reprint.—Shaw (H. B.) The diagnosis of acute abdominal disease. Clin. J., lond., 1909-10, xxxv 119-125.—Sheen (W.) Diagnosis in abdominal emergencies! Ibid., 1913-14, xiii, 273-279.-Simon (L.) Viskositatsbe- stimmungen des Blutes bei chirurgischen Baucherkran- kungen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1911, Ixxii, 125-151.— Smith (J. G.) The pre-diagnostic treatment of crave ab- dominal disease. Treatment, Lond., 1897, i, 25-27.— Smith (O. C.) Dangers of delay in acute abdominal lesions. Yale M. J., N- Haven, 1904-5, xi, 237-251. Also, Reprint.— Smith (R. R.) The abdominal cutaneous reflexes in the diagnosis of acute abdominal diseases. J. Mich. M Soc Grand Rapids, 1913, xii, 654-656.—Steward (F. J.) The indications for surgical interference in acute abdominal dis- eases. Clin. J., Lond., 1907-8, xxxi, 313-319.—Taylor (H. M.) Diagnosis of visceral lesions from wounds and contusions of the abdomen. Bi-Month. Bull. Univ. Coll. Med., Rich- mond, 1897, ii, 9-13.-----. Some surgical cases of the upper portion of the abdomen. Virginia Hosp. Bull., Richmond, 1904-5, i, 37-41. -----. A plea for exploratory incision lor diagnostic and curative ends in the marked conditions of the upper portions of the abdomen. Virginia M Semi- Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 97-100.—Tennant (C. E ) Infection in the right upper abdominal quadrant. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1907-8, xxvii, 460-463.—Thomas (T.) The diagnosis and treatment of urgent abdominal conditions Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxvii, 194-205.—Tinkham (H. C.) The differential diacnosis of some of the more com- mon pathological conditions in the right side of the abdo- men. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1909, xv, 157-160 — Treves (F.) Injuries and diseases of the abdomen Svst Surg. (Treves), Lond., 1896, ii, 556-663.—Turner (W ) A ABDOMEN. 17 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Diseases of, Acute or sur- gical) ["Acute abdomen"]. lecture on abdominal catastrophes. Clin. J., Lond., 1907, xxx, 225-232.—Tyler (A. F.) The X-ray an aid to diagnosis in diseases of the right upper quadrant of the abdomen. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1914, n. s., xxxiii, 450-455. -----. A comparison of Roentgenological and surgical findings in certain abdominal conditions. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1915, xx, 511.—Upcott(H.) ... Clin. J., Ixmd., 1915, xliv, 337-343.—Walscheid (A. J.) When to operate in acute ab- dominal affections. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1909-10, vi, 285-290.- Weber (P.) Functional abdominal disease, accompanied (formerlv) by vomiting of fasces and enemata. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1909-10', xxxiii, 366— Wldertfe(S.) [The diagnosis oi acute abdominal diseases.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske L-egelor., Kristiania, 1915, xxxv, 761; 817.—Willis (A. M.) The management of septic conditions in the abdominal cavity. Ni York M. J., [etc.], 1915, cl, 1117-1120—Wood (W.C.) The diagnosis of acute abdominal conditions. Brook- lvnM. L, 1S9S, xii, 484-493. Wright (A. L.) The differen- tial diagnosis of patholocical conditions in the upper abdo- men. Iowa M. J. [etc. |, Des Moines, 1910-11, xvii, 217-221. Abdomen (Diseases of, Associated). Cram(W.F.) Some associated abdominal troubles. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1913-14, iii, 557-562.—Mayo (\Y. J.) The association of surgical lesions in the upper ab- domen. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xiii, 1545-1549. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 945-949. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 943-946 — Pitt (G. N.) Associated lesions in the thorax and abdomen. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1901, xv, 465-472.—Shoemaker (G. E.) Coincident abdominal lesions. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1908, x, 262-267. Abdomen (Diseases of, Chronic). Barling (A. S.) Chronic abdomen. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcvii, 173; 380.—Bishop (E. S.) On some forms of chronic abdominal disease. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 139-113.—Connell (F. G.) The chronic abdomen, a review of nineteen cases of pericolitis and ileal kink in which the ap- pendix had been previously removed. Railway Surg. J.. Chicago, 1914-15, xxi, 125-131. Also: Surg., Gvn«c. & Obst., Chicago, 1914, xix, 742-746—Smith (C. N.) The diagnosis of the chronic surgical lesions in the upper abdomen. A m. .1. Obst., N. Y., 1910, lxii, 775-790. Also: Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, xi, 518. Also: Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec 1910, York, 1911, xxiii, 30-1S.—Wood (W. C.) Diag- nosis of certain chronic abdominal conditions. N. York Stale J. M., N. Y., 1909, ix, .5-8. Abdomen (Diseases of, Diagnosis [and semeiology] of). See, also, Abdomen (Diseases of, Acute or surgical); Abdomen (Diseases of, Chronic); Ab- domen (Diseases of) in children; Abdomen (Ex- ploration of); Abdomen (Exploration of) with Roentgen rays; Abdomen (Painful). Beguier (E.-E.) *La percussion abdominale d'apres la method e de Sigaud (de Lyon). 8°. Paris, 1910. Fedeli (G.) Del soffio gastrico e del soffio splenico. Secondo contributo clinico-sperimen- tale. 8°. Pisa, 1897. Muller (\Y. B.) *Es soil die Konfiguration der vorderen Bauchwand und namentlich die Lage des Nabels in der Norm und bei moglichst vielen Abdominalerkrankungen' genau festge- stellt und untersucht werden, wie weit die ge- wonnenen Daten zur Aufstellung diagnostischer Grundsatzeverwendbarsind. 8°. Leipzig,1900. Piazza-Marttni (V.) Manuale di semeiotica fisica medica dell' addome e degli organi addomi- nali. Parte generale. 8°. Palermo, 1897. Aaker (A. O.) Acute non-surgical abdominal conditions. Railwav Surg. J., Chicago, 1916, xxii, 425-428.—AUchin (W. H ) Clinical lectures on diseases of the abdomen. Clin. J., Lond., 19(!6-7, xxix, 21; 39; 52.- Baar (G. G.) Value of indi- can and bile tests in diagnosis of abdominal diseases. North- west Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 123-125—Bard (L.) Des renseignements fournis par le not lombo-abdominal. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1897), 1898, xxxvii, 137-144.—Benedict (A. L.) Palpation in the warm bath. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899,9. s., l, 101-107.—Bishop (E. S.) Abdominal diagnosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1903,12. s., iv 63-70, 3 pi.-----. Abdomino-pelvic diagnosis; abdominal Abdomen (Diseases of, Diagnosis [and semeiology] of). swellings. Ibid., 13. s., ii, 218-233,1 pi.—Bruce (J. M.) On chest complications in abdominal disease; a study in diag- nosis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1517-1520.—Buchanan (R. J. M.) Points of clinical interest in the diagnosis of ab- dominal diseases. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1914, xxxiv, 57-67. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcvii, 219-222.— Campbell (W. F.) Rules of the acute abdomen. Med. Times, N. Y., 1916, xliv, 117.—Chappcl (G. P.) Someof the limitations of medicine in abdominal diseases. [Abstr.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 254.—Coffey (R. C.) Interdependence of diagnosis and treatment in deal- ing with abdominal diseases. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1906, iv, 416-419.—Creveling (J. P.) Pathologic findings in the right iliac fossa. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1910, x, 509- 511.—von Criegern. Die Feststellung kleiner Mengen freier Fliissigkeit in der Bauchhohle von den Leistenringen aus. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 526.- Deaver (.). B.) & Pteiffer (D. B.) The pathology underlying abdominal symptoms. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1914, xi, 328- 331.—Dock (G.) The hot bath as an aid in abdominal diag- nosis. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1900, v, 133.—East- man (J.) Diagnosis in abdominal disorders. Denver M. Times, 1897-8, xviii, 237-247. Also: Tr. West. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1897, Lincoln, 1898, 16-34. Also, Reprint— Ewart (W.) Dorsal examination in undiagnosed abdominal affections. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 453.—Falconer (R. C.) An abdominal study. Louisville J. S. d examinations in abdom- inal diseases. Lancet, Lond., 1903, ii, 1159-1163.—Marrnil- lan (J. A.) Methods in diagnosis of surgical diseases of the abdomen. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1916, xv, 476- 481.—Manley (T. H.) Diagnosis in abdominal lesions. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 221; 281.—Mannaberg (J.) Diag- nostische Bemerkungen zu eiuigen Unterleibskrankheiten. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1902, xlvii, 151; 166. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, Iii 593; 660.—Moore (J. E.) ... J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1906, xxvi, 80.—Moriarta (D. C.) Abdominal symptoms. Albany M. Ann., 1914, xxxv, 323-331.—Northrup (H. L.) The"borderline of ab- dominal diseases. Kahneman. Month., Phila., 1909, xliv, 109-119.—Randall (H. E.) ... J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1909, viii, 368-372. Also: Med. Age, Detroit, 1905. xxiii, 365- 370.—Rattermann (F. L.) . . . Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1913, cix, 676-679.—Roberts (F.) On skilled examination of abnormal .abdominal conditions. Clin. J., Lond., 1901-2, xix, 81-88.—Rundlctt (D. L.) Some practical considera- tions in the diagnosis of abdominal conditions. Journal- Lancet, Minneap., 1915, n. s., xxxv, 399-401. -Russell (W.) Some points in the diagnosis of abdominal disease. Scot. M. f: S. J., Edinb., 1898, ii. 135-113.—Salaghi (S.) Secni della alterata statica addominale. Ann. di clin. med., Palermo, 1910, i, 277-282.- Schmidt (R.) . . . Med. Klin., 1909, v, 11-48.—du Sejour (P.-D.) La percussion des epines ilia- ques antero-supeneurescomme signe de diagnostic dans les affections abdominales sous-ombilicales. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 413-417.—Shtshotkin (D. S.) Fremitus ab- dominalis. Russk. Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 544.—Skin- ner (E. II.) Abdominal diagnosis and the Roentgen ray. Southwest J. M. laylard (A. E.) Three somewhat remarkable cases illustrating some of the difficulties connected with the diag- nosis of abdominal disease. Glasgow M. J., 1909, lxxi, 321- 334.—Middleton. Some observations on the difficulties of diagnosis in abdominal disease, with brief accounts of illus- trative cases. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1897-8, ii, 1-19. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1897, xlviii, 321-339.—Moore (J. E.) Mistakes in diagnosis in the upper abdomen. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1909, xxix, 65-67.—Neglected (A) sign in obscure abdominal disease: ''the rectal shelf." [Edit.] Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1623—Neve (A.) Abdominal sur- prises. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 183-185.— Power (D'A.) An address on some misleading abdominal cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 185-1&S.—Randall (H. E.) Referred and reflected symptoms of the abdomen. St. Louis M. Rev., 1910, n. s., iv, 365-367.— Riory. Des surprises de la chirurgie abdominale d'urgence. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1901, ii, [Discussion], 210-224.— Russell (W.) The importance of accurate and detailed diag- nosis in abdominal cases. Scot. M. r 1911 xxiii, 219- Moennighoff; (F. J.) A brief consideration of post-operative gas distension of the abdomen, with suesres- tion for prevention. J. Missouri M. Ass., St Louis 1908-9 v, 193r197.-Reder (F). Abdominal diVentirfollowtag operations upon the pelvic viscera. Tr Am Ass Ol«t j£ Gynec. 1914, York, 1915, xxvii, 8-18. ABDOMEN. 19 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Distention of) in children. KaumelfL.) Legros ventre chez l'eniant. Lnionm£d., Par., 1891, 3. s., Iii, 397-402. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1892, vi, 35-39.—Fede (F.) L'addome grosso nei bambini. Pedia- tria, Napoli, 1896, iv, 1; 111; 3617—Marfan (A.-B.) Le gros ventre flasque des nourrissons. .1. de med. int., Par., 1911, xv, 301; 311; 340. Also: Medecin prat., Par., 1911, vii, 794; S07. Abdomen (Enlarqement and protrusion of). See, also, Abdomen t Tumors of); Abdominal supporters; Enteroptosis; Obesity; Viscera (Prolapse of). Ausset. Le gros ventre flasque. Gaz. m£d. de Liege, lS'.'H-:, ix, 3s9-392. Also: Nord med., Lille, 1897, iii, 109- 11-'.—Bassler i A.) Habitual epigastric protrusion. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago. 1911, lvii, 1970. Also, Reprint.—Blonk (J. C.) Rehandoling van hangbuik. Bl. v. hyg. therap., Amst., 1900, ii, 71-76.—Creveling (J. P.) Pendulous abdo- men. Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y., Buffalo, 1904, xi, 31-33. Also: Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s., xliv, 643-646.—Illoway (H.) Relaxed abdomen and its evil consequences; its cure; its prevention. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1S9S, xxxviii, 331-345.— Jolly (R.) Die Operation des Fettbauches. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1317.- Kelly (H. A.) Excision of the fat of the abdominal wall; lipectomy. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 229-231.—Macdonald (T. L.) An unusually pendulous abdominal wall. Ilahneman. Month., Phila., 1902, xxxvii, 96-99.—Ostertag (W.) Leber eine neue Bandage zur Verhiitungund Heilung des Hangebauchs und seiner Folgezustande. Aerztl. Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1900, xii, 453-^55. Also: Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polvtech., Berl., 1900, xxi, 115-122.—Reder (F.) Remarks on the obese abdominal wall. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gvnec. 1911, York, 1912, xxiv, 175-181.—Shallenberger (W. F.) Abdominal lipectomv; report of two cases. Johns Hopkins Hosn. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 410-411. Also, Reprint.—Spauld'ing (A. E.) Operation for the relief of a pendulous abdomen. St. Paul M. J., 1901, iii, 674—Taussig (F. J.) Unusual relaxa- tion of abdominal wall. Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1911, v, 428. Abdomen (Exploration of). See, also, Pregnancy (Signs of); Viscera (Ex- ploration and topography of). Alexander (W.) Ueber Stimmfremitus am Bauch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 975-979.—Attimont. Quelques remarques sur l'exploration de la cavite abdominale par 1'ori- fice ombilical. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 437- 439.—Bard (L.) Des renseignements fournis par le not lombo-abdominal. Lyon med., 1897, Ixxxvi, 245-251.— Blake (J. A.) The diagnostic value of abdominal rigidity. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 9-12.-Bridges (W. O.) The need of more thorough physical examination of the abdomen. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1901, vi, 133-135.—Cannon (W. B.) Auscultation of the rhythmic sounds produced by the stomach and intestines. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1905, xiv, 339-353.—Chllaiditl (D.) Zur Palpationstcchnik des Abdomens, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Mobilitatspriifung der Abdominalorgane. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1512, lxii, 713- 720.—Corner (E. M.) A case of abdominal exploration in a soldier. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., xcix, 672.— D'Urso (G.) Osservazioni sullo sfregamento peritoneale tattile. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 3, 411; 422- Ewart (W.) A note on auscultatory friction as an adjunct to auscultatorv percussion in abdominal explora tion. Lan- cet, Lond., 1898, ii, 551.—Ferguson (A. H.) Methods of ex- ploring the abdomen, and a new one. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905. lxxxii, 950-955. A Iso, R eprint.—Foy (G. M.) The de- tection of loculated fluids in the abdomen. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 84.—Galambos (A.) [More thorough palpation of the abdomen, based on a new method of abdominal wall tension.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1910, liv, 320.—Gludiceandrea (V.) Caratteri clinici della cosi- Oetta palpitazione addominale. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1901-2, xxi, fasc. 2,1-16.—Heddaeus (J.; Di>' Lntersuchung des Bauchs in Knieelbogenlage. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xxiv, 717-719.—Henriques (A.) A few cases to illustrate the valueof Roentgen-ray examination of the abdomen. Pan- Am. S. & M. J., N. Orl., 1915, xx, No. 4,11-16.—Holzknecht(G.) DasEinziehenund Vorwolben des Abdomens, zunachst als Mittel zur radiologischen Be- weglichkeitspriifung der Bauehorgane betrachtet. Mitt. a. d. Lab. f. radiol. Diagn. u. Therap. im k. k. allg. Krankenh. in Wien, Jena, 1906, i, 85-87.—Kane (E. O'N.) Use of fluoroscope to avoid leaving gauze pads and sponges in ab- domen. Am. Med., Burlington, Vf., 1916, n. s., xi, 55-57.— Katscb & Borchers. Direkte Besichtigung des Bauchin- haltes bei geschlossecer Bauchhohle. Miinchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, lix, 2079,-Kelly (If. A.) The exploration of the abdomen as an adjunct to every coeliotomy. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1899, N. Orl., 1900, xii, 35.5-364, 1 pi.— Knapp (M. I.) The importance of the_ physical examina- tion of the abdomen as a rou tine practice irrespective of what he the symptoms. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxviii, 886- 889. ---—. The significance of the splashing sound in the Abdomen (Exploration of). gastrointestinal canal. Med. Record, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 267.—Lamarchia (L.) Lo sfregamento peritoneale tattile. Riiorma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 3, 663.—Lejars. Tech- niques des explorations regionales; l'hypochondre droit. Presse med., Par., 1914, xxii, 309-315.—von Mangoldt. Ueber die Bedeutung des Bruit de pot fele am Abdomen. Zentralbl. 1. Chir., Leipz., 1906, xxxiii, 665-667. — Meri- wether (F. T.) Palpation in abdominal diseases. [Abstr.] Am. .1. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1903, xvii, 83. — Mira- mond de Laroquette. Effets du surcnauffage lumineux de l'nbdom'en apres les interventions chirurgicales. Pro- gres med., Par., 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 192-194. -----. Quelques experiences concernant le surcnauffage lumineux de 1'ab- domen. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1910, xiii, 435-438 — Neuhof (II.) A method to facilitate palpation of the upper abdomen. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, 81.—Panichi (L.) Sulla puntura esplorativa dell' addome. Policlin., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. prat., 1445-1449.—Patton (IT. M.) The anatomical divisions of the abdomen in relation to surgical diagnosis. Tr. Am. Inst. Homceop. 1900, N. Y., 1901, 322- 328.—Schilling (F.) Bauchkonfiguration und Abdominal- krankheiten. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1914, xviii, 592-595.—Schuster. Ueber Palpation der Bauehorgane im warmen Vollbade. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1897, xviii, 419. Also: St.,Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1897, n. I-\, xiv, 134.—Sigaud. Etude clinique et patho- gehique sur les variations de forme et de volume de 1'abdo- men. Rev. de med., Par., 1899, xix, 734-746.-----. No- tions generates sur la sonorit6 de 1'abdomen. Ibid., 952- 963.—Smith (E. A.) Justifiableness of exploratory opera- tions. Buffalo M. J., 1903-4, n. s., xliii, 595-001— Stalker (A. M.) The physical examination of the spleen and kid- neys. Edinb.M. J., 1.^1-5, xl, 134; 222.—Sticker (G.) Die Palpation des Abdomens im warmen Bade. Zentralbl. f. inners Med., Leipz., 1904, xxv, 233-235- Watkins (T. J.) Abdominal palpation and auscultatory percussion. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, xi, 426-429. [Discussion], 433. Abdomen (Exploration of) with Roentgen rays. Bassler (A.) Some recent conclusions on abdominal Roentgen-ray work. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lxi, 2217. Also, Reprint.—Blacker (B.) . . . Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1899-1900, iv, 34-36.—Comas (C.) uis Petit. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xiii, 640. — Reissmann (C. ) [Two cases.] Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1903, vii, 147-149 — Resser (A. S.) [Multiple echinococcus of the abdominal cavitv.l Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1898, 1, 625-629.—Risselin. Kystesnydatiques multiples de la cavite abdominale. Bel- gique med., Gand, 1914, xxi, 16-18.—Roncaglia (G.) Diun enorme cisti idatica preperitoneale guarita coll' ablazione completa. Clin, chir., Milano, 1907, xv, 447-451.—Salatich ABDOMEN 22 ABDOMEN Abdomen (Hydatids in). (P. B.) An unusual case of echinococcus infection, with rupture of the diaphragm; operation and recovery. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1913-14, lxvi, 541-547. [Discussion], 553 — Squler (J. B.) Rectovesical echinococcus cyst. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lix, 396-401.—Stirling (H. A.) ... In- tercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1897, ii, 221-231.— Sutton. (J. B.) A clinical lecture on abdominal hydatids. Clin. J., Lond., 1893, ii, 88-91.—Tebbutt (A. II.) & Welsh (D. A.) A practical application of the symptom-complex in ruptured'abdominal hydatid cyst. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1343.-Thane (P. T.) On the treatment of abdominal hydatids by the injection of a solution of perchloride of mer- curv. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892, Sidnev, 1893, iii, 394-398.--Trofimoff (M.) [Oncontemporary treat- ment of echinococcus cysts of abdominal cavity .1 Khirurc'ia, Mosk., 1898, iii, 399-410.—Tsander (R. A.) [Multiple echi- nococcus of the abdominal cavity, partly suppurated.] Voyenno-Med. J., St. Petersb., 1914,ccxl, med.-spec. pt., 203- 207.—Verebely(T.) [Case.] Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1912, xlviii, 306.—Vincent (E.) Kyste abdominal pre- renal, probablement hydatique, simulant une hydrone- ?hrose volumineuse du ccite droit; extirpation; guerison. -yon med., 1903, c, 405-414.—Weber (F.) Zur Frage iiber den multiplen Echinococcus der Bauchhohle. Deutsche Zt- schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, civ, 408-418.—White (S.) & Cobb (J. II.) An unusual case of hydatid disease. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1915-16, iii, 343.—Young (W.) ... N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1914-15, xiii, 397. Abdomen (Inflammation of). See Abdomen (Abscess of); Appendicitis, etc. Abdomen (Massage of). See Massage (Abdominal). Abdomen (Morphology and develop- ment of). Baumeier (W.) *Zur vergleichenden Anato- mie und Morphologie des Musculus obliquus ab- dominis externus und der Fascia flavia. [Halle a. S.] 4°. Stuttgart, 1908. Chausoff (M. D.) [Topographical anatomy of the human abdomen.] 8°. Varshava, 1897. DalPAcqua (U.) Morfologia delle aponevTosi addominali dell'uomo. Policlin., Roma, 1901, viii, sez. chir., 401; 485, 1 pi.—Mall (F. P.) Development of the ventral abdominal walls in man. J. Morphol., Bost., 1897-8, xiv, N. 2, 347-366, 6 pi.—Mljsberg (W. A.) Over den bouw van den muscu- leusen buikwand der primaten. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. Amst. Versl., 1914-15; xxiii, 1424-1438.—Robinson (B.) General and historical views m regard to the development of the peritoneum and abdominal viscera. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1898, xxvi, 1481,1655; 1806.—Swaen(A.) Recherches sur le developpement du foie, du tube digestif, de l'arriere- cavite' du pentoine et du mesentere. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1896, xxxii, 1:1897, xxxiii, 32, 5 pi. Abdomen (Musculature of). Chaine (J.) Sur une forme du digastrique interm&liaire entre la disposition des vertebres inferieurs et celle des mam- miferes. Proc-verb. Soc d. sc. phys. et nat. de Bordeaux, 1903-4, 91.—Dupuy (P.) Note sur le ventre anterieur du digastrique duchimpanze. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 112-114.—Gerard (G.) Le muscle grand oblique de 1'abdomen (note sur ses bandes musculaires et musculo- aponevrotiques). J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1911, xlvii, 525-535. Abdomen (Painful). See, also, Abdomen (Diseases of) in children. Albu (A.) Die Differentialdiagnose der abdominellen Krampfzustande und ihre Behandlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1025-1028— Al- drich (W. J.) Acute epigastric pain. Vermont M. Month, Burlington, 1908, xiv, 141-144.—Andrew (G.) The diag- nostic value of sudden and acute pain as a symptom in ab- dominal disease. Glasgow M. J., 1896, xiv, 187-198— Austin (M A) Iliohypogastric hyperesthesia. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1909, ii, 482-485.—Behan (R. J.) Pain as an indication for surgical interference. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1915-16 xix, 908-914.—Brams (W. A.) Diagnosis of abdomi- nal pain. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1916, x, 476-184.- Breitmann (M.) Ueber die diagnostische Bedeutung des Schmerzes im Epigastrium. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911 lviii, 2583. -----. Zur Symptomatologie und Thera- nie der Angina abdominis. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1914 xxxv, 1007-1012— Burch (L. E.) The significance of abdominal pain. South. M. & S., Chattanooga, 1907, vii, 292 —C. (W F.) Is this a chill on the appendix? Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1907, xxi, 109.-Cremer (M. H.) Ab- dominal pains and their significance with reference to diag- nosis. St. Paul M. J., 1915, xvii, 711-719.-Cross (F. B.) Abdomen (Painful). The significance of paiii taibdomtaaj dggflgW from the medical standpoint. Long Island M-J. Brooklyn 1912,yi, 169. [Discussion], 174-17fi.-Croi^ai.C.) TheclinicalMB nificance of epigastric symptoms. J. Masouri M Ass.,bt. Louis, 1910-11, vii, 116-119.-Daland (J.) Jhe diagnosis of pain in the upper abdomen. J. Am. M. Ass CbwaeMOTA fviii, 1002-1004. A Iso, Reprint.-Danna (J. A ) Abdommal pain from a surgical standpomt. N. Orl. M. & Si, 1909-10, Fx*U3i-339.-Darnall (W. E.) Remote pair'followingab- dominal operations. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, OrangM908-?l,v 170-172.-Deaver (LB.) Abdominal pain; its significance and diagnostic value. Boston M. & 8.3., 1914, clxxi, 973-975. -----. The significance of abdominal pain. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1916, xix, 843-846.-De Giovanni (A.) II dolore celiaco. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, xxxi, 417-419.—East- man (F. C.) The significance of pain in abdominal diag- nosis; from the neurological standpoint. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1912, vi, 170-176.-Edwards (A. R.) Abdominal pain and tenderness, muscular rigidity and pseudoperlora- tive or pseudoperitonitic symptoms in thoracic disease; pneumonia and pericarditis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, fvi 1784—Elsberg(C. A.) Some clinical features of abdomi- nal pain and tenderness. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1914, vii, 240-244.—Erkeletian (D. II.) Diagnostic value of pain in diseases of abdominal and thoracic viscera. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 459-461.—Eusterman (G.) Ab- dominal pain; itsclinicalsignificance.- J. Minn. M. Ass.[etc], Minneap., 1910, xxx, 316-319.—Funkhouser (R. M.) The diagnostic significance of abdominal pain. J. Missouri M. Ass , St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 51-54.—GUbride (J. J.) The clinical significance of pain in the epigastrium. Am. Med., Phila. & York, Pa., 1908, n. s., iii, 81-85.—Granger (A.) Pain in the right upper quadrant of the abdomen. Pan-Am. S. & M. J., N. Orl., 1914,xix, No. 9,10-14.—Gross (M.) Pain as a symbol in diseases of the abdominal organs. N. York M. J., 1898, lxvii, 220-224.—Grube(R.H-) ... Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1912, viii, 187-190.—Halsey (J. T.) ... N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1909-10, lxii, 327-332.—Haret. Deux cas de douleurs abdominales exactement localised k l'aide de la radioscopie. Bull. etm£m. Socradiol. med. de Par., 1910,ii, 112-114.—Hay (S. M.) The significance of pain in the diag- nosis of abdominal and pelvic diseases. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1916-17, 1, 12-17.—Herrlngham. [Pain in lower part of abdomen.]" Clin. J., Lond., 1906-7, xxix, 303.— Hough (G. D.) The localization of pain, tenderness, and hyperalgesia in the diagnosis of some common abdominal diseases. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1909, xxi, 551-558, 1 pi.—Howland (G. W.) Acute paroxysmal epigastric pain. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1909-10, xliii, 818-825.—Jaquet (A.) . . . Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xiv, 1601-1622.—Jopson (J. H.) Surgical aspects of epigastric pain. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1912-13, xvi, 635- 638. [Discussion], 641-646.—Jump (H. DJ Pain of the upper abdomen due to chronic disorders. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1915, xii, 119-122.—Keiffer. De la douleur en gynecologie et en obstetrique. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, 221-224.—Kelly (II. A.) . . . Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1911, xviii, 194-196. Also, Reprint.—Kreuzf uchs (S.) Ueber Angina abdominalis. Monatschr. f. d. phys.-diatet. Heilmeth. [etc], Miinchen, 1910, ii, 341-345.—Kurtz (C. D.) The diagnostic significance of acute abdominal pain. Ohio M. L, Columbus, 1908,iv, 477^80.—Kuttner (L.) Ueber ab- dominale Schmerzanfalle. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoffwechs.-Krankh., Halle a. S., 1908,i,3.Hft.,l-69.—Lee(T. B.) Significance of pain in the diagnosis of disease of the lower«abdomen. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1911-12, vii, 343-345.—Le Gendre. Traite- ment des douleurs abdominales. Rev. gen. de clin. et de the- rap., Par., 1909,xxiii, 465-467.—Lemhofl (B.II.J.) Pain in the right abdomen, with report of cases. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1915,xx,279-290.—Lennander(K.G.) . . .,especi- ally on pain in connection with ileus. Edinb. M. J.,1907,n.s., xxii,103-111.—Ligat(D.) Hyperalgesia in abdominal disease. Practitioner, Lond., 1916, xcvii, 106-136.—Lodi (M.) Sulle coliche addominale con speciale riguardo al dolore epigas- trico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 1418-1420—Mc- Arthur (A. W.) Significance of pain in the upper abdomen. Med. Progress, Louisville, 1913, xxix, 278-280.—Mahler (E.W.) Pain in upper right quadrant of the abdomenT Pan- Am. S. & M. J., N. Orl., 1914, xix, No. 9,8-10.—Martin (J. W.) A puzzling case. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s., xc. 385.—Mouriquand (P.) Clinical lecture on subjective ana ectopic abdominal pains. Ibid., 1914. n. s., xcviii, 512.— Musser (J. H.) ... Am. Med., Phila.., 1904, vii, 503-505. Also, Reprint.—Nifong (T. G.) The significance of ab- dominal pain and the maladministration of opium. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 11-13. — Nosor Galvao & Rocha Vaz. Estudo clinico da angina abdomi- nal. Arch, brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1911, i, 513-520.— Obrastzow (W.) Ueber das Verlegen der Schmerzempfin- dungen in die Bauchhohle. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1900, vi, 285-298.—Opitz. Ueber die Ursachen von Schmer- zen in der Gynakologie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 536-539.—Pannett (C. A.) Acute right-sided abdominal pain. St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz Lond., 1915, xxi, 158-160, 1 pi.—Pari (G. A.) Dobre peri- toneale e dolore intestinale. Riforma med., Napoli, 1914, 'ABDOMEN. 23 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Painful). xxx, 1401-1404.—Pearce (H. E.) The interpretation of recurrent abdominal pain. Kansas City M. Index, 1898, xix, 1-4.—Perier (E.) Semeiologie des douleurs abdominales chez les enfants du second age. Ann. de mM. et chir. inf., Par., 1910, xiv, 617-622—Pfahler (G. E.) The causes of pain in the upper right quadrant of the abdomen as determined by means of the Roentgen rays. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 1042-1044. Also,Reprint.—Pilcher(J.T.) Significance of pain in the lower left quadrant of the abdomen. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1908, ii, 411-414.—Provls (F. L.) Pain in women in the iliac region and its immediate neigh- borhood. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1912, xvii, 89-96 — Rattermann (F. L.) Causes and locations of abdominal pain; their clinical significance, with special reference to McBurney's point. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1902, xcviii, 347-350. — Reed (W. C. ) Some aspects of abdominal pain in women. J. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., N. Y., 1908, xxx, 28; 316.—Renton (J. C.) Abdominal section for the relief of pain. Glasgow M. J., 1898,1, 29-31. Also: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1899, 8. s., iv, 238-243— Richards (W. T.) Pain in right upper quadrant of abdomen. Pan-Am. S. & M. J., N. Orl., 1914, xix, No. 9, 5-8— Richardson (F. C.) ... N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1907, xiii, 20-24.—Rocha Vaz. Semiologia da dor abdominal direita na midher. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1916, xxx, 129; 154.—Rosin (H.) Einiges fiber das epigastrische Druckgefiihl. Med. Woche, Halle a. S., 1907, viii, 337.—Schenck (B. R.) Physostigmm com- bined with morphin in the treatment ofpain following ab- dominal operations. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1912, xi, 156-160.—Schilling (F.) Die Druckempfindlichkeitund die Druckpunkte des Abdomens. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1907, xxviii, 777-782.—Schwlnn (J.) The diagnostic significance of abdominal pain. West Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 1907-8, ii, 231-235.—Steedly (B. B.) A consideration ofpain as a symptom of disease involving the right half of the abdo- men. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1910, lxi, 173-177.—Sutton (J. B.) On right-sided abdominal pain in women. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvi, 741-749.—Symes (J. O.) The diagnosis of the causes of chronic recurrent abdominal pain. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1913, n. s., xcv, 148.—Thring (E. T.) Pain in the right side. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 307-312.—Van Sweringen (B.) Clinical im- portance of abdominal pain in relation to intra-thoracic lesions. Fort Wayne M.-J. Mag., 1907, xxviii, 10-13.—War- basse (J. P.) Abdominal pain; its diagnostic significance in surgical diseases. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1911, xxv, 251-255. Also: Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1912, vi, 164-169. [Dis- cussion], 174-176.—White (F.) ... Am. J. Gastro-Enterol., Phila., 1913-14, iii, 121; 165.—Williams (T. A.) Chronic visceral pain in relation to surgery and psychotherapy. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, xiv, 595. Also, Re- print—Wilms. Die Schmerzempfindung innerhalb der Bauchhohle und ihre Bedeutung fur die Diagnose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 13-15.—Winslow (R.) The signifi- cance of pain in the right iliac fossa in young women. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1914, xviii, 82-86.—Wise (W. D.) ... J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phys. & Surg., Bait., 1908-9, xi, 18-21.—Witherspoon (T. C.) The significance of pain in the upper abdomen. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1907-8, xii, 217-221.—Yates (II. W.) . . ., its diagnostic significance. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1908-, vii, 237-243.—Zavadier (S.) Die Pruning der Schmerzemp- findung der Abdominalorgane mittels Perkussion. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 668-671— Zawadzki (J.) [Pain- ful points of the abdomen and chest.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1913, xlviii, 834; 860; 991. Abdomen (Palpation). See Abdomen (Exploration of); Pregnancy (Diagnosis of). Abdomen (Paracentesis of). Grossi (L-.) *Sulla paracentesi dell' addome. 8°. Genova, 1816. Fatome. ITemorragies dues a la paracentese laterale de 1'abdomen. Soc. de med. mil. franc Bull., Par., 1910, iv, 435-437.—Oderfeld(H.) [A rare complication of abdominal puncture.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1898, xxvi, 251.—Salo- mon (H.) Die diagnostische Punktion des Bauches. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 45.—Tailhefer. Un nouveau melait de la ponction nypogastrique. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896, xliii, 625.—van den Vrijhoef (II. C.) lets over punctio abdominis. Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., Batavia, 1900, viii, 23-32. Abdomen (Pendulous). See Abdomen (Enlargement, and protrusion of). Abdomen (Pressure and tension within). Bourcart (M.) La question de l'equilibre intra-abdomi- nal. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 332- 339 —Bouveret (L.) La tension intermittente de l'epigastre. Lyon med., 1901, xcvi, 46.5-467.—Bulst (R. C.) The dynam- ical equilibrium of the abdominal and pelvic organs. Scot. Abdomen (Pressure and tension within). M. & S. J., Edinb., 1897, i, 725; 820.—Contejean (C.) Pres- sion negative dans 1'abdomen. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896. 10. s., iii, 235.—Hamburger (II. J.) Ueber den Einfluss des intraabdominalen Druckes auf die Resorption in der Bauchhohle; Beitrag zur Lehre von der Resorption. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1896, 302-331. Also, transl: Rev. de med., Par., 1896, xvi, 1008-1018.—Hicks (J. B.) On the tension of the abdomen and its variations. Proc. M. Soc, Lond., 1884, vi, 325-342. Also, Reprint.—Hoffmann (A.) Ursachen, Zustandekommen und klmischer Wert der Bauch- deckenspannung. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1910, xlix, 701-725.—Hogge (A.) Recherches sur les variations respira- toires de la pression intra-abdominale. Mem. couron. Acad. roy. d. sc. [etc] de Belg., Brux., 1892-3, xlvii, No. 3, 1-42 — Kossmann (R.) Was ist intraabdomineller Druck? Cen- tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 721-723.—SchUrmayer (B.) Die Schwankungen des intraabdominalen Gleichge- wichts und Druckes in ihren Folgen. Veroflentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. u. Wien, 1912, xxxiii, pt. 2, 220-222. Abdomen (Puncture of). See Abdomen (Paracentesis of). Abdomen (Rigidity of). Blake (J. A.) The diagnostic value of abdominal rigidity. N. YorkM. J., 1903, lxvii,9-12. Also, Reprint.—Hall (J. N.) Abdominal rigidity. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1914, vii, 135-139.— Hawkes (F.) Abdominal rigidity; its value as a symptom to the general practitioner. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, xxxii, 199-201.—Wads worth (T. W.) An investigation in- to the nature of abdominal rigidity. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1912, No. 62,313-319. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1913,. n. s., xcv, 413.—Webster (C. E. S.) A suggested means of measuring abdominal rigidity. Med. Times, N. Y., 1912, xl, 328. Abdomen (Sensibility of). Franke (C.) Ueber die Sensibilitat in der Bauchhohle. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1995-1999.—Kappis (M.) Beitrage zur Frage der Sensibilitat der Bauchhohle. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1913, xxvi, 493-530.— Lennander (K. G.) Ueber die Sensibilitat der Bauch- hohle und fiber lokale und allgemeine Anasthesie bei Bruch- und Bauchoperationen. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, xxviii, 209-223.—Neumann (A.) Zur Frage der Sensibili- tat der inneren Organe. I. Funktioneller Nachweis sensi- bler Fasern im Nervus splanchnicus und Vagus. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1910-11, xxiv, 1213-1217— Nystrom (G.) [A critical review of Lennanders' work on the sensibility in the abdomen.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1908-9, n. fv xiv, 168- 180. -----. [Recent observations on the sensibility of the abdominal cavity. ] Forh. Svensk. Lak.-Sallsk., Stockholm, 1909, 464.—Propping. Zur Frage ' der Sensibilitat der Bauchhohle. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1909, lxiii, 690- 710.—Ritter (C.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber die Sensibilitat der Bauchhohle. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, xc, 389-436. Abdomen (Surgery of). See, also, Abdomen (Surgery of, Parietal); Abdominal section [Subdivisions and cross ref- erences]; Appendicitis (Treatment of, Operative); and under names of abdominal and pelvic organs. Beitrage zur Bauchchirurgie, neue Folge, von Hans Kehr, Dr. Berger und Dr. Welp. 8°. Berlin, [1902]. Cabot (A. T.) Papers upon abdominal sur- gery, sm. 4°. Boston, 1902. Abramson (L.) After-treatment of abdominal opera- tions. South. M. J., Nashville, 1916, ix, 351-354.—Andrews (E. W.) Surgery of the abdomen. Surg. Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, iv, 215-217.—Burrows (II.) ... Hospital, Nursing Section, Lond., 1906-7, xii, 5; 42; 70.—Cholmeley (W. F.) ... Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 718-721.—Dean (G. R.) ... Tr. South Car. M. Ass., Charleston, 1896,113- 118.—Freeman (L.) The use of free omental grafts in ab- dominal surgery. N. Mexico M. J., Las Cruces, 1915-16, xv, 142-146.—Giles (A. E.) ... Treatment, Lond., 1897, i, 129- 132.—Graham (H. F.) Standardization of the preparation of patients for abdominal operations. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915,ci,304. Also, Reprint.—Gregoire(R.) La chirurgie ab- dominale a l'avant. Paris med., 1916, vi, 419.—Hartmann (H.) La cavite abdominale au point de vue chirurgical. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 259-261.—King (E. L.) Little points of importance in abdominal work. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1915-16, lxviii. 509-513.—Konig. ... Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1-899, xxxvi, 205; 238.—Longyear (H. W.) ... in hos- pital practice. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1897, xxi, 290-314.—Maxwell (T. J.) Some anomalies found in ab- dominal surgery. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1895, Phila., 1896, viii, 285-293.—Maydl (K.) . . . Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1882, xxi, 449; 469.—Morelll (P.) Chirurgiaspicciola. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1909, n. s., xxxi, 497-501.— Morison (R.) Abdominal and pelvic surgery. Edinb. M. ABDOMEN. 24 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Surgery of). J., 1904, n. s., xv, 21-47.—Penn (G. W.) .. . Memphis M. Month., 1902, xxii, 576-582.—Shoemaker (G. E.) Differ- ences in the management of appendicitis and of salpingitis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxviii, 749.—Wells (B. H.) The care of abdominal surgical cases. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1916, xxx, 105-108. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, lxxxix, 759. Abdomen (Surgery of, Anxsthesia in). See Abdominal section (Anaesthesia in). Abdomen (Surgery of, History and prog- ress of). Thornton (J. K.) Abdominal surgery, past and present. 12°. London, 1890. -----. The lines of advance in abdominal surgery, roy. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Baron (J.) [The progress of abdominal surgery.] Gy6- gyaszat, Budapest, 1896, xxxvi, 402-406.—Carothers (R.) Abdominal surgery and the Ohio Valley. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1906-7, xi, 554-558.—Chadwick (J. R.) An historical sketch of abdominal surgery. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1897, xxii, 3-23. Also, Reprint— De Grazia. I recenti progressi della chirurgia addominale. Riforma med., Napoli, 1895, xi, pt. 4, 757-760.—Faulke. The present state of abdominal surgery. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1909, vii, 1-14.—Hall (R. B.) The present status of abdominal surgery. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, n.s., xliv, 514-517.—Kilner(C.S.) On the progress of abdo- minal surgery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 141-144.—Marcy (H. O.) The early history ofabdominal surgery in America. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 600-605.—Mars (A.) [Progress of abdominal surgery.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1912, vii, 597; 612; 623; 633.—Maylard (A. E.) Abdominal sur- gery, retrospective and prospective; based on fourteen years' personal experience in the wards of the Victoria Infirmary, Glasgow. Glasgow M. J., 1904, lxi, 249-262.—Mears (J. E.) The progress and limitations of operations upon the abdom- inal cavity. Med. Times, Phila., 1886-7, xvii, 399-404. Also, Reprint.—Mercer (A.) The progress of abdominal surgery, with especial reference to penetrating wounds. Tt. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1896,191-204.—Pearson (C. Y.) The progress of abdominal surgery. Med. Press & Circ, Lond 1897, cxiv, 53-55. — Porter (M. F.) Early progress in abdominal surgery. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cviii, 151-153.—Price (J.) The present status of abdominal sur- gery. Tr. M. Soc. Virg., Richmond, 1890, xxi, 171-178 — Robson (A. W. M.) Observations on the evolution of abdominal surgery, from personal reminiscences extending over a third of a century and the performance of 2,000 opera- tions. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 133- 136.—Schachner (A.) Advancements in abdominal sur- gery. Am. Pract. & News Louisville, 1897, xxiii, 321-327.— Thomson (A.) A resume1 of Kocher's work in abdominal surgery. Edinb. M. J., 1907, n. s., xxii, 208-221.—Thornton (J. K.) A lecture on the lines of advance in abdominal surgery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 513-517.—Whitmarsh (H. A.) The permanent and the transitory in abdominal surgery. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1908, lvi, 291-298 — Wright (W.) Abdominal surgery in the eighteenth cen- tury. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1903, ii, 767. Abdomen (Surgery of Manuals and treatises on). Deaver (J. B.) & Ashhtjrst (A. P. C.) Surgery of the upper abdomen. In-two vol- umes. 8°. Philadelphia, 1909-13. Doyen (E.) Traite de therapeutique chi- rurgicale et de technique operatoire. Vol. IV. Operations sur 1'abdomen (les organes genito- urinaires exceptes). 4°. Paris, 1912. Guibe (M.) Chirurgie de 1'abdomen. 8°. Paris, 1904. Mears (J. E.) Clinical lecture. Abdominal surgery. 8°. Philadelphia, 1885. von Mikulicz (J.) & Kausch (W.) Allge- meines iiber Laparotomie. 2. Aufl. 8°. Stuttgart, [n. d.]. Moynihan (B. G. A.) Abdominal opera- tions. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1905. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1906. ------. The same. 3-. ed. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1914. Munro (J. C.) Surgery of the abdominal wall. In Surgeey (Keen). S°. Philadelphia & London, 190*, iii, 726-744. Abdomen (Surgery of, Manuals and treatises on). Parkes (C. T.) Clinical lectures on abdomi- nal surgery and other subjects. Edited by A. J. Ochsner. 8°. Chicago, 1896. Rovsing (T.) Underlivskirurgi. [Abdominal surgery.] I. roy. 8°. K0benhavn, 1910. -----. The same. Abdominal surgery. Edited by P. M. Pilcher. 8°. Philadelphia & London, [1914]. Smith (J. G.) Abdominal surgery. 5. ed. 2 v. 8°. London, 1896. ------. The same. 5. ed. 2 v. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1896. -----. The same. 6. ed. 2 v. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1897. Abdomen (Surgery of, Parietal). Aievoli (E.) Plastiche ed'operazioni ortomorfiche sulle pareti addominali. Incurabili, Napoli, 1915, xxx, 121-132.— Coffey (R. C.) Plastic surgery of the abdominal wall. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 90-93.—Gould (Sir A. P.) A clinical lecture on the surgery of the abdom- inal wall. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 1517-1520.—Grisson. Bauchdeckenplastik. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, cxxviii, 377-390.—Landouzy. Note sur un proced4 de refection de la paroi abdominale. Arch, de m<5d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1908, Iii, 81-86.—Largeau (J.-R.) Quel- ques mots sur la chirurgie de la paroi abdominale. Gaz. med. de Par., 1898,11. s., i, 63; 135.—Lusk (W. C.) Rectus transplantation by a special technic Tr. N. Y. Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913. ii, 309-311.—Miller (R. T.) The falci- form ligament of the liver as plastic material available for use in the upper abdomen. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1913, xvii, 758.—Oshman (A. A.) [Muscular plastic surgery in insufficient abdominal pressure.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 154-156.—Schultze. Die Re- konstruktion der Bauchdecken. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, xl, 268-270.—Stolz (M.) Zur Bauchdeckenplastik nach Weinhold. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1910, xxxiv, 229-231. Abdomen (Surgery of, Prognosis in). Cernfi. Sur le pronostic immediat des operations abdomi- nales. Normandie med., Rouen, 1902, xvii, 297-304.—Crile (G. W.) The relation between the blood pressure and the prognosis in abdominal operations. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1913, lxviii 309-313. A Iso, Reprint. -----. Further control of the morbidity and the mortality in abdominal operations for pelvic diseases. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1913, xiii, 300-302.—Miller (M. B.) Surgical conditions of the abdo- men in their relation to life expectation. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiii, 605-610. Abdomen (Topography of). Besset (M.) *Division topographique de 1'ab- domen. 8°. Toulouse, 1910. Binnie (J. F.) Upper right quadrant of belly. Tr. Ar- kansas M. Soc. 1903, Little Rock, 1904, xxviii, 210-226.— Charpy. Les proportions du ventre. Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1907, xvi, 97-110.—Fortier (L.-E.) Dissection de 1'abdomen. Rev. med. du Canada, Montreal, 1902-3, vi, 113; 129; 145; 159; 173.—Lomax (H. E.) The right upper abdomi- nal quadrant. Albany M. Ann., 1907, xxvm, 949-961.— Mayo (W. J.) Ueber die chirurgischen Verhaltnisse in der oberen Bauchhohle. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1905,1, 75; 87.— Thompson (J. E.) Some remarks on the upper abdominal space. Univ. Med., Galveston, 1896-7, ii, 237-248. Abdomen (Tuberculosis of). See, also, under tuberculosis of separate abdomi- nal viscera. Maylard (A. E.). Abdominal tuberculosis. 8°. Philadelphia, 1908. Bassler (A.) Abdominal tuberculosis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 74-77. Also, Reprint.—Beall (P. T. B.) Tuberculous abscess within the abdomen. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n. s., lxxxiii, 479.—Betts (C.) The sur- gical treatment of abdominal tuberculosis. Toledo M & S Reporter, 1909, xxxv, 358-361.—Bovaird (D.) The relative frequency of abdominal tuberculosis in children in Great Britain and the United States. Tr. Internat. Cong. Tuberc (Wash.), Phila., 1908, ii, 446-453. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909 xxvi 432-437.—Broca (A.) Tratamiento de la tuberculosis abdominal. Arch, latino-am. de pediat Bue- nos Aires, 1906, ii, 349-356.-Cautley (E.) Clinical iecture on abdommal tuberculosis. Med. Press & Circ Lond 1914 n. s., xcym, 140-142—Cavazzani (A.) Scrofolosi addomi- nale. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1895, xxii, 381-383 — Cheyne (W.) A case of tuberculous abscess in the ab- domen communicating with the rectum; operation recov- ABDOMEN. 25 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Tuberculosis of). ery. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1255.—Crawford (J. L.) Sur- gical tuberculosis in the abdomen. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1907, xiv, 107-110. — Eisendrath ( D. N.) The acute forms of abdominal tuberculosis. Tr. Internat. Cong. Tu- berc (Wash.), Phila., 1908, ii, 303-310. Also: 3. Am. M., Ass., Chicago, 1909, Iii, 291-294.—Flick (L. F.) Primary ab- dominal tuberculosis. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1901-2, v, 121-125. Also: St. Louis Cour.-Med., 1901, xxv, 401-405. Also, Reprint. Fordyce (A. D.) Abdominal tuberculosis in young children; its prevalence; prophylaxis, and prog- nosis, -with an analysis 01137 cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 761-766.—Funk (V. A.) Surgical tuberculosis of the ab- dominal cavity. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1915, viii, 545-550. Also, Reprint.—Gabszewicz (A.) [Inflammation tubercles of the abdominal cavity; pseudotumors.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 173; 204; 229—Godard- Danhieux. . . . Policlin., Brux., 1907, xvi, 56-59.—Gor- don (T. E.) The surgical aspect of abdominal tuberculosis. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1906, xxiv, 405-409.— Haggard (W. D.) Surgical types of abdominal tubercu- losis. J. Tenn. State M. Ass., Nashville, 1909, ii, 126-134.— Landolfl (M.) [Case.] Pediatria, Napoli, 1906, 2. s., iv, 128-139.—Little (J.) Abdominal tuberculosis in its clinical aspects. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1906, xxiv, 385- 393.—McWeeney (E. J.) Some points in the pathology of abdominal tuberculosis. Ibid., 400-404. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1906, cxxi, 254-258. [Discussion], 303-305— Manue- lides. Adenite tuberculeuse du ventre guerie par la lapa- rotomie exploratrice. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1905, 1, 55-58.—Melchlor (E.) Ueber die isolierte Tuberkulose der Bauchdecken. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1910, lxx, 699-721.—Mouisset (F.) & Mouriquand (G.) Ganglions tuberculeux formant tumeur dans la region pancreatique. Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 1097-1105.—Neurath (R.) Traite- ment de la tuberculose abdominale., (Die Behandlung der Bauchfell-Tuberkuloseim Kindesalter.) Cong.internat.de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 6, 163-169.—Nove-Josse- rand. Deux cas de tuberculome isole de la paroi abdomi- nale. Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 563-565.—Reczey (I.) [Two cases of paraumbilical tuberculosis.] Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1896, xx, 314.—Risley (E. H.) Thepre-operative diagnosis of tubercular mesenteric and retroperitoneal glands. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 253-257.—Savariaud (M.) Tuberculome et abces froids primitifs de la paroi ab- dominale. Semaine med., Par., 1911, xxxi, 589-591.—Still (G. F.) ... in children. Clin. J., Lond., 1901-2, xix, 113- 120.—Swain(L) The vagaries of abdominal tuberculosis; a clinical study. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1904, xxii, 31-39.—Tur- ner (D.) The oil-massage treatment of abdominal tubercu- losis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 807. Abdomen (Tumors of). See, also, Abdomen (Cancer of); Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal); Ascites; Diaphragm (Tumors of); Faeces (Impacted); Groin (Tumors of); Hydronephrosis; Vena cava (Obstructions of); and under tumors of separate abdominal vis- cera. Bock(R.) *UeberartificielleAbkapselungen in der Bauchhohle bei der Operation vereiterter Abdominal tumoren. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1894. Bright (R.) Clinical memoirs on abdominal tumours and intumescence. Edited by G. Hilaro Barlow. 8°. London, 1840. Atherton (A. B.) The historv of two larce abdominal tumours. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1908, xx. 300-303 — Babes(A.) [Pathogenesis ofan abdominal tumor.] Spitalul, BueurescI, 1912, xxxii, 120-123— Baccelli (G.) [Cases.] Gazz. med. di Roma, 1901, xxvii, 36; 971.—Bagglo (G.) Intornoaicosldettitumoriflogisticidell'addome. Policlin., Roma, 1915, xxii, sez. chir., 40; 53; 3 pi.—Baldwin (J. F.) Relationship of the colon to abdominal tumors. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903, xlvii, 587-594.—Baldy (J. M.) [Case.] Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. s., iii, 206-212.—Barton (J. M.) Spontaneous disappearance of a large retro-peritoneal tumor after abdominal section and examination. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiv, 757-760.—Bishop (E. S.) ... Clin. J.. Lond., 1902-3, xxi, 327-330.—Buntzen. [The vul- nerability of the peritoneum with especial reference to the operation for prseperitoneal tumors.] Forh. i. d. kong. med. Selsk. i Kj0benh., 1867-8, [pt. 5], 1-20— Campbell (R. P.) & Ower (J. J.) An unattached mass lound in the abdominal cavity of a male. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1914, cxlviii, 397- 403.—Carlo (T.) Su una varieta di tumori centro-addo- minali. Clin, chir., Milano, 1914, xxii, 1651-1653.—Cautley (E.) [Case.] Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1905, xxviii, 326-328 — Conroy (P.) Notes on abdominal tumors. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1895, vii, 232.—Croom (J. H.) On some peculiar relations of abdominal and pelvic tumours. Edinb. M. J., 1897, n. s., i, 11-18, 1 pi.—Douglas (R.) Primary retroperitoneal solid tumors; with report of a case. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 372-379.—Drummond. A young woman, aged 29 the subject of an abdominal tumour. Abdomen (Tumors of). Northumberland A- Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1906, xix, 306.—Eden (T. W.) On two cases oi solid ab- dominal tumour with ascites. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 349- 352.—Einhorn (M.) Physikalische Therapie der Bauchge- schwiilste. Handb. d.physikal. Therap., Leipz., 1902, pt. 2, ii, 370.—Elischer (G.) [Two cases of retroperitoneal abdominal tumors with kidney extirpation.] Orvosi hetil., Buda- pest, 1896, xl, 604; 617. —Estes ( W. L.) Some abdomi- nal tumors which require operations. Tr. Lehigh Val- ley M. Ass., Easton, Pa., 1902, 2. s., i, 37-52. — Fajardo (P. P.) [Two cases.] Bol. Asoc. med. de Puerto-Rico, San Juan, P. R., 1907, v, 416-422.—Fcrre. Quatre laparotomies iprecoces pour tumeurs variees de 1'abdomen; quatre gueri- sons rapides et completes. Med. orient., Par., 1903, vii, 481- 484.—da Fonseca (O.) . .. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 28.—Fyodoroff (S. P.) [Tumors of the abdominal cavity.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1902, xii, 431-435.—Geiger (J.) An unusual extra-peritoneal abdominal neoplasm. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1915, xii, 543.—Grube (V. F.) [On the diagnosis, pathology, and treatment of tumors of the abdominal cavity.] Russk. chir. arch., S.-Peterb., 1895, i, 251; 440, 3 pi.—Hall (de H.) [Case.] Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, xxxv, 379.—Hall (R. B.) Retroperitoneal tumors, with report of a case and presentation of specimen. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1899, xl, 649-652.—Harris (M. L.) The rela- tions of the colon to intra-abdominal tumours. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 335-342.—Hassler. Sur un cas de tumeur intraperitoneale sus-ombilicale mobile; laparotomie; guerison operatoire; examen histologique. Lyon med!, 1896, lxxxi, 254-258.—Heinricius (G.) [Quelques cas de tumeurs abdominales rares. Res., p. xvii.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1898, xl, 225-236.—Horand (R.) Neo- plasme abdominal a marche rapide. Lyon med., 1903, c, 564-566.—Just. Demonstration eines durch Atoxylin- jektionen geheilten Tumors in abdomine. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 1122—Kayser. Ueber den Einfluss der Laparotomie auf inoperable Neo- plasmen der Bauchhohle. Charitt'-Ann., Berl., 1903, xxvii, 447-464.—Klein (G.) Ein Beitrag zu den freien Tumoren der Bauchhohle. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1904, i, 112— Koerte (W.) Cura chirurgica dei tumori della regione ileo-cecale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1895, xvi, 1388-1390.—La Roque (G. P.) Principles concerned in the treatment of intra- abdominal tumors. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1908-9, xiii, 301; 326.—Lavista. De un caso de tumor del vientre,operadoconexito. Gac m6d.,Mexico, 1898,xxxv, 87- 89.—Lee(J. M.) Remarkable abdominal growths. Tr. Ho- mceop. M. Soc, N. Y., 1912, lvi, 177-181.— Lippmann. Tu- meur para-intestinale. Bull, etmem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 816.—M'Ardle (J. S.) A peculiar abdominal tumour. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1902, cxiv, 81-83.—McCosh (A. J.) ... Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiii, 110.—Martens. . . . Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1770.—Mattel (V.) Ligatures enchainees des nappes epi- glolques et des larges p&licules des tumeurs abdominales. ong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de chir. gen., 724-726.—Miller. [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1305.— Mlner(C.H.) [Six cases.] Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkes- barre, 1900, viii, 139-145.—Murphy. Boy with abdominal tumour. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle- upon-Tyne, 1899, vii, 7.—Murray (P.) Observation sur une tumeur extraordinaire du bas-ventre, ,et sur une hydropisie. Essais et obs. de med. de la Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1747, vi, 219-223.—Myer (J. S.) ... Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1902, ix, 68-72.—Nager (F. R.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis sel- tener Abdominaltumoren. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1904, xxxvi, 88-118, 2 pi—Pardoe (J.) . . . West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1907, xii, 37.—Parkinson (J. P.) [Case.] Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1908-9, ii, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child.,,217.—Pereira (M.) . . . Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 340.—Petit & Pophillat. Kyste retro- cecal. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, lxxiii, 300.—Pitt (G. N.) [Case.] Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1901, xv, 445-453 — Prtlsmann (F.) Zwei Falle von soliden Tumoren der Bauchhohleunbekannten Ursprungs. Beitr. z. Geburtsh.u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1902, vi, 305-313.—Pulley (W. J.) An un- usual tumor in the hypochondriac region. N. York M. J., 1898, lxvii, 504. -----. [Case.] Ibid., 1899, lxix, 423.—Re- villiod (L.) Tumeur du ventre. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1X96, xvi, 486-491—Robinson (F. B.) Why do we remove abdominal tumors? Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1893, xxvii, 227-241.—Rondinini (G.) [Case.] Corriere san., Milano, 1908, xix, 327.—Rossi (A.) Reperto microscopico raro in un caso di tumore addominale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 47-49.—Rotgans. [Case.] Ne- derl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. r., xl, d. 1, 951 — Schilling (F.) . . . Berl. Klinik, 1914, 314. lift., 1-28.— Sieburgh (L. J.) [Case.] Geneesk. Tijdschr v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1895, xxxv, 576-581.—Steele (J. D.) -Endo- thelioma of the retroperitoneal space. Proc. Path. Soc Phila., 1899-1900, n. s., iii, 21-24—Stiller (B.) [A Curious case of abdominal tumor.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1892-iki evkonyve, 1893, 212-214.—Taylor. [Cases.] Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1902, xvi, 165-171.—Taylor (J. S.) Hematoma of abdominal parietes. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1916, x, 515.—Thevenard. Tumeur sous-peritoneale d'origine pararenale. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 837-842.—Tytgat (E.) ABDOMEN. 26 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Tumors of). & Bruyneel (E.) Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs ab- dominales a point de depart inconnu. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1908, viii, 385-399, 1 pi.—Van- zetti. Sull' importanza chirurgico-operativa del differente sviluppo dei tumori estraperitoneali in relazione alio strato di origine. Clin. modv Firenze, 1896, ii, 20-25.—Vince. Tu- meur abdominale penombilicale. J. m6d. de Brux., 1906, xi, 316.—VladimiroS (V. P.) [Fate of subperitoneal fibro- myomata.] J. akush. i jensk. boliez., St. Petersb., 1902, xvii, 618-641.—Weaver (W. G.) A free (parasitic) tumor in the abdominal cavity. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkes- barre, 1903, xi, 158-161. Abdomen (Tumors of, Complications and sequelse of). Amann (J. A.) Ueber Stieltorsion von Abdominaltu- moren. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1205—Azevedo Maia. Torsao do pediculo nos tumores abdominaes. Med. mod., Porto, 1898, v, 218.—Davidson (P.) Abdominal growth, with metastatic growths in viscera, and in the bones of the skull. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1915, xxxv, 299-302, 1 pi.—Evelt (W.) Glykosurie als Folge von Abdominaltu- moren. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1907, xxvi, 798-801.—Osier (W.) Note on the occurrence of ascites in solid abdominal tumors. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 929-932. Also, Reprint.—Parkin. The relation of ascites to abdominal tumours. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1908, xvi, 249-256.—Pratt (Dorothy E.) Two cases of abdominal tumours, with curious compli- cations. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 146-148.— Rolleston (H. D.) & Turner (G. R.) A case of peripan- creatic cyst with jaundice; operation; recovery. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xxi, 94-97. Abdomen (Tumors of, Cystic). See, also, Abdomen (Hsemorrhage into and hematoma of); Abdomen (Hydatids in); Ab- domen (Tumors of, Parietal); Mesentery (Tu- mors of, Cystic). Botjveret (C.) *Des kystes enteroides juxta- intestinaux et juxta-ombilicaux. 8°. Paris. 1907. Fontaine (F.-J.-H.) *Des kystes dermoides non visceraux de la cavity abdominale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Frehn (F. R.) *Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der aus versprengtem Keimgewebe stammenden retroperitonealen Zysten. [Leip- zig.] 8°. Halle a. S., 1911. Haeting (K. F.) *Beitrag zur Casuistik und Aetiologie des Auftretens von Gasgehalt in cys- tischen Geschwiilsten der Unterbauchgegend. 8°. Kiel, 1893. Hannig (V. R.) *Ueber congenitale und trau- matische Cystengeschwulste insonderheit der Abdominalhohle. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Pfennig (A. M. A.) *Ueber retroperitoneale Dermoidcysten. 8°. Bonn, 1907. Robsmann (E.) *Ueber retroperitoneale Cysten der Bauchhohle. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1U04. Roegner (Gertrud). *Ein Enterokystom des Mesenteriums und Netzes; Beitrag zur Kenntnis der cystischen Abdominaltumoren. 8°. Greifs- wald, 1905. Ruge (H.) Ueber einen Fall von machtiger retroperitonealer Dermoidcyste beim Manne. [Erlangen.] 8°. Jena, 1903. Vuillieme (G.) *Rupture des collections enkystees de 1'abdomen au cours du palper abdominal. 8°. Paris. 1900. Auche (B.) & Peyre. Kvste muqueux juxta-intestinal. Cong, franc, de med., 1907, "Par., 1908, compt. rend., 124- 129.—Begouin. Kyste dermoi'de intraabdominal suppure; laparotomie; guerison. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux. 1905, xxvi, 366-368.—Brin & Papln. Kyste abdominal suppure a bacille pyocyanique pur. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1903, vii, 429-434.—Campbell (J.) Successful removal of a cystic abdominal tumour from a child aged 7 months. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1217.—Cheatle (G. L.) Operation for the removal of an abdominal cyst. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxix, 221.—Christian (H. A.) Observa- tions on the fluid contents of a cyst occupying the epigastric region of the abdomen. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, ix, 143-148.—Crous (J.) Cirugia abdominal; quistes seroder- micos peritoneales. Rev. de clin., terap. y farm., Madrid, Abdomen (Tumors of, Cystic). 1895-6, ix, 225-229.—Cuneo (A.) Di un caso di cisti proli- ferante rottasi spontaneamente nell'addome. Arte ostet., Milano, 1907, xxi, 33; 55. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1906, xxiii, 496-505. — Delflno (E. A.) Cisti peripancreatica sviluppata fra le pagine del mesocolon trasverso. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1913, xxviii, 31-46.—Depage. De la rupture des kystes dans le ventre. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1894-5, ii, 264.—Descazals & Milhiet. Tu- meur liquide retroperitoneale. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, lxxiii, 516-519.—Fuller (E. B.) A case of large chylous abdominal cyst; operation; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1034.—Gardner (W.) A bottle of fluid removed from a retro-peritoneal cyst of the left loin. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1885-7), 1888, 212.—Glaessner (K.) Zur Diagno- stik grosser Bauchzysten. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1913, xxvii, 618.—Hall (R. B.) Postperitoneal cyst. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1900, xliv, 83.—Hartz. Cystoser Tumor an der hinteren Bauchwand, entstanden aus Resten des Wolff'sehen Korpers. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz. (1899), 1900, 6.—Hedinger (E.) Casuistische Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Abdominalcysten. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1902, clxvii, 29-58, 1 pi.—Heinri- cius. [Case of large dermoid cyst with extensive adhesions to the abdominal organs.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl Helsingfors, 1896, xxxviii, 838-840.—Helbing (C.) Ueber seltene extraperitoneal geiegene cystische Bauchtumoren. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1901, xxvii, 228- 230.— Henke (F.) Multipler cystischer lymphangiomahn- licher Tumor der Bauchhohle. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1899, Berl., 1900, 251-254.—Hertz (R.) Multiple Abdominaldermoider. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1899, 4 R vii, 1215-1219.— Himmelheber (K.) Zur Kenntnis seltener cystischer Bildungen in der Bauchhohle. Arch. f. Gynaek . Berl., 1908, lxxxvii, 67-77,1 pi.—de Holstein (V.) Gashou- dende ingewandskysten bij den mensch. Geneesk. Courant, Tiel, 1900, liv, No. 3.—Homans (J.) Cysts in the abdomi- nal wall structurally identical with ovarian cysts. Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxhii, 34.—Hoyt (W. A.) Cystic tumors of the abdomen, with report of three cases. J. Mich. M Soc Grand Rapids, 1916, xv, 129-135.—Humbert. Volumineux kyste epigastnque. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve 1914, xxxiv, 484-486.—Jopson (J. H.) A chylous cyst of the abdomen. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, n. s., ii, 9- 11.—Lee (E. A.) Operation for flbro-cystic tumor. Med Times, N. Y., 1897, xxv, 78.—Marcille. Kyste dermoi'de de 1'abdomen chez l'homme. Tribune med., Par., 1907 n s xxxix, 246.—Michel (G.) Kyste para-renal et juxta-intesti- nal d'origine lymphatique; laparotomie; enucleation- gueri- son. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 129-138 — Montgomery (E. E.) & Bland (P. B.) Large dermoid tumor of the abdominal wall. Am. Med., Phila 1905 x 563.— Morris (R. T.) ... BufialoM. J., 1914-15, lxx, 503 — Mougie (L.) Kyste sereux de 1'abdomen chez une poule- retrocession du kyste sous l'influence de la suppression des boissons. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par 1896 viii, 622-627.—Moynihan (B. G. A.) A case of dermoid" cyst in Gartner's duct; dermoid cyst in the sigmoid meso- colon. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 30.—Penkert (M.) Vier seltene Falle von abdominalen Cysten. Deutsche Ztschr f Chir., Leipz., 1902, lxiv, 431-460.—Rangely (W. W.) Unde^ termmed abdominal cyst containing pus, followed by jaun- dice, biliary fistula; operation; recovery. Virginia M Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 75.—Richardson (M~ H.) A case of chylous cyst of the abdomen. Boston M & S. J., 1905, clii, 151. [Discussion], 165.— Rispal & de Verbi- zier. Sur un cas de kyste dermoi'de de la paroi abdominale Toulouse med., 1907, 2. s., ix, 153-155.—Rochet. De la rupture des kystes dans le ventre. Ann. Soc. beige de chir Brux 1894-5, ii, 285-289.-Schlesinger (H.) [Ein ausser- ordenthch beweghcher cystischer Tumor des Abdomens ] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien 1904 in, 112—Semeleder (F.) Relacidn de 45 casos de quistes abdominales tratados per medio de la electrolizacion Gac MeU,Mexico,1886,xxi,349-366. A Iso, Reprint— SUbergleit! [Case.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl 1915 XAH6-—Simons (M.) A case of papillomatous cyst in a child four years and nine months old. Tr. Tri-S tate M Ass Raleigh, 1901, iii, 141-148. -Skfivan (F.) [Dermoid cyst breakmg through wall of abdomen.] Casop. lek desk v Praze 1880, xix, 841.-Smithies (F0 Paravertebral trian- gle of dulness (Grocco's sign) in a case of abdominal multilo- cular cystadenoma. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago 1908 1 1491- 1495-Taylor (W J.) Dermoid cyst in the abdominal wall of a man. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiii, 296-298 — Thompson (W. J.) Notes on a huge abdominal cyst. £m °y- ^Cad- M; Ire.lan:. W.) Desmoid tumors of the abdominal wall after operation. Surg., Gynec. A Obst., Chicago, 1911, xii, 190.—Arapofl (A. P.) [Two cases of desmoid tumors of the anterior abdominal wall.] Syezd , Rossiysk. Khirurg Mosk., 1911, x, 138.—Ardouin (P.) Enorme fibro-sarcorhe de la paroi abdominale. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii 844-846.—Athanasescu (N.) & Babes (A.) Un caz de fibro-sarcom al peretului abdominal. [. . . of the abdominal wall.] Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1908, xxviii, 10-13.—Auvray & MarcUle. Fibrome de la paroi abdominale; etude patho- genique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, Ixxiv, 665- 669.—Barnard (H. L.) [Case.] Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxxv, 211.—Bauby. Fibro-sarcomes de la paroi abdominale. Toulouse med., 1903, 2. s., v, 222-225.—de Beauvais. Varices traumatiques des parois abdominales. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1875), 1876, x, 54-66.—Berard. [Case.] Lyon med., 1902, xcix, 192.—Biagi (N.) Dell'as- portazione di un raro tumore delle pareti addominali con diffissione endoperitoneale e gravi lesioni intestinali. Clin. mod., Firenze, 1907, xiii, 25-31.—Bid well (L. A.) Two cases of fibro-sarcoma ... "West Lond'. M. J., Lond., 1906, xi, 224.—Bird (F. D.) Clinical remarks on some tumours of the anterior abdominal wall. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 854.— Bceckel (J.) Des fibromes de la paroi abdominale. Gaz. med. de Strasb., 1905, lxiv, 57; 65.—Bornemann (A.) [Case.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1903, 4. R., xi, 759.—Bothe- zat. [Case.] Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassv, 1897-8, xi, 71.—Bouffleur (A. J.) Fibrosarcoma of abdominal wall; desmoid fibroma beginning in Poupart's ligament and ex- tending around the iliac vessels into the pelvis; removal with resection of the abdominal wall and extensive dissec- tion of the iliac vessels; repair of defect in abdominal wall by plastic operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 820-823.—Boursier. Fibromes de la paroi anterieure avec troubles urinaires. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxxvii, 215.—Burrell (II. L.), Cushing (II. W.) A- Stone (J. S.) Simple papilloma of abdominal wall. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix, 372, 1 pi.—Cardarelll (A.) [Case.] Studium, Napoli, 1912, v, 87-90.—Caubet (II.) Fibrome de la paroi abdominale a double pedicule. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 724-726. — Cullen ( T. S. ) Fibroma of the abdominal wall. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 397. — Dalche ( P. ) Adipose localised a, la region des muscles droits abdominaux; tumeurs symetriques multiples pseudo-lipomateuses. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv, 1168-1170.— Damas (E.) Tumeur kystique sanguine de la paroi ab- dominale. Gynecologic, Par., 1898, iii, 232-234. — Deryu- zhinski (S. F.) {Operative removal of sarcoma of the ab- dominal wall with part of the appendix.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1906, xx, 29-31.—Desmarest (E.) Volumineux lipome sous-aponevrotique de la paroi abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, lxxxviii, 260.—Dieulafe (L.) Fibrome traumatique du muscle grand droit de 1'abdomen. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1914, iii, 152-154 — Doleris (J.-A.) & Mangin. Fibro-myome de la paroi ab- dominale recidive. Gynecologie, Par., 1896, i, 230-235.— Doran (A.) Fibroma of the abdominal wall; increase dur- ing pregnancy. Tr. Obst. Soc. Lond. (1897), 1898, xxxix, ABDOMEN. 30 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Tumors of Parietal). 4,2-—Drucbert (J.) Fibrome de la paroi abdominale. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 512—Druon. Volu- mineux fibro-sarcome de la paroi abdominale traits par i extirpation; guerison; pathogenie. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1897, n 162-167.—Dubois-Havenlth. Vaste epithelioma ae la region abdominale. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1904, lvi, 511.—Dubourg. Volumineuse tumeur de l'hypo- condre droit. Bull. Soc. d'anat.' et physiol. . . . de Bor- deaux, 1892, xiii, 295— Ducros. Sarcome de la paroi ab- dominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, Ixxviii, 428 —Duelling (J.) & Marty (L.-M.) Fibrome de la paroi abdominale. Toulouse med., 1913, 2. s., xv, 178-183.—Du- play (S.) Fibrome de la paroi abdominale. Presse med., Par., 1899, ii, 317.—Duranona (L.) Un caso de fibro- sarcoma de la pared abdominal. Rev. Soc. mecl. argent., Buenos Aires, 1898, vi, 463-469.—Eccles (W. McA.) Three cases of fibro-sarcoma of the muscles of the abdominal wall. West Lond. M. J Lond., 1906, xi, 222-224—Eitel (G. G.) A fibroma in the abdominal wall. Northwest. Lancet, Min- neap., 1904, xxiv, 228. -----. A fibroid in the abdominal wall. Ibid., 1905, xxv, 112— Elischer (G.) Fibrosarcoma fasciae abdominis externa?. Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1893-iki evkonyve, 1894, 41^4.—Fabris (U.) Sui fibromi delle pareti addominali. Morgagni, Milano, 1912, lxxx, pt. 1, 22-28.—Firth (J. L.) Fibroma of the abdominal wall. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1906, xxiv, 304-307.—Fourdinier (H.) Fibrome de la paroi abdominale droite developpe sur une intersection aponevrotique sus-ombilicale du muscle grand droit. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1911, i, 62-67.—Fredet (P.) Deux cas types de fibromes de la paroi abdominale; fibrome du grand droit; fibrome du petit oblique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, Ixxviii. 712-715.—Ftith. Kurze Bemerkungen zu den Bauchdeckendesmoiden. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz. (1900), 1901,74-78. ----. [Case.] Ibid. (1904), 1905, 67— Giacomo (C.) Con- tributo alio studio dei tumori infiammatori cronici delle pareti addominali, consecutivi alle operazioni di emia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 1274-1276.—Glovannoli (G.) Fibroma fascicolare alia parete addominale inferiore di una cavalla di 3 anni. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1905, x, 225- 228.—Glantenay. Myome de la paroi abdominale ante- rieure. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, Ixxiv, 104.— Gobell (R.) Ein Bauchwandcarcinom der Regio epigas- trica. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, Iii, 347-351 — Gross. Fibromes de la paroi abdominale. Bull. med.. Par., 1900, xiv, 297-299.—Gross (G.) & Sencert (L.) Enorme fibro-lipome de la paroi abdominale. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1905, xxxvii, 408-410, 1 pi— Guicciardi (G.) Con- tributo alio studio dei tumori delle pareti addominali. Ginecologia, Fircnze, 1910, vii, 321-352.—Hammond (L. J.) Cyst of the abdominal wall; report of a case. Am. Gynsee. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1900, xvii, 112.—Hassler. Fibrome pur de la paroi abdominale chez l'homme; extirpation; guerison; examen histologique. Assoc, franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1895, ix, 832-837.—Henkel. Fibrolipom der Bauchdecken. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1907, lx, 344.—Henrotay (J.) Fibrome de la paroi abdomi- nale. Belgique med., Gand, 1908, xv, 435.—Hoxie (G. H.) & Trimble (W. K.) A fibroma of the abdominal wall. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kan., 1908, viii, 422-426.— Hutchinson (J.) Tumours in the abdominal wall near the navel. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 206.—Jacobelli (F.) Alcune ricerche sui tumori della parete addominale. Arch. ed atti d. Soc. ital. dichir., Roma, 1897, xi, 283-302.—Jeans (F.) Desmoid tumours of the abdominal wall. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1914, xxxiv, 105.—Johnson (W. HO Rare extraperitoneal tumor of unusual size. Internat. 3. Surg., N. Y., 1914, xxvii, 314-316.—Juliusberg (F.) [Case.] Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 383-385.—Kambouroglou. [Case.] Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1895-6, xxxviii, 342- 345, 4 pi.—Keller. Adenom der Bauchnarbe. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1903, xlix, 116-118.—Klages (R.) Ein Adenomyom in einer Laparotomienarbe, nebst Bemerkungen zur Genese dieser Geschwulstbildung. Ibid., 1912, lxx, 858-869, 3 pi.—Korabczynska (Mme.) (Multiple desmoids of the abdominal walls.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, lix, 731.—Kramer (W.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie una Operation der desmoiden Geschwiilste der Bauchwand. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1896, Iii, 34-45.—Krusen (W.) Fibroma of the anterior abdominal wall. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lvii, 669.—Laurenti (T.) Fibroma del muscolo grande obliquo di sinistra. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1916, xiii, 104-107.—Lecene (P.) & Delamare (G.) Remarquessurles fibromes de la paroi abdominale. Progres med., Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 25.—Lejeune (A.) Ueber eine enorme varicose Geschwulst der linken Bauchwand. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, civ, 396-399,1 pi.—Letoux. Tumeur de la parol abdominale; utilisation de l'epiploon pour refection de la paroi. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s., xxx, 485-489.— Lexer. Teratom der Bauchdecken. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1914, xliii, 316.—Lockwood (C. B.) A lecture on fibroma, sarcoma, and fibromyoma of the abdominal wall. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 445-447.— McCartney (J. H.) Sarcoma of abdominal walls. China. Imp. Customs. Med. Rep. 1896, Shanghai, 1898, 23, 1 pi — McCone (J. F.) Two cases of malignant degeneration of abdominal scars. Tr. M. Soc. Calif., San Fran., 1900, xxx, 170- Abdomen (Tumors of, Parietal). 174.—Malherbe (A.) [Case.] Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1908, 2. s., xxvi, 134.—Mangin. Fibro-sarcome de la paroi ab- dominale recidive. Marseille med., 1896, xxxiii, 381-384.— Manicatide (Elena). Ematom traumatic !n regiunea parietalfi dreptft monoplegie brachio faciala stanga; trepa- natie; vindecare. Spitalul, Bucurescf, 1896. xvi, 301-303.— Martin Aguilar (J.) Fibrosarcoma de las paredes ab- dominales, laparotomiasubperitoneal; curacion. Gac.med. d. Sur de Espana, Granada, 1906, xxix, 454-1 .">!).—Ma unsell (C. B.) Vascular tumours of the abdominal wall. Tr. Koy. Acad.M. Ireland,Dubl., 1898-9,xvii,515-517.—Maury(R. B.) Sarcoma of the abdominal wall. Memphis Lancet, 1898, i, Il- ls.—Meyer. Resection of the abdominal wall for recurrent tumor in ahaemophiliac; preventive injection of human blood serum; reconstruction of abdominal wall'by silver wire fili- gree. Tr. N. Y.Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 330—Miginiac (G.) & Girou (E.) Fibrome de la paroi abdominale. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, lxxxviii, 102.—Miller (C. J.) Fibroma of the abdominal wall. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lv, 909.—Moccla (G.) Di un voluminoso leiomioma della parete gastrica. Clin, chir., Milano, 1913, xxi, 1331-1342.— Morestin (II.) Sarcome m61anique. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, Ixxiii, 438. -----. Fibrome de la paroi abdomi- nale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 461- 464.-----. Tumeur congehitale (angio-lymphangiolipome) du flanc. Ibid., 961-963. — Neugebauer. Zwei Falle von Bauchdeckenfibroiden. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1899, viii, 476.—Olshausen (R.) Ueber Bauchwandtumoren, speciell iiber desmoide. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1899, xii, 271-279.—Opokln (A. A.) [Desmoid (connective tissue) tumors of the anterior abdominal wall.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyanimova, S.-Peterb., 1910, xxvi, 109-140.—Ortiz dela Torre (J.) Quistes quilosos intraparietales del vientre. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de chir. gen., 675-679.— Peraire (M.) Fibrome pris pour un sarcome de ia paroi ab- dominale; ablation; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 345.-----. Fibrc-myome des parois ab- dominales; enucleation; guerison. Ibid., 1907, lxxxii, 644- 646. ■-----. Un cas de fibro-sarcome de la paroi abdominale a evolution tres lente. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 389.—Pfan- nenstiel. Zur Genese der Bauchdeckendesmoide. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Leipz., 1907, xii, 129—PfeuTer (C.) Die Desmoide der Bauchdecken und ihre Prognose. Beitr. z. klin Chir., Tubing., 1904, xliv, 334-401.—Pikkarainen (A.) Ueber Sarkom der Bauchwand. Mitth. a. d. gynaek. Klin. d. . . . O. Engstrom in Helsingfors, Berl., 1901-2, iv, 191-212.—Plaza Blanco (V.) Fibromas voluminosos de la pared abdominal. Rev. san. mil. y Med. mil. espafl Ma- drid, 1910, iv, 489-493.—Polak (J. O.) Extraperitoneal lipoma simulating cyst of the kidney. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, Ixxi, 678.—Pollosson. Fibrome de la paroi abdomi- nale. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1894) 1895, xxxiv, pt. 2, 151.—Poncet. Tumeur probablement d'origine pilo-sebacee siej-eant dans la parol abdominale. Lyon med., 1904, cii, 209-211.—Poroshin (M. N.) [Fibro- mata of the anterior abdominal wall.] Russk. Vrach S - Peterb., 1903, ii, 1388-1392.—Potherat. Fibrome aponevro- tique de la paroi abdominale chez un homme. B ull. et mem Soc. de chir. de Par., 1903, n. s., xxix, 382. -----. Kyste congenital (?) de la paroi postero-laterale de 1'abdomen Ibid., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 593-596.—Powers (C. A.) Fibroid growths of the abdominal wall. J. Am. M. Ass Chicago ' 19°5, . xiv 676-680.-Preindlsberger (J.) Cavernoma panetis abdominis. Jahrb. d. bosn.-herceg. Landesspit in Sarajevo 1894-6, Wien, 1898, 379-381— Prichett (G L.)" A case of myofibroma of the abdominal parietes. West M Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1898, iii, 445.—Basse (A.) Sarcome volumineux de la paroi abdominale anterieure- abla- tion large; reconstitution de la paroi; vaste perte de substance cutanee comblee par greffe de Thiersch Soc de med. mil. franc. Bull, Par., 1912, vi, 321-323 — Rochet. Lympho-sarcome de la paroi abdominale Lvon med., 1904 cii, 698-703.—de Rothschild (II.) Tumeurs multiples de la paroi abdominale determinees par une aiguille. Rev. d'hyg. et de med. inf. [etc.], Par 1905 iv 85-87.—Rubritius (H.) Chronisch entziindlicher Bauch- deckentumor nach Hernienoperation. Prag med Wchn- schr., 1908, xxxiii, 419.-Ruth (C. E.) Fibroma of the ab- dominal musculans. Oklahoma M. News-Jour 1902 x 77.—Sabadini. Fibrome de la paroi abdominale adherent au ligament suspenseur du foie. Bull, med de l'Al^erie Alger, 1903, 2. s., i, 261,-Santi (E.) Fibroma originates! su cicatrice laparotomica. Ginecologia, Firenze 1913 x 177-187—Scalone (I.) Sulla origine inflammatoria' di alcuni tumori fibrosi della parete addominale; caso clinico Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1908, n s xxx 1057- 1067.-Schiffmann (J.) Zur Krantnis der Bauchwandtu- moren Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xcviii, 543-560,1 pi — Schultz ( T. ) Grosses Bauchdeckenfibrom; plastische Operation. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1908, xxxii 1341- 1345.—Schwarzschild. Miinchen. Bauchdeckenfibrome. j med Wchnschr., 1906,liii, 1135.—Semyonovich(V.I ) [Des- moid tumors of the anterior abdominal wall 1 Khirureia Mosk. 1902 xii, 181-186.-SenIecq & Chenot. Fibrorne recidive" de la parol abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat de Par., 1911, Ixxxvi, 265.-Siegel & Delval. Tumeur de la paroi abdominale. Ibid., 1906, lxxxi, 622.-SiIberberg ABDOMEN. 31 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Tumors of Parietal). Fibromes et fibro-sarcomes de la paroi abdominale. Ibid., 1903, Ixxviii, 677-680.—Stavely (A. L.) Connective-tissue tumors of the abdominal wall. Phila. M. J., 1900, v, 638- 641.—Stein (A.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von den Fibromyomen der Bauchdecken. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1904, xix, 360-365.—Stinelli (F.) Sulla genesi flogistica di alcuni tumori fibrosi delle pareti addomi- nali. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 558-561.— Stirling (R. A.) Sarcoma of abdominal wall. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1899, iv, 89.—Stone (H. B.) Desmoid tumors of the abdominal wall. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 175-185.—Stouffs (L.) Fibrome de la paroi abdominale en voie de degenerescence; extirpation. Bull. Soc. beige de gynec. et d'obst., Brux., 1902-3, xiii, 72.— Tapie [Cases.J Clin. J ™rnd'^ 1f^T19% xv' 40-45.-SmorodintseflJ(A. A.) [Wound of the abdomen with prolapse of the colon.l Vrach. Gaz S -Peterb., 1904, xi, 1174,-Sorrentino (F.) Vrolasso dell interno stomaco attraverso una ferita del settimo spazio mtercostale di sinistra; resezione di due costole, sutura del f^raE W1?116-^"1 d; *S Cong- med- internaz. Jnv" 5Ta' 18?o' lv> chirurg. [etc.], 322-326-Souligoux (C.) Note sur 12 cas de plaies et contusions de 1'abdomen. Ass. iranc.de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par.. 1901, xiv, 848- 856.-Spyridon Basdekls. Ueber Stich- und Schussve£ ABDOMEN. 33 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Wounds [and injuries] of). letzungen des Bauches. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1915, xcvi, 223-250.—Steinthal. Die Verletzungen und Erkran- kungen der Bauchdecken. In: Handb. d. prakt. Chir. . .. [Bergmann et al.], 2. Aufl., 8°, Stuttg., 1903, iii, 1-33. Also, transl. in: Syst. Pract. Surg. [Bergmann et al.], 8°, N. Y. & Phila., 1904, iv, 123-149, 2pi.-----. Ueber Bauchverletzun- gen. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb., arztl. Ver., Stuttg., H OS, Ixxviii, 173-176.—Stierlin. Ueber einen Fall von Decolle- ment traumatique (Morel-Lavallee) der Bauchdecken. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Leipz., 1913, lxxxviii, 121-124.—Sum- mers (J. E.) Personal experience with contused, gunshot, and stab wounds of theabdomen. West. M. Rev.. Lincoln, Neb.,1902, vii, 107-112. Also, Reprint.—Thompson (J. II.) ... Tr. Am. Inst. TTomceop., Phila., 1895. Ii, 572-577—Van Lennep (G. A.) Wounds of the abdomen, with report of a case. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn. 1899, Phila., 1900, 150- 154.—Vishnevski (A. V.) [Open treatment of wounds of the abdominal cavity.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 722-724.—Volkovich (V. M.) [Infected wounds of the ab- dominal cavity.] Khirurg. Arkn. Velvaminova, S.-Peterb., 1912, xxviii, 403-412.—Walker (F. B.) Contusions and wounds of the abdomen. Detroit M. J., 1915, xv, 89-93.— Weber (W.) Beitrag zur Chirurgie der Bauchverletzungen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1909, lxii, 593-640. Abdomen (Wounds of Diagnosis of). Augarde (Iv.) *Des biessures de 1'abdomen sans lesion apparente des parois. 4°. Lyon, 1895. Beach (II. n. A.) Abdominal injuries without external signs. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix, 105.—Cazin (M.) Re- cherches experimentales sur la leucocytose dans les contu- sions et plaies de 1'abdomen. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc- verb. [etc.], Par., 1903, xvi, 695-702.—Chapman (H. N.) The importance of early diagnosis in injuries to the abdomen. N. York M. J., 1898, lxviii, 768.—Chavannaz (G.) Sur la disparition de la matite hepatique dans les lesions trauma- tiques de 1'abdomen. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 267-269.—Clayton-Greene (W. H.) A clinical lecture on abdominal injuries. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., Ixxxvi, 32-35.—Davis (B. B.) Precision in the diacnosis of surgical lesions in the right half of the abdomen. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1903, viii, 199-204.—Demou- iin. ... Union med., Par., 1896, 4. s.,ii, 590; 602.—Fay (O. J.) Differential diagnosis in abdominal trauma. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1912-13, xLx, 263-269.—Florence (J.) Un signe trompeur dans les traumatismes abdominaux: la con- tracture de la paroi. Province med., Par., 1913, xxiv, 341.— Gales (S. S.) Differential diagnosis in abdominal injuries in railway surgery. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1911-12, xvi, 176.—Gaub(O.C) The value of the peristaltic movements of the intestines as elicited by auscultation in the diagnosis of non-penetrating wounds of the abdomen, with remarks on the diagnosis in general. Penn. M. J., Pitts- burg, 1902-3, vi, 617-624.—Laplace (E.) Early exploration of wounds and injuries of the abdomen. Med. Bull, Phila., 1897, xix, 11-13.—Leach (S.) The importance of recognizing symptoms following the receipt of injuries to the abdominal wall. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1908, n. s., xxxvi, 504-506.— Manley (T. H.) A brief note on some of those grave ab- dominal lesions which often defy diagnosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxlii, 135. -----. . . . Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 174-183.—Miller (G. I.) Abdominal injuries without exter- nal evidence. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1909, xxiv, 1149-1152. Also, Reprint.—Norris (G. H.) Symptoms and diagnosis in injuries to the abdomen. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1904, vi, 910-915.—Oser (E. G.) Ueber den diagnostischen Wert der Punktion bei intra-abdominellen Verletzungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1497.—Reed (R. H.) Grave abdominal injuries without external evidences of trau- matism. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1302-1304. Also, Reprint.—Rendle (C. E. R.) Three cases of grave ab- dominal injury showing the difficulty of forming a correct diagnosis. Lancet, Lond.,1902,i 159.—Tibbals(F.B.) Two cases of obscure intra-abdominal lesions. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, 1, 388.—Umachigl (V. S.) Laceration simulating an abdominal tumour; the result of a bear-bite. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1904, xxv, No. 13, 20— Winthrop (G. J.) Notes on the diagnosis of abdominal injuries. Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], Mobile, 1909, xiv, 236-240.—Zesas (D. G.) L'importance semeiologique du mdteorisme dans les trau- matismes de 1'abdomen. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1911, vii, 1.50-152. Abdomen (Wounds of, Gunshot). See, also, under gunshot wounds of different ab- dominal viscera. Arratia (A.) *Algunas consideraciones sobre la laparotomia como diagnostico y tratamiento en las heridas penetrantes de vientre por arma de fuego. 8°. Mexico, 1893. Abdomen (Wounds of, Gunshot). Eilert (O.) Zur Frage der Behandlung der perforierenden Bauchschusswunden im Felde mit Bezugnahme auf die Erfahiungen aus dem siidal'rikanischen Kriege. 8°. Berlin, 1902. FRUcnT (A.) Judications operatoires et traitement des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen en chirurgie de guerre (51 observations inedites, recueillies a l'hopital civil militarise de Nancy, aout 1914-fevrier 1915). 8°. Nancy, 1915. Hoffmann (C) *Ueber Bauchschussverle- tznngen. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Loening (K.) *Die Behandlung der Scbuss- verletzungen des Abdomen im Frieden und im Felde. 8°. Halle a. S., 1902. Lory (A. I;.) *Beitrag zur Behandlung der penetrierenden Bauchschussverletzungen. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1910. Massmann (W.) *Die Laparotomie bei Schussverletzungen des Abdomens. 12°. Ber- lin, 1895. Molinens (C. F. G.) *F,in Beitrag zur Be- handlung der Bauchschussverletzungen. 8°. Bonn, 1904. Riedel (K.) *Ueber Bauchschiisse und ihre Behandlung im Frieden und im Kriege. Mit Beitragen zur Friedenskasuistik. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Scholz (K. A.) *Schussverletzungen des Bau- ches. 8°. Leipzig, 19C9. Schulze (G. [M.]) *Zur Casuistik peneiri- render Bauchschusswunden im Frieden. 8°. Greifswald, 1895. Yankovski (I. I.) [*Stab and gunshot pene- trating wounds of the abdominal cavity.] [Yur- yev, Dorpat.] 8°. Riga, 1909. Abadie (J.) A propos du traitement des plaies pene- trantes de l'abdomen. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xiii, 489-513. Also [Abstr.]: Presse med., Par., 1916, xxiv, 187.—Abdominal injuries. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 863.—Abell (G. C.) [Case.] Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1904, xxxii, 562-565.—Aievoli (E.) Laparotomia per ferita d'arma dafuoco. Gior. internaz. d. sc med., Napoli, 1894, n. s., xvi, 931-93S— Alsever (W. D.) [Case.] Providence M. J., 1904, v, 182. — Appel ( D. M.), Heizmann ( C. L. ) & Elliot. Three interesting cases of . . . Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash., 1894-5, 62-64.—Atwood (C. A.) A pistol wound of the abdomen. Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxlii, 39.—Austin (M. A.) Gun-shot wounds of the abdomen; report of eight- een operative cases, including one by the author, with recov- ery from sixteen perforations. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indian- ap., 1902,177-187—Baker (J. N.) ... AlabamaM. J., Bir- mingh., 1904-5, viii, 412-418.—Barbet & Bouvet. Vingt-six cas de plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen par projectiles de guerre. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xiii, 117- 122.—Bardellini (E.) [Case.] Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 518.— Barnes (H. E. W.) ... Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1896, ii, 164-171. — Barney ( C. N.) The treat- ment of gunshot wounds of the abdomen advocated by French military surgeons. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa., 1909, xxiv, 430-434.—Barnsby (11.) Extraction d'un projectile abdominal mobile. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1916, xxx, 287.—Barnum (R. E. L.) [Case.] Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 527.—Barrow (II. P. W.) .. .; laparotomv; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, i, 268.—Basl. Kasuisti- scher Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der Bauchschiisse im Kriege. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 1267.— Batchelor (J. M.) .. .; nine perforations of small intestine, one of rectum, three of bladder; laparotomv; recovery. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1898-9, li, 327-329.—Beach (H. A. A.) Pistol shot wounds of the abdomen. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxvii, 368.—Beale (P.) Operation for . .. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., Ixx, 166.—Bennett (J. T.) [Cases.] Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc Hosp., Phila., 1916, iii, 326-329.— Bilhaut (M.) Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen, par balle de revolver; laparotomie immediate, sutures des intestins. Ann. dechir. etd'orthop., Par., 1907, xx, 2-9.—Bittner (W.) [Case.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, xxviii, 51.—Boigey (M.) Un poste chirurgieal de l'avant pour blesses de 1'abdo- men et interventions d'urgence. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1915, Ixiv, 418-426.—Bonamy (R.) Un cas de perforation abdominale par balle de revolver. Paris chi- rurg., 1911, iii, 864-866.—Bonnette. Blessure mortelle de rabdomen par coup de feu a blanc. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. 76399°—17----3 ABDOMEX. 34 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Wounds of, Gunshot). mil., Par., 1902, xl, 305-317.—Bonomo (L.) Sur l'opportu- nite' du traitement operatoire, en cas de guerre, des plaies par armes a feu penetrant dans l'abdomen. Compt.-rend. Cong. internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899. v, med. mil., 57-35.— Bonomo (L.) & Rho (F.) Sulle ferite per arma da fuoco penetranti nell' addome e loro cura. Gior. med. d.r. esercito [etc.], Roma, 1896,xliv,317; 511; 577.—Booth(C. C.) Gunshot wound of the abdomen; one case. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1896-7, xii, 211-213.—Bornhaupt (L.) Ueber die Bauchschiisse im russisch-japanischen Kriege 1904-5. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1907, lxxxiv, 629-719.—Bouvier & Caudrelier. Trente-trois laparotomies pratiquees sur les blesses de l'abdomen par balles, eclats de bombeset d'obus. Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1915, n. s., 1262-1291.—Brade. [Case.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1157.—Brentano (A.) Erfahrungen iiber Bauchschusswunden. Deutsche med Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 546.—Brousse. Plaie pene- trante de l'abdomen par coup de feu, laparotomie; deces. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1904, xliii, 126-130 — Brown (J. Y.) Penetrating and perforation gunshot and stab wounds of the abdomen; with report of cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, IxxLx, 726-730.—von Brunn (W.) Zur Behandlung der Bauchschussverletzungen im Felde. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1915, xii, 1040.— Brunner (C.) Zur Laparotomie bei penetrierendem Bauch- schuss. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiii, 673- 687.—Bull (H. R.) ... Colorado Med., Denver, 1910, vii, 330-332.—Burgess (T. D.) [Case.] Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1901-2, vi, 176.—Cain (A. W.) [Case.] Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1914, xii, 526.—Canella (A.) Herida por arma de fuego en el abdomen; expulsitfn del proyectil por el ano & los tres alios de recibida la herida. Siglo med., Madrid, 1902, xlix, 732.—Cannaday (J. E.) Report of a case of multiple perforations of the stomach, mesentery, and intestines, with recovery. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1905, xxvi, 290-292.—Cardwell (W. C.) . . .; cceliotomy. Tri- State M. J. & Pract, St. Louis, 1897, iv, 536.—Carl (W.) . . . Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1915, xii, 97-100.—Cassioli (C.) [Case.] Corriere san. Settim., Mi- lano, 1897, viii, No. 7, 4—de Castro (L.) & Briolli (D.) Tre fori d'entrata all' addome da proiettile unico di rivoltella, estratto dalla coscia. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1912, 4. s., iy, 427-436. — Chalier (A.) Notes sur le traite- ment des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen par projectiles de guerre. Lyon chirurg., 1914-15, xiii, 729-751.—Chauvel. . . .; dechirure de l'estomac; plaie du foie; hemorrhagic in- terne; laparotomie; guerison, par M. Dubujadoux. [Rap.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 862- 865.—Chavannaz (G.) . . .; large derollement peritoneal; intervention; guerison. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiii, 37.—Cheatle (G. L.) A post-mortem examination in a fatal case of bullet wound of the abdomen [with a note by W. F. Stevenson.] J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1905, iv, 1-5, lpl.—Cherry (P. T.S.) [Case.] Australas., M. Gaz., Syd- ney, 1910, xxix, 240-242.—Chevassu (M.) Etudesur 210cas de plaies de l'abdomen observers en quinze jours d'offensive, dans une ambulance chirurgicale automobile, et en particu- lier sur les resultats heureux des mSthodes abstentionnistes. Bull, et m($m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xiii, 646-666.— Chupin (A.-G.) . . .; laparotomie; guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1897, xxix, 45-48.—Clark (E. D.) . . .; recovery without operation. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1901-2, xx, 206.—Clermont. Sur le traitement des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Presse med., Par., 1916, xxiv, 180.—Clinton (F. S.) ...; report of two cases of penetration and perforation successfully operated upon. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1904-5, xviii, 139.—Cochez. Plaie pehe- trante de l'abdomen par armeii feu; intervention; guerison. Bull. med. del'Algerie, Alger, 1913, xxiv, 165-169—Cole (W. F.) ..., with twelve perforations; recovery. Med. Sentinel Portland, Oreg., 1898, vi, 433.—Conner (P. S.) Laparotomy in cases of gunshot wounds of the abdomen. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 1, 691-699.—Considine (P. O.) . . .; operation; recovery. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1906, iv, 246-248.—Cormio (R.) Due ferite di arma da fuoco air epigastric Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 883- 886. -----. La questione dell' intervento nelle ferite addo- minali in guerra. Ibid., 1916, vi, 272-282.—Cotte (G.) & Latariet (A.) Quelques considerations sur les plaies de l'abdomen par projectiles de guerre. Lyon chir., 1914-15, xii, 240-258.—Courtin & Bocher. [Case.] Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol___de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 78.—Crawford (H. F ) [Case.] Norsk Tidsskr. f. Mil.-Med., Kristiania, 1915, xix, 24-28.—Crawford (L. B.) . . .; statistics from Charity Hos- pital, 1906-13, and report of two cases operated on. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1914-15, lxvii, 1-8.—Crutcher (H.) Report of a fatal gunshot injury of the abdomen. Am. Med., Burling- ton, Vt., & N. Y., 1911, n. s., vi, 386.—Davis (L.) Shotgun wound of abdomen, with rupture of pregnant uterus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 243.—Didier (R.) Quelques ob- servations de plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen par projectiles de guerre. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, xiii, 122-12*.—DionisduSejour. [Case.] Ibid., 1906,n.s.,xxxii, 85.8-867.—Diwald (K.) Schussverletzung des Abdomens mit Browningpistole. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lxiii, 633.—Doche (J.) Indications et resultats operatoires des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen par petits projectiles de guerre. Rev. dechir., Par., 1909, xl, 276-305.-----. L'evo- Abdomen (Wounds of, Gunshot). lution en general des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen par petits projectiles de guerre. Presse med., Par., 1909, xvii, 267.—Donnelly (J.) . . . Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1X96, ix, 167-171.—Dorr (R. C.) Penetrating wounds of abdomen with injury to viscera; report of two cases. South M. J., Nashville, 1916,ix, 715-720.—Douglas(R.) [Fivecases.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 582-585.—Dupont & Kendirdjy. Contribution k l'etude du pronostic et du traitement des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen en chirurgie de guerre. Bull, etmem. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1914, n.s., xl, 1207-1213.—Dupuy. Plaie perforanto de l'abdomen par coup de feu sans lesion viscerale. Ann. d'hyg. et de med\ colon., Par., 1914, xvii, 574-576.—Duval (P.) Plaie en seton par balle de fusil de l'hypocondre et de la region thoracique gauches; hernie epiploi'que thoracique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xii, 1043—Eliot (E.), jr. Pistol- shot wound of the abdomen. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxvii, 284.—Evans (W. II.) Pistol shot wound of the abdo- men. Med. Press .„ rotomie laterale; extraction; nevrite du nerf crural gauche- Abdomen (Wounds of, Incised and pene- trating) . guerison. Caducee, Par., 1902, ii, 211.—Borbely (S.) [Pen- etrating wounds of the abdomen. | Gvdgyaszat, Budapest, 1905, xiv, 100; 119; 135.—Bormans." Le traitement des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1896, 4. s., vii, 5; 81 .—Branch (J. R. B.) Note on penetrat- ing wounds of the abdomen. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 164-166.—Braun (H.) Ueber lebensgefahrliche Blutungen bei Verletzungen der vorderen Bauchwand. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911,lxxxii,pt.2,133.—Brehm(O) Resultate bei den pene- trierenden Bauchverletzungen des Friedens. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904, lxxii, 234-274.—Bronnikoff (A. N.) [Pen- etrating wound of the abdomen with extensive prolapse of the viscera, operated in a peasant's hut.] Vrach. Gaz., S.- Peterb., 1908, xv, 780.—Brown (J. Y.) Penetrating and perforating gunshot and stab wounds of the abdomen, with report of cases. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1903, N. Y., 1904, xvi, 178-193.—Bruchi (J.) Contributo clinico alle ferite penetranti dell' addome. Riv. med., Milano, 1912, xx, 111; 131; 152; 166.—Budinger (K.) Ueber Stichverle- tzungen des Bauches. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1898, lvi, 168-177.—Burghard. Incised wound of abdominal wall; protrusion and partial strangulation of stomach; laparotomy and reduction; recovery. King's Coll Hosp. Rep. 1894-5, Lond., 1896, ii, 104.—Busch (J. P. Z.) Penetrating wound of the abdomen; an interesting case. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 858.—Caine (N.) Self-inflicted wound of abdomen; protrusion of viscera; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 400.—Camentron. Traitement des plaies de l'abdomen par instruments tranchants ou piquants. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1911, v, 499-501.—Cannaday (J. E.) Report of a case of multiple perforations of the stomach, mesentery, and intestines, with recovery. West Virg. M. & S. Month., Huntington, 1904-5, i, 244-247.—Caplesco (P.) Sur la benignite des plaies penetrantes abdominales par come de bceuf. Spitalul, BucurescI, 1911, xxxi, 367.—Cavl- gioli (E.) Intervento chirurgico nelle lerite penetranti nell' addome. Pammatone, Genova, 1897, i, 5-28.—Cazanescu. [Penetrating stab wound of the abdomen in the hypogastric region, with complete hernia of the intestines; drainage; recovery.] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1914, xxxiv, 84.—Cham- bers (J. W.) [Case of stab wound.] Maryland M. J., Bait., 1898, xxxix, 629.—Chandhuri (S. K.) Case of penetrating wound of the abdominal wall with protrusion of the small intestine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1853.—Chavasse. Deux cas de plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen et de la poi- trine par l'epee-bai'onnette du modele 1886. Arch, de m6d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1898, xxxii, 167-175.—Clementi (G.) Cura delle ferite d'arma bianca della cavita addominale; laparotomia primitiva o tardiva? Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, iv, chirurg. [etc.], 311-314.— Cochois (V.) Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen par coup de couteau, grosse evisceration et plaies des visceres hernife; guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1905, xiv, 441^43.—Coen (G.) Ferita penetrante dell'addome con fuoriuscita di 30 cent, del tenue; ferite nel tenue e nel mesen- teric; laparotomia dopo circa 10 ore dall' accidente; guari- gione. Clin, chir., Milano, 1902, x, 424-432.—Creite. Ueber Bauchdeckenverletzung durch Hornstich. Deutsche Zt- schr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxix. 144-148.—D'AIessandro (F.) Toraco-laparotomia e laparotomia per ferita da coltello- guarigione. Progresso med., Napoli, 1895, ix, 285-292.— Dandois. Contribution au traitement des plaies penetran- tes de l'abdomen. Bull. Acad. roy. demed.de Belg Brux 1902, 4. s., xvi, 363-371.—Dass (L.) [Case.] Indian M. Gaz'! Calcutta, 1902, xxxvii, 179.—De Gaetano (L.) Dieci lapa- rotomie per ferite da punta e taglio. Gazz. internaz. di med prat., Napoli, 1899, 57-59.—Delorme. Perforation de l'ap- pendice consecutive a un traumatisme de l'abdomen par coup de pied de cheval. Bull, med., Par., 1896, x 616 — Demoulin (A.) Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen par coup de couteau, porte a la partie superieure et externe de la hanche droite; issue de l'epiploon; plaie incomplete du caecum; hemorragie intraperitoneale; laparotomie; guerison Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1896, x, 451-453 — Derache. Considerations sur le traitement des plaies pene- trantes de l'abdomen. Arch. med. beiges, Brux , 1899 4 s xiv, 377-382— Dillon (Y. G.) [Penetrating wound of the abdomen with prolapse and injury of the intestines 1 Russk Vrach S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 158.-Dodds (A.) [Stab wound of abdomen.] Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1906-7 ii 137— Doerfler (II.) Beitrag zur Behandlung der pene^ trirenden Bauchwunden. Miinchen. med Wchnschr 1897, xliv, 224; 256 Douglas (F. J.) Stab wounds of the abdomen. N. \ ork State J. M., N. Y., 1904, iv, 20 —Duer An unusual case of penetrating wound of the abdomen' Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1898, xiv, 273.—Dugas (L A ) Remarks upon penetrating wounds of the abdomen, with the suggestion of a change of practice in such cases Tr M Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1909, lx, 104-108.—DupontA Ken- dirdjy. llaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Bull, et mem Soc. de chir de Par., 1914, n. s.; xl., 120: 1915 n s xii 276: 539; 759—purand. Cure radicale d'une eventration'con- se(2Jtn;Sn.d une o.plale thoraco-abdominale gauche. Lvon m&L, 1904 cm, 278-280.-Escalona (J. M.) Wudio clinico sobre las heridas penetrantes del abdomen. Tr Pan-Am M. Cong. 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 1, 543-579.-Farkas (U) ABDOMEN. 39 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Wounds of, Incised and pene- trating). [Transpleural laparotomy in wounds of the thorax and abdomen.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1909, xlix, 616-619.— Farnum (E. J.) Penetrating wounds of the abdomen. Chicago M. Times, 1902, xxxv, 351-355.—Fay (O. J.) Secon- darv lesions following abdominal trauma. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1913-14, 232-237.—FAykiss (F.) Vulnus punc- tum penetrans abdominis. Budapesti k. m. t. egyet. 2. sz. Seb. Klin, betegf. 1906, Budapest, 1907, 39-41.—Fenner (E. D.) Report of six cases of penetrating wounds of the abdomen submitted to abdominal section, with statistical tables of one hundred and fifty-two cases thus operated on at the Charity Hospital in New Orleans, La. Ann. Surg., Phila, 1902, xxxv, 15-26.—Ferrero (G.) Contributo alia cura delle ferite d'arma bianca penetranti nell'addome. Clin.chir., Milano, 1905, xiii, 85S; 905.—Fimlani (V.) Cinque casi di ferite penetranti del torace e dell' addome curate con l'inter- vento. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1901, xvii, 57-71. — Finkelsteln (B. K.) [Penetrating stab wounds of the abdominal cavitv.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902. i, 452; 497; 576; 613; 653; 6S4; 807.—Fischer (A.) [The surgical treatment of penetrating wounds of the abdomen.] Sebeszet, Budapest, 1903, No. 3,11-19.—Fischer (L. G.) Penetrating wounds of the abdomen illustrating the recuperative power in natives of India. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1910, xiv, 417- 419.—Flagg (B.) Unmittelbare Laparotomie nach pene- trirenden Bauchwunden in Kriegszeiten. Allg. mil.-arztl. Ztg., Wien, 1902, 1-3.—Fortun (E.) Herida penetrante de vientre; perforation de ambas caras del estdmago; laparoto- mia: curacidn. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1904, ix, 329.—Fowler (R. S.) Penetrating wounds of the abdomen. N. York M. J., 1901, Lxxiii, 1034-1036. Also, Reprint — Freund. Stab wound of the abdomen. St. Louis Cour. Med.. 1906, xxxiv, 138. [Discussion], 169-171.— Frolofl (V. I.) [Diagnosis and treatment of penetrating wounds of the abdominal cavitv in time of peace.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1906, ccxv, med.-spec. pt., 35; 249; 459 — Geiger (I.) Penetrirende Schnittwunde des Bauches mit Vorfall des Netzes und Colon transversum. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1900, xiv, 338.—Girard (H.) Plaie penetrante de la poitrine et de l'abdomen avec issue du grand epiploon a travers la plaie thoracique; intervention d'urgence; thoraco- plastie, guerison sans incident. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii, 107-110.—Glendon (W. P.) Pen- etrating wounds of the abdomen. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1908-9, v, 558-560.—Grant (H. H.) Four stab wounds of the abdomen. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1901, xxxi, 287-291. [Discussion], 306-311.—Gray (T.) A case of perforating injury ofthe abdomen. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1912, xvii, 48.—Grodecki (F.) [Stab wound of the abdomen, protrusion of spleen; recovery.] Gaz. lek., War- szawa, 1895, 2. s., xvi, 521-523.—Guichemerre (P.) Per- foration de l'abdomen par l'ep^e-baionnette Lebel; guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. nul., Par., 1896, xxvii, 325-328.— Hall (R. B.) Report of an accident to an infant seventeen months old, with extensive injury to the abdominal wall and evisceration of all of the small intestines, with recovery. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1908, Phila., 1909, xxi, 338- 344,1 pi.—Harris (M., L.) On the treatment of penetrating wounds of the abdomen, with report of sixteen cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 356-369. [Discussion], 469-475.— Hartleib. Stichverletzung des Bauches; Laparotomie nach 73 Stunden; Heilung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 395.—Heintze. [Fall eines Knaben, dem ein Zinken einer Egge in den Unterleib eingedrungen.] Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1901, Bresl., 1902, lxxix, med. Sect., 247-249.—Henning. Zwei Falle von penetrierender Stichverletzung des Bauches. Deutche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, 264-269.— Hetfleld (W. B.) Bayonet wound of the abdomen. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1916, x, 516.—Huguenln (P.) Les plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Concours med., Par., 1901, xxiii, 445-448 — Hunter (C. B.) Case of abdominal wound, with protrusion of the entire stomach. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 539.—Hyui (S. Z.) Perforating wound of abdomen with prolapse of large intestine. Nat. M. J. China, Shanghai, 1916, ii, No. 2, 25.— IgnatoS (A. A.) [Five cases of injury to the abdomen followed by recovery alter conservative treatment.] Vo- yenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1896,clxxxvii,l.sect,420-426 — Imbert (L.) Du choix de l'incision dans les laparotomies pour plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1907, xvi, 351-358.-----. Etude du pronostic dans les laparotomies pour plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 259-265.-----. Resultats operatoires dans les plaies penetrantes de l'abdo- men. Marseille med., 1908, xiv, 33-37— Istomin (S. A.) [Penetrating stab wound of the abdomen with injury of the descending colon.] Russk. Med., St. Petersb., 1894, xix, 188.—Jaeger (C. H.) Penetrating wound of the abdomen without symptoms; a case report. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1909, xxiii, 181.—Jaramillo M. (E.) Laparotomia por herida penetrante del abdomen. Rev. med\ de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1898, xxvi, 69.—Johnson (A. B.) Penetratmg wound of the abdomen; peritonitis from infection through the external wound. N. YorkM. J., 1898, Ixviii, 424—Jonas (E ) & Hewitt (W. R.) [Two stab wounds in abdomen.] Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1911, v, 80.—Kaeppelin. Abdomen (Wounds of Incised and pene- trating) . Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen par soc de charrue; interven- tion d'urgence; guerison. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1914, xxxiii, 115-117.—Kalinovski (B.) [Wounds penetrating the abdominal cavity as an indication for laparotomy.] Chir. Laitop.. Mosk., 1894, iv, 454-458.—Kennedy (J. W.) A plea for early and more radical surgery in acute perforative lesions of the abdominal cavity. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvi, 399-403.—Knotz (I.) Bericht fiber Bauch- wandbriiche nach Ochsenhornstoss, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Volksmedizin in Bosnien. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, viii, 94-96.—Knowling (E. M.) Penetrating wound of abdomen, fracture of sacrum; abscess; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 197.—KOppl. Zur Kasuistik der penetrie- renden Stichverletzungen des Abdomens. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 385.—Kortsak (R.) [Treatment of penetrating abdominal wounds.] Budapest, orv. ujsag, 1908, vi, 787-796. — Kumaris (J.) Stichverletzung der Bauchwand mit Darmprolaps. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 450.—Lassabatie. Plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1899, lxxii, 444-453. — Lathrop (W.) Penetrating wounds of the thoracic and abdomi- nal cavities. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1908, xi, 794-796.— Laureati (F. ) Ferita delle pareti addominali con enfisema sottocutaneo; enfisema sottocutaneo da frattura dell' viiia costola sinistra. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1901, iv, 268-270.—Le Fort (R.) Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen par coup de baionnette Lebel; laparotomie; mort par infection secondaire. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1902, vi, 103.—Le Roy des Barres. Traumatisme de l'ab- domen; mort par inhibition. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 311.—LeSniowski. [On the treatment of stab wounds of the abdomen with prolapse of the intestines.] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1911, v, 87-90.—Letoux. Plaie pene- trante de la paroi abdominale; perforation et hernie de l'estomac Anjou med., Angers, 1903, x, 186.—Limoncelli (G.) Ventiquattro laparotomie per lesioni violenti. Tom- masi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 806-810.—McConnell (R. E.) Ab- dominal wound; prolapse of stomach; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 629.—Mackie (P.) Note on an unusual com- plication met with during operation for punctured wound of abdomen. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1903, xxxviii, 376.— Maclennan(A.) Penetrating wound ofthe abdomen. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1903, xiii, 32-36, 1 pi.—McBae (F. W.) The diagnosis and treatment of penetratmg wounds of the abdomen. [Abstr.l Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1907-8, ix, 709-717. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xxxix, 521-524. Also, Reprint.—Maglieri (C.) Sui criterii direttivi dello intervento operatorio nelle ferite penetranti in cavita tora- cica ed addominale. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1899, n. s., xxi, 193-222.—Magula (M.) Bericht iiber 301 perforierende Stichverletzungen des Abdomens, insbeson- dere Magen-und Darmverletzungen aus den Jahren 1902-12. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1914, Ixxxix, 487-501.—Man- nino (F.) Laparotomie per ferite penetranti. Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1901-2, iii, 113-130.— Markon*. [Is it always necessary to hasten operative inter- ference in wounds of the abdomen?] Vrach.-san. list.Sim- birsk. gub., 1899, iv, 339-341.—Martin (P. F.) Penetrating abdominal wounds; with report of cases. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1909, ii, 149-152.—Martinelli (V.) Stato attuale della chirurgia addominale per ferite d'arma bianca contributo personale di undici casi. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 258-262.—Masini. De l'emploi de l'incision de Kehr, dans les plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Marseille med., 1907, xliv, 716-719.—Meigs (J. V.) Three cases of ab- dominal stab-wound; laparotomy in each case with recovery. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, exxxviii, 597.—Mikhailovski (D. I.) [Four cases of laparotomy for stab Grounds.] Med. sborn., Soflya, 1899, v, 257-262.—Miller (I. H.) Report of case of abdominal stab wound with recovery following laparotomy. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1902-3, xvi, 167.—Miller (M. B.) Evisceration throudi stab wound in abdomen. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 279-281.—Morer. Plaie pene- trante de l'abdomen par baionnette de mousqueton; lapa- rotomie 2h.£apres l'accident; mort. Arch.de med.et pharm. mil., Par., 1899, xxxiv, 477-483.—Muller (H.) Deux cas de plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen par coups de couteau; perforations intestinales dans l'un; perforation gastrique dans l'autre; laparotomie, deux heures environ apres le traumatisme; suture intestinale et gastrique; fermeture com- plete du peritoine sans drainage; guerison, sans phenomenes peritoneaux. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 185; 487.—von Nagy (G.) Heilung einer die Bauchwand durchdringenden Ver- wundung mit Verletzung des Dickdarmes per primam in- tent ionem. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1897, xv, 657-659. Nietert (H. L.) Penetrating wounds of the abdo- men. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1902, ix, 599-601.—Ninni Ventiquattro laparotomie per ferite penetranti. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1896, n. s., 1, 16-42. -----. Cinquanta laparotomie per ferite penetranti con un caso d'invaginazione doppia, acuta, traumatica dell' ileo. Ibid., 1903, n. s., lvii, 166-188.—Nobles (N. T. B.) The treatment of penetrating wounds of the abdomen; with report of cases. Am. Physician, N. Y., 1906; xxxii, 187-189.—Nunez (T.) Brief considerations on the diagnosis and treatment of pene- trating wounds of the abdomen. When is laparotomy indi- ABDOMEN. 40 ABDOMEN. Abdomen (Wounds of, Incised and pene- trating) . cated? Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 969-971.—Oliveira (F.) Das intervencoes nos ferimentos penetrantes do abdomen; a proposito do caso Armando Pontes. Rev. med. de S. Paulo, 1905, viii, 55-63.—Onisimofl (K.) [Are all penetrat- fcig wounds of the abdomen subject to operative interfer- ence?] Sibirsk. vrach. vledom., Krasnoyarsk, 1906, iv, 6.— Pacheco Mendes. Traitement des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Rev. de chir., Par., 1896, xvi, 784-',90.—Parrott (J. M.) Perforating abdominal wounds; report of cases. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1902, xx, 185-187.—Pascual (W. V.) Report of a case of penetratmg wound of the abdomen with protrusion of viscera and injury to the stomach; operation; with a later development of renal symptoms; recovery. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxi, 136.—Picque. Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen par coup de couteau; laparotomie; obliteration d'une plaie du c61on descendant; hemorrhagie due k la section d'une artere epiploi'que; hemostase; guerison, par M. Estor. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1895, n. s., xxi, 638. -----. Deux cas de laparotomie pour perforation de l'abdomen par baionnette Lebel. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1915, xiv, 12.—Plessl (D. R.) Ferita penetrante dell' addome guarita senza intervento. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902 xxiii, 796.—Plummer (W. E.) Punctured abdominal wound closed by mesentery. China M. J., Shanghai, 1908, xxii, 289,1 pi.—Poenaru. Plaie penetrante abdominale par un coup de corne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, ix, 118-122. — Polis (A.) Sur les plaies perforantes de l'abdomen. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1895, xxxiv, 518: 1896, xxxv, 200. -----. Quelques nouvelles observations de plaies perforantes de i'abdomen. Ibid., 1898, xxxvii, 147-157.—Popoft (V.) [Wound of abdo- men with prolapse of omentum.] Feldsher, S.-Peterb., 1896, vi, 301.—Potherat. Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen par coup de couteau. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1899, n. s., xxv, 585-588.—Potlekhin (G.) [Penetrating wound of abdomen with partial prolapse of omentum.] Feldsher, S.-Peterb., 1899, ix, 440.—Powell (N. A.) Penetrating stab- wounds of the abdomen. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1906, xx, 258.—Prat (D.) Cinco casos de heridas penetrantes del abdomen. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1912, xv, 177-187.—Proctor (A. H.) A case of thoracoabdominal injury with prolapse of the stomach. Indian M. Gaz., Cal- cutta, 1913, xlviii, 353.—Pungier & Lafolie. Plaie pene- trante de l'abdomen avec issue de l'intestin; fistule stercorale consecutive; guerison. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1905, lxxxiv, 241-247.—Purohit (B. M.) A ease of protrusion of the stomach and great omentum through a penetrating wound of the abdomen; recovery. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1901, xviii, 227.—Ramoni (A.) Ferita incisa della regione erurale sinistra penetrante nell' addome; lesione dell' arte- ria epigastrica e del sigma colico; laparotomia; guarigione. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1897-8, xxiii, 48-55.—Reboul (J.) Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen par tesson de bouteille; hernie d'une grande partie de l'intestin grele, de l'epiploon, du colon et de l'estomac; intervention; guerison. Ass. franc. dechir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1896,x, 454-456.-----. Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen par coup desabre-bai'onnette; perfo- ration de l'estomac; guenson. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1906, n. s., xxxii, 298-301.—Recchi (G.) Sopra due lapa- rotomie con drenaggio alia Mikulicz per ferite penetranti. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1309-1311.—Roberts (W. O.) Perforating gunshot wound of abdomen; recovery with- out abdominal section. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1901-2, xv, 154.—Robson (A. W. M.) A case of perforating wound of the abdomen in which the superior mesenteric vein was wounded; ligature of the vein; lavage of abdomen; transfusion; recovery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 77.— Rocher. Emphyseme de la paroi abdominale dans un cas de plaie penetrante. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 202.—Rolando (S.) Sui valore semei- ologico dell' esame del sangue nelle ferite penetranti nell' addome. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1905, xx, 147- 155.—Ross (D. P.) Penetrating wound of abdomen; pro- trusion of 18 inches of intestine; severing of epigastric artery in rectal sheath; profuse hemorrhage, and penetrating wound of the thorax over the region of the heart; [recovery]. Brit. M. J., Londv 1897, i, 1024— Rozoff (N. I.) [Meteorism after abdominal injuries.] Trudi Kiyev. Khirurg. Obsh. (1908-9), 1910,219-227.—Saissi. Plaie penetrante de l'abdo- men; operation; guerison. Paris chir., 1914, vi, 241-245.— Sandulli (A.) Le ferite penetranti semplici dell' addome da arme bianca e la cura delle ferite addominale penetranti in genere, con tre casi di ferite da arme da fuoco. Riforma med., Palermo, 1898, xiv, pt. 4, 687; 699. -----. Nuovo con- tributo clinico sulle ferite da punta e taglio penetranti nell' addome. Arte med., Napoli, 1901, iii, 941. -----. Sui venti- sette laparotomie per lesioni violente; considerazioni cii- niche sulia cura delle ferite penetranti dell' addome. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1904, n. s., xxvi, 644-649 — Scheller. Eine Verletzung durch Lanzenstich: Deutsche mil.-firztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1896, xxv, 244.—Schmieden. Hutnadelverletzung des Bauches. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1912 xxxviii, 1571. — Shpanbok (A. S.) [On the treatment of penetrating wounds of the ab- domen with prolapse of omentum. Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1895, clxxxiv, 1. sect., 376-382.—Siegel (E.) Zur Abdomen (Wounds of Incised and pene- trating) . Diagnose und Therapie der penetrierenden Bauchverle- tzungen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 189S, xxi, 395-444.— Sieur. Des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen produites par l'epee-baibnnette Lebel. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par.., 1900, sect, de chir. mil., 93-115.—Smith (W.) Pene- trating wounds of the abdomen. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1916, xiii, 26-28.—Solar! (F.) Sobre un caso de herida penetrante por arma bianca en el abdomen. An. san. mil., Buenos Aires, 1902, iv, 1024-1029.—Sorrentino (F.) L'in- tervento in 33 casi di ferite penetranti dell' addome. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1900, xii, 248. -----. L'in- tervento tardivo nelle ferite penetranti dell' addome. Med ital., Napoli, 1903, i, 675-678. -----. Intervento in una ferita penetrante dell' addome complicata a peritonite ed emorragia interna; guarigione. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir di Napoli, 1907, n. s., lxi, 341-344. Also: Med. ital., Napoli, 1908, vi, 244.—Stoll (K. G.) [Primary diffuse inflammation of the abdominal muscles consequent on mechanical injury.] Med. besleda, Voronezh, 1898, xii, 161-170.—Summers (J. E.) The treatment of incised and punctured wounds of the abdomen. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1896, ii, 215-225. -----. Intra-abdominal lesions following traumatisms! Ibid., 1902, viii, 130-140.—Surmay. Coup de baionnette ayant traverse' le ventre de part en part; guerison sans inter- vention operatoire et sans aucun accident en moins de vingt jours. Arch. gen. de m6d., Par., 1897, ii, 462-466.—Sypert (W. E.) Stab-wound of abdomen. South. Pract., Nash- ville, 1895, xvii, 494-496.—Szigeti (S.) [Cases of abdominal section on account of penetrating abdominal wounds.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1899, xliii, 621.—Tainter (F. J.) Penetrating wounds of the abdomen. Intemat J Surg N. Y., 1897, x, 356-358.—Tantzscher (K.) Zur Behandlung der perforrrenden Bauchwunden. Samml. klin Vortr n. F., Leipz., 1901, No. 319 (Chir., No. 91, 247-274).—Taver^ nler & Croizier. [Coup de couteau au bas ventre. 1 Lvon med.; 1910, xiii, 862-867.—Taylor (H. M.) Four cases of pen- etratmg wounds of abdomen, with visceral lesions and wounds of entrance above the umbilicus. Tr. Tri-S tate M Ass.; Richmond, Va., 1900, ii, 193-200.—Thirlar (L.) Plaie penetrante de l'abdomen avec perforation intestinale lapa- rotomie; emploi de la methode oxygenee; guerison. Clinique Brux., 1909, xxiii, 365-367.—Tsitovski (M. L.) [Penetrating wound of the abdomen with prolapse of the viscera, with a short description of four cases.] Prakt. Vrach S -Peterb 1908, vii, 328.—Tuffler & Rebreyend. Sur les plaies pen£ trantes de I'abdomen. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir de Par 1899 n. s., xxv, 271-275.—Turner (G. R.) A series of cases of abdominal injuries without external wound treated by laparotomy. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1277-1279.—Verdeau. Plaie penetrante de I'abdomen par baionnette Lebel; gueri- son rapide sans intervention. Arch, de med. et pharm mil Par.. 1914, lxiii, 550.—Vincent (E.) Plaies perforantes de l'abdomen. Rev. de chir., Par., 1901, xxi, pt. 2, l-ll — Volkovich (V. M.) [Results of certain processes in the abdominal cavity (chiefly wounds) connected with its infec- tion.] Trudi Kiyev. Khirurg. Obsh. (1910-11), 1913,89-103 — Vragassy (L.) [Two cases of stab wound of the abdomen, with prolapse ofthe intestines, cured by conservative treat- ment.] Sebeszet, Budapest, 1912,8.—VuIliet(H.) Dutraite- ment des plaies penetrantes de l'abdomen. Rev med dela Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1897, xvii, 337; 429; 491.—Weber (A ) Penetrierende Stichverletzung des Bauches mit Verletzung des Peritoneums; Darmincarceration; Heilung per primam Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xlviii, 592.—Weil. Plaie pene^ trante de l'abdomen par coup d'epee-baionnette Lebel- guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par 1897 xxix' 294-297.—Wiggins (J. L.) Penetrating wounds of the'ab- domen. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1898, xxxviii, 485-489 —Wil- cox (T.) & Glennan (J. D.) Twocases of incised wound of the abdomen. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash. 1894-5 64 — Winslow (R.) Penetrating wounds of the abdomen, 'j Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1048-1055. Also, Reprint -----. Penetrating wounds of the abdomen. Hosp Bull Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1908, iv, 329-334.-----. Penetrating wounds of the abdomen. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago 1914 lxiii, 1165-1169.—Wool! (T. J.) Penetrating wound of ab^ domen. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc. 1892, N. Orl 1893 127 — Wreden (R. R.) Penetrating wounds of the abdomen. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa., 1907, xx, 181-191.—Wright (T. R.) The history of the modern treatment of penetrating wounds of. the abdomen. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1909, lx, 98-104.—von Wurthenau (W.) Die modernen Pnncipien in der Behandlung der penetrierenden Bauch- wunden. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1902, xxxiv 703- 7o8.—Yakobson (Varvara P.) [Twocases of penetrating wounds of the abdomen, complicated by injury of the vis- cera ] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 164. — Zaccaria (A.) Contributo alia cura delle ferite penetranti dell' ad- dome e del torace. Raccoglitoremed.,Forll, 1900, 6 s vi 2l"i2'"" Zherlishek • The complications and sequelae °fabd,ommalsurgery. Ohio State M. .1., Columbus, 1913, ix, t ,S;~^?,? ^,chtenberS Ueber das Verhalten der Lungen und des Herzens nach abdominellen EingrifTen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 439-443.-LinkenheId Jii;A„,5 V g zu/ Beurteilung postoperativer Beschwer- den nach Laparotomien. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh u Gvnak Stuttg., 1913, lxxiv, 226-240.-Lonnber| (L) [Emphysema of the abdominal walls after laparotomy ] Hygte? Stock- holm, 1897, lix, 401-416.-Lozano (R.) Complicaciones ab- dominates en las ooen.iones toracicas y complWo™ftor£ 19U xD 4fqT^C11^ab Tn' P^rocTov^orMp^1? m,aV,?11™ abdominal deration" Lof V*S« ™Mef' Lond- 1914-15, viii, Obst. & Gynaec Sect,, 16-26.-MaXeiner (S. R.) Report on an autopsv on a case in which both of the rectus muscles were cutfive^ ABDOMINAL. 47 Abdominal section (Complications and sequelse of). ly. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1913, xxxiii, 376.—Mejia (D.) Algunos apuntes para la historia de las laparotomias; fracasos inesperados; errores de diagndstico. Gac. mCd., Mexico, 1905, 2. s., v, 55-62 —Michaux (P.) Traitement de la septi- cemic peritoneale postoperatoire par les injections intra- veineuses de serum artificiel et les autres moyens dont nous pouvons disposer. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1896, n. s., xxii, 1-19.—Montgomery (E. E.) Supposed appendi- citis complicating convalescence after section. Med. Prog- ress, Louisville, 1896, xii, 72.—Morgan (G.) A case of di- lated urachus accidentally opened whilst performing ab- dominal section for peritonitis; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1154.—Morris (R. T.) Some of the complications of abdominal surgery. N. York M. J., 1903, lxxvii, 445. -----. The neurotic element in abdominal surgery. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, 207.—Noble (C. P.) A case oi hemorrhage following abdominal section. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1901, xliv.365-368. Also, Reprint—Ogata (M.) Klinische Beob- achtung fiber Temperatur, Puis und Respirations-Verhalt- nisse nach der Laparotomie. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1899, xiii, 351-376.—Pasteur (W.) Active lobar collapse of the lung after abdominal operations, with a report of five cases. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1910, xxi, 1-14.—Peters (L.) Non-inflammatory pneumo- hematoma simulating hernia following transverse suprapu- bic abdominal section. J. South Car. M. Ass., Greenville, 1916, xii, 229-231.—Pfaff (O. G.) Phlebitis following ab- dominal operations. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1907, Phila., 1908, xx, 90-97.—Piclievin (R.) & Petit (A.) De l'infection peritoneale chirurgicale? et en particulier apres les interventions sur les organes gemtaux mternes. N. Arch. d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1S95, x, 433; 441.—Polak (J. O.) A case of uretero-abdominal fistula after cceliotomy. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 383.—Poroshin (M. N.) [On the intraperitoneal injury of the urinary organs in laparotomy.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1898, xix, 549-551.—Porter (M. F.) Re- port of a case of septic meningomvelitis following abdominal section. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1895, xlvi, 31-36.— Prichard (A. W.) Three abdominal cases presenting some unusual features. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1900, xviii, 313-316.— Bies (E.) Complicated laparotomies. Chicago M. Rec, 1896, xi, 408-420. Also, Reprint.—Robb (H.) Infection after abdominal operations, and its treatment. Cleveland J. M., JS98, iii, 341-349. Also, Reprint. I-----. The suppura- tion of the wound after abdominal section, based upon an analysis of 114 consecutive unselected abdominal sections without a death. Cleveland J. M., 1900, v, 258-261 -----. Acute dilatation of the stomach complicating an abdominal operation. Ibid., 1904, iii, 266-268.—Bobb (H.) & Dittrick (H.) Pulmonary complications following abdominal opera- tions. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 51-56. Also, Reprint.—Roberts. Convulsions following celiotomy. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1907, xiii, 273.—Boersch (C.) De 1'influence de la laparotomie sur les processus chroniques de la cavite abdominale. Ann Soc med.-chir. de Liege, 1900, xxxix, 180; 492. Alio: Gaz de gynec, Par.; 1901, xvi, 149-162.—Bosser (C. M.) Postoperative complications in abdominal surgery. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lvii, 261. Also: Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1908, xxi, 219-222— Both- rock (J. L.) Intestinal paralysis following abdominal op- erations. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1897, xvii, 449^52.— Russell (W. W.) Post-operative emphysema of the ab- dominal wall. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1897, xxxv, 517-523 — Schwab (M.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber intra- peritoneale und extraperitoneale Infection. Arch. f. Gy- naek., Berl., 1909-10, xc, 471-488.—Shepherd (F. J.) On some eruptions occurring after abdominal operations. J. Cu- tan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 293-295.—Sherrill (J. G.) Sinus or fistula following abdominal operations. Medicine, Detroit, 1898, iv, 109-112.—Shoemaker (G. E.) Cceliotomy under unusual conditions; with report of ten cases. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1894, xv, 207-217 — Shour (M. M.) [Complications after abdominal sections, and their prevention.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.- Peterb., 1909, xxiii, 102.5-1029.—Smith (R. R.) Separation of the abdominal wound following laparotomy. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1910, xxiii, 65-69.—Solovyefl (A. N.) [On the complications in healing of abdominal wound after section.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1895, ix, 1102-1113.— Stucky (T. H.) Some post-operative effects of abdominal surgery viewed from a medical standpoint. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1899, xxvii,161-165. [Discussion], 178-188.— Theilhaber. Die Entstehung der Infektionen ibei Opera- tionen in der Bauchhohle. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak. 1907, Leipz., 1908, xii, 667-669.—Thorne (May). After effects of abdominal section. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 264.—Tracy (S. E.) Complications arising in the kidneys and ureters following abdominal operations. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lvi, 358-366. [Discussion], 386-391—Tridon- dani (E.) Tachicardia e midriasi unilaterale post-laparoto- miche. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1897, xix, 547-560—Van Derveer (A.) Complications in abdominal surgery requiring intestinal anastomosis. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, viii, 474-484.—Walker (F. E.) Post operative hemorrhage in abdominal surgery. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1906, n. s., xxv, 87-89.—Wallace (R.) Post-operative complications of ABDOMINAL. Abdominal section (Complications and sequelse, of). abdominal section and their treatment. South. M. J., Nash- ville, 1914, vii, 557-561.—Watkins (T. J.) Case of suppura- tive wounds following abdominal section. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xii, 266-268. [Discussion], 286—Webber (N. W.) Accidents and incidents of abdominal surgery. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1896, xx, 734-743. — Wessel- hoeft (W. E.) Some perplexities following abdominal op- erations. N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y., 1902, 1, 570-577.— Westover (R. R.) Etiology of complications following ab- dominal sections. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxv, 199- 202.—White (C. Y.) Observations of blood changes follow- ing celiotomy. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1901, xiii, 260-271. Also: Reprint.—Wilcox (De W. G.) The after effects of ab- dominal operations. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1905, xl, 78-80.—Williamson (H.) Some complications following abdominal operations. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1898-9, vi, 69-72.—Wolf hagen (J. E.) On some unusual complica- tions after laparotomy. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 393.—Wood (J. C.) Some of the factors interfering with convalescence after celiotomy. Am. Phys., N. Y., 1906, xxxii, 316-319.—Wood (W. C.) Vesical calculus following laparotomy for pelvic abscess. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiv, 553. Abdominal section (Death in). Benthin (W.) *Mortalitat und Morbiditat nach abdominalen Laparotomien. [Kiel.] 8°. Wittstock, 1908. Lesche (M.) *Ueber seltene Todesursachen nach Laparotomie. 8°. Erlangen, 1910. Siniosoglou (K.) *Die Todesfalle nach La- parotomien und deren Ursachen. [Basel.] 8°. Sarnen, 1912. Blelin (M.) [Was impaction of intestinal loop or abdomi- nal section the cause of death?] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1893, iii, 73-76.—Boldt (H. J.) The causes of death after abdom- inalsection. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1897, 353-358. Also: Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1897, xii, 66-71. Also, Reprint.— Dubose (F. G.) The elimination of the preventable seven per cent mortality in the surgical treatment of acute abdomi- nal diseases. South. M. J., Nashville, 1914, vii, 651-653.— Ferrari (T.) Sopra alcune cause rare di morte dopo la lapa- rotomia. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 32-44.—Fourmeaux. Cancer secondaire du grand epiploon simulant une tumeur du mesentere; cancer vegetant primitif des ovaires; lapa- rotomie; mort d'apoplexie pulmonaire. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1896, ii, 84-89.—Fritsch (H.) Der Tod nach Laparoto- mie. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen. 1896, vi, 625-627. Also: Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1896, iii, 953-956. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1896, n. s., lxii, 434.—Hodgson (R. H.) A cause of fatal collapse after prolonged abdominal operations. Brit. Gynaec. J., Lond., 1907, xxii, 275-281.— Mallett (G.»H.) Some unusual causes of death following abdominal operations. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1905, li, 515- 521.—Morison (R.) Abdominal surgery; notes of all fatal cases after operation during 1895. Northumberland & Djur- ham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1896, iv, 293.—Polk (W. M.) The causes of death following abdominal opera- tions; infections; source, prevention, treatment. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1905, li, 506-508.—Price (J.) Some of the com- mon causes of mortality in abdominal surgery. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvi, 582-585. [Discussion], 604. -----. Analysis of common causes of death following pelvic and abdominal operations. Am. J. Obst.; N. Y., 1903, xlviii, 628-639.—Ricketts (E.) Two operative cases terminating in death. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, n. s., xli, 435-440.—Schurmeier (F. C.) Empyema, thrombosis and embolism with sudden death following laparotomy; cases reported. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1915, xxviii, 201-203.— Selberg (F.) Ueber Todesursachen nach Laparotomien. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1907, lvi, 238-255.—Skeel (R. E.) An analysis of the mortality of abdominal surgery. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1915, xiv, 110-125.—Smyly (W. J.) Deaths after abdominal cceliotomy. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1898-9, xii, 580-590. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1279-1281.—Tate (M. A.) Death after laparotomy due to perforation of the intestine. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, n. s., lxvi, 434. Abdominal section (Drainage and irri- gation after). Cicero (R. E.) *Breves consideraciones so- bre el lavado del peritoneo despues de las lapa- rotomias. 8°. Mexico, 1890. Gempp (O.) *Ueber die Indicationen zur Drainage cler Bauchhohle nach Laparotomieen. 8°. Strassburgi. E., 1895. Goering (R.) *Die Drainage der Bauchhohle nach Laparotomieen. 8°. Jena, 1896. ABDOMINAL 48 ABDOMINAL. Abdominal section (Drainage and irri- gation after). Huschenbett (P.) *Ueber die Verwendung der Drainage bei Laparotomien. [Halle a. S.J 8°. Heiligenstadt, 1897. Igonet(R.) Contribution a l'etude du drai- nage dans les laparotomies. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Moglich (0.) *Beitrage zur Drainage der Bauchhohle nach Laparotomie. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1901. Oppenheimer (F.) Ueber die Drainage der Bauchhohle bei Laparotomie und iiber die im Anschluss daran entstandenen Narbenhernien. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1911. Pamard (P.) * Contribution a l'etude du drainage dans la laparotomie. 8°. Paris, 1902. Poeschel (E.) *Spulungen der Bauchhohle bei Laparotomien. 8°. Miinchen, 1909. Schweizer (R.) *Beitrage zur Drainage der Bauchhohle im Anschlusse an Laparotomien. 8°. Zurich, 1903. Thornton (J. K.) The antiseptic method in relation to drainage of the peritoneum in ab- dominal surgery. 8°. London, 1879. Adams (J. E.) The drainage tube in abdominal surgery. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1174-1176.—Baldwin (J. F.) Methods of drainage in pelvic and abdominal surgery. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, lxi, 76-80.—Baldy (J. M.) Remarks on drainage following abdominal section. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1897, x, 521-523. Also, Reprint. — Bishop (E. S.) . . . Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1896, n. s., lxii, 431-434 — Blake (J. A.) Two-way abdominal irrigation. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, ii, 567.—Bllckensderfer (C. H.) ... Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1911, xxxx, 519- 522.—Bonifleld (C. L.) ... Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1913, ix, 523-529.—Brown (G. S.) The general principles of... Ala- bama M. J., Birmingh., 1907-8, xx, 1-7.—Burch (L. E.) ... Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1902, lxix, 157-165.— Burckhard (G.) . . . Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1901, xlvi, 232-258.—Burgess (A. H.) A double- channel, syphon-action, abdominal irrigator. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 650.—Burrage (W. L.) Some results of the postural method of draining the peritoneal cavity after ab- dominal operations. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxviii, 52-54. [Discussion], 64. Also, Reprint.—Byford (H. T.) ... Med. Standard, Chicago, 1896, xviii, 88; 155.—Calabrese (D.) .. . Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 1175-1181.— Casalis (G. A.) ... South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1903, i, 89.—Clark (J. G.) Postural method of draining the peritoneal cavity after abdominal operations. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 59-68. —---. A critical review of seventeen hundred cases of abdominal section from the standpoint of intra-peritoneal drainage. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1897, xxxv, 481; 650. Also, Reprint.—Coffey (R. C.) The principles and mechanics of abdominal drainage. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 937-941.—Costain (T. E.) ... J. Oriflc. Surg., Chicago, 1896-7, v, 536-540.—Coughlin (W.) Position as a factor in drainage of the peritoneal cavitv. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 679-681.—Delageniere (H.) Nouvelle technique de drainage de lacavite peritoneale. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 358-361. Also: Arch. prov. dechir., Par., 1898, vii, 300-303.—Delassus Le drainage abdominal avec aspiration. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1908, i, 145-154.—Dixon (A.) To drain or not to drain. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1898, xi, 8-11.—Doderlein (A.) Ueber die Tampondrainage der BeckenbauchhOhle bei La- parotomien. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1903, vii, 222-237.—Dreesmann (H.) Die Tampondrainage in der Bauchhohle. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 587.—Echols (C. M.) Some problems in abdominal drainage. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1908, n. s., xxvii, 387-392.—Fabricius (J ) Zur Technik der Drainage der Bauchhohle. Zentralbl. f. Gvniik., Leipz., 1910, xxxiv, 1218-1221. -----. Nachtrag. Ibid'., 1241-1243.— Fehling (II.) . . . Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1903, vii, 238-248— Frank. Die Lehre der Drainage der Bauchhohle. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. in- ternaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, v, ostet., 238. -----. 1st die Drai- nage der Bauchhohle ganz zu verwerfen? Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik. 1903, Berl., 1904, 15-17 — FUth (R.) Zur Drainage der Bauchhohle. Centralbl. f. Gy- niik., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 184-187.—Gauthier(R.) Sur le drai- nage et l'aspiration prolonged, apres les laparotomies. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb.,Par.,1909,xxii,805-807.—Grandin (E H ) When and how to drain after abdominal section. Am Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, ix, 216-218. Also, Re- print— Hartmann (H.) & Metzger (M.) Le drainage ab- dominal en gynecologie a propos de 997 coeliotomies conse- cutives. Ann de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 329- 349 —Hibbard (H. L.) ... Kansas City M. Index-Lancet, 1902, xxiii, 280-285—van der Hoeven. ... Nederl. Tijdschr. Abdominal section (Drainage and irri- gation after). v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904,2. R., xl, d. 1, 420-423.—Hughes(D.) . . . Addr. . . . sect. obst. & dis. women 43. meet. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1892, 129-132.—Jaboulay. Drainage des col- lections peritoneales par la voie rectale. Lyon med., 1898, lxxxviii, 143-145. — Jacobs (C.) . . . Progres mod. beige, Brux., 1900, ii, 33-36.—Jacoby (A.) ... N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1915-16, Ixviii, 106-110.—Jones (B.K.) . . . Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1909, lxix, 485-488.—Keefe (J. W.) ... Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, lxx, 968-978— Kennedy (J. W.) Drain- age of acute infectious lesions of the abdominal cavity. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xevi, 523-529. Also, Reprint — Knight (F. H.) ... Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxv, 226.—Ktister (H.) Indikationen und Resultate abdomi- naler Tampondrainage. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr^ 1913, lx, 241-243.—KUstner (O.) Die Indikationen und Kontra- indikationen der Bauchhohlendrainage nach der Laparoto- mie. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1905, lv, 6- 48.— Lastaria (F.) La necessita del drenaggio in chirurgia addominale. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1912, xv, 350- 359.—Lejars (F.) La valeur pratique du drainage abdomi- nal. Semaine med., Par., 1912, xxxii, 25-27.—Lindholm. [Drainage of abdomen after the method of Mikulicz.] Forh. v. nord. kirurg. foren. 3:je mode i Helsingfors 1897, Stock- holm, 1898, 210-213.—Long (J. W.) . . . Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1900-1901, xiv, 161-167. [Discussion], 189. Also:Med.News, N. Y., 1901, Ixxviii, 457-459.—Lott (H. S.) Drainage and dressing. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, lxxii, 612-615.—McGavin (L.) A drainage tube for suprapubic cystotomy, liver abscess, and abdominal cysts. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 1050. — McGuire ( S.) ... Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1902, xxi, 419-422. Also: Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1902-3, vii, 361-364. Also, Reprint.— Mark (E. G.) A new suprapubic drainage apparatus. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 514.—Merttens. Ueber Drainage und Tamponade der Bauchhohle. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 102.— Muratofl (A. A.) ... Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 1297-1303.—Pauchet (V.) . . . Nord med., Lille, 1908, xv, 39.—Peple (W. L.) A new abdominal drain. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 1499.—Petrofl (N. N.) [Experi- mental data on drainage of the abdominal cavity.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1913, xxix, 195-207.—Piche- vin (R.) . . . Semaine gynec, Par., 1906, xi, 377.—Pierce (M.) . . . Med. Ca lf; S£ate J' M'- Saa ^ran., 19°2-3, i, 334-338.- Mirling (R. A ) The question of drainage after abdominal section for perforative and suppurating conditions. Inter- colon. M J Australas., Melbourne, 1908, xiii, 356-360 — Stone (I. S.) ... Am. J. Obzt, N. Y., 1893 xxvii 579 Also, Reprint-Thomas (C. P.l The present status of abdominal drainage. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles ABDOMINAL. 49 ABDOMINAL. Abdominal section (Drainage and irri- gation after). 1910, xxv, 572-574. —Thomson (H.) Tampondrainage bei Laparotomien. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1903, xxvii, 1430-1435.—Van Hook (W.) Advantage and technique of capillary abdominal drainage. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1896, xviii, 114; 192. Also, Reprint.—Vanverts (J.) Le drainage .lateral, transmusculaire, dans les laparotomies me- dianes. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 595. —de Varona (A.) Irrigacidn continua intra-abdominal. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1902, vii, 298-308.—Vaughan (J. W.) irrigation ofthe abdominal cavity; from a bacterio- logical standpoint. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 778.—Violet (H.) Le drainage dans les laparotomies du domaine gynecologique. Ann. de gyneo et d'obst., Par., 1906, 2. s., iii, 513: 594.—Weinstein (J. H.) The question of abdominal drainage. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1913, vi, 258-261.—Wilcox (De W. G.) Should the abdominal cavity ever be flushed? Tr. Am. Inst. Homoeop., Chicago, 1904, 762-766. Abdominal section (Early mobilization of patient after). Silberberg (M.) *Ueber das Fruhaufstehen nach Laparotomien. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Ber- lin, 1909. Ballerini (G.) La mobilizzazione precoce nelle donne operate di laparotomia. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1908, 2. s.,i,2-4.—Bjorkenheim (E. A.) Ueberfriihes Aufstehen nach Laparotomien. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1910, iv, 509-515.—Boldt (H.J.) How long must patients observe absolute rest in bed after abdominal operations? Surg., Gvnec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, v, 182-184. [Discus- sion], 211-245.—Borelius (J.) [How long shall the operated be kept in bed after a laparotomy with primary suture and aseptic treatment?] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1907-8, vi, 257-263.—de Bovis (R.) Le traitement ambula- toire des operes de laparotomie. Semaine med.. Par., 1908, xxviii 73-75.—Chase (W. B.) The mobility ofthe patient after laparotomv. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lviii, 790-796.— Cohn(F.) Das Fruhaufstehen der Laparotomierten. Zen- tralbl. f. Gynaek., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 1233-1237.—Cosen- tino ( V ) Sui soggiorno a letto degli operati all' addome. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii, 830-832.—Faure (J.-L.) Sur la duree du sejour au lit apres les operations abdominales. Bull et mem. Soc dechir. de Par.; 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 598-605. Alio: Gynecologie, Par., 1908, xii, 331-335.—de Fourmes- traux (J.) Sur la duree du sejour au lit des operes de laparo- tomie. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb., Par., 1909, xxii, gos.__Frederick (C. C.) The care of patients after abdominal section- with especial reference to the period of time they should be kept recumbent. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li 834 —Hartog (C.) Das friihe Aufstehen nach Laparoto- mien Berl klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 492. Also: Ver- handl d Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 127-132 —Kohlschtltter. Ein Wort zur Frage des friihen \ufstehens nach Bauchoperationen; eineeigene Erfahrung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 1378— Kummel (II.) Abkiirzung des Heilungsverlaufs Laparotomierter durch friihzeitiges Aufstehen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, Ixxxvi 494-508. Also: Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir Berl., 1908, xxxvii, pt. 2, 1-15. Alio, transl: Ann. Surg Phila., 1908, xlviii, 774.-----. Weitere Erfahrungen iiber friihzeitiges Aufstehen Laparotomierter zur Sicherung und Abkiirzung des Heilverfahrens. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1910 lv 339; 351; 361. Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz u. Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1865-1869—Lapointe (A.) Le lever precoce apres les laparotomies. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 401-403 —Le Fort (R.) La duree du sejour au lit chez les laparotomises. Echo ined. du nord, Lille,. 1908, xii, 493- 499 —Moullin (C. M.) The question of position and early movement after abdominal operations. Clin. J., Lond., 1909_10 xxxi, 353-356.—Pestalozza(E.) La mobilizzazione nrecoce' delle operate di laparotomia; le trombosi postopera- torie Ginecologia, Firenze, 1907, iv, 321-326— Pichevin (R ) Le lever precoce post-laparotomique. Semaine gynec. Par 1909, xiv, 49— Platonofl (V.) [Early rising from bed after laparotomies.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1912 xxvii, 1508-1510—Reynes. Le lever precoce des laparo- tomises (avec presentation de nombreux operes). Marseille med , 1912, xlix, 13; 120; 491. A Iso: Gynecologie, Par , 1913, xvj 449-467 -----. Bons eflets du lever precoce des laparo- tomises. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Beet. viii, Obstet. & Gynaec, pt. 2, 249-251 .-Vance (J.) How long shall the patient stay in bed after abdominal section? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 302-305. Also, Reprint. Abdominal section (Eventration after). See Eventration (Post-operative). Abdominal section (Exploratory). Caliari (A.) La laparotomia profilattica in casi di trauma addominale. Note cliniche. 8° Verona, 1897. Abdominal section (Exploratory). Schwenk (C.) *Zur Probelaparotomie in der Gynakologie; 34 Falle aus der Strassburger Uni- versitats-Frauenklinik. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1906. Allen (C. W.) Exploratory laparotomy. South. M. J., Nashville, 1912, v, 224-226.—Ashton (W. E.) The explora- tory abdominal incision; clinical lecture delivered at the Medico-Chirurgical Hospital. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1894, 4. s., i, 265-277.—Baker (D. J.) A plea for the exploratory abdominal incision. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn. 1899, Phila., 1900, 388-394.—Carstens (J. H.) Abdominal section for diagnostic purposes only. Med. Age, Detroit, 1896, xiv, 420-422. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y.; 1896, 1, 782—Chekan (V. M.) [False diagnosis in swelling of abdominal cavity; puncture of abdomen; exploratory laparotomy.] Ejened. four. "Prakt. Med.," S.-Peterb., 1900, vii, 201.— Craig (D. H.) ... N. York M. J. [etc.1,1905, lxxxi, 236-238—Davis (B. B.) The necessity of exploratory abdominal section in some cases. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Nebv 1905, x, 124- 128.—Duncan (R. B.) Intermittent pain in right hypo- chondrium, simulating gall-stone colic; exploratory cceliot- omy; recovery. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1897, ii, 242-244.—Ferlin. [Case.] Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Dr6me [etc.], Valence & Par., 1904, v, 138-142.—Fiaschi (T.) On the methodical surgical exploration ofthe abdomen. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1911, xxx, 372-374.—Fraipont (F.) Surprises au cours de laparotomies. Scalpel, Liege, 1911-12, lxiv, 79-82.—Gallet. De 1'intervention operatoire consideree comme moven de suggestion. Rev. de med. 16g., Par., 1897, iv, 169-171— Giacomelli (G.) Sugli effetti tera- peutici della laparotomia esplorativa. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1912,lxxi, 177-180.—Grant(H.H.) ... Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1907-8, xiv, 102-109.—Hurtado (F.) iQue debe entenderse por laparotomia exploradora? Gac med., Mexico, 1901, 2. s., i, 131-134.—Hyde (O. A.) ... Eclect. Rev., N. Y., 1910, xiii, 323-325.—Jalland (W. H.) ... for severe abdominal pain; no disease detected; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 737.—Jones (D. F.) Remarks on exploratory laparotomy in cachectic subjects. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 324— Lockwood (C. B.) . . ., especially in cases of malignant disease. Clin. J., Lond., 1904-5, xxv, 177- 182.—Murphy (J. B.) . . .; being the third operation on this patient. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1912, i, 46-54.—Murray (J.) . . . Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxvi, 332 — Nehrkorn & Kaposi. Probelaparotomieen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1904, xliii, Suppl.-Hft., 113.—Noble (H. E.) ... Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1906, xxii, 239- 241.—Parlavecchio. La laparotomia esplorativa dal punto di vista medico-legale. Bull. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1897, xvii, lasc. 1,279.—Prieto (I.) ... Gac. med., Mexico. 1905, 2. s., v, 27-30.—Richardson (M. H.) Acute abdominal symptoms demanding immediate operative inter- ference. Boston M. & S. J., 1893, exxviii, 59; 64. Also, Re- print —de Saintfoix. Une laparotomie exploratrice en 1474. France med., Par., 1904, li. 271.—Sellheim (IT.) Zwei Erleichterungsmittel der kombinierten Untersuchung. Mo- natschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., J909, xxx, 587.— Shepherd (F.J.) The curative effects of exploratory lapa- rotomy. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1892-4), 1895, vii, 345-352. Also, Reprint.—Souchon (M.) Indications for exploratory laparotomy. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1909-10, lxii, 638-642.—Strandgaard (H.) [A case of pancreas cysts (also, an account of resection of kidney tissue for diagnostic pur- poses).] Hosp.-Tid., Kdbenh., 1897, 4. R., v, 1113-1128.— Tansini. Sopra i salutari effetti di una laparotomia esplo- rativa. Rassegna internaz. d. med. mod., Catania, 1900; i, 108.—Taylor (H. M.) A plea for early exploratory incision for diagnostic and curative ends in masked conditions of the upper portions of the abdomen. South. Med., Savannah, 1904 xi 58-66.—Thorn. Zur Technik der Probeexzision. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1907, i, 277-282.—Villar (F.) Seis casos de laparotomia exploradora. Abeja med., Habana, 1895, iv, 37^3. Also: Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. 'de la Habana, 1895-6, vii, 12-34—Voigt (J.) Ueber Probe- laparotomien. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1911, xxvi, 290-299. Abdominal section (Foreign bodies in abdomen after). See, also, Abdomen (Foreign bodies in). von Halfern (G.) *Ueber das Zuriicklassen von Fremdkorpern in der Bauchhohle. [Frei- burg i.Br.J 8°. Heidelberg, 1912. Baudoin (M.) Responsabilite des chirurgiens en cas de compresses laissees dans la poche d'un kyste ovarien au moment de son nettoyage et de sa resection. Arch. prov. de chir , Par., 1910, xix, 717-726— Boldt (H. J.) Foreign bodies accidentally left in the abdominal cavity during the course of coeliotomies. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J.? N. Y., 1898, xii, 431-436. [Discussion], 527-531. A Iso, Reprint—Broun (Le R ) Iodoform gauze removed from the abdomen of a patient. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lv, 554.—Bullock (T. S.) Another foreign body accidentally left in the abdominal cavity; suggestions in regard to diagnosis. Am. Pract. & 70399°—17- ABDOMINAL. 50 ABDOMINAL. Abdominal section (Foreign bodies in abdomen after). News, Louisville, 1898, xxvi, 291-298.—Calmann. Zur Verhiitung des Zuriickiassens von Kompressen in der Bauchhohle. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 2230.— Chiarabba (U.) Su diunacompressaestratta dall' addome dopo 5 anni da una laparotomia. Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vit- toria, Torino, 1908, viii, 65-70.—Clark (J. G.) Foreign bodies accidentally left in the abdominal cavity. Progr. Med., Phila. & N. Y., 1899, ii, 237-239.—Crossen (H. S.) Abdominal surgery without detached pads or sponges; a simple certain and universally applicable method of pre- venting the serious accident of leaving a sponge in the abdo- men. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1909, lix, 58; 250.—Dillard (J. W.) Gauze sponge used in a laparotomy passed by bowel. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 586.—Find- ley (P.) Foreign bodies left in the abdominal cavity after operation. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lviii, 256-265.—Gerich (O.) Zur Kasuistik in der Bauchhohle vergessener Gaze- kompressen. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1914, xxxviii, 474-478.—GilTord (G. T.) A forgotten swab; another warn- ing. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1042.—Gruzdefl (V. S.) [Foreign bodies in the abdominal cavity and the relationship of the peritoneum to them.] Russk. Vrach,S.-Peterb., 1906, y, 917-919.—Hesselgrave(S. S.) Foreign body left in abdom- inal cavity during cceliotomy; faecal fistula; recovery. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1900, ii, 312—Hinterstoisser (H.) Verlorene Gazekompressen; ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der Fremdkorper in der Bauchhohle. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1912, xxv, 589-593.—Kelly (H. A.) What precautions shall we take to avoid leaving foreign bodies in the abdomen after operations? N. York M. J., 1900, lxxi, 405-407. Also, Reprint.—Kojouharoff& Xavon. ZufalligeZuriicklassung eines sub operatione beniitzten Fremdkorpers in der Bauch- hohle. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 9, 431-436.—Kreutzmann (H») Ein kleines Hilfsmittel, das Zuriicklassen von Tiichern in der Bauchhohle nach Opera- tionen zu vermeiden. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 576-578. Also, transl: Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1904, xviii, 29.—von Kubinyi (P.) Verfahren zur Kontrolle der Tupfer bei Laparotomien. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1914, xxxviii, 840-844,2pi.—Lehmann (F.) Schutz gegen das Zuriicklassen von Bauchtiichern im Abdo- men. Ibid., 1907, xxxi, 1599.—Lilienthal (H.) Foreign bod- ies accidentally left within the abdominal cavity; how to prevent the occurrence. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 615.— Lockwood (T. F.) Surgical suggestion [to avoid sewing up foreign bodies in the abdomen]. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1910-11, vii, 255-257—MaUett (G. H.) Gauze pad left in abdomen during operation. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1914, lxix, 140.—Mann (M. D.) Foreign bodies left in the abdo- men and in surgical wounds. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1915, xv, 475-477.—Maylard (A. E.) Thefateof a plug of io- doform gauze accidentally left in the abdomen. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 60S.—3Iorestin (H.) Pince hemostatique laissee dans le ventre au cours d'une laparotomie et rendue par l'anus au bout de trois ans. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 898.—Neugebauer (F.) Zufiillige Zuriicklas- sung eines sub operatione benutzten Fremdkorpers (Arte- rienklemme Schwamm, Tupfer, etc) in der Bauchhohle; Kasuistik von 108 Fallen. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1900, xi, 821; 933.-----. Siebenundachtzig neue Beobachtungen von zufalliger Zuriicklassung eines sub operatione benutzten Fremdkorpers (Arterienklemme, Schere, Schwamm, Gazetupfer,Mullkompresseu. s.w.) in der Bauchhohle samt einigen anderen unvorhergesehenen Zu- fallen intra operationem. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 65-81.—Pedersen (V. C.) A means of accounting for gauze laparotomy pads. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii, 408- 410.—Peters (L.) Crossen's method of precluding the possi- bility of unintentionally leaving gauze in the abdominal cavity. J. South. Car. M. Ass., Seneca, 1915, xi, 16-19.— Riese (II.) Ueber das Schicksal der in der Bauchhohle zu- riickgelassenen Compressen. Verhandl d. deutsch. Ge- sellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1904, xxxiii, pt. 2., 187-201.—Robb (II.) Abdominal section for the removal of a gauze sponge which had been left in the abdominal cavity for nine months. Cleveland M. J., 1910, Lx, 434-437.—Rosenthal (J.) [On foreign bodies remaining in the peritoneal cavity after ab- dominal section.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1898, 2. s., xviii, 882-887.—Rossel (O.) Plombierung, um das Zuriicklassen von Tiichern in der Bauchhohle bei Laparotomien zu ver- meiden. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 796.— Rozofl (V. I.) [Foreign bodies in the abdominal cavity after abdominal section.] Voyenno-Med. J., Petrogr., 1914, ccxli, med.-spec pt, 650-652.—Schachner (A.) Foreign bodies accidentally left in the abdominal cavity, with report of one hundred and fifty-five cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 499; 678, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Sheild (A. M.) Sponges and forceps left in the abdominal cavity. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1684.—Smith (Mary E.) The counting of sponges in abdominal surgery. Am. J. Nursing, Phila., 1901-2 ii, 200-202.—Stewart (J. E. F.) Pressure forceps in abdominal cavity for 10'. years. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906 xxv, 446-449.—Stickler (J. W.) Some investigations to determine the effect upon the peritoneum of such sub- stances as are apt to find their way into the abdominal Abdominal section (Foreign bodies in abdomen after). cavity during operations thereon. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, xlix, 156.—Toth (S.) Die Controlle der Instrumente und Tupfer bei Laparotomien. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Ge- sellsch. d. Aerzte 190S, Budapest, 1909, 76.—Truesdale (P. E.) The spouse count J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 205.—Wakefield (W. F. B.) Theuseof thecontinuous,fixed laparotomy sponge. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxvi, 97- 101.—Waldo (K. W.) Foreign bodies left in the abdominal cavity after laparotomy. Ibid., 1906, liv, 553-557.—Wechs- berg (L.) Zur Verhiitung des Zuriickiassens von Kom- pressen der Bauchhohle. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1907, xxxi, 336-338.—Wederhake. Wie verineidet man sicher das Zuriicklassen von Kompressen bei Operationen in der Bauchhohle. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1376. Abdominal section (Imperative or ur- gent). Bishop (E. S.) On abdominal emergencies. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1213-1216.—Botin (F.) ... Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1909, xxi, 7-10.—Chlslett (H. R.) . . . Clinique, Chicago, 1908, xxix, 565-572.—Clubbe (C. P. B.) ... and the after treatment of abdominal sections. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901, xx, 52-59.—Faure (J.-L.) A propos de quelques interventions d'urgence sur la cavite abdominale. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1897, lxx, 549-551.—Hand- ley (W. S.) Some notes upon abdominal emergencies. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1909, xvii, 32-37.—Ill (E.J.) Emergency cases requiring abdominal surgery and their diagnosis. N. York Lancet, 1901, xxii, 63-66.—Lewis (D.) Immediate abdominal section. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 895; 958. A ho, Reprint.— Lop. [Three cases.] Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1953-1956.—Macartney (D.) Some abdominal emergencies. Glasgow M. J., 1911, lxxvi, 167-184.—Morison (J. R.) On the treatment of abdominal emergencies. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 279-283.-----. On some abdominal emergencies. [Abstr.] Clin. J., Lond., 1909-10, xxxv, 70-76. -----. The triple syndrome in abdominal emergencies. Brit M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 6-9. Also: Glas- gow M. J., 1914, lxxxi 258-268.—Poynton (F. J.) Some abdominal emergencies from the standpoint of a physician. Clin. J., Lond., 1911, xxxviii, 337-344.—Richardson (M. H.) Acute abdominal symptoms demanding immediate sur- gical intervention. Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxli, 381; 405; 433.—Sawbridge (E.) Emergency abdominal surgery in the practice of the country practitioner. J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1913, xii, 468.—Sherren (J.) Abdominal emergencies, their treatment and prevention. Clin. J., Lond., 1911, xxxviii, 345-351.—Spencer (W. G.) On indi- cations for immediately opening the abdomen in acute cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1789-1792.—Wesselhoeft (W. F.) Some abdominal conditions and their symptoms requiring immediate surgical intervention. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost, 1910, xiv, 351-357.—White (S.) . . . Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 73-77.—Wilson (J. G.) ... Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 868-874. Abdominal section (Incision and closure of wound in). Assmy (P.) *LTeber den Einfluss der Durch- trennung motorischer Nerven auf die Narben- bildung bei extramedianen Bauchschnitten. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Tubingen, 1899. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1899, xxiii, 109- 125, 1 pi. Bartz (CO *Ueber die einzelnen Nahtmetho- den zum Schlusse der Bauchwunde nach Lapa- rotomie. [Erlangen.] 8°. Landau, 1899. Borgwardt (F. T.) * Ueber den Bauch- schnitt. 8°. Berlin, 1913. Closure (The ) of laparotomy wounds as prac- tised in Germany and Austria, including de- tailed methods and views communicated by over fifty leading physicians. 8°. London, 1904. Colleye (H.) *De la mobilisation des fascias d'accolement en chirurgie abdominale 8° Lyon, 1907. Degorce (M.) De la suture en un seul plan dans la laparotomie et dans la cure radicale des hernies inguinales. 8°. Paris, 1900. Fauvel (L.) *De la suture de la paroi ab- dominale dans la laparotomie. 8°. Paris, 1898 Funk (O. A. R.) *Ueber die Riehtung des Bauchschnittes bei der Laparotomie 8° Ber- lin, [1908]. 51 ABDOMINAL. ABDOMINAL. Abdominal section (Incision and closure of wound in). Guichou (B.) ^Considerations sur quelques precedes de fermetnre de la paroi abdominale (sans fils perdus). 8°. Paris, 1909. Hackel (W.) *Die Bauchnaht. [Erlangen.] 8°. Xurnberg, [1901]. Hessel (R.) *Ueber den suprasymphysaren Faseienquerschnitt nach Pfannenstiel. 8°. Bonn, 1905. Jaxxix [G.) *De la laparotomie par incision transversale de la peau et des aponeuroses. Incision de Pfannenstiel. 8°. Lyon, 1909. Jouaxix (L.-A.) *Des incisions laparoto- miques medianes. Incision sub-mediane de L. Longuet. 8°. Paris, 1903. Katz (G.) *Die Ergebnisse des suprasymphy- siiren Fascienquerschnittes nach Pfannenstiel. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Kievit (M.) *Over het hechten van laparoto- miewonden. [Leiden.] 8°. Doetinchem, 1901. Kochetoff (A. I.) [^Transverse section of the abdominal wall by Pfannenstiel's method.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1910. Kokexge (F.) Weitere Erfolge des supra- Bymphysaren Fascienquerschnittes nach Pfan- nenstiel. [Giessen.] 8°. Greifswald, 1907. Kschischo (P.) *Zur Frage des Bauchdecken- schnittes und seiner Vereinigung. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Latroxche (L.-A.) *De l'incision transver- sale basse sus pubienne et de la technique opera- toire de Pfannenstiel dans les laparotomies. 8°. Bordeaux, 1908. Le win (S.) *Ueber die Wundbehandlung und Yermeidung von Komplikationen nach Laparo- tomien. 8°. Basel, 1913. Mixkevich (G. K.) [*On the healing of the abdominal wound after section.] 8°. S.-Peter- burg, 1898. Xaudet (B.-C.) *De l'incision cruciale dans la laparotomie. 8°. Paris, 1900. Pomeraxietz (Sarrah). *Ueber Heilungs- resultate der operativen Bauchdeckenschnitte. 8°. Berlin, 1913. Roux (J.-G.) Contribution a l'etude des su- tures de la paroi abdominale apres la laparotomie. [Lyon.] 4°. Saint- Etienne, 1895. Schrecker (E. A.) *Bauchnaht nach Lapa- rotomie. 8°. Berlin, [1908]. Abel (G.) Ueber Bauchnaht und Bauchnarbenbriiche. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1898, lvi, 656-750.—Ahlborn (M. B.) A new retractor for the abdominal contents during perito- neal closure. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lxi, 2066.— Amann (J. A.) Zur Bauchdeckennaht. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak. 1903, Leipz., 1904, x, 686-695.— Anderson (T.) Method of closing abdominal incision. N. York M. Times, 1896, xxiv, 238-240.—Bakes (J.) Erfahrun- gen mit den Sprengel'schen Bauchquerschnitten und ein neuer plastischer Querschnitt auf die Niere. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1911, xl, pt. 2, 591-616. -----. Die Dauerresultate der plastischen Bauchquer- schnitte (Sprengel). Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1914, cv, 811- 825.—Baldwin (J. F.) One thousand abdominal closures by a new method, withouta known hernia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 664-670. A ho, Reprint—Bantock (G.) Quel est le mode de fermeture de i'abdomen qui parait garantir le mieux contre les abces, les eventrations et les hernies? Ann. de gynec et d'obst.. Par., 1896, xlvi, 353-378. Alio, transl: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897, xi, 273-275— Barnard (J. S.) Advantages of short incisions in abdominal sections. Am. M. Month., Bait., 1899-1900, xvii, 321-323.—Barth (J.) [D'une nouvelle methode de suture pour laparotomie. Res., 728.1 Norsk. Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1904,5. R., ii, 715-720.—Becerro. De las incisiones transversas en las lapa- rotomias ginecoldgicas. Rev. de med. y. cirug. pract., Ma- drid, 1906, Ixxi, 460-462.—Bishop (E. S.) On the sealing of operative wounds about the abdomen. Med. Press A Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s., lxvi, 209-212.—Bissell (J. D.) Closure of theabdominal incision. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1902, xlvi, 239- 242.—Blondel (R.) Du choix de la voie operatoire dans les affections abdominales d'apres les chirurgiens americains. Rev. de therap. med.-chir.. Par., 1896, lxiii, 131-136.— Abdominal section (Incision and closure of wound in). Boeckmann (E.) Transverse abdominal incisions. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1910, xii, 255-284.—Bone (B. M.) Abdominal wound suture and retractor forceps. Lancet., Lond., 1908, i, 572.—Bonneau (R.) Des ecoulements de graisse liquide h travers les cicatrices operatoires. Paris chi- rurg., 1911, iii, 703-706.—Bottaro (L. P.) La incision de Pfannenstiel en las laparotomias ginecoldgicas. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1908, xi, 90-146.—Bovee (J. W.) The preferable technique of closing the incision in abdominal section and herniotomy. Tr. M. Soc. Dist Columb. 1901, Wash., 1902, vi, 16-24. Also, Reprint—Brandt (K.) (A new method of suture in laparotomies.] Norsk. Mag. f. Laege- vidensk., Kristiania, 1904, 5. R., ii, 839.—Brickner (W. M.) A criticism of hypogastric laparotomv through the linea alba. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1913, lxvii, 994— Broun (Le R.) The value of lree incisions in abdominal section. Internat. J. Surg.,N.Y., 1903, xvi, 143.-----. The importance of care in closing the abdominal wound. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1910, x, 400-404.—Bukayemski (F. V.) [Healing of the ab- dominal wound after laparotomy.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Bo- liez., S.-Peterb., 1903, xvii, 1247; 1535.—[Canac-Marquis.] Nouvelle methode de suture abdominale. Presse med., Par., 1903, ii, annexes, 402.—Carrillo y Cubero (C.) Lapa- rotomia sub-peritoneal; incision inguino-sub-peritoneal. Oto-rino-laringol. espafl., Madrid, 1898-9, i, 321.—Carwar- dine (T.) Abdominal incisions. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1900, xviii, 204-211.—Chandler (G.) Abdominal section without the use of retractors. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, lxxi, 483- 486.—Chase (W. B.) Absorbable ligatures and sutures in pelvic and abdominal surgery. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Phila., 1897,358-363.—Chavannaz (G.) La laparotomie par le pro- cede' de Pfannenstiel. Ass. franc, dechir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1907, 251-253.—Chewier (L.) Cicatrices discontinues et renforcement median dans les laparotomies longitudinales medianes. Presse med.. Par ,1910, xviii, 377.—Child(C.G.) Closure ofthe abdominal incision. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 221.—Claybrook (E. B.) Closure of abdomen by longitudinal suture. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Rich- mond, 1905-6, x, 108.—Collins (C. U.) The abdominal in- cision. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1908, vi, 413-416 — Craig (J.) A new stitch for closing aponeurosis in abdominal operations when using silk sutures. N. Zealand M. J., Wel- lington, 1914-15, xiii, 393.—Crawford (J. L.) Abdominal wound closure. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1904, x, 215-218.— Dalton(H.C) The closure of the abdominal wound. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1904-5,xiv, 121-125.—Dameron (J. D.) Clo- sure of the abdomen in the face of sepsis; report of one hun- dred consecutive cases. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1914, xii, 105. — Davison ( C. ) Suture of the abdominal wall. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 297-302, lOpl. Also, Reprint. Also: Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1901, Kansas City, 1903, iii, 449-465, 10 pi. -----. Results in abdominal wall suture. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xl, 373-375, 2 pi—Deaver (J. B.) Suture of the wound after abdominal section. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1899, xxxix, 25-28. [Discussion], 78-83.—De-Fran- cesco(D.) Di una nuova plastica della linea alba. Gazz.d. osp., Milano, 1904, xxv, 137.—Delageniere (H.) De la tech- nique operatoire des peritonites diffuses et des appendicites; avantages del'incision transversale au-dessus et en arriere de l'epine iliaque anterieure et superieure. Ann. internat. de chir. gastro-intest, Par., 1912, vi, 57-73.—Denny (C. F.) Transverse incision of the abdomen. St. PaulM. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1911, xiii, 523-532.—Depage. A propos de la suture de la paroi abdominale. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1899- 1900, vii, 50-53.—Diakonow (P. T.) Overlapping aponeu- rosis in suture of abdominal wounds. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xliv, 159—Dickinson (G. K.) The suturing of ab- dominal operative wounds. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 596.—Druner. Der bogenformige Bauchschnitt im Epi- gastrium. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, xli, 841-846.— Dudley (E. C.) Technique adopted in the service of... to prevent stitch-hole suppuration after closure of abdominal incisions. Med. ll.—Weaver (W. G.) Two cases illustrating the subject of the blood count as a guide to diagnosis and treat- ment in abdommal surgerv. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc 1902, Wilkesbarre, 1903, x, 73-80— Williams (J. W.) Report of some abdominal sursical cases of pathologic, traumatic and freakish origin. J. Nat. M. Ass., Tuskegee, Ala., 1909, i, 155- X59._Wright (G'. A.) Certain obscure abdominal condi- tions apparentlv requiring operations. Practitioner, Lond., 1897 lix 598-600.—Wyman (IT. C.) Timeliness in abdomi- nal surgery. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1903, n. s., li, 239. Abdominal section (Jurisprudence of). Lamoureux (A.) *De l'eventration au point de vue medico-legal. 4°. Lyon, 1894. Frusci (F.) Sulla interpetrazione di aleuni fatti rilevati periti giud. ~~ Klrkley (C. A.) Liability to prosecution for damages in ab- dominal surgery. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, ix, 17-26 [Discussion], 59-62. A Iso, Reprint—Kreutzmann (H J ) The legal aspect of an incision, especially of an ab- dominal incision. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1908, vi, 344-347 —Responsabilite d'un chirurgien ayant pratique une laparotomie a l'hopital. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1897, iv, 15. Abdominal section (Methods and instru- ments in). See, also, Abdominal section (Antiseptic and aseptic); Abdominal section {Cases and statistics of); Abdominal section (Drainage and irrigation after); Abdominal section (Incision and closure of wound in); Abdominal section (Preparation and after treatment in). Barnard (H. L.) Contributions to abdomi- nal surgery. Edited by James Sherren. 8°. London, 1910. Brockerhafp (E.) Improvisierte Laparoto- mieen, ihre Indikationen und Prognose. 8°. Erlangen, 1896. Maylard (A. E.) Practice and problem in abdominal surgery. 8°. London, 1913. Riberol (J.) *De l'utilisation des pinces a demeure comme moyen d'hemostase dans quelques cas de chirurgie abdominale. 8°. Paris, 1912. Sanson (H.) *Contribution a l'etude de la laparotomie rectale. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Schoening (E.) *Laparoplastic. 8°. Bonn, 1906. Somach (A.) *La laparotomie d'apres Rapin- Kustner- Pfannenstiel. 8°. Geneve, 1911. Tixier (L.) *Pratique de l'evisceration en chirurgie abdominale; du shock abdominal. Etude clinique et experimentale. 8°. Greno- ble, 1897. Vergne (E.) *De la valeur du tamponnement de la cavite abdominale suivant le procede de Mickulicz, modes d'action, indications, conduite a tenir et en particulier des dangers d'une abla- tion precoce. 8°. Lyon, 1898. Voskresenski (M. A.) [Laparotomy on the inclined plane.] 8°. [Kiev, 1900.] Bainbridge (W. S.) Technie of the intra-abdominal administration of oxygen. Am. J. Surg., N. Y.. 1913, xxvii, 364-366.—Bakes (J.) Eine neue Spatelzange fur Laparoto- mien. Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, xxix, 681-683.— Baldwin (L. G.) Abdominal section; some points in the management of difficult cases. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 673-691.—Balloch (E. A.) Some operative aids in abdomi- nal work. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1906, liii, 484-492. [Discus- sion], 576-578.—Barrett (C. W.) A rubber-jawed instru- ment for abdominal surgery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 1091.—Barry (C.) A Crump (S. T.) Notes on emergent abdominal surgery. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1916, li, 50- 58, 1 tab.—Beck (C.) An abdominal spoon. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1905, lxvii 200—Bell (W. B.) Some points in the management of abdominal section cases. [Abstr.] Liver- pool M.-Chir. J., 1907, xxvii, 140-145.—Beneke. Zur Tech- nik der Bauchsection. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1900, xi, 433-436.—Bernays (A. C.) Some points in practical abdominal surgery. Railway Surg , Chicago, 1899-1900, vi, 445-459. Also. Reprint.—Bertkau. Erfahrungen iiber die Dreitupferprobe. Charite-Ann. Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 578-581.—Binnie (J. F.) Surgery of the upper right quadrant of the belly. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 555-558.—Bird (F. D.) The surgery of the subphrenic space. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1914, i, 3-7— Bissell (D.) A comparative study of abdominal clamps. Bull. Woman's Hosp., N. Y., 1913, i. 23-28.—Blair (V. P.) Conservation of the parietal motor nerves in abdominal section. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1905, xii, 602-609. Also: Surg., Gynec A Obst., Chicago, 1905, i, 152-157.—Bloodgood (J. C.) Ab- dominal surgery. Internat, Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., i, SOS- SOS.—Bonamy (R.) Moyen de fixation de la valve sus- pubienne au cours des laparotomies. Paris chirurg , 1911 iii, 437—Bottaro (O. L.) Leuco-profllaxia en su aplica- cidn a la cirugia abdominal. Arch, deginecol. [etc.], Barcel., 1911, xxiv, 321; 343. Also: Semana med., Buenos Aires 1911, xviii, pt. 1, 1093; pt., 2, 198.—Brennan (T.) De l'emploi de Fhuiled'olivesterilisee dans les operations ab- dominales. Gaz. de gynec, Par., 1902, xvii, 169 —Brewis (NT) On cleansing the peritoneum during cceliotomy. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1900, vii, 99-104—Brunner. Demonstrationen aus dem Gebiet der Abdominalchirureie Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1916, xlvi, 892 — Bukh- man (P. I.) [Technique of the suture of the abdominal walls; removable wire suture en etage.l Russk Vrach S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 439-445.-Burrows (W F ) Con train" dications to the intraabdominal use of oil. Med. Rec., N. Y. ABDOMINAL. 55 ABDOMINAL. Abdominal section (Methods and instru- ments in). 1915, lxxxviii, 66.—Butler (W. E.) A device composed of rubber dam and self-retaining abdominal retractor for use during abdominal operations as a protection to the intestines. Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 495.—Byford (H. T.) Lessons from experience in abdominal surgery. Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1898, xii, 231-237. Also: Tri-State M J. & Pract., St. Louis, 1898, v, 143-152.—Calamida-Pinto (E.) Tecnica della laparotomia. Morgagni, Milano, 1899, xli, 176- 191.—Carson (M. F.) Abdominal surgery m the private residence. Atlanta Jour.-Rec Med., 1903-4, v, 222-227 — . Carstens (J. H.) Embryo abdominal surgeons with inade- quate preparation and knowledge. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909,lx,757-763. Also: Tr. Am. Ass.Obst.A- Gvnec.l909,York, 1910, xxii, 54-68.—Chandler (0.) Abdominal section with- out the use of retractors. Tr. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1914, York, 1915, xxvii, 441-443—Chase (W. B.) Some reflec- tions on conditions and methods favoring success in abdomi- nal surgerv. Ibid., 1895, Phila., 1896, viii, 376-382. Also, Reprint— Childe (C. P.) The area of "acute abdominal conflux'' and the "incision of incidence." Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 936-939.—Clado. La laparorrhaphie a l'Hotel- Dieu. Semaine gynec, Par., 1898, iii, 385-387—Clark (J. G.) Unsettled questions in abdominal surgery. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1904, xlix, 577-594. [Discussion]", 678-685.— Cofley (R. C.) The significance of the fixation of certain abdominal organs in the human body. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 1809-1812.-----. On certain abdommal operations. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1916, v, 373-377.—Colleys (H.) De la mobilisation des fascias d'accolement en chirur- gie abdominale. Normandie med., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 444.— Collier (G. K.) Intra-abdominal use of oxvson. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xxi, 528.—Coqui. Ueber Laparotomie im Privathause. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1901, Lxiii, 434-452.—CrUe (G. W.) On the factors of safety in abdominal operations. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1910, vi, 61- 64. -----._ The relation between the blood pressure and the Prognosis in abdominal operations. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, hila., 1913, xxxviii, 179-187.-----. The liver in relation to operations on the biliarv tract and the stomach. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1914, x, 39a-403.—Crisler (J. A.) Some of the important requirements in doing abdominal surgery. Mem- phis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 297-302.—Crisler (J. A.) & Johnson (E. J.) A further consideration of the use of iodine in the abdomen. South. M. J., Nashville, 1914, vii, 147-154.—Crosland (G. W. K.) An improved laparotomy pad. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 299.—Cushing (C.) Sugges- tions regarding the management of cases of intra-peritoneal surgery. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1900, xiv, 174- 179.—Dalziel (T. K.) Practical points in abdominal sur- gery, being the "James Watson Lectures," 1913. Glasgow M. J., 1914, lxxxii, 161; 249; 338.—Dartigues (L.) La laparotomie en gynecologie; soins prebperatoires; details de technique operatoire. Rev. de gynec. et de chir. abd., Par., 1906, x, 771-819.—Dauber (J. H.) A consideration of some of the factors which contribute to success in abdominal operations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 792-794. Also: Hospital, Lond., 1907, xiii, 573-575.—Deletrez. Considera- tions generales sur fa technique operatoire abdominale suivie dans notre service. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1913, xx, 2-31.—Delore (X.) Notes sur la chirurgie abdomi- nale dans une ambulance de l'avant. Lyon chir., 1914-15, xii, 229-239.—Dobbert (F. A.) [On tamponing the ab- dominal cavity.] Bolnitsch. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1898, ix, 164-168.—Dowries (A. J.) A practical demonstration of the possibility of the exclusive use of electro-thermic hemo- stasis in abdominal surgery. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903, xlvii, 662-665— Dukeman (W. H.) Abdominal surgery by the general practitioner; the surgical technique, with report of cases and end results. Calif. M. The ante' ^ POSt^perS treatment of abdommal cases. J. Surg., Gynec & Obst niL'ffi™\' 503-511;77Stegel (R'> LWSondansies suites de laparotomies. Clinique, Par., 1901^1, 600—Simp- son (b . h .) Some contraindications to intraperitoneal use of normal salt solution after abdominal section Am, f Obst. N. Y., 1900, xln 694-702. [Discussion], 742. Ice following abdominal section. Ibid., 1902, xlvi, 609-620* Also, Reprint.—Skene (A. J. C.) Treatment tofnrplmri after laparotomy. Internat. M. MagT, PhUa 1892 i rrc 139. Also, Reprint-Smith (A. t) iifeStn^itrf ABDOMINAL. 59 ABDOMINAL. Abdominal section (Preparation and after-treatment in). abdominal sections. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, v, 189-191. [Discussion], 241-245—Snow (S. R.) Care of the alimentary canal before am 1 altev operat ion. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1901, xxxvi, l'>7-202.—Solovott (P. D.) [Subcutaneous injections of tacrine a tier abdomi- nal operations.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1910, xxviii, 413-42:!— Sorel (R.) Soins ante- et post-operatoires en chirurgie ab- dominale. Ass. franc, dechir. Proc-verb.[etc.], Par., 1909, xxii. 785-7S7—Steinthal. Ueber die Nachbehandlung schwerer Unterleibsoperationen. Miinchen. mod. Wchn- schr., 1900,xlvii,251—Stewart (R. A.) A Heylmun (IT.II.) Post-operative treatment of laparotomies. J. Kansas M. M. Soc, Columbus, 1908, viii, 12S7-12S9—van Stockum. Soins ante- et post-operatoires en chirmgie abdominale. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxii; 702— Strempei. Heissluftbehandlung riach Laparotomien als peristaltikanregendes Mittel, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Ver- hiitung postoperativer Peritonitis. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910,cv, 527-544.—Sweetnam (L. M.) Relief of tvmpanites by posture. Ann. Surg., Phila., ls%, xxiii, 268-271.—Taylor (W. W.) The prevention of thirst after abdominal operations. Memphis M. Month., 1897, xvii, 61-63—Tedenat. Soinsante-et post-operatoireset chirurgie abdominale. Ass. frang. de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxii, 695-699.—Tinkham (H. C.) The care of the surgical cases; their preparation for operation and their care after operation; with special reference to abdominal surcery. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1907, xiii, 131-136— Tracy (S. E.) The importance of thorough dentistry and of disinfection of the mouth from the viewpoint of the ab- dominal surgeon. South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 1115- 1117.—Tuffler & de Rouville. Des soins ante- et post-ope- ratoires en chirurgie abdominale. Ann.de chir.etd'orthop., Par., 1910, xxiii, 139.—Vance (J.) The post operative treat- ment of abdommal section. J. N. Mexico M. Soc, Albu- querque, 190S-9, iv, 9-14. —Villanueva (A.) Las inyec- ciones previas de soluciones salinas en la cirugia abdominal; supresidn de los v6mitos debidos al cloroformo en las lapa- rotomizadas. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 28-30— Vines (S. K.) The position of the patient after operations on the abdomen. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 17—Vogel (K.) Physostigmin nach Laparotomien. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 699.—Wallace (A. J.) Preparation for and after-treatment of gvntccolotrical coeliotomies. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 501-518—Watts (C. W.) The importance of a proper dietary following laparotomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 189S, xxxi, 1507.—Wells (B. H.) General care of cases of laparotomy for pelvic d iseases before and after operation. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1911, xxv, 389- 391 —AVheet (A. F.) Before and after treatment of lapa- rotomy. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1896, ii, 281- 292.—Whitaere (H. J.) The after-treatment in abdominal operation. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. s., liv, 509-520— Whittington (W. P.) Abdominal surgery with special reference to preparation and after treatment. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1904, xxv, 371-374—Wiggin (F. H.) The management of patients before and after laparotomy. Lancet, Lond.. 1898, i, 1173-1176. Also, Reprint.-----. Preparation of patients and their treatment after lapa- rotomy. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1902, viii, 117- 122.-----. Factors which further convalescence following abdommal section. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1906, vi, 158.—Williamson (L.) Before thecceliotomy; a few meas- ures necessary to the success of the operation. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1897,viii,355-361.—Withrow(J. M.) Preliminary and after treatment of abdominal section; a report upon one hundred and fifty consecutive cases of abdominal section without a death. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 190.8, vi, 195-198.—Witzel (O.) Ueber die Schutzarbeit im Bauch- raume und fiber die funktionelle Behandlung Laparoto- mierter. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909; lvi, 269-273— Wood (J. C.) Some of the factors interfermg with conva- lescence after celiotomy. Tr. Am.lnst.Homoeop..Cleveland, 1906, 203-211.—Woods (R. F.) The after treatment of a series of forty-four laparotomies. N. York M.J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 641-643. Alio, Reprint.—de Zawadzkl (A.) A propos des soins pre- et post-operatoires dans la chirurgie abdominale. Ass. frang. de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxii, 807-812. Abdominal section (Repeated). Anders (O.) *Die an derselben Person wie- derholte Laparotomie; 16 Falle aus der Universi- tats-FrauenklinikzuGreifswald. 8°. Greifswald, 1903. Ebner (O.) *Ueber wiederholte Laparoto- mien an ein und derselben Person. 8°. Erlan- gen, 1896. Hofmann (A.) *Sechs Falle von wiederholter Laparotomie bei derselben Person. 8°. Giessen, 1894. Abdominal section (Repeated). Huth (P. [E. H.]) *Ueber die an derselben Person wiederholte Laparotomie. 8°: Berlin, [1904]. Sciilungbaum (A. C. T.) ^Wiederholte Lapa- rotomieen an derselben Person. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Allingham (H.) A case in which the abdomen was opened three times in a fortnight. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1898, n. s.. lxvi, 409.—Brown. Abdominal sections for re- moval of pathological conditions following former conserving of parts in first operation. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix, 307.—Coe (II. C.) Secondary laparotomv. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 401-404—Coytcux Prexost (L.) Laparoto- mie pratiquee trois fois chez la meme personne dans l'espace de seize jours; kyste de l'ovaire; peritonite; occlusion intes- tinale; guerison. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1897, xxvi, 257-268.—Crutcher (II.) Five laparotomies on one patient. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 535.—Cushing (E. \V.) Secondary abdominal section. Ann. Gynec. & Pe- diat., Bost., 1904, xvii, 469-484. -----. ... Ibid., 1905, xviii, 113-129.—Erdmann. Six abdominal sections in one pa- tient. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liii, 728—Gomory (C.) [Fall von dreimaliger Laparotomie.] Militararzt, Wien, 1904, xxxviii, 176-179.— Kiriac (J. ) Note sur les lapa- rotomies secondaires. Arch, orient, de mea. et de chir., Par., 1900, ii, 217-219. Also: Cong, internat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de gynec, 443. — Krogius (A.) Wieder- holte Laparotomieen an einer und derselben Patientin. Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Ilelsingfors, 1902, xliv, p. xxvii.— McMurtry (L. S.) Secondary abdominal operations. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 293-295. Also, Reprint— Monski. Ein Fall mehrfacher Laparotomien. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1900, Bresl., 1901, Ixxviii, 1. Abt, 304-307.—Olshausen. [Vorstellung einer Kranken, welche die sechste Laparotomie iiberstanden hat.] Ztschr. f. Geburtsh.u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1905, liv, 353.—Petrol! (V. A.) [Case of repeated laparotomy.] Protok. i Trudi Fiz.-Med. Obsh. v Saratovte (1893-4), 1895, pt. 2,159-166—Shelekhoff (V. V.) [Laparotomy performed thrice in the same patient, with recovery.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1902, xi, 203-209—Steff- ens (P.) Ueber mehrfache Laparotomien an denselben Per- sonen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1899, xxiii, 302-358— Ward (Florence N.) Three coeliotomies on the same pa- tient. Pacific Coast J. Homoeop., San Fran., 1905, xiii, 244. Abdominal section (Shock in). Crile (G. W.) Experimental research into surgical shock in abdominal and genito-urinary operations. Am. Gvnaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1898, xii, 26.5-278. {Discussion], 336-347— Guinard & TLxier (L.) EfietsphysiologiquesdePeviscera- tion; du shock abdominal et operatoire; etude experimentale. Lyon med., 1897, Ixxxvi, 58.—McMurtry (L. S.) Shock in intra-abdominal operations; its etiology, prophylaxis and treatment. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1901-2, xv, 159.—Pannett (C. A.) Shock in abdominal operations and its prevention. St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1914, xx, 101- 103.—Smith (A. L.) Shock after abdominal operations and how to prevent it. Canada M. Rec, Montreal, 1896-7, xxv, 393-401.—Taylor (H. M.) Shock and hemorrhage, incident to intraperitoneal operations and injuries. Practice, Rich- mond, 1896, x, 42-19—Whitford (C. H.) Collapse following laparotomy. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1022. Abdominal section (Vaginal). See Gynaecology (Operative, Methods in). Abdominal section in animals. French (C.) Abdominal section; celiotomy, laparotomv. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1901, xxii, 477-4*7—Hob- day (F.) Notes on some abdominal operations in the dog and cat. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1899,- xii, 259-264.—Ilyinski (A.) [Laparotomy in certain of our domestic animals.] Sborn. trud. Kharkovsk. Vet. Inst., 1896-8, v, 291-343.—Murphy (F. T.) Observations on ex- perimental incisions through the abdominal wall of cats. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 295-298. Also, Reprint. Abdominal section in children. Balas (D.) Die Bedeutung chirurgischer Eingriffe in der Bauchhohle bei Kindern. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1913, lxxxiv, 61-93.—Beale (P.) Inguinal laparotomy in an infant. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxix, 11— Brau-Tapie (J.) Le procede des volets aponevrotiques dans la refection de la paroi abdominale chez l'enfant. Pro- vince med., Par., 1912, xxiii, 445-4is.—Carpenter (A. C.) Abdominal section performed successfully on an infant. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, xlix, 802.—Darling (S.) Abdominal emergencies in childhood. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1911, lxx, 271-282.—Elsberg (C. A.) Three laparotomies in an infant. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 764.—Eve (F.) Two cases of abdominal operation in early childhood. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 214.—Hunter (Q. W.) Laparotomy in infancy and early childhood. Med. Age, Detroit, 1906, xxiv, 521-525. -----. Celiotomy in infancy and early childhood. Am. J. ABDOMINAL. 60 ABEL. Abdominal section in children. Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvii, 104-110.—Kelsey (C. B.) Abdomi- nal section performed successfully on an infant. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 387.—Starr (V. H.) Notes on two somewhat unusual abdominal conditions in children. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii 685.—Zaltsberg (I. A.) [On major operations in early childhood; abdominal section in a 5-weeks-old boy.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911. xviii, 681. Abdominal supporters. Earn shaw (G. P.) Abdominal band. [Pat.spec] No. 1,102,250; July 7, 1914—Kellogg (J. H.) A natural ab- dominal supporter. Mod. Med. & Bacteriol. Rev., Battle Creek, Mich., 1896, v, 35.—New (A) abdominal belt for men. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1050. Abdrachmanoff (Mariame). Contribution a lanatomie pathologique du pancreas diabetique. 42 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Geneve, 1912. Abecassis (Albert) [1887- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'origine syphilitique des dilatations bronchiques; leur coexistence avec certaines le- sions viscerales d'origine syphilitique. 113 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 26. Abee (Carl) [1876- ]. *Ueber Hernia duodeno- jejunalis (H. retroperitonealis Treitz). 27 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Marburg, Lippert & Co., 1901. Abee (Conrad) [1S78- ]. *Ein Fall von prima- rer Tuberkulose der Patella nach Trauma. 26 pp., 11. 8°. Miinchen, Callwey & Kastner, 1905. Abee (Conrad Friedrich Leopold) [1872- ]. *Drei Falle von totlich verlaufener Actinomy- cose. 42 pp.. 11. 8°. Marburg, 1897. Abegg (Eugenie) & Alder (Herman). Recepten- schat, onmisbare raadgever voor het huisgezin, bevattende ruim 1000 degelijke middlen over het herstellen, bewaaren, zuiveren en verbeteren van allerlei voorwerpen, onderzoek naar vervalschin- gen; de verzorging des lichaams en der gezond- heid; voorzorgsmaatregelen tegen ziekte; eerste hulp bij ongelukken enz., met medewerking van vele practische huisvrouwen. 645, x pp.. 12°. 's-Hertogenbosch, P. Stokvis & Zoon, [n. d.]. Abegg (Eeinrich) [1826- ]. Festschrift gewidmet Herrn Geh. Med.- Rath Dr. Heinrich Abegg seinem langjahrigen Vorsitzenden zum 50jahrigen Doctor-Jubilaum vom Aerztlichen Verein zu Danzig am 2. Juni 1898. 8°. Danzig, 1898. Pincus (L.) Zu seinem SOjahrigen Doctorjubilaum. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 691. Abegg (R[ichardl) [1869-1910]. See Guldberg (C. M.) Thermodvnamische Abhandlun- gen [etc.]. 12°. Leipzig, 1903—Guldberg (C. M.) & Waage (P.) Untersuchung fiber die chemischen Affinitaten [etc.]. 12°. Leipzig, 1899. For Biography, see Nature, Lond., 1910, lxxxiii, 195. ■ & Sackur (Otto). Physikalisch-chemische Rechenaufgaben. 104 pp. 16°. Leipzig, G. J. Goschen 1909. Abeilhou (P.) [1872- ]. *Sur les formes arte- rielles de la syphilis cer^brale. viii, 8-58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1899, No. 16. Abeille (Francois) [1884- ]. *Sante et beauts, etude critique de 1'influence des maladies sur la beaute\ 90 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 30. Abeille (17) medicale. v. 1-52, 1844-95. 4°. Paris. Continued as: Revue pratique des travaux de medecine, Paris. Abeja (La) medica. Publicacion mensual ilustra- da de medicina, cirujia y ciencias auxiliares. v. 1-A, January, 1892, to June, 1895. 4°. Habana. Abej a (La) medica. Revista de los diarios de medi- cina, cirugia, farmacia, ciencias fisicas y natu- rales; trabajos academicos. 2. s., v. 1-6, 1847-52. 8°. Barcelona. Abel (Albert). *Der Ruckgang der Sterblichkeit in den letzten funfzig Jahren und seine Bedeu- tung fur das Versicherungswesen. 118 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp,jr., 1903. Abel (C.) Ueber den Ursprung der Sprache. 2. Ausg. 23 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Leipmannssohn, 1881., Abel (Emile) [1885- ]. *De l-osteomyelite des os plats du crane d'origine otique. 103 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 50. Abel (Franz). Grundriss der Hygiene. 2 p. 1., 154 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Seemann, 1912. ------. Grundriss der Pharmakologie und Toxi- kologie. 108 pp., interl. 8°. Berlin, S. See- mann, 1912. Maximaldosen nach der V. Ausgabe des deutschen Arzneibuches sowie die wichtigsten Vergiftungen und ihre Therapie. 16 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Seemann, 1912. Abel (Sir Frederick) [1827-1902]. D. (W. R.\ [Obituary.] Nature, Lond., 1902, lxvi, 492— Obituary. Chem. News, Lond., 1902, Ixxxvi, 136. Also: Chem. & Drug., Lond., 1902, lxi, 447. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 755. Abel (Jacob Friedrich). Einleitung in die Seelen- lehre. xxxii, 459 pp., 3 1. 12°. Stuttgart, B. Mezler, 1786. Abel (John J.) [1857- ]. Caprenalin; the active pressor principle of the suprarenal capsule. 4 1. 8°. [Philadelphia], 1903. Alio, Editor of: Journal (The) of Pharmacology and Ex- perimental Therapeutics, Baltimore, 1909-16. Abel (Karl) [1863- ]. Zur Behandlung des Ge- barmutterkatarrhs. 18 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1892. Forms 53. Hft. of: Berl. Klinik. ------. Die mikroskopische Technik und Diag- nostik in der gynakologischen Praxis, fur Studie- rende und Aerzte. 2. Aufl. xiv, 202 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1900. ------. Gynecological pathology; a manual of mi- croscopic technique and diagnosis in gynecologi- cal practice for students and physicians. Trans- lated and edited by Samuel Wyllis Bandler, with a chapter on the embryology of the female geni- talia and the pathological growths developing from embryonal structures, xv, 237 pp. roy. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1901. Vaginale und abdominale Operationen; klinischer Beitrag zur modernen Gynaekologie.' vi, 181 pp. sm. 4°. Berlin, A. Hirschwald, 1903. ------. Vorlesungen iiber Frauenkrankheiten, aus der Praxis fur die Praxis. 4 p. 1., [vii]-xiii, 583 pp. roy. 8°. Berlin, O. Coblentz, 1912. Abel (Mary Hinman). Sugar as food. 27 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1899. Farmers' Bull. No. 93, U. S. Dep. Agric Bur. An. In- dust., Dairy Div. ------. Beans, peas, and other legumes as food. 32 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1900. Farmers' Bull. No. 121, U. S. Dep. Agric. Off Exper Stations. ------. Sugar and its value as food. 32 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1913. Farmers' Bull. No. 535, U. S. Dep. Agric See, also, Atkinson (Edward). The science of nutrition [etc.]. 8°. Boston, 1896. ' Abel (Othenio) [1875- ]. Gmndziige der Pa- laeobiologie der Wirbeltiere. Front., xv, 708 pp 4°. Stuttgart, E. Schweizerbart, 1912. ------. Cetaceenstudien. III. Mitteilung- Re- konstruktion des Schadels von Prosqua'lodon australe Lyd. aus dem Miozan Patagoniens 19 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1912. ABEL. 61 ABERCROMBIE. Abel (Rudolf [Valentin Ludwig]) [1861- ]. Ta- schenbuch fiir den bakteriologischen Praktikan- ten, enthaltend die wichtigsten technischen De- tailvorschriften zur bakteriologischen Labora- t >riumsarbeit. 4. Aufl. viii, 98 pp. 16°. Wiirz- burg, C. Kabitzsch, 1898. ------. The same. 5. Aufl. vui, 106 pp. vi, 111 pp. 16°. 16°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber. 1900. ----. The same. 6. Aufl. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1901. -----. The same. 7. Aufl. vi, 108 pp. 12°. Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1903. ----. The same. 8. Aufl. vi, 114 pp., interl. 16°. Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1904. —. The same. 9. Aufl. vi, 117 pp. 12°. Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1905. ----. The same. 10. Aufl. 12°. 120 pp. 12c vi, 119 pp. Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1906. ----. The same. 11. Aufl. vi, Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1907. ----. The same. Abel's laboratory handbook of bacteriology. Transl. from the 10. German ed. by M. H. Gordon, with additions by A. C. Houston, T. J. Horder, and the translator, x (1 1.). 224 pp., 151. 12°. London, H. Froicde, 1907. The same. 2. English ed., transl. from the 15. German ed.. by M. H. Gordon, with additions by A. C. Houston, T. J. Horder, and the transla- tor, x (11), 251pp. 12°. London, H. Frowde, [etc.], [1913]. Ueber einiache Hulfsmittel zur Ausfuh- rung bacteriologischer TJntersuchungen in der arztlichen Praxis. 32 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Stuber, 1S99. Die Vorschriften zur Sicherung gesund- heitsgemas^r Trink- und Nutzwasserversorgung. Fiir den praKtischen Gebrauch zusammengestellt und bearbeitet. vi, 133 pp. 8°. Berlin, 0. Schoetz, 1911. See, also, Gesundlich (Die) wichtigen Verhaltnisse und Einrichtungen der deutschen Seebadeorte [etc.]. 8°. Ber- lin, 1913. — Handbuch der pathogenen Mikroorganismen [etc.]. 8°. Jena, 1902.—Handbuch der praktischen Hy- giene. 2v. 8°. Jena, 1913.—Handbuch der sozialen Medi- zin, [etc]. 8°. Jena, 1903— Mitteilungen aus der Konig- lichen I.andesanstalt fiir Wasserhygiene [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1913.—Preussische (Das) Medizinal-und Gesundheitswesen [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1908. & Ficker (Martin). Einfache Hulfsmittel zur Ausf uhrung bakteriologischer Untersuchun- gen. 2. Aufl. 57 pp. 16° Wiirzburg, C. Ka- bitzsch, [1908] 1909. Abel (W.J.) School and home hygiene. New ed. 17 pp., 1 1. 16°. London & New York, Long- mans, Green & Co., 1904. Abel (Wilhelm) [1869- ]. *Die Torsion des Samenstranges. 44 pp. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. Muh & Co., 1904. Abela (Eduardo Jose). Principios de fisiologia e higiene. 89 pp., 11. 8°. Malaga, 1907. Abele (Francis), Jr. [1868-1916]. [Obituary.] Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv. 554. Abeles (Gustav). Die Hyperplasie der Rachen- tonsille und die adenoiden Vegetationen des Nasenrachenraumes. vi (2 1.), 122 pp., 11. 12°. Leipzig, C. G. Naumann, [1897]. Med. Biblioth. f. prakt. Aerzte, Leipz., Nos. 136-138. ------. The same. [Transl. from the German by A. V. Zakher.] 72 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. S. Ettinger, 1899. ------. Die laryngo- und rhinologischen Unter- suchungsmethoden. vi, 156 pp. 16°. Leipzig, C. G. Naumann, [1899]. Med. Biblioth. f. prakt. Aerzte, Leipz., Nos. 139-141. Abeles (Gustav)—continued. . Die Nasenspiilungen, ihre Anzeigen und Gegenanzeigen. pp. 304^317; 327-345. 12°. Halle a.S.,C. Marhold, 1901. In: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund- u. Halskr., Halle a. S., 1901, v. Abelin (Germain). See Penard (Lucien) & Abelin (Germain) [in 2. s.] Guide pratique de 1'accoucheur [etc]. 16°. Paris, 1889. -----------. The same. 12°. Paris, 1905. Abell (Matthias) [1830-1902]. Obituary. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc. 1902, Providence, 1903, vi, 545. Abelly (Victorin) [1871- ]. *Documents pour servir a l'histoire de la symphys^otomie. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 211. Abelman (M[oris] L[vovich]) [1863- ]. Nefriti dietskavo vozrasta, ikh dietetika i liecheniye. [Nephritis of childhood; its diet and treatment.] 103 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1906. ------. Yestestvennoye i iskusstvennoye vskarm- livaniye grudnikh dietei. [Natural and artificial feeding of infants.] 64 pp. 8°. [S.-Peterburg, 1908.1 In: Sovrem. Klin, i Terap., S.-Peterb., 1908, vii [separate pagination]. Abels (A.) Giganten der Vorwelt unter beson- derer Berucksichtigung der Zeitgenossen des Urmenschen. 45 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Miinchen, A. Reusch, 1906. Abels (Hugo) [1876- ]. *TJeber Geschwiilste der Bauchdecken. 29 pp., 1 1. 8". Bonn, J. Bach Wwe., 1902. Abelsdorff (G[eorg]), Bernheimer(Stefan)[etal.]. Systematischer Bericht iiber die Leistungen und Fortschritte der Augenheilkunde im ersten Quartal 1903. 42 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1903. Bound with: Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1903, xlviii. Abelsdorff (W.) Die Mitwirkung von Aerzten im Dienste der englischen Gewerbeaufsicht. 51 pp. 8°. Berlin, Allg. med. Verlagsanst., 1910. Abendroth ([E.] Robert) [1842- ]. Das bi- bliographische System der Naturgeschichte und der Medizin (mit Einschluss der allgemeinen Naturwissenschaft). Nach den Fachkatalogen der Universitatsbibliothek zu Leipzig darge- stellt, historisch-kritisch eingeleitet und erlau- tert. 2 Teile. iv, 151 pp.; 2 p. 1., 230 pp. 8°. Borna & Leipzig, R. Noske, 1914. Abenhausen (Alfred) [1874- ]. *Einige TJntersuchungen iiber das Vorkommen von Tuberkel-Bacillen in der Marburger Butter und Margarine. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Marburg, J. Hamel, 1900. Abercrombie (John) [1781-1844]. Pathological and practical researches on diseases of the stomach, the intestinal canal, the liver, and other viscera of the abdomen. 3. ed. 388 pp. 12°. London, J. Murray, 1837. ------. Pathological and practical researches on diseases of the brain and the spinal cord. 2. Am. from the 3. Edinb. ed. xiv, 383 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, Carey, Lea & Blanchard, 1836. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biogr., Lond., 1885, i, 37 (G. P. Macdonell). Abercrombie (John) [1817-92]. Some points in connection with Raynaud's disease. 7 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. E. Potter & Co., 1886. Abercrombie (John) [1851-1914]. [Obituary.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 1048-1050. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1425. ABERCROMBY. 6 9 ABNORMITIES. Abercromby (David) [1621 ?-95]. Der spanische oder frantzosische Pocken-Meister, welcher die frantzosischen Pocken, nebst dem Trtipper, Poulain, Chanker und anderen Zufalle, ohne Salivation zu curiren anweiset. Erstlich in englischer Sprache herausgegeben, nachmals ins hollandische vertiret und vermehrt durch Joh. Baptistam Lusart, und nunmehro ins hoch- teutsche iibersetzet von Martins Schurigen. 6 p. 1., 442 pp., 17 1., 1 pi. 12°. Dresden, J. J. Winckler, 1702. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biogr., Lond., 1885, i, 39 (A. B. Grosart). Aberdeen (Countess of). See Ireland's crusade against tuberculosis [etc.]. s°. Dublin, 190S. Aberdeen. Medical Officer of Health. Report on outbreak of typhoid in autumn of 1912. By Matthew Hay. 33 pp. roy. 8°. [Aberdeen, n. d.] Aberdeen. University of Aberdeen. Phillips Library of Pharmacology and Therapeutics. Subject catalogue of the Phillips Library of Pharmacology and Therapeutics. Front., xxii, 23-240 pp., port. 8°. Aberdeen, University Press, 1911. Aberdein (Rohert) [1845-1903]. Necrology. Tr. Arn. Micr. Soc. 1904, Lancaster, Pa., 1905, xxvi, 281, port. A berg (Ernst). Om botligheten af lungsot. Nagra tilliig for den franska upplagan af fore- draget vid det 12:te Scandinaviska naturfor- skaremotet i Stockholm 1880. [On the treatment of pulmonary tuberculosis. . . .] 14 pp. 8°. Stockholm, 1891. Abernathy (Jones Cadwalader) [ 1915]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, Ixiv, 1012. Abernethy (John) [1680-1740]. Payne (J. F.) Biography. Diet. Nat. Biogr., Lond., 1885, i, 49-52. Abernethy (John) [1764-1831]. Surgical observa- tions and the constitutional origin and treatment of local diseases; and on aneurisms. 3. ed. xii, 315 pp. 8°. London, Longman, Hurst, [et al.], 1814. ------. The same. 6. ed. xii, 346 pp. 8°. Lon- don, Longman, Hurst, [et al.], 1822. ------. The same. 7. ed. xii, 346 pp. 8°. London, Longman, Hurst, [et al.], 1824. For Biography, see Richardson (B. W.) lohn Aber- nethy, F. R. S. In his: Disciples of iEsculapius, 8°, Lond., 1900, ii, 786-807, port. See, also: Brit. J. Surg., Lond., 1914, i, 549. port. Also: Med. Libr. & Hist. J., Brooklyn, 1904, ii, 113-119, port (B. Foster). Also: Practitioner, Lond., 1899, lxii, 181-186, port. • Abesgaus (Moses). *Zur Kenntnis der TJrsachen und Formen der Unterschenkelbruche. [Lau- sanne.] 47 pp. 8°. Bern, S. Spring & Co., 1903. Abetol. Ollendorff (K.) Zur Wirkung des "Abetols" bei Rheu- matismus und Gicht. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1914-15, xxii, 1080-1083. Abezgauz (Scheftel) [1883- ]. *Die klini- schen Erscheinungen des akuten Gelenk- rheumatismus. (Krankenbeobachtungen der Leipziger medizinischen Klinik aus den Jahren 1900 bis 1905.) 43 pp. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, R. Koske, 1913. Abhandlung iiber die vermuthete Schmerzhaf- tigkeit der Decolation mit Hinblick auf einige andere Todesarten. 46 pp. 12°. Niirnberg, Bauer & Weicht, 1805. Abhandlungen. v. 1, 1908. 8°. Magdeburg. Abhandlungen aus dem Gebiete der Geburts- hilfe und Gynaekologie. Mitteilungen aus der zweiten Frauenklinik der konigl. ung. Uni- versitat zu Budapest. Hrsg. von W. Tauffer. v. 1-2. 2 p. 1., 304 pp., 10 tab.; 141 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1909-13. Abhandlungen zur Geschichte der Medicin. Hrsg. von Hugo Magnus, Max Neuburger und Karl Sudhoff. Hft. 1-18. 8°. Breslau, J. W. Kern, 1902-6. Abhandlungen der koniglich preussischen Akade- mie der "Wissenschaften. Physikalisch - mathe- matische Classe. 1902-5; 1908. 4°. Berlin, B. Reimer, 1902-8 Abhandlungen der mathematisch-physischen Classe der koniglich sachsischen Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften. v. 1-62, 1852-1913. 8°. Leipzig. Abicht (Max Richard) [1874- ]. *Verschlies- sung der Gebarmutterhohle nach einer einfa- chen Abrasio mucosae uteri. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1901. Abies. Emmanuel (E. J.) Harzbalsam von Abies cephalo- nica. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1912, ecl, 104-110. Abiosus (Joannes). Trutina rerum terrestrium et ccelestium. 4°. [Venezia, Joannes Rubeus, after February 5, 1498.] 26 1. Reichling, IV, p. 97. Hain, p. 25. Burger, p. 666. Abiotrophy. Booth (D. S.) Abiotrophy. St. Louis Clinique, 1905, xviii, 1-4. Ablaire (Eugene) [1860- ]. Considerations generates de pathologie comparee. Nouvelles recherches sur la nature de la maladie "dite des chiens.'' Dans ses rapports avec la rougeole et le pemphigus des enfants. 238 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 285. Ableitner [K.]. See Handwbrterbuch der gesammten Thierheilkunde und Thierzucht [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1895. Ablon [Lucien-Henri] [1867- ]. *Des fibro- mes embryonnaires (sarcomes) de l'intestin chez les enfants. 185 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 422. Abner (Justus). See North (Alfred Augustus) [in 2. s.]. Voxometric revelation [etc.]. 8°. London, 1896. Abney (Sir William de Wiveleslie) [1844- ]. Researches in colour vision and the trichromatic theory, xi (11.), 418 pp., 4 col. pi. 8°. London [etc.], Longmans, Green & Co., 1913. Abnormities. See, also, Deformities; Dwarfs and giants; Idiocy; Monsters; Tumors (Congenital); and under names of organs and regions. Broman (I.) Normale und abnorme Entwick- lungdesMenschen. 4°. Wiesbaden, 1911. Delpeut (A.) ^Contribution a l'etude de certaines malformations d'origine congenitale par arret de developpement de l'amnios 8°. Paris, 1899. Friedenthal (H.) Sonderformen der mensch- lichen Leibesbildung. fol. Jena, 1910. Herold (J. M. D.) *Observata qusedam ad cforpons] hfumani] partium structuram et con- ditionem abnormem. 12°. Marburgi, 1812 Marx(F.) *UeberAgnathie. 8°. Giessen, 1905. Schwalbe (E.) Die Morphologie der Miss- bildungen des Menschen und der Tiere Ein Lehrbuch fiir Morphologen, Physiologen, prak- tische Aerzte und Studierende. 2 v 8° Jena ABNORMITIES. 63 ABNORMITIES. Abnormities. Timmermann (J. G.) *De notandis circa na- turae in humana machina lusus. 4°. Duis- burgi, 1750. Yeit (J.) Die mangelhafte Anlage. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. "Wienert (\Y.) *Ueber Bildungsfehler. 8°. Freiburg i.B., 1902. Addison (O.) Some common surgical abnormalities. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1914, xix, 90-94—Amnion (O.) L'infantilisme et le feminisme au conseil de revision. An- thropologic, Par., 1S96, vii, 285-308.—Kidone (E.) Appen- dice cutaneo-muscolare sui mento di neonata; contribuzione alio studio delle anomalieembrionalial viso. Arch.diortop., Milano, 1901, xviii, 207-219.—Bohm (M.) Die angeborenen Entwicklungsfehler des Rumpfskeletts. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1913,1,1946-1950. Also, transl.: Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1914, 3. s., v, 311-326.—Borelll (E.) Di alcuni difetti di svi- luppo ed altre anomalie di conformazione osservate durante il 1°trimestre 1912nelserviziodi ambulanza. Liguriamed., Genova, 1912, v, 153; 165—Bradley (O. C.) Anatomical irregularities. Vet. J. & Ann. Comp. rath., Lond., 1897, xiv, 335-337.—Buffagnl (S.) Sopra alcune anomalie dei dotti biliarie dei vasi del piccolo epiploon in bambini. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1916, xiv, 131-140.- Collins (A. W.) The classification of anatomical a ^normalities. Proc. Liver- pool Biol. Soc, 18«6-7, i, 40-45.—Cunningham (D. J.) The significance of anatomical variations. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1898-9, xxxiii, 1-9.—Delphy. Deformation re- marquable de la bouche chez un grondin gris (Trigla gur- nardus L.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1916, clxii, 97- 99.—Dwight (T.) The significance of anomalies. Am. Naturalist, Phila., 1895, xxix, 130-135. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1S96, 2. s., iii, 776.—Fahm (I.) Ueber congenitale Missbildungen. Festschr. Ed. Hagenbach- Burckhardt, Basel u. Leipz., 1897, 19-49, 2 pi.—Ferrannini (A.) Biologia delle anomalie costituzionali. Tommasi, Na- poli, 1910, v, 25; 97.—Fitzgerald (D. P.) The study of de- velopmental abnormalities as an aid to that of human em- bryology, based on observations on a persistent left superior vena cava. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1909, cxxvii, 14-18.—Flagg (Cora). Rudimentary organs. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1896, v, 263-270.—Friedheim (E.) Ueber menschliehe Missbildungen. Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1901-2, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1904, viii, pt. 2, 227-240, 7 pi. Also: Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst., Hamb., 1904, iv, 227-240,7 pi.—Garcia y Cafiizares (F.) Anomalias arterio- nerviosas. Abeja med., Habana, 1894, iii, 33.—Giacomini (C.) Sur les anomalies de developpement de l'embryon humain. Arch.,ital.debioI., Turin, 1897,xxvii, 1-14, lpl.— Guisy (B.) Etude sur les diflormites congenitales et les affections des organes genito-urinaires des deux sexes chez 1'homme comme cause des troubles des facultes intellectuelles oude la folie dite sympathique. Progres med., Par., 1896, 3. s., iii, 371-373. Alio: 3. de mea. de Par., 1896, 2. s., viii, 297-299.—Hegar (A.) Entwicklungsstorungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 1863-1865 — Heim (G.) Missbildungen bei den farbigen Bewohnern der deutschen Schutzgebiete. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1915, ccxx, 129-133—Henning (L.) Menschliehe Missbildungen. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1895, 419-422.—Kaul (B.) Abnormalities in the human body. Tr. Indian M. Cong. 1894, Calcutta, 1895, 127.—Kenyeres (B.) Angeborene Missbildungen und er- worbene Veranderungen in Rdntgenbildern. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1906, ix, 351-355, 2 pi — Kermauner (F.) Ueber Missbildungen mit Storungendes Korperverschlusses. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1906, Ixxviii, 221-266, 1 pi.—Launois (P.-E.) & Roy (P.) Gigantisme et infantilisme. N. iconog. de la SalpStriere, Par., 1902, xv, 540-582, 7 pi.—Levinson (H. M.) Some anatomical ab- normities. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1906-7, vii, 24.—Loveland (H. H.) Malformations. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 208.—Lubarsch. Unsere Kenntnisse iiber das Vorkommen und die Schicksale embryonal ver- sprengter Keime und embryonaler Gewebsmissbildungen. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect. iii, Pathol., 96-113.—Luxardo (A.) Conlributo alia cura chirurgica di alcune deformazioni contmniic. Oazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 116-118.—Maas. Stonii-.MVnschen. Ver- handl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1898, 554— McGuire (S.) Tradition versus embryology in congenital malforma- tion. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1912-13, xvii, 393-398.—Martinez Angel (A.) Deformidades del cuerpo humano. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1900, iii, 94: 320, 2 pi.—Meige (II.) L'infantilisme. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir prat., Par., 1896, vii, 101-103.—Meyer (A. W.) Spolia anatomica addenda. Anat. Rec, Phila., 1915, ix, 4&3-527.—Meyer (R.) Erfolge und Aufgaben im Untersuchungsgebiete der "embryonalen Gewebsanoma- lien." Stud/z. Path. d. Entwcklng., Jena, 1913-14, i, 197- 219. -----. Zur Vergleichung der embryonalen Gewebsein- schliisse und Gewebsanomalien bei Tier und Mensch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1293.—Moulinier. Anoma- lies musculaires et arterielles. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 239-241.—Newton (R. C.) Narrow Abnormities. jaws and small feet. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1912, lxxx, 138-141.—Painter (C. F.) The influence of skeletal defects, congenital and acquired, upon the body in health and dis- ease. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1913, cxlvi, 469-480.— Peters (A.) Ueber die bei Missbildungen des Gesichtes vor- kommende Riisselbildung. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch., Hcidelb., 1910, Wiesb., 1911, xxxvi, 163-174, 1 pi.—Plesch (J.) Zur Diagnose der kongenitalen Vitien. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 390-392— Pleth (V.) Anatomical anomalies, with special reference to surgery. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1902-3, xvi, 25-27.— Pommer (G.) Ein anatomischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Wachstums im Bereiche angeborener Defekte, nebst cinschlagigen Bemerkungen iiber Inaktivitatsatrophie der Knochen in der Wachstumsperiode. Arch. f. Entwick- lngsmcchn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1906, xxii, 370-444, 1 pi.— Pryor (J. W.) The X-ray in the study of congenital mal- formations. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 681-684. — Rie- chelmann(W.) Ueber Missbildungen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 300-302.—Romano (C.) Patogenesi ed etiologia generale delle deformity del corpo umano. Riforma med., Napoli, 1916, xxxii, 113; 152; 175.—Rossi (U.) Le anomalie antropologiche in rapporto alia condizione sociale e alia de- generazione. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop., Roma, 1897-8, v, 77-87.—Sau (J.) Respuesta & un cuestionario sobre bocio, cretinismo, mixedema, imbecilidad, idiotismo, epilepsia y tartamudez. Bob mens. d. col. de m6d.de Gerona, 1907, xii, 113; 129.—Schaffer (E.) Zur Lehre von den menschlichen Missbildungen. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1897, liii, 15-30, 1 pi.—Schwalbe (E.) Ueber die Methoden und den Wert des Vergleichs menschlicher und ticrischer Missbildungen. Stud. z. Path. d. Entwcklng., Jena, 1913-14, i, 1-11.—Shen- ton(E.W. H.) Normal abnormities. Physician & Surg., Lond., 1900, i, 98-101.—Significance (The) of anatomical variations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 694-698.—Sim- monds (M.) Untersuchungen von Missbildungen mit Hilfe des Rontgenverfahrens (Chondrodystrophie, Anencephalie, Dicephalus, Syncephalus, Sympus, extrauterin entwickelter Fotus). Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontrenstrahlen, Hamb., 1900-1901, iv, 197-211, 2 pi—Souligoux (C.) Anomalies vasculaires et musculaires. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1895, lxx, 657-660.—Stern (A.) Symmetrical malformations. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1897, xxxv, 334.—Thorndike (A.) Some notes on malformations. Am. J. Orthop. Surg., Phila., 1909-10, vii, 311-318. [Discussion], 417.—von Torday (F.) Einige praktisch wichtige Missbildungen. Wien. Klinik, 1901, xxvii, 1-34. — Valdizan ( H.) El problema de los anormales. Crdn. med., Lima, 1913, xxx, 303-312.—Viguier (C.) Developpements anormaux independants du milieu. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 1718-1720 — Voron. Malformations congenitales. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 1449.—Vuillemin (P.) La loi et l'anomalie. Rec jubile sc. du Prof. Le Monnier, Nancy, 1913, 187-202.— Warner (F.) A clinical lecture on defects in development; their significance. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxii, 662-664. — Wolff ( B.) Allgemeine Missbildungs- lehre und fetale Erkrankungen. Handb. d. allg. Path.u. d. path. Anat. d. Kindes, Wiesb., 1912, i, 299-342, Also, Re- print.—Wucher (O.) Ueber die Anordnung der Blut- gefasse bei Doppelbildungen des Huhnchens. Anat. Hefte, Wiesb., 1900, xv, 91-121, 2 pi.—Yashima (R.) Ueber Miss- bildungen unter den Mihtarpfliehtieen. Ztschr. f. Mil.- Aerzte, Tokyo, 1912, No. 30, 60.—Young (J. K.) The eti- ology of congenital absence of parts. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 248-250. Abnormities (Cases and statistics of). Davidsohn (J. H.) *Ueber eine seltene Miss- bildung. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1906. Hartje (A. H. F.) *Ein seltner Fall von Bauchblasengenitalspalte. 8°. Gbttingen, 1902. Kiesow (W.) *Ueber eine durch amniotische Verwachsungen hervorgerufene Missbildung. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Luyken (E.) *Ein Fall von combinirter Miss- bildung aus dem pafhologischen Institute zu Kiel. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Marchese (L.) Bambina presentante nume- rose anomalie. 8°. Catania, 1896. _ Mezger (G.) *Beschreibung einiger Miss- bildungen mit Stoning des Kurperverschlusses. [Strassburg.] 8°. Calw, 1911. Odisio (L.) Mane torta radiale destra ed im- perforazione inoompleta dell' ano d'origine con- genita, 8°. Voghera, 1900. Olivier (E.) Un cas de malformation con- genitale abdominale, osseuse et cardiaque. 8°. Paris, 1906. Preu (F. L. A.) *Ueber einen Fall von gebo- renem Defect rechtsseitiger Brustmuskeln und ABNORMITIES. 64 ABNORMITIES. Abnormities (Cases and statistics of). Missbildung der Hand derselben Seite. 8°. Breslau, 1897. Sammluxg von stereoskopischen Rontgenbil- dern aus dem Neuen Allgemeinen Krankenhaus zu Hamburg-Eppendorf. VI. Deformitaten und Missbildungen. Hrsg. von Hildebrand, Scholz, Wieting. obi. 12°. Wiesbaden, 1903. Welsch (A.) *Ueber einen seltenen Fall von Missbildung. 8°. Miinchen, 1909. Werbelow (B.) *Ein Fall von Fissura ab- dominalis inferior. Beitrag zur Casuistik der Missgeburten. 8°. Greifswald, 1897. Allan (J.) Some cases of congenital anomalies in children. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1907, iv, 284-292.—Allison (C. C.) Monorchidism with congenital hernia. Omaha Clinic, 1897, x, 21.—Anderson (R. II.) Rough notes on some anomalies in anatomy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Hi, 484-487.—Ascher (B.) Gcschwister mit Anomalien der Ohren, der Zahne und der Haut. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1S98, 114-121.—Audebert. Sillons congenitaux et amputations congenitales. Echo med., Toulouse, 1900, 2. s., xiv, 235- 237.—Augagneur. Malformation congenitale des pieds et des mains. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1894), 1895, xxxiv, pt. 2, 157.—Babe? (V.) & Sion (V.) Asupra cator-va cazuri de anomalii congenitale produc6toare de lesiunl mortale. Romania med., BucurescI, 1896, iv, 65; 104— Batuyeff (N. A.) [Arterial abnormality in the region of the internal opening of the inguinal canal (origin of inferior epigastric from the obturator artery).] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1895, xvi, 1141-1143.—Beal (A. M.) A case of cor bovinum and horseshoe kidney; necropsy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 1021.—Berthe (A.) A Carcinus with a right- handed walking-leg on the left side of the abdomen. J. Marine Biol. Assoc. U. King., Plymouth, 1896-7, n. s., iv, 144.—Bibergeil (E.) Zur Kasuistik seltener angeborener Deformitaten. Ztschr. f. orthoo. Chir., Stuttg., 1909, xxiii, 593-604.—Bowes (C. K.) Congenital obliteration of oesopha- gus with other malformations. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 586.—van der Breggen (F. A.) Een familaireoogafwijking en een aangeboren symmetrische misvorming van handen en voeten. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1915, 1874- 1876.—Broca (A.) & Lenoir (O.) Note sur un cas de per- sistance du cartilage de Meckel avec absence de Poreille ex- terne du meme cote; considerations sur le developpement du maxillaire inferieur et des osselets de l'ou'ie. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1890, xxxii, 659-566.—Buday (K.) Ueber emige seltcnere Entwicklungs-Anomalien. Pest. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 101-106.—Burck- hard (G.) Demonstration von zwei Doppelmissbildungen. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1898,32-34.— Cameron (S.) Case of right aortic arch with abnormal dis- position of the left innominate vein and thoracic gland. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii,670.—Capitan ,fc Crozier. Obesite et gigantisme chez un enfant de quatre ans. Compt. rend. Soc debiol., Par., 1897,10. s.,iv, 318.—Carless (A.) An interest- ing congenital abnormality: median cleft of the nose; median harelip. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1894-5, Lond., 1896 ii 95.—Cautley (E.) Multiple congenital deformities. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1903-4, iv, 153-156.—Cela- kovsky (L. J.) Zur Lehre von den congenitalen Verwach- sungen. Sitzungsb. d. k.-bohm. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. Prag, 1903, No. 1,1-15.—Charvet. Observations sur des cas d'anomaliesanatomiques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc Par 1857, xliv, 63.—Clark (H. C.) Notes on anatomical and de- velopmental anomalies in 1,300 autopsies. Proc. Canal Zone M. Assoc, Mount Hope, C. Z., 1912, v, pt. 1, 92-102, 1 pi Coenen [II.] Vorstellung angeborener Missbildungen Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii, 132. Also: Verhandl. d Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1905), 1906, xxxvi, 24-28.—Conolly (N. A.W.) Two post-mortem abnormalities. Australas.M Gaz., Sydney, 1907, xxvi, 287.—Corner (E. M.) Case of con- genital absence of fibula, deformity of tarsus and absence of toe. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Sect. Stud Dis. Child., 140,—Craig (J. D.-) Dissecting room anomalies Albany Medical College. Albany M. Ann., 1900, xxi, 160.— Crump (W. G.) A few obstetrical abnormalities. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. N. Y., Oneonta, 1906, i, 107-112.—Dar- tigues. Sarcome telangiectasique du sein; anomalie con- genitale de la region lombosacree; queue pileuse. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 104.—Dawson (F. W. W.) Ab- normalities discovered in the d issecting room during 1897 and 1898. Westminst. Hosp. Rep. 1897-8, Lond., 1899, xi, 135- 137.—Deas (F.) A case of deformities. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1902-3, iii, 24.—Deianglade. Note sur un cas de malformations multiples chez un nouveau-nel . . . Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1897, xv, 230-236.— Delia Rovere (D.) Rara anomalia del polmone destro; de- corso anormale della grande vena azigos. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1897, 3. s., xiv, 95-102, 1 pi.—Dorner. Missbildung beider Arme (Strahldefekt) und der Brustwand. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 518.—Dubrlsay (L.) Enfant atteint de porencephalic et de svndactylie, issu d'une mere syphilitique. Bull. Soc. d'obst. do Par., 1898, 81-87.— Entz (B.) [Interesting abnormities observed in autopsies in Abnormities (Cases and statistics of). the Budapest State Hungarian Asylum for Children.] Buda- pesti orv. ujsag, 1910, viii, 803; 939, 1 pi.—Falk (E.) Eine seltene menschliehe Missbildung und ihre Bedeutung fiir die Entwickiungsgeschichte. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, exeii, 544-564. Ferron. Mobilite anor- male de la tete. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bor- deaux, 1893, xiv, 14.—Fleux (G.) Amputation congenitale de l'avant-bras et lipome congenital de la region sacree. Rev. mens, de gynec [etc.], Bordeaux, 1902, iv, 450-458.—Fischer (H.) Two cases of rare congenital malformation. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 1249-1252.—Friedjung (J.) Bei- trage zur Casuistik angeborener Missbildungen. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1899, xxvii, 412-420.—Friedrich (W.) Eine interessante Entwicklungs-Anomalie. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1900, xxxvi, 1231.—Gamier (S.) & Santenoise. Note sur le cas teratologique complexe d'un aliene (gigantisme,feminisme.cryptorchidie). Arch.de neu- rol., Par., 1898, 2. s., v, 201-210.—Gastou (P.) & Founder (E.) Malformation monstrueuse du crane chez une herexlo- syphilitique d'origine paternelle; aplatissement et atrophie descirconvolutionspsycho-motricesparcompressionosseuse; syndactyliedesdoigts. Bull. Soc. franc dedermat.etsyph., Par., 1899, x, 35.—de Gaulejac. Anomalies congenitales originales chez un nourrisson. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1911,xv, 145.—Geddes(A. C.) Sixabnormalitiesfrom thedissectingroom. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1151.—Gene- reux (S. O.) Two rare cases of malformation. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 54.—Ghost (B. N.) Notes on a rare case of congenital maldevelopment. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1909, xii. 303.—GianneUi (I,.), Laghi (A.) & Quercioli (V.) Sulle piu importanti varieta anatomiche rinvenute durante 1'anno scolastico 1898-9. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1899, 4. s., xi, 353-376.—Gilford (H.) A condition of mixed premature and immature development. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii; 1320. Also: Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, ix, 2-6.—Gladstone (R. J.) An account of some anatomical abnormalities. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1897, i, 184-191—Graham (G. II.) Case of congenital de- formity of left arm and left side of head. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond., 1904, v, 254.—Green (W. E.) A peculiar pelvic abnormality, absence of tube, ovary, and broad liga- ment, in a patient operated upon for a fibro-cystic tumor of the uterus. South. J. Homceop., Bait., 1895-6, xiii, 456- 458.—Halipre (A.) Coup-d'oeil sur les exhibitions de la Foire Saint-Romain. Normandie mM., Rouen, 1899, xiv, 560-563.—Hammer (II.) Zur Casuistik der Missbildungen des menschlichen Korpers. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Berl., 1897, xviii, 67-78,1 pi .—Harold (J.) Case of congenital imbecility associated with congenital deficiency of the chest wall and with cardiac disease. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 499.—Harris (H. E.) Cases of congenital deformities. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1904, i, 502.—Hatch (Lucinda B.) A complica- tion of congenital deformities. Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1914, xxiv, 92.—Hecht (L.) Zur Kasuistik der Missbildungen. Miinchen.med. Wchnschr., 1904,li,2092.-----. Beitragzur Kasuistik der Missbildungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1906, xxxii, 269.—Heine (L.) [Demonstra- tion seltener Missbildungen des Taubenauges.j Verhandl.d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1904, Leipz., 1905, pt. 2, 261.—Hellendall (H.) Ueber die. Untersuchung von zwei Fallen von epigastrischen Doppelmissbildungen mittels Radioskopie. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1902, vi, 59-68, 3 pi— Highet (H. C.) A remarkable series of infantile malformations. Lancet, Lond., 1895, ii, 1605.—Hiromoto (B.) Statistik der aneeborenen Miss- bildungen in Japan. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb., 1913, xii, 219-232.—Hodlmoser (C.) Sprengelsche DirTormitat mit Cucullarisdefekt und rechtsseitiger Wanderniere bei einem 12jahrigen Knaben. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 1378-1384.—Hughes (A. W.) Fused atlas and occipital bone. Proc. Anat. Soc. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1898-^9, p. iv.—Hutchinson (I.) Deficiency of partof the pectoralis major in association with absence of the mammary gland. Arch. Surg., Lond., 1897, viii, 355.-----. A case of hyper- trophy of the gums, with general dwarfdom. Edinb. M. J., 1897, n. s., i, 117-119.—Jeanneney (G.) Sujet porteur d'anomalies multiples. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912 xiii, 569-572.—Jones (F. W.) The explanation of a rectc-urethral anomaly, and some points in normal anatomy. Lancet, Lond., 1915,ii,860.—Josselinde Jong(R.) [Unusualmani- fold combination of pathological abnormities.] Nederl Tijd- schr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1913, ii, 894.—Keiffer. Quelques malformations congenitales. Pressemed. beige, Brux., 1907, lix, 577.—Keith (A.) Three demonstrations on malforma- tions of the hind end of the body. Brit. M. J., Lond 1908 ii, 1736, 1804; 1857.-----. Three demonstrations ori con- genital malformations of palate, face, and neck Brit J Dent. Sc Lond., 1909, Iii, 865; 913; 961.—Kompc (K.) Kasuistische Beitrage zur Lehre von den Missbildungen Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 165.—Lamb (D S ) Malformations and monstrosities in the Army Medical Mu- seum Mil. Surgeon, Wash., 1911, xxix, 374-400.-Langran (B.) Supernumerary fingers and malformation of the foetal head. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 619— Lebedev (D.) Eine sel- tene Combination von drci angeborenen Anomalien; Ura- chusfistel, Nabelstrangbruchund Cryptorchismus,beieinem Kind. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1912 lix 233-245 — Leveque (Mile.) & Levadoux (M.) Documents recueiilis ABNORMITIES. 65 ABNORMITIES. Abnormities (Cases and statistics of). dans les salles de dissection; anomalies musculaires, arte- rielios et nerveuses. Toulouse med., 1907, 2. s., ix, 77-79.— Lilienthal (II.) Unusual anatomical conditions disclosed bv abdominal section; a report of three cases. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1S98, liii, 531.— Loewy (S.) Zwei Falle von ange- borener Missbildung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 914.—M. (V.) Curieuses anomalies. Chron. med., Par., 1902, ix. 634-042— Maass. Ein Knabe mit defektem rech- tem Ann. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1895, 413. -----. Barenweib. Ibid., 1897, 621-624.—M'Gregor (A. N.) Sequel to a remarkable case of unilateral hypertro- phy in a child reported in March, 1894. Glasgow M. J., 1896, xlvi, 200-203.—Marfan (A.-B.) Un cas de deformation con- genitale des quatre membres, plus prouoncee aux extremites, caracterisee par l'allongement des os avec un certain degr<5 d'amincissement. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p.de Par., 1896, 3. s., xiii, 220-226.—Marwedel i G.) Ein Fall von per- sistierendem Urmund beim Mcnschen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1900-1901, xxix, 317-326,1 pi.—Maygrier. Presen- tation d'un enfant atteint de malformations du crane (proen- cephalie) et des extremites (syndactylie) par her£do-svphilis. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1898, 28-33. —Menciere (L.) Serie d'arrets de deVeloppement tous situes du cote droit (malformations de l'oreille, de la main, du pied, et kyste du cordon). Rev. d'orthop., Par., 1897, viii, 352-359, 2 pi. — Missbildungen, Verwachsungen und angeborene Trennungen. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1901-2, Wien u. Leipz., 1905, x-xi, 456-460. — Morton ( R. ) Some congenital abnormalities. Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1913-14, xviii, 442, 3 pi.—Mtiller (A. D.) [A case of sin- gular deformity in a newborn child.] Forh. l d. kong. med. Selsk. i Kjdbenh., 1867-8, [pt. 6], 12-18— Neugebauer (F.) [Three rare cases of anomalous development (hernia? funiculi umbilical is).] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1901, xxix; 524; 549; 571.—Odenbaugh (J.) Unusual malformations in a child. Pediatrics, N. Y. .—Himmellarb (G. I.) [Historical sketch of abortion.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1914, vii, 141-147. [Discussion], 153-168.—Hirst (J. W.) Abortion. Alabama M. & S. Age, Birmingh., 1898-9, xi, 113- 122.—Horigan (J. A.) Some moral and scientific aspects of abortion. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1897, xi, 177-193.— Horrocks (P.) The causation, prevention, and treatment of miscarriage. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 181.—Jacobs. A propos de l'avortement. Arch, de gynec. etdetocol., Par., 1896, xxiii, 298-303. Also: Rev. med.-chir. d. mal. d. femmes, Par., 1896, xviii, 20-29.—Krim (J. M.) Abortion; cause and treatment. Med. Times, N. Y., 1897, xxv, 198-202.—Kubinyl (P.) Die moderne Abortusfrage. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1914, 1, 7; 14; 24; 31 — Lasource (P.) El aborto entre los Romanos. Gac. med. de Granada, 1899,xvii,505-513.—Livon (J.) Expulsiondel'ceuf en bloc dans les cinq derniers mois de la grossesse. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1907, 2. s., iv, 432.—Lowenhaupt (R.) Die moderne Lehre des Abortus. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1901, 5; 65.—McLeod (J. C.) Remarks on the subject abortion. Mobile M. & S. J.. 1904, iv, 69-74—Macon (A. L.) The premature expulsion of the ovum: its causes, prevention, and treatment. South. Pract., Nashville, 1896, xviii, 160- 164.—Meyer (S.) [Abortion.] UgeskT. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1902,5. R., ix, 1129-1140.—Mitchell (J. M.) Abortion; cause, prophylaxis and treatment. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 603-605.—Molz (C. O.) Abortion; or, expulsion of the unviable fetus. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1900, xxii, 350-358 — Montgomery (E. E.) Miscarriage. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1901-2, xv, 21.-----. Abortion, its causes and treatment. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1915, lxv, 1262. Also, Reprint.—Moody (G. W.) Abortion. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1903,118-128.—Nicolini (C.) L'aborto nelle campagne. Arte ostet., Milano, 1906, xx, 53-58.—Noble (T. B.) Abortion. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Logansport, 1901, 420-^25.—Pattison (H. A.) Abortion. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xi, 652-658.—Pazzi (M.) Ancora sul- 1' aborto interno. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1901, 8. s., i, 453-461.—Piana (G.) Dell' aborto interno. Arte ostet., Milano, 1911, xxv, 97-106.—Plnard (A.) Clinical lecture on miscarriage and premature labour; their symptoms, compli- cations and treatment. Med. Week, Par., 1893, i, 313.— Plauchu. A propos de l'avortement. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 692.—Pouliot (L.) L'expulsion de l'oeuf en bloc aux dirlerentes 6poques de la grossesse. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1905, xix, 217-230.—Puech (P.) De la rupture prematuree spontanee des membranes de Poeuf. N. Montpel. med., 1899, viii 820: ix, 55.—Quelrel. Contribution a l'etude de l'ac- couchement premature spontane. Cong, period, de gynec, d'obst. et de paediat. 1898. Mem. et disc, Par., 1900, n, 512- 515.-----. Avortement. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1905, xviii, 274; 306.—Ranwez. Relation de quelques faits pour servir a l'etude de l'avortement. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Brux., 1902-3, xiv, 222-235. Also: Rev. de mea leg., Par., 1903, x, 261-269.—Reinach (S.) Abortion among the ancients. Lancet, Lond., 1907, 1, 325.—Remy (S ) A propos de l'avortement. Rev. m6d.de rest, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 403; 429; 472.-Rowe (J. W) A resume of the modern teaching on abortion. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, Ixxxix, 259-266.—Roy (T. A.) Abortion. N. Orl. M. & S. J 1906-7 lix, 101-104.—Rudaux (P.) L'avortement. J. med franc , Par., 1909, iii, suppl.: Consultations med. franc., Fasc. xii, 199-214. A Iso, Reprint.^Sachs(E.) Vorschlage fiir weitere Forschungen iiber den fieberhaften Abort. Zen- tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 193-198.-Samuels Abortion. (A.) Abortion. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1910, xxxvii, 132-140—Schaeffer (O.) Ueber die unterbrochene Fehlge- burt; verschiedene Formen derselben und deren Behand- lung. Deutsche Praxis, Miinchen, 1901, x, 19; 60; 93; 207; 247; 283; 314.—Schaeffer (R.) [Remarks on abortion.] Tidsskr. f. Jordem0dre, Kj0benh., 1903-4, xiv, 1-7.—Small (A. R.) Abortion, with special reference to the treatment of incomplete abortions. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xi, 532-538. [Discussion], 5V,-5 servationsd'expulsion del'ceuf en bloc. Ibid. 1908 xi 382- 3X5.-Boissard (A.) & Virgnes. Expulsion spontanee d un ceuf mort dans la cavite uterine; retention anormale- ABORTION. 69 ABORTION. Abortion (Cases and statistics of). ment prolonged. Ibid., 1911, xiv, 370-372.—Bonnaire & Maury. Avortement de cinq mois; fivtus partiellement extra-amniotiuue. Ibid., 1900, iii, 3i»9-371.—Boyd (J. A.) A case of abortion, with treatment. Texas M. J., Austin, 1897-8. xiii, 7-9.—Brassart '.'.—Campacci. Di un caso di aborto interno. Boll. d. Soc. tosc. di ostet. e ginec, Firenze, 1902, i, 7-9.—Cathala (V.) Avortement de cinq mois; foetus extra-membraneux. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1902, v, 29-33.—Clark (F. S.) A miscarriage at the third month in which the ovum was not ruptured and the fetus was absent. Cleveland J. M., 1898, iii, 109.—Commandeur. De la morbidite et de la mortalite de l'avortement d'apres 2,000 observations hospitalieres. Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec, 208-212.—Dixon (J. H.) A case of spuri- ous abortion. Brit. M. J., l*>nd., 1897, ii, 1639.—Dodge (J. R.) Embryonic miscarriage. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, lyifi, xx, 568-575.—Doleris (J.-M.) Statistique sur l'avortement. Ann, de gynec et d'obst., Par., 1905; 2. s., ii, 206-224. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1905, vii, 62-76. Also, transl.. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1905, xviii, 401-117.—Dubrisay (L.) Grossesse avec hydrorrhea persistante k partir du 4e mois; accouchement premature, a 7 mois, d'un enfant vivant; pesant 1,645 grammes et s'etant developp6 dans la cavite uterine, en dehors des membranes; placenta presentant une cavite ovulaire rudimentaire. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1899, ii, 50-56.—Durodlfe. Avortement k deux mois et demi, sans aucun symptome de grossesse. Bull, et mem. Soe. de mea. et chir. (1910) de Bordeaux, 1911, 530-534. — Edvige (L. C.) Collaborazione delle levatrici; un caso di aborto interno. Arte ostet., Milano, 1911, xxv, 186-188.—F. (M.) Fehlgeburt bei einer 41jahrigen Zehntgebarenden. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, xxi, 58-60.—Fabre & Rhenter. Les avortements a la Clinique obstetricale en 1911. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec de Par., 1912, 1, 113- 119.—Fieux. Sur un cas d'avortement. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 106-108.—Figini (Anna). Un caso di aborto interno. Arte ostet., Milano, 1908, xxii, 273-275.—Fothergill. A decidual uterine cast expelled after eight weeks' amenorrheea, together with an ovum of about five days' growth.. Tr. Obst. Soc Lond. (1901), 1902, xliii, 162-165, 2 1., 2 pi.—Franz (K.) Zur Lehre des Aborts auf Grand einer Zusammenstellung von 844 Fallen von Abort. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1898, i, 493- 514.—Gardner (W. E.) Inevitable abortion, with report of case. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1903, xxxv, 9-11.— Gaussel-Ziegelmann (Mme.) Un cas d'avortement globo-amniotique. Montpel. med., 1908, xxvi, 352-355.— Goubert (J.) Expulsion d'un ceuf en bloc au 7e mois de la grossesse. Bull.etinem. Soc.de med.de Vaucluse,Avignon, 1910, vi, 407-409.—Graves (W. J.) Miscarriage, with respira- tion in a five-months' fetus. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1902, xxxvii, 161-163.—Grunspan (A.) Ueber Fehlgeburten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1913, xxxix, 2049.—Guerin-Valmale. Avortement gemellaire a deux mois. Montpel. med.. 1903, xvi, 595.-----. Avortement globo-amniotique. Ibid., 1907, xxiv, 207-209.—Harrison (V. W.) Aseptic abortion at or about the third month. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1913, Ixviii, 83-85.—Haultain (F. W. N.) A rare form of abortion; expulsion of the amniotic sac alone. Edinb. M. J., 1895-6, xli, 700-703.—Hay (M.) An inquiry into still-births in the city of Aberdeen. Med. Officer, Lond., 1912, vii, 155; 169—Hellier (J. B.) A note on the occurrence of abortion. Brit. M. J., Londv 1901, i, 144.— Hendon(G.A.) A case of abortion. Louisville M. Month., 1898-9, v, 129-131.—Herrgott (A.) Quelques considera- tions sur les avortements a la Maternite de Nancy, de 1907 a 1912. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec de Par., 1912, i, 565- 572.—Hivet. Rupture probablement traumatique de l'uterus au 3e mois de la grossesse, suivie de l'expulsion du fat us ft de ses annexes dans le ligament large gauche. Bull. et mem. Soc. obst. et gynec de Par., 1898, 75.—Kelly (J. K.) Four cases of abortion. Glasgow M. J., 1900, liii, 169-172.— Kubacki. [Spontaneous premature labor through the ab- dominal integuments.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1910, xxii, 408.— Kurpjuweit. Zur Statistik der Fehlgeburten. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1914, xxvii, 132-136.—Kuzmin (S. I.) [On abortion; statistics of abortion in the Government of Saratov, with tables.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.- Peterb., 1912, xxvii, 511-518.—Lacasse (R.) Enfant macere, ayant survecu 20 heures. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 304.—Lackner (J. E.) Serological findings in 100 cases, bacteriological findings in 50 cases, and a resume of 679 cases of abortion at the Michael Reese Hospital. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xx, 537-542.—Landsberg (O.) Statistik der Fehlgeburten. Allg. statist. Arch., Tubing., 1914, vii, 53-62— Lebrun (A.) Avortement par la sabine, suivi de mort. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1890-91, ii, 43-55— Lefour & Alain. Poche amnio-choriale; rupture prematuree et spontanee du cho- rion: expulsion de l'amnios tout entier a travers l'orifice externe incompletement dilate. Rev. mens, de gynec. [etc.], Bordeaux, 1901, iii, 19-22.—Lefour & Fieux. Ex- pulsion au sixieme mois d'un ceuf complet en attitude Abortion (Cases and statistics of) decompletee mode des fesses. Gynecologie, Par., 1912, xvi, 160.—Lepage (G.) CEuf expulse en bloc pendant le 5e mois de la grossesse. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de pediat. de Par., 1903, v, 38-40.—Lincoln (W. R.) Some observations on abortion, with report of cases. Cleveland J. M 1900, v, 353-366.—Livon (J.) Expulsion d'un pro- duit de conception de six mois environ, ceuf intact. Mar- seille med., 1905, xiii, 422.—Lovrich (J.) [Two cases of arti- ficial abortion.] Gynaekologia, Budapest, 1905, 378-382.— McCaw (J.) Notes of a case of premature labour presenting some unusual features. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1219.— MacEvitt. Presentation of specimen from an abortion showing well defined decidua vera and decidua reflexa with amniotic sac unruptured. Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 497.— Magni (Emilia). Collaborazione delle levatrici; casistica dell' aborto. Arte ostet., Milano, 1908, xxii, 306-309.—de Martigny (F.) Trois cas d'avortements. Rev. med. du Canada, Montreal, 1902-3, vi, 689.—Mastellari (Elvira). Di un caso di aborto. Lucina, Bologna, 1896, 1, 123 — Mauclaire (P.) L'epidemie permanente et progressive des avortements dans les services de chirurgie. Tribune med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 294.—Mihalkovics (E.) [Lesson drawn from 400 abortions.] Gynaekologia, Budapest, 1911, x, 175-187.—Neer (H. C.) A case of retained ovum. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1898, xxxviii, 378-382.—Oui. Avortement et insertion vicieuse du placenta. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1902, 113-115.—Oulie. A propos d'un avorte- ment. Toulouse med., 1902, 2. s., iv, 218-221.—Palmer (D. B. R.) Abortion with expulsion of the amniotic sac alone. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1896, xxxiii, 708.—Pelissard (L.) Un cas rare de retrocession du travail au cours de l'avortement. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1907, xviii, 436-438.—Pirozhkova (Olga P.) [On abortion; statistics of abortion in the Moscow municipal hospitals and lying-in institutes.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1912, xxvii, 519-524.—Priming (F.) Die Statistik der Fehlge- burten. Arch. f. Frauenh. u. Eugenik, Wiirzb.. 1914-15, i, 21-33.—Schaeffer (R.) Ueber die Haufigkeit der Fehlge- burten. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1914, xxxix, 50-59.—Schmidt (O.) Sechs hundert zwei una neunzig Falle von Fehlgeburt. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xxxvi, 515- 522.—Schwarzenbach. Fall von Fehlgeburt im iv. Monat bei Insertion der Placenta auf einem submukosen Uterusmyom; konsekutive Verjauchung des letzteren; Am- putatio uteri supravaginalis; Heilung. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1900, iii, 452-459.—Sinclair (W. J.) On spurious abortion, with an account of three cases. Brit. M. 3., Lond., 1897, ii, 1488-1490.—Spivak (C. D.) Delivery at term after ten previous consecutive abortions. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1896, ix, 439-443.—Stevens (W. C.) Par- tial abortion; expulsion of the amniotic sack alone; three specimens. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1896, xx, 609- 613.—Talbot (P.) Clinical report, exhibition of a specimen or early miscarriage, pregnancy probably of four or six weeks' duration. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1914-15, lxvii, 470.—Taliaferro (B.L.) A peculiar case of abortion. Med. Reg., Richmond, 1899-1900, iii; 254.—Tissier & Metzger. Dilaceration d'un foetus abortif. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1908, xi, 100. [Discussion], 170.—Titus (P.) A statistical study of a series of abortions occurring in the obstetrical department of the Johns Hopkins Hospital. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxv, 960-980.—Turbil (C.) Rottura precoce delle mem- brane. Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1893, 5. s., xv, 461; 493; 525: xvi, 97-106.—Underwood (F. J.) Inevitable abortion; with report of a case. Tr. Mississippi M. Ass., [Oxford], 1910, xliii, 28-32.—Y. (X.) Considerazioni su un caso di aborto. Arte ostet., Milano, 1901, xv, 122-124.—Zinsser. [Ein Abortivei.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1900, xxxii, 403. Abortion (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Lead-poisoning in pregnancy; Oxy- tocics; Placenta (Diseases of); Pregnancy (Haemorrhage in); Quinine (Action of) on uterus; Syphilis in pregnancy; Umbilical cord (Diseases of); and under names of diseases in preg- nancy, as, Cholera, Syphilis, etc., in pregnancy. Beck (E. G.) *Nonnulla de causis abortus in ovo fundatus. 8°. Lipsix, [n. d.]. Forman (J.) *Contribution a l'etude de l'expulsion de l'oeuf en bloc dans le dernier tri- mestre de la grossesse. 8°. Paris, 1897. Martin-Saint-Ange (G.-J.) Ieonographie pa- thologique de l'oeuf humain feconde en rapport avec l'etiologie de l'avortement. 4°. Paris, 1884. Sokoloff (Ekatherine). *L'ablation du corps jaune au debut de la grossesse expose-t-elle a l'avortement? 8°. Paris, 1913. Andald (L.) Aborto da allattamento? Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. prat., 108-110.—Balagapal. Abortion due to quinine. Indian M. Rec,Calcutta, 1898,xv, 284.—Bar (P.) ABORTION. 70 ABORTION. Abortion (Causes and pathology of). Sur quelques consequences de la rupture des membranes pen- dant la grossesse. Rev. obst. internat., Toulouse, 1898, iv, 177; 185; 193.—Bondy (O.) Klinische und bakteriologische Beitrage zur Lehre vom Abort. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1912, lxx, 417-485. — Bonnaire ( E.) Causes et evolution du travail de 1 'avortement. Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 274-277.—Boshouwers (H.) lets over de oorzaken van abortus. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haar- lem, 1906-7, x, 145-148.—Brouardel (P.) Causes de l'avorte- ment naturel. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliv, 481-503. -----. Les intoxications causes d'avortement. Ibid., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 5-38.—Callender (T. M.) Suckling a cause of abor- tion. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1198.—Castoldl (A.) Cause, frequenza, conseguenza degli aborti nelle campagne. Cor- riere san., Milano, 1906, xvii, 858-862.—Costa (R.) Intorno alia funzione dello strato del Langhans; contributo alia pato- genesi dell' aborto. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1912, i, 147; 382.—Crosti (G.) Contribuzione alio studio dell' aborto di origine ovulare. Ibid., 1896, xviii, 61-74.—Cumston (C. G.) Metritis as a cause of miscarriage. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, cxxxiii, 201-204. Also, Reprint.—Davis (E. P.) Motor car miscarriage. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 174. — De Crecchio ( G.) I colpi contundenti sulT addome come causa di aborto. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., Napoli, 1902, xii, 83; 151—Drappier. Ingestion d'un litre d'eau-de- vie par une femme enceinte; avortement et mort. J. d. sc. med:. de Lille, 1896, i, 102-104.—Dufour (Mme. A.) Avorte- ment de 4 mois cause par le massage. Ann. de med. phys., Anvers, 1908, vi, 137.—Evans (W. K.) A review of the causes and treatment of abortion. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, lxix, 120.—Fischer (J.) Abortus und Trauma. Wien. med. Presse, 1907, xlviii, 1017-1022.—Fornero (A.) Considera- zioni cliniche, ricerche anatomo-patologiche sierologiche e batteriologiche in 112 casi di aborto. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1914, xi, 483-522.—Franklin (M. M.) Kidney of pregnancy causing abortion, with a report of two cases. Codex med. Phila., 1895-6, ii, 73.—Freudenberg. Fehlgeburt nach Sturz beim Radfahren; Nabelstrangvorfall; Genesung. Frauen- arzt, Berl., 1897, xii, 529-533.—Gerosa (Maria). Aborto in- terno causato da spavento. Levatrice cond., Roma, 1895, iv, 148.—Gordon (A.) Temporary sterility as cause of abor- tion at the first pregnancy. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1897, 8, xi, 20-24.—Handfleld-Jones (M.) A clinical lecture on some points in the causation of miscarriage. Physician & Surg., Lond., 1900, i, 860; 885;—Hartmann & Le Grand. Appendicite meconnue; avortement; mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, Ixxxvi. 581.—Hlrsch (M.) Der Bergonte'sche Entfettungsstuhl als Abortivum. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1914, xxxviii, 163. — Holterbach (H.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie des Abortus. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1910, xx, 565. — Kallma (T.) [The ovulogenous etiology of abortion.] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1913, xxix, 123-139.—Keifler. Grossesse de trois mois; syphilis pater- nelle; avortement; mole hydatiforme. Bull. Soc. beige de gynec et d'obst., Brux., 1892, iii, 202.—Klage. Zur Frage der Zunahme der Fehlgeburten und deren Ursachen. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 664.—Kornfeld (H.) Todlicher Abort nach Citronensaure. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1902, liii, 359-363.—Kranovltz (D.) [Pruritus and premature delivery.] GydgyAszat, Budapest, 1901, xli, 522.—Lindsay (I.) The pathology of the embryo in relation to abortion. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xci, 144. Also: Tr. Glasgow Obst.& GvnaecSoc,Sess. 1910-11, 1912, viii, 26-29.-----. Abortion with dwarf em- bryos. J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp., Lond.. 1912, xxi, 193-202, 3 pi.—Lucas-Championniere. Bicyclette et grossesse; quelques considerations pratiques. J. de med. et chir. prat.. Par., 1898, lxix, 881-886.—Mirer (J.) Partus pramaturus bei hochgradigem Vorfalle des Genitaltraktes. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1909, liv, 445—Marocco (C.) Sulla rottura delle membrane e sue cause in gravidanza e sulla cicatrizzazione dei lembi di rottura. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1900, xxii, 81-102, 3 pi.—Maxwell (G. T.) Abortion, its most frequent cause. Virginia M. Month., Richmond, 1896-7, i, 153-155.—Mayer (J.) Vorzeitige Losung der Nachgeburt in der Schwangerschaft infolge zu kurzer Nabelschnur. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 571; 583.—Mayer (M.) Land- wirtschaftliche Erntearbeiten und Fehlgeburten. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, xix, 378-380.—Page (A. C.) The r61e of trauma in the production of abortion and mis- carriage. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1915, xxii, 114-118.— Pazzi (M.) Un caso di aborto per trauma. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1908, g. sv viii, 131-137.—Pilliet (A.-H.) Note sur devolution histologique du placenta abortif. Arch. de tocol. et de gynec, Par., 1893, xx, 493-497.—Pini (F.) Nuovi elementi di parto spontaneo in pelvi osteomalacica. Rassegna di sc. med., Modena, 1897-8, xii? 125-131.—Porter Infection as an aetiological factor in abortion. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1901, xix, 226-231.—Resinelll (G.) Note batteriologiche su di un aborto per tifo addominale. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1896, xviii, 695-711. Also, Reprint.— Richter (R.) Ueber die Ursachen der Fehlgeburt. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1896, xi, 271-273.—Rosi (U.) Contributo clinico alia etiologia dell'aborto. Rassegna d'os- tet. e ginec, Napoli, 1911, xx, 206; 412; 513.—Salaroli (P.) Alcune note statistiche e considerazioni sull' aborto da cachessia palustre. Arte ostet., Milano, 1906, xx, 313-317.— Sanchez y Carrascosa (M.) Principales indicaciones del Abortion (Causes and pathology of). aborto y del parto provocados. Siglo med., Madrid, 1905, Iii, 514.—Sandberg (K. F. M.) The pathology of uninten- tional abortion. Am. Gvnaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1897, x, 145-158.—Sardo (G.) & Ardin-Delteil (P.) Sur quelques substances reputees abortives (annoiso, absinthe'i. N. Montpel. med., 1897, vi, 789-794.—Sato < K.) [Th<- relation of malignant tumors to miscarriage.] Juntendo Iii Kenkiu Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1901, 867-874.— Schcrbak (A. L.) Zur Prophylaxe der durch Lues bndingtn Friihgrtburt. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Rudolf t'hrobak . . . «,0. Ge- burtst. [etc.], Wien, 1903, l, 30-36.—Seitz (L.) Aetiologie und Mechanismus der vor- und fruhzeitigen Geburt (Abortus, Partus immaturus und Partus praematurus). Handb. d. Geburtsh;, . . . F. von Winckel, Wiesb., 1904, ii, 1287-1316.— Sirtori (C.) L'aborto studiato nelle sue cause anatomo- patologiche. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1913, i, 1-205.—Soli (T.) Influenza e anomalia di sviluppo del corion come cause di aborto. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1908, x, 25; 49; 81,1 pi.—Taus- sig (F. J.) The causes of abortion; an attempt to classify them on a physiological basis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y.,1908, lviii, 654-662.—Utter (Lucy J.) Constitutional causes of abortion. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1898, xx, 401.—Vannucci (Maria). Amari frutti dell' esercizio abusivo. Gior. p. le levatrici, Milano, 1896, x, 191.—Vicarelli (G.) Collisione ferroviaria a Tonnere li 12-12-906 ed aborto embrionale a Milano 31-12-906. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1908, lxvii, 84; 93; 101.—Vltrac (J.) CEuf complet et vivant de 6 mois expuls6 dans un cas d'insertion basse du placenta chez une jeune femme operce deux mois avant d'un kyste de l'ovaire droit. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med.de Bordeaux, 1909, xxx, 451-454.—Vulliet (H.) Calculs r^naux et accouche- ment premature. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1901, xxi, 471-477.—Webb (F. A.) Pathologic conditions causing abortion and premature labor, with report of cases. Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 641-646.—Weissenberg (S.) Hundert Fehlgeburten, ihre Ursachen und Folgen. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. u. Berl., 1910, vii, 606- 612.—Wesner(M. A.) Accidental abortion. J. Surg., Gy- nec. &,Obst., N. Y., 1909, xxxi, 218-225— Weymeersch (A.) Etude sur le mecanisme de l'avortement apres ovari- otomie double et sur la restauration uterine consecutive. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1911, xlvii, 233-300.-----. Contribution a l'etude de Panatomie pathologique de l'avorte- ment, I, apres ovariotomie double; II, apres excision des embryons (chez la lapine). Bull. Soc. beige de gynec et d'obstv Brux., 1912-13, xxiii, 92-94.—Ziino (G.) Aborto e morte m seguito a percosse. Gior. p. i med. periti giud. ed uff. san. [etc.], Napoli, 1897, 321-332. Abortion (Complications and sequelse of). Gusikoff (P.) *Ueber die Mutterhals- Scheidefisteln beim Abort. 8°. Basel, 1910. Hamon (L.) ^Contribution a l'etude du traitement des complications de l'avortement. 4°. Paris, 1896. Lamouretjx (E.-C.-M.) *Le traitement des retentions placentaires post - abortives. 8°. Lille, 1911. Miot (H.-R.) *De la conduite a tenir dans la retention placentaire a la suite de l'avortement. 8°. Paris, 1898. Richard (J.) Contribution a l'etude du traitement des retentions placentaires apres l'avortement. 8°. Paris, 1906. Segal (S.) *Ueber den Abortus und seine Komplicationen. [Berlin.] 8°. Heiliqenhaus (Diisseldorf), 1911. ; Sejotjrnet (M.) *De la forme syncopale de l'avortement et de l'accouchement premature 8°. Paris, 1906. Teillot (C.) *Du traitement des retentions placentaires apres l'avortement; etude histo- rique, clinique et therapeutique. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1913. Usquin (D.) *Morbidite et mortalite dans les retentions placentaires post-abortum 8° Paris. 1908. Winternitz (E.) Ueber Blutungen nach Abortus veranlasst durch Placentarpolvpen und Endometritis. 8°. Halle a. S., 1897 Adams (C ) A lost tent: operation; recoverv. Med Era, Chicago 1897, xv, 110. - Adamson (E. W., J Abscess following abortion. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicaeo 1907 xlvin, 1028,-Arquembourg. Salpingite et perton°te S abortives. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1906, x,94 -Asch nf ) Darmprolaps bei mkomplettem Abort. Janresb. d schles ABORTION. 71 ABORTION. Abortion (Complications and sequelse of). Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1911, Bresl., 1912, ii, 52-55.—Asch- heim. [Fall von Perforation des Uterus bei Abort im 4. Monat.] Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1911, lxix, 507.—Aschoff (L.) Ueber Salpingitis, post abortum; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Selbstinfektion. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 11.—Aubert (L.) Les complications de l'avorte- ment. Gynaecol. Ilelvet., Geneve, 1911, xi, 23-121.—Besson (A.) Avortement avec hemorrhagie abondante intra-uterine ayant presentetous les sympt6mes cliniques d'une hemor- rhagie intestinale grave, dans le cours d'une fievre typhoi'de. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, ii, 108-111.—Bleynie (L.) De- collation spontanee au cours d 'un avortement de trois mois et demi. Limousin med., Limoges, 1906, xxx, 148.—Blount (Anna E.) Temperature course unusual in two cases: first, in woman preceding premature delivery; second, case in premature mfant. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1913, xiii, 107- 109.—Blumreich. [Spontanruptur beim Abort.] Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1907, lx, 315-320.—Boggs (W. D.) The prevention of abortive sequelae. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1912, xxvii, 7-10.—Bonnet-Laborderie (A.) Cas de retention placentaire post-abortum. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, ii, 14.5-156.—Bosserman (D. W.) Pre- mature labor with hydramnios. Therap. Digest, Kansas City. 1898-9, i, 32.—Bouchacourt. Avortement gemellaire avec les deux ceufs intacts. Bull et mem. Soc. obst. et gynec de Par., 1895, 493-495.—Bouffe de St.-Blaise. Accouche- ment spontane avant terme; dilatation aigue de l'estomac le 4» jour apres l'accouchement; mort le neuvieme jour par per- foration d'un ancien ulcere rond. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1907, ix, 250-253.—Bruch (A.) Hemorragie terrible a la suite d'une fausse-couche. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1909, xx, 238. Also.- Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc], Par., 1909, xi, 170—Bublichenko (L. I.) [Peculiar rupture of the uterine cervix after abortion.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1914, xxix, 367-382.— Budin (P.) Retention de l'arriere-faix dans la cavite ute- rine apres l'avortement. J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1900, xxviii, 121: 129.—Burks (C. R.) Haemorrhage in abortions. Virginia M. Semi-Month.,. Richmond, 1896-7, i, 39-42 — Caravaggi (A.) Sulle cause di morte del prodotto del con- cepimento. Gior. p. le levatrici, Milano, 1897, xi, 10.— Ceramicola (G.) Un caso di aborto e collasso puerperale di origine tubercolare. Gior d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1905, liv, 217-224.—Cerruti (P.) Psicopatie e isteris- mo da aborto. Tommasi, Napoli, 1911, vi, 393-399.—Cham- petler de Ribes. Discussion sur la conduite k tenir dans la retention placentaire post-abortum. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de paediat. de Par., 1906, viii, 128-130.— Chapman "(II. W.) A case of continued development of the fetus in utero, after rupture of the membranes and escape of the liquor amnii. Med. Age, Detroit, 1903, xxi, 448-450 — Charles (X.) Primipare a- 4i mois de grossesse; cedeme, albuminuric, eclampsie; avortement spontane; curettage; guerison. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1907, xxviii, 10.—Chavane & Beurnier. Avortement dans un uterus bicorne. Obste- trique, Par., 1898, iii, 233. Alio: Progres med., Par., 1898, 3. s., vii, 265.—Chive. Chute grave; avortement; epanche- ment sanguin abdominal; peritonite; guerison. Normandie med., Rouen, 1901, xvi, 265.—Commandeur & Lacas- sagne. Expulsion spontanee et isolee d'une tumeur intra- uterine au cours d'un avortement. Bull. Soc d'obst. et de gynec de Par., 1912, i, 657-659.—Cortabarrla (F.) Conse- cuencias de un aborto. Rev. mecl. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1914, xvii, 343-346.—Davis (E. P.) A case in which death from hemorrhage followed premature labor. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1903, xlviii, 788-790.—Doleris. Avortement brusque dans un cas d'hemorrhagie grave due au decollement placen- taire, au cours d'une fausse couche prolongee; incisions larges du col uterin. Rev. obst. et gynec, Par., 1895, xi, 61-66. -----. Accouchement prematura spontane de huit mois et demi; temperature de 39° 2 avant l'accouchement, 37° apres; fievre typhoi'de; abces de la vesicule biliaire; laparotomie; guerison. Compt. rend. Soc d'obst., de gynec.etde paediat. de Par., 1902, iv, 226-229.—Dubrisay (L.) & Valency. Yaginite granuleuse au cours de la grossesse; rupture prema- turee des membranes; accouchement spontanea ophtalmie purulente de l'enfant le ler jour; galactophorite chez la mere; guerison de la galactophorite et de Pophtalmie; mort de l'en- fant par infection. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1898,197-200.— Eaton (M. M.) Hemorrhage following abortion. Clin. Re- Eorter, St. Louis, 1897, x, 302-304.—Egbert (I. H.) Uterine emorrhage following abortion. Phila. Polyclin., 1896, v, 434.—Englauder (B.) [Menstruation after abortion.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1905, xliv, 660-663.—Fieux (G.) Per- foration gangreneuse de l'uterus abortif. Ann. de gynec et d'obst., Par., 1910, 2. s.. vii, 385-391.—Frank (E.) Les lesions de la muqueuse vesicate dans les tentatives d'avorte- ment. Rev. clin. d'urol., Par., 1912, i. 463-482.—Frtih (C. D. S.) A complication of miscarriage with appendicitis, due to traumatism. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii, 639.—Garipuy (R.) La retention prolongee de l'arriere-faix dans l'avorte- ment. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, 259.—Gastonguay ( P.-A.) De la forme syncopate de l'avortement. Bull. med. de Quebec, 190.5-6, vii, 548-560.—Gauthier. Sur un cas d'avortement dans une grossesse gemellaire. Province mea., Lyon, 1898, xii, 461.—Ghazarossian. Traitement des hemo'rrhagies post-abortum dues a la retention des debris ovulaires. Semaine gynec, Par., 1901, vi, 401-403.—Giglio Abortion (Complications and sequelse, of). (G.) Aborto tricemino, monocorion, conunembrioneacefalo e tre sacchi ovulari distinti, dei quali quello appartenente all'acefaloera poliamniotico; mostruosita con anomalia grave. Alt id. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec 1895, Roma, 1896, ii, 359-363, 1 pi.—Gllles (R.) Peritonite post-abortive; laparotomie; guerison. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec de Par., 1914, iii, 382-385.—Graefe (M.) Ueber Retention des menschlichen Eies im Uterus nach dem Fruchttod. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek. z. Feier ... v. Carl Ruge, Berl., 1896, 38-79.—Grasser (O.) Adrenalininjektion zur Vermeidung der B lutung be i E ntfernung von Placentarresten nach Abort. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 865-867.—Guggis- berg. Beitrag zur Ursache und Behandlung der postabor- tiven Blutungen. Gynaecol, helvet., Geneve, 1910, x, 269- 274.—Haase (C.) BQsartige Geschwiilste nach Fehlge- burten. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 246.—Harvey (W. S.) Abortion followed by a rare compli- cation requiring intestinal resection. J. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., N. Y., 1909, xxxi, 399-401.—Herz (E.) [Perforationof the uterus in curetting in abortion.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1914, liii, 195; 209.—Hutcheson (A. C.) Abdominal abscess for ten years, following abortion. China M. J., Shanghai, 1911, xxv, 233-235.—Jacobs. Avortement suivi d'infection septique; rupture spontanee intra-abdominale d'un kyste purulent ovaro-salpingien; deces. Bull. Soc. beige de gynec. et d'obst., Brux., 1894, vi, 10-14.—Jardine (R.) Case of sudden death from embolism after an abortion. Glasgow M. J., 1901, lv, 289.-----. Two cases of abortion with pro- longed and excessive haemorrhage. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1904, xiv, 50-52.—Johnson (J. T.). Abortion and its effects. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1896, xxxiii, 86-97. [Discussion], 129- 132. A Iso, Reprint.—Keifler. Grossesse de quatre mois et demi; retroflexion et incarceration de l'uterus gravide; mort du foetus. Bull. Soc beige de gynec et d'obst., Brux., 1892, iii, 199-201.—Kelly (J. T.) Abortion as an etiological factor in the production of disease of the pelvic organs. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1898, xxxvii, 82-86.—King (A. C.) Abortion; its treatment by the general practitioner; report of a case complicated by acute suppurative appendicitis and ovarian cyst. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1903, lvi, 109-116.—Kohn (H.) Luftembolie infolge kiinstlichen Abortus. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 325.—Kustner. Ein am Fundus per- forierter Uterus mit Adnexen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Ge- sellsch. f. Gyn&k. 1913, Leipz., 1914, xv, pt. 2, 221.—Lafond. Retention de l'arriere-faix pendant deux mois, sans acci- dents, a 1'occasion d'un avortement de deux mois et demi. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 568.—Lantzsch (Bertha). Abort mit totlichem Ausgang. Sachs. Hebam.- Ztg., Dresd., 1907, iv, 29.—Lefour & Coyne. Fausse couche ovulaire. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 79.—Lepage (G.) Conduite h tenir dans les accidents con- secutives k l'avortement. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 332.—Levy (E.) Vaginite gangreneuse post-abortive et hemiplegie. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec et de pae- diat. de Par., 1911,xiii,269-273.—Lodi (M.) Estirpazionedi placenta ritenuta nell' utero quattro mesi dopo un aborto al quinto mese. Rassegnad'ostet.eginec, Napoli, 1906, xv, 763-766.—Loviot. Retention d'un ceuf abortif avec proci- dence du cordon, injections chaudes, sulfate de quinine; ex- pulsion de l'oeuf retenu six heures apres l'administration d'un premier cachet de 50 centigr. de quinine. Rev. prat. d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1899, xv, 233.—McHugh (P. J.) Abortion; its sequelse and treatment. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1899,442-460.—Mahood (A.) An unusual result of abortion. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 623. —Marek (R.) Re- tentio placentae post abortum. Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1909, xlviii, 1567-1569.—Maygrier (C.) & Blondel. Des lesions de la caduque dans certains cas d'avortement. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1904, vii, 139; 3(is.—Mitchell (L. J.) A case of sudden death from air embolism following an attempt at abortion. Medicine, Detroit, 1896, ii, 111. — Mukerjee (S. N.) A case of pelvic cellulitis after miscarriage. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1896, viii, 334.—Neidhardt. Ueber Luft- embolie bei Aborten. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1915, xxviii, 110-115.—Newman (H. P.) The sequelae of abor- tions and their importance to the gynaecologist. Am. J. Surg. & Gynaec, St. Louis, 1897, ix, 5-7.—Noble (C. P.) Technik der Ausraumung des Uterus bei unvermeidlicher Abortion. Frauenarzt, Berl., 1896, xl, 243-247—Nobles (N. T. B.) Cases of long retained placenta following abortion. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 918.—Orthmann. Fall von instrumenteller Uterusperforation bei Abortausraumung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak. 1907, Leipz., 1908. xii, 734. — Oui (M.) Grossesse gemellaire et in- sertion vicieuse, du placenta; hemorragies precoces et avortement. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 325.— Ozenne & Josephson. Un cas d 'infection auto-intestinale se manifestant subitement 10 jours apres une fausse couche apyretique, par un violent frisson et une temperature de 40°. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1907,222-225.—Patoir. Les blessures du fectus dans l'avortement. MM. inf., Par., 1906, iv, 5-16.—Pa wlow (A.N.) Z wei Falle von Mutterhals- Scheidenfisteln bei Abortus. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 1637-1040.—Penny (W. M.) A fatal case of abortion. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1911-12, xxiv, 52-54.—Pesta- lozza (E.) I risultati remoti del parto prematuro nella cura delle viziature pelviche. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1904, i, 705- 708.—Pizzlni (L.) Morte improwisa dopo un aborto. Arte ABORTION. 72 ABORTION. Abortion (Complications and sequelx of). ostet.. Milano, 1910, xxiv, 153-157—Portnyairin (X. I.) rSpermin in acute anaemia after abortion.] J. Med. Khim. i. Organoterap., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, 225-227.— Proubasta (F.) Del aborto prolouL'ado. Rev. de med., cirug. y farm., Bareel., 1898, xii, 366: 1899, xiii, 8-12.— Pujol & Dubruel. Sur un cas de riddite du col et d'inertie uterine dans un cas d'avortement de quatre mois et demi. Arch. med. de Tou- louse, 1897, iii, 270-272.—Queirel. Avortement; retention placentaire. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 19ns, xxi, 273-284—Reeder (F.) Abortion followed by thrombo- phlebitis and embolic pneumonia. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1915-6, ii, 291-297.—Rey. Pelvi-pcritonite diffuse consecutive k un avortement; laparotomie; guerison. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1904, 2. s., xv, l?*-2oo.—Riss (R.) Un cas d'avortement avec perforation uterine. Marseille med., 1899, xxxvi, 200-202.-----. Curettage ou enrage digi- tal dans les retentions placentaires post-abortives. Rev. prat, de gynec, d'obst. et de pediat., Par., 1906, i, 82-85.— Roche i R.) Suruncas de retention placentaire "post abor- tum '' chez une fibromateuse. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 167.—Romeo (P.) Qualche considerazione sulle complicazioni e sui trattamento dell' aborto. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1911, xiii, 1; 36; 55; 83.—Root (Eliza H.) Abortion complicated by haemorrhage and hvsterical elbow. Wom- an's M. J., Toledo, 1904, xiv, 242-244.'— Schalij (C. A.) Een geval van cervicaal-abortus met een merkwaardige uitwen- dige vondst. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, i, 132.—van der Schouw (A. A.) Uitzakking der baarmoeder tijdens de baring. Maandbl. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, ls'js-9, ii, 171. — Schweitzer (B.) Entstehung, Verhiitung und Behandlung der artefiziellen Uuerusperforationen bei Abort. Monatschr.f. Geburtsh.u. Gynaek., Berl., 1915, xiii, 148-161.—Smith (W. S.) Abortion, with perforation of the uterus, and death from pulmonary embolism. Long Island M..T.,Brooklyn, 1915,ix,56-59.—Tarnler. Avortement; reten- tion du placenta dans la cavite uterine. J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1897, xxv, 345-347.—T6th (I.) [Abortion ending with perforation of the uterus; peritonitis with laparotomv: re- covery.] Orvosihetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 310—Tremo- lieres. Un cas de rupture de l'artere uterine au cours d'un avortement; hemorragie; mort. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1908, xxviii, 504-507.—Vineberg (H. N.) Chorioepithelioma following an early abortion. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxv, 295.—Wells (B. H.) Extreme anemia following abortion with perforation of fundus; ab- dominal section; recovery. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lvi, 865-867.—Wiggins (B.) Prolonged retention of placenta in recurrent abortions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 717.— Withington (O. F.) A case of tetanus following abortion, treated by antitoxin; recovery. Boston M. & S. J. 1896, exxxiv, 53-57. [Discussion], 69.—Witt (F.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur instrumentellen Perforation des abortierenden Uterus. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1912, vi, 175: 216.—Witthauer (K.) Spontane Zervixruptur bei Abort. Ibid., 1910, iv, 213-215. Abortion (Contagious). See Abortion (Infectious). Abortion (Criminal). See, also, Abortifaeients; Ergot (Action of) on uterus; Ergot (Toxicology of); Foetus (Inju- ries of) during pregnancy and labor; Foetus (Ju- risprudence and viability of); Juniperus sabina; Labor (Premature, Induction of); Phosphorus (Toxicology of); Tanacetum (Toxicology of). Balthazard & Prevost (E.) Une plaie sociale (les avortements criminels). Preface de M. Paul Strauss, avis de M. Gustave le Poitte- vin. 12°. Paris, 1912. Bausset (E.) *De l'avortement criminel; etude historique et sociale. 8°. Paris, 1907. Belin (L.) *De la mort subite par inhibition dans l'avortement criminel. 8°. Paris, 1897. David (G.) *Memoire sur la duree du travail de l'avortement criminel par manoeuvres di- rectes. 8°. Paris, 1899. Dumas (A.) Contribution a l'etude de l'avortement criminel; historique, progression a^cendante, causes, consequences, remede. s°. Paris, 1911. Du Moriez (S.) L'avortement, etude histo- rique, philosophique, sociale, medicale, legale et de droit compare; ses consequences au point de vue de la depopulation de la France. Avec une preface de M. le docteur Grasset. roy. 8°. Paris, 1912. Abortion (Criminal). Escande (P.) Contribution a l'etude clinique des avortements et en particulier des avortements criminels. 8°. Paris, 1903. Fritsch (H.) Fruchtabtreibung. roy. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1911. Gregori (A. V.) [^Infanticide and abortion; after data of the Warsaw Circuit Court for 20 years, 1885-1904.] 8°. Varshava, 1908. Hirsch (M.) Fruchtabtreibung und Praven- tivverkehr im Zusammenhang mit dem Gebur- tenriickgang, eine medizinische, juristische und eozialpolitische Betrachtung. 4°. Wiirzburg, 1914. Jacquemin (E.) *Avortement et secret medical. 8°. Paris, 1911. Laguerre (P.) Contribution a l'etude de l'avortement criminel. 4°. Toulouse, 1893. , Lemoine (M.) *De l'avortement criminel. Etude historique, sociale et medico-legale. 8°. Paris, 1897. Leroy-Allais (J.) Une campagne criminelle. AA-ortement et neomalthusianisme. 8°. Paris, 1909. Lewin (L.) & Brenning (M.) Die Fruchtab- treibung aurch Gifte und andere Mittel. Ein Handbuch fiir Aerzte und Juristen. 8°. Ber- lin, 1899. ------ ------. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1904. von Liszt (E.) Die kriminelle Fruchtabtrei- bung. v. 1. 8°. Zurich, 1910. Paul (C.) Contribution a l'etude de l'avorte- ment criminel; les perforations uterines gangre- neuses. 8°. Paris, 1906. Percheval (A.) *Des manoeuvres aborti- es chez les femmes qui ne sont pas enceintes. 8°. Paris, 1911. Spalding (T.) *De caede infantum in utero. 4°. Halx Magdeb., [1732]. Torne (R.) *Essai de diagnostic clinique et traitement des avortements criminels. 8° Paris, 1909. von Winckel (F.) Die kriminelle Frucht- abtreibung. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Zikel (H.) Die Beseitigung der Leibesfrucht; die Wirkungen der gebrauchlichen Mittel auf den Frauenkorper und die Gefahren der Abtrei- bung. 8°. Berlin & Leipzig, [1912]. Andrews (J. W.) Criminal abortion. J. Minn. M. Ass [etc.], Minneap., 1906, xxvi, 443-446.—Aud (C.J.) In what per cent is the regular profession responsible for criminal abortions, and what is the remedy? Kentucky M J Louisville, 1904-5, ii, 95-101.—Bacon (C. S.) The duty of the medical profession in relation to criminal abortion Illi- nois M. J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 18-24.—Balloch (E. A ) . . . Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1902, xiv, 235-242. [Discussion!, 278.—Barbat (J. H.) ... Calif. State J. M., San Fran. 1911, ix, 69.—Becerro de Bengoa (R.) Del aborto inten- cionado. Arch, de ginecop. [etc.], Bareel., 1911, xxiv, 535- 542.—Becker (W.) The medical, ethical and forensic aspects of fatal criminal abortion. Wisconsin M J Mil- waukee, 1908-9, vii, 619-635.—Bedford (C. H.) Criminal abortion in the Punjab. Edinb. M. J., 1896-7, xiii 422-438 — Benthin(W.) Ueber kriminelle Fruchtabtreibung. Mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Verhiiltnisse in Ostpreussen Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1915, lxxvii 572- 640—Berkusky (H.) Der kiinstliche Abort bei' den Naturvolkern. Sex.-Probleme, Frankf. a. M 1913 ix 458- 556.—Betancourt (A.) Informe sobre aborto. An Acad' de cien. med---de la Habana, 1908-9, xiv, 171.—Biever ( \ ) Moral aspect of race suicide and criminal abortion N Orl M. & S. J 1908-9, lxi, 25l-200.-Boas (K.) Ueber Abort mserate. Arch f Knm.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz., 1914 lvii 3,4-3/8.-Boisleux. Des blessures des organes genitaux dans l'avortement criminel et de leur traitement Rev. de med. leg., Par.,1895,ii,349-356.—Boissard ( V ) Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii 177- lVo' ^7? ^Sq?OS ¥? ^ortemepts criminels. Enfance, Par ' 1914, l, 431-434. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de tWrnn Par IhVftH* U3;-Bur^r (if.) Haufigkeit und gebPrk'uchli: che Methoden des krimmellen Abortus. Friedreich's Blf. ABORTION. 73 ABORTION. Abortion (Criminal). gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1909, lx, 180; 259; 373; 462.—Bvford (H. T.) ... West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1899, iv, 221.— Cameron (J. C.) Abortion and infanticide. In: Witthaus & Becker. Med. Jur. [etc ], 8°, N. Y., 1894, ii, 97-230.— Capaldi(A.) ... Gior. internaz. d.sc. med., Napoli, 1903, xxv, 7SS.—Carroll (W. S.) The rights of the unborn child. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 936-941.—Cevidalli (A.) Ricerche sperimentali sulla tossicita dello zafterano in rap- porto al suo uso come abortivo. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1913, ix, 452-455.—Corin (G.) La mort subite au cours d'avorte- ments criminels. Arch, internat. de med. leg., Bruxelles, 1913, iv, 150-157. Also: 3. de med. int., Par., 1913, xvii, 191.—Crutcher (E.) A philosophic review of the crowning sin of civilization. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1903, i, 521- 528.—Cumston (C. G.) General considerations of criminal abortion. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1905, xviii, 387-401. A Iso, Reprint.— Davenport (A. B.) ... Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 4909, cii, 331-336.—De Arcangelis (E.) Sulla diagnosi dell' aborto procurato a scopo criminoso. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Roma-Napoli, 1899, vi, 170-180.—De Ryckere. ... Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Brux., 1907, xviii, 131; 207. — Donnelly (J.) Therapeutics of criminal abortion. Am. M. Compend.Toledo, 1905, xxi, 75-78.—Dorsett (W. B.) Criminal abortion in its broadest sense. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 957-961. Alio, Reprint.—Duties (The) of medical practitioners in cases of criminal abortion. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 206— Dworetzky (A.) Die Frage der kriminellen Fruchtabtreibung in Russland. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 894-896.—Earles (W. H.) ... Milwaukee M. J., 1902, x, 303-305.—Ely (W. B.) The ethics of criminal abortion. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1905, x, 97-102.—Escande (P.) Conduite a tenir en face d'un avortement criminel. Med. orient., Par., 1903, vii, 217- 220.—Falgowski (W.) [Observations on criminal abor- tion.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1911, 2. s., xxxi, 1083-1087.— Fenton (Susan J.) ... Homoeop. J. Obst., N. Y., 1897, xix, 173-178.—Fernald (W.J.) A sociological view of crimi- nal abortion. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, v, 57-65.— Fischer (K.) Ein Beitrag zu den Folgen des traumati- schen Abortus. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1907, Iii, 738- 747.—Fish (E. F.) ... Milwaukee M. J., 1909, xvii, 106; 175.—Frank (L.) The effects of criminal abortion. Pedia- trics, N. Y., 1914, xxvi, 86-88.—Ghent (H. C.) Criminal abortion, or foeticide, and the prevention of conception. Texas Cour.-Rec. Med., Fort Worth, 1905-6, xxiii, No. 5, 1; No. 6,1.—Gilbert (J. A.) The advent of self-consciousness and its relation to the crime of abortion. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1902, xiii, 295-298.—Gimbres (A.) ... J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 215; 233.—Grant (J. M.) . . . InterstateM. J., St. Louis, 1906, xiii,513-518.—Green (F. K.) Feticide. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt, & N. Y., 1914, n. s., ix, 590-594.—Greenley (T. B.) Is the practice of producing abortion common among medical men? Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. s., liv, 40.—Griffith (F.) Instruments for the production of abortion sold in the market places of Paris. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 171. Also, Reprint.-----. A New broom sweeps clean. Med. News, N. Y., 1905, lxxxvii, 662.—Guirauden. . . . Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1910, xiii, 325-330.—Hawes (Mary). Social hygiene in relation to abortion. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1907-8, xxvii, 415-418.— Hawkins (G. M.) The abortion problem; the sociologic side. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1910, xvii, 769-773.—Hehl (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage der mechanischen Frucht- abtreibung. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1906. xxx, 833- 842.—Heiermann (F.) Ethical and religious objections to criminal abortion. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1905, xxxi, 233-236.—Heitzmann (J.) Zur Kenntniss des kriminellen Abortus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 169; 222.— Henry (W. O.) The pathology and treatment of criminal abortion. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1905, x, 86-93 — Herrgott (A.) Avortements spontanes et avortements criminels. Ann. de gynec et d'obst., Par., 1912, 2. s., ix, 385-395.—Herzog (M.) The pathology of criminal abortion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900,xxxiv, 1310-1312.—Hill (J. R.) . . . Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1655.—Hirsch (M.) . . . Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1910, xxxix, 209-232 -----. . . . Sex.-Probleme, Frankf. A. M„ 1910, -. Aerztliche Schweigepflicht bei Verbre- vi, 375-384. chen gegen das keimende Leben. Med. Reform, 1911, xix, 119-122.—Hoitt (E. G.) ... Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxv, 541-543.—Homes (R. W.) Criminal abortion; a brief consideration of its relation to newspaper advertising; a report of a medico-legal case. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905 vii 29-34.-----• The methods of the professional abortionist. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 542- 545— HoweU (J. T.) ... Tr. Lehigh. Valley M. Ass., Easton, Pa., 1908, 2. s., ii, 79-86.-Huber (R.) Die Schilde- rung einer Abtreibung der Leibesfrucht in einer altitalieni- schen Novelle. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krunrnalist., Leipz., 1914, lvii, 308-310.-Hunsberger (J. N.) Artificial. childlessness and race suicide. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 457-460.-Hunter (J.) Medicine versus a crimi- nal act. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1910, xxvii, 77-81 — Hunter (Q. W.) Infertilitas in vinculum matrimonii. [Criminal abortion.] Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, 75- 80 —Jackson (F. II.) Criminal abortion; its prevalence, results and treatment. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 100*. lvm, 662-670— Jacob! (L.) Infanticide, abortion, and preven- Abortion (Criminal). tion of conception. Med.-Pharm. Critic, N. Y., 1912, xv, 451-464.—Jennings (W. B.) Criminal abortion from the practitioner's viewpoint. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1911, lxiii, 1092-1096.—Jewett (C.) Abortion and infanticide. Syst. Legal M. (Hamilton & Godkin), N. Y., 1894, ii, 467-495,1 pi— Johnson (C.) Artificial abortion, criminal and therapeu- tic; its relation to ethics and sociology. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1910, xvii, 401-409.—Kenny (F. H.) ... Aus- tralas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1912, xxxi, 215.—King (C. B.) Criminal abortion viewed from a moral standpoint. Co- lumbus M. J., 1906, xxx, 203-208.—Kinyon (H. E.) Symp- toms and treatment of criminal abortion. Homeop. J. Obst., N. Y., 1901, xxiii, 223-225.—Krauss (F. S.) Mltrovie (A.) & KoStial (J.) . . . Anthropophyteia, Leipz., 1910, vii, 204- 269.—Le Beuf (L. G.) The attitude of the medical profes- sion towards race suicide and criminal abortion. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 3-18.—Lebrun. . . . Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Brux., 1907, xviii, 128-130.—Le Poitte- vin (G.) . . . Rev. de droit med., Par., 1912, i, 129-135.— Lesenberg. Zur Frage des Berufsgeheimnisses. Aerztl. Monatschr., Leipz., 1898, 241-247— Leubuscher (G.) Krimineller Abort in Thuringen. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1915, 3. F., 1., 1-36.—Lewin (L.) Ueber die Fruchtabtreibung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 364- 367. —Lewis (D.) Facts regarding criminal abortion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv,• 943-947.—Lichkus (L. G.) . . . Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xii. 1358-1366.— Lindemann (W.) Zum Infektionsbild bei Abortus crimi- nalis (Staphylococcus pyog. aur. haemol., albus, Streptococ- cus anhaemolyticus u. Bacillus aerogenes capsulatus), dessen Genese und Therapie. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionskr. W iirzb., 1913, i, 447-471,1 pi.—von Lingen (L.) ... Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2441-2444. — von Liszt (E.) . . . Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1913, lv, 98-100.—Lockwood (T. F.) Criminal abortion; a pre- vailing evil against the unborn generation; a national crime committed for mere social promotion. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1906-7, iii, 220-231.—Lop (P.-A.) Le secret professionnel et l'avortement criminel. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1905, xii, 165-170. Also: Presse med., Par., 1905, i, 226.—Loria(A.E.) ... Rassegnad'ostet.eginec,Napoli, 1912, xxi, 522-529.—Love (Minnie C. T.) ... Colorado Med., Denver, 1903-4, i, 55-60. Also, Reprint.—Lutaud (A.) . . . Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1897, xiii, 5-12.—McCollom (W.) ... J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 257-259. Also, Reprint—Madigan (P. S.) The solu- tion of the problem of criminal abortion; Doctor Rabinovitz's dangerous doctrine. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 1004-1006. Also, Reprint.—Madzhuginski (A.) ... Med. Obozr., Mosk. 1909, lxxi, 615-620.—Mapes(C.C) ... Med. Age, Detroit, 1896, xiv, 677-685.—Marcuse (M.) Fruchtabtrei- bung, Praventiwerkehr und Geburtenriickgang. Sex.- Probleme, Frankf. a. M., 1914, x, 42-57.—Marx (H.) . . . Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 965-967.—May (H.) A modern social problem. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1898, xliv, 267- 271 —Maygrier (C.) Pronostic et traitement de l'avorte- ment criminel. Obstetrique, Par., 1902, vii, 257-269.— Mercier (C. A.) Duties of medical practitioners in cases of criminal abortion. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, i, 255.—Mer- courios (C. M.) [Two new methods of criminal abortion.] 'larptKv -n-pdoSos, 'Atf^cu, 1914, xix, 1.—Meyer (E.) Psychi- sche Storungen und Graviditat mit besonderer Beriick- sichtigung des kiinstlichen Abortus. Klinisch-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1910, xvii, 1-12.—Michinard (P.) Med- ical aspect of criminal abortion. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, lxi, 260-263.—Montanari [Cavarzere] (T.) L'aborto pro- vocate e le condizioni che lo favoriscono. Arch. d. antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xxxi, 124-132.—Moody (M. L.) . Med. Recorder, Shreveport, La., 1905, ii, 51-56.— Nammack (C. E.) Abortion; its social and ethical as- pects. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 479.—Newman (L E ) . . . St. Louis M. Rev., 1903, xlvii, 128-130.— Niihofl (G. C.) De abortus-kwestie. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, 1903-4, vii, 363-366.—Noir (J.) L'avorte- ment volontaire. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1901, viii, 258-262. Also: Progres med., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 39.-----. L'avor- tement volontaire k travers les ages. Med. anecdot. Par., 1901 246-249. -----. . . . Ann. med.-chir., Dour, 1903, xi, 102-105—O'Callaghan (P. J.) The moral and religious objections to inducing abortion. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905 vii, 24-26— Pappritz (A.) Die Vernichtung des keimenden Lebens. Sex.-Probleme, Frankf. a. M., 1909, v, 491-498—Parish (W. H.) . . . Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1893, xiv, 151-160. [Discussion], 181; 322—Parisot (A A.) Abortion, its practice. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1904, iii, 45-4S.—Pery (J.) ... J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1909 xxxix, 53-55.—Philbrick (Inez C.) Social causes of criminal abortion. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 489-492.- Phillips (G. A.) Criminal abortion; its frequency, progno- sis and treatment. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1896, xn, pt 2, 302-309—Pichevin (R.) . . . Semaine gynec Par , 1903 viii, 345: 1905, x, 81. -----. Du droit a l'avortement. Ibid., 1908, xiii, 25.-Pinard (A.) Du foeticide. Semaine med , Par., 1901, xxi, suppl., 101-108. Also: Ann. d hyg Par ,1902,3. s., xlvii, 234-257.-Pinkham (E. W ) Ethical questions involved in abortion. Tr. N. York Obst Soc, 1909-11, 44-51.—Prusmann. [Ein Instrument, das naung ABORTION. 74 ABORTION. Abortion (Criminal). zur Einleitung des kriminellen Abortes gebraucht wird.] Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1905, liv, 372-377.— Puppe. . . . Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1905, xxxi, 933-935. Also: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1905, xxi, 314-324.—Quackery and abortion. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii. 1273.—Quacks and abortion. Lan- cet, Lond., 1902, ii, 302.—R. (P.) Les avortements dans l'Inde Francaise. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1904, 4. s., i, 356-360.— Rabinovitz (M.) End results of criminal abortion, with comments on its present status. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 808-811. Also, Reprint—Ranwez. Relation de quel- ques faits pour servir a l'etude de l'avortement. J. de med. de Par., 1903 2. s., xv, 371-374. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1903, lv, 473-4S2— Raymond (J. H.) Professional confidences; with especial reference to the legal duty of phy- sicians in cases of criminal abortion. Gaillard's M. J., N. Y., 1897, lxvii, 223-249.—Reed (C. B.) Therapeutic and crimi- nal abortion. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 26-29. Also: Med. Standard, Chicago, 1905, xxviii, 80-82—Ri^ht of action of woman negligently injured and caused to abort. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909 liii, 409.—Robinson (W. J.) The ethics of abortion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 897.— Rogers (E. J. A.) The attitude of the profession toward abortion. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1903, ix, 149-151.—Roth (E.) Die Fruchtabtreibung durch Gifte. Med. Woche, Berl., 1905, vi, 113-116.—Rotter (H.) . . . Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 221; 237.—Russell (M.) . . . North- west Med., Seattle, 1907, v, 296-304.—Sau (J.) El aborto, el parto prematuro y la sugescion. Bol. mens. d. Col. de med. de Gerona, 1911, xvi, 1-6.—Schacht (F.) ... Arch. f. Frauenh. u. Eugenik, Wiirzb., 1915, ii, 53-66.—Schickele. Zur Kenntnis und Beurteilung des kriminellen Aborts. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1004-1008. -----. . . . Strassb. med. Ztg., 1909, vi, 42-45.—Schrevens. . . . Ann Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1889-90, i, 111-141.—■ Schwab (M.) . . . Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1910, xvii, 169-173.—SchwarzwaeUer (G.) Zur Fruchtabtrei- bung durch Gifte. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii 194.—Scott (J. F.) ... Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1896, xxxiii; 72-86. [Discussion], 129-132. Also, Reprint.—Simpson (A. R.) Criminal abortion from the ethical point of view. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1904-5, xxiii, 333-350.—Smith (H. B.) ... Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1898, 235-239.—Stahl (F. A.) Some expressions of abortive attempts at instru- mental abortion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 1560-1564.—Stockis (E.) . . . Ann. Soc de med. leg. de Belg., 1908, xix, 15-17.—Storer (H. R.) Criminal abortion; its prevalence, its prevention, and its relation to the medical examiner; based on the "Summary of the vital statistics of the New England States for the year 1892," by the six secre- taries of the New England State boards of health. Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1897, viii, 209-218. Also, Re- print.—Strasser (A. A.) Non occides. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 480-484.— Sutherland (M. H.) ... Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 209.—Swayze (G. B. H.) Reluctant pregnancy. Med. Times, N. Y., 1909, xxxvii, 321-325.—Symposium on abortion. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1905, x, 86-113—Taft (G. S.) ... Boston M. &S. J., 1909,clx, 197-199. AIso:Tt. Mass.Med.-Leg. Soc, Bost.. 1910, hi, 285-290.—Taussig (F. J.) Frequency of abortion. St. Louis M. Rev., 1909, lviii, 46.—Thiberge. . . . N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1907, lx, 314-321— Tilp (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Abtreibungsverletzungen. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1909, v, 77-79.—Traeger (J. E.) Criminal abortion from the coroner's viewpoint. Chicago M. Recorder, 1905, xxvii, 311-315.—Treub (H.) & van Tussenbroek (Catha- rine). Over den criminellen abortus in Nederland. Nederl. Tijdschr.v.Geneesk.,..Amst., 1908, 2. R., xliv, 1. Afd., 1149- 1161. — Tuzkai ( O.) ... Ungar.med.Presse,Budapest, 1905, x, 591-594.—Verchere. Ruses feminines et cathete- risme uterin. Ass. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1895, Par., 1896, xxiv, pt. 2, 840-845.—Vicarelli (G.) Moyens vulgaires pour l'avortement criminel. Compt. rend. Cong. internat. d'anthrop. crim., 1906, vi, Turin, 1908, 642-645, 1 pi.—Waggoner (J.) Criminal abortion and its relation to the medical profession. Cleveland M. Gaz., 1895-6, xi, 268- 272.—Weiss (E. A.) Some moral and ethical aspects of feticide. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1913, lxvii, 72-87.—Whitley (W. F. J.) Criminal abortion and abortifaeients. Pub. Health, Lond., 1915, xxviii, 104-116.—WMcox (W. H.) Criminal abortion and professional secrecy. Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 97.—Winter (J. T.) ... Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1898, xxxviii, 85-92. [Discussion], 101-103.—Yakobson (V. L.) [Modern abortion from a public and medical viewpoint.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1912, xxvii, 305-318 — Zarate (E.) Contribucidn al estudio clinico y terapeutico del aborto espontaneo y criminal. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, pt. 2, 753-757. Abortion (Criminal, Cases and statistics of). Heinze (O. R.) *Ueber plotzliche Todesfalle beim mechanisch bedingten kriminellen Abort. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Abortion (Criminal, Cases and statistics of). Lindenberg (V. [G.]) [*On infanticide and criminal abortion in the Government of Vitebsk (after data of the Vitebsk Circuit Court for ten years 1897-1906).] 8°. Yuryev, 1910. Witt (F.) * Kasuistischer Beitrag zur instru- mentelien Perforation des abortierenden Uterus. [Wiirzburg.] 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1912. Adamson (G. P.) Attempted criminal abortion; peri- tonitis; laparotomy. Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1909, viii, 164.—Amschl (A.) Abtreibung und Kindesmord. Arch.f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1911, xliii, 79-90.— Barcus (P. J.) Reportof a case of sudden death from shock, due to the intra-uterine injection of a solution of lead acetate to induce abortion. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap., 1895, xlvi, 241-244. Alio, Reprint—Bastian (J.) Ce qu'il est advenu d'une sonde introduite dans la matrice avec inten- tion criminelle. Rev. med. de la SuisseTRom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 786-789.—Baux (G.) & Roques (E.) Mort par intoxi- cation mercurielle apres un avortement criminel. Rev. mens, de gynec., d'obstet. et de pediat., Par., 1912, vii, 35- 38.—Bellucci (O.) La mortalita infantile e la frequenza degli aborti nelle operaie della Ra Manifattura Tabacchi di Chiaravalle. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Porto Civitanova, 1905, xiii,No.4,1; No.5,1; No.6,1.—Bentlif (B. P.) Self-induced abortion, hyperpyrexia; curetting; recovery. Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1905, ix, No. 3, 140.—Berme & Tapie. Auto-avortement; mort par anemie grave (forme perni- cieuse). Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1912, l, 578- 582.—Biancardi (G.) & Piccoll (E.) Sopra un caso di sospettato aborto criminoso; relazione di perizia. Arte ostet., Milano, 1907, xxi, 166; 177; 233.—Bietrix (L.) Sur un cas d'avortement criminel avec dechirure du col de l'utcrus. Rev. med. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1908, xvi, 21- 23.—Birge (W. S.) A case of criminal abortion with peculiar features. Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1896, v, 161- 164.—Blacker (G.) Portion of bone knitting needle, used to procure abortion, removed by operation from abdominal cavity; development of a pelvic abscess, faecal fistula, septic pyelonephritis, and general septic infection, with ultimate recovery. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Obst. & Gynaec. Sect., 107-111.—Boas (K.) Ueber ungewohnliche Verletzungen beim Tentamen abortus provocandi. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1914, lx, 134-140.— Bogdanik (J.) Kriminelle Fruchtabtreibung mit Uterus- perforation. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904,120-122.— Boissard. Les avortements a la Maternite de Tenon pen- dant le dernier trimestre de l'annee 1906 et en particulier les avortements criminels. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1907, x, 162; 176. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1907, 166.—Boss! (L. M.) Psicopatie e isterismo da aborto. Ginecol. mod., Genova, 1911, iv, No. 2, 31-42.—Bouchon (C.) Manoeuvre abortive; injection vesicale d'alcali du com- merce; cystite aigue avec sphacele de la muqueuse; perito- nite aigue' generalisee; mort. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, cidents. J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1903, xxxi, 225; 233.— Burger (L.) Ueber Abtreibung mit Intrauterinpessaren. Med. Kim., Berl., 1912, viii, 1660-1663.—Burrell (H. L.) & Bottomley (J. T.) Criminal abortion; ignorant resection of mtestme; laparotomy; operation resections; peritonitis; death. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1898, 9. s., 128.—Chambers (P. F.) A bougie found in abdominal cavity following an attempt at abortion. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1901, xliv, 243-245.—Chiarabba (U.) Di una rara com- phcanza m aborto criminoso. Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vittoria Torino, 1909, ix, 193-199.—Colombino (C.) Lesioni mul- tiple di visoeri addominali e toracici da introduzione di can- deletta a scopo abortivo. Atti d. Soc. lomb. di sc. med e biol Milano, 1913-14, iii, 167-174.-Corin (C.) & Stockis (li.) rerloration de la vessie au cours de manoeuvres abor- tives. Arch, internat. de med. leg., Bruxelles, 1914, v, 242- 247.-Crawshaw (J. W.) A case of death from air-embo- lism caused by an attempt to procure criminal abortion. N. Zealand M J. Wellington, 1912-13, xi, 280-287.-Dakin m*>• Jtaduced abortion. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, nln'Jl' ^^T^ Dominlc»s (A.) Smagliature alle mam- melle e all addome da gravidanza non avanzata. Arch, in- ternat. de med. leg., Brux., [etc.], 1911, ii, 238.----- Per- toraziom dell' utero da movimenti repentini nel corso di manovre abortive. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1915, xi, 309-311 —---. .Parto prematuro criminoso. 7&i/ Marmetschke & ££- fe,V Gasplilegmone nach kriminellem Abort. Monat- schr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl 1914 *i Vfv-wT tonTVs T\J°tBS°^f °fcrirnina\Vortion^3lo7 ten M. & S. J 1896, cxxiv, 429-433. -----. Criminal abor- tion, with a dying declaration. md., 1899, cxli 461-463 [Discussion], 471.-Drozda (J). Ein Fall von Pyemia in ABORTION. 75 ABORTION Abortion (Criminal, Cases and statistics of). Folsre von crimineller Fruchtabtreibung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, ix, 318-320.—Duncan (H. A.) Infection by Frankel's pneumococcus after criminal abortion. Am. J. Obst., N.Y., 1913,lxvii, 149-151.—EbrancKF.) Flemmone dello spazio del Retzius da tentative di aborto. Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vittoria, Torino, 1910, x, 17-22.—Ehrenberg (Grete). Tentamen abortus provocandi deficiente gravidi- tate. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., I/eipz., 1912, xxxvi, 1373 — Ehrnrooth. [Ein Fall von krimmeller Friihgeburt. Ref., p. ciii.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1902, xliv, 27,°-28o.—von Emden (J. E. G.) Selbstbestrafung wegen Abortus. Zentralbl. f. Psychoanal., Wiesb., 1912, ii, 647.— Fabre & Rhentier. Un cas de streptococcie mortelle avec streptococcohemie consecutive a- un avortement criminel. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1911, xiv, 48-51.-----------. Mort par empoisonnement apres un avortement criminel. Ibid., 388-392.------------. A propos d'une observation d'auto-avortement. Ibid., 1912, l, 922-925.—Fergus (J. F.)' Pregnancy in an unmarried subject complicated by a fibroid, an "illegal operation" followed by abortion, sepsis; hys- terectomy; recovery. Glasgow M. J., 1915, lxxxiv, 15-19.— Fialowski(B.) VerbrechenderFruchtabtreibivng. Aerztl. Centr .-Ztg., Wien, 1900, xii, 502.—Fieux. Un cas de resis- tance de l'oeuf a des manoeuvres abortives repetees. Rev. mens, de gynec. [etc.], Bordeaux, 1901, iii, 205-207.—Frank (E. R. W.i Ueber Verletzungen der Harnblasen-Sehleim- haut durch Abtreibungsversuche. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1913, 3. F., xlvi, 27-41.—Frigyesi (J.) [Two cases of abortion from hairpin m the uterus.] G ynaekotogia, Budapest, 1907, 352-356.—Garnier (L.) Empoisonnement apres avortement par la sabine; extrait d'un rapport d'ex- pertise chimique. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1906,4. s., v, 549-557.— Gonzilez (J. B.) Arrancamiento del intestino por manio- bras de aborto criminal; reseccion de 80 cmts. de intestino. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1915, xxiii, 1768- 1770.—Gottschalk (S.) Krimmeller Abort und Kindes- mord. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1903, xi, 131-152.—Gould (Orissa W.) Induced abortion, perforation of the uterus, without peritonitis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896,1,246.—Greenley (T.B.) Is the practice of producing abortion common among medical men? Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1904-5, xi, 184-186.— Grenson (A.) Lacune du diaphragme; etranglement mor- tel de l'estomac chez une femme enceinte; presomption d'avortement criminel. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1890-91, ii, 90-95.—Grossmann (A.) Zur Ka- suistik der Fruchtabtreibung. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1904, 3. F., xxvii, 185.—Hall (R. B.) Two cases of unusual complications following criminal abortion. Am. J. Surg., N. Y.. 1914, xxviii, 198-201.—Harris (F. A.) & Whit- ney (W. F.) Criminal abortion; perforation of the uterus with passage of the fetus into the abdominal cavity, and pro- lapse of the intestine; death; dismemberment. Boston M. & S. J., 1906, civ, 739-741.—Haussner. Vier Falle von Ab- treibung. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist, Leipz., 1907, xxvi, 241.—Hedren (G.) Zur Statistik und Kasuistik der Fruchtabtreibung. Vrtjschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1905, n. F., xxix, 43-65.—Herbinet. Hematurie vesicale dans un cas d'avortement criminel; intoxication mercurielle et infectionpuerperale. Bull. Soc. d'obst.de Par., 1905, viii, ' 332-340.—Hill (A. B.) A case of abortion by drugs. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond., 1902-4, i, 59-61.—Howe. Versuch der Fruchtabtreibung durch Nitrobenzol (Mirbanol) mit todlichem Ausgang. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1906, xix, 446-449.—Dnpallomenl (G.) Intorno ad un caso di aborto criminoso seguito da morte. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1914, xvi, 324-336.—Johansen (A.) [Abortion and autopsy.] Tidsskr. f. Jordem0dre, Kj0benh., 1895-6, vi, 17-21 — Josephson (C. D.) Abortus provocatus. Svensk. Lak.- Sallsk. Forhandl., 1909, 397-410. — Judd. Septic uterus. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1916, lxxiii,511.—Julien. Avortement en un temps; ceuf de deux mois expulse en entier. Echo mod. du nord, Lille, 1909, xiii, 246.—Keifler. Grossesse de quatre mois et demi; hydramnios; avortement; retention placentaire. Bull. Soc. beige de gynec et d'obst., Brux., 1892, iii, 201.—Krlvskl (L. A.) [Perforation of the uterus in the performance of artificial abortion with penetration of bougie into the abdominal cavity.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1914, xxix. 29-34.—Ktister. Abort pro- voziert durch Silkfaden. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1911, Brest, 1912, ii, 45.—Labourdette. Un cas de nephrite hydragyrique a la suite d'un avortement pro- voque. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1909, xii, 336-340.—Lan- simaki (T.) Schwere Verletzung der Seheiden-Blasen- wand bei lu-imineller Provokation von Abort; letale Septika- mie. Mitt. a. d. gynaek. Klin. d.... O. Engstrom in Hel- singfors, Berl., 1912-13, x, 203-217.—Lande (P.) Mort su- bite au cours de manoeuvres abortives. J. de med. de Bor- deaux, 1913, xliii, 294.—Lee (W. E.) Removal of a knitting- needle from an abdommal abscess. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1908, x, 12.—Lesser (A.) Ablosung fast der ganzen Decidua vera durch kriminelle Uterusinjektion. Vrtljschr. f. ge- richtl. Med., Berl., 1915,xlix, 1-6.—Lewis(E. W.) Removal of a stick, used to procure abortion, through the abdominal wall. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1405.—von Liszt. Einson- derbarerAbtreibungsfall. Aerztl.Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1914, xx, 309.—Lochte. Ueber Todesfalle bei Fruchtabtreibungs- versuchen. Ibid., 1908, xiv, 25-29.—Ludwig (F.) Ureter- Abortion (Criminal, Cases and statistics of). blasenscheidenfistel nach kriminellem Abort. Ztschr. f. urol. Chir., Berl., 1913, i, 459-464— Lutaud (A.) La vente des sondes comme cause d'avortement. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1899, vi, 69-72.—Markowic (R.) Seltener Ausgang einer versuchten Fruchtabtreibung. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 1642-1644.—Michaelis. Krimineller Abort. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. u. Berl., 1907, xxxiii, 1316.—Morestin (H.) Perforations uterines multi- ples dans un cas d'avortement criminel; infection suivie de mort malgre l'hysterectomie. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 60-62.—Mueller (A.) Tentamen abortus provocandi deficiente graviditate; Oxycyanatintoxikation vom Peritoneum aus. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 1461-1463.—Neugebauer (F.) Tentamen abortus provocandi aut deficiente graviditate uterina, aut praesente extrauterina. Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1912, vii, 59- 116.—Nijhofl(G. C.) Plotselinge dood bij abortus provo- catus. Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1906, vi, 625-638.—Okinchits (L.) [Several casesof perforation of the uterus in performing criminal abortion.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1910, xxv, 2033-2036.—Parkinson (J. T.) Primitive dry- cupping as an abortifacient followed by a fatal result. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvi, 677.—Pavlofl (A. N.) [Two cases of cervico-vaginal fistula in abortion.] Russk. vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 160.—Pazzi (M.) Un caso di preteso procurato aborto da parte della levatrice. Ginecol. mod., Genova, 1911, iv, 501-511.—Penkert. Mehrere Falle von kriminellen Aborten. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 1798.—Perrin de la Touche (E.) Mort subite pendant une tentative d'avortement par injection intrauterine au sep- tieme mois de la grossesse. J. de med. de Par., 1898, 2. s., x, 166. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par.; 1898, v, 93-98.—Richter (M.) Ueber Luftembolie bei krimmeller Abtreibung. Mo- natschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1914, xxxix, 620- 633.—Rixen (P.) Zur Statistik der Fruchtabtreibung. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1906, xxi, 326-328.—Roussel. Avortement,criminel; perforation de l'uterus; mort. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1899, xviii, 232- 238.—Sacchi (A.) Di un corpo estraneo introdotto in vesci- ca a scopo abortivo. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1907, xxi, 9-14.—Schmid (H. H.) Tentamen abortus provocandi deficiente graviditate. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 1457-1461.—Schdnbeck (A.) Ein Fall von krimi- nellem Abortus. Ibid., 1905, xxix, 1497-1499.—Seydel (C.) Eigenthumlicher Verlauf eines criminellen Abortes. Vrtj- schr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1896, 3. F., xii, 352-362.—Shir- shoff (D. I.) [Two cases of criminal abortion.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1906, xx, 989-995.—Sigwart (W.) Tentamen abortus provocandi deficiente graviditate. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 500-504.—Simons (E.M.) Zur Kasuistik des kriminellen Abortes. Ibid.,1907, xxxi, 1618-1621.—Slavik (V.) [Suspected murder; sudden death from a gaseous embolism produced by criminal insuf- flation of plum brandy into the uterus of a pregnant woman.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1908, xlvii, 263; 301; 332.—de Smitt (B. S.) Zur Kasuistik des Abortus provocatus. Arch. f. Gynak., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 743-791.—Snyder (K. F.) Perforation of pregnant uterus in an unsuccessful attempt to produce abortion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 734.— Storz (C.) Criminal abortion as seen by the coroner. Am. M. Compend., Toledo, 1905, xxi, 78-80—Stratz (C. H.) Abortus febrilis en criminalis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, ii, 1666-1674.—Streuli (E.) Ueber einen Fremd- korper im Uterus, zugleich ein Beitrag zur kriminellen Fruchtabtreibung. Gynaecol, helvet, Geneve, 1911, xi, 362- 3<><>.—Strolnovskl (F. S.) [Case of criminal abortion and attempted abortion.] Vestnik Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 1913, xlix, 547-560—von Sury (K.) Abtreibungsversuch mit Safrantinktur. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xiv, 314.—Tantzscher (K.) Fruchtab- treibungs versuch durch intra-uterine Injektion von Fehling'- scher Losung. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1907, xxviii, 5-8.—Tate (M. A.) A case of attempted abortion. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1904, n. s., Iii, 596-599.—Thomson (A. B. M.) A case of self-induced abortion. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 693.—Tiger (S. Ya.) [Foreign body in the uterus.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 282-284.—Tissier. Les avorte- ments a la Maternite de Tenon pendant le dernier trimestre de l'annee 1906, et en particulier les avortements criminels. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1907, x, 162-169.—Traeger (J. E.) Criminal abortion as it comes before the coroner's office. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, vii, 35-37.—Treplin. [Stark blutender Riss am Fundus uteri infolge kriminellen Aborts.] Jahrb. f. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1903-4, Hamb. u. Leipz., 1905, ix, 181.—Turenne (A.) Note sur la provoca- tion criminelle de 1 'avortement dans la grossesse ectopique. Arch. mens, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1913, ii, 179-181.—von Valenta (A.) Uterusperforation mit Metallkatheter bei kriminellem Abort. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1909, iii, 512.—Varnier (H.) Observation et autopsie d'une femme qui pretendait s'6tre fait avorter en s'introduisant une sonde dans l'uterus. Ann. de gynec et d'obst., Par., 1902, lviii, 81-94.—Voigt (J.) Versuchte Fruchtabtreibung, Gan- gran der Schleimhaut der zum Teil imraligamentar entwi- ckelten Blase, Sectio alta und Geburt eines ausgetragenen Kindes. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, ii, 710-716 — Watson (J. L.) Septicaemia and pyaemia following crimi- ABORTION 76 ABORTION. Abortion (Criminal, Cases and statistics of). nal abortion; report of a case. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1902, xviii, 136-138.—Watson (W. T.) An attempted abor- tion. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1902-3, vii, 562. [Discussion], 563-565.—Wiessenrieder. Fruchtabtreibung; Tod durch Luftembolie. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1910, x x i i i, 585-593.—Wells (B. H.) Abortion from introduc- tion of hairiun into uterus. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1907, lvi, 862.—Werelius (A.) Successful resection of twelve feet and two inches of the ilium in case of criminal abortion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 945. —Zinsser. Krimmeller Abtreibungsversuch bei Extrauteringraviditat. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913,1, 227. Abortion (Criminal, Jurisprudence of). See, also, Abortion (Criminal, Cases ana sta- tistics of); Abortion (Justifiable). Brouardel (P.) L'avortement. 8°. Paris, 1901. von Fabrice (H.) Die Lehre von der Kinds- abtreibung und vom Kindesmord; gerichtsarzt- liche Studien. 2. neubearbeitete Aufl. von A. Weber. 8°. Berlin, 1905. Hedren (G.) [The expulsion of the foetus from a medico-leijal standpoint with special reference to Swedish conditions and jurispru- dence.] 8°. Stockholm, 1901. Klotz-Forest. De l'avortement est-ce un crime? 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. Schterbanofp (I.) *Reflexions m^dico-le- gales sur l'avortement. 8°. Montpellier, 1915. Wonderful trial of Caroline Lohman, alias Restell, with speeches of counsel, charge of court, and verdict of jury. 3. ed. 8°. New York, 1847. Abortionist (An) sentenced. Northwest. Lancet, Min- neap., 1903, n. s., xxiii, 49.—Affaire Boisleux-de la Jarrige. Proces celeb., Par., 1896-7, iv, 347; 379; 425, 3 port.—Atkin- son (S. B.) Avortements spontanes et criminels au point de vue medico-legal. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 16, 16. — Avortement et complicite. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1911, xxvi, 261- 266. — Bertazzoli (A.) & Piana (G.) Interessante caso medico-legale nel campo ostetrico. Prat, ostet.-ginee., Milano, 1898, i, 154-159.—Biancardi (G.) Aborto crimi- noso o simulazione di aborto procurato? Arte ostet., Milano, 1915, xxix, 49-55.—Bottaro (O. L.) Aborto; consideraciones medico-legales. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 3-5.—Brouardel (P.) Consultation medico- legale concemant l'avortement. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1900, xiv, 833: 190L xx, 18. -----. La pour- suite du crime d'avortement en France. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1900, xiii, 353: 1901, xiv, 1. -----. L'avortement au point de vue medico-legal. J. de med. de Par., 1902,3. s., xiv, 138; 149.—Burden of proof and presump- tions in abortion cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1229.—Cattell (H. W.) Some medico-legal aspects of abor- tion. Bull. Am. Acad. M., Easton, Pa., 1907, viii, 334-352.— Charge of illegal abortion. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1916, xiv, 169-171.—Chrobak (R.) Ueber den Nachweis von Hakenzangenspuren an den Muttermunds- lippen. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 97-101.— Chubinski (M. P.) [Abortion in contemporary jurispru- dence and its desirable status.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1912, xxvii, 461^86.—Clemente (F.) Una quistione medico-legale sulP aborto interno. Corriere san., Milano, 1904, xv, 368-370.—Constructive murder. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1837:1899, i, 448—Conviction of an abor- tionist. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1517: 1904, i, 1013.—Corin (G.) Quelques cas de casuistique medico-legale. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1897-8, ix, 316-319.-----. A propos de deux questions medico-legales relatives k l'avortement. Ibid., 433-439.-----. Sur les caracteres de l'ecoulement vulvaire dans l'avortement. Ibid., 1907, xviii, 87-90.-----. Determination de la date de manoeuvres abor- tives. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1913, xxviii, 519. Also: Arch, internat. de med. leg., Brux., 1914, v, 1-17.—Coriveaud (A.) L'avortement est-il un meurtre? J. de mid. de Bordeaux, 1897, xxvii, 9-11.—Cumston (C. G.) The medico-legal aspects of autoabortion. Am. Med., Phila.. 1904, vii, 177-179. Also, Reprint.—Davis (E. P.) Abortion. In: Text-Book Leg. Med. (Peterson & Haines), 8°, Phila., 1904, ii, 91-102.—Dr. [JO Wilkins s case; charge of manslaughter. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1901-2, ii, 133-150— Fehrsen (A. O. M.) Disciplinary inquiry, Cape Province Medical Council. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1911, ix, 131-139.—Fraenckel (P.) Contribution au diagnostic histologique de l'avortement en medecine legale. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1910, 4. s., xiii, 521-524.—Fromme (F.) Ceber Uterusverletzungen bei der Aborttherapie, ihre Diag- nose, Behandlung und strafrechtliche Bedeutung. Prakt. Abortion (Criminal, Jurisprudence of). Evjcbn. d. (Ji>burtsh. u. Gynaek. Wiesb., 1914, vi, 266 ->s7. — Gillespie (W.) Abortion; with special reference to its medico-legal aspects. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1915, cxiii, 97-102.—Greenwood (M.) Dr. Collins at the Old Bailey. Med. Mag., Lond., 1S9X, vii, 595-607.—Haugk (F.) Zur gerichtsarztlichen Beurtheilung der Frucht-Abtreibungs- Versuche. Mag. f. d. Staatsarznk., Leipz., 1844, ii, 205.— Hegar (A.) Bericht iiber die Angelegenheit Niebergall. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1913, xviii, 152- 155.—Herzog (M.) The forensic diagnosis of criminal abor- tion. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 545-550 — Hiller (K.) Die Strafwurdigkeit der Abtreibung. N. Ge- neration, Berl., 1909, v, 152-163.—Hinterstoisser (J.) Das moderne Vehmgericht, eine sociale Gelahr! Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1890, iii, 818; 835; 854; 875; 894; 916.—Hitsch- mann (F.) Zur mikroskopischen Diagnose des Abortus. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 961-971.—Illegal operation. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1901-2, ii, 153- . 155.—Impallomeni (G.) &Senni(G.) In causa di aborto seguito da morte; relazione di perizia medico-legale. Clin. ostet., Roma, 1906, viii, 73; 97.—lonescu (G. A.) Avort traumatic (un caz complicat); afacere medico-judiciarS.. Spi- talul, BucurescI, 1907, xxvii, 145-162.—Jacoby (D. P. A.) First conviction for abortion in the State of Rhode Island. Providence M. J., 1903, iv, 57-59.—Keller (R.) Zur Kenntnis der kongenitalen Hautdefekte am Kopfe des Neugeborenen. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1908, 3. F.. xxxv, 223- 250, 2 pi.—Khundadze (Ye. S.) [Attempted abortion; expert testimony in the trial of the midwife Lisaya.] Vest- nik Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 1909, xiv, pt. 2, 230-240.—Kleinwachter (L.) Die maskirte kriminelle Schwangerschafts-Unterbrechung. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1900, v, 200-206 — Kbnig. Ueber Abtreibung der Leibesfrucht vom gerichts- arztlichen Standpunkt. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Frauenh. u. Geburtsh., Halle a. S., 1902, iv, 5. Hft, 1-34.—L. (H.) Le drame d'Heure-Je-Romain; condamna- tion. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1900, xxi, 274.—Lambinon. Contribution nouvelle k l'etude de la determination de Page du foetus d'apres le poids du placenta dans les cas de fausse couche. Ibid., 1898, xix, 12.—La Torre (F.) Parere medico- legale sopra un procurato aborto. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1903, v, 121-145.—Laurent (J.) Pr&omption d'avortement; probability de fausse couche spontanee. J. de med. de Par., 1910,2. s., xxii, 199. Also: Rev.de med. leg., Par., 1910,xvii, 65-69.—Lauro (V.) Aborto spontaneo o criminoso? Rela- zione di perizia medico-legale, con un'appendice sull' accusa di incapacity o negligenza d'un sanitario. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1905. xii, 47; 103; 163. — Leblond. Sur l'avortement spontane dans les premiers mois de la grossesse; importance medico-legale de Pintegrite des membranes. Bull. Soc de med. de Par. (1875), 1876, x, 73-83.—Lebrun (A.) A propos d'une denonciation d'avortement. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Brux., 1905-6, xvii, 63-08.— Licata (G.) Perizia medico-legale. Gazz. med. sicil. Cata- nia, 1902, v, 103; 115; 127— Lichkus (L. G.) [Abortion from a medico-forensic viewpoint.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 109-118.—Liebeck (A.) Das Tentamen abortus provocandi deficiente graviditate und seine rechtliche Be- deutung. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1913, xxxvii, 757-817.—Lutaud (A.) L'aflaire Boisleux et les avortements criminels. J. de mea. de Par., 1890, 2. s., viii, 602-605. Alio: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1897, iv, 20-27. -----. Quelques questions medico-legales relatives a l'avor- tement. Rev. prat, d'obst.et de gynec, Par., 1897, xiii, 87- 91.—Malvoz (E.) Les recherches microscopiques necessaires dans les cas d'avortement suppose. Ann. Soc. de med leg de Belg., Charleroi, 1890-91, ii, 17-35.—Maryland (A) abor- tionist gets no pardon. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii 1475.-Mislig (M.) Am I guilty? Med. Pharm. Critic, n! Y., 1914, xyn, 102-104.-Mucci (S.) Per una intcrrotta gravidanza (relazione ostetrico-legale). Arch, internaz. di med e chir., Napoli, 1906, xxii, 205-210.—Noir. L'avorte- ment volontaire. Med. leg. et jurisp. med. Trav. retc.l, Par., 1902, 258-262.-Parisot (P.) Medecine legale; incul- pation d'avortement; faux aveux d'une hvsterique. Rev med. de Pest, Nancy, 1904, xxxvi, 734-740.—Patoir. Avorte- ment spontane ou provoque? Etude medico-legale. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 481-486.—Pazzi (M.) Alcune disquisizioni teonche sull' aborto criminoso e sull' infanti- cidio e la ritardata riforma della perizia scientifica nel pro- cesso penale. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1911, xx, 641-652.—Penal servitude for illegal operation. Brit M J Lond., 1902, l, 1124.—Perrando (E. E.) Perizia medica sui prodotto abortivo. Med. ital., Napoli, 1909, vii, 1; 23 - Piccoli (G.) Perizia medico-legale per denunzia <3i aborto procurato seguito da morte. Gior. p. i med. periti giud ed uff san [etc.], Napoli, 19oo, iv, 401-413.-Porter (WW) A discussion of the legal aspect of criminal abortion. Proc m IM Ra™' nla-'Al89l' xh-' 161"170- [Discussionl, 181-186.—Kanwez. Der Abortus m gerichtsarztlicher Be- ziehung Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903, xlviii, 516; 527, 536 - Rapport sur un cas d'avortement et de grossesse; V a-t-il grossesse? l'accouchement a-t-il eu lieu avant termed a-t-u" ete provoque? J. de med. de Par., 1901 3 s xiii 3X3 _ Raymond (J. IT.) Professional confidences; with especial reference to the legal duty of physicians in cases of crimim abortion. Brooklyn M. /, 1897/xi, 537-5S.iKrendum ABORTION. 77 ABORTION. Abortion (Criminal, Jurisprudence of). sur l'avortement. Chron. med., Par., 1909, xvi, 97-132.— Rex vs. Dr. W. R.Scott. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1911, xi, 185-1S7.—Rex vs. Smith. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 1311.—Roberts (J. D.) Criminal abortion; medico-legally considered. Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1900, xlvi, 92; 130 — Rosenblat. [Abortion in the light of the criminal law.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1912, li, 378-380— Serious charge against a medical practitioner. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1907, v, 39.—Sippel (A.) Tentamen abortus provocandi deficiente graviditate; zugleich ein Beitrag zu der Frage: Was vertragt das Bauchfell, was vertragt es nicht? Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., .1912, xxxvi, 1097- 1102.—Slavlk {V.) [Spontaneous abortion or effected by brutal treatment? Slight or severe injuries of the body?] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1908, xlvii, 1441-1443.—Spinner (J. R.) Periodenstorungsmittel; ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des kriminellen Kurpfuschertums. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1913, liv, 226-250. -----. Studien zum Abortusproblem. 1. Die Beseitigung von im Ver- brechen erzeugten Friichten. Ibid., 1914, lx, 307-342.—von Sterneck (0.> Zur Frage der Abtreibung. Ibid., 190,5-6, xxii, 73-78.—Taylor (R. C.) Why do criminal abortions go unpunished? Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, ix, 453 — Vander Veer (A.) Spontaneous and criminal abortion, from a medico-legal point of view. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1906, xx, 201-204.-----. The legal status of criminal abor- tion, with especial reference to the duty and protection of the consultant. Am. J. Obst, N.Y.,1910, lxi, 429-437. [Dis- cussion], 496-501.—Vicarelli (G.) Relazione peritale nella vertenza tra la Signora N. N.....artista linea, di . . ., e l'onorevole Compagnie Paris-Lyon-Mediterranee, di Parigi; collisione ferroviaria a Tonneree li 12-12-1906 ed aborto embrionale a Milano 31-12-1906. Ginec. mod., Genova, 1908, i, 106-131— Wachholz. [Medical jurisprudence of criminal abortion.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1912, li, 375- 378.—Will (O. B.) The Binkley case; from a medico-legal standpoint. Peoria M. J., 1898, iii, 193-200.-----. The medico-legal status of abortion. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1900-1901, n. s., ii, 506-511.—Writhing (The) of a scotched snake. [Abortionist] Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 867 — Zeisler (S.) The legal and moral aspects of abortion. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 538-541.—Zweifel (E.) Krimineller Abortivversuch bei nicht bestehender Schwan- gerschaft. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. u. Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1679. Abortion (Criminal, Legislation relat- ing to). See, also, Abortion (Criminal, Prevention of). Albini (D.) L'aborto criminoso nel diritto penale e nella medicina legale, con cenni di storia, etnografia e statistica. 8°. Roma, 1898. Delaplane (H.) Contribution a l'etude de IV ortement criminel dans ses rapports avec les theories neo-malthusiennes et la legislation. 8°. Paris, 1911. Horch & von Fran que (O.) Die Abtreibung der Leibesfrucht vom Standpunkte der Lex ferenda. 8°. Halle a, S., 1910. Tardieu (A.) Etude medico-legale sur l'avortement suivie d'une note sur Fobligation de declarer a l'etat civil les foetus mort-nes et d'observations et recherches pour sen ir a l'his- toire medico-legale des grossesses fausses et simulees. Cinquieme edition, revue et augmen- ted de rapports medicaux sur 1'affaire Boisleux et La Jarrige par MM. Brouardel, Thoinot et Mavgrier. 8°. Paris, 1898. Blumm (R.) Abortus, Strafgesetz, Rassenhygiene. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2771.—Boas (K.) Legalitat der Fruchtabtreibung im kunftigen Strafrecht oder nicht? Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1910-11, xl, 213-215—Brock (C. R.) Suggested amendments to the law concerning abortion. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1903, ix, 156.—Bulette(L. D.) The law of crimi- nal abortion in Pennsylvania. Proc. Phila-. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1893, xiv, 171-186.—de Busschere (A.) Quelques notes sur la legislation comparee en matiere d'avortement. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1891-2, iii, 72- 115. -De Bord (W. A.) Criminal abortion; the Nebraska law. West. M. Uev., Lincoln, Neb., 1905, x, 93-97.— Ehinger (O.) Der Grund der Abtreibungsbestrafung. N. Generation, Berl., 1912, viii, 229-239.—Fiessler (A.) Die menschliehe Fortpflanzung und das Strafgesetz; ein Beitrag zur Frage der Motive zur Bestrafung der Sterilisation und der Fruchtabtreibung. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Krimi- nalist., Leipz., 1914, lvi, 282-326. — Geleerd ( M.) The abortion laws of Ohio. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1905, xxi, 80-83.—Gillespie (W.) Ohio law governing abor- tion. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1914, cxii, 437.—Goldschmldt Abortion (Criminal, Legislation relat- ing to). (J.) Ueber die Behandlung der Abtreibung im Vorentwurf zum deutschen Strafgesetzbuch. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xviii, 25-40.—Hawkins (H. N.) The practical working of the law against criminal abortion. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1903, ix, 153-156.—Kocks (J.) Verbrechen und Gesetz. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 1246- 1249.—Law (The) as to criminal abortion. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1701.—Legalization of abortion in France. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 604.—Liberman (Ya. E.) [Abortion in the R ussian law. ] Terap. O bozr., O dessa, 1914, vii, 147-168.—L6pez Hermosa(A.) Juicio critico sobre los arts.569y 570delCddigopenal vigente... Gac.med.,Mexico, 1897,xxxiv, 189-206.—Marcuse(M.) Dieantineomalthusia- nischen Bestimmungen in dem Entwurf eines Gesetzes gegen Missstande im Heilgewerbe. Sex. Probleme, Frankf. a. M., 1911, vii, 81-135.—Nacke (P.) Strafrechtsreform und Ab- treibung. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 95-100.—Obornicker. Ein Beitrag zur Inter- pretation des § 49a, R. St. G. [Abort betreflend]. Monat- schr. f. Krim.-Psyehol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1910-11, vii. 648- 654.—Parsons (Mary). The written law in reference to the unborn child. Wash. M. Ann., 1910-11, ix, 153-160 — Projet de loi contre l'avortement et la provocation k l'avortement. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec., Par., 1910, 264-266.—Schickele (G.) Geburtshulfe und Strafrecht. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1909, vi, 97-100. — Seaman (A. B.) Colorado laws relating to criminal abortion. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1903, ix, 141-149. — Sheean (J. M.) The common and statute law of Illinois. Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1905, vii, 37-45.—Simon (M.) Ueber die Notwendig- keit gesetzlicher Bestimmungen betr. den kiinstlichen Abor- tus. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 797-801.— Stacker (Helene). Strafrechtsreform und Abtreibung. N. Generation, Berl., 1908, iv, 399-409.—Strassmann (F.) La punition de l'avortement en Allemagne. Ann.Soc.de med. leg.de Belg., Charleroi, 1908, xix, 11-14. -----. Die Behand- lung der Abtreibung im kunftigen Strafgesetzbuch. Vrtlj- schr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1915, xlix, 239-253.—Thorn (W.) Die Notwendigkeit gesetzlicher Bestimmungen fur den kiinstlichen Abortus. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1910, xxxiv, 501-512.—Treub (H.) De wet en de abortus crimi- nalis. Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt, Haarlem, 1909-10, xv, 245-268.-----. Het jongste abortus-artikel in de Tweede Kamer. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, 849-852.—Winn (W. B.) Midwifery in its relation to abortion and the laws of the State of Missouri. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1908-9, v, 636-341. Also: Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1909, iii. [Discussion], 84-87. Abortion (Criminal, Prevention of). Pfeieter (M.) *Essai d'une prophylaxie de l'avortement criminel. 8°. Paris, 1909. Bossi (L.-M.) Des mo yens de remedier a- la frequence dc l'avortement criminel. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1908, xxix, 370- 373. Also: Semaine gynec, Par,, 1908, xiii, 337-340.—Brun (A.) Der Kampf gegen die kriminelle Fruchtabtreibung. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 700-703.—Cohen (M.S.) The notification to the health authorities of cases of abortion and miscarriage. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 2153-2155.—Drouineau. De l'avortement; mesures a pren- dre. Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1907, xxi, 145-156.—Dupu- reux. Mesures k prendre en vue d'empecher la diminution de la natalite provoquee par des moyens illicites. Belgique med., Gand, 1910, xvii, 423.—Durand-Fardel. Rapport sur la circulaire de M. le Prefet de la Seine, en date du 26 Jan- vier 1882, concernant la declaration et 1 'inhumation des foetus ainsi que des embryons de moins de 4 mois. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1882), 1883, xvii, 70-82.—Hirsch (M.) Der Kampf gegen die kriminelle Fruchtabtreibung. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 995; 1688.—Iosifofl (G. M.) [Measures of struggling with criminal abortion.] Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 1915, ii, 63-68.—Lepage (G.) Note sur un point de la prophylaxie de l'avortement criminel. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1915, xxxvii, 820-833—Lindner t,S.) Die Ver- hinderung der Abtreibung der Leibesfrucht. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., 1894, Budapest, 1890, viii, pt. 3, 279-282.—McDonnell (R. H.) What shall the medical pro- fession do to prevent abortions? J. Kansas M. Soc, Law- rence, 1906, vi, 278-282.—Meyer-Rtiegg (H.) Der Kampf gegen die kriminelle Fruchtabtreibung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xliii, 129-144.—Okinchits (L.) [How shall we combat criminal abortion?] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1912, xxvii, 319-332.-Orloff (V. N.) [Criminal abortion and means of preventing it.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1914, vii, 129-134. [Discussion], 153-168.— Pazzi (M.) Misure preventive contro l'aborto criminoso e l'inlanticidio. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1913, xxii, 523; 614.—Repression (De la) de la provocation k l'avorte- ment. Soc de med. leg. de France. Bull., Par., 1911, 2. s., viii, 19-32.—Schmid (II. H.) Nochmals zum Kampf gegen die kriminelle Fruchtabtreibung; Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatze von M. Hirsch. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1913, xxxvii, 207.—Schneickert (II.) Die gewerbsmassige Ab- treibung und deren Bekampfung. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psy- chol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1905-6, ii, 623-05, xix, 68-72—Veverka (J.) [Sus- pected abortion.J Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1870, ix, 353- 355.—Villa (F. N.) La minaccia d' aborto. Arte ostet., Milano, 1915, xxix, 305-310. Abortion (Epizootic). See Abortion (Infectious). Abortion (Habitual). See Abortion (Repeated). Abortion (Incomplete). Casteran (A.) *Du traitement rationnel et precoce de l'avortement incomplet. 8°. Paris, 1906. Encke ([A.] P.) *Ueber Plasmazellen bei un- vollkommenem Abort. [Rostock.] 8°. Aschers- leben, 1910. Kourina (A.) *Du traitement de l'avorte- ment incomplet. 8°. Geneve,1901. Lucas (C.) Contribution a l'etude du traitement de la delivrance dans l'avortement incomplet. 4°. Paris, 1896. Magne (H.-P.-J.) *Traitement de l'avorte- ment incomplet. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Xeri (J.) *Tratamento do aborto incompleto. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1900. Verdier (T.) *De l'opportunite et du choix d'une intervention dans l'avortement incomplet. 8°. Paris, 1904. Abortion (Incomplete). Zoppelli (U.) Come pud essere trattato l'aborto incompleto nella pratica di campagna. 8° Badia Polesine, 1905. Audebert & Chaleix. Conduite k tenir dans l'avorte- ment incomplet. Cong, period, de gynec, d'obst. et de paediat. Mem. et disc. 1895, Par., 1896. 722.—Avortement (De 1') incomplet, de la conduite k tenir: traitement. Rev. med., Quebec, 1898-9, ii, 193; 201; 210; 217; 225.-Batuaud (J.^ Traitement de l'avortement incomplet. Rev. mM.- chir. d. mal. d. femmes, Par., 1896, xviii, 641-643. -----. Les dangers de l'emploi de la curette et surtout des pinces dans l'avortement incomplet. Ibid., 1897, xix, 513-517.—Bello (E.) Tratamiento del aborto incompleto. Cr6n. med., Lima, 1899, xvi, 33; 49; 65; 84.—Belt (J. H.) Management of incomplete abortion. Cleveland J. M., 1900, v, 91-96.— Beuttner (O.) Zur Technik des Curettement und der Einfiihrung von Gaze in den Uterus nach incompletem Abortus. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 1857-1862 — Budin (P.) Trois faits interessants d'avortement incom- plet. J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1898, xxvi, 113-115.—Can- naday (J. E.) The surgical treatment of incomplete abor- tion. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 15.— Coen (G.) II raschiamento immediate nell' aborto incom- pleto. Riv. di ostet. [etc.], Torino, 1897, ii, 305-343—Contl (A.) Sui trattamento dell'aborto incompleto. Corriere san., Milano, 1903, xiv, 270; 281.—Corcoran (W. J.) The treatment of incomplete abortion in unfavorable surround- ings. Brooklyn M. J., 1898, xii, 742-748.—Dauber (J. H.) Three cases of detached ovum with profuse haemorrhage, with some comments on the treatment of incomplete abor- tion. Med. Mag., Lond., 1904, xiii, 839-844.—Doleris. Traitement de l'avortement incomplet. Bull, et mem. Soc. obst. et gynec de Par., 1897, 165-189. Also: 3. de med. de Par., 1897, 2. s., ix, 313-320. Also: Trav. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1898, 189-204.—d'Erchia (F.) Die Behand- lung des unvollstandigen Abortes. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 1181-1186—Gastonguay (P.-A.) Traitement rationnel et precoce de l'avortement incomplet. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1905-6, vii, 285; 330.—Gaulard. Avortement incomplet; curage et curettage. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 273-275.—Hutchison (F. W. E.) Haemor- rhage due to incomplete abortion. Lancet, Lond., 1901. ii, 848.—Jellett (H.) Note on a case of incomplete abortion. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1897, n. s., ciii, 386-390.—Jouin (J.) Con- tribution k l'etude du traitement de l'avortement incomplet. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de gynec., 368-371. — Lepage ( G.) De l'lnsecurito du curettage instrumental dans la retention placentaire post-abortum. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst., de gynec. et de paediat. de Par., 1906, viii, 105-120.—Maygrier (C.) Traitement de l'avorte- ment incomplet. Obstetrique, Par., 1897, ii, 321-331. Also: Trav. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1898, 245-254.—Mayol (B.) Tratamiento del aborto incompleto. Rev. de med. y cirug., Bareel., 1901, xv; 440; 488; 546.—Mazzucchi (F.) Contributo alia cura chirurgica dell' aborto incompleto. Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1901, Roma, 1902, viii, 259- 263.—Mucci (S.) La cura dell' aborto incompleto nei primi mesi della gravidanza. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir.; Napoli, 1904, xx, 550-557.—O'Connor (B. J.) The medical treatment of incomplete abortion. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1915, xiii, 599-603.—Paquy (E.) De la delivrance hative dans l'avortement incomplet. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1897, exxxiii, 154-162.—Parisot (P.) De l'emploi du sulfate de quinine dans le traitement de l'avortement incomplet. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1897, xxix, 530-533—Polak (J. O.) The treatment of inevitable and incomplete abortion. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 249-253.—Pool (W. P.) The treatment of inevitable and incomplete abortion. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910 lxi 421-428. [Discussion], 493-496. — Pouliot. L'avortement incomplet et son traitement. Rev. prat, d 'obst. et de gynec Par., 1909, 321-325.—Puttemans (A.) Traitement de l'avortement incomplet. Clinique, Brux., 1899, xiii, 753- 756.—Salles. Traitement de la retention de l'arriere-faix dans l'avortement incomplet. Rev. med. de Normandie Rouen, 1904, iv, 77-82.—Schaeffer (O.) Ueber den Abortus interruptus. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1901, xvu, 158-166.—Semmelink (H. B.) De behandeling van abortus (incompletus). Herinneringsb. Prof S S Rosenstein, Leiden, 1902, 563-567.—Stuart (Anna M.) A new method of treating incomplete abortiop. N. York M. J., 1896. lxiv, 416-418.—Targett (J. H.) Incomplete abortion. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1902, xvi, 45-49. Abortion (Infectious). Guillerey (J.) *De l'avortement epizooti- que. des juments. 12°. Berne, 1901. Lange (H.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des seuchenartigen Verwerfens der Schafe. [Bern ] 8°. Neheim a. d. Ruhr, 1909. Latjtexbach (B. B.) *Zur Aetiologie des seuchenhaften Verwerfens der Stuten. [Bern 1 8°. Jena, 1913. Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1913, lxxi, Ong., 349-377. ' ' ABORTION. 79 ABORTION. Abortion (Infectious). Law (J.) Contagious abortion in cows. 8°. Ithaca, N. Y., 1898. ------. Abortion or slinking the calf. S°. [Washington], 1905. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust., Circ. No. 67. Lupton (J. I.) A few remarks upon the evidence given before the special committee appointed by the Royal Agricultural Society of England to inquire into the cause of abortion in cattle. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Williams (W. L.) The granular venereal disease and abortion in cattle. 8°. Washington, 1914. Ascoli (A.) Signiflcato e portata dell' immunita nel- 1' aborto epizootico. Pathologica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 731- 739.—Bang (B.) Infectious abortion in cattle. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb., 1906, xix, 191-202.—Belfanti (S.) Intorno al valore di alcuni nuovi mezzi di diagnosi del- 1' aborto epizootico. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 97-122. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Infektionskr.... d. Haustiere, Berl., 1912, xii, 1-25.—Bevan (E. W.) Contagious abortion in cattle in Rhodesia. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1915, xxviii,97-104.—Bouchet. Porte-ovules. Bull. Soc centr. de med. vet., Par., 1909, lxiii, 221-223.—Brull (Z.) Beitrag zur Diagnostik des infektiosen Abortus. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1911, xxvii, 721-727.—Buxton (J. B.) Some further experiments in the prevention of bovine epi- zootic abort ion. Vet. J., Lond., 1914, lxx, 507-512—Dawson (C.F.) Abortion in domesticated animals. J.Comp.M.& Vet. Arch., Phila., 1897, xviii, 211-218. Also, Reprint— Deshayes. Avortements epidemiques chez les bovides. Normandie med., Rouen, 1904, xix, 24-2S.—Desmond. An outbreak of epizootic abortion in cattle. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1913, xliii, 604-610.—Desoubry. A propos de l'avorte- ment epizootique chez la jument. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet, Par., 1909, lxiii, 193-196.—De Vine (B.) Epizootic abortion in cattle. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1910-11, xxiii, 331-336.—Dbrrwachter. Ueber infectiosen Abortus -bei Schweinen und Schweinepest. Mitt. d. Ver. badisch. Tier- arzte, Karlsruhe, 1912, xii, 149-153.—Fafln. Avortement epizootique; traitement par les injections sous-cutanees d'acide phenique a 2 p. 100. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1905, lxxxii, 356.—Fumagalli (A.) Delia cura Baeuer nell' aborto infettivo. Gior. d. r. Soc.ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1906, lv, S.3S-840.—Giltner (W.) ... in cattle. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1912-13, xiii, 145-156.—Giltner (W.), Hallman (E. T.) & Cooledge (L. H.) Studies in infectious abortion in cattle. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, N. Y., 1916, xlix, 320- 339.—Giovannoli (G.) L'ioduro di potassio come mezzo curativo dell' aborto epizootico della specie bovina. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1907, xii, 19-25.—Good (E. S.) & Corbett (L. S.) Investigations of the etiology of infectious abortion of mares and jennets in Kentucky. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xiii, 53-6S.—Guillerey (J.) Ueber den epizootischen Abortus der Stuten. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Thierh., Berl., 1903, xxix, 37-68.—Harger (S. J. J.) Etiology of epizootic abortion. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Lond., 189s, xix, 226-231.—Hasenkamp. Zur Bekampfung des Ver- kalbens ansteckender Art. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1912-13, xxxix, 422-434.—Hetzel (H,.) [Infec- tive abortion and preventive vaccination.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1913, xxxvi, 439; 452.—Kilbourne (F. L.) An outbreak of abortion in mares. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bu- reau animal indust., Wash., 1893, Bull. No. 3, 49-52.—Kitt (T.) Die neueren Forschungen iiber das seuchenhafte Verwerfen. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1914-15, xxvi, 80; 164,,2 pi. — Kovarzik (K.) [Epizootic abortion in cattle.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1910, xxxiii, 495; 507.—M'Fadyean (Sir J.) Researches regarding epizootic abortion of cattle. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1913, xxvi, 142-170.—Meyer (K. F.) Contagious abortion of cattle. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1912, xiv (xv), 167.—Meyer (K. F.)& Boerner(F.) Studies on the etiology of epizootic abortion in mares. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1913, xxix, 325-366, 2 tab.—Mohler (J. R.) & Traum (J.) Infectious abortion of cattle. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust., Wash., 1911, xxviii, 147-183, 3 pi—Moussu (G.) Sur l'avortement epizootique . Rec. de med. vet, Par., 1914-15, xci, 554-570.—Pekaf (J.) Studien auf dem Gebiete des seuchenhaften Verkalbens. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912, xxviii, 41; 62; 77.-----. Ueber die Entstehung der Kolpitis follic chronica und die Beziehungen der akuten und chronischen Kolpitis zum infektiosen Abortus und der Sterilitat der Rinder. Ibid., 824.— Penberthy (J.) Epi- zootic abortion in cows and its prevention. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1903, xvi, 13-19. Phillips (W. S.) Abortion in cows. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1902, xxiii, 360.—Polyakofl. [Infectious abortion of mares.] Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 93; 249; 363.—Puzlrefl (M.) [Amblosin as a remedy against epizootic abortion and its application in country practice.] Vestnik Obshtsh. Vet., S.-Peterb., 1913, xxv, 995-997.— Beindl (W.) Notizen zum enzootischen Abortus; infek- tiose chronische Schleimhautentzundung des Uterus (Me Abortion (Infectious). tritis chronica catarrhalis infectiosa). Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1909, xxv, 275-279.—Roberts (D.) Abortion in cows. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1906-7, xxx, 567-572.— Schofleld (F. W.) A preliminary report on the investiga- tion into equine abortion existing in the Province of Ontario. Ibid., 1915, xlvii, 310-324.—Schreiber (O.) Zur Aetiologie des infektiosen Abortus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 553-556.-----. Studien iiber den infektiosen Abortus der Rinder und seine Bekampfung mittelst Impfung. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1913, xxi, 33-35.—Stazzi (P.) L'aborto epizootico e la vaginite granulosa. Clin, vet., Milano, 1912, xxxv, 249-260.—Stockman (Sir S.) Epi- zootic abortion. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. A- Lond., 1914, xxvii, 237-246.—Surface (F. M.) Bovine infectious abortion, epizootic among guinea-pigs. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, ii, 464-467.—Szoke (J.) [Prevention of epi- demic abortion.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1912, xxxv, 389-392.—Tatray (J.) [Epidemic abortion of horses.] Ibid., 37-39.—Teacher (J. H.) & Burton (J. A. G.) Infective abortion in guinea-pigs. J. Path. &,Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1915-16, xx, 14-20,1 pi.—Thierry (E.) L'avortement epi- zootique, ou infectieux, des femelles domestiques peut-il §tre une cause d 'avortement chez la femme. Ann. de gynec et d'obst., Par., 1906, 2. s., iii, 389-392—Tidswell (F.) Con- tagious abortion of cows. Rep. Gov. Bur. Microbiol., Syd- ney, 1912, ii, 44-48.—Vidora. Abortion in cattle. Vet. J. & Ann. Comp. Path., Lond., 1899, xlix, 231; 342; 404.—Wey- meersch (A.) Sur le mecanisme de l'avortement apres ex- cision des embryons et sur la restauration uterine consecu- tive (chez la lapine). Gynecologie, Par., 1913, xvii, 1-13, 1 pi.—Williams (W. L.) Infectious abortion of mares. Veterinarian, Lond., 1900, lxxiii, 443-445.------. The death and expulsion of the immature fetus as a standard for meas- uring the prevalence of cattle abortion. J. Am. Vet. M. Ass., Ithaca, 1916, 1, 29-40.—Williams (W. L.), Frost (J. N.) & Bolton (R. R.) The need for a means of physical diagnosis of abortion. Proc Am. Vet. Med. Ass., N. Y., 1913, Phila., 1914, 831-842.—Zeh (O.) Zum infektiosen Abortus der Stuten in Deutschland. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1915, xxxi, 313-315.—Zwick. Der infektiose Abortus des Rindes. Deutsche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1911, xix, 781- 785.—Zwick & Zeller. Ueber den infektiosen Abortus des Rindes. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912, xliii, 1-129, 2 pi. Abortion (Infectious, Bacteriology and serology of). Bacterium (The ) of contagious abortion of cattle demonstrated to occur in milk. 8°. Washington, 1912. U.S. Dep. Agric Bureau animal indust., Wash., 1912, Circ. 198. Hantsche (P.) *Ueber den diagnostischen ■\Yert der Komplementbindung und der Oph- thalmoreaktion beim infektiosen Abortus der Kiihe. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1912. van Heelsbergen (T.) *Abortus bei Stuten durch einen Paratyphus-B-Bacillus. [Bern.] 8°. Utrecht, 1913. Schulz (\V. E.) *Ueber den diagnostischen Wert der Agglutination beim infektiosen Abortus der Kiihe. [Leipzig.] 8°. Dresden, 1912. Ascoli (A.) Sull' isolamento del bacillo di Bang. Clin. vet., Milano, 1913, xxxvi, 339-351. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1913, lxxv, 172-184, -----. Technische Winke zur Ziichtung des Bangschen Ba- zillus [abortus]. Berl. tieriirztl. Wchnschr., 1913, xxix, 301.- Bang (B.) Die Aetiologie des seuchenhaften (infec- tiosen) Verwerfens. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1897, l, 241- 278.—Bevan (L. E. W.) A simple method of obtaining serum for the agglutination test from cattle suspected to be suffering from contagious abortion. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1915, xxviii, 177-180.—Cooledge (L. II.) Agglutination test as a means of studying the pres- ence of Bacterium abortus in milk. J. Agric. Research, Wash., 1915-16, v, 871-875.-----. Agglutination studies of milk from cows affected with contagious abortion. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xiii, 352.-----. Is Bact. abortus (Bang) pathogenic for human beings? ,T. Med. Re- search, Bost. 1916, xxxiv, 459-467.—Cotton (W. E.) The persistence of the bacillus of infectious abortion in the tissues of animals. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1913, xliv, 307-318.— Fabyan (M.) A contribution to the pathogenesis of B. abor- tus, Bang, II. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912, xxvi, 441-447, 7 pi.-----. The persistence of B. abortus, Bang, in the tissues of inoculated animals. Ibid., 1913-14, xxviii, 81-83.— Good (E. S.) & Smith (W. V.) Bacillus abortus (Bang) as an etiological factor in infectious abortion in swine. J. Bact, Bait., 1916, i, 415-422.----------. The production of a hy- perimmune serum for infectious abortion in mares. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xviii, 397-401.--------—. The main- tenance of virulence of Bacillus abortivus equinus. J. Med. ABORTION. 80 ABORTIOX. Abortion (Infectious, Bacteriology and serology of). Kcs'';irch.'Bost., 1916, xxxiii, 493-498.—Hadley (F. B.) & Beach ili.A.) The diagnosis of contagious abortion in cat- tle by means of the complement fixation test Univ. Wis- consin. Agric. exper. station, Madison, 1912, Research Bull. No. 24, 217-248.----------. Results with the complement fixation test in the diagnosis of contagious abortion of cattle. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1912-13. xiii,43-50.—vanHeelsbergen (T.) Zum Paratyphusbazillen-Abortus der Stuten. Zt- schr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1914, xvi, 195- 201.—Hieronymi (E.) Bakteriologischc und serologische Untersuchungen fiber den infektiosen Abortus des Rindes. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1913-14, xl, 212- 244.—Holth (H.) Untersuchungen fiber die Biologie des Abortusbazillus und die Immunitatsverhaltnisse des infek- tiosen Abortus der Rinder. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1911, x, 207; 342.—de Jong (D. A.) Ueber einen Bacillus der Paratyphus B-Enteritisgruppe als Ur- sache eines seuchenhaften Abortus der Stute. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1912, lxvii, Orig., 148-151.— Krage. Ueber die pathogene W irkung des Abortusbazillus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.!, 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, lvii, Ref., •Beiheft, 304-308.—Larson (W. P.) The complement fixa- tion reaction in the diagnosis of contagious abortion of cattle J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, x, 178-185.—Larson (W. P.) & Sedgwick (J. P.) The complement fixation reaction of the blood of children and infants, using the Bacillus abortus as antigen. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1913, vi, 326-333.— M'Fadyean (Sir J.) & Stockman (S.) The agglutination test in the diagnosis of bovine contagious abortion. J. Comp. Path. A Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1912,.xxv, 22-38.—Mac- Neal (W. J.) & Kerr (Josephine E.) Bacillus abortus of Bang, the cause of contagious abortion in cattle. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1910, vii, 469-475.—Maja (A.) La diagnosi dell' aborto epizootico dei bovini coi metodi biologici. Gior. di med. vet., Torino, 1913, lxii, 870-875.—Melvin (A. D.) Infectious abortion of cattle and the occurrence of its bac- terium in milk. U.S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust. 1911, Wash., 1913, xxviii, 137-183, 5 pi.—Meyer (K. F.) & Hardenbergh (J. B.) On the value of the "abortin" as a diagnostic agent for infectious abortion in cattle. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xiii, 351-374, 4 tab.-----------. The value of abortin as a diagnostic agent for infectious abortion in cattle. Proc. Am. Vet. Med. Ass., N. Y., 1913, Phila., 1914, 862-876.—Nicoll (M.), jr., & Pratt (Josephine S.) Does the Bacillus abortus (Bang) infect man? Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1915, x, 203-205.—Reichel (J.) & Harkins (M. J.) Peptotoxin production in the bacillus of contagious abortion in cattle. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1913, xliii, 637. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 454. Also, transl.: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, lxix, Orig., 142-163.—Reinhardt (R.) & Gauss (K.) Untersuchungen fiber das Vorkommen von Antikorpern gegenfiber dem Bacillus abortus infectiosi im Blut und in der Milch abortuskranker Tiere. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1915, xvi, 219-238.—Schroeder (E. C.) Pure milk production and the abortion bacillus. Proc. Am. Vet. Med. Ass., N. Y., 1913, Phila., 1914, 843-8.50.- Schroe- der (E. C.) & Cotton (W . E.) The bacillus of infectious abortion found in milk. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust., Wash., 1911, xxviii, 139-146, 2 pi.—Seddon (H. R.) Some observations on the methods of using the agglutination test in the diagnosis of the disease in bovines caused by the bacil- lus of contagious abortion. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Lond., 1915, xxviii, 20-36— Sedgwick (J. P.) & Larson (W. P.) Further studies on the epidemic abortion reactions in children. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1915, x, 197-200 — Smith (T.) Demonstration mikroskopischer Praparate von mit dem Bacillus des Abortus geimpften Meerschwein- chen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 715.—Smith (T.) & Fabyan (M.) Ueber die pathogene Wirkung des Bacillus abortus Bang. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911-12, lxi, Orig., 549-555.—Surface (I. M.) The artificial inoculation of cattle with the bacillus of contagious abortion. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1913, xliii, 624-621.-----. A note on the maintenance of virulence by Bacillus abortus, Bang. J. Infect. Dis.. Chicago, 1913, xii, 359-363. -----. The inhibit- ing effect of excess cow serum in complement fixation with infectious abortion. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xvii, 487-505.—Szymanowski (S.) Ueber die Anwendung der Prazipitationsmethode zur Diagnostik des ansteckenden Verkalbens. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912, xliii, 145-154.—Thomsen (A.) Zur Technik der Komplementbindung beim seuchenhaften Verwerfen des Rindes. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr---d. Haus- tiere, Berl., 1913, xiii, 175-179.—Wall (S.) Ueber die Fest- stellung des seuchenhaften Abortus beim Rinde durch Ag- glutination und Komplementbindung. Ztschr. f. Infek- tionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1911, ix, 23; 132.—Zwick & Krage. Ueber die Ausscheidung von Abortusbazillen mit der Milch infizierter Tiere. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1913, xxix, 41-43.—Zwick & Wedemann. Biologische Unter- suchungen fiber Abortus-Bazillus. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhts- amte, Berl., 1912, xliii, 130-144. Abortion (Justifiable). See. also, Labor (Premature. Induction of). Alain (J.-A.) *Du foeticide therapeutique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900. Abortion (Justifial>l<). Carriere (P.) "^Considerations sur le foeticide therapeutique. 8°. Toulouse, 1905. Darricarrere (J.) Le droit a l'avortement; les deux consciences; magistrats et medecius. 12°. Paris, [1908]. Delestre (M.) L'avortement clinique, thera- peutique. 2. ed. 12°. Paris, [1908] 1909. Discussion sur le foeticide medical. 8°. Louvain, 1904. Suppl. to: Ann. Soc. scient. de Brux., Louvain, 1902-3, xxvii. Kharitonovski (N. V.) [*Scraping the uterus as a method of performing legal artificial abor- tion; comparison of this with other methods.] 8°. Yuryev, 1899. Korach (G.) Innere Krankheitender Schwan- geren und die Indikationen zur Einleitung des Aborts. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Lande (P.-L.) *L'a-\ ortement chirurgical et accidentel. Etude de responsabilite medicale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1905. Polag (B.) Die Berechtigung des kiinstlichen Abortus vom medizinischen, juristischen und national-okonomischen Standpunkte. 8°. Strass- burg, 1909. Sippel (F.) Ueber die Berechtigung der Yer- nichtung des kindlichen Lebens zur Rettung der Mutter vom geburtshilflichen, gerichtlich-medi- zinischen und ethischen Standpunkte. 8°. Tubingen, 1902. Vidal (J.) *Le droit a l'avortement. Essai de critique medicale et sociale. 8°. Toulouse, 1908. Atkinson (S. B.) When abortion is justifiable. Cong. internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 16, 190-194.— Audebert. Nouveau proced6 abortif. Toulouse m£d., 1902, 2. s., iv, 271-273.—Baphas (G.) [Killing the foetus.] 'larpiKds fxrivvTwp, 'Adrjvai, 1903, iii, 15-17. — Bayer (II.) Lasst sich der kiinstliche Abortus aus rassehygienischen Grunden motivieren? Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1913, xviii, 163-186.—Berthaut (J.) Un foeticide therapeutique. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec., Par., 1907, 71-74.—Bonnaire (E.) La responsabilite du medecin dans l'avortement provoque1 medical. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 236.—Burger (H.) Abortus juste provocatus. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2. r., xl, d. 2,1573-1575.— Charles. Indications de l'avortement provoque. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1900, vii, 5-8. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1900,xvi,.5-8.—Courtault. Pourquoil'avorte- ment precoce (embryonnexie) doit etre medicalement libre. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1909, xi, 150-154.—Fried- mann (M.) Zur Indikationsstellung fiir den kiinstlichen Abort wegen psychischer Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 821; 873; 908 — Fritsch. Die Berechtigung und die Methode der Unter- brechung der Schwangerschaft. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl Med., Berl., 1909, 3. F., xxxvii, 2. Suppl., 68-77.—Goenner (A.) Die Aenderung der Anschauungen fiber die Berechti- gung des kiinstlichen Abortes und andere damit verwandte Fragen des Sexuallebens. Gynsec helvet, Geneve, 1910, x 40-47.—Hartmann (H.) L'avortement est-il autorise dans certaines circonstances en dehors des indications d'ordre medical? Ann. de gynec et d'obst, Par., 1914, 2. s , xi 464-476.—Henry (J. H.) The justification of abortion. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1903, ix, 175-177— Hernandez (C. B.) A propdsito de interrupciones del embarazo, provo- cadas por lavajes de glicerina fenicada. Rev. med d Uruguay, Montevideo, 1915, xviii, 146-148.—Herz (E.) Zur schnellen Erweiterung der Gebarmutter, nebst einigen Bemerkungen zur Technik der Ausraumung. Zentralbl f Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 1048-1052.—Jolly (F ) Die Indicationen des kiinstlichen Abortus bei der Behandlung der Neurosen und Psychosen. [Discussion.] Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz 1°02 lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 288-291.—Lvons (J A ) Prema- ture mtemiption of pregnancy. Tr*. Am. Ass. Obst. & Gynec. 1907, Phila., 1908, xx, 146-158.- Mace (O ) Des indications de l'interruption de la grossesse tiroes de l'exa- men du sang dans les anemies. Obstetrique, Par 1904 ix 46-54.-Nich(>lson (W. R.) When, under the present code of medical ethics, is it justifiable to terminate pregnancy before the third month; what should our attitude be toward a patient upon whom a criminal operation has been per- formed; what should be our attitude toward those sus- pected of the performance of criminal operations? Am J ™T■: N- Y., 1914 lxix, 1004-1013. [Discussion], 1023-10™7.- ?"lT(-„) Le totoide therapeutique. Programed Par 1902 3 s., .xvi 214-216.-Whlschiager. DeTAbortus arteficialis, seme Indikationen und seine absolut sichere und gefahrlose Ausfuhrung. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1900, ABORTION. 81 ABORTION. Abortion (Justi-fiable). xxiv, 694-696.—von Olshausen. 1st die Beseitigung der aus einer Vergewaltigung der Mutter (Schandung durch Kosaken) hervorgegangenen Leibesfrucht durch den Arzt zulassig? Med. Klin., Berl., 1914, x, 1752. -----. Zulas- sigkeit der Abtreibung von Kriegskindern? Ibid., 1915, xi, 1251.—Pinard. Du soi-disant foeticide therapeutique. Rev. prat d'obst. et de pajdiat, Par., 1900, xiii, 1-22 — Prieur (L.) Le foeticide therapeutique devant la loi. Med. inf., Par., 1899-1900, ii, 528-534—R. (L.) En l'espece, l'avortement est-il legitime? Chron. med., Par., 1915, xxii, 376.— Ratio (L.) Diritto di abortire e reato di aborto. Ginecol. mod., Genova, 1908, i, 502; 547.—Rodman (J. J.) When is abortion necessary? Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1910, viii, 1586.—RubeSka (V.) [Rapid artificial abortion.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1894, xxxiii, 1049- 1052.—Runge (E.) Ueber die Indikationen zur kiinstli- chen luterbrechung der Schwangersehaft. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1889.—Sarkisslantz (A.) De l'avortement et de la sterilisation artificielle. Presse med., Par., 1914, xxii, 109.—Taussig (F. J.) The ethics and laws regarding the interruption of pregnancy. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1906, xiii, 87S.—Wilhelm (E.) Die Abtreibung und das Recht des Arztes zur Vernichtung der Leibesfrucht. Sex.-Probleme, Frankf. a. M., 1909, v, 321; 426. Abortion (Legal). See Abortion (Justifiable). Abortion (Missed). Miesseroff (Mile.) *Contribution a l'etude du missed abortion. 8°. Geneve, 1910. Bennecke. Missed abortion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1910,xxxvi,1348.—Chornomordlk (Ya. Ye.) . . . Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 483; 499; 515; 531.— Dunlop(J.) [Twocases.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, n.s.,lxxxiii,422.—Eccles(F.R.) ... Canad.Pract,Toronto, 1896, xxi, 382-387.—Ferguson (R.) . . . Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1908, xxxi, 393-397— Fyodoroff (V. P.) [Alterations in the foetal ovum in missed abortion.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1604-1606—Guseff (B. M.) ... Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1913, xx, 1903.—Heer. Mitteilun- gen fiber missed abortion. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1906,xxxvii,223-225.—Henry(C.K.P.) ... Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1911, i, 344—Herz(E.) [Case.] Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 276; 325.—Huzarskl(S.) [Missed abortion with copious bleeding.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1914, xlix, 121-124.—Iwanofl (N. K.) Ein interessanter Fall. Centralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1898, xxii, 1025.—Jaunin (P.) [Case.] Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 828.—Jaworskl (J.) [Medico-legal aspect of missed abortion and missed labor.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1913, 2. s., xxxiii, 759-764—Kerr (J. M. M.) [Case.] Glasgow M. J., 1901, lv, 215.—Kobro (I.) [Case.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1895,4. R., x, 1100.— Koch(M.B.) ... Ejened. jour. "Prakt. Med.," S.-Peterb., 1897, iv, 685.—Kunig (I. LA ... Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1897, xviii, 678-682.—Marshall (G. B.) Case of missed abortion; ovum and foetus retained at least five months, probably for twelve months. Glasgow M. J., 1901, lv, 215-218.— Neuge- bauer (F.) [Case.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1913,2. s., xxxiii, 1423-1430.—Ohlbaum (J.) [Case.] Med. Rec,N.Y., 1911, lxxx 430— Panfilovich (Maria A.) [Case.] Shorn, protok. Obsh. Kaluzh. Vrach. 1895, Kaluga, 1896, xxxiv. 44-47.— Rhodes (F. A.) Missed abortion and labor. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, lxii, 683-686.—Ribbius (P.) Missed abortion en missed labour. Nederl. Maandschr. v. Verlosk. [etc.], Leiden, 1916, v, 555-574.—Rieznikoff (O. A.) [On the question of missed abortion.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. Med.," S.-Peterb., 1898, v, 283-288.—Rosenstein (M.) Ueber missed abortion; ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der dabei nicht seltenen schweren Blutungen. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1911, xxxiu, 764-773, 1 pi— Rosinski (B.) Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Berl., 1908, xxviii, 168-171 —Ross (G. T.) ... Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (18X9-91), 1892, v, 14-20.—Rossier. [Four cases.] Rev. med de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1897, xvii, 109: 1900, xx, 142—Sagatelofl (K.) [Cases.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1908, xxii, 1020-1027— Schaeffer (O.) Ueber eine einjahrige Retention eines Abortiv-Eies im Uterus (missed abortion) und die Fruchtwasserfrage. Monatschr. f Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl.. 1898, viii, 343-358.—Semb (O ) ... Festskr. .. Prof. Heibergs [etc.], Kristiania, 189), 213-222.—Shlenker (M. A.) A consideration of missed abortion and missed labor, with report of cases of missed abortion. South. M. J., Nashville, 1913, vi, 659-663.— Soblestianski (E. M.) ... Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kav- kazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1912-13, xlix, 50.—Sukhovetski. Univ. Izvlest. [Protok. Akush.-Ginek. Obsh., 1901, 189-194], Kiyev, 1903, xliii.—Thelin (C.) Du missed abor- tion, etude et relation de quinze cas. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1910, xxx, 935-954, 1 tab.—Vermeh- ren (C ) Om en igenncm lsengere Tid varende Retention i Uterus af Abortaeg (missed abortion). Biblioth. f. Lseger, Kj0benh., 1908, 8. R., ix, 301-346. Abortion (Prevention and treatment of). Benech (E.) *Traitement des infections abortives. 8°. Paris, 1913. Bloch (G.) *De la rupture prematuree et spontanee des membranes a partir du sixieme mois de la grossesse consideree surtout au point de vue de la conduite a tenir. 4°. Paris, 1892. Bonnet (G.) *Influence de la therapeutique de l'avortement sur les inflammations utero- annexielles post-aborti es. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Carteret (L.) *De 1'ecouvillonnage pre- ventif dans l'avortement. 8°. Paris, 1900. Colomby (G.-P.) *Recherches sur la reten- tion du placenta dans 1'avortement; expose; traitement. 8°. Paris, 1898. Conrad (E. E.) The fin-de-siecle treatment of abortion. 24°. New York, [n. d.]. Denis (J.-B.) *Du toucher intra-uterin dans l'avortement et comme moyen de diagnostic de la cause des metrorrhagies. 4°. Lyon, 1896. Ekstein (E.) Die Therapie bei Abortus. 8°. Stuttgart, 1901. Gleize (P.) ^Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'avortement. 8°. Paris, 1900. Grosjean (S.-P.) *Traitement des reten- tions placentaires consecutives a l'avortement par le tamponnement intra-uterin. 8°. Paris, 1900. Hadot (G.) *Du curage digital dans l'avorte- ment. 8°. Nancy, 1897. Huber (W.) Ueber Abortbehandlung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1896. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Frauenh. u. Ge- burtsh., Halle a. S., v. 1, 5. Hft. Kleinwachter (L.) Die Therapie des spontanen und artificiellen Abortus. 12°. Leipzig, 1906. Larigaudry (M.-A.) *De 1'expression ab- domino-vaginale. 8°. Paris, 1898. Lemke (K.) *Die Therapie des Abortus an der Hallenser Frauenklinik in den Jahren 1887- 93. 8°. Halle a. S., 1896. Martin (A. P.) Tratamiento del aborto. 8°. Madrid, 1902. Misrachi (M.) Traitement de l'avortement. Preface de J.-A. Doleris. 8°. Paris, 1895. ------. Thesame. 2. ed. 12°. Paris, [1902]. Rimette (G.) Precis de therapeutique medi- cale et chirurgicale de l'avortement. 8°. Paris, 1909. Roemheld (L.) *Ueber Ursachen und Be- handlung der habituellen Friih- und Fehlge- burten. 8°. Mainz, 1875. Rooschuz (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Therapie des Abortes. 8°. Bern, 1895. Saizefp (R.) * Aetiologie und Therapie des Abortes. [Lausanne.] 8°. Basel, 1905. Scemama (A.) *Traitement des retentions placentaires apres l'avortement. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1907. Schmalholz (A.) *Zur Frage der Behand- lung des Abortes (auf Grund einer Zusammen- stellung von 649 Fallen der Strassburger Uni- versitats-Frauen-Klinik und Poliklinik). 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1905. Simula (G. N.) Sui governo del parto abor- tivo. Note. 8°. Sassari, 1896. Taussig (F. J.) The prevention and treat- ment of abortion. 8°. St. Louis, 1910. Thomas (T. G.) Abortion and its treatment, from the stand-point of practical experience; a special course of lectures delivered at the 76399°—17----6 ABORTION. 8 2 ABORTION. Abortion (Prevention and treatment of). College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York, session of 1889-90; from notes by P. Brynberg Porter. 12°. New York, 1898. Walther (H.) Ueber den Abortus mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Therapie in der Landpraxis. 8°. Halle a. S., 1902. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Frauenh. u Ge- burtsh., Halle a. S., 1902, iv, S. Hft., 25-46. Abel. Ueber Abortbehandlung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv, 271; 298. [Discussion], 275-277.—Adolphus (J.) Treatment of abortion and retention of the secundines. Chi- cago M. Times, 1896, xxix, 205-208.—Appelmans (J.) Le curettage precoce dans la fausse couche compliquee. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1910, lxii, 1015-1020.—Arnold (I. A.) Management of miscarriage. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1912-13, xi, 599-604.—Baer (J. S.) The treatment of abortion, with remarks upon the use of ergot. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvii, 39-41.-----. On the treat- ment of abortions. Obstetrics, N. Y., 1900, ii, 232-235.— Baker (V. A.) Management of retained placenta in abor- tion. Tr. Nat. Eclect. M. Ass., Cincin., 1897-8, xxv, 83-89 — Bar. Dans quelles conditions il faut hater l'avortement. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 595.—Bar- nabd (V.) Lunga ritenzione di placenta dopo l'aborto. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1908, x, 152-155.—Barnes (Ida C.) The treatment of abortion, with report of cases. Woman's M. J., Toledo, 1S96, v, 71-79.—Barrett (C. W.) The treatment of abortion on the basis of its pathology. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, Ixxi, 314-322.—Barton (G. C.) The management of miscarriage. Med. Bull., Phila., 1896, xviii, 12-15.—Be- nicke(F.) Die Behandlung des Abortes. Allg. med. Centr.- Ztg., Berl., 1895, lxiv, 1229-1232.—Bibot. Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'avortement embryonnaire. Bull. Soc. beige de gynec. et d'obst., Brux., 1893, v, 147-158.— Bobm (M.) 1st die Unterlassung der Ausraumung der Ge- barmutterhohle nach vorzeitigem Fruchtabgange (Abortus) durchaus ein Kunstfehler bzw. ein Vereehen nach § 230, Abs. 1 und 2 R. St. G.? Arch. f. phys.-diatet. Therap., Frankf. a. O., 1911, xiii, 225-229.—Boissard. Des avorte- ments et de leur traitement. Rev. prat. d. trav. de m6d., Par., 1898, lv, 89; 97.—Boldt (H. J.) The treatment of abor- tion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 791-796.—Bondy. Klinik und Bakteriologie des Abortes. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2354.—Bosc. Conduite a tenir dans un cas d'avortement. Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1909, xiv, 6-11.—Boshouwers (H.) De behandeling van abortus in de praktijk. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1905-6, xii, 385; 401; 413.—Bossi (L. M.) Contributo alio studio della frequenza, delle cause e del trattamento dell' aborto. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1898, xx, 139-169. -----. Su alcune cause d'aborto e sui loro trattamento. Atti Cong, region, ligure 1897, Genova, 1898, iii, 78-81.—Boyd (II.) The treatment of abor- tion. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1910, 319-329.— Bradley (Frances) & Corson (E. R.) How do you treat habitual abortion? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxviii, 1136- 113S— Brandt (K.) [The treatment of abortion.] Nord. Tidsskr.f.Terapi, K0benh., 1903-4, ii, 289-296.—von Braun- Fernwald (R.) Zur instrumentellen Beendigung des Abor- tus. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 1096-1105.— Brey (M.) Ueber die Behandlung der Fehlgeburten, nebst einer Anregung auf Einiiihrung einer eigenen Abortus- Statistik. Med.-chir. Centralbl.. Wien, 1897, xxxii, 22-24.— Brdse. Darmresektion nach Abortbehandlung mit Per- foration des Uterus. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1914, lxxvi, 631-633.—Budin (P.) A propos du traitement de l'avortement; de l'expression abdomino-vaginale de l'uterus. Obstetrique, Par., 1898, hi, 394-404. Also: Pro- gres med., Par., 1898, 3. s., viii, 185-188.—Caldesi (F.) Terapia dell' aborto. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1910, i, 133- 229.—Caldwell (Margaret). How shall we treat abortions? Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1898, xxxii, 381-388.— Caliri (V.) La dilatazione meccanica del collo (metodo Bossi) nel trattamento del' aborto. Ginecol. mod., Genova, 1909, ii, 201-216.—Canali (M.) Sui trattamento dell' aborto embrionale. Pratica d. med., Napoli, 1902-3, iii, 169-175.— Canton (E.) Proteccidn a la madre y al hijo; puericultura intra y extra-uterina; proiilaxis del aborto; parto prematuro, abandono 6 infanticidio; maternidad-refugio. Semana mea., Buenos Aires, 1914, xxi, 39-44.—Castano (C. A.) Aborto; sus causas.variedades, diagndstico y tratamiento; tratamiento preventivo; hemorragias e infeccidn; sus diversas variedades y formas clinicas; tratamiento de la hemorragia post-aborto y de la infeccioh. Prensa mea. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1915-16, ii, suppl., 87; 95; 106; 112.—Chenevlere (E.) Le traitement de l'avortement. Semaine med., Par., 1899, xix, 1-4. Also, transl.: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1899, xxxiv, 39; 51; 68.—Chenhall (W. T.) Suspension of the preg- nant uterus in cases of threatened or imminent abortion. Med. J. Australia, Sidney, 1916, i, 131-134.—Christiani (A.) Zur Therapie des Abortes. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 379.-----. Zur Frage der Scheidentamponade bei Abort. Ibid., 1910, xxxv, 163-167.—Cline (J. W.) The rational treatment of abortion in country practice. Tr. Colorado M. Soc, Denver, 1900, 117-122.—Cook (G. W.) The treatment of abortion. Tr. Wash. Obst. & Gynec. Soc. 1891-5, N. Y., 1896, iv, 172-177.—Crow (W. A.) The treat- Abortion (Prevention and treatment of). ment of abortion and some of the complications incident thereto. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1892,60-73.—C rowel] (H. C.) The treatment of abortions. Tr. M. Ass. Missouri, Kansas City, 1899, 290-304.—Currier (A. F.) The manage- ment of abortion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 1249- 1252. Also, Reprint.—Cuzzi (A.) Eine Abanderung des stumpfen Loffels zur Entfernung von Ovularresten. Zen- tralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 649.—Dauwe (O.) De behandeling van den misval. [Abortus.] Handel, v. h. xiv. vlaamsch nat.-en geneesk. Cong., Gent, 1910, 315-319.— Drejer. [Sur le traitement des fausses couches. Res., 346.] Norsk Mag. f. LaBgevidensk., Kristiania, 1899, 4. R., xiv, 325-343.—Ebeler (F.) Zur Abortbehandlung. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gyniik., Stuttg., 1913, lxxv, 411-424.—Edge (F.) The treatment of abortion. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1902, Iii, 104-113.—Ehrlich (M.) [On the treatment of abortion.] Medycyna, Warszawa. 1896, xxiv, 493; 514; 536—Ekstein (E.) Entgegnung auf die Publikation von Solowij: Eine einfache una sichere Methode der instrumentellen Ausrau- mung der Gebarmutter ohne Assistenz bei Abortus. Cen- tralbl. f. Gyniik., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 1011-1013.-----. 1st die Uterusperforation bei der Abortusbehandlung zu vermei- den? Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1908, ii, 409-413 — Engelniann (F.) Ueber Abortbehandlung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1707-1713. -----. Curette und Abortbehand- lung. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 1139-1141.— Feinberg (B.) Also weg mit der Curette aus der Behand- lung des Abortes? Ibid., 1898, xxii, 562-565.—Fernandez de Mendia(M.) El aborto y algunos medios de evitarlo. Gac. med. de Granada, 1905, xxiii, 101-103.—Ferroni (E.) Sulla cura dell' aborto. Arte ostet., Milano, 1899, xiii, 209; 225.— Fieux (G.) Curage digital post-abortif. Bull, med., Par., 189S, xii, 155-158.—Fischer (I.) Zur Behandlung des Abor- tus. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1899, xvii, 513- 528.—Fraipont (F.) A propos du traitement de l'avorte- ment. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1898; xxxvii, 222- 229.—Fraisse (G.) Doigt ou curette? Essai sur le traite- ment rationnel de la fausse-couche. Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gynec, Par., 1898, iv, 166; 208; 235; 262.—Frank (E.) Einleitung der vorzeitigen Geburt mittelst Jodoformgaze- Tamponade des Uterus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 89; 138.—Franz (K.) Die Behandlung des Aborts. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1909, xxxv, 1129. A Iso: Vortr. ii. prakt. Therap., Leipz., 1909, 3. s., 201-210.— Freund (W. A.) Die moderne Lehre von der Behandlung des Abortus. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1897, vi, 509-520— Ftirst (C.) Die Behandlung der Fehlgeburt. Aerztl. Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1900, xii, 17; 29; 41.—Fyodorofl (V. P.) [Treatment of abortion.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xii, 655; 674.—Garrigues (H. J.) The treatment of abortion. Med. News, N. Y., 1897, Ixxi, 589-592. Also, Reprint.—Gentzen. Verletzungen bei Behandlung des Aborts und ihre forense Bedeutung. Aerztl. Sachverst.- Ztg., Berl., 1912, xviii, 430-439.—Gossett (W. B.) Miscar- riage and its treatment. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1901-2, viii, 71-73.—Gottschalk (S.) Zur Abortbehand- lung. Aerztl. Prakt., Dresd., 1897, x, 203-212.—Govln. Un cas d'avortement traito par la methode d'Apostoli. J. d. sages-femmes, Par., 1903, xxxi, 282-284.—Gutierrez (M.) Some preventive measures to diminish the number of abor- tions and still-births. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1899, Columbus, 1900, xxv, 430-437.—Hahn (W.) Die Verhiitung und Therapie des Abortus. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 1984-1988.—Hamm (A.) Konnen wir bei der Behandlung des fieberhaften Aborts eine "bakteriologische Indikation" anerkennen? Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 867- 869— Hammerschlag. Ueber Abortbehandlung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1. 1348-1351.—Harnsberger (S.) Acctanilid; its use as a preventive measure in premature expulsion of the ovum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 964-966. —Harrison (V. W.) The treatment of abortion. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1913-14, xviii,8.—Haufl (F.) Ueber Abortbehandlung. Med. Abhandl. Festschr. d. Stuttg. arztl. Ver., 1897, 421-437.—Hegar (A.) Der fahr- lassige Abort. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1913, xviii, 307-311.—Heinrichsen (F.) Ueber Abortbehandlung. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 351-354.—Hell (L.) Ueber die Anwendung von Pituitrin bei Abort. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2651.—Henkel (M.) Einiges zur Fehlgeburt (Abort) und ihrer Behandlung. Allg. deutsche Hebam.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, xviii, 323-326. -----. Der Abort und seine Behandlung. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. ' arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1912, xli, 220-22S.—Herz (E.) Zur Technik der Ausraumung [bei Abortus]. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, lxii, 703-705.—Hess (W. C.), Pritchett (J. H.) [et al.]. The treatment of threatened abortion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 673.—Hoerschelmann (E.) Ueber Abortbehandlung. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1900, n. F., xvii, 115.—Hofmann (E.) Zur einzeitigen Aborteinleitung und Tubensterilisation. Ztschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1913, lxxv, 320-323.—Hofmokl. Poliklinische Abortusbehandlung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr 1913, xxvi, 939-941— Holzbach (E.) Darf dem praktischen Arzt eine Behandlung des fiebernden Aborts nach bak- teriologischen Gesichtspunkten heute schon zugemutet wer- den? Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 368.—Howell (J. T.) The treatment oi inevitable abortion. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1896, 154-160.—Hoyt (C.) The ABORTION. Abortion (Prevention and treatment of). proper management of abortion. J. Surg., Gynec. & Oiist., N. Y., 1906, xxviii, 497-501.-----. Medical and surgical treatment of abortion. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter, 1911, xix. 44-49.—Hubert (E.) L'expression abdomino-vaginale apres l'avortement. Rev. med., Louvain, 1897-8, xvi, 481- 485.—Hughes (Helen). The treatment of abortion. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 1143.—Isidori (T.) II tampona- mento vaginale sistematico come cura di elezione delle emor- ragie da ritenzione placentare nell' aborto. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1905, vii, 97-105.—Jardine (R.) Discussion on the treatment of abortion. Glasgow M. J., 1902, lviii, 44-54.— Jefferies (J. F.) Chlorate of potassium in repeated mis- carriage. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1133.—Jones (E. O.) Treatment of inevitable abortion. Denver M. Times, 1898-9, xviii, 488-495.—Jones (G. W.) Threatened abortion during the second month of pregnancy. Tr. Gynsee. Soc. Bost., 1905, 152.—Jouin. Avortement en deux temps; prophy- laxie et traitement des accidents consecutifs. Ass. franc. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, pt. 2, 732- 736.—Kaarsberg (J.) [Remarks on the treatment of abor- tion.] Nord. Tidsskr. I. Terapi, K0benh., 1903-4, ii, 364- 366.—Kannegiser (N. S.) [Operative treatment of abor- tion.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1908, ii, 549; 581— Kauf- mann (S.) Eine Fingercurette zur Entfernung von Abor- tusresten. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1908, xxxii, 400- 402.—Keiler (A.) Zur Behandlung des Aborts mit besonde- rer Beriicksichtigung der Narkose. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1902, xvi, 520-523.—Keyes (A. B.) The sequelae and treat- ment of abortion. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1905, li, 348-362 — Klages. Ueber Abortbehandlung in der militararztlichen Tatigkeit. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xl, 625- 649.—Kleinwachter (L.) Ueber die Technik der Einlei- tung des Abortes. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1899, xiv, 194-198.— Kneise (O.) Zur Behandlung des Abortus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1881.—Koblanck. Zur Anwen- dung der Kornzange bei Abort. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Ge- sellsch. f. Gyn&k. 1903, Leipz., 1904, x, 626-628.—Koerting (H.) Ueber die Behandlung des Abortus; Finger oder Curette? Med. Bl., Wien. 1905, xxviii, 412; 423.—Kosmak (G. W.) The radical treatment of abortion. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1911, vii, 73-78.—Kossmann (R.) Ueber die Abort-Behandlung. Berl. Klinik, 1897, 107. Hft., 1-36 — Kronecker. Eimges aus der modernen Abortbehandlung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, lxxxii, 438.—Lagarde (A.) El puerperio en el aborto. Rev. obst., Buenos Aires, 1903, i, 257-283.—Lambinon (H.) Traitement iodure dans l'avortement habituel. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1906, xxvii, 91.—Lancaster (J. S.) Treatment of non-septic abortion. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1912, xvii, 644.—Lange (M.) Ueber Behandlung des drohenden Abortes. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1907, xxii, 50-56.—Lantos (E.) Ueber Behandlung des Abortus. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gvnaek., Berl., 1899, ix, 600-620. —Lea (A. W. W.) Some points in the man- agement of abortion. Treatment, Lond., 1897, i, 393- 395.—Lepage (G.) Conduite a tenir dans les accidents con- secutifs a l'avortement. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, viii, Obst. & Gynaec, pt. 2, 157-160 — Lcvy(H.) Zur Abortbehandlung. Frauenarzt, Berl., 1896, xi, 529-533. -----. Ueber einige wesentliche Fragen bei der Abortbehandlung. Med. Rundschau, Berl., 1897-8, 39; 49; 159.—Lomer (R.) Zur Therapie wiederholter Aborte und der Friihgeburt todter Kinder. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1901, xlvi, 306-333.—Long (J. W.) Treat- ment of abortion. Atlanta M. & S. I., 1896, xiii, 386-388.— Lop. Traitement de la retention de l'oeuf abortif. Mar- seille med., 1897, xxxiv, 470-474.—Lucas-Championniere (J.) Antisepsie de l'avortement. Ann. degynfc.et d'obst., Par., 1909, vi, 92-99.—Ludwig (F.) Die Abortbehandlung. Prakt. Ergebn. d. Geburt.sh. u. Gynak., Wiesb., 1912-13, v, 184-194.—Lutaud (A.) A propos du traitement de la reten- tion placentaire dans l'avortement des premiers mois de la grossesse. Rev. obst. et gynec, Par., 1895, xi, 315-317.— McClanahan (II. M.) Treatment of abortion. Omaha Clinic, 1896-7, ix, 164-166.—McCone (J. F.) Treatment of abortion. Pacific Rec. M. & S.. San Fran., 1898-9, xiii, 221- 223.—McGreggory (G. H.) The instrumental removal of the ovum in abortion. Mass. M. J.,' Bost., 1903, xxiii, 54- 58.—Mackey (A. S.) Abortion and its management. Peoria M. Month., 1896, i, 193-lOs— McPherson (R.) The treatment of abortion. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1911, xxiv, 103-105.-----. The radical treatment of abortion, with ob- servations on and an analysis of 3,500cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 709-712—Maguire (F. J.W.) Thecurse of miscarriage to our American women, with a few suggestions in the way of a remedy. J. Mich. M. Socv Detroit, 1907, vi, 19-21.—Mandelshtam (I. G.) [Pandemic of artificial abor- tion; measures of combating it; indications for artificial abortion.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1914, vii, 134-141. [Dis- cussion]. 153-168.—Mangiagalli (L.) Sulla cura del- 1' aborto. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1900, xvii, 5-18.—Marinelli (F.) Dell' aborto e della sua cura chirurgica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1913, xxxiv. 703-706.—Martinez Cercedo (A.) Ino- cuidad y eficacia dei raspado uterino en el aborto incompleto. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1905, Ixviii, 449-457.— Maygrier. Le traitement de l'avortement incomplet. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec,Par., 1897, xiii, 24.5-254.-----. L'avortement; conduite a tenir. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1903, xvii, 433.— Metcall (W. F.) The treat- ABORTION. Abortion (Prevention and treatment of). ment of abortion. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1896, xviii, 453-455. [Discussion], 464.—Meyer-Reugg (H.) Die Behandlung des Abortus. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1913, liii, 1730-1740.—Michelet. Curettement bei Abort oder nicht? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, 19.—Mihalkovics (E.) & Rosenthal (J.) [Clinical and bacteriological data on the treatment of abor- tion.] Gynaekologia, Budapest, 1913, xii, 1-47,3 tab. Also, transl: Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1913, xxxviii, Ergnzngshft., 90-114.—Moebius (F.) Die Behand- lung des Abortes in der allgemeinen Praxis. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1905, xix, 443-445.—Monday (W. H.) Treat- ment of abortion. Med. Age, Detroit, 1898, xvi, 552.—Mor- ris (R. T.) Prevention of abortion by removal of a uterine fibroid. In Ms: Lect. on appendicitis, 8°, N. Y., 1895, 154.—Muccl (S.) La cura dell' aborto incompleto nei primi mesi della gravidanza. Clin, ostet., Roma, 1904, vi, 293- 304.—Mttller (P.) Ueber Behandlung des Abortus. Samml. klin. Votr., n. F., Leipz., 1896, No. 153 (Gyniik., No. 55, 551- 568).—Nacciarone. Sullacura dell' aborto. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 169-171.—Nassauer (M.) Zur Be- handlung des Abortus. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1, 1637; 2147. -----. Abortzange. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1903, xxvii, 1461-1464.—Naumann (B.) Kasuistischer Bei- trag zur Behandlung der Fehlgeburt. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xxvi, 945.—Nebesky (O.) Zur Behandlung des Abortus. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1903, viii, 140-168.—Newman (H. P.) Remarks on the treatment of inevitable abortion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 1085-1089.—Nichols (C. L.) The management of inevitable abortion. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1916, 26. s., i, 149-165.— Nijhoff. Behandeling van den abortus. Med. Rev., Haar- lem, 1905, v, 285-294. -----. De curette in de behandeling van den abortus. Ibid., 1906, vi, 401^04.—Nikonoff (S. A.) [Treatment of abortion.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.- Peterb., 1905, xix, 163-219.—Noble (C. P.) A consideration of certain doubtful points in the management of abortion. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1896, 3. s., xii, 1-4. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Frauenarzt, Berl., 1896, xi, 289-295.—Ober- lander (O.) Ein neuer Uterusdilatator bei Abortbehand- lung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 244.—O'Don- nel((R.W.) The treatment of abortion. N. Orl.M. &S. J., 1908, lx, 823-827.—Oliver (J.) The determinants of abortion and how to combat them. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 1567- 1570.—Orthmann (E. G.) Zur Entstehung und Ver- hiitung der Uterus- und Scheiden-Perforationen bei Abort- ausraumungen. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1913, xxviii, 146-160.— Osterloh ( P.) Beitrag zur Abortusbehandlung. Fest- schr. z. Feier . . . d. Stadtkrankenh. zu Dresd.-Friedrich- stadt, Dresd., 1899, pt. 2, 59-62.—Ostrovski (A.) [On the treatment of prolonged incomplete abortion.] Protok. Omsk. Med. Obsh., 1898-9, xvi, 31-38.—Paktek (R.) Zur Behandlung der Fehlgeburten. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xcviii, 8-52.—Patru (C.) Reflexions sur le curettage dans les suites d'avortement. Rev. m£d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1896, xvi, 5-14.—Payne (R. L.) A plea for conserv- atism in the treatment of abortion. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Winston, 1S98,128-135.—Petrasko (I.) [The utility of guaia- col after miscarriage.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1896, xxxvi, 31.—Picchio (A.) Aborto affrettato col metodo di Krause; enorme proporzione Ira lo sviluppo dell' utero e della pla- centa e lo sviluppo del feto (mostruoso). Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 1193-1195.—Piccoli (G.) Cura dello aborto evitabile. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Roma-Napoli, 1899, vi, 101; Its.—Pinard. La terapia dell' aborto. Clin. ostet., Roma, 1910, xii, 224-228.—Pritchett (J. H.), Ela (P. F.) [et al]. How do you treat threatened abortion? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 674; 721; 773—Pulido Martin (A.) Tratamiento del aborto. Siglo med., Madrid, 1902, xlix, 479; 494; 509; 527; 542; 575; 590; 606.—Raiiord (R. L.) Abortion, with special reference to treatment. Old Domin- ion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1909, viii, 110-115.—Randies (H.) Treatment of abortion. J. Kansas M. Soc, Columbus, 1908, viii, 134-138.—Reed (C. B.) Treatment of abortion. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1901, xliv, 210-215.—Reimer (G. N.) [Treat- ment of abortion with fluid extract of Viburnum pruni- folium.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1902, i, 491-493.—Ribas (G.) Conducta a seguir en las retenciones placentarias post- abortivas. Rev. de cien. med. de Bareel., 1915, xli, 241- 251,4 ch .—Riviere. Du curettage uterin apres l'avortement. Cong, period, de gvnec, d'obst. et de paediat. Mem. et disc. 1895, Par., 1896, 670-673.—Roland. Conduite a tenir dans l'avortement avec retention membraneuse ou placentaire. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1907, xxi, 241-247.—Romme (R.) Traitement de l'avortement. Presse mea., Par., 1896. 531- 533.—de Rosas (N. G.) Tratamiento del aborto inevitable seguido de un caso clinico, con septicemia y contracci6n per- manente del utero. Rev. de med. y ciruj. de la Habana, 1898, iii, 137-140.—Rosenfeld. Instrumentelle Behandlung des Abortus. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 194-196.—Rosen- thal ( N.) Ambulante Abortbehandlung. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1907, xxi, 12-14.—Rosewater (C.) The pre- vention of abortion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 1272- 1275. Also, Reprint.—Roster (A.) A proposito della es- pressione addomino-vaginale dell' utero nel trattamento dell' aborto. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1898, vii, 666-668.— Sanger. Ueber active Behandlung des ABORTION. 84 ABORTION. Abortion (Prevention and treatment of). tubaren Abortus. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1^95, v, ostet., 213-215.—Salemi (A.) fils. De l'emploi de l'iodure de fer dans le traitement de l'avorte- ment a repetition de cause inconnue. Anjou med., An- gers, 1903, x, 14-18.—Schaeffer (0.) Ueber individualisi- rende Gesichtspunkte bei der Behandlung der Fehlgeburt. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902,lxxiii,pt.2,med.Abth.,209— Schauta. Ueber Einleitung und Behandlung des Abortus. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lxi, 625-631.—Schechner (M.) Ueber die Behandlung des inkompletten Abortus in der Landpraxis. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 860-862. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 860-862—Scherer (A.) Kann die bakteriologische Untersuehung fiir die Behand- lung des Abortus richtungsgebend sein? Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1913, xlix, 261-265.—Schrader (F.) Des conditions d'arret ou d'avortement de groupes humains. Rev. mens, de l'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1897, vii, 129- 141.—Schwab. De l'emploi du sulfate de quinine dans le traitement de l'avortement incomplet. Obstetrique, Par., 1897, ii, 198-210.—Seeligmann (G.) Zur Behandlung des Aborts. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1896, viii, 339-354 — Sellheim (H.) Prinzipien und Gefahren der Abortbehand- lung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 393-398 — Semmelink (H. B.) De therapi bij abortus mcipiens en abortus incompletus. Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt,, Haarlem, 1904, xi, 301-328.—Sittner (A.) Zur aktiven Therapie des Abortus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Bert., 1905, xxxi, 346-350. -----. Zur Ausrau- mung des Uterus beim Abort. Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1905, n.F.,No.402(Gynak.,No. 149,431-468).—Small (A.R.) Abortion, with special reference to the treatment of incom- plete abortions. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xxi, 137-141 — Smith (A. M.) Postural treatment in threatened miscar- riage. Med. Rec. N. Y., 1901, lix, 732.—Smith (R. R.) Treatment of early abortion by the general practitioner. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1898, xxxvii, 602-604—Smith (W. M.) Abortion; its prevention and treatment. Atlanta M. & S. J., 1898-9, n.s., xv,803-807. [Discussion],815-817.—Soer(A. F.) Abortus en abortusbehandeling in den buitendienst. Mil.- geneesk.Tijdschr.,Haarlem,1910,xiv,25-37.—Sokolofl (F.A.) [Treatment of abortion.] Univ. Izvlest., Kiyev, 1908, xlviii, [med. pt,],317-330.—Solowij (A.) Eineeinfacheundsichere Methode der instrumentellen Ausraumung der Gebarmutter ohne Assistenz bei Abortus. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 943-945. See, also, supra, Ekstein—Sorel (R.) & Hamon (L.) Du traitement des complications de l'avorte- ment; du curettage et de ses indications. Gaz. de gynec, Par., 1896, xi, 145-151—Southwick (G. R.) The treatment of abortion in relation to the diseases of women. Hahne- man. Month., Phila., 1897, xxxii, 14.5-148.—Spannocchi (T.) Trattamento dell' aborto. Pratico, Firenze, 1898, iv, 485; 520.—Stahl (F. A.) Some observations on the treat- ment of ante-mature labors, especially of abortion. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J., N. Y., 1898, xii, 602-619. [Discussion], 664-673.—Stapler. Traitement d'une vartete frequente d'avortements au moyen de la gymnastique et du massage. Rev. de einesie, Par., 1900, ii, 25-31.—Stehman (H. B.) The treatment of abortion. Medicine, Detroit, 1900, vi, 635- 641.—Stephens (J. B.) Management of abortion. South. Pract., Nashville, 1896, xviii, 540-546— Stowe (H. M.) The treatment of abortion; with a brief report of 750 cases oc- curring in the Out-Door Department of the Chicago Lying-in Hospital. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1910, x, 80-90 — Szab6 (A.) Ueber Abortusbehandlung. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899,xxxv, 337; 361; 385— Taussig(F. J.) What shall we teach the general practitioner concerning the treatment of abortion? Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix, 974- 976.—Tayloe (J.) Abortion and its management. Tr. M. Soc. N. Car., Wilmington, 1895, 74-76.—Taylor (J. W.) The treatment of abortion. Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1901-2, i, 106; 120— Tommasoli (F.) Svuotamento della cavita uterina in casi di aborto. Raccoglitore med., Forli, 1898, 6. s., ii, 239-250.—Turan (F.) Zur Behandlung des habituel- len Abortus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz., & Berl., 1910, xxxvi, 845.—Turazza (G.) Sulla cura dell' aborto. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 1, 710; 722.—Vidal Solares (F.) Pronlaxis del aborto por la medicacidn hipo- dermica tomco-reconstituyente. Arch, de ginecop., Bareel., 1902, xv, 509-520.—Vineberg (H. N.) The treatment of abortion. Memphis Lancet, 1898, i, 201-211—Ward (G. G.) The proper treatment of inevitable abortion in view of its relation to uterine disease. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1904, xix, 254-277.—Watson (B. P.) A case of repeated abortion due to syphilis; treatment by potassium iodide; birth of child with congenital goitre. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1906-7, xxxii, 204-219, 1 pi.—Waugh (W. F.) Abortion; its treatment. Med. Council, Phila., 1896, i, 5.5-57.—Wells (B. H.) The treatment of abortion. Am. Med. Burlington, Vt, & N. Y., 1911, n. s., vi, 334.—Wesner (M. A.) Two cases of accidental abortion and their treatment compared. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter, 1909, xvii, 514-517.—Williamson (E. A.) Abor- tion and its treatment. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1904-5, xvii, 461-467.—Winter (G.) Zur Behandlung des Aborts. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. & Wien, 1904, xiv, 33; 67.— Wrdblewskl. [Scraping the uterus after abortion as an operation for the practicing physician.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1902, xiv, 4; 93—Young (E. B.) & Williams (J. T.) The Abortion (Prevention and treatment of). results of the treatment of two thousand cases of miscarriage at the Boston City Hospital. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 871-876.-----------. The value of intra-uterine douches, packing and antiseptics in the treatment of miscarriage; a study ofthe results m two thousand cases. Ibid., 1912, clxvi, 364-367. Abortion (Repeated). Roemheld (L.) *Ueber Ursachen und Be- handlung der habituellen Fruh- und Fehlge- burten. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Mainz, 1895. Barkas (W. J.) A case of habitual abortion treated by potassium chlorate. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1895, xiv, 96.—Charles (N.) Multipare bien constituee, ayant eu trois fausses couches sur six grossesses; nouvelle fausse couche a quatre mois de la septieme grossesse; eaux eeoulees un mois auparavant; retraction extraordinaire des mem- branes; poids et dimensions du foetus et du placenta. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1899, xx, 302. — Charpentier. . . . Bull, med., Par., 1897, xi, 382.—Daniel (G.) Fausses- couches multiples d'orieine saturnine. J. d'accouch., Liege, 1896, xvii, 175—Hirst (G. S. S.) Chlorate of potas- sium in habitual abortion. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1081.— Kholmogoroff (S. S.) [Persistent abortion and persistent premature labor.] J. Akush. i Zhensk. Boliez., S.-Peterb., 1900, xiv, 1217; 1335.—Klein (C.) ... Wien. med. Presse, 1896, xxxvii, 573-575.—Kleinwachter (L.) Einige Worte iiber wiederholte Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung seltener Aetiologie. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1903, xlix, 1-16.—Kreutzmann (H. J.) ... J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 605.—Lehmann (F.) Ueber habi- tuelle Schwangerschaftsunterbrechung und innere Sekre- tion. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1913, ci, 205-243.—Levi (J.) . . . Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1915, xxiv, 88-94.— Marx (S.) The gynecologie and obstetric aspect of re- peated abortion. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iv, 891-894.— Maygrler. ... Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1902, xvi, 577-580.—Napier (L.) The treatment of habitual abortion. Scalpel, Lond., 1896, i, 75; 111.—Nijhofl. . . . Med. Rev., Haarlem, 1903, iii, 611-625.—Oliva (L. A.) L'aborto abituale e la reazione di Wassermann. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1915, xxxvi, 755.—Pfeifer (Gy.) [Salvarsan as an antidote to habitual abortion.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1910,1, 529-531.—Pichevin (R.) ... Semaine gynec, Par_ 1911, xvi, 227.—Ross (J. J.) [Case.] Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 101-104.—Ruben (G.) A case of repeated abortions due to a retroverted uterus; treated successfully by massage and gvmnastics. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v, 380.—Stevens (W. C.) ... Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1898, xx, 396-399.—Strachan (B.) Cause of repeated abortions. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 546.—Taylor (J. W.) On recurrent abortion, with special reference to that form due to deficient vitality of the mother, or both parents, and often associated with some history of tuber- culosis. Ibid., 83.5-838.—Tsur-Myulen (F.A.) ... R ussk Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1607-1610.—Wilner (Anna S.) The treatment of habitual abortion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1903, Ixxviii, 1134-1136. Abortion (Septic). Dodel (H.) *Ein seltener Fall von septi- scher Autoinfektion nach traumatischem Abort. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. Dupotjy (J.-C.) *Du curettage instrumental dans l'infection post-abortive par retention placentaire. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Kunowski (E.) *Beitrag zur Behandlung des septischen Abortes auf Grand von 240 Fallen. 8°. Berlin, 1913. Lamparski (S. M.) *Ueber die septischen Aborte und deren Behandlung. 8°. Basel, 1912. Moos (G.) *Ueber septischen Abortus. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Stock [Krtjse] (B.) *Sechzig Falle von "septischem Abort" (behandelt in der Konigl. Universitats-Frauenklinik 1894-7). 8°. Berlin, 1897. Aschheim (S.) Die Behandlung des fieberhaften Aborts. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 2034-2036.—Aubert & Traugott. Die Behandlung des septischen Abortes. [Dis- cussion.] Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xliii, 698- 702-Benthin (W.) Zur Behandlung des fieberhaften Aborts. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg. 1913, lxxni. 832-917.-----. Ueber die exspektative Behandlung fieberhafter Aborte. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch f Gynak. 1913, Leipz., 1914, xv, pt. 2, 488-495. ----- Wie kann man iible Ausgange bei fieberhaften Aborten am besten vermeiden? Deutsche med. Wchnschr , Leinz & Berl 1914, xl 798-801. -----. Zur Kritik der Behandlung des febnlen Abortes. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u Gvnaek Berl., 1915, xiii, 162-181.-Berger (V.) Septicopyaemia posf ABORTION. 85 Abortion (Septic). abortum. Objazat. pat.-anat. izslied. stud.-med. imp. Charkov. Univ., i895, 874-880— Bjorkenheim (E. A.) Zur Bakteriologie und Therapie des fieberhaften Abortes. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xcviii, 561-599.—Blount (Anna E.) A case of premature delivery with unusual temperature course. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1902, lxii, 356.— Boldt (II. J.) The treatment of abortion in the presence of fever. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt, & N. Yv 1912, n. s., vii, 316-31S. -----. Exceptionally rapid manifestation of sepsis following curetting after spontaneous abortion. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, lxx, 209—Bondy (O.) Ueber Vor- kommen und klinische Wertigkeit der Streptokokken beim Abort. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 2010-2012. -----. Zur Frage der lokalen und allgemeinen Behandlung septischer Erkrankungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 1270.—Botfn (F.) Infecciones graves en los abortos. Rev. ibero-am. de cien.med., Madrid, 1908, xix, 180-187.—Bovin (E.) Om behandlingen af in- fekterade aborter. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1913, lxxv, 803-815 — de Bovis (R.) Faut-il proscrire le curage uterin dans l'avortement septique? Semaine m^d., Par., 1911,xxxi,349.— Clark (S. M. D.) Profound anemia following an incom- plete abortion with infection. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1915-16, lxiii, 648.—Commandeur. De la temperature dans ravortement. Lyon med., 1907, cviii, 1079-1081.—Ditman £N. E.) Septic endometritis and septic pneumonia follow- ing abortion. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep. 1910, Pough- keepsie, 1911, ii, 130-132.—Friedrich (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Sapramie und Bakteriamie bei fieberhaften Aborten. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1911-12, xcv, 571-585.—Fromme (F.) Die Bewertung und die Behandlung des fieberhaften Abortes. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 663-673.-----. Die Therapie des fiebernden Abortes. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1912, lxx, 343-356 — Girvin (J. H.) A case of infective fever resulting in prema- ture labor, peritonitis, and death. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1901, xliii, 669-674. [Discussion], 712.—Gittelson (Yu. E.) [Present state of the treatment of septic abortion.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1912, Ixxviii, 644-650.—Hiiberle (A.) Zur Behandlung des infizierten Abortes. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 759-761.—Harrison (V. M.) Septic abortion at or about the third month. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1914, xxxiv, 9-11.—Holzbach (E.) Die Behand- lung des septischen Aborts; ein Referat. Ztschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1912, lxx, 357-368.—Houck (E. O.) The treatment of septic abortion. Cleveland M. J., 1912, xi, 174-179.—Hyrup-Pedersen (P. E.) Post-abortive sepsis, with report of cases. Ann. Gynrec. & Paediat., Bost., 1897-8, xi, 481-486.—Jacoby (M.) Zur Behandlung des fieberhaften Abortes. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & BerL, 1912, xxxviii, 1686-1688.— de Josselin de Jong (R.) Een geval van abortus provocatus met foudroyante sepsis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verloosk. en Gvnaek., Haarlem, 1908, xviii, 1-14, 2 pi.—Kasashima (Y.) Zur Frage iiber die aktive Therapie bei fieberndem und septischem Abort. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1913, xviii, 73-89.— Keiffer. Grossesses de trois mois et de trois mois et demi; avortement; retention; infection. Bull. Soc beige de gynec. et d'obst., Brux., 1892, iii, 197-199.—Kissling. [Septische Thrombophlebitis infolge eines Abortes.] Jahrb. f. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1903-4, Hamb. & Leipz., 1905, ix, 158.—Kroemer (P.) Ueber ,die Bedeutung der Strepto- kokken und die Behandlung des fieberhaften Abortes. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1911, Iii, 481-189.— Levy (H.) Zur atiologischen Bedeutung des septischen Aborts. Frauenarzt, Berl., 1897, xii, 1-5.—Lop. Traitement de la retention de l'oeuf abortif avec ou sans septicemic Rev. obst. internat., Toulouse, 1896, ii, 106. -----. Infection post- abortum; peritonite aigue (appendice de longueur anormale ayant etrangl<§ la trompe droite); salpingite suppuree; laparotomie; guerison; fistule stercorale deux mois apres; guerison. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 1496.—Lott (H. S.) Pelvic infection following abortion; a case of in- terest. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1916, lxxiv, 830-833.—Lowry (C. O.) Septicemia following abortion, complicated by gangrenous appendicitis, operated upon and treated with large amounts of antistreptococcic serum. Indianapolis M. J., 1915,_xviii, 334.—Mcllwraith (K. C.) The treatment of septic abortion. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1903, xxviii, 78-80.—MacNaughton (D. S.) Infection following abortion; treatment. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1912, vi, 202-205. [Discussion], 233.—Mangin. Traitement de l'avortement incomplet et des infections consecutives im- mediates. Gynecologie, Par., 1908, xii; 120-138.—Markowa (Ada). [Treatment of febrile and septic abortions.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1914, liii, 65-67.—Monagan (C. A.) The treatment of infection following abortion, miscarriage and labor. Proc. Connect. M. Soc, N. Haven, 1910,177-183.—Neffl (J.) Septic infection before abortion. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1895, xi, 602-604.—Nijhoff (G. C.) Een geval van septischen abortus. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1907, ii, 1621-1624.—Ohman (K. H.) [The influence of infection and intoxication on abortion.] Duodecim, Helsin- ski, 1911, 118-135.—Perret. Avortement; femme apportee dans un 6tat tres grave; infection generate. Obstetrique, Par., 1906, xi, 145; 153.—Pincus (L.) Die Vaporisation in der Therapie des putriden Abortus. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1897, xxi, 190-192.—Pinkham (E. W.) The treat- ABOULKER. Abortion (Septic). ment of septic abortion, with a few remarks on the ethics of criminal abortion. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1910, lxi, 413-420. [Discussion], 493-496.—Puppel (E.) Die Therapie der Placentarvcrhaltung des fieberhaften Abortes. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xxxv, 470-478—Rob- ertson (C. A.) Post-abortive sepis. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1911-12, iv, 221-225.—Romer (C.) Ueber Bakte- riamie bei Aborten und ihre Bedeutung in klinischer und theoretischer Beziehung. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionskr., Wiirzb., 1913, i, 299-333,1 pi. See, also, infra, Sachs.-----. Beitrag zur Klinik der septischen Aborte infolge Infektion durch den "Bacillus necroseos hominis." Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. . . . Inst, zu Tubing., Leipz., 1914, ix, 61-83, 1 pi.—Rosenstein (P.) Zur Frage der lokalen und allge- meinen Behandlung septischer Erkrankungen; Erwiderung auf den Aufsatz des Herrn Bondy. Deutsche med. Wchn- chr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl. 1271.—RubeSka (V.) [Treat- ment of febrile abortion.] Casop. lek. 6esk., v Praze, 1914, liii, 1159; 1317.— Sachs (E.) Ueber die prognostische Bedeutung des Keimnaehweises im Blut. II. Neue Ergeb- nisse der bakteriologischen Blutuntersuchung bei fieber- haften Aborten. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1912, xxxvi, 833-848.-----. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Carl Romer. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionskr., Wiirzb., 1913, i, 137; 153.—Schottmuller (H.) Zur Pathogenese des septi- schen Abortes. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1817-1819.-----. Streptokokken-Aborte und ihre Behand- lung. (Allgemeine Bemerkungen iiber Streptokokkenin- fektionen.) Ibid., 1911, lviii, 2051; 2123; 2170.—Seegert (P.) Die Komplikationen der septischen Aborte, ihre Aetiologie, Behandlung und Prognose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 807-811.-----. Verlauf und Ausbreitung der Infektion beim septischen Abortus. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1906, lvii, 344-364—Traugott (M.) Zur Frage der Bakteriologie una der lokalen Behandlung des fiebernden Aborts. Ibid., 1911, Ixviii, 328-352. -----. Die konserva- tive Behandlung des Streptokokkenaborts und ihre Re- sultate. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 1067-1071. Also:' Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1913, lxxv, 375-398. -----. Endresultate der konservativen Behandlung des Streptokokkenaborts. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak. 1913, Leipz., 1914, xv, pt. 2, 361. -----. Ueber die Behandlung des infizierten Aborts. Jahresb. d. arztl. Ver. zu Frankf. a. M. 1913, Miinchen, 1914, 67-72.—Veit (J.) Der septische Abortus und seine Behandlung. Prakt. Ergebn. d. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Wiesb., 1914, vi, 333-351.—Waeber (A.) Bericht fiber 593 Aborte mit spezieller Berucksichti- gung der Therapie des fieberhaften Aborts. Petersb. med. Ztschr., St. Petersb., 1913, xxxviii, 163-167.—Waegeli (C.) Contribution a l'etude bacteriologique de l'avortement febrile ou septique. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1913, xxxiii, 873-896.—Walther (F.) Ueber fieberhafte Aborte mit spezieller Beriicksichtigung ihrer Therapie. Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Leipz., 1913-14, xix, 325- 341.—Warnekros. Zur Frage der Behandlung des fieber- haften Abortes. Arch. f. Gynaek., Berl., 1912, xcviii, 600- 615.—Weber (F.) Zur Bakteriologie und Therapie des septischen Abortus. Prakt. Ergebn. d. Geburtsh. ' u. Gyniik., Wiesb., 1910, ii, 355-366.—Weil (H.) The irriga- tion treatment in septic abortion. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 521-526. Also, Reprint.—Werner (P.) Bakteriolo- gische Untersuchungen beim fieberhaften Abort. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1913, lxxiv, 481-493.—Wiener (S.) A case of foreign body in the uterus, infected abortion. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxviii, 628.—Winter (G.) Ueber Prophylaxe und Behandlung des septischen Abortes. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 597-601. -----. Zur Prognose und Behandlung des septischen Abortes. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xxxv, 569-576.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) Experi- mentelle Untersuchungen fiber die von Aborten ausgehende Infektionsgefahr und ihre Verhiitung. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 473.—Wood (W. C.) Accidental miscarriage followed by pelvic inflammation, later by abor- tion, retention of placenta, septicaemia, and pyosalpinx, and complicated by ovarian cyst; operation and recovery. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 745.—Woodward (C.) Abortion resulting in acute septicaemia. Eclcct. M. J., Cincin., 1896, lvi, 495-497. Abortion (Traumatic). See Abortion (Causes of). Abortion (Tubal). See Pregnancy (Tubal, Abortion in). Abortion in animals. See Abortion (Infectious). Aboulker (Albert) [1882- ]. *Le dilatateur metallique de Bossi dans l'accouchement arti- ficiel rapide. 44 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 53. Aboulker (Henri). Contribution a l'etude clini- que des tumeurs non cancereuses de l'anse ileo- coecale. 68 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 579. ABOULKER. 86 ABRAMOVICII. Aboulker (Moise) [1874- ]. *Contribution a l'etude des vessies a cellules volumineuses chez la femme. 51pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 96. Aboulker (Samuel) [1S72- ]. *De l'osteite apophysaire du tibia pendant la croissance. 56 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 171. Aboviantz (Alexandre). *La lutte contre la variole par la vaccination et l'lnstitut vaccino- gene Suisse de Lausanne. 74 pp. 8°. Lausanne, A. Borgeaud, 1900. Aboviantz-Tatos.siantz (Mme. Marie). *Cystite chez la femme enceinte et necrose de la muqueu- se vesicale. 40 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1898. Abrachia. See, also, Extremities (Upper, Abnormities of)- White (P. B.) On a case of symmetrical abrachy in a colt. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Zeman (A.) Ein seltener Fall von Abrachie. Rev.de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, i, 129. Abraham (Adolf) [1863- ]. *Die Durch- schneidung des Nervus mandibularis. Ein Bei- trag zum Kapitel iiber trophische Nervenfa- sern. 36 pp., 1 pi. 8°. ^^71,1899. Abraham (Anton) [1886- ]. *Zur Casuistik der Entbindungslahmung des Plexus brachialis. 1 p. 1., 22 pp. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt & Klaunig, 1912. Abraham (Bernhard) [1878- ]. *Ueber Lu- puscarcinom. 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Freiburg i. B., H. Epstein, 1902. Abraham (James Johnston [1876- ]. The night nurse; new and cheaper edition, x, 310, [1] pp. 8°. London, Chapman & Hall, 1914. Abraham (Julien). Contribution a l'etude de la tuberculose primitive du sein. Ill pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. No. 120. Abraham (Karl) [1877- ]. *Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des Wellensittichs (Me- lopsittacusundulatus). [Freiburg.] 83pp., 3 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1901. ------. Dreams and myths; a study in race psy- chology. Transl. by William A. White, v, 74 pp. 8°. New York, J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis. Co., 1913. See, also, Keibel (T.) & Abraham (Karl) [in 2. s.]. Nor- mentafel zur Entwicklungsgeschichte [etc.]. fol. Jena, 1900. Abraham (May E.). See Law (The) relating to factories [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. London, 1902. Abraham (Otto) [1872- ]. *TJeber den Erfolg der kiintslichen Fruhgeburt. 44 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt, 1894. c. _____. Verhaltungsmassregeln fiir Schwanger- schait, Entbindung und Wochenbett fiir Mutter und Pflegerinnen. 25 pp. 12°. Berlin, L. Simon, AT/"., 1909. Abraham (Phineas Simon). Leprosy. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt). 8°. London, 1907, ii, pt. 2, 648- 694. Abraham Coles. Biographical sketch; memo- rial tributes; selections from his works (some hitherto unpublished). Ed. by Jonathan Acker- man Coles, xlvi, 268 pp., port., 8 pi., 18 1. 8°. New York, Appleton & Co., 1892. Abrahams (Adolphe) [1883- ]. . See Herschell (George) & Abrahams (Adolphe). Chrome colitis [etc.]. 8°. London, 1914. Abrahams (Bertram Louis) [1870-1909]. Alchln(W H.) Inmemoriam. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1909,xvi, 1-5—Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 1615. Abrahams (Israel). See Yellin (David) & Abrahams (Israel) [in 2. s.]. Maimonoides. 12°. Philadelphia, 1903. Abrahamson (Meyer). Wie konnen Personen, welche mit den Beschwerden der fliessenden oder blinden Hamorrhoiden oder goldenen Ader behaftet sind, da von griindlich geheilt; und wenn sie noch nicht entstanden sind, davor geschiitzt werden? 2. Aufl. 64 pp. 12°. Ham- burg, Kratz, 1806. Abram (Aristide) [1870- ]. Contribution a l'etude de l'etiologie et la pathogenie de l'ulcere simple perforant du tube digestif. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 342. Abram (Paul) [1883- ]. *Un essai d'organisa- tion economique de la lutte contre la tubercu- lose. L'office antituberculeux (Jacques Siegfried et Albert Robin) a l'Hopital Beaujon. 119 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 371. Abrami (Pierre) [1879- ]. *Les icteres infec- tieux d'origine septic6mique et l'infection des- cendante des voies biliaires. 170 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 26. Abramicheff (P[yotr] P[armenovich]) [1859- ]. *K voprosu o mycosis fungoides Alibert'a. 36 pp., 2 1., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. S. Khomski & Ko., 1895. Abramis. Leonhardt (E.) Ueber die Mopskopfbildung bei Abra- mis vimba L. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1906-7, xxxi, 53-60. Abramo (Nicolau). *0 tratamento cirurgico do cancer do utero pelo methodo de Jonnesco. 107 pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, Besnardfreres, 1903. Abramoff (Adolphe) [1872- ]. Contribution a l'etude des lesions tuberculeuses des os du coude, et de l'olecrane en particulier. 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 188. Abramoff (S[ergiel] S[emyonovich]) [1875- .] Patogenniye mikroorganizmi; ikh rol v etiologii, patologii l epidemiologii zaraznikh bolieznei; kratkoye posobiye pri izuchenii bakteriologii dlya vrachei i studentov. [Pathogenic microor- ganisms; their role in the etiology, pathology, and epidemiology of contagious diseases; brief aid to the study of bacteriology for physicians and stu- dents.] ii, iii, 432, viii pp., 11 pp., 9 pi. °8. Moskva, T-voI. D. Sitin, 1908. ------. Kratkiy uchebnik glaznikh bolieznei. [Brief manual of ophthalmology.] vi, 173 pp. 8°. Kiyev, "Sotrudnik," 1908. ------. Nachalniy kurs higienl. [Beginners' course of hygiene.] ii, 121 pp. 8°. Kiyev, [S. G. Shjusarevski], 1909. Abramov (V[ladimir] V[asilyevich]) [1873- ]. Obyektivno-psikhologicheskoye izsliedovaniye tvorchestva i drugikh intellektualnikh funktsiy u dushevno-bolnikh. [Objective-psychological investigation of authorship and other intellectual functions of the insane.] 316 pp. 8°. S.-Pe- terburg, V. Ya. Milshtein, 1911. Abramovich (Frants Vikentyevich) [1864- ]. *0 krovoostanavlivayushtshem dieistvii vodya- navo para i goryachavo vozdukha pri raneni- yakh pecheni. [Haemostatic action of steam and hot air in wounds of the liver, j 120 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. Abramovich (I[osif] A[ntonovich]) [1861- ]. *Vliyaniye udaleniya shtshitovidnoi zhelyozl na lelkotsitoz; eksperimentalnoye izsliedovaniye. [Influence of the removal of the thyroid gland on leukocytosis; experimental investigation.] 56 pp., 2 1., 2 tab., 1 diag. 8°. S.-Peterburg, F. Vaisberg & P. Gershunin, 1901. Abramovich (Sergiei Florovich) [1868- ]. *Materiali k voprosu ob izmienenii viesa tlela, yomkosti lyokhkikh, sili vdokha i vidokha, okruzhnosti grudi, temperaturi, pulsa,dikhaniya ABRAMOVICH. 87 ABRINE. Abramovich (Sergio! Florovich)—continued. i krovyanovo davleniya pod vliyaniem fiziches- kikh i umstvennikh uprazhneniy u nizhnikh chinov. [Data on alterations in body weight, capacity of lungs, power of inspiration and expi- ration, circumference of thorax, temperature, pulse, breathing, and blood pressure under the influence of physical and mental exercises of en- listed men.] [St. Petersburg.] 108 pp., 2 1., 5 tab. 8°. Lida, D. M. Epstein, 1897. Abramovitch (Eva). *Sur un nouveau traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire par l'huile d'ani- line blanche redistillee et ses derives. 147 pp., 6 diag. 8°. Montpellier, 1901. No. 64. Abramovitch (Hennette). *L'ictere et le r61e du foie dans le syndrome vomissements a repeti- tion de l'enfance. 72 pp. S°. Paris, 1911, No. 196. Abramovitch (Zineida) [1870- ]. *L'hystene saturnine! 34 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 21. Abramovitsch (Felix) [1868-_ ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'intoxication par l'oxvde de carbone. 1 p. 1., 161 pp., 1 1. S*. Lyon, 1898, No. 165. Abramovsky (Arsene) [1SS(V- ]. *Des di- verses formes du placenta dans les grossesses gemellaires et en particulier dans les grossesses biovulaires; etude statistique et clinique. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 230. Abramowitch (Eleonore). * Quelques consi- derations sur la periarthrite coxofemorale chez 1'enfant. 2S pp. S°. Geneve, C. Zoellner, 1910, No. 286. Abramowitsch (Heinrich). * Drei Pons-Tumoren. I p. 1., 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, Kastner & Callwey, 1912. , Abramowski (Edouard). L'analyse physiologi- que de la perception. 2 p. 1., 120 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, Bloud& tie., 1911. Abramowski (Hans) [186S- ]. *Ueber Ge- barmutterkrampf und sanduhrformige Zusam- menziehungen der Gebarmutter; historisch-kri- tisch bearbeitet. 52 pp., 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1900. Abrams (Albert) [1863- ]. Clinical diagnosis. 3. ed. xi, 273 pp., 1 ch. 12°. New York, E. B. Treat & Co., 1897. ------. Diseases of the heart; their diagnosis and treatment. 170 pp., v. 8°. Chicago, G. P. Engelhard & Co., 1900. ------. The blues (splanchnic neurasthenia); causes and cure. 240 pp., 5 pi. 12°. New York, E. B. Treat & Co., 1904. ------. The same. 2. ed. 254 pp., 8 pi. on 7 1. 8°. New York, E. B. Treat & Co., 1905. ------. Man and his poisons. A practical exposi- tion of the causes, symptoms and treatment of self-poisoning. 268 pp., 1 pi. 8°. New York, E. B. Treat & Co., 1906. ------. Spondylotherapy, physio-therapy of the spine based on a study of clinical physiology. 3. ed. xxiv, 673 pp. 8°. San Francisco, Philopolis Press, 1912. ------. Progressive spondylotherapy, 1913; a summary of new clinico-physiologic and reflexo- logic data, with an appendix on the physio- logical physics of the various forms of force . . . Representing the additional subject-matter included in the fifth edition of Spondylotherapy (physio-therapy of the spine, based on a study of clinical physiology). 4 p. 1., 218 pp. 8°. San Francisco, Philopolis Press, 1913. ------. New concepts in diagnosis and treatment; physico-clinical medicine. The practical appli- Abrams (Albert)—continued. cation of the electronic theory in the interpreta- tion and treatment of disease; with an appendix on new scientific facts, xvii ( 1 1.), 335 pp. 8°. San Francisco, Philopolis Press, 1916. Abramsohn (Hillel Hermann) [1878- ]. *Zur Pathologie der Deflexionslagen. 87 pp., 1 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 0. Kiimmel, 1903. Abramson (Max) [1887- ]. *Hamatometra nach Abrasio. 21 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, M. Leutner, 1913. Abranchiata. Johansson (L.) Einige systematiseh wichtige Theile der inneren Organisation der Ichthyobdelliden. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1898, xxi, 581-595. Abrand (Henri). * Ration alimentaire du nour- risson au sein. 64 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 160. Abrant (Rene) [1873- ]. *Etude comparative des troubles physiologiques, consecutifs a rhysterectomie simple et a l'oophoro-hysterecto- mie. 60 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 440. Abrasion. Dieulafe (L.) & Herpin (A.) Note sur Pabrasion. Rev. destomatol., Par., 1911, xviii, 520-523. Abrastol. Vitali (D.) Contributo alio studio chimico-bromatolo- gico dell'abrastolo. Mem. Accad. d. sc. d. 1st. di Bologna, 1908, 6. s., 21-32. Abrazhanoff (Aleksandr Aleksieyevich) [1867- ]. *Peresadka i plombirovka kostei, ek- sperimentalno-klinicheskoye i mikroskopiches- koye izsliedovani'e. [Transplanting and filling of bones; experimental, clinical, and microscopi- cal investigation.] 115 pp., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, S. P. Yakovleff, 1900. ------. O prepodavanii khirurgicheskoi dia- gnostiki, yeya zadachakh i metodakh. [Instruc- tion in surgical diagnosis, its problems and meth- ods.] 14 pp. 8°. [Kiev, 1904.] Bound with: Untv. Izvfest., Kiev, 1904, xliv. de Abreu (Benicio) [1850-1906]. [Biography.] Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1906, iv, 307.—Perelra (M.) [Biography.] Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1906, xx, 399-401. Abreu (Eduardo). *Araiva. [Coimbra.] 301pp., 1 pi. 8°. Lisbon, 1886. _ de Abreu (Francisco Ottoni Mauricio). *Gangrena gazosa. 96 pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, Jornal do Commercio, 1903. Abreu (Joao). *Blennorrhagia aguda no homem; seu tratamento. 116 pp., 2 1. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Neri & Thompson, 1900. de Abreu Fialno (Jose Antonio). *A oculistica perante a pathologia (perturbacoes oculares nas molestiascerebraes). 84 pp., 11. roy. 8°. Riode Janeiro, Rodrigues & Co., 1897. Abribat (Firmin-Simon-Pierre) [1883- ] *Le cognac; son role en therapeutique et dans la genese de l'alcoolisme. [Bordeaux.] 68 pp. 8°. Angouleme, 1912, No. 135. Abricossoff (Glafira). *L'hysterie aux xviie et xviii6 siecles; etude historique. 145 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 31. ------. The same. 144 pp., 1 1. S°. Paris, G. Steinheil, 1897. Abrine. Doyon. Action de l'abrine sur le glycogene du foie; rap- port avec l'hemolyse et l'asphyxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 30.—Dzeszhgovski (S. K.) & Ziber- Shumova (Mme. N. O.) [Action of digestive ferments on abrine, and on its fate in the gastro-intestinal canal.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1899-1901, viii, 453-474—Haus- mann (W.) Zur Kenntnis des Abrins. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1902, ii, 134-142.—Lahm (W.) Beitrag zum histologischen Verhalten der Nervenzellen nach Einfiihrung von Abrin bei giftempfindlichen und immuni- sierten Tieren. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. ABRINE. ABSCESS. Abrine. & Leipz., 1913, Orig., xv, 320-358.—Olmer (D.) & Sauvan (A.) Action "in vitro" sur le sang des solutions d'abrine et de ricine chauffees. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 638.—Viton (A.) La abrina. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1906, xxix, 137-163. Abrine (Toxicology of). Lesne (E.) & Dreyfus (L.) 1 De la toxicite de Pabrine chez les animaux chaufles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 432.—Mall (G. D.) Sui or needle poisoning in the Punjab in cattle. Tr. Indian M. Cong. 1394, Calcutta, 1895, 503-505.—Rossi (G.) Contributo alio studio dell' awe- lenamento da abrina. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1903, ix, 581-585.— Schmorl. Ueber Abrinvergiftung. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., 1899-1900,146-153. [Discussion], 31.—Werhovsky (B.) Beitrage zur pathologischen Anato- mie der Abrinvergiftung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1895, xviii, 115-124. Abromeit (Bemhard) [1883- ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der kongenitalen Muskeldefekte. 60 pp. 8°. Berlin, S. Karger, 1909. Abrotanol. Heifer (G.) Ueber die therapeutische Verwerthbarkeit der Abrotanol-Pastillen. Wien. med. Presse, 1903, xliv, 110-113. Abrus precatorius. Sarkar (S. L.) Colouring matter contained in the seed- coats of Abrus precatorius. Bio-chem. J., Liverp., 1914-15, viii, 281-286. Abrus precatorius (Toxicology of). See, also, Abrine (Toxicology of). Abels (A.) Indische Schleichgifte (Abrus precatorius L.). Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 177-180.—Black (J. A.) Needle-poisoning in the human subject. [Abrus precatorius.] Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1916, li, 348.—Giles (G. M.) A note on abrus poisoning. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1898, xiv, 218-222.—Unusual (An) case of human poisoning by Abrus precatorius. Ibid., 1901, xxi, 669. Abrutin (Iz.) [Gonon-hcea and marriage.] vi, 69 pp., 11. 16°. Varshava, F. Chernak, 1902. _ Abry (Roger). *Les serums gelatines dans l'etiolo- gie du tetanos. 87 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 67. Abscess. See, also Anthrax; Carbuncle; Erysipelas; Fistula; Inflammation; Pus; Pyaemia; Scar- latina; Suppuration; and under names of organs and regions, as Back; Bladder; Brain; Liver; etc. Barbarisi (G.) Nota sull' ascesso sanguigno. Rendic. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1853, vii, .42-46— Blake (L. J.) Traumatic abscess. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1916, xxix, 61-63.—Manthey (C.) [Abscess produced by animal para- site.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1914, 5. R., xii, 792— Morris (R. S.) & Woolley (P. G.) Cardio-renal __spiessfoi von Spirillen in einem Oberschenkelabscess beim Menschen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 159-166. Abscess (Abdominal). See Abdomen (Abscess of). Abscess (Alveolar and dental). See, also, Pyorrhoea alveolaris; Teeth (Pulp of, Inflammation and abscess of). Adams (E. H.) Alveolar abscess. Canad.^Pract., To- ronto, 1893, xviii, 321-327. Also, Reprint—Arkovy (J.) [Short communication on experimental examination of pulp and wound gangrene in connection with chronic alveolar abscesses.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1898, xiii, 431—Burch- ard (H. H.) Surgical anatomy of alveolo-dental abscess opening into the anterior nares. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1898 xi 1011.—Crane (A. B.) Therapeutics and surgery of alveolar abscess. Ibid., 1911, liii, 1399-1406. Also, Re- print—Curtis (G. L.) A plea for a uniform method of treating alveolar abscess. Dominion Dent. J., Toronto, 1906 xviii, 281-293.—Dunogier. Abces alveolo-dentaires et actinomvcose. Mem. ct bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bor- deaux (1894), 1895, 590-593.—Friedrichs (A. G.) ... Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. <>,1., 1^94, 415-425.—Henriquez (J M ) De la importancia de un tratamiento oportuno del abceso alveolar An. d. Circ med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1895 xviii, 28S-291—MacPherson (J. D.) The importance of prompt treatment in alveolar abscess, with cases. N. York M: J., 1890, Iii, 567-569—Makuen (G. H.) An un- Abscess (Alveolar and dental). usual alveolar abscess, with antral complications. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxv, 100. [Discussion], 127.— Rotelli (R.) Ascesso provocate da un dente deciduo non snuntato. Stomatol., Milano, 1904-5, iii, 525-527.—Senn (A.) Die Pyorrhoea alveolaris und ihre Heilbarkeit. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902; Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 546.—Torre (G.) Grave settico-piemia da ascesso dentario. Corriere san., Milano, 1896, vii, No. 54, 3.— Willcocks (F.) A case of alveolar abscess; death from pvnsmia in eight days; necropsy. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1755. Abscess (Cold). Schittenhelm (H.) *Zur Jodoformbehand- lung der kalten Abszesse. [Bern.] 8°. Zurich, 1910. Vermelin (E.) *Des abces froids thoraciques d'origine articulaire. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Drago (F.) Contributo alia cura degli ascessi freddi. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1910, xxv, 56-59.—Mo- restin (H.) Abces froid inguinal; lymphangite tuberculeuse recurrente dans la gaine du muscle couturier. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 343-345.—Pace (D.) Vasto ascesso freddo idiopatico della regione dorsale. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1895, i, 260. Abscess (Dental). See Abscess (Alveolar and dental). Abscess (Embolic). 3IcLean(A.j Embolic abscesses. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxvi, 221-224. Abscess (Fixation). See, also, Suppuration (Artificial). La Torre (F.) II meccanismo d azione degli ascessi di fissazione. 8°. Roma, 1904. Marmoiton (P.) *Etudes cliniques des abces de fixation dans les pyrexies. 8°. Nantes, 1913. Brelet (M.) Les abces de fixation. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1914, lxxxvii, 1173-1175. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., xcix, 441.—Bruynoghe (R.) . . . Rev. med. de Louvain, 1914, 171-176.—Cerioli (A.) Ascessi d'immunizzazione e fissazione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1915, xxxvi, 727-732.—Defoug(E.) ... Caducee. Par., 1910, x, 47.—Doche(J.) Les abces fecaloi'des provoques. Ibid.,1908, viii, 276.—Espenel. Abces de fixation chez l'enfant. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 1095-1097.—de Fine Licht (C.) Deri- verende behandling ad modum Fochier. Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, K0benh., 1903-4, ii, 257-269. -----. Behandling med Terpentinabsces. Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1915, lxxvii, 287-297. See, also, infra, Wessel.—Gonnet. A propos du mode d'action des abces de fixation (methode de Fochier). Rev. de mea., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec, 319.— Henrard. De l'abces de fixation de Fochier; ses indications. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1912, 4. s., xxxix, 361-376. Also: Gaz. med. de Par., 1912, lxxxiii, 277-279.—de Lostalot. Traitement des maladies infectieuses par les abces de fixa- tion. Paris chirurg., 1913, v, 430; 670. A Iso, transl.: Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 1118.—Pozzi & Agasse-Lafont. Phlegmon du pied volontairement provoque par une injection de petrole. Gaz. mea. de Par., 1915, Ixxxvi, 79.—de Savarel (L.) ... Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1913, n. s., xcv, 68.— Savariaud. A propos des phlegmons provoques par injec- tions de petrole. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 2117-2120.—Serph (P.) Contribution a l'etude de Paction pyogene des frictions k l'essence de terebcuthine. Gaz. med. de Par., 1915, Ixxxvi, 19.—Valverde (B.) . . . Arch, brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1914, iv, 281-2S6.—Viry (H.) A propos des abces provoques dans certaines troupes d'Algerie. Caducee, Par., 1908, viii, 245.—Wessel (C.) [On Chr. de Fine Licht's article on Fochier's derivative treat- ment.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, Kdbenh., 1903-4, ii, 297- 306. Abscess (Foreign bodies in). Bacon (M. W.) Case of steel in mediastinal glands. Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 240.—Bombarda (M.) Trajecto curioso d'uma .espiga. Med.contemp., Lisb., 1896, xiv,35.—Martin (A.) [Epi de ble trouve dans un abces de la region costale.] Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1875), 1876, x, 177-181. ' ' ' Abscess (Gaseous). Gayet (G.) Contribution a l'etude des abces gazeux. Gaz. d. h&p., Par., 1897, lxx, 734; 755.—Lepine (R.) Abces gazeux sous-phrenique. Rev. de med., Par., 1897, xvii, 1001-1003.—Muselier. Un cas d'abces gazeux sous-phreni- que. Gaz. med. de Par., 1898,11. s., i, 86-88. Abscess (Gluteal). Beale (P.) Gluteal abscess due to foreign bodv -Med Press & Circ, Lond., 1907, cxxxiv, 204.—Jacopt (G.') Vas^ ABSCESS. 89 ABSCESS. Abscess (Gluteal). tissimo ascesso nella natica destra. In his: Prosp. d. scuola di chir. prat., 8°, Milano, 1813, i, 17-21.—Racoviceanu- Pitest;!. [Tubercular abscess at right buttock complicated by granulations; treatment with creosot injections; re- covery.] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1892, xii, 44-46. Abscess (Hepatic). See Liver (Abscess of). Abscess (Iliac). Antonino (A.) Sull'ascesso della fossa iliaca. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1908, liv, 519-526.—Dejouany. Adeno- phlegmon de la fosse iliaque consecutif a une plaie du pied. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1909, iii, 494-498.-----. Adeno-phlegmon iliaque gauche consecutif a une plaie du membre inferieur. Ibid., 1910, iv, 245-253.—Delbet. Diag- nostic et traitement d'un abces froid de la crete iliaque. Med. mod., Par., 1910, xxi, 306.—Kellock. Operation for iliac abscess. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901, n. s., lxxii, 439.—Lejars. Les phlegmons iliaques. Semaine med., Par., 1909, xxix, 613-615.—Nicolich. Abces de la fosse ilia- que droite ouvert dans la vessie. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin., Par., 1904, xxii. 1328.—Prokhoroff (N. N.) [Etiology of iliac adeno-phlegmon.] Voyenno-med. J., S.-Peterb., 1905, ii, med.-spec. pt., 33-36. — Reynes (H.) Hematologic dans un cas de phlegmon iliaque suppure d'origine obstetricale. Bull, med., Par., 1904, xviii, 1040.— Savariaud. Les dirlerentes sortes de phlegmons de la fosse iliaque gauche. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 1961-1963.— Sheild (A. M.) On acute and chronic iliac abscess. Clin. J., Lond., 1899-1900, xv, 369; 388. Abscess (Intracranial and pericranial). See, also, Brain (Abscess of). Bach (J. A.) A case of extra-dural abscess, as a complica- tion following suppurative otitis media, with abscess of the mastoid cells. Milwaukee M. J., 1894, ii, 281-283.—Bel* landi (E.) Note sur un cas de collection purulente sous- periostee de la region temporale. Egypte med., Alexandrie, 1902-3, ii, 258.—Jones (H. E.) Cases of intracranial abscess. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1893, xiii, 105-119.—Ledoux (L.) Suppurations des cavites pericraniennes. Scalpel, Liege, 1913-14, lxvi, 397; 415.—Lichtenberg (K.) [Otogenic peri- sinous and peridural abscess of the occipital region; opera- tion and recoverv.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1896, xl, 188.— Mister (W. J.)"& Paul (W. E.) Two cases of epidural abscess. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1916, xliv, 343.— Scott (S.) Case of retrocerebellar abscess; autopsy. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Otol. Sect, 34-37. Abscess (Ischiorectal). Caron (A.) *Du traitement des phlegmons ischio-rectaux par l'incision simple. 8°. Paris, 1899. Cougnenc (D.) *Du traitement des abces du creuxischio-rectal. 4°. Paris, 1896. Callahan (A.) Ischiorectal abscess, fistula in a child ten months of age. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1915, xxii, 933— Cobb fW.H.H.) ... Tr. Tri-StateM. Ass., Raleigh, 1903, v, 159.—[Delbet.] Su di un ascesso cangrenoso del cavo' ischio-rettale. Incurabili, Napoli, 1903, xviii, 551-555.— Eliot (L ) [Case.] Proctologist, St. Louis, 1912, vii, 66 — Gant (S. G.) [Case.] Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1900, ix, 818.—Gavifio (A.) Absceso en el hueco isquio-rectal, microbios infectantes; operacidn. Gac. med., Mexico, 1896, xxxiii, 196-200.—Jelks (J. L.) [Cases.] Hot Springs M. J., 1898 vii, 65-71.—Martin (C. F.) The early and radical treatment of ischio-rectal abscess. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1901 x 725-731.—Miller (C. C.) The treatment of ischio- rectal abscess. Wisconsin M. Recorder, Janesville, 1903, vi, 1_4 —Paton (E. P.) Ischio-rectal abscess and fistula. Hospital, Lond., 1895-6, xix, 115; 131.—Ryall (E. C.) Large gall-stone lodged in rectum; ischio-rectal abscess; operation; recovery. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1896, xxiv, 354 —Saphlr (J. F.) Ischiorectal abscess from a fish bone, followed by fistula ani, operation, and recovery of fish bone four months after swallowing. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii 784 —staufler (W. H.) The treatment of ischio-rectal abscess and fistula in ano. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1915, xlvii, 288-291. A Iso: Southwest J. M. & S., El Reno, Okla., 1915 xxiii, 137-144.—Zobel (A. J.) Ischiorectal abscess in nine-day-old infant; report of case. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1915, ix, 235. Also: West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1915, ix, 449. Abscess (Lumbar). Molinari (J.-B.) *Sur les abces lombaires. 4°. Genes, 1812. Cathelin (F.) Gros abces lombaire d'origine pottique ouvert dans la vessie et pris pour une pyonephrose; division des urines; cystoscopie; operation; guerison. Ass. franc. d'urol. Proc-verb. 1904, Par., 1905, viii, 613-615.—Ed- monds. Lumbar abscess. Brit. Guiana M. Ann., Deme- rara, 1902, pp. xiii-xv.—Ludlow (A.I.) Lumbar abscess; report of six cases treated by aspiration and injection of Abscess (Lumbar). iodoform-glycerin emulsion. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xliii, 29-31.—Powell (J.) A case of lumbar abscess opening through sacro-sciatic notch. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1904, iii, 659-661.—Watson (C. G.) Acute lumbar abscess. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xli, 81. Abscess (Multiple). Little (E. G.G.) Multiple "cold" subcutaneous abscesses in a female infant aged 11 months. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Dermat. Sect., 138.—Sequeira (J. II.) Multiple subcutaneous abscesses in a young girl. Ibid., 130- 132.—Sinha (T. R. D.) A case of multiple abscess and its treatment. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1913, xxxiii, 177. Abscess (Paranephritic). See Abscess (Perinephritic). Abscess (Pelvic). See Pelvis (Inflammation and abscess of). Abscess (Perianal and perirectal). See, also, Anus (Abscess of); Rectum (Inflam- mation and abscess of). Drueck(C.L) Peri-rectal abscess. Chicago M. Record- er, 1909, xxxi, 708-713. Also: Proctologist, St. Louis, 1910, iv, 48-53.-----. Perirectal abscess. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1911, lxxx, 376-378.—Hawley (D. C.) Perianal and perirectal ab- scess. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. s., x, 163-165.—Ito (T.) [A foreign body in abscess of the neigh- boring part to anus.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1896, xvii, No. 398, 19-21.—Kelsey (C. B.) On the perianal and peri- rectal abscess. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 841-846.— Krouse (L. J.) Abscess originating in pilo-nidal sinus. Proctologist, St. Louis, 1914, viii, 301-305. Also: Tr. Am. Proctol., St. Louis, 1914, xvi, 150-154.—MacMillan (J. A.) Peri-rectal abscess. Tr. Am. Proctol. Soc, St. Louis, 1909, 94-99.—Maddren (W. H.) Extensive peri-rectal abscess. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 312.—Martin (C. F.) Retrorectal infections. Tr. Am. Proctol., St. Louis, 1914, xvi, 123-135.—Nicoletti (V.) Considerazioni intorno ad un caso di ascesso parasigmoideo. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1905, xxv, fasc, 4, 130-137.—Pascal (A.) Signes, diagnostic et traitement des abces perirectaux. Concours med., Par., 1895, xvii, 611-613.—Thrailkill (E. H.) Treatment of perianal and perirectal abscesses; with report of cases. J. Kansas M. Soc, Columbus, 1907, vii, 1065-1071. Abscess (Periappendicular). See Abscess (Perityphlitic). Abscess (Periaural). Raoult (A.) Deux formes anormales de phlegmon periotique (phlegmon large diflus suraigu et phlegmon subaigu non suppure). Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, ii, 241-246. Abscess (Perigastric). Hall (A. J.) On two cases of perigastric abscess, arising from gastric ulceration, and rupturing into the left lung. Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 353-357.—L6pez Su&rez (J.) Dos casos de absceso perigastrico curados espontaneamente. Rev. cLn. de Madrid, 1910, iv, 301-364. Abscess (Perinephritic and perirenal). Albrecht (W.) *Ueber metastatische para- nephritische Abscesse. 8°. Tubingen, 1906. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1906,1, 147-167. Koch (F. K.) *Ueber perinephritisohe Abszesse. 8°. Jena, 1903. Yoshimasu (Y.) *Beitrage zur Genese, Thera- pie und Prognose des paranephritischen Abszes- Bes. 8°. Greifswald, 1905. Batut (L.) Abces perinephretiques. Bull. Soc. med.- chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence, 1908, ix, 69-72.-----. Abces perinephretique suite de grippe; incision lombaire; guerison. Marseille med., 1909, xlvi, 341-345.—Beer (E.) Perinephric abscess, due to stone in the kidney, communi- cating with kidney pelvis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, lxi, 111.—Beijers (P.) Paranephritisch absces na furunculose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 312.—Bilhaut. Abces peri-nephretique consecutif a une plaie infectee de la jambe gauche. Ann. de chir. et d'orthop., Par., 1910, xxiii, 2-6.—Braasch (W. F.) Perinephritic abscesses. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xxi, 631-635. Also: Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1916, xiv, 14-17.—Brown (T. E. W.) Perinephric abscess; report of two cases. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1909, lx, 150-152.—Bryan (W. A.) Perinephritic abscess. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, Nashville, 1905, lxxii, 95- 109._calabrese (D.) Flemmone paranefritico di difficile diagnosi. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1909, 8. s., ix, 282- 286.—Cati (M.) Ascesso pararenale. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. prat., 1488.—Coenen. Ueber paranephri- tische Abscesse nach Furunkeln und Panaritien. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911', xlviii, 499.—Cumston (C. G.) ABSCESS. 90 ABSCESS. Abscess (Perinephritic and perirenal). Perinephritic abscess in children. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1908, 18. s., ii, K8-154. -----. The pathogenesis and differ- ential diagnosis of perirenal abscess complicating the post- partum period. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1914, lxx, 182-187.— Delrez (L.) Les symptomes de l'abces paranephretiqne. Scalpel, Liege, 1910-11, lxiii, 184-187.—Doberauer (G.) Ueber den pennephritisehen Abscess. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1915, xcv, 329-342.—Escat. Abces perinephretique d'origine intestinale. Marseille mea., 1908, xiv, 758-760.— Farrell (E. D.) A case of perinephritic abscess. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1905, xvii, 95.—Fick (W.) Ueberparane- phritische Abscesse. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiv, 9-13.—Furniss (H. D.) Perinephritic abscess due to acute hematogeneous infection of the kidney. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, Ixxi, 970. — Gautron (P.) Perine- phritic abscess complicating the postpartum. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1914, 24. s., iv, 225-231.—Ghon (A.) & Mucha (V.) Zur Aetiologie der perinephritischen Abscesse. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xiii, 406; 495, 1 pi— Goldenhorn (E. M.) [Sur les issues des abces para- nephritiques. Extr., 212.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1897, iv, 173-179.—Halsey (R. H.) Report of a case of suppurative adenitis near the left kidney, or a para-nephritic abscess. Post-Graduate, N. Y.; 1907, xxii, 1081-1083.—Harzbecker (O.) Ueber me- tastatische paranephritische Abscesse. Arch. f. klin. Chir., 1912, xcviii, 957-983.—Holmes (B.) Paranephritic abscess; two cases. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1897, ix, 145-148 — Jianu (I.) [Double perinephritic abscess.] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1912, xxxii, 337.—Kochetkofl (V. N.) [Patient with paranephritic abscess; operation; recovery.] Protok. zasled. Obsh. Morsk. Vrach. v Kronshtadtle, 1896-7, xxxv, 11-15.—Koll (E.) Zum Rdntgennachweisparanephritischer Abszesse. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1913, xx, 298-303.—Leclerc-Montmoyen. Phlegmon peri- nephretique de natureactinomycosique. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 441-452.—Lobingier (A. S.) Perinephric abscess, complicated with intestinal obstruction and diffuse peri- tonitis. Calif. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1908, iv, 455.— M'Gonigle (G. C. M.) Two cases of perinephric abscess. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1909-10, x, 114- 116.—Mikhailoff (P. P.) [Purulent paranephritis with penetration of duodenum.] Dietsk. med., Mosk., 1897, ii, 348.—Miller (M. B.) Permephric abscess; a clinical con- tribution based on thirty-six cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 382-415. [Discussion], 421-423— Miyata (T.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des primaren paranepritischen Abszesses, verursacht durch Gonokokken. Folia urolog., Leipz., 1910, v, 199-203.—Moleen (G. A.) A recurrent perinephritic abscess, of 26 years' standing, and presenting a clinical picture of Addison's disease. Denver M. Times, 1904-5, xxiv, 580-587. Also, Reprint.—Monturiol (E.) Abscesos perirenales de origen traumatico. Arch, de gine- cop. [etc], Bareel., 1911, xxiv, 91-93.—Morelle (A.) Un cas de phlegmon perinephretique. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux., 1910, xvii, 124-126.—Mouren (C.) Um caso de phlegmao perinephretico; cura. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1905, ix, 95-101.—Murphy (J. B.) Peri- nephritic abscess, probably embolic in origin; opening and drainage. Surg. Clin., Chicago, 1914, iii, 922-929.—NichoUs (A. G.) Remarks on a case of paranephritic abscess, with rupture into the stomach. Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii, 119- 128.—Nordmann(C.)& Jouflroy(P.) Deux cas de phleg- mons perinephretiques dus k la migration de collections voisines. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1906, ii, 2255-2259.— Padgett (H.) Perinephritic abscess. South. Pract., Nash- ville, 1906, xxviii, 407.—Pasteau. Phlegmons perinephre- tiques d'origine intestinale. Ass. frang. d'urol. Proc-verb. 1908, Par., 1909, xii, 409-418.—Peck (C. H.) Perinephritic abscess of intestinal origin. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lvii, 770.—Perinephric abscess; later acute obstruction due to a band. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep.; Lond., 1905, n. s., xxxiii, 250.—Pettis (J. II.) Perinephritic abscess resulting from perforation of a duodenal ulcer. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1911-12, iii, 12-15.—Piltz. Ein Fall von doppel- seitigem paranephritischen Abszess. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1654.—Plessing. Zwei Falle von paranephritischem Abscess. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1898, xxiv, 145.—Pleteneff (V. F.) [Open- ing of a paranephritic abscess into the bronchus.] Voyenno- Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1914, ccxl, med.-spec pt., 216-223 — Porter (M. F.) Perinephritic abscess. Fort Wayne M. J.- Mag., 1906, xxvii, 147.—Rebaudi (A.) Ascesso peri-pleu- ritico cronico primitivo. Arch, di ortop., Milano, 1888, v, 434-436.—Rehn (L.) Die fruhzeitige Erkennung und ope- rative Behandlung der perinephritischen Abszesse. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1911, viii, 317; 359.—Richardson (E P ) Perinephritic abscess; a review of cases operated on at the Massachusetts General Hospital from 1899-1913. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec Ass., Phila., 1914, xxvii, 293-306. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst.,Chicago, 1915, xxi, 1-5.—Robit- shek (E C ) Perinephritic abscess; report of three cases. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1912, xxxii, 547-551. — Russell (W ) Retronephric abscess. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1900, vii, 37-40. ^Schnitzler (J.) Ueber metastatische Eite- rungsprozesse in der Niere und um die Niere. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lxiii, 2551-2556.—Simon (W. V.) Ueber den paranephritischen Abszess; auf Grand von 35 an Abscess (Perinephritic and perirenal). der Breslauer chirurgischen Klinik benandelten Fallen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, exxxi, 466-519 — Stammeshaus(F. W.) Paranephritischabsces. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1896, xxxvi, 387-389.— Sumner (F. W.) Perirenal abscess. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1910, xiv, 57.—Terlinck (A.) Un cas de phlegmon perinephritique d'origine diverticulaire. Belgique med., Gand, 1910, xvii, 495-497.—Thevenot (L.) Phlegmon peri- nephretique ligneux de diagnostic clinique et causal difficile. Lyon chirurg., 1913, x, 23-26. -----. Le phlegmon perine- phretique chez l'enfant. Rev. prat. d. mal. d. org. gen.- urin., Par., 1913, x, 13-20.—Willan (R.J.) Perinephric ab- scess, probably pneumocoetic in origin; drainage. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1916, ii, 98.—Wollin (H.) Zur Diag- nose des perinephritischen Abszesses. Prag. med. Wchn- schr., 1912, xxxvii, 31. Abscess (Peripharyngeal). See, also, Abscess (Retropharyngeal). Calas (A.) *Les abces peri-pharyngiens; el;ude anatomo- clinique. 8°. Montpellier, 1906. Moreau (E.) ^Contribution a l'etude des abces peripharyngiens. 4°. Paris, 1896. Broca. Abces peri-pharyngiens. Bull. mea., Par., 1903, xvii, 579-584.—Chretien. Deux cas d'abces latero-pharyn- gien chez l'adulte. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1914, xxxviii, 21-27.—Heiman (II.) Parapharyngeal abscess as distinguished from retropharyngeal and peritonsillar ab- scesses. Am. J. Dis.Child., Chicago, 1915, x, 104-109. Also: Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1915, xxxii, 340-344. —Huber (F.) Latero-pharyngeal abscess in an infant six weeks old; op- eration; recovery. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv, 903. Abscess (Periprostatic). See, also, Prostate gland (Abscess of). ' Aversenq & Dieulafe. Aponevrose et espaees peripro- statiques; suppurations periprostatiques. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin., Par., 1911, i, 1-43.—McKeon (F. H.) Re- port of a case of periprostatic abscess of tuberculous origin. N. Mexico M. J., Las Cruces, 1915-16, xv, 156-159. Abscess (Perirectal). See Abscess (Perianal and perirectal). Abscess (Perirenal). See Abscess (Perinephritic and perirenal). Abscess (Peritonsillar). See, also, Tonsils (Abscess of). de Guardia (C.) ^Contribution a l'etude des abces amygdaliens et peri-amygdaliens. 8°. Montpellier, 1913. Lunghini (O.) Dell' ascesso peritonsillare. Contributo alio studio della patogenesi e della anatomia patologica. 8°. Siena, 1899, Querzola (C.) Operazione di un ascesso retrotonsillare seguito da morte per lesione pre- esistente della carotide interna. 8°. Bologna, 1902. Barnes (H. A.) The radical treatment of peritonsillar abscess by tonsillectomy during the acute stage of the disease. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxiii, 994-996.—Barstow (D. M.) A contribution to the study of peritonsillar abscess. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1902, lxi, 606.—Carmody (T. E.) & Finnofl (W. C.) Death from hemorrhage following peritonsillar ab- scess. Colorado Med., Denver, 1915, xii, 261-269.—Cobb (F.C.) ... Boston M. & S. J., 1901, cxliv, 106-108. [Dis- cussion], 112-116.—Griffin (E. H.) Quinsy or peritonsillar abscess. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxvii, 224-226.—Hop- kins (F. E.) Peritonsillar phlegmon; report of a case. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1913, xxii, 496- 498.—Houghton (N. H.) ... J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryn- gol., N. Y., 1903, xv, 11-17.—Krause (H.) Zur Technik der Eroffnung von Peritonsillarabscessen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 231.—Kyle (J. J.) ... Med. & Surg. Monitor, Indianap., 1902, v, 105-107.—Levinger. Behandlung und Prophylaxe des Peritonsillarabszesses. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 1283-1285.—Martin (H. H.) Report of a case of general sepsis following peritonsillar abscess. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, New Bedford, Mass., 1913, xix, 390-398. Also: South. M. J., Nashville 1913 vi 561-564.—Moll (A. C. H.) Over de behandeling van peri- tonsillaire abscessen. Handel- v. d. x. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong Brugge, 1907, ii, 81-88.-Moskovitz (I.) Prophylaxe und Therapie der Peri-Tonsillarabszesse. Wien med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxv, 1109.—Nathan (D.) Circum- tonsillar abscess; a case with fatal hemorrhage. N York M J. [etc.], 1914, c, 24. Also, Reprint.—Pierce (N. II ) The treatment of peritonsillar abscess with exhibition of new instruments. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol. St Louis 1900, ix, 170-178.-Raoult. Phlegmon peri-imygdalien ex- ABSCESS. 91 ABSCESS. Abscess (Peritonsillar). terne, consecutif k une infection par corps etranger. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1904, xviii, No. 4, suppl., 19.—Richards (G. L.) Report of a case of phlegmon start- ing as a peritonsillar abscess and extending downward as far as the second ring of the trachea. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxix. 278. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1913, xxiii, 835-837.—Roy (D.I ... J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 1112. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1898, iv, 349-350.— Royster (L. T.) Peri-tonsillar abscess in children, with report of case. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1900, x, 2 U-204.—Sizem- skl (V.) [Etiology of post-peritoneal abscesses.] Khirur- gia, Mosk., 1908, xxiii, 418-426. Abscess (Peritracheo-laryngeal). See, also, Larynx (Abscess of). Damieno (A.) Primo caso di ascessi peri- tracheo-laringeo in persona adulta. 8°. Na- poli, 1899. Egidi (F.) Contributo alia statistica dell' ascesso peri- tracheo-laringeo nei bambini descritto dal Massei. Per il xxv anno d. insegn. chir. di F. Durante n. Univ. di Roma, Roma, 1898, i. 535-545.—Faustino Barbera. Abscesos peri- laringeos. Rev. valenc. de cien. med., Valencia, 1910, xii, 298-305.—Massei (F.) L'ascesso peri-tracheo-laringeo nei bambini. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1S97, xvii, 11-22. Also: Rev. hebd. de laringol. [etc], Par., 1S97, xvii, pt. 1, 177-192. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, v, 56-68. Abscess (Perityphlitic). Boneill (J.-A.) ^Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic et du traitement des abces p£riap- pendiculaires retro-coecaux. 8°. Lille, 1913. Bernays (A. C.) Surgical and pathological observations onepityphlitie abscess. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1901, vi, 210-213.—Hearn (W. J.) Pericaecal abscess without ap- pendicitis. Tr. Acad.Surg., Phila.;lS99,i, 12.—Perityphliti- sche Abscesse, 4 Falle. Jahresb. ii. d. chir. Abt. d. Spit, in Basel (1897), 1898,64-67.—Strominger(L.) Abces pericecal de natura traumatica. Spitalul, BucurescI, 1903, xxiii, 10- 14.—Stuart (J. H.) Perityphlitic abscess. Tr. Minnesota M. Soc, St. Paul, 1886, 113-116.—Vanverts (J.) De la voie d'aeces,sur les abces retrocaecaux d'origine appendicu- laire. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1913, xvii, 587-589.---—. Abces periappendiculaire posterieur; ouverture de l'abces; ulterieurement resection d'un appendice gueri. Ibid., 1914, xviii, 378. Abscess (Periurethral). See, also, Urethra (Abscess of). Burty. Des abces sous-urOtraux chez la femme. Paris chirurg., 1913, v, 135-137.—Cealic (M.) & Athanasiu. Abces suburetral la femee. Spitalul, BucurescI, 1911, xxxi, 158-160.—Furnlss(H. D.) Periurethral abscess in a woman. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 522.—Hannes (W.) Paraure- thraler Abszess, geheilt durch Leukofermantin-Injektion. Ztschr. f. gynak. Urol., Leipz., 1910, ii, 205-207.—>Iulier. Abces sous-uretral chez la femme. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1913, xxxii, 289-295.—Pugh (W. S.), jr. Peri-urethral abscess. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1910, iv, 176 — Stern (C. S.) Case of periurethral abscess. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, liv, 375. Abscess (Perivesical and retrovesical). See, also, Abscess (Prevesical). Kuhn (C. F.) Perivesical abscess. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1911, xv, 312.—Legrain (E.) Un cas de vomique d'origine retro-vesicale. Ann. d. mal. d. org. genito-urin., Par., 1903, xxi, 834-836.—Nicolich. Abces retro-vesical, perforation spontanee de l'intestin apres l'ou- verture de l'abces. Ibid., 1905, xxiii, 534. Abscess (Pharyngeal). See Abscess (Peripharyngeal); Abscess (Re- tropharyngeal); Pharynx (Abscess of). Abscess (Prevesical). Leibold (C. G.) *Ueber Abscesse im soge- nannten Cavum Retzii. 8°. Berlin, 1894. Xesemann (J. [F. A. E.]) *Zur Casuistik der Erkrankungen der pravesicalen Gegend (Cavum praeperitoneale Retzii). 8°. Berlin, [1889]. Robles (R.) Contribution a l'etude des abces prevesicaux. 8°. Paris, 1904. Cestan. Deux cas de phlegmon de l'espace prevesical de Retzius. Echo med., Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv, 101-105 — Ferrer (J. N.) Flegmdn de la cavidad de Retzius; curacidn. Rev. decien. mea., Habana, 1895, x, 284—Gauthier (C.-L.) & Bonnet (P.) Phlegmon prevesical du a une ponction; incision; guerison. Lyon med., 1910, cxv, 74.—Thorndike (P ) Remarks on pre-vesical inflammation. J. Cutan. & Genito-Urin. Dis., N. Y., 1893, xi, 348-356. Also, Reprint. Abscess (Psoas). See, also, Psoas region (Inflammation and ab- scess of). Marcus (O.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den Psoas-Abscessen (abscedierendes Sarcom des Musculus Psoas). [Wiirzburg.] 8°. Frankfurt a. M., 1894. Alkalaj. Psoitis puerperalis (puerperalni Psoasov apsocs). Srpski arh. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1909, xv, 439- 117.—Felix (CII.) Metastatisch masseter-en psoasabsces. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav.; 1894, xxxiv, 210-216.—Gangolphe. Psoitis et appendicite. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1894), 1895, xxxiv, pt. 2, 114.—Hamilton (J. B.) Psoas abscess. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898, 8. s., iii, 225-232— Keefe (J. W.) An operation for the cure of psoas abscess. Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1896, v, 322. -----. Cases of radi- cal cure of psoas abscess by operation. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897. xxv, 727-731, 1 pi.—Le Dentu. Psoitis. In- depend. med., Par., 1896, ii, 361.—Masterman (E. W. G.) Note on the treatment of small psoas abscesses. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1897-8, v, 104— Russell (R. II.) On abscess between the ilio-psoas muscle and the head of the femur. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1908, xiii, 552-555.—Thompson (J. E.) Psoas abscess communicat- ing with the sigmoid flexure of the colon and resulting from a pelvic inflammation. Texas Clin., Dallas, 1898, i, 112- 114.—Van de Warker (E.) Psoas abscess in women. Buffalo M. J., 1898-9, n. s., xxxviii, 326-331.—Walker (W. O.) An interesting case of psoas abscess treated by injec- tions of pneumococcal vaccine. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 232.—Wiener (A. C.) Gravitation abscess. Illi- nois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v, 961.—Wood (W. C.) Psoas abscess following confinement. Brooklyn M. J., 1897, xi, 490.—Young (J. K.) Early operation for psoas abscess and the treatment of hip joint disease. Med. Council, Phila., 1911, xvi, 285-287. Abscess (Pulmonary). See Lungs (Abscess of). Abscess (Renal). See Kidney (Inflammation and abscess of). Abscess (Retroesophageal). Griffith (J. P. C.) Retro-cesophageal abscess. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1898, xv, 1-11. Also: Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc, N. Y., 1897, ix, 169-179.—Hainiss (G.) [Postcesophageal abscess discharging through the ear.] Gyermekgydgyaszat, Budapest, 1902, 20.—Haynes (G. S.) [Case.] St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1897-8, v, 54.—Romanoff (A. E.) Phleg- mona retrocesophagealis et mediastinitis posterior. Protok. i Trudi Fiz.-Med. Obsh. v. Saratovfe (1893-4), 1895, pt. 2, 139-146. Abscess (Retroperitoneal). See Abdomen (Abscess of, Retroperitoneal). Abscess (Retropharyngeal). See, also, Pharynx (Abscess of). Baach (A. R.) *Die Retropharyngeal- Abscesse und deren Behandlung. 8°. Mar-' burg, 1903. Damm (H.) Contribution to the study of the acute, so-called retropharyngeal abscess in children.] roy. 8°. [Kj0benhavn], 1896. Esser (K. W. H.) *Zur Behandlung der Retropharyngealabscesse. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Fried (R.) *Der Retropharingealabscess und seine Behandlung. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. Haas (E.) *Zur Operation der Retropharyn- geal-Abscesse. 8°. Tubingen, 1898. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1898, xxii, 789-799. Kaufmann (M.) *Ueber Retropharyngealab- scess. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Frankenthal, 1898. Kosso-wska (M.) *Complicationen von Re- tropharyngeal-Abscessen. 8°. Zurich, 1910. Loose (G.) *Ueber Retropharyngealab- scesse. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1904. Reumaux (E.-V.) *Du traitement des abces retro-pharvngiens. 4°. Lille, 1895. Rosling (F.) *Zur Operation der Retro- pharyngealabscesse. 8°. Tubingen, 1909. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1909, lxiv, 35-61. Schoenfeld (S.) *Ueber den akuten Retro- pharvngeal-Abscess im Kindesalter. 8°. Hei- delberg, 1910. ABSCESS. 92 ABSCESS. Abscess (Retropharyngeal). Schwarz (B.) *Ueber Retropharyngeal- abscess bei Ervvachsenen. 8°. Breslau, 1902. de Spindler-Engelsen (Mme. Anna). *Quel- ques observations sur la pathogenese de l'abces retro-pharyngien. 8°. Geneve, 1907. Thoyer-Rozat (J.[-G.]) * Abces retropharyn- giens idiopathiques des enfants (adenite retro- pharyngienne aigue suppuree); leur frequence, leur terminaison par la mort subite; leur traite- ment. 4°. Paris, 1896. Weyers (E.) *Zur Aetiologie des Retro- pharyngealabszesses. 8°. Miinchen, 1903. Abces (Des) retro-pharyngiens chez les nourrissons. Re- pert, de therap., Par., 1905, xxii, 7.—Adams (W. T.) Retro- pharyngeal abscess in infants, with report of cases. North- west, Lancet, Minneap., 1903,xxiii,93.—Alagna (G.) Contri- buto alia casuistica degli ascessi retro-faringei di origine oti- tica. Arch.ital.dilaringol.,Napoli,1908,xxviii,l-13.—Alexan- der (I. H.) & Montague (Helen). Acute retropharyngeal abscess. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 227-229.—Amaha (I.) [Case.] Dai Nippon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-KwaiKwai Ho, Tokyo, 1898, iv, 159-170.—Ambler (C. P.) [Case.] Cleve- land M. Gaz., 1895-6, xi. 253-261.—Antoli Candela (F.) Un caso de absceso retrofaringeo en un nino de ocho meses. Rev. espec. med., Madrid, 1910, xiii, 396-398.—Augier. ... J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1897, i, 265-269.—Bane (W. C.) [Cases.] Colorado Med., Denver, 1910, vii, 451-454.—Biggs (G. P.) . . . Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1895), 1896, 37— Billings (W. C.) & Wilson (J. G.) ... N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 571. Also, Reprint.—Blackader (A. C.) Retropha- ryngeal abscess in children. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1887-9), 1890, iv, 211-221.—Bobone (T.) L'ascesso retro- faringeo acuto idiopatico. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1916, xxxiv, 89-103.—von Bokay (J.) Retropharyngeal abscess and retropharyngeal adenitis. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1898-9, xii, 544-560. Also, Reprint.—Botella (E.) Consideraciones sobre varios casos de abscessos latero y retro-farfngeos. Gac med. de Sur de Espafia, Granada. 1912, xxx, 457-459.—Boucheron. Abces retro-pharyngien a streptocoques chez un enfant de 13 mois; serotherapie antistreptococcique; guerison. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xi, 474-479. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1898, xviii, 849-853.—Brown (E.J.) [Twocases.] Northwest. Lancet, Minneap., 1903, xxiii,95.— Carpenter (E. W.) [Case.] Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 563-566.—Carpenter (H. B.) [Case.] Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1907, xxiv, 932.—Carstens. Ein neues Messer zur Eroffnung retropharyngealer Abscesse. Arb. a. d. padiat. Klin, zu Leipz., 1894,373.—Charlton (C. C.) Retro-pharyn- geal abscess with rupture, asphyxiation and death following an acute attack of tonsillitis. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1914, xxiv, 985.—Chatellier (H.) Ponction galvano-caustique des abces retro-pharyngiens. Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par.. 1903, xxi, 87-91.—Cima (F.) L'ascesso retrofaringeo dei bambini. Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 2. s., v, 536-542.— CIine(L. C.) [Threecases.] Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 668-670.—Clopatt (A.) [Acute retropharyngeal abscess in children.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1896, xxxviii. 918-931.—Coraby (J.) Ouverture, sans bistouri, des abces retrc-phar vndens et amygdaliens. Bull, et mem. ' Soc. med. d.hop. de'Par., 1915, 3.S., xxxix, 823-834.—Cotter (J. J.) A case of retropharyngeal adenitis and abscess; ex- treme malnutrition; recovery. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1903, xx, 279-282.—Dandoy (J.) De l'abces retro-pharyngien pendant la premiere annee de la vie. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1912, xv, 916-920.—David (Y.) Abces froid retro- pharyng^ d'origine ganglionnaire. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2, 427-439.—Delie. [Case.] Bull, de laryngol., otol. etrhinol., Par., 1906, ix, 193- 195. -----. Abces latero-pharyngien d'origine mastoidienne. Ibid., 196-200.—Delneuville (E.) L'abces retropharyngien. Presse oto-laryngol. beige, Brux., 1910, ix, 163-172. Also: Scalpel, Liege, 1909-10, lxii, 411-413.—Deve (F.) Abces retro-pharyngien; syncope suivant presque immddiatement 1'intervention chirurgicale; mort par bronchopneumonie. J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1899, vii, 214-217—DoUinger (F.) Beitrag zur Lehre von den idiopathischen Retro- pharyngeal-Abscessen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1895, n. F., xli, 146-154.—Downie (W.) Two patients illustrating (A) retro-pharyngeal abscess occurring at advanced age; (B) retro-pharyngeal swelling simulating abscess due to callus following injury to cervical vertebrae. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin Soc, 1902-3, ix, 114. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1903, lix, 196—Dupuy (H.) [Case.] N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1909-10, lxii 438-443, 1 pi.—Eichel. [Case.] Jahresb. d. schles. Ge- sellsch f vaterl. Kult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 121-123. [Discussion], 125.—Evans (W.) [Case.] Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxv, 261.—Fedde (B. A.) [Case ] Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 1009.—Franklin (M M ) Retropharyngeal abscess ulcerating into the left internal carotid artery (?) followed by right-sided hemiplegia with ai>hail lieu d'interdire la vente de l'absinthe? Bull, et mem. Soc. de mecl. et chir. de Bor- deaux 1906, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907, 538-543. Also: 3. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 867. Also, Reprint.— Cuniasse (L.) Caracterisation de l'essence d'absinthe. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1907, 6. s., xxv, 180-182.—De- caisne (E.) Sur les effets produits par l'absinthe. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1869, Ixviii, 939.—Gautier (A.) Sur la composition chimique de l'absinthe. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1910, 3. s., lxiii, 219-225.—Hercod. Die Bewe- gung gegen den Absinth in Frankreich. Internat. Monat- schr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1907, xvii, 5-7. -----. Comment l'absinthe a et£ prohibee en Suisse. Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1912, xxviii, 555-562.—Herrera (C. R.) Datos acerca de la esencia de estafiate. Bol. de la Direc de estud. biol., Mexico, 1915-16, i, 380-388—Horbaczewski (J.) Zur Frage des Absinthverbotes. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1912, xxiv, 117-122.—Hunziker (H.) Der Absinth und seine Gefahren. Intemat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alko- holismus, Basel, 1906, xvi, 97; 129.—Jacquet (L.) La lutte contre l'absinthe. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 597.—Laborde (J.-V.) Le poison absinthi- que et les essences toxiques similaires, les mesures d'ordre prohibitif qu'ils exigent, propositions a l'Academie de medecine. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 668- 672. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1901, 2. s., xxxiii, 461-468 — Lagrand. Absinthism in France. Quart. J. Inebr., Absinthe and absinthism. Hartford, 1904, xxvi, 155-1 ">s—Lancereaux. Les boissons a essences; absinthe et similaires, usage et dangers. J. de med. int., Par., 1906, x, 315-317.— Ledoux (E.) L'absinthe et l'absinthisme. Rev. mod. de la Franche-Comte, Besan- con, 1908, xvi, 97; 119; 139, 4 pi.—Magnan. Des princi- paux signes cliniques de l'absinthisme. Bull. Soc. de med. pub., Par., 1890, xiii, 349-363.—Moreau (A.) L'absinthe; ses dangers d'apres les produits employes dans la fabrica- tion. J. d'hyg.. Par., 1899, xxiv, 359-361.—Neveu (R.) L'absinthe en Afrique (notes de voyage). Normandie med., Rouen, 1911, xxvii, 393-395.—Onf roy (P.) Recherche des matieres colorantes dans les absinthes. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1904, 6. s., xx, 99-104.—Regis. La question de l'absinthe. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bor- deaux 1906, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907, 546-548. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc med. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 20.—Sangle- Ferriefe & Cuniasse (L.) Action de l'eau sur les essences de l'absinthe. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1907, 6. s., xxv, 428-430.—Schaffer (F.) & Philippe (E.) Ueber die Unter- suehung und Definition des Absinthhqueurs und seiner Imitationen. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt. u. Hyg., Bern, 1910, i, 1-13.—Schmidt (H.) L'absinthe, l'alienation mentale et la criminalitc Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1915, 4. s., xxiii, 121-133.—Thomas. La question de l'absinthe en Suisse. Chinique, Par., 1907, ii, 294.—Triboulet. La vente et la consommation de l'absinthe et des boissons simi- laires. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 433-435. -----. La question de l'absinthe et de l'alcoolisme. Ibid., 439-442.—Vitoux (G.) L'absinthe a la Societe de medecine publique et de genie sanitaire. Presse med., Par., 1907, xv, annexes, 137-139.—Walker (Emma E.) The effects of absinthe. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 568-572. Absinthe (Toxicology of). Ballet (G.) & Faure. Intoxication experimentale aigue et chronique par l'alcool et l'absinthe (chiens. lapins, co- bayes). Cong, franc de med. C. r., Par., 1902, ii, 473-476 — Bodow (J. C), jr. Case of absinthe poisoning. Bi-Month. Bull. Univ. Coll. Med., Richmond, 1897, ii, 248.—Burnett (S. G.) & Royer (J. E.) Absinthe poisoning. Oklahoma M. News-Jour., 1912, xx, 75-77.—Pauly & Bonne. Etude sur un cas d'intoxication aigue par l'absinthe. Lyon med., 1897, Ixxxv, 431-443.—Pilliet (A.-H.) Etude de l'estomac dans un cas d'empoisonnement aigu par l'absinthe. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898,10. s., v, 585-587.—Roche (G.) Un cas d'absinthisme aigu. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. de Vaucluse,_ Avignon, 1905, i, 291.—Roque (G.) & Mazel (P.) Coma rapidement mortel avec crises convulsives subintrantes chez un diabetique absinthique. Bull. Soc med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1911, x, 635-639.-----------. A propos du proces- verbal, au sujet d'un coma rapidement mortel avec convul- sions subintrantes chez un diabetique absinthique. Ibid., 643. Absorbents. See Dressings. Absorbents (Patent specifications for). Bucknam (Lucinda A.) Method of preparing absor- bent cotton. No. 227,480; May 11, 1880.—Green (W. R.) Absorbent material. No. 810,136; Jan. 16, 1906. -----. Absorbent material. No. 810,137; Jan. 16, 1906. -----. Absorbent material. No. 810,138; Jan. 16, 1906. -----. Absorbent material and fiber-stock therefor. No. 810,139; Jan. 16, 1906. -----. Absorbent material. No. 875,066; Dec 31, 1907. Absorptiometer. Fahr (G.) A new absorptiometer. J. Physiol., Lond., 1911-12, xliii, 425-432. Absorption. See, also, Adsorption; Bladder (Absorption by); Chyle; Endosmosis; Eye (Absorption by); Fat (Absorption of); Intestines; Lacteals; Lymphatics; Skin; Vagina (Absorption by). van Bemmelen (J. M.) Die Absorption; gesammelte Abhandlungen iiber Kolloide und Absorption. 8°. Dresden, 1910. Viatjd (G.) De I'absorption des medicaments par les plantes et de leur utilisation en thera- peutique. 12°. Poitiers (Vienne), [1896]. Webster (R. W.) A contribution to the physical analysis of the phenomena of absorp- tion of liquids by animal tissues. 4°. Chicaqo, 1903. van Bemmelen (J.-M.) & Klobbie (E.-A.) Sur le phenomene de I'absorption, en particulier I'accumulation de fluorure de calcium, de chaux et de phosphates dans les os fossiles. Arch, neerl. d. sc. exactes [etc.], La Have, 1899- 1900, 2. s., iii, 236-272.—Buxton (B. H.) & Torrey (J. C.) Studies m absorption. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1906-7, xv, 3-87, 11 pi. Also, Reprint.—Duroziez. Rapport sur un ABSORPTION. 95 ACADEaIIA. Absorption. memoire de M. Sentcx [intilule: Recherches experimentales sur 1'absorption des liquides a la surface et dans la pro- fondeur des voies respiratoires]. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1872), 1873, vii, 191-199.—Fischer (M. H.) Ueber die Ana- logic zwischen der Wasserabsorption durch Fibrin und durch Muskel. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1908, cxxiv, 69-99. -----. Contributions to a colloid-chemical analysis of absorption and secretion. Dandridge Vol., Cincin., 1912, 225-261.—Friedenthal (A.) Bediirfen Stoffe, um resorbir- bar zu werden, der Ueberfuhrung in wasserlosliche Form? Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1901, 222-234—Hamburger (H. J.) La resorption des liquides dans les cavites abdominale et pericardique avec une double remarque au sujet de la trans- fusion intraperitoneale. Belgique m£d., Gand-Haarlem, 1895, ii, 129; 161.-----. Etude sur la resorption des liquides dans les cavites abdominale et pericaraiaque. Rev. d'hvg., Par., 1S96, xviii, 161-191. Also: Rev. de med., Par., 1896, xvi, 161; 289.—Heidenhaln (R.) Bemerkungen una Ver- suche betreffs der Resorption in der Bauchhohle. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1895. lxii. 320-331— Hober (R.) Zur Fraee der elektiven Fahigkeiten der Resorptionsorgane. Festsehr. J. Rosenthal [etc.]. Leipz., 1906, pt. 1, 335-341.— LlovdfJ. U.) A continued studv in absorption. Am. Drug- gist. N. Y., 1916, lxiv, 27.— McClintock (C. T.) The ab- sorption of albumins and globulins. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1903, xl, 635-637.—Meltzer (S. J.) & Auer (J.) On the rate of absorption from intramuscular tissue. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1905, vii, 59-78, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.l: Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 75. Also, Reprint— Noll (A.) Ueber die Beziehung des Nervensystems zu den Resorptionsvor- gangen. 1. Die Aufnahme von Seifenlosung durch das Darmepithel des Frosches. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1907, 349-358.—Oker-Blom (M.) Die physikalische Bedeutung der tierischen Membranen fiir die Resorptionserscheinung. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1907, xix, 162-170.— Portier (P.) Du role de la tension superficielle dans le mecanisme des phehomenes d'absorption. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxv, 114-116.—Reychler (A.) L'absorption de 1'anhydride carbonique et de l'anhydride sulfureux par le caoutchouc et par le charbon de sang. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1910, viii, 617-629—R6th- Schulz (V.), Kbrbsy (K.) A Lobmayer (G.) [Contribu- tions to the biologv of absorption.] Orvostud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1904, d. f., v, 450-520.—Snyder (C. D.) Der Temperaturkoeffizient der Resorption bei tierischen Membranen. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1908, xxii, 236-242—Sulzer (M.) Ueber den Durch- tritt corpuscularer Gebilde durch dn< Zwerchfell. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1896, cxliii. 99-110, 1 pi. Abstammungslehre (Die). Zwolf gemeinver- standliehe Vortrage uber die Deszendenztheorie im Licht der neueren Forschung. Gehalten im Winter-Semester 1910-11 im Miinchner Verein fiir Naturkunde, von O. Abel. A. Brauer [et al.]. iv, 489 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1911. Abstract of laws regulating the practice of medi- cine in the various States and Territories, com- piled by a member of the Suffolk bar. 20 pp. 8°. Boston, 1889. Abstract of the proceedings of the National Con- vention of 1900 for Revising the United States Pharmacopoeia. 54 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1900. Abstract (An) of the symptoms, with the latest dietetic and medicinal treatment, of various diseased conditions. The food products. Di- gestion and assimilation. The new and valuable preparations manufactured by Reed & Carnick. vi, 79 pp., 8 1. 12°. Nese York, Reed & Car- nick, 1891. Abstracts of clinical reports on the use of uricedin (uric acid solvent). 8 pp. 8°. New York, Fischer Chemical Importing Co., [1898, vel sub- seq.]. Abstracts of papers to be read at the twenty- third annual meeting of the Association of American Physicians, to be held in Washington, D. C, on May 12th and 13th, 1908. 24 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Abt (Adam) [1885- ]. *Die Apologie des Apuleius von Madaura und die an tike Zau- berei; Beitrage zur Erlauterung der Schrift. De magia; Einleitung und erster Abschnitt. [Gies- sen.] 31 pp. 8°. Naumburg a. S., Lippert & Co., 1907. Abt (Carl). *Ein Fall von Fibroma molluscum der Vulva. 22 pp., 1 1. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp. 1896. Abt (Etienne-Felix-Joseph) [1874- ]. *Re- cherche et localisation exacte des corps etrangers de l'oeil et de l'orbite par les rayons X. vii, 92 pp., 1 pi., 1 diag. 8°. Nancy, 1900, No. 32. Abt (Georges). *Le corps thyroide et la grossesse; quelques cas d'eclampsie et de tetanie. 103 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 195. Abt (Otto). *Ueber Extremitatenfrakturen intra- partum. 43 pp., 4 tab. 8°. Basel, Kreis, 1900. Abuladse (Dm.) Zur Diagnosenfrage der pro- gressierenden Schwangerschaft im rudimentaren Horn des Uterus unicornis. 16 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1911. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1911, n. F., No. 614 (Gynak., No. 221). Abulcasis. See Albucasis. Abulia. See Will (Disorders of). d'Abundo (G). Editor of: Revista italiana di neuropatologia, psichiatria ed elettroterapia, Catania, 1907-15. Abus (Les) de la saignee, demontres par des raisons prises, etc. See [Boyer de Prebandiere] [in 1. s.]. Abutkov(A[natol]D[mitriyevich])[1862- ]. O trippernikh nityakh. [On gonorrhoeal threads.] 19 pp., 2 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, K. L. Rikker, 1896. Abyssinia. See, also, Fever (Malarial, History and sta- tistics of), by localities. Brovtsin (N. P.) [*Anthropology of Ethio- pia; the Abyssinians of the Province of Shoa.l 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. Blanc (H.) The native races of Abyssinia. Tr. Ethn. Soc. Lond., 1867, n. s., vii, 291-298—Cabanes. L'hygiene au pays de Menelick. J. de la sant6, Par., 1899, xvi, 221- 223.—de Castro (L.) Note di antropologia normale; a pro- posito di osservazioni fatte in Abissinia. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1906, n. s., lx, 143-225, 4 ch.—Chaba- neix (J.-A.) Notes medicales sur PAbyssinie. Ann. d'hvg. et de med. colon., Par., 1901, iv, 60-77.—Crawford (J.) On the ethnology of Abyssinia and adjacent countries. Tr. Ethn. Soc. Lond., 1867, n. s., vi, 282-310.—Doreau (P.) Notes de geographie medicale sur l'Abyssinie . Ann. d'hvg. et de med. colon., Par., 1909, xii, 5-31, 9 pi.—von Luschan. [Die ethnologische Stellung einer Anzahl Abessinier zu Ber- lin.] Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1906, xxxviii, 159-161. Abyssinin. Kolle (W.) *Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen an Tieren zur Kenntnis der Wirkungen des Abyssinins. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Freund (R.) Ueber Abyssinin und sein Vergleich mit einigen Digitalispraparaten. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905,1, 557-568. Acacia. Vee (G.-A.) *Etude sur les gommes dites arabiques. 4°. Paris, 1888. Ecole de pharmacie. Combe. Un vieux medicament. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1903, iv, 98-100.—Jun- ker. Vergiftung durch Akazie. Ztschr. f. Veterinark., Berl., 1904, xvi, 18.—Leibenger. Vergiftung durch Akazien- bliitter. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Miinchen, 1906, 1,543.—Maiden (J. H.) Notes on acacia (with description of new species). J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. N. South Wales, Sydney, 1916, xlix, 463-513.—Palladino (P.) Gomma arabica e gomme affini, loro proprieta, composizione, provenienza, qualita commerciali e sofisticazioni. Selmi, Pavia, 1890-91, i, 81; 100; 117; 140; 173,1 tab. [Academia Leopoldina Naturae Curiosorum Colle- gse, Vratislaviae.] L. N. C. A. C. V. Examen et castigationes animadversionum Grsebnerianarum in Historiam morborum qui anno prseteriti seculi lxxxxix, Vratislaviae grassanti sunt. 90 pp., 11. sm. 4°. [n. p.], 1703. ACADEMIA. 96 ACANTHODES. Academia de medicina de Mexico. Memorias de ginecologia, Mexico. 1 v. 1899-1900. roy. 8°. Mexico. Academia nacional de medicina de Mexico. Vela da funebre que en honra del eminente sabio Frances Luis Pasteur celebro la Academia nacio- nal de medicina de Mexico la noche del lunes 28 de octubre de 1895. 48 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Mexico, 1895. Aeademie de medecine, Paris. Catalogue des periodiques de la bibliotheque de l'Academie de medecine, par L. Laloy; publie par Ernest Wickersheimer. 3 p. 1., 93 pp. roy. 8° Paris, Imprimerie nationale, 1911. See, also, Chaveau. Sur les travaux de l'Academie de medecine en 1913. Rev. scient., Par., 1914, 257-263.—Dow- ling (F.) The Academy of Medicine in Paris. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 25. Also, Reprint.—Dureau (A.) La nouvelle Aeademie de medecine. Gaz. med. de Par., 1902, 12. s., ii, 371.—de Lavarenne (E.) La nouvelle Aeademie de medecine 25 novembre 1902. Presse med., Par., 1902, ii, 1131-1134.—Noir (J.) La nouvelle installation de PAcade- mie de medecine. Progres med., Par., 1902, 3. s., xvi. 425- 428. Aeademie de Montpellier. Bibliotheque univer- sitaire. Liste alphabetique des nouvelles acqui- sitions. VIII0 annee scolaire, 1898-9. pp. 201- 358. 8°. Montpellier, G. Firmin, Montane & Sicardi, 1902. Aeademie du Rhdne. Ren tree solennelle des facultes de theologie, des sciences, des lettres et de l'Ecole preparatoire de medecine et de phar- macie de Lyon, le 19 novembre 1853. 51pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Vingtrinier, 1853. [P., v. 1740.] Aeademie royale de. Belgique. Bulletin de la classe des sciences. 14 v. 1899-1913. 8°. Bruxelles. Continuation of: Bulletin de PAcademie royale des sciences de Belgique, Bruxelles. ------. Classe des sciences. Memoires. Collec- tion in-4°. 2. s.,v. 1-4,1904-13. 4°. Bruxelles. Continuation of: Memoires couronnes ... par PAcademie royale des sriences [etc.], de Belgique, Bruxelles. ------. Classe des sciences. Memoires. Collec- tion in 8°. 2. s., 1-3, 1904-14. 8°. Bruxelles. Continuation of: Memoires couronnes ... par PAcademie royale des sciences [etc.] de Belgique, Bruxelles. Aeademie royale de chirurgie, Paris. _ Recueil des pieces qui ont concouru pour le prix de 1' . . . 3 v., 1753-1. 4°. Paris. Aeademie royale de medecine de Belgique. Bul- letin. 4. s., v. 1-28, 1887-1914. 8°. Bruxelles. Aeademie royale des sciences. Histoire de 1'Aeademie royale des sciences. Annees 1699- 1723. Avec les memoires mathematiques et de physique, pour les memes annees. Tires des registres de cette Aeademie. 1666-1789. 4°. Annees 1699-1704 are 2. ed.; another set, 112 v. (1666-1789), 1718 to an II (1794), made up of 1., 2., and 3. ed. ------. The same. Der konigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Paris, anatomische, chymi- sche und botanische Abhandlungen. v. 1-9, 1692-1737. 8°. Breslau, 1749-60. ------. The same. The philosophical history and memoirs of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Paris; or an abridgement of all the papers relating to natural philosophy, which have been pub- lished . . . from the year 1699 to 1720. 5 v. 1742. 8°. London. ------. Report of the experiments on animal mag- netism, made by a committee of the medical sec- tion of the French Academy of Sciences . . .B.J. C. Colquhoun. xii, 252 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, R. Cadell. 1833. Academy of Medicine of Cincinnati. Transac- tions. 1877-86; 1897. 8°. Cincinnati. Academy of Natural Science of St. Louis. Starr (F.) The Academv of Natural Science of St. Louis. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1897-8, Iii, 629-617. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings. 1856-8; 1862-1916. 8°. Phila- delphia. Academy of Stomatology. Transactions. 1894-8. 8°. Philadelphia. Acad u ein. (Jalasso (F.) Ricerche sperimentali sull' "acaducina." Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1910, x, 49-61. Acalephse. Huxley (T. H.) An account of researches into the anato, my of the hydrostatic Acalepha. In his: Scient. Mem., 8° Lond., 1898, 98-101. Acanthaceae. Dethan (G.) *Des acanthacees medicinales. 4°, Paris, 1896. Ecole de pharmacie. Acantharia. BUtschli (O.) Ueber die chemische Natur der Skelet- substanz der Acantharia. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1906, xxx, 784-789. Acanthia. Blaizot (L.) *Recherche3 sur revolution de l'uterus d'Acanthias vulgaris Risso. 8°. Paris, 1908. Hindle (E.) Note on a leg abnormality in Acanthia lectu- laria. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1914, vii, 260.—Murray (C. H.) Notes on the anatomy of the bed bug (Acanthia lectu- laria L.) (with special reference to uncorrected errors of previ- ous investigators). Ibid., 278-321, 2 pi. Acanthobdella. Livanow (N.) Acanthobdella peledina Grube, 1851. Zool. Jahrb., Jena, 1906, xxii, 637-866, 9 pi. Acanthocephala. See, also, Echinorhyncus. Bieler (W.) Zur Kenntnis des mannlichen Geschlechts- apparats einiger Acanthocephalen von Fischen. Zool. Jahrb., Abt. f. Anat., Jena, 1913, xxxvi, 525-578,1 pi.—Con- dorelli Francaviglia (M.) Acantocefali in animali della Campagna Romana. Boll. d. Soc. rom. per gli stud, zool., Roma, 1897, vi, 1-20, 1 pi—Kostylew (N.) Ueber die Stellung einiger Acanthocephalenarten im System. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1914, xliii, 186-188.—Marotel (G.) Sur un type particulier d'acanthocephale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,10. s., vi, 226-228.—Neiva (A.) Revisao dos acantocephalos brazileiros. I. Fam. Gigantorhynchidae Ha- mann, 1892. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1915, xxix, 89 — Porta (A.) Contributo alio studio degli acantocefali dei resci. Biologica, Torino, 1907, i, 377-423. -----. Gli acanto- cefali degli anfibii e dei rettili. Arch, zool., Napoli, 1908, ii, 225-259.-----. Gli acantocefali dei mammifen. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1908, xii, 268-282. A Iso : Arch. zool., Napoli, 1909, iv, 239-285,1 pi—Travassos (L.) Revisao dos acanto- cephalos brazileiros. I. Fam. Gigantorhynchidse Hamann, 1892. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1915, xxix, 105; 137; 377.— Van Cleave (H. J.) Acanthocephala in North American amphibia. J. Parasitol., Urbana, 111., 1914-15, i, 175-178. -----. Seasonal distribution of some Acanthocephala from fresh-water hosts. Ibid., 1916, ii, 106-110.—von Voss (H.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Eireifung bei den Acanthocepha- len. Arch. f. Zellforsch., Leipz., 1910, v, 430-448, 2 pi. Acanthocheilonema. Railliet (A.), Henry (A.) & Longeron (M.) Le genre Acantocheilonema Cobbold, et les filaires peritoneales des carnivores. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 392-395.— Seurat (L.-G.) Sur une filaire peritoneale du Macroscelide. [Acanthocheilonema Weisse.] Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvii, 524-527. Acanthocotyle. MacCallum (G. A.) Acanthocotyle bothi n. sp. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915-16, lxxvii, Orig., 4S6. Acanthodactylus. Pappenheim. Demonstration mikroskopischer Blut- praparate von Acanthodactylus pardalis. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1, 1276. Acanthodes. Reis (O. M.) Ueber Acanthodes Bronni Agassiz. Mor- phol. Arb., Jena, 18%, vi, 143-220, 2 pi. ACAXTHODRILIDES. 97 ACAPNIA. Acanthodrilides. Benham (W. B.) The ccelomic fluid in acanthodrilids. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1900-1901, xliv, 565-590, 1 pi. Acanthometridae. Moroff (T.) & Stiasny (G.) Ueber Bau und Entwick- lung von Acanthometron pellucidum J. M. Arch. f. Pro- tistenk., Jena, 1909, xvi, 209-236, 2 pi.—Popofsky (A.) Ueber Acanthometriden des indischen und atlantischen Ozeans. Ibid., 1906, vii, 345-394, 4 pi.—Porta (A.) Con- tributo alio studio degli acanthometridi. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1901, 2. s., xxxiv. 811-822, 2 pi. Acanthosis nigricans. See, also, Addison's disease. Couillaud (P.) *Dystrophie papillaire et pig- men taire ou acanthosis nigricans, ses relations avec la carcinose abdominale. 4°. Paris, 1896. Filser (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Acanthosis nigricans. [Wiirzburg.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Frankenstein (H.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Acanthosis nigricans. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Karlsruhe, [1904]. Gueratjlt (H.) *L'acanthosis nigricans (dys- trophie papillaire et pigmentaire), etat actuel de la question. 8°. Paris, 1903. HiiGEL (G.) *Ueber Acanthosis nigricans (Distrophie papillaire et pigmentaire) im An- schluss an einen neuen Fall aus der dermato- logischen Universitatsklinik. 8°. Strassburg, 1898. Proscholdt (O.) *Papillares Akanthom auf der Innenflache des Pferdeohres. 8°. Berlin, 1908. Allen. [Case.] J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1906, xxiv, 274.—Arndt. . . . Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, xx, 330-334.—Barsky (S.) Sur un cas de dystrophic pigmen- taire et papillaire ou acanthosis nigricans. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 8, 515- 521—Beron (B.) [Case.] Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1902, lix, 387-392. -----. [Case.] Monatschr. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1909-10, xlix, 2-7.—Birch-Hirsch- feld & Kraft (O. H.) Ueber Augenerkrankung bei Acan- thosis nigricans. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1904, xiii, 232-240, 1 pi.—Boeck (C.) [Case.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1897, 4. R., xu, 273-284, 1 pi.— Bogrow (S. L.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Dystrophic papillaire et pigmentaire (Acanthosis nigricans). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1909, xciv, 271-298, 1 pi.—Bonnet (L. M.) . . . Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1912, x, 3-6. Also: Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 141-144. -----. Syndrome acanthosis nigricans; guerison par l'arseno-benzol. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 729-731.—Brand- v\einer. Akanthosis nigricans. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912 xxv, 685.—Brezovszky (E.) [Case.] Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1908, Budapest, 1909, 25.— Bulkley (L. D.) [Case.] Internat. Dermat. Cong. Tr. 1907, N. Y., 1908, i, 156— Burmeister (J.) [Case.] Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1899, xlvii, 343-368 — Cavagnis (G.) [Case.] Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1902, xlvi, 373-385, 1 pi.—Chirivino (V.) Nota da servire alio studio dell' acanthosis nigricans. Gior. internaz. d. sc med., Napoli, 1906, n. s., xxviii, 504-509.—Chodares. [Case.] 'larpiKds fuifin-up, 'AiUjvai, 1904, iv, 88. — Chornogubofl (A. N.) .. . Protok. Mosk. Ven. i Dermat. Obsh., 1894-5, iv, 8-11.—CouiHaud (P.) La dystrophic papillaire et pigmentaire, ou acanthosis nigricans, dans ses relations avec la carcinose abdominale. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1897, lxx, 413- 420.—Darier. [Case.] Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, vi; 34-40. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1895, 3. s., vi, 97-103.—De Azua (J.) Acan- thosis nigricans (distrofia papilar pigmentaria de Darier). Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1913, ix, 201; 254.—Doutrelepont. [Case.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 391.—Dubois-Havenith. [Case] Poli- clin., Brux., 1913, xxii, 379-382.—Elwell(W.E.) [Case.] Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1902-3, xiv, 598.—Francon (A.) Melanodermie de nature indeterminee; acanthosis ni- gricans, ou maladie d'Addison. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 301-303. Also, in: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 136-138.—Frick (W.) [Case.] N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 232-234. Also, Re- Frint.—Gaucher. Des hyperchromies symptomatiques; acanthosis nigricans. Semaine med., Par., 1897, xvii, 229. Also, transl.: Med. Week, Par., 1897, v, 411.-----. [Case.] J. d. mal. cutan. et syph., Par., 1904, xvi, 837-840. Also, transl: Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1021—Geber (J.) [Case.] Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 331.—Grigo- ryefl (P. S.) [Case.] Russk. Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 877.—Grouven (C.) & Fischer (B.) Beitrag zur Acan- Acanthosis nigricans. thosis nigricans. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1904, lxx, 225-238, 3 pi.—Habacher. Acanthosis nigricans (Janowsky] beim Hunde, Keratosis nigricans (Kaposi), Distrophie papillaire et pigmentaire (Darier). Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh., Stuttg., 1909, xxi, 97-115— Hess (O.) [Two cases.] Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1625-1627.— Heuss (E.) Beitrag zur Casuistik und Diagnose der Akan- thosis nigricans. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 8, 186-193.—Hodara (M.) Ein Fall von Acanthosis nigricans im Gefolge eines Brustkrebses. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1905, xl, 629-632. Also, transl: 3. d. mal. cutan. etsyph., Par., 1905, xvii, 502-505.— Jacquet (L.) & Delotte. Acanthosis nigricans chez un sujet indemne de carcinomatose. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, 3. s., viii, 210-212. Also, in: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1897, viii, 83-85.—Janovsky (V.) [Case.] Internat. Atlas selt. Hautkr., Hamb. & Leipz., 1890, Pi. xi, with text.—Joseph. Ueber Acanthosis nigricans mit Krankenvorstellung. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1898, v, 654-658.—Jullusburg (F.) Acanthosis nigricans ohne nachweisbare innere Erkrankung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1906, Berl., 1907, ix, 328.—Klein (A.) [Case.] Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1913, xxxviii, 462-464.— Klotz. [Case.] J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1911 xxix, 436.—Klotz (H. G.) & Rohdenburg (G. L.) [Case.] Ibid., 1913, xxxi, 307-309.— Kuznitzky (M.) [Case.] Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1896, xxxv, 3-18, 2pl — Loiselet (M.) [Case.] Rev. de med. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1913, x, 204, 2 pi.—Markley (A. J.) Acanthosis nigricans as an indication of internal malignancy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 925-927.—Meyer (W.) Akanthosis nigricans; further remarks on akanthosis nigricans a path- ognomic symptom of wtra-abdominal carcinoma. Surg. A Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1907, iv, 334, 1 pi.—Morris (M.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1894, i, 1305. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1894, i, 1503. -----. . . . Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1899, viii, 891-894.—Mourek (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Diflerenzierung der Epidermidosen und Chorioblastosen auf Grundlage eines neuen Falles von "Acanthosis nigri- cans." Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1893, xvii, 366- 380, 2 pi.—Muller (E.) Fall von Acanthosis nigricans. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Berl., 1908, x, 106-109.—Mzareuloff(M.E.) [Case.] Trudii Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1907, xliv, 60-62.— Nixon (J. A.) [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1813-14, vii, Dermat. Sect., 108.—Pawlof (P. A.) [Case.] Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1902, xxxiv, 269-279,1 pi—Petrini- Galatz. [Case.] Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph Par., 1909, xx, 114-118.—Podvtsotskaya (O. N.) [Case.] Prakt. Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 365; 378.—Pollitzer (L.) [Case.] Internat. Atlas selt. Hautkr., Hamb. & Leipz., 1890, Pi. x, with text.-----. Acanthosis nigricans; a symptom of a disorder of the abdominal sympathetic. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 1369-1373.—Porias (J.) Ueber die Bezie- hungen der Akanthosis nigricans zu malignen Tumoren. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1913, xxvii, 671-676.—Pribram (H.) [Case.] Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1908-9, xcv, 407-410— Raynaud (L.) [Two cases.] Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1903, 2. s., i, 249-251.—Rille (J. H.) ... Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1901, 563-566.—Schalek (A.) [Case.] J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1912, xxx, 660-665, 1 pi.—Smith (W. R.) [Case.] King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1894-5, Lond., 1896, ii, 211-214.—Spietschka (T.) Ueber Dystrophie papillaire et pigmentaire (Acanthosis nigri- cans). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1898, xliv, 247-276.—St. George (G.) & Melville (G. M.) . . . Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 548.—Tenneson & Leredde. [Case.] Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1896, vii, 508-514.—Tomasczewski. . . . Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch., Wien & Leipz., 1901, vii, 232.—Toyama (J.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Acanthosis nigricans. Der- mat. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, xx, 785-795, 1 pi.—Tryb (A.) Ueber eine seltene Form von Acanthoma papillare auf luetischer Basis. Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb. 1913, lvii, 819-826.—Velikanofl (P. A.) ... Sborn. rabot po dermat. i sirilidol. posv. xxv-llet. vrach. dfeyat. Pavlova, S.-Peterb., 1910, 295-365, 2 pi—Walker (N.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1530-1532.—Walsh (D.) Acanthosis nigricans and prolonged exposure to heat. Ibid., 918.— White (C. J.) [Case.] J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1912, xxx, 179-184,1 pi.—Wied(R. B.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 547.—Wolff. [Case.] Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1899, xlvii, 417.—Wollenberg. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Acanthosis nigricans. Ibid., 1912, cxiii, Orig., 1215-1220. Acapnia. Cotton (F. J.) Acapnia; its surgical importance. Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 432-435.—Janeway (H. H.) A Welker (W. II.) The relation of acapnia to shock. Bio- chem. Bull., N. Y., 1912-13, ii, 175; 403.—Mazzini (F.) Der- mite da polvere pirica (acapnia). Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1910, xiv, 611-614.—Mosso (A.) & Marro (G.) L'acapnie produite chez Phomme par la diminution de la pression barometrique. [ Transl.from: Rendic. d. r. Accad. a. Lincei, Roma, 1903,5. s., xii.] Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1903, xxxix, 387-394: 1904-5, xiii, 186-199. 76399°—17----7 ACARD. 98 ACCORIMBONI. Acard (Edmond-Arsene) [1848- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des cirrhoses pigmentaires et en particulier de la cirrhose pigmentaire dite dia- betique. 100 pp., 11. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 368. See, also, de Saint-Cyr (Dathan) [in 2. s.]. La tubercu- lose et sa guerison [etc.]. 123. Paris, 1903. Acartia. Steuer(A.) Revision der Gattung Acartia Dana. (Dritte vorlauiige Mitteilung fiber die Copepoden der Valdivia- Expedition.) Zool. Anz., Leipz., 19i5, xiv, 392-398. Acarus. See, also, Hair (Parasites in); Scabies. Adams (J.) A mite whose eggs survive the boiling point. Nature, Lond., 1903, Ixviii, 437.—Artault (S.) Etude d'hy- giene urbaine; le platane et ses mefaits; un nouvel acarien parasite accidentel de Phomme. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1900, iii, 115-123—Brucker (A.) & Trouessart (E.) Note sur un acarien marin (Halacande), parasite de l'Acantho- chiton porosus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 107-109.—Bruyant (L.) Pseudoleptus Arechavalet® n. gen., n. sp., nouvel acarien cheietin6 de l'Uruguay. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1911, xxxviii, 340-345.—Corti(A.) Unanuova specie di acaro parassita. Ibid., 1904, xxvii, 427.—Cunning- ham (W. P.) The artful acarus; scabies exposed. N. York M. J. [etc], 1915, cii, 1042-1044. Also, Reprint.—Dahl. Milben als Erreger von Zellwucherungen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxiv, 338.—Gedoelest (L.) Le parasite de l'otacariase des chevres du Congo. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropen-Hyg., 1909, xiii, 150-152.—Goodall (T. B.) About acarina; their habits, hosts, practical methods of examination for, and life-history. Vet. J., Lond., 1913, lxix, 112; 170; 224.—de Haan (J.) & Grijns (G.) Eineneueendo- parasitare Acaride. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 7-9.—Hirst (S.) On two new parasitic Acari of the genus Leiognathus, Cn. (Gamasidse). Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond., 1912, iii, 369-372.-----. Prelimi- nary list of the Acari occurring on the brown rat (Mus nor- vegicus) in Great Britain, with the description of a new spe- cies (Haemogamasus oudemausi). Ibid., 1914-15, v, 119-124, 3pl.,31.-----. On the parasitic Acari found on the species of rodents frequenting human habitations in Egypt. Ibid., 215-245. ■-----. Onsomenewacarineparasitesofrats. Ibid., 1915, vi, 183-190. — Marucci (V.) Ricerche sperimentali sui maschi polimorfi di alcune forme di Acari cryptostigmata. Boll. d. Soc. Zool. ital., Roma, 1902, 2. s., iii, 69-78, 2 pi.— Megnin (P.) Un acarien dangereux del'ile Maurice, PHolo- thyruscoccinella (Gervais). Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., iv, 251.—Mola (P.) Nuovi acariparassiti. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1907-8, xxxii, 41-44.—Muller (K.) Acar.:s beim Schwein. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 19J2-3, xiii, 281.—Oudemans (A. C.) Das Tracheensystem der LabidostomidaB und eine neue Klassinkation der Acari. Zool. Anzv Leipz., 1906, xxix, 633-637. ——. Ueber die morphologische Bedeutung der Glieder der Mandibeln bei den Acari. Ibid., 638.-----. A short survey of the more important families of Acari. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond., 1910, i, 105-119.—Pottiez (C.) Hotes acariens de la poussiere des bouchons. Bull. Union pharm.... Charleroi, 1902, vi, 161.—Sheather (A. L.) An improved method for the detection of mange Acari. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Lond., 1915, xxviii, 64-66.—Tragardh (I.) Acari. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. [etc.], Par., 1912, 5. s., viii, 519-620, 7 pi.— Trouessart (E.) Notes sur les acariens parasites des fosses nasales des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1894, 10. s., i, 723.—Whitfield (A.) Acarus from a case of copra itch. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii, Dermat. Sect., 116.—Yakimoff (V. L.) & Kol-Yakimova (Nina). [Acarides in Russia.] Arch. vet. nauk., S.-Peterb., 1911, xli, 735-746. Acathisia. Beduschi (V.) La catisofobia (acatisia di HaSkovec) come sindrome psicastenica. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1904, ix, 124-132.—HaSkovec (L.) Akathisie. [Akathisie. Res., 196-200.] Shorn, klin., v Praze, 1901-2, iii, 193-200. -----. [Further observations on acathisia.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1903, xiii, 281-285. Also, transl: N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1903, xvi, 287-296. Also, transl.: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 525; 582.—Shtsherbak (A. Ye.) Sluchal akatizii (akathisia paraesthetica), izlle- chonniy putyom samovnusheniya; vibratsionniya parestezii. [... cured by auto-suggestion; vibration paresthesia.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, 689. Acauliosis. Vignolo-Lutati (K.) Ueber eine neue Mykosis (Acau- liosis). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien. & Leipz., 1913, i xviii, Orig., 681-698, 1 pi. Accademia medico-chirurgica di Perugia. Annali. 1901-13. 8°. Perugia. Accademia medico-fisica fiorentina. Atti. 1872—1: 1901; 1909-13. 8°. Firenze. Accame (Evandro). Brevi riflessioni sull'opuscolo •'La medicina inpericolo." 16pp. 12°. Genova, G. Ferrando, 1835. Accatino (Pellegrmo). See Quesnay (Francois) [in 2. s.]. Trattato della can. grena [etc.]. 8°. Napoli, 1782. Acceleration (Sense of). Voyachek (V. I.) [Investigation of the sense of accelera- tion (nonauditory function of the labyrinth).] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 904-909. Accessorius muscle. Driver (J. R.) & Denison (A. B.) The morphology ofthe long accessorius muscle. Anat. Record, Phila., 1914, viii, 341-347. ' Accidents. See Asphyxia; Avulsion; Death (Sudden); Railroads (Accidents on); Wounded and sick (Care and first aid of); Wounds and accidents. Accidents (Insurance against). See Workmen (Insurance of). Accidents, a manual for reference issued by the Mutual Life Insurance Company of New York. 44 pp. New York, 1903. Accidents in their medico-legal aspect. See Knocker (William Douglas). Accidents [etc.]. 8°. London, 1910. Accioli do Prado (Leopoldo). *Estudo clinico do elemento convulsivo nas affeccoes intra-cranea- nas. 1 p. 1., 79 pp., 2 1. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, Macedo & Rbhe, 1902. Acclamationes ad Nicolaeum Blancardum. 4 1. 4°. Franckerx, J. Wellens, 1670. Acclimatation. See, also, Climate; Tropics (Acclimatation in). Ayres do Amaral e Souza (E.) *Do acclima- mento e acclimayao nos paizes quentes e espe- cialmente no Brazil. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1901. Felkin (R. W.) On the geographical distri- bution of tropical diseases in Africa. With an appendix on a new method of illustrating the geographical distribution of disease. 8°. Edin- burgh, 1895. Simon (L.) Traitement homceopathique doa maladies propres a l'Afrique intertropicale. 8°. Crete, [1899]. Tretyakofp (N. N.) [*On acclimatation.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Brault (J.) Les maladies des pays chauds; leur etude, leur enseignement. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1898, i, 8-22.— van der Burg (C. L.) Akklimatatie. Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1903, x, 1-25.—Dabney (T. S.) Diseases of tropical climates; their prevention, diag- nosis and treatment. N. York M. J., 1898, lxvii, 845-850.— Davenport (C. B.) & Castle (W. E.) Acclimatization of organisms to high temperatures. Arch. f. Entwcklngs- mechn. d. Organ., Leipz., 1895, ii, 227-249.—Heim (G.) WiderstandsfahigkeitgegenKaltebeidenBewohnernheisser Lander. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1910, xx, 525-529.—Hunt (I.) On ethnc-climatology; or the acclimatization of man. Tr. Ethn. Soc Lond., 1863, n. s., ii, 50-84.—Ocaranza (F.) Primera memorii sobre las constantes flsioldgicas delcuy aclimatado al Valle de Mexico. Bol. de la Direc. de estud. biol., Mexico, 1915-16, i, 399-411.—Ramirez SantalO (A.) Naturaleza de la fiebre de aclimatacidn. Med. mil. espafi Madrid, 1897-8, iv, 17-19.—Ripley (W. Z.) Acclimatization! Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1895-6, xlviii, 662; 779.—Wlnter- nitz (W.) Zur Frage der Abhartun';. Oesterr. San.-Wes , Wien, 1913, xxv, 1262-1267. Accolas (Gaston) [1885- ]. *L'anemie perni- cieuse aplastique. 104 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 58. Accommodation. See Eye (Accommodation of). Acconci (Luigi) [1851-1900]. [Biography.] Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek., Berl, 1901, xm, 515.—La Torre (F.) Necrologia. Clin, ostet., Roma 1900, ii, 487-490.-Severi (A.) Commemorazionc. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1901, xvi, 373-388. Accorimboni (Filippo). Di una fontanina intesa alia prohlassi delle malattie che si possono tras- mettere col mezzo della bocca. 6 pp. 8° Fo- ligno, 1898: ACCORIMBONI. 99 ACETANILID. Accorimboni (Filippo)—continued. ------. Sulla essenza e sulla patogenesi del- l'idiotismo. Notacritica. 8°. [Foligno.tipog. Artigianelli, 1906.] ------. II vescicante cantaridato. 2. ed. 23 pp. 8°. Roma & Milano, Albrighi, Segati & Co., 1906. Account of English poisonous plants, pp. 308- 310. 8°. [London, 1755.] Cutting from: Gentlemen's Mag., Lond., 1755. Account (An) of the Hot Springs, Bath County, Va., and an analysis of the waters; with a treatise by J. L. Cabell, on the value of thermal baths in cases of gout, rheumatism, [etc.]. 108 pp. 8°. Richmond, Clemmitt & Jones, 1873. Account of the proceedings at the inspection of the new hospital for the treatment of infectious diseases, erected at Belvidere by the magistrates and town council of Glasgow, 5th December, 1877. 16 pp. 8°. Glasgow, R. Anderson, 1877. [P., v. 2291.] Account (An) of Thaddeus Maccarty, a New England country doctor of pre-revolutionary davs. Ed. by Burnside Foster. 17 pp. 8°. Boston, 1903. Repr.from: Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii. Accum (Frederick [Christian]) [1769-1838]. Sys tern of theoretical and practical chemistry. 2 v. xx, 393 pp.; xx, 431 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, Kimber & Conrad, 1808. ------. A treatise on adulterations of food and culinary poisons, exhibiting the fraudulent so- phistications of bread, beer, wine, spirituous liquors, tea, coffee, cream, confectionery, vine- gar, mustard, pepper, cheese, olive oil, pickles, and other articles employed in domestic econ- omy, and methods of detecting them. 4. ed. 16°. London, 1822. Acentropus. Nigmaxn (J. L. M.) *Anatomie und Biologie von Acentropus r.iveus Oliv. [Greifswald.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1908. Acephala. de Lacaze-Duthiers (H.) Morphologie des acephales. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1883, 2. s., i, 665-732, 5 pi. Acephalus. See Monsters. Acercus. Viets (K.) Ueber die Begattungsvorgange bei Acercus- Arten. In: Internat. Rev., 8°, Leipz., 1914, vi, 3. lift.,suppl., 1-10. Acerra. Caporale (G.) Dell' agro acerrano e della sua condizione sanitaria; ricerche fisiche, statistiche, topografiche, storiche. 8°. Napoli, 1859. Acetabulum. See, also, Hip-joint. Lilienthal ( M.) *Anatomische Untersu- chungen iiber das Os acetabuli des Menschan. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1909. Burchard (A.) Isolierte Erkrankung des Hiiftgelenk- pfannendaches ohne Beteiligung des Gelenkes. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1911, xvii, 230-232, 1 pi.—Le Damany (P.) Variations en profondeur du cotyle humain aux divers ages. Trav. scient. Univ. de Rennes, 1903, ii, 363. -----. Influence de la tete femorale sur le creusement et la conservation de la cavite cotyloide. Ibid., 401-408. Acetabulum (Fracture of). Andrews (E.j Fractures of the margin of the acetabu- lum. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag., 1897, xvii, 1-3.—Borden (D. L.) [Case] Wash. M. Ann., 1916, xv, 195—Fujinami (K.) Ein Fall von Fraktur der Beckenpfanne mit Luxatio coxae centralis. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1910, xxiv, 463.— Gallez (L.) Observation d'un cas de fraction de la cavite' cotyloide avec luxation femorale intrapelvienne. B i!. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiii, 581- 589.—Gay (C. C. F.) Fracture of the floor of the acetab;.- Acetabulum (Fracture of). lum. N. York M. J., 1884, xl, 699-701.—Gunn (M.) Frac- ture of the floor of the acetabulum. Ibid., 1885, xli, 17 — Nicolini. [A case of fracture of the margin of the right coty- loid cavity diagnosed under chloroform, trented by con- tinuous extension; recovery.] Rev. dechir., Bucurest;f, 1905, ix, 171-176.—Ponzio (M.) Reperto radiografico di sei casi di frattura dell' acetabolo. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1916, 4. s., xxii, 250-256.—Tibbals (F. B.) [Case.] Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1898, xx, 54. [Dis- cussion], 74-76.—Walther(C) Recherches experimentales sur certaines fractures de la cavite cotyloide. Bull. Soc anat. de Par., 1891, lxvi, 561-566. Acetal. Pizzera (C.) *Sur quelques acetals aroma- tiques. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Acetaldehyde. Beitzke (II.) Ueber Desinfektionsversuche mit Acetal- dehyd. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1901, xi, 425.—Embden (G.) & Baldes (K.) Ueber Umwandlung von Acetaldehyd in Aethvlalkohol im tierischen Organismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xiv, 157-166.—Kostytschew (S.), Hub- benet (E.) & Scheloumoff (A.) Ueber die Bildung von Acetaldehyd bei der anaeroben Atmung der Pappel- bluten. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxiii, 105-111.—Masuda (N.) Ueber das Auftreten aldehydar- tiger Substanzen bei der Leberdurchblutung und iiber Acetessigsaurebildung aus Aethvlalkohol. Biochem Zt- schr., Berl., 1912, xiv, 140-156.—Neuberg (C.) Ueber den Abbau der Bernsteinsaure und der a-Crotonsaure zu Acetal- dehyd. Ibid., 1914, lxvii, 71-76.—Neuberg (C.) & Rubin (Olga). Umwandlung von Fumarsaure, Maleinsaure, Glyce- rinsaure und Weinsaure in Acetaldehyd. Ibid., 77-81 — Sobolewa (W.) & Zaleski (J.) Ueber die quantitative Bestimmung des Acetaldehyds mittels Pyrrol und die An- wendung dieser Methode auf die Bestimmung der Milch- saure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxix 441- 451. Acetamide. Francois (M.) Sur une modification de la preparation de la monomethylamine par l'acetamide brome. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1908, 6. s., xxviii, 535-540. —---. Sur la nature de l'acetamide brome d'Hofmann. Ibid., 1909J 6. s., xxix, 145-151. Acetanilid. Acetanilid mixtures. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905 xiv 54; 1997.—Aitken (C. W.) Therapy of acetanilid. Tr! Kentucky M. Soc, Louisville, 1897, n. s., vi, 106-113__ Ballon (P. V.) Unusual symptoms following the adminis- tration of antifebrin. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxii, 791.— Bayliss (W. M.) Researches on the nature of enzyme ac- tion. II. The synthetic properties of antiemulsin J Physiol., Lond., 1911-12, xliii, 455-466.—Bergman (N.) Remarks on acetanilid. Cliniq ue, Chicago, 1906, xxvii, 271- 274.—Bishop (L. F.) Use of acetanilid in various combina- tions as a substitute for many proprietary drugs and mix- tures. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 633. Also, Reprint.—Blanksma (I. J.) De intramoleculaire' ver- schuiving bij halogeenacetaniliden en hare snelheid. Versl. d. . . . wis- en natuurk. Afd. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch Amst., 1902-3, xi, 159-163.—Burnett (J. A.) Comparative study of acetanilid acetphenetidin and antipyrin. Med Summary, Phila., 1908-9, xxx, 169-172.—Clark (F. C.j Concerning acetanilid. Boston M. & S. J 1904, cli, 539- 542.—Cunningham (H. C.) Acetanilid. Southwest M. Rec, Houston, 1898, iii, 744-751.—Foreman (W. II.) & Gertler (J. II.) Acetanilidum. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1909, ii, 256-258.—Frothingham (L.) & Pratt (J. II.) The anti-bacterial action of acetanilid. Am. J M Sc, Phila., 1895, ex, 146-156. Also, Reprint.—Gaines'(G! W.) A case of acetanalid habit. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1900-^ 1901, liii, 30.—Gilmore (Amelia W.) Acetanilid habit Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1423.—Gorr (C. W.) Acetanilid Pharm. Rev., Milwaukee, 1899, xvii, 295-305.—Grun(E. F.) A clinical note on the properties of acetanilid. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1613. -----. Acetanilide as an application to wounds. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 928.—Harrisberger (S.) More about acetanilid in threatened abortion. Rich- mond J.. Pract., 1899, xiii, 194.—Heritage (C. S.) Ace- tanilid; its uses, medical and surgical. Tr. M. Soc N Jersey, Newark. 1896,415-422.—Johns (J. R.) The therapy ofacetanilid. Am. Med., Phila., 1904,vii,825.—KvasniCka (I.) [The effect of antifebrin.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1889, xxviii, 293-296-La Wall (C. H.) Solution of hydro- gen peroxide containing acetanilide. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1906, Ixxviii, 582.—Lofton (L.) Acetanilid as a local anti- septic and analgesic. South. M. Rec, Atlanta, 1896, xxvi, 168-170.—Luce (T. W.) The acetanilid habit; report of two rases. Am. Med. Phila., 1903, vi, 502.—Manasses (J. L.) Two cases of acetanilid poisoning in children from absorp- tion from external wounds. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y.. 1901, x, 27s.—Martin (W.) Some remarks on acetanilid, its ac- tion and uses. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1896, lxxiv, 324-326.—Melvin (J. T.) Acetanilid; a few queries. Alka- loid. Clin., Chicago, 1899, vi, 89.—Monroe (G. J.) Ace- tanilid. Cincin. M. J., 1896, xi, 505-507.—Perez Noguera ACETANILID. 100 ACETONE. Acetanilid. (E.) Estudio terapeutico de la antifebrina, de sus com- puestos y derivados. Med. mil. espafl., Madrid, 1901-2, viii, 353; 375; 405: 1902-3, ix, 20; 47; 75; 88; 122; 155; 202; 333; 367: 1903-4, x, 89; 124; 231.—Puckner (W. A.) The estimation of acetanilide. Pharm. Rev., Milwaukee, 1905, xxiii, 302- 304. Also: Proc. Am. Pharm. Ass., Bait., 1905, liii, 289-292. -----. The estimation of caffeine in presence of acetanilide. Pharm. Rev., Milwaukee, 1905, xxiii, 345-350.-----. The solubility of acetanilid in sodium bicarbonate solutions. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1206-1208—Salkover (B.) A method for the determination of salol and acetanilid m a mixture of the two, and of salol and acetphenetidin in their mixtures. Am. J. Pharm,, Phila., 1916, lxxxviii, 484.— Stevenson (Beatrice A.) Report of experiments to test the toxicity of mother's milk after administration of acetanilide. I. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1914, xiii, 230-233. Also, Reprint.—Summers (O. R.) Acetanilid idiosyncrasy. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1899-1900, xviii,382.—Takenaka. [Antifebrinisation.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1905, 719; 781 — Watson (G. N.) A delicate test for acetanilid. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1911, lxxxiii, 269. Acetanilid (Toxicology of). Austin (A. E.) & Larrabee (R. C.) Acetanilid poison- ing from the use of proprietary headache powders. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1680. Also, Reprint.—Bach- mann (C. F.) Cyanosis from acetanilide. N. YorkM. J., 1897, lxv, 708.—Blackburn (A. E.) Acetanilid poisoning from bromoseltzer. J. Am. M.. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1767.—Brlndley (A. E.) Antifebrin poisoning. Brit. M. I., Lond., 1896, ii, 653.—Brodnax (B. H.) Poisoning by acetanilid and bismuth. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 788.—Brown (P. K.) A fatal case of acetanilid poison- ing. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1901, n.s., cxxii, 770-774. Also, Reprint.—Buehler (G. V.) [Case] Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1898, ix, 276.—Bunce (W. C.) [Case.] Co- lumbus M. J., 1896, xvii, 505-507.—Cassady (D.) Acetani- lid poisoning by headache tablets. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 2012—Gartman (L. N.) & Ball (M. V.) [Case.] Phila. Polyclin., 1897, vi, 381.—Glazebrook (L. W.) Chronic acetanilid poisoning from Harper's "brain food." I. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1673.—Goepp (R. M.) A case of acetanilid poisoning from absorption. Ibid., 1906, xlvii, 359-361.—Gordinier (H. C.) Chronic acetanilid poisoning a perfectly definite symptom complex. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 198-204.—Hale (W.) The effects of caffeine and sodium bicarbonate upon the toxicity of aceta- nilide. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1909, i, 185- 197.—Hall (I. N.) & McGraw (H. R.) Chronic cyanosis from acetanilid poisoning. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix, 626.—Hemenway (H. B.) Death from bromo-seltzer; case of acetanilid poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 2158.—Herrick (J. B.) & Irons (E. E.) Chronic acetanilid poisoning, with report of a case due to absorption of the drug from an ulcer of the leg. Ibid., xlvi, 351-357. [Discussion], 379-381.—Hubbard (S. D.) A case of poison- ing due to antikamnia; symptoms; treatment; recovery. Codex med. Phila., 1895-6, ii, 198-201.—Kleinpeter (E. A.) Acetanilid cyanosis. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1902, lv, 166.— Lyubomudroff (P. V.) [Antifebrin poisoning.] Voyenno- Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1894,clxxxi, unofflc. pt., 2. sect., 29-31 — Pemberton (H. S.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i,1238.—Preininger(V-) [Poisoning by antifebrin.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1890, xxix, 22.5-229.—Probasco (E. B.) Acetanilid-Vergiftungen. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl., 1905, ix, 135. Also, transl: N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1905, v, 318-320.—Puckett (C.) [Case.] Oklahoma M. News- Jour., 1906, xiv, 208-210.—Smedley (A. L.) Death from acetanilid poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1433.—Snow (I. M.) Acetanilide poisoning in a newly born infant; absorption from the umbilicus. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1897, xiv, 430-434. Also: Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvi, 794-796.—Stengel (A.) Chronic aceta- nilid poisoning; report of two additional cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 243-245. Also, Reprint.—Stengel (A.) & White (C. Y.) Case of chronic acetanilid poisoning, with marked alteration in the blood. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1902-3, xv, 462-466, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Stewart (D D.) Chronic poisoning by acetanilid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 1725-1728.—Stewart (F. T.) Toxic effect of acetanilid. Phila. M. J., 1901, viii, 379.—Strick- land (C. G.) A case of chron ic acetan ibd poisoning. Penn. M J .Athens, 1907-8, xi, 31-33—Summers (O.-R.) [Case.] N YorkM. J., 1900, Ixxi, 426.—Sutherland (E. L.) [Case.] Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1906, xiv, 466-468.—Tyrrell (J B ) Acute acetanilid poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 955.—Voitsekhovski (N. F.) [Case.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1896, clxxxv, 2. sect., 16-20.— Westcott (T. L.) A case of acetanilid poisoning from ex- ternal absorption in an infant. Pediatrics, N. Y. & Lond., 1899, vii, 539-541.—Wynn (F. B.) A case of acetanilid poisoning from headache capsules, with extreme tachycar- dia the dominant symptom. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 1027. Acetonemia. See, also, Acidosis; Diabetes; Urine (Ace- tone in). Acetonemia. Aubertin (C.) & Legraln (P.) Coma acetonemiquc et degenerescence graisseuse du foie chez une malade atteinte de polynevrite et de mehingite alcoolique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 892-894.—Blod- gett (S. H.) Acetonemia. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., 1916, n.s., xi, 392-395.—Cassoute (E.) Acetonemic et coma-diabetique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896, lxix 127-132.— Cooper (P. R.) A case of non-diabetic acetonemia. Clin. L, Lond., 1915, xliv, 381-384.—Froment (J.) A Santy (P.) A propos de la question des convulsions acetonemiques. Rev. de med., Par., 1911, xxxi, num. spec, 289-295.—ten Hoopen (W.) Acetonaemie door resorptie van lochien? Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijkunde, Utrecht, 1914, xli, 807-809.— Houda (E. O.) A case of acetonemia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1194.—Johnk (M.) Azetonamie una Azetonurie beim Rind. Miinchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912, lvi, 241; 257.—Logucki (A.) O acetonemii. Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1913, 2. s., xxxiii, 1352-1357.—Maine (F. E.) Acetonsemia—why? Med. Rec, N. Y., 1887, xxxii, 32.— Moore (F.) Acetone bodies in the blood of children. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1916, xii, 244-253. Also, Reprint.— Noble(F.W.) Acetonemia, with report of a case. N.Mex- ico M. J., Las Cruces, 1914-15, xiii, 193-198.—Scheel (V.) Periodisk Acetonaemi. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1916, Ixxviii, 905-910.—Veenbaas (A. H.) Acetonaemie. Tijd- schr. v. veeartsenijkunde, Utrecht, 1914, xli, 453-464.— Wilkinson (M. R.) Non-diabetic acetonemia. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1915-16. xiv, 457-459. Acetone. See, also, Albuminuria. Doerr (R.) *Ueber den Chemismus der Acetonkorperbildung im Kindesalter. 8°. Miinchen, 1907. von Falckenstein (K. V.) *Einwirkung von Aldehyden auf Acetonoxalester. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Jorns (F. K. A.) *Beitrage zur Lehre von der Entstehung und Ausscheidung des Acetons. [Gottingen.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Muller (M.) *Beitrag zum Verhalten von Salzen in Aceton. 8°. Giessen, 1904. Rorig (K.) ^Untersuchungen iiber das Ver- halten des Acetons im menschlichen Organis- mus. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1898. Schulz (P.) *Verhalten von Salzen in Aceton. 8°. Giessen, 1901. Waldvogel (R.) Die Acetonkorper. 8°. Stuttgart, 1903. Arcnangelsky (C.) Ueber die Vertheilung des Chloral- hydrats und Acetons im Organismus. Arch. f. exper. I'ath. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvi, 347-371.—Auche (A.) Note sur les acetones commerciales. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1914,cl, 112.—Bielecki (J.) aralysie vesi- cate consecutive k l'emploi de l'acide phenique en panse- ments. Ass. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1884, Par., 1885, xiii, pt. 1,230.—Cassidy (J. J.) What is a fatal dose of carbolic acid? Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1896, vi, 488- 490. —Cattell (H. W.) [Case.l Proc Path. Soc Phila,, 1897, i, 19.—Clarke (T.W.)& Brown (E.D.) The value of alcohol in carbolic acid poisoning; a clinical and experimental study. J. Am. M. Ass. Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 782-790. Also, Reprint.—Coester. Kindesmord durch Carbolsaure. Vrtlj- schr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1896, 3. F., xi, 303-306— Cohn. Tod eines wenige Tage alten Kindes durch die aussere An- wendung von Carbolsaure. Ibid., 307-309.—Cornell (W. S.) Artificial respiration in carbolic acid poisoning. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 409.—Cox (R.), Jacob! (L.) [et al]. How do you treat a person who has swallowed a poisonous dose of carbolic acid? N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 920; 963.—Craw- ford (D. D.) A case of coma from the application of carbolic compresses to the unbroken skin. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 1011.—Cutter (J. B.) Acute carbolic acid poisoning; re- covery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 435.—Deacon (E. M.) [Case; recovery.] Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1899, xxxiv, 52-55.—Death "from drinking carbolic acid. Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 1144.—De Sanctis (L.) Sui carbolismo acu- tissimo per clistere. Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, No. 22, 1-3.—Dhur (D.) Acetic acid as an antidote to carbolic acid. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1901, xviii, 117.— Dubar & Fontan (C), Brulures etendues et intoxication aigue dues au phenol. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1911, xv, 380-386.—Edelmann(M) Carbolvergiftungen. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1902, xxxviii, 341; 369. Also: Un- gar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1902, vii, 199-201.—Elliott (G.) Carbolic acid poisoning; a medico-legal case. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1901, xvi, 122-127.—Ferraby (G. A.) Caf- feine in carbohc acid intoxication. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 713.—Filippi (E.) Ricerche tossicologiche sulla presenza del fenolo nel sangue. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1905, iv, 261-278.—Finley(F. G.) Carbolic acid poisoning; paren- chymatous degeneration of kidneys. Proc. Med.-Chir. Soc. Montreal (1887-9), 1890 iv. 293.—Fleming (W. A.) Notes on a case of carbolic acia poisoning; recovery. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 336.—Flynn (M.) Milk in carbolic acid poisoning. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1900, xxviii, 1639.— Friedlander (A.) Two cases of severe phenol poisoning with uncomplicated recovery. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1914, cxi, 232.—Fronczak (F. E.) Treatment of carbolic acid poisoning. Buffalo M. J., 1902-3, n. s., xiii, 43.—Gamble (L. D.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 507.—Gran- strem (E. A.) [Influence of certain sulphur-containing sub- stances upon the elimination of ether-sulphuric acids in phenol poisoning.] Izvlest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.- Peterb., 1910, xx, 503-516.—Griess (W. R.) [Case.] Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1901, 3. s.; xvii, 587.—Gross (W. O.) The treatment of carbolic acid poisoning. Fort Wayne M. J.- Mag., 1899, xix, 71-74.—Guidi (L.) L'avvelenamento per fenolo. Boll. d. Soc Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1911, xxxi, 70-77.—Hanson (D. S.) [Case.] Columbus M. J., 1904, xxviii, 5-7.—Harding (C. L.) [Case.] Tr. Ohio Eclect. M. Ass., Bellefontaine, O., 1904, xl, 169-171. Also: Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1905, lxv, 549-551.—Harnsberger (S.) Other antidotes vs. alcohol for external or internal carbolic acid poisoning. Med. Reg., Richmond, 1898-9, ii, 369. -----. The practical treatment of carbolic acid poisoning. Char- lotte [N. C.]M. J., 1899, xv, 170.—Harris (A. E. ) The fatal record of carbolic acid. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1519. Also: Med. World, Lond., 1896, i, 46.—Harris (P. J.) Case of car- bolic acid poisoning in the dog. Vet. J., Lond., 1905, n. s., xi,268— Harvey (W. W.) [Case.] BostonM. & S. J., 1904, cl; 649.—Hawkins (J. A.) Poisoning from the use of ene- mata of carbolic acid for the expulsion of Oxyuris vermicu- laris. Med. News, Phila., 1893, lxii, 158.—Henning. An available antidote for carbolic acid poisoning. Med. World, Lond., 1896, i, 93— Hill (A. J.) [Case.] Med. & Surg. Re- porter, Phila., 1896, lxxv, 303—Holyoke (F.) [Case.] Boston M. & S. J., 1898, cxxxviii, 394.—d'Hotel. Deux cas Acid (Carbolic, Toxicology of). d'empoisonnement par l'acide phenique; lavage de 1'osto- mac- guerison. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1907, xxxi, 1-3.—Hughes (G. S.) [Case.] Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1904, viii, 72—Jagannath. A case of accidental poisoning by commercial carbolic acid successfully treated with glyc or- ine and ice. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvi, 613.— Johnston (C. II. L.) A mishap with carbolic acid. Lan- cet, Lond., 1900, i, 1356.—Kamberg (D. J.) [Case.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, ii, 899-903.—Kendall (H. E.) A case of carbolic-acid poisoning, with a question concerning asphyxia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lviii, 794.— Kime (R. R.) Carbolic acid poisoning, one tablespoonful; recovery. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1914, lx, 495-497. -----. Alcohol in phenol poisoning. South. M. J., Nashville, 1915, viii, 735.—Kinchloe (J. E.) Death from carbolic acid. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1915, xxvii, 261-263—King (A. C.) [Case; recovery.] N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1901-2, liv, 740. King (W. W.) [Case.] Med. Rec, N.Y., 1897, li, 158.—Klein (H. A.) The use of alcohol in treatment of carbolic acid burns and poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1557.— Kolar(E. E.) [Case.] Ibid., 1897, xxix, 1126.— Kraft (L.) [Treatmentof poisoning by carbolic acid.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi,K0benh.. 1902-3,i,8-20.— Lande. Empoisonnement par l'acide phenique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1891, xii, 170.—Lewin (L.) Ueber eine angebliche Carbolsaurevergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, 245-247.—Loft (J. H.) Poisoning by car- bolic acid and "weed killer." Vet. Rec, Lond., 1906, xviii, 733.—Lucas (E. C.) A case of carbolic poisoning from the application of a carbolic compress to the skin. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 537.—Lumpp(F.) [Case.] Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1895, xlix, 169-173. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1896, xxxi, 45-47.— Lyubenetski(G. A.) [On the value of the method of absorption in therapy; experi- ments on the absorption of phenol by animal carbon in vitro and in vivo; carbon as an antidote to phenol. ] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 575-580.—M.(T. C.) Whiskeyasananti- dote for carbolic acid. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899, n.s.,xliii, 152.—Maberly (J.) Iodine as an antidote in carbolic acid poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 293.—McAdoo (G. K.) Carbolic acid poisoning. Med. Summary, Phila., 1896-7, xviii, 255.—M'Donald (A. C.) Alcohol in carbolic acid poisoning. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag., 1902, xxii, 58.—Macht (D. I.) An experimental study of lavage in acute carbolic acid poisoning. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1915, xxvi, 98-104. A Iso, Reprint.—Mackenzie (J.) Notes on a case of carbolic acid poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1518.— Mann (J. D.) The statistics of carbolic acid poisoning. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1896-7, n. s., vi, 169: 1897-8, n. s., vii, 110.—Marshall (G.G.) [Case.] Med. Rec, N.Y., 1903, lxiii, 174.—Martin (H.) Empoisonnement par l'acide phe- nique chez un enfant de trois ans et demi par une solution au 1/50 donnee accidentellement en lavement; guerison. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc]. Par., 1899, i, 129.—Marwood (A. W.) Poisoning by carbolic acid; death in ten minutes. Austra- las. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1893, xii, 78.—Menegazzi (G. P.) Con- tributo alia ricerca tossicologica dell' acido fenico. Atti r. 1st. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, 1897-8, 7. s., ix, 1488-1490. Also: Orosi, Firenze, 1898, xxi, 325-327.—Minich (K.) [Carbolic-acid poisoning supposedly with murderous intent.] Kozeg. 6s tdrveny. orvostud. szemfe, Budapest, 1910,1; 13.— Minozzi (A.) & Vivianl (U.) E possibile ritrovare il fenolo nel sangue degli avvelenati per clisteri di soluzione fenica? Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1905, i, 137-142.—Mitchell (W. II.) Car- bohc acid poisoning; treatment. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1899,xiv, 381.—Modica(0.) Intorno alia presenza o meno di fenolo nel sangue nei casi di awelenamento per questa sostanza. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1539- 1543.—MoehalifE.) [Case.] Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., Batavia, 1895, iii, 12.—Moser (W.) [Case.] Brooklyn M. J., 1896, x, 22.—Norton (N. R.) Forced respiration in a case of carbolic-acid poisoning. N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 254.— Oliver (T.) A case of carbolic acid poisoning treated by venesection and injection of saline fluid; rapid recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1326.—P. (F. W. M.). Scarlatiniform eruption following carbolic acid poisoning. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xix, 211.—Paschal (F.) Carbolic acid poisoning. Texas M. J., Austin, 1899-1900, xv, 119-123.— Pirkner (F.) Bisherige Kasuistik und Bemerkungen iiber den Gebrauch von Alkohol in der Behandlung von Karbol- saureatzungen und Vergiftungen. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miin- chen, 1901, xi, 327-329. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 360.—Raubenheimer (J. A.) Case of car- bolic acid poisoning due to external application. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1903, i, 1145. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 1098.— Reagan (W. L.) Death from carbolic acid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 811.—Reese (H. A.) A physiologi- cal antidote to carbolic acid poisoning. Arizona M. J., Phoe- nix, 1913, i, 40.—Rodman (H.) Reportof a case of carbolic acid poisoning successfully treated with alcohol. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1900, lviii, 70-72.—Romeick. Karbolgangran durch Karbolwasserumschlag. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1903, xvi, 124.—Rosenbach (F.J.) Ueber die Gefahr der Carbol- gangran nach ausserlicher Anwendung der Carbolsaure, be- sonders auch in schwachen, wassrigen Losungen. Med.- chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1896, xxxi, 508.— Rubin (W.) [Toxic gastritis and stenosis of the pylorus in poisoning by carbohc ACID. 113 ACID. Acid (Carbolic, Toxicology of). acid; . . .; recovery.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1901, 2. s., xxi, 1098-1104.—Sargent (G. W.) Alcohol as an antidote to car- bolic acid. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900,lviii, 236—Sawlcki(E.) [Cure of a case of carbolic-acid poisoning in man.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1874, xiii, 4; 10.—Seitz. Ein Fall von akutem Carbolismus und seine Heilung. Deutsche zahnarztl. Wchnschr., Wiesb., 1898, i, 219-221— Ser g ley eft (L. A.) [Poisoning of a 3-year-old child by carbolic acid applied ex- ternally, with recovery.] Kazan. Med. J., 1903, hi, 431.— Smakovski(A. V.) [Severe case of poisoning with crystal- line carbolic acid.] Russk. Med., S.-Peterb., 1891, xvi, 284; 300.—Smith (W. G.) [Case.] Dublin J. M. Sc, 1914, cxxxvii, 321-326.—SoUmann (T.) & Brown (E. D.) The value of sulphates in carbolic-acid poisoning. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1015-1019. Also, Reprint—Sou- JSek(B.) [Case of acute poisoning by carbolic acid.] Casop. lek. eesk., v Praze, 1882, xxi, 71-75.—Steavenson (A. P.) Case of carbolic acid poisoning treated with vinegar; recov- ery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii. 595.—Stern (M.) [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, lib, 1821.—Stevenson (L. E.) A case of carbolic acia poisoning in an infant. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1279—Stitt-Thomson (J.) A case of fatal poisoning by carbolic acid. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1896, ii, 194.— Stucky(T. H.) Suicide from drinking carbolic acid. Am. Pract. A- News, Louisville, 1897, xxiv, 14-20.—Szwajkart (A.) [Case.] Am. Med., Phila., 1904, viii, 1122.—Thj0tta (T.) [Case.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lajgefor., Kristiania, 1914, xxxiv, 395-397.—Thoinot & Bait hazard. Empoison- nement par le phenol. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1907, 4. s., viii, 117-126. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1907, xiv, 209-216.— Uyeno (S.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Ver- anderung der Nieren bei Karbolsaurevergiftung. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1909, xlvii, 126-177, 2pi.— Vivian! (U.) Ancora sulla possibilita di ritrovare il fenolo nel sangue degli awelenati per clisteri di soluzione fenica. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1908, iv, 160-164.—Wainwright (J. W.) Poisoning from the application of carbolic acid to the un- broken skin. Boston M. A- S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 361.—Wheeler (D. E.) The treatment of a person who has swallowed a poisonous dose of carbolic acid. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxv, 919.—Williams (G.) Carbolic acid and tvphoid fever. Lan- cet, Lond., 1898, i, 99.—Zeiner-Henriksen (K.) [Case.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1909, xxix, 196- 198.—Zelenski (G. A.) [Acetic acid in carbolic-acid poison- ing.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 938. Acid (Carbonic). See Carbon (Dioxide of). Acid (Carminic). Weurixgh (P. G.) *Zur Kenntnis der Car- rninsaure. 8°. Munchen, 1912. Acid (Cerebronic). Levene (P. A.) & Jacobs (A. W.) On cerebronic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xii, 381-388. — —. On cerebronic acid; second paper. Ibid., xiv, 257-265. -----. On cerebronic acid. Third paper. Its bearing on the constitution of lignoceric acid. Ibid., 1913, xv, 193-195. On cerebronic acid. IV. On the constitution of lignoceric acid. Ibid., 1914, xviii, 477-480. Cerebronic acid. V. Relation of cerebronic and lignoceric acids. Ibid., 1916, xxvi, 115-120. Acid (Chloracetic). See, also, Acid (Trichloracetic). Mameli (E.) Conducibilita elettrica degli acidi cloroace- tici in soluzione acquosa. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 658-682, 2 pi. Acid (Chloric). Baldy (F.) *Essay des aluminiums indus- triels et des metaux solubles dans l'acide chlori- que. 8°. Montpellier, 1900. Ecole de pharmacie. Springer (H.) *Beitrag zu den Reaktionen der Saurechloride. 8°. Erlangen, 1894. Bornstein (A.) & Muller (F.) Untersuchungen uber den genuinen Blutfarbstofl normaler und mit chlorsauren Salzen vergifteter Katzen. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1907, 470-498. Acid (Chlorogenic). Charaux (C.) Sur l'acide chlorogenique; frequence et recherche de cet acide dans les vegetaux; extraction de l'acide cafeique et rendement en acide cafeique de quelques plantes. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1910, 7. s., n, 292-298 — Gorter (K.) Ueber die Verbreitung der Chlorogensaure m der Natur. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1909, ccxlvii, 184-196. Acid (Cholalic). Prengl (F.) Ueber die Darstellung und einige Reac- tionen der Cholalsaure. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1898 Ixxi, 303-317.-----. Ueber Eigenschaften und Dar- Acid (Cholalic). stellung zweier Derivate der Cholalsaure. (1. Anhydrid der ihr entsprechenden einwerthigen Monocarbonsaure. 2. Biliansaure.) Ibid., lxxii, 266-272. Acid (Cholic). See, also, Bile (Acids of). Vahlen ( E. ) * Ueber Desoxy cholsaure. [Halle.] 8°. Strassburg, 1897. Also [Abstr.], in: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1897, xxiii, 99-108. Ekbom (A.) Zur Frage iiber die Einwirkung von Reduktionsmitteln auf Cholsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, 1, 97-124—von Furth (O.) & Jeru- salem (E.) Ueber einige Versuche zum Abbaue der Chol- saure. 1. Ueber die Einwirkung der Kalischmelze aul Biliansaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xx, 375-383.— von Furth (O.) & Lenk. Ueber Destillationsprodukte aus Cholsaure und Biliansaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxvi, 406-434—von Furth (O.) & Ishihara. Ueber das Ozonaufnahmsvermogen einiger Cholsaurederivate. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xliii, 323-334. — Jansen (B. C. P.) Zur Konstitution der Cholsaure vermittels Bromierungsversuchen. (Zusammenfassende Mitteilung.) Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1912, xxvi, 788. -----. Zur Resorption der Cholsaure durch den Hundedarm. (Zusammenfassende Mitteilung.) Ibid., 789. -----. Zur Konstitutionsaufklarung der Cholsaure vermittelst Bro- mierungsversuche. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxxii, 326-341.-----. Zur Cholsaureresorption durch den Hundedarm. Ibid., 342-345. — Letsche (E.) Abbau der Cholsaure durch Oxydation. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lxi, 215-239.—Panzer (T.) Energische Oxy- dation der Cholsaure mit Salpetersaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lx, 376-407. — Schenck (M.) Zur Kenntnis der Cholsaure. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lxiii, 308: 1910, lxix, 383: 1913, Ixxxvii, 59: 1914, Ixxxix, 360.—Wieland (H.) & Weil (F. J.) Untersuchungen fiber die Cholsaure. I. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxx, 287-297. Acid (Chondrosinaminic). Levene (P. A.) & Forge (F. B.) On chondroitin sul- phuric acid, fourth paper. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1915, xx, 433-444. Acid (Chromic). Heller (Rose). *Etude sur la vitesse d'oxy- dation de l'acide chromique en presence de catalysants mineraux. 8°. Geneve, 1909. Jarre. La medication par l'acide chromique. Cong. franc, de med. 1907, Par., 1908, Compt. rend., 494-499.— Margaillan (L.) Sur la neutralisation de l'acide chromi- que. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clxvii, 994.— Ostwald (W.) Ueber Chromsaure. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1888, ii, 78-80.—Sakei (K.) [Remarks on the employment of chromic acid in otology, rhinology, pharyngology, and laryngology.] Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Tokio, 1895, i, 240-250.—Shaw (J. W.) Chromic acid used as a cauterant followed by toxic action. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1900-1901, v, 608. Acid (Chromic, Toxicology of). von Baeyer (H.) *Ueber Chromsaure- vergiftung. 8°. Munchen, 1901. Heitz (F.) *Kasuistische Beitrage zur akuten Chromsaurevergiftung. [Munchem] 8°. Niirn- berg, 1902. Also [Abstr.], in: Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Numb., 1902, liii, 253-268. Trompke (A. R. R.) *Ueber einen Fall von Chromsaurevergiftung. 8°. Kiel, 1902. von Baeyer (II.) Ueber einen Fall von Chromsaure- vergiftung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 1245- 1247 —Camac (C. N. B.) A case of chromic acid poisoning. Cornell Univ. Med. Coll. Dispensary, N. Y. City, N. Y., 1905, i 32-40.—Rossle (R.) Ein Fall von acuter Chromsaurever- giftung. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902-3, lxxv, 569-584,1 pi. Acid (Chrysophanic). Bailey (E. M.) Some reactions of chrysophanic acid with reference to its detection in complex medicinal prepara- tions. Chem. News, Lond., 1914, ex, 16. — Bonanni (A.) II dosaggio ottico dell'acido crisofanico (diossimetilantrachi- none). Arch, farmacol. sper., Roma, 1902, i, 91-93.—Bruch (A ) Un cas d'idiosyncrasie par l'acide chrysophanique. Bull, mea., Par., 1901, xv, 221.—Leger (E.) Sur la consti- tution de l'acide chrysophanique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, cliv, 281-283. Also: J.dejjharm. etdechim., Par., 1912, 7. s., v, 281-289.-----. Acide chrysophanique et chrysarobine. J. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1912, 7. s., v 588-591.—Oesterle (O. A.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwi- 76399°—11- -8 ACID. 114 ACID. Acid (Chrysophanic). schen Chrysophansaure, Aloe-Emodin und Rhein. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1911, ccxlix, 445-449— Oesterle (O. A.) & Johann (U.) Ueber die sogenannte Methylchrysophan- saure. Ibid., 1910, ccxlviii, 476-491. ----------. Zur Kenntniss der Chrysophansaure. Ibid., 492-500. — Paderi (C.) Effetti dell' acido crisofanico sui tono muscolare. Arch. di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1896, iv, 35-47. Acid (Cinchoninic). See, also, Cinchona (Derivatives of). Lossow (E.) *Ueber einige Derivate der Cinchoninsaure. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Acid (Cinnamic). Hirsch (R.) *Ueber die Zerlegung des Zimmtsauredibromids in die optisch-activen Modificationen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1894. Stevignon (H.) *Action des acides amino- cinnamiques sur latrichloroquinone. 4°. Mont- pellier, 1896. Erlenmeyer (E.) Ueber die isomeren Sauren der Zimt- saurereihe. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 355-385. -----. Darstellung von Links- und Rechtszimtsaure durch asymmetrische Induktion. Ibid., 1914, lxiv, 296-365.— Erlenmeyer (E.) & Hilgendorfl (G.) Ueber das Verhalten bestimmter Mischungen von Storaxzimtsaure und substi- tuierten Zimtsauren. Ibid., 1911, xxxiv, 405-416.----- -----. Weitere Trennungsversuche mit Heterozimtsaure. Ibid., 417-427.—Giubba (EA Azione biologica dell' acido fenilparanitrocinnamico. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1900, n. s., xxii, 481-495.—de Jong (A. W. K.) Action of sunlight on the cinnamic acids. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. , Proc. sect, sc, 1914, xvii, pt. 2, 1274- 1277.—Trigo A.) Acido cinamico y cinamatos. Rev. valenc de cien. med., Valencia, 1904, vi, 35-41. Acid (Citric). Hallerbach (W.) Die Citronensaure und ihre Derivate. 8 . Berlin, 1911. Bennett (C. T.) Metallic contamination in citric and tartaric acids and their salts. Chem. Drug., Lond., 1904, lxiv, 633.—Beythien (A.) & Bohrisch (P.) Beitrage zur Untersuchung und Beurteilung des Citronensaftes. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1905, ix, 449-464.—Gowing-Scopes (L.) The estimation of citric acid in the presence of certain other acids. Analyst, Lond., 1913, xxxviii, 12-19. — Hemenway (H. B.) The thera- peutic use of citric acid and the citrates. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 992-995.—Herzog (R. O.) A Polotzky (A.) Ueber Citronensauregarung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lix, 125-128.—H1U (J. R.) Pusch's purity test for citric acid. Merck's Rep., N. Y., 1910, xix, 251-253. — Kionka (II.) Todliche Vergiftung durch Zi- tronensaure. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, ix, 4-6.— Martin (J. A.) Citric acid by iermentation. Am. J.Pharm., Phila., 1916, lxxxviii, 337-355.—Willaman (J. J.) Modifi- cation of the Pratt method for the determination of citric acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, 1916, xxxviii, 2193-2199. Acid (Coccotannic). Hennig (C.) *Nonnulla gummi kino et acidum coccotannicum spectantia. 8°. Lipsise, 184S. Acid (Cresotinic) May (R.) The action of cresotinic and toluic acids. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 791-793.—Sieburg (E.) Ueber das biologische Verhalten der p-Chlor-m-Kreosotinsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, liii, 259-264.—Stockman (R ) The therapeutical action of the cresotinic acids. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1912, iv, 97-108. Acid (Cyanhydric). See Acid (Hydrocyanic). Acid (Cyanic, Toxicology of). Deak (Z.) [Acute cyanic-acid poisoning.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1903, xliii, 504. Acid (Digallic). Schiff (U.) Ognuno potra convincersi che l'acido digallico formato mediante l'acido arsenico non agisce come com- posto gallico rinchiudente 1'8 per % di arsenico. Atti d. r. Accad! d. Lincei, Roma, 1878-9, 3. s., iii, 240. Acid (Fluoric). See, also, Fluorides. Lockemann (G.) A Lucius (F.) Ueber die desinfi- zierende und entwicklungshemmende Wirkung von Fluss- saure und Fluoriden. Desinfektion, Berl., 1912, v, 261-280. Acid (Formic). Amaral de Souza (A.) *Contribuicao ao estudo do acido formico. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. Bouchaud (I.-M.-A.) Contribution a l'etude de la medication formique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Clement. L'acide formique et la force muse u- laire. 8°. Paris, 1905. Greve (G. E.) *Ueber die quantitative Be- stimmung der Ameisensaure und die Vergarung der Ameisensaure durch drei roten Farbstoff bildende Bakterienarten. 8°. Heidelberg, 1909. Hermannsdorper (H.) ^Ameisensaure als Reductions- und als Losungsmittel. 8°. Gies- sen, 1903. Krull (E.) Ameisensaure und chronische Krankheiten. 5. Aufl. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Sarafoff (Mile. Z.) *Oxydation de l'acide formique par les differents tissus animaux en presence de H202. 8°. Geneve, 190%. Auerbach(F.)& PlUddemann (W.) Massanalytische Bestimmung von Ameisensaure und ihren Salzen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909, xxx, 178-194.—Battelli (F.) Oxydation de l'acide formique par les extraits de tissus animaux en presence de peroxyde d'hydrogene. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 651. -----. Emploi de l'acide formique comme reactif des peroxydases animales. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 68.—Blackadder (T.) Anorganische Fermente. VI. Katalytische Zerse- tzung der Ameisensaure durch Rhodium. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1912, lxxxi, 385-416.—Bognar (G.) Der Mechanismus der Einwirkung von Brom auf Ameisensaure in wasseriger Losung. Ibid., 1910, Ixxi, 529-549.—Capitan. L'acide formique. Clinique, Brux., 1905, xix, 685-688.— Clement (E.) Action de l'acide formique sur le systeme musculaire. Lyon med., 1903, ci, 161-166— Conte(E.) Un nuevo tdnico; acido formico y formiatos. Rev. balear de cien. med., Palma deMallorca, 1905, xxvii, 281-284.—Dakin (H. D.), Janney (N. W.) & Wakeman (A. J.) Studies on the conditions affecting the formation and excretion of formic acid; the estimation of formic acid in urine. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xiv, 341-353.—Dakin (H. D.) & Wakeman (A. J.) Formic acid as an intermediary sub- stance in the catabolism of fatty acids and other substances. Ibid., 1911, ix, 329.—De Angelis (P.) Influenza dell'acido formico e dei suoi sali sull'apparato circolatorio. Boll. d. Casa di Salute Fleurent, Napoli, 1906, xxiii, 54-57.—Des- champs (E.) Nutrition, dynamogenie et acide formique. Bull. Soc. scient. et med. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1905, xiv, 201- 205.—Fere (C.) Note sur 1'influence de l'acide formique sur le travail. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 549.— Fincke (H.) Beitrage zur Bestimmung der Ameisensaure in Nahrungsmitteln. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1911, xxi, 1-15.-----. Nachweisund Bestimmung der Ameisensaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, li, 253-287.-----. Beitrage zur Bestimmung der Ameisensaure in Nahrungsmitteln. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1913, xxv, 386-391.^ Fleig (C.) L'acide formique a-t>il une action toni-muscu- laire? Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1905, ii, 2753; 2817. -----. Transformations dans l'organisme et elimination de l'acide formique et des formiates. Compt. rend. Acad, d.sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 386-388.-----. Etude physiologique de quelques composes formiques (acide formique, formiates, aldehyde formique). Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1907, xvii, 147-230.—Fouchet (A.) Dosage de l'acide formique seul ou en melange avec ses homologues au moyen de permanganate de potassium en milieu alcalin. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1912, xix, 149-152.—Franzen (H.) & Greve (G.) Ueber die Vergarung der Ameisensaure durch Bacillus plymouthensis. Ztschr. J. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxvii, 251-296.—Franzen (H.) & Steppuhn (O.) Benchtigung zu der Abhandlung: Ueber die Vergarung una Bildung der Ameisensaure durch Hefen. Ibid., 1912, Ixxviii, 164. — Freudenberg. Die Ameisensaure. Frauenarzt, Leipz., 1903, xviii, 533.—Garrigue (L.) Action de l'acide formique sur l'organisme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 837.—GoodaU (A.) & MitcheU (Isabel). The action of certain salts of formic acid on the circulatory and muscular systems. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1907-8, n. s., xxvii, 36-51. A Iso: Scot. M. & S. J., E dinb., 1908, xxii, 30-47.—Greenwald (I.) & Janney (N. W.) Notiz iiber die Ameisensaureausscheidung bei Kranken. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, Ixxxvi, 511.—Grosser. Therapeuti- sche Notizen iiber Ameisensaure. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1908, xxix, 385.—Huchard (H.) Action toni-muscu- laire et diuretique de l'acide formique et des formiates. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1905, 3. s., liii, 251-265. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1905, lxxii, 217-226. Also, transl.: Internat. Clin., Phila., 1905, 15. s., iii, 46-56.— ACID. 115 ACID. Acid (Formic). Joseph (A. F.) The estimation of formic acid. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1910, xxix, 1180.-----. Die Einwir- kung von Bromauf Ameisensaure. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1911, lxxvi, 156-160.—Kothner (P.) Borameisen saure als Katalysator beim physiologischen Stoffwechsel. Arch. f. d. ges. Phvsiol., Bonn, 1914, clxix, 457-471.—Kreis (H.) Ueber den Nachweis und die Bestimmung der Amei- sensaure in Sirupen. Mitt. a. d. Geb. d. Lebensmittelunt. u.Hyg..Bern, 1912,iii,266.—Krull(E.) Einenci.eMethode zur Heilung der Tuberkulose, der chronischen Nephritis und des Carcinoms. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1901, xi, 517: 1902, xii, 509.—Livierato (S.) Sull'azione dell'acido for- mico e dei formiati sui cuore e sulla eircolazione. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 1493-1497.—Merl (T.) Ueber die Verwendbarkeit der " Vakuum-Destillation" beim Ameisen- saure-Nachweis. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1914, xxvii, 733-743— Omelianski (W.) Ueber die Zersetzung der Ameisensaure durch Mikroben. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1903, xi, 177; 256; 317,2pl.—Pila & Battesti (M.) Quelques observations sur l'emploi de l'acide formique. Marseille med., 1905, xiii, 695; 704.—Rupp (E.) Ueber Ameisensaure und deren titri- metrische Bestimmung. Arch. f. Pharm., BerL, 1905, eclxxx, 69-73.—Schroeder. Les medicaments oublies; les fourmis et l'acide formique. Repert. de therap., Par., 1905, xxii, 111-115.—Steppuhn (O.) & Schellbach (II.) Ueber die Ameisensaure als Zwischenprodukt der tierischen Zuckerspaltung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxx, 274-286.—Stern (H.) Sixteen years' experience with formic acid as a therapeutic agent. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 1258-1262.—Strisower (R.) Ueber die Aus- scheidung der Ameisensaure im menschlichen Urin in phvsiologischen und pathologischen Zustanden. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, liv, 189-211.—Tabar (F.) L'Stat actuel de la question de l'acide formique et des formiates. Dau- phine' med., Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 245-258. Acid (Formic, Toxicology of). Lutz (W.) *Zur Kenntnis der Ameisensaure- vergiftung. [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1913. Also, in: Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1913, xlvi, 239-251. Belbeze (R.) Sur la flevTe formique. Lyon med., 1905, civ, 917. — Dick. Beitrag zur Frage der GJftigkeit der Ameisensaure. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, xix, 313- 318. — Eppinger (H. ) Zur Toxizitat der Ameisensaure. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1913, xxvii, 49.—Rost (E.), Franz (F.) & Heise (R.) Beitrage zur Photographie der Blut- spektra, unter Berucksichtigung der Toxikologie der Amei- sensaure. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909, xxxii, 223-304, 7 pi. Acid (Fulminic). Baumann (A.) *Ueber die Polymerisation der Knallsaure. 8° Munchen, 1912. Pitini (A.) Recherches pharmacologiques sur l'acide ful- minique. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 297. Acid (Furfurpropionic). Sasaki (T.) Ueber das Verhalten der Furfurpropion- saure im Tierkorper. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv, 272-283. Also: Verhandl. d. physiol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1910), 1911, xxxv, 37-39. Acid (Gallic) [and derivatives]. Dreaper (W. P.) Gallic acid and its allies. In: Allen's commercial organic analysis [etc.], 8°, Phila., 1910, iii, 525- 539.—Kunz-Krause (H.) & Manlcke (P.) Ueber den Ab- bau derCyklogallipharsaure durch Oxydationsmittel. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1910, ccxlviii, 398-420. Acid (Gentisinic). Likhatschefl (A.) Ueber das physiologische Verhalten der Gentisinsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Leipz., 1895-6, xxi, 422-441. Acid (Gluconic). Alsberg (C. L.) The formation of gluconic acid by the olive-tubercle organism and the function of oxidation in some microorganisms. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908-9, vi, 83. Acid (Glucophosphoric). Levene (P. A.) On glucophosphoric acid. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1902, p. xi. Acid (Glucosaminoheptonic). Levene (P. A.) Glucosaminoheptonic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xxiv, 55-57. Also, Reprint. Acid (Glutaminic). See, also, Acids (Carboxylic). Abderhalden (E.) & Kautsch (K.) Zur Kenntnis der Glutaminsaure und der Pyrrol idoncarbonsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxiv, 447-459.—Foreman Acid (Glutaminic). (F. W.) The transformation of glutaminic acid into Z-pyrro- lidonecarboxylic acid in aqueous solution. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1914-15, viii, 481-493. Acid (Glycerophosphoric). Bailly(0.) Synthese de l'acide giycerophosphorique. J. de pharm. et dechim., Par., 1915, 7. s., xii, 65-68. Acid (Glycocholic). See, also, Bile (Acids of). Bleibtreu (M.) Vorlaufige Mittheilung iiber eine neue Methode zur Darstellung der Glykocholsaure aus Rinder- galle. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1903, xcix, 187-190 — Letschke (E.) Emige Bemerkungen iiber Glykocholsaure und Paraglykocholsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lx, 462-475.-----. Glykocholsaure und Paraglyko- cholsaure. Ibid., 1911, lxxiii, 308-311.—Medwedew (A.) Darstellung der Glykocholsaure aus Rindergalle. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. u. Wien, 1900, xiv, 289-291.—Osborne (W. A.) A note on Hiifner's method of preparing pure glvco- iholic acid. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1899-1900, xxv, p. xi.—Piettre (M.) Sur l'acide glycocholique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1908, cxlvii, 810-813. Acid (Glycolic). Hondo (K.) Zur Kenntnis des Abbaues der Karbon- sauren im Tierkorper. xxii. Verhalten der Glykolsaure bei der Leberdurchblutung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxi, 286-291. Acid (Glyconic). Paderi (C.) Sur le mode de se comporter de l'acide glyco- nique dans l'organisme. Arch. ital. de biol., Pise, 1915, lxiv, 81-88. -----. Sui contegno dell' acido gliconico nell' or- ganismo. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1915, xx, 82; 97. Acid (Glycothionic). Levene (P. A.) On glucothionic acid. Proc. Am. Phy- siol. Soc, Bost., 1902, p. xi. -----. Notiz zur Darstellung der Glucothionsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvi, 246-249. Also, Reprint—Levene (P. A.) & Jacobs (W. A.) On glycothionic acid. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1908, x, 557. Also, Reprint.—Mandel (J. A.) & Levene (P. A.) Ueber die Verbreitung von Glukothionsaure in tierischen Organen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xiv, 386-392.—Mandel (J. A.) & Neuberg (C.) Zur Kennt- nis der Glucothionsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xiii, 142-147.—Neuberg (C.) Bemerkung iiber die Glucothion- sauren. Ibid., 1909, xvi, 250-253. Acid (Glycuronic). See, also, Bile (Acids of); Urine (Hippuric acid in). Austin (A. E.) Experimental production of glycuronic acid in dogs. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1905-6, xiv, 181- 192;.—Bang (I.) Ueber die Darstellung der Mentholglu- curonsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxii, 445.— Bial (M.) Ueber die Ausscheidung der Glycuronsaure, Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl.; 1902, xiii, 489-498.-----. Ueber den Modus der Glycuronsaureausseheidung. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1902, xx, 519-523.-----. Ver- suche iiber die Abscheidung gebundener Glukoronsaure in die Galle. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1908, xxi, 751-756.—Bial (M.) & Huber (F. O.) Zur Frage der Glu- curonsaure-Ausscheidung. • Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 405-409.—Biberfeld (J.) Zum Verhalten der Glucuron- saure im Organismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxv, 479-496. — Bonanni (A.) Su taluni derivati dell' acido giicuronico. Policlin., Roma, 1900-1901, vii, sez. prat., 1249.-----. Ueber die Borneol-und Mentholglykuronsaure. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1901, i, 304- 309.—Conzen (F.) Zur Glykuronsaureausseneidung beim Menschen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1912, lxxv, 426-432.— Fenyvessy (B.) [The formation and significance of paired glycuronic acids.] Orvostud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy orv. Arch., Budapest, 1903, U. f., iv, 307-328.-----. Zur Glukuronsaure- Frage. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1903- 4, xiii, 407^20.—Glemsa (G.) Ueber den Schmelzpunkt des Glukoronsauremikarbazons; Erwiderung an Prof. E. Fromm. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904, xli, 548.— Goldschmiedt (G.) Eine neue Reaktion auf Glukoron- saure. Ibid., 1910, lxv, 389-393.—Hacker (C. W. L.) The appearance of glycuronic acid in certain conditions of dimin- ished oxidation. Albany M. Ann., 1909, xxx, 6-12.—Hama- lalnen (J.) Ueber isomere Borneolglykuronsauren. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1909, xxiii, 86-98.-----. Ueber das Verhalten der alicykhschen Verbindungen bei der Glykuronsaurepaarung im Organismus. Ibid., 1912, xxvii, 141-226. Also, Reprint. -----. Ueber die Entste- hungsweise und Bildungsstatte der gepaarten Glykuron- sauren im Organismus. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1913, xxx, 196-198.—Hildebrandt (H.) Zur Frage der gly- kosidischen Struktur gepaarter Glykoronsauren. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1905, vii, 438-454.— Jolles (A.) Ueber eine neue Bildungsweise der Glucuron- saure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiv, 242-247.— ACID. 116 ACID. Acid (Glycuronic). Loewi (O.) Untersuchungen iiber die Herkunft der Glu- curonsaure im Thierkorper. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1901), 1902, 85-90.— Magnus-Levy (A.) Ueber Paarung der Glukoronsaure mit optischen Antipoden. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, ii, 319-331.—Mamdel (J. A.) & Jackson (H. C.) On the origin of glycuronic acid. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1902, p. xiii.—Mayer (P.) Ueber Glucuronsaureausschei- dung. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1902, 341-347. -----. Neuere Untersuchungen iiber die Glukuronsaure. Biochem. Centralbl., Berl., 1902-3, i, 377-383. -----. Ueber asymme- trische Glucoronsaurepaarung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, ix, 439-441.—Neubauer (O.) Ueber Glykuronsaure- paarung bei Stoflen der Fettreihe. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvi, 133-154—Neuberg (C.) & Kretschmer (E.) Ueber p-Kresolglucuronsaure. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxvi, 15-21.—Neuberg (C.) & Lachmann (S.) Ueber ein neues Verfahren zur Gewin- nung von Glucoronsaure (und Mentholglucuronsaure). Ibid., 1910, xxiv, 416-422.—Neuberg (C.) & Nelmann (W.) Neue Reaktionen und Derivate der Glukoronsaure; 7. Mitteilung iiber Glukoronsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xliv, 97-113.-----------. Synthese ge- ?aarter Glucoronsauren; 8. Mitteilung fiber Glukoronsaure. bid., 114-126.-----------. Quantitative Bestimmung ge- paarter Glukoronsauren; 9. Mitteilung fiber Glukoronsaure. Ibid., 127-133.—Paderi (C.) Ricerche sulle proprieta biolo- giche dell' acido glicuronico. 1. Sui contegno dell' acido glicu- ronieo nell' organismo. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1911, xi, 29-50. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911-12, lv, 275-282.—Salkowski (E.) & Neuberg (C.) Zur Kenntnis der Phenolglukoronsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, ii, 307-311.—Saneyoshi (S.) Ueber 2-Butanol- glucuronsaure. Ibid., 1911, xxxvi, 22-24.—Schott (E.) Ueber Verhalten von Glykonsaure und Zuckersaure im Organismus. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1911, lxv, 35-37.—Sera (Y.) Zur Kenntnis der gepaarten Glukuronsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxviii, 460: 1914, xc, 258: xcii, 261.—Stern (F.) Zur Aus- scheidung der Aetherschwefelsaure und Glukoronsaure nach Eingabe aromatischer Substanzen. Ibid., 1910, Ixviii, 52-68.—Tollens (B.) Zur Bestimmung der Glukoronsaure. Ibid., 1905, xliv, 388-390. -----. Ueber den Glykoronsaure- nachweis durch die B. Tollensche Reaktion mit Naphtho- resorcin und Salzsaure. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 652-654— Wohlgemuth (J.) Ueber Glukoronsaure- bildung beim Menschen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 1084-1086. Acid (Glyoxylic). Schloss (E.) *Uebor den Nachweis und die physiologische Bedeutung der Glyoxylsaure. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1906. Also [Abstr.}, in: Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brn- schwg., 1906, viii, 445-455. Adler (O.) Wirkung der Glyoxylsaure auf den Tierkor- per. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1906-7, lvi, 207-235.—Benedict (S. R.) A note on the preparation of glyoxylic acid as a reagent. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1909, vi, 51.—Dakin (H. D.) The formation of glyoxylic acid. Ibid., 1905-6, i, 271-278.—Eppinger (II.) Ueber das Verhalten der Glyoxylsaure im Tierkorper. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1905, vi, 492-501.—Granstrom (E.) Ueber den Nachweis der Glyoxylsaure und ihr Vorkommen im Men- schenharn. Ibid., 1907, xi, 132-142.-----. Ueber die fer- mentative Veranderung der Glyoxylsaure durch Organbrei. Ibid., 1908,xi,214-223.—Haas (G.) Ueber das Schicksal der Glyoxylsaure im Tierkorper. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xlvi, 296-306.—Hofbauer (J.) Ueber Auftreten von Gly- oxylsaure im Verlaufe von Graviditat, Geburt und Puer- perium. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907, Iii, 425-431. Acid (Guanylic). Bang (I.) Chemische und physiologische Studien Uber die Guanylsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxii 201-213.-----. Zur Charakteristik der Guanylsaure. Beitr! z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1908, xi, 76-78. _____ Untersuchungen fiber die Guanylsaure. Biochem. Ztschr'., Berl., 1910, xxvi, 293-311.—Bang (I.) & Raaschou ' (C A ) Ueber die Darstellung der Guanylsaure. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1903, iv, 175-181.—von Fttrth (O.) Ueber die chemische Stellung der Pankreas- nucleinsaure (Guanylsaure); 2. Mitteilung. Ibid., 1907, xi, 146-150—Glinka (Ye.) [Guanilic acid.] Arch. biol. nauk S -Peterb., 1911-12, xvii, 495-512. A Iso, transl: Arch. d. sc''biol , St.-Petersb., 1912-13, xvii, 487-504.—Jones (W.) On the formation of guanylic acid from yeast nucleic acid; preliminary communication. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xii 31-35—af Klercker (K. O.) Ueber die Pentose der Gu'anvlsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xlvu, 331- 342 —Levene (P. A.) & Jacobs (W. A.) On guanylic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, 421-426. Acid (Hippuric). See, also, Urine (Hippuric acid in). Athanassoff (P.) ^Contribution a l'etude de l'acide hippurique et sa synthese dans l'orga- Vcid (Hippuric). nisme animal chez l'homme normal et malade. 8°. Paris, 1904. Wingler (F.) *Ueber die Spaltung der Hip- pursaure im tierischen Organismus. 8°. Frei- burg i. Br., 1895. Abderhalden (E.) & Strauss (II.) Beitrag zur Kennt- nis des Umfanges der Hippursaurebildung im Organismus des Schweines. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1914, xci, 81-85.—Asau (K.) Ueber die nemmung der Hippur- sauresyn these im thierischen Organismus durch arsenige Saure und Brechweinstein. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1899, xiii, 847; 883.— Astolloni (G.) Ricerche intorno all' azione di alcune sostanze diuretiche sulla sintesi dell' acido ippurico. Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Brux. & Par., 1905, xiv, 39-52. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1905, xliii, 373-380.—Bashford (E.) & Cramer (W.) Ueber die Synthese der Hippursaure im Thierkorper. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1902, xxxv, 324-326.—Berninzone (M. R.) Sulla sintesi fisiologica del- P acido ippurico. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1901, xvi, 47-54. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1902, xxxvii, 33-42.—Brugsch (T.) Ueber die Grenzen der Hip- pursaurebildung beim Menschen; Kritik einer Arbeit von Lewinski aus der Minkowski'schen Klinik, Greifswald. Zt- schr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908-9, v, 731-736.— Cantoni (V.) La sintesi dell' acido ippurico nella gravi- danza e nel puerperio. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1913, ii, 393- 411.—Cohnheim (O.) Das Verhalten der Hippursaure zu Erepsin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907, Iii, 526.— Dox (A. W.) & Neidig (R. E.) E nzymatische Spaltung von Hippursaure durch Schimmelpilze. Ibid., 1913, lxxxv, 68- 71.—Galdi (F.) Contributo alio studio dell' acido ippurico nell' organismo umano. Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. med., 257-270.—Ito (H.) Quantitative determination of hip- puric acid in urine, blood, muscles and liver; a method. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1916, xxxviii, 2188-2192 — Jolles(A.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Hippursaure. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1900, lxxxii, 553-558.—Kingsbury (F. B.) & Bell (E. T.) The synthesis of hippuric acid in nephrectomized dogs. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1915, xxi, 297- 301.—Lewin (C.) Beitrage zum Hippursaurestoflwechsel des Menschen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1900-1901, xiii, 371-397.—Lewinski (J.) Ueber die Grenzen der Hippur- saurebildung beim Menschen; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Glyeo- collfrage. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lviii, 397-412. ------. Entgegnung auf Brugsch' Kritik einer Arbeit von Lewinski. Ibid., 1909, lxi, 88-93.— Lewis (H. B.) Studies on the synthesis of hippuric acid in the animal organism. I. The synthesis of hippuric acid in rabbits on a glycocoll-free diet. J. Biol. Chemv Bait., 1913- 14, xvii, 503-508.-----. Studies in the synthesis of hippuric acid in the animal organism. II. The synthesis and rate of elimination of hippuric acid after benzoate ingestion in man. Ibid., 1914, xviii, 224-236.—Lewis (S. B.) & Karr (W. G.) Studies in the synthesis of hippuric acid in the animal or- ganism. III. The excretion of uric acid in man after inges- tion of sodium benzoate. Ibid., 1916, xxv, 13-20.—Nicolaier (A.) Ueber Methylenhippursaure. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1905,1, 305.—Parker (F. H.) On the maximumproduction of hippuric acid in rabbits. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1898-9, p. xiv.—Raiziss (A. M.), Raiziss (G. W.) & Ringer (A. I.) The velocity of hippuric acid formation and elimina- tion from the animal body. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xvii, 527-529.—Raiziss (G. W.) & Dubin (H.) On the syn- thesis of hippuric acid in the animal organism and the occur- rence of free benzoic acid in the urine. Ibid., 1915, xxi, 331- 343.—Rem-Piccl (G.) Ricerche sulla eliminazione del- P acido ippurico nell' uomo. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1902, xxviii, 5-15.—Ringer (A. I.) On the maximum production of hippuric acid in animals with consideration of the origin of glycocoll in the animal body. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911, x, 327-338.—Rusconl (A.) & Carbone (D.) Sulla scissione dell' acido ippurico per opera dei microrga- nismi dei salumi. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1911, xxv, 271-276, 1 ch.—Schmid (J.) Ueber die quantitative Hippursaurebestimmung nach Pfeifler und Uber das Schick- sal der Chinasaureim Organismus. Zentralbl. f. innereMed., Leipz., 1905, xxvi, 81-86.—Tsuchiya (I.) Ueber den Urn- fang der Hippursauresynthese beim Menschen. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1908-9, v, 737-741. Acid (Homogentisic). See, also.JJrixie (Homogentisic acid in). Morner (C. T.) Beitrage zur Chemie der Homogentisin- saure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, Ixxviii, 306- 326.—Osborne (W. A.) A new synthesis of homogentisic acid. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1903, p. xiii. Acid (Homovhthdlic). Bauer (H.) & Wolz (E.) Einwirkung von Organo- magnesiumverbindungen auf Homophthalsaureanhydrid. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1911, ccxlix, 454-458. Acid (Humic). Robertson (R. A.), Irvine (J. C.) & Dobson (Mildred E.) A contribution to the chemistry and physiological action of the humic acids. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1907, ii, 458-480, ACID. 117 ACID. Acid (Humic). 2 pi.—Sest ini (F.) Delle materie azotate che accompagnano l'acido umico nelle torbe e nel terreno. Orosi, Firenze, 1898, xxi, 1-6. Acid (Hydriodic). Gardner (R. \V.) Hydriodic acid. Hydro- phosphites in phthisis. 6. ed. 24°. [New York], 1888. Siebtjrg ([K. T.l E.) *Ist die Jodwasserstoff- saure ein irrespirables Gas? 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Leclere (A.) Note sur le dosage de l'acide iodhydrique dans la teinture d'iode. J. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1913, 7. s., vii, 68. — Raflaele ( L.) Sull'uso dell'acido iodidrico per la cura di alcune lesioni chirurgiche. Riforma med., Napoli, 1914, xxx, 171-175.—Rains (A. B.) The best method of preparing and preserving syrup of hydriodic acid. Am. Drug. & Pharm. Rec, N. Y., 1903, xliii, 236.—Ruhe- mann (J.) Ueber die klinische Anwendung der jodsauren Verbindungen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxx, 173- 199.—Saettl (E.) Dell'acido iodidrico come disinfettante della cute degli animali. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena, 1914, xvi, 635-645. Acid (Hydrobromic). Talbot (II. P.) Notes on the action of hydrobromic and hydriodic acids on tiglic and angelic acids. Technol. Quart , Bost., 1891, iv, 196-204. Acid (Hydrochloric). Burck (A.) *Ueber die quantitative Absorp- tion von Salzsauredampfen durch Tiere bei kiirzerer und langerer Einwirkung. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1910. Svtrlovski (E. I.) [*Action of diluted hydrochloric acid upon albuminates.] 8°. Yuryev, 1906. Aaron (C. D.) Hydrochloric acid; simple method of administering. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1423. Also, Reprint.—Andrews (L. W.) A new method for the precise standardization of hydrochloric acid solutions. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1914, xxxvi, 2089-2091.— Briggs (C. H.) The determination of uncombined hydro- chloric acid in solution of ferric chloride. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1913, lxxxv, 501.—Christiansen (J.) Ueber den Nachweis der Salzsaure in der Medizin. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen & Bed., 1915, lxv, 513-515. — Dubois (C.) In- fluence sur la secretion biliaire des injections d'acide chlorhy. drique dans l'intestin. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 173-176.—Francke (E.) Ein neues Verfahren zur Herstel- lung arsenfreier Salzsaure. Zentralbl. f. Gewerbehyg., Berl., 1913, i, 147-149.—Kentzler (J.) Weitere Beitrage zur Wirkung der Salzsaure auf die Arteigenheit der Eiweis- stofle. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 291-293.—Krum- macher (O.) Ueber den Nachweis der Salzsaure in der Medizin. Ztschr. f. Biol., Mfinchen & Berl., 1914, lxiii, 275- 304.—Lehmann (K. B.) & Burck (A.) Ueber die Absorp- tion von Salzsauredampfen durch das Tier in langer dauern- den Versuchen. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1910, lxxii, 343-357.—Long (J. H.) On the physiological activity of combined hydrochloric acid. Chem. News, Lond., 1905, cxi, 52; 69. Also: 3. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1915, xxxvii, 1333-1347.—Roger. L'acide chlorhydrique. Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1906, lxxiii, 829-837. Also, Re- print.—Scheuer (O.) Recherches experimentales sur la aensite du gaz acide chlorhydrique et sur le poids atomique du chlore. J. de chim. phys., Geneve & Par., 1910, viii, 289- 320.—Seccnl (R.) Ueber die Wirkung der Salzsaure auf die Alkaliausscheidung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxvii, 143-152.—Sirlngo. Su di un nuovo reattivo dell' acido clondrico. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 344-347.—Staal (J. P.) Der Einfluss der Verabreichung von Salzsaure auf die Zusammensetzung des subkutanen Bindegewebes bei Kaninchen. Ztschr. 1. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1908, lviii, 97-117.—Zanda (G. B.) Influenza del cloruro di sodio sulla tossicita dell' acido cloridrico per iniezione endovenosa. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1903, 4. s., ix, 391-400. Acid (Hydrochloric, Toxicology of). Ttllmann (H.) *Casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre von der Salzsaureintoxikation. 8°. Kiel, 1897. Bailey (R. C.) Results of swallowing strong hydrochlo- ric acid. Brit. M. J.; Lond., 1902, i, 511. — Culek ( A.) [Hydrochloric-acid poisoning. 1 Lijec. vijesnik, u Zagrebu, 1914, xxxvi, 126. —Fairfax (H.) Poisoning by "spirits of salts." Lancet, Lond., 1915, i, 1293.—Frohner. Salzsaure- veratzung bei einem Pferde. Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1903, xiv, 518.—Gain (J. H.) Punctured wound of foot; muriatic acid poisoning (?). Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1903-4, xxvii, 414. — Gelssler ( W.) Die Vergiftung mit Salzsaure. Vrtlischr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1909, Acid (Hydrochloric, Toxicology of). xxxvii, 71-112.—Hydrochloric acid poisoning; death. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1899, Lond., 1901, 73.—Keetley (C. B.) U Iceration of the oesophagus and stomach due to swallowing strong hydrochloric acid; lessons of treatment deduced from three cases. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1902, lxxxv, 23-36.— Lande (A.) [On hydrochloric acid poisoning.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 214-219.—Lejars (F.) Brulures de l'estomac par ingestion d'acide chlorhydrique, stenose pylonque rapide; gastro-cnterostomie; guerison. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896, xliii, 601.—Loewy (A.) Zur Frage der Entgiftung der Mineralsauren beim Kaninchen. Zen- tralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1906, xx, 336.—Lovel- Keays (L.) Two cases of hydrochloric acid poisoning. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 617.—Marchettl (L.) Espul- sione totale della mucosa gastrica in un caso di awelena- mento per acido cloridrico. Ann. d. Fac. di med. 1911, Peru- gia, 1912, 4. s., ii, 57.—Philip (R. W.) A series of specimens from cases of poisoning by hydrochloric acid. Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1906-7, n. s., xxvi, 191.—Powell (D.) Poisoning by hydrochloric acid; gangrene of lung. Middle- sex Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1895-6, 71.—Rispal &,Sorel. Em- poisonnement par l'acide chlorhydrique. Echo med., Toulouse, 1900,2.s., xiv,609-611. Also: Toulouse med., 1900, 2. s., ii, 285-287.—Smith (F. J.) Stomach from a case of poisoning by hydrochloric acid. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1898-9, 119.—Strauss (H.) Ueber rohrenfdrmige Ausstossung der Speiserohrenschleimhaut und stenosirende Pylorus-Hypertrophie nach Salzsaurevergiftung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 30-34.—Two cases of hydrochloric acid poisoning followed by pyloric stenosis. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906, n. s., xxxiv, 89.—Vindevogel. Cas de mort par ingestion d'un liquide corrosif (esprit de sel). Ann. Soc. d'anat. path, de Brux., 1896, No. 43, 8.—Wollheim (J. L.) A fatal case of hydrochloric acid poisoning. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1907, xxi, 22.— Ziemke. Ueber einen seltenen anatomischen Behind bei einem Abtreibungsversuch durch Salzsaurevergiftung. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1910, xxxix, Suppl., 20-27. Acid (Hydrocyanic). See, also, Cyanides; Potassium (Cyanide of). Caniggia (F.-A.) *De medica acidi prussici vi. 8°. Genuae, 1806. Levedag (H. [N.]) *Ueber die Bestimmung der Blausaure im tierischen Korper. 8°. Gies- sen, 1907. Ntjnneley (T.) An experimental inquiry into the# effects produced by hydrocyanic acid upon animal life, with an attempt to determine the real value of presumed antidotes and reme- dies. 8°. Worcester, 1847. de Puymaly (A.-H.-L.) *L'acide cyanhydri- que dans les plantes vertes. 8°. Bordeaux, 1912. Spiecker (A.) *Ueber den Nachweis der Blausaure in tierischen Organen. 8°. Giessen, 1907. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Entomology. Bulletin No. 90. Part III. Hydrocyanic-acid gas fumigation in Cali- fornia. Chemistry of fumigation with hydrocya- nic-acid gas. By C. C. McDonnell. 8°. Wash- ington, 1911. Alsberg (C. A.) & Black (O. F.) The separation of auto- genous and added hydrocyanic acid from certain plant tis- sues and its disappearance during maceration. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1916, xxv, 133-140. Also, Reprint.—Bour- quelot (E.) & Bougautt (J.) Sur quelques nouvelles reactions de l'acide cyanhydrique; influence de cet acide et de la chaleur sur Paction oxydante du sulfate de cuivre. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897, 10. s., iv, 498-500.— Bovone (V.) Alcune ricerche siill' acido cianidrico. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1904, 4. s., x, 658-667.— Clawson (B. J.) & Young (C. C.) Preliminary report on the production of hydrocyanic acid by bacteria. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xv, 419-422.—Cotte (J.) Recherches sur la resistance des vegetaux verts aux fumigations d'acide cyanhydrique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, Ixxviii, 185.—Coze (E.) Note sur Paction physiologique de l'acide cyanhydrique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1849, xxviii, 780.—Creel (R. H.), Faget (F. M.) & Wrightson (W. D.) Hydrocyanic acid gas, its practical use as a routine fumigant. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1915, xxx, 3537-3550. Also, Reprint.—Dezani (S.) Sui comportamento del- P acido cianidrico iniettato nelle piante. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1913, xvi, 539-546.—Emerson (H. W.), Cady (H. P.) & Bailey (E. H. S.) On the formation of hydro- cyanic acid from proteins. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xv, 415-417.—Fitschy (P.) Sur la presence de l'acide cyan- hydrique dans les eaux distillees de quelques vegetaux croissant en Belgique. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. ACID. 118 ACID. Acid (Hydrocyanic). d.sc, Brux., 1906,613-617. [Rap. de Jorissen], 516.—Fulton (J. S.) A preliminary note upon hydrocyanic acid gas as a disinfecting agent. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 256.—Fulton (J. S.) & Stokes (W. R.) Hydrocyanic-acid gas in public health work. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1901, Columbus, O., 1902, xxvii, 469-476—Ganassini (D.) Della sintesi probabile dell' acido cianidrico nelle piante verdi. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir.di Pavia, 1907,xxi,347-351.-----. Contributo alia ricerca qualitativa dell acido cianidrico. Ibid., 1911, xxv, 28-39.—Gerber(C.)& Cotte(J.) Une nouvelle piante a acide cyanhydrique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 185.—Goppert (H. R.) Ueber die wirksamen Stofle in der vegetabilischen Blausaure. N. Breslau. Samml. a. d. Geb. d. Heilk____d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult, 1829, i, 410-422.—Grehant (N.) Physiologie appliqueea l'etude des substances toxiques; recherches physiologiques sur l'a- cide cyanhydrique. Tribune med., Par., 1889,2. s., xxi, 491.— Greshofl (M.) Ueber die Verteilung der Blausaure m dem Pflanzenreiche. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1906, ccxliv, 665- 672. Also, transl: Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par.. 1906, xiii, 589-598.—Guerin (G.) Modification aux methodes de Liebig et de Fordos et Gelis pour le dosage volumetrique de de l'acide cyanhydrique libre en solution aqueuse; appli- cation au titrage de Peau de laurier-cerise et de Peau d'a- mandes ameres. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1905, 6. s., xxii, 433-435.—Guerin (G.) & Gonet (L.) La methode de Buignet pour le dosage de l'acide cyanhydrique et le titrage de l'eau de laurier-cerise; correction et modification. Ibid., 190J, 6. s., xxix, 234-236.—Guerin (P.) Les plantes a acide cyanhydrique. Rev. scient., Parv 1907, 5. s., viii, 65; 106.— Johnson (M. O.) On the determination of small quantities of hydrocyanic acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1916, xxxviii, 1230-1235.—Jorissen (A.) L'acide cyanhydrique chez les vegetaux. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1913, 1202-1231. -----. Contribution a l'etude de la formation de l'acide cyanhydrique chez les vegetaux. Ibid., 1914, 130-137.—Kockel. Blausaure ein Verbrennungs- product des Celluloids. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1903, 3. F., xxvi, 1-11.—Lehmann (K. B.) Ueber die Gif- tigkeit der Blausaure und des Phosphorwasserstoffgases. Sitzungsb. d.,phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1903, 64.— Lespieau. Etudes cryoscopiques faites dans l'acide cyan- hydrique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1905, cxl. 855- 857. — Lewin (L.) Spektrophotographische Untersuchun- gen fiber die Einwirkung von Blausaure auf Blut. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, Suppl.-Bd., 336- 348. — Loewy (A.) Ueber Storungen des Eiweissabbaues durch Blausaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, iii, 439- 452.—Loewy (A.) & Wolf (C. G. L.) Weitere Untersu- chungen fiber die Wirkung der Blausaure auf den Eiweiss- zerfall. Ibid., 1908, viii, 132-141.—Lopez (F.) Estudio ex- perimental del acido cianhidrico como insecticida. Es- cuela de med., Mexico, 1904, xix, 121-126.—Merck (E.) An- tidote apparatus for use in poisoning by hydrocyanic acid and cyanides. Merck's Archives, N. Y., 1900, ii, 94-96.— Mlrande (M.) Sur quelques plantes nouvelles a acide cyanhydrique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, clxvi, 434-436.—Ozanam (C.) Note sur les proprietes anesthesiques de l'acide cyanhydrique, et sur l'oxygene comme antidote de ce corps. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1858, xlvii, 483-486—Plimmer (R. H. A.) The for- mation of prussic acid by oxidation of albumins. J. Physiol., Lond., 1904, xxxi, 65: 1905, xxxii, 51— R. (E.) De la re- cherche de l'acide cyanhydrique. Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1906, xiii, 247.—Raynaud (L.) Sur la presence et la persistance de l'acide cyanhydrique dans quelques grami- nees des pays chauds. Corript. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, lxxiv, 1116— Rosenthaler (L.) Trimetrische Be- stimmung der Blausaure besonders in und neben Benzalde- hydcyanhydrin. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1910, ccxlviii, 529-533.—Runne (H.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber die Bestimmung des Cyanwasserstoffs im Bitterman- delwasser. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1909, xxiv, 288; 297; 306; 314; 325; 333; 344; 356.—Soave (M.) Sulla funzione flsiologica dell' acido cianidrico nelle piante; esperienze sulla germk nazione delle mandorle amare e dolci. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand. & Par., 1898-9, v, 199-216.—Viehoevei (A.) & Johns (C. O.) On the determination of small quan- tities of hydrocyanic acid. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1915, Ixxxvii, 261-269. Also: 3. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1915, xxxvii, 601-607.—Waller (A. D.) A new method for the quantitative estimation of hydrocyanic acid in the blood and tissues of animals post-mortem. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1910, pp. xlvii-xlix. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910, s. B., lxxxii, 574-5N7.—Wirth (P. II.) Untersuchungen fiber Blausaure-Benzaldehydlosungen in Verbindung mit Kirschlorbeerwasser. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1911, ccxlix, 382-407.. Acid (Hydrocyanic, Toxicology of). Ahlmann (H. ) *Weitere Untersuchungen iiber die Giftigkeit der Blausaure. 8°. Wiirz- burg, 1905. Maisel (W.) *Kritische Studien iiber den Nachweis der Cyan ver bindungen in forensen Fallen. 4°. Munchen, 1895. Acid (Hydrocyanic, Toxicology of). Wagschal (F.) Quantitative Studien iiber die Giftigkeit der Blausaure-Dampfe. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Antal (J.) [Experimental contributions on the treatment of poisoning by prussic acid.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1894-iki evkonyve, 1895. 146-148.—Biddle (D.) & Atkey (O.) The inquest on Whitaker Wright. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 394 — Boddaert (A.) L'empoisonnement chronique par l'acide cyanhydrique. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1897-8, ix, 238-241.—Bourke(E. A.) [CaseJ J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1913, xx, 293.—[Case.] St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1899-1900, vii, 118.—Chid (M.) Sull' intossicazione da acido cianidrico. Pathologica, Genova, 1908-9, i, 58. -----. II meccanismo dell' azione tossica dell' acido ciani- drico. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1913, xxviii, 47-64. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1914, lxi, 1-34.— Cohen (BA Poisoning by prussic acid fumes. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1916, xiv, 35-37.—Coleman (E. A.) Methods of determining the toxicity of hydrocyanic acid gas. J. Econom. Entomol., Concord, N. H., 1911, iv, 528-531,2pl.—Cox (I. E.) [Case.] Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1902-3, xxi, 156.—Deak (S.) [Case.] Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 1006.—De Dominicis (A.) Ueber postmortale Diffusion der Blausaure. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1906, xxxi, 101.—Ewald(W.) Beitragzur Lehre von der Blausaurevergiftung. Ibid., 1907, 3. F.; xxxin, 335- 340.—Felletar (E.) [A case of natural death with suspicion of cyanic poisoning.] Gyogyaszat, Budapest, 1906, xlvi, 628- 630.—Ganassini (D.) Dell' acido cianidrico e della sua ricerca tossicologica. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1904, 106: 1905,376.—Hebting(J.) Versuche fiber Entgiftung der Blausaure durch schwefelabspaltende Substanzen. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxviii, 208-212— Kolipinski (L.) [Case.] Maryland M. J., Bait., 1898-9, xl, 24.—LaviaUe (P.) & Varenne(L.) Notesurlacaracterisation del'acidecyan- hydrique en toxicologie par la reaction du sulfocyanate fer- rique. J. de pharm. etdechim., Par., 1915, 7. s., xii, 74-81.— Mehl. Ein Fall von Blausaurevergiftung; Nachweis von Blausaure in einer exhumierten Leiche nach 45 Tagen und mehr. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1912, xlvii, 51-54.—Merck (E.) Antidote apparatus for use in poisoning by hydrocyanic acid and cyanides. Merck's Rep., N. Y., 1900, ix, 151.—Merzbach (G.) Ueber einen Fail von gewerblicher chronischer Blausaurevergiftung. Zt- schr. f. Gewerbe-Hyg. [etc.], Wien, 1899, vi, 88; 101; 119.— Pierret (R.) & Duhot (E.) L'intoxication cyanhydrique. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1913, xvii, 222-228.—Poisoning by prussic acid fumes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 464.— Quarti (E.) Contributo alio studio degli awelenamentipro- fessionali; awelenamento cronico d' acido prussico. Poli- clin., Roma, 1910, xvii, sez. prat., 173.—Soave (M.) Sulla funzione fisiologica dell' acido cianidrico nelle piante; es- perienze sulla germinazione delle mandorle amare e dolci. Ann. di farmacot. e chim., Milano, 1898, i, 481^98.—Wilkes (G.) Poisoning by prussic acid. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1058. Acid (Hydrofluoric, Toxicology of). Poisoning byhydrofiuoric acid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1145; 1376.—Ranson (Laura H.) Physical injuries ls results of hydrofluoric acid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 436. Acid (Hydrofluosilicic). Shatski (Ye. A.) [Hydrofluosilicic acid as a new disin- fectant.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 1306. Acid (Hydroxamic). Filippi. Sur le mode de se comporter dans l'organisme animal de quelques acides hydroxammiques de la serie aro- matique. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 287.— Jones (L. W.) & Oesper (R.) The preparation of hydrox- mie acids from hydroxvlamine salts of organic acids. Am. Chem. J., Bait., 1909, xiii, 515-520.—Pitini (A.) Sui com- portamento degli acidi idrossaramici nell' organismo ani- mate. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1908, xiv, 385-389 Acid (Hypochlorous). Andrews (F.W.) A Orton(K. J. P.) Astudy of the dis- infectant action of hypochlorous acid, with remarks on its practical application. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxv, 645; 811— Cordova (R. F.) The antitoxic power of hypochlorous acid. Brit. M. J.,Lond.,1915,ii,504. -----. The therapeutic value of hypochlorous acid. Ibid., 1916, i, 651.—Stephens (H. E. R.) The use of hypochlorous acid as an antiseptic in the Naval Medical Service. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1915, i, 408-411. AUo: N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1915, xiv, 296-298. Acid (Inosinic). Bauer ([F.] A.) *Ueber die Konstitution der Inosinsaure und die Muskelpentose. [Strass- burg.] 8°. Braunschweig, 1907. Jacobs (W. A.) & Levene (P. A.) Studies on the consti- tution of inosinic"acid. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908-9, vi, 90.----------. On inosinic acid. Proc. ACID. 119 ACID. Acid (Inosinic). Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1910-13, ii, 19.—Levene (P. A.) A Jacobs (W. A.) Ueber die Inosinsaure. Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Research, [N. Y.], 1911, 746-753.—Neu- berg (C.)& Brahn(B.) Notiz fiber Inosinsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvii, 293-296. Acid (Iodic). Loevenhart (A. S.) & Grove (W. E.) On the pharma- cological action of iod-, iodoso- and oxyiodosobonzoie acids. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1909. i, 2,s'.t —Schu- macher (T.) A Feder (E.) Ueber die Yerwendung von Jodsaure in der Massanalyse. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nah- rungs-u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1905, x, 415-417. Acid (Isobutyric). Lasserre (A.) Application de la methode de distillation fractionnee de Duclauxa la recherche et au dosage des acides isobutyrique et valerique normal. Ann. de Plrist. Pasteur. Par., 1907, xxi, 76-79. Acid (Isovalerianic). Erlenmeyer (E.) Ueber die asymmetrische Synthese von 1- und d-Isovaleriansaure mit Hilfe der asymmetrischen In- duktion. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxiv, 366-381.— Mei-Gentilucci (G.) Eteri borneolici dell' acido isovale- rianico; ricerche farmacologiche. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Par- ma, 1910, 2. s., iii.. 149-1.53.-----. Ricerche sui contegno chimico-biologico di alcuni eteri borneolici dell' acido iso- valerianico. Biochem. e terap. sper., Milano, 1912-13, iv, 124-126. Acid (Kynuric and Icynurenic). See, also, Urine (Kynuric and kynurenic acids in). Josephsohn (A.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Kynurensaure-Ausscheidung beim Hunde. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1898. Abderhalden (E.), London (E. S.) & Pincussohn(L.) Ueber den Ort der Kynurensaurebildung im Organismus des Hundes. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb.,1909, lxii, 139- 141.—Capaldi (A.) Zur Kenntniss der Kynurensaure. Ibid., 1897, xxiii, 87-91.-----. Ein Verfahren zur quanti- tativen Bestimmung der Kynurensaure. Ibid., 92-98.— Ellinger(A.) Die Entstehung der Kynurensaure. Ibid., 1904, xliii, 324-337.—Glaessner (K.) & Langstein (L.) Zur Kenntnis der Entstehung der Kynurensaure im Organismus. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1901,1, 34-43 — Homer (Annie). A note on tne constitution of kynurenic acid. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1913, p. xviii.-----•. The constitution of kynurenic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913- 14, xvii, 509-518. —Mendel (L. B.) & Jackson (H. C.) On the excretion of kynurenic acid. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1898-9,ii, 1-28.—Mendel (L. B.) A Schneider (E. C.) Fur- ther experiments on the excretion of kynurenic acid. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1901-2, p. ix. Acid (Lactic). See, also, Urine (Lactic acid in). Kastein (W.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Wirkung der a-Cyan a-Milchsaure. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Asher (L.) & Jackson (H. C.) Ueber die Bildung der Milchsaure im Blute, nebst einer neuen Methode zur Unter- suchung des intermediaren Stoffwechsels. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen u. Leipz., 1901, n. F., xxiii, 393-436.—Backman (E. L.) [Einfluss der Milchsaure auf das isolierte und ttber- lebende gaugetierherz. Uebcrs., p. vii.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1906-7, n. f., xii, 204-212— Embden (G), Baldes(K.) & Schmitz (E.) Ueber den Chemismus der Milchsaure- bildung aus Traubenzucker im Tierkorper. Biochem. Zt- schr , Berl., 1912, xiv, 108-133—Embden (G.), Kalberlah (F ) & Engel (H.) Ueber Milchsaurebildung im Muskel- presssaft. Ibid., 45-62.—Embden (G.) & Kraus (F.) Ueber Milchsaurebildung in der kunstlich drnhstromten Leber. Ibid., xliv, 1-17— Euler (H.) Ueber die Spaltung der Milchsaure und der Brenztraubensaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, Ixxi, 311-314.-Fidanza (F.) Azione del latte acido sardo sui metabohsmo umano. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1915,n.s.,xxv,411-420— Ganassini(D.) Decomposizione fotochimica dell' acido lattico. Bol. d. Soc. med -chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 22-33.—Herzog (R. O.) & Slansky (P.) Zur Kenntnis der optisch aktiven Modiflka- tionen der Milchsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911 lxxiii, 240-246.—Hill (A. V.) The oxidative removal of lactic acid. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1914 p. x.—Ito (H.) The formation of d-lactic acid by the autolysis of pus. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1916, xxvi, 173-176. A lsoK Reprint.— Jungfleisch (E.) L'acide lactique droit et l'acide lactique gauche ne se conduisent pas semblablement dans les reac- tions. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, cxxxix, 203- 206 —Jungfleisch (E.) & Godchot (M.) Sur l'acide lac- tique gauche. Ibid., 1906, cxlii, 515-518—Kondo (K.) Ueber Milchsaurebildung im Muskelpresssaft. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912,- xiv, 45-80. -----. Ueber Milchsaure- Acid (Lactic). bildung im Blute. Ibid., 88-93.—Kotake (Y.) & Matsuoka ( Z.) Ueber die Bildung von 1-p-Oxyphenylmilchsaure aus p-Oxyphenylbrenztraubensaure im tierischen Orga- nismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1914, Ixxxix, 47^481. —Kraske (Brigitte). Ueber Milchsaurebildung un Blute. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xiv, 81-87.— Landau (M.) Action des rayons ultraviolets sur l'acide lactique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 1308.—Levene (P. A.) & Meyer (G. M.) On the action of leucocytes on some hexoses and pentoses; third communi- cation; contribution to the mechanism of lactic acid forma- tion from carbohydrates. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xiv, 149-154.—Mandel (A. R.) On para-lactic acid. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1904-5, p. xvi.—Mandel (A. R.) A Lusk (G.) On the intermediary metabolism of lactic acid. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1905-6, xii, 830-832.-----------. Lactic acid in metabolism; with a note on the cause of fatty changes in the organism. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1804-1806.—Mochizukl (J.) & Arima (R.) Ueber die Bildung von Rechtsmilchsaure bei der Autolyse der tieri- schen Organe. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlix, 108-112.—Moriya (G.) Zur Kenntnis der Milchsaure in tierischen Organen. Ibid., 1904-5, xliii, 397-401—Neu- bauer (E.) Ueber das Schicksal der Milchsaure bei norma- len und phosphorvergifteten Tieren. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, lxi, 387-400.—Neuberg (C.) Weitere Untersuchungen fiber die biothemische Umwand- lung von Metbylglyoxal in Milchsaure, nebst Bemerkungen Uber die Entstehung der verschiedenen Milchsauren in der Natur. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, li, 484-509.—Neuberg (C.) & Kerb (J.) Ueber die Vorgange der naturlichen Milch- saurebildung. Ibid. ,1915, Ixxi, 245-254.—von Noorden (K.) Ueber Milchsaurebildung im Blute. Ibid., 1912, xiv, 94- 107.—Oppenheimer (M.) Ueber die Bildung von Milch- saure bei der alkoholischen Garung. Ibid., 1914, Ixxxix, 45- 62.—Oppenheimer (S.) Ueber Milchsaurebildung in der kunstlich durchstrdmten Leber. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xiv, 30-44.—Osterwalder (A.) Milchsaurebildung durch Essigbakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xxxvii, 353-364.—Palladin (W.) & Sa- binin (D.) The decomposition of lactic acid by killed yeast. Biochem. J., Cambridge, 1916, x, 183-196—Parnas (J.) Ueber das Schicksal der stereoisomeren Milchsauren im Organismus des normalen Kaninchens. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 53-64.—Ryflel (J. H.) Experiments on lactic acid formation in man. J. Physiol., Lond., 1910, xxxix, pp. xxix-xxxii.-----. Lactic acid in metabolism. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1910, iii, 221; 413.-----. Formation, excretion and oxidation of lactic acid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, Suppl., 364.—Saito (S.) & Katsuyama (K.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Milchsaurebildung im thieri- schen Organismus beim Sauerstoffmangel. Ztschr. f. phy- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxii, 214-230.-----------. Ueber die Bildung von Rechtsmilchsaure bei der Autolyse der tierischen Organe; 4. Mitteilung. Ibid., 1909, lxii, 107- 112.—Signorelli (E.) Influenza dell' acido lattico sulla funzione del centro respiratorio. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1910, lxiv, 506-516. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Pise, 1911, lv, 119-128.—Zweifel (P.) 1st die Fleisch- milchsaure im Blut und Harn bei Epilepsie und Eklampsie eine Folge der Krampfe? Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gyniik.'zu Leipz. (1909), 1910, 11-13. Also: Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xxxii, 897-899. Acid (Lactic, Bacteria and ferments of). See, also, Acid (Lactic, Therapeutic value of). Henneberg (W.) Zur Kenntnis der Milch- saurebakterien der Brennereimasche, der Milch, des Bieres, der Presshefe, der Melasse, des Sauer- kohls, der sauren Gurken und des Sauerteigs, sowie einige Bemerkungen iiber die Milchsaure- bakterien. 4°. Berlin, 1903. McDonnell (M. E.) *Ueber Milchsaure-Bak- terien. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Rogers (Lore A.) & Davis (Brooke J.) Meth- ods of classifying the lactic-acid bacteria. 8°. Washington, 1912. Allen (R. W.) Observations with lactic acid bacteria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 1605.—Barthel (C.) Das kaseiin- spaltende Vermogen von zur Gruppe Streptococcus lactis gehorenden Milchsaurebakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1915, xliv, 76-89— Berthelot (A.) & Bertrand (D. M.) Necesidad de una comprobacion bac- terioldgica de los "fermentos lacticos" farmaceuticos. Clin, y lab., rev. quincen. de espec.med., Zaragoza, 1912, viii, 273- 277—Bertrand (D. M.) Etude d'un bacille lactique de Pappareil digestif du faisan. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 96.—Budlnow (L.) Zur Physiologie des Bacterium lactis acidi. Centralbl. 1. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1912, xxxiv, 177-187.—Burri (R.) & Allemann (O.) Chemisch-biologische Untersuchungen fiber schleim- bildende Milchsaurebakterien. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1909, xviii, 419-461.— ACID. 120 ACID. Acid (Lactic, Bacteria and ferments of). Burri (R.) & Thoni (J.) Ueberfuhrung von normalen echten Milchsaurebakterien in fadenziehende Rassen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]; 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxiii, 32- 41.—Calcaterra (E.) Lesioni anatomo-patologiche in conigli trattati con batteri dell' acido lattico e con latte. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova. 1908-9, iii, 174-183,1 pi.—Carrion & Sorel. Sur la possibihte d'obtenir le ferment lactique desseche et vivant. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par.. 1912, clxiii, 494-498.—Curtis (H. H) Further report of the progress of experiments with the lactic acid bacilli; an exhibition of three cases. Med. Council, Phila., 1908, xiii, 453.—Duchacek (E.) Sur une soi-disant variation biochimique du ferment lactique bulgare. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvii, 1095-1097.—Eflront (J.) Ac- tion du ferment bulgare sur les substances proteiques et ami- dees. Ibid., 1910, cli, 1007-1009.-----. Sur le ferment bul- gare. Ibid., 1911, clii, 463-465.—Einhorn, Wood (F.) & Zublin (E.) Ueber den Einfluss der Milchsaure-Bazillen auf die Darmflora. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1910, xvi, 300-346.—Esten (W. M.) Lactic acid bacteria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiii, 210.—Fettick (O.) [Significance of the lactic-acid bacillus in the dairy J Alla- torvosi lapok, Budapest, 1910, xxxiii, 267; 281.—Fokker (A. P.) Die Entstehung von Milcnsaurebazillen aus Gra- nula. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvii, G9.—Fournier (A.) Ce qu'on doit entendre par fer- ments lactiques. Tribune med., Par., 1908, n. s., xl, 229- 231.—de Freudenreich (E.) Les ferments lactiques et la maturation du fromage. Rev. gen. du lait, Lierre, 1901-2, i, 289; 313; 340.—Gleason (W. S.) Lactic acid and lactic acid bacilli. N. York State J. M., N. Yv 1910, x, 455:457.—Gorini (C.) Contribution k la diff erenciation des ferments lactiques. Rev. gen. du lait, Lierre, 1911-13, ix, 433-441. Also, transl: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xxxvii, 452-459.—Grimm (M.) Die Hauptphasen der Milchsaure- garung und ihre praktische Bedeutung. Molkerei-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xxi, 625.—Hastings (E. G.) & Hart (E. B.) The presence of an acid producing enzyme in Bact. lactis acidi. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xiv, p. xxxviii — Heinemann (P. G.) The kinds of lac tic acid produced by lactic acid bacteria. Ibid., N. Y., 1906-7, ii, 603-612.—Her- zog (R. O.) Ueber Milchsaureganrung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxvii, 381: 1906, xlix, 481. -----. Zur Stereochemie der Milchsauregarung. Ibid., 1909, lx, 131-151.—Kendall (A. I.) Lactic acid bacilli; what they are and what they are supposed to do. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1910, xxvii, 613-S21. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxiii, 322-325. [Discussion], 333. Also, Reprint.—Ktthl (H.) Die Milchsaurelangstabchen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u Infek- tionskrankh.,, Leipz., 1913, lxxiv, 384 - 388. — Lesage & Dongier. Etude die la fermentation lactique par l'obser- vation de la resistancec^lectrique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, cxxxiv, 612-614.—Lohnis (F.) Versuch einer Gruppierung der Milchsaurebakterien; zusammenfassende Darstellung nach der einschlagigen Literatur. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. letc], 2. Abt., Jena, 1907, xviii, 97-149. -----. Die Benennung der Milchsaurebakterien. Ibid., 1908-9, xxii, 553-555.—Lord Lister's work on lactic fermentation. [Edit.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 1506.—MacConkey (A.) Further observations on the differentiation of lactose-fer- menting bacilli, with special reference to those of intestinal origin. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1909, ix, 86-103.—Makrinofl (J. A.) Ueber die Wirkung der Neutralisation von Nahr* medien mit Kreide auf die Aktivitat von Milchsaurebak- terien. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1913, xxxvii, 609-622.—Mason (F. S.) How pure milk cultures of lactic ferments may be obtained. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 60-62.—Maze. Fermentation alcoolique de l'acide lactique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvi, 1101- 1104.—Muller (L.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber Milchsaurebakterien (des Typus Gfintheri) verschiedener Herkunft. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1906, xvi, 468; 627; 713.—Rahn (O.) The fermenting capacity of the average single cell of bacterium lactis acidi. In: Michi- gan Agric. Coll. Div. Bacteriol. & Hyg., 8°, East Lansing, 1911, Bull. No. 10, 40 pp.—Bichet (C.) Des doses accele- rantes des sels de magnesium dans la fermentation lactique. Compt. ,reni. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 1436-1438. -----. Etudes sur la fermentation lactique. Ibid., 1904, lvi, 216- 219.-----. De Paction des rayons degages par le sulfure de calcium phosphorescent sur la fermentation lac- tique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1904, exxxviii, 588- 590.-----. De Paction des m6taux k faible dose sur la fer- mentation lactiaue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 455. -----. De Paction des doses minuscules de sub- stance sur la fermentation lactique. Ibid., 981.-----. Une race de ferment lactique arsenicophile (accoutumee aux doses fortes d'arsenic). Ibid., 1913, lxxiv, 1252-1254. -----. De la non accoutumance hereditaire des microorganismes (fer- ment lactique) aux milieux peu nutritifs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clviii, 1749-1753.—Saito (K.) Ein Beispiel von Milchsaurebildung durch Schimmelpilze. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.]. 2. Abt., Jena, 1911, xxix, 289 — Sommer. Ueber Mdchsauregarung. Deutsche Monatschr. f Zahnh., Leipz., 1912, xxx, 867-871.—Stutzer (A.) Unter- suchungen fiber die Wirkung gewisser Arten von Milch- saurebakterien auf Eiweiss una auf andere Stickstoffver- Acid (Lactic, Bacteria and ferments of). bindungen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, lxx, 299-305.— Trillat (A.) Action des gaz outrides sur le ferment lactique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, cliv, 372-374.—White (B.) & Avery (O. T.) Observations on certain lactic acid bac- teria of the so-called Bulgaricus type. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxv, 161-178, 4 diag.—Wolff (A.) Zur Benennung der Milchsaurebakterien. Ibid., 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, xxiv, 55-58.—Yamazakl (G.) On the digestion of the so-called lactic acid bean-curd, which is made by coagu- lating bean miiv with a variety of lactic acid bacillus, by the gastric juice. Sei-i-Kwai M. J., Tokio, 1913, xxxii, No. 10. Acid (Lactic, Estimation of). de Jong (J. H.) *Der Nachweis der Milch- saure und ihre klinische Bedeutung. [Freiburg.] 8°. Berlin, 1896. Also, in: Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1896, ii, 53-85. Bellet (A.) Nouvelle methode de dosage de l'acide lac- tique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 900-902. Also: 3. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1913, 7. s., viii, 21-29.— Czapskl (L.) Zur Methodik der Bestimmung von Milch- saure neben Brenztraubensaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, Ixxi, 167.—Elvove (E.) A note on the assay of lactic acid. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1911, lxxxiii, 14-19.—von Furth (O.) & Charnass (D.) Ueber die quantitative Be- stimmung der Milchsaure durch Ermittlung der daraus abspaltbaren Aldehydmenge. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxvi, 199-220.-----------. Demonstration eines Milch- saurebestimmungsverfahrens. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 118.—Ganassini (D.) Nuovi metodi per la ricerca quali- tativa dell' acido lattico. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 349-362.—Jerusalem (E.) Ueber ein neues Ver- fahren zur quantitativen Bestimmung der Milchsaure in Organen una tierischen Flfissigkeiten. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xii, 361-389.—Knapp (M. I.) Dr. Knapp's test for lactic acid. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 423.—Maben (T.) The detection of lactic acid. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 969.— Meissner (R.) Ueber die quantitative Bestimmung der Milchsaure in Organextrakten als Kohlenoxyd. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, Ixviii, 175-190.—Mondschein (J.) Quantitative Bestimmung der Milchsaure neben (8-Oxybut- tersaure. Ibid., 1912, xiii, 91-104.-----. Ueber die quanti- tative Bestimmung von Milchsaure bei Gegenwart von Eiweisskorpern. Ibid., 105-123.—Neuberg (C.) Ueber die Jodoformreaktion der Milchsaure. Ibid., xliii, 500.—Oppen- heimer (M.) Zur Methodik der Milchsaurebestimmung in eiweisshaltigen Flfissigkeiten. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1914, Ixxxix, 39-44.—Thomas (W.) Neue Milch- saureprobe. Ibid., 1907, 1, 540.—Wolf (C. G. L.) The de- termination of lactic acid. J. Physiolv Lond., 1914, xlviii, 341-347.—Yoshlkawa (J.) Ueber die quantitative Be- stimmung der d-Milchsaure in den Korperflussigkeiten und den Organen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxvii, 382-417. Acid (Lactic, Therapeutic value of). See, also, Infants (Nutrition of, Disorders of, Treatment of). Herschell (G.) Soured milk and pure cul- tures of lactic acid bacilli in the treatment of dis- ease. 8°. London dc Chicago, 1909. Padoa (G.) Ricerche intorno all' azione anti- putrida dei fermenti lattici. 8°. Firenze, 1910. Aleksandrofl (I. N.) [Sur la valeur antiseptique de l'acide lactique. Extr., 694.] Rmssk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1897, iv, 676-685.—Berthelot (A.) Nouvelles applications de la baeteriotherapie lactique. Rev. de med., Parv 1910, xxx, 666-671.—Blumenield (F.) Ueber ein neues Milchsaure-Praparat fiir die rhinolaryngo- logische Praxis. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1908-9, i, 779-783.—Bolgolyubova (Mme. O. M.) [Lactic- acid bacteria and market lactobacilline.l Russk. Viach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 1488-1490—Bond (A.K.) Lactic bacil- lus planting. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1910, liii, 230-232.— Brunetti (F.) I fermenti lattici in oto-rinologia. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1913, xxxi, 261- 264—BushneU (F. G.) & Browning (G. D.) Lactic acid bacilli; the relative advantages of commercial liquid and solid preparations, their mode of administration, and their effect on certain pathogenic and putrefactive organisms. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xii, 46-49.—Carbon ell y Soles (F.) Empleo terapeutico del bacterium lactis. Arch, de ginecop., Bareel., 1907, xx, 483-485.—da Costa (L. X.) Soluto deacidolacticoem ophthalmologia. J. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lisb., 1906, lxx, 205-209.—Eisenreich (O.) Ueber Versuche mit Milchsaurespulungen wahrend der Geburt und im Wochenbett. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1910. xxxiv, 465-471— Giliberti (E.) & Centola (G.) Ri- cerche sulle modificazioni della flora batteries intestinale in seguito alia somministrazione del buttermilch. Pediatria, Napoli, 1907, 2. s., v.6-10— GUtner (W.) & Himmelberger (L. R.) The use of lactic acid cultures in combating infec- tions of mucous membranes. J. Comp. Path. A Therap., ACID. 121 ACID. Acid (Lactic, Therapeutic value of). Edinb. & Lond., 1912, xxv, 312-318.—GrUnbaum (O.), Hewlett (R. T.) [et al.]. Discussion on lactic acid therapy. Brit.M. J., Lond., 1910,ii, 1583-1593—Gubb(A. S.) Lactic acid ferments in the treatment of tropical diseases. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1907. x, 394-396.—Harrington (E. I.) Lactic cultures; some clinical observations. N. York J. M., N. Y., 1912, xii, 73-76.—Heinemann (P. G.) The germi- cidal effect of lactic acid hi milk. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1915, xvi, 479-486.—Herschell (G.) The therapeutical value of the lactic-acid bacillus; a discussion. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10,iii,Therap. A Pharmacol. Sect, 51-63.— Jessen (F.) Ueber Behandlung mit Einspritzungen von Milchsaure in die Blutadern. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Bed., 1915, xxii, 515-519.—Kerley (C. G.) Observations on the use of lactic acid at the Babies' Hospital during the past summer. Am. J. Obst, N. Y., 1909, hx, 924-927.—Mason (F. S.) Notes on the lactic ferments as therapeutic agents. Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 957-959. Also: Mod. Med. Battle Creek, Mich., 1908, xvii, 256-259.-----. The scientific basis of lactic ferment therapy. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1910, xxii, 239- 244.—Medalia (L. S.) The therapeutic value of lactic acid bacteria. Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 739-743.—North (C. E.) Reports of 300 cases treated with a culture of lactic acid bacteria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 505-514 — Palier. Sur la medication bacterio-lactique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etcl, Par., 1909, clvii, 304-306.—Pouliot (L.) La bacteriotherapie lactique en obstetrique et gynecologie. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1912, 257-264.—Rob- erts (J. R.) Experiences with the lactic acid bacillus. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 415.—Rocchi Burla- macchi (G.) Sei mesi di fermento terapia latt ica nel Dispen- sario Lucchese per lattanti. Atti d. Cong, pediat. ital. 1911, Palermo, 1912, vii, 632-634. Also: Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1912, x, 218-240.—Rosenthal (G.) Recherches sur les bases scientiflques de la bacteriotherapie. t>ar les ferments lactiques; le bacille bulgare contre le bacille pcrfringens; echec de la loi d'incontamination du lait caill6; la suspen- sion du pouvoir tryptique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1909, lxvii, 795-797.-----. Bases scientiflques de la bac- teriotherapie par les ferments lactiques; bacille bulgare contre bacille de la diphterie; incontamination des cultures de bulgare; victoire de la bacterie lactique; role essentiel de l'acidification du milieu. Ibid., 1910, Ixviii, 349-351.-----. Bases scientiflques de la bacteriotherapie par les ferments lactiques; le bacille bulgare contre les associations micrc- biennes; role essentiel de l'acidification. Ibid., 762-764. —---. Bases scientiflques de la bacteriotherapie par les ferments lactiques; bacille bulgare contre meningocoque de Weichselbaum, en milieu mixte; confirmation des lois gen6- rales. Ibid., 1910, lxix, 344.-----. Bases scientiflques de la bacteriotherapie par les ferments lactiques; la culture de bacille bulgare dans la prophylaxie de la diphterie; son emploi chez les porteurs de bacille diphterique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910, clix, 492-495. —Stepinskf. Le ferment lactique dans le traitement des rhinites ozeneuses et des otorrhees. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc], Par., 1910, xxx, 79-81.—Thepenier & Faucheux. De la medica- tion par les ferments lactiques; quelques donnees sur son emploi methodique et ses manifestations sur l'organisme. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1908-9, xiv, 255-265.— Tomasinelli (G.) I fermenti lattici in terapia; ricerche cliniche atte con la hiolattasi. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1915, liv, 671-689. Acid (Lsevulinic). Kircher (C. H.) *Zur Kenntnis der Ben- zallavulinsauren und der Oxydation der /3-Ben- zallavulinsaure mit Ozon. 8°. Kiel, 1907. Hamburger (Hedwig). Bildung von Lavulinsaure aus Glucosamin, Chitin und Chitose. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxvi, 1-4.—Noll (A.) Ueber die Bildung von Lavulin- saure aus Nucleinsauren. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxv, 430-433. Acid (Laurie). Jacobson (C. A.) & Holmes (A.) The separation of lauric and myristic acids from each other and from mixtures of other fatty acids. J. Biol. Chem., Bait, 1916, xxv, 55-61. Also, Reprint. Acid (Lignoceric). Rosenheim (O.) A Maclean (H.) Lignoceric acid from "carnaubon." Bio-Chem. J., Lond., 1915, ix, 103-109. Acid (Linolic). Erdmann (E.) Darstellung und Eigenschaften der a-Linolensaure aus Leinol. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxiv, 179-197.—Erdmann (E.) & Bedford (F.) Zur Kenntnis der Linolensaure und des Leindls. Ibid., 1910, xcvii, 76-84—Rollett (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Linol- saure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lxii, 410-421. -----. Zur Kenntnis der Linolensaure und des Leinols. Ibid., 422-431. Acid (Lysuric). Willdenow (Clara). Ueber Lysursaure und ihre Salze. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb. 1898, xxv, 523-550. Acid (Malic). Basadonna (M.) *Etude sur la solubilite dans l'eau des malates alcalino-terreux et quelques essais sur le dosage de l'acide malique. 8°. Geneve, 1906. van't Hofp (H. J.) *Bijdrage tot de kennis der inactieve appelzuren van verschillende afkomst. [Amsterdam.] 8°. Rotterdam, 1885. Ley (H.) *Studien iiber die im Pflanzen- reiche verbreitete Apfelsaure und deren quan- titative Bestimmung. 8°. Munchen, 1899. Bloor (W. R.) Studies on malic acid. I. The transfor- mation of malic acid to sugar by the tissues of the maple (Acer saccharinum). J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1912, xxxiv, 534-539.—Dunbar (P. B.) & Bacon (R. F.) Deter- mination of malic acid. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem., Easton, Pa., 1911, iii, 826-831. — Mestrezat (W.) L'acide malique en vinification; fermentations malolactiques. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1908, 6. s., xxviii, 13-20.—Ohta (K.) Ueber das Verhalten der Aepfelsaure im Tierkorper. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xliv, 481-490. Acid (Malonic). Neresheimer (J.) *Ueber neue Derivate der Malonsaure. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Bougault (J.) Recherche et caracterisation de l'acide malonique. J. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1913, 7. s., viii, 289-294.—Meldrum (W. B.) The influence of alkyl sub- stituents on the electrical conductivity of malonic acids. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1911, xv, 474-488.—Momose (G.)- Zur Kenntnis des Abbaues der Karbonsauren im Tierkor- Eer. XXV. Verhalten der Malonsaure bei der Leberdurch- lutung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxi, 312-314 — Traube (W.) Zur Kenntnis der y, S-Dioxypropylmalon- saure. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1904), 1905, ii, 38-41. Acid (Meconic). Mussi (U.) SulP importanza della ricerca dell' acido meconico nelle perizie chimico-legali. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 812. Acid (Menthol-glycuronic). See Acid (Glycuronic). Acid (Mesaconic). Schomann (R.) *Ueber die Brommesacon- saure. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr.,,1896. Marciamo (A.) Azione dell' acido mesaconico sulla p. fenetidina e del cloruro di mesaconile sulla p. anisidina. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1909, ii, 566-573. Acid (Mucic). Taylor (W. A.) & Acree (S. F.) The equilibrium be- tween mucic acid and its lactones. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1916, xx, 118-120. Acid (Myconucleinic). Boos (W. F.) Ueber Darstellung und Zusammensetzung der Mykonucle'insaure aus Hefe. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1906-7, lv, 16-20. Acid (Nitric). Debourdeaux (L.) *Dosage de l'azote ni- trique. 8°. Paris, 1903. Rtjppel (A.) *Geschwindigkeiten der Ein- wirkung von Salpetersaure auf Oxalsaure. 8°. Giessen, 1908. Bach (A.) Oxydative Bildung von Salpetrigsaure in Pflanzenextrakten. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, Iii, 418- 422.—Brauns (R.) Eine mikrochemische Reaction auf Sal- petersaure. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., Brnschwg., 1896, xiii, 207.—Cimmlno (R.) Zur Steigerung der Empfind- lichkeit der Salpetersaurereaction mit Diphenylamin bei Wasseruntersuchungen. Ztschr. f. anal. Chem., Wiesb., 1899, xxxviii, 429-431.—Collins (S. W.) The nitron method for the estimation of nitric acid. Analyst, Lond., 1907, xxxii, 349-357.—Ihle (R.) Ueber die katalytische Wirkung der salpetrigen Saure und das Potential der Salpetersaure. Zt- schr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1896, xix, 577-591.—Kerbosch. La destruction des matieres organiques par l'acide sulfuriquo et l'acide nitrique. J. de pharm. etdechim., Par., 1914, 7. s., ix, 158-162.—Leclere (A.) Procede simple pour rechercher l'acide azoteux en presence de l'acide azotique. Ibid., 1913, 7. s., viii, 299.—Leger (E.) Action de l'acide azotique sur les aloi'nes et constitution des produits formes dans cette action. Ibid., 1911. 7. s., iv, 241-248.—Lewis (G. N.) & Edgar (A.) The equilibrium between nitric acid, nitrous acid and nitric oxide. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 292- 299.—Pfyl (B.) Ein neues einfaehes Verfahren zur Bestim- mung der Salpetersaure bei Gegenwart von organischer Substanz. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs-u. Genussmit- tel, Berl., 1905, x, 101-104.—Rozenfeld (A. D.) [Sulpho- ACID. 122 ACID. Acid (Nitric). phenylic test for nitric acid.] Kharkov. M. J., 1913, xvi, 435.—Soboleff (N.) [On diphenylamine as a reagent on nitric acid in the presence of nitrous acid.] Protok. Omsk. Med. Obsh., 1898-9, xvi, 72-76. Acid (Nitric, Toxicology and untoward effects of). Diem (L.) *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Einatmung von Salpetersaure-Dam- pfen. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1907. Bargum (O.) Ueber die Veranderungen der Haut nach Aetzung mit rauchender Salpetersaure. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1898, xxvi, 485-494.—Burgl (G.) Ver- giftung mit Scheidewasser. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Nfirnb., 1899, 1, 204-208.—Galtier, Lemaire & Lande (P.) Intoxication mortelle par l'acide nitrique chez un melan- colique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1908, xxxviii, 729.—Hall (J. N.) & Cooper (C. E.) The effects of the inhalation of the fumes of nitric acid, with report of cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 396-399. Also, Reprint.—Harring- ton (T. L.) Report of a case of acute capillary bronchitis caused by the inhalation of nitric acid fumes. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1903, i, 177-180. [Discussion], 214-218 — KOhler (J.) Salpetersaurevergiftung (?) als Unfallfolge anerkannt. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1912, xviii, 193- 200.—KUnne. Massenvergiftung durch Dampfe von rau- chender Salpetersaure. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 414.—Lazarus-Barlow (W. S.) Nitric acid poisoning. Westminst. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1901, xii, 236.—Manner (F.) Ein Fall von Vergiftung mit Salpeter- saure und salpetersaurem Quecksilber mit Ausstossung eines grossen Stfickes der Magenschleimhaut. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien & Leipz., 1896, iii, 962-968.—Manouvrier (A.) Intoxication aigue accidentelle par les vapeurs nitreuses, resultant de Pechauffement spon- tane d'un engrais artiflciel, compost de nitrate de soude, de lignite pyriteux et de dechets de laine gras. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxvii, 306-312.—Moser (W.) Nitric acid poisoning. Brooklyn M. J., 1895, ix, 755.—Pearse (H. S.) Poisoning by nitric acid fumes. Albany M. Ann., 1899, xx, 28.—Sommer (R. E. II.) Chemical action of nitric acid vapor. Milwaukee M. J., 1903, xi, 57-59.—Thompson (J. H.) & Wilson (J. I. P.) Case of poisoning by strong nitric acid. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1908, ii, 1679.—Tomellini (L.) Ricerche sperimentali sulle alterazioni anatomo-patologiche nell' awelenamento cronico da acido nitrico; contributo alio studio dell' acido nitrico usato come abortive Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1906, xxii, 1404-1412.—Vitall (F.) Dell' awelenamento da acido nitrico e de' rapporti tra le intossicazioni acute esogene e Patrofia gialla acuta del fegato. Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1896, 4. s., xxiii, 97-110.— Wood (P. M.) & Stephen (E. H. M.) Poisoning by inhala- tion of fumes from nitric acid. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1909, xxviii, 25.—Zadek (J.) Massenvergiftung durch Einat- men salpetrigsaurer Dampfe (Nitritintoxikationen). Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1916, liii, 246-250.—Zavolskl (K. I.) [A nitric acid factory from a hygienic viewpoint.] Voyenno- Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1912, ccxxxv, med.-spec. pt, 460-476. Acid (Nucleic) [or nucleinic]. See Acids (Nucleic). Acid (Oleic). Clair (J.) *Essai experimental et clinique sur Taction cholagogue de l'acide oleique; son emploi dans la lithiase biliaire et dans d'autres affections hepatiques. [Lyon.] 8°. Villeur- banne, 1911. Boycott (A. E.) The action of oleic acid and its soaps on the blood. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1420-1422.—Lif- schtitz (J.) Eine Spektralreaktion auf Oleinsaure. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1908, lvi, 446-452.—von Sen- kowski (M.) Ueber Veranderung der Oelsaure bei jahre- langem Aufbewahren. Ibid., 1898, xxv, 434-439. Acid (Oleic, Toxicology of). Faust (E. S.) Ueber chronische Oelsaurevergiftung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, Suppl.- Bd., 171-175.—Schmincke (A.) & Flury (F.) Ueber das Verhalten der Erythrocyten bei chronischer Oelsaurever- giftung. Ibid., 1910-11, lxiv, 126-140. Also [Abstr.]: Si- tzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1910, 66. Acid (Osmic). Bardiatjx (J.-B.) *De l'acide osmique au point de vue therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1898. Scare (M.) L' acido osmico eccita veramente P attivita osteogenetica? Policlin., Roma, 1914, xxi, sez. chir., 42-46. Acid (Osmic, Toxicology of). Hertzler (A. E.) A possible danger in the therapeutic use of osmic acid. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1906, lxx, 380.—John- stone (J.) Osmic acid eczema. J. Brit Homceop. Soc, Lond., 1895, iii, 366-374. .cid (Oxalic). See, also, Urine (Oxalic acid and oxalates in). Albahary (J.-M.) *L'acide oxalique et ses origines dans l'economie. 8°. Paris, 1903. Banning (F.) *Zur Kenntnis der Oxalsaure- bildung durch Bakterien. [Basel.] 8°. Jena, 1902. Also, in: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1902, viii, 395; 425; 453; 520; 556, 1 pi. Lamouroux (F.) *Solubilite" dans l'eau des acides de la serie oxalique. 4°. Montpellier, 1897. Ecole de pharmacie. Pattnitjs (B.) Accurata disputatio de acetosa an scilicet alvum cieat an sistat. 16°. [Brixiae], 1572. Albahary (J.-M.) M^tabolisme de l'acide oxalique et des oxalates dans 1 'economic Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, cliv, 1370-J373.—Caflero (C.) Sull' importanza dell' acido ossalico nel difetto di ossigeno dell' organismo. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1909, xii, 406-409.—Cameron (F. K.) & Kobinson (W. O.) The action of oxalic acid upon ferric hydroxide. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1909, xiii, 157. Cipollina (A.) L'acido ossalico nell' organismo. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1901, xl, 633-640. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 544-547. — Ebstein (W.) & Nicolaier (A.) Ueber die Wirkung der Oxalsaure und einiger ihrer Derivate auf die Nieren; experimentelle Un- tersuchungen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1897,cxlviii, 366-388, 1 pi.—Giuntl (L.) Sull' ossidabilita dell' acido ossalico nell' organismo dei mammiferi e degli uccelli. Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1897, xxvi, 433-442.—Gros (O.) Ueber das Wesen der Oxalsaure-Wirkung auf das Frosch- herz. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1912-13, Ixxi, 395-406.—Jastrowitz (H.) Ueber Oxalsaurebildung im Organismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxviii, 34- 47—Jorissen (W. P.) & Keicher (L. T.) Ueber den Ein- fluss von Katalysatoren bei der Oxydation von Oxalsaure- ldsungen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz.; 1899, xxxi, 142- 163.-----------. Versnelling en vertraging der oxydatie vanoxaalzuurdoorvrijezuurstofendoorchroomzuur. Han- del, v. h. vlaamsch. nat.-en geneesk. Cong. 1903, Gent & Antwerpen, 1904, vii, 69-80.—Lichtwitz (L.) & Thbrner (W.) Zur Frage der Oxalsaurebildung und -ausscheidung beim Menschen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 869-871.— Loeper, Bechamp (G.) & Binet (E.-M.) L'elimination de l'acide oxalique par l'estomac. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 578.—Luthie (H.) Zur physiolo- gischen Bedeutung der Oxalsaure. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1898, xxxv, 271-282.—Marfori (P.) Sui contegno dell' acido ossalico nell' organismo. Ann. di chim. e di farm., Milano, 1897, xxv, 202-205. — Mayer (A.) Ueber die Bil- dung und die Ausscheidung der Oxalsaure bei Infektions- krankheiten. Deutsches Arch. f. klin Med., Leipz., 1907, xc, 425-432.—Mohr (L.) & Salomon (H.) Untersu- chungen zur Physiologie und Pathologie der Oxalsaure- bildung und -ausscheidung beim Menschen. Ibid., 1901, lxx, 486-518.— Montuori (A.) Quelques observations sur lc sort de l'acide oxalique dans l'organisme. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1902, xxxvii, 393-108.—Morel (A.) & Sarvonat (F.) Sur le dosage de l'acide oxalique dans le sang et dans les organes. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1912, x, 289- 291. Also: Lyon med., 1912, cxviii; 1116-1118.—CEchsner de Coninck(W.) Sur un mode possible de formation de l'acide oxalique dans les vegetaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol, Par., 1908, lxv, 354.—Petersen (J.) Elektrolyse der Alkalisalze der organischen Sauren. III. Die Oxalsaurereihe. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1900, xxxiii, 698-720.—Pietri (G. A.) Osservazioni e ricerche sui ricambio dell' acido ossalico. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1915-16, xiv, 35-48. — Pohl (J.) Experimenteller Beitrag zum OxalsaurestofTwechsel; Be- merkungen zur gleichlautenden Arbeit Tomaszewski's. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1910, viii, 308-311.— Querton (L.) On electric phenomena which accompany the oxidation of oxalic acid produced by exposure to light. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 779.—Rosenqvist (E.) Ueber die Quellender Oxalsaurenim Organismus. Verhandl. d. nord. Kong. f. inn. Med. 1902, Stockholm, 1903, iv, 174-179.— Salkowski (E.) Ueber Entstehung und Ausscheidung der Oxalsaure. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 434-437.— Samsonoff (V. V.) [Origin of oxalic acid in the organism.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 2032-2037.—Sarvonat & Roubier. Note sur quelques points de Phistoire de l'acide oxalique. Prov. med., Par., 1911, xxii, 379-381.—Scottl (F.) Ricerche sperimentali intorno alia origine ed all' elimi- nazione dell' acido ossalico. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1902, n. s., xxiv, 1057-1072.—Singer (H.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Oxalsaure fiir den menschlichen Orga- nismus. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1901, 58; 83.—Strii- domsky (N.) Die Bedingungen der Oxalsaure-Bildung im menschlichen Organismus. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxiii, 404-440.—Tomaszewskl (Z.) Experi- menteller Beitrag zum Oxalsaurestoflwechsel. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1909, vii, 215-224.—von ACID. 123 ACID. Acid (Oxalic). Vietinghofl-Scheel (Freiherr E.) Ein Beitrag zur experi- mentellen Erforschung der Wirkung und des physiologisch- chemischen Verhaltens der Oxalsaure und ihres neutralen Natriumsalzes. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1901, viii, 225-290, 1 pi.—Wegrzynowskl (L.) Bei- trage zur Lehre von der Entstehung der Oxalsaure im tie- rischen und menschlichen Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxiii, 112-142—Zaleski (W.) & Reinhard (A.) Ueber die fermentative Oxydation der Oxalsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiii, 449-455. Acid (Oxalic, Toxicology of). Decottignies (E.) *De Taction toxique de l'acide oxalique. [Paris.] 8°. Lille, 1902. Patjltjs (P.) *Ueber acute Oxalsaurevergif- tung. 8°. Gottinqen, 1897. Treutlein (A.) *Ueber chronische Oxal- saurevergiftung an Huhnern und deren Bezie- hun? zur Aetiologie der Beriberi. [Habilita- tionssehrift.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1906. Also, in: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1906, xxxviii, 323-345, 2 1., 2 pi. Achard (C.) A Leblanc (A.) Empoisonnement oxalique avec nephrite aigue termintc par la guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., li-13, 3. s., xxxvi, SM-?88—An- tognini (L.) Contributo alia diagnosi medico-legale del- P awelenamento per acido ossalic o. Gior. di med. leg., Lan- ciano, 1897, iv, 168.—Baroux. Sur un mode special d'em- poisonnement par l'acide oxalique d'origine ahmentaire et par ieaction chimique. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 725- 729.—Bonnamour (S.) & Roubier (C.) Polynevrite con- secutive a une intoxication par le sel d'oseille. Prov. med., Par., 1910, xxi, 534.—Brown (O. H.) & Scott (W. G.) [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1280.—Chiari (R.) & Frohlich (A.) Zur Frage der Nervenerregbarkeit bei der Oxalatvergiftung. Arch. I. exper. Path. u. Pharma- kol.. Leipz., 1911, lxvi, 110-117.—Corbey (V.) Recherches sur la nature intime de la toxicity de l'acide oxalique et des oxalates. Arch, internat. de,pharmacod.,Brux.& Par.,1902, x, 293-346.—Decottignies (E.) & Dhalluln (M.) De Fac- tion toxique de l'acide oxalique. Pratique jour., Lille, 1902, vii, 209-214.—DI Giovine (N.) Contributo alio studio delle lesioni vasali e viscerali prodotte dalF acido ossalico e dal- 1' acido lattico e loro significato. Riforma med., Napoli, 1908, xxiv, 1290; 1320.—Erdtmann (P. W.) [Case.] Med. Rec, N. Y., 1896, 1, 461.—FUippi (E.) Osservazioni e ricerche sopra due casi di awelenamento acuio per acido ossalico. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1905, lix, 133-142 — Fry (H. J. B.) The decalcifying action of oxalic acid, illus- trated by three cases of oxalic acid jwisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 220.—Gangi (S.) Accessi convulsivi da autointossi- cazione per acido ossalico. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1907, lv, 515-520.—Garnier (L.) Distribution de l'acide oxalique dans les organes dans un cas d'empoisonnement par le sel d'oseille. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1907, 4. s., vii, 146.— d'Halluin (M.) A propos d'un empoisonnement par le sel d'oseille; recherches experimentales sur la toxicite des oxalates. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, i, 409; 433. Also: Nord med., Lille, 1903, ix, 116.—Hart (F. J. L.) Note on a case of oxalic acid poisoning; recovery. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 875.—Januschke (H.) Ueber die Aufhebung der Oxal- saure-Vergiftung am Frosch und das Wesen der Oxalsaure- Wirkung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, lxi, 363-375. — Kobert ( R. ) [Case] Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1902, xxiii, 1137-1139.—Murrell (W.) A case of oxalic acid poisoning with death from pneumonia. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., lxxix, 78.—Reichold (H.) Die Vergiftung durch Oxalsaure und deren Salze. Fried- reich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Nfirnb., 1897, xlviii, 222; 249.— Sarvonat (F.) Teneur des divers organes en acide oxalique apres Pintoxication par ce corps. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 450.—Sarvonat (F.) & Roubier (C.) Action decaicifiante de Pintoxication oxalique. Ibid., Ixxi, 104-106. -----------. Les troubles neuro-musculaires dans Pintoxi- cation par l'acide oxalique; 6tude clinique et experimen- tale. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1911, xiii, 565- 580.—Simmonds. Ueber Gastritis phlegmoriosa bei Oxal- saurevergiftung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1,1445.— Tebb (S.) [Case.] Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc. Lond., 1906-7, iv, 100-102.—U. (J. J.) Case of oxalic acid poisoning. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1895, n. s., ix, 115.—Vinogradoff (V. V.) [Poisoning with oxalic acid.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1906, lxvi, 617-628.—White (W. H.) Acute nephritis due to oxalic acid poisoning. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1896-7, iv, 156-159.— Wichern (II.) Ueber einige Beobach- tungen bei Oxalsaurevergiftung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 900-904.—Winnogradow (B.) Zur Frage fiber Oxal. saurevergiftung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1811-1814. Acid (Oxyproteic). See, also. Urine (Oxyproteic acid in). Czernecki (W.) [Quantitative estimation of oxyproteic acid in serous body fluids, also in the blood of healthy and diseased people.] Rozpr. wydz. matemat-przyT. Akad. Umiej. 1910, Krakdw, 1911,3. s., x, A, 177-207. Also, transl.: Acid (Oxyproteic). Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1910, A, 399-413.— Glagolew (P.) Ueber die Oxyproteinsauren. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1914, Ixxxix, 432-440. Acid (Oxyprotosulphonic). Buraczewskl (J.) A Krauze (L.) Ueber Oxyprotsul- fonsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, Ixxi, 153: lxvi, 37.—Schuberthfiwna (Mile. M.) Ueber Oxyprotsul- fonsaure aus Kasein. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1912, A, 705-713. Acid (Palmitic). Stephenson (Marjory). Some esters of palmitic acid. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1912-13, vii, 429-435. Acid (Parabanic). Lewis (H. B.) The behavior of some hydantoin deriva- tives in metabolism. III. Parabanic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1915, xxiii, 281-286.—Sarvonat (F.) Action du foie sur l'acide parabanique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 1067. Acid (Para-iodophenylarsenious). Mameli (E.) & Patta (A.) Dell' acido para-iodiofenil- arsinico e di alcuni suoi derivati. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1909, viii, 395-406.-----------. Dell' acido para- iodiofenilarsinico e di alcuni suoi derivati. Ibid., 1911, xi, 475: xii, 1. Acid (Paralactic). See Acid (Lactic). Acid (Paranucleic). See Acids (Nucleic). Acid (Phenic). See Acid (Carbolic). Acid (Phenolphthalic). See, also, Phenolphthalein. Rowntree (L. G.) Note concerning the laxative proper- ties of the tribasic salts of phenolphthalic acid. J. Phar- macol. & Exper. Therap., Bait, 1910-11, ii, 469-475. Acid (Phenylsulphuric). Landi. Contributo sperimentale alio studio della sintesi dell' acido fenolsolforico nell' organismo. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902,559-561.—Landi (L.) & Carreras (G.) Contributo alio studio della sintesi dell' acido fenolsol- forico nell' organismo. Clin, mod., Pisa, 1901, vii, 268. Acid (Phosphoric). See, also, TJrine (Phosphoric acid in). Astruc (A.) *De 1 acidimetrie de l'acide phosphorique; ses applications. 4°. Montpel- lier, 1898. Belugou (G.) *De quelques proprietes des acides alcoylphosphoriques. 4°. Montpellier, 1898. Ecole de pharmacie. Bergell (P.) *Die Bedeutung der Phos- phorsaure im menschlichen und tierischen Or- ganismus. 8°. Berlin, 1898. Frank (G. [J.]) *Eine Methode der Phos- phor saurebestimmung. [Giessen.] 8°. Hep- penheim, 1910. Oeri (F.) *Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Phosphorsiiure- und Kalkstoffwechsels beim er- wachsenen gesunden Menschen. [Basel.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Rey (L.) Contribution a l'etude de l'elimi- nation de l'acide phosphorique chez l'homme normal et pathologique (elimination par les feces). 8°. Lyon. 1914. Ecole de pharmacie. Anderson (R. J.) Concerning the organic phosphoric acid of cottonseed meal. II. Fifth paper on phytin. J.Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xvii, 141-150. -----. Inosite mono- phosphate, a new organic phosphoric acid occurring in wheat bran. Ibid., 1914, xviii, 425; 440. -----. The occurrence of inosite triphosphate in wheat bran. Ibid., 1915, xx, 463-491.— Bailly (O.) Synthese de l'acide a-glycerophosphorique. Compt.rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1915,clx,663-666— Balke & Ide. Quantitative Bestimmung der Phosphorfleischsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1895-6, xxi, 380-391.— Bang (I.) Ueber die Phosphorsaurebestimmung nach Neu- mann. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911,xxxii,443.—Bechhold (H.) Ueber Phosphorsaureester von Eieralbumin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901,xxxiv,122-127.—Bergell (P.) ACID. 124 ACID. Acid (Phosphoric). Ueber den Phosphorsaurestoffwechsel unter normalen und pathologischen Verhaltnissen. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1898, xvi, 1-18.—Bergmann (W.) Ueber die Ausscheidung der Phosphorsaure beim Fleisch- und Pflanzenfresser. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvii, 77-81.— Cautru (F.) Sur Pinnocuite absolue de l'acide phospho- rique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1903, cxlv, 223-227. Also, Reprint. -----. Innocuite de l'acide phosphorique. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 88; 420.-----. L'acide phosphorique; son innocuite; ses principales indi- cations en therapeutique. Presse med., Par., 1904, ii, 588.— Chabrifi (C.) Elimination de l'acide phosphorique apres les injections hypodermiques. Ass. franc, pour Pavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii,pt. 2, 773-775—Chapin (R. M.) & Powick (W. C.) An improved method for the estimation of inorganic phosphoric acid in certain tissues and food prod- ucts. J. Biol. Chem., Bait, 1915, xx, 97; 461.—Coblentz (V.) & May (O. B.) Phosphoric acid. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1908, lxxx, 151-154.—Ehrenfeld (R.) & Kulka (W.) Zum Nachweis der phosphorigen und unterphosphorigen Saure in Organen (nach Phosphorvergiftung). Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lxiii, 315-322.------------. Zum Nachweis der unterphosphorigen und phosphorigen Saure in Organen. Ibid., lix, 43-53.—Euler (H.) & Euler (B.) Ueber die Spaltung organischer Phosphorsaureester. Ibid., 1914 xcii, 292-296.—Euler (H.) & Funke (Y.) Ueber die Spaltung der Kohlenhydratphosphorsaureester. Ibid., 1912, lxxvii, 488-496.—Feist (K.) Bestimmung der unterphos- phorigen Saure in Arzneimitteln. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, xxvi, 253. — Fleurent (E.) The estimation of phosphoric acid in foods. Chem. News, Lond., 1905, xcii, 16.—Frenkel. Des perturbations biorhimiques produites par l'acide phos- phorique. Ann. Soc.hydrol.med.de Par. C.-r.,1905-6,li, 196-204. — Gregersen (J. P.) Ueber die alkalimetrische Phosphorsaurebestimmung nach A. Neumann. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907, liii, 453-463. — Herrera (C. R.) Investigacidn del acido fosfdrico en las tierras de labor por el procedimiento eolorimetrico. An. d. Inst. med. nac, Mexico, 1908, x, 271 -276. — Heubner ( W. ) Ueber Bestimmung anorganischer Phosphorsaure bei Ge- genwart von Phosphorsaureestern. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxiv, 401-408.—Jodidi (S. L.) & Kellogg (E. H.) On the factor to be used for the calculation of the phosphoric acid in Neumann's method; the factor as influenced by the water used for washing the yellow precipitate. J. Frankl. Inst., Phila., 1915, clxxx, 349-367.-----------. A simple, efficient, and economic filter. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1916, v, 87-94.—Jones (W.) The admissibility of ammonium magnesium phosphate as a form in which to weigh phos- phoric acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait, 1916, xxv, 87-91. Also, Reprint.—Krasser (J. M.) Zur Bestimmung der Phosphor- saure nach der Methode von Neumann. Ztschr. f. Unter- such. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1911, xxi, 198- 200.—Lyons (A. B.) Hematoxylin as an indicator in the titration of phosphoric acid. Pharm. Rev., Milwaukee, 1908, xxvi, 97-101.—Malengreau (F.) & Prigent (G.) Ueber die Geschwindigkeit der Hydrolyse der Glycerin- phosphorsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxiii, 68-84.—Martinet (A.) Pharmacologic de l'acide phosphorique. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1905, xvi, 568; 611.—Mendel (L. B.) & Underhill (F. P.) Ex- periments on the physiological action and metabolism of anhydro-oxymethylene-diphosphoric acid (phytin acid). Am. J. Physiol., Bost., Mass., 1906-7, xvii, 75-88.—Michaelis (L.) & Garmendia (T.) Die zweite Dissoziationskonstante der Phosphorsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxvii, 431-438.—Neuberg (C.) & Oertel (W.) Ueber die Einfiih- rung von Phosphorsaure in Aminosauren, Peptone, Albumo- sen und Proteine. Ibid., 491-508.—Neuberg (C.) & Pollak (H.) Ueber Kohlenhydratphosphorsaureester. 1. Ueber Saccharophosphorsaure. Ibid., 1910, xxiii, 515-517.—Neu- mann (A.) Ueber eine einfache Methode zur Bestimmung der Phosphorsaure bei Stoflwechselversuchen. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1900, 159-165.—Nicolaidi (J.) Official preparation of phosphoric acid. [Pat. spec] No. 914,175; March 2,1909.—Pliicker (W.) Die Bestimmung der Phos- phorsaure in Aschen. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1909, xvii, 446-454.—Rieger (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Bestimmung der Phosphorsaure in organischen Substanzen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxiv, 109-113.—Riegler (E.) Eine kalorimetrische Bestimmungs- methode der Phosphorsaure. Bull. sect, scient. de l'Acad. roumaine, Bucharest, 1913-14, ii, 272-275.—Rose (A. R.) A resume of the literature on inosite phosphoric acid, with spe- cial reference to the relation of that substance to plants. Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1912-13, ii, 21-49.—Siegfried (M.) Zur Kenntniss der Phosphorfleischsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1895-6, xxi, 360-379.—Starkenstein (E.) Die biologische Bedeutung der Inositphosphorsaure. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910-11, xxx, 56-98.-----. lonenwir- kung der Phosphorsauren. Ibid., 1911, xxxii, 243-265.— Thompson (Alice R.) Organic phosphoric acid of rice. J. Agric. Research, Wash., 1914-15, iii, 425-430.—Tutln (F.) & Hann (A. C. O.) Relation between natural and syn- thetical glycerylphosphoric acids. Pharm. J., Lond., 1906, 4. s., xxiii, 719.—Vandervelpen. Examen analytique de la dosimetric de l'acide phosphorique. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1902,4. s., xx, 157-162.—Withers (W. A.), Ray (B.J.) Acid (Phosphoric). [et al.]. Studies in cotton seed meal intoxication. I. Pyro- phosphoric acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait, 1912-13, xiv, 53-58. Acid (Phthalic) [and derivatives]. Davidis ([A.] E.) *Die Hydrazide und Azide der Phtalsauren. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Heine (K.) *Ueber Oxyphtalsauren. 8°. Halle a. S., 1880. Herb (J.) *Ueber die Hydroterephtalsauren. [Erlangen.] 8°. Munchen, 1890. Bee (A.) *Ueber /3-Sulfophtalsaure. 8°. Bern, 1886. Ttjtein (F.) *Ueber die Reduktionsprodukte der Oxyterephtalsaure. [Erlangen.] 8°. Miin- chen, 1889. Bauer (H.) Einwirkung von Organomagnesiumver- bindungen auf 4-Methoxyphthalsaureanhydrid. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1911, ccxlix, 450-453.—Marforl (P.) & Giunti (R.) Ricerche intorno all' acido ftalico all' etere difenilftalico (ftalolo). Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1897, 7. s., viii, 559-573.—Pohl (J.) Verhalten der Phtalsaure im tierischen Organismus. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xvi, 68-70.—Porcher (M. C.) Verhalten der drei Phtalsauren im Organismus des Hundes. Ibid., 1908, xiv, 351-360. Acid (Picric). See, also, Burns (Treatment of). Debacq (A.) *De l'emploi de l'acide picrique en therapeutique. 8°. Paris, 1898. Mercier (J.-A.) ^Contribution a l'etude de l'acide picrique au point de vue therapeutique et toxicologique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903. Allan (C. M.) A note on a few surgical uses of picric acid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 457.—Booth (A. W.) Some uses of picric acid in surgery. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y v 1904, xvii, 160.—Brennan. Quelques usages de l'acide picrique. Rev. med. du Canada, Montreal, 1902-3, vi, 717.—Brown (T. F.) The use of picric acid in war surgery. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 433.—Brun (V.) L'uso dell' acido picrico in terapia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 889-891. Also, transl: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1913, Ixxxvi, 789-793.—Bruno (D.) Doveroso insegnamento delle proprieta farmacologiche del- P acido picrico. Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., Napoli, 1911, vi, 169.—Courtellemont. L'acide picrique en clinique. Gaz. hebd. de med., Parv 1897, n. s., ii, 712-715.—Debuchy. Du pansementa l'acide picrique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.]. Soc de therap,. . ., Par., 1897, ii, 481-483—Ehrenfried (A.) Picric acid and its surgical applications. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 412-415. Also, Reprint. —. Picric acid; a retrospect. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 575-577. Also, Reprint.—Ellis (H. A.) The use of picric acid in sur- gery. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 580.—Feder (E.) Quantita- tive Bestimmung der Pikrinsaure. Ztschr. f. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1906, xii, 216.—Fontana (A.) Dei re- centi metodi di disinfezione della cute e di un nuovo metodo con soluzione alcoolica di acido picrico. Riforma med., Napoli, 1911, xxvii, 959-963—Maddock (L.) Picric acid. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1902, xvi, 119-123.—Mil- ward (F. V.) A note on some further uses for picric acid. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 422.—Mitchell (O. W. H.) Ger- micidal and osmotic actions of picric acid. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 230-233.—Motolese (F.) Sulle proprieta farmacologiche dell' acido picrico. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1910, ix, 77; 97.-----. Delle proprieta flsico-chimi- che dell' acido picrico in relazione con le sue applicazioni in oculistica. Atti d. Accad. med.-fls. liorent. 1909, Firenze, 1910,104-107.—Sotslevich (F.) [Data on the pharmacology of picric acid and its salts.] Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1881, xi, 3. sect., 297-345, 2 diag.: 1882, xii, 3. sect., 1-76,1 pi. —Thiery (P.) Coup d'ceil d'ensemble sur les applica- tions de l'acide picrique a la therapeutique chirurgicale et a la therapeutique dermatologique. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 64-71.-----. Des applica- tions diverses du pansement picrique' k la therapeutique chirurgicale. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896, lxix, 243-247.—Tidy (H. L.) The strength of picric acid as an antiseptic. Lan- cet, Lond., 1915, ii, 604.—Vetrano (G.) L'acido picrico nella terapia moderna. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 677.— Vial H. (M. C.) El acido picrico en el tratamiento de ias quemaduras, eczemas agudos y tilceras crurales. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1899, xxvii, 241; 281. Acid (Picric, Toxicology of). See, also, Jaundice (Picric-acid). Papazoglou (G.) Contribution a l'etude du traitement des brulures par l'acide picrique. 4°. Paris, 1896. Reveliotti (Mile. V.) *L'acidepicrique est-il toxique? 8°. Paris, 1899. Achard (C.) & Clerc (A.) Intoxication par l'acide pi- crique; eruption cutanee avec eosinophilic. Gaz. hebd. de ACID. 125 ACID. Acid (Picric, Toxicology of). med., Par., 1900, n. s., v, 961.—Bevers (E. C.) A case of picric acid poisoning, followed by severe constitutional symptoms. Lancet, Lond., 1906, i, 1175.—Bochkovskl (P. I.) [Death due to picric-acid poisoning.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1914, ccxxxix, med.-spec pt, 49^52.—Dejouany. Intoxi- cation par l'acide picrique. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1913, vii, 295-297.—Guillain (G.) & Pecker (H.) Paralysie oculaire au cours d'une intoxication par l'acide picrique; sur la presence de l'acide picramique dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1916, 3. s., lxxv, 230— Hallopeau & Vlellard. Sur une dermite vesiculeuse provoquee par la solution d'acide picrique. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, 4. s., iv, 503-505. Also: Bull. Soc. frany. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1903, xiv, 240- 242.—Kittsteiner. Ein Beitrag zur Einwirkung der Pikrin- saure auf den Korper und deren Verhiitung. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1902, xxxiv, 320- 323.—Latouche. Deux cas d'intoxication par l'acide pic- rique dans le traitement des brulures. Rev. de chir., Par., 1898, xviii, 159.- Meurice (J.) Empoisonnement generalise par l'acide picrique. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1907, Ixxxvii, 166-172. Also: Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1907, xiv, 507-509.—Michel (L.) [Case.] Mem. de Soc. de med. de Naniv, 1907-8, 255. Also: Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1908, xl, 753.—Mlllant (R.) [Case.] J. d. mal. cu- tan. et syph., Par., 1903, xv. 721-728.—Mitchell (J. A.) Fatal case of poisoning from the use of picric acid dusting powder. South,African M. Rec, Capetown, 1912, x, 276.— Pecker (H.) Etude chimique de Pintoxication picrique (mode d'elimination, caracterisation et dosage des derives picriques dans Purine. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1916, lxv, 713-724.—Pernet (G.) Case of yellow picric stain- ing of the skin. Proc Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1915, viii, Der- mat. Sect., 135.—Rose (J. S.) Cases of poisoning from ab- sorption of picric acid. Scot. M. A S. J., Edinb., 1903, xiii, 527-529.—Schwarz (P.) [Case.] Wien. klin. Rundschau, 189s xii, 491-494.—West (R. M.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 146.—Winterberg (J.) Ueber Pikrinsaure-Vergif- tung. Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xli, 1993-2003. Acid (Picrolonic). Steudel (H.) Das Verhalten der Hexonbasen zur Pikro- lonsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903, xxxvii, 219. -----. Das Verhalten der Hexonbasen zur Pikrolon- saure. Ibid., 1905, xliv, 157. Acid (Pipitzahoic). Armendaris (E.) Apuntes para el estudio farmacodi- nimico del acido pipitzahoico. An. d. Inst, med. nac, Mexico, 1905, vii, 456-463.—Caturegli (R.) Acido pipitza- hoico; su preparacidn industrial; consideraciones econd- micas. Ibid., 274-279.—Connell Sanders (J. M.) El acido pipitzahoico. Ibid., 172-174. Acid (Plasminic). Ascoli (A.) Sull' acido plasminico. Arch, per lesc. med., Torino, 1899, xxiii, 401-413. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1900, xxxiii, 410-414. Acid (Propionic). Schutt (A.) *Ueber die Synthese der Aceton- dipropionsaure (Xonon-5-disaure (1.9)) und ihre innere Condensation. 8°. Kiel, 1907. Mayer (P.) Ueber das Verhalten der Diaminopropion- saure im Tierkorper. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904, xiii, 59-64. Acid (Prussic). See Acid (Hydrocyanic). Acid (Pyrogallic, Toxicology of). ' Biggs (G. P.) A case of pyrogallic-acid poisoning. Proc N. York Path. Soc. (1897-8), 1899, 231—Dalche (P.) Em- poisonnement par l'acide pyrogallique; hemoglobinurie toxique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1896,3. s., xiii, 470-473.—Personne (J.) Sur Paction toxique de l'acide pyrogallique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1869, lxix, 749-751. Acid (Pyroracemic). See Acid (Pyruvic). Acid (Pyruvic). Dakin (H. D.) & Janney (N. W.) The biochemical re- lation between pyruvic acid and glucose. J. Biol. Chem., Bait, 1913, xv, 177-180.—Embden (G.) & Oppenheimer (M.) Ueber den Abbau der Brenztraubensaure im Tier- korper. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xiv, 186: 1913, lv, 335.—Fernbach (A.) & Schoen (M.) L'acide pyruvique, produit de la vie de la levure. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvii, 1478-1480.-----------. Nouvelles obser- vations sur la production de l'acide pyruvique par la levure. Ibid., 1914, clviii, 1719-1722.—Karczag (L.) & M6czar (L.) Ueber die Vergarung der Brenztraubensaure durch Bakte- rien. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, lv, 79-87.-----------. Ueber die Vergarung der Brenztraubensaure durch Bakte- Acid (Pyruvic). ricn. Ibid., 1915, lxx, 317-332.—Levene (P. A.) & Meyer (G. M.) The action of leucocytes and kidney tissue on py- ruvic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xvii, 443-449.— Mac Lean (Ida S.) The estimation of pyruvic acid. Bio- Chem. J., Liverp., 1913, vii, 611-615.—Mayer (P.) Ueber Brenztraubensaure-Glucosurie und iiber das Verhalten der Brenztraubensaure im Tierkorper. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xl, 441-454.-----. Zur Frage der Zuckerbildung aus Brenztraubensaure. Ibid., 1913, xlix, 486-501. -----. Zur Frage der Bildung von Zucker und Milchsauren aus Brenz- traubensaure. Ibid., v, 1-3.—Maze (P.) & Buot (M.) La production de l'acide-pyruvique par oxydation biochimiquo de l'acide lactique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1916, lxxix, 706-710.—Neuberg (C.) & Rewald (B.) Das Verhal- ten der a-Ketosauren zu Mikroorganismen. III. Die Faulnis der d, 1-Methvlathybrenztraubensaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, Ixxi, 122-125.—Ringer (A. I.) The chemistry of gluconeogenesis; concerning the fate of pyruvic acid in metabolism. J.Biol.Chem., 1913-14,xvii,281-285—Tscher- norutzky (M.) Ueber die Zerlegung von Brenztrauben- saure durch tierische Organe. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xliii, 486-490. Acid (Quinic). Knopfer (G.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Chinasaure. [Bern.] 8°. Wien, 1895. Oberndbrffer (E.) Die Wirkung der Chinasaure auf den Kalkstoflwechsel des Menschen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 1068-1073.—Weiss (J.) Einige Mitteilungen iiber die Chinasauretherapie. Berl. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 493-497. Also: Wien. klin.-therap. Wchnschr., 1904, 493- 497. Acid (Racemic). van't Hofl (J. H.), Goldschmidt (H.) & Jorissen (W. P.) Ueber die Spaltung der Traubensaure und das Racemat von Scacchi. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1895, xvii, 49-61.—Raoult (F. M.) Kryoskopische Studien fiber Trau- bensaure und traubensaure Salze. Ibid., 1887, i, 186-189. Acid (Saccharic). Paderi (C.) Sui contegno dell' acido saccarico nell' orga- nismo. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1916, xxii, 96-112. Acid (Salicylic). See, also, Acid (Salicyluric); Rheumatic fever (Treatment of); Salicylates. von Bach (A.) *Ueber einige Derivate der Salicylsaure. [Munchen.] 8°. Zurieh-Selnau, 1909. Boxdzynski(S.) *Ueber das Verhalten einiger Salicylsaureester im Organismus. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Leipzig, 1896. Also [Abstr.], in: Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1896, xxxviii, 88-9S. Brimmer (K.) *Ueber die Reduktion substi- tuierter Salicylsauren. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1912. Faure (J.) *Sur l'acide paraoxyphenylsali- cylique. 8°. Paris, 1903. Heck (W.) *Ueber die Einwirkung der Salicylsaure auf die Harnsaure-Bildung und -Ausscheidung. 8°. Bonn, 1896. Huber (J. L.) *Pseudophenole aus Salicyl- aldehyd und Salicylsaure. 8°. Greifswald, 1902. Husson (L.) * Be I'absorption de l'acide salicylique par la peau et des frictions salicylees dans les affections rhumatismales. roy. 8°. Nancy, 1896. Koch (R.) *Die Condensation von Salicyl- saure mit Formaldehyd und Chloral. 8°. Gies- sen, 1899. Korff-Petersen (A.) *Ueber die Aufnahme der Salicylsiiure in das Blut und die Salicylal- buminurie beim Menschen. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Lagrange (A.) *Nouvelle methode de dosage de l'acide salicylique et application de ce pro- cede a la recherche de certains derives salicyles. 8°. Paris, 1906. Marcel (S.) *Ueber die Reduktion substi- tuierter Salicylsauren. [Giessen.] 8°. Bern, 1912. Mehring (H.) *Ueber die Einwirkung der Chloride des Phosphors auf [3.5] Dichlorsalicyl- saure. 8°. Bonn, 1896. ACID. 126 ACID. Acid (Salicylic). Moerel (G. S.) *Ueber Unterschiede in der physiologischen Wirkung der Salicylsaure ver- schiedenen Ursprungs. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Breda, 1896. Strunck (T.) *Beitrag zur kutanen Applica- tion der Salicylsaure. 8°. Greifswald, 1899. Walther (A.) *Klinische Untersuchungen iiber die Salizylsaure und ihre Derivate. [Gies- sen.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Also, in: Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1908, xxxiv, 435-480. Aichel (O.) Ueber das Verhalten des Zellprotoplasma der Blastomeren und der Zellen erwachscncr Tiere gegeniiber Kieselsiiure. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1913, xliii, 212-220—Bad- zynskl (S.) [On the preservation in the organism of certain salicylic-acid esters.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 367-376.—Baldoni (A.) II comportamento in vitro e nell' or- ganismo di alcuni eteri salicilici. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1902, i, 222; 254.-----. Sulle trasformazioni dell' acido salicilico nell' organismo animale. Ibid., 1914, xvii, 241-247. -----. Sull' eliminazione dell' acido salicilurico e dell' salici- lico in seguito a somministrazione di acido salicilico salicilato di sodio e diplosal. Ibid., xviii, 151-177.—Barbier (P.) Salicylic acid and its derivatives; a comparison of their re- spective value. Folia Therap., Lond., 1910, iv, 16-19 — Uattelli (F.) & Stern (L.) Dedoublement de Paldehyde salicylique en acide salicylique et ensaligenine par les tissus animaux. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 162- 164.—Beates (H.) Salicylic acid preparations; a clmical study. Med. Council, Fhila., 1S09, xiv, 432-435.—Blelev- tsofl. [Therapeutic use of salicylic acid.] Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1880, x, 3. sect., 26-43—Blau (A.) Der AngrirTs- punkt der Salicylsaure im Gehororgan. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1E03, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 335.—Boeseken (J.) & Waterman (H.) On a bio- chemical method for the determination of small quantities of salicylic acid in the presence of an excess of p-oxybenzoic acid. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1912, pt. 2, xiv, 604-607. — Bonanni ( A. ) II dosaggio ottico doll' acido salicilico. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1899, xxv, 135-139. Also, transl: Untersuch. z. Naturl. d. Mensch. u. d. Thiere, Giessen, 1900, xvu, 17-21.—Bond! (S.) Synthese der Salicylursaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907, Iii, 170-176—Bondl (S.) & Jacoby (M.) Ueber die Verteilung der Salicylsaure bei normalen und.in- fizierten Tieren. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwff., 1905, vii. 514-526.—Brugsch (T.) Salizyltherapie und Nie- ren. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. & Wien, 1904; xiv, 58-64 — Bruno (S.) L'acido salicilico reso piu attivo in terapeutica con l'idratazione. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1902, xxviii, 253-257. -----. II meccanismo di azione dell' acido salicilico idratato e quello de' suoi succedanei. Rid., 617-621.—Burzagli (G. B.) I progressi della terapia salicilica. Clin, mod., Firenze, 1107, xiii, 798-803.—Campora (G.) Sull' acido salioil-sali- cilico. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1912, li, 315-323—Carac- ciolo (S.) La medicazione salicilica e P aspirina Bayer. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1903, xxix, 1-8.—Christian. Die Salicylsaure als Konservierungsmittel. Hyg. Rundschau, Munchen, 1908, xviii, 1321-1331.—Ciufflni (P.) Ricerca su di una nuova combinazione dell' acido salicilico per uso interno. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1906, xxii, 1345- 1348. Also: Lavori d. Cong. d. med. int., 1906, Roma, 1907, xvi, 289-295.—Claasz (M.) Die Aufklarung der Salicylsaure- Eisenchloridreaktion. Arch. d. Pharm., Berl., 1915, ecliii, 360-366.—Dreser (H.) Pharmakologische Bemerkungen uber einige Salizylsaureester. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1903, xvii, 131-136.-----. Ueber modifizierte Salizylsaure. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, hi, 390-393.—Ducceschi (V.) Unacagione di errore per la ricerca dell' acido salicilico nei tessuti, nei liquidi organici e nelle sostanze alimentari. Arch, farmacol. sper., Roma, 1905, iv, 23-26.—Ebstein (L.) Zur Kenntniss der Salicylsaurewirkung auf die Respirationsschleimhaut. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, ix, 187.—Ficker (M.) Ueber die Bedeutung indifferenter Stoffe bei der Salizylkonservie- rung. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1909, lxix, 54-70.— Filippi (E.) Ricerche analitiche sopra un recente metodo di determinazione quantitativa dell' acido salicilico. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1907, xiii, 333-354.—Frankel (S.) Ueber die Saize der Azetylsalizylsaure mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung des Hydropyrin— Grifa oder L. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 1750.—FUrst (L.) Ueber endermatische Anwendung der Salicylsaure. Repert. d. prakt. Med., Leipz., 1906, hi, 531-537.—Ghosh (B. N.) Some observations on the actions and uses of sali- cylic acid and its preparations, with special reference to rheumatism. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1910, 3. s., xxvi, 535-538.—Halke. Leber die Wirkung der Salyzilsaure auf das Gehororgan; Erwiderung auf die Bemerkungen des Herrn Dr. Blau in No. 14 d. Wchnschr. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 815.—Harry (F. T.) A Mummery (W. R.) The colorimetric estimation of sali- cylic acid in foodstuffs. Analyst, Lond., 1905, xxx, 124- 127—Haynes (G. S.) Salicvhc acid and its derivatives. Folia Therap., Lond., 1909, iii, 13.—Hodara (M.) Histo- logische Untersuchungen uber die Einwirkung der Salicyl- Acid (Salicylic). saure auf die gesunde Haut. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxiii, 117-124.—Impens (E.) Ueber die per- kutane Resorption einiger Ester der Salicylsaure. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1907, exx, 1-18.—Jacoby (M.) Ueber das Verhalten der resorbierten Salicylsaure im Blutserum. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, ix, 522-526.—Jacoby (M.) & SchUtze (A.) Ueber den Einfluss resorbierter Salicylsaure auf die opsonischen Serumfunktionen. Ibid., 527-532.— Johnson (W. L.) An improved means of using salicylic acid. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1903, xxiii, 154-159.—Laf ay (L.) Les solutions aqueuses d'acide salicylique. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1906, xiii, annexes, 126.-----. Comment dissoudre dans Peau, en toutes proportions, l'acide salicy- lique. Clinique, Par., 1908, ii, 69.—Macdonald (R.) Pharmacology and therapeutics of salicylic acid and its preparations. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1904, xxii, 311-327.—Muller (A. W. K.) Ueber dieaussere Anwendung der Salicylsaure. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n. F., i, 146-149.—Muller (P.) Neue Salizylpraparate una neue Anwendungsformen der Salizylsaure. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1350.—Muller (J. H.) The action of salicylic acid upon the metallic acids. J.Am. Chem. Soc, Easton. Pa., 1911, xxxiii, 1506-^1510— Neuberg (C.) Ueber den Harn nach Salicylsauregebrauch. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 798.—Nielson (C.) Intrave- nous injections of salicylic acid and guaiacol, an experimental investigation of their composition and action. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1915, xxii, 720-723.—Nobecourt, Darre & Bidot. Passage de l'acide salicylique et de ses derives dans le liquide cephalo-rachidien. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 579-584.—Saporetti (U.) Contributo alia ricerca dell' acido salicilico nei vini, latte, burro e conserve dipomidoro. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1909, Ixviii, 21-23.—Scharff (P.) Zur perkutanen Salizyl- therapie. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 117-120.— Schott (F.) Beitrag zur colorimetrischen Bestimmung von Salicylsaure und Kupfer. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nah- rungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1911, xxii, 727. —Seitz (J.) Hortauschungen durch Salicylsaure. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1909, xxxix, 185; 225.—Self (P. A. W.) A new colour reaction for salicylic acid. Pharm. J., Lond., 1915, 4. s., xl, 521.—Sieskind, Wolffenstein (R.) & Zeltner (J.) Ueber externe Salicylpraparate. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1913,1. 346.—Tardy. Action de l'acide salicylique sur le terebenthene. J. de pharm. etchim., Par., 1904, 6. s., xx, 57.—Vlnci(G.) Sulla dose tossica, sulla diffusione nell' orga- nismo e sull' azione biologica dell' acido salicilico. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1904, iii, 307-314. -----. Sulla ri- cerca dell' acido salicilico nei tessuti e nei liquidi organici. Ibid., 1906, v, 179-187.—Whitham (L. B.) Experiments on the excretion of salicylic acid in the ocular numours. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1913, xi, 71-73.—Wilkie (J. M.) A sensitive test for Jhe detection of phenol and salicylic acid. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1911, xxx, 402-404.—Wilson (A.) The value of salicylic acid in the treatment of wounds and typhoid fever. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 331.—Wood (H. C.) The comparative antiseptic power of salicylic acid and its salts. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1906-7, xix, 312.—Zavadski (I. V.) [Fate of salicylic acid in the organ- ism.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 329. Acid (Salicylic, Toxicology of). Atkins (F. H.) Salicylic intoxication. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1902, xvii, 171-173.—Kaelin (T.) Ein Fall von schwerer Salicyhaurevergiftung. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1896, xxvi, 508.—Matheson (J. K.) An unusual case of salicylic acid poisoning. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 432.—Saloschin. Ein Fall von acuter Psychose als Theilerscheinung einer Salicylsaure-Intoxication. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1898, xii, 69; 89.—Summons (W. 11.) Poisoning from skin absorption of salicylic acid. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1904, ix, 518.—Vesselovsky (V. C.) A case of acetyl salicvlic acid poisoning. Brit. M, J., Lond., 1915, ii, 534.—Vincf(G.) Sulla dose tossica, sulla diffusione nell' organismo e sull' azione biologica dell' acido salicilico. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma., 1904, iii, 294-306. Acid (Salicyluric). Baldoni (A.) Un nuovo metodo per la determinazione quantitativa dell' acido salicilurico. Arch, di farmacoL sper., Roma, 1914, xvii, 441: xviii, 1.—Stockman (R.) The formation and action of salicyluric acid in the human body. Edinb. M. J., 1906, n. s., xx, 103-106. Acid (Santonic). Cannlzzaro (S.) Sui derivati dell' acido santonico. Atti d. r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1875-3, 2. s., iii, pt. 2, 363-367. Acid (Selenic). Diemer (M. E.) & Lenher (V.) The specific gravity and percentage strength of selenic acid. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1909, xiii, 505-511. Acid (Silicic). See, also, Urine (Silicic acid in). Bootz (J. O.) *Ueber die Wirkung der Kie- selsaure auf den gesunden menschlichen Organis- mus. 8°. Greifswald, 1903. ACID. 127 ACID. Acid (Silicic). Kall (L.) *Die Kieselsaure im tierischen und menschlichen Organismus. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1898. Cerny (C.) Zur Frage des Vorkommens von Kieselsaure im Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lxii, 296-314— Drechsel (E.) Vorlaufige Mittheilung iiber einen nattirlich vorkommenden Kieselsaureester. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. A Wien, 1897, xi. 361-363.—Goldberg (A.) Die Kieselsaure im natiiriichen Wasser, in alkalisch ausge- reinigten Kesselspeisewassem und im konzentrierten Kes- selwasser. Ztschr. f. U ntersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmit- tel, Berl., 1914, xxvii, 265-273.—Helwig. Die Bedeutung der-Kieselsaure fiir Phagocvtose und Wundheilung. Zt- schr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc], Berl. & Wien, 1914-15, vii, 303-305.—Javillicr (M.) Sur les combinaisons de l'acide silicotungstique avec Pantipvrine et le pvramidon. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1912, xix, 70-72.—Jordis (E.) Ueber kolloidale Kieselsaure. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kol- loide, Dresd., 1906-7, i, 97-101.—Kahle (HA Einiges uber den Kieselsaurestoffwechsel bei Krebs und Tuberkulose und seine Bedeutung fiir die Therapie der Tuberkulose. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 752-756.—Kempe (B.) Zur Darstellung kolloider Kieselsaure. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1906-7, i, 43—Kramer (S. P.) The colloidal solutions of silicic acid. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 680.—Kunkel (A. J.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Kieselsaure im menschlichen Organismus. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1898, 78-80. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 311— Liebermann (L.) & Liebermann (P.) The effect of silicic acid on the red blood cells.] Orvostud. ertek. gviijt. Magv. orv. Arch., Buda- pest, 1907, u. f., viii, 88.—Liebers (M.) Ueber Kieselsaure- hamolyse. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1913, lxxx, 43- 55.—Marcus (R.) Kolloidale Kieselsaure und Kieselsaure- praparate, deren Anwendung in der inneren Medizin, Chi- rurgie, Gvnakologie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Na- turf. u. Aerzte 1912, Leipz., 1913,lxxxiv,pt. 2,2.Hlfte., 86.— Nathan (E.) Ueber die Wirkung kolloidaler Kieselsaure auf die roten Blutkorperohen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, xix, 216-234. — Papada (N.) Ueber die Koagulation und Gelatinierung der Kiesel- saure. Ztschr. f. Chemieu. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1911, ix, 164-175— Pappada (N.) & Sadowskl (C.) Ueber die Gelatinierung der Kieselsaure. Ibid., 1910, vi, 292^297.— Rohden. Die Bedeutung der Kieselsaure im menschlichen Organismus und ihre Beziehungen zum Lungengewebe. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1902, xx, 448- 456— Schulz (H.) Ueber den Kieselsauregehalt mensch- licher und thierischer Gewebe. Arch. f. d. ges Physiol., Bonn, 1901, lxxxiv, 67-100.-----. Weitere Mittheilung fiber den Kieselsauregehalt thierischer und menschlicber Gewebe, insbesondere der Wharton'schen Sulze. Ibid., 1902, Ixxxix, 112-118. -----. Einige Bemerkungen fiber Kieselsaure. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 440-444.-----. Zur Physiologie und PharmakodynamHc der Kieselsaure. Deu t- sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxix, 673-675. -----. Hat die Kieselsaure balneo-therapeutische Bedeu- tung? Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 700-702. Also: Verof- fentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., Berl. & Wien, 1911, xxxii, 60-65.—Zunz (E.) Recherches sur 1'adsorption des toxines, des lysines et de leurs anticorpspar l'acide silicique. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xix. 326-354. Acid (Sinapic). Martz (E.) *Methylation des acides oxy- benzoi'ques et svnthese de l'acide sinapique. [Geneve.] 8°. Bdle, 1903. Acid (Stearic). Gueux (E.) *Sur quelques derives de l'acide stearique. [Paris.] 8°. Rennes, 1908. Ecole de pharmacie. Toplis (W. G.) Stearic acid as a coating for enteric pills. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1915, lxxxvii, 518-520. Acid (Succinic). Bergau (W. H.) *Ueber Acetylendicarbon- saure und Tribrombernsteinsaure. 8°. Konigs- berg i. Pr., 1905. Kling (M.) *Ueber alkylierte Imide der Bernsteinsaure und Pyroweinsaure sowie iiber einige Condensationen von Alkyl-Tartrimiden mit Saurechloriden. 8°. Breslau, 1898. Lippstadt (J.) *Ueber die Darstellung der Tetraphenylbernsteinsaure. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1904. Mendthal (E.) *Ueber gebromte Bernstein- sauren und Abkommlinge derselben. 8°. Ko- nigsberg i. Pr., 1897. Acid (Succinic). Peny (G. L. F. E.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hydrazinverbindungen der Dioxobernstein- saureester. 8°. Bonn, 1896. Raabe (G.) *Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Zersetzung der zweifach gebromten Bernstein- sauren durch Basen. 8°. Konigsbergi. Pr., 1899. Reisch (E.) *Ueber die Zersetzung der zwei- fach gebromten Bernsteinsauren durch Basen. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1897. Riebensahm (W.) *Ueber die Zersetzung der zweifach gebromten Bernsteinsauren durch Basen und Wasser. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1896. Riesz (A.) *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Tetra- phenylenbernsteinsaure. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1906. Schmidt (J.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Dibenzoylbernsteinsaureesters und des Diacet- bernsteinsaureesters. 8°. Jena, 1894. Battelli (F.) & Stern (L.) L'oxydation de l'acide suc- cinique comme mesure du pouvoir oxydant dans la respira- tion principale des tissus animaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 554-556. Also, transl: Biochem. Zt- schr., Berl., 1910-11, xxx, 172-194.—Guerbet. Nouvelle methode de separation et de dosage des acides lactiques et succinique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 168- 170.—MOrner (C. T.) [The origin of succinic acid in animal tissues.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1895-6, n. F., i, 99-101 — Neuberg (C.) & Ringer (M.) Ueber das Wesen der natiir- iichen Bernstemsaurebildung. Die Bernsteinsauregarung der a-Ketoglutarsaure. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1915, Ixxi, 226-236.-----------. Die Entstehung von Bernsteinsaure bei der Faulnis von a-Ketoglutarsaure. Ibid., 237-244.— Neuberg (C.) & Silbcrmann (M.) S ynthese der O xyamino- bernsteinsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xliv, 147-156.—Tingle (J. B.) er die Verbindungen der schwef- liecn Saure mit dem Citronellal und dem Zimtaldehvd. Ibid., 1909, xxxii, 89-119. ----- -----. Zur Kenntnis der gebundenen schwefligen Sauren. 5. Ueber Sulfitzellulose- Ablauge und furfurolschweflige Saure. Ibid., 120-143.— Rammstedt. Ein neuer Schwefelofen nach dem von Wal- therschen Verbrennunesprinzip. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Leipz. & Berl.. 1912, xxxviii, 1381.—Rost (E.) & Franz (F.) Verglcichende Untersuchung der pharmakolo- gischen Wirkungen der organisch gebundenen schweflichen Sauren und des neutralen schwefligsauren Natriums. II. Teil. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte. Berl., 1912, xliii, 187-303.— Schmidt (H.) Ueber das Vorkommen der schwefligen Saure in Ddrrobst und einigen anderen Lebensmitteln. Ibid., 1904, xxi, 226-284.—Schiilz (A.) Leber die Berechti- gung des Bundesrathsbeschlusses vom 18. Februar 1902 bezuglich des Verbotes der schwefligen Saure und ihrer Salze. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1902, xxviii, 685-688.—Signoret (F.) Fumigating composition. [Pat. spec] No. I,i59,109; Nov. 2, 1915. Acid (Tannic). Beach (H. H.) Process of removing tannic acid from coffee. [Pat. spec! No. 300.436; June 17,1884.—Biddle (H. C.) & Kelley (W. P.) Tannic acid, ethyl gallate, and the supposed ester of tannic acid. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1912, xxxiv, 91S-923.—Holtz (J.) Obtaining tannic acid. [Pat. spec] No. 231,489; Aug. 24, 1880.—Knudson (L.) Tannic acid fermentation. I. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1912-13, xiv, 159-202.—Kohlrausch (O.) Apparatus for ex- tracting tannic acid. No. 259,555; June 13,1882.—Schewket (O.) Ueber eine Farbenreaktion von Gallussaure sowie Tannin (Gerbsiiure) und fiber die Anwendung dieser Probe. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, Iii, 271-274. Acid (Tartaric). Brion (A.) *Ueber die Oxydation der stereoi- someren Weinsauren im thierischen Organismus. 8°. Strassburg, 1898. Dtjnbar (P. B.) The determination of tar- taric acid. 8°. Washington, 1912. U.S. Dept. Agric. Bureau Chem. Circ. No. 106, Wash., 1902. Boeseken (J.) & Waterman (H. J.) A biochemical method of preparation of 1-tartaric acid. K. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst., 1912-13, xv, 212-216.—Carles (P.) Apro- pos du dosage de l'acide tartrique total dans les produits tar- triques. J. de pharm. et chim., Par., 1909, 6. s., xxix, 381.— Chapman (A. C.) schr., Berl., 1912, xliii, 44-46— Underhill (F. P.), Wells (H. G.) & Goldschmidt (S.) A note on the fate of tar- trates in the body. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xviii, 317-346, 1 pi. Acid (Tartaric, Toxicology of). Connio (G.) Alterazioni anatomo-patologiche nell' av- velenamento da acido tartarico e citrico; casistica e ricerche sperimentali. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc], Torino, 1911, 4. s., iii, 438-455. Also [Abstr.]: Pathologiea, Genova, 1910-11, iii, 428. Acid (Taurocholic). See, also. Bile (Acids of). Gibson (R. B.) On the origin of taurocholic acid. Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chem., Bait, 1908, p. xvi.—Hammarsten (O.) Ueber die Darstellung kristaliisierter Taurocholsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1904, xliii, 127-144. Acid (Thioacetic). Tarugi (N.) & Sottile (C.) Contributo alio studio del- P acido tioacetico. Pubb. d. 1st. di chim. farm. d. r. Univ. di Pisa, 1909, Nota v, 1-19. 76399°—17----9 Acid (Thionhydric). Cavazzani (E.) Variazioni degli atti respiratorii durante la inalazione tionidrica. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1899-1900, lxxiv, 113-117. Acid (Thymic). Doyon (M.) & Sarvonat (F.) Proprieties anticoagu- lantes des acides thymo-nueleimque et thymique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1912, lxxiii, 644. Acid (Tliyminic). Steudel(H.)& Brigl(P.) Ueber die Thyminsaure. Zt- schr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910-11, lxx, 398-403. Acid (Thymonucleic). Bang 11.) Ueber die Thymusnucleinsauren. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906-7, 1, 442—Iwanoff (L.) Ueber die fermentntive Zersetzung der Thymonucleinsaure durch Sohimmelpilze. Ibid., 1903, xxxix, 31-43.—Kosty- tschew (S.) Ueber Thvmonucleinsaure. Ibid., 545-560 — Steudel (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Thymusnucleinsauren. Ibid., 1904, Iii, 165-170. Acid (Trichloracetic). Davis (C. N.) Trichloracetic acid and its uses in derma- tology. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1915, xxxiii, 691- 695.—Drummond (C. E.) 'Some experiments with tri- chloracetic acid. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1902, xliv, 458- 460.—Fitzgerald (W. H.) Trichloracetic acid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 916.—Huston (D. T.) The value of trichloracetic acid in surgical practice. Therap. Gaz., De- troit, 1900, 3. s.,_ xvi, 802-804.—Iverson (M.) The use of trichloracetic acid. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1908-9, vii, 409-411. Also, Reprint.—Meyer. Histologische Bei- trage zur Wirkung der Trichloressigsaure und Chromsaure. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1903, xliv, 81-88.—Schwabe(IT.) Zur Kenntniss der Wirkung der Trichloressigsaure. Ibid., 1900, xxxviii, 189-199. —=---. On the local action of tri- chloracetic acid. Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1902, xxxi, 394-400.— Stolle (R.) Ueber die Spaltung der Trichloressigsaure in Chloroform und Kohlensaure. Ber d. deutsch. pharm. Ge- sellsch., Berl., 1910, xx, 371.—T6th (G.) [Results attained and experiences with acidum trichloraceticum in suppurat- ing inflammations ofthe middle ear and chronic perforation ofthe tympanum.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1899, xxxix. 388: 1900, xl, 644; 662. Acid (Trithiodilactylic). . Loven (J. M.) Notiz Uber die Trithiodilaktylsaure. Zt- schr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1896-7, xxi, 137-148. Acid (Tritico-nucleinic). Levene (P. A.) & La Forge (F. B.) Ueber die Tritico- Nucleinsaure. Stud. Rockefeller Inst. M. Research, [N. Y.], 1911, xiii, 3164-3167. Acid ( Uraminic). Filosofoff (P. I.) [On the formation of uraminic acids in the animal organism.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1911, xviii, 4; 31.—Lippich (F.) Ueber die Bildung der Uramidc- sauren im Organismus. Ztschr. 1. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, Ixviii, 277-292. Acid ( Uric). See Uric acid. Acid ( Uroleucinic). Oswald (A.) Ueber die Nicht-Existenz der Uroleucin- saure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1914, xciii, 307- 315. Acid ( Uroxanic). Saiki (T.) A note on the physiological behavior of imino- allantoin and uroxanic acid. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1910, vii, 263-265. Acid (Valerianic). Schutz (O.) *Ueber aktive Valeriansaure. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Ackermann (D.), Engeland (R.) & Kutscher (F.) Die Synthese der 5-Guanidinovaleriansaure. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen & Berl., 1911, lvi, 179-182.—Mei-Gentilucci (G.) Sui contegno ehimico-fisiologico di alcuni eteri bor- neolici dell' acido isovalerianico. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1911, 2. s., iv, 142-145. Acid (Vanadic). r Mdivani (B.) *Etude sur divers dosages volu- metriques de l'acide vanadique, suivie de quel- ques recherches sur le dosage de l'acide chro- mique et sur la reduction de l'acide vanadique. 8°. Genlve, 1908. Edgar (G.) The estimation of phosphoric and vanadic acids in the presence of one another. Am Chem. J., Bait., 1910, xliv, 470-472. Also, Reprint.—Laran. Recherches sur l'acide vanadique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 221-223.—Le Blond (A.) & David (C.) Re- cherches sur les proprietes therapeutiques de l'acide vana- ACID. 130 ACIDOSIS. Acid (Vanadic). dique, en particulier comme topique. Repert. de therap., Par., 1903, xx, 120-123. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de eynec, Par., 1903, 175-178.-----------.Recherches sur les pro- priety therapeutiques de l'acide vanadique comme topique, en particulier en gynecologie. Progres med., Par., 1906, 3. s., xxii, 433-437. Acid (Vanillic). Andy (A.) L'acide vanillique comme anesthesique local; effets xxiv, 6.vj-694.—Xeal (J. B.) Specimen of tumour of pitui- tarv body from a case of acromegaly. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1S97-8, xlix, 224-227.—Xeal (J. B.) & Smyth (E. J.) Acase of acromegaly; with a pathological note by S. G. Shattuck. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 193— Neufeld (L.) Ueber Kehl- kopfveranderungen bei Akromegalie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1907, lxiv, 400-404.—Nicholls (L.) The pathological changes in acromegaly. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1670.—Os- borne (O. T.) A case of acromegaly; autopsy; skeleton. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1.S97-8, iv, 1; 85. Also: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., Is97, xii, 262-277, 8pi. Also, Reprint- Packard (F. A.) & Cat tell (II. AV.) The brain and spinal cord from a case of akromegaly. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 189S, xxv, 42-44.—Pagniez. Autopsie d'un cas d'acro- megalie. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 942 — Pardo (G.) Acromegalia parziale con tumore dell' ipofisi. Ann. d. 1st. psichiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1901-2, i, 55-59.— Parhon (C.) & Goldstein (M.) Incercari experimentate pentra elucidarea patogenici acromegalici. [Experiments elucidating pathogenesis of acromegaly.] Spitalul, Bucu- rescI, 1909, xxix, 94; 123; 183; 214.—Pari (G. A.) Sulla pato- genesi dell' acromegalia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1911, xxxii, 179-181.—Parisot (J.) Le role de l'hypophyse dans la pathogenie de l'acromegalie. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, xviii, 277-284.—Parona (E.) Xota clinica ed anatomica su un caso di acromegalia con angiosarcoma della ipofisi; annota- zioni sulla casistica della acromegalia in Italia. Riv.crit. di clin., med., Firenze, 1899-1900, i, 561; 577.—Paturet (A.) Etude d'un cas d'acromegalie. Centre med.etpharm., Gannat, 1909-10, xv, 307-312.—Pel (P. K.) Akromegalie infolge von Schreck. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 519-521.— Pellacani (G.) Acromegalia con lesioni pluri- glandulari. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1912, v, 348-366.—Perry (J. C. P.) A peculiar form of acromegaly, possibly resulting from injury. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1693.—Pittaluga (G.) Studi sulla patogenesi dell' acro- megalia e sulla funzione dell' ipofisi. I. Contributo alia ca- suistica dell' acromegalia. Ann. d. 1st. psichiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1901-2, i, 74-150, 3 pi.—Poindecker (H.) Ein Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Hypophysenverfinderungen bei Akromegalie. AVien. klin. AA'chnschr., 1913, xxvi, 745- 74S. — Regnault (F.) Sur un squelette d'acromegalique trouve au musee de Clamart. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896. Ixxi, 862-865. -----. Deux squelettes d'acromega- liques. Ibid., 1901, lxxvi, 476-478. — Reinhardt (A.) Zwei Falle von Tumor der Hypophvsis mit Akromega- lie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1246. —Rein- hardt (A.) & Creutzieldt (H. G.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Akromegalie. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1913, lvi, 465-499.—Rolleston (H. D.) A case of acute acromegaly due to sarcoma of the pituitary body. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 237-242.—Roussy (G.) Les tu- meurs de 1'hvpophyse, leurs rapports avec l'acromegalie. Atti d. Cong, internaz. di patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 13-20 — Roze (F. Yu.) Acromegalia i hypophysis. Syezd Rossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1910, is, 96-102.—Sandri (O.) Struma adenomatosa dell'ipofisi; sonnopatologico; assenza di mani- festazioni acromegaliche. Riv. di patol. nerv., Firenze, 1909, xiv, 289-302.—Schlesinger (H.) [Hypophysis- und Stirn- hirntumor bei Akromegalie.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1907, vi, 27.—SchUtte (E.) Die pathologisehe Anatomie der Akromegalie. Zusammenfas- sendes Referat. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1^98, ix, 591-618.—Schupfer (F.) Sulla patogenesi dell' acromegalia. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1898, iv, 688- 717.—Shattock (S. G.) Pathological report upon a case (Breward Xeal's) of acromegaly. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 228-237—Shibata (K.) Ein Fall von Akro- megalie bei einem hereditaren syphilitischen und idiotischen Kinde. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1896, x, 105-110. 1 pi.—Sotti (G.) & Sarteschi (U.) Intorno ad un caso di gigantismo acromegalico ed infan- tilismo sessuale con agenesia del sistema lpofisario acces- Sorio e con ipofisi cerebrale Integra. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1911, xxxv, 1^220.-StajiC (J.) [Three cases of acromegaly and its causes.] Srp-ki arh. za celok. lek., Beo- grad, 1911, xvii, 580. —Strumpell (A.) Ein Beitrag zur Pathologie und pathologischen Anatomie der Akromegalie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1897, xi, 51-87.— Stumme (E.) Akromegalie und Hypophyse. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1908, lxxxvii, 437-466—Tamburini (A.) Contributo alia patogenesi dell' acromegalia. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, iv, jpsichiat. [etc.], 182-189. Also: Riv. sper. di .freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1894, xx, 559-574: 1895, xxi, 414-430, 3 pi.—Thomson (H. C.) A clinical lecture on diseases ofthe pituitary body in relation to acromegaly. Med.,Press & Circ, Lond.,1912,n.s.,xcm, 398.—Tikhomiroff. Etude anatomo-pathologique d'un cas d'acromegalie. Presse med., Par., 1896, 427-429.—Uthy (L.) Gomme du corps pituitaire, symptomes acromegahques. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.l, Par., 1913, xxxv, 450-452.— Verse. Zwei Falle von Akromegalie mit Hypophysentu- moren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 2M.—Widal. | Roy & Froin. Un cas d'acromegalie sans hypertrophie d j corps pituitaire avec formation kystique dans la glande. Rev. de med., Par., 1906, xxvi, 313-328.—Worcester (W. L.) Case of acromegaly, with autopsy; tumor of pituitary body. Acromegaly (Causes and pathology of). Boston M. & S. J., 1896, cxxxiv, 413-415.—Wurmbrand (G. G.) Histologische Untersuchungen an drei operierten Fallen von Akromegalie mit Hypophysistumor. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1909, xlvii, 187-201. Acromegaly (Complications and sequelse of). Fournier (J.-B.-C.) *Acromegalie et trou- bles cardio-vasculaires. 8°. Paris, 1896. Alessandria (G.) Acromegalia con polso raro permanente ed enorme ipertensione arteriosa. Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez.prat., 913-918.—Amsler (C.) Zur Lehre der Splanch- nomegalie bei Akromegalie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 1600-1604.—Andrews (F. W.) & Branson (W. P. S.) Dental insufficiency in acromegaly. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond., 1911, xlvi, 207. — Arzumanoff (A. O.) [Cases of infantile gigantism with acromegaly.] J. Ne~ vropat. i Psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1910, x, 558- 582.—Babouneix (L.) Deformations du type acrome- galique chez un jeune homme de dix-sept ans. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 1077-1080— Ballet (G.) & Laignel- Lavastine. Uncasd'acromegalieaveclesionshyperplasiques du corps pituitaire, du corps thyroide et des capsules sur- renales. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1905, xviii, 176- 193.—Bassi (G.) D'un caso d'acromegalia prevalentemente cefalica, complicata ad atassia locomotrice (forma giovanile) e ad emiatrofia della faccia, con alcune considerazioni sulle distrofie nervose ed uno schema della loro diagnosi e sinto- matologia generate. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 652-663.—Beduschi (V.) Acromegalia con paraplegia flaccida e singolari deformita osteoarticolari. Tribuna san., Milano, 1907, i, 357-359. Also, transl.: N. iconog.de la Sal- petriere, Par., 1907, xx, 443-447, 4 pi.—de Beurmann, Ra- mond (L.) & Larroque. Lepre tuberculeuse, gigantisme et acromegalic Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1912, 3.s.,xxxiv,714-726.—Bitot, Speder& Papin. Nevralgiefa- ciale; acromegalic au debut. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xiii, 793.—Boettiger (A.) Ein Fall von Akromegalie, com- plicirt durch Erscheinungen der Raynaud'schen Krankheit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 1733-1737.—Boyd (W. A.) Impairment and loss of sexual power in acrome- galy. Med.Rec,NY.,1915,lxxxviii,829-831. A Iso. Reprint— Cantineau. Acromegalic associee au myxcedeme. J. do med. de Brux., 1908, xiii, 20.—de Castro (A.) Sur la coexis- tence de la maladie de Recklinghausen avec l'acromegalie. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1912, xxv, 41-44, 1 pL -----. Acromegalia e tabes. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1914, xxviii, 357-359.—Coffey (W. B.) & Cummins (W. T.) A case of acromegaly with thrombosis and embolism. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 341-343.—Debove. Acro- megalic et epilepsie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1906, xx, 241-244.—Fernandez Sanz (E.) Distrofia mus- cular progresiva, acromegalia y gigantismo. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1915, xiii, 441-450.—Fraikln. Acromegalic co- existant avec un goitre exophtalmique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1898, xix, 196-203.—Grinker (J.) Acromegaly with epilepsy. Chicago M. Recorder, 1903, xxv, 399-407. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1903-4, n. s., v, 474-479.—Grinstein (A. M.) [Case of polyneuritis in an acromegalic giant.] J. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. . . . Korsa- kova, Mosk., 1914, xiv, 783-789.—Grove (W. E.) Acrome- galy and goitre; report of acase. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1910, xxi, 290-292.—Harbitz (F.) Akromegalie und Herniatrophia facialis progressiva; gleichzeitige Missbil- dungen mehrerer Organe mit "innerer Sekretion." Cen- tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1911, xxii, 801- 809.—Hooker (R. S.) Report of a case of acromegaly, with attacks suggesting epilepsy. Med. , 1903,viii, 1-5.—Pilliet(A.il.) ... Progres med., Par., 1897, 3. s., vi, 257; 281; 377.—Pinoy (E.) Acti- nomycoses et mycetomes. Bull, de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1913, xi, 929; 977.—Poncet (A.) Note sur Pactinomycose humaine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 807.—Ponflck (E.) . . . Twentieth Cent. Pract., N. Y., 189*. xv, 475-493.—Porter (C. A.) ... Boston M. & S. J., 1900, cxliii, 251-254. [Discussion], 263.—Preusse. Zur, Lehre von der Aktinomykosis. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1899, 255-273.—Bamstad (N. O.) Actinomvcosis. Journal- Lancet, Minneap., 1916, xxxvi, 732-735.—Bomanelli (R.) Contributo alio studio dell' actinomicosi umana. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1906, ii; 220-226.—Ruhr ah (J.) Actinomycosis in man, with special reference to the cases which have been ob- served in America. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1899, xxx, 417; 605; 722. -----. Actinomycosis in man, with special reference to the cases which have been observed in America; supplemen- tary report. Ibid., 1900, xxxi, 235-241.—Salinari (S.) Con- tributo clinico sperimentale alio studio dell' actinomicosi umana. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1904, Iii, 641-646.— Sano(P.) ... J. med. deBrux., 1905, x, 209.—Schneide- miilil (G.) Ueber Strahlenpilzerkrankung beiMensch und Thier. Thiermed. Rundschau, Halle a. S., 1890-91, v, 193- 196.—Shiota (H.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der menschlichen Aktinomykose. (Klinische und bakteriologische Studie.) Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, ci, 289-401.—SUber- schmidt (W.) . . . Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1901, xxxvii, 345-380, 2pi.—Sudler CM. T.) Human actinomycosis. J. Kansas M. Soc, Topeka, 1916, xvi, 326- 329.—Syms (P.) . . . Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxv, 155- 171. Also, Reprint.—Thevenot (L.) A propos de Pactino- mycose humaine. Lyon med., 1907, cviii, 942-945.—Tous- saint (M.) . . . Bol. d. Inst, patol., Mexico, 1907-8, 2. ep., v, 181; 241; 299; 371; 445.—Verse . . . Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 2088.—Wooldridge (G. H.) Actino- mycosis and botriomycosis. J. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1907, xx, 189-202— Wright (J. B.) ... J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1899, xx, 75^-765.—Wright (J. II.) . . . In: Mod. med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, i, 327- 339.—Wulff. Die Strahlenpilzkrankheit. Berl. thierarzll. Wchnschr., 1900, 13-17.—Zuccaro (G.) Contributo alio studio morfolofdco, istologico e clinico dell' actinomicosi umana. Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 2349-2361, 1 pi. Actinomycosis (Abdominal). Geissler (O.) *Ein Fall von Actinomycosis des Bauches. 8°. Berlin, 1898. Actinomycosis (Abdominal). Hunaeus (G. [C. W. E.]) *Ueber einen Fall von Bauchdeckenactinomycose. [Kiel.] 8°. Lubbrvke, 1906. Bardesco. . . . Bull, et mem. Soc. dechir. de Bucarest, 1901-2, iv, 153-158.—Birkner. [Case.] Sitz.-Protok. d. aerztl. Ver. Numb. 1898, Munchen, 1899; 25.—Borelius (J.) Bauchaktinomykose in Form eines cirkumskripten, be- wegliehen Tumors. Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1903, 3. f., iii, afd. 1, No. 6, 1-16, 1 pi.—Friedrich (P. L.) Ueber die 1 laufigkeit und operative Prognose der Bauchaktinomykose des Menschen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr"., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 1258-1261.—Jaboulay. Actinomycose de la paroi abdominale. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 428.—Kaarsberg (J-) Tumor parietis abdominis. Ugesk. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1914, lxxvi, 1917-1919.—Kihara (I.) Untersuchungen iiber die Actinomycose an der Bauchwand. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1895, ix, 2. Hft., 1; 3. Hft., 22; 5. Hft., 14; 6. Hft., 29,1 pi.—Makins (G. H.) On two cases of abdominal actinomycosis, with some remarks on the differences in their symptoms and the difficulties of diag- nosis in this disease. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1896, Lond., 1897, n. s., xxv, 135-151,1 pi.—Stewart (H. M.) Thecourse and symptoms of abdominal actinomvcosis. Guy's Hosp. Rep. 1897, Lond., 1900, liv, 303-319.—Thevenot (L.) Acti- nomycose appendiculaire; actinomycome isole' de la paroi abdominale; ablation de Pappendice; large ouverture de la tumeur abdominale; guerison. Gaz. d.hdp., Par., 1902, lxxv, 901-904.—Van Der Veer (A.) & Elting (A. W.) Resume of the subject of actinomycosis, with report of a case of acti- nomycosis abdominalis. Albany M. Am., 1902, xxiii, 1-19, 4 pi. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxx, 109-113. Also, Reprint.—Whipple (C.) Webber (H. W.) & Fox (E. L.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1902, ii, 1588. Actinomycosis (Bacteriology of). See Actinomycosis (Causes, etc., of). Actinomycosis (Bovine). Gherardini (P.) Alcuni casi non frequenti di localizzazioni actino-micotiche nel bue e nel maiale, e relative considerazioni in rapporto alia diagnostica cadaverica. 8°. Bologna, 1902. Mitteldorp (J.) *Ueber die geographische Verbreitung der Aktinomykose beim Rind in Bayern. Nebst Berucksichtigung des dermali- gen Standes der Aktinomycesfrage. [Bern.] 12°. Donauworth, 1901. Scheel (R.) *Ein Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Aktinomykose des Rindes unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Kieferaktinomykose. [Zu- rich.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. United States. Department of Agriculture. Circular No. 96. Actinomycosis, or lumpy jaw. By D. E. Salmon and Iheobald Smith. 8°. [Washington], 1906. Repr.from: Rep. on disease of cattle, U. S. Dep. Agric, Wash., 1904. Bertolini (G.) A proposito di alcune rare localizzazioni addominali dell' actinomyces nei bovini, e sui diagnostico di esse. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1909, xiv, 294; 305.—Bongert (J.) Ueber die Aetiologie der Aktinomykose des Rindes. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Miinster) 1912, Leipz., 1913, lxxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 473.—Deve & Duchcz. .. . Normandie med., Rouen, 1909, xxv, 19-21.— Finzi (G.) Su di un caso di actinomicosi ganglionare-glan- dulare in un bovino. Clin, vet., Milano, 1914, xxxvii, 897- 912.—Fracaro (R.) Rara localizzazione actinomicotica in una vacca. Ibid., 1909, xxxii, sez. prat., 771.—Gero (D.) [Arsenic treatment of actinomycosis in cattle.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1913, xxxvi, 511-514.—Gomez Murilld (R.) Actinomicosis bovina en Cuba. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1910, 313-322.—Griffith (F.) On the pathology of bovine actinomycosis: a preliminary report. J. Hyg., Cam- bridge, 1915, xv, 195-207.—Haase. Beitrag zur chirurgischen Behandlung der Aklinoinvkose des Rindes. Berl. tier- arztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi, 133-137.—Hannawalt (W. C.) . . . Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y.. 1900-1901, xxiv. 909.—Harger (S. J. J.) ... J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1903, xxiv, 300-303.—Hauer. [Case.] Hyg. de la viande Jetc], Par., 1912, vi, 274.—Haynes (H.) is actinobacillosis in Michigan cattle? Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1903-4, xxvii, 337.—Hoh- mann (II.) Ueber einen interessanten Fall von Actino- mykose beim Rind (umfangreiche Erkrankung der Zunge nebst Veranderungen in den Lymphdriisen des Kopfes und in der Lunge). Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1902, xiii, 14.—Joest (E.) & Zumpl (A.) Histolo'gische Studien uber die Aktinomykose des Rindes. 1. Zungen- und Lymph- drusenaktinomykose. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1913, xiii, 8; 105, 8 pi.—Korsak (D.) [On the history of development of actinomyces in the pus of cattle.] Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1898, xxviii, 2. sect., 20-24.—Kowalewsky & S wiatoslawsky. Sur la forme mi- ACTINOMYCOSIS. 156 ACTINOMYCOSIS. Actinomycosis (Bovine). liaire de l'actinomycose des ganglions chez les bovides (ac- tinomycosis glandis lymphatics forma miliaris). J. de med. vet.etzootech., Lyon, 1900,5.s.,iv,331-334.—Kreinberg(A.) Ein interessanter Fall von Aktinomykose beim Rinde. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1905, xv, 311 — Kuipers(K. R.) ... Tijdschr. v. veeartsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1903-4, xxxi, 565-573.—Martin. Strahlkrebs. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1906, 1, 484.— Petit (G.) Actinomycose des bourses consecutive a la cas- tration, chez le bceuf. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1903, Ixxviii, 635.—Pilliet (A.-H.) L'actinomycose. lo No- cardia bovis. -Progres med., Par., 1897, 3. s., ,vi, 257-260 — Baymond. . . . Hyg. de la viande [etc.], Evreux, 1909, iii, 207-210.—Beakes (C. J.) ... Veterinarian, Lond., 1900, lxxiii, 357-359.—Bepp (J. J.) [Case] Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1903-4, xxvii, 341.—del Rio (L.) . . . Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, mternac de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, ix, 188-197.—Schtitt. Die freie Form der Actinomyces. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1909, 225-231. — Shukevich (I. I.) [Bacteriology of actinomycosis of cattle] Vet. Obozr., Mosk., 1901, iii, 859-863. Also, Reprint.—Stolpe. Ueber Aktinomykose der Lymphdriisen bei amerikanischen Rindern. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1907, xvii, 339.—Van der Kamp (C. J. G.) Een weinig voorkomend geval van actinomveose bij het rund. Tijdschr. v. veeart- senijkunde, Utrecht, 1914, xli, 913-915, 1 pi.—Yelenevski (Z. F.) [Pathological histology and bacteriology of actino- mycosis of the lips of cattle] Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1901, xxxi, pt. 2, 793; 873, 3 pi. Actinomycosis (Cases of). Abee (C. F. L.) *Drei Falle von totlich ver- lauf ener Actinomycose. 8°. Marburg, 1897. Btjrci (E.) Nuove osservazioni di actino- micosi nell' uomo. 8°. [Roma, 1898?] Greven (P. C.) *Beitrage zur Casuistik der Aktinomykose. 8°. Bonn, 1902. Lorenz (J. K.) *Zwei besondere Falle von Aktinomykose des Menschen. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Malard (M.) *Le panaris actinomycosique. Actinomycose des doigts. 8°. Lyon, 1903. Marc (H.-L.) *Sur quelques cas d'actinomy- cose humaine en Lorraine. 8°. Nancy, 1902. Abee (C.) Drei Falle von todtlich verlaufener Actinomy- cose. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1x97, xxii, 132-171.—Alamartine (II.) Actinomycose sous-maxillnire. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 140-142.—Ancel & Thiry. Une obser- vation d'actinomycose humaine, avec etude bacteriologique Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1898, xxx, 358-371.—Antonelli (G.) Sopra un caso di actinomicosi umana. Policlin., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. prat., 465-468.—Arquembourg & Colle (J.) Un malade atteint de tumeur actinomycosique. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1906, x, 405.—Artault (S.) [Four cases.] Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1900, iii, 209-227.—von Baracz(R.) [Sixtycases.] Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903,xxxvii, 336-340. [Discussion], 463-468.—Barlow (E. B.) [Case.] Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1901, xxvii, 169-171.—Basham (D.W.) Actinomycosishominis. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1900, v, 349-351.—Batasheff (I. S.) & Shtsheglofl (M. A.) [Case.] Vrach. Zapiski, Mosk., 1897, iv, 191-199 — Ilatut (L.) Sur trois cas d'actinomycose de la face. Pro- vince med., Lyon, 1901, xv, 613-615.-----. De l'actinomy- cose dans l'armee, k propos de quatre cas observes. J. d. mal. cutan. etsyph., Par., 1902, xiv, 648-657, 1 pi.—Bell (C. E.) &. Harris (J. D.) [Two cases.] Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1656.—Bell (J.) Introduction and recital of cases [of actino- mycosis]. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 81-88.—Benavente (D.) [Case.] Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1905, xxxiii, 321-325.—Benda (C.) Zwei Falle von metastasiren- der Actinomykose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beilv 70.—Berard. Cas d'actino- mycose peri-laryngo-cesophagienne. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc d. sc. med. de Lyon (1895), 1896 xxxv, pt. 2, 48-51.— Bergasse. [Case.] Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence & Par., 1905, vi, 114-116.—Bigaignon (L.) [Case.] Odontologie, Par., 1907,xxxvii,360-362.—Biondi(D.) [Two cases.] Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1903, xx, 116-123.—Black (S.P.) [Case.] South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 189S, xiii, 41-44 —Blanchard (R.) Quelques cas anciens d'actinomy- cose. Arch, de parasitol., Par., 1899, ii, 329-342.—Bollinger (O.) Ueber pnmare Aktinomykose der Fusswurzelkno- chen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 2-4.—Bragadio (A) Di un raro caso di localizzazione actinomicotica. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1908, lvii, 267-269.— Buday (K.) [Some cases of actinomycosis.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1904, xliv, 100; 120; 150.-Burrell (H. L.) & Bot- tomley (J. T.) [Three cases.] Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. Citv Hosp., 1898, 9. s., 138-140.—Carless (A.) [Case.] Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1897, ix, 474.—Carroll (F. F.) [Case.] J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1905, iv, 655.—Charmoy (A ) [Three cases.] Bull. Soc. med. de l'Yonne 1901, Auxerre, 1902, xiii, 63-74.—Chauflard (A.) & Troisier (J.) Actinomycomecervicc-rachidien. Rev. de med., Par., 1909, Actinomycosis (Cases of). xxix, 753-760.—Codman (E. A.) [Case.] Boston M. A S. J., 1898,cxxxix, 131—Cook((J. W.) [Case] Dental Rev., Chicago, 1901, xv, 307-312—Cotterill (J. M.) A case of actinomycosis; recovery. Scot. M. 6i S. J., Edinb., 1897, i, 339.—Cran well. [Twocases] Semanamed., Buenos Aires 1903, x, 1140— Crawford (1). I>.) [Two cases.] Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 157.—I>a Costa (J. C.) [Case.] Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 130-133.—Darling. [Case.l Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1903, xxv, 315-318.—De-Cortes (A.) [Two cases.] Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1272- 1275.—Demetru(P.E.) [Case.] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1911, xxxi, 25-49.—Depage. [Case] Soc. roy. d.sc. med. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1903, lxi, 13.5-137.—De Vita (D.) II primo caso di actinomicosi in militari italiani. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1901, vii, 653-706.—Dubreuilh (W.) & Sabrazes (J.) [Case] Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol... . de Bordeaux, 1893, xiv, 23.—Duckworth (D.) A case of acute ad inomveosis. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1901, xxxiv, 1-4.—Duma. fCase.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1900-1901, iii, 111.— Dumont(G.) Actinomycoseamarcherapide Bull. m^d. du nord, Lille, 1896, xxxv, 785-792. — Eldering (P. J.) [Case] Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav., 1896, xxxvi, 72-76.—Elliot (J. W.) [Cases.] Boston M. & S. J., 1899, cxli, 11.—Escomel (E.) Sur un nouveau cas d'actino- mycose au Perou. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1915, viii, 57.1-573.—Evans (W.) [Case] Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 216.—Friis (I.) [Case.] Hosp.-Tid., Kj0benh., 1898,4. R.,vi, 1153-1158.—Ftitterer (G.) [Case.] J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1099.—Galli-Valerio (B..) Acti- nomicosi epseudo-actinomicosi, a proposito di uncaso osser- vato nell' uomo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 1574- 1576.—Gilford (N. H.) Actinomycosis; a brief review of the subject, with report of a case. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc, Providence, 1908, vii, 681-684.—Godlee (R.J.) A series of cases of actinomycosis. Lancet, Lond., 1901, i, 3-9.— Groves (W. R.) [Case] Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Mel- bourne, 1906, xi, 38-40.—Guelliot ( O.) [Cases.] Union m^d. du nord-est, Reims, 1902, xxvi, 1-5.—Guermonprez & Becue. Actinomycose des os. J. d. sc med. de Lille, 1894, i, 305-317. Also, in their: Actinomycose, 12°, Par., i894, 1040-1056.—Guignot. [Case.] Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. de Vaucluse, Avignon, 1911, vii, 637-639.—von Hacker. Ueber die seit circa einem Jahre an der chirurgischen Klinik in Innsbruck beobachteten Falle von Actinomykose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 302.—Hartman (W. M.) [Case] Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-4, vi, 157-161.—Hay (J.) [Case.] Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1903, xxiii, 405.—Hegner (J.) [Case.] Schweiz. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Zurich & Geneve, 1907, xvii, 338-340.—Henry (G. McW.) [Case.] Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1449.—Herlofsen (T.) [Case] Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevi- densk., Kristiania, 1897, 4. R., xii, 1141-1143.—Hoffmann (R.) Ueber parapharyngeale Aktinomykose Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1909, lviii, 156-164.—Israel (J.) Seltener Fall von Aktinomykose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipzv 1913, xxxix, 2378.—Jackson (R. H.) [Two cases.] Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1904-5, iii, 11-15.—Johnson (R.) A case of actinomycotic sinuses in the thigh, from one of which a concretion, probably formed in the appendix, was discharged. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, Clin. Sect., 216.—Jones (E.T.)& Mackay (J. C.) [Case] Lan- cet, Lond., 1900, ii, 255.—Jones (H.) [Two cases.] Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, Ixxviii, 363.—Jones (S.) A case of re- ported actinomycosis. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1911, lxix, 182.— Jorge Facio (L.) [Case.] Semana med., Buenos Aires. 1913, xx, pt. 2, 401.—Kenigsberg (M. M.) [Three cases.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1900, Ixxviii, med.-spec. pt., 251-268.—Kinney (De L.) [Case.] Dental Brief, Phila., 1908, xiii, 553-557.—Knox (R.) [Case] Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1307.—Kochanofl (A. V.) [Three cases.] Izvfest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1905, xi, 35-50.— Labbe (R.) Sur un cas d'actinomycose gingivo-jugale. Bull, med., Par., 1906, xx, 962.—Lange. [Case] Ann. Surg., Phila., 1896, xxiv, 371.—Le Fort. [Case] Echo med. dunord, Lille, 1906, x, 405.—Lovell (A. G. H.) Actino- mycosis, with special reference to involvement of bone, and an account of a ease primarily involving the inferior maxilla. Proc. Roy. Soc.Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Surg. Sect, 121-127. -----. Actinomycosis; streptothrix infections. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 241— McJunkin(F. A.) [Case] Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1907, xxix, 213-216— Mc- Kenty (F. E.) A study of cases of actinomycosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1913, cxlv, 835-856.—McMorrow (F.) A case of actinomycosis of the pelvis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 406.—Magli (E.) [Case.] Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1902, iii, 358; 376.—Mandlebaum (F. S.) [Case.] Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 178.— Mane Algorta & Scaltritti. [Case.] Rev. mea. a. Uru- guay, Montevideo, 1907, x, 274-278.—Manninger (V.) [Cases.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1906,1, 299.—Marchand (J.) [Case] J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1905, v, 419-421.—Marcus. Contribution k l'etude de l'acti- nomycose dans l'armee. Arch. dem6d. etpharm. mil., Par., 1899, xxxiii, 352-370.—Martin (A.) [Case] Rev.barcel.de enferm. de oido, srariranta y nariz, Bareel., 1909, v. 95.—Mat- lack (J. A.) [Case] Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1905, xii, 453-457.—Mattern. [Case.] Munchen. tierarztl. Wchn- schr., 1909,liii,323.—Maupetit (G.) Quelquescasd'actino- mycose. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xxxii, ACTINOMYCOSIS. 157 ACTINOMYCOSIS. Actinomycosis (Cases of). 451.—3Iettam. [Case] Dublin f. M. Sc, 1913, cxxxvi, 217.—Mills (W. A.) [CaseJ Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1897, xxxix, 949-955.—Mota (J. E.) [Case.] Bol. d. Inst, patol., Mexico, 1902-3, ii, 1-9.—Munro (J. C.) [Four cases.] Bos- ton M. A- S. J., 1900, cxliii, 255. [Discussion], 263.—Nelaton (C.) Actinomycose mammaire gauche survenue dans le cours d'un phlegmon actinomycosique pleuro-lombaire du meme cote. Lyon med., 1900, xciv, 5-15.—Neukirch (H.) A propos d'actinomycose Presse med., Par.; 1903, ii, 848.— Nikitin (V. N.) [Extensiveactinomycosis with localization in the brain.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1900, 677-680.—Oliver (J. C.) [Case.] Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxii, 668-672.— PeSina. [Two singular cases.] Casop. lek. cesk.,v Praze, 1893, xxxii, 981; 1001; 1021.—Poncet. [Case.] Lyon med., 1902, xcix, 873.-----. Actinomycose temporo-maxillaire gauche; actinomycose et grossesse. Ibid., 1906, cvi, 226- 229. ---—. Actinomycose cervicale. Ibid., 1907, cix, 259.— Powell (A.) [Three cases.] Tr. Bombay M. Cong., Bom- bay, 190:\ 260.—Powell (C. A.) A troublesome case of acti- nomvcosis. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1902, xv, 79.—Preis (K.) [Case] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1905, xlix, 505.—Pringle. [Case.] Middlesex Hosp. Rep., Lond, l-v)5-6, 69-71.—Ramirez Santal6 (A.) Una obser- vacidn deaetinomicosis faringo-parotidea. Rev.desan.mil., Madrid, 1913, 3. s., iii, 177-183.—Ravaut (P.) & Pinoy. Actinobacillose a forme meningee observee a Paris chez un Argentin (premier cas chez Phomme de cette affection). Presse meet, Par., 1911, xix, 49.—Raybaud (A.) & Sepet (P.) [Case.] Compt. rend. Soc.de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 1475- 1477.—Reignier. [Case.] J. de med. de Par., 1905, 2. s., xvii, 509.—Renn (P.) Zur Kasuistik der Actinomvcose. Festschr. z. 40jahr. Sitzungsfeier d. Deutsch. Hosp., N. Y., 1909, 140-153.—del Rio y de Lara (L.) Los primeros casos de actinomicosis estudiados en Espafia. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1899, ii, 78-139,1 pi. Also, Reprint — Ripault. Un cas d'actinomycose peri-laryngee. Parole. Rev. internat. de rhinol. [etc.], Par., 1902, n. s., iv, 420.— R6na (S.) [Case.] Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1901, vi, 641.—Rouvillois. Sur un cas d'actinomycose de la region sus-hyoi'dienne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1909, n. s., xxxv, 1232.—Rowland (P. W.) [Three cases.] Lan- cet, Lond., 1902, ii, 671—Ruiz-Matas (M.) [Case.] Gac. med. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1908, xxvi, 64-67.—Rzad (A.) [Two cases.] Czasopismo lek., Lddz, 1900, ii, 177- 182.—de Quervain (F.) Beitrag zur Actinomykose des Schadelinnern. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, li, 380-390.—Salishtshefl (E.) [Case.] Izviest. Imp. Tomsk. Univ., 1891, iii, pt. 2, 41-47.—Sampietro (G.) [Two cases.] Ann. d' ig. sper., Roma, 1908, n. s., xviii, 391-416.—Schou- ten(J.) [Case.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1902, 2. R., xxviii, d. 2, 254-256.—Shearer (T. W.) [Case.] Tr. Texas M. Ass., Austin, 1899, xxxi, 116-120.—Sibley (W. K.) [Case] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915-16, ix, Dermat. Sect., 48-50.—Smith (G.), Harsant (W. H.) & Bush (J. P.) [Three cases.] Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 311.—Smith (H. B. W.) [Case] Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1907-8, iii, 23-25.—Stone (H. B.) [Two cases from Virginia.] Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1909-10, xiv, 489-492.— Tansini (I.) [Case.] Clin, mod., Pisa, 1900, vi, 90 — Terrier (F.) & Dujarier (C.J Un cas d'actinomycose eervico-cranienne. Rev. de chir., Par., 1906, xxxiii, 431- 433.—Torres (O.) [Case] Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1916, xxx, 225-228.—Tslperkus (T. V.) [Case.] Russk. Vrach., S.-Peterb., 1906, v, 295.—Turner (G. R.) [Case] Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1900, xxxiii, 196-198, 1 1., 2 pi. —Vander Veer (A.) & Elting (A. W.) Resume of the subject of actinomycosis, with report of a case of actinomycosis abdominalis. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1902, 373-388, 4 pi.—Vilhelm & Jacques. Un cas d'actinomycose k grains verts. Soc. de mea. de Nancy. C.-r., 1900-1901, Proc-v., 158-160. Also: Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1901, xxxiii, 726-728.—Walker (J. E.) [Case] Memphis Lancet, 1898, i, 279-287.—Wallhauser (H. J. F.) [Case.] J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1904, ii, 77-79, 1 pi. — Warren (G. A.) [Case.] Hot Springs M. J., 1903, xii, 100-102.— Weber (L.) [Case.] N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1901, xiii, 115-118. Also: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1901, xlvi, 210.— Weiss. [Case] Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1896, xxviii, 262- 267.—Weiss. [Patient mit allgemeiner, metastasierender Aktinomykose.] Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1909, Hamb. & Leipz., 1910, xiv, pt. 1, 106.—Wernicke (R.) [Case] An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1895, xviii, 223-232.—West (F. W.) A few remarks on actinomycosis, with clinical notes of five cases. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1912, xxxi, 649-652.—Wyer (O. F.) [Case] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, ii, 1128.—Zamuravkin (K. I.) [Case.] Vo- yenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1905, ii, med.-spec. pt., 233-235.— Zederbaum (G.) [Case] Dental Reg., Cincin., 1907, lxi. 460-467.—Zeisler (J.) [Case.] J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1906, xxii, 510-512. Actinomycosis (Causes andpathology of). See, also, Actinomyces. Freytag (G. W.) *Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Actinomycose. 8°. Munchen, 1901. Schtjlze-Oben (F.) *Casuistische Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Aktinomycose beim Menschen | AQtinomycosis(Causes and pathology of). in besonderer Beruchsichtigung der Eingangs- pforten. 8°. Marburg, 1897. Smirnoff (Alexandrine). *Les recherches sur les lesions et le parasite de l'actinomycose. 8°. Montpellier, 190G. Timofieyeff (S. A.) [Histogenesis of actino- mycoses.] 8°. [Kiyev, 1911.] Verliac (H.) Recherches experimentales sur les toxines de l'actinomyces. Contribution a l'etude des poisons microbiens a action locale predominante. 8°. Paris, 1907. Zehbe (M.) *Beitriige zur pathologischen Anatomie der Aktinomykose des Menschen. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Adami (J. G.) Certain points in connexion with the'de- velopment of our knowledge of actinomycosis and its causa- tion. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 88-93— Afanasyeff (M. I.)&Shults(N. K.) [Etiology of actinomycosis.] Dnevnik Syezda Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Pe- terb., 1888-9, iii, 43; 183. —Alisoff (P.) & Skvortsoff (M.) [On the bacteriology and pathological anatomy of actino- mycosis in man.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1898, I. 575-592.— Archibald (E. W.) Clinical bacteriology of actinomycosis. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 103-105.—Audry (C.) Ueber einige zellige Veranderungen an der Wand des aktinomy- kotischen Abscesses. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1896, xxii, 553.—Bal&s (K.) [Injured liver the cause of ac- tinomycosis.] Husszemle, Budapest, 1908, iii, 25. —Beck (J. C.) Ueber den Sectionsbefund eines lethal verlaufenen Falles von Aktinomykose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 145-147.—Berard & Nicolas. Sur Petiologie de l'ac- tinomycose. Lyon med., 1898, Ixxxvii, 22-24.—Berestneff Die Actinomykose und ihre Erreger. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1898, clii, 399.—Classen. Strahlenpilzerkran- kung durch Pferdebiss. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxxix, 377-382.—Colzi (F.) Contributo alle lesioni prodotte dal fungo raggiato. Sperimentile. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1902, lvi, 264-296, 4 pi—Dor (L.) Une nouvelle mycose k grains jaunes; ses rapports avec l'actinomycose; est-ce une variety de l'actinomycose ou une espece differente? Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1896,xliii,553.—Dorn. Aktinomy- kotisehe, Neubildung im Nasenrachen. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1903, xlvii, 247.—Dresel (E. G.) Zur Aetiologie und klinischen Diagnose der Aktinomykose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1862- 1864.—Falge (L.) Pathology and clinical history of three cases of actinomycosis with apparently direct contagion. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1908-9, vii, 710-716.—Habel (A.) Ueber Aktinomykose. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc], Berl., 1896, cxlvi, 1-35.—Hektoen (L.) The general etiology of actinomycosis. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1900, 9. s., iv, 110- 121.—Hoche (C.-L.) Histogenese du nodule actinomyco- sique et propagation des lesions. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1899, xi, 599-613, 2 pi.—Keppler (W.) Beitrag zur Entstehung der Aktinomykose. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1914, civ, 831-842, 1 pi.—Korolkoff (F.) [Case of actinomycosis with uncertain place of entrance] Voyenno- Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1900, Ixxviii, med. spec, pt., 3561-3567 — Kuroiwa (F.) & Murayama (K.) [A view ofthe bacteria of similar diseases in hen's egg culture, after three cases of actinomycosis.] Chugai Iji Shinpo, Tokyo, 1902, xxiii, 1515-1525.— Lord (F. T.) The etiology of actinomycosis; the presence of actinomycetes in the contents of carious teeth and the tonsillar crypts of patients without actinomy- cosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1261-1263.—Maass (F.) The method of infection of actinomycosis in man. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 292-299.—Muller (L.) Ueber Veranderungen im Augenhintergrunde bei miliarer Aktinomykose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903, xli, 236-247. A Iso: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte, 382.—Nicholls (A. G.) The bacteriology of actinomycosis. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 100-103.—Noesske (H.) Ueber die Bedeutung des Traumas fiir die Entwicklung aktinomykotischer Prozesse. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 496-500.—Okuniew- ski (J.) Aktinomykose nach einer Hautverletzung. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 377.—Pacinotti (G.) Sulle progressioni locali del fungo raggiato (actinomyces bovis). Boll. d. mal. ven., sif. e d. pelle, Roma, 1899-1900,"i, 177-186 — Parmenter (F. J.) Infection with an organism of the actino- myces group; recovery. Buffalo M. J., 1907-8, lxiii, 133-137.— Poncet. Actinomycose k forme neoplasique. Lyon med., 1907, cix, 533-535.—Poncet (A.) & Berard (L.) Etiologie ge- nerate de l'actinomycose. Ibid., 1898, lxxxviii, 5-13. Also: Province med., Lyon, 1898, xii, 202-204.—Poncet (A.), La- comme & Thevenot (L.) Recherches sur la toxieite' des cultures d'actinomycose et la presence de leurs produits solubles. Bull. Acad. de|med., Par., 1907, 3. s., lvii, 449- 452. — Provera (('.) Sopra un metodo rapido di colora- zione dell' actinomices bovis nelle sezioni. Morgagni, Mi- lano, 1904, xlvi, 270-272. — Przewoski. Actinomycosis caused by caries of the teeth.] Now. lek., Poznah, 1913, xxv, 698.—Remedi (V.) Contributo alle lesioni prodotte dal fungo raggiato. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, ACTINOMYCOSIS. 158 ACTINOMYCOSIS. Actinomycosis( Causes andpathology of). 1903,lvii,47-74.—Rocheblave. L'actinomycose,accident du travail. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Dr6me [etc.], Valence, 1911, xii, 257-261.—Rosenberger (R. C.) The lesion in acti- nomycosis with a few new stains for the actinomyces. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1900, iii, 1051-1053.—Savchenko (I. G.) [Pseudo-actinomycosis produced by a bacillus; a new bacterium which produces suppuration clinically similar to actinomycosis.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 184-203, 1 pi. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid., 209-211.—Sawaitoff (N. P.) [Case of actinomycosis in man; data on the comparative pathology of infectious diseases common to men and animals.] Bol- nitsch. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1901, xii, 1617-1624, 2pl — Schlagenhaufer. Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie der Aktinomvkose beim Menschen. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, clxxxiv, 491-515.—Schwartz (E.) Sur un cas d'actmomycose; inoculation prise sur le fait. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1911, 3. s., lxv, 54-57 — Shukevich (I.) [Investigations on the pathology of atyp- ical actinomycosis.] Arch. biol. nauk . . ., S.-Peterb., 1908, xiv, 307-342, 1 pi.—Silberschmidt (W.) Recherches sur l'actinomycose au point de vue bacteriologique. Cong, in- ternat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., 1900, x, 90. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1901, xxxi, 520.—Snively (J. R.) Actinomycosis on the finger, taken from a calf. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., Phila., 1897, xviii, 225.—Tarozzi(G.) Ricerche anatomo-patologiche bacterio- logiche e sperimentali sopra un caso di actinomicosi del piede. Arch, per le sc. med., Torino, 1909, xxxiii, 553-632, 1 pi. — Wingate (J. L.) Actinomycosis. J. Comp. M. & Vet. Arch., 1896, xvii, 276-2S1. Actinomycosis (Complications and se- quelse of). Kramer (J.) *Ueber fortgeleitete aktino- mykotische Thrombose der Vena lienalis und der Pfortader; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Auftretens doppellichtbrechender Substanz bei Aktinomykose. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Bourquin (E.) & de Quervain (F.) Sur les complica- tions cerebrates de l'actinomycose. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1897, xvii, 145-163.—Cameron (Sir H. C.) A grass (oat?) seed removed from an actinomvcosis growth on thecheek. Glasgow M. J., 1905, lxiv, 277.—Dean (G.) A case of pyemic actinomycosis with an actinomvcotic endo- carditis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1303.—Letulle (M.), Dujarier [et al.]. Actinomycose pulmonaire (broncho- pneumo-pleurale); abces actinomycosique du cerveau, rompu dans le ventricule gauche; meningite cerebro-spinale suraigue terminale Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 489-500.—Pollak (R.) Ueber einen Fall von Actinomycespyamie mit retrograder Embolie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, li, 529-536 — de Quervain. Des complications encephaliques de l'acti- nomycose. Trav. de neurol. chir., Par., 1898, iii, 87-109 — Queyrat (L.) & Joltrain (E.) Actinomycose faciale, suivie d'adenopathie tracheb-bronchique actinomycosique et de generalisation pulmonaire; etude clinique, biologique et radiologique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1914,3. s., xxxviii, 206-218.—Slattery (J. B.) Actinomycosis occurring in tuberculous subjects; three cases. Lancet, Lond., 1912, ii, 1074.—von Stubenrauch. Aktinomykose der Schlafen-Jochbeingegend mit besonderer Beteiligung der Orbita und Exophthalmus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1193. Actinomycosis (Diagnosis of). Duvau (J.) *Pronoptic eloigne des diffe- rentes formes cliniques de l'actinomycose hu- maine; statistique de 255 cas. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Guignot (J.-B.) *Des pseudo-actinomycoses. Nouvelle mycose a grains jaunes. 8°. Lyon, 1896. Kaufmann (B.) *Contribution clinique, histologique biologique a l'etude de l'actino- mycose; sero-diagnostic de l'actinomycose. 8°. Paris, 1910. Berestnew (N.) Ueber Pseudoaktinomykose. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1898, xxix, 94-116, 3 pi.—Blackley (J. G.) A knottv case: ? actinomycosis. J. Brit. Homoeop. Soc, Lond., 1895, iii, 356-366. — Chausse (P.) Methodes de coloration communes a Pactinobacillose, l'actinomvcose et la botryomycose. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1909, xxiii, 503-508, 1 pi.—Chipman (W. W.) The clinical aspect of actinomycosis. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 93-08.—Ciechanowski (S.) Zur Aktinomycesfar- bung in Schnitten; technische Notiz. Centralbl. f. Bak- teriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903 xxxiii, 238.—Concetti (L.) Sur un aspect actinomycosique du bacille de Loeffler dans quelques conditions de sa vie saprophvtique Cong, inter- nat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de med. de Pent. 404- Actinomycosis (Diagnosis of). 414.—Coyon (A.) & Gougerot (H.) Actinomycose pro- fonde abdominale a fistules cutanees multiples disseminrcs; sero-diagnostic mycosique positif. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 166-177.—Cozzolino (V.) Un caso di pseudo-actinomicosi della regione periauricolare e del condotto uditivo esterno, seguito da infezione della faringe, del polmone e delle meningi, da un nuovo bacillo filamentoso (con reperto necroscopico). Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1899, xvii, 121-134.---—. Ein neues Fadenbacterium, eine pseudo-aktinomykotisehe Erkrankung erzeugend. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infections- krankh., Leipz., 1900, xxxiii, 36-52, 1 pi.—Craig (J. F.) Disease ma heifer resembling actinomycosis. Vet. J., Lond., 1906, lxii, 707.—Dandois. Contribution au diagnostic et au traitement de l'actinomycose. Ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1896-7, iv, 297-302. Also: Rev. med., Louvain, 1896-7, xv, 289-294.—Dor (L.) Actinomycose reconnue par l'examen des crachats. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1894), 1895, xxxiv, pt. 2,120. ■—:—. Pseudo- actinomycose. Lyon med., 1897, lxxxiv,341-343. A Iso: Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1897, xi, 161.-----. Procede simple pour rechercher les grains jaunes de l'actinomycose. Lyon med., 1904, ch, 1231.—Ftitterer (G.) A case of actinomy- cosis hominis, with remarks concerning the differential macroscopic diagnosis between actinomycotic and tubercu- lous peribronchitis. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 337-341.— Gabrielides. Diagnostic de l'actinomycose Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1906, li, 72-75.—Heidingsfeld (M. L.) Actinomvcosis (?) case for diagnosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. s\, lv, 523.—Hudson (W. H.) The diagnosis and treatment of human actinomycosis, with report of two cases. Atlanta J.-Rec. Med., 1901-2, iii, 577-590.—Keenan (C. B.) Determination of species; [actinomycosis]. Montreal M. J., 1905, xxxiv, 105.—Kellock (T. H.) Some clinical features of actinomycosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Surg. Sect., 127-131.—Kieseritzky (G.) & Bornhaupt (L.) Ueber einige unter dem Bilde der Aktinomykose verlaufende Affectionen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1905, lxxvi, 835- SS2.—Knox (R.) A clinical study of actinomycosis. Lan- cet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1204-1207—Krasnobayeff (T. P.) [Three cases of pseudoactinomvcosis in childhood.] Trudi Obsh. DIetsk. Vrach. v Mosk., 1898-9, vii, 43-45.—Le Dentu. Remarques relatives au diagnostic de l'actinomycose. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1904, 3. s., li, 111-115.—Litten (M.) & Levy(F.) Ueber atypische Aktinomvkose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 1772-1775.—Milian. Actinomycose de la piante du pied; de la biopsie dans l'acti- nomycose. Bull. Soc. franc de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 2-4. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 63-65.—Moore (V. A.) Actinomycosis mistaken for tuberculosis at post-mortem following the tuberculin test. Am. Vet. Rev., N. Y., 1906-7, xxx,,181-184. — Moty. Pseu- do-actinomycose du bras droit. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1901, v, 198.—Nicolas (J.), Massia [et al.]. Actinomycose atypique. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1914, xiii, 366- 369. Also: Lyon med., 1914, cxxii, 1115-1118.—Poncet (A.) Pseudo-actinomvcose; mycose k grains jaunes. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 261-263.—Poncet (A.) & Berard. Diag- nostic clinique de l'actinomycose humaine. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1904, i, 805-810. Also: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1904, 3. s., li, 250-260. Also: Lyon med., 1904, cii, 609- 619. —Shabad (LA.) [Actinomycosis atypica pseudo- tuberculosa; streptothnchosis hominis.] Russk. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1903,ii, 1242; 1282; 1317.—Silberschmidt(W.) Zur bakteriologischen Diagnose der Aktinomvkose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl.& Leipz., 1901,xxvii,816.—Thevenot (L.^ Actinomycose et tuberculose; reaction des actinomy- cosiques aux precedes de laboratoire employes pour le di- agnostic de la tuberculose. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc- verb. [etc.], Par., 1906, xix, 809-812.—Widal (F.) Le sero- diagnostic de l'actinomycose Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1910, 3. s., lxiii, 392-401. Also: J. de med. int., Par., 1910, xiv, 131-133. Actinomycosis (Facial and cervico- facial). Arnauld (L.) Actinomycose angulo-faciale. J. med. franc., Par., 1908, ii, 798-800, 1 pi. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1908, xix, 463.—Batut. Sur trois cas d'actinomycose de la face. Lyon med., 1902, xcix, 430; 533.—Berard. Actino- mycose de la face. Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, pt. 2,14-16.-----. Deux cas d'acti- nomycose cervico-faciale. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii.579-582.— Borel (G.) Un cas d'actinomycose de la face. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 314-316.—Brault (J.) Un cas d'actinomycose de la joue droite observed Alger. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899,10. s., vi, 17.—Chom- pret & Ponroy. Actinomycose probable de la region cervico-faciale. Rev. de stomatol., Par., 1912, xix, 153-158.— Danlos. Un cas d'actinomycose faciale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 466.—Duquet. Sur un cas d'actmomycose bucco-faciale gudri. Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxrvi, 36-41. Also: Presse med., Par., 1897, 213.—Eddowes (A.) [A case of actinomycosis primarily and solely affecting the cheek.] Brit. J. Dermat., Lond., 1906, xviii, 150.—Hue (F.) Actinomycose cervico- faciale? Normandie med., Rouen, 1907, xxii, 9-12.—Jervell ACTINOMYCOSIS. 159 ACTINOMYCOSIS Actinomycosis (Facial and cervico- facial). (K.) [Four cases of actinomycosis proceeding from the cavity of the mouth.] Festskr. . . . Prof. Heibergs [etc.], Kristi- ania, 1895,100-112.—Kellock (T. H.) Actinomycosis of the mouth and face, with the report of ten cases. Tr. Odont. Soc. Gr. Brit., Lond., 1904-5, n. s., xxxvii, 29-61.—Lopez (A.) Actinomycosis en la cara y en el tdrax. Juventud med., Guatemala, 1899, i, 127; 151.—Magnan. L'actinomycose de la face. Ann. med.-chir. du centre, Tours, 1904, iv, 386.— Minerbi (C.) Intorno ad un caso iniziale di actinomicosi bucco-faciale in un soggetto diabetico. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1900, xxxiii, 3-8.—Petges & Darget. Acti- nomycose cervico-faciale. Presse med., Par., 1916, xxiv, 134.—Poncet (A.) Actinomvcose cervico-faciale gauche. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 657-659.-----. Cervico- facial actinomycosis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcviii, 94. V'iannay. Un cas d'actinomycose temporo- faciale ;'i forme chronique. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1912, xxxi, 49-51.—Vincent & Costantini. Actinomycose tem- poro-faciale. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1909, xx, 211.— Waring (H. J.) Actinomvcosis of the cheek. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1894-5, xlvi, 214^217. Actinomycosis (Generalized). Meier (J.) *Beitrag zur Casuistik der generali- sierten embolischen Aktinomykose. 8°. Miin- chen, 1904. Richter (A.) *Zwei Falle von Aktinomykose als Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Generalisation akti- nomykotischer Erkrankungen. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Assmann (A.) Generalisierte Aktinomykose. Deut- sche tierarztl. Wchnschr., Hannov., 1904, xh, 63.—Fibich (S.) [Actinomycosis miliarisprimaria musculorum bovis.] Przegl. wet.. Lwdw, 1903, xviii, 41-51.—Gulyas (K.) [A case eich of generalized actinomycosis and elephantiasis caused by actinomycosis in horned cattle] Husszemle, Budapest, 1906, i, 17.—Kutsera (J.) [Two cases of general actinomycosis.] Husszemle, Budapest, 1909, iv, 57-59.— Leith. On a case of actinomycosis of the hepatic flexure of the colon, of the liver and lung in man. Proc. Scot. Micr. Soc, Lond. & Edinb., 1890-95, i, 170. —Newman (E. D.) Actinomycosis, cutaneous and systemic; report of a case. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1916, xxxiv, 290-295, 1 pi.— Nikitin(W.) Ein Fall von ausgebreiteter Aktinomykose mit Lokalisation im Gehirn. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl.A- Leipz., 1900,xxvi,612—Paetzold(P.) EinFallvon generalisierter Aktinomykose beim Menschen. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1915, xvi, 415-440.—Varney (H. R.) Systemic actinomycosis, with case report. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 235-237,1 pi. Actinomycosis (Hepatic). See Liver (Actinomycosis of). Actinomycosis (History and statistics of). Camus (C.) Contribution a l'etude de l'actynomicose dans la region dijonnaise. 8°. Paris, 1899. Cranwell (D.J.) Contribucidn al estudio de la actinomicosis humana; su frecuencia en la Republica Argentina. 8°. Buenos Aires, 1904. Daday (P.) *De l'actinomycose dans le de- partementdu Gard. 8°. Lyon, 1900. _ Demias (S.) *De l'actinomycose animale, en particulier dans la region lyonnaise. 8°. Lyon, '1897. Gascoin (H.-A.-J.) Contribution a l'etude de l'actinomycose en Touraine. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Lebreton (L.) *De l'actinomycose dans le departementde la Seine. Juinl902. 8°. Paris, 1902. Rigler (O.) *Die Aktinomycose in Thurin- gen. 8°. Jena, 1901. Saintraille. Contribution a, l'etude de l'actinomycose en France. 4°. Toulouse, 1896. Thebaixlt (L.) Contribution a l'etude cli- nique de l'actinomycose, l'actinomycose a Rennes. 8°. Paris, 1906. Arnold (W. F.) A non-fatal case of actinomycosis in man, with a reference to the prevalence of actinomycosis in Northern China. South. Pract., Nashville, 1896, xviii, 535- 640, 1 pi.—Baylac & Ferron (M.) De l'actinomycose dans le dcpartement des Landes. Prov. med., Par., 1907, xx, 250.—Berard (L.) De l'actinomycose humaine; sa fre- quence en France; n^cessite et mbyens de la reconnaitre; Actinomycosis (History and statistics donnees cliniques; diagnostic et traitement. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896, lxix, 253; 289.—Borelius (J.) Om aktinomykos i Blekinge. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1896, lviii, pt. 2. 156-164.— Brunner (F.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Actinomycose in der Schweiz. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1896, xxvi, 369-3S0.—Cranwell (D.J.) La actinomicosis humana en la Republica Argentina. Rev. Soc. argent., Buenos Aires, 1903, xi, 318: 1904, xii, 5.-----. Nueva contribucidn al estudio de la actinomicosis humana en la Republica Argen- tina. Ibid., 1906, xiv, 316-321.—Dubreuilh (W.) & Freche. L'actinomycose dans le Sud-Ouest. Cong, franc, de m6d. 1895, Par., 1896, ii, 987-1003—Ducor (P.) Contribution a l'etude de l'actinomycose en France. Bull. Acad, de mea., Par., 1897,3. s., xxxviii, 494-496.—Ekehorn (G.) Om akti- nomykos i Blekinge. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1896, lviii, pt. 2, 422-424.—Erving(W.G-) Actinomycosis hominis in Ameri- ca, with report or six cases. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1902, xiii, 261-268.—Escomel (E.) Sur l'actinomycose humaine au Perou. Bull. Soc. path, exot.. Par., 1914, vii, 380.—Gascoin (H.) L'actinomycose en Touraine. Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1907, xii, 7-10.—Harbitz (F.) & Grondahl (N. B.) Die Strahlenpilzkrankheit (Aktino- mykose) in Norwegen. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911, 1, 193-234, 3 pi. Also, transl: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911,cxlii, 386-395.—Hardotiin (P.) L'acti- nomycose k Rennes; 2 nouvelles observations. Bull. Soc. scient. et med. de Pouest, Rennes, 1904, xiii, 495-502.—Hod- son (S.) A note on actinomycosis in India. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1909, xxix, 29.—Koch (C.) Ueber das Vor- kommen der Actinomycose in Niirnberg und Umgebung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1893, Leipz., 1894, lxv, pt. 2, 120-124.—Ljunggren (C. A.) Om actinomycosis hominis och dess forekomst mom Sodra Skane Nord. med. Ark., Stockholm, 1895, n. F., v, 6. hft., No. 27, 1-26.—Petges (G.) Notes sur l'actinomycose, en particulier dans la region bordelaise. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1907, xxviii, 145-151.—Poncet (A.) [L'actino- mycose en France pendant l'annee 1896.] Courrier med., Par., 1897, xlvii, 142-144.-----. De l'actinomycose humaine en France; sa frequence; son pronostic eloigne. M6d. mod., Par., 1902, xiii, 125.—Poncet (A.) & Berard (L.) Del'acti- nomycose humaine, particulierement en France. [Rap.] Bull, med., Par., 1897, xi, 737-741. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1897, lxx, 925-929. Also: Lyon med., 1897, lxxxv, 467-477. ----- -----. De l'actinomycose humaine pendant ces deux dernieres annees (1898-1900). Bull, med., Par., 1900, xiv, 288-291. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1900, lxxiii, 365- 368. Also: Lyon med., 1900, xciii, 433-441.-----------. De l'actinomycose humaine en France; sa frequence; son pronostic eloigne. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlvii, 424-432. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1902, lxxxv, 377- 380. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1902, 2. s., xxxiv, 288-290.— Poncet (A.) & Thevenot (L.) De l'actinomycose humaine en France et k Petranger dans ces cinq dernieres annees. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3. s., xlix, 722-733. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1903, lxxvi,' 673-676. Also: Lyon med., 1903, c, 1055-1065.—Beboul (J.) L'actinomycose dans le Gard; un cas d'actinomycose du pied par inoculation directe. Echo med. d. Cevennes, Nimes, 1902, iii, 31-41.—Bicono (M.) Actinomycosis in South Africa. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1912, x, 511.—Schouten (J.) Bijdrage tot de kennis van het voorkomen en de verspreidmg der actino- mycosis bij de nuisdieren in Nederland. Tijdschr. v. vee- artsenijk. Maandbl., Utrecht, 1903-4,xxxi, 97-153.—Schu- chardt. Das Vorkommen von Aktinomykose beim Men- schen in Thuringen. Cor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thurin- ringen, Weimar, 1902, xxxi, 196-199.—da Silva Santos (G.) A actinomycose em Portugal. Contemp. med., Lisb., 1900, xviii, 124.—Thevenot (L.) De l'actinomycose humaine dans le Dauphine Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1904, xxviii, 213.—Tikhoft (P. I.) [Statistics of actinomycosis in Rus- sia.] Dnevnik Syezda Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v,pamyatPiro- gova, Kazan, 1899, vii, 335-337.—Verhaeghe(E.) L'actino- mycose dans la region du Nord. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1907, xi, 445; 457.—Voronofl (S.) L'actinomycose en Egypte. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 1301-1303.—Willi- ger (F.) Ueber Aktinomykose in der Armee. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1905, xxiii, 257-277, 1 pi.— Woolf (A. E. M.) Statistics of actinomycosis, 1902-12. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Surg. Sect., 150-154. Actinomycosis (Intestinal). See, also, Intestines (Actinomycosis of). Delacroix (A.-E.) ^Actinomycose ano-rec- tale. 8°. Lyon, 1898. von Beck (B.) Ueber Aktinomykose des Verdauungsap- parates. Aerztl. Mitth. a. Baden, Karlsruhe, 1901, lv, 5; 13.—Delore (X.) Actinomycose anale, perirectale et peri- vesicale. Lyon med., 1898, lxxxviii, 372-374.—Doubre. De l'actinomycose ano-rectale. Bull. mea., Par., 1902, xvi, 857.—Henszelmann (A.) [Actinomycosis of the digestive tract.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1914, xii, 323.—Herz (H.) Ueber Actinomykose des Verdauungsapparates. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1900, iii, 561; 621; 665.—Latimer (T. S.) & Welch (W. H.) A case of intestinal and hepatic actino-mycosis in man, associated with leukse- ACTINOMYCOSIS. 160 ACTINOMYCOSIS. Actinomycosis (Intestinal). mia; with pathological report. Internat. Clin., Phila., 18%, 6.s.,iii, 152-164, lpl. Also: Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1896: xi, 328-339,1 pi.—Poncet (A.) Actinomycose fessiere d'origine rec tale; vaste phlegmon actinomycosique de la fesse et de la partie postero-externe de la cuisse gauches. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1903, lxxvi, 325-330.—Waring (H. J.) Actino- mycosis of the caecum, vermiform appendix, and right iliac fossa, including an account of seven cases. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1906, xli, 197-210. Actinomycosis (Lingual). See Tongue (Actinomycosis of). Actinomycosis (Pulmonary and tho- racic). See, also, Lungs (Actinomycosis of). Dieulafoy. L'actinomycose thoracique. Rev. gen. de clin. et detherap., Par., 1906, xx, 499.—Duckworth (Sir D.) A case of actinomycosis of the thoracic wall. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1895, xxxi, 23-29.—Futterer (G.) Ein Fall von Aktinomykose der Lunge, der Leber und des Her- zens beim Menschen. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1903, clxxi, 278-284.—Harris (V. D.) A case of actinomycosis hominis affecting the pleura and lung of the left side, the spleen, the liver, and peritoneum, and probably the large intestine. J. Pathol. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1898, v, 182-188, 2 pi.—Hektoen (L.) Actinomycosis of the respira- tory tract. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1901, U.S.,ii, 97-104, lpl.— Heuck. Ueber einen Fall von Aktinomykose der Wirbel- saule und Brustwandungen mit Propagation auf die Lunge. Verhandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1893, n. F., v, 3-6. Hudson (W. II.) A case of actinomycosis hominis, involving the tissues of the back and lungs; with patho- logical report by Simon Flexner. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxvi, 626-633,1 pi.—Karewski. Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Aktinomykose des Thorax und der Lunge. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil., 53.— Macaigne & Raingeard. Actinomycose thoracique, cutanee, vert^brale, pulmonaire; etude anatomique. Presse med., Par., 1898, i, 331-335.—McArthur (L. L.) & Hollister (J. C.) [Actinomycosis of cecum, liver and lungs, with bac- teriological report by W. M. Hartman.] Med. & Surg. Rep. St. Luke's Hosp., Chicago, 1903-4, 66-79.—Marotta (R. A.) Sobre un caso de actinomicosis toracico. An. d. Circ. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1905, xxviii, 341-346.—Martins. Zur Kenntniss der Lungen- und Wirbelsaulenaktinomy- kose. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1902, lxvi, 698-709, 1 pi — Miklaszewski (W.) [Actinomycosis of the chest.] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1896, xvii, 735; 767.—Opokin (A. A.) Lun- gen- und Pleuraaktinomykose nach den Beobachtungen russischer Autoren. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1909, xxviii, 460-478.—Reboul (J.) & Lafon. Un cas d'actinomycose thoracique. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1895, ix, 816-823. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1895, Ixviii, 1367.—Rocher (H.-L.) Actinomycose thoracique chez un garcon de douze ans. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 613.—Trevithick (E.) A case of actinomycosis; primary abscess of the left lung exhibiting spontaneous cure; meta- static manifestation in the pelvis declaring itself after a vear's latency with abscess formation and slow spontaneous cure Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 158. Actinomycosis (Treatment of). Cousin (G.) Traitement de l'actinomycose par la levure de biere et l'arsenic associes (me- thode du docteur Martel). 8°. Lyon, 1904. Heinzelmann (G.) *Ueber Endresultate bei der Behandlung der Aktinomykose. 8°. Tubingen, 1903. Also, in: Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1903, xxxix, 526- 557, 2 pi. Marcus (S.) *Beitrage zur Behandlung der Aktinomykose, mit besonderer Berucksichti- gung der Jodkaliumtherapie. 8°. Breslau, 1902. Rocher (M.) *Les sels de cuivre dans le traitement de l'actinomycose. 8°. Montpellier, 1914. Rollin (J.) * Contribution a l'etude du traitement de l'actinomycose. 8°. Montpel- lier 1904. Voth (G. K. E.) *Die Therapie der Aktino- mykose. [Berlin.] 8°. Kirchhain, N.-L., 1912. Bevan (A. D.) Treatment of actinomycosis and blasto- mvcosis with copper salts. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1905, viii, 514-516. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1492.— Bittner (F.) & Toman (J.) Ein Fall von Heilung der Ak- tinomykose des nalses durch subkutane Jodipininjektionen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1913, xxxviii, 383.—Bloodgood (J. C.) & McGIennan (A.) Actinomycosis. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, ii, 617.— Actinomycosis (Treatment of). Brunzel (II. F.) Kasuisliseher Beitrag zur Behandlung der Aktinomycose mit Rontgenstrahlen. Strahlentherapie, Berl. & Wien, 1915, Orig., vi, 253-268. — Catterina (A.) Contributoallacuradell'actinomicosicoualtedosi dijoduro di potassio. Clin, chir., Milano, 1898, vi, 4 26PV, 1912, xvii, 109-114.—Mondin (G.) [Case.] Ann. di Ippocrate, Milano, 1907-8, ii, 199-202.—Mongour (C.) [Three cases.] J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xiii, 665-668. — Mongour (C.) & Creyx. Maladie d'Addison chez une, jeune femme. Ibid., 1911, xli, 601.—Mouton (G.) [Case] Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1898, ii, 525.—Murray (G.) [Case.] Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle- upon Tvne, 1897, v, 43.—Ness (R. B.) [Case.] Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Glasg., 1909-10, ix, 68-72. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1910, lxxiii, 180-184.—Nihill (J. E.) [Case.] Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1905, x, 551-553. [Discussion], 573-576.—Ninot. Un cas de maladie, d'Addison k Involu- tion tres aigue. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1905, xxiv, 235- 240— O'Brien (O. St. C.) [Case.] Tr. Maine M. Ass., Port- land, 1897, xii, 549-557. —O'Day (S. F.) [Case.] Proc. Canal Zone M. Ass., Mount Hope, C. Z., 1909, 126.—Osier Case of Addison's disease; death during treatment with the suprarenal extract. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1896, vii, 208. Also: Med. Bull., Phila., 1896, xviii, 81-84. Also, Reprint.—Perez (A.) [Case.] Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1457-1459—Perigord & Fouriaud. [Case] Limousin med., Limoges, 1913, xxxvii. 242-244.—Pflet- schinger (F.) [Case] Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xxviii, 632-636.—Piper (F. S.) [Case.] N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1909, xliv, 24. —Pizzinl (F.) [Case.] Boll. d. Ass. med. tridentina, Trento, 1908, xxvii, 277. — Playfair (E.) Addi- son's disease; death two days after admission. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1896-7, Lond., 1898, iv, 208.—Poynton (F. J.) [Case] Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child.. Lond., 1906-7, vii, 162-165.—Reisinger (E. W.) [Case.] Wash. M. Ann., 1910-11, ix, 131-137.—Reynaud. [Case.] Union med. de la Provence, Marseille, 1865, 113-118.—Robinson (R.) Un cas de mueinurie insolitea la periode terminale de la maladie d'Addison. Med. mod., Par., 1897, viii, 44.—Romero Ruiz (L.) [Case] Rev. espafl. de sif. y dermat., Madrid, 1899, i, 42-46.—Rudzki (S.) [Ten cases.] Czasopismo lek., Lddz, 1905, vii, 362-380.—Russ (L.) jr. Un cas de maladie d'Ad- dison; mort subite; autopsie. Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1905, xix, 29-36.—Russell (J.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1903, i, 256. — Rzajsnicki (A.) [Case] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1914, 2. s., xxxiv, 785-788.—Schittenhelm. [Case] Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1902, Bresl., 1903, lxxx, med. Sect., 296-298.—Schwab (L. W.) Addison's disease; two cases in one family. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 708.—Sears (G. G.) [Case.] Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cli, 295.-Seheult (R.) [Case] Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 294.—Seibert (A.) [Two eases.] N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1899, xi, 130.—Shoyer (A. F.) Acute Addison's disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1120.— ShveItser(R. E.) [Case] Med. Obozr.. Mosk., 1909, lxxii, 355-360.—Sikes (A. W.) A fatal case of Addison's disease. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1900, Lond., 1902, n. s., xxix, 51.— Smith (F. J.) [Case] Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1896-7, 64.—Smith (G. T.) [Case.] Maryland M. J., Bait., 1898, ADDISON'S. 169 ADDISON'S. Addison's disease (Cases and statistics of). xxxix, 645-647.—Smith (T. W.) A case of Addison's dis- ease, fatal by suppression of the urine. Guy's Hosp. Rep. 1897, Lond., 1900, liv, 229-231.—Solley (F. P.) A caso of Addison's disease; death in collapse; autopsy. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1908, viii, 318-321 — Spitzer ( L. ) [Case.] Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1898, xliii, 576. — St'astny(J.) [Case] Casop.lek.cesk.,vPraze,1868, vii, 6").—Steinhans (O.) [Case.l Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1902, Iii, 2370-2372.—Storck (J. A.) [Case.] Gulf States J. M. & S. [etc.], Mobile, 1910, xvi, 92-97.—Taylor. [Case] Guv's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1889, n. s., iii, 137-139. -----. [Case.l Ibid., 1902, xvi, 145-151.—Thibierge (G.) Maladie d'Addison chez un negre arabe Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 239-242. Also: Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1899, lxxii, 278—Tibbies (W.) [Case] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1694.—Tice (F.) [Case.] Med. Clin. Chicago, Phila., 1916, ii, 547-556.—Tieken (T.) Addison's disease; report of a case with acute onset, terminating in rapid im- provement and complete recovery. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, clii, 422-435.—Tinozzi (S.) [Three cases.] Riforma med., Napoli, 1898, xiv, pt. 3,14; 26; 37; 49.—Tiraboschi (A.) [Case.] Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1897, xviii, 558-560.—Tucker (B. R.) (Case.) Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1913. xvii, 101-103— Vanderhoof (D.) [Case] Ibid., 1914, xix, 195-200.—Vandervelde. [Case] Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1906, xiii, 286.—Van Sweringen (B.) [Case.] Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag., 1897, xvii, 489-493.—Vogt. Morbus Addisonii und Schwangerschaft. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak. 1913, Leipz., 1914, xv, pt. 2, 115; 249.—Waldo (H.) [Case] Clin. J., Lond., 1897, x, 172- 175.—Weber (L.) [Case] Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxix, 1145— White (W. H.) [Case] Clin. J., Lond., 1907-8, xxxi, 353-359. .4 iso: Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1908, xxii, 421-426.—WUhoyte i'R. E.) [Case.] Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1909-10, viii, 2121.—Zinninger (G. F.) [Two case?.] Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1906-7, ii, 441-447.— Zuccala i F.) [Case.] Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1902, lxi, 286; 293. Addison's disease (Causes and pathology of). Dubois (L.-A.) *De la pathogenie et du traitement de la maladie d'Addison. 4°. Nancy, 1896. Probst (W.) *Beitrag zur Frage nach dem Zusammehhange zwischen Status lymphaticus und Morbus Addisonii. 8°. Basel, 1909. Riemanx (G.) *Ueber einen Fall von Addi- sonscher Krankheit nach Trauma. 8°. Miin- chen, 1913. Also, in: Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Munchen (1909-10), 1913, xv, 686-699. Bikhman (E. M.) [Clinical observations of three cases of Addison's disease m connection with the question of the pathogenesis of this disease.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1906, xiii, 917; 962.—Bittorf (A.) Zur Frage der Pigmentbildung bei der Addisonschen Krankheit. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1914, lxxv, 143-152.—Boinet (E.) Re- cherches experimentales sur la pathogenie de la maladie d'Addison. Marseille med., 1896, xxxiii, 169-179.—Chvo- stek (F.) Storungen der Nebennierenfunktion (Morbus Addisonii). Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1896, Wiesb., 1897, 437-469.—Croom (D. H.) Addisonism as a family disease. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 603.—Crowell (B.C.) Addison's disease and adrenal tuberculosis. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1911, B, vi, 345-359.—Drummond (H.) Acase of acute Addison's disease, with post mortem notes. North- umberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1913, xxi, 6.5-70.—Faivre & Motheau (C.) Un cas de maladie bronzee d'Addison avec atrophie du foie. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1898, xii, 172-175.—Fischer (W.) & Leschcziner (H.) Difuse Pigmentierung der Haut nach Schussverle- tzung in der Nebennierengegend (traumatischer Morbus Ad- disonii). Dermat. Wchnschr., Leipz., 1915, lxi, 1115-1118.— Fleiner. Zur Pathologie der Addison'schen Erkrankung. Verhandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1891, n. F., iv, 451-453.—Fleming (R. A.) & Miller (J.) A family with Addison's disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, i, 1014.—Gau- cher - Gougerot. Syphilis et maladie d'Addison; a propos d'une observation nouvelle de maladie d'Addison amelioree par le traitement antisyphilitique. Ann. d. mal. ven., Par., 1911, vi, 321-325.—Gordon (A.) Adrenals and cerebellum from a case of Addison's disease. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1915, n. s., xvii, 59.—Hallopeau (H.) & Roy. Maladie d'Addison chez un syphilitique. Bull. Soc. frang. de der- mat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 212. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. s., vi, 638.—Halphide (A. C.) Addi- son's disease; its pathology illustrated by a case. Clinique, Chicago, 1898, xix, ill-Alb.—Harvey (W. G.) Specimens and sections from cases of Addison's disease Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1912, xxx, 429.—Hughes (W. E.) Addi- Addison's disease (Causes and pathology of)- . son's disease. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, n. s., 256- 258. — Laignel-Lavastine. Plexus solaire et syndrome d'Addison. Scalpel, Liege, 1903-4, lvi, 263-265.—Lang- mead (F.) Suprarenal glands from a case of Addison's dis- ease in a boy aged 10. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1912-13, xxxvi, 372.—Lewis (C. H.) A case of Addison's disease, with autopsy. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxv, 47-49. [Discussion] si.—Lusk (T. G.) Pigmentation in Addison's disease! Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xxviii, 636.—Mararlon (G.) Observaciones sobre la patogenia de la enfermedad de Addi- son. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1910, iv, 401-413.—Miklaszew- ski (W.) [Nature of Addison's disease, apropos of a case ] Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1899, xx, 867; 923; 987.—Moleen (G. A.) A recurrent perinephritic abscess of twenty-six years' standing and presenting a clinical picture of Addison's dis- ease. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 179-182.—Munch- Petersen (II.) [The disease of Addison conditioned by cirrhosis of the supra-renals and the clinical course of its special forms.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1903, 4. R., xi, 1195 bis; 1224; 1243.—Neusser (E.) Die Addison'sche Krank- heit. Spec. Path. u. Therap., . . . Nothnagel, Wien, 1897, xviii, pt. 3, 32-98.—Okada. Pigment und Nervenendigung in der Haut bei einem Fall der Addison'schen Krankheit. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1901, xv, 12. lift., 8-23. —Pfbrringer. Zur Entstehung des Hautpigments bei Morbus Addison. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1900, xi, 1-7, 1 pi.—Plaschkes (S.) Ein Fall von Morbus Addisonii bei Tuberkulose der Neben- nieren. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1913, xii, 119. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lxiii, 1747.—Pospelow (A. J.) A Gautier-Dufayer (E. W.) Zur Kasuistik und Pathogenese des Melasma suprarenale. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1903, lxvi, 355-368, 3 pi.—Puech. Nouvelle observation de peau bronzee sans alteration des capsules surrenales. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1857, xliv, 745.—Pulawski (A.) [Case of Addi- son's disease; tuberculosis of both suprarenals, so-called lymphatico-thymic state, defective circulatory and sexual organs.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912, 2. s., xxxii, 162-167.— Raskina (M[arya] A.) [Pathogenesis, symptomatology, and treatment of Addison's disease] Sborn. klin. rabot iz terap. otd. Imp. Klin. Inst, [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1908, i, 93- 140.—Rolleston (H. D.) & Boyd (F.*J.) Addison's disease in a boy, with calcification of the adrenals. Brit. J. Child. Dis., Lond., 1914, xi, 105-111. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Clin. Sect., 54-56.—Savino (B.) Con- tributo alia patologia del morbo di Addison. Arch. ital. di clin. med., Milano, 1896, xxxv, 17-44.—Sbrozzi (M.) Morbo di Addison senza alterazione delle capsule surrenali; reuma- tismo articolare subacute; bronco-polmonite sinistra; pol- monite destra. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 184-187.— Schaffner (P. M.) & Howard (T.) Addison's disease of syphilitic origin, report of a case. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 1026.—Schmey (F.) Ueber die traumatische Entste- hung des Morbus Addisonii. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl 1896, lxv, 171-173.—Schultz (O. T.) Complete amyloid in- filtration of both adrenals associated with Addison's disease. Cleveland M. J., 1912, xi, 40-42.—Schur (H.) Zur Aetiolo- gie und Pathogenese der Morbus Addisonii; ein Beitrag zur . Wertung konstitutioneller und konditioneller Momente fiir die Entstehung von Krankheiten. Ztschr. f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913-14, i, 443-460.—Schwyzer (F.) Zur Aetio- logie des Morbus Addisonii. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1898, x, 1-13.—Scott (S. G.) Destruction of suprarenal cor- tex as the essential lesion in Addison's disease and suprarenal haemorrhage. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1913-14, xviii, 419.—Sergent (E.) Maladies des capsules surrenales; syndromes surrenaux; maladies d'Addison et insuffisance surrehale; opotherapie surrenale. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1912, clxiii, 833-859. -----. Pathogenie du syndrome addisonien. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1913, lxxxiv, 410-414. -----. Quelques reflexions sur la pathogenie du syndrome addisonien dans les lesions surrenales partielles; de;bilit6 surrehale et valeur semelologique de la melanoder- mie. Bull, et mem. Soc. m6d. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxviii, 20-23.—Shellenberg (M.) The researches into the cause of Addison's disease. Med. Times, N. Y., 1902, xxx, 259-261.—Shiperovich (M. V.) [Etiology and treatment of Addison's disease] Soobsh. i protok. S.-Peterb. Med. Obsh. (1895), 1896, xiii, 45-50.—Silvestri (S.) Ricerche chimiche sui morbo di Addison. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1911, xxxvii, 113-122.—Silvestrini (R.) & Daddi (G.) Os- servazioni cliniche e ricerche istologiche in un caso di morbo di Addison. Settimana med. d. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1898, Iii, 409-412.—Steven (J. L.) Specimens from a case of Addi- son's disease. Glasgow M. J., 1901, lv, 112.—Stumpke (G.) Beziehungen zwischen der Hyperpigmentierung der Haut bei Morbus Addisonii und der Funktion der Nebennieren. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1565.—Tanaka (Y.) [On the pathology of Addison's disease.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1897, No. 997, 25-30.—Teschemacher. Ein Fall von ge- heiltem(?) Morbus Addison. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 462.—Tuczek (K.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Nebennicrenpigmentation zur Hautfarbe; mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der pigmentierten Neben- ADDISON'S. 1 Addison's disease (Causes andpathology of). nierentumoren. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1914, lviii, 250-272.—Yamagiwa (K.) Ueber die histologi- sche Untersuchung der Haut von zwei an Addisonscher Krankheit leidenden Patienten. [Japanese text.] Ztschr. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1894, viii, 18. Hft., 13-16. Addison's disease (Complications and sequelse of). Becker (W.) *Ueber Kombination des Mor- bus Addisonii mit Sklerodermie. 8°. Bonn, 1910. Fischer (H.) *Ueber den akuten Verlauf des Morbus Addisonii mit besonderer Berucksich- tigung der gastro-intestinalen Erscheinungen. 8°. Bonn, 1903. Fleischhauer (H.) *Ein Fall von akut ver- laufendem Morbus Addisonii. 8°. Kiel, 1909. Ihler (J.) *De la mort subite dans la maladie d'Addison. 4°. 'Paris, 1896. Straub (H.) Acuter Morbus Addisonii nach Thrombose beider Nebennierenvenen". [Tubin- gen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Addisonisme (L') paludeen. Semaine med.. Par., 1908, xxviii, 205.—Amabilino (R.) Sopra un caso di morbo di Addison con lesioni dei centri nervosi. Riforma med., Palermo, 1899, xv, pt. 2, 147-150.—Bedell (S.) Case of sus- pected Addison's disease aggravated by Ascarides lumbri- coides and hysteria. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 313.—Boinet. La mort dans la maladie bronzee d'Addison. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1904, i, 321-345.—Bramvvell (B.) Addison's disease with recurring attacks of chlorosis of twelve years' duration. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1906-7, n. s., v, 355- 360.—Buszard (F.) A case of Addison's disease with asso- ciated leucoderma and tuberculous peritonitis. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 453.—Caussade (G.) & Blanchler (Mile. D.) Maladie d'Addison a forme "recidivante et galopante;" nigritie totale de la bouche; pigmentation de la peau sous forme de macules cfissemineos. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxiv, 241-250— Chauffard. On the intoxication of Addison's disease. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., lxvii, 582.—Chavigny. Maladie d'Addison avec troubles sympathiques. Bull. Soc med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 164. Also: Lyon med., 1905, civ, 941-943.—Coll (R.) Caso de tuberculosis pulmonar y peritonitis tuberculosa con sindrome de Addison. Rev. de cien. med. de Bareel., 1915, xli, 193-199.—Courmont (J.), Lesieur (C.) & Thevenot (L.) Un cas de maladie d'Addison avec troubles sympa- thiques. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 161-163. Also: Lyon med., 1905, civ, 939-941.—Darier (J.) Maladie d'Addison avec tumeur cutanee (sarcoide eontenant le bacille de Koch). Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1908, xix, 313-318.—David (C.) Syndrome addisonien chez une femme atteinte de retre^issement mitral. Tribune m£d., Par., 1903, xxxvi, 231.—Debove. Sclerose retro-peritoneale pericceliaque et syndrome addisonien. Rev. gen. de clip. et de therap., Par., 1909, xxiii, 225-228.—Ebstein (W.) Peri- tonitisartiger Symptomencomplex im Endstadium der Ad- dison'schen Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 729-733.—Falco (A.) Morbo di Addison e gravidanza. Arte ostet., Milano, 1915, xxxix, 321-324. Also: Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1915, xxiv, 434- 456.—Ferrio (L.) Morbo di Addison con tubercolosi uro- genitale Gazz. med. di Torino, 1895, xlvi, 817-821.—Giorgi (G.) Osservazioni intorno alia funzione mestruale nel morbo di Addison. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1906, iii, 631-637.—Giusti (G.) Gravidanza complicata da "morbo di Addison." Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1914, xxiiij 465-471.— Gordon (A.) Addison's disease in a negro, with involve ment of the central nervous system. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1915, xxii, 550-558.—Haberfeld (W.) Um caso de atrophia vermelha das eapsulas suprirenaes com molestia de Addison. Arch, brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1911, i, 919- 934.—Hawthorne (C. O.) Addison's disease with phthisis pulmonalis and atypical pigmentation of the skin. Glasgow M. J., 1896, xlvi, 266-271.—Hirtz (E.) & Debre (R.) Addi- sonien observe' en 1912, considere comme gueri; retrouve en 1913; mort d'un cancer gastrique; autopsie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 1192-1204 — Hoke (E.) Bradykardie, Hypotonie, niedere Korpertem- peratur, eigenartige Muskelschwache, Neigung zu Ohn- machten. (Funktionelle Nebennierenmsufflzienz?) Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 1625.—Josserand. Melano- dermie dans la maladie d'Addison. Lyon med., 1907, cviii, 523.—Kahn. Ueber den Morbus Addisonii und seine Bezie- hungen zur Hyperplasie der lymphatischen Apparate und der Thymusdriise. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cc, 399-433, 1 pi.—Krause (P.) Morbus Addi- sonii kombinicrt mit Sklerodermie. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 2363. Also: Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, B, 31.—Kuiper (T.) Kzn. Psychosen bij morbus Ad- ADDISON'S. Addison's disease (Complications and sequelse of). dison en Adaison-verschijnselen bij psychosen. Geneesk. Bl. u. Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1913-14, xvii, 301-326.—Landow (M.) Pseudoperitonitis bedingt durch Morbus Addisonii. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, ci, 67-69.—Lucas (H.) A case of Addison's disease, with hyperpyrexia. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 675.—Lyubenetskl (G. A.) [Addison's disease and its relation to chronic mala- ria.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 360; 397.—Malda- rescu & Cr&ciuneanu. [Mental disorders in two cases of Addison's disease] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1910, xxx, 111- 121.—Menetrier & Oppenheim. Maladie d'Addison a evolution suraigue; symptomes addisoniens peu marques; mort rapide par infection angineuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1900,3. s.. xvii, 425-430.—Milian (G.) Le prurigo dans la maladie d'Addison. Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1897, n. s., ii, 532.—Milne (L. S.) A case of Addison's disease with severe abdominal symptoms.. Med. Record, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiii, 974.—Mosse (M.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Autointoxication beim Morbus Addisonii. Fort- schr. d. Med., Berl., 1897, xv, 818-822.—Murri (A.) Morbo d'Addison e sindromelombare. [ From: Mese terap., No. 6, 1906.] Gior. dimed. echir., Napoli, 1906, ii, 569-575. Also: Tommasi, Napoli, 1905-6, i, 436; 452; 483; 503; 533—Nattan- Larrier. Maladie d'Addison; accidents suraigus simulant une peritonite; infection k streptocoques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 469-472.—Pan- sini(S.) & Benenati(U.) Di un caso di morbo di Addison con revivescenza del timo ed ipertrofia della tiroide e della pi- tuitaria. Policlin., Roma, 1902, ix, sez. med., 216; 241, 4 pi.—Phillips (J. G. P.) Nervous and mental symptoms in a case of Addison's disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1705.—Rauzier & Roger. Granulie pulmonaire et syn- drome addisonien chez un vieillard. Montpel. mea., 1910, xxx, 539-546.—Sbrozzi (M.) Reumatismo articolare tuber- colare; meningite tuberculare; sindrome addisoniana frusta. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 183. — Vigouroux (A.) & Delmas (A.) Maladie d'Addison et delire. Ann. med.- psychol., Par., 1907, 9. s., v, 102-111. Also: Informateur d. alien, [etc.], Par., 1906,i,255.—Vogt (E.) Morbus Addisonii und Schwangerschaft. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 1821-1823.—Wagner (L.) Ueber spezielle nervose Symp- tome bei Morbus Addisonii. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 729.—Werner (A.) Addison'sche Krankheit im An- schluss anurogenitale Tuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, v, 30-33.—Westenhoeffer. Ein bemerkens- werther Fall von rapid verlaufener Addisonscher Krankheit. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1901, xxx, 82-92.—West- phal. Vorstellung eines Falles von Morbus Addisonii com- plicirt mit Pityriasis versicolor. Verhandl. d. naturh.- med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1891, n. F., iv, 447. Addison's disease (Diagnosis of). See, also, Addison's disease (Anomalous cases of). Alexeiepp (A.) *Contribution a l'etude cli- nique de la pigmentation de la muqueuse buc- cale en dehors de la maladie d'Addison. 8°. Paris, 1913. Bressy (G.) Contribution a l'etude des formes latentes de la maladie d'Addison. 8°. Paris, 1898. Tulbendjian (M.) *De la maladie d'Addi- son et de sa forme fruste prolongee a melanoder- mie primitive. 8°. Paris, 1901. Abrahams (R.) Addison's disease, pre-constitutional stage. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1908, xxvi, 285.— Bramwell (B.) Suspected Addison's disease. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., ii, 252-255. -----. . . . Ibid., 256- 265.—Brecy. Forme fruste de maladie d'Addison. Bull. et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 1021.—Denarie. Un cas de maladie d'Addison avec phenomene nerveux ayant pu simuler une tumeur certbelleuse. Loire med., St.- Etienne, 1897, xvi, 296-301—Ehret (H.) Ein Fall Addi- son'scher Krankheit mit prognostischen Bemerkungen. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1905, ii, 262-265.—Fernandez Sanz (E.) Dos easos de sindrome de Addison con sintomas no comunes. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1907, lxxvii, 250-261.— Gabbi (U.) Sulle cosidette forme fruste od incomplete del morbo di Addison. Clin. med. ital.. Milano, 1899, xxxviii, 473-178.—GrUnbaum (O.) . . . Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1907, xc, 197-214. Also: Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 211-222.—Holmes (A. O.) Defaced type of Addison's dis- ease. J. Am. M. Ass Chicago, 1914, lxii, 536.—Jaquet (L.) & Tremolieres. Maladies d'Addison fruste; exteriorisation de la melanodermie latente. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1901,3. s., xviii, 943-948.— McKendrick (J. S.) Case of possible incipient Addison's disease. Glasgow M. J., 1909, Ixxi, 417^23. Also: Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc, Glasg., 1908-9, viii, 60^-67—Mendy (M.) & Lannes-Dehore (P.) Maladie d'Addison a forme fruste; mort subite. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1907, 1, 368-376.—Morelli (G.) Osser- vazioni cliniche sopra la malattia di Addison. Gazz. d. ADDISON'S. 171 ADDISON'S. Addison's disease (Diagnosis of). osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 1530-1534— Robins (M. C.) Addi- son's disease, with the aid of tuberculin in diagnosis. Mary- land M. J., Bait., 1902, xiv, 433-436.—Rublno (G.) La ma- lattia di Addison e una sindrome pluriglandolare. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 145-157.—Shattuck (F. C.) A case of probable Addison's disease. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 366.—Sklrring (R. S.) & Welsh (D. A.) The clinical signs and pathological changes in a case of Addison's disease. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1903, xxii, 493-497.— Tolot. Un cas de maladie d'Addison a forme fruste. Lyon med., 1902, xcix, 294.—Towle. Lupus erythematosus or Addison's disease? J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph., N. Y., 1912, xxx, 287.—Weber (F. P.) Latent Addison's disease re- vealed by death from pneumonia and empyema. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii, Med. Sect., 11-14. Addison's disease (Experimental). Coureaud (H.-H.-L.) ^Contribution a l'etude clinique et experimentale de la maladie d'Addi- son. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Boinet (E.) Maladie d'Addison experimentale chez le rat d'egout. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 164-166. Also: Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1896, lxix, 179. Also: Marseille med., 1896, xxxiii, 336-338.-----. Dix nouveaux cas de maladie d'Addison experimentale chez le rat d'egout. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1897,10. s., iv, 439; 473. Addison's disease (Metabolism in). Allaria (G. B.) & Varanlni (M.) Ricerche sui ricam- bio in un caso di morbo di Addison curate con l'opoterapia surrenale. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1902, xli, 40-49—Beut- tenmuller (H.) & Stoltzenberg (Felicitas). Beitrag zum Stoffwechsel des Morbus Addisonii. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxviii, 138-144.—Capezzuoli (C.) II ricambio mate- riale in un caso di morbo di Addison in rapporto al tratta- mento organoterapico. Policlin., Roma, 1909, xvi, sez. med., 277-288.—Eiselt (R.) Beitrag zu Stoffwechseluntersuchun- gen bei Morbus Addisonii. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1910, xlxix, 393-414.—Marchetti (G.) & Steianelli (P.) Alcune ricerche sui ricambio materiale in un caso tipico di morbo di Addison. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1901, ii, 773- 779.—Petres (A.) & Gautrelet (J.) Contribution a l'etude du metabolisme des hydrates de carbone chez les addiso- niens. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 1092.— Plckardt (M.) Die Beeinflussung des StofTwechsels bei Morbus Addisonii durch Nebennierensubstanz. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1S98, xxxv, 727-729.—Schirokauer (H.) Zum Zuckerstoflwechsel bei Addison'scher Krankheit. Ibid., 1911, xlviii, 1505-1507.—Setti (G.) Alcune ricerche sui ri- cambio materiale in un caso di morbo d'Addison. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1897, xxvi, 147-164—Studzin- ski (I. B.) Ueber den Stickstoflwechsel in zwei Fallen von Morbus Addisonii unter dem Einflusse von Nebennieren- extrakt. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stoffwechs., Berl. & Wien, 1910, n. F., v, 326-369.—Wolf (C. G. L.) & Thacher (H. C.) Protein metabolism in Addison's disease. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iii, 438-445. Addison's disease (Traumatic). See Addison's disease (Causes and pathology of). Addison's disease (Treatment of). Baglioni (G.) Morbo di Addison o adrenalina. 8°. Rovigo, 1905. Hemet (L.) -^Contribution a l'opotherapie surrenale chez les addisoniens. 8°. Paris, 1898. Robin (F.) Contribution a l'etude clinique de l'opotherapie surrenale. Observation d'un addisonien gueri depuis trois ans. 8°. Paris, 1898. Tonoli (S.) Intorno ad un caso di morbo di Addison curato colla polvere di capsule surrenali. 8°. Milano, 1896. Adams (E. W.) The results of organotherapy in Addi- son's disease. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxxii, 472-502 — Anders (J. M.) Encouraging results from use of supra-renal extract in Addison's disease. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1901-2, liv, 589-591.—Anderson (T. McC.) Case of Addison's disease treated by injections of tuberculin. Tr. M.-Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1904-5), 1906, v, 177.—Atkinson (W. B.) A case of Addi- son's disease treated with supra-renal extract. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1901-2, vi, 120-122— Avanzlno (G.) Organoterapia nel morbo di Addison. Lavorid.Cong. di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 338. Also: Pammatene, Genova. 1905, ix, 119-160.—Boinet (E.) La medication surrenale dans la maladie d'Addison. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1903, 3. s., 1, 453-465. ■-----. Dangers de Padrenaline dans certains cas de maladie bronzee d'Addison. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1903, lv, 1471-1473.-----. Opo- therapie surrehale dans la maladie d'Addison. Bull. Acad. de med., Par., 1909, 3. s., lxii, 154-166. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1909, xvii, 951-953.—Boismard (E.) Maladie bronzee d'Addison; amelioration. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1904, viii, Addison's disease (Treatment of). 713-717.—Box (C. R.) A report of eight cases of Addison's disease, some of which were treated by the administration of suprarenal bodies. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1898-9, n. s„ xxvii, 363-385.-----. The therapeutic value of supra-renal preparations in Addison's disease. Practi- tioner, Lond., 1901, lxvi, 530-534.—Bramwell (B.) Two clinical lectures on Addison's disease, with notes of three cases, in one of which suprarenal extract produced marked improvement, and in which the suprarenal bodies were found after death to be absent and replaced by masses of fat. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1; 67.-----. The treatment of Addison's disease. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1903-4, n. s., ii, 188-192.-----. A case of Addison's disease in which great improvement took place under open-air treatment and the administration of suprarenal extract. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, ii, 1082. ■——. Typical Addison's disease; no anaemia; no improvement under open-air treatment and suprarenal extract. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1905-6, iv, 73; 76.—Brown (W. H.) A case of implantation ofsupra-renals in Addison's disease with fatal result. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1914, i, 129.—Caporali (R.) II ricambio materiale e l'opoterapia nel morbo di Addison. N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1898, i, 62-67.—Castaigne (J.) & Paillard (H.) Traitement de la maladie d'Addison. J. med. frang., Par., 1913, vii, 524-529.— Cervellinl (F.) Un caso di malattia di Addison seguita da guarigione. Terap. clin., Napoli, 1896, v, 314-316. Also: Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 3, 38-40.—Deeks (W. E.) Addison's disease cured by suprarenal extract. Montreal M. J., 1902, xxxi, 509.—Dumas. Une addisonienne guerie par la levure debiere Echo med. d. Cevennes, Nimes, 1904, v, 245-248.—Edel (P.) Ueber einen giinstigen Eriolg durch Behandlung mit Nebennieren-Tabletten in einem Falle von Morbus Addisonii. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1821.—Evers (H.) Adrenalin in health and in Addison's disease. Univ. Durham Coll. Med. Gaz., Newcastle, 1913-14, xiv, 81-85.—Fornaroli (E.) Un caso di morbo di Addison curato con successo con l'opoterapia soprarenale. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1903, liv, 381-384.—Foster (A.) Noteson a case of Addison's disease treated with suprarenal extract. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 1561.—Francis (L. A.) Suprarenal ex- tract in Addison's disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 1088.— Golubinin (L.) Ein Fall von therapeutischer Anwendung der Rontgenstrahlen bei Morbus Addisonii. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1905, xlvi, 203.—Grawitz (E.) Vorstellung eines geheilten Falles von Addisonscher Krankheit, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Pathogenese dieser Krankheit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 1084- 1086. [Discussion], 946. Also, transl.: Medecine scient., Par., 1907, xv, 131-133.—Guihal (E.) Le syndrome addiso- nien; ses formes cliniques; son traitement. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 277-284.—Guillain. Pathogenie et traitement de la maladie d'Addison. Rev.gen.de clin. etde therap., Par., 1911, xxv, 563-565.—Gulbenk (C.) Deux cas de maladie d'Addison traites avec succes par Padrenaline. Ibid., 1905, cl, 88-92.—Gullan (A. G.) Two cases of Addison's disease and the effect of the administration of suprarenal extract. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 523. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1906, n. s., lxxxi; 657.—Guthrie (A. C.) Addison's disease treated with Friedmann's tuberculin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, if, 1625.—Hirtz. Traitement de la maladie d'Addison par les injections de capsules surrenales. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1902, cxliv, 134-148. Also: Rev. de therap. med.-chir., Par., 1902, lxix, 469-4,',.— Ingelrans. Reapparition du syndrome addisonien chez un sujet ante- rieurement tres ameliore par l'opotherapie surrenale. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1903, vii, 246.—Johnston (W. W.) A case of Addison's disease, with marked acerbations and re- missions in the early period; treatment by suprarenal ex- tract for five months with gain in weight and strength, but with increasing pigmentation. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1900, xv, 65-70.—Kasherininova (N. A.) [Tuber- culin treatment of Addison's disease.] Russk. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1911, x, 2055.—Langlois (P.) L'opotherapie dans la maladie d'Addison. Presse med., Par., 1896, 481.—Maj (A.) Su di un caso di morbo d'Addison venuto a guarigione. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1901, xl, 478-492.—Martin (E.) Un cas de maladie d'Addison amelioree par l'opotherapie. Pro- vince med., Lyon, 1898, xii, 198-201.—Maurange (G.) De la valeur de Popoth^rapie surrenale dans la maladie d'Addi- son. Gaz. hebd. de med.. Par., 1898, n. s., iii, 1233.—Miku- son (P. L.) [Cure of Addison's disease] Vrach. Gaz., S.- Peterb., 1904, xi, 1303-1306.—31oody (H. A.) Addison's disease, as affected by suprarenal extract. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1902, iv, 95-98.—Morton (D. M.) Addison's disease; treatment by transplantation of suprarenal gland. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1912, n. s., i, 573.—Mosse & Sarda. Opo- therapie surrenale dans un cas de maladie d'Addison a la derniere periode; amelioration temporaire. Cong, franc, de mod. C. r., Par., 1902, ii, 449-462.—Munro (J. M. H.) A case of Addison's disease treated with tuberculin. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 665-667.—MurrelHW.) Case of Addison's disease treated unsuccessfully with suprarenal capsules. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 289.—Neumann. Vorstellung eines geheilten Falles von Addison'scher Krankheit. Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1893^4, xiii, 157-167—Oest- reich (R.) Operative Heilung eines Falles von Morbus Ad- disonii. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1896, xxxi, 123-129.— Osier (W.) On six cases of Addison's disease, with the re- ADDISON'S. 172 ADDRESSES. Addison's disease (Treatment of). port of a case greatly benefited by the use of the suprarenal extract. Internat. M. Mag., Plula., 1896-7, v, 3-11. Also, Reprint.—Plicque (A.-F.) Le traitement de la maladie d'Addison. Presse med., Par., 1899; i, 7.—Raven (H. M.) Adrenalin in Addison's disease. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 131.—Ringer (S.) & Phear (A. G.) A case of Addison;s disease treated with supra-renal extract (with an abstract of previously recorded cases). Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1896, xxix, 6S-73. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 166.—Rodriguez Men- dez. Tratamiento de la enfermedad de Addison con el e\- tracto de capsulas suprarrenales. Gac. med. catal., Bareel., 1896, xix, 232-237.—Rodriguez Zuniga (V.) Resultados del tratamiento opoterapico en dos enfermos addisonianos. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1914, xxxii, 23-26.— Sajous (C. E. deM.) Adrenal extract in Addison's disease. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1909, ii, 211-216.—Sansom. Addison's disease treated by suprarenal extract. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1895, ii, 1235.—Schilling (F.) Morbus Addisonii und Organtherapie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 170-173. Also: Sitzungsb. d. aerztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1896, Miin- chen, 1897, 45-56.—Senator (H.) Untersuchung des Stoff- wechsels bei einem mit Nebennierensubstanz behandelten Fall von Addison'scher Krankheit. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1897, xxii, 235-241.—Shoemaker (J. V.) Treatment of Addison's disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 801-805.—Skelton (L. L.) Report of a case of Addison's disease, with negative results from the administration of supra-renal extract. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1902, xvi, 421- 423.—Spillmann (P.) Traitement de la maladie d'Addison par la medication capsulaire. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1896, xxviii, 44-50.—Spillmann (P.) & Perrin (M.) Effets favorables de l'extrait de capsules surrenales chez un addi- sonien. Ibid., 1906, xxxviii, 329-332.—Studzinski (I. B.) [Nitrogenous metabolism in two cases of Addison's disease under the influence of suprarenal extract.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 257-263.—Suckling (C. W.) The treat- ment of Addison's disease with suprarenal gland substance. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1388.—Symmers (D.) Report of a case of Addison's disease treated by means of suprarenal extract and adrenalin chloride. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 502-506.—Teissier (P.) & Schaeffer. Syndrome d'Addison; opotherapie; pression arterielle avant et pendant l'opotherapie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s.. xxvi, 331-340.—Tillier. Addisonisme fruste tres ame- liore par la surrenaline Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1900, xiv, 43-45.—Titomanlio (R.) L'acido cacodilico nella cura del morbo di Addison. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1905j n. s., xxvii, 646-652. — Tonoll (S.) Intorno ad un caso di morbo di Addison; curato eolla polvere di capsule surrenali. Gazz.med.lomb.,Milano, 1896;lv,321-324.—Unger(E.) Zur Behandlung des Morbus Addisonii. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1399.—Varanini (M.) & Allaria (G. B.) Di un caso di morbo di Addison curato colla opoterapia. Rendic. d. Ass. med.-chir. di Parma, 1902, iii, 3.5-37.—Variot. Gue- rison de la maladie d'Addison. J. de med. int., Par., 1905, ix, 108. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1905, xix, 312.—Verger (H.) Syndrome addisonien tres amelior^ chez un tuberculeux; action rapide de l'opotherapie surrehale sur la melanodermie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux 1906, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907, 397-402. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 465.—Verger (II.) & Grenierde Cardenal. Sur un cas de maladie d'Addison, insucces du traitement opotherapique. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 106-110.—Vernescu (D.) Un cas de formS, frusta a maladief Addison, tratat prin opotherapie supra-renalS,. Spitalul, BucurescI, 1904, xxiv, 427-433.—Wouters (J. T.) Een geval van M. Addisonii, waarop een infinitesimale dosis gunstigen invloed heeft ge- had. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, ii, 335-339. Addison's disease (Urine in). Bendix(E.) Intermittierende Polyurie usw. bei Addi- son'scher Krankheit. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904-5, lxxxii, 198-204.—Carbone (T.) Sopra un pigmento dell' orina nel morbo di Addison. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1896, 3. s., xliv, 255-259.—Delamater (N. B.) Two cases of Addison's disease, with special reference to the urine. Tr. Am. Inst. Homoeop., N. Y., 1897, 537-543.— Raccuglia (F.) Neurina e tossicita urinaria nel morbo di Addison. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 962-964.— Rendu (H.) & de Massary (E.) Crrrhose et diabete bronze. Presse med., Par.,1897,p.lvi.—Sicard(J.-A.)& Haguenau. Dosage de Puree sanguine des addisoniens. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 902. Addison's disease in children. Chemin (G.) *Maladie d'Addison chez l'en- fant. 8°. Paris, 1910. Dezirot (H.) *Etude sur la maladie d'Addi- son chez l'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1898. Also [Abstr.], in: Gaz. hebd. de med., Par., 1898, n. s., iii, 748-750. Finkelstein (Sarah). Contribution a l'etude de la maladie d'Addison chez l'enfant. 8°. Paris, 1909. A. (C.) La maladie d'Addison chez l'enfant. Tribune . med., Par., 1905, n. s., xxxvii, 294. — Acufia (M.) Enfer- Addison's disease in children. medad de Addison, con hiperglobulia y linfocitosis, en una nifla de 11 anos. Arch, latmo-am. de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1905, 1, 97-107.—Chaumier. La maladie bronzee des nouveau-nes. Poitoumed.,Poitiers, 1891,vi,25;59.—Felber- baum (D.) & Fruchthandler (E. A.) Addison's disease in children, with the report of a case. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, Ixxxvi, 256-262. Also, Reprint.—Garciso (A.) Sobre un caso de enfermedad de Addison en una nina de quince anos de edad. An. d. Circ med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1906, xxix, 164-166.—Langmead (F.) On a case of Addison's disease in a boy aged ten years. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 449.—Lartigau (A. J.) & Happel (W. H.) Addison's dis- ease in children, with the report of a case. Albany M. Ann., 1899, xx, 10; 61.—Maladie (La) d'Addison chez les enfants. Arch, de med. d. enf.. Par., 1898, i, 546-549.—Mautner. Vierzehnjahriges Madchen mit einer ziemlich gleichmassig broncefarbehen Haut. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 133-135.—Moizard & Bernheim. Maladie d'Addison, tuberculose aigue terminale chez un enfant de quatorze ans. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1898, i, 538-543.—Nobecourt(P.)& Brelet(M.) Maladie d'Addison a marche aigue sans lesions des capsules surrenales chez un enfant de 18 mois. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1905, vii, 251-257.—Nobecourt(P.) & Paisseau. Maladie d'Addison chez un enfant de 13 ans. Ibid., 1904, vi, 291-299. Also: Ann. de med. etchir. inf., Par., 1905, ix, 40-45.—Rendu (H.) Maladie bronzee d'Addison chez deux jeunes gens. J. de med. int., Par., 1899, iii, 326-329.—Rutelli (G.) Contributo alio studio della malattia di Addison nell'infanzia. Pedia- tria, Napoli, 1916, 2. s., xxiv, 274-281.— Variot (G.) Un cas de maladie d'Addison avec incontinence d'urinechez un enfant de 14 ans. J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 525-528.-----. Sur la mort subite au cours de la maladie d'Addison chez l'enfant. Ibid., 1898, vi, 23-26.—Variot (G.) & Peyre. Deux cas de maladie d'Addison chez l'enfant. /6t'd.,'1897, v, 581-585.—Weigall (R. E.) Addison's disease in a youth. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 545. Address (An) to Doctor Cadogan, occasioned by his dissertation on the gout and other chronic diseases; with remarks and observations. 2 p. 1., 36 pp. 12°. London, J. Almon, 1771. Address to the public, respecting the establish- ment of a lunatic asylum at Edinburgh. 4 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Addresses delivered at the banquet tendered Reed Brockway Bontecou at the Troy Club in honour of his fifty-sixth year of membership in the Rensselaer County Medical Society, Novem- ber 18, 1903. 1 p. 1., 58 pp., 1 pi., port. 8°. [n. p., 1903.] Addresses delivered at the complimentary ban- quet to General George M. Sternberg, M. D., L. L. D., on his seventieth birthday, June eight, nineteen hundred and eight. Compiled and edited by George M. Kober. 30 pp., 1 pi., 2 1., port. 8°. Washington, D. C, [1908]. Addresses delivered by Dr. Burrows, Dr. Walshe, Mr. Paget, and Dr. Sharpey, at the thirtieth an- nual meeting of the British Medical Association, held at the Royal College of Physicians, London, in 1862. 98pp. 12°. London, T.Richards, 1862. Addresses delivered by John Homans, and the Rev. George Hodges, at the annual meeting of the New England Cremation Society, January 15,1895. 10 pp. 12°. [n. p., 1895.] Addresses delivered before the Mutual Aid Asso- ciation of the Philadelphia County Medical So- ciety, for the relief of the widows and orphans of medical men, by Drs. Billings, Keen, Willard, and George D. McCreery, esq. 11 pp. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1892.] Addresses delivered on the occasion of the dedica- tion of the Hartford Hospital, in Hartford, Conn., on the 18th of April, 1859. 40 pp. 8°. Hart- ford, Case, Lockwood & Co., 1859. Addresses delivered at the opening of the Walter Garrett Memorial Building of the Pennsylvania Hospital, April 23, 1897. 1 p. 1., 47 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, 1897. Addresses at the dinner given to T. Gaillard Thomas on his seventieth birthday. 47 pp., port. 8°. New York, 1901. Addresses at the installation of Ray Lyman Wil- bur, M. D., as president of the University, Sat- ADDRESSES. 171 Addresses—continued. urday, January 22, 1916. 24 pp. 8°. Stanford University, 1916. Addresses at the opening of the Medical Depart- ment of the University of the Pacific, at Music Hall. San Francisco, May 5th, 1859. 20 pp. 8°. San Francisco, Towne & Bacon, 1859. See, also Barstow (George) [in 1. s.]. Addresses, papers, and discussions in the section of obstetrics and diseases of women, at the 43. annual meeting of the American Medical Asso- ciation, June 7-10, 1892. 1 ' v. 1892. 16°. Chicago. Addresses, papers, and discussions in the section of otology and laryngology, at the 42. annual meeting of the American Medical Association, 1891. 1 v. 1891. 12°. Chicago. Addresses, papers, and discussions in the section of state medicine, at the 42. meeting of the American Medical Association, 1891. 1 v. 1891. 12°. Chicago. Addresses and testimonials presented to James E. Kelly, when leaving Dublin for the United States, October, 1883. 36 pp. 8°. Boston, Cushman, Keating & Co., 1884. Addresses at the unveiling of the bronze statue of the late Prof. Samuel D. Gross, M. D., erected by the American Surgical Association and the Alumni Association of the Jefferson Medical Col- lege, Washington, D. C, May 5, 1897. 18 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, 1897. Repr.from: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1897. Adductor muscles. Btthler (A.) Morphologie des Musculus adductor mag- nus und Adduktortnschhtz beim Menschen. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1903-4, xxxii, 1-20. Adelaide (The) Hospital and M. A. Ward. 19 pp. 8°. Dublin, 1878. Adelea. Dobell (C. C.) Observations on the life-history of Adelea ovata, Aime Schneider, with a note on a new gregarine from thegutof Lithobiusforficatus. Proc Roy. Soc, Lond., 1907, S. B., Ixxis, 155-163, 2 pi.—Sledleckl (M.) Etude cytolo- gique et cycle evolutif de Adelea ovata Schneider. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1899, xiii, 169-192, 3 pi. Adelholt (August). Het keukenzout als vijand dergezondheid. (UithetDuitsch.) 8pp. 12°. Zutfen, C. J. W. Grentzebach, 1900. Adeline (Eugene-Arthur-Louis). Contribution a l'etude clinique dea polyne"vrites blenorrha- giques. 100 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 352. Adeline (Pierre) [1887- 1 Contribution a l'etude de l'origine syphilitique de la maladie de Little. 3 p. 1., 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 199. Adelmann (Fritz) [1876- ]. *Das Aneurysma verminosum equi vom pathologisch-anatomi- schen, statistischen, klinischen und zoologischen Standpunkte. [Giessen.] 46 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1908. Adelon (Nicolas-Philibert) [1782-1862]. For Portrait, see Corlieu (A.) Centenaire Fac. de med. de Par. 4°. Paris, 1896. Also: Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Adelt (Max) [1869- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von Verriicktheit auf schwachsinniger Basis (Imbe- cillitat mit episodischer Wahnbildung) aus der Provinzial-Irrenanstalt zu B. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1901. Adelura. de La Baume-Pluvinel (G.) Evolution et formes larvaires d'un braconide, Adelura gahani n. sp., parasite interne de la larve d'un Phytomyzina; (diptere). Arch, de zool. exper. et gen., Par., 1914-16, lv, 47-59, 1 pi. Adenase. Jones (W.) & Wlnternltz (M. C.) Ueber die Adenase. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xliv, 1-10.—Long ADHESIONS. Adenase. (E. R.) On the presence of adenase in the human body. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-14, xv, 449-461.—Vogtlin (C.) & Jones (W.) Ueber Adenase und ihre Beziehung zu der Entstehung von Hypoxanthin im Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxvi, 250-256. Adenin. Barnett (G. de F.) & Jones (W.) On the recovery of adenine. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1911, ix, 93-96. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Am. Soc. Biol. Chemists, Bait., 1910-13, ii, 13.—Nicolaier (A.) Ueber die Umwandlung des Adenins im thierischen Organismus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1902, xiv, 359-374.—Totani (G.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Adenin in den Bambusschdsslingen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1909, lxii, 113.—Yoshimura (K.) Ueber die Verbreitung organischer Basen, insbesondere von Adenin und Cholin im Pflanzenreich. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxviii, 334-345. Adenitis. See Bubo; Lymphatic glands (Inflammation °f)- Adenium. Leprince (M.) Etude pharmacognosiqne de l'Adehium HongkelD.C. etduXanthoxylumochroxylumD. C. Bull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1911, xviii, 337-345. Adenoids. See Naso-pharynx (Adenoid vegetations of). Adenoma. See Glands (Tumors of); Lymphatic system (Tumors of); Tumors (Adenomatous). Adenomycosis. See, also, Lymphatic glands (Diseases of). Dlas (E.) Adenomycose endemica (nova molestia hu- mana). Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1914, xxviii, 133.-----. Nova molestia humana? (Adenomycose endemica.) Ibid., 153.-----. Adenomycose endemica. Med.contemp.. Lisb., 1914, xxxii, 139-141. Adenotome. Heath (A. C.) A new modification of an old adenotome. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1914, xxiv, 155. Adeny (Walter Ernest). See Parry (William Kaye) & Adeny (Walter Ernest) [in 2. s.]. The discharge of sewage [etc.]. 8°. London, 1902. Ader. *Etat actuel du traitement medicamenteux de la tuberculose pulmonaire. 126 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 243. Ader (Guilielmus). De pestis cognitione, prsevi- sione, et remediis. Prselectiones in libellulum redactse. 5 p. 1., 96 pp. 16°. Toloste, R. Colo- merius, 1628. Aderhold (Rudolf) [1865-1907]. Appel (O.) Nachruf.* Arb. a. d. k. biol. Anst. f. Land-u. Forstwirtsch., Bed., 1907, v, 7. lift., port. Aderhold t ([Ernst August] Curt) [1872- ]. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Rektumsyphilis. 36 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, C. Vogt, 1896. Adet (Petrus Augustus) [1763-1832]. An diluen- tia, in morbis melancholicis, purgationi prseferen- da? M. Ludoviqo Renato Desbois, prseside. 4 pp. sm. 4°. Parisiis, typ. Quillau, 1747. Adhresol. Dreuw. Die Adhasoltherapie in der Chirurgie und Der- matologie. Vorlaufige Mitteilung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, lxxxii, 113. d'Adhemar de Lantagnac (Victor-Hugo-Lean- dre-Aymar) [1877- ]. *Sur l'epuration bac- terienne des eaux residuaires. 69 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1904, No. 69. Adhesion (Molecular). Gengou (O.) Contribution a l'etude de l'adhesion mole- culaire et de son intervention dans divers phehomenes biolo- giques. Arch, internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1908-9, vii, 1; 115. A Iso: Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1908-9, xliii, Ref., 401-413. Adhesions (Intraabdominal). See Peritoneum (Adhesions of). ADHESD7E. 174 ADLER. Adhesive plaster. Marpmann. Ueber das Vorkommen von lebenden Bakterien in Pflastern, speziell in den zum Wundverband benutzten Harz-, Kautschuk- und Leim-Pflastern. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz., 1904, x, 29-35. Adickes (Franz) [1846-1915]. Merkel (S.) Nekrolog. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsnd- htspflg., Brnschwg., 1915, xlvii, 11. Adie (Joseph Rosamund) [1859-1915]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 534. Adigan. , Frankel (S.) & Kirschbaum (P.) Ueber Adigan, ein neues Digitalis-Praparat. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 605.—Jakobi (J.) Vom klinischen Werte des "Adi- gan," eines neuen Digitalispraparats. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1914, lv, 111-115.—Lindenfeld (B.) Klinische Er- fahrungen mit Adigan, einem neuen Digitalis-Praparat. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxiv, 883. Adipocere. Attilio (A.) Studi istologici e ricerche bat- teriologiche sulP adipocera. 8°. Roma, 1906. Repr.from: Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii. Muller (W.) *Postmortale Dekomposition und Fettwachsbildung; die Ausgrabungen auf dem Friedhof Hohe Promenade in Zurich. 8°. Zurich, 1913. Ascarelli (A.) Studi istologici e ricerche batteriologiche sull' adipocera. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1906, xxxii, 117-161,1 pi. Also, transl.: Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1906, xxxii, 219-308, 9 pi—Ashe (R. S.) Has adipo- cere been observed in India? Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1898, 83.—BUrger. Die Adipocirebildung und ihre gericht- lich-medizinische Bedeutung. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1910, xxxix, Suppl., 172-182, 3 pi. — Di Mattei (E.) Saponificazione cadaverica precoce in condizioni am- bientali non comuni. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1914, x, 161-169, 1 pi.—KuznetsofT (N. V.) [Specificity of adipocere as a par- tial antigen.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1914, viii, 518- 526.—Lamb (D. S.) Adipocere, ninety-six years after death. Wash. M. Ann., 1908-9, vii, 384.—Lattes. Contri- bution a la connaissance de Porigine de l'adipocire. Arch. internat. de med. leg., Bruxelles, 1910, suppl., 408-414. Also: Arch. ital. de biol., Pise, 1911, lv, 14-19.—Mitchell (L. J.) Two cases of adipocere; one occurring under remarkable circumstances. Boston M. & S. Jv 1898, exxxix, 466.— Mttller (W.) Physikalisch-chemische Bestimmungen iiber die Entstehung und Vermeidung des Leichenwachses auf Friedhofen. Das Prinzip der kiinstlichen Sargyentila- tion. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1914, lxxxiii, 285- 326,1 pi.—Nuttall (G. H. F.) Has adipocere been observed in India? Indian M. Gaz.. Calcutta, 1897, xxxii, 134. Also, Reprint.—Okamoto (Y.) Ein Fall von einer sehr wohl erhaltenen Graberadipocire. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1903, 3. F., xxvi, 259-262.—Sata & Shimokata. Ueber die postmortale Fettbildung des thierischen Gewebes. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi, 811-822.—Schhtze (H.) Ueber die Zunahme des Fettes in aufbewahrtem Weichkase und Fleisch mit Riick- sicht auf die Frage der Leichenwachsbildung. Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen u. Berl., 1912, lxxvi, 116-136.—Stubenrath (C.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber Leichenwachs. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1900, Leipz., 1901, lxxii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 286-288.—[Trade in human fat.] Ugesk. f. Leeger, Kj0benh., 1910, lxxii, 993.— Vaughan (J. C.) On the early occurrence of adipocere. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1906, xli, 161. Adipose tissue. See Fat. Adiposis dolorosa. See Obesity (Painful). Adirondacks. New York (State). Assembly. Report of the Adirondack Committee, Assembly of 1902. Transmitted to the legislature April 16, 1903. 8°. Albany, 1903. Brown (L.) Some weather observations in the Adiron- dacks. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxv, 341-343. Also: Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1904, xx, 38-43.. Adjarova-Tomilova (Rai'ssa). *De la determi- nation du sulfure de carbone dans Fair. 32 pp. 8°. Geneve, E. Froreisen, 1911, No. 363. Adler (Alfred). Gesundheitsbuch fiir das Schnei- dergewerbe. vi, 31 pp. 16°. Berlin, C. Hey- mann, 1898. Adler (Alfred)—continued. ------. Studie iiber Minderwertigkeit von Or- ganen. 92 pp. 8°. Berlin & Wien, Urban & Schwarzenberg, 1907. ------. Ueber den nervosen Charakter. Grund- ziige einer vergleichenden Individual-Psycho- logie und Psychotherapie. 5 p. 1., [3J-195 pp. 4°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1912. See, also, Medizinlsches Handlexikon fiir praktische [etc.]. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1908. — Putnam (J. J.) The work of Alfred Adler, considered with especial reference to that of Freud. . Psychoanalyt. Rev., N. Y., 1916, iii, 121-140. ------& Furtmiiller (Carl). Heilen und bilden. Aerztlich-padagogische Arbeiten des Vereins fiir Individualpsychologie. viii, 398 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, E. Reinhardt, 1914. Adler (Arthur). Die Symptomatologie der Klein- hirn-Erkrankungen. 2 p. 1., 70 pp. 8°. Wies- baden, J. F. Bergmann, 1899. Adler (Bemhard Vinzenz) [1753- ]. Stekel (W.) Lebensbilder aus halbvergangener Zeit: Dr. Bemhard Vinzenz Adler. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 385-387. Adler (Camille). *Des presentations de la face en general et d'un proced^ nouveau dans 1'inter- vention de certains cas en particulier. [Geneve.] 86 pp., 11. 8°. Delemont, 1896. Adler (Ernst) [1872- ]. _ *Beitrag zur Protar- golbehandlung der mannlichen und weiblichen Gonorrhoe. [Breslau.] 20 pp., 1 1. 8° Berlin, 1900. Adler (Felix) [1851- ]. The spiritual attitude towards old age. 16 pp. 8°. New York, [1906]. Adler (Harry) [1872- _ ] & Cannon (T. Harris). A manual for the clinical laboratory. 149 pp., 3 1. rov. 8°. Baltimore, J. H. Saumenig dc Co., 1904. Adler (Heinrich) [1849-1909]. See Halbes (Ein) Jahrtausend. Festschrift [etc.], 8°. Wien, 1899. — Medlcinal-Schematismus fiir Oesterreich [etcj [in 2. s.]. 16°. Wien, 1896-1903. For Biography, see Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lxix, 2841-2844. ------& Kronfeld (Adolf). Medicinische Chro- nik des xix. Jahrhunderts. 1 p. 1., 223 pp. 12°. Wien, M. Perles, 1900. -------------. The same. 2. Aufl. 2 p. 1., 223 pp. 12°. Wien, M. Perles, 1901. Adler (Heinrich) [1878- ]. *Statistische Zu- sammenstellung der in der Miinchener chirur- gischen Klinik in den Jahren 1893-1900 zur Beobachtung und Behandlung gekommenen traumatischen Luxationen. 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1902. Adler (Heinrich Chaim) [1885- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von Fruh-Apoplexie mit luetischer Aetiologie. 20 pp. 8°. Munchen, R. Muller & Steinicke, 1910. Adler [Hermann] [1839- ]. Sanitation as taught by the Mosaic law. 12 pp.' 8°. London, 1893. Repr.from: Jewish Chronicle, 1893. Adler (Hermann). Alternating generations; a bio- logical study of oak galls and gall flies. Transl. and ed. by Charles R. Straton. 198 pp., 2 pi. 12°. Oxford, 1894. Adler (Isaac) [1849- ]. Primary malignant growths of the lungs and bronchi; a pathological and clinical study, xii, 325 pp., 16 pi. 8°. New York [etc.], Longmans, Green dc Co., 1912. Adler (John Mercer) [1828-1904]. Obituary. Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 367. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 306. Adler (Leo) [1886- ]. *Klinische Beobach- tungen bei 70 Fallen von Tubargraviditat. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, R. Muller dc Steinicke, 1911. ADLER. 175 ADONIS. Adler (Lucien) [1880- ]. *Du pneumothorax silencieux. 111pp., 21. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 122. Adler (M[arcus]). De Fart dentaire. 96 pp. 12°. Bruxelles, chez Van leur, 1872. Adler (Noel) [1881- ]. *Spezialitaten und Geheimmittel bei der Gichtbehandlung. 30 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1910. Adler (Otto) [1864- ]. Die mangelhafte Ge- schlechtsempfindung des Weibes, Anesthesia se- xualis feminarum, Dvspareunia, Anaphrodisia. viii, 207 pp. 8°. Berlin, II. Kornfeld, 1904. ------. The same. 2. vermehrte und verbesserte Aufl. xiv, 231 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Kornfeld, 1911. Adler (Otto) [lSS7-< ]. *Ueber die Totalex- stirpation des graviden Uterus und der beider- seitigen Adnexe wegen Tuberkulose der Lungen. 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, E. Monnigh, 1911. Adler (Walther) [1877- ]. *Bebandlung der Pleuritis exsudativa mit Auto transfusion. [Gies- sen.] 1 p. 1., 33 pp., 1 1. 8°. Anklam, R. Poett- cke 1912. Adloff ([Ernst Emil] Paul) [1S77- ]. *Die eitrig-jauchige Hufgelenksentziindung des Pfer- des. [Giessen.] 48 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, 1908. Repr.from: Monatsh. f. prakt. Thierh., Stuttg., 1908, xix. ———. Das Gebiss des Menschen und der Anthropomorphen. Yergleichend - anatomische Untersuchungen. Zugleich ein Beitrag zur menschlichen Stammesgeschichte. 2 p. 1., 164 pp., 27 pi. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1908. Adlumia. Schlotterbeck (J. O.) Ueber das Alkaloid aus Adlumia cirrhosa. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Cutting [cover with printed title] from: Ber. d. deutsch. chem. Gesellsch., Berl., 1900. ------& Watkins (H. C.) The alkaloids of Adlumia cirrhosa. (Second paper.) 8°. Phila- delphia, 1902. Repr.from: Proc. Am. Pharm. Ass., Phila., 1902. Schlotterbeck (J. O.) & Watkins (H. C.) The alkaloids of Adlumia cirrhosa. J. Am. Chem. Soc., Easton, Pa., 1903, xxv, 596-601. Administration et comptabilite interieures des corps de troupes ordinaires, livre de cuisine mili- taire en garnison, volume arrete a la date du 22 novembre 1908. 164 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Charles- Lavauzelle, 1908. Admiranda rerum adrnirabilium encomia, sive diserta et amcena Pallas disserens seria sub ludi- cra specie. Hoc est, dissertationum ludicrarum, nee non amcenitatum scriptores varii. 5 p. 1., 660 pp. 12°. Noviomagi Batavorum [Nim- wegen], typ. Reineri Smetii, 1666. Engraved frontispiece. Contains 23 essays, of which the following are medical: Cardanus (H.) Podagrse encomium.— Pirckheimer (B.) Apologia podagrae.—Menapius (G.) En- comium febris quartanse.—Gutherius (J.) Tiresias seu cacitatis encomium. Adnet (Efugene]). Nouveaux stenlisateurs ap- pliques a la chirurgie. 104 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898. Adnet (Paul-Louis) [1882- ]. *Suppuration gazeuse spontanee des kvstes hydatiques du foie. 124 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 36. Adolescence. See, also, Puberty. Hall (G. S.) Adolescence; its psychology and its relations to physiology, anthropology, sociology, sex, crime, religion, and education. 2 v. roy. 8°. New York, 1904. Lancaster (E. G.) The psychology and pedagogy of adolescence. 8°. Worcester, Mass., 1897. Repr.from: The Pedagogical Seminary, 1897, v. Baldwin (B. T.) Adolescence. Psychol. Bull., Prince- ton, X. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1913; x, 397-419.—Fuller (F. M.) Adolescence, its relation to primary and secondary dis- Adolescence. ease. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Washington, 1914-15, iv, 369- 374.—Gaultier (P.) L'adolescence. Rev. de Par., 1912, xix, 254-286.—Jastrow (J.) The natural history of adoles- cence. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1904-5, lxvi, 457-465. Adolf (G.) Die Gefahren der kiinstlichen Steri- litat, besonders in ihrer Beziehung zum Ner- vensvstem; eine Studie fiir Aerzte und Laien. 4. Aufl. 63pp. 12°. Leipzig, Krilgerdc Co., 1898. Adolfl (G. A.) O budushnosti gruanol klietki chelovieka. [Future of the human thorax.] 8 pp., lpl. 8°. [ Yuryev, 1902.1 Bound with: Uchen. Zapiski Imp. Yuryev. Univ., 1902, x. Adolph (F[riedrich]) [1869- ]. Ueber primare bosartige Neubildungen der Milz. 27 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Kornfeld, 1905. Forms 202. Hft., v. 17, of: Berl. Klinik. Adolph (Johann Herbert) [1875- ]. *Ueber die Ausschaltung des Thranensackes. 64 pp., 21. 8°. Konigsberg i.Pr., M. Liedtke, 1899. Adolph (Karl Ernst Heinrich) [1878- ]. *Ueber Hydrocele. (Nach den Erfahrungen auf der chirurgischen Klinik in Bonn von 1895- 1901.] 28pp.,ll.,ltab. 8°. Bonn,C.Georgi,1902. Adolphi (Christianus Michaelis) tl676-1753]. Dis- sertationes" physico-medicae quaedam selectae, varii argumenti qua? in universitate Lipsiensi ab eodem diversis temporibus antehac conscriptae et praesidendo pro cathedra publice habitae sunt, nunc autem revisae, hinc indeque auctae ac in hocce volumen collectae. 3 p. 1., 979 pp. 4°. Lipsix, J. G. Dyckius, 1747. For Biography, see Graetzer (J.) Lebensbilder [etc.] 8°. Breslau, 1889. Adolph us Frederick, Duke of Mecklenburg. A land of giants and pygmies, pp. 369-386. 8°. Washington, 1912. Cutting from: Nat. Geog. Mag., Wash., 1912, xxiii. Adomeit (O.tto) [1867- ]. ^Resection des Vas deferens als Heilmittel bei Prostatahvpertro- phie. 31pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1896. Adoneta. Dyar (H. G.) The life-history of a cochlidian moth, Adoneta bicaudata Dyar. Biol. Stud. ...W.T.Sedgwick. 25. anniv., Bost., 1906,11-19, 1 pi. Adonidin. Henrijean (F.) & Honore (C.) Recherches experimen- tales sur l'adonidine. Mem. cour. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1909, xx, fasc. 4, 1-74, 12 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Bull. Acad. roy. de mea. de Belg., Brux., 1909, 4. s., xxiii, 363-366.—Stern (H.) Adonidin; physiologic and medicinal properties; a plea for the extension of its use in therapy. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1900, ii, 125; 165.—Veselkofl (A. P.) [Changes in the aorta in rabbits in poisoning by adonidin.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 82—Wilcox (R. W.) Adonidin; aclmicalstudy. Internat.Clin.,Phila.,1904,14.s., i, 13-17. Adonis. Fuckelmann (J. M.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Bestandteile und Wirkungen des Adonis ver- nalis. Experimenteller Teil. 8°. Rostock, 1911. ------. The same. 8°. Rostock, 1911. ------. The same. Historisch-kritischer Teil. 8°. Rostock, 1911. Henneton (A.-A.) *L'Adonis vernalis dans les nephrites. 8°. Lille, 1909. Arnaut. A. propos de Taction diuretique des preparations d'Adonis vernalis. Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1913, xx, 334-337.— Chevalier (J.) Action pharmacodynamique de l'Adonis vernalis. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1913, clxv, 305- 309. Also, transl.: Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1913, xcviii, 375-378.—Ilyln (L. F.) [Strength of action of adonis and characteristics of its preparations.] Izvfest. Imp. Vovenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1904, viii, 443-459.— Lemoine (G.) Note sur Faction diuretique de l'Adonis vernalis. Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1912, xix, 1-5. -----. Action de l'"Adonis vernalis" sur la tension arterielle. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiv, 687-4390.— Mercier (L.-J.) Contribution a l'etude de Taction thera- peutique de l'Adonis vernalis. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1914, clxviii, 133-136.—Pitinl (A.) Awelenamento per Adonis cupaniana. Osp. di Palermo. Boll, trimest., 1908, i, 63.—Roch (M.) Contribution a l'etude de la medica- ADONIS. 176 ADSORPTION. Adonis. tion par T"Adonis vernalis;" rythme couple adonidique. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par., 1913, vi, 390-396.—Roch (M.) & Cramer (A.) De la nullity des effets therapeutiques de l'Adonis vernalis et du Convallaria maialis. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, v, Therap., pt. 2, 239- 245.—Slovtsoft (B. I.) [On the action of Adonis vernalis.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1; 1469.—Trapani (P.) Sulla presenza dell' acido aconitico nell' Adonis aestivalis. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1903, xi, 104-107. Adorno (Juan N.) Memoria acerca de la hidrogra- ffa, meteorologia, seguridad hidrogenica y sa- luhridad higienica del valle y en especial de la capital de Mexico. 12°. Mexico, M. Villanueva, 1865. Adoue (Jean). *Du purpura rhumato'ide. Trou- bles gastro-intestinaux dans le purpura rhuma- toide. Leur role et leur importance pathoge- nique. 77 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 605. Adoue (Jean-Albert) [1871- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude des kystes glandulaires du pancreas. 86 pp., 11., lpl. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 74. Adoue (Jean - Marie - Joseph - Charles - Philippe) [1873- ]. *Contribution a l'etude de l'anes- thesie par injection sous-arachno'idienne lom- baire de cocaine. 48 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 21. Adoxus. Mttller (J.) Ueber das Mannchen von Adoxus obscures L. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxvii, 39-41. Adrenal glands. See Suprarenal bodies. Adrenalin. See Suprarenal extract. Adrenalin therapy. Comprising clinical reprints published to date, condensed and arranged al- phabetically according to diseases. 59 pp. 12°. Detroit, Parke, Davis dc Co., 1903. Adrenofer. Farmachidis (C.) L'adrenofer nella terapia medica. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1911, xii, 721-730. Adres van de plaatselijke commissie van genees- kundig toevoorzigt aan het stedelijk bestuur te Amsterdam, omtrent maatregelen te nemen bij het uitbreken van cholera asiatica. 16 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, 1853. [Adres aan de Tweede Kamer der Staten-Generaal van den Senaat der Utrechtsche Hoogeschool tegen de voorgestelde ontwerpen van wet op de geneeskundige staatsregeling.] 4 pp. fol. [ Utrecht, 1865.] Adressbuch der Aerzte, Apotheker sowie der Spitaler, Curorte und sonstigen Sanitats-An- stalten von Oesterreich-Ungarn. 4. Jahrg., 1903-4. 275 pp. 8°. Wien, G. Szelinski, 1903. Adressbuch der Kranken-, Pflege- und Wohl- fahrtsanstalten Deutschlands. Adressen- und Auskunftsbuch iiber die Kurorte und Heilbader, Krankenanstalten, Khniken [etc.]. Bearbeitet auf Grund eigener Auskiinfte der Anstalten selbst vom Verlage der "Zeitschrift fiir Krankenan- stalten." iv, 672 pp. 4°. Leipzig, F. Leine- weber, 1912. Adressbuch der Zahnarzte und Zahnteehniker Deutschlands. 1902; 1905. 232 pp. 12°. Ber- lin, 1902-5. Adrian (Carl). Die praktische Bedeutung der Missbildungen der Niere, des Nierenbeckens und des Harnleiters. 38 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1914. Forms 2. Hft., v. 3, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Dermat. [etc.], Halle a. S. ------. Die nichtgonorrhoische Urethritis beim Manne. 62 pp. S°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1915. Forms 7. Hft., v. 3, of: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Dermat. [etc.], Halle a. S. Adrian (Clemens August) [1856- ]. *Zusam- menstellung der in der Bonner chirurgischen Universitatsklinik von October 1895 bis October 1898 angetroffenen Kopfgeschwiilste. 74 pp. 8°. Bonn, C. Georgi, 1899. Adrian [Louis-Alphonse]. Nouveaux remedes et nouvelles medications. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. Adrian (Lucien-Auguste-Charles) [1888- ]. *De l'helio therapie et en particulier de l'heliothe- rapie a l'hospice J.-B. Thiery, de Maxeville- Nancy. 146 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1913, No. 6. Adriani (Alessandro). Sonno e insonnio. 54 pp. 8°. Perugia, 1900. ------. Lasimbiosisifilotubercolare. 32 pp. 8°. Perugia, Unione tipogr. coop., 1907. ------. La tuberculosi polmonare nei suoi rap- porti cogli infortuni del lavoro. 21 pp. 8°. Perugia, V. BarUlli dc Co., 1910. Adriani (Johan Marcus). *De behandeling der ectopia vesicae met epispadie. 2 p. 1., 132 pp. 8°. Groningen, Scholtens dc Zoon, 1896. Adriani (P.) Intellectueele overlaying en school- hygiene. 143 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, H. C. A. Campagne dc Zoon, [1898?]. ------. De bedevaarten naar Arabie en de ver- spreiding der epidemische ziekten. Eene epi- demiologische studie voor medici en politici. viii, 244 pp. 8°. Ooltgensplaat, M. Breuer, 1899. ------. De voeding in Nederlandsche Oost- Indie. Eene sociaal - economische beschou- wing. 42 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, J. H.De Boussy, 1906. Adrianov (P.) & Tolkushkin (B.) Spravoch- naya knizhka voyennavo vracha i posobiye dlya riesheniya sanitarno-takticheskikh zadach. [In- formation for the army physician, and aid in answering problems in tactics affecting the medical department.] iv (2 1.), 281, 3 pp., 6 ch. 8°. Odessa, tipog. Shtaba odessk. Voyenn. Okr., 1908. Adriatic Sea. Grund (A.) Das Adriatische Meer und sein Einfluss auf das Klima seiner Kiisten. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Berl., 1909, ii, 629-636.—Steuer (A.) Veranderungen der nordadriati- schen Flora und Fauna wahrend der letzten Dezennien. Internat. Rev. d.ges. Hydrobiol. u. Hydrograph., Leipz., 1910, iii, 6-16. Adrien (Charles-Maurice) [1884- ]. *Con- tribution a l'etude de l'echinococcose dans la region landaise. 62 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 33. Adroque (Avramoff). Contribution a l'etude du pouls lent permanent avec respiration de Cheyne- Stokes et attaques 6pileptiformes. 104 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1903, No. 508. Adrovandi (Vlisse) [1522-1605]. [Biography.] In: Abbild. .. . d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 86, port. Adsorption. See, also, Absorption. Aberson (J. H.) Das Adsorptionsvermogen der Acker- erde. Ztschr. f. Chemieu. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1912, x, 13-22.—Arendt (O.) Zum zeitlichen Verlauf der Adsorp- tion. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1915, vii, 212-250 — Blucher (J. C.) & Farnau (E. F.) Adsorption and stabili- zation. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1914, xviii, 629-640.— Chapman (A. C.) & Siebold (A.) On the application of adsorption to the detection and separation of certain dyes. Analyst, Lond., 1912, xxxvii, 339-345.—Chelnisse (L.) L'adsorption et son utilisation en therapeutique. Semaine med., Par., 1912, xxxii, 397-400.—Consoll (N.) & Giuseppe (N.) Influenza del fattore termico sui potere assorbente della pleura e delperitoneo. Gazz. internat. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 1109; 1138.—Demoor (J.) Rdle de l'adsorption dans les echanges cellulaires. Arch, di flsiol., Firenze, 1909, vii, 159-167.—Dietl (A.) Ueber die Kinetik der Sorption. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1914, vi, 127-146. -----. Ueber die Sorption einiger Sauren und Nichtelektrolyte ADSORPTION. 177 AELIANUS. Adsorption. durch Wolle. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1914, xiv, 319-321.—Estrup (K.) Einige Adsorptionsversuche mit variierendem Dispersitatsgrade des Adsorbens. Ztschr. f. Chem. u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresdv 1910, vii, 299-301.— Estrup (K.) & Andersen (E. B.) Einige Adsorptionsver- suche mit variierendem Dispersitatsgrade des Adsorbens. Ibid., 1912, x, 161-169— Freundllch (H.) & Poser (A.) Ueber den Einfluss der Natur des Adsorbens bei der Adsorp- tion aus wasseriger Losung. Kolloidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1914, vi, 297-328—Freundllch (H.) & Posnjak (E.) Die Verminderung der Kristallisationsgeschwindigkeit als Ad- sorptionserscheinung. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz., 1912, lxxix, 168-176.—vonATieorgievics (G\) Ueber Adsorption in Losungen. Eigenbericht der Studien iiber Adsorption. V. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1914, xiv, 69-74.—von Georgievics (G.) & Dietl (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Kinetik der Sorption. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1914, lxxxvii, 669-691.—Guggenheim (M.) Ueber eine neue Methode zur Pruning des Adsorptionsvermogens von Tier- kohle und anderen Adsorptionsmitteln. Therap. Mo- natsh., Berl., 1915, xxix. 615-618.—Lewis (W. C. M.) Ad- sorption phenomena and Gibbs' equation. Science Progr., Lond., 1916, xi, 191-211.—Lichtwitz (L.) Die Adsorptions- therapie. Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1914, ii, 834-836.— McBain (J. W.) Der Meehanismus der Adsorption (Sorp- tion) von Wasserstofl durch Kohlenstoff. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz., 1910, Ixviii, 471-497.—Mecklenburg (W.) Ueber affine Adsorptionskurven. Ibid., 1913, lxxxiii, 609- 625.—Mirhaelis (L.) & Rona (P.) Untersuchungen iiber Adsorption. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908-9. xv, 196-216. -----------. Die Beeinflussung der Adsorption durch die Reaktion des Mediums. Ibid., 1910, xxv, 359-366.—Mora- witz (H.) Ueber Adsorption und Kolloidfallung. Kol- loidchem. Beihefte, Dresd., 1910, i, 301-330.—Quattrini (M.) Fenomeni chimico-fisici di adsorbimento che intervengono nellaapplicaeionepercutanea deifarmaci. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven., Milano, 1914, xlix, 611-627.—Rakowski (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Adsorption. I. Chemische Hysteresis der Starke. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1911, ix, 225-230.-----. II. Ueber die chemische Hysteresis. Ibid., 1912, x, 22: 1913, xii, 177.—Robertson (T. B.) Einige kritische Bemerkungen zur Theorie der Adsorption. Ibid., 1908, iii, 49-76.—Schmidt (G. C.) ... Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1894, xv, 56-64. -----. Ueber Ad- sorption von Losungen. Ibid., 1910, lxxiv, 689-737. -----. . . . Ibid., 1911-12, Ixxviii, 667-681.—Schmidt-Walter (Dora). . . . Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1914, xiv, 242-252.—Vignon (L.) Influence de l'affinitechimique dans certainsphenomenes dits d'adsorption. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 673-675. Also, transl: J. Frankl. Inst., Phila., 1911, clxxi, 87-90. Aducco (Vittorio). See Mosso (Angelo), Aducco (Vittorio) & Bouchard (A.) Revues, resumes, reproductions, etc. 8°. Turin, 1909. Adulterations. See, also, Food (Adulteration, analysis, hy- giene, and inspection of); and under names of arti- cles of food. Kippenberger (C.) Die Ersatzware im Gewerbe, Handel und Verkehr. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1914-15, xxv, 32-63.—Lam (A.) Falsifications observees dans les diflerents pays; falsifications observees en Hol- lande. [Abstr. Rap.] Rev. internat. d. falsific, Par., 1903, xvi, 143-148— Marriage (E.) Der Nachweis von Verfal- schungen auf kolloidchemischem Wege. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1912, xi, 1-5. Adultery. See, also, Jurisprudence (Medical). Krauss (F. S.) Von Ehebrecherinnen. Anthropophy- teia, Leipz., 1904, i, 447-506.—Nacke (P.) Ueber Privat- rache (Volksjustiz) beim Ehebruch, speziell die ficupavtSuais. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1912, xlvii, 259-278.—Perron! (L.) L'azione penale nei giudizii per soppressione di stato e per adulterio. Scuola positiva, Ro- ma, 1910, xx, 525-527.—Proal. L'adultere de la femme. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1900, xv, 287-310.— Westermarck (E.) Der Ehebruch. N. Generation, Berl., 1908, iv, 328-335. Advertising. See, also, Ethics (Medical); Physicians (Du- ties and obligations of). Anderson (W.) The advertising agency. Proc. Am. Med. Editors' Ass., Phila., 1910, xli, 113-119.—Brady (W.) The high cost of advertising. N. York M. J. fete], 1915, ci, 779-781. Also, Reprint.—Hopkins (C. C.) The psycholo- gy of advertising as applied to social publicity. Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Fort Wayne, 1910, xxxvii, 547-558.—Lewis (H. E.) Some remarks on the value of honest medical ad- vertising. Proc. Am. Med. Editors' Ass., Phila., 1910, xli, 110-113.—MacDonald (JA The extension of advertising patronage. Ibid., 71-80.—Roch(M.) Ueber die Vereinheit- lichung der Arzneimittel-Reklame. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1914, xliv, 882.—Schwalbe (J.) Beschran- 76399°—17----12 Advertising. kung der medizinischen Fachpresse in der Veroffentlichung von Heilmittelinseraten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1005.—Strong (E. KA The effect of size of advertisements and frequency of their presentation. Psychol. Rev., Princeton, N. J., & Lancaster, Pa., 1914, xxi, 136-152.—Thomas (C. E.) Some ancient medical adver- tisements. Med. Press A Circ, Lond., 1915, n. s., c, 151-154. Advice to a physician; containing particular direc- tions relating to the cure of most diseases, with reflections on the nature and uses of the most celebrated remedies by way of aphorisms; done from the Latin. 1 p. 1., 116 pp. 24°. London, H. Newman, 1695. Advice for the restriction and prevention of menin- gitis. Leaflet issued by the Michigan State Board of Health. 2. ed. 6 pp. 8°. [Lansinq, 1900.] L Ady (Carl) [1875- ]. *Die subkutanen Leber- verletzungen. 48 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1900. Adynamia. See Debility. Aeberli (Hans). *Beitrag zur Kasuistik des Strumpell-Marie'schen Krankheitsbildes. [Zu- rich.] 35 pp. 8°. Liestal, Gebr. Liii in, 1905. Aeberli (Hermann) [1864-1901]. Biber. [Biography.]. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1901, xxxi, 288. Aebert (Gerhard Paul Johannes) [1883- ]. *Die Schulterluxation mit Fraktur des Oberarmkopfes und ihre Behandlung. 29 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1911. Aebischer (Luise). Ratschlage fiir Mutter iiber Pflege und Behandlung der Sauglinge und jtm- gen Kinder. 55 pp. 12°. Bern, Stampfli dc Co., 1907. Aebly (Jakob). *Zur Analyse der physikalischen Vorbedingungen des psychogalvanischen Re- flexes mit exosomatischer Stromquelle. 55 pp., 3 ch. 8°. Zurich, J. J. Meier, 1910. Aeby (Jules). Marchandises dangereuses. 300 pp., 3 1. roy. 8°. Anvers, par Vauteur, 1910. Title and text in French, English, and German. Aeby (Julius H.) *Beitrag zur Frage der Stick- stoffernahruna: der Pflanzen. 31 pp. 8°. Merse- burg, F. Stollberg, 1895. /Ecidium. Lloyd (E. E.) Quasi-experimental formation of ^Ecidia in cotton leaves. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xiii, 879.—von Tubeuf. Vorlaufige Mitteilung iiber Infektionsversuche mit iEcidium strobihnum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt., Jena, 1900, vi, 428. ^Egiceras. Weiss (H.) *Pharmakognostische und phyto- chemische Untersuchung der Rinde und der Fruchte von ^Egiceras majus G., mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Saponins. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1906. /Egidius Corboliensis (Petrus) [or Gilles de Cor- beil]. Carmina de urinarum iudicijs . . . cum expositione et commento Gentilis de Fulgineo . . . per Avenantium de Camerino. 2 bl. 1., 92 1. 12°. Lugduni, per Jacobum Wyt, 1526 #]gophony. See, also, Auscultation. Taylor (F.) The causation of aegophony. Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc. Lond., 1894-5, vii, 60-66. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1895, Ixxviii, 127-149. Aehle (Joan. Augustus Ernestus). *De typho ejusque prsecipuis formis. 30 pp. 4°. Lipsise, typ. Richter, [1812]. Aelianus (Claudius). De historia animalium libri xvii. Quos ex integro ac veteri exemplari Graeco, Petrus Gillius vertit. Una cum elephantorum descriptione. Item Demetrii de cura accipitrum, AELIANUS. Aelianus (Claudius)—continued. et de cura et medicina canum, eodem Petro Gillio interprete. 7 p. 1., 668 pp., 19 1. 16°. Lugduni, apud G. Rovillium, 1562. ------. The same. LTepi fcocoi* iSioTvros /3i/3X£a, if. Aeliani de natura animalium libri xvii. Grsecc et Latine cum priorum interpretum et suis ani- madversionibus edidit J. Gottlob Schneider, x, 585 pp., 10 1.; 228 pp., 22 1. 8°. Lipsise, sumpt. E. B. Schwickerti, 1784. A5milius. See Einilio [in 2. s.]. Sui modo di conservare la salute [etc.]. 12°. Torino, 1821. van JSngelen (P.) Herbarius kruyt en bloem- hof, of de natuerlijcke secreten en verborgent- heden [etc.]. Het eerste deel. 7 p. 1., 368 pp., 12 1. 16°. VAmsterdam, Broer dc J. J. Appelaer, 1663. -----. Instructie van het herbariseren, of hove- niers oeffeninge, om thuynen en boomgaerden te bereyden, [etc.]. Het tweede deel. 7 p. 1., 95 pp. 16°. t'Amsterdam, Broer dc J. J. Appelaer, 1663. Bound with his: Eerste deel Herbarius [etc.]. 16°. t'Am- sterdam, 1663. -----. De mede-lydige Samaritaen, of de hey- densche wonde-meester. Die uyt de voorgaende Herbarius vergadert en uytgeleesen heeft, dit extract, als een huys-apoteck, of medecijn-win- chel, [etc.]. Het derde deel. 16°. f Amsterdam, Broer dc J. J. Appelaer, 1663. Bound with his: Eerste deel. Herbarius [etc.]. 16°. VAm- sterdam, 1665. Aenstoots (Carl) [1880- ]. *Ueber die Pupil- lenreaktion bei Lidschluss. 36 pp. 8°. Giessen, von Miinchow, 1904. /Eolidia. Krembzow (E.) Ueber den Bau und die Entwickelung der Riickenanhange der Aeolidier. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1901, lix, 181-210, 2 pi— Spengel (J. W.) Die Nessel- kapseln der Aeolidier. Naturw. Wchnschr., Jena, 1904, n. F., iii, 849-854. JEolosoma. Janda (V.) [Contributions to the knowledge of the iEolosoma family.] 8°. v Praze, 1900. Repr.from: Vestnik Krai. cesk6 spolecnosti nauk v Praze, 1900. [Journal of the Royal Bohemian Society of Sciences of Prague.] Brace (Edith M.) Notes on JEolosoma tenebrarum. J. Morphol., Bost., 1900-1901, xvii, 177-184 lpl.—Kribs (H. G.) The reactions of iEolosoma to chemical stimuli. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1910, v, 43-74. AHplinius (Georgius Fridericus). *De catarrho suffocative 43 pp., 2 1. sm. 4°. Jenx, vidua S. Krebsii, 1681. Aeronautics. See, also, Aviators. von Schrotter (H.) Hvgiene der Aero- nautik. 8°. Leipzig, [1909]. * Senden (L.) De vliegmachines. 12°. Ant- werpen, 1911. Sotjbies (J.) *Physiologie de l'aeronaute. 8°. Paris, 1907. Baden-Powell (B.) How airships are likely to affect war. J. Roy. U. Service Inst., Lond., 1910, liv, 555-581.— Cordner (R. H.) The coming of the aeroplane. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1913, xxi, 82-84.—Cowley (L. M.) Higiene practica y flsioldgica del aviador y del aeronauta. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1914, xxi, 922-931.—Cruchet (R.) Le vol en hauteur et le mal des aviateurs. Rev. scient.. Par., 1911, ii, 740-744.—Cruchet (R.) & Moulinier. Le mal des aviateurs. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii. 1114. Also: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1911, xiii, 387-393.—Durieux (J.) Essai sur l'usage des aerostats et ses applications en medecine. Paris med., 1912-13, xii (suppl.), 833-837.—Fires due to airraids. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 1011.—Flemmlng. Unfalle und Rettungsmassnah- men auf dem Gebiete der Luftschiflart. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1908, xx, 391-402.—Meyer (G.) Aerztlicher Rettungsdienst (fliegende Rettungswachen) bei Luftschiflahrten 1787. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 70. AEROTHERAPY. Aerophagia. See, also, Tic (Hysterical and aerophagic). Reynaud (V.) *Mecanisme de l'aerophagie essentielle, diagnostic radioscopique de ses vari- ety ch^nques. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Aaron (C. D.) Aerophagy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 2012-2014. Also:Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass., St. Louis, 1914, xvii, 22-29.—AHanic. Sur le diagnostic de l'aerophagie. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1905, ix, 298-303.—Cade (A.) L'aerophagie et ses consequences. Province med., Par., 1914, xxv, 181-184.—Castaigne. Troubles respira- toires et circulatoires graves par aerophagie. Clinique, Par., 1913, viii, 610-612.—Estomac (L') biloculaire etl'aerophagie; faits cliniques. Policlin., Brux., 1913, xxii, 353, 1 pi.— Leriche (R.) Section du nerf lingual et du nerf auriculo- temporal dans un cas d'aerophagie avec hypersalivation. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1914, xiii, 23-25. Also: Lyon med., 1914, exxii, 142-144. -----. Les aspects chirurgi- caux de l'aerophagie. Lyon chir., 1914, xi, 256-263.—Leven (G.) Petits precedes utilisables dans le traitement de 1 'aero- phagie. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1914, clxvii, 635- 639. Also: Clinique, Par., 1914, ix, 409.—Lopez (J. P.) ' Teorfa naso-farfngea de la aerofagia. Rev. Asoc. med. ar- gent., Buenos. Aires, 1916, xxv, 185.—Mathieu (A.) & Follet (R.) Etude sur l'aerophagie; fausse flatulence aero- phagique; rot en salve; rot& declenchement. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 199-213. Also: Bull, med., Par., 1901, xv, 189-192.—Pasanis. Doscasos de aerofagia simple, o sialofagia, uno con taquicardia y otro con sfntomas de angina de pecho. Siglo med., Madrid, 1913, lx, 643-645. — Schlesinger (H.) Anlegung einer Magenflstel wegen Aerophagie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1523.—Soupault (M.) Quelques observations sur l'aero- phagie et la dyspepsie flatulente. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 221-230.—Stern (H.) The clinical importance of aerophagia. N. York M. J., 1904, lxxix, 337-340. Also, Reprint.—Talllens. Un cas d'aero- phagie rectale. Arch. d. mal. de l'appar. digest, [etc.], Par., 1914, viii, 43. Aerotherapy. See, also, Tuberculosis (Pulmonary, Treat- ment of, Open-air). Beschreibung einiger zum Gebrauch der dephlogistisirten Luft bey dem Blaserohr und Schmelzfeuer eingerichteten Maschinen, samt einer Anweisung, sich die dephlogistisirte Luft in Menge zu verschaffen. 12°. Tubingen, 1785. Cochy de Moncan (J.) *Etude sur l'ae>othe- rapie. 8°. Paris, 1899. Guariglia (M.) Sulla prevalenza della cura aeroterapica sopra ogni altranell' asma bronchiale nell' enfisema polmonale, nella broncostenosi e nella pleurite essudativa. Conferenza letta nella tornata del 4 dicembre dell' Ordine dei sanitarii di Napoli. 8°. Napoli, 1897. Hovent. Asthme, bronchitis, emphyseme pulmonaire et maladies chroniques diverses; leur traitement aeroth^rapique. 8°. Bruxelles, 1898. Jourdanet & Bert (P.) Fondamenti e studii fisiologici di climo-aero-terapia. Opere compendiate dal Domenico Mucci. 12°. Roma, 1879. Knauer (F.) Luft und Licht als Heilfak- toren. 8°. Tachau, [1910]. Kocksch. Das Luftbad und seine Bedeutung fiir Grossstadte und Industriezentren. 8°. Leipzig, [19051. Lahmann (H.) Das Luftbad als Heil- und Abhartungsmittel. 8°. Stuttgart, 1898. Lazarus. Die ersten 25 Jahre des pneu- matischen Instituts am Krankenhause der jii- dischen Gemeinde zu Berlin. 8°. Berlin, 1900. Memorie due, l'una del Dottor Fourcroy, l'altra di Francesco Marabelli, nelle quali si dimostra il vero metodo di applicare la chimica pneumatica alia medicina. 16°. Venezia, 1801. Neuens (N.) Bains atmospheriques. La sante conservee ou reparee au moyen des seuls agents naturels. 8°. Namur, 1897. AEROTHERAPY. Aerotherapy. Siefpermann (E.) Aerotherapie et pneu- motherapie. 8°. Strasbourg, 1876. Alexander (W.) Ueber einige neuere Methoden der in- ternen Anwendung von Luft zu Heilzwecken. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1903, xxi, 665-686.—Arendrup (H.) Beretning fra den Medikopneumatiske Anstalt for Aaret 1899. [Report of . . .] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kdbenh., 1900, 5. R., vii, 601; 625.—Arntzenlus (A. K. W.) De geschiedenis der pneu- matische inrichtingen in Nederland. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk. De ziekenverpleg. [etc.]. Artikelen ... Catalog. d. Hist.-Geneesk. Tentoonst. te Arnhem, Amst., 1899, 86- 88.—Beggs (W. N.) An object-lesson in aero-therapeutics. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1897, xxxvi, 37-40. — Blache (R.) La cure d'air a l'h6pital d'Ormesson. J. d'hyg., Par., 1S96, xxi, 5.—Brucker & Richez (P.) Remise au point de l'aerotherapie. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 376.—Brunon (R.) La cure d'air k l'hdpital; l'aerium de l'hospice general de Rouen. Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvii, 94. Also: Normandie med., Rouen, 1903, xviii, 167-173.—Carveth (G. II.) The outdoor treatment of sick people. Canad. J. M. & S., To- ronto, 1901, x, 193-196.—Cominelli (A.) Contributo alia tecnica aeroterapica. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1904, vii, 27.—CouCtoux. La therapeutique aerienne antisep- tique; ses indications generales. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1902, vi, 211-219.—Cruchet (R.) L'air rarefte, ses mefaits, son emploi therapeutique. J. med. franc., Par., 1911, v, 339- 347.—Dausset (H.) L'air chaud; sa puissance anafgesique. Paris med., 1911, 492-495.—Delmas (P.) Aerotherapie et bains d'air comprime. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1897, xxvii, 345; 359; 372. Also: Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1897), 1898, 154-174. Also, Reprint—Deter- mann (H.) Das Luftbad, §eine physiologische Wirkung undarztlicheVerwendung. Bl.f.klin.Hydrotherap.,Wien, 1905, xv, 84-87.-----. Luftbader; Liegekuren. Jahresk.f. arztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1910, 8. Hft.; 40-49.—Dorno (C.) Vorschlage zum systematischen Studium des Licht- und Luftklimas der den deutschen Arzt interessierenden Orte, gegriindet auf ausgedehnten, im Hochgebirge angestellten Beobachtungen. Ztschr. f. Balneol., Klimat. [etc.], Berl., 1912-13, v, 97; 131.—Gomperz (B.) Ueber die Anwendung der Luftdouehe bei Kindern. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, lxxvii, 42.—Grabley (P.) Die therapeutische Bedeu- tung der Luftbader bei der Behandlung der Neurasthenie, Chlorose und Anamie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1907, Leipz., 1908, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 220- 223.—Graham(E. E.) Fresh air in the treatment of disease. Arch. Pediat., N. Y.. 1909, xxvi, 81-87. [Discussion], 91-97.- Guhr (M.) [The air bath.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 467.—HeIlmer(E.) Das Luftbad. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1901, xix, 583-585. — Herz (M.) Die phy- siologischen Wirkungen des kiinstlichen Luftstrombades. Wien. med. Presse, 1905, xlvi, 1849; 2227.-----. Ueber die Behandlung von Allgemeinerkrankungen mit stromender Luft. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1730.—von Hovorka (O.) Erwagungen fiber die Grfindung und Einrichtung von Luftbadern. Monatschr. f. d. phys.-diatet. Heihneth. [etc.], Munchen, 1909, i, 265-269.—Immelmann. Der gegenwartige Stand der Behandlung von Erkrankungen der Atmungsorgane mittels verdichteter und verdfinnter Luft. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Ge- sellsch., 1897, xviii, 170-181.—Kleinwachter (L.) Zu thera- peutischen Zwecken in Flaschen abgezogene atmospharische Luft. Janus, Harlem, 1906, xi, 164.—Knopf (S. A.) Aero- therapy in cold weather. N. York M. J., 1907, lxxxv, 961- 971. Also, Reprint.—Langendorfl(R.) Ueber das Luftbad. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1900,1, 21; 80; 131. —Lazarus (J.) Bergfahrten und Luftfahrten in ihrem Einfluss auf den menschlichen Organismus. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesell- sch. (1895), 1896, xxvi, pt. 2,186-199. [Discussion], pt. 1,153- 159.-----. Diepneumatische Therapie von 1875-1900, mit besonderer Berficksichtigung der aus dem pneumatischen Institut des judischen Krankenhausesin Berlin in dieser Zeit hervorgegangenen Arbeiten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii,51; 79.—Lenkei(W.D.) Die Wirkung der Luftbader auf einige Funktionen des Organismus. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1906-7, x, 728-747. -----. Die Wirkung der Luftbader auf die Temperatur des Korpers. Monatschr. f. d. phys.-diatet. Heilmeth., Mfinchen, 1909, i, 69-77.-----. Die Wirkung der Luftbader auf die Zahl der Blutkorperchen, auf den Hamoglobingehalt und auf die Viskositat des Blutes. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 154.—Loaeza (A. A.) Camara neumatica del Instituto medico nacional. An. d. Inst. med. nac, Mexico, 1905, vii, 223-229.—Luchtkuuren. Hyg. Bl., Amst., 1898, i, 212; 249.—de Magalhaes (P. S.) Un secheur simplified Tribune mea., Par., 1907. n. s., xxxix, 774.—Marcuse (J.) Zur Geschichte des Luftbades. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1907-8, xi, 11-15.—Northrup (W. P.) Fresh air in the treatment of disease. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1909, xxvi, 88-96.—Nyssens(E.) Le bain d'air. J. med. de Brux.. 1914, xix, 371-375.—Otterbein (J.) Ueber Luftbader. Aerztl. Centr.-Ztg., Wien, 1900, xii, 115; 127.—Palawskl (A.) [On aerosolar baths and veranda living.] Gaz. lek., War- szawa, 1908, 2. s., xxviii, 615; 669.—Papp (S.) Ueber Luft- bader. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xiii, 786; 808. Also: Ungar. med. Presse. Budapest, 1906, xi, 207; 237.—Pollack (W.) Licht-Luftbader. Arch. f. phys.- diatet. Therap., Frankf.a. O., 1911, xiii, 70; 100—Rlkli (V.) AEROTHERMOTHERAPY. Aerotherapy. La cura atmosfenca o il bagno di aria e il bagno di sole. Riv. internaz. d'ig., Napoli, 1895, vi, 297; 521: 1896, vii, 10; 71.— Sawyer (W. II.) The influence of fresh air in acute diseases. Tr. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1897, xxi, 118-124 — Schivardi (P.) Aeroterapia. Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.], iiiT pt. 1, 444-515.—Schmidt (A.) & David (O.) Ueber die tnerapeutische Verwendung sauer- stoffarmer Luft beim Menschen. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1911, lviii, 939-942.—Schnee (A.) Zur Therapie mit stromender Luft. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap., Leipz., 1909, xiii, 257-259. A Iso, transl.: Bol. d. Inst, patol., Mexico, 1909-10, 3. ep., vii, 68-72—Sewall (H.) Artificial aerother- apy. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, i, 590-599.-----. On what do the hygienic and ther- apeutic virtues of the open air depend? J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 174-177—Vergara Lope (D.) Aerote- rapia; dos nuevos casos clinicos interesantes. Mem. Soc cient. "Antonio Alzate," Mexico, 1899-1900, xiv, 175-184.— Vergara Lope (D.) & Herrera. Accidn del aire enrarecido sobre el hombre; observaciones flsiol6gicas y deducciones para la terapeutica. Rev. quincen. de anat. patol. [etc.], Mexico, 1896, i, 175-182— Wallian (S. S.) A whirl of aero- therapy. Phila. Month. M. J., 1899, i, 714-716.—Walser. Welches sind die physiologischen Wirkungen des Luftbades auf den Korper und in welchen Krankheiten ist es angezeigt? Kurberichte, Leipz., 1902, vi, 273.—Williams (C. T.) Artifi- cial aero-therapeutics. In: Syst.Med. (Allbutt & Rolleston), 8°, Lond., 1909, v, 27-45.—Ziffer (E.) Zur Pneumatotherr.- pie. Aerztl. Centr.-Anz., Wien, 1897, ix, 221-223.—Zoepfe'. Die pneumatische Therapie. Med. Woche, Berl., 1902, 524; 538. Aerotherapy (Patent specifications for). Betz (F. S.) Air-bath apparatus. No. 896,704; Aug. 25, 1908.—Harris (W. J.) Pneumatic cabinet. No. 365,067; June 21, 1887.—Jackson (S.) Means for administering air or gas. No. 920,955; May 11, 1909.—Kennedy (J. C.) Ap- paratus for medicating, compressing, and administering air. No. 422,802; March 4, 1890.—Leonard (L. P.) Fresh- air-treatment apparatus. No. 879,391; Feb. 18, 1908.— McLean (W. S.) Apparatus for administering heated and medicated air. No. 489,029; Jan. 3,1893.—Mahafly (S. H.) Apparatus for fresh-air treatment. No. 835,075; Nov. 6, 1906—Scates (G. R.) Dry-air closet. No. 523,379; July 24, 1894.—Titus (J.) & Titus (W.) Apparatus for the medi- cation of air. No. 740,714; Oct. 6,1903. Aerothermotherapy. See, also, Heat as remedy. Bains (Des) locaux d'air sec surchauffe; re- sultats obtenus dans le rhumatisme sous toutes ses formes, dans la goutte, la sciatique, etc. 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. Hess (W.) *Die Heissluft-Therapie in der Hand des praktischen Arztes. [Zurich.] 8°. Zilrich-Solnau, 1908. Marquis (P.) *Les applications chirurgicales de l'aerothermotherapie. 8°. Paris, 1910. Rozies (H.) *L'air chaud en therapeutique; ses applications en medecine et en chirurgie. 8°. Montpellier 1913. Skinner (C. E.) Therapeutics of dry hot air. 2. ed., enlarged and thoroughly revised. 8°. New York, [1905]. ------. The same. With a chapter upon the incandescent electric light. 3. ed. 8°. Ham- mond, Ind., 1914. Tallerman (The) treatment by superheated dry air in rheumatism, gout, rheumatic arthritis, stiff and painful joints, sprains, sciatica, and other affections; case notes and medical reports. Edited by Arthur Shad well. 8°. London, 1898. Alatter(W.) TransportablerHeissluft-Schwitz-Apparat. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1903, xxv, 21 — Beck (J. C.) Superheated medicated air in diseases of the ear and nose. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 368-374.— Belot (J.) Resultats donnespar l'air chaud sur les chancres. les ulcerations et l'acrosphyxie. J. de med. de Par., 1913, 2. s., xxv, 881.—Belzer (B.) Ueber die Behandlung mit Dr. Frey's Heissluftdouche. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 1111-1114.—Bering (F.) Ein neuer Heissluft- motor. Med. Klin., Berl., 1905, i, 440. -----. Die Heiss- luftbehandlung mit dem Vorstaedter'schen Kalorisator. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl. & Wien, 1903, n. F., v, 448-450.— Bier. Heissluft-Dusche. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Poly- tech., Berl., 1904, xxvi, 163—Blair (V. P.) An apparatus for the application of dry hot air to different portions of the human body. Med. Rev., St. Louis, 1898, xxxvii, 422-424. [Discussion], 433-435.—Blottiere & Simonot. Quelques effets therapeutiques des applications locales d'air chaud a haute thermalite, 150 a 230 degres centigrades. Cong, inter- 17 AEROTHERMOTHERAPY. 180 AEROTHERMOTHERAPY. Aerothermotherapy. nat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 279-285.— Boeder. Zur therapeutischen Verwendung der Heissluft- dusche. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien & Berl., xxiii, 169.—Bonamy (R.) & MUller (L.) L'air chaud en chirur- gie; son mode d'emploi; les resultats obtenus. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 275-298, 4 pi.—Bonneau (R.) Petit appareil a air chaud. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1915, xxix, 521-523.—Borbely (S.) Cauterisation mit trockener heisser Luft. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1898, iii, 1099.— Bourgeois (H.) Appareil a air chaud constitue par une resistance electrique. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1906, xxxii, 264-267.—BrUnings. Demonstra- tion eines Heissluftapparates und eines Lagers zur Belas- tungslagerung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1911, xiv, 771-774. — Bttrger ( O.) Zur Heissluft- behandlung gynakologischer Erkrankungen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xvi, 830-833.—Burwash (H. J.) Super- heated dry air in the treatment of acute localized infective and septic diseases, including pneumonia, pleuritis, appendi- citis, osteomyelitis; with report of cases. Chicago M. Re- corder, 1901, xxi, 427-434. [Discussion], 475-477. Also: Med. Age, Detroit, 1902, xx, 485-497.—Buttersack. Ein handlicher Universalapparat zur Licht- und Warmebestrah- lung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 647.—Cedercreutz (A.) [Ein Heissluftapparat, speciell fiir venerologische und dermatologische Zwecke angepasst. Ret, pp. lviii-lx.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handP, Helsingfors, 1903, xiv, pt. 2, 662- 664.—Chlumsky (V.) Ueber die Erfolge der Heissluftbe- handlung. , Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1907, xxi, 249-251 — Chretien (E.) De l'emploi therapeutique des bains locaux d'air sec chaud; appareil Tallerman-Sheffield. Presse med., Par., 1896, 693-696.—Colomb. Utilisation de l'air chaud en therapeutique. Marseille med., 1912, xlix, 457-467.-----. Le traitement aerothermique, statistiquepersonnelle. Ibid., 1913,1, 309-316.—Corson (E. C.) The therapeutic applica- tion of dry hot air. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1908-9, v, 178-180.—Czyborra (A.) Ein neuer Apparat zur An- wendung stromender Heissluft, speziell fiir gynakologische Zwecke. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1912, xxx, 966-972 — Dausset (H.) L'air chaud; son mode d'emploi. Progres mod., Par., 1908, 3. s., xxiv. 523.—Delherm & Laquerriere. Principales indications de l'air chaud en medecine. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1908, lxxxi, 1611; 1623.—De. PrendervUle (A.) Hot-air treatment of chronic rheumatism, lumbago, sciatica, etc., and of diseased conditions generally. Med. Times, Lond., 1909, xxxvii, 314; 343. — Di Luzenberger (A.) Sulla termoterapia; rivista sintetica con speciale riguardo del trattamento ad aria bruciata. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1903, ii, 170-178.—Dupont (R.) Quelques resultats de Vaero-thermo-therapie. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst., Par., 1911, 2. s., viii, 152-155.—Durey. L'emploi de l'air chaud dans les affections chirurgicales. Rev. internat. de me^d. et dechir., Par., 1909, xx, 381-383. A too: Clinique, Brux., 1910, xxiv, 581-586.—Effner-Fell (Bessie). Thermaerotherapy. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1906-7, xiii, 513.—Eltze (H.) Poli- klinische Erfahrungen fiber Heissluftbehandlung. Alte u. n. Gynaek. . . . Franz Ritter v. Winckel zur Feier . . ., Mfinchen, 1907, 81-102.—Enslee (C. L.) Improved portable apparatus for heating and sterilizing compressed air. Laryn- goscope, St. Louis, 1901, xi, 134-136.—Facque. Emploi therapeutique de l'air chaud sous pression, aero-piezo-ther- mo-therapie. Repert. de med. internat., Par., 1911, i, 3.— Foveau de Courmelles. La thermotherapie; l'air chaud; les lampes; la lumiere. Actuality med., Par., 1913, xxv, 67; 85; 100; 116; 135; 150.—Frey (A.) Ueber die therapeutische Bedeutung der heissen und katten Luftdusche. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, xxi, 409-411. -----. Ueber die Heiss- luftdouche. Balneol. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, 156-158. -----. Ueber die therapeutische Bedeutung der Heissluft> dusche. Phys.-med. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, i, 10-15.—Gar- dette (V.) Le mode d'action de l'air chaud employe' dans les fours resineux a Baumes-les-Bains, a Valence (Drome), applique' au traitement de l'arthritisme et de diverses mani- festations rhumatismales. Cong, internat. de physiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 416-420.—Gilbert (W. H.) Ueber Heissluftbehandlung nach Dr. Frey. Balneol. Centr.- Ztg., Berl., 1901, 173; 177.—Gronwold (A. C.) The treat- ment of acute septic and rheumatic conditions by dry hot air. Chicago M. Times, 1909, xiii, 103.—Grosser. Ueber Heissluftapparate. Monatschr. f. orthop. Chir. [etc.], Berl., 1908, viii, 81.—GrUnbaum (R.) Zur Physiologie und Technik der Heissluftbehandlung. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1902, vi, 439-453. -----. Weitere Beitrage zur Heissluftbehandlung. Wien. med. Presse, 1902, xliii, 2224-2230.—Grunspan (Mile.) Mensuration de la temperature reelle des tissus au cours du traitement par l'air chaud et la diathermie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxvi, 575.—Hall (J. F.) An impro- vised hot-air chamber. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1915, i, 67.—Heissluftapparat (Em). Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 474.—Humphris (F. H.) "Treatment by super- heated air under pressure;" being observations made in Paris in March, 1909. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1909, xxvii, 236-241.—Jafolla (G.) Sull' azione fisiologica e terapeutica della doccia di aria calda. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 1053-1058. Also: N. riv. clin.-terap., Napoli, 1910, xi, 561-564.—Keister (B.C.) Superheated dry air as a thera- peutic agent. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1904-5, ix, 15-17.—Kief er-Kornleld (C.) Ein neuer Trocken-Heiss- Aerothermotherapy. luftstrom-Apparat zur Behandlung aller Korperteile, auch des Rumpfes. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1904, xxvi, 264- 267.—Klrby (E. R.) & O'Malley (J. M.) Thermotherapeia, or the hot>air treatment, and its uses and possibilities. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1897, 3. s., xiii, 721-728. Also} Re- print.—Krause (F.) Die ortliche Anwendung Uberhitzter Luft. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 621.—Kumpl (F. H.) Zur Technik der Heissluftbehandlung. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1903, xl, 5-8.—Lam- berger (J.) Ueber lokale Heissluftbehandlung. Wien. med. Presse, 1905, xlvi, 16; 77; 1968.—Laqueur (A.) Die therapeutische Verwendung der Licht-Warmestrahlen. Berl. klin.Wchnschr., 1905,xlu,475-477.—Le Breton(P.) The treatment of disease by local application of superheated dry air. Therap.Month.,Phila., 1901,i, 22-25.—Lermoyez(M.) & Mahu (G.) Nouvellesrecherchesconcernant Paction de l'air chaud sur les muqueuses aeriennessuperieures. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1901, xxvii, pt. 2, 26- 58.-----------. Une soufnerie simple pour le traitement aerothermique. Ibid., 1903, 250-252.-----------. Pompe electrique pour aerothermotherapie. Ibid., 1908, xxxiv, 1X4- 187.—de Libessart (H.) Contribution a l'etude de la thera- peutique par l'air surchaufle. Arch, de mea. et pharm. mil., Par., 1907,1, 278-286.—Lindenberger (I.) Superheated an- as a therapeutic measure. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911-12, ix, 969-972.—Lobligeois. La douche d'air chaud, son emploi en therapeutique medicale. Arch.gen. de kinesi- ther., Par., 1910, xii, 104-107.—Marcuse (J.) Beitrage zur Heisslufttherapie. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1903, vii, 323-328.-----. Zur. Heisslufttherapie. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1905, 268-270. -----. Heiss- luftapparate und Heissluftbehandlung. Wien. Klinik, 1905, xxxi, 77-104.—JVIenetrel. Influence de l'aerothermie, ou des bains d'air surchaud sur la pression arterielle. Cong, internat. de physiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, 384-388. — Mikhalloff ( N. N.) [Cautery with solar rays and hot air.J Khirurgia, Mosk., 1901, ix, 11- 16. — Miklaszevvski (W.) Experimentelle Untersuchun- gen fiber den Einfluss von Heissluftbadern auf den Kreis- . lauf und auf das Blut. Polnisch. Arch. f. biol. u. med. Wissensch., Lemberg, 1904, ii, 296-340.—Miramond de Laroquette. Action et emploi therapeutiques de la douche d'air chaud. Soc. de med. mil. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 498-504. Also: Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1909, xli, 369-374.-----. Graduation et mesure de la douche d'air chaud-. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1910, xiii, 525.-----. Echelle metrique et thermometrique pour Papplication gra- duee de la douche d'air chaud. Cong, internat. de physio- therap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 431-435.—Mirtl (K.) Ein neuer Heissluftapparat. Mitt. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1905, xiii, 8.5-89.—de Munter. La therapeutique par l'air chaud. Scalpel, Liege, 1911-12, lxiv, 805; 824; 840.—Neuer (Ein) Trocken-Heissluftapparat. Med.-technol. J., Leipz. & Wien, 1905, i, 29-31.—Parker (C.) Notes on cases treated by hot air. Intercolon. M. J. Aus- tralas., Melbourne, 1901, vi, 384-388.—Peltzer (M.) Die Bier-Eschbaum'sche HeisslurMDusche fiir das Ohr und zur lokalen Behandlung von Neuralgien. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1912, xxx, 1007.—Pepler (W. H.) Report of cases treated with superheated dry air. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1901-2, xxxv, 59-65.—Peraire. Petit appareil electrique leger, facilement transportable, pour douches d'air sur- chauffe. Paris chirurg., 1912, iv, 400.—Picheral. De Pac- tion analgesique de l'air chaud. Echo med. d. Cevennes, Ntmes, 1909, x, 434-444.-----. Quelques considerations sur Taction sedative de l'air chaud. Montpel. med., 1910, xxxi, 1-11.—Polano (O.) Zur Anwendung der Heisslufttherapie in der Gynakologie. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1902, xxvi, 961-966.—Polereczky (E.) [Effect of hot-air treat- ment.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1910, 1, 810-812.—de Pren- derville (A.) Hot-air treatment of chronic rheumatism, lumbago, sciatica, etc., and of diseased conditions generally. Med. Times, Lond., 1909, xxxvii, 343; 361.—Putzer. Ueber aerothermische Lokalbehandlung mit Dr. Vorstadter's Luft- douche. Jahresb. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd., Mfinchen, 1900-1901, 129-135.—Rautenberg (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Heissluftbehandlung. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1902-3, vi, 491; 571.—Reed (A. G.) Some results of a year's experience with superheated air. N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii, 410-412—Rocher (H.-L.) La thermotherapie localised (bains d'air chaud) dans les affec- tions des membres, particulierement en chirurgie. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1910, viii, 385-394.-----. Presentation d'un appareil a air chaud. Cong, internat. de physiotherap. Compt. rend. 1910, Par., 1911, iii, 398.—Roth (M.) Eine neue Heissluftapparat-Konstruction. Illust. Monatschr. d. iirztl. Polytech., Berl., 1902, xxiv, 136-138— Rozies (H.) De l'instrumentation en aerothermotherapie. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1913, Ixxxvi, 2189-2192.—Rozies (H.) & Arrivat (M.) L'air chaud en therapeutique (aerothermotherapie). Pro- gres med., Par., 1913, 3. s., xxix, 105-113.—Schiftan (O.) Zur Anwendung der Heissluftdusche. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 1937.—Schmerz (H.) Improvisierte Heissluft- apparate. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 2167-2172 — Schmidt (R. L.) Ein einfacher Heissluftapparat. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1915, xli, (W0.—Schnee (A.) Ueber Thermoaerotherapie durch Heissluft- und Wecnselduschen. Med. Klin., Berl.. 1909, v, 95.—Scholtz (M.) Some clinical experiences with hot-air treatment. AEROTIIER} lOTHERAP Y. 181 AERZTLICHE. Aerothermotherapy. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1911, cvi, 554-559.—Schreiber (J.) Ueber Heissluftapparate und Heissluftbehandlung. Zt- schr. f. diatet. u. pnysik. Therap., Leipz., 1901, v, 104-116.— Schtiler (T.) Die Heissluftbehandlung. Monatschr. f. orthop. Chir. [etc.], Berl., 1902, ii, 73; 89. —---. Ein neuer Heissluft-Apparat zur Behandlung namentlich von Ohren- und Nasen-Krankheiten. Ibid., 1903, iii, 1-7.—Schwen- kenbecher (A.) Ueber die Bedeutung von Sehwitzkuren bei inneren Krankheiten. Veroffentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1913, xxxiv, pt. 2, 198-207. [Discussion], pt, 1, 9-11.—Shimachek (O.) [A new apparatus for hot-air treat- ment.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 1009—Sibley (K.) Cases treated by the dry hot air method. Clin. J., Lond., 1897, x, 13.—Skinner (C. E.) Therapeutics of dry hot air. J. Advanc. Therap., N. Y., 1902, xx, 36; 95; 180; 238; 300; 379; 441; 493; 581: 1903, xxi, 92. Also, Reprint. -----. Dry hot air as a therapeutic agent, with demonstra- tion ofthe body treatment. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlviii, 383-388.-----. Dry superheated air in therapeutics. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 404-407. -----. The local dry hot air application in general practice. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxi, 1072-1074.-----. Dry hot air in the manage- ment of some common pathological conditions. Arch. Phy- siol. Therapy, Bost., 1906, iii, 271: iv, 9.—Sverzhevski (L.) [Hot air in the treatment of certain diseases of the nose and throat.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1902, lvii, 977-990.—Thom- son (H.) Behandlung gynakologischer Krankheiten mit heisser Luft. Centralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1901, xxv, 1418.— Tracy(E.A.) Lessons in hot-air therapy. Am. J.Clin.M., Chicago, 1910, xvii, 750-752.—Travieso (J.) Aerotermo- terapia; la ducha de aire caliente; su modo de accidn; sus indicaciones, sus resultados terapeuticos. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1916, xix, 715-724.—Treves (M.) Apparecchio per la termoterapia. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902,156.—Trocken-Heissluit-Apparate. System Odelga (Wien). Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Poly- tech., Berl., 1903, xxv, 18-21.—Tuszkai (O.) Einige Bemer- kungen fiber Trockenheissluftbehandlung. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1904, xxii, 813-817.—Ullmann (K.) Zur Thermotherapie mittels konstanter Warme, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der venerischen und Hautaffektionen; Beschreibung eines Prazisionsapparates, "Hydrothermo- regulator," zur Erzeugung konstanter Warme. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap., Leipz., 1903, vi, 603-618.—Vignat (M.) La douche d'air chaud en therapeutique; instrumenta- tion; indications; technique. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 991-994.—Wightman (O. S.) Hot air as a therapeutic agent. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiv, 297-300.—von Wille- brand (E. A.) Zur Physiologie und Klinik der Heissluft- behandlung. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1907, xix, 123-161, 1 pi. Aerothermotherapy (Patent specifica- tions for). Blits (H. I.) Hygienic vapor and hot-air renovator. No. 510,235; Dec. 5,1893.—Brueck (G.) Radiant-heat bath. No. 709,696; Sept. 23, 1902.—Fraley (G. B.) Hot-air appa- ratus. No. 665,673; Jan. 8, 1901.—Hoyt (J. C.) Device for applying hot air to parts of the body. No. 669,087; Mar. 5, 1901.—Isham (O. K.) Device for applying hot air or vapor to the human body. No. 643,822; Feb. 20, 1900. — Prat (Louise). Apparatus for projecting heated air. No. 656,213; Aug. 21,1900.—Sawyer (G. W.) Hot-air apparatus for the human body. No. 709,931; Sept. 30, 1902.—Scherburne (J. C.) Machine for producing hot-air currents and liquid spray. No. 742,244; Oct. 27, 1903.—Smith (W. L.) Appa- ratus for applying dry hot air to the face. No. 867,539; Oct. 1, 1907.—Tyrnauer (D.) Device for treating the human body with heated air. No. 911,185; Feb. 2,1909. Aerts (Claude-Marie) [1873- ]. *Du traitement chirurgical de l'anus contre nature. 107 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1904, No. 18. Aerts (Francois) [1881- ]. *Etude histologique et physiologique de l'appareil de fixation des solenophores. 30 pp. 8b. Paris, 1908, No. 63. Aerzte (Die) Kurlands von 1825-1900. Ein bio- graphisches Lexicon bearbeitet von J. Brenn- sohn. 220 pp. 8°. Mitau, J. F. Steffenhagen dc Sohn, 1902. Aerzte und Patienten mit Rontgenstrahlen durch- leuchtet. Von einem praktischen Arzte. vii, 238 pp. 12°. Leipzig, B. Konegen, 1908. Aerzteordnung fiir das Konigreich Sachsen vom 15. August 1904 und die fiir den Arzt wichtigen reichs- und landesgesetzlichen Bestimmungen. Hrsg. von Fritz Tanzler und A. Poetter. 127 pp. 8°. Leipzig^ C. L. Hirschfeld, 1904. Aerzte-Verein der Kreise Birnbaum, Bomst, Graetz, [etc.]. Festschrift zum 2ojahrigen Ju- bilaum. 1 v. 1903. 8°. Jauer. Aerztliche Berufspflicht und Humanitat im Kon- flikt mit dem Strafgesetz. Zwei richterliche Fehlspruche kritisch beleuchtet von einem praktischen Arzt. 36 pp. 8°. Munchen, 0. Gmelin, 1902. Aerztliche Central-Zeitung. (Continuation of: Aerztlieher Central-Anzeiger.) v. 12-14, 1900- 1902. fol. Wien. Aerztliche Festschrift zur Eroffnung des stadti- schen Kaiser PMedrich Bades in Wiesbaden. Verfasst von F. Blumenfeld, H. Fresenius, [etc.]; hrsg. von dem Magistrat der Residenzstadt Wies- baden, frontispiece, 3 p. 1., 206 pp., 5 pi. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1913. Aerztliche Gebiihren-Ordnung fiir das Konigreich Bayern. 1. Gebiihren-Ordnung fiir arztliche Dienstleistungen in der Privatpraxis (17. Okt. 1901). »2. Gebiihren-Ordnung fiir arztliche Dienstle stungen bei Behorden (17. Nov. 1902). Text-Ausg. 2. Aufl. 26 pp. 12°. Munchen, J. F. Lehmann, 1909. Aerztliche (Das) Gebuhrenwesen in Bayern. Mit einem Anhang: Die Gebiihren der Bader und Hebammen, von Franz Spaet und Fritz Steng- lein. xv, 283 pp. 12°. Augsburg, M. Rieger, 1903. Aerztliche Gesellschaft fiir Sexualwissenschaft und Eugenik. See Zeitschrift fiir Sexualwis- senschaft. Aerztliche (Das) Hausbuch fiir Gesunde und Kranke. Hrsg. von Carl Reissig unter Mitwir- kung von Abel [et al.]. iv, 992 pp., 27 pi. 8°. Leipzig, F. C. W. Vogel, 1904. Aerztliche Hilfe (Erste). Leitfaden fiir Aerzte; unter Mitwirkung und Forderung von O. Chiari [et al.]. hrsg. von Heinrich Charas. xii, 346 pp. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, W. Braumuller, 1909. Aerztliche (Die) Mission. Blatter zur Forderung der deutschen missionsarztlichen Bestrebungen. v. 1-9, 1906-14. 8°. Gutersloh. Aerztliche Mitteilungen aus und fiir Baden, v. 12-69, 1858-1915. 8°. Karlsruhe. Aerztliche Monatschrift. v. 1-5, 1898-1902. 8°. Leipzig. Aerztliche Poly technik. Berlin. See Illustrierte Monatschrift der arztlichen Polytechnik. Aerztliche (Der) Practiker. v. 1-10, 1888-97. 8°. Hamburg. Merged in: Praxis, Wiirzburg, forming: Aerztlliche Praxis. Aerztliche (Die) Praxis. Zeitschrift fiir die wissenschaftlichen und praktischen1 Interessen des Arztes. v. 11-20, 1898-1907. 4°. Wiirz- burg. Aerztliche (Der) Ratgeber in Bild und Wort. Atlas und Hausbuch fiir Gesunde und Kranke. Unter Mitwirkung von G. Briihl [et al.] hrsg. von Fr. Siebert. xvi, 1024 pp., 74 pi. 8°. Munchen, J. F. Lehmann, [1906]. Aerztliche Rechtskunde. Zwolf Vortrage ge- halten von O. Aschenborn [et al.]. Hrsg. vom Zentralkomitee fiir das arztliche Fortbildungs- wesen in Preussen, in dessen Auftrage redigiert von R. Kutner. 400 pp. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1907. Aerztliche Rechts- und Gesetzkunde. Unter Mitwirkung von Dr. Schwalbe in Berlin hrsg. von O. Rapmund und E. Dietrich. Erste Liefe- rung. viii, 820 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 189[8]-9. Aerztliche Reform-Zeitung. v. 4^5, 1902-3. fol. Wien. Aerztliche Rundschau. Wochenschrift fiir die gesamten Interessen der Heilkunde. v. 1-25, 1891-1915. 4°. Munchen. AERZTLICHE. 182 .ESTHETICS. Aerztliche Sachverstandigen-Zeitung. v. 1-21, 1895-1915. fol. Berlin. Aerztliche Standeszeitung [vereinigt mit:] Die Heilkunde. 15.-19. Jahrg., 1911-15. 4°. Wien dc Leipzig. Aerztliche (Ueber das) Verfahren gegen die orien- talische Cholera; amtlich mitgetheilt. 20 pp. 16°. Munchen, 1831. Aerztlicher Bericht des Riga'schen Stadt-Kran- kenhauses fiir die 10 Jahre von 1886 bis 1897. lv. 1897. 8°. Riga. Aerztlicher Central-Anzeiger. v. 4-17, 1889- 1902. fol. Hamburg. Aerztlicher Ratgeber fiir Aachener Thermalkuren unter Berucksichtigung von Kuren in der Hei- mat. Verfasst von einem Aachener Badearzt. 33 pp., 3 plans. 12°. Aachen, G. Schwiening, [n. d.]. Aerztlicher Verein zu Frankfurt a. M. Jahres- berichte. v. 2, 1905-6 to 1907-8; v. 3, 1911-13. 8°. Munchen. Aerztlicher Verein Halle a. S. Sitzungsberichte. 1897-8 to 1898-9. 8°. Munchen, 1898-1900. ------. Verhandlungen. 1900-1901 to 1912-13. 8°. Munchen, 1901-14. Aerztlicher Verein zu Hamburg. Festschrift zur Feier des achtzigjahrigen Stiftungsfestes. 1 v. 1896. 8°. Leipzig. Aerztlicher Verein Niirnburg. Sitzungsberichte. 1884-1910. 8°. Niirnburg. Aerztliches Geschaftsbuch. Vereinigte Buch- f ulirung fiir den practischen Arzt. Mit Raum fiir Anamnese, Status, Verlauf, therapeutische Noti- zen und Anderes. Nach einem Entwurf von Max von Niessen. 39 1. fol. Wiirzburg, 0. Stahl, [1902]. Aerztliches Jahrbuch fiir Oesterreich, 1908. Nach amtlichen Quellen zusammengestellt und redi- giert von Emil Fuhrmann. 1908; 1911-13. viii, 612 pp. 8°. Wien, W. Fischer, 1908-13. Aerztliches Taschenbuch. Sammlung der Gesetze, Ministerialverfiigungen, Erlasse u. s. w., welche fiir den nicht beamteten Arzt von Wichtigkeit sind. Zusammengestellt von Heermann. 208 pp. 12°. Glogau, C. Flemming, [1899?]. Aerztliches Vademecum und Taschenkalender fiir das Jahr 1903. Zum Gebrauche fiir Aerzte und Studierende zusammengestellt von Arno Kriiche. 9. Jahrg. viii, 186 pp. 12°. Munchen, 0. Gme- lin, [1902]. Aerztliches Vereinsblatt fiir Deutschland. Organ des deutschen Aerztevereinsbundes. v. 1-31, 1872-1902. 4°. Leipzig. Aerztlich-pharmaceutischer Almanach Un- garns. Redigirt von Odon Tuszkai. 2. Aufl. 224 pp. 8°. Budapest, 1899. Aerztlich-therapeutisches Taschenbuch, hrsg. von Burwinkel. vi, 108 pp. 12°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1899. Aeschylus. Konkle (W. B.) ^schvlus; a doctor's study. Med. Rec, N. Y-, 1915, lxxxvii, 341-344. -Esculap. Zeitschrift fiir Medicin, Zahnheilkunde und Pharmacie. Nos. 1-10,1901-2. fol. Berlin. ACsculape. Revue mensuelle illustree latero- medicale. v. 1-3, 1911-13; Nos. 1-3, v. 4, 1914. fol. Paris. ASsculapian (The). A monthly journal edited and published by students of the University Medical College, Kansas City, Mo. Nos. 1-3, v. 1, 1896. roy. 8° Kansas City, Mo. yEsculapian (The). A quarterly journal of medi- cal history, literature and art. v. 1, 1908-9. 8°. New York City. Continuation of: Medical Library and Historical Journal, Brooklyn. jEsculapian (The) Societv. Abstract of Transac- tions, v. 4, 1889-92; v. (i. 1895-8. 8°. London. Aesculapius. Colman (W. S.) ^Esculapius and his sanctuary. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1898-9, n. s., xxvii, 397-411, lpl. Also,Reprint. —Connell(J.C.) iEsculapius. Queen's M. Quart., Kingston, Canad., 1904-5, ix. 164-178.—Corsinl (A.) -Un monumento votivo al dio Esculapio. Riv. di storia crit. d. sc. med. e nat., Faenza, 1914, v, 268-274. Alio, Reprint.—Dana (C. L.) The cult of ^Esculapius; his statues and his temple. Proc. Charaka Club, N. Y., 1902, i, 59-73, 18 pi.—Harte (R. H.) Presentation of a statue of ^sculapius. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1911, 3. s., xxxiii pp. lxxxv-xc—Hutton (M.) Socrates on iEsculapius and the ^Esculapians. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto. 1914, xxxv, 341- 346.—Lawrence (R. M.) The temples or Esculapius. In his: Primitive psychotherapy, 8°, Bost. & N. Y., 1910, 97- 104.—Mitchell (S. W.) Acceptance of the statue [of ^Escu- lapius]. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1911,3. s., p. xci.—N. llser- pente di Esculapio. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1914, iv, 111— 113.—Neveu (R.) Lambaesis. Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de la med., Par., 1909, viii, 318-326. ■-----. Notes sur quelques statues d'Esculape et d'Hygie qui sontau Palais des Doges de Venise. Ibid., 340-343.-----. Le culte d'Esculape en Sicile. Ibid., 1910, ix, 284-290.-----. Notes sur les statues d'Esculape et d'Hygie, qui sont au Musee du Vatican. Ibid., 1912, xi, 429-435. Also: France med., Par., 1912, lix, 429- 431.—Regnault (F.) Asklepios, son caractere et ses cures d'apres les recentes decouvertes. JEsculape, Par., 1912, ii, 85.—Vue des ruines du Temple d'Esculape, a Agrigente. Dessine par Desprez; gravee par Bertheaux. Collection of Portr. (Libr.). ^Esculapius, guida sanitaria della Sicilia (Ana- grafe delle professioni sanitarie dell' isola); dot- tori, farmacisti . . . Iii, 214 pp. 8°. Palermo, G. Bondi dc Co., 1913. Esculapius Scalpel [pseud.]. Dying scientifical- ly; a key to St. Bernard's. 5. ed. 120 pp. 12°. London, S. Sonnenschein dc Co., 1892. iEsculin. Waugh (W. F.) ^Esculin. Med. Bull., Phila., 1904, xxvi, 476. JDsculus. Parmentier. Traite" de la chataigne. 8°. Bastia, 1780. Artault de Vevey (S.) Le marron d'Inde. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1908, xv, 696-704.—Goris (A.) Sur la localisation de l'esculine et du tanin dans le marronnier. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvi, 902-904.— Goris (A.) & Crete (L.) Sur l'huile de marrons d'Inde. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1907, xiv, 68-72.—Reilly (R.) Poisoning by horse chestnuts. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1887, ii, 1209.—Zulatti (G. F.) Osservazioni sopra la facolta febbri- fuge dell' ippocastano. In: Rac. di opusc. med.-prat., 8°, Firenze, 1782, vi, 210-250. /Eshna. Walker (E. M.) The North American dragon- flies of the genus iEshna. 4°. Toronto, 1912. Univ. Toronto Stud., 1912, Biological series, No. 11. ^Esthesiometry. Abelson (A. R.) Mental fatigue and its measurement by the sesthesiometer. Internat. Arch. f. Schulhyg., Leipz., 1908, v, 347-487.—Auerbach (S.) A new sesthesiometer. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1828. -----. A new esthesiometer. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1913, xl, 106-108.—Barker (L.F.) A new sesthesiometer. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1897, viii, 125. Also, Reprint.—Bekhterefl (V. M.) [New algesimeter.] Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevroi. fete.], S.- Peterb., 1898, iii, 408-413.—Blazek (B.) Ermudungsmes- sungen mit dem Federaesthesiometer an Schiilern des Franz Joseph-Gymnasiums in Lemberg. Ztschr. f. padagog. Psy- chol., Berl., 1899, i, 311-325.—Buch (M.) Ueber Algesime- trie. Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1883, xxv, 349- 351.—Contini (A.) Di un nuovo estesiometro a flessione. Arch. difisiolv Firenze, 1906-7,iv, 15-20.—Gemelli(A.) Un nouvel esthesiometre. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1914, lxi, 271-276.—Gordon (A.) A new precision esthesiometer. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, Hi, 1257— Griesbach (II.) Ein neues Aesthesiometer. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, Ixviii, 65-67.—Kiesow (F.) Neue Aesthesiometer fiir Reaktionszwecke nebst der entsprechenden Versuchs- anordnung. Ztschr. f. biol. Teehn. u. Method., Strassb., 1912, ii, 243-251.-----. Ein Aesthesiometer fur die Bestim- mung der Reaktionszeiten dereinfachen Warmeempfindung. Ibid., 280.—Minor (L.) [A new aesthesiometer with mixer.] J. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. . .. Korsakova, Mosk., 1911, xi, 83- 88.—Schuyten. Mesure de la fatigue intellectuelle chez les enfants des deux sexes avec l'esthesiometrc Rev. de psy- chiat., Par., 1908, xii, 133-152.—Serph (P.), Mary (A.) & Mary (A.) Esthesiometrieclinique. Medecin, Brux., 1913, xxiii, 289-292.—Stransky (E.) & ten Cate (B. F.) Kli- nische Studien mit dem Aesthesiometer. Jahrb. f. Psychiat., Leipz. & Wien, 1900, xix, 213-261. Esthetics. von Allesch (G.) Ueber das Yerhaltnis der Aesthetik zur Psychologic Ztschr. f. Psychol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., AESTHETICS. 183 AFFICHARD. Esthetics. Leipz., 1909-10, liv, 1. Abt., 401-536.—Baglionl (S.) I bisogni estetici. Riv. di psicol. applic, Bologna, 1914, x, 253-277.—Beachal (E.) L'objectivit6 des jugemcnts esthe- tiques. Rev. phil., Par., 1915, lxxix, 402-422.—Bullough (E.) "Psychical distance" as a factor in art and an aesthetic principle. Brit. J. Psychol., Cambridge, 1912-13, v, 87-118.— Henle (J.) Geschmack und Gewissen. In his: Anthrop. Yortr., 8°, Brnschwg., 1876, i, 77-100.—Huther (A.) Der Begriff des Aesthetisehen psychologisch begriindet. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 1915, xxxiv, 53-64.—Landmann- Kalischer (E.) Ueber den Erkenntniswert asthetischer Urteile; ein Vergleich zwischen Sinnes- und Werturteilen. 76id.,1905,v,263-328.—MUller-Freienfels(R.) Dieassozia- tiven Faktoren im asthetischen Geniessen. Ztschr. f. Psy- chol, u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorg., Leipz., 1909, liv, 1. Abt., 71- 118.-----. Das kunstlerische Geniessen und seine Mannig- faltigkeit. Ztschr. f. ang. Psych, [etc.], Leipz., 1910, iv, 65- 105.-----. Affekte undf Triebe im kiinstlerischen Genies- sen. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol., Leipz., 1910, xviii, 249-264 — Pellacani (G.) Presuriti istmti estetici. Riv. di psicol. applic, Bologna, 1915, xi, 81-87.—Sander (F.) Elementar- asthetische Wirkungen zusammengesetzter geometrischer Figuren. Psycholog. Studien, Leipz., 1913-14, ix, 1-34.— Sewall (H.) The phvsiological basis of esthetics. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 61-69. £2throls. Weber ([F.] W.) *Ueber die Desinfektions- wirkung der Aethrole. [Giessen.] 8°. Stuttgart, 1909. Repr.from: Monatshft. f. prakt. Tierhlk., 1909, xx. Bruhn (F.) Aethrole. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 313-315.—Kabisch (C.) Ueber Aethrole, Deci- und Formaethrole und ihre Verwendbarkeit in der arztlichen Praxis. Therap. Rundschau, Berl., 1909, iii, 245-247. ^thusa. Davison (H. E.) Poisoning by fool's parsley (JEthusa cynapium). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 124.—Meyer. Ver- giftung mit Aethusa cynapium bei neun Kindern beobach- tet. N. Breslau. Samml. a. d. Geb. d. Heilk. . . . d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult., 1829, i, 178-191. etiology. Del Greco (F.) 11 problema fondamentale della etiologia. Riv. di psicol. applic, Bologna, 1909, v, 514-524.—Demateis. (P.) Eziologiaesistematica. Progresso med., Torino, 1905, iv, 67-71.—Pietro (E.) Utilita pratica delle conoscenze pa- togeniche. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1915, lxxiv, 205-210.— Schulhof ( K.) [Causal genesis from the viewpoint of physiological chemistry.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1914, fin, 1086-1090. Aetius Amidenus. Die Augenheilkunde des Aetius aus Amida. Griechisch und Deutsch. Hrsg. von J. Hirschberg. xi, 204 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Veit dc Co., 1899. ------. Sermo sextidecimus et ultimus, erstens aus Handschriften veroffentlicht von Skevos Zervos. 20, 172 pp., 1 1., port. 8°. Leipzig, A ^fcLTiolcos X90X See, also, We'gscheider (Max) [in 2. s.]. Geburtshiilfe und Gynakologie bei Aetios von Amida [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1901. ------. See, also: Oroscius (C.) Annotationes in interpretes Aetii. Una cum latinarum et grsecarum dictio- num, ac verum quae in iis annotationibus conti- nents locupletissimoindice. 8°. Basileae, 1540. Ruelle (C.-E.) Quelques mots sur Aetius d'Amida (a propos d'une publication recente). Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de med Par., 1903, iii, 112-123. Also: France med., Par., 1903, 1, 42-45.—Wegscheider. Obstetrics and gynecology. Aetios of Amida. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s., lvi, 537-542 —Zervos. Die Gynakologie des Aetius. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz., 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 92. -----. [Aetius of Amida and his remaining works hitherto unpublished.] 'IaTpuo) TpooSos, 'Ev XOpu, 1907, xii, 8-14. Aetobatus. Gudger (E. W.) History of the spotted eagle ray, Aeto- batus narinari, together with a study of its external struc- tures. Papers Tortugas Lab. Carnegie Inst., Wash., 1914, vi, 241-323, 10 pi. Afanasyeff (A[leksandr] D[mitriyevich]) [1879- ]. *Sravnitelnaya otsienka niekotorikh skorikh sposobov opredieleniya zhe3tkosti vodi. [Comparison of certain rapid methods of deter- mining the hardness of water.] 108 pp. *8°. S.-Peterburg, P. 0. Yablonski, 1911. Afanasyeff (Aleksandr [Pyotrovich]) [1860- ]. * Patologo-anatomicheskiya izmieneniya pe- cheni, pochek i mishtsi serdtsa u zhivotnikh pri otravlenii salipirinom; eksperimentalnoye izslie- dovaniye. [Pathologo-anatomical alterations in the liver, kidneys, and heart muscle of animals poisoned by salipyrine; experimental research.] 52 pp., 11., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, V. P. Meshtsherski, 1899. Afanasyeff (M[ikhail] I[vanovich]) [1850-1910]. Lektsii po klinicheskol mikroskopii i bakte- riologii. [Lectures on clinical microscopy and bacteriology.] 154 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Issued by: Sovrem. med. i hig. For Biography, see Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 266 (V. N. Nikitin). Also: Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1910, xvii, 497, [port, in text] (P. Vaks). Also, Editor of: Sbornik klinicheskikh rabot iz tera- pevticheskavo otdleleniya Klinicheskavo Instituta Yeleni Pavlovnt, S.-Peterburg, 1908. ------& Vaks (Peisakh Borukhovich [Pyotr Bo- risovich]) [1871- ]. Lyudskaya chuma, v szhatom monograficheskom izlozhenii. [The human plague briefly presented.] 110 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, [M. Ya. Minkoff], 1903. On cover: 1904. ------ ------. Malyariya. [Malaria.] iv, 82, 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, [M. Ya. Minkoff], 1904. On cover: 1905. ------------. Tifi: sipnoi, vozvratniy, bryushnoi i paratif. [The fevers: typhus, relapsing, ty- phoid, and paratyphoid.] 146 pp. 8°. S.- Peterburg, [M. Ya. Minkoff], 1906. Afanasyeff (N[ikolai] I[vanovich]) [1883- ]. *Materiali k izucheniyu funktsiy lobnikh dolei. [Data on the study of the functions of the fron- tal lobes.] 162pp., 11., lpl. 8°. S.-Peterburg, N. Ya. Stoikova, 1913. Afanasyeff (N[ikolai Nikolayevich]) [1856- ]. Ocherk meteorologicheskikh nablyudeniy i klimaticheskikh usloviy Moskvi. [Sketch of meteorological observations and climatic con- ditions of Moscow.] 24 pp. 8°. Moskva, 1896. In: Moscow. Sbornik ocherkov [etc.], No. 1. Afanasyeff (V[ladimir] A[leksleyevich]) [1867- ]. *0 rasprostranyonnosti glist sredi nase- leniya g. Tuli i miestnikh voisk. [Helminthiasis in the population of Tula and local troops.] 67 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, M. D. Lomkovski, 1896. Afanasyeff (Vyacheslav Aleksieyevich) [1859- For Biography, see Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1914, xiii, 397, [port, in text] (S. V. Vladislavleff). Afanasyeff (Yevgeniy Ivanovich) [1S3S- 97]. [In memoriam.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i Bak- teriol., S.-Peterb., 1897, iii, 225. [Affaire (L') Eyfren. Double assassinat.] Cutting from: La Petite Gironde, Bordeaux, Nov. 30,1880. Affaire (L') Thomson; compte rendu in extenso des debats du proces des docteurs Boisleux et de la Jarrige; acte d'accusation; interrogatoires; depositions; requisitoire; plaidoiries; verdict. 48 pp. 4°. Paris, 1897. Affections chirurgicales de la face. Tumeurs et malformations, par A. le Dentu. Affections chi- rurgicales, par H. Morestin. Nevralgies du trijumeau, par P. Delbet et M. Chevassu. 2 p. 1., 331 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1911. Nouveau traite de chirurgie, publie par A. L. Dentu et P. Delbet, xv. Afflchard (Rene) [1885- ]. *Polynevrites ^berthiennes; etude clinique. 47 pp. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1911, No. 2. AFFINITY. 184 AFTER-IMAGES. Affinity (Cliemical). Bethmann (H. G,) Ueber die Afnnitatsgrossen einiger organischen Sauren und ihre Beziehungen zur Konstitution derselben. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1890, v, 385-422.—Bredig (Of) Ueber die Afnnitatsgrossen der Basen. Ibid., 1894, xiii, 289-326.—Brbnsted(J. N.) Studien zur chemisehen Affinitat. Ibid., 1906, lv, 371-382. -----. Studien zur chemisehen Affinitat. Die Bildungsaffinitat des Naphtalinpikrats. Ibid., 1911, Ixxviii, 284-292.-----. Studien zur chemisehen Affinitat. Doppelsalzbildung und doppelteUmsetzung. Ibid., 1912, lxxx, 206-234. -----. Stu- dien zur chemisehen Affinitat. Kristallinische Umwand- lungen der Salze. Ibid., 1913, lxxxii, 621-640.—van't Hoff (J. II.) Ueber die Beziehung zwischen der Affinitat in ab- solutem Mass und Ostwalds Afnnitatsgrossen. Ibid., 1889, iii, 608.—Mever (L.) Die bisherige Entwicklung der Affini- tatslehre. Ibid., 1887, i, 134-143. — Timofejew (G.) Piezo- chemische Studien. VIII. Der Einfluss des Druckes auf die Affinitat. II. Ibid.. 1911, Ixxviii, 299-320.—Urbain (G.) L'affinite chimique; les principes de Berthelot et de Nernst. Rev. scient., Par., 1910, ii, 641-649.—Walker (J.) Zur Affi- nitatsbestimmung organischer Basen. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1889, iv, 319-343. Affinity (The) between artists and medical men. p. 156. 8°. New York, 1903. Cutting from: Internat. Studio, N. Y., 1903, xix. Afforty (Franciscus). *An pleuritidi saphense sectio? Claudio Biendisant, prseside. 4 pp. 8°. Parisiis, ex typ. F. Muguet, 1674. Africa. See, also, Cholera (History and statistics of), Fever (Malarial, History and statistics of), Fe- ver (Typhoid, History and statistics of), Fever ( Yellow, History and statistics of), by localities. Ctjreatj (A.-L.) Les societes primitives de l'Afrique equatoriale. 8°. Paris, 1912. Duvigneau (A.) Guide medical au Congo et dans l'Afrique equatoriale, a l'usago des fonc- tionnaires et des colons appeles a resider dans les postes depourvus de medecin. 8°. Paris, 1900. Freeman (R. A.) Travels and life in Ashanti and Jaman. 8°. Westminster, 1898. Maynard (G. D.) & Turner (G. A.) Anthro- pological notes on Bantu natives from Portuguese East Africa. 4°. Johannesburg, 1914. Plehn (F.) Die Kamerun-Kiiste. Studien zur Klimatologie, Physiologie und Pathologie in den Tropen. 8°. Berlin, 1898. Poskin (A.) L'Afrique equatoriale; climato- logie, nosologie, hygiene. 8°. Bruxelles, 1897. Printz (J.) Plantae Africanse rariores. 8°. Upsalise, 1760. Quetaud (E.-A.-A.) *Topographie medicale de quelques contrees de la cote occidentale d'Afrique. 4°. Montpellier, 1871. Reijnhout (M. J.) Redevoering, gehouden den 27sten van slagtmaand 1823, in de Maat- schappij Felix Meritis (departementkoophandel) over den natuurkundigen gedelijken en ver- standelijken toestand der Goudkust en hare bewoners. 8°. Amsterdam, 1824. Werner (A.) The natives of British Central Africa. 8°. London, 1906. Abbatucci. Le milieu africain consider^ au point de vue de ses effets sur le systeme nerveux de l'Europeen. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1910, xiii, 328-335—Anker- mann (B.) L'ethnographie actuelle de l'Afrique meridio- nale. Anthropos. Salzb., 1906, i, 552; 949.—Bennett (A. L.) Ethnographical notes on the Fang. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1899, n. s., ii, 66-98, 4 pi.—Bernard. Relation d'une ■ tournee medicale faite dans la region du. Djeina et du M'bo- mou (Oubangui-Chari), avril et mai 1912. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1913, xvi, 321-332.—Blanchard. Notes de geographic medicale sur le cercle du Haut-Sassandra et pays Gours. Ibid., 1911, xiv, 673-391.—Bouilliez (M.) Notes sur les populations Goranes. Anthropologic, Par., 1913, xxiv, 399-418.—Carpenter (G. D. H.) Notes on the strugde for existence in tropical Africa. Bedrock, Lond., 1913—14, ii, 358-376.—Chudeau (R.) La temperature en Afrique occidentale et Equatoriale. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1915, clxi, 106-109.-----. La pression atmos- pherique en Afrique occidentale et equatoriale. Ibid., 351- 354.-----. La pluie et la tension de vapeur en Afrique occi- dentale et Equatoriale. Ibid., 392-395.—Craig (J. I.) Iso- therms for Africa. Cairo Sc. J., 1911, v, 124,1 map.—Czeka- Africa. nowski (J.) Die anthropologisch-ethnographischen Arbei- ten der Expedition S. H. des Herzogs Adolph Friedrich zu Mecklenburg fiir den Zeitraum vom 1. Juni 1907 bis 1. August 1908. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1909, xli, 591-615, 1 map. — Desplagnes. Notes sur les origines des popula- tions nigeriennes. Anthropologie, Par., 1906, xvii, 525-546, 2 pi.—Fisher (W.) Health of children in Central Africa. Climate, Lond., 1901-2, iii, 75-77.—Forster (B.) Das Volkergemisch an der Ostseite des Viktoria-Nyansa. Glo- bus, Brnschwg., 1902, lxxxii, 374.—Frobenius (L.) The origin of African civilizations. Rep.Smithson. Inst., Wash., 1897-8, 637-650, 1 map.-----. Ethnologische Ergebnisse der ersten Reisen der deutsehen Inner-Afrikanischen For- schungs-Expedition. Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1907, xxxix, 311-333.—Germain (L.) Recherches sur la faune malacolo- gique de l'Afrique equatoriale. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. [etc.], Par., 1909, 5. s., i, 1-195,1 fold, pl.,1 map—Harford- Battersby (C. F.) Health in Africa. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897, n. s., 662.—Hebrard. Cote d'lvoire; conside- rations hygiehiques. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1897, lxvii, 222; 301; 356. —Huguet (J.) .GenEralites sur l'Afrique; le pays, les habitants. Rev. del'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1904, xiv, 137-155.—Johnston (Sir H. H.) The preserva- tion of the African fauna and its relation to tropicafdiseases. Nature, Lond., 1911-12, lxxxviii, 178. -----. A survey ofthe ethnography of Africa; and the former racial and tribal mi- grations in that continent. .1. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1913, xliii, 375-479.—Kermorgant (A.) Quelques us et coutumes des indigenes de la Cote d'lvoire. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1901, iv, 146-151.— Laupts. Lettre k M. Zaborowski sur l'etat et 1'avenir des populations de l'Algerie et de la Tnnisie. Bull. Soc. d'an- throp. de Par., 1898, 4. s., ix, 388-408.—Leys (N. M.) & Joyce (T. A.) Note on a series of physical measurements from East Africa. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1913, xliii, 195-267.—Lyon (T. G.) Mortality on the west coast of Africa. Med. Exam., N. Y., 1898, viii, 115.—Mon- don. Maladies epidemiques qui ont regne a la Cote d'lvoire au cours de 1'annEe 1899. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1900, iii, 541-547.—Monteil (C.) Considerations gene- rales sur le nombre et la numeration chez les Mandes. An- thropologie, Par., 1905, xvi, 485-502.—Murray (C. M.) & Hayes (W. A.) Health and travel in South Africa. Prac- titioner, Lond., 1908, lxxxi, 205-209.—Ouzilleau. Rapport sur la tournee medicale effectuee en pays yakoma du 23 mars au 3 avril 1912. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1912 xv, 819-827.—Passarge. Das Problem der Klimaanderung in Stidafrika. Globus, Brnschwg., 1907, xcii, 133.—Picard (H.) Reise in Algerien . Tunesien und in der Sahara. Zt- schr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1914, xlvi, 486-496.—Ramsay (H.) Anthropologische Aufnahmen in Udjidji. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1897, 561-571.—Ravenstein (E. G.) The climatology of Africa. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, Lond., 1895-1901, lxv-lxxi, passim.—Ringenbach (J.) & Guyomarch. Notes de geographic medicale de la section francaise de la mission de delimitation, Afrique Equatoriale francaise-Cameroun en 1912-1913; variole; pafudisme; mala- dies veheriennes. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1915, vii, i, 199; 301; 515.—Ruelle (E.) Notes anthropologiques, eth- nographiques et sociologiques sur quelques populations noires du 2« territoire mihtaire de l'Afrique occidentale fran- caise. Anthropologie, Par., 1904, xv, 519; 657.—"Safari" (On). Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1910-11, xiv, 135; 172; 197, 14 pi.—Sanson (A.) Photographie d'un taureau de Guinee. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop de Par., 1895 4. s., vi, 699- 702.—Stannus (H. S.) Notes on some tribes of British Central Africa. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1910, xl, 28.5-335, 2 pi—Staudinger (P.) Ueber das Zinnschmelzen afrikaniscner Eingeborener. Ztschr. i. Eth- nol., Berl., 1911, xliii, 147-153.—Stigand (C. H.) Notes on the natives of Nyassaland, N. E. Rhodesia, and Portuguese Zambezia, their arts, customs, and modes of subsistence. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond., 1907, xxxvii, 119-132.—Verner (S. P.) The yellow men of Central Africa. Am. Anthrop., Lancaster, Pa., 1903, n. s., v, 539- 544.—Werner (Miss A.) Some notes on East African folk- lore. Folk-Lore, Lond., 1915, xxvi, 60-78.—Ziemann. Wie erobert man Afrika fiir die weisse und farbige Rasse? Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg., Leipz., 1907, 5. Beihft., 1-29. Afridol. Bernheim. Ueber Afridolseife. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1514-1516.—Hftncu (V.) [Observations on afridol.] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1911, xxxi, 454-457— Mttller (R.) Ueber die Airidolseife. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 563. Also, Reprint.—Neumark (E.) Afridol und Afridolseife; Untersuchungen uber die desin- fieierenden Eigenschaften eines neuen Quecksilberprapa- rates. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1912, xxii, 1353-1364. After-birth. See Labor (Third stage of, Management of); Placenta. After-images. See, also, Vision (After-images in) [in 2. s.]. Swindle (P. F.) Positive after-images of long duration. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1916, xxvii, 324-334. AFZELIUS. 185 AGAVE. Afzelius (Arvid) [1857- ]. [Biography. ] Halsovannen, Stockholm, 1897, xii, 229- 231. Agaciantz (Z.) [1882- ]. *Les kystes con- genitaux de la region laterale du cou; revue generale. 54 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 17. Agadzhanyants (K[arapet S[arkisovich]) [1876- ]. *0 korkovom tsentrie zrieniya. [Cor- tical center of vision.] 163 pp. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, N. N. Klobukoff, 1904. Agaesse (Petrus). *An prsecavendis sanandisque chronicis affectibus exercitatio? 8 pp. 8°. Pa- risiis, typ. Quillau, 1751. Agafonon (Boris). Sluchai miksedemi i lieche- niye yevo tireoidinom. [Myxcedema and its treatment by thyroidin.] 32 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Kazan, 1897. Agalactia. See Lactation (Abnormal, disordered, or com- plicated) . Agar (Samuel Hoilingsworth) [1829- 1905]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 453. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 536. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1905, n. s., Ixxix, 231. Agar (W. E.) Transmission of environmental effects from parent to offspring in Simocephalus vetulus. (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London, ser. B, v. 203, pp. 319-350.) 4°. London, Royal Society, 1913. ------. Experiments on inheritance in partheno- genesis. (Royal Society of London, Philoso- phical Transactions, ser. B, v. 205, pp. 421^89.) fol. London, Royal Society, 1914. Agar-agar. See, also, Bacteriology (Methods of). Cooper (W. F.) & Nuttall (W. II.) Some notes on the properties of agar-agar. Pharm. J., Lond., 1908, 4. s., xxvi, 688-690.—Holmes (E. M.) Agar agar, or Japanese isinglass. Ibid., 1906, 4. s., xxiii, 319-323.—Huber (J. E.) Agar culture medium; an improvement over older methods of preparation. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1915, xxviii, 207.—Leffmann (II.) The diatoms of agar-agar. J. Franklin Inst., Phila., 1903, civ, 467.—Xerubenko (G.) [Method of filtrating agar me- dium.] Kharkov. M. J., 1912, xiv, 338.—Roberts (D.) Agar- agar in the treatment of constipations and diarrhoeas. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1911, 21. s., iv, 16-22.—Thomson (W. F.) Improved method of preparing agar. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 2122.—Vedder (E. B.) Starch agar, a useful culture medium. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1915, xvi, 385-388.—Voigtiander (F.) Ueber die Diffusion in Agar- gallerte. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1889, iii, 316-335.—Whittaker (H. A.) The source, manufacture and composition of commercial agar agar. J. Am. Pub. Health Ass., Columbus, Ohio, 1911, i, 632-639. Agard (Gabriel - Jean - Albert - Ferdinand) [1886- ]. *L'anteversion femorale dans la luxation congenitale de la hanche; son appreciation, sa mesure chez le vivant. 55 pp. 8 . Bordeaux, 1912, No. 78. Agaricus. Wolff (E.) *Trametes cinnabarina und seine Zersetzung des Birkenholzes, nebst einem Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Agaricus adiposus. [Erlangen.] 8°. Munchen, 1891. Alliaume (C. E.) Agaricus muscarius. Tr. Ilomceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1908, Iii, 65-68.—Blelugin (T. F.) [Mental dis- ease from poisoning with Agaricus muscarius.] Russk. Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 1096.—Kutscher (F.) Die basischen Extraktstofle des Champignons (Agaricus cam- pestris). Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genuss- mittel, Berl., 1911, xxi, 535-540.—Menier (C.) & Monnier (U.) Recherches experimentales sur quelques agaricinees a volve (amanites et volvaires). Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1902, v, 11-19. Agarum. Humphrey (J. E.) On the anatomy and development of Agarum turneri, Post. & Rupr. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 1886-7, n. s., xiv, 195-204, 2 pi. Agasse-Lafont (Edouard). *L'an6mie perni- cieuse protopathique. 129 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 299. Agasse-Lafont (Edouard)—continued. —----. Les applications pratiques du laboratoire a la clinique; principes, techniques, interpre- tations des resultats. Preface par M. le professeur G. Hayem. xiv, 501 pp., 4 col. pi., 1 tab. 8°. Paris, Vigotfreres, 1911. ------. The same. 2. ed. xv, 761 pp., 4 pi., 1 tab. 8°. Paris, Vigotfrlres, 1915. Agassiz (Alexander) [1835-1910]. An address at the opening of the geological section of the Har- vard University Museum, June 12, 1902. 18 pp., 1 plan. 8°. Cambridge, 1902. See, also, Agassiz (Louis). Contributions to the natural history of the United States of America, vol.5, fol. Boston, 1877. For Biography, see Nat. Acad. Sc. Biog. Mem., Wash., 1913, vii, 291-305, port. (G. L. Goodale). Also: Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1910, lxxxii, 419-446, port. (A. G. Mayer). Also: Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 1912, xlviii, 31-34 (H. P. Walcott). Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 873-887 (Sir J. Murray). ------. See, also: Wilder (B. G.) Agassiz at Penikese. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1898, xxxii, 189-196, port. Agassiz (Louis Jean Rudolphe) [1807-73]. Contri- butions to the natural history of the United States of America, fol. Boston, Little, Brown dc Co., 1857-77. v. 5, is by Alexander Agassiz. ---—. The structure of animal life. Graham lectures, viii, 128 pp. 8°. New York, C. Scrib- ner dc Co., 1866. ---;—. Address delivered on the centennial an- niversary of the birth of Alexander von Hum- boldt, under the auspices of the Boston Society of Natural History. 107 pp. 8°. Boston, 1869. ------. Directions for collecting fishes and other objects of natural history. 2 1. roy. 8°. Cam- bridge, Mass., [n. d.]. See, also, Nott (Josiah Clark) & Glidden (Geo. R.) Types of mankind [etc.]. 8. ed. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1860. For Biography, see James (W.) Louis Agassiz; words spoken by Professor William James at. the reception of the American Society of Naturalists by the president and fellows of Harvard College at Cambridge, December 30, 1896. 8°. Cambridge, 1897.—Wilder (Burt G.) Louis Agassiz, teacher. 8°. Boston, 1907. Cutting from: Harvard Grad. Mag., Bost., 1907, 603-606. See, also: Am Naturalist, Bost., 1898, 147- 157, port. Also: Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1907, lxx, 304-306, port. A Iso: Ibid., Ixxi, 1-20 (B. G. Wilder). A Iso, Reprint. Also: Smithson. Misc. Collect., Wash., 1907,1, 216-218,1 pi. (C. D. Walcott). ------& Gould (Augustus A.) Outlines of com- parative physiology, touching the structure and development of the races of animals, living and extinct. Edited from the revised ed. and greatly enlarged by Thomas Wright, xxiv, 442 pp., 1 pi. 12°. London, H.G.Bohn, 1851. ------------. Principles of zoology, touching the structure, development, distribution, and natu- ral arrangement of the races of animals, living and extinct. Part I. Comparative physiology. For the use of schools and colleges. 250 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Boston, Gould dc Lincoln, 1860. Agathis. Busse (W.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Dammarharze, unter Zugrundelegung einer von J. Frankel ausgefuhrten Experimental-Untersuchung. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1902, xix, 328-336. Agathos (Jean). *Arthrites metapneumoniques, specialement les arthrites a pneumocoques. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 289. Agatston (Sigmund Arthur) [1877- ]. Clinical pediatrics. 3 p. 1., 296 pp. 8°. New York, J. J. Little dc Ives Co., 1916. ------. Mother's guide in the care of her children. 2 p. 1., 85 pp. 8 . New York, J. J. Little dc Ives Co., 1916. Agave. Decroix. Proprietes medicinales de l'agave. Rev. prat. d. trav. de med., Par., 1897, liv, 330—Trelease (W.) Agave in the West Indies. Mem. Nat. Acad. Sc, Wash., 1913, xi, 7-54, 116 pi. AGAZZI. 186 AGE. Agazzi (Albertus). *De methodo vivendi in chronicis morbis. 35 pp. 8°. Ticini Regii, typog. Bizzoni, 1846. [P., v. 2225.] Agazzi (Benedetto). Lo stato attuale della diag- nosi biologica dei tumori maligni. 95 pp. 8°. Pavia, Mattei, Speroni dc Co., 1910. Age. Dorland (W. A. N.) The age of mental virility; an inquiry into the records of achieve- ment of the world's chief workers and thinkers. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Century Mag., N. Y., 1908, lxxv, 934-946. Liautard (A.) How to tell the age of the domestic animals. 16°. New York, 1892. Minot (C. S.) The problem of age, growth and death. A study of cytomorphosis based on lec- tures at the Lowell Institute, March, 1907. 8°. New York dc London, 1908. Aiyar (M. K.) Determination of age in the living. In- dian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 151-154.—Brown (E. M.) A short and accurate method of calculating the age in years and months. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1909, iii, 25- 27.—Crampton (C. W.) Physiological age; a fundamental principle. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Bost., 1908, xiii, 141; 214; 227; 268; 345.—Demeter (Gy.) [Determination of age by the bones, and especially by the development of the ulna? and hands.] Orvostud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1908, u. f., ix, 143-213, 9pi.—Dexter (E. G.) Age and eminence. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1904-5, lxvi, 538- 543.—Iranzo (J. E.) La edad, como causa modificadora del ejercicio de la capacidad juridica, desde el punto de vista medico-legal. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1902, i, 320; 392; 430.— Krause (R. A.) On age and metabolism and on the signifi- canceof the excretion of creatine. Quart. J. Exper. Physiol., Lond., 1913, vii, 87-101.—Middle age (On). Med. Press & Circ, Londv 1915, n. s., xcix, 509.—Pfltzner (W.) Social- anthropologische Studien. I. Der Einfluss des Lebensalters auf die anthropologischen Charaktere. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1899, i, 325-377.—Price (M. L.) An- cient and modern theories of age. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1906,xlix,43-51.—Raynaud(L.) Determinationdel'age. J. de med. de Par., 1907, 2. s., xix, 32. Also: Rev. de med. leg., Par., 1906, xiii, 371-373.—Smith (H. W.) Rotch method of Roentgenographic age determination. IT. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1913, vii, 1-20,12 pi. Age (OU). See, also, Longevity; Metabolism; Senility. Bailey (J. B.) Modern Methuselahs, or short biographical sketches of a few advanced nonage- narians or actual centenarians. 8°. London, 1888. Bennett (S.) Old age; its cause and preven- tion. The story of an old body and face made young. 8°. New York, [1912]. Ewald (C. A.) Ueber Altern und Sterben. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1913. Furst (C. M.) [Anatomical changes in old age.] 8°. Stockholm, 1905. Hermann (J.) Die Lebensfuhrung im hohen Alter. 5. Aufl., bearb. und erganzt von Dr. med. Ziegelroth. 12°. Leipzig, 1910. -----. The same. 6. Aufl., bearb. von S. Ziegelroth. 8°. Leipzig, [1912]. Lorand (A.) Das Altern, seine Ursachen und seine Behandlung durch hygienische und thera- peutische Massnahmen. Ein Handbuch fiir eine rationelle Lebensweise. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. ------. The same. 4. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. -----. The same. Old age deferred; the causes of old age and its postponement by hy- gienic and therapeutic measures. Transl., with additions by the author, from the 2. German ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1910. -----. The same. La vieillesse, moyens de la prevenir et de la combattre. 8°. Pans, 1911. Martius. Altern und Altwerden. 8°. Rostock, 1911. Meschnikoff (L.) Wie erreicht man ein hohes Alter? Die lebensgefahrlichen Krank- Age (Old). heiten, ihre Ursache, Yorboten (Warmings-) und Erkennungszeichen sowie genaue Anleitung zu ihrer Verhiitung. 8°. Spandau, [n. d.]. Roeser (H.) Vieillesse et longevite. 12°. Paris, 1910. Tonniges (C.) Gegen das friihe Altern; Mittel und Wege zur Verlangerung des Lebens. 8°. Leipzig, [1911]. Uhlmann (R.) *Beitrag zum Stoffwechsel im Greisenalter. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Also [Abstr.], in: Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap. d. Ernahrungsstor., Stoffwechs.- u. Verdauungs-Krankh., Berl., 1911-12, iii, 239-244. Baldwin (F. S.) The work of the Massachusetts Com- mission on Old Age Pensions. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass., Bost., 1908-9, n. s., xi, 417: 1910, xii, 1.—Benedict (H. M.) The bearing of certain senile changes in plants on present theories of senility. Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xliii, 286.—Bilancioni (G.) II problema della vecchiaia e della morte naturale. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1911, xi, 310; 331.—Bonnet (H.) Un livre jaune sur l'assistance aux vieillards. Rev. philanthrop., Par., 1908-9, xxiv, 401- 405.—Chodounsky (K.) [Diet of old age.] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1912, n. f., i, 513-522.—Crothers (T. D.) Old age from a higher point of view. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1912, cviii, 118.-----. The medical significance of old age. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcvii, 516. Also: Nashville J. M. & S., 1914, cviii, 49-55.—Cunningham (W. P.) Vin- cula praeteritorum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 958- 962. A Iso, Reprint.—Duckworth (Sir D.) Some clinical indications of senility. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1914, 24. s., ii, 93-100. —Eliot (G.) Senility. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, cxix, 25.—Etienne (G.) & Robert (H.) La chaux du sang chez les sujets ages. Rev. med. de rest, Nancy, 1912, xliv, 39-45.—Frazier (B. C.) Senility, its causes and prevention. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1913-14, xx, 257-267.—Fried- man (H. M.) Senility, premature senility, and longevity. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 65-71. Also, Reprint.—Fuller (S. C.) A study of the miliary plaques found in brains ofthe aged. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1911,Ixviii, 147-219,15pi. Also, Reprint.—Galdl (F.) La crisi di vecchiezza. Tommasi, Napoli, 1912, vii, 58; 81; 113; 132.—Grandcourt (Genevieve). What is old age? Carrel's research on the mechanism of physical growth. Scient. Am., N. Y., 1913, cix, 409.—Gud- gel (H. B.), Cimaduomo (N.), [et al.]. How do you treat senility? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, cxix, 26; 77.—Hammer (W.), Kirch (J. P.) & Schlesinger (H.) Typische, weniggekannteBlutveranderungenim Senium. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 140-142.—Hoffman (F. L.) State pensions and annuities in old age. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass., Bost., 1908-9,n.s.,xi,363-408.—Houghton (H. S.) De senectute. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1913, n. s., viii, 17-20.— Hunter (J.) On-come of age, physiologic, pathologic, and psychologic factors. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1908-9, xiii, 745-750.—Koch (Elisabeth). Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Nahrungsbedarfes bei alten Mannern. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1911, xxv, 315-330.—Leers (O.) Zur forensi- schen Bedeutung der senilen Involution. Arch, internat. de med. leg., Bruxelles, 1911, ii, 145-185.—Lvoff (S. V.) [Old age; the quantitative side of nitrogenous metabolism in old age.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 382-384.— Marie (P.) & Laroche (G.) Structure et pathogenie de l'arc senile. Semaine med., Par., 1911, xxxi, 361.—Marl- nesco (G.) Sur le mecanisme chimico-colloi'dal de la senility et le probleme de la mort naturelle. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxv, 582-584. Also: Ricerche di nevroi. [etc.], Catania, 1913, 107-130.—Marr (V.) Some financial and statistical considerations of the old age pension scheme. J. Inst. Actuaries, Lond., 1909, xliii, 245-280.—Nascher (I. L.) Physiological changes in old age. Med. Council, Phila., 1910, xv, 52-56.-----. Senile mentality. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1911, 21. s., iv, 48-59.-----. The senile cli- macteric. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 1125. Also, Re- print. -----. Old age in its medico-legal relations. Ibid., 1912, xcv, 1089-1093. Also, Reprint. -----. The medical care of the aged. Ibid., 1913, xcviii, 946-949.-----. Some geriatric aphorisms. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1914, n. s., ix, 723-726.-----. The neglect of the aged. Med. Rec, N. Y-, 1914, Ixxxvi, 457-460. -----. Functional stimulation of senile tissues. Med. Times, N. Y., 1915, xliii, 296-298.—Panichi (L.) Osservazioni sulla nutri- zione dei vecchi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. in„. 1912, Roma, 1913, xxii, 535.—Period (The) of mental activity. N. York M.J.[etc.],1908,lxxxviii,899.—Pic (A.) Vieillesse etsenilite. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 209-225.—Platonofl (K. I.) [Ex- perimental psychological investigation of the capacity for concentration in old age.] Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevroi. [etc.], S.-Peterb 1911, xvi, 204-216.—Roeser. Les facteurs pn- maires de la vieillesse et de la mort. Clinique, Par., 1910, v, 252.—Schleslnger (H.) Das Verhalten der Korpertempera- tur im Greisenalter. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 1543.—^Se- nectute (De)." Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 139-141.— Tedeschl (A.) Contributo sperimentale alio studio della razione normale del vecchio. Riv. d'ig. e san.pubb., Torino, 1914, xxv, 486-496.—Todd (A. J.) Old age and the indus- trial scrap-heap. Pub. Am. Statist. Ass., Bost., 1914-15, xiv, 550-566.—Tronconl (D.) Ricerche sulla funzione in- AGE. 187 AGGLUTINATION. Age (Old). testinale nei vecchi studiata mediante il regime di prova. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 784-788.— Urstein (M.f [Physiology and psychology of old age.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1913, xlviii, 491-494.— Valdes(J.B.) Asilos para ancianos. Vida nueva, Habana, 1910, ii, 111-115— Waugh (W. F.) Old age. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Louis, 1910, xxxvii, 211-213. Age (Old, Diseases of). See, also, Arteries (Diseases of); Chorea in old age; Dementia (Senile); Gangrene (Senile); Prostate gland (Enlarged); Syphilis in old age. Bertarelli(E.) & Ghelfi(A.) La vecchiaia; fisio-patologia, igiene e cura delle malattie dei vecchi. 8°. Milano, 1911. Nasher (I. L.) Geriatrics; the diseases of old age and their treatment, including physiological old age, home and institutional care, and medico- legal relations. With an introduction by A. Jacobi. 8°. Philadelphia, [1914]. Pic (A.) & Bonnamour (S.) Precis des mala- dies des vieillards. 8°. Paris, 1912. Saundby (R.) Old age; its care and treatment in health and disease. 8°. London, 1913. Schlesinger (H.) Die Krankheiten des ho- heren Lebensalters. 1. Teil. 8°. Wien dc Leip- zig, 1914. Schwalbe (J.) Lehrbuch der Greisenkrank- heiten. 8°. Stuttgart, 1909. Alzheimer (A.) Ueber eigenartige Krankheitsfalle des spateren Alters. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Leipz. & Berl., 1910-11, Orig., 356-385, 2 pi.—Burr (C. W.) Transitory mental confusion and delirium in old age. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvii, 2117-2119.—De Renzl (E.) Su due casi di geroderma genito-distrofico. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1910, lxiv, 77-84.—Gdggia (C. P.) La "bioplastina-lecitina" nelle forme senili. Rassegna di clin. e terap., Roma, 1912, xi, 7-15.—Hubner (A. H.) Zur Psy- chologic und Psychopathologie des Greisenalters. Med. Klin., Berl., 1910, vi, 1205-1208.—Joerg (O.) Alcohol in the treatment of disease in the aged. N. York M. J. {etc.], 1914, cxix, 302.—Leale (M.) The senile degenerations, their symptom-complex and treatment. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1911, 21. s., iii, 36-47. Also, Reprint.—Nascher (I. L.) The treatment of diseases in senility. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 987-990. A Iso, Reprint. —-—. A plea for the study of geriatrics. Ibid., 1910, Ixxviii, 536-538. Also, Reprint. -----. Geriatrics; a neglected branch of medicine. Therap. Med., N. Y., 1911, xxv (v), 11-14. -----. Dosage in old age; an important contribution to geriatric therapy. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1911, xviii, 380-383. Also, Reprint. -----. Sources of error in diagnosis in senile cases. Arch. Diagn. N. Y., 1911, iv, 270-275. Also, Reprint. ----—. The danger of routine practice in senile cases. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1911, xviii, 389-392. Also, Reprint. -----. Geriatrics. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxi, 752-755.-----. Errors in treatment of senile cases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcvi, 732-734. Also, Reprint.-----. Diagnostic runts in senile cases. Am. Pract., N. Y., 1913, xlvii, 62-66.-----. Therapeutic problems in senile cases. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1914, xx, 88-93.-----. Importance of geriatrics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 2248. -----. Lane's auto- intoxication complex and the manifestations of senility. N. York M. J. [etc.]. 1914, c, 253-256. Also, Reprint. -----. Diagnostic errors m senile cases. Arch. Diagn., N. Y.; 1916, ix, 130-139.—Orenstein (A.) Treatment of disease in the aged. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, cxix, 182. Also, Reprint.— Roussy (G.) & Ameuille (P.) Infarctus, anevnsmes et ruptures du coeur; leur frequence chez le vieillard. Tribune mid., Par., 1910, n. s., xliii, 342.—Schlesinger (H.) Das Greisenalter als wichtiger Variationsfaktor klimscher Krank- heitsbilder. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, xxvii, 117-121 — Waugh (W. F.) The elderly patient. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1910, xxxviii, 139-141. Agea (Ramon). *Higiene; breves consideraciones acerca del paludismo, tuberculosis, tifo y viruela. 45 pp. 8°. Mexico, 1893. Agelacrinites. Williams (S. R.) The structure of Agelacrinites, a fossil echinoderm (Cistoid). Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xliii, 180. Agenda m£dico-quirtirgica de bolsillo 6 memoran- dum terapeutico, formulario moderno y diario de visita para 1908. Bajo la direccion de Gustavo Reboles y Campos, xiv, 417 pp. 16°. Madrid, B. Bailliere dc hijos, 1908. Agenesia. See, also, Abnormities. Archambault (L.) Contribution a l'anatomie et a la pathogenie de la soi-disant agenesie du corps calleux. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1910, xxiii, 505; 630, 5 pi.— Concetti (L.) Sulle forme agenesiche congenite del sistema nerveo-muscolare. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1914, xii, 561-573— Roubinovltch (J.) & Barbe (A.) Un cas d'age- nesie partielle du corps calleux. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1913, xxvi, 407-409, 2 pi. Agenus (J. B. Ant.) *De crusta sanguinis pleu- ritica. 2 1. 4°. Genux, 1808. [P., v. 2151.] Ageon (Prosper). *Contribution a l'etude des complications bucco-pharyngees de la rougeole chez les enfants. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 293. Ageorges (Arthur). *Recherches cliniques sur la ration alimentaire du nourrisson. 79 pp. 8°. Paris 1909 No. 194. Agerley ([Matthias] Jensen) [1883- ]. *Zur Symptomatologie und Pathologie der Tumoren der grossen Ganglien. [Kiel.] 22 pp. 8°. Ber- lin, G. Schade, 1910. Aggazzotti (Alberto). Esercitazioni di chimica fisiologica; lezioni. 325 pp. sm. 4°. [Torino], 1906. ----—. Atti dei laboratorii scientifici "A. Mosso" sui Monte Rosa della r. Universita di Torino. viii, 218 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Torino, V. Bona, 1912. Agglutination. See, also, Bacteria (Agglutination of); Bac- teriology (Methods of). Zahn (G.) *Ueber das Agglutinationsvermo- gen des normalen Blutserums der Schlachttier- arten auf die Typhaceen-Gruppe. [Zurich.] 8°. Saarbriicken, 1910. Bayer (G.) Beitrag zur Frage nach der Bedeutung des Komplementes fiir das Agglutinationsphanomen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xv, Orig., 220-228.—Bechhold (H.) Die Ausflockungen von Suspensionen bzw. Kolloiden und die Bakterienagglutina- tion. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1904, xlviii, 385-423.—Beham (L. M.) Die agglutinatorischen Eigen- schaften der Kapselbacillen und die Anwendung der Serum- agglutination bei den Tragern von Kapselbacillen. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxvi, Orig., 110-121.—Bergel (S.) Weitere experimentelle Untersu- chungen iiber Wesen und Ursprung der Hemagglutination; die Entstehung der Spezifitat. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, xvii, Orig., 169-175.—Biltz (W.) Ein Versuch zur Deutung der Agglutinierungsvor- gange. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl. 1904, xlviii, 615-623.—Bull (C. G.) The agglutination of bacteria in vivo. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xxii, 484-491. -----. Further observations on the agglutination of bac- teria in vivo. Ibid., 1916, xxiv, 25-33,1 pi.—Buxton (B. H.) & Schafler (P.) Die Agglutination und verwandte Reak- tionen in physikalischer Hinsicht. I. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Bed., 1906-7, lvii, 47-63.—Buxton (B. H.) & Teague (O.) Die Agglutination in physikalischer Hin- sicht. II. Ein Vergleich verschiedener Suspensionen. Ibid., 64-75.—Carrasco (P.) Aplicaciones clinicas de la agluti- nacidn. Gac. med. d. Sur, Granada, 1913, xxxi, 613-617.— Chatton (E.) & Leger(M.) Sur un mode particulier d'ag- glutination et de cytolyse simulant un enkystement chez les leptomonas des drosophiles. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 171-174.—Chyosa (H.) Ueber die agglu- tinable Substanz. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1910, lxxii, 191-195.—Costa (S.) L'agglutination sur lame; sero- diagnostic clinique; hemo-agglutination. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 427-429.—Dean (H. R.) One of the factors concerned in agglutination. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1911, s. B, lxxxiv, 416-434.— Dunin-Borkowski (J.) [Nature of haemolysis and agglutination.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1912. 2. s., xxxii, 1431-1441. -----. [Chemical theory of haemolysis and agglutination.] Rozpr. wydz. ma- temat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej., Krak6w, 1912, 3. s., xii, B., (,3-75—Eiger (M.) [Haemolytic and haemagglutinic action of cthylic and methylic alcohols and acetone, also haemolysis and haemagglutination under the influence of heat.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 707-709.—Ton Eisler (M.) & So. Besteht ein Zusammenhang zwischen Agglutinabilitiit und Bindungsvermdgen verschiedener Typhus- und Cholera- stamme? Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena,1911,ix,Orig.,136-148—Fedders(V.V-) [Observations on the agglutinating action of haemolytic serum and simul- taneous application of hacmolysin and agglutinin as indi- cators in the reaction of fixation of the complement. (Modi- fication of the Bordet and Gengou method.)] Arch. vet. AGGLUTINATION. 188 AGGLUTININS. Agglutination. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1914, xliv, pt. 2, 440-455.—Gaehtgens (W.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen iiber die Agglutina- tion von Bakterien der Typhus-Coligruppe und Dysen- teriebacillen durch die homologen und heterologen Immun- sera. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911-12, xii, Orig., 619-644.—Greeley (H.) Agglutination tests; errata corrected. N. York M. J., 1916, civ, 526.— Grote (L. R.) Zur Kritik der Saureausflockung nach Michaelis. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol [etc], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, lxxiii, Orig., 202-208.—Harvey (W. F.) The measurement of degree of agglutination. Indian J. M. Research, Calcutta, 1915-16, hi, 646-664. — Hirvisalo (K. F.) Zur Agglutina- tionsresistenz der sogenannten Exsudatbakterien. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, xvii, Orig., 449-459. — Hofmann (F. B.) Versuche iiber Bene- tzung, Emulsion, Agglutination und verwandte Erscheinun- gen. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen & Berl., 1914, lxiii, 386-410.— von JagiC (N.) Ueber Herstellung von mikroskopischen Dauerpraparaten zur Beurteilung von Bakterienaggluti- nationen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lx, 328.—Kliene- berger (K.) Agglutination und Agglutinationstitration. Med. Bl., AVien, 1915, xxxvii, 89. Also: Wien. klin. Rund- schau, 1915, xxix, 93.—Krumwiede (C.) & Pratt (Joseph- ine). Die Saureagglutination sensibilisierter Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912-13, xvi, Orig., 517-523.—Kuhnemann (G.) Ueber Verande- rungen der Geisseln bei der Agglutination. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.L 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, 355-360, 1 pi — Landsteiner (K.) & Welecki (St.) Ueber den Einfluss kon- zentrierter Losungen von Salzen und Nichtelektrolyten auf die Agglutination und Agglutininbildung. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, viii, Orig., 397^103. — Leger ( L.) & Duboscq ( O.) L'evolution nu- cleate du schizonte de 1'Aggregate Eberth. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 990-992—Le Lorier (V.) Les reactions intersexuelles du sang chez le cheval. Arch. mens, d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1913, i, 334-337.—Le Lorier' (V.) & Le Cointe. Considerations sur les reactions inter- sexuelles du sang chez l'homme et nouvelles recherches sur les reactions intersexuelles du sang chez le cheval. Gyne- cologie, Par., 1913, xvii, 201-204.—von Liebermann (L.) & Acel (J.) Vereinfachung der Gruberschen (genannt Widalschcj.Reaktion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1914, xl, 2066.—McFarland (J.) & Weston (P. G.) The agglutination of human and rabbit blood corpuscles by Crotalus venom. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1909, 3. s., xxxi, 157-171.—Martini. Agglutination tests. Rep. Internat. Plague Conf. 1911, Manila, 1912, 50.—Messerschmidt (T.) Zur Technik der Agglutination. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xiii, Orig., 378-382.— Michaelis (L.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Agglutina- tion. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1909, iv, 55.-----. Die Saureagglutination durch Salzsaure. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, xxiii, 327-330.—Negre (L.) Sur le double pouvoir agglu- tinant vis-a-vis de 1'Eberth et du melitensis du serum de certains malades. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 631-633.—Neumayer (L.) Die Agglutinationsbat- terie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 280.—Oker-Blom (M.) Om agglutinationsfenomenet ur fysikalisk-kemisk synpunkt. Finska liik. sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1912, i, 97-111.—Ottenberg (R.), Kaliski (D.J.) & Friedman (S. S. ) Experimental agglutinative and hemolytic transfusions. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1913-14, xxviii, 141-163.—Pagano (G.) Ricerche comparative sui potere agglutinante e sulla fissazione del complemento nella linfa e nel sangue. Ann. di clin. med., Palermo, 1910, i, 633- 636. Also: Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1910-11, v, 2-6.—Pixell-Goodrich (Helen L. M.) The sporogony and systematic position of the Aggre- gatida?. Quart. J. Mier. Sc, Lond., 1914, lx, 159-174,1 pi — Proca (G.) Action des serums agglutinants sur les cils. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 73.—Raubit- schek (H.) Die Hemagglutination; zusammenfassende Uebersicht. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, ii, Ref., 181-200.-----. Studien fiber Hamagglu- tination. Ibid., 1911, ix, Orig., 297-307.-----. Zur Kennt- nis der haptophoren Gruppen der agglutinablen Substanz. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1 Abt., Jena, 1911, 1, Ref., Beiheft, 152-154. — Sartory (A.) & Lasseur (P.) Quel- ques observations sur l'agglutination. Bull. d. sc. Pharma- col., Par., 1915, xxii, 193-195— Scheller (R.) Ueber den Agglutinationsmechanismus. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, Orig., 150-159.—Schidorsky (H.) & Reim (W.) Die praktische Verwertung der Saureagglu- tination der Bakterien. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1125.—Schmidt (P.) Physikalisch- chemische Untersuchungen iiber die Serum-Agglutination. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1913, lxxx, 62-69.—Schrei- ber (F.) Agglutinationskuvetten. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1913, xxiii, 753.—Sears (H. J.) On acid agglutina- tion as a method of differentiation of bacteria. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1912-13, x, 120-122.—Spat (W.) Ueber Agglutinationsversuche mit normalem Rinderserum. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, liv, 361- 366—Streng(0.) Konglutinationsreaktiosta. Duodecim, Helsinki, 1913, xxix, 236-256.—Teague (O.) & Buxton (B. H.) Die Agglutination in physikalischer Hinsicht. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1906-7, lvii, 76: Agglutination. 1907, lx, 469; 489.—Teodorascu. Untersuchungen iiber das agglutinatorische Verhalten von Paratyphus B- und Pes- tifer-Stammen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xiv, Orig., 639-646.—Toenniessen ( K.) Ueber die Agglutination der Kapselbacillen; Untersuchun- gen fiber die Bedeutung der emzehien Bestandteile der Bakterienzelle fiir die Agglutininerzeugung und fiir den Vorgang der Agglutination. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1915, lxxv, Orig., 329-336.—Weil (E.) Die Agglutinationsbehinderung durch Bakterienextrakte. Bio- chem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiii, 56-62.—Woithe (C.) Zur Technik der Agglutination. Verhandl.d. Gesellsch.deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz., 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 294-296.—Zammit (T.) La reazione agglutinante nelle capre dal punto di vista dell'igiene. Lavon d. Cong, di med. int. 1909, Roma, 1910, xix, 446-451.—Zbrodovski (P. F.) & Lastochkin (P. N.) [Authenticity of the reaction of agglu- tination.] Kharkov. M. J., 1913, xvi, 156-167. Agglutinins. See, also, Blood (Coagulation of). Assmann (F.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis pflanz- licher Agglutinine. 8°. Rostock, 1911. Also, in: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1911, cxxxvii, 489-510. Kochkin (V. P.) [Nature of haemolytic anti- gens and relation of fixators to agglutinins; ex- perimental investigation.] 8°. Kazan, 1911. Rost (F.) *Ueber das Verhalten der normalen Agglutinine bei akutem Blutverlust und dessen Therapie; experimentelle Untersuchungen. 8°. Heidelberg, 1909. Arrhenius (S.) Zur physikalischen Chemie der Agglu- tinine. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1903, xlvi> 415-426.—Brossa (G. A.) Isolamento di agglutinine vege- tali per mezzo del loro punto isoelettrico. Arch, per le sc- med., Torino, 1915, xxxix, 241-250.—Busson (B.), Muller (P. T.) & Rintelen (A.) Weitere Aviditatsstudien an Ag- glutininen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910,vii,274-286.—Centanni(E.) Sull'equilibrioIra la parte circolante e la parte in riserva dei principi del sangue. III. Studio sulle agglutinine. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1910-11, 5. s., ii, 425-432.—De Waele (H.) Les fonctions thromboplastiques et antithrombiques dans leurs rapports avec les agglutinines, les precipitines, les hemoly- sines. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, xviii, Orig., 430-450.—Dreyer(G.) & Douglas (J. S. C.) The velocity of reaction in the' 'absorption'' of specific agglu- tinins by bacteria, and in the "absorption" of agglutinins, trypsin and sulphuric acid by animal charcoal. Proc Roy. Soc. Lond., 1910, s. B., lxxxii, 168-184.----------. On the absorption of agglutinin by bacteria and the application of physico-chemical laws thereto. Ibid., 185-205.—Dunin- Borkowski (J.) [Absorption of agglutinating and haemo- lytic substances.] Rozpr. wydz. matemat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej. 1910, Krak6w, 1911, 3. s., x, B, 327-352.—von Eisler (M.) & Laub (M.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Aviditat der Agglutinine. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1910, v, Orig., 248-263.—von Eisler (M.) A Tsuru (J.) Ueber Bindungsverhaltnisse der Agglutinine. Ibid., 327-331.— Hall (I. W.) Inoculation and infective agglutinins deter- mined by absorption methods. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1916, xxvii, 259-285.—Kritschewsky (J. L.) Ueber die Eigenschaften bakterieller Agglutinine und Prazipitine vegetabilischer Herkunft. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, xxiii, 331-357.—Kutscher (F.) Die Bildung von Nebenagglutininen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 1213.—Llllie (F. R.) The production of sperm iso-agglutinins by ova. Science, N. Y. & Lan- caster, 1912, n. s., xxxvi, 527-530. — Locke (Edna). A rapid method of producing bacterial agglutinins. Univ. Calif. Pub. Path., Berkeley, 1912, ii, 91-96.—McFarland (W. L.) Observations on the effect of the sight of injection upon the production of agglutinin. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, ix, Orig., 451-457. -----. Some observations upon the comparable phases of agglutinin and leucocyte curves. Ibid., 1911-12, xii, Orig., 323-328.—Michaelis (L.) Weitere Untersuchungen fiber Agglutinine und fiber Saureagglutination. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1481.—Moss (W. L.) Studien fiber Isoagglutinine und Isohamolysine. Folia serolog., Leipz., 1910, v, 267-276.—Muller (P. T.) Bakterien-Agglutinine und Prazipitine. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1910, ii, pt. 1,592-628.—Nicolas (J.), Courmont (P.) & Gate. Pro- duction experimentale des agglutinines chez les animaux par les injections desalvarsan. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxiii, 245.—Patrone (E.) Sullagenesimidollare delle agglutinine e precipitine. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1908-9, iii, 318-320.—Prasek (E.) Ueber die Warmeresistenz von normalen und Immunagglu- tininen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper.' Therap., Jena, 1913, xx, Orig., 146-159.— Przygode (P.) Ueber die Bildung spezifischer Agglutinine in kiinstlichen Oewebs- kulturen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 841.—Rosen- blat-Lichtenstein (Stephanie). Ueber die Differenzierung AGGLUTININS. 189 AGNOLI. Agglutinins. von Algen mit Hilfespezifischer Agglutinine. I. Mitteilung. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1912, 415-420— Tidy (H. L.) In- fluence of febrile conditions on inoculation agglutinins. Lan- cet, Lond., 1916, i, 241.—Walker (E.W. A.) Illustrations of the diagnostic value of agglutinin determinations in in- oculated individuals. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 896-901.— Welecki (S.) [Influence of strongly concentrated salt solu- tions on the fixation of agglutinins J Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1910, xlix, 709-712.—Winslow (C. E. A.), Miller (J. A.) & Noble (W. C.) The effect of moderately high atmospheric temperatures upon the formation of agglutinins. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1916, xiii, 194-197. Agglutinometer. Kolbe(R.S-) Suero-aglutinometromacroscdpico. Cron. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1914, xvii, 210-212. Aggravi (Giovanni Francesco). Trattato della sovrana medicina curativa universale d'ogn' in- fermita illetale, reativo magistero, chimicamente eduto dall' arcanizzato spirito aureo detto Rosa soUs. 11 p. 1., 473 pp., 3 1. 16°. Venetia, I. Prodocimo, 1682. Aggressins. Aujeszky (A.) [Theory of aggressins.] Allatorvosi la- pok, Budapest, 1906, xxix, 217-219— Bail (O.) Aggressinim- munitatgegenTyphusbazillenundCholeravibrionen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 42S-430.-----. Fortschritte in der Erforschung der Bakterienaggressivitat. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1907, xliv, 74.V748.-BaU (O.) & Weil (E.) Be- merkungen zu dem Aufsatz Citrons: Ueber naturliche und kfinstliche Aggressine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1906, xli, 536-538.—Berri (G. C.) & Belgrano (C. R.) Aggressine rispetto alia cocaina ed alia morfina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1907, xxviii, 1219.-----------. Ag- gressine rispetto alia cocaina ed alia morfina. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc], Genova, 1910-11, v, 42-49—Bettencourt (N.) Contribution a l'etude des agres- sines. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906, xv, sect. 3, 329-337. Also: Arch, de l'Inst. roy. de bacteriol. Camara Pestana, Lisb., 1906, i, 77-91.—Bruschettini (A.) Sulla presenza di sensibilizzatrici nelle aggressine dimostrata col metodo della deviazione del complemento. Ann. d. 1st. Maragliano p. la cura d. tuberc. [etc.], Genova, 1906-7, ii, 167-169.—Burgers & Hbsch. Ueber Angrifistoffe (Aggres- sine). 2. Mitteilung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1909,ii,Orig..31-S0.— Cavacclni(E.) Ricerchesperimentali sulle aggressine. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 26-29.—Chrom (I. P.) Aggressinvirkning i bouillonkul- turer. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1911, 5. R., iv, 1009-1014.— Citron (J.) Ueber naturliche und kfinstliche Aggressine. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena 1906, xli, 230- 239—Cole (R. I.) & Smirnow (M. R.) The pro-infective ("aggressive") action of normal blood-serum. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull.. Bait., 1908, xix, 251.—De Blasi (D.) Sulla natura delle aggressine e sui loro comportamento rispetto alle opsonine. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1908, xxxiv, 431-444. Also: Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1908, n. s., xviii, 79-90.— De Waele (H.) L'aggressine et la dia- lyse. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliv, Orig., 360-363.—Doerr(R.) Leber Aggressine. Ibid., 1906, xxxviii, Beil., 14. [Discussion], 38-48. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 759-761. —---. Erwiderung auf den Artikel von Salus: Ueber Aggressine, und die Bemerkungen von Bail in No. 27 d. Wchnschr. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xix, 1038-1040—Fede (F.) Di alcune ricerche sulle aggressine del bacillo tifico e del bacterium coli. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 63-65.—Fernando (M.) Contributo alio studio del meecanismo d'azione degli essu- dati aggressinici e dei sieri antiaggressinici. Policlin., Roma, 1913, xx, sez. med., 189-192.—Friese (H.) Kritische und experimentelle Studien zur Aggressinfrage. Arch. f. Hyg., Mfinchen & Berl., 1907, lx, 261-279—Ikonnikofl (P.) Zur Kenntnis der Aggressmwirkung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1311-1314— Ingravalle (A.) Dialisi delle aggressine naturali e loro potere immunizzatorio. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1910, n. s., xx, 483-507.—Kikuti. [Immunity from aggressin.] Chugai Iji Shinpo, Tokyo, 1905, xxvi, 1229- 1240.—Levaditi (C.) Leukocidin, Aggressin. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1907, l, 222- 243.—Levy (E.) & Fornet (W.) Ueber Filtrataggressine. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxii, 1039.—Montano (M.) Contributo alia teoria aggressimca di Bail. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1907, xxiii, 1296- 1299.—Neufeld (F.) & Kandiba. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der "antiaggressiven" Sera. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1912, xl, 1-23.— Pane A Lotti. Ueber Angriffsstoffe (Aggres- sine). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliii, Orig., 718; 809. —von Plrquet (C.) & Schick (B.) Zur Frage des Aggressins. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 431-435.—Salus (G.) Ueber Aggressine. Ibid., 1906, xix, 870.—Sampietro (G.) Dialisi dei liquidi aggressinici e loro potere immunizzatorio. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1913, n. s., xxiii, 113-130.—Sauerbeck (E.) Ueber die Aggressine; eine experimentelle Studie. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- krankh., Leipz., 1907, lvi, 81-112, 1 diag.—Tedeschl (E.) Aggressins. Die nichtbakteriellen Aggressine; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1907, xliii, Orig., 725-727. -——. Weiteres fiber die sogenannten nichtbakte- riellen Aggressine. Ibid., 1908, xlvi, Orig., 363-371.-----. Erwiderung auf "Kritische Bemerkungen" des Dr. Wei- chardt fiber meinen Artikel: Weiteres fiber die sogenannten nichtbakteriellen Aggressine. Ibid., xlviii, Orig., 193.— Towles (Caroline B.) On the influence of aggressines upon the occurrence of general infection following the introduction of pathogenic bacteria into the uninjured genital tract of ani- mals. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 405- 408.—Turr6 (R.) Sur Taction des aggressines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 163.—Wassermann (A.) & Citron (J.) Zur Frage der Bildung von bakteriellen Angriffsstoffen im lebenden Organismus. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1905, xxxi, 1101-1103.----- -----. Ueber den Unterschied zwischen natiirlichen und kiinstlichen Aggressinen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], Jena, 1906-7, xliii, Orig., 373-376.—Weichardt (W.) Kriti- sche Bemerkungen zu der Veroffentlichung von E. Tedes- chi: Weiteres Uber die sogenannten nichtbakteriellen Ag- gressine. Ibid., 1908, xlvi, Orig., 723-725.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) Die Aggressinlehre; zusammenfassende Uebersicht. Ibid., 1906, xxxviii, 641; 737. Aghavnian (Krikoris) [1891- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des troubles trophiques dans l'he- miplegie organique. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 514. Aghorpanthism. Mitra (S. C.) On a case of aghorpanthism from the Saran District, Behar. J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1895-9, iv, 129. Agitation. Camus (P.) Paris clinical lecture on agitation and its treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 338- 341. Agitophasia. Greene (J. S.) Agitophasia associated with agitographia. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, xc, 754-757. Aglaozonia. Sauvageau (C.) Sur la presence de l'Aglaozonia mela- noidea dans la Mediterranee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 271. -----. Sur la germination des zoospores de l'Aglaozonia melanoidea. Ibid., 1908, lxiv, 697. Aglot (Henri) [1876- ]. _ Contribution a l'etude des exostoses de croissance. viii, 9-96 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1903, No. 85. Agmatin. Kossel (A.) Ueber eine neue Base aus dem Tierkorper [Agmatin]. 8°. Heidelberg, 1910. Kossel (A.) Ueber das Agmatin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.; Strassb., 1910, lxvi, 257-261.-----. Synthese des agmatms. Ibid., Ixviii, 170-172. Agnelly (Julien) [1884- _ ]. Contribution a l'etude de la therapeutique chirurgicale des sarcomes des os longs. Resultats compares du traitement conservateur et des interventions radicales. 72 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1909, No. 143. Agnesi (Paul-Nicolas) [1870- ]. Contribu- tion a l'etude des luxations recidivantes de la rotule. 87 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 251. Agnew (Cornelius Pea) [1830-88]. Shastid (T. H.) [Biography.] Med. Pickwick, Saranac Lake, X. V., 1915, i, 334, port. Agnew (Sir James Wilson) [1815-19011. Obituary. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1901, xx, 545; 547. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1901, ii, 1383. Also: Papers & Proc Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1900-1901, Hobart, 1902, 141-143, port. Agnew (Robert Lee) [1863-99]. [Obituary.] Tr. Kentucky M. Soc. 1899, Louisville, 1900, xliv, 350. Agniel (Jean-Marie) [1873- ]. Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs des lobes aberrants de la mamelle. 80 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1902, No. 2. Agniel (L.) [1881- ]. *Sur la photo therapie et et quelques-unes de ses applications dans les maladies nerveuses. 61 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 108. Agnoli (J.-B.) La peste bubonica en los anos de 1903 y 1904. Memoria elevada a la alcaldia por AGNOLI. 190 AGRAPHIA. Agnoli (J.-B.)—continued. el inspector de higiene del H. Concejo provincial de Lima. 1 p. 1., 58 pp. fol. Lima, Libreria e Imprenta Gil, 1905. Agnosia. Heveroch (A.) [Cases of agnosia.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1914, liii, 1525; 1570; 1597; 1640.—Nikitin (M. P.) [Tac- tile agnosia.] Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevroi. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1912, xviii, 425-471.—von Stauflenberg. Ueber Seelen- blindheit (opt. Agnosie); nebst Bemerkungen zur Anatomie der Sehstrahlung. Arb. a. d. hirnanat. Inst, in Zurich, Wiesb., 1914, Hft., viii, 1-212, 2 tab. Agobilin. Horn (T.) Beitrag zur Beurteilung des Agobilins als Prophylaktikum. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1914, xxxii, 169-173. Agoraphobia. Brumme (K. G. 0.) *Ueber zwei Falle von Agoraphobie ausgezeichnet durch die Kompli- cation mit anderweitigen nervosen und psychi- schen Storungen. 8°. Leipzig, 1890. Brun (B.) *De 1'agoraphobie; ses rapports avec les lesions auriculaires, contribution a l'etude des phobies. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Gelineatj (E.) De la kenophobie, ou peur des espaces (agoraphobie des Allemands). 8°. Paris, 1880. Legrand du Satjlle. Etude clinique sur la peur des espaces (agoraphobie des Allemands). Nevrose Emotive. 8°. Paris, 1878. Bloch (A.) Nature et traitement de la maladie impro- prement dehommee agoraphobie. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de neuropath, [etc.], 458- 467.—Eitelberg (A.) In welcher Beziehung steht die Agora- phobie (Platzangst) zu gewissen Erkrankungen des Gehor- organes? Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xli, 1273-1279.—Gille- bert-Dhercourt. Observation d'un cas d'agoraphobie, ou peur des espaces, traiW avec succes par l'hydrotherapie et une direction morale appropriee. Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1878), 1879, xiii, 60-68.—Guye (A.) On agoraphobia in re- lation to ear disease. Tr. West. Ophth., Otol. [etc.] Ass. Otol., laryngol. & rhinol. div., St. Louis, 1899, iv, 32-34 — Jones (R.) A case of agoraphobia, with remarks upon obsessions. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 568-570. — Levy (P.-E.) L'agoraphobie et son traitement educateur en cure libre. Bull. gen. de therap., Par., 1911, clxi, 537-554. Also: Progres med., Par., 1911, xxvii, 197-200. Also, transl: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1911, lvi, 403.—Ley. Agoraphobie et instability mentale chez un enfant arrier6. J. de neurol., Par., 1908, xiii, 449-454.—Mercier (C.) Agoraphobia, a remedy. Lan- cet, Lond., 1906, ii, 990.—Mouton(G.) [Case.] Echo med. du nord, Lille. 1898, ii, 381.—Neale (J. H.) [Case.] Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1322.—Portugaloff (Y. V.) [Agoraphobia in an amnestied political prisoner.] Prakt. Vrach, S.- Peterb., 1906, v, 213-215.—Records (B. F.) Agoraphobia. Kansas City M. Index, 1896, xvii, 306-308.—Shtern (M. A.) [Case.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1902, ix, 847.—Treitel. Ueber Agoraphobie und verwandte Zustande bei Erkran- kungen des Ohres. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-, Mund-u. Halskr., Hallea. S., 1901, v, 231- 238. Agosti (Francesco). Le secrezioni interne e le malattie nervose e mentali; contributo alio stu- dio della istopatologia della tiroide e dell' ipofisi in alcune malattie mentali; ricerche personali del Dott. Francesco Agosti. 41pp. 8°. Brescia, Tipog. commerciale, 1914. ———. Le secrezioni interne nelle malattie mentali e nervose. 301 pp., 1 1. 8°. Brescia, F. Apollonio dc Co., [1914]. Agostinelli (Roberto). Sulla deviazione chirur- gica del sangue portale. Modificazione operatoria. 12 pp. 8°. Foligno,G.Campi,,1906. —■----. Influenza della tradizione classica sullo sviluppo della chirurgia moderna. Conferenza. 12 pp. 8°. Foligno, G. Campi} 1906. Agostini (Cesare). _ Manuale di psichiatria per uso degli studenti e dei medici pratici. Con prefazione del Prof. Enrico Morselli. xvi, 253 pp., 1 tab. 12°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1897]. ------. The same. 2. ed. xvi, 284 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [1900]. ------. II pellagrosario di citta di Castello dal 15 maggio 1901 al 31 dicembre 1903. 17 pp. roy. 8°. Perugia, [1904]. Agostini (Cesare)—continued. —----■. Emianestesia sensitivo-sensoriale ed enuresi in un caso di isterismo traumatico; con- tributo alio studio delle manifestazioni tardive della neurosi traumatica. 26 pp. 8°. Perugia, V. Santucci, 1909. —----. La mente e l'opera di Cesare Lombroso; cenno commemorativo letto nel trigesimo della morte nell' Aula magna della TJniversita di Perugia. 24 pp., port. 8°. Perugia, Santucci, 1909. Also, Editor of: Annali del manicomio provinciale di Perugia, 1908-14. Agostini (Giuseppe). See Palazzo (Luigi) [in 2. s.]. Sunti delle lezioni di fisica applicata all' igiene [etc.]. 8°. Roma, 1896. Agostini (Guamiero). Invaginamento artificiale dell' intestino in un caso di ernia inguinale gan- grenata; guarigione. 12 pp. 8° Civitanova- Marche, 1895. ------. Un po' di chirurgia dell' uretra. Storie di tre casi e considerazioni cliniche. 27 pp. 8°. Civitanova-Marche, 1896. Agostini (Pierre) [1885- ]. *Des symp- tomes vesicaux de la tuberculose r^nale. 48 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910, No. 27. Agostino (Carbone). Patogenesi della cataratta e ricerche relative. 46 pp. 8°. Torino, S. Giuseppe, 1908. ------. The same. Pt. 2. 34 pp. 8°. Torino, S. Giuseppe, 1909. Agostino (Sapelli) La terapia delle ovaro-sal- pingiti. 70 pp. 12°. Genova, 1901. Agote (Luis). Defensa sanitaria maritima contra las enfermedades exoticas viajeras. 67 pp. 8°. Buenos Aires, 1898. —----■. Def ensas naturales de los cardiacos. xiii, 207 pp. 12°. Buenos Aires, E. Spinelli, 1905. ------& Medina (Arturo J.) La peste bubonique dans la Republique Argentine et au Paraguay. Epidemies de 1899-1900. Rapport presente au Departement national d'hygiene. xxv, 298 pp., 15 ch., 1 1., 4 maps. 8°. Buenos Aires, F. La- jouane, 1901. Agrammatism. Pick (A.) On the localization of agrammatism. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1909, vii, 757-762, 1 pi. -----. Perseveration und andere Mechanismen als Ursache agram- matischer Erscheinungen, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Beziehungen des "Verschreibens" zum "Versprechen." Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1914, xxxv, 407- 420. Agramonte (Aristides). iCuales son los deberes de los medicos con sus compafieros en el ejercicio profesional? 14 pp. 8°. Habana, 1901. Agraphia. Berlin (U.) *Ueber isolierte Agraphie. 8°. Greifswald, 1913. Binswanger. Zur Kasuistik der Agraphie. Ztschr. f. Hypnot. [etc.], Leipz., 1899, ix, 85-97.—Campbell (C. M.) Agraphia in a case of frontal tumour. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1911, ix, 287-297, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.]: J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii, 168.— Donath (J.) Agraphie infolge von Zwangsvorstellungen. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1915, liv, 8-18.— Elder (W.) Agraphia and the question of the existence of a special graphic centre. Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1897, i, 133; 215.—Eskridge (J. T.) Temporary abulic agraphia probably due to partial obstruction of the superior longi- tudinal sinus. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1896, ii, 171-178. Also, Reprint.—Forster (E.) Ueber isolierte Agraphie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, cii, 82-102.— Goldstein (K.) Ueber eine amnestische Form der aprak- tischen Agraphie. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxix, 1252-1255.—Griffin (C. F.) Report of a case of agraphia with specimens of handwriting made at the onset of the attack. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1899, xiii, 532- 534. [Discussion], 543-547.—Hallervorden. Agraphie eines aphasischen Linksers; linkseitig erhohter Kniereflex. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1257 — Meyer (S.) Apraktische Agraphie bei einem Rechtshirner. Zentralbl. f. Nervenh. u. Psychiat., Leipz., 1908, xxxi, 673- 678. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 172.—Pelz (A.) Zwei Falle von aprak- AGRAPHIA. 191 AGUINAGA. Agraphia. tischer Agraphie. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xLx, Orig., 540-576.—Seller (F.) Ueber einen Fall von reiner Agraphie bei einem an linksseitiger Hemiparese leidenden Linkshander, bedingt durch einen Erweichungsherd im Gyrus supramarginalis dexter. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xliii, 1541-1558.—Vallejo Lobdn (M.) Un caso clinico de agrafia pura, sin ceguera verbal y sin afasia motriz. Rev. frenopat. espafi., Bareel., 1912, x, 353-360.—Wernicke (C.) Ein Fall von isolierter Agraphie. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1903, xiii, 241-265. Agresse. *Sommeil et insomnie. 30 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 603. Agricola (Bernhard) [1877- ]. *Ueber trau- matische Myositis ossificans. 25 pp. 8°. Frei- burg i. B., U. Hochreuther, 1903. Agricola (Joh.) [1589-1643]. Institutiones chi- rurgicae, oder newe Feldscherer Kunst, darin ein Feldscherer, Wundartzt oder Balbierer grundlich unterrichtet wird, wie er sich in alien Wunden vom Kopff biss auff die Fusssolen, sie seven gestochen, gehawen oder geschossen, vergifftet oder nicht, im verbinden und heilen verhalten soil, [etc.]. 200 pp. 16°. Franck- furt, C. Schleichen dc P. de Zetter, 1634. Agricola (Johannes Christianus). *Disp. anat. nona, de partibus genitalibus utrivis sexui pro- priia. 81. sm.4°. Groningx, E. Agricola, 1652. Agricola (Johannes Georgius). Cervi excoriati et dissecti in medicina usus. Das ist: Kurze Beschreibung welcher Gestalt dess zu gewisser Zeit gefangenen Hirschens furnembste Glieder in der Artzney zugebrauchen; und Erstlich: Wass Massen dass abgenommene und zu bereite Geweyhe in mancherley dess Leibs Beschwe- rungen beyzubringen. Dann zum Andern: Wie die iibrigen Stiick in ander Wege mogen genossen und applicirt werden. Mit besonderem fleiss auss vieler alten und anderer furnemer Medicorum Biicher, und durch Erfahrung zusamb getragen. 11 p. 1., 120 pp., 21. sm. 4°. Amberg, M. Forster 1603. Agricola (Johannes Guilielmus). *Exercitatio academica qua usus corticis a febre ad icterum extensus sistitur. 25 pp. sm. 4°. Tiibingx, typ. A. H. Roebelii, 1730. Agricole (Sextus) [1867- ). *Equivalents de- lirants des acces epileptiques. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 294. Agriliis. Chapman (R. N.) Observations on the life history of Agrilus bilineatus. I. Agric. Research, Wash., 1914-15, iii, 283-294, 2 pi. Agrippa (Henricus Cornelius) [1486- 1535]. Lawrence (R. M.) [Biography.] In Ms: Primitive psy- chotherapy, 8°, Bost. & N. Y., 1910, 249. Agrippa (Henricus Cornelius) [1486-1535]. De nobilitate et praecellentia fceminei sexus. Ex- postulate cum Joanne Catilineti super exposi- tione libri Joannis Capnionis de verbo mirifico. De sacramento matrimonij declamatio. De triplici ratione cognoscendi Deum liber unus. Dehortatio gentilis theologise. De originali pec- cato disputabilis opinionis declamatio. [In finem.] 84 1. 8°. Antverpix, apud M. Hille- nium, 1529. Agrippa (Livio). Secreti medicinali nuovamente dati in luce ... a beneficio universale. Con un discorso di fisionomia. 8 1. 24°. Venetta, Ve- rona, [etc.], 1592. Agrippina. Lewin (K. R.) The nuclear structure and the spolia- tion of Agrippina bona Strickland. Parasitology, Cam- bridge, 1913, vi, 257-264, 2 pi.—Strickland (C.) Agrippina bona nov. gen. et nov. sp., representing a new family of gre- Agrippina. garines. Ibid., 1912; v, 97-108, 1 pi. -----. The nuclear changes in Agrippina bona Strickland. Ibid., 1915, vii, 380-382. Agro (Beniamino). Anosmia per rinite sifilitica tardiva. 16 pp. 8°. Girgenti, Monies, 1905. Agromyza. Collin (J. E.) A new fly of the genus Agromyza from Egypt. Bull. Entomol. Research, Lond., 1911-12, ii, 79.— Webster (F. M.) & Parks (T. H.) The serpentine leaf- miner. [Agromyza pusilla.l J. Agric. Research, Wash., 1913-14, l, 59-88, 1 pi. Agrostemma. Rrandl (J.) Ueber Sapotoxin und Sapogenin von Agro- stemma Githago. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, lix, 245-268.—Mori (R.) Ueber die Giftigkeit una die Entgiftung der Samen von Agrostemma Githago (Kornrade). In his: Japan, 8°, Tokio, 1911, 208-417. Aguamiel. Dolley (C. S.) Notes on magueys and maguey sap or aguamiel, a therapeutic agent of nigh value. Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1911, 3. s., xxvii, 163-168. Also, Reprint. Aguas azoadas. Procedimiento aprobado por la Real Academia de medicina y cirurgia de Se- villa. 8 pp. 8°. Habana, R. Espina, 1885. Aguas y banos sulfurosos artificiales abiertos todo el ano. 8 pp. 16°. _ Madrid, 1900. Aguas minerales fabricadas por L. Pauer en la Botica del Refugio, con explication de su empleo y sus efectos medicinales. 16 pp. 16°. Mexico, 1872. Ague. See Fever (Malarial). de Agiiero (Bartolome) [1530-97]. Tesoro de la verdadera cirugia y via particular contra la co- mun. III. Corregida en esta ultima impresion. 5 p. 1., 400 pp. fol. Valencia, C. Mace, 1654. All after p. 400 wanting. For Biography, see Siglo med., Madrid, 1912, lix, 24.5-249. Aguilar (Alberto R.) *Contribucion al estudio de la hipertonia local en la tuberculosis pulmonar. 23 pp. 8°. # Mexico, J. V. Villada, 1884. Aguilar (Delio). Heridas ponzonosas por aranas. 35 pp. 8°. Buenos Aires, A. Etchepareborda, 1901. Aguilar (Fernando). _ *Ligeras consideraciones sobre el mal de Bright. 22 pp. 8°. Mexico, 1885. Aguilar (Francisco). See Criado y Aguilar (Fran- cisco). Aguilar (Julian) [1854-1903]. Curacion radical de la hernia inguinal por el metodo operatorio. 21 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Buenos Aires, J. Peuser, 1897. For Biography, see Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1903, xi, 714-716. Aguilar (Manuel C.) *Breves consideraciones sobre la naturaleza y tratamiento del lupus no diatesico. 53 pp. 8°. Mexico, H. Berrueco, 1885. [P., v. 2178.] Aguilar (Martin). Clinica ginecol6gica (gineco- patfas neoplasicas). 222 pp. roy. 8°. Granada, L. Guevara, 1905. Aguilar Martinez (Francisco de B.) Apuntes de hidrologia medica general. 4 v. 8°. Valencia, de Gombau, Vincent dc Masia, 1896-9. CONTENTS. v. 1. Idealogfa y ffsica hidroldgica. v. 2. Quimica y biologica hidrol6gica. v. 3. Fisio-terapeutica hidroldgica general. v. 4. Fisio-terapeutica y climatoterapia. Aguilera (Carlos). *Canalizaci6n eferente de la ciudad de Mexico. 59 pp. 16°. Mexico, G. Horcasitas, 1885. Aguinaga (Jose Maria G.) El practicante; com- pendio de anatomia normal, vendajes, ap6sitos y curas, medicaci6n topica, elementos de cirujia AGUINAGA. 192 AHLFELD. Aguinaga (Jose Maria G.)—continued. menor, y demas conocimientos necesarios a los que aspiran al titulo de practicantes. xxi, 323 pp., 7 1., 14 pi. 8°. Madrid, M. Burgase, 1886. Aguinet (Mo'ise) [1873- ]. *De l'inondation peritoneale dans les grossesses ectopiques. 150 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 264. Aguirre (Jose Joaquin) [1822-1901]. [Biography.] Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1901, xxix, 97-101. Aguirre (Severo J.) El hospital Porfirio Diaz; a ligeros rasgos. 70 pp., 1 plan, port. 8°. Chi- huahua, Mex., A. Sanchez, 1902. Aguirre y Values (Agostin). *Algunas considera- ciones sobre el diagnostico de las enfermadades del testiculo. 47 pp. 16°. Mexico, I. Escalante, 1883. Aguirre y ValdSs (Pedro). *Estudio sobre los fenomenos reflejos. 30 pp. 8°. Mexico, N. Chavez, 1873. Aguma. Kafemann (R.) Ueber Aguma, ein neues Eiweisspra- parat aus der Sojabohne; seine klinische und volkswirtschaft- fiche Bedeutung. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1913, lxxxii, 483-486. Agurin. Favre (C.) *L'agurine. (Observations cli- niques.) 8°. Lyon, 1905. Montag (F.) * Klinische Beobachtungen iiber die Wirkung des Agurins auf die Diurese und den Blutdruck. [Jena.] 8°. Weimar, 1903. Also [Abstr.], in: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1903, n. F., v, 61-64. Solacolu (T.) *Etude clinique sur un sel soluble de theobromine, l'agurine. 8°. Paris. 1902. Belan (R.) Ueber Agurin. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1903, x, 187-189.—Blackwood (W. R. D.) Agurin, a new and efficient diuretic. Med. Summary, Phila., 1902-3, xxiv, 266-270.—Brinda (A.) Contributo alia farmacologia dell' agurina; effetti sulla pressione sanguigna in animali vivi. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino; 1903, 4. s., ix, 324-330.—Calisti (A.) Contributo alio studio dell' agurina. Ann. d. Fac. di med. 1911, Perugia, 1912, 4. s., ii, 25-36,3 pi — Carbonell y Soles (F.) La agurina, un nuevo diuretico. Arch, de ginecop., Bareel., 1902, xv, 41-44. Also, transl.: Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1902, xlviii, 363-365. -----. Indi- caciones y posologia de la agurina. Arch, de ginecop., Bar- eel., 1902, xv, 544-548.—Combemale & Obers. Quelques mots sur l'agurine. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1902, vi, 469- 474.—De Buck (D.) Quelques considerations cliniques re- lat ives k l'agurine. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1902, ix, 371-377.—Fauser (A.) Ueber Agurin. Allg. mea. Centr.- Ztg., Berl., 1903, lxxii, 26.—Heinrichsdorfl (C.) Klinische Beobachtungen iiber Agurin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1904, xviii, 495-501.—Helbich (K.) [Agurin.] Lek. rozhle- dy, Praha, 1902, x, 447.—Jacobi (J.) Ueber die Wirkung des Agurin. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 325-331.—von Ketly (L.) Klinische Erfahrungen fiber Agurin. Heilkunde, Berl., 1902, 337-339.—Linke. Agurin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1907, ii, 65.—Lovitski (Ya. A.) Diuretin, agurin i teotsin. Shorn, klin. rabot iz terap. otd. Imp. Klin. Inst, [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1910, iii, 33-173—Nucci (A.) Un nuovo diuretico, Pagurina. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1903, n. s., xxv, 1109-1130.—Nusch (A.) Agurin, ein neues Diuretikum. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 2145.—Reche (F.) Ueber klinische Beobach- tungen mit Agurin. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, xxv, 53-55.—Reye. Klinische Erfahrungen mit Agurin. Heil- kunde, Wien [etc.], 1902, 242-245.—Rolig. Neuere Arbeiten iiber Agurin. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1902, xii, 271; 488.—Tausig (A.) Agurin, ein neues Diuretieum. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1903. xlviii, 223. Also: Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1902, ix, 1241-1246. Ahasvera. Italien und seine Krankenhauser. I. Mailand. Milano. 20 pp., 11 pi. 16°. Leipzig, Verlagfiir Literatur, Kunst u. Musik, 1908. Ahern (Michael Joseph) [1844-1914]. Obituary. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1914, xlvii, 866.— SImard (A.) Necrologie. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1913-14, xv 385-391, 1 frontisp. Also: Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1914, xliii, 256-261. Ahland (Walther Wilhelm Albert) [1885- ]. *Neuro-retinitis albuminurica gravidarum. 30 pp. 8°. Erlangen, Junge dc Sohn, 1909. Ahlberg (Karl). Den svenska farmaciens historia. 668 pp. 8°. Stockholm, W. Billes, 1908. See, also, Key-Aberg (Algot) & Ahlberg (Karl). Apo- teksvisitationer och med dem [etc.]. 12°. Stockholm, 1910. ---— & Schimmelpfennig (C. F. V.) Forfatt- ninga'r m. m. angaende apoteksvasendet i Sverige omfattande tiden fran och med ar 1683 till och med den 2. Okt. 1903. 2. uppl. [Statutes, etc., relating to apothecaries in Sweden, embracing the time from and including 1683 to October 2, 1903.] 2 p. 1., 440 pp., 11., 3 tab. 8°. Stock- holm, W. Bille, [1903]. Ahlborn [Julius]. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Hernien der Linea alba. [Jena.] 42 pp. 12°. Homberg a. Rh., E. Hadtstein, 1895. Ahlborn (Siegmund). *Beitrag zur Totalexstir- pation des Uterus und der erkrankten Adnexa von der Scheide aus. [Leipzig.] 24 pp. 8°. Marburg, J. A. Koch, 1893. Ahlbory (Robert) [1872- ]. *Ueber die Seh- scharfe im Alter. 25 pp., 3 1. 8°. Berlin, G. Vogt, 1895. c. von Ahlefeld (Albert A. H. S.) [1873- ]. *Bei- trag zur Statistik der Thranensack-Exstirpation. 21 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt dc Klaunig, 1901. van Ahlen (Ludwig). *Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Polyneuritis alcoholica. 26 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1904. Ahlendorf (Moritz) [1883- ]. *Beitrag zu den bei dem Pruritus, den Erythemen und der Urti- caria vorkommenden inneren Storungen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Gastrointesti- nalkanals. 23 pp. 8°. Altenburg, S. Geibel dc Co., 1910. Ahlenstiel (Walther) [1872- ]. *Die Leberge- schwiilste und ihre Behandlung. 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1896. Ahlers (Anton) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur Aetiolo- gie der Cervixrisse. 32 pp., 11. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1904. Ahlers (Hugo). *Ein Fall von,chronischem Ma- gencatarrh. 34 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, Stahel, 1899. Ahlert (Otto) [1878- ]. *Zur Kenntnis der Azooxyverbindungen und des Reaktionsver- laufes zwischen Anilin, Nitrobenzol und Alkali. 38 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, O. Francke, 1903. Ahlfeld (Friedrich) [1843- ]. Lehrbuch der Geburtshilfe zur wissenschaftlichen und prakti- schen Ausbildung fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 2. Aufl. x, 638 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig, F. W. Grunow, 1898. ------. The same. 3. umgearbeitete Aufl. viii, 757 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig, F. W. Grunow, 1903. ------. The same. Rukovodstvo k akushorstvu. Perevod s niemetskavo S. Z. Serebrennikova i V. M. Ostrovskavo, s predisloviem D. O. Otta. [Transl. from the German by Serebrennikoff and Ostrovski, with preface by Ott.] 1 p. 1., 691 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, [M. I. Minkhoff], 1900. Issued by: Sovrem. mod. i hig. ------. Die Desinfection der Hand des Geburts- helfers und Chirurgen. In: Samml. klin. Votr., n. F., Leipz., 1901, No. 310-311 (Gynakol., No. 113, 343-410). ------. Nasciturus. Eine gemeinverstandliche Darstellung des Lebens von der Geburt und der Rechtsstellung des werdenden Menschen fiir Ju- risten, Mediziner und gebildete Laien. vi (11.), 92 pp. roy. 8°. Leipzig, F. W. Grunow, 1906. ------. Neuere Bestrebungen auf dem Gebiete der exakten Beckenmessung. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1907, No. 443 (Gynak., No. 161). ------. Der praktische Arzt und die Handegefahr. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1908, n. F., No. 492-193 (Gynak., No. 179-180; 313-367, 8 pi.). AHLFELD. 193 AIGREMONT. Ah If eld (Friedrich)—continued. ------. Nachgeburtsbehandlung und Kindbett- fieber; Erinnerungen und Erlebnisse aus dem Trierschen Institut. In: Samml. klin. Votr., Leipz., 1910, n. F., No. 594, (Gynak., No. 214). ------. Inwieweit hat bisher die Einf uhrung der Asepsis und Antisepsis die puerperale lnfek- tionsmortalitat ganzer Liinder beeinflusst? 22 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1912. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., Leipz., 1912, n. F., No. 651 (Gy- nak., No. 240). For Biography, see Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 2053 (W. Zangemeister). Ahlmann (Heinrich) [1878- ]. *Weitere Un- tersuchungen iiber die Giftigkeit der Blausaure. 38 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, P. Scheiner, 1905. Ahlmann (Max [Hermann Friedrich]) [1867- ]. *Das Fieber im Eruptionsstadium der SyphiHs. 26pp.,lch. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1895. Ahlmeyer (Ernst Heinrich Karl) *Historisch- bibliographische Zusammenstellung der Me- thoden der Wiederbelebung Xeugeborener. 87 pp. 8°. Marburg, 1897. Ahlstrdm (Gustaf) [1862- ]. Om ogat och dess vard i friskt och sjukt tillstand. [The care of the eye in the healthy and in the diseased condition.] 1 p. 1., 64 pp. 12°. Stockholm, [1895]. Ahmed Hussein [1872- ]. *La section du sympathique cervical dans rexophtalmie et autres svmptomes de la maladie de Basedow. 53pp., 11. 4°. Lyon, 1896, No. 1204. de Anna (Friedrich Karl) [1877- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Casuistik der sogenannten Kum- mell'schen Krankheit. 45 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, M. G iinther, 1901. Ahond (Ameble) [1882- ]. *Les paresthesies pharyngees. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 197. ------. Le Mont-Dore; station thermale, ses ma- lades, ses resultats. 39 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Ma- loine 1909. Ahr (Josef) [1887- ]. *Ueber die Erfolge der orthopadischen Operationen am Uterus. 59 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1911. Ahreiner (Johann [Georg]) 1882- ]. *Ueber die Blutungen bei der sogenannten chronischen Metritis, jf Strassburg.] 44 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1908. Ah rend t (Friedrich [Georg Heinrich Ludwig]) [1867- ]. *Ueber die operative Heilung der Haemorrhoidalknoten. 39 pp. 8°. Greifswald, J. Abel, 1897. Ahrendts (Gunther) [1886- ]. *Ueber Opera- tionen bei puerperal-septischen Erkrankungen. 40 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, P. Loewenberg, 1913. Ahrens (Eduard) [1880- ]. *Die Cribra or- bitalia und Spina trochlearis der Gottinger anato- mischen Schadelsammlung. 20 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, L. Hofer, 1904. ------. Ueber Liihmungsirresein in der Kaiser- Lichen Marine wahrend der Jahre 1901 bis 1911 unter Stellungnahme zur Dienstbeschadigungs- frage. 79 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. S. Mittler dc Sohn, 1913. Forms 7. lift, of: Veroflentl. a. d. Geb. d. Marine-Sani- tatswes., Berl. Ahrens (Hans) [1883- ]. Ueber luetische Xekrose am Alveolarfortsatz der Kiefer. 43 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1906. Ahrens (Walter) [1877- ]. *Zur Kasuistik der kasigen Pneumonie. 15 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1907. Ahrens (Wilhelm). *Zur Kenntnis der optisch activen /3-Oxybuttersaure und ihres Natrium- Ahrens (Wilhelm)—continued. Baizes. 31 pp. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1899. Ahrent (Fritz) [1877- ]. *Ueber Metosen in bosartigen Geschwiilsten. 26 pp. 8°. Wiirz- burg, A. Borst, 1902. Ahronheim (Carl) [1875- ]. *Ueber Psoriasis nach Impfung. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, 0. Francke, 1899. Aibinder (Rebecca). *L'action antiemetique et eupeptique du citrate de soude, dans l'intole- rance gastrique des nourrissons. Etude clinique. Action physiologique. 78 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 495. Aicardi (Franciscus). *De scyrrho pancreatis. 9 pp. 4°. Genux, 1808. [P., v. 2151.] Aichel (Otto [Oscar Wilhelm]) [1871- ]. *Zur Kenntnis des histologischen Baues der Retina embryonaler Teleostier. 23 pp., 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Erlangen, A. Vollrath, 1896. ------. *Das Tectum loborum opticorum em- bryonaler Teleostier mit Berucksichtigung ver- gleichend anatomischer Verhaltnisse. [Wiirz- burg.] 21 pp., 11. 8°. Erlangen, F.Junge, 1901. ------. Ueber die Blasenmole. Eine experi- mentelle Studie. Habilitationsschrift. 72 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Erlangen, Junge dc Sohn, 1901. ------. Eine neue Hypothese iiber Ursachen und Wesen bosartiger Geschwiilste. 36 pp. 8°. Munchen, J. F. Lehmann, 1908. ------. Ueber Zellverschmelzung mit qualitativ abnormer Chromosomenverteilung als Ursache der Geschwulstbildung; mit einem Vorwort von W. Roux. vi (1 1.), 115 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1911. Vortrage und Aufsatze iiber Entwickelungsmechanik der Organismen, hrsg. von W. Roux, 13. Hft. Aickelin (Hans) [1885- ]. *Ueber Oxytriazol-, Triphenylmethan- und Xanthon verbindungen. 79 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. Kirschmer, 1908. Aid all (I.)_ The German nature cure, and how to , practice it, with illustrations by Frances M. E. Currie. xi, 232 pp. 8°. London, Nichols dc Co., 1897. Aids to the army and other examinations, edited by R. Courtenay Welch. III. Army science papers in chemistry, physics, physiography and geology, set in the Woolwich, Sandhurst and militia literary examinations, 1890-96. 124 pp. 8°. Cambridge, J. Hall dc Son, 1896. Aievoli (Eriberto). Diagnostica chirurgica, gene- rale e speciale, esposta nei suoi quesiti differen- ziali ad uso dei medici e degli studenti. vii, 702 pp. 12°. Napoli, V. Idelson,1911. Aigner (Alfons) [1880- ]. *Ein Fall von Struma congenita. 16 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, C. Schnell, 1907. Aigner (Eduard). Die Wahrheit iiber eine Wun- derheilung von Lourdes. _ Eine arztliche Studie zum goldenen Lourdesjubilaum 1908. Mit einem Anhang: Eine Wunderheilung, von Emil Dosenheimer. 32 pp. 8°. Frankfurt a. M., [1908]. -----■. Lourdes im Lichte deutscher medizini- scher Wissenschaft. (Bericht iiber den Miin- chener Lourdes-Process vom 20. u. 22. Nov. 1909, auf Grund der stenographischen Wieder- gabe der arztlichen Sachverstandigen-Gutach- ten. 62pp. 8°. Miinchen, T.F.Lehmann, 1910. ------. Der gegenwartige Stand der Wtinschel- ruten-Forschung. pp. 3-34. 8°. Munchen, 1911. In: von Klinckowstroem (C.) Bibliographic der Wiinschelrute. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Aigremont. Volkserotik und Pflanzenwelt. Eine Darstellung alter wie moderner erotiscber 76399°—17----13 AIGREMONT. Aigremont—continued. und sexueller Gebrauche, Vergleiche, Benen- Dungen, Sprichworter, Redewendungen, Ratsel, Volkslieder, eiotischen Zaubers und Aberglau- bens, sexueller Heilkunde, die sich auf Pflanzen beziehen. 2 v. 165 pp.; 121 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., Gebr. Trensinger, 1908-9. Aiguesmortes. di Pietro (F. E.) Histoire d'Aiguesmortes. 8°. Paris, 1849. Aiken, South Carolina, as a health resort for winter and summer. 32 pp. 8°. Charleston, S. C, Walker, Evans dc Cogswell, 1877. Aikens (Charlotte Albina) [1868- ]. Hospital training school methods and the head nurse. 267 pp. 12°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saun- ders Co., 1907. ------. Primary studies for nurses. A text-book for first-year pupil nurses, containing courses of studies in anatomy, physiology, hygiene, bac- teriology, therapeutics and materia medica, die- tetics and invalid cookery. 428 pp., 12 1., 7 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1909. ------. The same. 2. ed. thoroughly revised. I p. 1., 437 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1912. ------. The same. 3. ed., thoroughly rev. 471 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saun- ders Co., 1915. ------. Clinical studies for nurses; a text-book for second and third year pupil nurses and a hand-book for all who are engaged in caring for the sick. 510 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders, 1909. ------. The same. 2. ed. 1 p. 1., 569 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1912. ------. Hospital management, a handbook for hospital trustees, superintendents, training- school principals, physicians, and all who are actively engaged in promoting hospital work. Ed. by Charlotte A. Aikens. 488 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1911. ------. The home nurse's handbook of practical nursing; a manual for use in home nursing classes in Young Women's Christian Associations, [etc.]. 276 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1912. ------. Studies in ethics for nurses. 320 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1916. Aikin (John) [1747-1822]. Observations on the external use of preparations of lead, with some general remarks on topical medicines. 104 pp. 8°. London, J. Johnson, 1771. ------. Reflexions sur les hopitaux. 101pp. 8°. [Paris, 1799.] In tome 2 of: Rec. d. mem. s. 1. etab. d'humanite. 8°. Paris. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biogr., Lond., 1885, i, 185 (A. A. Brodnbb). Aikin (William Arthur). The voice; its physi- ology and cultivation. 2 p. l.,"102 pp., 6 pi. 12°. London, Macmillan dc Co., 1900. .-----. The voice; an introduction to practical phonology. With diagrams, ix, 159 pp. 8°. London, Longmans, Green dc Co., 1910. Aikins (Herbert Austin). See Forel (August). Hygiene of nerves [etc.]. 12°. New York & London, 1907. Ailanthus. Kunckel d'Herculais (I.) Correlation entre la mortality des ailanthes (Ailanthus glandulosa Desf.) et la disparition du bombyekle (Samia cvnthia Drury), son h6te. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clix, 210-212. AINIIUM. Ailhaud (Jean) [1675-1756]. Traite1 de l'origine des maladies et de l'usage de la poudre purgative. . . . Avec un recueil de plusieurs guerisons operees par ce remede. vi, 181 pp. 16°. Avi- gnon, J. Rousset, 1748. .-----. Trattato dell' origine delle malatie e del- 1' uso del polvere purgativa, con una raccolta di molte guariggioni operate per questo rimedio. viii, 249 pp. 24°. Carpentras, G. Quentin, 1756. ■-----. Reponse de M. d'Ailhaud, Baron de Castelet, a la lettre de M. Lorentz, ins6r6 dans le Journal de medecine du mois d'octobre 1772. 184 pp. 24°. Carpentras, D.-G. Quentin, 1772. Aillaud (Amed£e). Des evacuations sanguines dans les maladies febriles. Memoire adresse a l'Academie sur la question suivante, qu'elle avait mise au concours pour 1856: " Quelles sont les indications et les contre-indications san* guines dans les maladies febriles? " (Le prix con- sistant en une medaille d'or de 500 francs a 6te decerneaM. . . .) pp. 183-259. 4°. [Bruxelles, 1855.] Cutting from: M6m. d. concours ... Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1855, iii. Aillaud (Gabriel) [1886- ]. *De la torsion chro- nique du pedicule de la rate mobile. 72 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 22. Aillet (Fernand) [1880- ]. Contribution a 1 'etude des abces du sein pendant la grossesse. 60 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No . 290. Aillet (Henri) [1876- ]. *Contribution a l'etude clinique de l'osteosarcome de l'humerus. 68 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 196. Ailurophobia. Mitchell (S. W.) Of ailurophobia and the power to be conscious of the cat as near, when unseen and unheard. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 851-853. Also, Reprint. Aime (Henri-Marie-Adolphe) [1872- ]. Etude clinique sur le dynamisme nerveux psychique dans les maladies. 256 pp., 1 1. 8 . Nancy, 1897, No. 10. ■ The same. 256 pp., 2 1. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1897. Aime (Marie-Auguste-Paul) [1880- ]. *Recher- ches sur les cellules interstitielles de l'ovaire chez quelques mammiferes. [Nancy.] pp. 95- 143, 3 pi. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 17. ------. The same. pp. 95-143, 3 pi. 8°. Paris, Schleicher freres, 1907. Forms No. 3 of: Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1907, 4. s., vii. Aimes (A.) [1888- ]. *L'heliotherapie. xii, 298 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 99. Ainhum. See, also, Negroes (Morbidity, mortality, and criminology of). Coulogner (J.-Y.-M.) Contribution a l'e- tude de l'ainhum. 8°. Bordeaux, 1895. Abbe(T.) Two cases of ainhum. Med. Rec, N.Y., 1911, lxxix, 478-480. — Alexander (D. M.) & Donaldson (R.) [Case.] Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 858. — d'Almeida (D.) Sobre a pathogenia do ainhum. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1905, iii, 312-326.—Alves de Lima & Rubiao Meira. Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'ctiologie de l'ainhum. Ibid., 148-154.— Anderson (H. B.) [Case.] Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1900-1901, xxxiv, 470.—Argaud (R.) & Brault (J.) Con- tribution k l'etude de l'anatomie pathologique et de la pathogenie de l'ainhum. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1914, vii, 371-375.—Ashley-Emile (L. E.) On the etiology of ainhum. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1905, viii, 33.-----. On the etiology of ainhum. South. African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1909, vii, 116-118.—Babler (E. A.) Ainhum, with report of acase. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 110-114, 2pi. Also: Quart. Bull. M. Dep. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1907-8, 31-36, lpl.—Bass (J. M.) Ainhum, wilh a report of a case. Nash- ville J. M. & S., 1898, lxxxiv, 201-206.—Bernardeau (M.) [Three cases.] Province med., Par., 1912, xxiii, 440.—Bijon (R.) Note sur un cas d'ainhum. Bull. Soc. path. exot.. Par., 1915, viii, 570.—Blum (H. N.) [Case.] Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 651-653.—Brayton (N. D.) Ainhum; AINHUM. 195 AIR. Ainhum. with report of a case. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 87-89.—de Brun (H.) L'ainhum des auteurs constitue-t-il une entite morbide distincte, ou bien n'est-il qu'une modalite de la leprose. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxvi, 248-274.-----. Contribution nouvelle a l'etude de la ques- tion de l'ainhum. Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 325-330, 1 pi— Busslere (J.-A.) Un cas d'ainhum observe a Pondichery. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1904, vii, 214-219, 1 pi.—Camuset. [Do ainhum; algumas consideracoessobreesta molestia ...] Bull. Soc. demed. de Par. (1876), 1877. xi, 92-94.—Crawford (D. G.) [Case.] Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 337.—Dalgetty (A. B.) [Case.] J. Trop. M., Lond., 1899-1900, ii; 193,1 pi.—Faivre. [Case.] Poitou med., Poitiers, 1899, xiii, 50.—Garcia Ma- rruz (S.) [Case.] Rev. de med. cirug. de la Habana, 1915, xx, 381-385.—Gessner (11.B.) [Case.] Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl., 1914-15, ii. 206,1 pi.—Goulart (Z.) Subsidio ao estudo do ainhum. Aivh. brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1912, ii, 325-333.—Herrick (J. B.) [Case.] Chicago M. Re- corder, 1897-8, xiii, 363. .4 Iso: Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 246-248.— d. J. (K.) Ainhum. Tijdschr. v. inland. Geneesk., Ba- tavia, 1900, viii, 41-43, 1 pi.—Kaufman (L. R.) [Case.] Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1915, xxix, 221.—Laurent & Hudellet (G.) [Case.] Bull.Soc.path.exot.,Par., 1911,iv,364-366.— Long (J. H.) [Case] Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1910, iv, 205. — MacFarlane (N. M.) Ainhum. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1907, v, 70.—Manson (P.) Ainhum. In his: Trop. Dis., 12°, Lond., 1903,725-72S.-----. Ainhum. Syst. Med. (Allbutt), Lond., 1907, ii, pt. 2. 72S-73L—Moniz deAragao(E.) [Case.] Rev. demed.et d'hvg. trop., Par., 1910, vii, 205.—Moreira (J.) Ein neuer pathologist-h-anato- mischer und klinischer Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Ainhums. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat., Hamb., 1900, xxx, 361-386. Also, Reprint. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: J. Trop. M., Lond., 1901, iv, 79-82. ■-----. A proposito do ainhum. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1902, xvi, 310.-----. [Cases.] Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1902, vi, 261-272, 1 pi.—Moreira (J.) A Austregesilo (A.) Contribueao ao estudo do ainhum. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1908, xxii, 161; 171. Muir(J.) Noteson aeaseofainhumin South Africa. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1903, vi, 75: 1904, vii, 317.—van Niekerk (J.) Ainhum. South African M. J., Cape Town, 1894-5, ii, 162.—Ortiz y Cofflgny (J.) [Three cases.] Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1907, xi, 347, 1 pi.—Pardee (L. C.) Ain- hum, showing spontaneous amputation of the little toes of both feet. Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass. 1901, N. Y., 1902, 198.— Pillay (J. M.) [Two cases.] Antiseptic, Madras, 1905, ii, 425.—Pineau (E.) [Case.] Bull. Soc. de med. de Par. (1^3), 1884, xviii 126-129.—Rho (F.) Ainhum. Mal. pre- dom. n. paesi caldi e temperati, Roma, 1896, ii. 604-606.— Rolls (J. A.) Ainhum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 2092.—Rosenau (M. J.) & Anderson (J. F.) Ain- hum. Handb. Pract. Treat. [Musser & Kelly], Phila. & Lond., 1911, ii, 715.—Scherck (H. J.) Ainhum, with report of two cases. Med. Mirror, St. Louis, 1897, viii, 224-226 — Silva Lima. Para a historia do ainhum. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1906-7, xxxviii, 356-359.—Sims (G.K.) [Case.] Bi- Month. Bull. Univ. Coll. Med., Richmond. 1897, ii, 59.— Smith (Q. C.) [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xiv, 2015.—Spencer (H. A.) Ainhum. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1907, v, 103.—Stillweil (A. L.) [Case.] Tr. M. Soc.N.Jersey, Newark, 1899,404.—Vi\ie (A.) A propos d'ain- hum. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1905, viii, 145- 148.—Welnstein (H.) A description of ainhum, with report of interesting cases occurring in one family. Proc. Canal Zone M. Ass., Mount Hope, C. Z., 1911-12, iv, 110-121, 5 pi. Also: South. M. J., Nashville, 1913; vi, 651-656.—Wellman (F. C.) Ainhum and leprosy; a critical note. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1905, viii, 285. -----. A case of ainhum in its earlier stages. Ibid.,343.-----. A suggestion as to the probable re- lation of chiggers to ainhum. Ibid., 1906, ix, 31. -----. A criticism of some of the theories regarding the etiology of goundou and ainhum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 636-638. -----. Etiologie de l'ainhum. Rev. de med. et d'hyg. trop., Par., 1906, iii, 76-80.-----. An advanced case of ainhum, with some remarks on Sarcopsylla penetrans as a cause of the disease. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond., 1908, xi, 117.— Wellman (F. C.) & McFarland (J.) The intermediate host in ainhum. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 243.— Wheatland (M. F.) [Case.] Ibid., 1905, xiv, 631.—Wolff (B.) [Case.] Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1899, iii, 3— Zambaco pacha. L'ainhum des auteurs constitue-t-il une entite' morbide distincte, ou bien n'est-il qu'une modalite de la leprose? Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxvi, 96-132. Also: Rev. med.-pharm., Con- stant., 1896, ix, 127; 143. Ainos. von Baelz (E.) Zur Frage der Rassen-Verwandschaft der Ainos. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop., 1901, 247. -----. Die Riu-Kiu-Insulaner; die Aino und andere kau- kasierahnliche Reste in Ostasien. Sitzungsb. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1911-12, 133-137.—Bickmore (A. S.) Some notes on the Ainos. Tr. Ethn. Soc. Lond., 1867, n. s., vii, 16-26.—Hitchcock (R.) The Ainos of Yezo, Japan. Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1889-90, Wash., 1891, 429-502, 37 pi.— Koganei (J.) Kurze Mittheilung fiber Untersuchungen an lebenden Aino. Arch. f. Anthrop., Brnschwg., 1896, xxiv, 1-39.—Alasugi (A.) Ueber die Plica semilunaris conjuncti- Ainos. va3 der Aino, insbesondere die Knorpelplatte in derselben. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1911-12, xiv, 495- 506,1 pi.—Sakakl (Y.) Ueber die Ohrmuschel der Ainu; eine anthropologische Studie. Mitth. a. d. med. Fac. d. k.- jap. Univ., Tokyo, 1903-4, vi, 25-60, 4 pi., 6tab.—Sternberg (L.) The inaucult of the Ainu. Boas Anniv. Vol., N. Y., 1906, 425-437, 2 pi. Ainslie (Sir Whitelaw) [1767-1837]. Jackson (B. D.) Biography. Diet. Nat. Biogr., Lond., 1885, i, 190. Ainsworth (William Francis) [1807-96]'. A per- sonal narrative of the Euphrates expedition. 2 v. xv, 447 pp., 1 map; vii, 492 pp. 8°. Lon- don, K. Paul, Trench dc Co., 1888. For Biography, see Lancet, Lond., 1896, ii, 1798. Ainsworth (William Harrison). Old Saint Paul's. A tale of the plague and the fire. Author's copyright ed. 195 pp. 8°. London, H. Rout- ledge dc Sons, [1895 vel subseq.]. Air. See, also, Argon; Gases. Buchan (A.) The physics and chemistry of the voyage of H. M. S. Challenger. Part V. Re- port on atmospheric circulation. 4°. [Edin- burgh], 1889. Cohen (J. B.) The air of towns. 8°. Wash- ington, 1896. Duesberg (F. O.) *De justo aeris a5quilibrio ad vitam animalem necessario. 4°. Duisburgiv 1764. Hambergertjs (G. E.) [Pr.] de aere cor- poribus incluso. [Cum vita candidati Justi Conradi Wilh. Mogen.] sm. 4°. Jense, 1749. Henshaw (N.) Aero-chalinos; or a register for the air; in five chapters. 1. Of fermentation. 2. Of chylification. 3. Of respiration. 4. Of sanguification. 5. That often changing air is a friend to health; also a discovery of a new method of doing it, without removing from one place to another, by means of a domicil or air chamber fitted to that purpose. For the better preser- vation of health, and cure of diseases, after a new method. 16°. Dublin, 1664. Kovacs (J.) *Sur la determination du poids du litre d'air atmospherique. 8°. Geneve, 191£. Lindemann (M. F. A.) *Die Radioaktivitat der Atmosphare in Kiel und ihre Abhangigkeit von meteorologischen Faktoren. 8°. Kiel, 1911. Lutze (G.) & Everling (E.) Physikalische Untersuchungen im Freiballon. 8°. Halle a. S.. 1914. Macfie (R. C.) Air and health. 8° London, 1909. Optjsculum repertorii pronosticon in muta- tiones aeris tarn via astrologica quam metheoro- logica uti sapientes experientia comperientes voluerunt perquam utilissime ordinatum in- cipit sidere fehci et primo prohemium. 49 ff. [In fine:] Hyppocratis libellus de medicorum astrologia finit: a Petro de Abbano in latinum traductus. Impressus est arte ac diligentia mira Erhardi Ratdolt de Augusta, imperante inclyto Mocenico duce Venetorum anno salutiferae incar- nationis 1485. sm. 4°. Venetijs. Renaudin (P.) Reflexions sur l'air atmos- pherique, ses alterations, son influence sur le corps humain, et moyens de corriger son infec- tion dans les hopitaux, specialement celui de Lyon. 8°. Lyon, [n. d.]. Schmidt (F. W.) Die Luft darin wir leben. 12°. Bremen, [1904]. Tassilly (E.) *L'atmosphere terrestre. 8°. Paris, 1899. Ecole de pharmacie. AIR. 196 AIR. Air. Vogel (E.) Ueber die Temperaturverande- Tungen von Luft beim Stromen durch eine Drosselstelle. 8°. Munchen, 1909. Repr.from: Sitzungsb. d. k.-bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch., Munchen, 1909, xxxix. Bell (A. N.) Air and its properties as related to health. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1903, i, 1-16.—Berndt (G.) Der Elek- trizitatshaushalt der Atmosphare. Naturwissenschaften, Berl., 1914, ii, 760-764.—Bigelow (F. H.) Studies on the general circulation of the earth's atmosphere. Am. J. Sc, N. Haven, 1910, xxix, 277-292.—Brezina (E.) Die Beschaf- fenheit der Luft in kleingewerblichen Betrieben Wiens. Wien. Arb. a. d. Geb. d. soz. Med., Wien & Leipz., 1910,136- 148.—Brinch (T.) [Does ionized air affect the human body, and in what manner?] Ugesk. f. Lseger, Kj0benh., 1914, lxxvi, 328-341.—Chowne (W. D.) On the movement of at- mospheric air in tubes. J. Pub. Health, Lond., 1856, ii, 193.—Cockenower (J. W.) Air; its use and abuse. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 842.—Cristiani (H.) Essai de coniometrie de l'air. Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 14, 237-242.—Cutter (E.) Air is food; nitro- gen. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 365.—Enig6n y Costa (D.) Accion higienica del aire. Rev. med. de Se- villa, 1911, lvii, 359-366.—Eve (A. S.) Sur l'ionisation de Patmosphere par les substances radioactives. Radium, Par., 1911. viii, 63-66.—Fabre (A.) L'air. J. d'hyg., Par., 1908, xxxiii, 20; 28.—Firket (A.) Determination de la tem- perature moyenne quotidienne de l'air. Cong, internat. d'hydrol. et. de climatol. C.-r., Liege, 1898, v, 418-421 — Frankland (P. F.) The atmosphere and some of its con- stituents, J. State M., Lond., 1901, ix, 458-475.—Gerardin ( A.) Epuration de l'air par le sol. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1901, cxxxii, 157-159.—Grfehant (N.) Nouvelles recherches physiologiques sur l'air confine. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1905, 3. s., liv, 402-404.—Hladik (J.) Atmome- terstudie. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1909, lxx, 355- 372.—Hubbard (T.) The air we breathe; a study of tem- perature, humidity and dust contents. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1914, xxiv, 750-760.—Kent (W-), Crowell (W. J.) & Jones (L. C.) The air we breathe. Science, N. Y. & Lan- caster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 486-491.—Kugler (M.) Die Luft als wichtigtes Nahrungsmittel der Menschen. Allg. deutsche Nahr.- u. Genussmit.-Kunde, Munchen, 1898, l, 300; 306.—Kurz (K.) Die Beeinflussung der Ergebnisse luftelektrischer Messungen durch die festen radioaktiven Stoffe der Atmosphare. Ber. d. oberhess. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Giessen, 1907-8, naturw. Abt., ii, 1-71.—Lefevre (J.) Quelques observations sur la calorimetrie dans l'air. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1898, 10. s., v, 415-417.— Lussana (S.) Osservazioni di-conducibilita elettrica del- P atmosfera, fatte durante il passaggio della cometa di Halley. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1910, 5. s., ii, 165.—McClelland (J. A.) & Kennedy (H.) The large ions in the atmosphere. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Dubl., 1912, Sect. A, xxx, 72-91.—Moore (E. W.) Air, a factor in diges- tion. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiii, 842.—Noell (F.). Ueber die Temperaturanderung von Luft bei Expansion ohne ■aussere Arbeitsleistung bei Drucken bis zu 150 Atmos- pharen und Temperaturen von +250° bis —55° C; vorlaufige Mitteilung. Sitzungsb. d. math.-phys. CI. d. kgl. bayer. Akad. d. Wissensch. zu Munchen, 1913, 213-222— Paulsen (A.) [Methods for the measuring of the electric tension of the air and on Dr. Mygge's remarks on the electricity of the air.] Nord. Tidsskr. f. Terapi, Kjft>enh., 1903-4, ii, 172-176.— Piccini (A.) II sistema periodico di Mendelejeff e i nuovi componenti dell' aria. Orosi, Firenze, 1898, xxi, 361-371.— Priestley (J.) Experiments relating to the decomposition of dephlogisticated and inflammable air. Phil. Tr., Lond., 1791, 213-222. Also, Reprint.—Russell (F. A. R.) The at- mosphere in relation to human life and health. Rep. Smith- son. Inst. 1895, Wash., 1896, 203-348. Also, Reprint — Schaefer (T. W.) Recent discoveries of the atmosphere; a comprehensive generalized biological study of the atmos- phere; the biological importance of the warm, protective, atmospheric layer surrounding our earth. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1910, xxvi, 75; 150; 214; 219; 278; 336; 414.— Treiat (G.) La salubrity atmospherique dans les villes. Hygiene gen. et appliq., Par., 1907, ii, 671-680.—de Varigny (H.) Air and life. Rep. Smithson. Inst. 1895, Wash., 1896, 135-201. Also, Reprint.—Waller (A. D.) & Collingwood (B. J.) Observations on density-measurements. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond., 1904, pp. xxxvii-xliii.—Watt (W. E.) Dry air and its effect on health. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909-10, n. s., vi, 374-377.—Ziffer. Ueber die Wirkung der einzelnen atmospharischen Elemente auf die Atmungsor- gane und auf das Blut. Ztschr. f. klimat. Kurorte u. San., Munchen, 1900, i, 129-131. Air (Alveolar). See Air (Residual). Air (Analysis of). See Air (Chemistry of). Air (Artificial). Kassner (G.) Ueber kiinstlichen Ersatz verbrarchten Sauerstoffs in der Athmungsluft geschlossener Raume. Air (Artificial). Pharm. Centralhalle, Dresd., 1899, n. F., xx, 307; 326.—La- borde & Jaubert (G.-F.) L'air artificiel, son application a la navigation sous-marine et a la medecine. Bull. Accad. de med., Par., 1899, 3. s., xli, 124-127. Also: Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1899, lxxii, 108. Air (Bacteriology of). See, also, Air as a carrier of infection. Dyar (H. G.) On certain bacteria from the air of New York City. 8°. New York, 1895. In: Stud. Dep. Path. Coll. Phys. & Surg., Columbia Coll., N. Y., 1894-5, iv. Cutting from: Ann. N. York Acad. Sc, N. Y., 1895, viii. Lapchinski (F. F.) *Sposob! kolichestven- navo opredieleniya mikro-organizmov v vozdu- kie i ikh sravnitelnaya otsienka. [Methods of quantitative determination of microorganisms in the air and their comparative evaluation.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Pompeani (J.) *Recherches sur les microor- ganismes de 1'atmosphere et analyse bacteriolo- gique de l'air de la ville d'Ajaccio. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1911. Ecole de pharmacie. Winslow (C. E. A.) & Browne (W. W.) The microbic content of indoor and outdoor air. 8°. Washington, 1914. Repr.from: Month. Weather Rev., Wash., 1914, xiii, 452. Andrewes (F. W.) On the bacterial flora of London air. Tr. Path. Soc. Lona., 1902-3, liv, 43-48.—Browne (W. W.) Bacteria in city, country and indoor air. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xiii, 351.—Cavel (L.) Sur Pentrainement de germes microbiens dans Patmosphere par pulverisation d'eau polluee. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clviii, 896-898. — Dove (R. A.) An in- vestigation into the bacteriology (aerobic) of the air as found in schools. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 599-602.— Ficker (M.) Zur Methodik der bakteriologischen Luft- untersuchung. Ztschr. f. Hyg.u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1896, xxii, 33-52, 1 pi.-----. Eine neue Methode der bakteriologischen, Luftuntersuchung. Arch. f. Hyg., Miin.- chen & Berl., 1909, lxix, 48-53.—Flemming. Ueber die Arten und die Verbreitung der lebensfahigen Mfkroorganis- men in der Atmosphare. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- krankh., Leipz., 1908, lviii, 345-385.—Gordon (M. H.) Re- port on a bacterial test for estimating pollution of air. Rep. Med. Off. Local Bd. 1902-3, Lond., 1904, 421-471, 2 pi., 1 diag—Graham-Smith (G. S.) The microorganisms in the air of the House of Commons. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1903, iii, 498-514.—Hahn (M.) Die Bestimmung und meteoro- logische Verwertung der Keimzahl in den hoheren Luft- schichten. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, li, Orig., 97-114.—Hewlett (R. T.) The bacteriological ex- amination of air with reference to pollution. J. Prevent. M., Lond., 1905, xiii, 294-296— Lanick (A.) Bazillen und Grossstadtluft. Mikrokosmos, Stuttg., 1914-15, viii, 146.— M. Die Zygomyceten der Luft. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Wei- mar, 1898, iv, 29-37.—Macfadyen (A.) & Lunt (J.) Bac- teria and dust in air. Tr. Brit. Inst. Prevent. Med., Lond., 1897,142-151, lpl.—Maestro (L.) I batteri dell' aria. Cor- riere san., Milano, 1896, No. 51, 3; No. 52, 4-6.—Mareuge. Sur les germes atmospheriques. J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1895, lxvi, 900.—Martinelli (A.) Alcune ricerche bat> teriologiche e chimiche sull' aria delle abitazioni di Bologna. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano, 1903, xxv, 491-501.—Pav- lovskl (A. D.) [Bacteria in the air.] Dnevnik Syezda Mosk.-Peterb. Med. Obsh. 1885, S.-Peterb., 1886, i, 68.— Pouchet. Remarques sur les objections relatives aux proto- organismes* rencontres dans Poxygene et Pair artificiel. Compt. rend. Acad. d. scv Par., 1859, xlviii, 148-158.— Quenu & Landel. Les micro-organismes de Pair dans les salles d'operation et d'hdpital; recherche d'un procede de disinfection. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 1184-1233. — Rettger (L. F.) A new and im- proved method of enumerating air bacteria. J. Med. Re- search, Bost., 1910, xxii, 461-468.—Roux. Analyse micro- bienne de Pair. Independ. med., Par., 1896, ii, 89.—Ruehle (G. L. A.) Methods of bacterial analyses of air. J. Agric. Research, Wash., 1915, iv, 343-368.-----. Recent methods of bacterial air analysis. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1915, v, 603-607.—Russell (E.)& Porter(A.E.) Inquiry into the chemical and bacteriological condition of the air of school- rooms. J. StateM., Lond., 1901, ix, 322-328.- Schtitze(H.) Untersuchungen uber die Haufigkeit bestimmter Bakterien (namentlich Sarcinen) in der Luft und deren Herkunft. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1912, lxxvi, 293-299.— Segale (M.) Sui contenuto in germi dell' atmosfera del- P Atlantico del Sud. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1908, xxiii, 50-53. Also, transl.: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1908-9, 1, 73-76.—Shibuya. Ueber das Vorkommen der Mikroorganismen in der Luft. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi, 112-125.—Thiersch (W.) Ueber den Keimgehalt der Luft zahnarzthcher Opera- AIR. 197 AIR. Air (Bacteriology of). tionszimmer. Schweiz. \ rtljschr. f. Zahnh., Winterthur A Geneve, 1902, xii, 311-317.—Trillat (A.) & Fouassier. In- fluence de la radioactivite de l'air sur les gouttelettes micro- biennes de 1 'atmosphere. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clix, SI7-819.—Weinzirl (J.) & Fos (Maud V.) Bac- teriological methods for air analysis. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909-10, n.s.,vi, 633-638— Wcnner( J. J.) The relative merits of the bubbling method of enumerating air bacteria. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xli, 663.—Whipple (M. C.) The results of studies upon the dust and bacteria content of tho air of cities. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1915, v, 725-737.—Winslow (C.-E. A.) A new method of enumer- ating bacteria in air. Science, N. Y., A Lancaster, Pa., 190S- n. s., xxviii. 2S-3L—Winslow (C.-E. A.) & Robinson (E. A.) An investigation of the extent of the bacterial pollution of the atmosphere by mouth-spray. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909-10, n. s., vi, 566-569. Also: J. Infect. Dis., Chi- cago, 1910, vii, 17-37. A Iso, Reprint. Air (Chemistry of). See, abo, Carbon dioxide; Nitrogen; Oxygen; Ozone; Respiration (Chemistry of). Adjarova-Tomilova (Raissa). *De la deter- mination du sulfure de carbone dans l'air. 8°. Geneve, 1911. Barth (J.) *Sur une nouvelle methode de recherche de l'acide sulfhydrique dans Fair. 8°. Geneve, 1909. Benedict (F. G.) The composition of the atmosphere, with special reference to its oxygen content. 8°. Washington, 1912. Carnegie Inst. Publication, No. 166. Breithaupt (J.-F.) Contribution a l'etude de I'absorption des oxydes d'azote dilues dans l'air par des dissolvants organiques. 8°. Ge- neve, 1910. Freimann (Marie). *Essais comparatifs sur la valeur des principales methodes de determina- tion de l'acide carbonique de l'air. 8°. Geneve, 1909. Jackson (G.) *Tentamen chemico-medicum inaugurate de aere com muni. 8°. Edinburgi, 1822. Koxig (E.) * Apparat zur Bestimmung der atmospharischen Kohlensaure nach Prof. Rosen- thal verbessert von Regierungsrat Dr. Ohlmul- ler. 8°. Bern. 1901. Krikliviy (A. A.) *Sposobi opredieleniya uglekisloti v vozdukhie Nagorskavo-Subbotina i uproshtshenniy Brttera. [The methods of Na- gorski and Subbotin, and the improyed one of Bitter, for determining carbon dioxide in the air.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. Lashtshexko (P. N.) Izsliedovaniye vozdu- kha (opredieleniye uglekisloti. [Analysis of the air (determination of carbonic dioxide).] 8°. Kharkov, 1896. Lauenshtein (A. F.) *Sravnitelnayaotsienka niekotorikh uproshtshennikh sposobov oprediele- niya uglekisloti v vozdukhie. [Relative estima- tion of various simplified methods of determining carbonic acid in the air.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1903. Levashofp (V. A.) *0 sposobakh izsliedo- vaniya kachestv vozdukha zhilikh pomieshtshe- niy pri pomoshtshi rastvorov margantsoyo-kis- lavo kali. [On the methods of qualitative analysis of the air of dwellings by means of potas- sium permanganate.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Muller (O.) *Versuche iiber den Kohlen- sauregehalt der Luft in einigen Salen der opti- schen Werkstatte von Carl Zeiss. [Jena.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1898. Ramsay (W.) The gases of the atmosphere; the history of their discovery. 8°. London, 1902. Sulima-Samtjilo (A. F.) *K voprosu ob otsienkie niekotorikh priborov dlya ga.zometri- cheskavo opredieleniya uglekisloti v vozdukhie. [Estimation of various apparatus for the gaso- Air (Chemistry of). metric analysis of carbonic acid in the air.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1904. Tebb (W. S.) The chemical and bacterio- logical condition of the air on the City & South London Railway. 12°. London, 1905. Warynski (T.) *Etude sur l'oxydation a l'air des solutions de sulfate ferreux en presence de sels mineraux. 8°. Geneve, 1910. Ascher. Die Luftuntersuchungen in Manchester. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1907, xxxix, 652-668. — Bleier ( O. ) Eintragbarer Apparat fiir hygienische Luftanalysen (Kohlensaurebestimmung). Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1898, xxvii, 111-115.—Boltzmann (A.) Ein Apparat zur Bestim- mung des Kohlensauregehaltes der Luft nach dem Hal- daneschen Prinzip. Ztschr. f. biol. Techn. u. Method., Strassb., 1912-14, iii, 315-321— Brown (E. W.) Important features in the technique of carbon dioxide estimations in air. U. S. Naval M. Bull., Wash., 1911, v, 457-459, 2 tab. -----. A portable air sampling apparatus for the collection of large volumes. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1915, v, 901- 903.—Brown (H. T.) & Escombe (F.) On a new method for the determination of atmospheric carbon dioxide, based on the rate of its absorption by a free surface of a solution of caustic alkali. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1905, lxxvi, [Biol. Sel, 112-117.—Brusyanin (N.) [Simplified method of determining carbenic acid in the air after Bitter. 1 Obshtsh.- san. Obozr., S.-Peterb., 1896, i, 538-540. —Butterfleld (W. J. A.) Chemical analyses of the air in the House of Commons. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1903, iii, 486-497.---—. The analysis of air. Analyst, Lond., 1909, xxxiv, 257-274.— Calvi (G.) Nuovo apparecchio per determinare Panidride carbonica dell'aria col metodo di Lunge e Zeckendorf. Riv. d'ig e san. pubb., Torino, 1910, xxi, 329-333.—Carnot (A.) Rapport sur des experiences faites a PObservatoire de Montsouris, relatives a- la composition de l'air atmosphe- rique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, exxxv, 89-92.— Chassevant (A.) Procede de recherche et de dosage des vapeurs de benzine dans Patmosphere. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 1009. — Chlopin (G. W.) Ein neues Verfahren zur Bestimmung des Sauerstoffs in Gasge- mengen. Arch. f. Hyg.,Miinchen & Leipz., 1898, xxxiv, 71- 85.—Claude (G.) Surlacomposition de 1 'airatmospherique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviii, 1454-1456.— Coates (J. E.) Eine Untersuchung derleichteren Bestand- teile der Luft. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. & Berl., 1907, lviii, 625-629.—Cristiani (H.) & de Michelis. Un appareil tres simple pour la determination rapide de l'acide carbonique de l'air. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 393-395.—Crowder (T. R.), Graham-Rogers (C. T.) [etal.]. Third progress report of the Committee on Standard Methods for the Examination of Air. Am. J. Pub. Health, N. Y., 1915, v, 250-254.—Crowder (T. R.), Rosenau (M. J.) [et al.]. Progress report of committees on standard methods for the examination of air. Ibid., 1913, iii, 78-86.—Davies (S. H.) & McLellan (B. G.) A rapid method for determin- ing carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. J. Soc Chem. Indust., Lond., 1909, xxviii, 232-234.—Dezeuzes (E.) Sur le dosage dans Pair de proportions d'hydrogene variant de 0 h, 10 p. 100. Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1908, xc, 385-393,1 pi.—Ditte (A.) Les metaux dans Patmosphere. Rev. scient., Par., 1904, 5. s.. ii, 709-717.—Doherty (W. M.) The estimation of carbon dioxide in the air; a simple and expeditious method. Chem. News, Lond., 1914, cix, 281.— Fitz (G. W.) A simple and accurate method of carbon dioxide determination, with demonstration. J. Mass. Ass. Bds. Health, Bost., 1899-1900, ix, 5-12.—Frederick (R. C.) The estimation of carbon diox- ide in air by Haldane's apparatus. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1916, xxxv, 96-99.—Gorboff (A. I.) [Method of determining the qualities of the air by aid of potassium manganate solution.] J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdravv S.-Peterb., 1902, xii, 537-551.—Heidenhain (M.) Die Nilblaubase als Reagens auf die Kohlensaure der Luft. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903,1, 2041.—Henriet (II.) Sur Paeide formique atmospherique. Compt.rend. Acad.d.sc, Par., 1903, exxxvi, 1465-1467.-----. La formaldehyde at- mospherique. Rev. d'hyg.. Par., 1905, xxvii, 235-238.— Jean (F.) Sur le dosage de 1'oxyde de carbone et de l'acide carbonique dans les airs vicies. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1902, exxxv, 746-748. — Lauensteln (A. F.) [Com- parison of the various simplified methods of determining the carbonic acid gas in the atmosphere.] J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1903, xiii, 422-428.— Leduc (A.) The densities of nitrogen, oxygen and argon, and the composition of atmospheric air. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1898, xl, 411-414.—Lee (F. S.) Laboratory experiments with air. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 162.5-1628. Also, Reprint.—Lehmann (K. B.) Die Bestimmung minimaler Schwefelwasserstoflmengen in der Luft. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1897, xxx, 262-266.—Letts (E. A.) The carbonic anhydride of the atmosphere. Pub. Health, Lond., 1900-1901, xiii, 31.—Letts (E. A.) & Blake (R. F.) The carbonic anhydride of the atmosphere. Scient. Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc, 1899-1900, n. s., ix, 107-270, 3 diag.-----------. On some problems connected with atmospheric carbonic anhydride and on a new and accurate method for determin- AIR. 198 AIR. Air (Chemistry of). ing its amount suitable for scientific expeditions. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc, Lond., 1900, 693-696—Lewaschew (W.) Zur Kohlensaurebestirnmung in der Luft. Hyg- Rund- schau, Berl., 1897, vii, 433-436.—Mackie (W.) A handy method of determining the amount of carbonic acid in air. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1905, v, 201-222—Moore (R. B.) The rare gases of the atmosphere. Chem. News, Lond., 1911, ciii, 242-245.—Mosso (A.) Analyse de l'air pris de la chemi- nee des machines, durant la traction dans les tunnels dei Giovi, en injectant de Poxygene dans le foyer. Arch. ital. de biol., .Turin, 1901, xxxv, 103—Ogier (J.) & Kohn- Abrest (E.) Sur la recherche des petites quantites d'oxyde de carbone dans l'air. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1907, 4. s., viii, 385-407.—de la Puerta (G.) Analyse rapide de Pair atmos- pherique; appareil pour realiser cette analyse. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, vii, 19-21.—Report of the committee on standard methods for the examination of air. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1908, Columbus, 1909, xxxiv, pt. 1, 239-243. Continued in: Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909, xix, 329-333: 1910, xx, 346- 360.—Schwarz (L.) & Munchmeyer (G.) Ueber oxyda- ble Substanzen in der Luft. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektions- krankh., Leipz., 1912, Ixxi, 371-384. Also, Reprint.—Seidell (A.) & Meserve (P. W.) The determination of minute amounts of sulphur dioxide in air. Chem. News, Lond., 1914, ex, 17-19. — Spitta. Die Bestimmung kleiner Koh- lenoxydmengen in der Luft. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1903, xlvi, 284-310—Talbot (M.) On the determina- tion of organic matter in air. Technol. Quart., Bost., 1887-8, i, 29-34.—Teisserenc de Bort (L.) Recherches sur la presence des gaz rares dans Patmosphere k diverses hau- teurs. Compt.rend. Acad.d.sc, Par., 1908,cxlvii, 219-221 — Test for carbon monoxid in the atmosphere. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lxi, 1475.—Tison. Les gaz inertes de Patmosphere. Actuality med., Par., 1909, xxi, 7-9.—Wei- chardt(W.) & Kelber (C.) Ueber Luftuntersuchungen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1889-1891—Wetzke (T.) Drager-Luftpriifer Aeronom zur Untersuchung der Zimmerluft. Zentralbl. f. Gewerbehyg., Berl., 1913, i, 346- 349.—Whitney (J. L.) A practical container for air samples. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 1024. Also, Reprint.— Whyte (G. D.) Report on analysis of air within mosquito nets. J.Trop.M.,Lond.,1910,xiii,246— Winslow (C.E. A.) & Palmer(G.T.) The effect upon appetite of the chemical constituents ofthe air of occupied rooms. Proc Sec. Exper. Biol. & Med^, N. Y., 1914-15. xii, 141-144.—Wolpert (H.) Ueber den Kohlensauregehalt der Kleiderluft. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1896, xxvii, 291-307.—Woodman (A. G.) & Richards (Ellen H.) Air testing for engineers. Technol. Quart., Bost., 1901, xiv, 92-104. Air (Compressed). See, also, Air (Pressure of); Caisson disease. Gushtsha (A. A.) *0 vhyanii povishennavo atmosfernavo davleniya na sostav krovi u kroli- kov; eksperimentalnoye izsliedovaniye pri soo- ruzhenii kessonov Dvortsovavo mosta v S.-Pe- terburgie. [Influence of increased atmospheric pressure upon the composition of the blood in rabbits; experimental investigation at the coffer- dam erection for the Palace Bridge of St. Peters- burg.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1913. Irms (G.) *Das Verhalten der Blutgefasse bei der Kompression des Gehirns durch komprimierte Luft. [Greifswald.] 8°. Warmbrunn, 1908. Bornstein (A.) Physiologie und Pathologie des Lebens in verdichteter Luft. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 923- 928.—Carnot(P.) Lecoup depression. Presse mod., Par., 1906, xiv, 549-553.—Cohen (S. S.) An improved apparatus for the therapeutic inspiration of compressed air. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1884-5, vii, 142-145.—Greenwood (M.) Arris and Gale lectures on the physiological and pathological effects which follow exposure to compressed air. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 914-918. Also, Reprint.—Heller (R.), Mager (W.) & von Schrotter (H.) Beobachtungen iiber physiologische Veranderungen der Stimme und des Gehors bei Aenderung des Luftdruckes. Aus den Unter- suchungen iiber "Luftdruckerkrankungen." Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. CI., Wien, 1897, cvi, 5-37.—Hill (L.) The physiology of submarine work. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1911, Lond., 1912, 634-647.—Kuhn (F.) Der Luftkompressor in der Medizin. Verhandl. d. Gesell- sch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1909, Leipz, 1910, lxxxi, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 115.—Lewis (F. T.) The physiological effects of compressed air. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxix, 338-341 — von Liebig (G.) Die Pulsfrequenz in der pneumatischen Kammer. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 486.— Quincke (H.) Experimentelles iiber Luftdruckerkran- kungen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1910, • lxii, 464-493. Air (Compressed) as remedy. Houssay (F.) *De l'emploi therapeutique de l'air comprime; de sa vulgarisation au moyen Air (Compressed) as remedy. d'un appareil transportable. [Paris.] 4°. Romorantin, 1896. Milliet (J.) Compressed air as a remedial agent. 8°. Nice, 1855. Mosso (A.) Sull' azione fisiologica dell' aria compressa. Esperienze ed osservazioni. 8°. Torino, 1877. Repr.from: Atti d. r. Accad. d. sc. di Torino, xii. Bonte (G.) Pneumatische Kabinette und deren maschi- nelle Einrichtung. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 1903, xxvi, 365-368.—Cornell (K.) Compressed air for operating- room and emergency use. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 182.—Corning (J. L.) The use of compressed air to enhance and prolong the action of remedies upon the cerebro- spinal axis; synopsis of experiences in applying the method over six thousand times. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 529- 532. — Evler (C.) Handliche regulierbare Vorrichtung zur Einatmung verdichteter Luft. Med. Klin., Berl., 1906, ii, 116.—Herrera (A. L.) &. Vergara Lope (D.) Estudios acerca de las aplicaciones terapeutieas del aire enrarecido. Mem. Soc. cient. "Antonio Alzate,'' Mexico, 1894-5, viii, 111- 115.—Hoffenreich, jr. Die pneumatische Kammer und ihr therapeutischer Werth. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, 257.—Kuhn (F.) Der Luftkompressor im Kran- kenhaus. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.) C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect., vii, Chirurg., 744-746.—McLean (W. S.) Ap- paratus for heating and medicating compressed air. [Pat. spec] No. 514,956; Feb. 20, 1894.—Ullmann (H. J.) Ap- paratus for utilizing city water pressure to furnish com- pressed air for atomizers. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 244. Air (Deglutition of). See Aerophagia. Air (Disinfection of). See Air {Purification of). Air (Expired). See, also, Air (Impurities in); Respiration (Chemistry of). Amoss (H. L.) Organic matter in the expired breath with especial reference to its inhibiting power of oxidizing ferments. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xvii, 132- 151.—Azzi (A.) Influenza dell' alcoolsulla quantita d'acqua emessa con Paria espirata. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1913, lxvii, 811-824. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1914, lxi, 194-202.-----. Sull' acqua eliminata con la respirazione in diverse condizioni dell' organismo normale. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1913, lxvii, 845-858. -----. Sulla temperatura del- 1'aria espirata. Ibid., 1914, Ixviii, 441-460. -----. Ricerche sperimentali sulla temperatura dell' aria espirata del cane. Ibid , 1916, lxx, 328-336.—Berry (E.) Relative humidity of expired air. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 1914, xix, 452-454.—Bienfalt. Un nouvel appareil pour doser le degre de viciation de l'air, carbacidometre et car- boxvdometre. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1897, xxxvi, 247-254.—Billings (J. S.), MitcheU (S. W.) & Bergey (D. II.) The composition of expired air and its effects upon ani- mal life. Rep. Smithson. Inst. 1895, Wash., 1896, 389-412. Also, Reprint.—Douglas (C. G.) A method of determining the total respiratory exchange in man. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1911, xiii, p. xvii.—Farmachidis (C.) Ricerche sperimentali sulla presenza di antropotossine nell' aria espi- rata. Policlin., Roma, 1913, xx, sez. med., 116-138, 1 pi.— Formanek (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Giftigkeit der Exspirationsluft. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 141; 163; 181. Galeotti (G.), Scaffldl (V.) & Barkan (C.) Sulla temperatura dell' aria espirata. Atti d. lab. scient. A. Mosso [etc.], Torino, 1914, iv, 319-329. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1914, lxii, 411-420.—Gardenghl(G. F.) Ricerche intorno all' aria espirata e confinata. Gior. d. r. Soc. ital. d'ig., Milano, 1904, xxvi, 327; 386; 421.—Henriet (H.) & Bouyssy(M.) Sur une methode demesuredu degre de viciation d'une atmosphereconfinee. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, clii, 1180-1183.—Hill (L.), Rowlands (R. A.) & Walker (H. B.) The relative influence of the heat and chemical impurity of close air. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1910, xli, p. hi.—Lange (B.) Ueber den Nach- weis von Giftstoflen der Ausatmungsluft am isolierten Froschherzen. Ztschr.f. Hyg.u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1914, Ixxviii, 65-86. — Linenthal (H.) A review of the literature on the composition of expired air. Month. Bull. State Bd. Health Mass., Bost., 1912, vii, 155-165 — Loewy (A.) & Gerhartz (H.) Ueber die Temperatur der Exspirationsluft und der Lungenluft. Arch. f. d. ges. Phy- siol., Bonn, 1913, civ, 231-244.—MOrner (C. T.) [Zur Frage von der Giftigkeit der Ausatmungsluft, beleuchtet von den Resultaten neuerer Untersuchungen. Uebers.,.p. i.l Up- sala Liikaref. Forh., 1900-1901, n. F., vi, 1-14.—Xussbaum (H. C.) Enthiilt die Ausathmungsluft Gifte? Gesundh.- Ingenieur, Miinchen, 1901, xxiv, 56-58— Osborne (W. A.) Water in expired air. J. Physiol., Lond., 1913, xlvii, p. xii.—Rauer. Untersuchungen iiber die Giftigkeit der Ex- AIR. 199 AIR. Air (Expired). spirationstuft. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1894, xv, 189.—Rosenau (M. J.) & Amoss (H. L.) Organic matter in the expired breath. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1911, xxv, 35-84.—Ruiicka (S.) Kritische und experimentelle Stu- dien uber die Frage der Giftigkeitder Exspirationsluft. Mo- natschr. f. Gsndhtspflg., Wien, 1900, xviii, 80-85.—Symes (W. L.) The relation between the density of expired air and respiratory quotient. Proc. Physiol. Soc Lond., 1904, pp. lii-lv— Weichardt (W.) Ueber Eiweissspaltprodukte in der Ausatemluft. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1911, lxxiv, 1S5-193.—Weichardt (W.) & Schwenk (E.) Ueber verbrauchte Luft. V. Ztschr. f. d. ges. exper. Med., Berl., 1913, i, 282-295.-Weisman (C.) Biochemical studies of expired air in relation to ventilation. Biochem. Bull. N Y., 1913, ii, 558— Willoughby (E. F.) The impurities of ex- pired air and ochletic poisoning. San. Rec, Lond., 1897, n. s., xx, 193. Air (Ground). See Ground air. Air (Hot). See Aerothermotherapy. Air (Impurities in). See, also, Air (Expired). Ackermann (J. C. H.) Versuch iiber die Pruning der Luftgiite. 12°. Leipzig, 1791. Bergey (D. H.) Methods for the determina- tion of organic matter in air. 8°. Washington, 1896. Dulac (J.) L'air; effets de son impurete' sur la sante; principes d'hygiene; moyens de pro- longer la vie; dangers a eviter; nos ennemis in- visibles. 8°. Paris, 1909. Hessler (R.) Dusty air and ill health. 8°. [Indianapolis],. 1912. Liefmann (H.) *Ueber den Nachweis von Russ in der Luft. 8°. Halle a. S., 1907. Atmospheric pollution; investigation in Manchester. Lancet, Lond., 1915, i 1144.—Baskerville (C.) Air impuri- ties; dust, fumes, and gases. Am. Labor Legisl. Rev., N. Y 1912, ii, 305-311. Also, Reprint.—Bellon (P.) Zur Hygiene der Luft (Messinstrumente zur Untersuchung der Verunrei- nigungen der Luft). Ztschr. f. Gewerbe-Hyg. [etc.], Wien, 1902, ix, 132-134.—B[entivegna] (R.) Lotta contro i pro- dotti della combustione riversati nell' aria in Inghilterra e Germania e sua importanza nel campo della mortalita. Riv. di ingegner. san., Torino, 1908, iv, 7-9.—Charrin (A.) & de Nittls (J.) Les poisons de 1' atmosphere et 1 a resistance organique. Ann.d'hyg.,Par., 1898,3.s.,xl,238-246—Com- mittee for the Investigation of Atmospheric Pollution, first report (April, 1914, to March, 1915). Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, Suppl., pp. l-xl.—Friedrich (M.) The prevention of air pollution in cities; smoke, dust, bad odors. Quart. Bull. Ohio State Bd. Health, Columbus, 1910, ii, 97-112.—Fyfe (P.) The pollution of the city atmosphere; its causes and remedies. County & Municip. Rec, Glasg. & Edinb., 1903-4, ii, 257; 273; 289.—Gautier (A.) & Grehant (N.) La vicia- tion de Patmosphere des villes par les foyers industriels ou domestiques. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 322^343.—Greeley (H.) The dangers of impure air. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxvii, 564-567.—Heim (L.) Nachweis von Russ in der Luft. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1896, xxvii, 365-383, 2 pi.—Henriet (H.) L'atmos- phere du metropolitain de Paris. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 532-534.-----. Les alterations de Pair dans les villes. Rev. scient., Par., 1909, 5. s., xii, 132-134.—Hurdelbrink. Unter- suchung der Kdnigsberger Luft auf Russ und schweflige Saure. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspfl., Brnschwg., •1909, xli, 372-378.—Kirstein (F.) Die Beschaffenheit der Luft in den Lade- und Formirraumen von Accumulatoren- batterieen und ihre hygienische Beurtheilung. Ibid., 1902, xxxiv, 309-319.—Kiyanitsin (I.) [Description of the meth- od of determining the organic matter in the air of barracks and other dwellings.] Voyenno-med. J., S.-Peterb., 1896, clxxxvii, 3. sect., 180-186.—Mangin (L.) Sur la vegetation dans une atmosphere viciee par la respiration. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, cxxii, 747-749.—Oppenheimer (F.) & Oppenheimer (K.) Hygiene der Luft. Monatschr. f. Gsndhtspflg., Wien, 1898, xvi, 265:1899, xvii, 12.—Orlofl (N.) [Measuring the ionization of the air, as a method of deter- mining the amount of dust in it.] Izvfest. Imp. Voyenno- Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1913, xxvi, 16-22-.—Orsi (G.) Ueber die quantitative Bestimmung des Russgehaltes der Luft. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1908-9, Ixviii, 10- 21.—Owens (J. S.) Methods of'measuring atmospheric pol- lution by suspended matter. Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 886- 889.—Palmer (G. T.), Coleman (L. V.) & Ward (H. C.) A study of methods for determining air dustiness. Am. J. Pub. Health, Concord, N. H., 1916, vi, 1049-1075—Pouchet Corps organises recueiilis dans Pair par la neige. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1860, 1, 532-534. -----. Moyen de Air (Impurities in). rassembler dans un espace infiniment petit tous les corpus- cules normalement invisibles contenus dans un volume d'air determine. Ibid., 748-750. — Scherk (C.) Welches sind die Faktoren der Luftreinheit und wie wirken dieselben auf die Organismen ein? Aerztl. Prakt., Hamb., 1896, ix, 385; 436. — Southerden (F.) Researches on atmospheric pollution in Exeter, and the action of coal smoke upon the fabric of Exeter Cathedral. J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1913-14, xxxiv, 402-408.—Winslow (C.-E. A.) A method of determining the number of dust particles in air. Am. J. Pub. Hyg., Bost., 1909, xix, 87.—Wynne (W. P.) Atmos- pheric pollution. Nature, Lond., 1915, xcv, 442-444. Air (Infected). See Air (Bacteriology of); Air as a carrier of in- fection. Air (Injections of). Moitron (E.-C.-H.) *Contribution a l'etude de l'emploi therapeutique des injections d'air sterilise. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Jaboulay. Injections d'air dans le tissu cellulaire pre- vertebral. Bull. Soc de chir. de Lyon, 1901-2 v, 187.— Loewenthal. Ueber Luftinjektionen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 125.—Roberts (E. J.) Subcutaneous injections of sterilised air. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1908, xiii, 151. Air (Inspired). See, also, Respiration (Chemistry of). Gaussin (E.) *Recherches experimentales sur les alterations de l'air determinees par la respiration dans les milieux a atmosphere con- finee. 8°. Paris, 1902. Anderson (W. G.) On breathing and rebreathing lung air which is supplied with pure oxygen. Am. Phys. E ducat. Rev., Bost., 1914, xix, 213.—Crowder (T. R.) On the re- inspiration of expired air. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1913, xii, 420-451. Also, Reprint.—Dallwig (H. C), Kolls (A. C.) & Loevenhart (A. S.) The relation between the erythro- cytes and the hsemogfobin to the oxygen tension of the re- spired air. Am.J.Physiol.,Bait., 1914-15,xxxvi,356.—David. Wirkungen verschieden zusammengesetzter Respirations- luft. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 491.—Hartley (J.) Re-breathed air as apoison perse. Lancet, Lond., 1889, ii, 744-746. Also: Northumberland & Durham M. J., New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1898, vi, 233-241.—Kelly (A. B.) Nasal thermometry; a method of determining the influence of the nose on the temperature of the inspired air. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1913, xxviii, 515-526.—Lehmann (K. B.) Der Kohlensauregehalt der Inspirationsluft im Freien und im Zimmer. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1898-9, xxxiv, 315-320.—Thomson (St. C.) & Hewlett (R. T.) A pre- liminary communication on the fate of micro-organisms in inspired air. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, i, 137. Also, Reprint. Air (Liquid). Tripler (C. E.) Liquid air. The new dis- covery which opens up a wide range of startling possibilities, as a motive power, a curative agency in medicine, a high explosive, and a means of refrigeration. A lecture and demonstra- tion, [n. p., n. d.] Beckett (T. G.) The use ofliquid air in surgery and skin diseases. Australas.M. Gaz., Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 313-316.— Beebe (T. C.) Liquid air in surgery. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 384. Also, Reprint.—Chokier (L.) L'air li- quide. J. med. de Brux., 1904, ix, 13-17.—Claude (G.) L'air liquide, sa fabrication, ses applications. Rev. scient., Par., 1908, 5. s., ix, 737-745.—Coit (J. M.) Liquid air. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1899, 56-68.—Gaylord (H. R.) The resistance of embryonic epithelium, trans- plantable mouse cancer, and certain organisms to freezing with liquid air. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1908, v, 443-448 — Gold (J. D.) Liquid air and carbonic acid snow; thera- peutic results obtained by the dermatologist. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 1276-1278. Also, Reprint.—Liquid air. Lancet, Lond., 1893, i, 218—Lumlere (A.) & Nicolas (J.) Action du refroidissement prolonge obtenu par Pevaporation de l'air liquide, sur les toxines, les venins, et les serums anti- toxiques. Province med., Lyon, 1901, xv, 445-450.—Mac- fadyen (A.) On the influence of the temperature of liquid air on bacteria. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 849.—Macfadyen (A.) & Rowland (S.) Further note on the influence of the temperature of liquid air on bacteria. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1900, lxvi, 339.—Mameli (E.) Sull' uso dell' aria liquida in tossicologia. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. de Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 234-240—Pearce (C. T.) A few of the clinical uses of liquid air. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1899, n. s., xliii, 174-177.—Stoddart (W. H. B.) Liquid air as a freezing medium in the laboratory. Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 1385.— Taylor (S.) & MacKenna (R. W.) The therapeutic value of liquid air and solid carbon dioxide. Ibid., 1909, ii, 1774.— AIR. 200 AIR. Air (Liquid). Tracy (S. G.) Liquid air and its therapeutical possibilities. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1905, xxxiii, 128-131.—White (A. C.) Possibilities of liquid air to the physician. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxv, 426-429.-----. Liquid air; its applica- tion in medicine and surgery. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi, 109-112.-----. Liquified air. Ibid., 1904, lxv, 93-96.—Wil- kerson (B. M.) Liquid-gas apparatus. [Pat. spec] No. 328,370; Oct. 13, 1885.—Wolff (B.) & Meyer (J.) Die Ein- wirkung flussiger Luft auf die inficirte Vaginal-und Uterus- schleimhaut bei Hunden. Arch. f. Gvnaek., Berl., 1901-2, lxv, 289-298.—Zeisler (J.) Uber die therapeutische Verwen- dung von flussiger Luft und flussiger Kohlensaure. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xv, 409-416. Air (Medicated, Patent specifications for). Bell (A.) Apparatus for medicating air. No. 237,468.; Feb. 8,1881.—Connery (J.) Medicated air compound. No. 1,035,536; Aug. 13, 1912. —Fowler (H. R.) Apparatus for medicating air. No. 229,393; June 29, 1880.—Macdonald (W. R.) Device for medicating air. No. 441,573; Nov. 25, 1890.—See (J. A.) Pump for medicating air. No. 978,313; Dec. 13, 1900. 'Air (Microorganisms in). See Air (Bacteriology of). Air (Moistening of, Patent specifications for). Armstrong (W. H.) Air-moistener No. 545,440; Sept. 3, 1895.—Barnes (H. J.) Humidifier. No. 588,944; Aug. 31,1897.—Boggs (O. E.) Apparatus for automatically con- trolling the humidity of the atmosphere. No. 735,856; Aug. 11, 1903.—Clarkson (A.) Air-moistening system. No. 962,143; June 7, 1904— Wurster (C.) Apparatus for mois- tening and purifying air. No. 329,115; Oct. 27,1885. Air (Moisture of). Exnen (E.) *Ueber den Wassergehalt der Luft in bewohnten Raumen. 8°. Freiburg i.B., 1898. . „ . Honiball (C. R.) Notes on the humidity of air. Engin. Rev., N. Y., 1910, xx, No. 9, 41; No. 10, 37; No. 11, 35.- Howe (E. C.) The determination of relative humidity. Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1916, xliv, 396-398.—Marr (O ) Die Feuchtigkeit der Luft. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 1915, xxxviii, 73; 90.—Rubner (M.) & von Lewa- schew. Ueber den Einfluss der Feuchtigkeitsschwankun- gen unbewegter Luft auf den Menschen wahrend korper- licher Ruhe. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1897, xxix, 1-55.—Schrader (F.) L'eau douce dans Patmosphere. Rev. del'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1901, xi, 1-11— Sforza (C.) Sulla sterilita dei vapori acquei che si sollevano nel- P atmosfera. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1911, lix, 279 — Tschaplowitz. Ueber Feuchtigkeitsmessung der Luft. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1915, lxxx, 193-218. Air (Organic matter in). See Air (Impurities of). Air (Pressure of). Beugny (F.) '"'Sur 1'influence de la pression de l'air atmospherique sur l'economie animale et en particulier sur le systeme sanguin. 4°. Strasbourg, 1826. Aschofl (L.) Der Luftdruck als Krankheitsursache. Handb. d. allg. Path., Leipz., 1908, i, 190-197.—Borger (H. E.) & Atkins (A. S.) Means for automatically pro- ducing and utilizing air pressure. [Pat. spec] No. 980,916; Jan. 10, 1911.—Cordes (H.) Apparat zur Luftverdiinnung im ausseren Gehdrgange mit manometrischer Bestimmung des negativen Luftdruckes. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1900, xxii, 169.—von Cyon (E.) Zur Frage uber die Wirkung rascher Veranderungen des Luftdruckes auf den Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1897, lxix, 92-98. See, also, infra, Heller, Mayer & von Schroter.— Dickinson (J. H.) Air-pressure regulator. [Pat. spec] No. 704,782; July 15, 1902.—Garey (H. F.) Apparatus for alternating air-pressures. [Pat. spec] No. 715,732; Dec. 9, 1902.—Glraud-Teulon (F.) Memoire sur la pression atmospherique dans ses rapports avec l'organisme vivant. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1857, xliv, 233-236.—Heller (R.), Mager (W.) & von Schrotter (H.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkung rascher Veranderungen des Luftdruckes auf den Organismus. Arch. f. d. ges. Phy- siol., Bonn, 1897, lxvii, 1-116. Also, Reprint.---------- ----- Entgegnung zu dem Aufsatze von E. von Cyon. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1898, lxx, 487-493. ----- ___________. Bemerkung zu dem Aufsatze des Herrn G. von Liebig. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1897, xliv, 362. Also, Reprint.—von Liebig. Warum man unter einem stark erhohten Luftdruck sowohl, wie unter einem stark verminderten nicht mehr pfeifen kann. Sitzungsb. d. Ge- Air (Pressure of). sellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, 1897. xiii, 1-3. See, also, supra, Heller, Mager & von Schrotter.- 1'oznan- ski. Note sur quelques effets des vicissitudes de la pression atmospherique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1857, xliv, 1158. — Rosenthal (W.) La diminution de la pression atmospherique a-t-elle un eflet sur les muscles et sur le systeme nerveux de la grcnouille? Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1896, xxv, 418-425.—Ward (R. De C.) Physiological effects tf diminished air pressure. Science, N. Y., & Lan- caster, Pa., 1901, n. s., xiv, 814. Air (Purification and sterilization of). Alonso y Pulido (J.) Purificaci6n del aire por el ozono. Rev. de san. mil., Madrid, 1911,3. s., i, 672-675.—Apparatus for the regeneration of air. San. Rec, Lond., 1903, n. s., xxxii, 432.—Bail (O.) Ueber Luftozonisierung. Prag. med. WChnschr., 1913, xxxviii, 215-218.—Bernhelm (S.) Contribution k l'etude de la sterilisation de Pair. Rev. in- ternat. de la tuberc, Par., 1908, xiii, 3-10. Also: Scalpel, Liege, 1907-8, lx, 361-364. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n.s.,lxxxv, 65. Also, transl: Policlin., Roma, 1908, xv, sez. prat., 312. Also, transl: Rev. ibero-am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1908, xix, 39-41.—Courtade (A.) Epu- ration chimique d'une atmosphere confinee, viciee par la respiration. J. de med. de Par., 1914, 2. s., xxvi, 250-253.— Cuylits. L'assainissement de Patmosphere de Bruxelles. Mouvementhyg., Brux., 1902, xviii, 193-202.—Delahousse. Sterilisation de Pair confine. Limousin med., Limoges, 1898 xxii, 137; 156; 171: 1899, xxiii, 12; 26; 46.—Desgrez (A.) & Balthazard (V.) Application a 1 'homme de la regeneration de l'air confine au moyen dubioxydede sodium. J. de phy- siol. et de path, gen., Par., 1902, iv, 497-503.—Erlwein (G.) Purification of air by means of ozone; a description of new apparatus. Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1908, lxvi, 104.— Franklin (M. W.) Air ozonation. Tr. Am. Soc. Heat. & Ventil. Engin., N. Y., 1914, xx, 337-364.—Guargena (G.) Sulla disinfezione del pulviscolo atmosferico. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1908, n. s., xviii, 547-595.—Hasten. Ueber Luftfilter. Gesundh.-Ingenieur, Munchen, 1915, xxxviii, 141- 143.—Kister (J.) & Finsterwalder (C.) Ueber Luftfilter. Ibid., 1914, xxxvii, 757-761.—Kiyanitsln (I. I.) [Disin- fected air, its influence on animals; third series of experi- ments.] Vestnik Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.- Peterb., 1900, pt. 2, 1208; 1363; 1 diag.—Rambousek. Ge- sundheitsgefahren bei der Gewinnung und Verarbeitung der Metalle und des Arsens und die Prinzipien der Bekampfung der Luftverunreinigung im Gewerbe. Monatschr. f. Gsnd- htspfl., Wien, 1905, xxiii, 237-246.—Robertson (The), Rin- toul, and Spencer apparatus for the purification and sterili- sation of the air. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1087.—Sartory (A.) Dispositif pour la sterilisation de l'air au moyen de Pelectricite. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv, 302- 373: 1909, lxvi, 298. -----. La sterilisation Electrique de l'air. J. de med. de Par., 1911, 2. s., xxiii, 140.—Sawyer (W. A.), Beckwith (Helen L.) & Skolfleld (Esther M.) The alleged purification of air by the ozone machine. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lxi, 1013-1015.—Shtsherbina (A.) [Washing the air for sanitary purposes.] Vestnik Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med.,S.-Peterb., 1909, xiv, 1379-1386.— Stacey (A. E.) Preliminary report of the committee for standardizing a method of testing air washers. Tr. Am. Soc. Heat. & Ventil. Engin., N. Y., 1914, xx, 425-444.—Whipple (G. C.) & Whipple (M. C.) Air washing as a means of ob- taining clean air in buildings. Internat. Cong. School Hyg. Tr. 1913, Buflalo, 1914, ii, 227-242.-----------. Studies in air cleanliness. Tr. Am. Soc. Heat..& Ventil. Engin., N. Y., 1915, xxi, 211-224. Air (Purification of, Patent specifications for). Benson (B. S.) Air-purifier. No. 402,714; May 7, 1889. -----. Apparatus for purifying air. No. 438,464; Oct. 14, 1890.—Brady (J.) Means for Altering, attemperating, and moistening or drying air. No. 727,581; May 12, 1903 — Chase (A. J.) Improvement in purifying, circulating, arid rarefying air. No. 215,572; May 20, 1879.—Christiansen (C.) Apparatus for absorbing carbonic acid from air. No. 1,052,216; Feb. 4,1913.—Christopher (J. C.) Apparatus for filtering air. No. 366,568; July 12, 1887.—Clawson (L. E.) Air temperature-regulating and purifying device. No. 716,380; Dec. 23,1902.—Cross (A. K.) Process of purifying air. No. 996,705; July 4,1911.—Desgrez (A.) & Balthazard (V.) Apparatus for regenerating and purifying air. No. 680,028; Aug. 6,1901.—Diflenderfer (II. K.) Air filter and purifier. No. 997,442; July 11, 1911— Dodge (J. S.) Air- purifier. No. 540,856; June 11, 1895.—Dressier (C. E.) Air-purifying device. No. 852,423; May 7,1907.—Flad (II.) Air filter. No. 296,548; April 8, 1884.—Fries (J. W.) Ap- paratus for humidifying and cleansing air. No. 772,655; Oct. 18, 1904. Gaither (W. H.) Apparatus for purifying air. No. 1,170,526; Feb. 8, 1916.—Goldberg (E. I.) Air- purifier. No. 1,196,539; Aug. 29, 1916— Hibbert (W.) Ap- paratus for purifying atmospheric air. No. 404,621; June 4, 1889.—James (J. W.) Air or waterpurifying apparatus. No. 368,891; Aug. 23, 1887.—Janich (F. G.) Apparatus for purifying air. No. 1,001,038; Aug. 22, 1911.— Macardle (I. St. P.) Air purifier. No. 757,475; April 19, 1904.—Neale AIR. 201 AIR-PASSAGES. Air (Purification of, Patent specifications for). (R.) Apparatus for purifying vitiated air. No. 250,568; Dec. 6,1SS1.—Parmenter (I. W.) Air-purifying apparatus. No. 236,839; Jan. 18, 1881.—Peters (0.) Device for puri- fyingair. No.534,243: Feb. 12,189.").—Purves ( A.M.) Com- pound for drying and purifying air. N. 552,142; Dec 31, 1895.—Ryder (H.) A Wilson (L. C.) Composition for purifying air. No. 907,180; Dec. 22, 1908.—Talbot (F. J.) Means for purifying air. No. 790,933; May 30, 1905—Tor- chiani(H.) Air filter. No. 1.001.094; Aug. 22,1911.—Von Foregger (R.) Apparatus for regenerating air. No. 915,760; March 23, 1909.—Warnken (G. L.) Pneumomedi- cal apparatus. No. 859,156: July 2, 1907.—Winter (W. P.) Air purifying apparatus. No. 1,009,205; Nov. 21, 1911 — Woodbury (C. J. H.) Air purifying apparatus. No. 589,772; Sept. 7, 1897. Air (Rarefied). See, also, Altitude. Bruhl (W.) *Die Einatmung verdiinnter Luft in ihrer Wirkung auf den Kreislauf und das Herz. 8°. Marburg a. L., 1911. Aron (E.) Zur Ursache der Erkrankung in verdiinnter Luft. Klin.-expcr. Beitr. z.inn.Med. Festschr. Julius Laza- rus, Berl., 1899, 33-46. A Iso: Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1900, xiii, 50-57. -----. Zur Ursache der Einwirkung verdichteter una verdiinnter Luft auf den Thierkorper. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc1, Berl., 1902, clxx, 264-284.—Jacobj. Zur mecha- nischen Wirkung der Luftdruckerniedrigung auf den Kor- per. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 2027. Also, Re- print.—Lewlnsteln (G.) Zur Kenntniss der Wirkung der verdiinnten Luft. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1896, lxv, 278-280.—von Liebig (G.) Rarefied and condensed air. Science, N. Y., 1897, n. s., vi, 157-163.—de Schrotter (E.) Communication d'experiences physiologiques faites pendant un voyage en ballon a 7500 m. et rapport sur diffe- rents essais concernant l'etude de 1'influence de l'air rar6fi§ sur l'organisme humain. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1901-2, xxxvi, 86-88. Air (Residual). See, also, Respiration (Chemistry of). de Almeida (M. O.) Sobre os principios para um novo methodo de determinacao da tensao de CO2 no ar alveolar. Brazil-med.,Rio de Jan., 1916, xxx, 203.—Boothby (W. M.) & Peabody (F. W.) A comparison of methods of obtaining alveolar air. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1914, xiii, 497-506. Also, Reprint.—Fridericia (L. S.) Eine klinische Methode zur Bestimmung der Kohlensaurespannung in der Lungen- luft. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1268-1271.—Hahn (M.) <\t Heini (R.) Die Bestimmung der Kohlensaurespannung in der Alveolarluft mittelst des Interferometers. Ibid., 1913,1, 197-200—Hoover (C.JF.) & Gammon (J. E.) The dead space in moderate and large respiratory ventilation. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1915, xv, 501-513.—Krogh (A.) A Lindhard (J.) On the average composition of the alveolar air and its variations during the respiratory cycle. J. Physiol., Lond., 1914, xlvii, 431-445.—Macleod (J. J. R.) A clinical method for the determination of carbon dioxide in alveolar air. J. Lab. & Clin.M., St. Louis, 1915-16, i, 522 — Marriott (W. McK.) The determination of alveolar carbon . dioxid tension by a simple method. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1916, lxvi, 1594-1596—Peabody (F. W.) Some aspects of the clinical study of the respiration; the significance of alveolar air analyses. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, cli, 184- 202.—Roth (P.) The estimation of carbon dioxid tension in alveolar air. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 413-418.— Yates (D. G.) The residual air. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xevi, 1170-1172. Also, Reprint Air (Sterilization of). See Air (Purification and sterilization of). Air (Sterilized). Holm(M. L.) "Antiseptic air, "or what shall we breathe? Pub. Health Mich., Lansing, 1913, n. s., i, 54-58—Kiyan- itsln (I. I.) [Further experiments on the influence of dis- infected air upon animals.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1898, xix, 98-102. Also, transl: Arch, de biol., Liege & Par., 1899- 1900, xvi, 663-684, 1 pi. Also, transl: Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Bed., 1900, clxii, 515-533,1 pi. Air in the blood. See Embolism (Gaseous). Air as a carrier of infection. See, also, Contagious diseases (Transmission of); Dust. Dubaxd (P.) *Les bacteries atmospheriques et la contagion aerienne des maladies infec- tieuses. [Lyon.] 8°. Trevoux, 1908. Mosca (G.) Dell' aria e de' morbi dall' aria dipendenti. 4 v. 12°. Napoli, 1746-9. Air as a carrier of infection. Chapin (C. V.) The air as a carrier of infection. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcviii, 970.-----. The relative im- portance of aerial and contact infection. Tr. xv. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash., 1913, iv, 9-17. -----. The air as a vehicle of infection. Harvey Lect. 1913-14, Phila. & Lond., 1915, ix, 47-71. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1914, lxii, 423-430. Also, Reprint.—Concornottl (E.) Ueber die Haufigkeit der pathogenen Mikroorganismen in der Luft. Cenlralhl.f. Bakteriol.,[etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1899, xxvi, 492-501. — Delahousse. Etude sur l'air confine; son r61e dans la genese et la proph vlaxie des maladies. Limousin med., Limoges, 1897, xxi, 2: 17; 34; 56; 91; 100; 114; 129; 146; 167; 188.—Duband (P.) R61e de Pair dans la contagion des maladies. Rev. internat. de la tuberc, Par., 1909, xv, 184-193.—Flttgge (C.) Ueber Infection durch Luftkeime in Trdpfchenform. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Ktdt. 1897, Bresl., 1898, lxxv, 1. Abt., hyg. Sect., 1-6 — Frank (O.) Die Theorie der Lufttransmission. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen & Berl., 1910, liv, 91-99.—Hinsdale (G.) Infected atmosphere. Med. News, N. Y., 1896, Ixviii, 491- 494. Also, Reprint.—Hyde (I. H.) The air as a carrier of in- fection. J. Kansas M. Soc, Kansas City, Kans., 1909, ix, 356-363.—de Lambert (E .-L.) L'air agent de transmission des germes contagieux. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 522.— Lemaire (A.) L'air comme foyer infectieux. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1905, n. s., ii, 230-233.—Musci (G.) L'aria inqui- nata precipuo agente morbigeno. Salute pubb., Perugia, 1898, xi, 161-174.—Neisser (M.) Ueber Luftstaub-Infection; ein Beitrag zum Studium der Infectionswege. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infectionskrankh., Leipz., 1898, xxvii, 175-200 — Secchi (A.) El aire como agente de transmisidn de enferme- dades. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1904, xi, 1291-1300.— Thomson (F. H.) The question of aerial infection. Lan- cet, Lond., 1914, i, 1000. —:---. The aerial conveyance of infection, with a note on the contact infection of chicken- pox. Ibid., 1916, i, 341-344.—Thomson (F. H.) & Price (C.) The aerial conveyance of infection. Ibid., 1914, i, 1669-1673.— Trillat (A.) Sur les principes d'une methode destinee a diminuer la contagion des maladies transmissibles par l'air dans les salles de malades ou les lieux habites. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1914, xxxvi, 812-820.-----. Transport et multiplication des germes contagieux par Pair expire. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1915, 3. s., lxxiii, 248-250. Air as remedy. See Aerotherapy. Air-baths. See Aerotheraoy. Air-bladder. See Swimming bladder. Air-coolers (Patent specifications for). Davidson(S.C) Apparatus for cooling air. No. 779,414; Jan. 10,1905.—Jester (J.) Air cooler and filter. No. 756,643; April 5, 1904. Air-cushion (Patent specification for). O'Kelly (D. B.) Air cushion seat. No. 936,934; Oct. 12, 1909. Aird (David). *De sanitate in India Occidentali tuenda. 3 p. 1., 51 pp. 8°. Edinburgi, A. Neill et socii, 1805. Airol. AiROb; Original-Berichte. 8°. Basel, 1896. Poli (U.) Dell' airol. 8°. [Padova, 1896.] Betti (U. A.) L'airol in oculistica. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1903, xxiv, 110-114.—Braun (J.) [Contributions on the use of airol (Roche) in private practice] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1901, xli, 520-522.—Demidoff (V. A.) [Use of airol in external diseases.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1901, lxxix, med.-spec. pt., 2442-2450—Eber (W.) ... Zt- schr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1898, ii, 161-168.—Eberson (M.) Beitrag zur therapeutischen Verwendung des Airols. The- rap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1896, iii, 1247. Also, Reprint.— Merkel (S.) Mittheilungen iiber das Airol. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 152. Also: Sitz.-Protok. d. aerztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1895, Munchen, 1896, 127-131.—Rosen- feld (S.) Praktische Erfahrungen mit Airol. Wien. med. Bl., 1896, xix, 485. A Iso, Reprint.—Tausig (H.) Ein Bei- trag zur therapeutischen Verwendung des Airols. Wien. med. Presse, 1898, xxxix, 1783.—Veiel. Ueber Airol (Wis- muthoxyjodidgallat). Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Ge- sellsch. 1895, Wien & Leipz., 1896, v, 297-299. Airol; Original-Berichte. 123 pp. 8°. Basel, 1896. Air-passages. See, also, Bronchia; Larynx; Nose;Trachea. Mehnert (E.) Ueber topographische Alters- veriinderungen des Atmungsapparates und ihre AIR-PASSAGES. 202 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages. mechanischen Verknupfungen an der Leiche und am Lebenden untersucht. 8°. Jena, 1901. Mignon (M.) *Etude anatomo-clinique de l'appareil respiratoire et de ses annexes par les rayons de Roentgen. 8°. Paris, 1898. Rode (R.) *Die Luftbahn zwischen Brust- und Bauchhohle. [Bern.] 8°. Munchen, 1909. Schultze (H.) *Historisch-kritische Darle- gung der Arbeiten iiber die Versorgung des KehlkOpfes, der Trachea und Bronchien mit vasomotorischen und sensiblen Nerven, nebst eigenen Versuchen iiber Gefassnerven der oberen Luftwege. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1909. Also, in: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 31-91. Bigler (W. H.) Some peculiarities of the respiratory organs in infants and children. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1899, xxxiv, 737-741.—Bonetti (E.) & De Barbieri (U.) Di alcune esperienze sulla permeabilita delle vie respiratorie alle nebbie secche ottenute col sistema "Kdrting." Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1911, Siena, 1912, xiv, pt. 2,202-213. Also, transl: Arch, internat. delaryng. [etc.]. Par., 1912, xxxiii, 108-117.—Cocks (G. H.) Experimental studies of the effect of various atmospheric conditions upon the upper respiratory tract. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1915, xxv, 603-651. Also, Reprint.—Collier (M.) The physics or applied mechanics of the nose, upper respiratory tract, and lungs. Clin. J., Lond., 1897-8, xi, 14-16.—Douglas (C. G.) & Haldanc (J. S.) The capacity of the air passages under varying physiological conditions. J. Physiol., Lond., 1912-13, xiv, 235-238.—Frankenberger (O.) Die oberen Luftwege bei Schulkindern. Monatschr. 1. Ohrenh., Berl., 1902, xxxvi, 163-179.—Gevers-Leuven (J. M. A.) Contri- bution a l'aerodynamique des voies respiratoires. Ann. Soc. de med. phys. d'Anvers, 1903-4, ii, 91; 122.—Got. Recher- ches experimentales sur l'independance fonctionnelle des voies aeriennes droites et gauches. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1914, xliv, 421-425. — Gradle (H.) The distant effects of anomalies of the upper air passages. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.]. Oto-Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1908, xiii, 23-30.—Kyle (D. B.) General consideration of mucous membranes ofthe upper respiratory tract. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1899, viii, 22; 186; 427.—Livierato (P. E.) Semiologia degliorgani respiratori intratoracici. Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.], iii, pt. 1, 289-406.—M'Allister (J. C.) The upper respiratory tract. Penn. M. J., Pittsburgh, 1903-4, lvii, 528-530.—M'Clellan (G.) The regional anatomy of the upper air tract. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1911, 10-14— Menzel (K. M.) Zur Frage der Kehlkopf- und Luftrohren-Verlagerung bei Veranderungen der Thoraxor- gane. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1913, xxviii, 74-82.—Oppel (A.) Atmungs-Apparat. Ergbn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch. 1898, Wiesb., 1899, viii, 191-209 — Schmidt (V.) Zur Entwickelung des Kehlkopfes und der Luftrdhre bei den Wirbeltieren. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxv, 473^478.—Shearer (T. L.) Some observations on the respiratory passages. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N.Y., 1902, viii, 386-392.—Zenker (P.) Beitrage zur His- tologic der oberen Luftwege. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1909, xxii, 143-163.—Zwaardemaker (H.) Aerody- namica der luchtwegen. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900, 2. R-, xxxvi, d. 2, 65-79. Air-passages (Abscess of). Massei (F.) Phlegmons of the upper respiratory tract. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1913, xxxv, 99-104.—Roe (J. O.) Phlegmons of the upper respiratory tract. Ibid., 118-131.—Swain (H. L.) Phlegmons of the air passages; inflammation of the lateral columns of the pharynx leading to abscess formation, with report of cases. Ibid., 108-117. Air-passages (Bacteriology of). Barthel (P.) *Ueber den Bakteriengehalt der Luftwege. [Erlangen.] 8°. Jena, 1898. Barbier (H.) Sur les infections des muqueuses des voies aeriennes et de la gorge ou on rencontre un bacille court par- ticulier, bacille en navette. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1897, 3.S., xiv, 1371-1392. Also: J. de clin. et de therap. inf., Par., 1897, v, 961-965.—Caldera (C.) & Desderi (P.) Ricerche batteriologiche sulla presenza e sulla distri- buzione delle forme spirillari nelle prime vie respiratorie, in condizioni normali e patologiche. Riv. d'ig. san pubb., Torino, 1916, xxvii, 57-64.—Cecil (R. L.) Streptococcus viridans in its relation to infections of the upper respiratory tract. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1915, xv, 150-168. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1915, xxv, 97-107.—Elmassian. Note sur un bacille des voies respiratoires. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1899, 11. s., i, 486.—Ficker (M.) Ueber die Aufnahme von Bakterien durch den Respirationsappa- rat. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1905, liii, 50-66 — Gerber (P.) Ueber Spirochaten in den oberen Luftwegen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Kdnigsb. 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 349.—Jundell (I.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Mikroorganismen in den normalen Air-passages (Bacteriology of). Luftrohren. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1898, viii, 284-314.—Lord (F. T.) Infections of the respiratory tract with influenza bacilli and other organisms, their clinical and pathological similarity, and confusion with tuberculosis. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 537; 574.—Odell (Anna). Bac- teriology and bacteriotherapy of the upper air passages. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1915, xiv, 24-28.—Streit (H.) Beitrage zur Bakteriologie der oberen Luftwege. Arch. t. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1913, xvii, 393-409—Warthin (A. S.) The pathology of streptococcus infection of the up- per respiratory tract. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich., Ann Arbor, 1911-12, iii, 201-204.—Winckler. Bakteriologische Befunde bei Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege , nebst eini- gen Schlussfolgerungen fiir die Praxis. Verhandl. d. Ver. suddeutsch. Laryngol., Wiirzb., 1906, 317-329. Air-passages (Cancer of). Ichard (J.) *Traitement des cancers des premieres voies respiratoires par Padrenaline en applications locales. 8°. Paris, 1904. Chiari (O.) Die Bedeutung der histologischen Unter- suchung fiir die Diagnose des Carcinoms der oberen Luft- wege. Festschr. . . . Hans Chiari . . . seines 25jahr. Prof.- Jubil. [etc.], Wien & Leipz., 1908,11-18.—Freudenthal (W.) Cancer of the upper air tract, with special reference to its treatment with radium. N. York M. J. [etc.]; 1915, cii, 22- 26. Also, Reprint.—Gleason (E. B.) Carcinoma of the upper respiratory tract. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1902, xi, 672.—Mahu (G.) Traitement d'epitheliomas ulceres des voies aeriennes superieures par des badigeonnages d'adre- naline. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1904, xxx, 256-262.—Mayer (E.) The early recognition of cancer of the upper air passages. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1915, xxix, 251.—Okada (W.) Casuistische Mitteilungen von den Car- cinomfallen der Oberluftwege. [Japanese text.] Dai Nip- pon Ji-Bi-In-Ko-Kwa-Kwai Ho, Tokyo, 1904, x, 533-543.— Price-Brown (J.) Malignant diseases of the upper air- passages, with notes upon two cases of epithelioma. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1912, xxxiv, 268-281. Also: Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1912, xxxvii, 697-704. Air-passages (Diseases of). See, also, Air-passages (Cancer of); Air- passages (Inflammation of); Air-passages, (Lupus of); Air-passages (Scleroma of); Air- passages (Tuberculosis of); Air-passages (Tu- mors of); Bronchia, Larynx, Nose, Trachea (Diseases of). Brouardel (P.) & Gilbert (A.) Traite de medecine et de therapeutique. v. 7. Maladies du nez, du larynx, de la trachee, des bronches et des poumons. 8°. Paris, 1900. Chiari (O.) Die Krankheiten der oberen Luftwege. 3. Teil. Die Krankheiten des Kehl- kopfes und der Luftrdhre. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, 1905. Gebauer (G.) *Ueber die Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege wahrend des Klimakteriums. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Green (H.) A treatise on diseases of the air passages; comprising an inquiry into the history, pathology, causes and treatment of those affec- tions of the throat called bronchitis, chronic laryngitis, clergyman's sore throat. 2. ed. 8°. New York, 1849. Hill (E. C.) A chart of diseases of the lungs, pleurae, bronchi, trachea and larynx. fol. Boston, [n. d.] Kazowski (C. G.) *De primarum viarum de- bilitate. 4°. Lipisse, [1748]. Mygind (H.) Kortfattet Fremstilling af de 0verste Luftvejes Sygdomme. [Short exposition of the diseases of the upper air passages.] sm. 4°. Kj0benhavn, 1900. ------. The same. 2. Udg. 8°. [Kj0ben- havn, 1908. ------. The same. Kurzes Lehrbuch der Krankheiten der oberen Luftwege. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Noica (D.-J.) Contribution a l'etude de la fetidite dans les maladies de l'appareil respira- toire. 8°. Paris, 1899. Schmidt (M.) Die Krankheiten der oberen Luftwege. Aus der Praxis fiir die Praxis. 3. AIR-PASSAGES. 203 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Diseases of). sehr vermehrte und verbesserte Aufl. 8°. Ber- lin, 1903. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. -8°. Berlin, 1897. Schrotter (L.) Vorlesungen iiber die Krank- heiten des Kehlkopfes, der Luftrohre, der Nase und des Rachens. Lektsii o bolieznyakh gor- tani, dikhatelnoi trubki, nosa i zieva. Chast Ii. Boliezni dikhatelnoi trubki. Perevod s niemet- skavo V. F. Zibolda. [Vol. II. Diseases of the respiratory tube. Transl. from the German by Zibold.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1901. Stoerk (K.) Die Erkrankungen der Nase, des Rachens und des Kehlkopfes. 8°. Wien, 1S95. Watjgh (W. F.) The diseases of the respira- tory organs, acute and chronic. Arranged in two parts. 12°. Chicago, 1901. Williams (P. W~.) Diseases of the upper re- spiratory tract; the nose, pharynx and larynx. 4. ed. 8°. Bristol, 1901. Barnes i,J. S.) Diseases of the upper air-passages accom- panying the acute exanthemata. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison, 1902, 125-137.—Betts (Helen L.) A thought con- cerning the etiology and treatment of diseases of the upper air-passages. Rep. Proc. Alumnae Ass. Woman's M. Coll. Penn., Phila., 1896, 48-52.—Bonardi (E.) .. . Morgagni, Milano, 1899, xli, 73-103.—Bosworth (F. H.) The relation of vaso-motor disturbances to diseases of the upper air-tract. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1895, N. Y., 1896, xvii, 180-190.— Brelet (M.) Quelques considerations generates sur les maladies de l'appareil respiratoire. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1913, xxxi, 1025-1032—Briggs (W. E.) The upper air tract in health and in disease. Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1897, xi, 568-573.—Butler (Margaret F.) General considera- tions concerning diseases of the upper respiratory tract. Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1912, xxii, 27-30.—Castcx(A.) L'ar- thritisme des premieres voies respiratoires. Bull.de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1898, i, 265-273. A/so.-Rev. gen. declin. et de therap., Par., 1899, xiii, 1-4.—Castex(A.) & Bloch (M.) Lepre des voies aeriennes superieures. Bull, de laryngol., otol. et rhinol., Par., 1909, xii, 81-84—ChappeU (W. F.) The lymphoid affections of the upper air tract of children. Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1905, No. vi, 9- 27.—Chenery (W. E.) Diseases of the upper respiratory passage and their relations to oral deformities. Ann. M. Pract., Bost., 1910, xxiii, 41-49.—Cobb (C. M.) A discussion ofthe morbid conditionsof the upper respiratory tractresult- ing from the infectious diseases. Phila. M. J., 1902, ix, 940- 943.—Coffin (L. A.) The relation of the diseases of the upper air passages to the diseases of the gastro-intestinal tract. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Y., 1903, ix, 189- 205, 1 tab.—Emerson (F. P.) Local conditions in the re- spiratory tract modified by general functional or organic disease. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, el, 508-510.—Faivre. Un cas d'urticaire tracheb-bronchique. Poitou med., Poitiers, 1898, xii, 103.—Felix (E.) Les voies aeriennes superieures dans leurs rapports avec les differentes maladies. Semaine med., Par., 1900, xx, 21.5-220. Also, transl.:. Wien. med. Bl., 1900, xxiii, 423; 439; 455.—French (T. R.) Observations on the relation of diseases of the upper air passages to asthma- cough and disorders of digestion. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1909, iii, 369-377.—Frese. Die akuten Erkrankun- gen der oberen Luftwege. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1937- 1942. —Goerke (M.) Degenerative Vorgange im Pflaster- epithel der Schleimhaut der oberen Luftwege. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xv, 544-571, 1 pi.—Goetz (J.) Infection of the upper air passages and some compli- cations. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1912, xvii, 468-475.— Goodale (J. L.) An etiologic study of atrophic disease of the upper air passages based upon an examination of two hundred cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 471-474. -----. Preliminary notes on skin reactions excited by various bacterial proteids in certain vasomoter disturbances of the upper air passages. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv, 223-226. -----. The diagnosis and management of vaso- motor disturbances of the upper air passages. Ibid.,, clxxv, 181-191.—Grtinwald (L.) Ueber psychisch bedingte Er- scheinungen im Bereich der oberen Luftwege. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1689-1692.—Harris (T. J.) Dis- eases of the upper respiratory tract in relation to general medicine. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1898, xiii, 3.5-51.—Hend- ley (T. H.) The importance of respiratory affections in the mortality of Northern India. Tr. Indian M. Cong. 1894, Calcutta, 1895,98.—Honck (E.) Ueber die Beteiligung des Vago-Sympathicus bei der Entstehung einiger Krank- heiten der Luftwege und die Behandlung dieser Krank- heiten durch die Sympathikusmassage. Klin.-therap. Wchn- schr., Wien, 1910, xvii, 933; 963.—Hoffmann (R.) Die plasmaoellularen Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. Zt- schr. f. Ohrenh. fete], Wiesb., 1914, Ixxi, 208-219.—Hutinel. Emphyseme generalise. Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1912, x, 380- 386.—Imhofer (R.) Die leukamische und pseudoleuka- Air-passages (Diseases of). mische Erkrankung der oberen Luftwege. Centralbl. f. d. Urenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1910, xiii, 81- 129- 171 — Johnston (R H ) Pemphigus (?) of the respiratory tract Silt Tonr011™'^810.!18' J- Eye> Kar & Throat Dis., K;; 1904> K, 59-70.-Kehr.(S. S.) Differential diagnosis^ between syphilis, tuberculosis and cancer of the pharynx and larynx. Critique, Denver, 1899, vi, 9-17.—Kyle (D B ) Chemie diseases of the upper respiratory tract. Tr Am. 3$iHiSk&hlnoL & ?toL, S,oc- N- Bedford, Mass.," 1912, xym, 324-329.-----. Local lesions of the mucous mem- brane of the upper respiratory tract due to systemic condi- tion, lr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y 1914 xxxvi 193- 196.-Lublinski (W.) Ueber Verkleisterun'g der oberen Wege. Centralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1896, xvii 716 — Luetscher (J. A.) A bacteriological and clinical study of the nontuberralous infections of the respiratory tract, with special reference to sputum cultures as a means of diagnosis. Arch Int. Med., Chicago, 1915, xvi, 657-680. Also, Reprint — Maclean (H. S.) Clinical microscopy in diseases of the respiratory organs. Clin. Bull., Richmond, 1900, v, 65-70 Also:rRichmond J Pract., 1900, xiv, 107-113. — Makuen (O/. H.) Cicatricial deformities in the respiratory tract due to causes other than syphilis and traumatism. Laryngo- scope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 772-776.— Maragliano ( E ) Sintomatologia e terapia generale delle malattie dell' ap- parato respiratorio. Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med. Milano, [n. d.], iii, pt. 1, 407-443. — Mayer (E.) Three un- usual bronchoscope cases: A. Tumor in the bronchus B Tracheal stenosis. C. Tracheal scleroma. J. Am M Ass Chicago, 1911, lvii, 392. A Iso, Reprint.—Menetrier. ' Tri- bune mod., Par., 1900, 2. s., xxxii, 985-990.—Menzel (K M ) Ueber die beruflichen Erkrankungen in den oberen Luft- wegen der Stockdrechsler. Arch. f. Laryngol. u Rhinol Berl., 1914, xxix, 129-154.-MoIl (A. C. H.) Die oberen Luftwege und ihre Infektion. Samml. klin Votr n F Leipz., 1902, No. 341 (Innere Med., No. 101, 823-824) —Mul- hall (J. C.) The general health and the upper air-passages. N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii, 694-697. [Discussion], 712. Also, Reprint—Nager (T. R.) Chronischer Schleimhautpem- phigus der oberen Luftwege. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1915, xiv, 1340-1342.—Neisser (E.) & Kahnert! Ueber eine Gruppe klinisch und atiologisch zusammenge- hdriger Falle von chronischer Erkrankung der oberen Luft- wege. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi 525-528.—Page (La F.) Disease of the upper air passages in relation to mental development. Ann. Otol., Rhinol & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1901, x, 268-273. [Discussion], 315- 317.—Perkins (J. J.) Diseases of the respiratory tract- a review of recent work. Practitioner, Lond., 1903, lxxii, 685- 698.—Posselt (A.) Zur vergleichenden Pathologie der Bronchitis fibrinosa und des Asthma bronchiale. Beitr z inneren Med. Festschr. d. Cong. f. ... in Karlsbad 1899* Wien, 1900, 276-355.—Potain. ... J. de med. int Par 1898, ii,263-266.—Renon (L.) ... Arch. gen. de med., Par'' 1901, n. s., v, 349-379.—Richardson (C. W.) Vaso-motor disturbances of the upper air tract. Tr. Am. Laryngol Ass N. Y., 1911, 72-84. A Iso, Reprint.—Robinson (B7) 'Diag- nostic and therapeutic considerations with respect to cer- tain diseases of the upper air-tract. Med. News, N. Y 1897 lxx, 822-824. — Rueda ( F.) Influencia que las enferme- dades del aparato cardio-vascular pueden ejercer sobre la circulacidn de las vias aereas superiores. Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol., [etc.], Bareel., 1895, vi, 29.5-302. — Ryan (E.) Expectancy of life in morbid conditions of the re- spiratory system. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1904, xiv,538.—Sawyer (A. D.) Diseases of the upper air pas- sages. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1898-9, xiii, 321-335.— Scheppegrell (W.) Dust as a factor in diseases ofthe upper respiratory passages. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 36; 86.— Semon (Sir F.) A peculiar form of chronic hyperplasia of the mucous membranes of the upper respiratory tract. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 484-486. Also, transl: Rev. hebd de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1905, i, 209-219.—Sendziak (J.) The etiology and treatment of mycosis occurring in the upper respiratory tract. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis 1905, xiv, 619-657,1 pi. Also: J. Laryngol., Lond., 1905, xx, 567-591.-----. Ueber den Zusammenhang von Stdrungen in den oberen Luftwegen mit Krankheiten des Zirkulations- apparates. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 258-261.—Shender (B. S.) [Professional diseases of the upper air passages.] Yezhemfes. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1911, vi. 118bis 130bis.—Smith (A. C.) Respiratory tract af- fections; symptoms and treatment. South. Pract., Nashville, 1904, xxvi, 701-704.—Stout (G. C.) Notes on some practical points on diseases of the upper respiratory tract. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1911-12, viii, 511-513.—Suchannek (II.) Pathologie der Luftwege (exkl. Bronchien). Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1899, Wiesb., 1901. vi, 583-056.—Swain (H. L.) Acute general infections originat- ing in the lymphoid tissue of the upper respiratory tract; symptoms and treatment. Phila. M. J., 1902, x, 945-950.— Sweeney (G. B.) Acute and subacute diseases of the upper respiratory tract. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1896, viii, 38-43.— Tanturri (D.) Nota preventiva intorno alle lesioni para- difteriche delle prime vie del respiro. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., Napoli, 1902, v, 47-50.—Thomas (F. W.) The relationship of diseases of the bronchi and lungs to those of the nose and throat. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1904, xix, 75-78.—Thomson (St. C.) Diseases of the upper AIR-PASSAGES. 204 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Diseases of). air passages; considerations on some recent work. Prac titioncr, Lond., 1904, lxxii, 270-283.—Turner (A. L.) A peculiar form of hyperplasia of the mucous membrane of the upper respiratory tract. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1914, xxix, 57-6S, 3 pi. Uffenorde (W.) Zur Bewertung der Autosko- pie bei erschwertem Dekaniilement und in diagnostisch unklaren Affektionen der unteren Luftwege. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1912, xxvi, 648-650.—Vanhersecke. Con- siderations, sur les affections couenneuses des voies respi- ratoires. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1899, iii, 140.—Warthin (A. S.) The pathology of streptococcus infection of the upper respiratory tract. Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1912, xxxiv, 343-346—von Werdt (F.) Lokales Amyloid im gesamten Respirationsapparat. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg.Path.,Jena, 1908,xliii,239-262.—Wittmaack. Neuere Arbeiten iiber Erkrankungen des Halses und der Nase. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1902, xx, 18'5; 809— Wrafter ' (R. E.) Cough in its relation to diseases of the respiratory system. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1902, xxii, 255-257.— Zahorsky (J.) Cold as an etiological factor in diseases ofthe air passages. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1900, xxii, 401-417. Air-passages (Diseases of Treatment of). Abgekurzte (Die) Behandlung der Pneumo- nie, Broncho-Pneumonie und anderer acuter Er- krankungen der Luftwege nach Cassoute und Corgier. 4°. [n. p., n. d.] Bulit (G.) *Les affections de l'arbre aerien aux diverses sources sulfurees. 8°. Toulouse, 1911. Calvet (M.) *Etude clinique, therapeutique et experimentale sur l'huile mentholee dans cer- taines affections des voies respiratoires chez l'en- fant. 8°. Toulouse, 1899. Ferreri (G.) La profilassi sociale delle prime vie respiratorie. 12°. Roma, 1904. Koch (R.) Wie schiitzen wir uns vor Er- krankungen der Atmungsorgane? 8°. Berlin, 1902. Neumayer (H.) De hygiene van neus, keel en strottenhoofd in gezonden en zieken toestand. 12°. Baarn [19081. Albanus (G.) Erfahrungen mit der Kalt-Kaustik in den oberen Luftwegen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Minister) 1912, Leipz., 1913, lxxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 298-301. -----. Demonstration zur Kalt- Kaustik . in den oberen Luftwegen. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1913, xx, 110-115. — Am- brosini (U.) L'aerotermia nelle affezioni delle prime vie del respiro. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 904-906. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1901, xxvii, pt. 2, 235-241.—Armstrong (H. L.) Facts relative to the treatment of diseases of the upper air-passages. N. York M. J., 1897, lxv, 562-564. Also, Reprint.—Atkeson (C. L. C.) Iodin-carbon-disulphid inhalations in respiratory diseases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1905, xliv, 404.—Bergey (D. H.) Neglected prophylactic measures against diseases of the respiratory tract. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1903, xix, 216-220.—Beristain (P.) Las inhalaciones de formalde- hida como tratamiento de las afecciones catarrales de la parte superior de las vias aereas. Crdn. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1899-1900, iii, 82.—Braun (M.) Ueber Vibrationsmassage der Schleimhaut der oberen Luftwege mittelst Sonden. Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1897, xxxii, 581-583. Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1897, xx, 639-641. Also, Reprint.—Broec- kaert (J.) Traitement des affections des voies respiratoires par la douche d'air chaud. Gaz." med. de Par., 1914, lxxxv, 243. — Browne (L.) The principles of local treatment in diseases of the upper air passages. Brit. M. J>, Lond., 1901, ii, 1881.—Cables (H. A.) Vaccine therapy in chronic infections of the respiratory tract other than tuberculosis. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxvi, 81-84.—Cantu (V.) Sul- 1' abuso dei vesicanti nelle malattie dell' apparecchio respira- torio. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1896, xi, 265-267.— Cany. Les inhalations medicamenteuses; penetration des liquides pulverises dans les voies respiratoires. Gaz. d. eaux, Par., 1907, 1, 233-235—Chappell (W. F.) Clinical notes on methods and new remedies in the treatment of diseases of the upper air passages. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 189.5-6, xxviii, 379-387. Also, Reprint.—Cobb (J. O.) Preventable respir- atory diseases. Sanitarian, N. Y., 1903,1, 289; 385; 410.—De Benedetti. Cloretone ed acetozone inalanti in alcune forme cliniche. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1911, xxii, 198- 202.—Domanskl (S.) [Local treatment of diseases of the respiratory organs.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1874, xiii, 361.— Dumarest (F.) Des applications de la cure d'altitude au traitement des affections des voies respiratoires; ses indica- tions et contre-indications. Lyon med., 1904, cii, 1213- 1227.—Fiset (L.-J.-N.) Des injections intra-tracheales dans les affections tracheo-bronchiques et pulmonaires. Bull. med. de Quebec, 1899-1900, i, 638-645.—Freudenthal (W.) Air-passages (Diseases of, Treatment of)- Progres reeents accomplis dans le traitement des affections des voies aeriennes superieures. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1906, xxii, 814-820.-----. The therapeutic value of radium in the treatment of diseases of the upper air tract. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1911, xx, 1-18, 5 pi.—Gamber (W. P.) Climatology in the United States with reference to diseases of the respiratory organs. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1903, ii, 536-545.—Goldmann (J. A.) Bei- trage zur Therapie der oberen Luftwege. Aerztl. Centr.- Ztg., Wien, 1901, xiii, 375-378.—Golesceano (C.) Un ap- pareil destine' aux irrigations et inhalations des voies respira- toires superieures. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par, 1905,3. s., xxii, 264-268.—Guisez. La voie laryngo-tracheale en therapeutique medico-chirurgicale. Bull, d'oto-rhino- laryngol., Par.. 1913, xvi, 350-373. Also: J. de med. int., Par., 1913, xvii, 233-235.—Hoffenreich (A.), jr. Ueber die im Sanatorium Marilla geiibten Heilmethoden bei Krank- heiten der Respirationsorgane. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1900, xxxvi, 196; 221.—Holscher (F.) On the treatment of chronic and acute diseases of the respiratory passages with guaiacol carbonate and creosotal. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1899, xii, 604-606.—Hoyt (H. W.) The influ- ence of hygiene upon the upper air tract. J. Ophth., Otol. & Laryngol., N. Y., 1899, xi, 209-214.—Hughes (W. K.) The importance of the upper air passages in every-day practice. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1910,xv,500-507.—J. (P.) Traite- ments mecaniques des affections des voies respiratoires. Rev. de cinesie et d'electrother., Par., 1901, iii, 177-180.— Judson (A. B.) The hygiene of the air passages. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 270. Also, Reprint.—Kafemann (R.) Ueber Desinfection der oberen Luftwege. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1897, n. F., xiv, 405-408.—Kahane (M.) Die Behandlung der Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. Wien. Klinik, 1906, xxxii, 173-224.—Kelbling. Katarrh- reste der oberen Luftwege und ihre Behandlung im Bade. Med. Bl., Wien, 1913, xxxv, 193-195.—Klare (K.) Behand- lung infektioser Erkrankungen der Luftwege mittels Pro- phylacticum Mallebrein. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1305.—Klemperer (F.) Die Prin- cipien der Localbehandlung bei Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1902, n. F., iv, 318-322.—Lacroix (P.) L'antisepsie des voies respiratoires par les inhalations d'air charge de vapeurs de menthol, bro- moforme et formol. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliii, 673-675.—Lamann (W.) Zum ferneren Ausbau mei- ner Theorie des oberen Schutzvorrichtungssystems. Mo- natschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1901, xxxv, 353-365.—Lasagna (F.) Valore della cura inalatoria delle vie del respiro. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1912, Siena, 1913, xv, 5-39.—Ledesma y Casado (F.) Profilaxis de las infecciones del aparato respiratorio. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, inter- nac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, ii, 198-204.—Ler- moyez & Mahu (G.) L'air chaud dans le traitement des affections des premieres voies aeriennes. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de laryngol., 203-212.—Liegeois. Benzoin, acide benzol'que, benzoate de soude dans les mala- dies des voies aeriennes. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1902, xvi, 387.—Linkenheld (L.) Die Wahl des Badeortes resp. des Mineralwassers bei den chronischen Er- krankungen der oberen Luftwege. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1899, xx, 169.—Lubliner (L.) Ueber die Anwendung von Arsenobenzol (606) in Fallen von Sklerom der oberen Luftwege, in Ballen von Lues und Tuberkulose, wie auch in einigen Fallen von zweifelhafter Diagnose. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1914 xxviii, 417-424.—MacCoy (A. W.) Observations on the value of lactic acid as a remedy for certain conditions of the upper respiratory tract. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1898, N. Y., 1899, xx, 190-193.—McKin- ney (R.) A further report on the use of intratracheal medi- cation in the treatment of catarrhal diseases of the lower respiratory tract. Memphis M. Month., 1904, xxiv, 24-29.— Mader (L.) Weitere Mitteilungen uber Rontgentherapie und Diagnostik in den oberen Luftwegen. Aerztl. Rund- schau, Munchen, 1909, xix, 2-4.—Maragliano (E.) La terapia della febbre nelle malattie dell' apparato respiratorio. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1902, vin, 97-105— Mignon (M.) Les maladies des voies respiratoires superieures sur la Riviera; remarques de climatologie et d'hygiene. Gaz. d. eaux, Par.; 1905, xlviii, 1; 11.—Neale (II. M.) The dietetics of acute diseases of the respiratory tract. Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1899, vii, 149-155.—Nicolal (V.) Cura inalatoria delle prime vie del respiro. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1912, Siena, 1913, xv, 40-73.—Perier (E.) Traitement hygienique des maladies chroniques de la muqueuse des voies respiratoires. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1905, ix, 361-368.—Pezzullo (P.) Inalatore e maschera per inalazione nella cura delle affezioni lente del- 1' apparecchio respiratorio. Arte med., Napoli, 1902, iv, 453-456—Polyak (L.) [The employment of the graduated plethora of Bier in diseases of the superior air passages.] Or- vosi hetil., Budapest, 1906,1, 303-305.—Powell (C. H.) The treatment of respiratory diseases with especial reference to the employment of terp-heroin. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1902, xxii, 869.—Richardson (C, W.) Diet in vaso- motor disturbances of the upper air tract. Wash. M. Ann., 1912-13, xi, 29-34—Riory. Traitement des affections des voies respiratoires superieures par les inhalations de chloro- line. Bull, de la Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome [etc.], Valence AIR-PASSAGES. 205 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Diseases of. Treatment of). & Par., 1900, 1, 62-67.—Roques (P.) Les maladies chro- niques des voies aeriennes superieures sur le littoral medi- terraneen. J. de physiotherap., Par., 1907, v, 332-237.— Rosenthal (G.) La gymnastique respiratoire. Ibid 1903 i, 217-247.—Saenger (M.) Wasserstoffsuperoxyd bei Er- krankungen der oberen Luftwege. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg Berl., 1904, 505-507.—Safranek (J.) Ueber die Balneo- therapie der Krankheiten der Luftwege, mit besonderer Be- rucksichtigung dor Kurote Ungarns. Pest, med.-chir Presse, Budapest, 1909, xiv, 331-333.—Saniter (R.) Ver- wendung von Asbest und modifizierten Aetzsonden bei der Behandlung der oberen Luftwege. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh Wiesb., 1905, xlix, 141-143.—Sardou (G.) L'insuffisance defensive des premieres voies respiratoires et son traitement opotherapique. Arch. gen. de medv Par., 1904, i, 679-683 — Sawyer (J.) Pneu mo-therapy in diseases of the respiratory tract. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1900, xvi, 319-328.—Sayle (R. G.) Clothing by day and at night in the prevention of diseases of the air passages. Tr. M. Soc. Wisconsin, Madison 1896, xxx, 372-375.—Schalenkamp. Die Inhalationen gas- formiger Luftgemische aus der Gruppe der schwefeligsauren \ erbindungen bei Erkrankungen der Luftwege. Ztschr f Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1905, vii, 427-433—Schep- pegrell (W.) The non-operative treatment of diseases of the upper respiratory passages. Tr. West. Ophth., Otol. [etc.] Ass. Otol., laryngol. & rhinol. div., St. Louis, 1898, iii, 51- 57.—Schmid (A.) Inhalations- und pneumatische Be- handlung der Erkrankungen der Atmungsorgane. Handb. d. Therap. innerer Krankh., Jena, 2. Aufl., 1897, iii, 25-90.— Schbnemann. Die kalten Inhalationen bei Krankheiten der oberen Luftwege. Ann. d. schweiz. balneol. Gesellsch Aarau, 1906,2. lift., 3,5-42.—Semon (Sir F.) Some thoughts on the principles of local treatment in diseases of the upper air passages. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901 ii, 1313, 1396. Also, Re- print.—Senator (M.) Die diatetische Behandlung bei Er- krankungen der oberen Luftwege. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 738. Shaller (J. M.) Aconitine in acute inflammations of the respiratory tract of children. Alkaloid. Clin., Chi- cago, 1900, vii, 11-15. — Siegel (W.) Balneotherapie und Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. Ztschr. f. Laryngol Rhinol., [etc.], Wiirzb., 1908-9, i, 791-796.—Spengler (A.) Ueber die Anwendung des Parachlorphenols beieinigen Er- krankungen der oberen Luftwege. Monatschr., f. Ohrenh., Bed., 1897, xxxi, 311-314.—Spiess (G.) Die Balneotherapie bei den Erkrankungen der Luftwege. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii, 677; 722. -----•. Beitrag zur Chemotherapie der Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1914, xxi, 364-366.—Strauss (A.) Die Kupferchemotherapie der Schleimhauttuberku- lose der oberen Luftwege mit Lekutyl-Inhalationen. Der- mat. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Hamb., 1914, lix, 1007-1011.— Thompson (J. A.) The proper fields of medicine and sur- gery in diseases of the upper air passages. Ann. Otol., Rhi- nol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1914, xxiii, 918-922. Also: Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1914, xxiv, 741-749.—Tolnlewski (I.) Superheated compressed air and comminuted medi- cated vapours in the treatment of diseases of the respiratory tract. Hospital, Lond., 1904-5, xxxvii, 1.38.—Tommasl (I.) Le inalazioni con l'acqua madre cloro-bromo-iodo-litiosa, unite alia cura interna con le acque di Montecatini nelle ma- lattie delle vie respiratorie superiori e dell' orecchio. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1904-5, xvi, 493-497.—Voorhees (I. W.) A successful treatment for acute infections of the airways. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxiii, 702-704.—Waugh (W. F.) Alkalometric treatment of acute affections of the respiratory organs. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1900, ix, 728- 732.—Wicart. L'injection laryngo-tracheale; sa technique; ses indications, ses resultats. Clinique, Montreal, 1912-13, n. s., iii, 437-446.—Zickgraf. Ueber die Behandlung der oberen Luftwege mit Quillajarindendecoct. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xvii, 160-163.—Zifler (E.) Ueber kli- natisehe Heilpotenzen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Erkrankungen der Athmungsorgane. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1900, xxxvi, 337; 366; 436. Air-passages (Diseases of) in children. Behrmann (S.) Beitrage zur Behandlung der Erkran- kungen der Respirationsorgane im Kindesalter. Kinder- Arzt, Leipz., 1901, xii, 25; 49.—Berry (I. H.) Pertussis and broncho-pneumonia. Post-Graduate, N.Y., 1903, xviii,62.— Chappell (W. F.) The lymphoid affections of the upper air tract of children. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 766-771 — Derecq (L.) Quelques considerations sur les maladies des voies respiratoires chez les jeunes enfants. Rev. thfor. et prat. d. mal. de la nutrition, Par., 1898, vi, 412-421.—Gandy. Les maladies des voies respiratoires chez les enfants et le traitement marin en France. Gaz. d. mal. infant, [etc.], Par., 1903, v, 38.5-389. —Haverschmldt. Ziekten der eerste lucht- wegen bij jon^en kindcren. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1906, ii, 1355. -Mayer (E.) Recognition of affections of upper air passages in school children. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1906, iv; 190-192.—Mens! (E.) Sulla sepsi dell' apparato respiratorio nella prima infanzia. Riforma med., Roma, 1903, xix, 14-17.—von Mettenheimer (H.) Zur physikalischen Behandlung der Erkrankungen der Luft- wege im Kindesalter. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1910, vii, 171-176.—Peiper. Die Behandlung der akuten Entziin- dungen der Luftwege bei den Sauglingen. Deutsche med. Air-passages (Diseases of) in children. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1916, xiii, 213-215.—Taylor (H. ^•) Permanent damage to the individual due to obstruction of the upper air passages during childhood. Northwest Lancet, St. Paul, 1894, xiv, 311-313.-Triboulet (II.) & Boye (G.) Quelques affections spasmodiques des voies respiratoires chez l'enfant; de leur traitement adjuvant par la, morphine. Clinique, Par., 1908, iii, 578-581.—White (W. C.) The prevention of infection of the respiratory tract in the schools. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1913, xix, 68-71.— n mckler (E.) Ueber die Bedeutung einiger Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege fiir den kindlichen Organismus. Med.- padagog. Monatschr., Berl., 1896, 86-100. Air-passages (Exploration of). See, also, Bronchia, Larynx, Nose, Trachea (Exploration of). Brunings (W.) Technische Grundlagen zur Endoskopie der Luft- und Speisewege. 8° Wiesbaden, 1909. Gerber (P. H.) Die Untersuchung der Luftwege; ein Vortrag zur Einfuhrung in die moderne Rhino-Larvngologie fiir Aerzte und Studierende. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1913. Albrecht (T.) Die direkte Laryngo-Tracheo-Broncho- skopie und ihre Bedeutung fiir Diagnose und Therapie- Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 1879-1885.—Harwell (II.) Demon- stration of the method of direct examination of the larynx, trachea, bronchi, and oesophagus with Briining's instru- ments. Med.Mag., Lond., 1910, xix, 239-244.-----. Exami- nation ofthe air-passages. Clin.J.,Lond.,1913,xlii,395-400.— Dorendorf. Ueber die aussere Untersuchung der oberen Luftwege. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 433-438.—von Eicken (C.) Die klinische Verwertung der direkten Untersuchungs- methoden der Luftwege und der oberen Speisewege. Arch f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1904, xv, 371-494.—von Eicken (C), Paterson (D. R.) & Hill (W.) Discussion on direct methods of examining the air and food passages. Brit M J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1613-1621.—Ephraim (A.) Beitrage zur klinischen Bedeutung der Endoskopie derunteren Luftwege Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 692-695.—Flatau (T. S.) Neue Versuche zur Photographie in den oberen Luftwegen. Arch f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, v, 267-274.—Gerber & Henke (F.) Die Untersuchungsmethoden der Luftwege nach demheutigen Stande der Wissenschaft inkl. der Schwe- belaryngoskopie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Berl. & Leipz 1913, xxxix, 626.—Gugenheim. Ueber direkte Laryngo- Tracheoskopie und Bronchoskopie. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1913, lx, 618.—Hays (H.) Eine neue Untersuchungs- methode fiir die hintere Nase, die Tuben und den Larynx mit einem elektrischen Pharyngoskop. Ztschr. f. Laryngol Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1909-10, ii, 495-499.—Holscher. Die direkten Methoden zur Unterscheidung und Behand- lung von Kehlkopf, Trachea und Speiserdhre einschliesslich der Schwebelaryngoskopie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1751.—Jousset. Examen des voies aeriennes superieures chez 83 eleves sourds-muets, ages de 9 a 18 ans et en cours d'instruction dans l'etablissement de- partemental du Nord. Bull, de larvngol., otol. et rhinol Par., 1901, iv, 133-136.—Kachelmachcr (C.) Direct laryn- goscopy and bronchoscopy. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1914, xxxiv, 435-437.—Kelly (A. B.) Some experiences in the direct examinaton of the larynx, trachea and oesophagus Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 895-897.—Kirstein (A.) L'autos- copie des voies aeriennes (examen sans miroir du larynx et delatrachee). Ann. d. mal. del'oreille,du larynx [etc.] Par 1896; xxii, pt. 2, 105-110.—Kyle (J. J.) Roentgen diagnosis of diseases of the upper air passages. West. M. Times, Den- ver, 1915-16, xxxv, 416-419,1 pi.—Lieven (A.) Die Autosko- pie der oberen Luftwege. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztgi( Berl 1896, lxv, 341-343.—Mader. Rontgenthcrapie und Diag- nostik in den oberen Luftwegen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908 iv, 1647-1649.—Marek (J.) Die endoskopische Untersu- chung der vorderen Luftwege und des Luftsackes. Ztschr. f. Tiermed., Jena, 1912, xvi, 371-390.—Massei (F.) I metodi moderni di esame delle vie aeree. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1910,xxx,56-61.—Meyer(E.) Erfahrungen mit den Untersuchungsmethoden der oberen Luftwege. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii, 1173-1175. -----. Die Bedeutung der direkten Untersuchungsmethoden der oberen Luftwege im Dienste der Kinderheilkunde. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 1570-1572.—Neumayer (H.) Eine Sehutzvorrichtung fiir den Arzt bei der Untersuchung der oberen Luftwege. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 707.—Paunz (M.) Ueber die Verwendung der direkten Laryngoskopie und Tracheo-Bronchoskopie bei Kindern. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1912, lxxvi, Ergnzngshft., 131- 178.—Pieniazek. Ein Blick auf die Entwicklung der Methoden der okularen Untersuchung der Atmungswege. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lviii, 855-864. — Rethi (A.) Meine neue Methode bei der Rontgendarstellung des Kehl- kopfes und der Luftrdhre. Ztschr. f. Laryngol.. Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1913, vi, 27-33,2 pi.—Scheier (M.) Ueber die Photographie der Nase und des Kehlkopfes mittelst Ront- genstrahlen. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Leipz., 1897, Ixviii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 416-420.— Seyflarth. Ueber direkte Laryngoskopie und Tracheo. AIR-PASSAGES. 206 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Exploration of). bronchoskopie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1363-1367. — Waggett (E.) Direct laryngoscopy, bronchoscopy,andcesophagoscopy (a demonstration). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 897.—Weingaertner, Rontgenbilder aus dem Gebiete der Luft- und Speisewege. Veroffentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1913-14, pt. 1,33. Air-passages (Foreign bodies in). See, also, Bronchia, Larynx, Nose, Trachea (Foreign bodies in). Brettel (A.) *Ueber Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen. 8°. Giessen, 1902. Brunner (A.) *Ueber Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen. [Zurich.] 8° Pfdffikon, 1896. Casuistik (Zur) der Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen. Wissenschaftlicher Katalog der an der k. k. iii. medicinischen Universitatsklinik in Wien benndlichen Sammlung hrsg. yon der k. k. iii. medicinischen Universitatsklinik, mit einem Vorworte von Leopold von Schrotter. 8°. Stuttgart, 1901. Damazio (A.) *Corpos extranhos das vias aereas. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1904. Hanszel (F.) Ueber Fremdkorper in den oberen Luftwegen. 8°. Wien, 1903. Icke (P.) *Ein Fremdkorper in den Atmungs- wegen. 8°. Kiel, 1898. Kaehler (G. L. A. M.) *Ueber Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen. 8°. Halle a. S., 1901. Lamann (W.) Das naturliche Schutzsystem der oberen Wege als Fremdkorpertheorie. 8°. Jena,1903. Lamert (P.) *Ueber die an der Breslauer Konigl. Universitats-Klinik fiir Ohren-, Nasen- und Kehlkopfkrankheiten seit dem Jahre 1902 beobachteten Falle von Fremdkorpern in den Luftwegen. 8°. Breslau, 1910. Lindner (W.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von den Fremdkorpern im Respirationstractus. 8°. Gottingen, 1901. Meyer (H.) *Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen. Ein klinisch-statistischer Beitrag. [Jena.] 8°. Freiburg, [Baden], 1897. von Mieczkowski (L.) *Ueber die Fremd- korper der oberen Luftwege unter Berucksichtig- gung des in der Heidelberger ambulatorischen Klinik fiir Hals- und Nasenkranke beobachteten Materials. 8°. Heidelberg, 1896. Miller (E.) *Ueber einen Fall von einem Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen. [Erlangen.] 8°. Munchen, 1906. Rensburg (H. J.) *Funf Falle von Fremd- korpern in den Luftwegen. [Bonn.] 8°. Saar- louis, 1900. Varenne (G.-L.-J.-W.) ^Extraction des corps Strangers magnetique des voies aeriennes par l'electro-aimant. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901. Abrand. Diagnostic des corps etrangers des voies aeri- ennes. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1912, v, 782-787.—Alagna (G.) Quatre cas de corps etrangers (sangsues) des voies aeriennes. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, xxx, 809-818— Alliot (L.) [Case.] Tribune med., Par., 1903, 2. s., xxxv, 391—Barnhill (J. F.) [Case.l. Indian- apolis M. J., 1909, xii, 89.—Baurowicz (A.) Die Wande- rung eines Fremdkorpers. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1903, xiv, 187—Biaggi (C.) [Case.] Tribuna med., Milano, 1906, xii, 354.—Bilancioni (G.) [Case.] Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1915, xxxv, 166-175.—Binswanger (O. S ) A coin in the right bronchus. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1896, iv, 329. —Bittner (W.) [Cases.] Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xxvi, 319-321.—Blumental (A.) [Drop- ping of tracheotomy cannula into the lung.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1895, xxiv, 49-54.—Bogayevski (A. T.) [On operative removal of foreign bodies in the respiratory tract.] Laitop. Russk. Khir., S.-Peterb., 1898, iii, 1001-1004.—Bo- Loraz (N. A.) [Foreign bodies of the respiratory passages, and the primary tracheal suture.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1908, xxiv, 533-540.—Botella (E.) Consideraciones sobre el tra- tamiento de ios cuerpos extranos del aparato respiratorio. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1909; lxxxiii, 89-97.— Botey(R.) Lalaringoscopia, traqueoscopia,broncoscopiay esofagoscopia, directa en la extraccion de los cuerpos extra- Air-passages (Foreign bodies in). nos. Arch. lat. de rinol., laringol. [etc.], Bareel., 1904, xv, 1; 67.—Boulai (J.) Quelques observations de corps stran- gers des voies aeriennes superieures. Rennes med., 1908-9, iv, 334-338.—Brindel. Sur un cas de corps etranger des voies aeriennes (caramel a demi carbonise). J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxxi, 203; 253. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryn- gol. [etc.], Par., 1901, i, 273-281.—Briquet. Corps etranger des voies aeriennes meconnu pendant un an. J. de med. et chir. prat, Par., 1898, lxix, 369-372—BrUnings (W.) Dia- gnose und Behandlung der in den Luftwegen befindlichen Fremdkorper. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 929-934.—Buberl (L.) Fremdkorper im Bron- chus; Tod durch Perforation der Lungenarterie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xlvi, 1524-1528.—Buckman (E. U.) ... Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkesbarre, 1912, xx, 41-44.— Billiard (W. L.) A child one and a half years old with a shingle (4-penny) nail in its windpipe; some other cases of foreign bodies in the trachea and esophagus reported. At- lanta J.-Rec. Med., 1901-2 iii, 596-600.—Bunch (J. Le M.) & Lake (R.) A foreign body in the air passages for nine years; operation; removal; recovery.' Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 784- 786.—Burk (W.) Ueber einen Fall von Fremdkorperex- traktion aus den Luftwegen mittels eines Elektromagneten. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1905, xvii, 151-156 — Calamida(U.) ... Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1911, Siena, 1912, xiv, pt. 2, 399-410.—Childs (S. B.) [Six cases.] Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1915, xvii, 604-606, 2 pi.—Citelli. Su un caso di piccola sanguisuga cavallina nel bronco destro e su 7 casi di grosse sanguisughe cavalline in iaringe, in trachea e in rino-faringe. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1912, xxx, 253-258.—Cochez (L.) Chute d'une canule dans les voies respiratoires. Bull. mSd. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1909, xx, 677-679.—Corvini (G.) ... Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1902, xx, 107-118.—Crile (G. W.) Experimental researches on the ef- fects of increased barometric pressure and of foreign bodies in the pharynx, esophagus, trachea and larynx. Med. News, N. Y., 1900, lxxvi, 125; 286.—Dabarca (A.) Cuerpo extrano de las vfas respiratorias (grano de maiz) expulsado espon- taneamente. Arch.latino-am.de pediat., Buenos Aires, 1912, v, 397-402.—Delie. Quelques corps Strangers des premieres voies respiratoires et digestives. Scalpel, Liege, 1903-4, lvi, 8; 23; 31; 38.—Dubousquet-Laborderie. Epi de graminee aval6 dans un mouvement d'inspiration et sorti spontane- ment par la paroi thoracique. J. de med. de Par., 1900,2. s., xii, 503.—Dupond. [Four cases.] Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2, 407-421.—Dupuy (H.) & de Poorter (L.) Foreign bodies in the respiratory tract re- moved by direct laryngoscopy and bronchoscopy. N. Orl. M. &S. J., 1912-13, lxv, 610, lpl.—Duvergey. [Case.] Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 142.— vonEicken(C) ... Jahresk.f. arztl. Fortbild., Munchen, 1910,11. lift., 27; 43.—Eskildson (R. E.) [Case.] West.M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb. 1899, iv, 297.—Fedtnski (S.) [Foreign bodies in the respiratory organs of children.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1908, xv, 1339; 1368; 1389.—Felizet. Des corps Strangers des voies respiratoires chez les enfants. Bull, et mSm. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1898, n. s., xxiv, 522-527.—Ferrer! (G.) Corpi estranei delle vie aeree in guerra. Policlin., Roma, 1916, xxiii, sez. prat., 293-297.—Forni (G.) Corpi estranei nell' albero respiratorio svelati e localizzati coi raggi X. Atti d. Cong. ital. di radiol. med. 1913, Pavia, 1914, l, 178.— Fronz (E.) Diagnostik der Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Leipz., 1898, xlvii, 74-89.— Fulton (C.) ... Med. Rec, N.Y., 1897, li, 264.—Galebski (A. Ya.) [Removal of foreign bodies from the respiratory organs, principally in childhood, by bronchoscopy.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1913, xii, 1458-1461.—Gallegos (A.) San- guijuelas en las vias aSreas. Arch, de rinol., laringol., otol., Bareel., 1910, xxi, 285-291.—Gekker (F. V.) ["Foreign bodies in the respiratory passages during childhood.] Bol- nitsch. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1898, ix, 651-660.—Gibson (J. L.) Two cases of maize corn in the lower air passages. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1895, xiv, 47-50.—Githens (T. S.) & Meltzer (S.J.) An experimental study of the question of aspiration of foreign material into the air passages during intratracheal insufflation. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiii, 626-633.—Glas (E.) Zum Kapitel der Fremd- korper im Gebiete der oberen Luftwege. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1913, xlvii, 164-171.—Godlee (R.J.) A lecture on foreign bodies in the air-passages. Lan- cet, Lond., 1910, i, 166.5-1669.-----. . . . Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1914, xxxix, 1-10.—Goldenstein (N.) Corps Stranger des voies respiratoires, faisant un bruit musical, rendu dans une quinte de toux, quinze jours apres, sans provoquer Pinfection. Bull. Soc. de pSdiat. de Par., 1908, x, 273-275.—Gomez de la Mata. . . . Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1898, xxiv, 636-640.—Gott- stein (G.) Ueber die Diagnose und Therapie der Fremd- korper in den unteren Luftwegen, mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der Bronchoskopie und Radioskopie. Mitt. a. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1907, xxx, 3. Suppl., 279- 415, 2 pi.—Green (N. W.) A- Le Wald (L. T.) ... Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, lxiii, 656-667, 5 pi. Also, Reprint— Grossmann (M.) Die radiographisehe Untersuchung bei Fremdkorpern in den oberen Luftwegen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1903, xxxvii, 1-3.—Grothan (O.) ..., with report of cases and treatment. West. M. Hev., Omaha, 1913, xviii, 505-508.—Guedes de Mello. ... Brazil-med., Rio de AIR-PASSAGES. 207 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Foreign bodies in). Jan., 1901, xv, 244-246.—Guinon. Corps Strangers du la- rvnx, ou des bronches. Ann. demSd.et chir. inf., Par., 1904, viii, 277.—Guisez (J.) Diagnostic et traitement des corps etrangers des voies aSriennes. Ann. d. mal. dc l'oreille, du larynx, [etc.], Par., 1913, xxxix, 555-010.—Hall (J. N.) Case of foreign body in right bronchus; recovery after six days' retention. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1895-6, viii, 527.—d'Hal- luin (M.) Extraction des corps etrangers des voies respira- toires sous le controle des rayons X; bigoudy retirS de la bronche droite d'une petite fille de 10 mois; vingt-et-un corps Strangers extraits des Dronches de 6chiens. J. d. sc. mSd. de Lille, 1910, i. 385-397, 1 pi.—Hansen (U.) [Three cases.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1902, 4. R. x, 995-998.—Harms (II.) Ein Fall von Aspiration einer Roggenahre mit Spontan- heilung bei einem acht Monate alten Saugling. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1915, lxxii, 160-164.—Hawkins (F.) . . . Med. Mag., Lond., 1909, xviii, 555-567.—Heindl (A.) Siases.] Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, ix, 832.—Heller. . . . iinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 837.—Hertz (M.) [Six cases.] Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Bed., 1907, xli, 235-246.— Hesse (E.) Ueber Fremdkorper der Lunge und Pleurahohle nach Stich und Pfahlungsverletzungen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1912, xiii, pt. 2, 377-383. [Discussion], pt. 1,146.—Hodgson (F. G.) Foreign bodies in trachea and bronchial tubes. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1913-14, lx, 145-148.—Hosford (A. S.) [Case.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, i, 1180.—Howarth (W. G.) ... Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 994.—Hue (F.) . . . Rev. mSd. de Nor- mandie, Rouen, 1909, 231-237.—Iglauer (S.) Foreign body in larynx and trachea remqyed by the aid of the suspension laryngoscope. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1913, xxiii, 706-709. -----. On the use" of electro-magnets in the extraction of metallic bodies from the trachea and bronchi, with report of cases. Ibid., 1914, xxiv, 33-41.—Joachim (O.) Earthy accumulations in the upper air passages. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc. 1898, N. Orl., 1899, 276-281.—Jobert. Recherches sur les corps Strangers dans les voies aeriennes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1851, xxxii, 706-709.—Jolley (W. A.) [Case.] Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 7.—Kiderlen. [Four cases.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, Ver.- Beil., 60.—Killian (G.) Zur Behandlung der Fremdkorper in den tieferen Luftwegen und in der Speiserohre. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908, lv, 120-143. Also, transl: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 251-287—Kir- misson. [Case.] PSdiatrie prat., Lille, 1911, ix, 206-209. ---■—. [Case.] Ibid., 1913, xi, 389-393.—Klaussner (F.) Ueber das Eindringen von Fremdkorpern in Trachea und Oesophagus. Wien. med. Bl., 1896, xix, 503.—Koch (P.) [Case.] Bull. Soc. beige d'otol. et de laryngol., Brux., 1896, i, 29-31.—Kofler (K.) Die in den letzten ftinf Jahren an der Klinik zur Behandlung gekommenen Fremdkorper des La- rynx, der Trachea und der Bronchien. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr., 1915, xxviii, 1082; 1110.—Kozlovski (M. E.) [Cases.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1903, x, 1221.—Kredel (L.) . . . Mitt, a: d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1903, xi, 124- 139.—Kummel. Ueber zwei Fremdkorper aus Trachea und Bronchus. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 784.— Landau (J.) [Cases.] Therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1896, iii, 7.—Laval (E.) Les corps Strangers des voies respiratoires et leur traitement. Bull. gen. de thSrap. [etc.], Par., 1901, cxlii, 371-384.—Lavrand. Grain de chapelet dans les voies respiratoires; trachSotomie; expulsion. J. d. sc. mSd. de Lille, 1897, i, 32-35.—Lazzarl (E.) [Cases.] Riforma med., Napoli, 1913, xxix. 481-485.—Levesque. . . . Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1911, xxix, 121-128.—Leyden. Beitrag zur Lehre von den Fremdkorpern in den Luftwegen. Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1888-9, viii, 190; 281.—Macln- tyre (J.) A preliminary note on foreign bodies in the upper respiratory and digestive tracts. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1907, xxii, 390-398.—Magninl (M.) Sui corpi estranei nelle vie aeree (caduta di tubi da intubazione). Atti d. clin. oto-rino- laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma (1911), 1912, ix, 245-283 — Majocchi (A.) . . . Boll. d. clin,, Milano, 1914, xxxi, 49- 57.—Marmasse (R.) Corps Stranger des voies aSriennes; trachSotomie; expulsion du corps Stranger; broncho-pneumo- nie; mort. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par., 1897, x, 80-82.—Massei (F.) [Case.] Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1896, xvi, 125-133,1 pi.—Mauclaire. ... Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1904, xviii, 657— Melzi (U.) [Cases.] Boll. d. maid, orecchio, d. golae d. naso, Firenze, 1902, xx, 85.—Meyjes (H. P.) [Three interesting cases.] J. Laryn- gol., Lond., 1897, xii, 599-602.—Milligan (Sir W.) Demon- stration of foreign bodies removed from air passages. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1914-15, viii, Laryngol. Sect., 38-41 — Monnier (E.) Ueber Fremdkorper in den Luftwegen und die Bedeutung der Bronchoskopie bei solchen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1902, xxxv, 710-734, 2 pi.—Morrill (S. C.) ... Mass. M. J., Bost., 1906, xxvi, 182-189.—Mouret & Burgues. Quelques cas de trachSo-bronchoscopie; deux cas de corps Strangers des bronches; tumeur de la trachoe; corps Strangers du larynxchezun nourrisson. Montpel. med .,1913, xxxvi, 161.—Niehus. Drei Falle von Fremdkorpern in den tiefen Luftwegen, ihre Lokalisation durch Rontgenstrahlen und ihre Entfernung. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrah- len, Hamb., 1900, iii, 207-209,1 pi.—Noltenius. Entfernung eines Fremdkorpers aus den Luftwegen eines 4jahrigen Kna- ben. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1897, vi, 154- 156.—Nordman. [Case.] J. de mSd. et chir. prat., Par., 1897, Ixviii, 772-775.—Nowotny (F.) [Cases.] Monatschr. Air-passages (Foreign bodies in). f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviii, 341-344.—Olikhofl (S. A.) [Death in consequence of foreign bodies entering the respira- tory passages.] Vestnik Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 1901, pt. 2, 516-523.—Ouchterlony (J. A.) [Case.] Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1903, x, 146-150.— Park (R.) Contribution to the literature of foreign bodies in the pharynx and esophagus. Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s., xliv, 449-452.—Patton (J. M.) Localization and extraction of foreign bodies from the lower air passages; bronchoscopy. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1913, xviii, 463-467—Paul (E.) Kasuistischer Beitrag zur Fremdkorperextraktion aus den Luftwegen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 1795: 1914, xxvii, 1027.—de la Paz (D.) & Garcia (F.) An experi- mental study on the use of apomorphine to remove foreign bodies from the respiratory passages. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1916, xi, B, 51-61.—Peyrissac (E.) [Noyau de prune dans la bronche gauche, expulsion sans trachSotomie a la suite d'injections intra-tracheales d'eau froide.] Rev. internat. de rhinol., otol. et laryngol., Par., 1898, viii, 646- 655.—Pich (C. V.) ... Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, 1904, xx, 346-349.—Pick (T. P.) ... Internat. Clin., Phila., 1897, iii, 220-230.—Pieniqzek. Eigene Casuistik der mspirir- ten Fremdkorper, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Extraction derselben aus den tieferen Luftwegen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl., 1903, xxxvii, 529-547.—Poll (C.) Corpo straniero mobile nelle vie aeree di un bambino di 14 mesi rivelato colla radioscopia e rimosso con una tracheotomia. Atti Cong, region, ligure, Genova, 1900, vi, 64-66.—Powell (Sir R. D.) ... Middlesex Hosp. J., Lond., 1904, viii, 1-13.—Price (H. T.) Clinical findings of foreign body in air passages of children. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1915, xix, 174- 176.—Prota (G.) L'elettrocalamita applicata all' estrazione dei corpi estranei metallici dalle vie aeree. Arch. ital. di laringol., Napoli, 1903, xxiii, 20-32.—Ray (J. M.) ... Pedi- atrics, N. Y., 1900, ix, 491-493.—Reinking (F.) Zur Diag- nose von Fremdkorpern in den tieferen Luftwegen und in der Speiserohre. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 2225.—del Rio (A.) Neunzehn aus den Luft- wegen mittels Tracheobrohchoskopie entfernte Fremdkor- per. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1910, lxii, 68-88 — Ritter (H. U.) Ueber einen Fall von Fremdkorper in den tieferen Luftwegen mit spontaner Ausstossung desselben nach li Jahr. Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 1356.—de Roaldes (A. W.) Note on the use of the electro-magnet for the ex- traction of paramagnetic foreign bodies from the air passages. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1901, 109-116.—Rocher (H. L.) & Lafite-Dupont. Extraction d'un corps Stranger des voies respiratoires. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xxxiv,,297.—R[ousseau]-Saint-Philippe & Nourrit ( Mile.) [Epi de ble ayant penetrS jusqu'a la bronche moyenne et ayant entrains la gangrene du poumon et une hemoptysie mortelle; necropsie.] Rev. mens. d. mal. de l'enf., Par., 1900, xviii, 603-609.—Rutkowski (L.) [Wan- dering of an ear of grain from a bronchus outwards through the chest wall.] Czasopismo lek., L6dz, 1900, ii, 322.— Salutrynski. Pince speciale pour l'extraction des corps Strangers des voies aSriennes superieures (fosses nasales). Bull, et mSm. Soc. dechir. de Par., 1912, n. s., xxxviii, 343.— Sargnon & Berlatier. Le traitement des corps Strangers des voies respiratoires. Lyon chirurg., 1909-10, ii, 678-691.— Saurez de Mendoza. Sur les indications operatoires dans les cas de corps Strangers des voies respiratoires. Arch, de mod. et chir. spec, Par., 1892, iii, 355-360.—Schamelhout (G.) [Case.] Ann. Soc. de mSd. d'Anvers, 1906, Ixviii, 255.—Schlender. . . . Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, lxiv, 411-423.—Shields (W. D.) [Case.] West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1899, iv, 261.—Shultz (R. C.) Peanut in the airpassages. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii, 360.—Sike- meier (E. W.) [Case.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 664-671.—Simon. Un cas de mort, chez un enfant, par suite de la prSsence probable de sangsues dans les voies respiratoires. Arch. mSd. beiges, Brux., 1899, 4. s., xiv, 289-297.—Snoeck (J.) Corps Strangers traversant les voies respiratoires. Bull. Soc de mSd. de Gand, 1903, lxx, 183-186.—Steiner (R.) Ueber Fremdkorper in den unteren Luftwegen und ihre Entfernung. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1915, xl, 270-275.—Stewart (F.T.) ... Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, ll.U-1134.—Surukchl (S. G.) [Diagnosis and therapy of foreign bodies of the trachea and bronchi.] Yezhemles. Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bolfezn., S.-Peterb., 1914, ix, 28- 32.—Swain (H. L.) The use of the bronchoscope and cesophagoscope for the location and removal of foreign bodies in the air and food passages. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1908-9, xv, 158-170.—Syrett(E. F.) [Twocases.] Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1729.—Tanturri (D.) Le traitement des corps Strangers du larynx, de la trachSe et des bronches. Arch. internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, xxiii, 381; 750.-----. Speciale corpo estraneo nelle vie superiori del respiro in una bambina di quattro mesi di eta; estrazione; guarigione. Med. prat., Napoli, 1916, i, 335-340—Tapia (A. G.) La traqueo- bronquioscopia y los cuerpos extranos del arbol aSreo. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. mSd., Madrid, 1908, xx, 327-331.—Thoi- not (L.) De la mort suspecte ou subite par la pSnStration accidentelle de corps Strangers venus de dehors dans les voies respiratoires. Bull. mSd., Par., 1911, xxv, 489-492—Thorn- val (A.) [Foreign bodies in the lower air-passages.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1915, lxxvii, 1995-2006.—Torday (F.) rCases.l Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1899, xxxv, 769; 797. — Townsend (J. F.) [Cases.] J. South Car. M. Ass., AIR-PASSAGES. 208 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Foreign bodies in). Seneca, 1914, x, 520—Toyofuku (T.) Zur Kenntnis der Fremdkorper in den grossen Luftwegen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1909, xliii, 741-746.—Tsltovich (M. F.) [Complications of foreign bodies in the upper air- passages and their extraction by bronchoscopy.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov, Botlezn., S .-Peterb., 1913, v, 138-143.— Vandeweghe (C.) Un cas rare d'Spi de ble avals et retrouvS au fond d'une fistule situSe au niveau du thorax. Belgique mSd., Gand-Haarlem, 1895, ii, 300-304.—Vishnyakofl (N. D.) ... Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xiv, 439-441.—Vlasoff (N.) [Tracheotomy for foreign bodies m the respiratory passages.] Russk. Khir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 1906, xxii, 173- 178.—Wall (C.) ... Clin. J., Lond., 1910, xxxvi, 161-172.— Wallace (H.) . . . Brooklyn M. J., 1902, xvi, 10-18.— Wanitschek (E.) [Cases.] Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 361-363.—Wherry (W. P.) The removal of foreign bodies in the respiratory tract, laryngoscopy, esophagoscopy. West. M. Rev., Omaha, 1913, xviii, 457-462—Wigg (A. E.) [Two cases.] Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1898, xvii, 171.— van den Wildenberg (L.) Dix corps Strangers des pou- mons, de la trachSe et de Pcesophage, traitSs par la broncho- cesophagoscopie. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1911, lxxiii, 229-231.—Willard (De F.) Removal of foreign bodies from the air passages. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 1077-1080. Also, Reprint.—Wilson (R. A.) Lodgment of a foreign body in the air passages for 72 days. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1389.—Wittmaack. Beitrage zur Fremdkorper- extraktion aus den oberen Luftwegen mit Hilfe der direkten Methoden. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1911, xl, 53-59.—Wyman (H. C.) ... Physician & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1897, xix, 198-201. [Discussion], 228.— Zimmermann (A.) Bericht iiber einige aspirierte Fremd- korper. Ztschr. i. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1913, lxvii, 49-88, 3pL Air-passages (Hemorrhage from). Simon (E.) *Ueber Blutungen aus den oberen Luftwegen. 8°. Konigsberg %. Pr., 1906. Baumgarten (E.) Ueber periodische Blutungen der oberen Luftwege. Wien. med. Presse, 1905, xlvi, 769-774.— Chiari (O.) Ueber Blutungen aus den oberen Luftwegen mit Ausnahme der Nase. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1909, xliii, 721-737. Also, transl: Memphis M. Month., 1910, xxx, 17-30.—Citelli. Lapituitrinanelle emor- ragie operatorie e spontanee delle vie respiratorie. Bol. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1913, xxxi, 73-76. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1913, vi, 525-536. Also, transl.: Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xv, Rhinol. & Laryngol., pt. 2, 283 — Flatau (T. S.) Zur Prophylaxe und Behandlung der Blu- tungen der oberen Luftwege. Deutsche Prax., Munchen, 1900, iii, 77-84.—Imhofer (R.) Die Blutungen der oberen Luftwege. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 248-250.— Lancereaux. HSmorragies nSvropathiques des voies respi- ratoires (epistaxis et hemoptysies). Bull. Acad, de mSd., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliv, 273-279.—Page (L.) Non-tubercular hemorrhages of the air passages. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, 1462-1465.—Simpson (W. K.) Clinical experience with calcium lactate in hemorrhages of the upper air tract. Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass., N. Y., 1909, 250-267.—Wright (D.) Symptomatic haemorrhage from the mucous membrane of the upper respiratory tract. Ilomceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J., N. Y., 1905, xi, 43-47.—Zografldes (A.) Ueber Blu- tungen aus den Luftwegen. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1913, xlvii, 385-388. Air-passages (Inflammation of). See, also, Bronchitis; Larynx, Nose, Tra- chea (Inflammation of). Bresgen (M.) Klima, Witterung und \Yoh- nung, Kleidung und Korperpflege in ihren Be- ziehungen zu den Entziindungen der Luftwege. 8°. Halle a. S., 1900. Clarke (J. H.) Catarrh, colds and grippe, in- cluding prevention and cure, with chapters on nasal polypus, hay fever and influenza. 12°. Philadelphia, 1899. Adams (G. C.) Catarrhal conditions of the upper air passages, and how to treat them. St. Louis Clinique, 1904, xvii, 194-200.—Bryan (J. H.) Catarrhal inflammations of the upper air passages as thev appear in Washington and its vicinity. Nat. M. Rev., Wash., 1897-8, vii, 182-184.—Cobb (C. M.) Hygienic measures in the treatment of the catarrhal diseases of the upper air tract in children. Ann. Gynec. & Pediat., Bost., 1900-1901, xiv, 993-995.-----. The impor- tance of the early treatment of catarrhal conditions of the upper air tract in children. Ibid., 1902, xv, 615-618.—Flatau (T. S.) Die Behandlung des chronischen Katarrhs der obe- ren Luftwege. Berl. Klinik, 1900,149. Hft., 1-21.—Gerber. Die bakteriologische und die klmische Diagnose bei den fibrinosen Entziindungen der oberen Luftwege. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1905, xiii, 969-974— Halbhuber (F.) Zur Therapie der Entziindungen des Respirationstraktes. Wien. med. Presse, 1905, xlvi, 24.—Hubbard (T.) Some remarks on the principles of treatment of simple acute laryngitis and bronchitis. N. YorkM. J., 1896, lxiv, 81-83.—Kerley (C. G.) Air-passages (Inflammation of). Acute, non specific, inflammatory conditions of the upper respiratory tract in infants. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1897, xiv, 251-258.—Koppel (H.) Ueber die Haufigkeit und die Ur- sachen der chronischen Catarrhe der oberen Luftwege. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1897, n. F., xiv, 385-389.—Laurie (H.) & Colville (H. C.) A case of plastic tracheitis and bronchitis. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1915, i, 145.— Linkenheld (L.) Die hydriatische Behandlung der Ka- tarrhe der oberen Luftwege. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1900, xxi, 522.—McKinney (R.) Intratracheal medication in catarrhal diseases of the lower respiratory tract. Mem- phis M. Month., 1903, xxiii, 24-29— Mayer (E.) Catarrh of the upper air passages. N. York M. Exam., 1892, ii, 145- 147.—Pollacci (E.) Di un nuovo rimedio per guarire le tossi i catarri, le bronchiti, l'asma, etc., e per la cura pre- ventiva della tisi. Guerra a. tuberc, Catania, 1903, iii, 3.— Roemele (E. C.) The local treatment of catarrhal condi- tions affecting the upper air passages. South. Pract., Nash- ville, 1908, xxx, 516.—Schramm (F.) Beitrag zur Behand- lung der Schleimhautkatarrhe der Luftwege. Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 2481-2487. — Seifert (O.) Ueber die Behandlung des akuten Katarrhs der oberen Luftwege. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 785- 790.—Statler (W. K.) Acute inflammation ofthe mucous membranes of the upper air passages. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1908-9, v, 756-758.—Weitlaner (F.) Zur Therapie der Entziindungen des Respirationstraktes. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 2350-2353.—Wells (W. A.) Indications for constitutional treatment of catarrhal affections of the upper air passages. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1900, lvii, 667-672. Air-passages (Lupus of). Rabourdin (L.) Contribution a l'etude du lupus primitif des muqueuses des voies aeriennes superieures. 8°. Paris, 1905. Levy (P.) Ueber Lupus der oberen Luftwege mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der Komplikationen von Seiten des Gehororgans. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1908, lv, 200- 251.—Lill (F.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis des Lupus vulgaris der oberen Luftwege. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1913, xiii, 257-282.—Senator (M.) Ueber Schleimhaut-Lupus der oberen Luftwege. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 716-719.—Siebenmann (F.) Lupus pernio der oberen Luftwege. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1906-7, xix, 177-190. Also: Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1907, xxxvii, 75.—Wittmaack. Ueber die neueren Untersuchungen der oberen Luftwege. Kor.-Bl. d. allg. arztl. Ver. v. Thuringen, Jena, 1910, xxxix, 186-192. Air-passages (Obstruction of). See, also, Bronchia (Obstruction of); Nose (Obstruction of); Trachea (Stenosis of). Blumberg (M.) *Kollapsinduration der Lun- genspitzen bei Stenose der oberen Luftwege. 8°. Bern, 1914. Mignardot (P.) *Des retrecissements et des traumatismes des voies respiratoires superieures dans leurs rapports avec la tuberculose; tracheo- tomie et tuberculose. 8°. Paris, 1904. Pieni.\zek (P.) Die Verengerungen der Luft- wege. 8°. Leipzig dc Wien, 1901. Thost (A.) Die Verengerungen der oberen Luftwege nach dem Luftrohrensennitt und deren Behandlung. roy. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1911. Bilancioni (G.) Lo studio grafico del respiro nelle stenosi delle prime vie aeree. Policlin., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. med., 506-526. Also: Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1912, Siena, 1913, xv, pt. 2, 125-152.—Brlggs (H. H.) Ob- structions to the upper respiratory tract. Charlotte [N. C] M. J., 1906, xxix, 62-64.—Concanon (J. J.) Abnormal respiration in infants from obstruction in the upper air passage. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 1252-1257 — Dudley (W. F.) The relation of rhino-pharyngeal affec- tions to neurology. Obstruction of the upper respiratory tract. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 281-283.— Faught (F. A.) Obstructive lesions of the upper air pas- sages; the importance of their diagnosis and treatment. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1907-8, xi, 378-381.—Friedjung (J. K.) Beitrage zur Diagnostik und Therapie der Stenosen der oberen Luftwege. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1902-3, xxxv, 353-374.—Galatti (D.) Differenzialdiagnose der Stenosen der oberen Luftwege im Kindesalter. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1908, liii 1- 15; 25; 37.—Galdiz (J. A.) Prondstico de las estenosis de las primeras vias aSreas en los niftos. Bol. de laringol., otol. y rinol., Madrid, 1910, x, 33-38.—Lenz- mann. Demonstration zweier Praparate, welche eine hochgradige Stenose des Athmungscanals bewirkt hatten. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 515-517.—Liegeois. De l'emploi des vomitifs comme dSsobstruantes des voies aSriennes. Rev. gSn. de clin. et de thSrap., Par., 1900, xiv, 388-391.—Ligorio (E.) L'urgenza nelle stenosi ed ostru- zioni delle vie aeree. Med. ital., Napoli, 1904, ii, 565; 587.— Neil (J. H.) Some points on obstruction to the upper respi- ratory and digestive tracts. N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Obstruction of). 1913-14, xii, 629-639.—Sargnon. Trois cas de stSnoses graves des voies aeriennes supSrieures. Lyon mSd., 1913, exx, 339-342.—Schalck (E.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Stenose der oberen Luftwege. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 850.—Turner (E. M.) Effects of upper respiratory obstruction. Wisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1907-8^vi, 661-666.—V^mola (K.) [The obstructions of the upper air-passages (deviations, enchondrosesv and exostoses) and their removal by a new instrument.] Casop. lSk.cesk., v Praze, 1903, xiii, 1189-1192.—Wolf (II.) A Friedjung (J. K.) Zur Casuistik der Stenose der oberen Luftwege. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1901, xlvi, 501-503.—Zerenin (V.) [Cicatricial stricture of the respiratory passages at the point of bifurcation of the trachea.] Laitop. khirurg. Obsh. v Mosk., 1897, xvi, 27-34. Air-passages (Scleroma of). Durkee (J.W.) Case of scleroma ofthe upper air passages. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 1132-1135.—Friedrich (E. P.) Die epidemiologische Bedeutung des Skleroms der oberen Luftwege fiir Deutschland. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. A- Leipz., 1914, xl, 75-77.—GUntzer (J. H.) Scleroma of the upper respiratory tract; with a report of two cases: rhinopharyngo-laryngo- and rhinopharyngoscleroma; vaccine treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 129-141.— Majewski(T.) Ein Fall von Sclerom der Luftwege. Monat- schr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1900, xxxiv, 249-257.—Nager (F. R.) Ueber das Sklerom der obern Luftwege. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xiii, 485-491.—von Weismayr (A.) Eine noch nicht beobachtete Complication des Scleroms der Luftwege. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1896, xxx, 477-486. Air-passages (Surgery of). Bennett (T. L.) Remarks on general anaesthesia in operations involving the upper air passages. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 262-267.—Blanluet (P.) La chloro- formisation dans les interventions sur les voies aeriennes supSrieures. Presse med.; Par., 1911, xix, 793-796.—Bodine (J. A.) Local anaesthesia m surgery of the upper air passages. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 257-261. [Discussion], 295-300.—Chappell (W. F.) Remarks on recent surgery of the upper air tract. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1909, xxxiii, 1-13.—Coulter (J. H.) The surgery of the air pas- sages m children. Chicago Clinic, 1897, x, 151-154.—Freu- denthal (W.) Local anesthetics in the upper respiratory tract, including the adrenalin preparations. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 105-111.—Gluck (T.) Vorschlage und kasuistischer Beitrag zur Chirurgie der oberen Luft- und Speisewege. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1908-9, i, 731-737, 1 pi.—Gradenigo (G.) Sulla reazione febbrile dopo operazioni nelle prime vie aeree. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1901, xi, 343-346. A Iso: Gior. d. r. Accad. di Torino, 1901, 4. s., vii, 389-392—Gwathmey (J. T.) The method of givmg anesthesia in operations upon the upper respiratory tract. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 148.— Malherbe (A.) La position de Rose dans les operations sur les voies aeriennes supSrieures. Bull. mSd., Par., 1903, xvii, 1.—Marschik (II.) Anamisierungs- und Anasthesierungs- Spray fiir die oberen Luftwege. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1914, xlviii, 428-432.—Mosher (H. P.) Notes on the management of the anesthetic in operations on the respiratory tract. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 84, 1 pi.— Moure (E.-J.) De la suture immSdiate des voies aSriennes apres les operations pratiques sur la trachSe et le larynx. J7 de med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxxi, 777-779.—Murray (F. W.) Preliminary tracheotomy in operations upon the upper air-passages. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1897, xxv, 600-609.— Nasta (T.) & Wachmann (P.) [Anesthesia in the surgery of the upper air passages.] Rev. de chir., Bucurestl, 1913, i, 56-64.—Thompson (St. C.) Anaesthesia in operations on the upper air passages. A. From the operator's point of view. Practitioner, Lond., 1905, lxxiv, 66-86—Winckler (E.) Ueber Fieberbewegungen nach Operationen in den oberen Luftwegen. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897, xi, 849- 851. Air-passages (Syphilis of). See, also, Bronchia, Larynx, Nose, Trachea (Syphilis of). Gerber. Spatformen hereditarer Syphilis in den oberen Luftwegen. Eine klinische Studie. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1S94. In: Beite. z. klin. Med. u. Chir., Wien & Leipz., 5. Hft. Alagna (C.) Sur un cas de stSnoses cicatricielles multi- ples syphilitiques des premieres voies respiratoires; contri- bution clinique et operatoire. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1913, xxxvi, 765-774.—Baumgarten (E.) ... GSgeszet, Budapesti, 1912, 2-4.—Besancon (J.) RStrS- cissement syphilitique de la trachSe et des bronches; gomme sous-pSriostique du pariStal; exostose du frontal; infiltration gommeuse du temporal gauche. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1886, lxi, 173-176.—Bryan (J. II.) On some of the manifes- tations of syphilis of the upper air-passages. N. YorkM. J., 1893, lviii, 727. — Butts (II. II.) Syphilitic lesions ofthe upper respiratory tract. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1903, xxxi, 363; 526.—Capart (A.) Quelques considSrations a propos du traitement de la syphilis des premieres voies. Ann, d. mal. 76399°—17----14 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Syphilis of). de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1899, xxv, 537-550.—De Blois (T. A.) Some of the manifestations of syphilis of the upper air-passages. N. York M. J., 1898,1, 510-513.—Fallas (A.) & Higguet (G.) Trois cas de syphilis des voies aSriennes superieures traitSs par ParsSno-benzol. Presse mSd. beige, Brux., 1910, lxii, 1079-1084.—Fullerton (R.) . . . Glasgow M. J., 1906, lxv, 247-253. — Gerber (P. H.) Die Manifes- tationen der Syphilis in den oberen Luftwegen. Dermat. Ztschr., Berl., 1894, ii, 1; 116, 2 pi.—Hommel (W.) Die Syphilis der Trachea und der Bronchien und ihre Diagnose durch die Tracheobronchoskopie. Monatschr. f. Kinderh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1914, xlviii, 783-809.—Hutter (F.) Ueber syphilitische Erscheinungen im Bereiche der oberen Luftwege. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1911, xxv, 325; 343; 361.—Irsai (A.) [Case.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1912, x, 121.— Jurasz. . . . Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1893, Leipz., 1894, lxv, pt. 2, 354-364.—Keimer (P.) . . . Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1905, ii, 676; 711.— Keneflck (J. A.) Some manifestations of syphilis in the upper respiratory tract, with report ofacaseof chancre of the nasal septum. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxii, 266-268. [Dis- cussion], 285-287.—La Fevre (E. B.) The value of early diagnosis in syphilitic lesions of the upper respiratory tract, with illustrative eases. Kansas M. J., Topeka, 1894, vi, 429- 434.—Lautmann (S.) Traitement de la syphilis des voies respiratoires supSrieures. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.]. Par., 1909, xxxv, pt. 2, 535-552.—Mongardi (R.) ... Rassegna med., Bologna, 1905, xiii, No. 11,1-3.—Parker (R. W.) O bliterative endo-tracheitis and endo-bronchitis in congenital syphilis. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1886, xxxvii, 119-124,1 pi. — Recanatesi (A.) Sopra alcune manifesta- zioni sifilitiche del cavo orale e naso faringeo. Boll. d. mal. d. orecchio, d. gola e d. naso, Firenze, 1905, xxiii, 79; 97.— Richards (G. L.) Syphilis of the upper air tract; some remarks on its diagnosis and treatment. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 1327-1331. A Iso, Reprint.—Schlesinger (E.) Unsere Resultate mit Neosalvarsan bei luetischen Affektionen der oberen Luftwege. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1913, vi, 375-389.—Schwyzer (F.) Sectionsbericht zu Seifert's Fall von syphilitischer Bron- chostenose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xliii, 337.— Seifert (O.) Ueber Syphilis der oberen Luftwege. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1893, Leipz., 1894, lxv, pt. 2, 340-354.—Semon (Sir F.) Some unusual manifestations of syphilis in the upper air passages. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1906, xv, 201-217. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 61-65.—SUcock (A. Q.) Syphilitic ulcerative bronchitis and tracheitis. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1886, xxxvii, 115-117.—Stout (G. C.) ... Penn. M. J., Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 546-556,1 pi.—Strandberg (O.) [Syphilis of the upper respiratory mucous membrane. ] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1914, 5. R., vii, 328-335.—Thomson (St. C.) Syphilis and its treatment in the upper air-passages. Practitioner, Lond., 1904, lxxiii, 118-129, 3 pi. ----- . . . Polyclin., Lond., 1906, x, 135-140.-----. . . . Syst. Syph. (Power & Murphy), Lond., 1910, v, 289-348, 8 pi.—White (F. W.) Syphilis of the upper respiratory tract treated with salvarsan. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 1096-1103.— Yonsre (E. S.) ... Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1899, xxvii, 1645-1619. Air-passages (Tuberculosis of). See, also, Air-passages (Lupus of); Larynx, Nose, Trachea (Tuberculosis of). Boluminski (O.) *Beitrage zur Tuberkulose der oberen Luftwege. [Erlangen.] 8°. Berlin, 1895. Ascher. Tuberculose und nicht tuberculose Erkrankun- gen der Athmungsorgane in Preussen seit 1875. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903,xl, 1012-1016.—Aspisoff (S.M.) [Ontheap- plication of hydrogen peroxide in connection with iodine by Pfannenstiel's method, and also of pure hydrogen peroxide, in the treatment of tuberculosis of the upper respiratory pas- sages.] Vestnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bolfezn., S.-Peterb., 1914, vi, 341-353.—Avellis. Lehrreiche Beispiele von Fehl- diagnose der eigenen Praxis aus dem Gebiet der Tuberkulose der oberen Luftwege. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryn- gology Wiirzb., 1911, 585-593.—Bane (W. C.) The medical treatment of tuberculosis of the upper air passages and the ear. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1906, St. Louis, 1907, 292-295. Also, transl: Arch, internat. de la- ryngol. [etc.J, Par., 1907, xxiii, 461-464.—Blumenfeld. Die Tuberkulinbehandlung der Tuberkulosen der oberen Luft- wege bei Erwachsenen. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1911, iv, 425-436,1 ch.—Bourgeois (II.) Le formol en oto-rhino-laryngologie et parliculierement les injections interstitielles de formol dans le traitement de la tuberculose des premieres voies respiratoires; note preliminaire. Progres mSd., Par., 1912, 3. s., xxviii, 602.—Brindel. Coryza atro- phiqueet tuberculose des voies aSriennes. Bull. Soc d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1896, xvii, 118-121.—Campagna. Tubercolosi delle vie aeree; distinzioni; stati anatomici com- parati; diagnosi; l'emottisi nei tubercolosi. Clin, dermo- sifilopat. d. r. Univ. di Roma, 1913, xxxi, 91-115, 5 pi.— Cathcart (G. C.) A clinical lecture on tuberculosis of the upper air passages. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 364; 388.—Chappell (W. F.) Observations on the 2( AIR-PASSAGES. 210 AIR-PASSAGES. Air-passages (Tuberculosis of). creosote treatment of tuberculosis of the upper air-passages. N. York M. J., 1896, lxiii, 604-606. Also, Reprint.-----. The early appearances, diagnosis and treatment of tubercu- losis of the upper air tract. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1903, xl, 495-501.—Chiari (O.) Ueber die Tuberculose der oberen Luftwege. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 984; 1007; 1035.—De Renzi (E.) Adenopatia tubercolare; tubercolosi della laringe, della trachea e dei bronchi; granulia polmonare con incipiente affezione pneumonitica. Gazz. d. osp., Mi- lano, 1899, xx, 202.—Escat (E.) Sur quoi repose la rSputa- tion curative des eaux sulfurSes-sodiques dans la tuberculose des voies respiratoires supSrieures? Arch, med.de Toulouse, 1912, xix, 237-252.—Ferreri (G.) La tubercolosi delle prime vie respiratorie in rapporto all'igiene scolastica. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1899-1900, ix, 261-281. Also, transl: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1900, xxvi, 19-36.—Fraukel (B.) Bemerkungen zur Differentialdiag- nose zwischen Tuberkulose, Karzinom und Syphilis der oberen Luftwege. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1910, xxxiv, 678- 682.^Freudenthal (W.) The climatic treatment of tuber- culosis of the upper air tract. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 790-796.—Gleitsmann (J. W.) Behandlung der Tu- berkulose der oberen Luftwege. N. Yorker med. Monat- schr., 1908, xx, 161-168. Also, Reprint.—Grttnberg (K.) Erfahrungen iiber die Jod- und Quecksilberbehandlung der Tuberkulose in den oberen Luftwegen. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., Wiesb., 1909, lix, 180-191.—Grtinwald (L.) Die Indika- tionen zum operativen Vorgehen bei der Tuberkulose der oberen Luft- und Nahrungswege. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1896, v, 214-221.—Hamilton (T. K.) Treat- ment of tubercular disease of the upper respiratory tract. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 438-442—Heryng (T.) Traitement de la tuberculose des voies respiratoires supSrieures. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1908, xxxiv, 497-521. Also, transl: Verhandl. a. internat. Laryngo-Rhinol.-Kong. 1908, Wien & Leipz., 1909, i, 382- 413.—Hurd (L. M.) A certain phase in the differential diagnosis of tuberculosis and syphilis of the upper respiratory tract. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvii, 531-535.—Ja- rosch. Ueber die Bekampfung der Tuberkulose von den oberen Luftwegen aus mittels des "Prophylacticum Malle- brein." Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 1979.—von Lenart (Z.) Tuberculosis nasi, pharyn- gis et laryngis. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xliv, 929.—Levy (R.) Surgical treatment of tuberculosis of the upper air passages. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1906-7, xxvi, 134-141.—M'Bride (P.) Some questions with regard to tuberculosis of the upper air passages. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1891-2; n. s., xi, 187-196.—Martuscelli (G.) Tubercolosi delle prime vie del respiro; anatomia patologica e batteriologia. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1900, Emploi, 1901, v, 11-30.—Massei (F.) Profilassi e cura della tubercolosi delle prime vie del respiro. Arch. ital. di laringol.; Napoli, 1900, xx, 123-147, 1 pi.—Mayer (E.) Tu- berculosis ofthe upper air-passages. Med. News, N. Y., 1898, lxxii, 615-617. Also, Reprint.—Meitner (W.) Kreo- sotal bei nicht tuberkulosen Erkrankungen der Respirations- organe. Aerztl. Monatschr., Leipz., 1900, 438-441.—Moller (J.) Die Pfannenstillsehe Behandlung bei tuberkulosen una anderen lokalinfektiosen Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege. Internat. Zentralbl. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 191^-12, x, 177-188.—Pluder (F.) Zwei bemerkenswerthe Falle von Tuberkulose der obersten Athmungswege. Arch. f. Laryn- gol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1896, iv, 119-127— Queirolo. Signifi- cato dei fatti fisici in rapporti alle alterazioni anatomo-pato- logiche delle malattie tubercolari delle vie aeree. Med. nuova, Roma, 1914, v, 61.—Rey (J. G.) Klinik der Tuber- kulose der Athmungsorgane im Sauglinge. Arch. f. Kin- derh., Stuttg., 1904, xxxix, 338-346.—Rice (C. C.) The diag- nosis of tuberculosis of the upper air-passages. N. York M. J., 1895, lxii, 490-494.—Rosenberg (A.) Tuberculosis of the upper air passages. J. Tuberc, Asheville, N. C, 1901, iii, 209- 223.—Solger (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der histologischen Differentialdiagnose zwischen Syphilis und Tuberkulose der oberen Luftwege. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1913, lxix, 137-157, 2 pi—Stangenberg (E.) Om behandling af tuberkulosa affektioner i dfre delen af respirationsorganet enligt Dr. Pfannenstills metod. Forh. Svensk. Lak.-Sallsk., Stockholm, 1911, 28-50. — Strandberg (O.) Die Behand- lung tuberkuldser Leiden der Schleimhaute der oberen Luftwege mit Reyns Elektrolyse. Strahlentherapie, Berl. & Wien, 1914, iv, 649-660. Also, Reprint. -----. Be- merkungen iiber die Differentialdiagnose zwischen Tuber- kulose und Syphilis der Schleimhaute der oberen Luftwege. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1914, vii, 1-7.— Suchannek. Ueber Tuberkulome der oberen Luftwege, nach eigenen und iremden Erfahrungen. Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Nasen-, Ohren-.Mund- u. Halskr., Halle a. S., 1901, v, 167; 204. Also, Reprint.—Sympo- sium; tuberculosis of the upper air passages. Laryngo- scope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 417-440. [Discussion], 474-478 — Thomson (St. C.) Tubercular infection through the air- passages. Practitioner, Lond., 1901, lxvii, 80-91.—Vialard (F.) Tuberculose et gangrene gSnSralisSe a tout l'appareil respiratoire. J. de mSd. et chir. prat., Par., 1903, lxxiv, 299- 303—Wood (G. B.) The etiology of tuberculosis of the upper respiratory tract. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1907, xvu, 920-929.-----. The diagnosis and treatment of tuber- culous lesions in the upper respiratory tract. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1911, 3. s., xxvn, 316-321.—Wright (J.) Problems Air-passages (Tuberculosis of). in the etiology, diagnosis and treatment of tuberculous dis- ease of the upper air-passages. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, Ixxviii, 85-89.—WUstmanh (G.) Zur Jod- und Queck- silbertherapie bei Schleimhauttuberkulose der oberen Luft- wege. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1912, lxvi, 2S-39. Air-passages (Tumors of). See, also, Air-passages (Cancer of); Larynx, Nose, Trachea (Tumors of). Kunne (A.) *Ueber Lipome der oberen Luft- wege. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1893. Manasse (P.) Ueber multiple Amyloid-Geschwulste der oberen Luftwege. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, clix, 117-136, 1 pi.—Muck (O.) Ueber den Naevus vascu- laris der oberen Luftwege. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Wiesb., 1914, lxx, 257-259.—Multiple amyloid tumors of upper air- passages. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxiv, 369.— Pfeiffer (W.) Ueber die "Cylindrome" der oberen Luft- wege. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1913, xxvii, 516- 525,1 pi.—Pollak (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Amyloid- tumoren der Luftwege und der Mundrachenhohle. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1914, vii, 25-103, 1 pi.— Pusateri (S.) I cosidetti papillomi dell' orecchio e delle prime vie aeree. Arch. ital. di otol. [etc.], Torino, 1915, xxvi, 505:1916, xxvii, 43; 148.—von Recklinghausen. Ueber die multiplen Ecchondrosen der grossen Luftwege. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1898, Berl., 1899, 109-112—Sa- franek (J.) Ueber Blutgefassgeschwiilste in den oberen Luftwegen. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1911, iv, 353-360, 1 pi. Air-passages (Tumors of, Malignant). See, also, Air-passages (Cancer of). . Freudenthal (W.) Ueber die Behandlung maligner Tumoren der oberen Luftwege mittels Radium. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1911, xxv, 3-8.-----. Report on the therapeutic value of radium in malignant tumors of the upper air tract. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. N. Bedford, Mass., 1912, xviii, 454-465.—Home (J.) Speci- mens from cases of sarcoma and cases simulating sarcoma in the upper air-passages. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1908, xxiii, 314.—Kyle (D. B.) A brief discussion of the pathology of malignant growths of the upper air passages. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1904, xiv, 619-621. Also: Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1904, N. Y., 1905, x, 159-161.—Mader. Zur Rontgenbehandlung maligner Neoplasmen der oberen Luftwege. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1908), 1909, xviii, 159-167. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 607-609. Also, transl: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1909, xxvii, 105-111. Air-passages ( Wounds and injuries of). Iermolenko (Theodosie). *Plaies par armes a feu des voies aeriennes cervicales. 8°. Paris, 1911. Civetta (D.) Due casi di enfisema sottocutaneo per le- sioni delle vie aeree. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1915, xviii, 248-252.—Gerber. Ueber Schussverletzungen der oberen Luftwege und benachbarter Teile. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1915, xxix, 331-346, 8 pi. Also: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, Iii, 757.—Kafemann (R.) Schussverle- tzungen der oberen Luftwege. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 494-498.—Piatt (J. E.) The treat- ment of wounds of the air passages. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1149-1151. Air-passages as portals of systemic dis- ease. Dupuy (H.) The upper respiratory tract as a source of systemic infection. N. Orl. M. A- S. J., 1904-5, lvii, 719-723.— Marchettl (G.) La via respiratoria quale porta d'entrata dei batteri nell' organismo. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1913, xiv, 289-298.—Osmund (J. D.) The relation between systemic disease and a focus of infection in the upper air passages. Cleveland M. J., 1916, xv, 559-566.—Pern (S.) The systemic results of infections of the mouth, nose and accessory sinuses. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1916, ii, 340 — Tivnen (R.J.) The relation of the upper respiratory tract to metastatic infections. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1915-16, i, 1077-1094.—Wrzosek (A.) Znaczenie drdg oddechowych, jako wrdt zakazenia, w warunkach prawidlowych. (Die Bedeutung des normalen Respirationsapparates als Ein- gangspforte fiir Mikroben in den Organismus.) Bull, in- ternat. Acad. d. sc. de Cracovie, 1906, cl. d. sc. mat. et nat., 32-48. Air-passages in pregnancy. Grosskopfl (W.) Einfluss der Schwangerschaft, der Geburt und des Wochenbettes auf die oberen Luftwege. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1908-9, xxi, 507-518.— Imhofer (R.) Die Veranderungen der oberen Luftwege in Schwangerschaft, Geburt und Wochenbett. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1910, iv, 364; 376; 409. Also: Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., Wiirzb., 1910, 394- 400 [146-152]. Also, transl: Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, xxx, 394-399. AIR-PUMP. 21 1 AKADEMIJA. Air-pump. Dessauer (F.) Die Luftpumpe in der arztlichen Praxis. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech., Berl., 1908, xxx, 19- 22.—Frei (G. A.) Mercurial air-pump. [Pat. spec] No. 487,478; Dec. 6, 1892.—Guest (H.) Pocket air-pump. [Pat. spec] No. 497,050; May 9, 1SH3.— Ziem. Eine neue Druck- pumpe und ihre Verwendung in dor praktischen Medicin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 82s-s32. Air-registers (Patent specifications for). MeXamec (C.) Air supply armor. No. 1,009,083; Nov. 21, 1911.—Tuttle (E. A.) Improvement in air-registers. No. 208,350: April 8, 1S78. -----. Air-register. No. 208,350; Sept. 24, 1S78. Air-ships. See Aeronautics. Air-swallowing. See Aerophagia. Aisenstadt (Ita) [1S84- ]. *Ueher Struma ovarii colloides. 1 p. 1., 49 pp., 11. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1913. Aisenstat (Mark). *Die Lage der Wiirmezentren des Kaninchens und das Erkennen der Lage derselben durch iiussere Merkmale. [Ziirich.] 18 pp. 8°. Leipzig. Veit d- Co., 1910. Aisenstat-Lane (Theophilie). *Die physiolo- gische Wirkung der Maltole und ihrer Derivate. 31 pp. 8°. Zurich, Schereschewsky, 1910. Aisenstein (Aisik) [1882- ]. *Ueber die su- prakondvliiren Frakturen des Humerus. 40 pp. 8°. Berlin. E. Ebering, 1909. Aisenstein (Srul Meier). *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der Nebennierentumoren im Kindesalter. Ein Fall von primarem Nebennierensarcom bei einem 2-jahrigen Kinde. 48 pp. 8°. Zurich, Kirsten dc Zeisberg, 1905. Aisinmann (Isaak) [1876- ]. *Ueber die Wir- kung des Ichthargans bei acuter und chronischer Gonorrhoe. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1904. Aissaouas. Delphin (G.) Notes historiques sur les Ai'ssaoua. Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psychol. physiol., Par., 1887-8, ii, 334-338 — Salighat (L.) Une ceremonie chez les Aissaouas de Kai- raouan. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1909-10, xv, 228; 274. Aistermann (Alois) [1876- ]. *Ueber extra- durale Abszesse. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1904. Aitchison (James Edward Tierney) [1835-98]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1107. Aitken (George Atherton) [1860- ]. The life and works of John Arbuthnot, M. D., Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians, x (1 1.), 516 pp., 1 port. 8°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1892. Aitken (H. ¥.) A report on the circulation of the lobar ganglia made to J. B. Ayer. 4 1., 21 pi. roy. 8°. Boston. 1909. Suppl to: Boston M. & S. J., 1909, cix, No. 18. Aitken (Patrick Henderson). See Logan (Thomas). Biological physics [etc.]. 8°. London, 1910. Aitken (Sir William) [1825-92]. Notice of pul- monary lesions associated with syphilis. 10 pp. 8°. London, 1863. Repr. from: Army Medical Department. Medical report for 1861. 8°. London, 1863. ------. The science and practice of medicine. 4. ed. 2 v. xxxviii, 963 pp.; xxxvi, 1010 pp. 8°. London, C. Griffin dc Co., 1866. ------. The same. De wetenschap en praktijk der geneeskunde; naar den vierden Engelschen druk van 1866 vertaald door P. C. Tijken en C. H.Eshuijs. 2ptrf. 802 pp.;'881 pp. 8°. Tiel, H. C. A. Campagne, 1868. ------. The influence of human progress on med- ical education. An introductory lecture de- Aitkcn (Sir William)—continued. livered at the Royal Victoria Hospital, Netley, on commencing the twenty-fourth session of the Army Medical School, April 1, 1872. 24 pp. • 8°. London, C. Griffin dc Co., 1872. ------. [Letter to the Secretary of State for War from the examiners for candidates for the Mili- tary Medical Service of the Queen. 32 pp. 8°. [London, 1878:] ------. The doctrine of evolution in its applica- tion to pathology. 108 pp. 8°. Glasgow, A. MacDougal, 1886. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1892, ii, 54. Aitkin (John) [ -1790]. Essay on fractures and luxations. New ed. xi, 173 pp., 11 pi., port. 8°. London, T. Cadell, 1800. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biogr., Lond., 1885, i, 206 (J. F. Payne). Alton* (Vladimir) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'etude des effets du sulfure de carbone. 62 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 479. Aix-Ia-Chapelle, ville d'eaux, par les docteurs Alexander, Beissel [et al.] Ouvrage traduit a la demande de la ville par le Docteur Lermuseau. 348 pp. 8°. Aix-la-Chapelle, R. Barth, 1891. ------. The same. Aix-la-Chapelle (Aachen) as a health resort, by Alexander, Beissel, [et al.]. Transl. by James Donelan. viii, 323 pp. 8°. Aix-la-Chapelle, R. Barth, 1892. ------. The same. 2. ed. viii, 323 pp. 8°. Lon- don. J. dc A. Churchill, 1899. Aix-la-Chapelle thermal curative treatment. With special reference to the use of the Aix-la- Chapelle natural spring products for home treat- ment. By an M. D. of Aix-la-Chapelle. 36 pp. 12°. Aix-la-Chapelle, H. Koester, 1905. Aix-les-Bains. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Aizner (Joel) [1883- ]. *Ueber eine cystische Geschwulst des Unterkiefers. 27 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, [1907]. Aizpuru (Alberto). *Baiios rusos; sus efectos fisiologicos; sus indicaciones terapeuticas. 60 pp. 8°. Mexico, B. Nichols, 1885. Aizpuru (Rafael). *Canalizacion quiriirgica. 64 pp. 8°. Mexico, B. Nichols, 1885. Ajalbert (Jean). See Beal (Auguste). Passe-temps d'un praticien [etc.]. 12°. Paris, 1900. Ajcardi (Aloysius Martinus). *De glossitide. 14 pp., 11. fol. Genux, 1810. [P., v. 2150.] Ajello (Abele). Chirurgia del cancro del piloro. 58 pp., 11. 8°. Palermo, frat. Marsala, 1899. Ajello (Salvatore). L'esanofele nella cura e pro- filassi della malaria. 70 pp. 8°. Catania, M. Galati, 1902. ------. Ricerche sulle proprieta fisiologiche gene- rali dei muscoli nella catatonia, xxxvi, 192 pp., 2 1., 22 pp., 11 tab. 4°. Catania, 1907. Ajevoli (Eriberto). Sommario di patologia chirur- gica generale e speciale ad uso degli studenti. 1 p. 1., 576 pp. 8°. Napoli, G. M. Priore, 1S97. Ajraghi (Ario). Anatomia patologica della para- lisiprogressiva. ... 110pp. 8°. Milano, Tipo- grafia degli industriali, [1913]. Ajuga. Coronedi (G.) Surl' "Ajuga iva" (recherches sur l'acide ferulique). Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1910-11, liv, 284.— Corronca (A.) Sopra l'azione diuretica dell' Ajuga iva. Studi sassarcsi, Sassari, 1903, iii, 5-16. Aka (Jean-Eugene-Paul-Emmanuel) [1878- ]. *Etude anatomo-clinique sur le sinus lateral. 72 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904, No. 123. Akademija Umiejetaosci w Krakowie. [Academy of Sciences of Cracow.] Kom isya antropologiczna. [Anthropological Commission.] Zbior wiado- AKADEMTJA. 212 AKIYAMA. Akademij a Umiej^tnosei w Krakowie—contd. mosci do antropologii krajowej. [Collection of memoirs on native anthropology.] v. 1-13. 8°. Krakow, 1877-89. Akademij a Umiej etnosci w Krakowie. [Academy of Sciences of Cracow.] Wydzial matematyczno- przyrodniczy. [Section of Mathematics and Natu- ral History.] Pamietaik. [Memoirs.] v. 1-17. 4°. w Krakowie, 1874-90. ------. Rozprawy i sprawozdania z posiedzeh. [Reports and proceedings of the meetings.] v. 1-20. 8°. w Krakowie, 1874-90. ------. Rozprawy. [Proceedings.] 2. s. v. 1-19. 8°. w Krakowie, 1891-1901. ------. Rozprawy. [Proceedings.] 3. s. v. 1-3, A & B. 8°. w Krakowie, 1901-13. ------. Bulletin international. 23 v. 8°. Cra- covie, 1889-1913. Akademische Bibliothek. Die Wissenschaft des zwanzigsten Jahrhunderts in gemeinverstand- licher Darstellung. Hft. 1. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Akademiska Sjukhuset i Upsala. Fran den Ki- rurgiska Kliniken i Upsala. 69. Rapport of ver operationer, utforda a . . . ar 1900. 70 pp. 8°. Upsala, 1901. Bound with: Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1901, n. f., vi. Akakia. Hooper (D.) Akakia; an ancient Eastern medicine. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1900, xv, 227. Akashi (M.) Studien iiber die Morphologie und Entwicklung der Entamoeba coli Losch emen- data Schaudinn in Japan. 18 pp. 2 pi. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1913. In: Beihft. 8, v. 17, of: Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schifls- u. Tro- penhyg. -------. Studien iiber die Ruhramoben in Japan und Nordchina. pp. 18-43, 4 pi. 8°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1913. In: Beihft. 8, v. 17, of: Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg. Akathisia. See Acathisia. Akatsuka (Tranosuke) [1878— ]. *Ueber Osteo- genesis imperfecta congenita. 24 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1911. Akens (Heinrich Hermann) [1885- ]. *Zur Frage der primaren Appendixcarcinome. [Kiel.] 46 pp. 8°. Emmerich, J. L. Romen, 1910. Akenside (Mark) [1721-70]. [Biography.] Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxix, 688. Also: Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1896, xxiv, 451.—For- gotten (A) poet-physician. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1239.—Gosse (E. W.) Biography. Diet. Nat. Biogr., Lond., 1885, i, 208-211. Akerblom (Ivan Khristianovich) [1836- 97]. Arnshtein (K. A.) [Reminiscences of Ivan Khristiano- vich Akerblom.] Nevroi. Vestnik, Kazan, 1897, v, No. 2, 172-174. Akerhielm (Gosta). *Zur Therapie des Anasarka; Combination von Digitalis mit schwedischer manueller Behandlung. 47 pp. 8°. Zurich, Gebr. Leemann dc Co., 1907. Akerlund (Sven Fredrik). *Studier of ver tarm- uttomningar. [Studies on evacuation of the bowels.] 82 pp., 11., 6 pi. 8°. Lund, H. Ohls- son, 1895. Akhoundoff (Bahram) Bey [1872- ]. ^Contri- bution a l'etude du croup ascendant. 54 pp. 8°. L,ille, 1901, No. 38. Akhsharumoff (B[oris Ivanovich]) [1866- ]. Froris previa; dolores debiles; versio in pedem; extractio. 3 pp. 8°. [St. Petersburg, S. N. Khudekoff, 1893.] In: Sborn. trud. vrach. S.-Peterb. Rodovspom. zaved., 1894, ii. Akhsharumoff (B[oris Ivanovich])—continued. -------. O pronlaktieheskom nizvedenii nozhki {>ri rodakh s predlezhaniyem yagodits. [Prophy- actic bringing down of a foot in labor with breech presentation. (Preliminary communication.)] 3 pp. 8°. [St. Petersburg, S. N. Khudekoff, 1893.] In: Sborn. trud. vrach. S.-Peterb. Rodovspom. zaved., 1894, ii. -------. Sluchairazrivamatki. [Case of rupture of the uterus.] 6 pp. 8°. [St. Petersburg, 1893.] In: Sbokn. trud. vrach. S.-Peterb. Rodovspom. zaved., 1894, ii. -------. *K voprosu o profilakticheskom nizvede- nii nozhki pri yagodichnikh predlezhaniyakh. [Prophylactic bringing down of a foot in breech presentations.] 50 pp., 1 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, E. Yevdokimoff, 1894. In: Sborn. trud. vrach. S.-Peterb. Rodovspom. zaved., 1895, iii. —-----. O razriezie promezhnosti pri rodakh. [Perineotomy in labor.] 7 pp. 8°. [S.-Peter- burg, S. N. Khudekoff, 1897.] In: Sborn. trud. -vrach. S.-Peterb. Rodovspom. zaved., 1897, v. ------. Sluchai rodov pri zarashtshenii diev- stvennoi plevi. [Labor in a case of atresia of vagina.] 8 pp. 8°. [S.-Peterburg, 1898.] In: Sborn. trud. vrach. S.-Peterb. Rodovspom. zaved., 1898, vi. See, also, Levinovich (M. I.) & Akhsharumoff (B. I.) [i»2.s.], obiskusstvennomrasshirenii [etc.]. 8°. [S.-Peter- burg, 1898.] Akhsharumoff (Dfmitri] D[mitriyevich]) [1823- ]. Poema o rozhdenii, zhizni i smerti che- lovieka. [Poem on birth, life, and death of man.] 84 pp. 11. 8°. Poltava, 1898, Akhverdoff (G[rigoriy] A[rtemyevich]) [1873- [). *K voprosu o patologo-anatomicheskikh izmieneniyakh v kozhie pri pemphigus folia- ceus. [Patho-anatomical changes in the skin in . . . ] 70 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1902. Akimoff (Alexandrine). *La presse quotidienne genevoise examinee au point de vue de l'hy- giene del'oeil. 23 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1912. Akimoff (Nathalie) [1869- ]. *Du scotome central dans les hemorrhagies retiniennes au point de vue de la perception des couleurs. 52 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 554. ------. The same. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Stein- heil, 1898. Akimoff-Peretts (K[onstantin] Ya[kovlyovich]) [1869- ]. *Klinicheskiye material! k vop- rosu o vliyanii zhira na sokootdlelitelnuyu dieyatelnost zheludka. [Clinical data on the influence of fat upon the juice-secreting activity of the stomach.] 72 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, I. Vishinski, 1897. Akin (Thomas) *De rabie canina. 2 p. 1., 27 pp. 8. Edinburgi, A. Neill dc Socii, 1799. Akinesia. See Acinesia. Akinfiyeff (Mikhail Mikhailovich) [1828- 1904]. Morkotun (K.) [Obituary.] Med. pribav. k morsk. sborniku, S.-Peterb., 1905, 55-60. Akiyama (Shichiro) [1869- ]. *Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Noma. Aus der Kgl. Universitats-Kinderklinik in Munchen. 35 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Munchen, Kastner cfr Colliery, 1904. Akiyama (Tayeyi) [1868- ]. *Klinisch-sta- tistische Uebersicht iiber die vom 1. Januar 1908 bis 1. Januar 1911 in der medizinischen Klinik zu Gottingen behandelten Falle von Typhus abdominalis. 31 pp. 8°. Gottingen, L. Hofer, 1911. AKOPIANZ. 213 ALANIN. Akopianz (Arschak) [1886- ] *Die neueren Behandlungsmethoden des Morbus Basedowii. 27 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1911. Akopyants (A[leksandr] M[ikhailovich]) [1859- ]. *Khimicheskiy analiz gazirovannoi bu- tilochnoi Borzhomskoi vodi Yekaterininskavo istochnika; istoricheskiy ocherk i genezis etovo istochnika. [Chemical analysis of aerated bot- tled Borzhom water, Yekaterinin source; history and genesis of this source.] 42 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1899. Akouphone. Akouphone (The), being a history from its inception to the* present time, 1902. 8°. New York, 1902. Akouphone (The), to enable the deaf to hear; the Akou-massage for the treatment of catarrhal deafness; the Akoulation for the instruction of deafmutes. 8°. New York, [n. d.]. Keneflck (J. A.) The akouphone and its limitations. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, ixxviii, 580. Also, Reprint. Akouphone (The), being a history from its incep- tion to the present time, 1902. 29 pp. 8°. New York, Akouphone Manufacturing Co.. 1902. Akouphone (The) to enable the deaf to hear; the Akou-massage for the treatment of catarrhal deafness; the Akoulation for the instruction of deafmutes. 81. 8°. New York. Akouphone Mfg. Co.. [n. d.]. Aksenoff _ (L[eonid] Y[asilyevich]) [1879- ]. *Eksperimentalnoye izucheniye razlichnikh vli- yaniy na techeniye i iskhod reaktsii Uhlenhuth'a primienitelno k sudebno-meditsinskim slucha- yam. [Experimental study of the different influ- ences on the course and outcome of Uhlenhuth's reaction in medico-legal cases.] 1 p. 1., 183 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, Altshuler, 1913. Aksenoff (S.) Kratkiy kurs kachestvennavo khimicheskavo analiza. [Brief course in quali- tative chemical analysis.] 2. ed. vii, 72 pp. 8°. Kharkov, P. A. Breitigam, 1897. Aktenstucke der arztlichen Berathungs-Kommis- sion zu Munchen im Winter-Semester 1850. Hrsg. von Ludwig Ditterich. viii, 202 pp. 8°. Munchen, 1850. Akuloff(V. A). S(e Medviedefl (A[nataliy] K[onstantinovich]). Fizio- loinr heskava khimiya [etc.]. 8°. Odessa, 1908. On cover: A. V. Akiilofi. Akushorskyi voprosnik [etc.]. See F. (Ya.). Akushorsko-ginekolicheskoye Obshtshestvo v Kiyevie. [Obstetrico-Gynecological Society of Kiyev.] Nastavleniye k protivognilostnomu vedeniyu rodov i poslieierodovavo sostoyaniya. [Instruction for the antiseptic management of labor and the puerperal state.] 22 pp. 8°. Kiyev, S. V. Kulzhenko, 1888. ------. Doklad kommissii, izbrannoi Akushorsko- Ginekologicheskim Obshtshestvom v Kiyevie dlya razrabotki voprosa o mierakh priznenya bezpriyutnikh dietei i pokidishei v Yugozapad- nom Kraye. [Report of the commission, selected by the Obstetrico-Gynecological Society of Kiyev to solve the problem of taking care of homeless and abandoned children.] 24 pp. 8°. [Kiyev, 1892.] Suppl. to: Protok. zasled. Akush.-Ginek. Obsh. v Ki- yevie, 1892, vi. ------. Protokoli zasiedaniy. [Proceedings of the meetings.] Nos. 1-5, 7-11, 13-18, v. 1-9, 1887- 95; v. 14, 1901; v. 15, 1902. 8°. Kiyev, 1887- 1905. v. 14, 1901, bound with: Untv. Izvfest., Kiyev, 1903-5, xliii-xlv. Akushorsko-GinekologicheskoyeObshtshestvo v Moskvie. [Obstetrico-Gynecological Society of Akushorsko-Ginekologicheskoye Obshtshestvo v Moskvie—continued. Moscow.] Trudi. [Papers.] v. 1-2. 80 pp., 240 pp. 8°. Moskva, 1887-8. ---;—. O primienenii elektrichestva v ginekolo- gii. Protokoli 4kh zasiedaniy. [Application of electricity in gynecology. Proceedings of 4 meetings.] 114 pp. 8°. Moskva, tipog. Tver- skaya, 1889. Akushorsko-GinekologicheskoyeObshtshestvo y S.-Peterburgie. [Obstetrico-Gynecological So- ciety of St. Petersburg.] See Jurnal Akusher- stva i Zhenskikh Bolieznei, S.-Peterburg. Alabama Dental Association. Transactions. 2 v. 1883; 1S95. 8°. [v. p.] Alabama (The) Medical Journal, v. 12-24, 1899- 1911. 8°. Birmingham, Ala. Continuation of: Alabama Medical and Surgical Age. Alabama (The) Medical amd Surgical Age. v. 1-12, 1888-1900. 8°. Anniston, 1888-97; Bir- mingham, 1898-1900. Continued as: Alabama Medical Journal, Birmingham. Alabanos (K. N.) 'Odnyos irpos t^traaiv eyniiov yvvaixos. [Guide to the examination of pregnant women.] 110 pp., 1 1., 1 tab. 8°. h 2vpo>, en TOV TVTT. P. UplvTi^-rj, 1900. Alabone (Edwin William). The cure of consump- tion, asthma, bronchitis, and other diseases of the chest, with chapters on laryngitis, tabes mesenterica, post-nasal catarrh, and hay fever. Illustrated by numerous cases pronounced in- curable by the most eminent physicians. 305 pp., 4 1., 3 pi. 8°. [London, J. Kemp dc Co., 1896?] Alagona(S.). See Testalerrata (G.) & Alagona (S.) [in 2. s.]. II tifo in Siracusa. 8°. Siracusa, 1895. Alain (Joseph-Albert) [1874- ]. *Du foeticide therapeutique. 80 pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 28. Alaize (Pierre) [1882- ]. *Le role de la fonction interne de l'ovaire et les essais d'opotherapie ovarienne en pathologie nerveuse et mentale. 158 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 50. Alalykin (Dmitri [Dmitriyevich]) [1862- ]. *K voprosu ob izmienenii morfologicheskavo sostava krovi v razlichnikh sostoyaniyakh rodilnavo perioda. [On the changes of the morphological composition of the blood in various conditions of the puerperium.] 71 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, P. P. Soikin, 1892. In: Sborn. trud. vrach. S.-Peterb. Rodovspom. zaved., 1893, i. Alamagny (Antonin) [1876- ]. *Du role mo- teur du centre visuel cortical. [Lyon.] 61 pp. 8°. Saint-Etienne, 1903, No. 147. Alamartine (H.) [1882- ]. *Le goitre exoph- talmique et son traitement chirurgical. (Resul- tats, indications, technique.) 278 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1910, No. 87. Alamelle (Emile) [1860- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude des meningites sereuses et de leurs reli- quats particulierement chez l'enfant. 105 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Nancy, 1897, No. 3. Alamelle (Paul). *Causes et prophylaxie de la mortality des enfants mis en nourrice dans le De- partement des Basses-Alpes. ix, 11-54 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1905, No. 91. Alanin. Abderhalden (E.) & Fodor (A.) Versuche fiber dig bei der Fiiulnis von 1-Asparaginsaure entstehenden Ab- baustufen; eine neue Methode zum Nachweis von 0-Alanin. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxv, 112-130.— Ackermann (D.) Ueber das /3-Alanin als bakterielles Aporrhegma. Ztschr.f.Biol.,Miinchen&Berl., 1911,lvi,87- 90.—Embden (G.) & Salomon (H.) Ueber Alaninfutte- rungsversuche am pankreaslosen Hunde. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1904, v, 507-509.—Levene (P. ALANIN. 214 ALBARET. Alanin. A.) & Meyer (G. M.) On the action of leucocytes and other tissues on dl-alanine. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1913-11, xv, 475-480.—Lussana (F.) Influenza dell' alanina sopra la secrezione biliare. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1913, 9. s., i, 557-569. Also; Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1914, lxi, 49-60.—Oppenheimer (S.) Ueber die Ausscheidung von Alanin durch den Harn. Beitr. z. chem. Phvs. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1907, x, 273-277.—Ringer (A. I.) A Lusk (G.) The behavior of alanin in metabolism. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908-9, vi, 4.—Schittenhelm (A.) & Katzenstein (A.) Verfutterung von i-Alanin am normalen Hunde. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1905-6, ii, 560. Alapy (Henrik). Verdauungsstorungen bei der chronischen Harnretention. 16 pp. 8°. Wien, 1894. Forms 9. Hft. of: Wien. Klinik. ------. A korai operalas a feregnyulvany gyula- dadanak (appendicitis) gyogyitasaban. Kulonos tekintettel a gyermekek feregnyulvanygyula- dasara. [The precocious operation in appendi- citis, especially in the appendicitis of children.] 17 pp. fol. Budapest, Orvosi hetil., 1904. Bound with: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1904, xlviii. Alardo (B[ranlio]-Raphael) [1864- ] Contri- bution a l'etude des formes atypiques du favus. 96 pp., 2 1. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 547. Alardus (Wilhelm). Panacea sacra, das ist: Heyl- same, wolbewehrte Seelenartzney, gegen die Pestilentz, und alle ihre Zufalle: auss der vollen und reichen Apoteken dess heiligen Geistes, von den krefftigsten Wurtzeln, Krautern und Blumen dess Paradeises Gottliches Worts, mit Fleiss zusammen gezogen, und zu diesen ge- brechlichen Zeiten frommen Christen zur wolge- meinten Erinnerung in Druck gegeben. Sampt einem zu end beygefiigten Christlichen Trost- * brieffe, an einen guten Ereund. 40 1. sm. 4°. Hamburg, P. von Ohr, 1605. Alary (A.) ^Considerations sur l'hysterieinfantile. 101 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1909, No. 841. Alary (Jean). *Le masque ecchymotique de la face et du cou par compression du tronc. 84 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 984. Alas (Leopoldo). See Mariscal y Garcia (Nicasio) [in 2. s.]. La neurastenla en los hombres de estado. 16°. Madrid, 1901. Alaska. Greeley (A. W.) Handbook of Alaska, its resources, products, and attractions. 8°. New York, 1909. Schmitter (F.) Upper Yukon native cus- toms and folk-lore. 8°. Washington, 1910. Health of Alaskan natives. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 998.—Howe (G. P.) Medical notes on Northern Alaska. Boston M. & S. J., 1908, clviii, 794-797.—Hutton (P. C.) Diseases and sanitary conditions among Alaskan Indians. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle. Pa., 1908, xxii, 449-454.— Kelsey (E. W.) The aspect ot disease as seen in Arctic Alaska. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1901-2, n.s., iii, 271- 280. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 235-237.—Krulish (E.) Sanitary conditions in Alaska. Pub. Health Rep.. Wash., 1913, xxviii, 544-551. Also, Reprint.—Nash (F. S.) Reminiscences, medical and hygienic, of the Arctic. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1897-8, ii, 250-253.—Reed (A. C.) Alaska and its health. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiv, 571-573.—Watkins (J. A.) The Alaskan Eskimo; the prevalence of disease and the sanitary conditions of the villages along the Arctic coast. Am. J. Pub. Healh, N. Y., 1914, iv, 643-648.—White (R.) Notes from the cruise of the U. S. Revenue-Steamer Rush in Alaskan waters. [Abstr.] Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp., Wash., 1878-9, 155-168. Alasoniere (L.) Nouvelle methode de ferrer les chevaux pour prevenir l'encastelure et les autres maladies de leurs pieds en ajoutant au fer ordi- dinaire le frog-stay (arrete-fourchette). 86 pp., 11., 1 pi. 8°. Napoleon, Ve. Ivonnet, 1863. Alaux (Louis) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'etude clinique et anatomo-pathologique de la dextrocardie sans heterotaxie. 147 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Lyon, A. Rey dc Cie., 1902, No. 76. Alayrac (Frederic) [1875- ]. *L'emploi du serum de Trunecek en therapeutique. 99 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No,. 430. Alayrac (Joseph). *Etude clinique sur les corps etrangers des voies aeriennes superieures chez l'enfant. 139 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 495. Alba. See Children (Hospitals and asylums for), Hospitals (Management and regulations of), Hygiene (Public, Laws, organization and prog- ress of), by localities. Albahary (Jacques M.) *Synthese des 3-Pro- pylisochinolins. 48 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. linger, 1896. *L'acide oxalique et ses origines dans 1'economic 171pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 122. Le mecanisme nerveux dans le pro- cessus nutritif. 175pp., lpl. 8°. Paris, A. Ma- loine, 1911. d'Albanes (A.) & Fath (Georges). Les nains celebres depuis l'antiquite^ jusque et y compris Tom-Pouce. Illustres par Edouard de Beau- mont. 159 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Havard, [n. d.]. Albanese (A[chille]). Contributo di chirurgia pratica. 124 pp., 2 1. 8°. Palermo, F. Barra- vecchia dc figlio, 1904. Albanese (Manfredi) [1867-1912]. Valenti (A.) L'opera scientifica di Manfredi Albanese. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1913, xxvii, pp. v-xxvi. -----. Necrologio. Arch, di farmacol. sper.,Roma, 1913, xv, 1-21, port. Albani (Alberto). Specifico e terapia della tuber- colosi polmonare desunti dall' esame dei rimedi. Parte prima. 180 pp. 8°. Frosinone, C. Slracca, 1896. ------. Conferenza sullo specifico della tuber- colosi polmonare, tenuta il 30 giugno 1896. 30 pp. 8°. Roma, 1896. Albania [and Albanians]. Durham (M. Edith). High Albania and its customs in 1908. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit & Ireland, Lond., 1910, xl, 453-472, 1 pi.—Fischer (E.) Sind die heutigen Al- banesen die Nachkommen der alten Illyrier? Ztschr. 1. Ethnol., Berl., 1911, xliii, 564-567.-----. Sind die heutigen Albanesen die Nachkommen der alten Illyrier. Kor.-Bl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop. [etc.], Brnschwg., 1913, xiiv, 11-13. Also: Ztschr. f. Ethnol., Berl., 1913, xiv, 103-107.— Pittard (E.) Contribution a l'etude anthropologique des Albanais. Rev. de 1'Ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1902, xii, 240- 246. Albanus (George Leberecht) [1875- ]. *Ueber Epithelioma contagiosum (molluscum). 84 pp. 2 pi., 2 sheets, 11. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1901. Albany. See Children (Hospitals and asylums for), Cholera (History and statistics of), Dispensaries (Descriptions and reports of), Hospitals (De- scriptions and reports of), Hygiene (Public, Laws, organization and progress of), Water (Sup- ply of), by localities. Albany Medical College. Mosher (J. M.) Historical sketch of the Albany Medical College. Cutting from: Am. Univ. Mag., N. Y., 1897, vi, 39-6« Vander Veer (A.) [et al.]. A statement con- cerning recent changes in the Albany Medical College. 8°. Albany, 1916. Albarede (Louis). *Etude pathogenique et ex- perimentale de l'atherome. Atherome et hv- perepinephrie. 84 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Toulouse, 1904, No. 590. Albaret [J.] [1885- ]. *Des calculs de l'uretere chez l'enfant. 58 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 110. ALBARGIN. 215 ALBERT. Al bars; in. Girardi(F.) ... Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1905, xxvi, 237.— Seifert. . . . Deutsche Praxis. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Munchen, 1903, xii, 202-205.—Vollert. . . . Therap. Neu- heiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 119-121. Albarran (Joaquin) [1860-1912]. Les tumeurs de la vessie. Preface par le professeur F. Guyon. xi, 494 pp., 9 pi. 8d. Pans, G. Steinheil, 1891. ------. Exploration des fonctions renales. Etude medico-chirurgicale. ix, 604 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1905. ------. Medecine operatoire des voies urinaires; anatomie normale et anatomie pathologique chirurgicale. xi, 991 pp. 8°. Pans, Masson dc Cie., 1909. See, also, Boarl (Achille). Chirurgia dell' uretere [etc.]. 8°. Roma, 1900.—Expose des travaux scientiflques de . . . 4°. Paris, 1906.—Israel (James) [in 2. s.]. Chirurgie du rein [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1900.—Jungano (M.) La flore de l'ap- pareil urinaire [etc.]. 8°. Pan's, 1908.—Sigurta (Giam- battista) [in2s.]. Ilcateterismo [etc.]. 12°. Milano, [1899], For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 1049. Also: Gaz. med.du centre,Tours,1912, xvii, 27 (O. Pasteau). Also: Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912, 5. R., v, 289-292 [Th. Rovsing]. Also: J. d'urol. med. et chir., Par., 1912, i, 165-175, port. (M. Heitz-Boyer). Also: Paris med., 1911-12, annex, 233 (O. Pasteau). Also: Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, annex, 57 (J. L. Faure). Also.- Rev. clin. d'urol., Par., 1912, i, 117 (B. Motz). Also: Siglo med., Madrid, 1912, lix, 65-68 (A. Morales). Also: Spitalul, Bucuresci, 1912, xxxii, 585-598 (Herescu). Also: Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, vi, 257-260, port. (F. Legueu). ------& Imbert (Leon). Les tumeurs du rein. ii, 767 pp. 8°. Paris, Masson dc Cie., 1903. Albarran y Beiza (Agustin). *Apuntes para el estudio del tabaquillo (Hedeoma piperita). 24 pp. 8°. Mexico, 1890. Albarran y Dominguez (Pedro) [ -1911]. Rodriguez Molina (L. F.) [BiographyJ Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1911, xix, 131-136, port.—Santos Fer- nandez (J.) [Biography.] Cr6n. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 493-496, port. Alba y Lopez (Ramon). Higiene militar. 3. ed. 221 pp. 8°. Madrid, 1906. Albeck (Victor). Om ileus ved tyndtarmsstran- gulationer; eksperimentelle og Hiniske unders0- gelser. [Ileus from strangulation of the small intestine; experimental and clinical investiga- tions.] 1 pi., 264 pp., 1 tab. 8°. K0benhavn, F. Hegel dc S0n, 1901. Albeckh (Ernestus Josephus). *De glandulis p. n. patulis. 1 p. 1-, 14 pp. sm. 4°. Tubingse, M Rommeus, 1689. Allied! (Gaetano Malchiodi). Tesi. 31. 4°. Ge- nova, 1826. [P., v. 2145.] Albee (Fred. Houdlett) [1876- ]. Operation for Pott's disease. 31 pp., 14 stereos. 4°. [ Troy, N. Y., Southworth Co., 1913.] Forms sect. 26 of Howard A. Kelly and Robert M. Lewis' Stereo-Clinic. ■----—. Bone transplantation as a treatment of fracture. 20 pp., 12 stereos. 4°. [Troy, N. Y., Southworth Co., 1913.1 Forms sect. 27 of Howard A. Kelly and Robert M. Lewis' Stereo Clinic. ------. Bone-graft surgery. With 332 illustra- tions, 3 of them in colors. 2 p. 1., pp. 13-417. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Company, 1915. See, also, Taylor (Henry Ling) [in 2. s.l Orthopedic sur- gery [etc.]. 8°. New Yon & London 1909. Albee (Harriet Ryan) [1829-73]. De Normandie (J.) Harriet Ryan Albee. A memorial sketch. [Foundress of Channing Home.] 8°. Boston, 1901. d'Albenas (Georges). Les portraits de Rabelais, avec la reproduction par 1'heliogravure des por- traits de la Faculte de medecine de Montpellier de Michel Lasne et de Sarrabat. 74 pp., 2 1., port. fol. Montpellier, C. Coulet, 1880. Alber (August). Atlas der Geisteskrankheiten im Anschluss an Sommer's Diagnostik der Geistes- krankheiten. Mit einem Vorwort von R. Som- mer. 4 p. 1., 125 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin dc Wien, Urban dc Schwarzenberg, 1902. Albera (Giovanni Maria) [1742-1808]. Trattato teorico pratico delle febbri, e malattie putride prodotte dalla alcalescenza. 1 p. 1., 251 pp. 16°. Novara, F. Cavalli, [1775]. Alberdi (Nicolas) [1865- ]. [Biography.] Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1909, xiv, 325-328, port. ab Alberding (Adrianus). *De dysenteria. 12 pp. sm. 4°. Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1709. [P., v. 2242.] Alberdingk Thijm (P. P. M.) De gestichten van liefdadigheid en Belgie van Karel den Groote tot aan de xvi eeuw. Bekroond door de Konin- klijke Aeademie van Belgie. 412 pp. 4°. Brussel, F.,Hayez; Leuven, K. Fonteyn, 1883. Albergnie (Emile) [1887- ]. *La maladie de Brodie (pseudo-mal de Potthysterique). 69 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 72. Alberici (Riccardo). II silenzio nei pazzi; note psichologiche. 82 pp. 8°. Siena, L. Lazzeri, 1901. Albers (Deke Penning) [1873- ]. Aus der Anatomie des Heinrich von Mondeville. III. Teil. 37 pp., 11. 8°. Berlin, G. Schade, 1898. Albers (Friedrich 1 [1870- ]. *Ein Fall von Hamophilie. 43 pp. 8°. Bonn, C.Georgi, 1906. Albers (Theodor Wilhelm). _ *Symptomatologie und Diagnostik der Kleinhirntumoren. 34 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, F. X. Bucher, 1877. Albers-Schonberg (Heimich Ernst). Die Ront- gentechnik; Lehrbuch fiir Aerzte und Stu- dierende. x, 264 pp., 2 pi. 8° Hamburg, L. Grafe dc Sillem, 1903. ------. The same. 2. umgearbeitete Aufl. xv, 428 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Hamburg, L. Grafe dc Sillem, 1906. ------. Thesame. 3. Aufl. ix, 680pp., 1 fold. pi. 4°. Hamburg, L. Grafe dc Sillem, 1910. ------. The same. 4. Aufl., bearb. von Prof. Dr. Walter, Prof. Dr. Albers-Schonberg, Zahnarzt Hauptmeyer, Dr. Driiner, F. M. Grcedel. 1 p. 1., viii, 733 pp., 17 pi., 1 diag. 4°. Hamburg, L. Grafe dc Sillem, 1913. —----: Der diagnostische Wert der Rontgen- untersuchungen fiir die innere Medizin. 30 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Simion Nf, 1904. Forms 2. Hft. of: Mod. arztl. Biblioth. ------, Bernhardt (M.) [et al.]. Elektrizitat und Licht in der Medizin. Acht Vortrage. Hrsg. vom Zentralkomitee fiir das arztliche Fortbil- dungswesen in Preussen in dessen Auftrage re- digiert von R. Kutner. 2 p. 1., 216 pp. 8°. Jena, G Fisher 1909. Alberstoetter (Heimich) [1880- ]. *Ueber die Pathogenese der Ureteritis cystica. 35 pp., 11. 8°. Miinchen, Kastner dc Callwey, 1909. Albert (A.) Contribution a l'6tude des fractures de Tangle inferieur de l'omoplate. 59 pp., 1 pi. Toulouse, 1901, No. 428. Albert (Adolf). *Ein Fall von Cystenniere mij Cystenleber. 30 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., C. Leh- mann, 1897. Albert (Eduard) [1841-1900]. Ueber Gelenksre- sektionen bei Caries. In: Wien. Klinik, 1883, ix, 85-100. ----. Die Lehre vom Hirndruck eine kritische Studie. In: Klin. Zeit- u. Streitfragen, Wien, 1889, iii, 73-100. ----. Zur Theorie der Skoliose. 27 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1890. Forms 11. Hft. of: Samml. med. Schriften. ALBERT. 216 ALBERTI. Albert (Eduard)—continued. —■—■—. Diagnostik der chirurgischen Krank heiten. 7. verbesserte Aufl. iv, 317 pp. 8° iv, 335 pp. 8C Wien, A. Holder, 1896. -—■—-. The same. 8. Aufl. Wien, A. Holder, 1900. -----. The same. 9. Aufl. Hrsg. von K. Ewald. vi, 352 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1906. —. The same. [Transl. bv Oriechkin.] 280 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, [M. Minkoff], 1901. Issued by: Sovrem. med. i hig. -----. The same. [Transl. from the 8. German ed. by Frants.] 1 p. 1., 262 pp. 8°. S.-Peter- burg, V. S. Ettinger, 1902. Issued by: Prakt. med. -----. The same. The diagnosis of surgical dis- eases. Authorized transl. from the 8. ed. by Robert T. Frank, viii, 419 pp. 8°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1902. -----•. Lehrbuch der speziellen Chirurgie. 5. Aufl. 603 pp.; 704 pp. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, Urban dc Schwarzenberg, 1897-8. CONTENTS. 1. Bd. Die Krankheiten des Kopfes, Halses, der Wirbel- saule, der Brust und des Armes. 2. Bd. Die Krankheiten der Bauchhohle, des Rectum, des Scrotum, des Beckens uad der unteren Gliedmassen. -----. The same. Perevod s.niemetskavo S. B. Oriechkina. [Transl. from the 5. German ed. by Oriechkin.] 2 v. 694 pp.; 787 pp. 8°. S.- Peterburg, [M. I. Minkoff], 1898-9. Issued by: Sovrem. med. i lug. CONTENTS. I. Bolfezni golovi, shei', pozvonochnavo stolba, grudi i verkhnikh Konechnostei. [Diseases of the head, neck, spinal column, breast, and upper extremities.] II. Bolfezni bryushnol polosti, pryamol kishki, moshonski, taza i nizhnikh konechnostei. [Diseases of the abdominal cavity, rectum, scrotum, pelvis, and lower extremities.] -----■. Zur Lehre von der sogenannten Coxa vara und Coxa valga. 2 p. 1., 34 pp., 11., 27 pi. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1899. -----. Der Mechanismus der skoliotischen Wir- belsaule. 2 p. 1., 51 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1899. Die seitlichen Kniegelenksverkrummun- gen und die compensatorischen Fussformen. ii, 86 pp. 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1899. Einfiihrunsr in das Studium der Archi- tektur der Rohrenknochen. 2 p. 1., 56 pp., 1 pi 8°. Wien, A. Holder, 1900. See, also, Handbuch der Zahnheilkunde [etc.]. 8°. Wien, 1902.—Hochenegg (lulius). Lehrbuch der speziellen Chirurgie. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1906. -----. The same. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1907. For Biography, see Habart (J.) Edward Albert. Ge- denkblatt. Dem Andenken des am 25. September 1900 verstorbenen Meisters gewidmet. 8°. Wien, 1900. See, also: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1900, xiv, 451. Also: Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1900, xxxix, 999-1003 (O. Kukula). Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 665 (H. F.). Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 896. Also: Med.-chir. Centralbl., Wien, 1900, xxxv, 533. Also: Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1900, xliv, 614. Also: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1900, xxxvi, 946 (Schein). Also: Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xxv, 487. Also: Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1900, xiv. 818 (Senfefder). Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 895-901 (A. Lorenz). Also: Ibid., 995-998 (Gussenbauer). Also: Ibid., 1909, xxii, 1469-1474 (J. Hochenegg). Also: Wien. med. Bl., 1900, xxiii, 631. Also: Wien. med. Presse, 1900, xli, 1809; 1837. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1900, 1, 2094 (Nicolodoni). Also: Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir., Stuttg., 1900-1901, viii, 490- 508 (A. Lorenz). See, also. Unveiling of a statue of Professor Albert. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1389. ------ & Kolisko (Alexander). Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Osteomyelitis. 132 pp., 12 pi. roy. 8°. Wien. A. Holder, 1896. Albert (Eugene) [1872- _ ]. ^Considerations pouvant servir de contribution a l'etude de la folie transitoire au point de vue medico-legal. 61 pp. S°. Paris, 1901, No. 123. Albert (Eugene)—continued. ------. De l'illusion, son mecanisme psycho- social. Avec une preface de Raymond Meunier. iii, 118 pp., 1 1. 12°. Paris, Blond dc Cie., 1909. Albert (Ferdinand). *Ueber einen Krebs der Magengegend mit Flimmerepithel; nebst allge- meinen Bemerkungen iiber das Vorkommen von Flimmergeschwulsten. 49 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, A. Boegler, 1898. Albert (Fernand-Rene) [1862- ]. *Valeur therapeutique des enveloppements humides du thorax dans les broncho-pneumonies infantiles. 64 pp., 11. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 271. Albert (Fred) [1881-1911]. Bierring (W. L.) Obituary. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1911-12, xviii, 76. Albert (Georg) [1880- ]. *Die Anschauungen des Altertums iiber die Lehre von der Ver- dauung. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1912. Albert (Gottfried [August]) [1878- * ]. *Die Periostitis an der Dorsalflache des Fesselbeins der Vorderschenkel der Pferde. 32 pp., 1 1., 1 pi. 8°. Stuttgart, Union Deutsche Verlagsge- sellsch., 1904. Albert (Herscu) [1884- ]. *Beitrage zur alteren Lehre von der Gicht im 17. und 18. Jahrhundert. 65 pp. 8°. Berlin, H. Blanke, 1911. Albert (Johannes) [1875- ]. *Beitrag zur Kasuistik der traumatischen Hydronephrosen- ruptur. [Giessen.] 29 pp. 8°. Arnoldshain, P. Wirth, 1912. Albert (Johannes Ferdinand Joseph) [1874- ]. ^Strumitis und ihre Aetiologie. 40 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1901. Albert (Johannes [Gottfried Theodor Georg]) [1880- ]. *Ein Fibroma molluscum vulvae alsGeburtshinderniss. 36pp., 11. 8°. Leipziq, B. Georgi, 1880. Albert (Johannes Nicolaus Theodor Waldemar) [1882- ]. *Ein Fall von Katatonieim Kindes- alter. 12 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1907. Albert (Joseph) [1872- ]. *De l'iodoformisme cutane par contact; son traitement, sa prophy- laxie. 40 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1899, No. 142. Albert (Joseph) [1879- ]. *Du traitement chirurgical des ulceres variqueux rebelles des membres inferieurs. 50 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911 No. 384. Albert (Karl [Otto]) [1877- ]. *Beitrage zur Resektion der Harnrohrenstrikturen. 27 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, L. Hofer, 1908. Albert (Ludwig). *Ueber Tuberkulose der platten Schadelknochen. 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, Kastner dc Lossen, 1899. Albert (Paul) *La methode de Bier dans les sup- purations otitiques et masto'idiennes. 138 pp. 8°. Pans, 1908, No. 11. Albert ([Paul] Kurt) [1885- ]. *Untersuchun- gen iiber den Flach- und Vollhuf des Pferdes. [Leipzig.] 95 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Dresden, 0. Franke, 1909. Albert (Walter [Nicolaus]) [1870- ]. *Ueber die dauernden Erfolge der Uterus-Ausschabung bei Endometritis. 55 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1896. Alberta. Stupart (R. F.) The climate of Alberta. Tr. Canad Inst., Toronto, 1896, v, 49-52. -----. The climate of south- western Alberta. Tr. Am. Climat. & Clin. Ass.. Phila , 1914, xxx, 9-15. Alberti (Adolf). *Zur Kasuistik der sympathi- schen Ophthalmitis. Eine klinische Zusam- menstellung der seit 1890 in der Heidelberger Universitatsaugenklimk behandelten Falle [Heidelberg.] 1 p. 1., 62 pp. 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig; L. Voss, 1901. de ALBERT!. 217 ALBERTS. de Alberti (Ch.) ^Contribution a l'etude de la tetanie idiopathique. 58 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpel- lier, 1904, No. 38. Alberti (Michael) [1682-1757]. *De longaevitato ex aeris temperie. Resp. H. J. Mosengel. 32 pp. 4°. Halx Magdeb., lit. Hendelianis, [1728]. [P., v. 1915.] ------. De risus commodo et incommodo in ceconomia vitali, ob das Lachen zur Gesundheit niitzlich oder schiidlich sei. Resp. Gottlieb Friedrich Mcetig. 28 pp. 4°. Halx Magde- burgicx, J. C. Hendel, 1746. Alberti (Otto) [1884- ]. *Zur Casuistik der Mediastinaltumoren. 28 pp., 11. 8°. Miin- chen, C. Wolf <£• Sohn, 1908. Albertia. Hlava (S.) Ueber eine neue Radertier-Art aus der Gat- tung Albertia. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 365-368. Albertin (Andre) [1885- ]. *Le corps thyroide et le rhumatisme articulaire aigu. 131 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 164. Albert Lea. See Hospitals (Descriptions and reports of), by localities. Albertol. Landow (M.) Albertol als Ersatz fiir Mastisol. Zen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1915, xiii, 322. Albertoni (Giuseppe). *Della vita e delle opei'e di Gaspare Asellio, Cremonese. 24 pp. 12°. Pavia, tipog. Bizzoni, 1847. [P., v. 2224.] Albertoni (Pietro) [1849- ]. La fisiologia e la questione sociale. 3. ed. 30 pp. 8°. Bo- logna, Azzoguidi, 1900. -------. Ricerche di biologia pubblicate per il xxv. anniversario cattedratico di . . . da suoi discepoli. Siena 1876—Bologna 1901. roy. 8°. Bologna, 1901. ----—. Awelenamenti. pp. 1-226. 8°. Milano, F. Vallardi, [n. d.]. In: Tratt. ital. di patol. e terap. med., Milano, [n. d.], i, pt. 4. See, also, Cantanl (Arnaldo). Manuale di farmacologia chimica [etc.]. 8°. Milano, [1901].—Coronedi (G.) Studio intorno alia fisiologia [etc.]. 8°. Sassari, 1907.—Einfluss (Der) des Zuckers, [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Albertotti (Giuseppe) [ 1851- ]: Osservazioni sopra dipinti per rilevare alterazioni nella fun- zione visiva degli artisti. 71 pp. 12°. Modena, A. Moneti, 1889. -----. Manoscritto francese del secolo decimo- settimo riguardante 1' uso degli occhiali. ix, 124 pp., lpl. 8°. Modena, 1892. Repr.from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc, lett. [etc.] di Modena, 1892, 2. s., ix. ------. I ciechi di Colkbro. Discorso. 116 pp. 8°. Modena, tipog. Soliani, 1893. -------. Note riguardanti l'effetto di optotypi costanti o variabili sopra fondo variabile o cos- tante. pp. 449-456, 1 tab. 4°. Modena, 1895. Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc, lett. [etc.] di Modena, 1895,2. s., x. -------. Esperienze di ottica fisiologica intorno alle variazioni dell' angolo visuale rispondenti alia luce decrescente. 62 pp., lpl. 8°. Modena, 1895. Repr. from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc, lett., [etc.] di Modena, 1895, 2. s., x. ■------. L'opera oftalmojatrica di Benvenuto nei codici, negli incunabuli e nelle edizioni mo- derne. pp.27-103. fol. [Modena]. 1897. Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. di sc, lett. [etc.] di Modena, 1897, 2. S., xii, 27-103. —----. I codici Riccardiano Parigino ed Ash- burnhamiano dell' opera oftalmojatrica di Ben- venuto. 87 pp., 11. roy. 8°. Modena, 1897. ■------. Valore dell' occhlo nella espressione. 12 pp., 3 pi- 8°. Modena, Soc. tipog. 1900. Albertotti (Giuseppe)—continued. —-----. Breve relazione riguardante dieci simpa- tectomie cervicali eseguite sopra ammalati affetti da glaucoma. 17 pp. 4°. Modena, Soc. tipog., 1900. Repr.from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc, lett. [etc.] di Modena, 1900, 3. s., iii. ------■- La dicoria e la espressione. 1 p. 1., pp. 212-265, 2 1. 4°. Modena, Soc. tipog., 1901. Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. sc, lett. [etc.l di Modena, 1901, 3. s., iii. ———. I codici di Napoli e del Vaticano e il codice Boncompagni ora Albertotti riguardanti la opera oftalmajatrica di Benvenuto, con alcune con- siderazioni e proposte intorno all' abbassamento della cataratta. xiv, 166, 18 pp. fol. Modena, 1903. Repr. from /Mem. d. r. Accad. d. sc, lett. [etc.l di Modena, 1903, 3. s., iv. —■——. Zincotipia di una figura con occhiali di- pinta da Tommaso da Modena nell' anno 1352. 7 pp., phot. 8°. Modena, 1904. ------. La cheratocentesi studiata sperimental- mente. pp. 51-82, 2 pi. fol. Modena, 1905. Cutting from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc, lett. [etc] di Modena, 1905, 3. s., vi. -------. Contribute alio studio di una forma be- nigna di cheratomicosi aspergillina. 12 pp. 4°. Modena, 1906. Repr.from: Mem. d. r. Accad. d. sc. lett. [etc.] di Modena, 1906, 3. s., vii. -------. Noticelle riguardanti la storia degli oc- chiali. 12 pp. 8°. Padova, 1907. -------. Ossificazioni endoculari. 18 pp. 12°. Modena, 1907. Repr.from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc, lett. [etc.] di Modena, 1907, 3. s., viii. -------. Contribuzione alle cura della lussazione del cristallino nella camera anteriore. 11 pp. 12°. Modena, 1907. Repr.from: Mem. r. Accad. d. sc, lett. [etc.] di Modena, 1907, 3. s., viii. ■ ■. Di un trattato dei cauterii in volgare con- tenuto in un codice figurato del secolo xvi della Biblioteca Pinali di Padova. Notizia e trascri- zione. pp. 213-230, 2 pi. 8°. Padova, G. B. Randi, 1908. -------. Studio sull' opera scientifica di Carlo Reymond nel campo dell' oftalmologia. cxlvi pp., port. roy. 8. Biella, G. Testa, 1911. In: Reymond (C.) Opere [etc.]. roy. 8°. Biella, 1911. -------. Noticelle intorno agli occhiali. Occhiali dipinti. 8 pp., 1 pi. 4°. Padova, G. B. Randi, 1913. —----. Due lettere inedite di Lodovico Antonio Muratori a (riambattista Morgagni. 17 pp. 8°. Padova, G. B. Randi, 1913. -------. Intorno al mal d'occhi che rese cieco Lu- dovico Antonio Muratori. 16 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Padova, tipog. G. B. Randi, 1914. See, also, Grassi (Benvenuto) [in 2. s.]. Benvenuti Grassi de oculis [etc.]. 8°. Pavia, 1897.—Monesi (Luigi) [in 2. s.]. La estrazione della cataratta nucleare presso la clinica oculistica [etc.]. 8°. Pavia, 1900. — Palmerio (Jacopo) [in 2. s.]. Il libro delle affezioni oculari [etc.]. fol. Modena, 1904. ------& Stefani (Aristide). Manuale di fisiologia umana. 2. ed. xxiv, 965 pp. 8°. Milano, Napoli, etc., F. Vallardi, [1899°]. Alberts (Georg) [1879- ] *Ein Beitrag zur operativen Behandlung der akuten Magenblu- tuniren. 24 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1914. Alberts (Hermann) [1875- ]. Zur Therapie bei Xabelschnurvorfall. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kxmmerer dc Co., 1898. Alberts (J. E.) Het pollen-asthma (de z. g. n. hooikoorts), deszelfs verschijnselen, oorzaken en behandeling. 131 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Amsterdam, Egeling, 1903. ALBERTUS. 218 ALBINI. Albertus (Salomon) [1540-1600]. See Galen (Claudius). Liber de urinis. 12°. Vilsebergse, 1586. Albertus Magnus [1193-1280]. De animalibus libri viginti sex novissime impressi. 6 unnumb. 1., 254 numb. 1. fol. Venetius, Johannes et Gregorius de Gregoriis, 1495. H«547. Pell 341. Added table of contents (2 1.) written in contemporary hand: also in front and back one leaf of a manuscript writ- ten between the twelfth and fifteenth centuries. ------. Incipit liber Alberti Magni animalium primus qui est de communi diversitate anima- lium. Tractatus primus de communi diversitate in membris et vita. [In fine:] Accuratissime autem emendatus fuit liber iste per sollertissi- mum philosophum Marcum Antonium Zimaram, philosophiam Paduse publice profitentem, Deo laus et honor adsit. Venetijs impensa heredum quondam nobilis viri Domini Octaviani Scoti civis Modoetiensis: ac sociorum, 17 Maii, 1519. 5 p. 1., 205 pp. fol. ------. De secretis mulierum libellus, scholiis auctus, et a mendis repurgatus. Ejusdem de virtutibus herbarum, lapidum, et animalium quorundam libellus. Item de mirabilibus mundi, ac de quibusdam effectibus causatis a quibusdam animalibus, etc. Adjecimus et ob materia? similitudinem Michaelis Scoti philo- sophi, de secretis naturae opusculum. 391 pp., 3 1. 24°. Argentorati, per L. Zetznerum, 1601. ------. The same. Von Weiberen und Geburten der Kinder, sampt ihren Artzneyen, auch von Tugenden etlicher furnehmer Krautter, und von Krafft der edlen Gestein [etc.]. Alles auffs neu gebessert. Durch Q. Apollinarem. ciiii, 3 1. 16°. Strassburg, Marx von der Heyden, 1629. ------. The same. Les admirables secrets d'Albert le Grand; contenant, plusieurs traitez sur la conception des femmes, des vertus des herbes [etc.]. Tirez et traduits sur d'anciens manuscrits de l'auteur qui n'avoient pas encore paru, ce qu'on verra plus amplement dans la table et dans ce qui a ete ajoute dans cette derniere edition. 11 p. 1., 306 pp., 5 pi., 3 1. 16°. Lion, heritiers de Berincos fratres, 1743. ------. The same. Los admirables secretes de Alberto el Grande; contiene muchos tratados sobre la generation del hombre, la influencia de los astros sobre el cuerpo humano y sobre los animales, la indication de los signos de fecundi- dad en las mujeres y las sefiales de su pureza, la virtud de muchisimas hierbas y piedras pre- ciosas y de determinadas partes de algunos animales [etc.]. Traduction cuidadosamente hecha de los antiguos manuscritos del sabio autor, algunos de los cuales estan ineditos hasta el dia por Izuplontini (S. I.), vi, 7-215 pp., 5 pi. 16°. Barcelona, Maucci, [n. d.]. ------. Albertus Magnus, being the approved, verified, sympathetic and natural Egyptian secrets, white and black and for man and beast. The book of nature and the hidden secrets and mysteries of life unveiled; being the forbidden knowledge of ancient philosophers . . . New revised, enlarged edition prepared for publica- tion under the editorship of L. W. de Laurence. Three books which were faithfully translated from the German original and now pubhshed in one new revised large volume. The very same being the finest and most complete work of Albertus Magnus, famous magician and prince of philosophers, extant to-day. iv, 5-206 pp. 8°. Chicago, de Laurence, Scott dc Co., 1910. ______. De secretis naturae. 24 1. 12°. [n. p., n. d.] Albertus Magnus^continued. -------. See. (dsn: Stadler (II.) Albertus Magnus von Coin als Naturfor- scher und das Coiner Autogramm seiner Tiergcschichte. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1908, Leipz., 1909, 29-37.-----. Zur Charakteristik der gang- barsten Ausgaben der Tiergeschichte des Albertus Magnur. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz., 1910-11, iii, 465- 474.-----. Irrtiimer des Albertus Magnus bei Benutzung des Aristoteles. Ibid., 1913, vi, 387-393. Albertus Parvus (Lucius). Secrets merveilleux de la magie naturelle et cabalistique traduits exactement sur l'original latin, intitule: Alberti Parvi Lucii libellus de mirabilibus naturae arcanis. Enrichi de figures mysterieuses, et de la maniere de les faire. Nouvelle edition. 5 p. 1., 252 pp., 10 pi. 24°. Lion, heritiers de Buringos fratres, 1743. Bound with: Albertus Magnus. Les admirables secrets d'Albertle Grand [etc.]. 24°. Lyon, 1758. Albert-Weil (Ernst) [1868- ]. *Le courant continu en gynecologie. 143 pp. 8°. Paris, 1895, No. 410. ------. The same. 144 pp. 8°. Paris, G.Stein- heil, 1895. ------. Guide pratique d'electro therapie gyneco- logique. Preface de Gariel. xii, 292 pp. 16°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1900. ------. Manuel d'electro therapie et d'Electro- diagnostic. 2 p. 1., 331 pp. 12°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1902. ------. The same. Preface par A. Gilbert. 2. ed., entierement refondue. iii, 351 pp. 12°. Paris, F. Alcan, 1906. Albes (Abel). De l'illusion de fausse reconnais- sance; Etude critique, clinique et medico- legale. 132 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 91. Albien (Gustav) [1857- ]. _ *Der Anted der nachkonstruierenden Tatigkeit des Auges und der Apperception an dem Behalten und der Wiedergabe einfacher Formen. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 77 pp., 18 ch. 4°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner 1907. Albien ([Walter] Georg Richard) [1879- ]. *Untersuchungen iiber intrauterine Tuberku- lose-Infektion. [Giessen.] 69 pp. 8°. Jena, C. Fischer, 1909. Albier (Joseph-Etienne) [1874- ]. *De la metrite de subinvolution. 38 pp., 2 1. 8°. Bordeaux, 1900, No. 97. Albin. Meyer (K.) Ueber die desinfizierende Wirkung der Zahnpaste Albin. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 503.—Stolpe. Ueber die desodori- sierende und desinfizierende Wirkung des Albinpuders. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 445. Albifiana Sanz (Jose Maria). Concepto actual de la filosofia medica y su valor en el desarrollo de la medicina; con un prologo del. . . Francisco Moliner. viii, 269 pp., 1 1. 8°. Madrid, 1912. Albini (Decio). La questione degli esposti e il brefotrofio di Roma. 127 pp. 8°. Roma, 1863. ------. L' infanzia abbandonata in Francia. Storia, legislatione, statistica. 184 pp. 8°. Roma, E. Loescher dc Co., 1897. ------. L' aborto criminoso nel diritto penale e nella medicina legale con cenni di storia, etno- grafia e statistica. 223 pp. 8°. Roma, E. Loescher dc Co., 1898. Albini (Ernesto). Nuovi anestetici. Sonno- formio Rolland; etere clorato Henning; liquor somniferus Zambelletti. 11 pp. 8°. Brescia, F. Apollonio, 1903. Albini (Giuseppe) [1827-1911]. Antonelli (A.) Biography. Riv. ital. di ottal., Roma, 1911, vii, 3-5.—Blasi (F.) Biography. Pratica d. med. Napoli, 1910-11, xi, 193-197. ALBINO CORDEIRO. 219 ALBRACHT. Albino Cordeiro (Zacheu). *As molestias in- fecciosas e o seu tratamento. 76 pp. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, M. Orosco dc Co., 1905. Albinos and albinism. See, also, Vitiligo. Cornaz (E.) De l'albinisme. 8°. Gand, 1856. Repr.from: Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1856. Pearson (K.), Nettleship (E.) & Usher (O H.) A monograph on albinism in man. IV. 2 v., text and atlas. 4°. London, 1913. Atgier. Un negre blanc; etude d'albinisme compart dans la race noire et la race blanche. Bull, et mem. Soc. d' anthrop. de Par., 1910, 6. s., i, 451-455.—Bateson (W.) Albinism in Sicilv; a correction. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1904, iii, Pt. iv. 171. —Blaschko (A.) Ein Negeralbino. Berl. klin. Wchnschr J9i2, xlix, 2128-2130. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsc i. (1912), 1913,xlih,pt. 2,401-406. [Discussion], pt. 1, 204.—Rloch (A.) Examen microscopique des che- veux du negre blanc. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1910, 6. s., i, 524-526.—Bonvech (E. S.) [Two cases.] Voyenno-med. J., St. Petersb., 1910, ccxxix, med.-spec. pt., 599-603.—Butler (T. H.) An albino family. Ophthal- moscope, Lond., 1908, vi 589.—Castle (W. E.) & Allen (G.M.) The heredity of albinism. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts A Sc, Bost., 1902-3, xxxviii, 603-622.—Dalpe (W. H.) Albin- ism. Montreal M. J., 1896-7, xxv, 945-951. A Iso, Reprint.— Day (J. R.) An unusual occurrence of albinism in one family. Month. Homceop. Rev., Lond., 1897, xli, 148.—De Blasio(A.) L'albinismo m Napoli. Riv. mens, di psichiat. forense, Napoli, 1903, vi, 205-237.—Dei (A.) Albinismo os- servato nell' uomo e negli animali e piu particolarmente negli uccelli. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1895, 4. s., vii, 121-130. Also, Reprint.—De Seabra (A. F.) Des- cription des types d'albinisme existants dans les collec- tions du Museum de Lisbonne. Bull. Soc. port, de sc. nat., Lisb., 1909, ii, 256-263.—Ebstein (E.) & Gunther (H.) Klinische Beobachtungen fiber Albinismus. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1914, xvii, 357-380, 2 pi.— Elschnig (A.) Zur Anatomie des menschlichen Albino- auges. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1913, lxxxiv, 401-419,1 pi.— Fenlzia (C.) Le teorie sulla genesi degli albini. Arch, per l'antrop., Firenze, 1897, xxvii, 89-99. — Frassetto (F.) Casi di albinismo parziale ereditario nella famiglia Anderson della Luisiana (S. U. d'A.). (Considerazioni sulla genesi delle acromie ed ipercromie congenite.) Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop., Roma, 1910, xiv, 155-172, 2 pi.-----. A proposito di albinismo parziale ereditario nella famiglia Anderson. Arch, per l'antrop., Firenze, 1912, xiii, 359-361. Also: Riv. di antrop., Roma, 1912, xvii, 381-383. — Frederic (J.) Beitrage zur Frage des Albinismus. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1907, x, 216-239, 4 pi.—Gal tier. Petite note relative k l'injection sous-conjonctivale d'encre de Chine dans les yeux d'albinos. Ann. d'ocul., Par., 1908, cxxxix, 125.—Garrod (A. E.) Inborn errors of metabolism. [Albinism.] Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 1; 73; 142; 214.—Gi- 1 nestous. [Case.l J- de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 926.—Gunn(A.R.) Albinism in man. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 718—Heiser (V. G.) & Villairanca (R.) Albinism in the Philippine Islands. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1913, viii, [B], 493-499,1 pi., 6 tab.—Holbe. Albinos blonds roux en Extreme-Orient. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1915, 6. s., vi, 27-33.—Holmes (B.) Albinism in its relation to medical research. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, civ, 393- 395.—Hutchinson (J.) On family diseases as illustrated by albinism. Polyclin., Lond., 1902, vi, 381-384, 1 pi.— Ichlkawa (K.) Ueber den ophthalmoskopischen Behind der Area centralis des albinotischen Auges. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1903, n. F., xvi, 9-15.—van Iperen(J.) Beschrijving van eenen witten neger van het eiland Bali. Verhandel. v. h. Batav. Genootsch. v. Kunst. en Wetensch., 2. ed., 1820, i, 232-248. -----. Beschrijving van eene blanke negenn uit de Papoescheeilanden. Ibid., 2. ed., 1823, ii, 123- 133.—Jenks (A. E.) The lailure and revival ol the proc- ess of pigmentation in the human skin. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait., 1916, ii, 164-167.—Knowles (F. C.) Family al- binism. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 555-559.— Komoto. Ueber ein Verfahren zur Verbesserung der Sehscharfealbinotischer Augen. Klin. Monatsbl.f. Augenh., Stuttg., 1907, xiv, 534-537. Also, transl.: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1907, xxiv, 234-236. — Lagleyze. El ojo de los albinos. Arch, de oftal. Hispano-Am., Bareel., 1906, vi, 557-620. Also, transl.: Arch, d'opht., Par., 1907, xxvii, 280; 361; 461.— Lane (J. E.) Albinism, leucoderma, vitiligo. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1916, xc, 986.—Levi (E.) Albinismo parziale eredo- famigliare in negro della Luisiana. Arch, per l'antrop., Firenze, 1909, xxxix, 5-13.—Libby (G. F.) A case of com- plete albinism; observations on the changes in the diameters of the lens as seen through the iris. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1909, xii, 246-248.1 pi. A Iso: Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1910, xix, 245-247.—McLeod (J. M. H.) Complete albinism in a girl aged 6, with total absence of pigment in the skin, hair, choroid and iris. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Dermat. Sect., 7.—Moore (H. C.) Negro albinos. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis., St. Louis, 1909, xiii, 327.— Mosso (G.) H senso luminoso negli albini e l'influenza del pigmento retinico sulla sensibilita luminosa e sull' adatta- mento dell' organo visivo all' oscuro. Ann. di ottal., Pavia, Albinos and albinism. 1914, xliii, 79-110.—Muflge (G. P.) Problems in Mendelism and some biological considerations; human albinos. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 857-859.-----. Certain reactions of albino hair. Nature, Lond., 1910, lxxxiii, 188.—Nance (W. O.) A case of complete albinism. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1907, xn, 201.—Nettleship (E.) On some cases of partial albinism. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep., 1902, xv, pt. 2, 110-118.—Pearse (F.) A note on albinos. J. Trop. M., Lond., 1899-1900, ii, 294.—Rille. [Zwei Briider mit Albi- nismus totalis congenitus.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 592.—Romagna-Manoia (A.) Un caso di albi- nismo parziale. Atti d. Soc. rom. di antrop., Roma, 1910, xv, 387-391.—Schultze (O.) Ueber Albinismus und Mikro- phthalmie. Sitzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1905, 84-91.—Seligmann (C. G.) A note on albinism, with especial reference to its racial characteristics among Melane- sians and Polynesians. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 803-805.— Sollas (Igerna B. I.) Certain reactions of albino hair. Na- ture, Lond., 1910, lxxxiii, 96.—Stannus (H. S.) Anoma- lies of pigmentation among natives oi Nvasaland; a contri- bution to the studv of albinism. Biometrika, Cambridge, 1913, ix, 333-365, 10 pi.—Stevenson (A.) [Albinismus et leukotrichia partialis.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 980.—Thomson (E.) Note on a case ol ocular albinism in a dark-haired individual. Ophthalmoscope, Lond., 1910, viii, 884.—Thurston (E.) Albinos. Madras Gov. Mus. Bull., 1901, iv, 118-120.—Usher (C. H.) The refraction of the eyes and nystagmus in two albino infants. Ophth. Rev., Lond., 1914, xxxiii, 362-365. Albinos and albinism in animals. See, also, Rats (Albino). Banta (A. M.) Some notes on albinism. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xli, 577.—Beyer (H.) Beiunde an den Gehororganen albinotischer Tiere. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1905, lxiv, 273-288, 1 pi.—Hamilton (J. S.) Notes on albinism in the common reedbuck (Cervicapra arundi- num), and on the habits and geographical distribution of Sharpe's steenbuck (Raphiceros sharpei). Proc. gen. meet. .. .Zool. Soc, Lond., 1913,537-541— Miles (F.C.) A genetic and cytological study of certain tvpes of albinism in maize. J. Genetics, Cambridge, 1914-15, "iv, 193-214, 2 pi.—Pettis (C. R.) Albino brook trout. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1904, n. s., xix, 867.—Swarth (II. S.) Albinism in the English sparrow. Ibid., 1915, xli, 578.—Trow (A. II.) On "albinism" in Senecio vulgaris. J. Genetics, Cambridge lEng.], 1916-17, vi, 65-74—Wenig (J.) Der Albinismus bei den Anuren, nebst Bemerkungen fiber den Bau des Amphibien-Integunients. Anat.Anz.,Jena,1913,xliii,113-135. Albinus (Bernhard Siegfried) [1697-1770]. See Anatomy (The) of the human body [etc.]. 4°. Edinburgh, 1829.—Douglas (James) [in 2. s.]. Nauwkeurige beschryving wegens den oorsprong, loop, inplanting en werking der spieren [etc.], 16°. Leyden, 1732. Albinus (Christoph. Chr. F.) *De arthritide. 4 1. sm. 4°. Basilex, C. Waldkirchus, 1599. Albinus (Sebastianus). _ Kurtzer Bericht und Handgrieff wie man mit denen Personen, gross und klein, so etwan in eusserste Wassers-Gefahr durch Gottes Verhangnus gerathen, nicht zu lange im Wasser gelegen; doch gleichsam fiir Tod herausgezogen werden, gebahren und umbgehen solle. . . . Jetzo abermahl aufs neue gedruckt. 11 1. 24°. [n. p.], 1675. Alboferin. Farago (M.) [The value of alboferin in therapeutics.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1903, i, 59-61.—Fuchs (K.) Klini- sche Erfahrungen fiber Alboferin. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xv, 233-237.—Grann (E.) Ueber Alboferin. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 325.—Itzkowitz (L.) Ueber Verwendung des Albolerin in der Kinderpraxis. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1904, xlix, 269.—Regensdorfer (C.) Sam- melreterat fiber Alboferin. Ibid., 1902, xviii, 274; 284.— Reichelt (J.) Ergebnisse der therapeutischen Anwendung des Alboferin. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 408; 426. -----. Neuere Erfahrungen mit Alboferinum purum und Alboferin-Kombinationen. Klin.-therap.Wchnschr., Wien, 1909, xvi, K41-845.—Schmid (E.) . . . Med. Bl., Wien, 1909, xxxii, 518-521.—Zembrzuski (S.) [Therapeutic value ol alboferin.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1903, 2. s., xxiii, 622-624. Alboline. Jaeger (A. L.) Report of the use of oil of alboline as an intestinal evacuant. Indiana M. J., Indianap., 1904-5, xxiii, 455-459. Also, Reprint. Albosius (Joan.). See Collectanea de diuturna graviditate, [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 24°. Amstelodami, 1662. Albracht ([Karl Wilhelm] Kurt) [1881- ]. *Ein Fall von Rankenneurom am oberen Augenlid. 30 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. ALBRAND. 220 ALBRECHT. Albrand (Walter). Die Kostordnung an Heil- und Pflegeanstalten; zum Gebrauch fiir Aerzte, Verwaltungsbeamte, etc., zusammengestellt. 79 pp. 8°. Leipzig, H. Hartung dc Sohn, 1903. ------ & Schroder (Heinrich). Das Verhalten der Pupille im Tode. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der mortalen Augenveranderungen. 214 pp. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1906. Albrecht (Adalbert). See Aschaffenburg (Gustav). Crime and its repression [etc.]. 8°. Boston, 1913. Albrecht (Alfred). *Casuistische Beitrage zur Differentialdiagnose zwischen den Genital- und den Abdominaltumoren des Weibes. [Giessen.] 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. Breslau, Genossenschafts-Buch- druckerei, 1904. Albrecht (August) [1879- ]. *Ueber die Beteiligung von Hefen und Bakterien an der Saurebildung im Teige. 28 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Albrecht (Ehrenfried) [1864- ]. Der Herzmus- kel und seine Bedeutung fiir Physiologie, Patho- logie und Klinik des Herzens. Ein Versuch der Entwickelung einer allgemeinen Pathologie und Symptomatologie der Herzmuskelerkrankungen auf anatomischer Grundlage. xv, 590 pp., 1 1., 7 pi. 8°. Berlin, J. Springer, 1903. ------. Die Atmungsreaktion des Herzens und ihre Verwendbarkeit bei der klinischen Priifung der funktionellen Leistungsfahigkeit des Her- zens. vii, 214 pp. roy. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1910. See, also, Beitrage zur pathologischen Anatomie [etc.]. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1903.—Handbuch der allgemeinen Patho- logie, [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1908.—Pathologische Anato- mie, [etc.]. 8°. Jena, 1909. Albrecht (Ernst Salo) [1877- ]. Zur Kenntnis des (3-Benzylisochinolins und seiner Homologen. 42 pp., 2 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1900. Albrecht (Eugen) [1872-1908]. Vorfragen der Biologic viii, 96 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1899. ------. *Ueber den Untergang der Kerne in den Erythroblasten der Saugetiere; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Kerndegeneration. 43 pp. 8°. Munchen, J. Gotteswinter, 1902. For Biography, see Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1908, xix, 657-662 (G. Herxheimer). Also: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 1439 (E. Goldschmid). Also: Frankf. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1908, ii, 225-231, port. (A. Knoblauch). Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1539-1542 (Oberndorfer). Also: Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 416-422 (B. Fischer). Albrecht (Friedrich Carl) [1875- 1. *Ein Beitrag zur pathologischen Anatomie der chroni- schen Skleritis. 36 pp., 2 1. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., Karg dc Manneck, 1903. Albrecht (Fritz Theodor> Georg Albert) [1879T ]. *Beitrag zur Nierendekapsulation bei Eklampsie. 33 pp. 8°. Halle, C. A. Kami- merer dc Co., 1911. Albrecht (Hans) [1878- ]. *Ueber das Caver- nom der Milz. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Bau und Entstehung der Cavernome. [Miin- chen.] 1 p. 1., 21 pp. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, F. Jasper, 1902. Repr. from: Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien & Leipz., 1892, xiii. Albrecht- (Heinrich) [1874- ]. *Ein Fall von Scharlach mit interessanten Nebenbefunden. [Kiel.] 24 pp., 2 1. 8°. Heiligenstadt, F. W. Cordier 1901. Albrecht (Hermann) [1847- ]. Hoe yoedt men zuigelingen? Eene onmisbare handleiding voor moeders. Naar het Hoogduitsch door A. Fo- ckema. v, 7-109 pp. 12°. Arnheim, K. van der Zande, 1879. Albrecht (J. F.) Wie ist die Schwindsucht zu verhiiten, zu lindern und moglichst zu heilen? Albrecht (J. F.)—continued. 4. neu bearbeitete Aufl. von Max Birnbaum. 89 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. -----■. Der weisse Fluss des weiblichen Ge- schlechts und seine Behandlung. 5. umgear- beitete Aufl. von M. Birnbaum. 57 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. ------. Die Hautkrankheiten, ihre Erkennung und Behandlung. 5. neu bearbeitete Aufl. von M. Birnbaum. 80 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900], ——. Der Augenarzt, eine Anleitung zur Er- kennung und Behandlung der Augenkrank- heiten. 5. neu bearbeitete Aufl. von M. Birn- baum. 100 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. ------. Die Krankheiten des Gehors und deren Heilung nebst einem Anhange iiber Horma- schinen. 6. Aufl. vii, 103 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. —----. Ratgeber fiir alle diejenigen, welche an Pollutionen leiden und sich davon befreien wollen; nebst Anweisung das geschwachte Zeu- gungsvermogen in kurzer Zeit volkommen zu beseitigen; mit einem Anhang von Mitteln iiber Impotenz, Unfruchtbarkeit, Hilfe und Schutz gegen Onanie. 8. Aufl. iv, 86 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. —----. Der weibliche Busen, seine Schonheit und Erhaltung bei dem Kinde, der Jungfrau, Gattin und Mutter, physisch und moralisch dargestellt. 7. Aufl. 90 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. ———-. Die Geschlechts-Krankheiten, ihre Er- kennung, Behandlung und sichere Heilung; arztliche Belehrungen uber die Ansteckung mit Tripper, Schanker und Syphilis. 12. Aufl. vii, 106 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. ------. The same. De geschlachtsziekten. Hare herkenning, behandeling en genezing. 116 pp. 12°. Utrecht, P. J. Diehl, [n. d.]. ■ ■ -. Die Heimlichkeiten und Krankheiten der Frauen, ein belehrendes Buch fiir das weib- liche Geschlecht iiber den ersten Eintritt der Bliite und die Krankheiten in den Perioden; von der Ehe und ihren Folgen; vom Verhalten der Schwangeren, Gebarenden und Wochnerin- nen, nebst Abhandlungen iiber die schmerz- und gefahrlose Entbindung der Frauen. 15. Aufl.' v, 141 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1900]. ———■. Das Unwohlsein der Frauen. Ein Rat- geber iiber das Verhalten der Frauen wahrend der Zeit der Menstruation. Mit einem Anhang: Die Wechseljahre. 6. vollstandig neu bearbeitete Aufl. von M. Baum. vi, 73 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1903]. ------. Die Geschlechts-Nervenschwache (sexu- elle Neurasthenie) beim Manne. Die Besei- tigung der Folgen sexueller Verirrungen. vi, 92 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [1907]. ——■. Die monatliche Reinigung des weiblichen Geschlechts; eine Anweisung, wie dessen Ord- nung und Unordnung, Mangel und Ueberfluss, Eintritt und Aufhoren zu behandeln ist, wie auch, welche Mittel anzuwenden sind, um solche in Ordnung zu erhalten. viii, 48 pp. 12°. Leipzig, Ernst, [n. d.]. ———■. Der Mensch und sein Geschlecht, arzt- liche Belehrungen iiber das Geschlechtsleben des Menschen; ein Ratgeber fiir Eheleute und Erwachsene. 34. Aufl. vi, 134 pp. 12°. Leip- zig, Ernst, [n. d.]. ———■. The same. Het geslachtsleven van den mensch. Raadgevingen voor gehuwden en vol- wassenen van beiderlei kunne. 126 pp., 1 1. 8°. Utrecht, P. J. Diehl, [1902]. Albrecht (Jacobus Hermannus). *De natura hu- mana ac intempestiva vocis naturae ad niedici- nam applicatione. 15 pp. 4°. Lugd. Bat., A. Elzevier, 1712. [P., v. 2243.] ALBRECHT. 221 ALBUMEN. Albrecht (Joh. Wilhelmus). Observationes ana- tomicse circa duo cadavera mascuhna in peran- tiqua nostra hierana nuper institute. 4 p. 1., 12 pp. sm. 4°. Erfurti, litt. Hynitzschianis, 1739. Albrecht (Karl Friedrich) [1887- ]. *Beob- achtungen iiber das Vorkommen des Diplo- coccus lanceolatus Fraenkel in der Gallenblase. 27 pp. 8°. Rostock, Adler1 sErben, 1912. Albrecht (Karl Heinrich Wilhelm) [1856- ]. Wohnungsstatistik und Wohnungsenquete. 22 pp. 8°. Jena, 1895. Forms part of 1. Lfg., v. 4, of: Handb. d. Hyg. Albrecht (Kuno Gustav Heinrich] [1883- ]. ^Untersuchungen iiber Korrelationen im Aufbau des Weizenhalmes, welche fiir die Lageri'eslig- keit des Getreides von Bedeutung sind. [Ko- nigsberg i. Pr.] 56 pp., 11. 8°. Merseburg, F. Stollberg, 1908. Albrecht (Max [Emil Otto]) [1873- ]. kasuis- tischer Beitrag zu den malignen Nebennieren- strumen. 38 pp., 2 1. 8°. Greifswald, C. Sell, 1897. Albrecht (Michael). Geburtshilfe beim Pferde. xiii, 479-696 pp. roy. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, W. Braumuller, 1913. Handbuch der tierarztlichen Chirurgie und Geburtshilfe, hrsg. von J. Bayer & Eug. Frohner, Lfg. 36. See, also, Franck (Ludwig). Handbuch der tierarzt- lichen Geburtshilfe [etc.] 4. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Also, Editor of: MUnchener tierarztliche Wochenschriit, 1909-15. Albrecht (Oskar). *Zur altesten Geschichte des Hundes. [Bern.] 63 pp. 8°. Munchen, E. Rein- hardt, 1903. Albrecht (Otto). *Ueher die erworbene arthro- gene Ankylose des Unterkiefers. [Zurich.] 47 pp. 8°. Soesl, Nasse, 1898. Albrecht (Paul). Die willkiirhchen Muskeln des menschlichen Korpers. 147 pp. 4°. Konigs- berg i. Pr., 1877. Albrecht (Paul) [1870- ]. *Ueber die Torsion des vorgezogenen Magenstuckes bei der Gastro- stomie als Hulfsmittel zur Erzielung eines bes- seren Verschlusses. 31 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, C. Abel, 1895. —----. Fritz Reuters Krankheit. Eine Studie. 47 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1907. Albrecht (Paul Arnold). *Ueber arterio-mesen- terialen Darmverschluss an der Duodeno-Jejunal- grenze und seine ursachliche Beziehung zur Magenerweiterung. [Lausanne.] 44 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Repr. from: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1899, clvi. Albrecht (Theo) [1877- ]. *Ueber Tumoren des Nasenrachenraums. 22 pp., 2 1. 8°. Halle a S , C. A. Kaemmerer dc Co., 1901. Albrecht (Walther) [1881- ]. *Ueber meta- statische paranephritische Abscesse. 21 pp., 11. 8°. Tubingen, H. Lauppjr., 1906. Albrechtsen (J.) Om tuberkulinpr0veme paa Bornholm. [On tuberculin tests in Bornholm.] 40 pp. 8°. R0nne, Colberg's Forlag, 1900. ------. La sterilita delle vacche; le sue cause ed il suo trattamento con riguardo alia vaginite in- fettiva ed all' aborto. Traduzione per cura del- T Istituto sieroterapico milanese. 93 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Milano, Stucchi, Ceretti dc Co., 1912. d'Albret (Jeanne). Durodie. Maladie et mort mysterieuse de Jeanne d'Al- bret. France med.. Par., 1910, lvii, 207-209. Afeo:Gaz.hebd. d.sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 283-286. Albright (Jacob Dissinger) [1870- ]. The general practitioner as a specialist. A treatise devoted to the consideration of medical special- ties. 2. ed. 299 pp. 8°. Pottsville, Pottsville Republican print, 1901. 76399°—17----15 Albright (Jacob Dissinger)—continued. —~——. The same 4. ed., revised, enlarged, and illustrated, xii, pp. 17^67. 8°. Philadelphia, by the author, 1911. —-----. A practical treatise on rectal diseases, their diagnosis and treatment by ambulant methods, xi, [17]-455 pp., 32 pi. 8°. Phila- delphia, by the author, 1909. Also, Editor of: Office (The) Practitioner. Philadelphia, 1910. Albu (Albert) [1867- ]. Social-hygienische Betrachtungen iiber den modernen Sport mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Radfahrens. 2. Aufl. 30 pp. 8°. Berlin, O. Coblenz, 1896. ------. Die Bedeutung der Lehre von den Auto- intoxikationen fur die Pathologie. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1896, No. 141 (Innere Med., No. 43, 473-486). ------. Einige Fragen der Krankenernahrung. 31 pp. 8°. Berlin, Fischer, 1898. In: Beel. Klinik, 1898,115. Hft., 1-31. ------. Die Tetanie Magenkranker. In: Samml. klin. Vortr., n. F., Leipz., 1899, No. 254 ((In- nere Med., No. 76, 1499-1514). ------. Die vegetarische Diat. Kritik ihrer Anwendung fiir Gesunde und Kranke. Ip. 1., 170 pp. 8°. Leipzig, G. Thieme, 1902. —■——. Grundziige der Ernahrungstherapie. 80 pp. 8°. Stuttgart, F. Enke, 1908. Forms 26. Hft. of: Physikal. Therap. in Einzeldarstell. —■----. Beitrage zur Diagnostik der inneren und chirurgischen Pankreaserkrankungen. 98 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1911. In: Samml. zwangl. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. Verdauungs- u. Stoffwechsel-Krankh., Halle a. S., 1911, iii. ------. Grundziige fiir die Ernahrung von Zucker- kranken, nebst praktischen Anweisungen fiir die Diabeteskiiche (nach weiland Dr. Gilberts Diabeteskuche). vii, 163 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1912. ------ & Neuberg (Carl). Physiologie und Pa- thologie des Mineralstoffwechsels, nebst Tabel- len iiber die Mineralstoffzusammensetzung der menschlichen Nahrungs- und Genussmittel sowie der Mineralbrunnen und Bader. 2 p. 1., 247 pp., 5 tab. 8° . Berlin, J. Springer, 1906. Albu (I[sidor]). Hand und Fuss; ihre Pflege, ihre Krankheiten und deren Verhiitung nebst Hei- lung. 2p.l.,124pp. 16°. Leipzig,J.J.Weber,\%9b. Albulactin. Cassel (J.) & Kamnitzer (H.) Versuche mit Albu- lactin bei kunstlich geniihrten Sauglingen. Arch. f. Kin- derh., Stuttg., 1909, xlix, 168-188. Albule. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Album von Philippinen-Typen, hrsg. von A. B. Meyer. 10 pp., 32 pi. 4°. Dresden, W. Hoff- mann, 1885. ------. The same. III. Negritos, Mangianen, Bagobos. Hrsg. A.B.Meyer. 22pp.; 37 pp. 4°. Dresden, Stengel dc Co., 1904. Albumen [Egg-albumin]. See, also, Urine (Albumen in). Abderhalden (E.) & Pregl (F.) Die Monoaminosauren des kristallisierten Eieralbumins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xlvi, 24-30.—Boes (J.) Ueber die Prulung von Huhnereiweiss. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1902, xvii, 462.— Chick (Ilarriette) & Martin (C. J.) The precipitation of egg-albumin by ammonium sulphate; a contribution to the theory of the "salting-out" of proteins. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1912-13, vii, 380-398. — Dieterich (K.) Ueber Hiihnereiweiss iii incl. Eigelb. Pharm. Centralhalle, Dresd., 1898, n. F., xix, 789; 811.—Frank (P.) The di- gestibility ol white of egg as influenced by the temperature at which it is coagulated. J. Biol. Chem., Baltv 1911, ix, 463-470. —Galeotti (G.) Ueber die Glcichgcwichte zwi- schen Eiweisskorpern und Elektrolyten. 1. Mitteilung. Gleichgewicht im System: Eieralbumin, Ammoniumsulfat, Wasser. Ztschr. 1. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xliv, 461- 471 1 diag.—Gompel & Henri (V.) Note complementaire ALBUMEN. 222 ALBUMINOIDS. Albumen [Egg-albumin]. sur la pretendue action antikinasique de l'albumine d'ceuf crue. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1905, lviii, 613.— Guerrini (G.) Ueber die Gieichgewichte zwischen Eiweiss- korpern und Elektrolyten. 2. Mitteilung. Ueber die Fallung des Eieralbumins durch Natriumsuliat. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlvii, 287-293—Hofnieis- ter (F.) Untersuchungen iiber die Proteinston'e. I. Ueber jodirtes Eieralbumin. Ibid., 1897, xxiv, 159-172 — Hopkins (F. G.) On the separation of a pure albumin Irom egg-white. J. Physiol., Lond., 1899-1900, xxv, 306- 330.—Iscovesco (H.) Action de l'eau oxygenee sur l'ovalbu- mine. Compt.rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1905,lix, 255.-----. L'ovalbumine; sa constitution colloidale; les colloides amphoteres. Ibid., 1906, lxi, 195-197.—Jackson (H. C.) Subcutaneous injections of white ol egg. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 813.—Kossel (A.) & Dakin (H. D.) Beitrage zum System der einiachsten Eiweisskorper. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903-4, xl, 565-571—Kurayeff (D. I.) [On the crystallization oi egg albumin and albu- min ol equine serum.] Bolnitsch. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1899, x, 863-868.—Langstein (L.) Die Kohlehydratgruppe des krystallisirten Ovalbumins. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900, xxxi, 49-57.—Latham (P. W.) On the complete hvdrclytic decomposition oi egg-albumin at 180° C. Bio-them.'J., Liverp., 1908, iii, 207-240.—MUesi (C.) Di un corpo fosforato isolato dall'albume d'uovo presentante i caratteri chimici di un mncoide. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1898, 184-190.—Mouton (II.) & Pozerski (E.) Liquefaction instantanee du blanc d'ceuf par la papai'ne a la temperature du laboratoire. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxv,86.—Pekelharing (C. A.) Eiwitalsvoedsel. Geneesk. Bl., Haarlem, 1908,13. s., No. 7,161-190.—Rettger (L. F.) & Sperry (J. A.) The antiseptic and bactericidal properties oi egg-white. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912-13, xxvi, 55-64.—Seemann (J.) Ueber die reducierenden Substanzen, welche sich aus Hiihnereiweiss abspalten lassen. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl., 1898, iv, 275-288 — Sperry (J. A.) On antiseptic and bactericidal properties of egg white. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 413.—Sugimoto (T.) Ueber die antitryptische Wirkung des Hiihnereiweisses. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1913, lxxiv, 14-26.—Talarico (J.) De 1'influence de la cuisson sur la digestibilite trypsique de l'albumine d'ceui. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixviii, 662-664.—Weyl (T.) Ueber das Verhalten von kauflichem Eieralbumin zu Jodwasserstoffsaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, Ixviii, 236-242.— Willcock (Edith G.) Crystalline egg-albumin. J. Physiol., Lond., 1908, xxxvii, 27-36.—Zoja (L.) Physikalisch-chemische Untersuchungen der Reaktionen zwischen Eiereiweiss und Essigsaure. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1908, iii, 249-269. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1909-10, Iii, 208-216. Albumen (Anaphylaxis to). Coues (W. P.) Idiosyncrasy to egg albumin. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvii, 216.—Herschell (G.) A case of idiosyncrasy to egg albumin. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 256.— Horwitz (L.) Ein Fall von Idiosynkrasie gegen Hiihnerei- weiss. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv, 1184.-----. Weitere Mitteilung iiber Idiosynkrasie gegen Hiihnerei- weiss. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1908, Munchen, 1909, 20-24.—Laschtschenko (P.) Ueber die keimtotende und'entwicklungshemmende Wirkung von Hiihnereiweiss. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1909, lxiv, 419-427.—Miller (S. R.) Koplik's spots occurring on the tonsils of a child subsequently found to be anaphylactic to egg-albumen. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull.. Bait., 1914, xxv, 78-80. Albumen (Split-products of). See Albuminates; Albumins (Decomposi- tion and derivatives of). Albuminates. Bonamartini (G.) & Lombard! (M.) Ueber saures und neutrales Kupleralbuminat. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1908, lviii, 165-174.—Gazzetti (C.) Ricerche sui cosi detti albuminati liquidi dei metalli pesanti. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena, 1914, xvi, 615-634.-----. Ancora su->°— 1"----15 11)11 mills (Chemistry of). ceschi (V.) Zur Kenntnis der aromatischen Gruppe im Eiweissmolekfil. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brn- schwg., 1901, i, 339-346.—England (J. W.) The reactions of albumin with acids and alkalies. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1903, lxxv, 510-513.—Fuld (E.) Ueber die Verbindungen von Eiweisskorpern mit Metaphosphorsiiure. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg., 1902 ii, 155-168—Ga- leotti (G.) Ueber die sogenannten Metaflverbindungen der Eiweisskorper nach der Theorie der chemisehen Gleichge- wichte. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1903-4, xl, 492- 549, 1 diag.-----. Ueber die Gleichgewichte zwischen Eiweisskorpern und Elektrolyten. 3. Mitteilung. Loslich- keit des Globulins in Magnesiumsulfatlosungen; Einfluss der Temperatur. Ibid., 1906, xlviii, 473-480.—Gazzetti (C.) Sulla formazione di precipitati cristallini (tartrati acidi di potassio e di ammonio) nelle soluzioni d'albumina. Arch. difisiol., Firenze, 1913-14, xii, 377-399,4 pi.—Gillespie (A. L.) Acid and alkali albumin. Rep. Lab. Roy. Coll. Phys., Edinb., 1897, vi, 167-180.—Hamburger (Elizabeth). [In- fluence of chlorinated narcotics on albumin catalysis.] Orvostud. ertek. gvujt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1912, u. f.; xiii, 234-238.—Handovsky (H.) Die neueren Fort- schritte in der experimentellen Kolloidchemie der Eiweiss- korper. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1910, vii, 183-193.—Hausmann (W.) Ueber die Verthei- lung des Stickstofls im Eiweissmolekfil. Ztscht. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1899, xxvii, 95-108.—Heidenhain (M.) Ueber chemische Umsetzungen zwischen Eiweisskorpern und Anilinfarpen. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1902, xc, 115 - 230. -----. Neue Versuche fiber die chemi- sehen Umsetzungen zwischen Eiweisskorpern und Anilin- farben, insbesondere unter Benutzung der Dialyse. Ibid., 1903, xevi, 440-472. — Herlitzka (A.) Ueber den Einfluss der Temperatur auf den Brechungsindex von Eiweiss. Ztschr. i. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1910, vi, 251-256. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lvii, 95.—Higashi (S.) [The reaction of albumen.] Gun Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1900, 174-178, 3 tab.— Hofmeister (F.) Ueber den Bau des Eiweissmolecfils. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, 33-50.—Inagaki (C.) Zur Kenntnis der Eiweisskrystallisation. Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1905, n. F., xxxviii, No. 1, 1-17.—Jacquemet. Note sur une albumine cryolytique. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 31.—Jolles (A.) Einiges fiber die Eiweisskorper. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1901, xi, 981-989. Aus dem Gebiete der Eiweisschemie. Wien. med. Wchn- schr., 1901, li, 2433-2436.—K. Ueber krystallisirtes Eiweiss. Ztschr. d. allg. osterr. Apoth.-Ver., Wien, 1899, liii, 811-813.— Klemperer (G.) Ueber die Fortschritte der Eiweisschemie und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1904, xli, 204. Also, transl.: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 143.—Kossel (A.) Ueber die Eiweissstoffe. Deu- tsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1898, xxiv,581.-----. Ueber die Constitution der einfachsten Eiweissstoffe. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxv, 165-189.-----. Neuere Ergebnisse der Eiweisschemie. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1904, xli, 1065-1068.—Kotake (Y.) & Knoop (F.) Ueber einen krystallisierten Eiweisskorper aus dem Milch- safte der Antiaris toxicaria. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxv, 488-498.—Krawkow (N.) Ueber die Kohlehydratgruppe im Eiweissmolekfil. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1896, lxv, 281-2'js.—Labbe (H.) & Cha- briez (J.) L'action de Tiode sur les albumines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 32-34.—Labbe (H.) & Vitry (G.) Indice de sulfo-conjugaison des albumines. Ibid., 415.—La Franca (S.) Ueber die Gleichgewichte zwischen Eiweisskorpern una Elektrolyten. 4. Mitteilung. Ionenkonzentration und Ionengiftigkeit in Systemen von Eiweisskorpern, Metallsalzen und Wasser. Ztschr. f. phy- siol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlviii, 481-488.—Lespinasse (A.) Essais des reactions speciales d'une albumine accto-soluble. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1913, xvi, 1029-1032.— Lippich (F.) Ueber die Fallung von Eiweiss mit Zinksul- fat. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911, lxxiv, 360- 391.—Mansfeld (G.) & Hamburger (Elizabeth). [Causes of albumin catalysis ante mortem.] Orvostud. ertek. gyfijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1912, u. f., xiii, 228- 233.—Marchetti (G.) Sulla percentuale di azoto dell'albu- mina orinaria. Settimana med. d. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1899, liii, 361-364.—Maurel (E.) Etude clinique sur les hydroalbumines. Langucdoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1900, viii, 43-46.—Mochizuki (J.) Zur Kenntnis der tryptischen Eiweissspaltung. Beitr. z.chem. Phys.u.Path.,Brnschwg., 1901, i, 44-50.—Mbllhausen (G.) Ueber das Eindringen von Albumin in Gelatinegallcrtcn. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1907-8, ii, 325.—Moll (L.) Ueber kfinstliche Umwandlung von Albumin in Globulin. Beitr. z. chem. Phvs. u. Path., Brn.schwg., 1903, iv, 563- 577.—Moruzzi (G.') Untersuchungen fiber die Gelati- nierung des Eiweisses. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xxii, 232-243.—Neuberg (C.) & Pollak (H.) Ueber die Phos- phorylierung von Eiweiss und die Bindung des Phosphors in den natiirlichen Phosphorproteinen. Ibid., 1910, xxvi, 528-534.—Northrup (E. F.) A brief examination of the electrical properties of egg-white. J. Frankl. Inst., Phila., 1913, clxxv, 413-419.—Novoa (R.) Evoluci6n progresiva de la molecrla de albumina. Gaz. med. de Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1911, xxix, 291-295. —Obermayer (F.) & WU1- ALBmiTNS. 226 ALBUMINS. Albumins (Chemistry of). helm (R.) Ueber formoltitrimetrische Untersuchungen an Eiweisskorpern. I. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 331: 1913, 1, 369.—Oppenheimer (C.) Emil Fischer fiber seine Eiweissarbeiten. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1906, xlvii, 74-77. —Oryng (T.) Untersuchungen fiber die Zustandsanderungen der Eiweisskorper. Kolloid-Ztschr., Dresd. & Leipz., 1915, xvii, 14-26.—Pauli (W.) Die physi- kalischen Zustandsanderungen der Eiweisskorper. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1899, Ixxviii, 315-345. ■-----. Kolloidchemische Studien am Eiweiss. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1908, iii, 2-13. Also, Reprint. -----. Die kolloiden Zustandsanderungen von Eiweiss und ihre physiologische Bedeutung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1910, cxxxvi, 483-501.-----. Ionisation, Hydrata- tion und optische Drehung von Eiweiss. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd., 1910, vii, 241-243.-----. Viskositat und Elektrochemie der Eiweisslosungen. Ibid., 1913, xii, 222-230—Pauly (H.) Zur Jodierung von Verbin- dungen des Eiweissgebietes. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxvi, 291.—Piatt (C.) A modification of the picric-acid test for albumin. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1902, xxxvii, 367-371.—Quincke (G.) Eis, Eisen und Eiweiss. Verhandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1907, n. F., viii, 355-366.—Reformatski (S. N.) [The "chemical nature of albumins.] Univ. Izvlest., Kiev. 1908, xlviii, [med. pt.], 1-22.—Relnbold (B.) [The present position of the chemistry of albuminous bodies.] Orvostud. ertek. gyfijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1906, u. f., vii, 437- 468.—Ringer (W. E.) Het zuur- en alkahbindend vermo- gen van oplossingen van eiwitstoffen en de veranderingen in de viscositeit dezer oplossingen. Onderzoek. ged. in h. physiol. Lab. d. Utrecht. Hoogesch., 1910, xi, 250-276 — Rocci (U.) Sulla fissazione dei metalli alTalbumina; comportamento degli ossidi metallici. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1915, 4. s., xxi, 305-309.—Rona (P.) Allge- meine Chemie der Eiweisskorper. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1909, i, 226-273.-----. Methoden zur Entei- weissung von eiweisshaltigen Flfissigkeiten. In: Abder- halden (E.) Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeitsmetho- den, 8°, Leipz., 1909,1, 2,686-S98.-----. [Recent investiga- tions of the chemistry of albumin.] Orvostud. ertek. gyfijt. Magy. orv. Arch., Budapest, 1913,6, f., xiv, 243-256.—Rona (P.) & Michaelis (L.) Weitere Beitrage zur Methodik der Enteiweissung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1907, v, 365-367. ----- -----. Beitrage zur allgemeinen Eiweisschemie. IV. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Eiweissspaltung und Beobachtungen fiber Seife-Eiweiss-Verbindungen. Ibid., 1912, xli, 165-173.—Rona (P.) & Muller (W.) Ueber den Ersatz von Eiweiss durch Leim. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906-7, 1, 263-280.—Samuely (F.) Die neueren Forschungen auf dem Gebiete der Eiweisschemie und ihre Bedeutungftir die Physiologie. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz.,1906, xxvi, 370; 430.—Schilling (F.) Die Chemie und Struktur der Eiweisskorper nach neueren Forschungen. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1904, xxix, 453; 469. -----. Bestandtelle und Konfiguration der Eiweisskorper. Zentralbl. f. StofTwechsel- u. Verdauungskr., Gotting., 1904, v, 363-370.—Schitten- helm (A.) & Strobel (H.) Ueber den Einfluss der Jodi- rung auf das biologische Verhalten der Eiweisskorper. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, xi, 102-107.— Schulz (F. N.) Eiweiss und seine kfinstliche Oxydation. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1521-1525.-----. Gruppe der krystallisierbaren Eiweissstoffe. In: Abder- halden (E.) Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeitsmetho- den, 8°, Leipz., 1909, ii, 1, 335-346.—Schwarz (L.) Ueber Verbindungen der Eiweisskorper mit Aldehvden. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1900-1901, xxxi, 460-478.— Simon (F.) Ueber Adsorptionsverbindungen einiger Eiweisskorper mit alkoholloslichen anorganischen Haloid- salzen. Ibid., 1910, lxvi, 70-87.—Slosse (A.) L'albumine peut-elle se transformer en graisse par simple maceration? Arch, internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1904, i, 348-358 — Starke (J.) Ueber den Einfluss des Milieus, insbesondere der anorganischen Substanzen,. auf Eigenschaften von Eiweisskorpern. Ztschr. f. Biol., Mfinchen & Leipz., 1901, n. F., xxiv, 187-227.—Swirlowsky (E.) Zur Frage nach der Einwirkung von verdfinnter Salzsaure auf die Eiweiss- stoffe. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlviii, 252- 299.—Szumowski (\V.) [Chemistry of albuminous bodies.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1901, xl, 445-44S.—Uhl (R.) Ueber losliche Metallverbindungen geschwefclter Eiweisskorper mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Kupfers. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxiv, 478-496.—Umber (F.) Zur Chemie und Biologie der Eiweisskorper. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 657-659.-----. Fortschritte der Eiweisschemie und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1903, i, 587-604.—Vaubel (W.) Ueber die Bromirungs- und Jodirungszahlen der Eiweisskorper. Ztschr. f. anal. Chem., Wiesb., 1901, xl, 470-474.—Vlilinger. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Eiweissforschung. Mitth. f. d. Ver. Schlesw.-Holst. Aerzte, Kiel, 1902, n. F., ix, 80.—Weyl (T.) Weiteres fiber das Verhalten von Eiweiss- korpern'zu Aceton. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1910, lxv, 246-250.—Wiener (H.) Studien fiber Zelleiweiss mit'llilfe der Formoladdition. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, lvi, 122-152.—Wohlgemuth (J.) Emil Fischer's neueste Forschungen auf dem Gebiete der Eiweisschemie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1906, xliii, 119. Jbumins (Coagulation and precipita- tion of). Brunner (A.) *Ueber Albuminfallung durch Schwermetalle. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1897. Kupritz (A.) *Untersuchungen uber die Ausfallung und die Koagulation von Eiweiss- korpern. [Zurich.] 8°. Griiningen, 1908. Axon (H.) Die Einwirkung von Farbstofflbsungen auf die Hitzekoagulation von Eiweisslosungen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl.. 1907, v, 413-418.—Bancroft (W. D.) The coagulation or albumin by electrolytes. J. Phys. Chem., Ithaca, 1915. xix, 349-359.--Brldgman (P. W.) The coagu- lation of albumen by pressure. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1914, xix, 511.—Carradorl (G.) Esperienze ed osservazioni per determinare la causa della consolidazione, o coagulo dell' al- bume. Ann. dichim. e storia nat., Pavia, 1797, xiv, 86-96 — Cattoretti (F.) Sulla incoagulabilita al calore delle albu- mine trattate con polveri metalliche. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1915, 4. s., xxi,94-100.—Farmer (J. B.) Ob- servations on the effect of desiccation of albumin upon its coagulability. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1900, lxvi, 329-333.— Galeotti (G.) Dilatometrische Untersuchungen fiber die Fallungen der Eiweisskorper. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, Ixxviii, 421-434. — Gayda (T.) Calorime- trische Untersuchungen bei der Eiweissfallung durch Salze der Schwermetalle. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxv,341- 358.-----. Dilatometrische Untersuchungen fiber die Hitze- koagulation und die Losung des Albumins. Ibid., 1912, xxxix, 400-409.—Gottliet (M.J.) Acetone as a precipitant oi albumin. Biochem. Bull., N.Y., 1914, iii, 459.—Guerrinl (G.) Ueber die Gleichgewichte zwischen Eiweisskorpern und Elektrolyten. Mitteilung fiber die Fallung des Eieral- bumens durch Natriumsuifat. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1906, xlvii, 287-293. A Iso, Reprint.—Halphen (G.) Sur la coagulation de l'albumine. Ass. franc, pour Tavance. d. sc. C.-r. 1898, Par., 1899, xxvii, pt. 2, 275-277.—Herlitzka (A.) Calorimetrische Untersuchungen fiber die Eiweiss- fallung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xi, 481-492—Kirch- mann (J.) Wie weit lasst sich der Eiweisszerfall durch Leimzufuhr einschranken. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen & Leipz,, 1900, n. F., xxii, 54-94.—Krasnogorski (N.) Zur Frage des toxogenen Eiweisszerfalles. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1912, lxix, 239-262.—Kruger (F.) Ueber die Fallbarkeit einiger Eiweisskorper durch Chloro- form. Ztschr. f. Biol., Mfinchen & Leipz., 1901, n. F., xxiii, 341-359—Labbe (H.) & Maguin (R.) Contribution a Tetude des conditions de precipitation de Talbumine par l'acide picrique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvi, 1415-1417.—Lippich (F.) Ueber die Fallung von Eiweiss mit Zinksulfat. II. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1914, xc, 236-249.—Mary (A.) & Mary (A.) Sur certaines structures artificielles d'albumine coagulee. Bol. de cien. med., Mexico, 1911-12, ii, 147-149.—Michaelis (L.) & Rona (P.) Beitrage zur allgemeinen Eiweisschemie. Die Koagula- tion des denaturierten Albumins als Funktion der Wasser- stoffionenkonzentration und der Salze. Biochem. Zt- schr., Berl., 1910, xxxvii, 38-52.—Moritz. Ueber den durch Essigsaure fallbaren Eiweisskorper in Exsudaten. Mfin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 1748.—MunarettO (G.) Sulle sostanze che impediscono la coagulazione delle albu- mine al calore. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1912, xiv, 460; 469. — Sabbatani ( L.) & Buglia ( G. ) Velocita di coagulazione al calore di liquidi albuminosi. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1905-6, iii, 154-163.—Schadee van der Does (H.) Die Aufhebung der Coagulationsfahigkeit gewisser Eiweiss- korper durch metallisches Silber. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1898, xxiv, 351-355.—Siegelried (M.) Ueber den allmahlichen Abbau des Eiweisses. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz., 1906, pt. 2.2. Hlfte., 396-399.—Simon (I.) Ricerche sulla coagulazione delle albumine. I. Variazionifisicc-chirnichedelsieroperaggiunta di alcooL Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1906-7, iv, 594:1907-8, v, 394; 470.------. Ricerche sulla coagulazione delle albumine; variazioni fisico-chimiche del siero per aggiunta di sali di metalli pesanti. Ibid., 1909-10, viii, 361-382.—Starke (J.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Neutralsalze zur Hitzegerinnung des Albumins. Sitzungsb.d. Gesellsch.f.Morphol.u. Physiol. in Munchen, 1897, xviii, 42-56.—Stassano (H.) & GompeS (M.) Du pouvoir coagulant different de quelques sels de mercure envers Talbumine d'ceuf. Compf. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxv, 633-635.—Teissier (J.), Morel (A.) & Cade (A.) Recherches sur la teneur en albumines coa- gulables du serum sanguin dans divers etats pathologiques. J. med. franc., Par., 1909, iii, 9-12 —Ugglas (B.) Ueber Eiweissfallung durch Eiweiss. -Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxi, 469-505.—Vallery (L.) Etude sur la coagulation de Talbumine par la chaleur; consequences au point de vue du dosage de l'albumine urinaire en particulier., Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1911, cliii, 1243.-----. Etude sur la coagulation de Talbumine par la chaleur et sur sa precipi- tation par Tiodomercurate de potassium; consequences au point de vue de son dosage ponderal et de son dosage volu- metrique. Ibid., 1912, civ, 417-420. A Iso: J. de physiol. et depath. gen., Par., 1912 xiv, 947-959.—Voit (E.)Ueber den Einfluss des Leims auf den Eiweisszerfall. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1899), 1900, xv, 134. ALBUMINS. 227 ALBUMINS. Albumins (Compounds and prepara- tions of). Dreyer (O.) *Ueber neuere Eiweissprii- parate. 8°. Gottingen, 1902. Heddenhausen (G.) *Ueber einige neue Eiweisspraparate. 8°-. Gottingen, 1897. Bergell (P.) Ueber die Untersuchung der Eiweisspra- parate. Med. Klin., Berl.. 1905, i, 1042-1045—Braltmaier. Beitrage zur Kasuistik der neuen Eiweisspraparate Riba und Riba-Malz. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1911, Iii, 527. Also, Reprint.—Cor in (G.) Recherches sur les proprietes physiologiques et Taction thcrnpeutique de Talbumine iodcc. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1897, xxxvi, 135-142.— Fischer (H.) Erfahrungen fiber Eiweiss-Cakes. Reichs- Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1903, xxviii, 343-346.—von FUrth (O.) A Friedmann (M.) Ueber die Resorptionsweise joaierter Eiweisskorper. Arch. 1. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1908, Suppl.-Bd., 214-223.—Huppert. Ueber die Verwert- barkeit des Graeditzer Eiweissmehles. Deutsche Aerzte- Ztg., Berl., 1907, 241-245.—Ilyin (M. D.j [Methods of prepa- ration of various varieties of albumin.1 Izvfest. S.-Peterb. biol. lab., 1903-5, vii, No. 4, 5-29—Jacobaeus (H.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Finsens Hamatin-Albumin. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1906, xx, 376-379.—Levltes (S.) Ueber Desamidoalbumine. Ztschr. f. phvsiol. Chem.. Strassb., 1904, xliii, 202-206.—Scala (A.) Sui composti del rame coll' albumine d'uovo. Onore (In) del Prof. A. Celli, Torino, 1913, xxv, 137-152.—Staehelin (R.) Ueber Eiweisspra- parate. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1909, xxiii, 634-638.—We- gele (C.) Die Bedeutung der neuren Eiweisspraparate fiir die Ernahrung. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1901, xix, 618- 628.—Wintgen (M.) Ueber Eiweisspraparate. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Berl., 1901, xi, 60-77. Albumins (Compounds and prepara- tions of) [Patent specifications for]. Blum (F.) Halogen-albumen and process of making same. No. 678,330; July 9, 1901.—Finkler (D.) Process of making of albumose. No. 728,385; May 19,1903.—Gaertner (F. W.) Process for extracting albumen from vegetable sub- stances. No. 813,373; Feb. 20, 1906.—Geistdorter (J.) Ap- paratus for extracting albumins from plants. No. 1,003,594; Sept. 19,1911. Albumins (Decomposition and deriva- tives of). See, also, Albumins (Hydrolysis of); Albumi- nates. Daniels (P.) *Das Saurebindungsvermogen der Verdauungsprodukte des Eiweisses. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Seemann (J. H. C.) *Ueber die reducie- renden Substanzen, welche sich aus Huhnerei- weiss abspalten lassen. 8°. Marburg, 1898. Abderhalden (E.), Oppler (B.) [et al.]. Beitrage zur Frage nach der Verwertung von tief abgebautem Eiweiss im tierischen Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1907, li, 226: Iii, 507: 1908, liv, 80: lvii, 74: lviii, 348: 1909, lix, 35: 1910, lxv, 285; 336: lxvii, 405: Ixviii, 416.—Baehr (G.) & Pick (E. P.) Ueber Entgiftung der peptischen Eiweisspal- tungsprodukte durch Substitution im zyklischen Kern des Eiweisses. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1913, lxxiv, 73-91. Also, Reprint.—Bergell (P.) & Lewin (K.) Uber den Abbau der Eiweisskorper im Organismus. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1906, iii, 425-431.— Bergell (P.) ) Thebrie des substitutions alimentaires isodynames et valeur nutritive de Talbumine. Rev. scient., Par., 1909, 5. s., xi, 737-741.—Lichtenfelt. Ueber die Verwerthung des Eiweisses der Nahrung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1901, Ixxxvi, 185-193.—Munk (I.) Ueber den Einfluss der einmaligen und fractionirten Nahrungsaufnahme auf den Eiweissverbrauch. Centralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1898, xi, 729-732.—Pozerski (E.) [Fulgurating digestion of Albumins (Nutritive value and digesti- bility of). albumin.] Przegl. lek., Krak6w, 1911, 1, 595.—Roos (E.J Zur Verwendbarkeit von Pflanzeneiweiss als Nahrmittel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1901, xxvii, 246- 248.—Vis (G. N.) & Treupel (G.) Ueber die Verdaulich- keit einiger Eiweisspraparate. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 257.—Wegele (C.) Die Bedeutung der neueren Eiweisspraparate fiir die Ernahrung. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1901, xix, 618-628. Albumins (Poisonous effects of). See Albumins (Antigenic and anaphylactic properties of); Albumins (Toxicity of). Albumins (Preparations of). See Albumins (Compounds and preparations of). Albumins (Synthesis of). Olinger (J.) *Eiweisssynthese im tierischen Organismus. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Sokolowski (F. K.) *Beitrag zur Lehre von der Eiweisssynthese im Organismus des Hundes. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. von Braun (J.) Ueber den chemisehen Aufbau der Eiweisskorper. Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl. & Wien, 1908, ii, 139-176.—Grate (E.) Zur Frage der Eiweissynthese bei Futterung von Ammoniaksalzen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1912, xxix, 507-515.—Henri- ques (V.) Die Eiweisssynthese im tierischen Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1908, liv, 406-422.— Henriques (V.) & Hansen (C.) Ueber Eiweisssynthese im Tierkorper. Ibid., 1904-5, xliii, 417-446.-----------. Weitere Untersuchungen fiber Eiweisssynthese im Tier- korper. Ibid., 1906, xlix, 113-123.—Latham (P. W.) On the synthesis of living albumin. Bio-Chem. J., Liverp., 1908, iii, 241-257.—Lesser (E. J.) Ueber Eiweisssynthese im Tierkorper; Erwiderung auf die Bemerkungen von O. Loewi. Ztschr. f. Biol., Mfinchen & Berl., 1904, xlvi, 113- 117.—Loewi (O.) Ueber Eiweisssynthese im Thierkorper. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1902, xlviii, 303- 330.-----. Ueber Eiweisssynthese im Tierkorper; Bemer- kungen zu der Arbeit von E. Lesser. Ztschr. f. Biol., Mfinchen & Berl., 1904, xlvi, 110-112.—Luthje (H.) Zur Frage der Eiweiss-Synthese im tierischen Korper. Ver- handl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1906, xxiii •140-449. Also: Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906, cxiii, 547-604.— Puriewitsch (K.) Untersuchungen fiber die Eiweisssyn- these bei niederen Pflanzen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xxxviii, 1-13.—Steck (H.) Ueber den Ort der Eiweiss- synthese und die Erzielung des minimalen Stickstoffgleich- gewichtes mit Eiweisskorpern verschiedener Zersetzlich- keit. Ibid., 1913, xlix, 195-224. Albumins (Toxicity of). See, also, Albumins (Antigenic and anaphy- lactic properties of'); Proteins (Poisonous). Elfstrand (M.) Ueber giftige Eiweisse welche Blutkorperchen verkleben. 8°. Upsala, 1897. Also [Rev.], in: Chem. Centr.-Bl., Leipz., 1897, 4. F., ix, 936-938. Bachmann. Eiweiss als Krankheitsursache. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1909, xix, 517-519.—Fassbender. Zur Frage des Eiweisses als Krankheitsursache. Ibid., 579- 581.—Pfeiffer (H.) Richtigstellung der Bemerkungen von A. Biedl und R. Kraus zu meiner Arbeit: Ueber Eiweisszer- fallstoxikosen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 133-142.—Roger (H.) Les produits de degradation des albumines; leur toxicity. J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1909, xi, 42.5-440. Albumins (Vegetable). Puriyevich (K.) Izsliedovaniye nad sinte- zom bielkov u nizshikh rasteniy. [Investigation on the synthesis of albumin in the lower plants.] 8°. [Kiyev, 1911.] Abderhalden (E.) & Teruuchl (Y.) D ie Zusammense- tzung von aus Kiefernsamen dargestelltem Eiweiss. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem.. Strassb., 1905, xiv, 473-478.—Balicka- Iwanowska (Mme. G.) [Decomposition and breaking up of albuminous substances in plants.] Rozpr. wydz. mate- mat.-przyr. Akad. Umiej. Krakow, 1903. 3. s..iii, B 1-23.— Ballner (F.) Ueber die Differenzierung von pflanzlichem Eiweiss mittels der Komplementbindungsreaktion. Si- tzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Math.-naturw. Kl., Wien, 1910, cxix, 3. Abt., 17-5* — Butkewitsch (W.) Die Umwandlung der Eiweissstoffe in verdunkelten grfinen Pflanzen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl.,- 1908, xii, 314-330.— Godlewski (E.) [Origin of albumins in plants.] Ibid., 370-446.—Sauli (J. O.) Ueber den Nachweis von ver- schiedenartigem pflanzlichen Eiweiss durch Konglutination. ALBUMINS. 231 ALBUMINURIA. Albumins (Vegetable). Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., ix, 359-368.—Wilenko (M.) Ueber das Prazipita- tionsvermogen pflanzlicher Eiweisstoffe. Ibid., 1910, v, 91-104.—Zaleskl (W.) & Israelsky (W.) Ueber die Wir- kung der Mineralsalze auf den Eiweissumsatz in den Pflan- zen. Biochem. Ztschr., Bed., 1910, xxiv, 14-21.—Zaleski (W.) & Shatkin (W.) Untersuchungen fiber den Eiweiss- aufbau in den Pflanzen. Ueber den Eiweissaufbau in den Zwiebeln von Allium cepa. Ibid., 1913, lv, 72-78. Albuminuria. See, also, Kidney (Inflammation of, Urine in); Urine (Albumin in). Dickinson (W. H.) On the pathology and treatment of albuminuria. 8°. London, 1868. Dolain (H.-J.-L.-E.) ^Contribution ii l'etude clinique de l'albuminurie aceto-soluble. 8°. Lilk, 1908. Eveno (E.-A.) Contribution a l'etude de la nucleo-albuminurie. 8°. Paris, 1899. Hedenitjs _(A. I.) *Studier Gfver albu- minuri i dess lindrigaste kliniska form. [S tudies on albuminuria in its most benign clinical form.] 8°. Upsala, 1900. Jtjrie des Camiers (E.) *Variations quoti- diennes de certaines albuminuries. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Matthaus (J.) *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre der renalen Albuminurie. 8°. Erlangen, 1897. Soutter (A. H.) *De hyperalbuminosi. 8°. Berolini, [1865]. Tirard (N.) Albuminuria and Bright's dis- ease. 8°. London, 1899. Abogado (E. L.) Consideraciones practicas sobre la albuminuria. Crdn. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1908, xi, 216; 235.—Amblard (L.-A.) Albuminurie clinostatique noc- turne. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1911, lxxxiv, 634. — Asch (P.) Zylindrurie und Albuminurie. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2467.—Babonneix. Les albuminuries. Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 614-619. Also: Pediatrie prat., Lille, 1912, x, 399-405.—Barbour (P. F.) Albuminuria. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1906, xvi, 84-88.—Barlocco (A.) Albumi- nurie non nefritiche. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1915, xxi, 115; 125.—Hindi (F.) Sulla cosidetta malattia di Pavy (albuminuria clinica). Policlin., Roma, 1902-3, ix, sezz. prat., 1249-1259.—Boyd (F. D.) On the question of the se- cretion or transudation of albumin in cases of albuminuria. Rep. Lab. Roy. Coll. Phys., Edinb., 1894, v,88-102.—Ceconi (A.) Di alcune forme di albuminuria e del loro significato fisiopatologico. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1909, x, 605; 621.—Cloetta(M.) Ueber Albuminurie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1903, xxxiii, 241-247.—Cole (E.) Albumi- nuria and Bright's disease. Med. Free Press, Indianap., 1895-6, xiii, No. 7, 3-7.—Coriat (I. H.) Emulsion-albumi- nuria. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiv, 773-775.—Delle Piane (A.) Ricerche sulle albuminurie atipiche. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1911, xiv, 389-399.—Devulder. A propos des albuminuries non brightiques. Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1914, xxi, 93-97.—Dubois (R.) Antitoxine renale et albu- minurie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 289.— Emerson (C. P.) Metabolism in albuminuria. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Rep., Bait., 1901-2, x, 323-374.—Feuillie (E.) Influence des abces provoques sur Talbuminurie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxii, 673-675.-----. Compa- raison de 1'influence des abces provoques et de 1'intoxication mercurielle sur Talbuminurie. Ibid., 705-707.—Garnier (L.) Les albumines urinaires. Cong, franc, de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 198-201.—Gobbi (G.) Albu- minuric gravi e glicosurie da fatica. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1905, vi, 265-270.—Goeckel (II. J.) Relations of albuminuria to indicanuria. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1621.—Goodhart. Albuminuria. GUy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1890, n. s., iv, 61.—Gordon (W. S.) Some phases of albuminuria. Atlanta J.-Rec. Med., 1902-3, iv, 657-661. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1902-3, vii, 385- 387.—Hamill (E. H.) Thoughts on albuminuria. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1908, xix, 351— Heynsius (A.) Ueber Eiweissdiffusion. Stud. d. physiol. Inst, zu Amst., Leipz. & Heidelb., 1861,1-19. —Hill (E. C.) An outline of albuminuria. Colorado Med., Denver, 1903-4, i, 48-55.— Inglis (D.) Practical points regarding albuminuria. Am. J. M. Sc, St. Louis, 1896, xxiv. 494-496. Also: Medicine, Detroit, 1896, ii, 909-912.—Javal (A.) Influence de la diurese sur Talbuminurie. Compt. rend-, Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvii, 12,5-127. — Jeanton (P.) Etude critique sur la valeur clinique de Talbuminurie dans le mal de Bright, precedee de quelques considerations chimiques sur les albumines uri- naires. H6p. Cochin. Compt. rend. d. trav. du lab. de therap., Par., 1889, 163-166.—Jejle (L.) Die Albuminurie. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1913, xii, 808-912, 1 pi.—Kanthack (A. A.) Albuminuria. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1895-6, iii, 181-184.—Kennedy (O. A.) Some ob- Albuminuria. servations on a case of albuminuria. Louisville Month. J. M. & s., 1899, vi, 148-150.—Kirk (R.) On frothless albumen in certain cases of albuminuria. In Ms: On uroleucic acid, 8°, Partick, 1890, 6-8.—Labatut & Testevin. Albuminurie et albumosurie. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1900, xxiv, 2.5- 34.—Laffont (E.) Acide phosphorique et albuminuries. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. de Vaueluse, Avignon, 1905, i, 214-223.-----. A propos d'albuminurie. Ibid., 1906, ii, 491- 498.—Ley ton (O.) [An unusual case.] Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 150.—Masoin (P.) Notes sur un cas d'emulsion-albumi- nurie. Belgique med., Gand-Haarlem, 1907, xiv, 327-329 — Mayer (A.) A Rathery (F.) Sur uncas d'albuminurie dite aceto-soluble chez une malade en etat de retention chlorun'e. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 63.—Minet (J.) Sur iin cas curieux d'albuminurie aceto-soluble. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 575-582.— Mitchell (C.) Albuminuria. Med. Current, Chicago, 1896, xii, 10-15.— Moore (E. F.) Albuminuria. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1899, xi, 73-78.—Morrison (J. R.) Some re- marks on albuminuria. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911-12, x, 255-261.—Neuklrch (R.) Ueber essentielle Albu- minurie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1905, lxxxiv, 165-172.—von Noorden (C.) Ueber gutartige Albumi- nurien. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1907, lvii, 2001-2011.-----. Ueber Albuminurie. Verhandl. d.deutsch.Gesellsch.f.Urol. [Kong, in Wien, 1907], Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 453-469. Alsi: Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, i, 1017-1033.—Plumitr (L.-L.) L'albuminurie. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1S06S xiv, 271-284.—Posner(C) Ueber Albuminurie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Urol. [Kong in Wien, 1907], Berl. & Leipz., 1909, 470-493. Also: Ztschr. f. Urol., Berl. & Leip?.., 1907, i, 945-958. — Pribram (A.) Ueber die Albuminuria. Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & Wien, 1903, iv, 12,5-172.—Pulle (A. W.) Albuminurie bij keuringen. Mil.-geneesk. Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1901, v, 84.—Pye-Smith (P. H.) On albuminuria. Clin. J., Lond., 1903-4, xxiii, 129-136.—Rankin (G.) Albu- minuria. Ibid., 1912-13,xl, 12.—Rom(E.) [Case.l Centre m6d. et pharm., Gannat, 1902-3, viii, 103.-----. Causeries sur Talbumine, les albuminuriques et Saint-Nectaire. Ibid., 1907-8, xiii, 134; 166; 205.—Schmitt. Quelques cas cliniques d'albuminurie (nucleo-albuminurie pure?). Cong, frang. de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 190-195.—Sicard (J.-A.) Chloruration et poussee albuminurique consecutive, sans augmentation de poids du corps. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 38-45.—Stengel (A.) Albuminuria in nephritis and Bright's disease. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 3-5. Also, Reprint.—Stern (H.) Compensatory albuminuria; a contribution to the study of clinical albuminurias. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxv, 1094.— Stone (A. K.) Albuminuria; considerations suggested by twelve hundred and forty-eight examinations in non-renal cases. BostonM.&S.J.,1898,cxxxix,285-288. [Discussion], 295.—Tirard (N.) A lecture on the clinical significance of abuminuria. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1062-1065.—Tuley (H. E.) Persistent albuminuria. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 1097.— Upham (J. H. J.) Albuminuria. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1906, n. s.,lvii,229-235.—Vieira Lima (L. M.) Albuminurias em geral. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1912, xxvi, 41; 53; 62.—Warbasse (J. P.) The significance of albuminuria in surgery. Brooklvn M. J., 1906, xx, 261- 263.—Williams (L.) [Case.l Polyohn., Lond., 1905, ix, 10- 12.—Wood (E. S.) [Albuminuria.] Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxix, 415. Albuminuria (Alimentary and diges- tive). Ascoli (M.) & Bonianti (A.) Ricerche sulTalbumi- nuria alimentare. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904, xiii, 246-248. Also: Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1904, xliii, 242-254. Also, transl.: Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1761-1765.—Bonianti (A.) Sull' albuminuria ali- mentare da albume d'uovo. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1904, xliii, 55-71.—Bureau (M.) Des albuminuries dyspeptiques. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1903, 2. s., xxi, 705-715. Also: Tri- bune med., Par., 1903, xxxvi, 230.—Castaigne & Chlray. Des albuminuries digestives et de leur traitement. Cong. franc, de med. 1907. Compt. rend., Par., 1908, 184-187. -----------. Les albuminuries digestives. J. med. franc., Par., 1910, iv, 193-205.—Croftan (A. C.) Alimentary albuminuria. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1908, xcix, 379-384. -----. A clinical note on alimentary albuminuria. N. York M. J. [etc.l, 1909, Ixxxix, 474. Also, Reprint.—Evoli (G.) Le albuminurie eterogenee studiate specialmente sotto il punto di vista delle albuminurie digestive. Tommasi, Napoli, 1910, v, 842-851. — Feldmann (G.) L'albuminuria alimentare. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1912, xiii, 737; 753.—Hemmeter (J. C.) Intestinal putrefaction and albu- minuria. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1897, xxxvii, 259; 275; 290.—Inouye. Ueber alimentare Albuminurie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1902-3, lxxv, 378-397.—Kaliski (J.) & Weigert (R.) Ueber alimentare Albuminurie. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1905, lxi, 85-04.—Le Noir. Albu- minurie digestive. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1910, 3. s., xxix, 337-339.—Linossier (G.) & Lemoine (G.-H.) Albuminurie digestive. Ibid., 324; 349.—Micheli (F.) Sulle albuminurie alimentari. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1904, Roma, 1905, xiv, 263. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1905, vi, 185; 201; 217. —Robin (A.) Les .ALBUMINURIA. 232 ALBUMINURIA. Albuminuria (Alimentary and diges- tive). albuminuries dyspeptiques. Monde med., Par., 1914, xxiv, 193-205. — Stiller ( B.) Ueber Albuminurie bei Diarrhoe und Obstipation. Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1901, vi, 68-70. Abo: Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1901, li, 257-260. Also, transl: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1901; n. s., Ixxi, 573- 575.—Wells (H. G.) Observations on alimentary albumi- nuria by means of the anaphylaxis reaction. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 863-865. Albuminuria (Bence-Jones'). See Albumosuria (Myelopathic). Albuminuria (Blood in). Guilleminot (H.) ^Contribution a l'etude de ralbuminurie dans les maladies chroniques et de ses rapports avec la pression arterielle. 8°. Paris, 1896. Bruschini (E.) & Giuranna (G. D.) Sui rapporto tra albuminuria e pressione cardio-vascolare. N. riv. clin.- terap., Napoli, 1899, ii, 236-246.—Corne. De la fibrine dans Talbuminurie,* et de ses liaisons avec Talbumine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1851, xxxii, 178-180.—Erlanger (J.) & Hooker (D. R.) The relation of blood-pressure and pulse-pressure to the secretion of urine and to the secretion of albumin in a case of so-called physiological albuminuria. Proc.Am.Phvsiol-.Soc, Bost., 1903-4, p. xvi.—Feuillie (E.) & Roux (E".) Erythrocytes et leucocytes d'albuminuri- ques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 852-863.—Roux (E.) Importance au point de vue clinique et therapeutique de Texamen du sang des albumi- nuriques. J. d'urol. med. et chir., Par., 1913, iv, 23-34.— Widal (F.) & Sicard (A.) Opalescence et lactescence du scrum de certains albuminunques. Bull, et mem. Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1896, 3. s., xiii, 766-771. Also: Presse med., Par., 1896, p. cccxcviii. Albuminuria (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Albuminuria (Experimental); Al- buminuria (Traumatic). Loa y Medina (C.) *Patogenia de la albumi- nuria. 16°. Mexico, [n. d.]. Schneider (J.) *Les albuminuries des he- morragies meningees. 8°. Paris, 1910. Stokvis (B.-J.) Recherches experimentales sui1 les conditions pathogeniques de ralbumi- nurie. 8°. Bruxelles, 1867. Anderson (J. H.) Albuminuria; a suggestion of its cause and therapeutic theory. Pittsburg M. Rev., 18%, x, 205- 209.—Ascoli (M.) Sui meccanismo dell' albuminuria da albume d'uovo. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1902, xli, 24-32. Also, transl: Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xlix, 398- 401.—Austin (A. E.) Senile albuminuria. Boston M. & S. J., 1905, cliii, 49-52.—Balslev (L.) [Albuminuria following purgation.] Ugeskr. f. L;cger, K0benh., 1914, lxxvi, 1130.— Berry (E.) Athletic albuminuria. Am. Phys. Educat. Rev., Springfield, Mass., 1912, xvii, 1-8.—Bradford (J. R.) [The pathology of so-called functional albuminuria.] Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1905, xxvii, 83-85.—Brownlow (J. H.) The nervous system in the pathogenesis of albuminuria. Tr. M. Soc N. Y., Phila., 1899, 307-314. Also: Albany M. Ann., 1899, xx, 252-257.—Bunts (F. E.) Report of fifty cases of appendicitis and fifty cases of hernia with reference to albu- minuria. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, n. s., exxix, 438-440.—Castaigne (J.) A propos d'un article sur les albuminuries leucopathiques. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 95-97—Cloetta (M.) Ueber die Genese der Eiweisskorper bei der Albuminurie. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1899, xiii, 453-466.—Deas (W. A.) Albuminuria without manifest organic renal lesions. Atlanta Jour.-Rec Med., 1901-2, iii, 228-236. Alio: Carolina M. J., Charlotte, 1901, xlvii, 155-161.—Dignat (P.) De Talbuminurie neuras- thenique non phosphaturique. J. de med. de Par., 1896,2. s., viii, 187-191.—Discussion on albuminuria, its pathology and clinical significance. Tr. Glasgow Path. & Clin. Soc, 1883-4, i, 51-212. Also, Reprint.—Duiour (H.) & Muller (P.) Sur une singuliere albuminurie clinostatique. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1913, xv, 271-274.-----------. Sur la pathogenie des albuminuries clinostatiques. Med. inf., Par., 1913, x, 241-247.—Dunhill (T. P.) & Patterson (S. W.) Albuminuria following severe exercise in healthy persons. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1902, vii, 334-342. [Discussion], 357-359.—Ellis (A. L.) Albumi- nuria and eggs. Med. Rec. N. Y., 1903, lxiii, 710.—Evans (F. A.), Wynne (H. M. N.) A Whipple (G. H.) Reflex albuminuria; renal albuminuria secondary to irritation of the urinary bladder. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1912, xxiii, 311-320. Also, Reprint.—Faber (E. E.) Ueber vlbuminurie nach kalten Badern. Monatschr. f. d. phvs.- di&tet. Heilmeth. [etc.], Mfinchen, 1909, i, 701-708.—Feuillie (E ) Pathogenie de Talbuminurie; exodes et stases leuco- cytaires. Tribune med., Par., 1907, n. s., xxxix, 773.-----. Independance de Talbuminurie et de la lesion des tubuli. Albuminuria (Causes andpathology of). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 143.-----. Al- buminuries leucopathiques. Presse med., Par., 1912, xx, 59-61.—Fiessinger (C.) Les albuminuries tuberculeuses. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1907, xxi, 433-437 — Fox(R. H.) Hematogenous albuminuria. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 497-499.—Godfrin (P.) Sur un cas anormal d'al- buminurie; albumine vraie precipitable k froid par certains sels neutres en milieu acide. J. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1916, 7. s., xiii, 249-254.—Goldberger (J. J.) [Causes of albuminuria,] Urologia, Budapest, 1912, 11-13.—Hanzlik (P. J.) Salicylate albuminuria. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 1242.—Hill (E. C.) Albuminuria in high altitudes, and its treatment. Internat. Clin., Phila.. 1900,9. s., iv, 55- 61.—Horovic (H.) [Pathogenesis and clinical significance of albuminuria.] Sprski arh. za celok. lek., Beograd, 1911, xvii, 499-509.—Hydrlck (J. L.) Albuminuria following ingestion of phenolphthalein. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1914, xvii, 36. A too, Reprint.—Jahard (A.) La cinquintaine et Talbuminurie d'apparence renale. Med. et hyg., Brux., 1906, iv, 193-197.—Jolly (L.) La pathologie des albuminu- ries et leur traitement. J. de m£d. de Par.. 1896,2. s., viii, 266- 268.—Kelalditis (C.-E.) Contributions a Tetude de la pa- thogenie des albuminuries. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1901-2,551-555.—Kowalski (E.) [Albuminuria produced by thermic stimuli.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1908, iii, 657.—La- bougle. Rapports de Talbuminurie avec les lesions renales decelables par la recherche cryoscopique des schemes d'in- suffisance. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii, 327-330.—Levy (F.) Y-a-t-il des albuminuries d'ori- gine vesicale? Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par.* 1913, lxxiv, 355-357. — MacMunn (J.) The causation of albuminuria in athleticism. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 487.—Massaglla (A.) L'albuminuria nelTinsufficienza paratiroidea. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1908, xxix, 778.—Maurel (E.) [Etude clinique de Thychoalbuminurie.] Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1900, vi, 117-120.—Moore (A. R.) ZuM. H. Fischer'sSaure- theorie der Albuminurie. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1912, cxlviii, 167.—Palsseau & Tixier<> Note sur le meca- nisme de Talbuminurie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 580-582.—Porter (F.) Case of acute albumi- nuria, caused by the pressure of a tumour on both ureters; operation; recovery. Tr. Edinb. Obst. Soc, 1906-7, xxxii, 75-82.—Propescu Vulcana. [Albuminuria under a milk diet, disappearing immediately upon resumption of a regular diet.] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1914, xxxiv, 192.—Rem-Picci (G.) Sulle albuminurie da bagru freddi; effetti della perfri- gerazione cutanea sull' organismo umano. Policlin., Roma, 1901, viii, sez. med., 389-399. Also, transl..\Bl.f.klin.Hy- drotherap., Wien, 1902, xii, 57-64.—Robin (E.) Causes du passage de Talbumine dans les urines. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1851, xxxiii, 698-700.—Rolleston (H. D.) A note on hypostatic albuminuria of splenic origin. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1901-2, xxv, 196-199. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 585.—Roubitschek. Zur Kenntnis der Obstipa- tionsalbuminurie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvi, 828.— Roux (E.) Les albuminuries; simples notes d'un praticien sur Tetiologie, la pathogenie, le diagnostic, le pronostic et la therapeutique de ces affections. Centre med. et pharm., Gannat, 1912-13, xviii, 71-74.—SchaU (J. H.) Albumi- nuria not of renal origin. Med. Times, N. Y., 1897, xxv, 3.— Schreiber (J.) Ueber abdominell-palpatorische Albumi- nurie; eine klinische Analyse und experimentell-patholo- gische Studie zur Pathogenese der Albuminurie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1909, xcvii, 1-48.—Stern (H.) Typhlo-albuminuria. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1914, cxlvii, 260-264.—Stiller (B.) [Albuminuria in constipation and relaxation.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 52.—Teis- sier (J.) Sur Talbuminurie hepatogene. Semaine med., Par., 1899, xix, 281-283. — Tria (G.) L'albuminuria ner- vosa. Tommasi; Napoli,1905-6, i, 353-356.—Triboulet (M.) Viande et albuminurie. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1914, clxvii, 148-164.—Valensi (A.) Sulle albuminuric da causa psichica. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1901, xxvii, 373-413.—Zhebrovski (E. A.) & Gilevlch (Z. M.) [On faradic albuminuria.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1907, vi, 742.—Zoja (L.) Sulla patogenesi della albuminuria e sulla formazione dei cilindri urinari. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 636. Albuminuria (Complications and se- quelse of). Feuille (E.) *Leucopathies, metastases, albuminuries et icteres leucopathiques. 8°. Paris, 1909. Barre (H.) Anurie chez un albuminurique; hydrothorax double et cedeme pulmonaire suraigus; disintoxication du sang; guerison en douze heures. Rev. de therap. med.- chir., Parv 1897, lxiv, 141-146.—Cautley (E.) Chronic albuminuria with hepatic enlargement. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Sect. Stud. Dis. Child., 141.— Glraudeau (C.) Troubles de Involution des maladies infectieuses chez les albuminuriques. Presse med., Par., 1899, i, 81-83.—Graham-Stewart (A.) Albumosuria and intestinal toxaemia. Clin. J., Lond., 1916, xiv, 122-124.— Harrison (R.) A contribution to the study of some forms of albuminuria associated with kidney tension, and their treatment. Tri-State M. J., St. Louis, 1895, ii, 505-511.— ALBUMINURIA. 233 ALBUMINURIA. Albuminuria (Complications and se- quelse of). Maragliano (E.) Albuminuria in ammalata diabetica ed albuminuria nei diabetici. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1898-9, v, 273-280— Marenduzzo (L.) DelT albumosuria nelle albuminurie. Riforma med., Napoli, 1910, xxvi, 1345- 1350.—Plonies (W.) Die toxische Albuminurie bei Magen- und Darmerkrankungen und ihr Verhaltnis zur Pubertats- albuminurie, zur chronischen Nephritis und zur Wander- niere. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1909, xxxiv, 15-19.—Teissier (J.) Albuminurie pretuberculeuse et albuminurie paratu- berculeuse. Semaine mod., Par., 1909, xxix, 565-569.— Turtur (G.) Le mastoiditi negli albuminurici. Atti d. clin. oto-rino-laringoiat. d. r. Univ. di Roma (1912), 1913, x, 253-272. Albuminuria (Cyclic). See Albuminuria (Intermittent). Albuminuria (Diagnosis and semei- ology of). See, also, Albuminuria and life insurance; Urine (Albumin in, Detection and estimation of), Coiscou (R.) *Quelques considerations rela- tives aux regies pronostiques de 1'albuminurie. 8°. Paris, 1897. Guerin (R.) *Pronostic clinique de l'albu- minurie residuale. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Adams (J. H.) The diagnosis and treatment of dietetic albuminuria. South. M. Rec, Altanta, 1898, xxviii, 607- 611.—Amyot (J. A.) The significance of albumin in urine. Canad. Pract. & Rev., Toronto, 1903, xxviii, 490-493.— Argenson. Sur quelques particularity presentees par une urine albumineuse. Bull. med. de TAlgerie, Alger, 1910, xxi,634-637.—Arnozan (X.) Le pronostic des albuminuries. Cong, franc, de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 1, 321- 412. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1897, xxix, 332-335.— Babinski (J.) Sur Talbuminurie pretendue hysterique. Bull, et mem. Soc. mea. d. hop. de Par., 1903,3. s., xx, 1334 — Ball (W. P.) Albuminuria as a diagnostic symptom; with report of cases. Memphis M. Month., 1899, xix, 404-406.— Barber (H.) The significance of albuminuria in diagnosis. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 864-870.—Barlaro (P. M.) Las albuminurias como signo de lesi6n renal. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, suppl., 3; 19; 28; 35; 47; 51; 59; 64; 68; 72; 76; 92; 94.—Binda (A.) Valore diagnosticc- clinico dell' ipotesi di Bouchard sulT albumina retrattile 'e sull' albumina non retrattile. Boll. d. Poliambul. di Mi- lano, 1896, ix, 91-99.—Blackford (W. F.) The significance of albuminuria. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911, ix, 411-415.—Bordet (G.) Au sujet du pronostic des albumi- nuries. Cong, franc, de med., Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 242.—Bradford (J. R.) Some points in the diag- nosis and treatment of albuminuria. West. Canada M. J., Winnipeg, 1908, ii, 201-215. — Camescasse (J.) A propos du pronostic des albuminuries; valeur pronostique du symptome albuminurie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1897, xi, 132; 149.—Cassaet (E.) Du pronostic des albuminuries. Cong, franc, de med.. Par. & Nancy, 1896-7, iii, fasc. 2, 217-219—Crof tan (A. C.) The diagnosis and clinical significance of alimentary albuminuria. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1908, i, 346-352.—Duhourcau. La nature des albuminuries diagnost.iquee par l'appareil d'Ostwald et leur dietetique d'apres les Drs. Lesage et Dongier. Cong. internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 422-444.—Elliott (A. R.) The clinical significance of certain forms of albuminuria. Interstate M. J., St. Lotus, 1911, xviii, 721-730.—Elmer (W. P.) The use of sulphosali- cylic acid in testing for albumen in urine. St. Louis M. Rev., 1907, lvi, 52.—Ferrler (P.) Langue saburrale et albuminurie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 804.—Fox (R. H.) Albuminuria, a new method of distin- guishing the harmless from the hurtful type. Ber. u. Verhandl. d. internat. Kong. f. Versicher.-Meu., Berl., 1906, 237-239. Also, transl: Bull, de TAss. internat. d. med.- exp. decomp. d'assur., Brux., 1906, v, 16.5-168.—French (II.) A clinical lecture on the differential diagnosis in cases of albuminuria. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 417-423. -----. The value of estimations of the urea in the blood in cases of albuminuria. Med. Press 473t47ivtv AicMhvic S „Jt- Its r>atholoev and treatment. Med. News, N. Y., wlxxxn? 15W61----. Demonstrated pathologic S^es from alcohol. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1903, xli, iKso TofsSon], 1387.---- Injuries and lesions Alcohol (Effects of, Pathological). following the toxic use of alcohol. Internat. Clin., Phila.. 1905, 15. s., iii, 109-118. -----. Alcohol as a poison. Yale M J N Haven, 1909-10, xvi, 247-257— Dauvergne. Faits anatomo-cliniques pour servir a Thistoire de Tintoxication cenolique pure. J. de med. int., Par., 1898, n, 58.—Oe- learde (A ) Contribution k l'etude de l'alcoolisme experi- mental et de son influence sur Timmunite. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1897, i, 563-566-Dufourt & Doyon. Alcooli- sation experimentale. Lyon med 1900, xciv, 16-18.- Friedenwald (J.) & Leitz (T. F.) Expenments on the pathological effect of alcohol on rabbits Alkoholfrage, Berl 1913-14, n. F., x, 124-127. Also: J. Alumni Ass. Coll. Phvs & Surg., Bait., 1914-15, xvii, 77-80.-Grawitz (E.) Ueber den schadigenden Einfluss des Alkohols auf die Organe und Funktionen des menschlichen Korpers. Alko- holismus, Dresd., 1900, i, 28-37.-Grehant (N) Recher- ches experimentales sur l'intoxication par l'alcool ethylique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1899,11. s., i, 808^810. ——. Recherches experimentales sur Talcoohsme aigu. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc.], Par., 1900, xxxvi, 143-159 -Kely- nack(T N) Recent researches regarding the pathology ol alcoholism. Med. Magv Lond., 1908 xvii, 282-289 -Kyrle (I ) & Schopper (K. J.) Untersuchungen uber den Ein- fluss des Alkohols auf Leber und Hoden des Kamnchens. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 2101-2103. Also: Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1914 ccv, 309; 321, 1 pi—Lattes (L.) Recherches touchant Tinfluence des eraisses sur la toxicite des substances alcooliques. Arch. ital de biol., Pise, 1911, lv, 65-74.—Linossier (G.) Action des alcools de fermentation sur les poissons. Compt. rend Soc de biol., Par., 1901, 11. s., iii, 1120-1123 —Lucien (M ) & Sabotier (A.) Alcoolisme experimental; ses rapports avec la cirrhose du foie et Tatherome de l'aorte. Mem. de Soc de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 257-259. Also: Rev. med. de Test Nancy, 1908, xl, 755-757.-McMilIen (R. M.) Al- cohol" a deceptive poison. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1909, xxxi, 172-175 —Marchiafava (E.) La patologia dell'alcoolismo. Attualita med., Milano, 1913, ii, 889-907, 4 pi—Martirano (F ) Contributo alio studio delT alcoolismo; osservazioni sperimentali sull'azione di alcune aldeidi. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1900, n. s.. x, 65-83.-Maus (L. M.) Injurious effects resulting from the moderate use of alcohol. J. Mil. Serv Inst., U. S. Governor's Island, N. Y. H., 1914, hv, !_g -lo'Malley (A.) Some aspects of intoxication. In: O'Mallev & Walsh. Essays Pastoral Med., 8°, Lond. & Bombay, 1906, 105-119.—von Otto (C.) Ueber anatomi- sche Veranderungen im Herzen bei akuter und chronischer Alkoholvergiftung. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl 1914, ccxvi, 264-287.—Otto (G.) Ueber die Wirkung einwertiger Alkohole auf Forellen und deren Dottersaek- hrut- ein Beitrag zur Meyer-Overtonschen Narkosetheone. Ztschr f Biol., Munchen u. Berl., 1912, lix, 165-170.- Postoew (J. J.) Beitrag zur Frage des Einflusses der acuten und chronischen Aethylalkohol-Vergiftung auf den tierischen Organismus. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, lxxiii 139-144.—Quensel (U.) The alcohol question from a medical viewpoint; studies in the pathology of alcoholism. Year Book U. S. Brewers' Assoc, N. Y., 1914, 148-223.— Reichlin (E.) Contributo alio studio delle alterazioni isto- patologiche nelTavvelenamento acuto e cronico da alcool. Ann di manic, prov. di Perugia, 1908, ii, 41; 181; 3 pi.— Reid(G A) The pathology of chronic alcoholism; a reply. Brit J. Inebr., Lond., 1905-6, iii, 16-30.—Robertson (W. F ) The pathology of chronic alcoholism. Med. Press & Circ Lond., 1904, n. s., lxxvii, 33—Rosenfeld (G.) Bei- trage zur Pathologie des Alkohols. Centralbl. i. innero Med Leipz., 1900, xxi. 1049-1000.—Roubinovitch. Alcool- poison Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvu, 1084.—Saltykow (S.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der durch Alkohol hervorgerufenen Organveranderungen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Ge- sellsch., Jena. 1910, 228-233, 2 pi. —---. Experimentelle Forscriung iiber die pathologische Anatomie des Alcoho- lismus chronicus. (Zusammenfassendes Referat.) Cen- tralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1911, xxii, 849- 880 —Sand. Recherches experimentales sur l'intoxica- tion par Talcool-ether. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1913, lxv, 440 —Sarteschi (U.) Sopra una speciale alterazione della sostanza bianca in un caso di alcoolismo cronico. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1911, xxxvii, 115-135,1 pi.— ScheeKV ) Bidragtil AlkoholismenspatologiskeAnatomi. Bibl f. Laeger, K0benh., 1913, 195-206.—Schenk (P.) Kleinste Alkoholdosen; ein Beitrag zu dem Streite Moll- Kraepelin. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, xxxii, 557.— Scherwinzky (B.) Pathologisch-anatomische Augenbe- funde bei einem Fall von chronischer Aethylalkoholintoxi- kation mit sekundarer Uriimie. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1914, lxxxvii, 135-153, 3 pi.—Schroder (P.) Versuche nut chronischer Alkoholmtoxikation bei Kaninchen. Monat- schr f Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1913, xxxiv, 1-12 — Towns (C. B.) The present and future of narcotive pathol- ogv II Alcoholic addiction. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1917 xxiii, 113-119—Vandevelde (A. J. J.) Determination du pouvoir toxique des alcools monoatomiques par la plas- molvse. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Gand & Par., 1900. vii 123-132 — Voloshin. [Alcoholism from a pathological point of view.] Med. pribav. k morsk. sbormku, St. Pe- tersb , 1905, pt. 2, 177-180 —Weichselbaum. Gesundheit- schadliche Wirkungen des Alkohols vom pathologisch ALCOHOL. 247 ALCOHOL. Alcohol (Effects of Pathological). anatomischen "Standpunkte. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong. go-en d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. u. AVien, 1902, viii, 55-59.— Welch (W. H.) The pathological effects of alcohol. Phv- siol. . . . liquor problem, Bost. & N. Y.. 1903, ii, 349.—Whit- ney (D. D.) The effects of alcohol not inherited in Hydatina senta. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1912, xlvi, 41-56. Alcohol (Effects of Physiological). See, also, Alcohol (Absorption and elimination of); Alcohol (Therapeutic use of); Alcoholic drinks. Billings (J. S.) Bibliography (preliminary) of the literature on the physiological and path- ological effects of alcohol, and acoholic drinks. Edited for the committee of fifty for the investi- gation of the liquor problem. 8°. Washington, 1894. Clowes (F.) A lecture on the physiological action of alcohol. 8°. Boirness-on- Windermere, 1S79. Davis (N. S.) The results of scientific inves- tigations, concerning the effects of alcohol on the living human system. 8°. [n. p., 1892, vel subseq.] Fridman (S. Y.) *Materiali dlya izucheniya sudbi alkoholya v organizmie zhivotnikh. [On the fate of alcohol in the animal organism ] 8° S.-Peterburg, 1901. Gaule (j.) Wie wirkt der Alkohol auf den Menschen? 12°. Basel, [n. d.]. Horsley (Sir V.) & Sturge (Mary D.) Al- cohol and the human body; an introduction to the study of the subject. With a chapter by A. Newsholme. 8°. London, 1907. ------_------. The same. And a chapter written in collaboration with Sir Leonard Rogers. 5. ed. 8°. London, 1915. Koppe (R.) Die Alkohologie, eine neue Wissenschaft. 8°. Moscou, 1914. Laible (F. J.) *Ueber die Wirkung kleiner Alkoholgaben auf den Warmehaushalt des tie- rischen Korpers. 8°. Halle a. S., 1905. Munroe (H.) On the physiological action of alcohol. 8°. London, 1865. Nuijens (F.) Vooroordeelen nopens alcool en de wetenschap. 8°. Antwerpen, [1899]. Ponickau. Ein Zyklus von Alkoholbeleh- rungen in einer Gymnasial-Untersekunda im Anschluss an die von Gruber-Kraepelinsche Wandtafeln zur Alkoholfrage. 8°. Berlin, 1909. Poulsen (G.) Alkohols Indflydelse paa Or- ganismen. Studier over Alkoholens fysiologiske og almindelige pathologiske Virkning og om dens Rolle som Aarsag til Sygdom, D0d og Degeneration. [The influence of alcohol on the organism. Studies on alcohol's physiological and general pathological action and its role as a cause of disease, death, and degeneration.] 8°. K0benhavn, 1903. ------. Alkphol-sp0rgsmaalet. [The alcohol question.] 8°. K0benhavn, 1910. ------. Alkoholvidenskab og alkoholsp0rgs- malet. [Alcohol science and the alcohol ques- tion.] 8°. K0benhavn, 1911. Rauber (A.) Wirkungen des Alkohols auf Tiere und Pflanzen. 8°. Leipzig, 1902. Renault. Essai sur 1'influence de l'al- coolisme dans le developpement de plusieurs groupes d'affections cutanees. 8°. Paris, 1874. Richardson (B. W.) The action of alcohol on the body and on the mind. 16°. New York, 1878. Rosenfeld (G.) Der Einfluss des Alkohols auf den Organismus. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1901. Rossi (G.) Secondo contributo alio studio della questione dell' alcool. Ricerche speri- mentali. 8°. Modena, 1898. Alcohol (Effects of Physiological). Rush (B.) An inquiry into the effects of ardent spirits upon the human body and mind, with an account of the means of preventing and of the remedies for curing them. 8. ed. 24°. Brookfield, 1814. Santesson (C. G.) Kort framstallning af alkoholens verkningar och betydelse. [A short presentation of the effects and significance of alcohol.] 12°. Stockholm, 1904. Sazhin (I. V.) *Vliyaniye alkoholya na razvivayushtshiysya organizm. [Influence of alcohol on the developing organism.] 8°'. S.-Peterburg, 1902. Seiffert (K.) Der Alkoholgenuss und seine Folgen vom wissenschaftlichen und praktischen Standpunkt des Arztes aus dargestellt. 8°. Beuthen, O.S., 1903. Sternberg (W.) Die Alkoholfrage im Lichte der modernen Forschung. Kiitisches und Anti- kritisches. 8°. Leipzig, 1909. Story (C. A.) Alcohol; its nature and effects. Ten lectures. 24°. New York, 1883. Strahler (E.)_ Gibt Alkohol Kraft? oder der Einfluss der geistigen Getranke auf den mensch- lichen Korper. 4. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1907. Vollmering (J.) *Die Verteilung des Alko- hols im Organismus. 8°. Giessen, 1912. Wershoven (C.) *Ueber den Einfluss des Weingeistes auf die menschliehe Haut hinsicht- lich der Wasserverdunstung und Warmeabgabe. 8°. Bonn, 1885. Abel (J.J.) A critical review of the pharmacological action of ethyl alcohol, with a statement of the relative toxicity of the constituents of alcoholic beverages. Physiol. ... liquor problem, Bost. & N. Y., 1903, ii, 1-167.—Allen (E. S.) Effect of alcohol on protoplasm. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1908, xiii, 260-266.—Aurousseau (L.)_ Action des vapeurs d'alcool sous pression faible sur les feuilles, au point de vue de Tactivite' de quelques ferments. Bull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1910, xvii, 320-327.—Barkan (O.) [et al.]. Gli effetti delT alcool sulla fatica in montagna. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1913-14, xii, 277-296.—Benton (G. H.) Physical effects of alcohol in so-called medicinal doses. Quart. J. Inebr., Bost., 1906,xxviii, 174-180. Also: West Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 1906- 7, i, 262-267. Also: Med. Era, St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 154-159.— Bergman (P.) Zur Physiologie der Alkohol-Chloroform- gruppe. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1905, xvii, 60- 73.—Beyer (H. G.) On the effect of alcohol. BostonM. & S. J., 1901,exlv,210-212. [Discussion],216.—Bienfait (A.) L'ac- tionphysiologique del'alcool. Gaz. med. de Liege, 1897-8, x, 63-65.-----. L'alcools'oxyde-t-il dans l'organisme? Mouve- menthyg., Brux.,1899,xv,585-595— Binz (C.) Ueber die erre- genden Wirkungen massiger Gaben Weingeist. Sitzungsb. d. nied.-rhein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn, 1896, 127-129 -----. Neuere Versuche iiber Weingeistwirkung. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n. F-, i, 25-27.-----. Weitere Versuche iiber Weingeistwirkung. Ibid., 481-485.— Boas (K. W. F.) Beitrage zur Alkoholfrage. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg., 1907, Iii, 461; 493; 483; 495; 507; 520. — Bordas (J.) & de Raczkowski (S.) Sur le dosage de petites quan- tity d'alcool. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 972-974.—Bowditch (H. P.) & Hodge (C. F.) Peport on the present instruction on the physiological action of alcohol. Physiol. . . . liquor problem, Bost. & N. Y., 1903, i, 1-136.—Brooks (C.) The action of alcohol on the normal intact unanesthetized animal. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 372-375.—Brooks (II.) Alcohol and the individual. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 220.—Brunton (Sir L.) Alcohol; a blessing or a curse? Year Book U.S. Brewers' Assoc, N. Y., 1915, 283-291.—Capps (M. B.) The effects of alcohol on the human system. Country Doctor, Sparta, Tenn., 1898-9,v,359-370.—Carpenter(T.M.) Physiological effects of ethyl alcohol when injected into the rectum with special reference to the gaseous exchange. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1916-17, xiii, 605.—Cerna (D.) The physiological actions of alcohol. Tr. Pan.-Am. M. Cong., 1893, Wash., 1895, pt. 1, 394-429,16 diag.—Crothers (T. D.) Alcohol on tissue and cell growth; what recent investigations show of its de- structive action. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, yxxi, 1271- 1273.-----. Some effects of spirit and drug takiug on the upper air passages. Med. Kec, N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 939-941. -----. The delusion of the tonic and stimulant effects of alcohol. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1911, iv, 410-418. -----. New research work relating to the alcoholic question. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xci, 21.—Cushny (A. R.) The action of alcohol; a physician's estimate. Scient. Am. Suppl.. N. Y., 1908, lxv, 358-360. Also: Science Prog. 20. cent ' Lond., 1907-8, ii, 550-561. — Cutler (E. G.) The influ- ence of alcohol on the human organism. Boston M. & ALCOHOL. 248 ALCOHOL. Alcohol (Effects of, Physiological). S. J., 1902, cxl'vi, 281-284.—van Dam (P.) De invloed van den alcohol op het menschelijk lichaam. Nosokdmos. Tijdschr. d. Nederl. Vereen. ... v. Verpleeg.. Amst., 1903-4, iv, 285-290. — Danilevshi (A. I.) [Resume of the facts of the act ion of alcohol on the human organism.] J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1898, viii, 379-404.—Davis (N. S.) Physiologic and therapeutic effects of alcohol. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1898, iv, 455-461: 1899, v, 12-18. -----. History of experimental investiga- tions concerning the influence of alcohol and alcoholic drinks on the functions and structures of the living animal body by American investigators. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1900, xxii, 257-279.-----. Summary of the effects of alcoholic liquors on the functions and structures of the human body in small, moderate, and large doses, both in health and in conditions of disease; also on the degeneracy of offspring. Ibid., 1904, xxvi, 217-226—Dehio (K.) Der Alkohol und der menschliehe Organismus. St. Petersb. med. Ztschr., 1912, xxxvii, 295-300—Dixon (W. E.) The action of alcohol in health and disease. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 745-752.—Durig (A.) Beitrage zur Physiologie des Men- schen im Hochgebirge. 3. Mitteilung. Ueber die Einwirkung von Alkohol auf die Steigarbeit. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1906,cxiii,341-399.—Edmunds (C. W.) On the diu- retic action of alcohol. Contrib. Med. Research (Vaughan), Ann Arbor, Mich., 1903,343-350.—Erdmann (E.) Ueber das Kaffeeol und die physiologische Wirkung des darin enthal- tenen Furfuralkohols. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1902, xlviii, 233-261 .—Fall (D.) A study of the action ofaleoholonthehumanbody. Rep. Bd. Health Mich.1890-91, Lansing, 1894, xix, pp. evi-exvii. Also, Reprint.—Forel. Leinfluenze delle niccoledosidi alcool sulT organismo. Med. nuova, Roma, 1913, iv, 433-435—Frey (E.) Ueber die Wir- kung einiger gechlorter Alkohole; eine vergleichende phar- makologische U ntersuchung. Arch. internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1904-5, xiii, 44.5-467.—Frohlich(R.) Wieviel Nahrung wird durch die Umwandlung in Alkohol vernichtet? Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1915, xxv, 339-345—Gilford (H.) Alcoholism and problems of growth and development. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1911-12, ix, 173-179— Goodhart (S. P.) Action of alcohol on the human economy. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1909, xi, 103-105—Grosvenor (J. W.) The effect of alcohol on the organs of special sense. Bull. Am. M. Temper. Ass., Battle Creek, 1895-6, iii, 233-242. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 1258-1262—Haig (H. A.) The action of alcohol upon the human system. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 849-854.—Hall (B. W.) Amylic and ethylic alcohol differentiated; physiological action and therapeutical uses and abuses of the alcohol group; education as essential as leg- islation in solving the alcohol problem. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med., 1910-11, lvi, 251-256.—Hall (H. J.) Report of the com- mittee on the effects of alcohol in health and disease. Tr. Indiana M. Soc. Indianap., 1895, xlvi, 330-334— Hall (W. S.) Ethyl alcohol; its biology and its return to physiology, to pharmacology, and therapeutics. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1901, x, 183; 205. ---:—. Recent contributions to our knowledge of alcohol and its action on the animal body. Quart. J.Inebr.. Hartford, 1904,xxvi,227; 363.-----. Physio- ' logic effects of alcohol on the human system. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii,393-396. Also: /.Inebriety, Bost., 1907, xxix, 113-118. -----. The biological and physiological rela- tionofalcoholtolife. Ibid., 1911,xxxiii,41-47— Hampe. Die Alkoholfrage nach dem heutigen Stande der Wissenschaft. Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspfl., Brschwg., 1904, xxvii, 17-25.— Harnack(E.) & Laible(J.) Ueber die Wirkung klemer Alkoholgaben auf den Warmehaushalt des tierischen Kor- pers. Arch, internat. de Pharmacol., Brux. & Par., 1905, xv, 371-397.—Haskovec (X.) Etudes experimentales con- cernant Taction de l'alcool. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de neurol., 452-454. — Hertz (P.) [The moderate use of spirits.] Tidsskr. f. Sundhdspl., K0benh., 1899-1900, vii, 176-196.—Hewes (H. F.) The physiological chemistry of alcohol. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1900, xxii, 406-411.—Hodge (C. F.) Experiments on the physi- ology of alcohol, made under the auspices of the committee of fifty. Pop. Sc. Month., N. Y., 1896-7,1, 594; 796. Also, Reprint.-----. The influence of alcohol on growth and de- velopment. Phvsiol. . . . liquor problem, Bost. & N. Y., 1903, i,357-375,5 pi., 1 ch.—Holitscher(A.) NeueTatsachen zur Alkoholfrage. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1908, xviii, 29-31.—Hoppe. Alkohol und Bergsteigen. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1907, iv, 252-263.—Isserlin (M.) Kraepelins Experi- mente mit kleinen Alkoholdosen. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol. u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, vi, Orig., 589-604 — Januszkiewicz (A.) Ueber Alkoholdiurese. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen & Berl. ,1911, lvi, 401-466— Johnson (S.H.) The effect of alcohol on the human system, physiological, pathological, and therapeutic. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1900, ii, 311-315.—Kellogg (J. H.) Experimental inquiries re- specting the phvsiological effects of alcohol. Med. Temper. Rev., Lond. 1900, iii, 21-28. -----. The latest verdict of science on the alcohol question. Mod. Med., Battle Creek, Mich., 1908, xvii, 245:271. -Kemp (H. P.) The physiological effects of (1) primary and secondary propyl alcohol, (2) normal primary and tertiary butyl alcohol. Proc. Physiol. Soc, Lond., 1907-8, p. xlix.—Kesteven (W. H.) A note on the so-called stimulating effect of alcohol on protoplasm. Alcohol (Effects of. Physiological). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i| 923-925. Also: L Inebriety, Bost., 1908, xxx, 135-142.—Kiraly (E.) Der Alkohol als Energie- quelle. Cong, internat. de m, x, 2-4.—Roush (L. F.) The therapeutic action of and use of alcohol. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s., xxxvii, 376-378.—Sajous (C. E. De M.) Alcohol in thera- peutics. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1910, xxxii, 149-153.—Salzwe- del. Die Verwendung des Spiritus fiir chirurgische Zwecke. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1903, 273.-----. Weitere Mittheilungen iiber dauernde Spirit usverbande. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1896, xxxiii, 1021; 1U1S.—Sano (F.) Quelques remarques d'experience clinique personnelle concernant l'alcool en therapeutique. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1900, lxii, 95-106.—Santesson (C. G.) [A few statistical data concerning the use of alcohol in the treatment of pneu- monia and typhus.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1909, 2. f., ix, 513- 519.—Schamelhout (G.) Les indications therapeutiques de l'alcool. Ann. Soc. de mea. d'Anvers, 1900, lxii, 107-121 — Schenk (P.) Der Alkohol bei der Behandlung der Infek- tionskrankheiten. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1904, 163-172.— Schmitt (A.) Alkoholverbande. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1896, xliii, 564-566.—Shattuck (F. C.) A clinician's estimate of alcohol as a therapeutic agent. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 279. [Discussion], 290-292.—Shepard (C. H.) Alcohol versus animal poison. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 994-996.—Sholl(E.H.) Alcohol as a medicine. Tr.M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1905, 466-470.—Smith (H. L.) The use of alcohol on the battlefield. Lancet. Lond., 1914, ii, 916.—Sobolevski (A. V.) [On the therapeutic value of spirituous liquors.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1898, cxciii, med.-spec. pt., 322-342.—Solomon (L. L.) The therapeutic value of alcohol. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 450-453. Also: Am. Pract & News, Louisville, 1901, xxxii, 326-338.—Ssaweljew (N. A.) Alkoholumschlage. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1903, lxxii, 235; 257.—Szurek (S.) [Spirituous drinks as a method of treatment.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1906, xiv, 104; 138; 160; 180; 191; 208.—Theilhaber (A.) Der Alkohol in der Geburtshilfe und Gynakologie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 171-173 — Tsiklis (I. Ye.) [Alcohol compresses in surgery and internal medi- cine.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1910, iii, 603-605.—Twite hell (G B ) The therapeutic use of alcohol in internal medicine. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 1052.—Vennat. Sur l'alcool chirurgical. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1914, viii, 24-26.—Vollert. Die extrabuccale Anwendung des Alkohols mit Einschluss der Duralcolbinden. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1906, i, 299-302.—Walko (K.) Ueber lokale Alkoholtherapie. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1905, xxx, 39- 53; 67; 79.—Wallace (G. B.) Alcohol as an antidote for carbolic acid. N. York Univ. Bull. M. Sc, 1902, ii, 58-63.— Whitmore (W. V.) The therapeutic value of alcohol. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1906, vii;, 341-345— Whittier (E. N.) The therapeutic value of alcohol. Boston M. & S. J., 1902, cxlvi, 2MJ.—Wiseman (J. R.) The therapeutic use of alcohol. N. York M. J. [etc], 1909, Ixxxix, 854.—Wood head (G. S.) Some notes on alcohol in its medical and scientific aspects. Tr Med.-Chir. Soc Edinb., 1900-1901, n. s., xx, 197-230. Also: Edinb. M. J., 1901, n. s., x, 115-117.—Zive.rt (A. K.) [The medicinal value of alcohol.) Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 1451-1456. Alcohol (Tolerance of and resistance to). Princsheim (J.) *< homische Untersuchun- gen iiber das AVesen der Alkoholtoleranz. [Bres- lau.] 8°. Berlin, 1908. Boix (E.) De la tolerance et de la resistance d'un organis- me robuste et du foie en particulier aux boissons alcooliques. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1899, n. s., i, 75-80.—Daniel (J. F.) Adaptation and immunity of lo'.vcr organisms to ethvl alco- hol. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1909, vi, 571-611—Follet. Une observation de tolerance et resistance inusitees d'un organis- me et du foie aux boissons alcooliques. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1900, n. s., iii, 90-92.—Rosenfeld (R. A. PA Ueber die Spezifltat der Alkoholgewohnung. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, Orig., xxi, 228-236. Alcohol (Toxicity of). Antheaume (A.) ^Contribution a l'etude de la toxicite des alcools et de la prophylaxie de l'alcoolisme. 8°. Paris, 1897. ------. The same. De la toxicite des alcooh. ("Prophylaxie de l'alcoolisme. ) 8°. Paris, 1897. Beyer (A. E.'G.) *In welcher Konzentration totet wiisseriger Alkohol allein, oder in Verbin- dung mit anderen desintizierenden Mitteln Ent- ziindungs- und Eiterungserreger am schnellsten ab? [Kiel.] 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Stolz (F.) *Die Brombestimmung des Alko- hols in ihrer Anwendung auf toxikologische Untersuchungen. 8°. Giessen, 1913. Bergfi (H.) Toxicity des alcools. Ann. Soc. de med. leg. de Belg., Charleroi, 1891-2, iii, 7-27.—Billard (G.) & Dieu- laffe (L.) La toxicity des alcools, fonction de leur tension superflcielle. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1904, lvi, 452. -----------. Rapport entre la tension superflcielle, la vis- cosity et la toxicite des alcools et de quelques boissons al- cooliques. Ibid., 493.—Camus (L.) Influence du regime alimentaire sur la toxicite de l'absinthe et de l'alcool. Ibid., 1906, lxi, 333-336— Charrin (A.) & Viala (P.) Toxicite des alcools. Ibid., 1896, 10. s., iii, 821.—Conte (G.) Contributo sperimentale alio studio della tossicita degli alcools e di alcune essenze commerciali. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xviii, 514-540.—Daniel (J. F.) Alcohol from a scientific point of view. II. The relative toxicity of the various alcohols. Pop. Sc Month., N. Y., 1913, lxxxiii, 550-556.—Errera (L.) Re- marques sur la toxicity moleculaire de quelques alcools; a propos des recherches de M. le Dr. Vandevelde. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1900, lviii, 18-31.—Frie- denwald (J.) The comparative toxicity of various alcoholic beverages. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxy, 944-946.—Grehant (N.) Toxicity de l'alcool elhvlique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 225-227.—von GrUtzner (P.) Bemer- kungen iiber die Wirksamkeit, beziehungsweise Giftigkeit verschiedener Alkohole, insonderheit des Aethylalkohols. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1906, 5-23.—Joffroy (A.) & Serveaux (R.) Mensuration de la toxicite experimentale et de la toxi- city vraie de l'alcool methylique; symptomes de l'intoxica- tion aigue et de l'intoxication chronique par l'alcool m£thy- lique. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1896. viii, 473-509: 1897, ix, 681-707—Laborde & Magnan. De la toxicite des alcools dits superieurs et des bouquets artificiels. Bull. Soc. de med. pub., Par., 1887, x, 264-293.—Langgaard (A.) Die Giftigkeit des Methyl- und Aethvlalkohols. Zt- schr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1913, xiii, 20-36.— Lattes (L.) Ricerche sopra l'influenza dei grassi sulla tossi- cita dei farmaci alcoolici. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1910, 4. s., xvi, 233-240. — Lesieur (C.) Nouvelles recherches sur la toxicite experimentale des alcools alimen- taires. J. de physiol. et de path, gen.. Par., 1906, viii, 427- 441.-----. Toxicity experimentale des alcools. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1906, lx, 471—Nicloux (M.) & Placet (A.) Toxicite et elimination comparees des alcools methylique et ethylique. Ibid., 1912, lxxiii. 63-4)6.—Picaud. Sur la toxicite des alcools. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1897, cxxiv, 829-831.—Riche (A.) Toxicite des alcools; dose d'impuretes tolerable dans les boissons dislillees. J. d'hyg., Par., 1896, xxi, 601-604. -----. Toxicite des alcools, a propos des travaux du deuxieme Congres international de chimie appliquee. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1896, 3. s., xxxvi, 309-318.—Salant (W.) The comparative toxicity of ethyl and amyl alcohol and their effect on blood pressure. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1908-9, vi, 134.— Suva Rosa. Toxicidade das bebidas alcoolicas. Med. con- temp., Lisb., 1898. xvi, 136-138. — Vandevelde (A.-J.-J.) Application de l'hemolyse a la determination de la toxicite des alcools. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1905, lxxxv, 37- 42—Whitney (D. D.) The poisonous effects of alcoholic beverages not proportional to their alcoholic contents. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 587-590. -----. The relative toxicity of methyl and ethyl alcohols as determined by the rate of reproduction in Hydatinasenta. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1912-13, xxx, 463-465. ALCOHOL. 259 ALCOHOLIC. Alcohol (Toxicology of). See Alcohol (Denatured); Alcohol (Effects of. Pathological); Alcohol (Poisoning from, Acute); Alcohol (Toxicity of); Methyl alcohol (Toxi- cology of). Alcohol as an anaesthetic. Fuhner (H.) Der Wirkungsgrad der einwertigen Al- kohole; ein vergleichend pharmakologischer Beitrag zur Theorie der Narkose. Ztschr. f. Biol., Munchen & Berl., 1912, lvii, 465-494.—Lodge (E. B.) Alcohol as a substitute for cocain in anesthetizing the pulp. Dent. Rev., Chicago, 1912, xxvi, 48-51.—Matthaei. Die Alkoholnarkose. Cen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1899, xxvi, 1265-1267 —Meyer (II.) Eine Theorie der Alkoholnarkose. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marb. (1899), 1900, 20: (1900), 1901, 7S.-----. Zur Theorie der Alkoholnarkose; der Einfluss wechselnder Temperatur auf Wirkungsstarke und Thei- lungscoefflcient der Narcotica. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1901, xlvi, 338-346.—Roberts (D. J.) Alcohol as an anesthetic. South. Pract., Nashville, 1900, xxii, 227.—Rost (E.) Zur Theorie der Alkoholnarkose. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl.. 1899, xvii, 541-549. Alcohol as a food. See Alcohol (Nutritive value of). Alcoholic (The) controversy. From Fraser's Mag- azine, Sept., 1868. Reprinted by the United Kingdom Alliance. 24 pp. 8°. Manchester & London, J. Clarke & Co., 1868. Alcoholic drinks. See, also, Absinth; Alcohol; Beer; Brandy; Gin; Liquors; Bum; Whiskey; Wine. Carpenter (A.) Alcoholic drinks, as diet, as medicines, and as poisons; the oration delivered to the Medical Society of London, for the year 187S. 12°. Croydon, 1878. Don (A.) & van der Woude (T. W.) Het boekvan den alcohol. Dealcoholischedranken. Hun bereiding. De gevolgen van hun gebruik voor individu en maatschappij. De drankbe- strijding in al haar vormen. Met een voorrede van Prof. Dr. S. Talma. 8°. Amsterdam, 1904. Dunn (J. B.) Are beer and light wines to be encouraged as against the stronger distilled liquors? 8°. [n. p., 1892, velsubseq.] , Fogelsonger (M. I.) The secrets of the liquor merchant revealed, on the art of manufac- turing the various kinds and qualities of brandies, whiskies, gins, rums, bitters, wines, cordials, syrups, etc., by the use of the different essential oils, essences, etc. Together with full directions for making all kinds of essences, extracts, color- ing, etc., used in the production of the above named liquids. 12°. Alpena Michigan, 1898. Great Britain. Board of Trade. Alcoholic beverages. Return to an order of the House of Commons, dated 5 Aug., 1901, for statement "showing the production and consumption of al- coholic beverages (wine, beer, and spirits) in the various countries of Europe, in the United States, and in the principal British colonies; together with statistical tables relating thereto, in each year from 1885 to 1899, as far as the particulars can be stated. " (In continuation of Parliamentary papers No. 57 of sess. 1900.) fol. London, 1901. Guibaud (A.) *Des liqueurs titrees pour analyses volumetriques. 4°. Montpellier, 1896. Prescott (H. P.) Strong drink and tobacco smoke. The structure, growth, and uses of malt, hops, yeast, and tobacco. 8°. New York, 1870. Schoofs (F.) *Les impuretes des alcools, eaux-de-vies et genievres fabriques en Bel- gique. 8°. Liege, 1912. United States. Department of Agriculture. Bureau of Chemistry. Foreign trade practices in the manufacture and exportation of alcohohc beverages and canned goods. Summary of an investigation made in Great Britain and Ireland, Germany, and France. 8°. Washington, 1906. lcoholic drinks. United States. Senate. Committee on Fi- nance. Replies to tariff inquiries. Bulletins Nos. 42 and 43. Schedule H. Spirits, wines, and other beverages. 8°. Washing ton, 1894. Abel (J. J.) Pharmacological action of the non-alcoholic constituents of alcoholic beverages. Science, N. Y., Lan- caster, Pa., 1911, n. s., xxxiii, 725-727.—Aguado MarinonJ (A.) Las bebidas alcohdlieas. Corresp. med., Madrid, 1902, xxxvii, 42; 76.—Apery (P.) Encore un mot sur les boissons alcooliques et l'alcoolisme. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant., 1904-5, 229-233.—B. (G.) [Strong drinks.] Eir, Reykjavik, 1899, i, 10; 22; 33.-Barr (J.) [et al]. The use of alcoholic beverages. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 972-974.—Baudran (G.) Doses maxima des alcools, essences et liqueurs. Ann d'hyg Par., 1901, 3. s., xlvi, 385-403.—Bence-Jones (H.) On the consumption of alcoholic beverages. J. Roy. Statist. Soc, Lond., 1900, lxiii, 272-296.—Beythien (A.) Welche Anfor- derungen sind von der amtlichen Nahrungsmittelkontrolle an die alkoholfreien Getranke zu stellen? Ztschr. f. Unter- such. d. Nahrungs-u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1907, xiv, 26-33.— Billings (J. S.) Data relating to the use of alcoholic drinks among brain workers in the United States. Physiol liquor problem, Bost. & N. Y., 1903, i, 307-338.—Bruntori (Sir L.) & Tunnicllfle (F. W.) Concerning certain appar- ently injurious constituents of potable spirits. Lancet Lond., 1900, ii, 1643. Also, Reprint.—Cabanes. Panacees d'autrefois; le cidre et la biere. Bull. gen. de therap. etc 1 Par., 1909, clviii, 529-540.—Commandeur, Courmont (J.) & Tixier. Les boissons alcooliques dans les hopitaux lyonnais. [Rap.] Lyon med., 1903, ci, 282-290.—Cuniasse (L.) Les liqueurs, leur composition, leur mode de produc- tion; l'absynthe et la sante publique. Rev. scient, Par 1910, ii, 783-786.—Delfino (V.) Los sucedaneos de las be- bidas alcoh61icas. Gac. med. d. Sur, Granada, 1913, xxxi, 807.—Didama (H. D.) Modern experience vs. ancient tra- dition concerning alcohol as a beverage and medicine Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1901, xxiii, 269-277.—Discussion sur les liqueurs a essences. Bull. Acad, de mecl Par 1903 3. s., xlix, 155; 201; 220; 267.—Durham (H. E.) The chem- ical standardization of foods and drinks, with special refer- ence to cider and perry. J. Roy. Inst. Pub. Health, Lond., 1908, xvi, 287-295. -----. Studies on cider and perry. No. I. Sulphite preservatives. J. Hyg., Cambridge, 1909, ix, 17-32.—Edmonds (J.) The use of alcoholic beverages, from the standpoint of a mere philosophical epicure. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1899, n. s., Ixviii, 577.—Eschbaum (F.) Kri- tik der amtlichen Prufungsmethoden der Spirituspraparate. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch., Bed., 1905, xv, 353-358.— Flandrin. Le regime des boissons a la clinique obstetricale; contribution a la lutte contre l'alcoolisme. Dauphine med Grenoble, 1900, xxiv, 14-18.—Foster (E.) Alcohohc liquors in the practice of medicine. Tr. M. Ass. Georgia, Atlanta, 1887, 81-134.—Garciadiego (S.) Means of correcting the abuse of alcoholic drinks. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep Concord, 1896, xxi, 174-176.—Gibbs (H. D.) & Agcavilt (F.) The alcohol industry of the Philippine Islands. Part III: Fermented beverages which are not distilled. Philippine J. Sc, Manila, 1912, vii, Sect. A, 97-117, 3 pi.—Gibbs (H. D.) & Holmes (W. C.) The alcoholic industry of the Philip- pine Islands. II. Distilled liquors; their consumption and manufacture. Ibid., 19-45, 8 pi.— Girard (C.) Les liqueurs. Ann. d'hyg^ Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 221-235.—Gosner (1.) Al- koholische Getranke und Infektionskrankheiten. Alkohol- frage, Berl., 1914-15, n. F., xi, 14.—Grigoriev (N.) Premiers resultats obtenus en Russie par la monopolisation des bois- sons spiritueuses par l'Etat. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1900, vii, 358-362— Hallenberg (B. A.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der alkoholhaltigen Getranke. 1. Untersuchungen iiber die Geschmacks- und Geruchsschwelle einiger einatomiger Alkohole. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1914, xxxi, 75-80.—Herrick (S. S.) Alcoholic bev- erages. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx, 416-419.—Kefer- stein (G.) Alkoholismus und Bier. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1903, 1, 1425-1428.—Laborde (J.-V.) Les bois- sons spiritueuses, liqueurs, aperitifs et leurs essences et produits composants les plus dangereux. Tribune med\, Par., 1902, 2. s., xxxiv, 468; 486; 508. Also: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1902, 3. s., xlvii, 685-712.—Lancereaux. La biere et le cidre. J. de med. int., Par., 1906, x, 45.—Lucas (A.) Potable spirits in Egypt. Cairo Sc. J., 1912, vi, 147; 255.—Lusk (G.) The common use of alcohol as a beverage. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc, Bost., 1902, xix. No. 1, 241-248. — Mahillon. Les boissons alcooliques. J. med. de Brux., 1910, xv, 73-77—May (M.) Zum Bier- und Branntweinverbrauch nach dem Statist. Jahrbuch dei Deutschen Reiches. Alkoholismus, Dresd.. 1901, ii, 387- 389.—Mayet (L.) Les statistiques relatives a la production et a la consommation des boissons alcooliques en France. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1901, n. s., vi, 187-210. Also, transl: Alkoholismus, Dresd., 1901. ii, 321-333.—Monari (A.) & Carlinfanti (E.) Le procede Rose pour la recherche des impuretes dans les eaux-de-vie et dans les alcools, et les modifications qui pourraient y etre apportees. Cong, inter- nat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 4, 44-50.—de Mortillet (G.) Cours d'anthropologie prehis- torique; les boissons fermentees. Rev. mens, de PEcole d'anthrop. de Par., 1897, vii, 257-278.—O'Gorman (P. W.) ALCOHOLIC. 260 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholic drinks. The alcoholic liquors of India. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1899, xxxiv, 200-207. Also: Med. Mag., Lond., 1899, n. s., viii, 327-345.—Overbeck (O.) The de-alcoholisation of beers and wines. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, c, 55.—Owen (E.) [et al]. The use of alcoholic beverages. Lancet, Lond., 1907, i, 1110-1112.—Richter (P.) Beitrage zur Geschichte der alkoholhaltigen Getranke bei den orientalischen Volkern und des Alkohols. Arch. f. d. Gesch. d. Naturw. [etc.], Leipz., 1911-13, iv, 429-452.—Rocques (X.) Sur les alcools et eaux-de-vie. Rev. internat. d. falsific, Par., 1903, xvi, 134- 137.—Rosemann (B.) Die hygienische Bedeutung der alkoholischen Getranke. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1911, xxii, 24-34.— Rosenthal (J.) Noch einmal Bier und Branntwein. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr., 1903, 1, 1828— Sandwith (F. M.) Alcohohc drinks Clin. J., lond., 1912-13, xl, 166-173— Schidrowitz (P.) Standards of purity for fermented and distilled liquors. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1905, xxiv, 176-178.-Schwarz (O ) Die nach dem Lebensalter verschiedene Schadlicnkeit alkoholhaltiger Getranke. Aerztl. Sachverst-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xiii, 53.—von Seydewitz (P.) Practical hints on ther- apeutics and dietetics, with reference to some more or less new remedies and a comparison between spirituosa in general and wines free of alcohol in particular, and their indi- cations. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl., 1899, 97-114.— SDringthorpe (J. W.) Alcohol as a beverage, intercolon. M J. Australas., Melbourne. 1906, xi, 289-295.-State mo- nopoly of the manufacture of alcoholic beverages in France Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxviii, 163 -Sternberg (W.) Alkoholische Getranke als Hypnotica. Therap. d gegenw., Berl., 1911, Iii, 543-545.-Sutton (J. G.) .A talk about alcoholic patent medicines, and alcohohcs in the form of whisky, wine, beer, brandy, etc. Tr. Ohio Eclect. M. Ass., Cincin 1903, xxxix, 85-91 ,-Wauclin (A ) La consomma- tion des boissons alcooliques dans le monde d'apres les tra- vaux de M. Gabrielsson. Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et apphq., IT, 1916, xxvii, «HB.-Well9 (G. W.) Present and former use of alcoholic stimulants. Gaillard's M J , NY., 1901, lxxv 61-69.-Whittaker (T. P.) Alcohohc beverages. Brit.'M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 433. Alcoholic drinks (Substitutes for). Moeser (H.) Was konnen wir trinken, wenn wir geistige Getranke meiden wollen? 12°. Glatz, 1904. Rotter (E.) Ein Volks-Ersatzgetrank fiir Alkohol, fiir daheim und draussen. 8°. Miin- RWher fE ) Die alkoholarmen Getranke in Skandina- ^tpro^^^^^^^ sal (dGe? cSsfflrgsssssssr m SK Berl1 1915, xi, 483-487. -Felsenstein (F.) Erzeugungs- koste'n alkoholfreier Getranke. Ztschr. f. Eisenbahnhyg Sn 1 wien 1908, iv, 179-184.-Gagen-Torn (V. E.) frr?ne mice and its value in the struggle with alcoholism.] RnTobT Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1913, xxiii nos 5-6 57-«6.-Hesse (E.) Alkoholfreie Getranke. Deutech^ med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz 1913, xxxix, U52-1154 -^Ihscnleld (F.) & Meyer (J.) Ueber alkohol- fn.iTVrsatzSnke. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, n^tlOsf-Kelersteln (G.) Ueber die alkoholfreien Ge- Se Atoholismus, Dresd., 1902, iii 266-29a-KeUogg tT{ wvdriatic substitutes for alcohol. Quart. J. Inebr., wirifnrd 1901 xxiii, 317-330.—Marcuse (J.) Zur Frage B&EiujeWata Berl. klin Wchnschr., 1900 xxxvii, 427.-Mezger (O.) Ueber alkoholfreie Ge- trHnke Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmit- tel Berl 1908, xv, 14-19. -Mintslofl (f. R.) [So-called hygienic liquors from the point of view of the struggle with alcohohsm and the preservation of public health.] J. Russk. Obsh Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-f eterb. 1900, x 45; 143.- Niederstadt. Ueber alkoholfreie Getranke mit besonderer Berucksichtigung von Weinmost Deutsche Vrtljschr f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1915, xlvii 201-205.-Otto (R 1 & Kohn (S.) Untersuchungen "alkoholfreier Ge- tranke" Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genuss- mtttel Berl , 1905, x, 240-242: 1906, xi, 134-136.-Otto (R.) & Tolinacz (B.) Untersuchungen alkoholfreier Getranke. Ibid ix 267-277—Ziemann (H.) Bereitung eines apfel- wein-ahnlichen, sehr bilhgen, kohlensaurehaltigen und alkoholfreien Getrankes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 1139. Alcoholism. See, also, Alcohol (Effects of, Pathological); Amaurosis from alcohol; Delirium tremens; Dipsomania; Drunkenness; Inebriety; Tem- perance. Alle vi (G.) L'alcoolismo. 16°. Milano, 1906. Alcoholism. Baratier (A.) Les victimes de l'alcool. 12°. Paris, 1902. Barrera (J.) *Del alconolismo y algunas de sus formas. 8°. Mexico, 1870. Barrington (A.), Pearson (K.) & Heron (D.) A preliminary study of extreme alcoho- lism in adults, fol. London, 1910. Barthes (P.-L.) *Alcoolisme; causes; de- but; traitements. 8°. Paris, 1902. Berg (H.) Larobok i alkohologi. [Textbook of alcoholism.] 12°. Stockholm, 1904. Bibliographie der gesamten wissenschaftli- chen Literatur iiber den Alkohol und den Alko- holismus, unter Mitwirkung von Almqvist et al. und mit Unterstiitzung der Kgl. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Berlin redigiert und hrsg. von E. Abderhalden. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1904. Bieling (K.) Der Alkohol und der Alkoho- lismus. Ein Wegweiser zum Verstandnis moder- ner Kulturarbeit. 8°. Munchen, 1906. Bocquillon (E.) L'alcoolisme. 16°. Paris, 1899. Bonne (G.) Die Alkoholfrage in ihrer Bedeu- tung fiir die arztliche Praxis. 8 . Tiibingen,1901. von Bunge (G.) Die Alkoholfrage. Ein Vortrag. 12°. Basel, [1886]. Champeaux (M.) *Essai sur l'alcoolisme. Causes sociales, conditions mentales, prophy- laxie. 8°. Lyon, 1900. Cluss (A.) Die Alkoholfrage vom physiolo- gischen, sozialen und wirtschaftlichen Stand- punkte. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Delbruck (A.) Hygiene des Alkoholismus. 8°. Jena, 1901. Deutsche Stimmen aus deutschen Landern, gesammelt von Frau J. H. W. Stuckenberg. 12°. Cambridge, Mass., [n. d.]. Dominguez y Quintan ar (M.) *E1 alcoho- lismo, su historia, causae, efectos patol6gicos, sociales, su terapeutica y recursos legales para evitar el vicio. 8°. Mexico, 1870. Faidherbe (A.) Lecons sur l'alcoolisme. 8°. Bruxelles, 1904. —. The same. 8°. Paris, 1904. Fellows (J. I.) Alcoholism. Part XV. 12°. New York, Paris & London, 1896. Fock. Alkohol und Raasenhygiene. 12°. Basel, [n. d.]. Gruber (G. B.) Der Alkoholismus. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Heron (D.) A second study of extreme alcohohsm in adults, with special reference to the Home-Office Inebriate Reformatory data. fol. London, 1912. Hobson (R. P.) The great destroyer. 8°. Washington, 1911. Hueppe (F.) Alkoholmissbrauch und Absti- nenz. Vortrag. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Jacquet (A.) L'alcoolisme. 8°. Paris, 1897. Maxen (H.) *Beitrag ziir Kenntnis des Alkoholismus. 8°. Kiel, 1900. Peserico (L.) Per lo studio deiralcoolismo cronico, contributo clinico ed ematologico. 8°. Vicenza, 1907. Petit (A.-L.) Conferences sur l'alcoolisme. Preface de M. E. Valliri. 16°. Paris, 1901. Pfaff (W.) Die Alkoholfrage vom arztlichen Standpunkt. 8°. Tubingen, 1904. -----. The same. 8°. Munchen, 1906. Physiological aspects of the liquor problem. Investigations made by and under the direction of W. O. Atwater, J. S. Billings, H. P. Bowditch, R. H. Chittenden, and W. H. Welch. 2 v. 8°. Boston, 1903. ALCOHOLISM. 261 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism. Racle (V.-A.) *De l'alcoolisme. 8°. Paris, 1860. Ribadexeira G. (J.) Pequefio estudio o apuntes sobre el alcohol. 8°. Quito, 1894-5. Cvttingfrom: Anales de la Universidad central de Ecua- dor, Quito, 1894. Schmidt (P.) Bibliographie des Alkoho- lismus der letzten zwanzig Jahre (1880-1900). Th. I. Deutsche Litteratur. 8°. Dresden, 1901. Shipofp (N. N.) Alkoholizm i revolyutsiya. 16°. S.-Peterburg, 1908. Starke (J.) Die Berechtigung des Alko- holgenusses. Wissenschaftlich begriindet und allgemeinverstandich dargestellt von einem Physiologen. 8°. Stuttgart, [1905]. Thompson (II.) A doctor on moderate drink- ing. 16°. Dublin, [n. d.]. Triboulet (II.) & Mathieu (T.) L'alcool et l'alcoolisme; notions geperales, toxicologic et phvsiologie, pathologie, therapeutique, prophy- laxie. 8°. Paris, 1900. Triboulet (H.), Mathieu (F.) [et al.]. Traite de l'alcoolisme. Preface par A. Joffroy. 8°. Paris, 1905. Vaquier ( F.) Conferences publiques sur l'alcoolisme. 8°. Paris, 1897. Verhaeghe (D.-M.-P.) *De l'alcoolisation, effets, causes, remedes; etude de pathologie sociale. 8°. Lille, 1899. ------. The same. 8°. Paris,,1900. Voroxoff (D. N.) O statistikicheskikh metodakh issliedovaniya voprosa o massovom alkoholizmie. [Statistical methods of examin- ing the question of alcohohsm en masse.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1913. Repr. from: Trudi postoyan. Komm. po voor. ob alko- holizmie, xiii. Waxdtafelx zur Alkoholfrage. Hrsg. von Max Gruber und Emil Krapelin. eleph. fol. Munchen. [1908]. Appel (F.) Ueber die Entstehungsursachen des chroni- schen Alkoholismus und speziell iiber die Bedeutung des chronischen Alkoholismus in der Psychiatrie. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1912, xxvi, 433; 449; 468; 484.—Bailey (P.) Some clinical varieties of periodic drinking. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1909, xxxvi, 684-687. — Baratier (A.) Les frontieres de l'alcoolisme. Tribune med., Par., 1898, 2. s., xxx, 365; 384; 406.—Baruch (S.) Alcohol in peace and war. Med. Rec., N. Y., 1917, xci. 981-985.—Benedict (F. G.) Scientific aspects of moderate drinking. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl. 174-181.—Buchan (A. H.) Some aspects of alcoholism. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiatv Edinb., 1905, iii, 16; 100; 170.—Collins (Sir W. J.) The ethics and law of drug and alcohol addiction. Lancet, Lond., 1915, ii, 847-850.— Crothers (T. D.) The significance of a history of alcoholic addiction. Med. Rec. N. Y., 1911, lxxix 770. -----. Medical studies of the alcoholic problem. Ibid., 1912, lxxxi, 1224-1226.-----. Some facts concerning the periodicity of inebriety. Albany M. Ann., 1913, xxxiv, 140-146. -----. Periodicity of the drink neurosis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 628-630.—Debove. Alcoolisme et vinisme. Pro- gres med., Par., 1911,3. s., xxvii, 233-236.—Emerson (E. B.) Alcoholism. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxiii, 113-119.— Evensen (H.) Den kroniske alkoholismes kliniske former. [Les varietes cliniques de l'alcoolisme. Res., 249-251. J Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1899, 4. R., xiv, 175-237. Fahr. Zur Frage des chronischen Alkoholismus. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 162-169 — Fernet (C.) A propos de l'alcoolisme. Bull. Acad, de med., Far., 1916, 3. s., lxxv, 163-166.—Flade (E.) Zur Alkohol- frage. Hyg. Rundschau, Berl., 1901, xi, 733-743.—Forel (A.) The alcohol question as a cultural and race problem. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1901, xxiii, 458-468. -----. Die Berechtigung des massigen Alkoholgenusses vom Stand- punkte der Volkshygiene. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 458-468—Gordon (A.) Consideration of various phases of the problem of alcoholism based upon previous personal investigations. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1915, xxi, 237-245.— Hampe. Die Alkoholfrage nach dem heutigen Stande der Wissenschaft. Monatsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1904, xxvii, 1; 17.—Jacobson (A. C.) Alcohol and art. Inter- state M. J., St. Louis. 1916, xxiii, 416-430.—Kritik (B.) Ulrich Quensels medizinische Alkoholfrage. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, [etc.], Basel, 1914, xxiv, 70; 112. — Laitinen ( T.) Zusammenfassende Alcoholism. Darstellung der neueren Forschungen iiber die hygie- nische Bedeutung des Alkohols. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1909, Sect., xviii, Hyg., 11-25.— Laquer (B.) Beitrage zur Alkoholfrage. Arch. f. Volks- wohlf., Berl., 1907-8, i, 277-281.—Lawson (G. B.) A study of alcoholism. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 480-484. Also, Reprint.—Meinert. Die Stellung deutscher und englischer Aerzte zur Alkoholfrage. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1905, ii, 181-186.—Morris (R. T.) Alcohol and narcotics. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 450-454.—Nass (L.) Iconographie moderne de l'alcoolisme. Corresp. m£d., Par., 1910, xvii, no. 374, 6-11.—Patrick (G. T. W.) Alcohol and narcotics from the psychological point of view. Interstate M. J., St. Louis. 1916, xxiii, 377-384.—Peterson (F.) The influence of alcohol upon the public health. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxviii, 1205-1207.—Pierret. L'alcoolisme in- conscient. J. de med. de Par., 1903, 2. s., xv, 280.—Prings- heirn (J.) Chemische Untersuchungen fiber das Wesen der Alkoholtoleranz. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1908, xii, 143- 192.— Read (C. F.) Chronic alcoholism. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 267-273.— Roder. Der Alkoholgenuss tiichtiger auserlesener Menschen, ein Ausleseprozess. Alko- holfrage, Dresd., 1909, vi, 41-46.—Schloss (H.) Der Alko- holismus, seine Ursachen, sein Wesen und seine Behandlung. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 170; 208; 227.—Schmidt (P.) Bibliographie des Alkoholismus der letzten zwanzig Jahre (1880-99). Alkoholismus, Dresd., 1900,1, 279; 396—Ti- ling (T.) Ueber die klinischen Formen des Alkoholismus, welche in der Anstalt Rothenberg beobachtet werden. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1901, n. F., xviii, 367-369—Towns (C. B.) The alcoholic problem considered in its institutional, medical, and sociological aspects. Mod. Hosp., St. Louis, 1916, vii, 473:1917, viii, 6; 103. Also, Reprint. Alcoholism (Blood in). See, also, Alcohol (Effects of) upon the circu- latory and vascular systems. Abbott (A. C.) & Bergey (D. H.) The influence of alco- hohc intoxication upon certain factors concerned in the phe- nomena of haemolysis and bacteriolysis. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila., 1902, xli, 140-142.—Carletti (M. V.) Lo studio della emolisi e fissazione da alcool nelle diverse forme morbose. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1911, Roma, 1912, xxi, 342.— Ducceschl (V.) La colesterinemia en la intoxicacidn alcc- holica. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 153-155.—Gorrierl (A.) Ricerche ematologiche nell' al- coolismo. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1911, xxxvii, 612-629.—Greyant. Dosage de l'alcool dans le sang, dans l'alcoolisme aigu. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de physiol., 21.—Salvetti (T.) La formula ematologica negli alcoolisti. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, 937-940.— Velnberg (V. V.) (Lowered stability of erythrocytes in al- coholic poisoning.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 1324. Alcoholism (Causes of). See, also, Alcoholism (Hereditary aspects of); Alcoholism in children; Alcohohsm and lacta- tion; Alcoholism and pregnancy. Appel (F.) *Ueber die Entstehungsursachen des chronischen Alkoholismus und speziell iiber die Bedeutung des chronischen Alkoholismus in der Psychiatrie., 8°. Wiirzburg, 1911. Corson (F.) *Etude sur les causes de l'al- coolisme. 8°. Paris, 1907. Appel (F.) Ueber die Entstehungsursachen des chroni- schen Alkoholismus und speziell iiber die Bedeutung des chronischen Alkoholismus in der Psychiatrie. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1912, xxvi, 433; 449: 468—Barnes (F. II.) Is alcoholism a disease? Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 374- 376.—Benedict (A. L.) The effect of deranged metabolism causing exhaustion for which spirits and drugs are a most grateful remedy. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1909, xxxi, 36-38.— Campbell (H.) The evolution of the alcoholic. In: Drink (The) problem, 8°, Lond., [1907], 22-51.—Carles (P.) Comment devient-on alcoolique? Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv, 247.—Colleville. Rapport sur une des causes de l'alcoolisme dans l'industrie des vins de Cham- pagne. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1901, xxv, 61-68.— Cramer (A.) Ueber die Ursachen des Alkoholismus. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1911, n. F., vii, 97-110. — Crothers (T. D.) Alcoholism and inebriety; an etiological study. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 373-375. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1905, xxvii, 23-30.-----. Scientific researches into the causes of alcoholism and inebriety. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1916, xix, 853. Also: Nashville J. M. & S., 191,6, ex, 444.—Dube (J.-E.) Une des causes de l'alcoolisme chez nous. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1904, xxxiii, 616- 621.—Ducceschl (V.) & Barllari (V.) Sopra la genesi della intossicazione alcoolica; ricerche sull'uomo. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1915-16, xiv, 21-27,2 ch.—Fahr. Beitrage zur Frage des chronischen Alkoholismus. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, ccv, 397-410, 1 pi— Fronczak (F. E.) Alcoholism; a crime or a disease? Buffalo M. J., 1901, n. s., xl, 493-495. Also, Reprint.—Howard (W. L.) The pathologic impulse to drink: alcohol as a secondary factor ALCOHOLISM. 262 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Causes of). in dipsomania. Medicine, Detroit, 1898, iv, 104; 190.-----. Morbid predisposing causes in dipsomania. Quart. J. Inebr., Bost., 1906, xxviii, 26-28.—Hunziker (H.) Der Alkoholismus in den Familien der Schwachbegabten. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1C08, xviii, 33-39.—Joflroy (A.) Des causes de l'alcoolisme et des moyens de le combattre. Gaz. hebd. de mod., Par., 1896, xliii, 1117-1119.—Kerr (N.) Post-mortem evidence of disease antecedent to alcoholism. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1897, n. s., lxiii, 194.—Kjellberg (K.), Almquist (E.) & Sebardt (C.) [et al]. [On the causes of abuse of alcohol.] Svensk. Lak.-Sallsk. Forh., Stockholm, 1908, 88; 117 — Lambert (A.) The intoxication impulse. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxvii, 253-259.—Llvet. Alcoolisme et predis- position. Bull. med. del'Algerie, Alger, 1914, xxv, 55-62.— McMichael (G. H.) Alcoholism as a disease. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1897, xix, 253-263. Also: Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1897, xiii, 275-280.—Mason (L. D.) Inebriety a disease. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1903, xxv, 211-222. Also, Reprint.—Pelletier (Madeleine). Les causes psycho- logiques et sociales de l'alcoolisme. M6d. mod., Par., 1904, xv, 225. Also, transl: Med. Bl., Wien, 1904, xxvi, 379 — Simpson (J. Y.) The effect of alcohol on nerve cells as the cause of inebriety. Kansas City M. Index, 1897, xviii, 124- 127. — Sullivan (W. C.) A statistical note on the social causes of alcoholism. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1904, 1, 417-432. -----. Alcoholism and a priori biology. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond.,1910-11, viii, 96-98.—Voisin (A.) D'une variete d'al- coolisme causae par le vulneraire anise. Ass. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1889, xviii, pt. 2. 707-710. [Dis- cussion], pt. 1, 343.—White (W. A.) Alcoholism a symp- tom. Inst. Quart., Springfield, 111., 1917, viii, 15-18 — Williams (T. A.) The physiological basis of inebriety; its serological and social factors. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 833-839. Also, Reprint.—Williamson (G. B.) Is inebriety a disease? Alkaloid. Clin., Chicago, 1904, xi, 925- 928. Alcoholism (Complications and sequelse of). See, also, Alcohol (Effects of, Pathological); Alcohol (Effects of) upon the circulatory and vas- cular system; Alcohol (Effects of) upon the diges- tive organs; Alcohol (Effects of) on disposition to disease; Alcohol (Effects of) upon the ductless glands; Alcohol (Effects of) upon the eye; Alcohol (Effects of) upon immunity; Alcohol (Effects of) upon the internal ear; Alcohol (Effects of) upon metabolism; Alcohol (Effects of) upon the mus- cular system; Alcohol (Effects of) upon the nerv- ous system; Alcohol (Effects of) upon respiration; Alcohol (Effects of) upon the sexual gonads; Alcoholism (Hereditary aspects of); Alcoholism (Mortality from); Alcoholism and crime; De- lirium tremens; Insanity (Alcoholic); Liver (Cirrhosis of, Alcoholic); Meningitis (False); Neuritis (Alcoholic); Stomach (Inflammation of, Chronic). Deniau (C.) Contribution a l'etude de la paralysie alcoolique. 8°. Paris, 1911. Giuseppe (S.) Rapporti dell' alcoolismo colle dermatosi e colla sifilide. 8°. Pavia, 1914. Guerin (E.) *Alcoolisme et tachycardie. 8°. Paris, 1903. Le Rolland (J.) *Attitude convulsive mise en evidence par l'alcoohsme. 8°. Montpellier, 1911. Lipliawsky (S.) *Neuromyositis et ataxia alcoholica. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Maussire (G.) Alcool et traumatisme. 8°. Paris, 1901. Roblin (L.) Contribution a l'etude de la flvcosurie' transitoire chez les alcooliques. 8°. >aris, 1913. Simon (G.) *Ueber alkoholische Pseudo- paralyse und ihre Differentialdiagnose. [Frei- burg i. B.] 8°. Emmendingen, 1908. Waibel. Ueber die nachteiligen Folgen des Alkoholgenusses und besonders des ubermas- sigen Alkoholgenusses. 8°. Kempten, 1911. Agostini (C.) Alcoolismo ed epilessia. Pt. 2. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 51-71.—Balzer & Francois-Dainville. Alcoolisme et xanthome, plan mi- liaire generalise. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, xvi, 97. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1905, 4. Alcoholism (Complications and sequelse of). s., vi, 274.—Barany & Rothfeld (J.) L'appareil vestibu- laire de l'oreille dans l'intoxication aigue par l'alcool et au cours du delirium tremens. Presse oto-taryngol. beige, Brux., 1914, xiii, 260,1 tab.—Bernardini (C.) Epilessia traumatica con sintomi pseudo-paralitici da alcoolismo. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1900; xxvi, 178-187, 1 pi.—Bonnet (L.-M.) Sur une forme d'erytheme exsudatif, paraissant propre aux grands alcooliques. Lyon mea., 1909, cxiii, 3-7. -----. Erytheme des mains de forme speciale chez un grand alcoolique. Ibid., 102.5-1027.—Brickley (W. J.) The rela- tion of alcohol to accidents. Boston M. & S. J., 1915, clxxii, 744-747.—Buckley (A. C.) A case of so-called alcoholic am- nesia following prolonged stupor, terminating in recovery after re-education. J. Abnorm. Psychol., Bost., 1911-12, vi, 423-437.—Cascella. Contributo clinico al rapporto fra alcoo- lismo ed epilessia. Riv. sper. difreniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 99.—Chemolosoff (A. S.) [Disturbance of sight in poisoning with methyl alcohol.] Vestnik Oftalmol., Mosk., 1912, xxix, 352-367.—Chernyak (M. Y.) [Alcoholism and its sequelae.] Med. besleda, Voronezh, 1904, xviii, 559-574 — Coriveaud (A.) Dysarthrie et ataxie transitoires chez un alcoolique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxxv, 331-334.— Crothers (T. D.) Some obscure injuries following the toxic useofalcohol. HotSpringsM.J., 1902,xi, 121-125. Also:Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1901, Kansas City. 1903, iii, 111-121. -----. Diseases preceding and following the abuse of alco- hol. Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1902, Kansas City, 1903, iv, 435-446.-----. The neuroses of alcoholics and inebriates. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1914, n. s., ix, 773-780 — Davis (N. S.) Is there any causative or etiological relation between the extensive use of alcohohc drinks and the con- tinued increase of epilepsy, imbecility, insanity, and crimi- nality in all the countries of Europe and America? South Pract., Nashville, 1900, xxii, 51-59. — Debove. Nevrites et troubles mentaux alcooliques. J. de m£d. int., Par., 1904, viii, 233.—Delmas (A.) Acces subaigu avec amnesie com- plete au cours de l'alcoolisme chronique. Encephale, Par., 1910, i, 447-449.—Dupre (E.) & Camus (P.) Psychopolyne- vrite avec purpura et cirrhose hepatique d'origine alcoo- lique. Bull, med., Par., 1908, xxii, 9— Euziere & Clement. Une observation d'aptitude convulsive mise en evidence par l'alcoolisme. Montpel. med., 1908, xxvii, 42-45.—Favre (C.) Avantage de l'anesthesie vesicale dans l'ethylisme aigu. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1903, xxii, 194-196.—Ferenczi (S.) [Alcohol and the neuroses.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1912, Iii, 446-418.—Fernandez Sanz (E.) Pseudo para- lisis general alcoh61ica. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1910, iii, 161- 167.—Fernet (C.) Sur un cas d'inflammation peritoneo- pleurale hemorragique d'origine alcoolique. Bulb et m^m. Soc med. d. hop. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvu, 781-788.—Fres- coln (L. D.) Complications of alcoholism; with some sta- tistics of two thousand cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 450.—Gee (S.) Hsematemesis due to alcoholism. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1902, Lond., 1903, xxxviii, 1-3— Glenard (F.) De l'alcoolisme insidieux; maladies de la nutrition d'origine alcoolique. Courrier med., Par., 1900,1, 201-203 — Gomez Salazar (R. A.) Dipsofugas en un degenerado. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. mea., Madrid, 1910, xxiv, 272-278.— Greenley (T. B.) Some of the evil effects resulting from the use of alcoholic liquors. Tr. Mississippi Valley M. Ass. 1901, Kansas City, 1903, iii, 104-111.—Guizzetti (P.) & Tomasi- nelli (G.) Di un caso di degenerazione primitiva sistema- tizzata delle vie commessurali del cervello da alcoolismo cronico (morbo di Marchiafava). Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma 1915, 2. s., viii, 38-40.—Homen (E. A.) Die Veranderungen im Riickenmark bei chronischem Alkoholismus. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1903, xlix, 17-24.—Hultgen (J. F.) Alco- hol and nephritis; a clinical study of 460 cases of chronic alcoholism. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1910, lv, 279-281 — Hurry (J. B.) Chronic alcoholism and its vicious circles. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1915-16, xiii, 13-17— Hyslop (T. B.) Alcoholism and brain disease. In: Drink (The) problem, 8°, Lond., [1907], 97-107.—Iyesaka & Aklmoto. Ueber die Sehstorung bei Alkoholismus. [Japanese text.] Mitt. d. med. Gesellsch. zu Tokyo, 1902, xvi, 736; 791.—Jacquct (L.) Alcool; maladie; mort. [Abstr. Rap.] Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1899, x, 415-422.—Juliusburger (O.) Ein Fall von akuter Bewusstseinsstorung alkoholischer Aetiologie. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1906, xxv, 741-748 — Ketchum (F. G.) The importance of alcoholism in the etiology of albuminuria and glycosuria; detailed report of fifty cases treated at the Oppenheimer Institute. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1904, xiv, 287.—Laehr (M.) Alko- holismus und Nervositat. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1905, n. F., ii, 233-249.— Laing (E. A. R.) A case of alcoholism, fol- lowed by hyperpyrexia; coma; death. Brit.M.J., Lond.,1904, i, 133.—Lancereaux (E.) Sur les desordres pathologiques causes par Tabus prolong^ du vin; role de la fraude et du platrage. J. de med. int., Par., 1907,-xi, 219-221.—Lannols. Alcoolisme; epilepsie tardive; tumeur du cardia et stenoses intestinales multiples. Lyon med., 1911, cxvii, 485-487.— Let as (E.) Hematome intra-musculaire par degenerescence graisseuse des capillaires chez un alcoolique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 586.—Legendre & Genevrier (J.) Enorme empyeme cas^fle datant de quinze ans au moins chez un cardiaque alcoolique et cirrhotique. Bull, et mem. ALCOHOLISM. 263 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Complications and sequelse of). Soc med. d. hdp. de Par., 1906, 3. s., xxiii, 257-260.—Leplne (R.), Tolot & Rochalx. Alcoolisme; encephalopathie con- vulsive sans reaction meningee; foie gras; faible quantite de plomb dans los visceres. Rev. de med., Par., 1908, xxviii, 78-80.—Lian (C.) L'alcoolisme, cause d'hypertension ar- terielle. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1915, 3. s., lxxiv, 525- 528— Marchand (L.) & Petit (G.) Syndrome paralytique et attaques epileptiformes au cours de l'alcoolisme chronique; considerations anatomo-pathologiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par.. 1912, lxxxvii, 228-231— Margarot (J.) & Blanc hard (A.) Aptitude convulsive mise en activite par l'alcoolisme. Montpel. med., 1913, xxxvii, 179-182.—Mar- tini (E.) Ueber Abderhalden-Serumreaktion von Leber- gewebe bei AlkohoUsten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 2067— Maxwell (C. T.) Chronic alcohohsm as a factor in surgical conditions. St. Paul M. J., 1914, xvi, 664-66S.— Meyer (E.) Epileptoide Zustande bei Alkoholmtoxikation. Med. Klin., Berl., 1913, ix, 83-86.— Mlkhalloft (S.) [Dipsomania and pathogenesis of cutane- ous and vascular affections.] Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevroi. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1912, xvii, 734: 1913, xviii, 19. •---—. [Sudden death in ex-inebriates.] Ibid., 1913, xviii, 359-365.—Monnier (U.) Hypertrophic du foie et de la rate d'origine alcoolique; polyn^vrite unilaterale gauche avec steppage; nevrite faciale du m§me sote; psvcbose polvnevritique. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1910, 2. s., "xxviii, 55-57— Mosny (E.) & Salnt- Girons. Syndrome meningee aigu avec polyuueleose cephalo-rachidienne surabondante et fugace chez une al- coolique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1911, 3. s.,xxxi, 1.53-159.—Nacke( P.) Alkohol und Homosexualitat. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, Ixviii, 852-859.— Nonne (M.) Klinische und anatomische Untersuchung eines Falles von isolierter echter reflektorischer Pupillen- starre ohne Syphilis bei Alcoholismus chronicus gravis. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1912, xxxi, 6-13.—Pacinotti (G.) Difetto e cicatrice rientrante da encefalomalacia in un caso di alcoolismo cronico. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 277; 289.—Polak (O.) Ueber die Beziehungen des Alko- holismus zur Chirurgie. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1904, xviii, 467; 484; 505; 523.—Raymond (F.) Quelques reflexions a propos d'un cas de meningite chronique chez un alcoolique; lesions degeneratives du nevraxe (lacunes de disintegration, alterations des cellules corticales et du faisceau pyramidal). Grece med., Syra, 1906, viii, 30. — Rothield (J.) Ueber den Einfluss akuter und chronischer Alkoholvergiftung auf die vestibularen Reaktionen. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1912, xxxi, 681-683.—Roy (J.-N.) Meningite sereuse, cedeme papillaire. et polynevrite multiple des nerfs craniens chez un ieune fumeur alcooliaue. Also: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1912, xxxviii, ii, 1-9. Also, transl: Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1912, ii, 918-923.—Sable (J.) Phlegmon diffus du bras chez un alcoolique. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1904, i, 507-511.—Sauer (H.) Fehlen der Bauch- deckenreflexe bei chronischem Alkoholismus. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1913, xlvi, 229-235.—Saundby (R.) A further note on alcoholism in relation to glycosuria and diabetes. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1902, Iii, 129-135 — Sceleth (C. E.) & Beifeld (A. F.) Cerebral edema (wet brain) in chronic alcoholism. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1915, cxlix, 881-889.—Seglas (J.) & Strcehlin. Alcoolisme chro- nique, cirrhose atrophique du foie psychopolynevrite. Presse med., Par., 1909, xvii, 929— Seppilli (G.) Sindrome pella- grosa da alcoolismo. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1912, v, 345-347.-----. Alcoolismo ed epilessia. Pt. 1. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 36-51. [Dis- cussion], 67-71.—Serra (S.) Raptus epilettico da alcoolismo acuto. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1907, i, 602-614.—Simon (T.) Delire alcoolique; traitement; ni contention, ni alcool. Clinique. Par., 1906, i, 107.—Stern (S.) Alcohol acidemia, a preliminary report. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 987- 989.—Stillman (C. K.) Postdelirious alcoholic stupor (alcohohc cerebral oedema, wet brain). Ibid., 1908, lxxxvii, 154-157— Tolot (G.) Hemorragie meningee sous-araehnoi- dienne bilaterale chez un alcoolique brightique mort a la suite de crises epileptiformes. Rev. de med., Par., 1904, xxiv, 819-823.—Treves (M.) L'alcool come isteroidizzatore e come epilettoidizzatore. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio- Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 84-88.—Turner (B. F.) Some of the rarer manifestations of alcoholism. Memphis M. Month., 1914, xxxiv, 986-988. — Valtorta (D.) Sugli accessi psico- patici da intossicazione alcoolica. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1908-9, ii, 260-269.—Viesca y Lobatdn (C.) Perturbationes graves de origen alcoholico. Crdn. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1902, v, 31-39.—Vigouroux & Pruvost. Alcoolisme chronique; gangrene des extremites. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1914, Ixxxix, 60-66.—von Vleuten (C. F.) Transitorische Aphasie bei Alkoholdelirien. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1906, lxiii, 767-785.—Vogelius (F.) [Dyspepsia in chronic alcoholism.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1914, 5. R., vii, 751.—Vogelius (F.) & Wiltrup (G.) [Dyspepsia in chronic alcoholism.] Ibid., 1916, 5. R., ix, 225; 249; 285.—Walker (O. S.) The hallucinatory delirium of acute alcoholism. Am. J. Insan., Bait., 1902-3, lix, 583-591.—Ward (H. S.) The effects of alcohol upon mental and nervous diseases. Tr. Med. Ass. Alabama, Alcoholism (Complications and sequelse of). Montgomery, 1914, 204-214.—Weichselbaum (A.) Ueber chronische Pankreatitis bei chronischem Alkoholismus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1912. xxv, 63-65.—Wilson (J. G.) Acute alcoholism with convulsions. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1899, lvi, 837. Alcoholism (Diagnosis of). See, also, Alcohol (Effects of) upon the eye. Furbringer (H.) *Zur Kenntnis des Quin- quaud'schen Zeichens in seiner Beziehung zum Alkoholmissbrauch. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Roth (J. J.) *Das Quinquaud'sche Phaeno- men. [Zurich.] 8°. Griiningen, 1908. Stapel (F.) *Das Verhalten der Pupillen bei der akuten Alkoholintoxikation. Alkoholver- suche mit psychisch Gesunden und Minder- wertigen. [Gottingen.] 8°. Berlin, 1910. Aikin (J. M.) Accuracy in clinical study of mental and nervous disorders from alcohol. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1908, xxx, 174-181.—Alzheimer. Ueber das Delirium alcoholi- cum febrile Magnans. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1904, xvi, 285.—Billstrom (J.) Ueber die praktische Verwendbarkeitder Widmark-Niclouxschen Probe. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1915, xxi, 49-51.—Bombarda (M.) Alcoolismo; delirio sensorial. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1904, 2. s., vi, 258.—Bowie (A. P.) Clinical experience in alcohol- ism. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1911, xlvi, 420-422 — Chacon (A.) El terigidn como punto diagndstico del alcoholismo. An. de oftal., Mexico, 1902-3, v, 72-77. Also: Gac. med., Mexico, 1902, 2. s., ii, 165-167.—Crothers (T. D.) A new phase of alcoholic unconsciousness. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1905, xxvii, 267-270. -----. Symptoms and con- ditions following the subsidence of the alcoholic disease. Texas M. J., Austin, 1910-11, xxvi, 321-327. -----. Some prominent symptoms common to all cases of inebriety and alcoholism. Nashville J. M. & S., 1915, cix, 97-106.—Evans (T. H.) The morbid phases of inebriety. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1905, xxvii, 248-266—Ferrari (M.) Sull'antago- nismo f ra i riflessi tendinei ed i riflessi cutanei nell'alcoolismo cronico. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1913, Iii, 337-344.—Fres- coln (L. D.) Statistics of urinalysis from the alcoholic wards. Phila. Hosp. Rep. (1908), 1909, vii, 203.—FUr- bringer. Zur Wiirdigung der Quinquaudschen Finger- krepitation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910/' xxxvi, 2037-2040.—Guile (H. V.) The differential diagnosis of alcoholic coma. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1912, lxxxii, 702-705.—Herz (M.) Die Entstehung des Quinquaudschen Phanomens. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii 1038- 1040.—Hultgen (J. F.) The metacarpophalangeal crepi- tus, or Quinquaud phenomenon in chronic alcoholism. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xxxviii, 295-297.— Ilyin (A. V.) [Rodiet-Cans's symptom; hemianaesthesia of the mucosa of the sclera in chronic alcoholic intoxication.] Psikhiat. Gaz., Petrogr., 1916, iii, 372-377.—Krogh (E.) Quinquaud's symptom. Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1905, 5. A., iii, 873-878.—Kunyayefl (A.) [Pas- sive hsemorrhage in delirium tremens.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz., Irkutsk, 1909, ii, 217.—Kutner (R.) Zur Diagnostik des pathologischen Rausches (Storungen der Reflexe). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 1057- 1061. [Discussion], 1081.—Mason (L. D.) Differential diagnosis of alcoholic coma from other forms of coma, with especial reference to the care of unknown persons found by the police on the streets in a comatose or semicomatose con- dition. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1910-11, xv, 420-425. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1911, n. s., xcii, 420-423.—Neussel (L.) Das Verhalten der Pupillen bei Alkoholismus. Psychol. Arb., Leipz., 1908, v, 408-425 — Obraztsofl (V. N.) [The symptomatology of alcoholism.] Sovrem. Psikhiat., Mosk., 1908, ii, 7-15.—Rlbakoff (F. K.) [Principal neuropsychical phenomena of alcoholism statisti- cally considered.] Russk. Vrach, St. Peterb., 1906, v, 1073- 1075.—Rothteld (J.) [Influence of acute and chronic alco- holism upon the function of the vestibular apparatus.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1912, vii, 227.—Rozenshteln (L. M.) [Experimental investigation of memory in alcoholics.] J. Neuropat. i Psikhiat___Korsakova, Mosk., 1910, x, 33-44.— Sukhanoff (S A.) [Prolonged delirium tremens or pro- longed hallucination in chronic alcoholism.] Sibnsk. Vrach. VIedom., Krasnoyarsk, 1904, ii, 265-268.-----. L'alcoolisme, symptome des psychonevroses constitution- nelles. Rev. de psychiat., Par., 1909, xiii, 379-387.—The- bault (V.) Le premier stade de l'alcoolisme (esquisse de l'alcoolomanie); diagnostic et traitement. Tribune med., Par., 1900, 2. s., xxxii, 566; 586; 610.—Vvedenski (I. N.) [Olfactory hallucinations as forerunners of dipsomania.] Sovrem. Psikhiat., Mosk., 1912, vi, 173-192—White (W. A.) Alcoholism, a symptom. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 404-407.—Zakharchenko (M. A.) [Semeiology of alcoholism; aversion to wine in alcoholics during the period of abstinence.] Vopr. Psikhiat. i Nevroi., Mosk., 1914, iii, 193-204. ALCOHOLISM. 264 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Experimental). See Alcohol (Effects of, Pathological); Alcohol (Effects of, Physiological); Alcohol (Toxicity of). Alcoholism (Eye in). See Alcohol (Effects*of) upon the eye. Alcoholism (Hereditary aspects of). See, also, Alcohol (Effects of) upon the sexual gonads; Alcoholism in children; Alcoholism and lactation; Alcoholism in pregnancy; Ine- briety (Heredity of). Charra (E.) ^Contribution a l'etude de l'al- coolisme hereditaire. Recherches sur les anoma- lies de developpement observees chez les en- fants de parents alcooliques. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Elderton (E. M.) & Pearson (K.) A first study of the influence of parental alcoholism on the physique and ability of the offspring. 2. ed. fol. London, 1910. Erlich (Mile. W.) *La posterity des alcooli- ques. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Frick (A.) Der Einfluss der geistigen Ge- tranke auf die Kinder. 12°. Basel, [n. d.]. Kerr (N.) & Allan (N.) The heredity of alcohol; and the effects of alcohol on offspring. 12°. New York, 1882. Kouniepp (T.) Contribution a l'etude de l'alcoolisme et de son influence n^faste sur la descendance. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899. Laquer (B.) Massigkeit und Enthaltsamkeit; Alkohol und Nachkommenschaft; Alkohol-For- schungs-Institute. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1913. Lundborg (H.) Om alkoholens inflytande pa afkomman. Foredrag. [Influence of alcohol on offspring.] 8°. Stockholm, 1905. Massip (M.) *Quelques considerations sur Ph6r6dite' alcoolique. 8°. Toulouse, 1910. Peroament [S. R.] *0 vhyanii alkoholnavo otravleniya krolikov na rost kostei utrobnikh ikh plodov. [Influence of alcoholic poisoning of rabbits on the growth of bones of their intra- uterine foetuses.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1900. Reid (G. A.) Alcohohsm. A study in hered- ity. 8°. New York, 1902. ------. The same. 8°. London, 1902. Renaut (P.) Contribution a l'etude de l'alcoolisme congenital. Au point de vue experimental clinique. 8°. Paris, 1901. Anton (G.) Alcoholismus und Erblichkeit. Psychiat. Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1901, iii, 143-146. Psychiat. Wchn- schr., Halle a. S., 1901, iii, 143-146. Also: Ber ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 105- 109.—Azletski (V. A.) [Hereditary idiosyncrasy to alcohol.] Voyenno-med. J., S.-Peterb., 1904, ii, med.-spec pt., 382 — Ballantyne (J. W.) Alcohol and antenatal child welfare. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1916, cii, 337-341.—Barnes (F. H.) Heredity in alcoholism. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1915, ix, 337-341.—Baudouin (F.) L'alcoolisme et le nourrisson. Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1914, xxi, 65-71— Bonhoeffer (K.) Chronischer Alkoholismus und Vererbung. Alkoholismus- Leipz., 1906, n. F., hi, 297-305— Brodnax (B. H.) Is alco- holism hereditary? Cincin. M. J., 1896, xi, 389-391—Bru- non (R.) L'alcool et l'enfant. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1907, 3. s., lvii, 610-621.—Cenl (O.) Influenza dell' alcoo- lismo sui potere di procreare e sui discendenti. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1904, xxx, 339-354— Craig (M.) Alcoholism and offspring. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1784 — Crothers (T. D.) Alcoholic inheritance in disease of chil- dren. N. York M. Reporter, Rochester, 1896, iii, 89-93. -----. The influence of alcoholic heredity in diseases of children. Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxxi, 1023.—Delfino (V.) La herencia alcoh61ica. Arch, brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1913, iii, 795-797.—Donath (J.) Die vererbte Trunk- sucht, mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Dipsomanie. Oesterr. Aerzte-Ztg., Wien, 1911, viii, 1; 18. Also, Reprint.— Fieux. Influence de l'alcoolisme du pere sur la vitalite de l'enfant. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 105.—Fournier (E.) Degenerescence hereditaire par alcoolisme. Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par., 1900, 4. s., i, 247-250— French (J. M.) A study of the hereditary effects of alcohol. Medicine, Detroit, 1902, viii, 20-24.—Frisco (B.) Influenza perturbatrice dell' alcool sui plasma germinativo ed ereditarieta morbosa dei discendenti consecutiva all' alcoo- lismo dei genitori. Ann. d. Clin. d. mal. ment. e nerv. d. Alcoholism (Hereditary aspects of). r. Univ. di Palermo, 1909, iii, 383-435— Gordon (A.) Paren- tal alcoholism as a factor in the mental deficiency of children; a statistical study of 117 families. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1911, xxxiii, 90-99: 1912, xxxiv, 58-65. Also: Month. Cycl. & M. Bull., Phila., 1912, v, 9-15.-----. The influence of alcohol on the progeniture. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 431-436.—Gordon (L.) Alcoholism and heredity. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1903-4, i, 202-209.—Gould (Sir A. P.), Woodhead (G. S.) [et al.]. Communications on the influ- ence of parental alcoholism on the physique and ability of offspring. Ibid., 1910-11, viii, 184-215— Holitscher (A.) Der Einfluss des elterlichen Alkoholismus auf die Entwick- lung der Kinder. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1911, xxi, 15-20.-----. Alkoho- lismus und Nachkommenschaft. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 85-89—Hoppe (H.) Procreation during intoxi- cation. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1910, xxxii, 105-110. Also: Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1910-11, viii, 146-150.—Hyslop (T. B.j The influence of parental alcoholism on the physique and abilitv of offspring. Lancet, Lond. 1911, i, 77. Also: Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1911, viii, 175-183— Irwell (L.) Influence of parental alcoholism upon the human family. Med. Times, N. Y., 1913, xli, 114.—de Jong (K. E.) De gevolgen van alcoholisme voor de nakomelingschap. Nederl. Maandschr. v. Verlosk. [etc.], Leiden, 1914, iii, 469-510.—Keynes (J. M.) Influence 01 parental alcoholism. J. Rov. Statist. Soc, Lond., 1910-11, lxxiv, 339-345.—Laitinen (T.) Der Einfluss des Alkohols auf die Nachkommenschaft des Menschen. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1910, xx, 193-198.—Lammers (Mathilde). Die Wir- kungen des Alkoholtrinkens der Erwachsenen auf die Jugend. (Eine Schraube ohne Ende.) Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1905, ii, 124-130.—Luengo (P.) La descendencia de los alcoho- licos. Rev. espec mea., Madrid, 1910, xiii, 409-417.—Mac- Dowell (E. C.) Parental alcoholism and mental ability, a comparative study of habit formation in the white rat. Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xiii, 680.-----. The influence of parental alcoholism on the learning capacity of the offsoring. Anat. Record, Phila., 1916-17, xi, 502 — Mays (T. J.) Alcoholism in relation to the heredity of epilepsv, consumption and other nervous diseases. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 8-10.—Monod (H.) Les en- fants d'ivrognes. Normandie med., Rouen, 1908, xxiv, 331- 339.—Nacke (P.) Die Zeugung im Rausche und ihre schad- lichen Folgen. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xi, Orig.. 218-230. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix. 1367—Neild (T.) Chronic alcohohsm and reproduction. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1914, xii, 71-77.—Nurzia (P.) Sulla degenerazione eredo-alcoolica. Riv. ital. di neuropat. [etc.], Catania, 1914, vii, 106-110.—Pearl (R.) The effect of parental alcoholism (and certain other drug intoxications) up'on the progeny in the domestic fowl. Proc Nat. Acad. Sc., Bait., 1916, ii, 380- 384. -----. Some effects of the continued administration of alcohol to the domestic fowl, with special reference to the progeny. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc, Bait., 1916, ii, 675-683.-----. The experimental modification of germ cells. The effect of parental alcoholism, and certain other drug intoxications, upon the progeny. J. Exper. Zool., Phila., 1917, xxii, 241- 310.—Pearson (K.) Influence of parental alcoholism. J. Roy. Statist. Soc, Lond., 1910-11. lxxiv, pt. 2, 221-229.— RIbakofT (F. Ye.) [Heredity and alcoholism; statistical investigation based on 2,000 cases.) J. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. . . . Korsakova, Mosk., 1910, x, 338-348. Also, transl: Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1906, xx. 221- 234.—Rosenberg (J.) Familiendegeneration una Alkohol. Die Amberger im xix. Jahrhundert. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, Orig., xxii, 133-240. —Ryle (R. J.) The Gallon Laboratory me- moir on the influence of parental alcoholism. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 558. — Sabrazes & Brengues. La descendance des alcooliques; influence de l'her£dit6 pa- ternelle. Rev. neurol., Par., 1898, vi, 794-801.—Sanhueza (A. C.) Alcoholismo hereditario. Rev. med. de Chile, Sant. de Chile, 1898, xxvi, 259-265.—Sazhin (I. V.) [Alcohol and heredity.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 560-565.— Scharffenberg (J.) Eine Kritik der Arbeiten von Pearson und Elderton iiber die Nachkommenschaft der Trinker. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc 1. Basel, 1913, xxiii, 336-339.—Schenk (P.) Bemerkungen zu Forels Lehre von der Keimschadigung durch Alkohol (Blas- tophthorie). Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte. Berl., 1912, xxv, 846- 851.—Schweighofer. Alkohol una Nachkommenschaft. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1912. xxiv, 517; 543; 567.—Sichel (M.) Der Alkohol als Ursache der Belastung. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1910, xxix, 738-748.—Sterne (A. E.) The effect of alcohol upon the nervous system, the mind and heredity. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1903, xxv, 50-64.— Stockard (C. R.) The influence of alcoholism on the off- spring Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1911-12, ix, 71.-----. An experimental study of racial degeneration in mammals treated with alcohol. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 369-398.-----. The effect on the offspring of intoxi- cating the male parent and the transmission of the defects to subsequent generations. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xlvii, 641-682.-----. A study of further generations of mammals from ancestors treated with alcohol. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1913-14, xi, 136-139.-----. The ALCOHOLISM. 265 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Hereditary aspects of). hereditary transmission of degeneracy and deformities by the descendants of alcoholized mammals. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 385-403.—Stockard (C. R.) & Papani- colaou (G.) A further analysis of the hereditary transmis- sion of degeneracy and deformities by the descendants of alcoholized mammals. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1916,1, 65-88.—Stoddard (C.) The Elderton studies of the influence of parental alcoholism. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1912, xxxiv, 1-5. —Wasson (W. L.) Alcohohsm and eugenics. Vermont M. Month., Burlington, 1913, xix, 188-190.— Westergaard (H.) Der Alkoholismus der Eltern und die Kinder. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.] Basel, 1913 xxiii, 121-136— Wholey (C. C.) Alcohol and hereditv. West. Virg. M. J., Wheeling, 1912-13, vii, 260-264—Wllker (K.) Ueber Alkoholismus, Schwachsinn, Vererbung. Eos, Wien, 1913, ix, 1-9—Williams (J. W.) Hereditv; eugenics: hereditary alcoholism an undeniable fact. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1913-14, xviii, 460-463. Alcoholism (History and statistics of). See, also, Alcoholism (Mortality from). Axdre (G.'-E.) *Documents relatifs k la pro- gression de l'alcoolisme a Nancy compare a l'alcoolisme en France. 8°. Nancy, 1899. Axtheaume (L.) L'alcool en Belgique au point de vue fiscal et au point de vue hygienique. 8°. Paris, 1901. Berinqtjier (G.) *L'alcoolisme dans la region toulousaine. 8°. Toulouse, 1899. Boudet (H.-J.-L.-M.) *L'alcoolisme en Albi- geois. Etude sur 1'influence du vin dans la pathogenie des troubles mentaux dans le de- partement du Tarn. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Choxxaux-Dubissox (L.-A.-T.) Contribu- tion a l'etude de l'alcoolisme en Normandie. 4°. Paris, 1896. Colombe (G.-R.) Contribution a l'etude de l'alcoolisme,en Normandie. 8°. Paris, 1903. Dubois (E.-D.-J.) ^Documents relatifs a ralcoolisme dans le Nord. 8°. Lille, 1898. Ducurox-Tucot (J.-D.-R.-A.) ^L'alcoolisme en Armagnac; contribution a l'etude du role du vin naturel et de son alcool dans la genese de la folie alcoolique. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Eymery (J. A.) *L'intemperance et al- coolisme en Loir-et-Cher; contribution a l'etude de l'alcoolisme par regions. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Ferxald (C. A.) The downfall of Rome; or, history repeating itself. 8°. Concord, N. H., 1896. Fourxier (T.) Contribution a l'etude de l'alcoolisme cerebral en Normandie. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1912. Herzog (E.) L'alcoolisme en Suisse d'apres un document officiel. Conference populaire. 16°. Lausanne, 1886. de Keravel (H.) Contribution a l'^tudede ralcoolisme en Bretagne (en Ille-et-Vilaine specialement). 8°. Paris, 1908. Kolpakoff (M. N.) *K voprosu ob alkoho- lizmie v S.-Peterburgie i s mierakh obshtshe- stvennoi borbi s nim v svyazi s ustroistvom spetsialnikh lechebnits dlya alkoholikov. [On the question of alcoholism in St. Petersburg and on the measures of public struggle with it in connection with the construction of special hospitals for alcoholics.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Kraepelin (E.), Vocke (F.) & Lichtenberg (H.) Der Alkoholismus in Munchen. 8°. Munchen, [1907]. Kubatz (A.) *Zur Frage einer Alkohol- konsumstatistik. [Greifswald.] 8°. Munchen, 1907. Lafont (G.) Contribution a l'etude de I'alcooUsme chez les adultes dans les hopitaux de Paris. 8°. Paris, 1908. Lemaire (G.-E.-F.) *Recherches sur la toxicite de la liqueur dite amer du pays; contri- Alcoholism (History and statistics of). bution a l'etude de l'alcoolisme dans le Nord. 8°. Lille, 1898. Liquor (The) problem. A summary of inves- tigation conducted by the committee of fifty, 1893-1903. Prepared for the committee by J. S. Billings, C. W. Eliot, [et al.]. 8°. Boston & New York, 1905. Mabille (G.-H.-R.) *L'alcoolisme en Cha- rente-Inferieure. 8°. Bordeaux, 1909. Massard (E.) *De l'alcoolisme dans le quartier Saint-Antoine. 8°. Paris, 1901. Milliet (W.) The alcoholic question in Switzerland. 8°. Philadelphia, [1892]. Pierre (F.) L'alcoolisme en Basse-Norman- die, ses causes, ses remedes. 4°. Paris, 1896. Plaag (De) van stad en dorp, of het alcoolisme. Verhalen, zedelessen en gedichten getrokken uit de beste werken over drankmisbruik, uitgegeven in Belgie en in Engeland. 8°. Brugge, 1902. Radafine. *Etude sur l'alcoolisme a Mada- gascar avant la conquete francaise. 8°. Paris. 1901. Sanchez Santos (D. T.) El alcoholismo en la Republica Mexicana. Discurso pronunciado en la sesion solemne que celebraron las socie- dades cientificas y literarias de la nacion, el dia 5 de junio de 1896 y en el salon de sesiones de la Camara de Diputados. 8°. Mexico, 1897. Senechal (A.-L.-J.) *L'alcoolisme dans le Pas-de-Calais. 8°. Lille, 1904. Spiwak (II.) *Ein Beitrag zur Alkoholfrage in der Schweiz unter besonderer Berucksichtigung der Ziircher Verhaltnisse. 8°. Zurich, 1914. Weber (G.) *Statistique des alcooliques traites a l'asile cantonal de Belair (Geneve) pendant les annees 1901-5. 8°. Genlve, 1907. Abadie. Le nombre et la distribution topographique des debits d'alcool a Bordeaux. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1906, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907, 564-568. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mea. de Bordeaux,1907, xxviii, 44- 46.—Ambrosinl (G.) Alcuni dati statistici intorno al- l'alcoolismo in Provincia di Venezia. Atti d. xii. Cong. interprov. san. d. alta Italia, Venezia, 1904,627-645.—Aubert (E.) Des statistiques [de ralcoolisme1. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1912, viii, 343-351.—Aubry (P.) L'alcoolisme en Basse-Bretagne; a propos de l'etiologie de la cirrhose du foie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1897-8, xvi, 26; 36.—Bach (J.) L'al- coolisme pendant la Commune. Chron. med., Par., 1902, ix, 204-208.—Baros. Une 6tude descriptive de ralcoolisme dans les Hautes-Vosges. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1908, xl, 65-80.-----. Quelques reflexions comme suite a l'etude descriptive de l'alcoolisme dans les Hautes-Vosges. Ibid., 1909, xli, 436; 469; 507.—Barthes. L'alcoolisme en France et notamment dans le Calvados. Ass. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1895, xxiv, pt. 1, 397-402.—Benon (R.) L'alcoolisme k Paris; travail statistique du service, special des alcooliques du departement de la Seine (Ville-Evrard). Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1907, 4. s., viii, 289-304—Bl. (H.) Der Alkoholismus in Grossbritannien. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1904, xiv, 273-277. -----. [John Locke's Stellung zum Alkoholgenuss.] Ibid., 289-291.-----. Die Hohe des Alkoholkonsums in der Schweiz. Ibid., 225-230.—Blocher (E.) Der Alkoholismus in Munchen. Ibid., 1906, xvi, 193-199.—Blocher (H.) Die russische Revolution und der Alkohol. Ibid., 1-13.—Bob- mert (V.) Die Alkoholfrage in der Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. Alkoholismus, Dresd., 1903, iv, 367-383 — Bombarda. Alcoolismo em Portugal. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1900, xviii, 119.—Bosco (M.) L'alcoolismo nelle popolazioni rurah, in raflronto alle urbane; suoi effetti fisici e morali. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 596-603.— Brunon. L'alcoolisme en Normandie. Bull, med., Par., 1896, x, 651; 663; 819. Also: Normandie med., Rouen, 1896, xi, 416; 435; 450.-----. Les progres de l'alcoolisme en France. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1897, lxx, 455; 483.—Butza. L'alcoolisme dans la population roumaine et dans l'armee. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 187-189.—C. (G.) L'alcool en Europe. Tribune med., Par., 1902, 2. s., xxxiv, 841; 908; 930; 989.— Casadesus (F.) Alcoholismo en Barcelona; profilaxis. Gac. med. cataL, Bareel., 1904, xxxvii, 8; 41.—Castaneda y Alvarez (A.) El alcoholismo en Lima bajo el punto de vista medico social. Cron. med., Lima, 1898, xv, 15; 30; 50.—Cheinisse (L.) La race juive jouit-elle d'une immu- nite a l'egard de ralcoolisme? Semaine med., Par., 1908, xxviii, 613-615.—Claassen (W.) Der Alkoholverbrauch in den Vereinigten Staaten und in Deutschland. Arch. f. Rassen- u. Gesellsch.-Biol., Leipz. &. Berl., 1912, ix, 214- ALCOHOLISM. 266 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (History and statistics of). 217.—Clarac. Alcoolisme, opiomanie en Indo-Chine. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1914, xvii, 620-625.— Collin (L.) L'alcoolisme en Nouvelle-Caledonie. Rev. d. troupes colon., Par., 1913,51-62.—Contenau (G.) L'alcool en Europe; de la valeur des differentes mesures antialcooli- ques; leur application a la France. Tribune m£d., Par., 1903, 2, s., xxxv, 46; 67.—Crothers (T. D.) The alcohol problem in Europe. Am. J. Clin. M., Chicago, 1907; xiv, 1433-1437.—Daum (A.) Statistik der Branntweinver- triebsstatten in Oesterreich. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong. gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 535.-----. Branntwein und Bierverbrauch in Oesterreich. Ibid., 531- 535.—Davila Boza (R.) La cuestion alcohdlica en Chile. Rev. chilena de hij., Sant. de Chile, 1899-1900, v, 74-145 — Detfino (V.) Mas sobre el alcoholismo en la Republica Argentina; dos proyectos de represidn del mal. Gac. m£d. d. Sur, Granada, 1913, xxxi, 442; 462; 510.—DeVoss (Emilia V.) The alcohol problem in Germany. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1908-9, vi, 91-103.—Documents statistiques relatifs a la consommation de l'alcool en France. Biologica, Par., 1912, ii, 146-148.—DucrestdeVilleneuve (A.) L'alcoolisme en Bretagne. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1903, xvi, 197-200.—Eichenwald (L. I.) [Statistics of alcoholism.] Nevroi. Vestnik, Kazan, 1913, xx, 570-591.—Erikson (E. V.) [Alcoholism in Caucasia.] Obozr. Psichiat., Nevroi. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1905, x, 98; 198.-----. [Alcoholism in Poland.] Vopr. Psikhiat., i NevTol., Mosk., 1912, i, 342; 385.—Erisman (F. F.) [On alcoholism in Russia and on the sanitary harm of spirituous liquors generally.] Obshtsh.- san. Obozr., S.-Peterb., 1897,ii, 4-8.—EscandedeMessieres. L'alcoolisme en Nouvelle-Caledonie. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon., Par., 1903, vi, 40-49.—Etchepare (B.) El alcoholismo mentalen el Uruguay. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1909, xii, 117-148. —Etienne(G.) Documents sur l'alcoolisme en Lorraine. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r., 1899-1900, pp. xcvi-xcix.—F. L'alcoolismo nelle po- polazioni rurali. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 803-808.— Fekete (J.) Der Alkohol und die lahdwirthschaftliche Bevolkerung. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894; Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 7, 256-272.—Felix (J.) L'al- coolisme en Roumanie. Arch. d. sc med. . . . de Bucarest, Par., 1897, ii, 93-110.—Ferrari (E.) L'alcoolismo nelle po- polazioni rurali, in raffronto alle urbane; suoi effetti fisici e morali. Corriere San., Milano, 1903, xiv, 368-370.—de Figueiredo (A.) Contribuicao para o estudo do alcoolismo em Portugal. Rev-, portugueza de med. e cirurg. prat., Lisb., 1898, iv, 10; 37; 86; 122; 149; 182; 211; 244: 271; 310; 341; 362: 1898-9, v, 17; 57; 82; 117; 144.—Fisch. Wirkungen des Schnappshandels in Westafrika. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1914, xxiv, 145- 155.—Gedda. Das Branntweinmonopol in Russland. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 273-287.—Gillespie (A. L.) Statistics con- cerning the patients admitted with alcoholic symptoms to the Royal Infirmary, Edinburgh, for the five years from October 1,1889, to September 20,1894. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1894-5, n. s., xiv, 268-273, 3 ch.—de Grandmaison. L'alcoolisation en Cochinchine. Med. mod., Par., 1898, ix, 17.—Granfelt (A. A.) Alkoholproduktion und -Konsum in Frankreich im Jahre 1907. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1909, xix, 52-55.—Hart- mann (K. A. M.) J. J. Rousseaus Stellung zum Alkohol. Ibid., 1912, 321-330.—Hartwig. Der Alkoholismus im Lichte der Statistik. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1912-13, n. F., ix, 147-160.—Hearnshaw (F. J. C.) A sidelight on the liquor traffic threehundred years ago. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1906-7, iv, 93-9S.^Hecker (R.) Ueber Verbreitung una Wirkung des Alkoholgenusses bei Volks- und Mittelschulern. Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Munchen (1905), 1906, xv, 156-167. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 544-546. [Dis- cussion], 578.—Heimann (G.) Das Vorkommen von Alkoholismus in den Heilanstalten Preussens. Ztschr. d. k. preuss. statist. Bureau's, Berl., 1899, xxxix, 61-72.— Helenius (M.) Die Thatsachen der Statistik iiber den Einfluss des massigen Alkoholgenusses auf die Lebenser- wartung. Ber. u. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii; 168-178.—Hercod (R.) The scientific study of alcoholism in Switzerland. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1907-8, v, 29-3.3.-----. Der Alkoholismus in Italienund die Regierung. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1909, xix, 417-420.—Hirschfeld. Die historische Entwicklung des Alkoholmissbrauches. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 157-167.—Hoppe. Der Alkoholismus in Munchen. Alkoholfrage,Dresd., 1906,hi,329-335—Huertas Barroso (F.) Breves consideraciones sobre el alcoholismo en Madrid. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898,Madrid, 1900,v,57-60— Hultgen(J. F.) Four hundred and six cases of alcoholism, consecutive individual observations; a clinical study accompanied by compara- tive statistics. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1909, xxxi, 117-123.— Irweli (L.) Alcohol as a factor in the evolution of the human race. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1913-14, xxxiii, 131-134.— Jacob (P.) Les societes de temperance et l'alcoolisme en Suede. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliii, 152-159.—Jac- quet. L'alcoohsme dans les hopitaux de Paris. Courrier med., Par., 1900,1,1-3.—Karyophylles (G.) [On alcoholic morbidity in Greece.] 'larpmds luqvOrup, 'ASjjvcu, 1903, iii, Alcoholism (History and statistics of). 123.—Kermorgant (A.) L'alcoolisme dans les colonies francaises. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1909, ii, 330-340.— Kompert (P.) Alkoholismus und Arbeiterversicherung in Oesterreich. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1909, xli, 709-716.—Kraepelin (E.) Der Alko- holismus in Munchen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii. 737-741.—Laborde & Legrain. L'alcoolisme en France. Tribune med., Par., 1897, 2. s., xxix, 447; 465; 485.—La- grifle (L.) Considerations sur quelques documents con- cernant l'alcoolisme dans le Finisterre (1826-1906). Ann. med.-psychol., Par., 1912, 10. s., ii, 129-161.-----. Le bilan de quatre-vingts ans d'alcoolisme en Basse-Bretagne. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1913, xxviii, 125-131.— Lambert (A.) Some statistics and studies from the alco- holic wards of Bellevue Hospital. M. & S. Rep. Bellevue . . . Hosp., N. Y., 1904, i, 113-154, 1 ch.—Lamy & Sorel. L'alcoolisme a la Cote d'lvoire. Ann. d'hvg. et de med. colon.. Par., 1913, xvi, 353-361.—Laquer (B.) Inebriety and alcoholism in Switzerland. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1904, xxvi, 393-398.-----. Geschichtliches zur Alkoholfrage. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1905, n. F.. ii, 250-264.-----. Der Alkoholverbrauch in den bedeutendsten Kulturstaaten, von Prof. Strove und Dr. Schulze-Besse nebst Bemerkungen iiber Alkoholzahlen. Ibid., 1906, 33-35.—Legrain. L'al- coolisme en France. Rev. scient., Par., 1897, 4. s., vii, 449- 45S.—Leroy (R.) Contribution a l'etude de l'alcoolisme en Bretagne; l'alcoolisme dans le Finistere au xix« siecle. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1900, 3. s., xliii, 121-148. -----. L'alcoolisme dans l'Eure au xix° siecle. Rev. m§d. de Normandie, Rouen, 1902, 466; 480; 512: 1903, 23; 36. -----. L'alcoolisme en Normandie. Bull. Soc. med de l'Yonne 1902, Auxerre, 1903, xliii, pp. xvii-xxix.—Leslie (C. D.) The alcohol prob- lem among the natives of South Africa. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1908-9, vi. 104-108.—Letulle (M.) L'alcool en France. Presse med., Par., 1913, xxi, [suppl.], 1193-1198 — von Lippmann (E. O.) Thaddaus Florentinus (Taddeo Alderotti) iiber den Wcingeist. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1913-14, vii, 379-:>s>J — Lianas Aguilaniedo (J. M.) Contribucidn al estudio del alcoholismo en Espafia. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, v, 31-43.—Lombroso (G.) L'alcoolismo in Italia. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1916, 4. s., viii, 449-461, 2 pi.—Mac Donald (A.) Statistics of alcoholism and ineb- riety. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1909, xxxi, 129-146.—Marcuse (J.) Ueber den Alkoholismus in Frankreich. Alkohol- frage, Dresd., 1904, i, 170.—3Iarcy (H. O.) Medical studies of alcohol half a century ago. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1916, xxiii, 463-475.—Mariani (C. E.) Alcoolismo e spacci di bevande alcooliche in Torino. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 88-93.—Matarazzo (G.) L'al- coolismo nelle popolazioni rurali in rall'ronto alle urbane. Corriere san , Milano, 1902, xiii, 539; 553.—Mateo Barcones (E.) Alcoholismo en Espafia. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong. internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, v, 44-48.—von Mayr (G.) Zur internationalen Statistik des Alkoholver- brauchs. Allg. statist. Arch., Tubing., 1914, viii, 7titi-769 — Meinert. Zur Alkoholfrage der Vereinigten Staaten von Nordamerika. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1905, ii, 59-71.-----. Kolonial-Alkoholismus. Ibid., 134-148.—Meldola. DerAl- koholmissbrauch in Hamburg in semen Beziehungen zum Jugendalter. Ztschr. f. d. Erforsch. u. Behandl. d. jugendl. Scbwachsinns, Jena, 1912, v, 326-352.—Menard (P. J.) Le bilan alcoolique d'un canton de la Manche. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1913, Ixxxvi, 373-378.—Meslier. L'alcoolisme en province. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1904, 4. s., i, 205-214.—Met- horst(H.-W.) L'alcoolisme en Hollande. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C.-r., Par., 1900, x, 996-1007.—Mikhal- lofl (S. Ye.) [Statistics and observations on alcoholics.] Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevroi. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1912, xvii. 696- 721.—Minor (L. S.) Statistische Angaben una Beobach- tungen aus dem Gebiet des Alkoholismus. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1911. ix, 189; 225. Also: Ztschr. f. d. ge?. Neurol, u. Psychiat., Berl. & Leipz., 1910-11, iv, Orig., 588- 616.—Modena (G.) Alcoolismo nella Provincia di Ancona nel triennio 1909-11. Noleeriv. di psichiat., Pesaro, 1912,3. s., v. 408-410, 1 ch.—Monkemoller. Ueber die Stellung der deutschen Medizin zur Alkoholfrage vor hundert Jahren. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1904, 240-261.—Montemezzo (A.) Alcoolismo e statistiche; cenni sull'alcoolismo nella Pro- vincia di Ferrara. Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen, manic, Ferrara, 1911, xxxix, 65-88.—Morax. Der Alkoholismus im Kanton Waadt. Alkoholismus, Dresd 1900, i, 273-27S — Morselli (A.) L'alcoolismo nella citta di Genova conside- rato nei due sessi durante il decennio 1893-1902. Boll. d. ri Accad. med. di Genova, Siena, 1904, xix, 55-68. Also: Att- d. xii. Cong, interprov. san. d. alta Italia, Venezia, 1904, 614- 626. -----. Contributo alio studio della diffusione dell'ali coolismo nella citta e Provincia di Genova. Riv. sper. d. freniat.. Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi. 317.—Muller (H. C.) Het alkoholisme in Griekenland. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1910, lxiv, 273-275.—von Muralt (L.) Abstinente Naturvolker. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alko- holismus [etc.], Basel, 1905j xv. 129-134— Nicoladoni (A.) Die Alkoholfrage in Oberosterreich. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902. via, 510- 522.—Nicolas (C.) L'alcoolisme en Nouvelle-Caledonie. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 175-181.— Oberndorf (C. P.) Der Alkoholismus in Isew York und Munchen. ALCOHOLISM. 267 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (History and statistics of). Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1909, xix, 264-270.—Papadaki (A.) Statistique clinique des alcooliques traites a l'Asile de Bel-Air en 1901 et 1902. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1903, xxiii, 765-790.— Park (W. H.) Alcohol in China. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1916-17, lxix, 762-781—Peracchia (A.) L'alcoolismo nelle popolazioni rurali in raffronto alle urbane; suoi effetti flsici e morali. Corriere san., Milano, 1902, xiii, 471-475.—Perrln (M.) & Thiry (G.) Documents sur l'alcoolisme. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1913, xiv, 889-894.—Plcarra (L.) Alcoolismo no Alemtejo. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1904, 2. s., vi, 361.—Possa (S.) L'alcoolisme et le mouvement anti- alcoolique en Roumanie. Arch, orient, de med. et de chir., Par., 1901, iii, 73; 100; 125; 148; 179; 200: 224— Presl. Die Verbreitung des Alkoholismus im Konigreiche Bohmen und die personlichen Eigenschaften der notorischen Trinker. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 329; 536.—Pulawski (A.) [Some figures on alcoholism among us.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1899, 2. s., xix, 720-722.—Remlinger (P.) Les progres de ralcoolisme au Maroc. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1912, v, 747-752. Also: Paris med., 1912-13, ix, 275.—Robida. Bericht des Landescomites iiber den Alkoholismus in Krain. Ber. ii. d. internat Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901. Leipz. & AVien, 1902, viii, 360; 548.—Rote (A. I.) [Abuse of spirituous liquors in Poland compared with that of other countries.] Trudi perv. syezda otchest. psikhiat., S.-Peterb., 1887, 907-923.— Rudolf (F.) Zur Alkoholfrage in Aegypten und im agypti- schen Sudan. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alko- holismus, Basel, 1908, xviii, 197; 266.—de Salterain (J.) El alcoholismo en el Uruguay. ^Que es lo que debe y puede hacerse en contra? Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1915, xviii, 273-288— Sangro (P.) L'alcoolisme en Espagne. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1912, viii, 245-260.—Schaefer. Die Alten und der Alkohol. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1906, n. F., iii, 88-94— Scholander (C. T.) [Some observations on alcohol among the laboring classes in Stockholm.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1903. 2. f., iii, pt. 2, 104-112—Schultze (E.) Zunahme des Alkoholverbrauchs in Indien. Arch. f. soz. Hyg., Leipz., 1911-12, vii. 27f-278— Senechal (A.) L'al- coolisme dans le Pas-de-('ahis: consequences hygieniques, foonomiques et sociales de l'alcoolisme. Pratique iour., Lille, 1903-4, v, 321-335— Seppilli. L ali-oolismo e la lotta antialcoolica in Italia. Hiv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1905, xxxi, 299-317.—Serieux (P.) & Mathieu (F.) Statisti- ques sur l'alcoolisme. [Abstr.] J. de med. et chir. prat., Par., 1S97, Ixviii, 241-248— Sizaret. L'alcoolisme en Ille-et- Vilaine. Bull. Soc scient. et med. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1907, xvi, 115-118.— Stein ( F. ) [The alcohol question in Hungary.] Orvosi hetil^ Budapest, 1906, 1, 70. Also, transl: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1906, xiii, 373; 397. — Stivanin ( D.) L'alcoolismo nelle popolazioni ru- rali, in raffronto alle urbane; suoi effetti fisici e morali. Corriere san., Milano, 1904, xv, 546-549. — Sudhoffl ( K.) Ein spatmittelalterlicher Plakatdruck zur Warming vor den Gefahren des Alkoholismus. Arch. f. Gesch. d. Med., Leipz., 1913-14, vii, 353. — Thivet. L'alcoolisme en Roumanie. Med. orient., Par., 1902, vi, 191-193.— Tolstoi (K. K.) [On alcoholism in Russia.] Vestnik Obshtsh. Hig., Sudeb. i Prakt. Med., S.-Peterb., 1897, xxxiii, no. 1, 2. sect., 65-70— Tarrild (J.) [Alcoholism in Denmark with special reference to the influence of the seasons.] Ugeskrff. Laeger K0benh., 1899, 5. R., vi, 1129- 1135. — Urechia. [Alcoholism in Roumariia.] Spitalul, BucurescI, 1902, xxii, 189-197.—Vamossy (Z.) [Intoxica- tion statistics, based on cases treated in Hungarian hospitals for six years.] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1909, xlix, 816; 833; 852.—Vergely (J.) L'alcool et l'alcoolisme k Bordeaux. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1901), 1902, 362-384. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 19; 43; 56; 79; 87— Vitali (C.) L'alcoolismo nell'Um- bria. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1907, i, 497-518.—Vocke. Der Alkoholismus in Munchen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1722— Vogt (R.) The scientific study of the alcohol question in Norway. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1908-9, vi, 171-178.—Webb (A. D.) The consumption of alcoholic liquors in the United Kingdom. J. Roy. Statist. Soc, Lond., 1912-13, lxxvi, 207-220—Westergaard (H.) Was lehrt die Statistik in Betreff des Einflusses der geisttgen Getranke auf die Gesundheit? Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1904, i, 227-238.—Wittermann (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Alkoholismus in Munchen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1311-1313. Alcoholism (Jurisprudence of). See, also, Alcoholism (Legislation relating to); Alcoholism and crime. Hoppe (H.) Der Alkohol im gegenwartigen und zukunftigen Strafrecht. 8°. Halle a. S., 1907. Jenisch (R.) Zur forensischen Beurteilung des Alkoholismus. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Picard (R.) *Autoaccusateurs -alcooliques. 8°. Paris, 1904. Supreme Judicial Court for the Common- wealth, Suffolk ss. March, 1900. Niven v. Alcoholism (Jurisprudence of). Boland et al. [Commitment of John Niven to the Massachusetts Hospital for Dipsomaniacs and Inebriates for treatment.] 4°. [Boston, 1900.] Szalkowski (W.) *Beitrag zur forensischen Beurteilung des pathologischen Rausches. 8°. Kiel, 1913. Warth (B.) *Die sozialen Bestrebungen zur Verhiitung des Alcoholismus chronicus unter besonderer Berucksichtigung des burgerlichen Gesetzbuches und des Reichs-Strafgesetzbuches. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Karlsruhe i. Br., 1913. Anderson (V. V.) The alcoholic as seen in court. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol., Chicago, 1916, vii, 89-95.—Atkinson (S. B.) Alcohol-produced amnesia. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1907-8, v, 34. —---. Medico-legal relations of alcoholism. In: Drink (The) problem, 8°, Lond., [1907], 108-121.—Aven- daflo (L.) Responsabilidad de los actos practicados por los alcohdlicos. Cron. med., Lima, 1907, xxiv, 181-189.— Barella. Un mot sur l'ivresse au point de vue medico- legal. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1896, 4. s., x, 539-552.—Becker (T.) Aus der Praxis der Begutachtung von Alkoholdelikten. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xli, 401-418.—Blind (E.) Alkoholismus und Recht- sprechung. Polit.-anthrop. Rev., Eisenach & Leipz., 1903, ii, 156-168.—Chekhoff (V. V.) [Conditions of responsibility in acute and chronic alcoholism.] J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1905, xv, 319-330.—Chemnitz. Ueber Schnapsvergiftung vom forensischen Standpunkt mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der billigen, besonders schiid- lichen Ersatzmittel des Aethylalkohols. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1913, lxiv, 81-113.—Claude (II.) Sur le diagnostic des formes larvees de 1'epilepsie alcoolique et des crises psycho-motrices de l'ivresse pathologique; son importance medico-legale. Progres med., Par., 1912; 3. s., xxviii, 497-499. Also: Clinique, Brux., 1913, xxvii, 257- 263.—Cramer (A.) Entmiindigung wegen Trunksucht. Alkoholismus, Dresd., 1903, iv, 217-229. — Cristiani (A.) Contributo psichiatrico-forense alio studio dell' epilessia ed alcoolismo. Riv.sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 82.—Crothers (T. D.) Alcohol in medicine and medico-legal cases. Tr. Rhode Island M. Soc 1895, Providence, 1896, 199-211. -----. A psychological incident in the court room. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1905-6, x, 49-52.— Derome (W.) L'alcoolisme en medecine legale. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1910, xxxix, 311-317.—Fe- renczi (S.) [The determination of drunkenness from the cadaver.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1905, xiv, 432-434.— Friedrich (J.) Alkoholismus und Strafzumessung. Monat- schr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1912, ix, 23-33.— Fritsch. Die forensische Beurtheilung des Alkoholismus. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 210-215.—Gordon (A.) Prophylactic administrative and medico-legal aspects of alcoholism. J. Am. Inst.....Criminol., Chicago, 1913-14, iv, 867-875.— Gurrieri (R.) Alcoolista imputata di bancarotta, truffa e falsi. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1906, 8. s., vi, 482-487.— Haag (G.) Unfall und chronischer Alkoholmissbrauch. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1905, xii, 79-81.—Hinter- stoisser (J.) Zur Frage der forensischen Beurtheilung der Saufer. Wien.klin. Wchnschr., 1897, x, 1071-1076.—Julius- burger (O.) Zur Behandlung der forensischen Alkoho- listen. Med. Reform, Berl., 1907, xv, 75-77.—Kelynack (T.N.) Medico-legal aspects of inebriety. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1904-5, ii, 117-129.—Keschner (M.) Alcohol and its relation to legal medicine. N. York M. J. [etc.1,, 1910, xcii, 717-724.—Kinberg(0.) Alcohol and criminality. To what extent should crimes committed in a state of alcoholic intoxi- cation be condoned? J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol., Chicago, 1914-15, v, 569-589.—Koppen(M.) Alkoholismus. Samml. v. gerichtl. Gutacht. a. d. psychiat. Klin. d. k. Charite zu Berl., 1904, 495-502.—Kotscher (L. M.) Ueber Alkohol- missbrauch, die Bewertung seiner Folgen in foro und ihre gesetzliche Behandlung. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl.. 1909, xxvi, Krgnzngshft.,212-226.—Kornfeld(H.) Al- koholismus und § 51 St. G. B. Jurist.-psvchiat. Grenzfr., Halle a. S., 1906, iv, 3. Hft., 3-12. — Kovalevsky. L'al- coolisme au point de vue medico-legal. Bull. Soc. de med. ment. de Belg., Gand & Leipz., 1901,157; 246; 317.—Law- rence (G. A.) The medico-legal care of the alcoholic defec- tive. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1909, xxiv, 1081-1084. Also: J. Inebriety, Bost., 1910, xxxii, 19-22.—Lehmann. Die akute Alkoholvergiftung vom gerichtsarztlichen Stand- punkte. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med„ Niirnb., 1908, xlix, 62.—Leppmann (F.) Alkoholismus und Eheschei- dung. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, xi, 19-22.— Levchatkin (V. I.) [Forensic-psychiatric case. Murder of of wife and wounding of son in delirium tremens.] Nevroi. Vestnik, Kazan, 1913, xx; 883-909.—Marguliyes (M. S.) [Responsibility of alcoholics.] J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1905, xv, 292-319.—Oswald (K.) Gutachten fiber einen Fall von pathologischem Rausch- zustand. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, x, 233-240.— Pearce (F. S.) Medico-legal aspect of chronic alcoholism and dipsomania. Internat. M. Mag., N. Y., 1902, xi, 534.— Peon del Valle (J.) Los alcohdlicos cr6nicos y nuestro ALCOHOLISM. 268 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Jurisprudence of). ctfdigopenal. Gac. med., Mexico, 1905, 2. s., v, 91; 103,1 pi.— Pollltz. Beitrage zur Begutachtung alkoholistischer Storun- gen in foro. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist.,Leipz., 1903, xii, 155-169.—Puppel (R.) Ueber Alkoholvergiftung vom gerichtsarztlichen Standpunkte aus. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1912 lxiii, 401:1913, lxiv, 27—Rodio- noft (S. M.) [Mental dullness of chronic alcoholics and their medico-legal significance.] Sovrem. Psikhiat., Mosk., 1914, viii, 225; 300— Rozenbakh (P. Ya.) [Criminality and responsibility of alcoholics.] J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Na- rod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1908, xviii, no. 1, 6-26. Also, Re- print.—von Schauensee (P. M.) Die Strafrechtsreform, dargestellt an einem konkreten Fall von Alkoholismus. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1914, xi, 107- 113.—Serras e Silva (J.) O alcoolismo, suas manifestacoes diversas e seu gr&o de influencia sobre a responsabilidade moral dos alcoolicos delinquentes. Coimbra med., 1897, xvii, 106; 121; 136; 148; 165; 181; 195; 212; 232; 249; 261; 278; 295.— Shaw (T. C.) An obscure form of alcoholism involving irre- sponsibility. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond., 1904-5, ii, 1-9. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1904, cxxix, 621-623.— Soutzo fils & Dimitresco (P.) D'une classe d'alcooliques chroniques amoraux envisaged au point de vue de la res- ponsabilite legale. Ann. med.-psychol., Par., 1908, 9. s. vii, 383-412. — Stier (E.) Trunksucht und Trunkenheit in dem Vorentwurf zu einem deutschen Strafgesetzbuch. Arch. f. Psychiat., Berl., 1910, xlvii, 278-315— Sullivan (W. C.) The criminal responsibility of the alcoholic. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1904, xxxii, 467.—Syr. Algo sobre el alcoholismo, bajo el punto de vista medico-legal. Bol. de cien. med., Mexico, 1910, i, 262-265.—Trenel. Decheance de la puissance paternelle d'une alcoolique, deux fois internee a la suite de violences graves sur ses enfants et susceptible d'etre mise en liberty. Soc. de mecl. leg. de France. Bull. Par., 1910, 2. s., vii, 176-184.—VUleneuve (G.) Alcoholism and responsibility. Montreal M. J., 1898, xxvii, 928-933.— Vogt (R.) [Atypical alcohol reaction and its legal signifi- cance.) Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1914, lxxv, 1249-1283.—Wilson (A.) Jurisprudence of the alcoholic problem. Med. Times, N. Y., 1916, xliv, 85-88. Alcoholism (Legislation relating to). See, also, Temperance. Great Britain. Parliament. House of Com- mons. Sale of intoxicating liquors to children. A bill to prohibit the sale of intoxicating liquors to children. Prepared and brought in by Mr. Conybeare, Sir William Houldsworth, [et. al.]. 8 April 1895. Bill 200. fol. [London, 1895.] Thomann (G.) Liquor laws of the United States; their spirit and effect. 4. ed. 8°. New York, 1885. United States. Congress. An act to prohibit the sale of intoxicating liquors in the Capitol Building. 54. Cong., 2. sess. H. R. 7083. In S., Dec. 14, 1896. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1896.] ------. An act to prohibit the sale of intoxi- cating drinks to Indians, providing penalties therefor, and for other purposes. 54. Cong., 2. sess. H. R. 280. In S., Jan. 19, 1897. Rep. by Mr. Allen, without amendment, Jan. 21, 1897. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1897.] ------. An act to further amend an act enti- tled "An act regulating the sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia," approved March 3, 1893. 54. Cong., 2. sess. H. R. 1888. In S., Dec. 15, 1896. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1896.] ------. The same. Feb. 1, 1897. Reported by Mr. Gallinger, with amendment, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1897.] United States. Congress. House of Repre- sentatives. To regulate the sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia. Report. [To accompany H. R. 1888. "A bill to further amend an act entitled 'An act to regulate the sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Colum- bia," approved the third day of March, anno Domini 1893."] 54. Cong., 1. sess. H. R. Rep. No. 1813. Mav 14, 1896. Subm. by Mr. Morse. 8°. [Washington, 1896.] United States. Congress. Senate. A bill to provide for a commission on the subject of the alcohohc liquor traffic. 54. Cong., 1. sess. S. Alcoholism (Legislation relating to). 2592. March 23, 1896. Introd. by Mr. Frye. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1896.] ------. Adverse report. [To accompany S. 2183. "Further to amend an act entitled 'An act to regulate the sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia,' approved March 3, anno Domini 1893."] 54. Cong., 1. sess. S. Rep. N. 531. March 20, 1896. Subm. by Mr. McMillan. 8\ [Washington, 1896.] ----—. A bill to amend an act entitled "An act regulating the sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia," approved March 3, 1893. 54. Cong., 1. sess. S. 3231. May 27, 1896. Introd. by Mr. McMillan, roy. 8°. [Washing- ton, 1896.] ------. A bill further to amend an act entitled "An act regulating the sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia," approved March 3,1893. 54. Cong., 1. sess. S. 2183. Feb. 19, 1896. Introd. by Mr. Faulkner, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1896.] —. A bill to prohibit the manufacture and sale of spirituous and intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia. 54. Cong., 1. sess. S. 1807. Jan. 28, 1896. Introd. by Mr. Proctor. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1896.] ------. A bill to prohibit the sale or giving away of intoxicating liquors in Government buildings. 55. Cong., 1. sess. S. 478. March 18, 1897. Introd. by Mr. Gallinger. roy. 8°. [Wash- ington, 1897.] #------. To regulate sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia. [To accom- pany S. 1800. To further amend an act entitled "An act regulating the sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia," approved the 3d day of March, A. D. 1893.] 55. Cong., 1. sess. S. Rep. No. 122. May 13, 1897. Subm. by Mr. Gallinger. 8°. [Washington, 1897.] #------. To regulate sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia. Report. [To accompany H. R. 1888. To further amend an act entitled "An act regulating the sale of intoxicating liquors in the District of Columbia," approved the 3d day of March, A. D. 1893.] 54. Cong., 2. sess. S. Rep. No. 1361. Feb. 1, 1897. Subm. by Mr. Gallinger. 8°. [Washing- ton, 1897.] ------. A bill to further amend an act entitled "An act regulating the sale of intoxicating liq- uors in the District of Columbia, " approved the 3d day of March, 1893. 55. Cong., 1. sess. S. 1800. May 3, 1897. Introd. by Mr. Gallinger. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1897.] ------. The same. May 13, 1897. Reported by Mr. Gallinger. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1897.] ------. A bill to regulate the sale of intoxi- cating liquors in the District of Columbia. 55. Cong., 2. sess. S. 3319. Introd. by Mr. Gallin- ger. Jan. 21, 1898. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1898.] ------. A bill to regulate the sale of intoxi- cating liquors in the District of Columbia. 55. Cong., 2. sess. S. 4684. May 28, 1898. Introd. by Mr. McMillan, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1898.] ------. A bill to provide for the representa- tion of the United States in the Fourteenth International Congress on Alcoholism, and for other purposes. 63. Cong., 1. sess. S. 1620. April 28, 1913. Introd. by Mr. Sheppard. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1913.] Williams (E. H.) Alcohol, hygiene and legis- lation. 8°. New York, 1915. Amaldl (P.) Intorno ad un primo saggio di legislazione antialcoolistica in Italia. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1911, v, 116- 138.-----. II disegno di legge Luzzatti contro l'alcoolismo. ALCOHOLISM. 269 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Legislation relating to). Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 71-82.— Bergman (J.) Die Gesetzgebung gegen den Alko :lismus rings um die Erde 1911-1912. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.]. Basel, 1913, xxiii, 241- 252.—de Castro Echavarri (J. V.) El alcoholismo y la ley. Gac. med. de Granada, 1904, xxii, 392; 442; 463: 1905, xxiii, 62; 133; 164.—Clement (M. N.) The legislative aspects of alcohol. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1905, v, 129-132.— Coester. Der Alkoholismus mit Rucksicht auf die Bestim- mungen des neuen Biirgerlichen Gesetzbuches und des Strafgesetzbuches. Preuss. Med.-Beamten-Ver. Off. Ber., Berl., 1896, xiii, 103-122.—Erste (Das) Prohibitionsgesetz in . Europa; die Proliibition vor dem finnischen Landtage. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1907, xvii, 339-344.—Koren (J.) The drink problem and leg- islation. J. Sociol. Med., Easton, Pa., 1917, xviii, 32-45.— van Krevelen (D.) Die Bewegung fiir das Gemeindebestim- mungsrecht in Holland. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel., 1914, xxiv, 265-280.—Mbnke- rnbller. Beitrag zur nistorischen Entwickelung der Gesetz- gebung gegen den Alkoholismus. Alkoholismus, Dresd., 1902, iii, 225-245.—Murray (M. J.) Work of the Massachu- setts Legislative Commission on Drunkenness, 1913. Bos- ton M. & S. J., 1913, clxix, 930-932.—Noseda (E.) L'elabo- razione, il sistema e le norme della legge contro l'alcoolismo. Scuola positiva, Roma, 1913, xxiii, 701; 791— Pettersson (J.) Moderne schwedische Alkoholgesetzgebung. Alko- holfrage, Berl., 1913-14, x, 39-^3.—Projet deloi sur le regime de l'alcool. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1915, xxxvii, SS1-90L— Ruata (G.) Su l'alcoolismo, la legislazione e la profilassi anti- alcoolica. Note e riv. di psichiat., Pesaro, 1912, 3. s., v, 361- 407.—Rudolf (F.) Grundsatze fiir eine neuzeitliche Schank- gesetzgebung. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alko- holismus [etc], Basel, 1915. xxv, 102; 155; 216; 291; 331; 380.— Rutherford (V.H.) Alcoholism and legislation. In: Drink (The) problem, 8% Lond., [1907], 240-200— Sandwith (F. M.) Modern liquor laws and alcoholic habits. Clin. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 200-208.—Scharffenberg (J.) Der Einfluss des Alkoholverbotes an Sonn- und Feiertagen auf die Trunkenheit und die Korperverletzungen. Inter- nat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1911, xxi, 203-214— Vandervelde (E.) Das Verbot des Absinths und der Ruckgang des Alkoholismus in Belgien. Ibid., 1905, xv, 225-234.—Verhandlungen des preussischen Abgeordnetenhauses in der Sitzung vom 1. Mai d. J. fiber die Bekampfung des ubertriebenen Alkoholgenusses. Zt- schr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1902, xv, 393-404.— Wilbert (M. I.) Sale and use of intoxicating liquors, the increase in restrictive legislation and the practicability of a special class- ification of dealers in alcohol for medicinal and mechanical purposes. Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1916, xxxi, 513-516. Alcoholism (Mental condition in). See Alcohol (Effects of, Psychological). Alcoholism (Mortalityfrom). See, also, Alcohol (Poisoning from, Acute). Phelps (E. B.) The mortahty of alcohol; a statistical approximation of the deaths in the United States in which alcohol may figure as a causative or contributory factor. 8°. New York, 1911. ------. The supposed death rates of abstain- ers and nonabstainers and their lack of scientific value. 8°. New York, 1913. Bauduy (J. K.) Results of treatment in one thousand one hundred and twenty-nine cases of acute alcoholism; death rate, one and one-half per cent. Med. Rev.. St. Louis, 1899, xxxix, 259-262. [Discussion], 265. Also: Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1900, xxii, 58-67.—Bl. (H.) Die Sterblichkeit in den Alkoholgewerben nach den Erfahrungen der Gothaer Lebensversicherungsbank von 1852-1902. Internat. Monat- schr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1905, xv, 193- 200— Busch (F. C.) The mortality in Switzerland from alcoholism. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 1319.—Fernet (C.) De l'inscrlption de I'alcooUsme parmi les causes de deces dans les statistiques municipales. [ From: Bull. Acad, de med. de Par.] Mouvement hyg., Brux., 1903, xix, 241-245.-----. Mortality par alcoolisme. Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1907, 3. s., lviii, 365-370. —Guttstadt (A.) Sterblichkeitsver- haltnisse der Gastwirte und anderer mannlicher Personen m Preussen, welche mit der Erzeugung, dem Vertriebe und dem Verkaufe alkoholhaltiger Getranke gewerbsmassig beschiiftigt sind, im Vergleiche zu anderen wichtigen Berufs- klassen. Klin. Jahrb., Jena, 1904, xii, 263-294.— Hoist (A.) [Death certificates and the frequency of chronic alcoholism.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1910, 5. R., viii, 1352-1354.—Hurd (E. P.) Sudden death due to alcoholism. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, cxxxvii, 619-621.—Jacquet (L.) L'influence de l'alcool sur la mortalite. Monde med., Par., 1912, xxii, 392-397.—Kress (D. H.) Disease and mortality from alcohol. J. Inebr., Bost., 1908, xxx, 103-106.—Moore (R. M.) On the comparative mortality among assured lives of abstainers and nonabstainers from alcoholic beverages. lcoholism (Mortality from). J. Inst. Actuaries, Lond., 1903-4, xxxviii, 213-276. 2 diag. Novoselskl (S. A.) [Influence of the prohibition of the sale of spirituous liquors on mortality from alcoholism in Petro- grad.] Russk. Vrach, Petrogr., 1915. xiv, 345.—Pflster (R.) Die Trunksucht als Todesursache in Basel in den Jahren 1892-1906. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908. cxciii, 291-322.—Phelps (E. B.) The mortality from alcohol in the United States; the results of a recent investigation of the contributory relation of alcohol with each of the as- signed causes of adult mortality. Tr. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash., 1913, i, pt. 2, 813-829. Also, Reprint. -----. Relative death-rates of self-declared ab- stainers and moderate drinkers from the actuaries' view- point. In: Year Book U. S. Brewers' Assqc, N. Y., 1915, 267-282. — Porter ( W. E. ) Comparative mortality experience among abstainers and nonabstainers from alcohol. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxviii, 732-737.— Poulsen (G.) [The mortality from alcohol.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1905, 4. R., xiii, 391-400.—Stupin (S. S.) [Mor- tality from alcoholism in large cities.] J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1905, xv, 330-352.— Sullivan (W. C.) Deaths from alcoholism and cirrhosis of the liver, arrests for drunkenness, and attempts to commit suicide in the counties of England, and in North and South Wales; annual average per 100,000 of the estimated popula- tion in the decennial period 1891 to 1900. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1904, 1, 421— Vogell (O.) Der Alkohol als Todesursache. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus, Basel, 1908, xviii, 280-285.—Webster (G. W.) The prevalence of alcoholism and its influence on mortality. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1899, xxi, 234-253. Also: Illinois M. J., Spring- field, 1899-1900, xlix, 355-364. Alcoholism (Pathology of). See Alcohol (Effects of, Pathological); Alcohol (Poisoning from); Alcoholism (Complications and sequelae of) [and cross references]. Alcoholism (Periodicals and transac- tions relating to). Alkoholfrage (Die). Vierteljahrsschrift zur Erforschung der Wirkungen des Alkohols. Hrsg. von Dr. Bohmert und Dr. Meinert. v. 1-11, 1904-15. 8°. Dresden. Alkoholismus (Der). Hrsg. von A. Baer [et al.]. [Quarterly.] v. 1-4, 1900-1903; n. F., v.-1-4,1904-7. 8°. Dresden. Bericht iiber den III. osterreichischen Alko- holgegnertag abgehalten in Salzburg am 22. und 23. September 1912. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1914. Suppl. to No. 41 of: Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien. Clairiere (La). Organe de l'Union des femmes beiges contre l'alcoolisme. Administra- tion: Madame J. Keelhoff. [Semimonthly.] v. 1-5, 1903-7. fol. Bruxelles. Congres international contre l'abus des boissons alcooliques (6me)., Premiere section. Legislation. Sociologie. Economie politique. Rapport. 8°. Bruxelles, 1897. ------. Compte-rendu. 3pts. 8°. Bruxelles, 1898. Congres national beige contre l'alcoolisme et Assemblee generale de la Ligue patriot iquc contre l'alcoolisme. Compte rendu. L'alcoo- hsme en Belgique. 8°. Bruxelles, 1910. Habert (M.) Les ligues antialcooliques en France et a l'etranger. 8°. Paris, 1904. International Congress against Alcoholism, Stockholm, 28 July-3August, 1907. Programme. 8°. Stockholm, 1907. Internationale Monatsschrift zur Erfor- schung des Alkoholismus und Bekampfung der Trinksitten. Hrsg. von H. Blocher. v. 14-25, 1904-15. 8°. Basel. Internationaler Congress gegen den Alko- holismus. Bericht iiber den . . . Abgehalten in Wien, 9.-14. April 1901. 8°. Leipzig & Wien, 1902. Journal (The) of Inebriety. Incorporating The Archives of Physiological Therapy. [Quar- terly.] v. 29-34; Nos. 1-2, v. 35,1907-1913. 8°. Boston. Continuation of: Quarterly Journal of Inebriety. ALCOHOLISM. 270 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Periodicals and transac- tions relating to). Lemmens (J.) Conference antialcoolique. 16°. Liege, 1900. Ligue patriotique contre l'alcoohsme. A\- manach de la temperance pour 1897. 12°. Bruxelles, [1897]. -----. L'alcoolisme en Belgique. Comptes rendus des assemblies generates tenues a Bru- xelles le 15 decembre 1901. 8°. Bruxelles, 1902. Motet. Sixieme congres international contre l'abus des boissons alcooliques (session de Bruxelles, 1897). Conference. 8°. Pans, 1897. Nederlandsch Katholiek Congres. Officieel verslag van het . . . tot Bestrijding van het Alcoholisme, gehouden to Nijmegen op 18, 19, en 20 Augustus 1907. 12°. Nijmegen, 1907. Quarterly (The) Journal of Inebriety. Hartford; Boston, v. 1-28; Nos. 3-4, v. 35, 1876-1906; 1913. 8°. Boston. . In 1907 consolidated with: Archives of Physiological Therapy, under title: Journal of Inebriety. Verslag van het Eerste Nederlandsch Con- gres tegen het Alcoholisme, gehouden te Utrecht 21 en 22 Mei 1907. 8°. Utrecht, 1907. Amaldi (P.) IIV Convegno nazionale per la lotta contro l'alcoolismo. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1912, vi, 619-629.— Bbnmert (V.) Die ersten neun internationalen Kongresse gegen den Alkoholismus und der bevorstehende zehnte Kongress in Budapest. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1905, n, 149- 155.—Cheysson. Le premier Congres national contre l'alcoolisme. Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol., Par., 1904, iv, 42-64.—Daum. Vom 2. oesterreichischen Alkoholgegner- tag in Graz. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1912, viii, 212-223.— Holitscher. Die medizinischen Referate auf dem 11. internationalen Kongresse gegen den Alkoholismus zu Stockholm. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1907, xxxii, 466-469 — Institut general psychologique; section de psychologie morale et criminetle; groupement frangais pour l'etude scientifique de la question de l'alcool; seance du 30 novembre 1912. Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol., Par., 1912, xii, 311-315.— Legrain. L'alcoolisme au Congres de Bruxelles. Arch, de neurol., Par., 1898, 2. s., v, 241-250.—Reille (P.) Premier Congres national contre l'alcoolisme, 26-29 octobre. 1903. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1904, 4. s., i, 114-131.—Ullmann (K.) Achter internationaler Kongress gegen den Alkoholismus in Wien. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1901, xxiii, 272-282. Alcoholism (Prevention of). See, also, Alcoholism (Legislation relating to); Alcoholism (Sociological aspects of); Temper- ance. Alkoholismus (Der), seine Wirkungen und seine Bekampfung. Hrsg. vom Zentral verb and zur Bekampfung des Alkoholismus in Berlin. 6 Teile. 12*. Leipzig, 1906-9. Andreae (P.) The prohibition movement in its broader bearings upon our social, commer- cial, and religious liberties. 8°. Chicago, [1915]. Aubertin (L.) Les mefaits de l'alcool; ouvrage entierement inedit, a l'usage des ecoles primaires et d'adultes, des sections prepara- toires aux Ecoles moyennes et athen^es, des patronages, etc. 12°. Tamines, [n. d.]. Bargy(F.) *De l'alcoolisme au point de vue de la prophylaxie et du traitement. 8°. Paris, 1897. Baudrillard (J.) Livret d'enseignement antialcoolique a l'usage des eleves des lycees, colleges et ecoles primaires. 16°. Paris, [1906]. Bertillon (J.) L'alcoolisme et les moyens de le combattre juges par l'experience. 2. ed. 12°. Paris, 1904. Brunton (Sir L.) Alcohol; what it does to us and what we ought to do with it. 8°. West- minster, 1915. True Temperance Monographs, No. 1. Colla (J. E.) Die Alkoholfrage und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Arzt. Nach einem Vortrag gehalten im wissenschaftlichen Verein der Aerzte in Stettin. 12°. Basel, [n. d.]. Deschaseux (A.) *Le fleau alcoolique et l'Etat. 8°. Paris, 1901. Alcoholism (Prevention of). van Euk (C.) Rapport omtrent het woningon- derzoek, ingesteld door de afdeeling Breda van den volksbond, vereeniging tegen drankmis- bruik. 8°. Breda, [1904]. Eykel (R. N. M.) Het kind en de vrouw in den strijd tegen den alcohol. Benevens eene korte uiteenzetting omtrent de verzorging van het kind in het eerste levensjaar. 12°. Maa- stricht, 1908. Fifty doctors against alcohol; a call to national defense. 8°. London, [1912]. Foveau de Courmelles. Comment on se defend de l'alcoohsme. La lutte pour la tempe- rance. 12°. Paris, [1900]. Fraenkel (C.) Massigkeit oder Enthalt- samkeit? Eine Antwort der deutschen medi- zinischen Wissenschaft auf diese Frage; im Auftrage des Deutschen Vereins gegen den Missbrauch geistiger Getranke. 8°. Berlin, [1903]. Frank (L.) La femme contre l'alcool. Etude de sociologie et de legislation. 8°. Bruxelles, 1897. Gerard (A.) Union des femmes beiges contre l'alcoohsme; conference donnee le 5 mai 1902, a Verviers. 2. ed. 8°. Verviers, 1902. Gill (S. E.) Alcohol and alcoholism; alco- holism a preventable disease; ten studies in the nature and effects of alcohol, temperance les- sons, ap[p]roved by the National Inter-Church Temperance Federation. 8°. Philadelphia, 1913. Gordon (E.) The anti-alcohol movement in Europe. 8°. New York, [1913]. Hargreaves (W.) The total abstinence reader. Alcohol and man, or the scientific basis of total abstinence; a series of short lessons designed to teach the chemical origin, properties, and physiological action of alcoholic liquors; prepared for the use of temperance organiza- tions, families, schools and colleges. 8°. New York, 1881. Hierta-Retzius (Anna). La lutte contre l'abus de l'alcool. Sur les systemes de Gothem- bourg et Bergen. Apres les exposes de MM. Axel Ramm et G. H. von Koch. Rapport au Congres des ceuvres et institutions feminines a Paris en 1900. roy. 8°. Stockholm, 1900. Hobson (R. P.) The great destroyer; speech of ... in the House of Representatives, Feb- ruary 2, 1911. 8°. Washington, 1911. Jeske (E.) *Die Abnahme der Frequenz des Delirium tremens in Breslau im Gefolge der Branntweinbesteuerung von 1909. [Breslau.] 8°. Berlin, 1911. Also, in: Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1911, Ixviii, 353-370. Juliusburger (O.) Gegen den Alkohol. Gemeinverstandliche Aufsatze. Mit einem Vor- worte von A. Forel. 8°. Berlin, 1904. Keizer (J.) Sociale drankstrijd. 8°. Am- sterdam. 1905. Korovin (A.) Posliedstviya alkoholizma i obshtshestvennaya borba s nim. [Consequences of alcoholism and the public struggle with it.] 12°. Moskva, 1896. Laborde (J.-V.) La lutte contre l'alcoohsme. 24°. Paris, [1896]. Laquer (B.) Gotenburger System und Alcoholismus. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1907. Lemmens (A.-J.) Lutte antialcoolique. Appel aux cabaretiers et aubergisters. 16°. Liege, 1900. ------. L'alcoolisme et la reorganisation ouvriere. 8°. Liege, 1907. ALCOHOLISM. 271 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Prevention of). Loiseau (G.) *Alcoolisme et reforme sociale. S°. Paris, 1900. Madden (J.) Shall we drink wine? A physician's study of the alcohol question. 8°. Milwaukee, 1899. Massalongo (R.) I comuni nella lotta contro l'alcoolismo. Conferenza tenuta in Vicenza il 5 settembre 1896 al Convegno medico lombardo- veneto. 8°. Milano, 1896. Meyer (G. A.) Die Bekampfung des Miss- brauchs geistiger Getranke im rheinisch-westfa- lischen Steinkohlenbergbau. Ergebnisse einer Umfrage. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Forms Beilage of: Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1912, n. F., viii. de Miomaxdre. La lutte contre l'alcool. Historique du mouvement d'abstinence. La femme. L'ecole. Les clerg£s. La grande industrie. Les pouvoirs publics. Les classes cultivees. 12°. Bruxelles, 1906. de Xiet (D.) Het medisch standpunt in zake het alcohol-vraagstuk. Eene lezing. [Overge- drukt uit afl. 3 van den 6eu Jaarg. van het werk der liefde. Tijdschrift gewijd aan de weten- sehappelijke bestrijding der drinkgewocnten.] 8°. Groningen, 1900. Xikolski (V.) Ob alkoholnom opyanienii, ob alkohohzmie i o mierakh protiv nikh. [Dip- somania, alcoholism, and preventive measures.] 8°. [Varshava, 1903.] Oosterbann (G.) Beknopte gezonheidsleer in verband met de middelen ter bestrijding van het alcohohsme. 8°. Groningen, 1899. Ozeroff (I. Kh.) Atlas diagramm po ekono- micheskim voprosam. Vip. 7. Alkoholizm i borba s nim. [Atlas of diagrams on economic questions. Pt. 7. Alcohohsm and the struggle with it.] 8°. Moskva, 1909. Paltzow. Die Gefahren des Alcohols und deren Bekampfung. Vortrag gehalten in der Sitzung des evangelischen Burger-Vereins vom 29. Juli 1901 zu Dusseldorf. 8°. Dusseldorf, [1901]. Reinach (J.) Contre l'alcoolisme. 8°. Paris, 1911. Richard (A.) La lutte contre l'alcoolisme. 16°. Paris, 1901. Romme (R.) L'alcoohsme et la lutte contre l'alcool en France. 12°. Paris, [1901]. Roubinovitch (J.) & Bocquillon (E.) Cours normal d'antialcoolisme. 8°. Paris, 1911. Ruyssen (C.-L.-O.) *Projet d'un enseigne- ment medical de ranti-alcoolisme. 8°. Lille, 1898. -----. The same. 12°. Paris, 1899. Thompson (Elizabeth). Appeal of Mrs. ... to the American people. [Enclosing speech of Henry W. Blair, on manufacture and sale of intoxicating liquor.] 4°. New York, 1882. Trygg-Helenius (A.) & Helenius (M.) Larobok om alkohol. Till tjiinst vid skolunder- visning, med 13 teckningar och ett forord af prof. Curt Wallis. [Textbook of alcohol. For use in schools; with 13 cuts and an introduction by Prof. Curt Wallis.] 8°. Stockholm, [1903]. United States. Congress. Senate. Reply to the physiological subcommittee of the committee of fifty, by Mrs. Mary H. Hunt, world and na- tional superintendent of department of Woman's Christian Temperance Union. 58. Cong., 2. sess. S: Doc. 171. Feb. 27, 1904. Present, by Mr. Gallinger. 8°. [Washington, 1904.] Vandervelde (E.) Le parti ouvrier et l'alcool. 12°. Bruxelles, 1902. Viaud (L.) & Vasnier (H.-A.) La lutte contre l'alcoolisme; synthese de deux memoires Alcoholism (Prevention of). recompenses par l'Academie des sciences morales et politiques (prix Felix de Beaujour, 1905). Preface par Emile Chevsson. 8°. Paris, 1907. Williams (H. S.) The advance of the water wagon; an apparent change of sentiment with regard to liquor-drinking. 8°. [New York], 1910. Cutting from: Century Mag., N. Y., 1910, lxxxi, 39-45. Abderhalden (E.) Ein Vorschlag zur Bekampfung des Alkoholismus auf internationaler Grundlage. Med. Klin., Bed., 1906, ii, 1264—Abel (R.) Bekampfung des Alkoho- lismus. Preuss. Med.- u. Gesundheitswes. 1883-1908. Fest- schr. . . . Berl., 1908, 154-159.—Abramowski. Abstinenz oder Temperenz? Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1911, xxix, 385- 390.—Alkoholfreie Jugenderziehung, ein Losungswort des neuen Vereins abstinenter Philologen. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1906, iii, 252-258.—Amaldi (P.) L'etat actuel du mouvement antialcoolique en Italie. Ibid., Berl., 1912-13, n. F., ix, 135-143. [German text], 144-146.—Ballet (G.) Sur les mesures k prendre contre l'alcoolisme. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1915, xxxvii, 257-265.—Behrens (O.) Der Kampf gegen den Alkoholismus durch die Krankenkassen. Mo- natsbl. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1903, xxvi, 189-192.— Bekhtereff (V. M.) [Alcoholism and measures to combat its extension.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1912, xi, 951- 958.—Bergeron (I.) Mesures a prendre pour combattre les effets de l'alcool. Rec. d. trav. Comite consult, d'hyg. pub. de France 1899, Melun, 1900, xxix, 3-9. — Bergman (J.) DieschwedischeAntialkoholbewegung. III. Ein Still stand in der Bewegung (1855-79). Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1911-12, n. F., viii, 44-54.—Bernheim (S.) La lutte anti-alcoolique. Rev. internat. dela tuberc, Par., 1909, xv, 31-33.—Beriillon (I.) L'alcoohsme et les moyens de le combattre juges par l'expenence. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1915, xxxvii, 902-913.— Blocher (E.) Der Kampf gegen den Alkohol in der Schweiz. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1905, xv, 65-78.-----. Der Kampf gegen den Alkohol inltalien. Ibid.. 1910, xx, 244-249.—Boas (K.) Wie soil der Alkoholismus im Schulunterrichte bekampft werden? Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1906, n. F., iii, 99-102.-----. Wesen, Ursachen, Verbreitung und Bekampfung des Alkoholge- nusses in den Velksschulen. Centralbl. f. allg. Gsndhtspflg., Bonn, 1908, xxvii, 18-31.—Bohmert (V.) Die Reform der Geselligkeit. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1905, ii, 232-236.-----. Die Vorbedingungen fiir ein Zusammenwirken von Massigen und Enthaltsamen. Ibid., 226-231. -----. Die 25jahrige Tatigkeit des Dresdner Bezirksvereins gegen den Missbrauch geistiger Getranke. Ibid., 1908, v, 99-151—Boix (E.), Refe- rendum sur les grandes questions medico-sociales. I. Etudes sur l'alcoolisme. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1903, i, 50; 105; 168- 235; 296; 359; 488; 552; 614; 689; 746; 999; 1057; 1131; 1572: ii, 1705; 1767; 1899; 1963; 2026; 2099; 2158; 2228.—Boucha- court (L.) Sur la necessity d'entreprendre une lutte serieuse contre l'alcoolisme pour ameliorer la race et pour diminuer la mortalite infantile. J. de med. de Par., 1913, 2. s., xxv, 977-980. Also: Rev. de med. l<5g., Par., 1914, xxi, 8-22.— Brendel (C.) Ueber den Fortschritt der Bestrebungen gegen den Alkoholismus in Bayern. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1904, i, 79-82.—Briegleb (K.) Ueber die Notwendigkeit einer starken Enthaltsamkeitsbewegung im Kampfe gegen den Alkoholismus. Ibid., 1909, vi, 91-110.—Bunge (A.) La ensefianza antialcoh61ica en la Republica Argentina. Se- mana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 757.—Burzio (F.) Lo stato attuale dellalotta antialcoolistica specialmente in Italia. Ann. di freniat. [etc.], Torino, 1912, xxii, 146-156.—Castillo (I C.)\etal). Represidn del alcoholismo. Bol. Acad. nac. de med. de Lima, 1903, iii, 35-54.—Crothers (T. D.) The medical side of the alcoholic problem. Pacific M. J., San Fran 1909, Iii, 94-101. -----. The future of the alcohol problem. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxv, 930.-----. The alcohol problem as seen in ancient and modern times. Med. Press & Circ, Lond.. 1910, n. s., xc, 242-245. Also: Merck's Arch. N. Y., 1910, xii, 138-142.—Csillag (J.) Mesures contre la propagation de l'alcoolisme. Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog. C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 7, 286-288 — Daum (A.) Die Alkoholgegnerkongresse. Alkoholismus, Leipz 1905, ii, 281-294.—Delaroue. Lutte contre les pro- gress de l'alcoolisme. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1916, 4. s., xxv, 371- 378—Delobel. Le peril alcoolique. Ibid., 321-365.—Dicke. Die Notwendigkeit eines obligatorischen Antialkoholun- terrichts in den oberen Klassen der Volksschulen. Alko- holismus, Leipz., 1906, n. F., iii, 94-99.—Diskussion af alkoholkommittens betankande. Svensk lak.-sallsk. forh., Stockholm, 1912, 559-600.—Duffy (C.) Inebriety, the ne- cessity of legal adjudication, and restraint of inebriates. Tr. M Soc. N. Car., Charlotte, 1902, xlix, 142-149—Du Ment. Der Kampf gegen Alkoholismus. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1903, xvii, 674-677.—Eggers (H.) Die Sonderausstellung zur Bekampfung des Alkoholismus in Charlottenburg. Alko- holfrage, Dresd., 1904, i, 74-78.-----. Die Polemik iiber das Gothenburger System. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1906, xvi, 14-19. ——. Angriffe auf das Gothenburger System. Ibid., 199-206.— Elster (A.) Die sozialhygienische Forderung in der Alko- holfrage. Soziale Med. u. Hyg., Hamb., 1910, v. 251-260. ALCOHOLISM. 272 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Prevention of). -----. Die nachsten wissenschaftlichen Aufgaben in der Alkoholfrage. Ibid., 1911, vi, 376-386.—Emerson (H.) The dutv of health departments on the alcohol question. Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Chicago, 1916, 116-121. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1917. clxxvi, 77-79. Also: Med. Officer. Lond., 1917, xviii, 5—Emminghaus (A.) Die Bekampfung des Alkoholismus auf verschiedenen Wegen. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1904, i, 47-50.—Enking (E. W.) Der Alkohol im Schulpensum. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1904, n. F., i, 27-34 — Etchepare (B.) Rol de la mujer en la lucha contra el alco- holismo. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1913, xvi, 271-293. -----. La lucha contra el alcoholismo; consejos a las madres. Ibid., 1915, xviii, 707-720.—Etienne (G.) L'action populaire et les lois antialcooliques dans le Canton de Vaud. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 33-36.— Ferrer (F.J.) Profilaxis social contra el alcoholismo. Rev. frenopat. espan., Bareel., 1908, vi, 327-331.—Fischer (W.) Welche Mittel hat der Staat, um dem Ueberhandnehmen des Genusses alkoholischer Getranke vorzubeugen? Deut- sche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspfl., Brnschwg., 1908, xl, 713- 744.—Flannagan (R. K.) A certain tabooed aspect of pre- ventive medicine. Charlotte (N. C.) M. L, 1912,lxv, 12-14.— Forel (A.) Abstinenz und Wissenschaft. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1904, i, 145-150.—Gaule (J.) Muskeln oder Nerven. Ibid , 22-36.—Gerenyi. Die Bewegung gegen Alkoholismus in Niederdsterreich. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Al- kohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 369-383.—Gonser (J.) Stand der Antialkoholbewegung in Deutschland in der Gegenwart. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1907, n. F., iv, 15- 25 -----. Die alkoholgegnerische Unterweisung in den Schulen des In- und Auslandes. Ibid., Berl., 1910, n. F., vii, 46-73.—Gordon (A.) Administrative and prophy- lactic measures against alcoholism. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914 lxii, 194-196.—Guillery. Destruction du fleau de l'alcoolisme en Belgique. Actes y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. Missbrauch geistiger _ Leipz., 1907, n. F., iv, 25-31— HaRnel (F.) Die Presse im Kampfe gegen den Alkoholismus. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1905 ii 236-245.—Halberstadt. L'intervention de l'etat dans la lutte antialcoolique. Ann.d'hyg., Par., 1909,4. s., xi, 346-358 —Hall (W. S.) The value of instruction regarding alcohol. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 473.—Ham- mer (W ) Die Stellung der Weingeist-Enthaltsamkeit in der Jugenderziehung. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1911, xxix. 419-423 —Hansen (P. C.) Landesversicherungsanstalt und Alkoholbekampfung. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1904, i, 356-366. _____ Jugendbewegung und Alkoholbekampfung in Schwe'den. Ibid., 1908, v, 25-45.-Harrison (V W.) A plea for the early instruction of academic students of both sexes as to the dangers of alcoholism and its associated evils. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1910-11, xv, 371-373.— Hartmann (M.) Ueber die Aufgabe der hoheren Schule im nationalen Kampfe gegen.Alkoholismus. Alkoholfrage, Dresd. 1904 i 165-169.-----. Der Alkoholismus unter den Schulern der'hoheren Lehranstalten Deutschlands und seine Bekampfung. Ibid., 1905, ii, 195-216. ——-. Wie kann die Jugend vor den Gefahren des Alkohols geschutzt werden? Ibid 293-319. -----■ Die neuere Entwicklung der Anti- Alko'holbewegung in der nordamerikanischen Union. Ibid., 1908 v 287-336.-----. Die Antialkoholbewegung in Eng- land'- der heutige Stand und diegeschichthche Entwicke- lung.' Ibid., 1909-10, vi, 240; 294.—Heiberg (K. A.) [The problem of alkoholism from the physician's standpoint.] Hosp -Tid.,K0benh., 1914,5.R.,vii, 1434-1440. Also:Ugesk. f Laeger Kdbenh., 1915, lxxvii, 1-20.—Helenlus-Seppaia (M ) Der Kampf gegen den Alkoholismus in Finnland. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien 1902 viii, 522-524.-----. Das Alkoholverbotsgesetz in Finnland. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1908. v, 152-166.-----. Die Antialkoholgesetzgebungin Finnland. Internat. Monat- schr z Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1910; xx, 113-121 —Herbette. Les conditions et les moyens pratiques de lutte contre les dangers de l'alcoolisme. Bull, de l'Inst. een psvchol, Par., 1903, iii, 337-366.-----. La lutte contre Palcoolisme. Ibid., 401-426.—Hercod (R.) Der gegen- wartige Stand der Antialkoholbewegung in der Schweiz. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1907, n. F., iv, 32-41.-----• L'etat; actuel du mouvement antialcoolique en Suisse. Alkohol- frage Dresd., 1911, vii, 316-323.-----. Betrachtungen iiber das Gotenburger System. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1911, xxi, 93-99.-----. Das russische Alkoholverbot. Ibid., 1915, xxv, 277-291—Hill (W B ) The Gothenburg or Norwegian system of liquor traffic Tr. Vassar Brothers Inst., Poughkeepsie, 1894-6, vii, il_31 -Ljohnson (C. B.) The health-conscience and the drink problem. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1911, xx, 303- 311.—Josephson (H.) Der gegenwartige Stand der Anti- Alkohol-Bewegung in Deutschland. Alkoholismus, Berl., 1910, n. F., vii, 31-45. — Kassowitz (Julie 1. Die Anti- alkoholbewegung in Oesterreich. Internat. Monatschr. z Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1910, xx, 153-162.—Kassowitz (M.) Der Arzt und der Alkohol. Wien med. Wchnschr., 1904, liv, 101; 166; 273; 301; 349.— Kelynack (T. N.) The arrest of alcoholism. In: Drink (The) problem, 8°. Lond., [1907], 261-287.—Kotscher (M.) Die Folgen des Alkoholmissbrauchs und die zur Bekam- Alcoholism (Prevention of). pfung desselben erforderlichen Massnahmen. Alkoholismus- Dresd., 1901, ii, 334:1902, iii, 1.—Kornilofl (A. A.) [Prohi, bition in America. J. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. .. . Korsakova, Mosk., 1910, x, 1069-1101.—Kraepelin. Die Uebertreibungen der Abstinenz. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoho- lismus [etc.], Basel, 1910, xx, 433-441.—Kuhr (H.) Turner und Alkoholismus. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1906-7, iii, 67-72 — Lagriffe (L.) La limitation du nombre des debits de boissons comme facteur important de la lutte contre l'al- coolisme. Ann. med.-psychol., Par., 1914, 10. s., v, 57-76.— Lancry (G.) Ligue rouennaise contre l'alcoolisme. Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1906, xxi, 219; 247.—Laquer (B.) Der Alkoholismus im australischen Staatenbund und seine Bekampfung. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1912-13, n. F., ix, 118-122. -----. Ein Vorstoss gegen die Antialkoholbewegung. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr. ,1913, lx, 1443.—Laws in the United States, A. D. 1903, relating to compulsory instruction in schools in physiology and hygiene with special reference to the effects of alcoholic drinks and narcotics on the human system. Bull. Am. Acad. Med., Easton, Pa., 1902-4, vi, 635- 667.—Ledoux. Contre l'alcoolisme, contre la tuberculose. Rev. mod. de la Franche-Comte, Besancon, 1909, xvii, 19-26.— Le Rutte (L.) De wettelijke bestrijding van het alcohol- isme in inrichtingen. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1903-4, x, 607- 610.—Ley (A.) La lutte antialcoolique. J. med. de Brux., 1910, xv, 177-179.—Lilienstein. Ueber die Organisation zur Bekampfung des chronischen Alkoholismus in Deutschland. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, lxi, 406-408.— Lima (S.) A lucta anti-alcoolica no Brazil. Rev. med.- cirurg. do Brazil, Rio de Jan., 1909, xvii, 75-86—Linthi- cum(G.M.) The prevention of inebriety. Maryland M. J., Bait. 1911, hv, 257-262.—Ljunggren(A.) Dieschwedische Bewegung gegen den Alkohol. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1914, xxiv, 57; 105 —Lombana Barreneche (J. M.) Prevencion del alco- holismo. Rev. med. de Bogota, 1903, 801-809.—McMichael (G H ) Humane control for alcoholics. N. York State J. M ' N." Y., 1910. x, 465-467.—Maier (H. W.) Zur Frage der Alcoholordination. Cor.-Bl. f. Sschweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli 126 —Meinert. Die deutsche Bewegung gegen den Al- kohol am Ende des Jahres 1904. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1904, i 390-396.—Merklen (P.) Note pour servir au pharmacien dans la lutte antialcoolique. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1902, vi, 284-287—Merklen (P.) & Guiard (H.) Le peril alcoolique et 1'insuffisance de la legislation actuelle. Presse med. Par., 1903, ii, annexes, 441-443.—Miethke(W.) Die Abstinenz in der deutschen Arbeiterbewegung. Alkohol- frage, Dresd., 1905-6, ii, 320-326.—Mignot (R.) La lutte antialcoolique en France. Clinique, Par., 1911, vi, 427-429. Minovicl (M.) Les eflets de 1'intervention legale dans la lutte contre l'alcoolisme en Roumanie. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1911, n. F., vii, 127-136.—M011er (J. S.) Totalafhold eller Maadehold. [Total abstinence or temperance.] Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1905, 5. R., xii, 313-328.—Monod. Sur la repression de l'alcoolisme. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1914, 3. s., lxxiii, 172.—Monod, Pinard [et al]. Sur les mesures k prendre contre l'alcoolisme. Ibid.. 1915, 3. s., lxxiii, 264-272.—Montero (B.J.) Notas para la lucha con- tra el'alcoholismo. Arch, de psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos ^.ires, 1905, iv, 594-599.—Mosny (E.) La lutte contre l'alcoolisme. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1915, xxxvii, 402-430.— MUller (W.) Der Kampf gegen den AUxohol in den Bergen. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1914, xxiv, 281-284.—Muravyefl (V.) [Measures of public and government struggle with alcoholism.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1901, xii, 418-440.—Nefl (I. H.) Sonie of the medical problems of alcoholism. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxiv, 112-115.— Neue (Die) Schankordnung fiir Hamburg. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1908, v, 174-177.—Neupert (R.) Die Bekampfung der Trunksucht durch den Staat. Friedreich's Bl. f. gerichtl. Med., Niirnb., 1898, xlix, 161-202.—Peixoto (A.) Defesa social contra o alcoolismo no Brazil. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 355-357.—Pervushin (V. P.) [Reply to my opponents. Struggle with alcoholism.] Kazan. Med. J., 1904, iv, 539-568.—Pflster (A.) Zur Taktik der Abstinenz- bewegung. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholis- mus [etc.], Basel, 1911, xxi, 359-361.—Piacentinl (M.) La prevenzione e la repressione delPalcoolismo nei paesi anglo- sassoni. Scuola positiva Roma, 1916, xxvi, 1057-1064.— Plssavy (A.) L'enseignement antialcoolique a l'ecole. Cong, internat. d'hyg. scol., Par., 1910, i, 413-421— Poll (U.) Per la lotta contro l'alcoolismo. Ann. di Ippocrate, Milano, 1909-10, iv, 85-87.-----. A proposito di lotta contro l'alcoo- lismo. Ibid., 1908-9, iii, 120.— Ponickau (R.) Gedanken zur Methodik des Kampfes gegen den Alkoholismus der Jugend. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1907, iv, 136-162.—Quensel (H.) Die Alkoholfrage in ihrer Bedeutung fiir die Schule. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 417-421.—Quevedo B&ez (M.) Medios para combatir el desarrollo del alcoholismo en Puerto Rico. Bol. Asoc. med. de Puerto-Rico, San Juan, P. R., 1903, i, 135; 152. — Rahn (A.) Nerven und Getranke; ein hygie- nischer Beitrag zur antialkoholistischen Bewegung. Arch. f. soziale Med. u. Hyg., Leipz., 1905, ii, 58-62.—Raoult. L'abstinence totale dans la lutte contre l'alcoolisme. Nor- mandie med., Rouen, 1908, xxiii, 85-88— Reinitzer (F.) Wanderausstellungen als Mittel zur Bekampfung des Alko- ALCOHOLISM. 273 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Prevention of). holismus. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1906, iii, 153-160.—Rosen- wasser (T. A.) The liquor problem; some suggestions for its solution. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 436.—von Rothe (A.) Die Alkoholfrage in Russland; Mittel den Alkoholis- mus zu bekampfen; Entwurf eines Normalstatutes fiir Trinkerheil- und Pflegeanstalten. Alkoholismus. Dresd., 1901, ii, 46-57.-----. Aus der russischen Gesellscnaft zum Schutze der Volksgesundheit; Arbeiten aus der Kommis- sion zur LSsung der Alkoholfrage. Ibid., 223-250: 1902, iii, 28-57.—Rudolf (F.) Die Prohibition in Amerika; ihre Erfolge und ihre Grenzen. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1911, xxi, 1; 41; 81; 403: 1912, xxii, 124.—S. II movimento antialcoolista in Italia. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1904, xxx, 694-696.—Sand- nee. Zur Frage der Bekampfung des Alkoholismus in Elsass- Lothringen. Strassb. med. Ztg., 1911, viii, 49-59.—Sazhin (I. V.) [Psychological principles of the development and prevalence of alcoholism and the struggle with it.] Russk. Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 16; 41; 63; 90; 137.—ScharMen- berg (J.) Der Kampf gegen den Alkohol in Norwegen. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1905, xv, 161: 1906, xvi, 101: 1909. xix, 203; 363.— Schenk (P.) Bekampfung des Alkoholismus und medi- zinische Wissenschaft. Hyg. BL, Berl., 1905, i, 137; 153.— Schlub (H. O.) Die alkoholfreien Gastwirthschaften der Schweiz. Ber. u. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 494-501.—Schmitt. Preservation de Tadolescence contre l'alcoolisme. Rev. m6d. de Test, Nancy, 1906, xxxviii, 504-506.—Schmltz (A.) Was haben die deutschen Aerzte gethan, und was konnen sie thun im Kampfe gegen den Missbrauch geistiger Getranke? Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899, lxx. pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 255-257.—Schwarz (J.) Staat contra Alkoholismus. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 987-991.—Schwendler (H.) Stellung der Kirche zur Antialkoholbewegung. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1909-10, vi, 283-293.—Sherwell (A.) The place of disinterested man- agement in the antialcohol movement. Ibid., Berl., 1912, viii, 323-333.—Sick (K.) Allgemeine Krankenhauser una die Bekampfung des chronischen Alkoholismus. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wiirttemb. arztl. Landesver., Stuttg., 1911, lxxxi, 645-648. A&o.-Alkoholfrage,Berlv1912,n. F., viii, 109-119.— Siebert (C.) Vorschlage zur Bekampfung des Alkoholmiss- brauches. St. Petersb. med. Ztschr., 1912, xxxvii, 300.— Simpson (J. Y.) The action of Russia in regard to alcohol. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1916, xiii, 155-158.—Solbrig (O.) Staatliche und stadtische Massnahmen gegen den Alkoho- lismus. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1911, 3. F., xli, 1. Suppl.-Hft., 1-52.—Starkey (F. R.) The responsibility of the medical profession in the alcohol question. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1915, xxi, 597-604.—Stegmann. Ueber den gegenwartigen Stand der Antialkoholbewegung. Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1905-6, Miinchen, 1907, 80-92.—Stein (F.) [The mode of struggle against alcohol.] Kozegeszsegiigy, Budapest, 1904, 5-7.—Sternberg (W.) Grundirrtumer der Abstinenz. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1910, xxviii, 296; 324.—Steyn Parve. L'antialcoo- lisme a l'ecole en Hollande. Cong, d'hyg. scolaire [etc.] 1905, Par., 1906, 129.—Stubbe (C.) Aus der alteren Massigkeits- bewegung in Schleswig-Holstein. Alkoholismus. Leipz., 1906, n. F., iii, 129-153.-----. Der Kampf gegen den Alkoho- lismus in Mecklenburg. Ibid., 1907, n. F., iv, 121; 185.— Tilton (Elizabeth). What makes men stop drinking? Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Chicago, 1916,112-115.-----. Turn- ing ofl the spigot. V. The prohibition wave; better for busi- ness and better for boys. Survey, N. Y., 1917-18, xxxviii, 541; 651.—Trommershausen (E.) Die Beschrankung der Zahl der Schankstatten. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1913-14, x, 1- 25.—de Vaucleroy (V.) Ueber den Stand der Alkoholfrage in Belgien. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1907, n. F., iv, 3-14. -----. L'enseignement antialcoolique dans les ecoles en Belgique. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1911-12, n. F.. viii, 20-25.— Vitanoff. [Difficult problems; struggle with alcoholism.] Med. besfeda, Sofiya, 1905, ix, 650: 707.—Waldschmidt (J.) Die Bestrebungen zur Bekampfung des Alkoholismus im Jahre 1905. Soziale Med. u. Hygv Hamb., 1906. i, 285- 289.—Warbasse (J. P.) The physician's duty in the alco- hol question. Tr. Am. Ass. Study & Prev. Inf. Mortal. 1911, Bait., 1912. ii, 133.—Wegscheider-Ziegler (Frau). Wie bewahren wir Mutter unsere Kinder vor dem Alkoho- lismus. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1904, i. 367-372.—Wehberg (H.) Zur Abstinenzbewegung in der deutschen Studenten- schaft. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus. Basel, 1906, xvi, 338-340.—Weiss (W.) Erziehung und Schule im Kampfe gegen den Alkoholismus. Ztschr. f. Schulgsndhtspfl., Hamb., 1905, xviii, 838-843— Wilkinson (C. H.) Should man be restricted in his indiscriminate use of alcohol, and if so, how? Med. Recorder, Shreveport, La., 1905, ii, 153-158.—Williams (E. H.) The liquor question in medicine. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, lxxxv, 612-614.—Wirth. Der Alkoholismus, seine Gefahren und Bekampfung. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, xli, 521-532.— Yourievitch. Sur le monopole de ralcooi comme moyen de lutte contre l'alcoohsme. Bull, de l'Inst. gen. psychol., Par., 1903, iii, 381-400. Alcoholism (Psychology of). See Alcohol (Effects of, Psychological). 76399°—17----18 Alcoholism (Sociological aspects of). Alkoholen och samhallet. [Alcohol and the community.] 8°. [Stockholm, 1912.] Suppl. to: Svenska lakare-sallsk. forh., Stockholm, 1912. Alkoholismus (Der). Seine strafrechtlichen und sozialen Beziehungen. Seine Bekampfung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1908. von Bunge (G.) Alkoholvergiftung und De- generation. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1904, clxxv, 185-198. ------. The same. Alcoholic poisoning and degeneration. 12°. London, 1905. Draft of a bibliography of the liquor problem in its relations to economic conditions, poverty, and crime. Submitted to the committee of fifty, Nov., 1894. 8°. [n. p., 1894.] Drink (The) problem in its medico-sociologi- cal aspects by fourteen medical authorities. Edited by T. N. Kelynack. 8°. London, [1907]. Helenius (M.) Alkoholsporsmalet. En sociologisk-statistisk undersokning. [The alcohol question. A sociological statistical examina- tion.] 8°. Stockholm, [1902]. Hoppe. Erhot der Alkohol die Leistungs- fahigkeit des Menschen. Ein Mahnwort an alle Hand- und Geistesarbeiter. 12°. Leipzig, 1902. Koren (J.) Social aspects of drink; with special attention to the prohibition argument. 8°. Boston, 1916. Cutting from: Atlantic Month., Bost., 1916, cxvii, no. 1. Legrain. Degenerescence sociale et alcoo- lisme. Preface de J.-C. Barbier. 12°. Paris; 1895. Loiseau (G.) Alcoolisme et reforme sociale. 8°. Paris, 1900. Massachusetts. Bureau of Statistics of Labor. Relation of the liquor traffic to pauper- ism, crime, and insanity. 8°. Boston, 1896. Pascault (L.) *Contribution a l'etude de la d^mographie chez les alcooliques. 8°. Paris, 1903. Pearson (K.) Supplement to the memoir entitled: "The influence of parental alcoholism on the physique and ability of the offspring." 8°. London, 1910. Ruiz de Pasanis (A. M.) Alcoholismo; su influencia en la degeneracion de la raza latina. 12°. Madrid, 1906. Silpverskiold (P.) Alkoholen och det kom- mande slaktet. Foredrag hallet i Goteborg. [Alcohol and the future race.] 8°. Stockholm, [1903]. Souilhe (P.) *Alcoolisme; son influence sur la famille et sur la depopulation. 8°. Paris, 1902. Williams (H. S.) Alcohol; how it affects the individual, the community, and the race. 8°. New York, 1909. Alvarez Cerice (L.) El alcoholismo como factor de la degeneracion y la loeura. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1908i xii, 13-18.—Amigh (Orphelia L.) Alcoholism as a cause o, degeneracy. Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Bost., 1901, xxviii 282.—Araya (L.) El alcoholismo y sus consecuencias so- ciales. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 1236-1241.— Aschaffenburg (G.) Praktische Arbeit unter Alkohol- wirkung. Psychol. Arb., Leipz., 1895-6, i, 608-626.—Barnes (H.) Refreshment house experiment in Carlisle. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 785.—Berillon. Incompatibilite de l'al- coolisme et des toxicomanies avec les fonctions sociales. Rev. de psychotherap., Par., 1912-13, xxvii, 172-174 — Binswanger. Die Verhiitung und Bekampfung der Schadigung der Volkskraft und Volksgesundheit durch Alkoholismus. Deutsch. Med.-Beamten-Ver. Ofl. Ber..... Berl., 1909, vii, 48-65. — Brandt ( Lilian ). Alcooholism and social problems. Survey, N. Y., 1910-11, xxv, 17-22.— Brooks (H.) Alcohol and the individual. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 220. Also, Reprint.—Brunzlow. Wehr- kraft und Alkohol. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1912. viii, 233-244 — Chambrelent. Alcool et morti-natalite. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. ALCOHOLISM. 274 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism (Sociological aspects of). med. de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv, 225-227. [Discussion], 249. llso: Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux 1914 (1915), 154-159. [Discussion], 170-173.—Cimbal. Die anti- soziale Bedeutung des chronischen Aikoholmissbrauchs. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1907, xxxiii, Suppl.-Hft., 90-106.—Crawford (G. S.) Alcohol as a cause of ineffici- ency. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, ii, 317-319.—Crothers (T. D.) Degeneration common to alcoholism and inebriety. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1913, xxxv, 108-117. Also: Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1913, xxiv, 229-234.-----. A new view of alcoholic degeneration. Med. Times, N.Y., 1916, xliv 218.— Darwin (L.) Alcoholism and eugenics. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1915, c, 80-82. Also: Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1915-16, xiii, 55-66.-----. A note on the studv of alcoholism and eugenics. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1916, xiii, 211-214.— Davenport (C. B.) Alcoholism in a rural community of defectives. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1913, xxxv, 17-20.—Davis (N. S.) Is there any causative or etiological relation between the extensive use of alcohohc drinks and the continued increase of epilepsy, imbecility, insanity, and criminality in all the countries of Europe and America? Bull. Am. Temper. Ass., Battle Creek, 1899, vi, 97-105.-----. What is the cause of the increased number of suicides, homicides, and murders? Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1903, xxv, 65^7 — Debove. L'alcoolisme, ses consequences pour l'individu, l'Etat et la societe. Presse med., Par., 1898, ii, 301-303 — Deutsch (H.) Eine Umfrage iiber die Ausgaben fur alko- holische Getranke bei 2302 Krankenkassa-Mitghedern. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1909, xix, 163-178.—Druhen. De ralcoolisme au point de vue social. Ass. frang. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1893, Par., 1894, xxii, pt. 2, 1069-1076.—Eccles (W. Mac A.) Alcohol as a factor in the causation of deterioration in the individual and the race. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1904-5, ii, 146-156. Also: Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xxxiii, 65.-----. Municipal posters on physical deteriora- tion and alcoholism. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1906-7, iv, 195-202.-----. The relation of alcohol to physical deteriora- tion and national efficiency. Ibid., 1907-8, v, 197-217. Also: J. Inebr., Bost., 1908, xxx, 67-83.—von Engelhardt. Die Alkoholfrage in individual- und sozial-hygienischer Be- leuchtung. St. Petersb. med. Ztschr., 1912, xxxvii, 316- 320.—Faidherbe (A.) L'alcoolisme; consequences physi- ques, morales et sociales de ralcoolisme. J. d'hyg., Par., 1898, xxiii,' 405; 417; 430.—Fassbender (M.) Alkohol und Kultur. Alkoholismus, Berl., 1911, n. F., vii, 96-124 — Fehlinger (H.) Ist Alkoholismus eine Ursache der Entar- tung? Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1911, xli, 302-306.—Figenschau (K. J.) [Alcoolism as cause of poverty.] Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lsgefor., Kristiania, 1911, xxxi, 972-979.—Forel (A.) El papel social del alcohol. Arch, brasil. de med., 1916, vi, 227-240.—Gattl (F.) L'anti- alcoolismo nella letteratura. Attualita med., Milano, 1917, vi, 314.—Gluck (J.) Alcoholismus und Arbeiterfrage. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 59; 77.— Gordon (A.) Alcohol and its relation to the physical and mental health of the community. Dietet. & Hyg. Gaz., N. Y., 1908, xxiv, 641-644.—Grotjahn (A.) Socialpsycho- logische Bemerkungen iiber die Alcohol-Euphorie. Ztschr. f. Hypnot. [etc.], Leipz., 1900, x, 46-57.—Hercod (R.) Die Belastung des Staates durch den Alkoholismus. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1913, xxiii, 361-375.—Holitscher. Die Belastung der Kranken- kassen durch die Alkoholiker. Ibid., 1910, xx, 233; 273.— Hughes (C. H.) Brain menace to man and nation of alcoholic and other marcotic neuropsychopathy. Alienist & Neurol., St. Louis, 1913, xxxiv, 61-65.—Johnston (Sir H H.) Alcohol and imperial efficiency. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1915-16, xiii, 90-92.—Jolly. L'alcoolisme envisage comme cause de degenerescence de la race francaise et de predisposition a la tuberculose. J. de med. de Par., 1901, 3. s xiii 250; 258.—Jones (R.) Alcohol and national de- terioration. In: Drink (The) problem, 8°, Lond., [1907], 229-239.—Kappehnann. Streiflichter aus den Jahres- ausgaben deutscher Stadte; eiri Beitrag zur Frage der Belastung der Gemeinden durch die Folgen des Alkoho- lismus. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1906, n. F., hi, 241-264.— Kelvnack (T. N.) Alcoholism in relation to national vitality. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, h, 639.—Knight (H. W.) The relation of alcohol to hygiene. St. Louis M. Rev., 1911, n s. v, 238-240.—Knopf (S. A.) Some modern medico- so'cioiogic conceptions of the alcohol, venereal diseases, and tuberculosis problems. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1913 xlvii,66; 134; 167. Also, Reprint.—Kompert(P.) Der Alkohol im Arbeiter- und Beamtenhaushalt. Monatschr. f Gsndhtspfl., Wien, 1909, xxvii, 229-233.—Krass. Alko- holismus und Fiirsorgeerziehung. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1912 viii 334-337.—Kress (D. H.) Alcohol and moral degeneracy. J. Inebriety, Bost., 1908, xxx, 182-190.— Laouer (B.) Alcohol and degeneration. Tr. Internat. Cong Mea., Lond., 1913, Sect, xix, Forens. Med., 143-152. miscussion], pt. 2, 101.—Laumonier (J.) Alcoolisme et degenerescence. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1914, lxxxvii, 23-25.— Legrain. Consequences sociales de l'alcoolisme des ascen- dants au point de vue de la degenerescence, de la morale et de la criminalite. Ann. de la Policlin. de Par., 1897, vii, 73; 97 ilso, transl: Med. Pioneer, Lond., 1897, v, 101-103.— Leslie (R. M.) The instruction of the public in the impor- Alcoholism (Sociological aspects of). tance of the prevention and arrest of alcoholism. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1917, xv, 1-36.—Lorentzen (G.) Ueber die Schaden und Bekampfung des Aikoholmissbrauchs vom Standpunkte der oflentlichen Gesundheit. Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brns hwg., 1914, xlvi, 470- 517.—Mandl (J.) Ueber die soziale Bedeutung des Alko- holismus und seine Bekampfung. Monatschr. i. Gsndhts- pfl., Wien, 1908, xxvi, 81-96. — Masaryk (T. G.)' Die sociologische Bedeutung des Alkoholismus. Psychiat Wchnschr., Halle a. S., 1901, iii, 93-96.—Matlegka. Ueber den Einfluss des Alkohols auf die geistigen und moralischen Eigenschaften der Bevolkerung Bohmens. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien. 1902' viii, 339-353.—Maus (L. M.) Alcohol and racialdegeneracv' Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, lxxxv, 102-105—Mayet (L.) Al- coolisme et depopulation; alcoolisme et tuberculose; al- coolisme et suicide. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1901, n. s ' vi 549-578.—Mer Gtiell (M.) El alcoholismo; su influencia desmoralizadora en la sociedad; necesidad de combatirla desde la escuela. Bol. med., Lerida, 1904, iii, 525-534.__ Miller (C.) The public health aspects of alcoholism. Pub Health J., Toronto, 1916, vii, 6-10.—Mjoeen (J. A.) Al- kohol, Entartung und Rassenhygiene. Internat. Monat- schr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1915. xxv, 317-331.—Morton (T.) The predominance of the drinking races. Med. Pioneer, Lond., 1897, v, 36; 42.—Nacke. Der Alhohol als degenerierende Ursache. Reichs-Med.-Anz. Leipz., 1912, xxxvii, 65-70.—Newsholme (A.) Alcohol an lidad; ladescendenciadelosalcoh61icos; consejos higienicos" Gac. med. catal., Bame!., 1911, xxxviii, 287; 367; 399.— ALCOHOLISM. * 278 ALCOHOLISM. Alcoholism and crime. Crothers (T. D.) Criminality from alcoholism. J. Am. Inst. . . . Criminol., Chicago, 1913-14, iv, 859-866. -----. The physical character of crimes of the alcoholic. Bull. Am. Acad. M., Easton, Pa., 1914, xv, 33-40. Also: Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1916, xxxiii, 13-19.—Dosenheimer (E.) Der Alko- hol und das Verbrechen. Alkoholfrage, Dresd., 1908, v, 9-24.—Ferrai (C.) Alcoolisti criminali. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1906, xxi, 99-118.—Geill (C.) Alkohol und Verbrechen in Danemark. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1904,203- 221. — Goring (M. H.) Alkohol und Sittlichkeitsdelikte. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1913-14, x, 26-29.—von Hentig (H.) Alkohol una Verbrechen in Bayern. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 2525.—Hoppe. Der innere Zusammen- hang zwischen Alkoholismus und Verbreohen. Alkohol- frage, Dresd., 1906, iii, 199-227.—Horsley (J. W.) The rela- tions of inebriety and crime. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1906-7, iv, 66-73.—Hotter (C.) Alkohol und Verbrechen in Nieder- bayern. Monatschr. f. Krim.-Psychol. [etc.], Heidelb., 1911, viii, 228-233.—Kinberg (O.) Alcool et criminalite; quelles sanctions doiton donner aux crimes commis en etat d'intoxication alcoolique? Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1913, xxviii, 241-266:—Laquer (B.) Das Verhaltnis von Trunksucht zu Armut und Verbrechen in den Vereinig- ten Staaten. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1905, n. F., ii, 114-122.— Ley (A.) & Charpentier (R.) Alcoolisme et criminalite. J. de neurol., Brux., 1910, xv, nos. 15-17,1-80. Also: Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, ii, 221-230.—Loffler. Der Zusammen- hang zwischen Alkohol und Verbrechen. Ber. ii. d. inter- nat. Cong, gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 178-187.—Luengo (P.) El alcoholismo y la criminalidad. Rev. espec med., Madrid, 1910, xiii, 121-129.—Masoin. L'alcoolisme dans ses rapports avec la criminality. Rev. de psychiat., Par., 1896, n. s., 317-323.—Moinson (L.) Conse- quences morales et sociales de l'alcoolisme; influence de l'alcoolisme sur la criminalite. Rev. med., Par., 1911, xxi, 336; 399.—Robinovitch (Louise). Rapport entre la crimi- nality des enfants et l'alcoolisme des parents. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de psychiat., 541-547.— Rupprecht (K.) Alkohol und Verbrechen. Alkohol- frage, Berl., 1914-15, n. P., xi, 109-119.-----. Die Alko- holkriminalitat der Jugend Bayerns. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxi, 713-716.—Scagliosi (G.) L'alcool nelle perversioni sessuali e nell'epilessia. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 4, 75-78.—Schmidt (P.) Ein Beitrag zur Kriminalstatistik. Das Totenfeld des Alkohols im Deutschen Reiche im Jahre 1903, Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1904, n. F., i, 42-47.—Smith (M. H.) Crime, alcohol and other allied conditions in Staffordshire. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1915, lxi, 98-108.—Sullivan (W. C.) The criminology of alcoholism. In: Drink (The) Problem, 8°; Lond., [1907), 189-198.—Tarnovski (Ye. N.) [Data of criminal statistics concerning the influence of alcoholism upon crime.] J. Russk. Obsh. Okhran. Narod. Zdrav., S.-Peterb., 1909, xix, no. 11,1-23.—Yvernes (M.) L'alcoohsme et la criminalite. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1912, xxvii, 5-35. Alcoholism and insanity. See Insanity (Alcoholic). Alcoholism and lactation. See, also, Alcohol (Estimation of) in the animal body. Kaitz (R.) *Die Frage der Wirkung des Alkohols auf die Stillunfahigkeit der Frauen in Zurich. 8°. Zurich, 1910. Bluhm (Agnes). Familiarer Alkoholismus und Stil- lungsfahigkeit. Med. Reform, Berl., 1909, xvii, 1-3. Also: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. exper. Physiol. 1909-10, Jena, 1911, pt. 2, 18-36.—von Bunge (G.) [Die Frage der Wirkung des Alkohols auf die Stillunfahigkeit der Frauen in Zurich.] Schweiz. arztl. Mitt. a. Univ.-Inst., Zurich, 1910, 178-180 — Frontali (G.) Sull'importanza clinica del passaggio d'alcool attraverso la glandola mammaria. Riv. di clin. pediat., Firenze, 1915, xiii, 693-719—Greefl (J. H.) Beitrag zur Frage iiber einen etwaigen Zusammenhang zwischen Alkoholismus und Stillfahigkeit, Lungentuberkulose Zahnkaries. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl.) 1910, xxxvi, 712-714.—Guenot (E.) Accidents provoques chez le nourrisson au sein par l'alcool qu'absorbe sa nourrice; regime de la nourrice pour les boissons. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901 lxxiv, 291.—Klingemann. [Uebergang des Alko- hols in die Milch.] Sitzungsb. d. nied.-rhein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn, 1891, med. Sect., 25-28.—Sazhin (I. V.) [Influence upon nurslings of alcohol introduced into the organism of the nursing woman.] Vrach. Gaz., S.- Peterb., 1902, ix, 272-277—Voltz (W.) & Paechtner (J.) Ueber den Alkoholgehalt der Milch nach Zuf uhr wechselnder Alkoholmengen und unter dem Einfluss der Gewohnung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912, Iii, 72-95. Alcoholism and life insurance. Hunter (A.) An address on the effect of alcohol on longevity. 8°. Battle Creek, Mich., 1914. Crothers (T. D.) How far does the moderate use of alcohol affect longevity? Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., Alcoholism and life insurance. 1904, xiv, 409-411. -----. The effects of alcohol and tobacco on life expectancy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 826- 831.—Eccles (W. McA.) Alcohol and life insurance. In: Drink (The) problem, 8°, Lond., [1907]; 152-160.—Expecta- tion (The) of life of persons engaged in the liquor traffic. Med. Mag., Lond., 1896, v, 1022-1025.—Fiske (E. L.) Alco- hol; its influence on human efficiency and longevity. At- lantic Month., Bost., 1916-17, 43; 203; 624— Hamilton (C. M.) Alcohol and life insurance. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1907, xvii, 330-334.—Hunter (A.) Effect of alcohol on longevity. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1914, n. s., ix, 106-108. Also: Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1915, xxi, 16-25.-----. Life insurance and drinking habits. Proc Nat. Confer. Char., Chicago, 1916,80-93.- McMahon (T. F.) Alcohol and life insurance. Dominion M. Month., Toronto, 1907, xxix, 52-59.—Millman (T.) The use of intoxicating liquors and life insurance. Med. Exam. & Pract., N. Y., 1905, xv, 94-99.—Pontoppidan (K.) [Alcohol and life insurance.] Bibliot. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1909, 8. R., x, 444- 460.—Stille. Alkohol und Lebensdauer; eine Entgegnung. Med. Klin Berl., 1908, iv, 1759.—Westergaard (H.) [The influence ofthe use of alcohol on the duration of life.] Tids- skr. f. d. norske Lsegefor., Kristiania, 1910, xxx, 782; 827; 876; 939.—Whyte (J.) Alcohol and longevity. Med. Pio- neer, Lond., 1895-6, iv, 92-95. Alcoholism and longevity. See Alcoholism and life insurance. Alcoholism and occupations. Grotjahn (A.) Soil man bei der Arbeit Alkohol geniessen? 5. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Imbert (H.) *L'alcoolisme chronique dans ses rapports avec les professions. D'apres les observations recueillies a la consultation externe de l'hopital Laennec du ler feVrier au ler aout 1896. 8°. Paris, 1897. Behrens (O.) Die Gefahren des Alkoholismus fiir unsere heutigen Gewerbebetriebe und der Kampf gegen denselben durch die Arbeitgeber und Krankenkassen. Monatsbl. 1. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1904, xxvii, 33- 47.—Bonnechaux (E.) L'alcool et ses funestes conse- quences chez les pecheurs de morue pendant leur periode de travail. J. d'hyg., Par., 1905, xxx, 5-8.—Crothers (T. D.) Was the engineer's mind impaired by alcohol? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 762-765. Also, Reprint.—Fleisher (A.) The attitude of large employers toward the use of alcohol by their employees. Proc. Nat. Confer. Char., Chicago, 1916, 93-106. — Fuchs. Vorschlage zur Ermittelung des Zu- sammenhanges zwischen Alkoholismus und gewerblicher Erkrankung. Alkoholismus, Dresd., 1903, iv, 147-152.— Klenz (HA Alkoholiker unter den Gelehrten und Schriit- stellern. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1913, xxiii, 326; 375; 412. — Korotkevich (N.) [Cause of alcoholism in city laborers and means to stop it.] Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevroi. [etc.], Petrogr., 1914-15, xix, 227- 268.—Marcuse. Beitrage zum Alkoholkonsum der arbei- tenden Klassen. Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1905, n. F., ii, 8- 13.—Oliver (Sir T.) Alcohol and work. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1911-12, ix, 133-137.—Partlow (W. D.) Alcoholism and drug addiction among physicians of Alabama. Tr. Med. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1914, 685-691.—Seiffert. Behandlung alkoholkranker Eisenbahner. Ztschr. f. Bahn- u. Bahnkassenarzte, Leipz., 1910, v, 114-124.—Totterman ( U.) [ Alcohol and accurate work. ] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1916, lviii, 1527-1537. Alcoholism and pregnancy. Ballantyne (J. W.) Alcoholism and antenatal hygiene. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1915-16, xiii, 87-89.-----. Alcohol and antenatal child welfare. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1917, xiv, 93-106. [Disoussion], 117-125.—Delhez(F.) Zwanger- schap en alcohol. Nederl. Maandsch. v. Verlosk. [etc.], Leiden, 1914, iii, 163-172.—Gentili (A.) & Cambazzu (M.) Alcoolismo e gravidanza, studio sperimentale. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1911, ii, 133-192.—Kommerell. Het alco- hol vraagstuk en de vrcedvrouw. Tijdschr. v. prakt. verlosk., Haarlem, 1910-11, xiv, 299; 319.— Nicloux (M. j Passage de l'alcool de la mere au fcetus; dosage de l'alcool dans le sang de la mere et dans le sang du fcetus. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de physiol., 21. -----. Sur le passage de l'alcool dans le liquide amniotique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1902, 11. s., iv, 754-756. —---. Sur le passage de l'alcool introduit dans le liquide amniotique dans la circulation generate maternelle. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1903, vi, 368-370. Alcoholism in soldiers and sailors. Solmon. Essai d'enseignement militaire anti-alcoolique; l'alcool et l'alcoolisme; les aro- mates et l'aromatisme. 8°. Dieppe, 1903. Andrews (O. W.) Recent research work on the use and abuse of alcohol. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps. Lond., 1909, xii, 171-190.—Bateson (J. II.) Alcoholism m the Army. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 1912-13, x, 1-24.—Bischofl. Alkohol ALCOHOLISM. 279 ALCOTT. Alcoholism in soldiers and sailors. und militarische Leistungsfahigkeit. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1913-14, n. F., x, 295-307.—Brunzlow. Welche Bedeutung hat die heutige Bewegung gegen den Alkohol fiir die Armee? Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1902, xxxi, 454-456. -----. Der Einfluss des Alkohols auf das militarische Training. Ibid., 1913, xiii, 744-751.-----. Ueber den Alkohol im Felde. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1914-15, n. F., xi, 28-31. Budapester Konigliche Aerztegescllschaft. Der Alkohol bei militarischen Leistungen; cine Alkoholkon- ferenz. Ibid., 1913-14, n. F., x, 308-315.—Cherpitel. Al- coolisme et criminalite militaires. Soc. de med. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1910, iv, 353-356.—Consiglio (P.) L'alcoolismo nell'esercito. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1911.4. s., hi, 399-409. Also: Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-Emilia, 1913, xxxix, 93-96.—Daum (A.) Bekampfung des Alko- holismus zur Kriegszeit. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien, 1915,. xxvii, 996-1003.—Davies (A. M.) The influence of alcohol in the services. Brit. M. J., Lond., 190S, ii, 307-310.—Dick. Alkoholfrage und Marine. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1913-14, n. F., x, 289-294— Drenkhahn. Das Verhalten der Alko- holerkrankungen zu den Geistes- und Nervenkrankheiten in der Armee. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1909, xxxvii, 393-396.—Ermakow (J.) Observations person- nelles sur les psychoses alcooliques et Pheredit6 alcoolique chez les combattants de la guerre russo-japonaise. Arch. internat. de neurol.. Par., 1910, ii, 148-152.—Flade (E.) Was erhoffen wir von unserer Armee? Alkoholismus, Leipz., 1905, n. F., ii, 122-141.—Flaig. Bedeutsame Massnahmen von Militar- und Zivilbehdrden mit Bezug auf den Alkohol wahrend des Krieges. (III.) Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1914-15, n. F., xi, 131-141.—Freund (H.) Die Alkoholfrage in der Armee. Militararzt, Wien, 1904,113; 158.-Harford (C. F.) Alcohol and the war. Brit. J. Surg., Lond., 1914, ii, 1120 — Heusch (C.) Der Einfluss des Alkohols im Balkankriege. Deutsche mil-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, xliii, 601-609 — Hoppe-Seyler. Ueber die Veranderungen an den inneren Organen, besonders an den Verdauungs- und Circulations- organen infolge von chronischem Alkoholismus und ihren Einfluss auf die Felddienstfahigkeit. Med. Klin., Berl., 1915, xi, 719-722.—Jude. La criminality alcoolique dans le gouvernement militaire de Lyon et au 10e corps d'armee. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 217.-----. Au sujet de l'alcoolisme dans l'armee. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, ii, 232.—K. (E.) Alkohol und Armee. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alkoholismus [etc.], Basel, 1915, x-xv, 368-380.—Kjellberg (J.) [Alcoholic diseases in the troops in Swedish garrisons according to the official statistics.] Tidskr. i mil. Helsov., Stockholm, 1901, xxvi, 143-156.—LetuUe. Sur la distribu- tion dans l'armee d'une notice sur les dangers de l'alcoolisme. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1916, 3. s., lxxv, 54. [Discussion], 93-101.—Lovering (P. A.) The alcohol question in the Naw; with suggestions as to its restriction. J. Am. M. Ass. Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 591-594.—McGee (Anita N.) Facts about the Army canteen. Mil. Surgeon, Carlisle, Pa., 1908, xxiii, 260-271.—Mann (A.) Militarund Alkohol. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien & Leipz., 1914, iii, Suppl., 2-8.—Martins. Massigkeit und Wehrkraft; eine geschichtliche Betrachtung zur Entwicklung der Alkoholfrage in Heer und Marine. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1914-15, n. F., xi, 103-108.—Maus (L. M.) Does the moderate use of alcohol lower health and efficiency and should it be prohibited among officers and officials of the military, naval and civil services? J. Mil. Serv. Inst. Governor's Island, N. Y. H., 1912, clxxx, 301- 320-----. The effects of alcohol on the efficiency of militarv men. Med. Times, N. Y., 1916, xliv, 41-43.—Mur- ray (M.) Alcohol and the war. Brit. J. Inebr., Lond., 191.5-16, xiii, 93-99.—Newton (J.) The war and the drink problem; the action of Russia. Ibid., 1915, xii, 161-169 — Nilsson(E.) Alhohol i krig. Tidskr. i mil. Halsov., Stock- holm, 1911, xxxvi, 1-23.—Popovitsch (M. G.) Der Alkohol im Balkankrieg. Internat. Monatschr. z. Erforsch. d. Alko- holismus [etc], Basel, 1913, xxiii, 441-452.—Regis. L'al- coolisme dans l'armee. Caducee, Par., 1909, ix, 285.— Richard. Des mesures prises en France dans l'armee, pour lutter contre l'alcoohsme. Ber. ii. d. internat. Cong. gegen d. Alkohol. 1901, Leipz. & Wien, 1902, viii, 252-263.— Romer. Alkoholismus und Krieg. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 1354.—Schock (S.) Anti- alkoholunterricht fur das Militar. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien & Leipz., 1914, iii, Suppl., 8-13.-Schwalbe (J.) Alkohol im Felde. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1988.—Schwiening. Die Erkrankungen an Alkoholismus in der Armee. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr., Berl., 1902, xxxi, 133-151.—Seaman (L. L.) Alcohol a menace to the soldier; and the privileges of the post exchange. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 261-264—Slmonin (J.) La crise excito-motrice de l'alcoolisme aigu devant la justice militaire. Ann. d'hyg., Par.. 1910, 4. s., xiv, 246-280. Also: J. de neurol., Par., 1910, xv, 381; 410.-----. La prophylaxie de l'alcoolisme dans Parmee; sa reglementation oflicielle. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 20-23.-----. La reglementation oflicielle de la prophylaxie antialcoolique dans l'armee francaise. Rev. neurol., Par., 1910, ii, 230. -----. L'arme- ment antialcoolique dans l'armee francaise. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1915, xxxvii, 520-525—Steingotter (W.) Erziehung zur Abstinenz bei der Armee. Oesterr. San.-Wes., Wien & Leipz , 1914, iii, Suppl., 13-20.—Stokes (C. F.) Alcohol in the Navy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1045.— Alcoholism in soldiers and sailors. Talon. Une campagne antialcoolique dans un regiment. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1907, xxix, 48-59.—von Tobold. Les delits d'ivresse dans l'armee allemande; mesures contre l'abus de l'alcool. Caducee, Par., 1910, x, 187. — Toegel. Alkohol und Militar. Alkoholfrage, Berl., 1914-15, n. F., xi, 9-13. — Trommershausen. Die antialkoholischen Massnahmen der deutschen Militar- und Zivilbehdrden wahrend des Krieges in ihrer Bedeutung fiir Gegenwart und Zukunft. Ibid., 154. — Williams (E. H.) The peace and war footing of alcohol. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxviii, 226-229.—Woodruff (C. E.) The Army canteen as a means of reducing intemperance. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 594-597.—Zerbes (P.) Ueber Alkohol und Alkoholismus. Militaerarzt, Wien, 1899, xxxiii, 33; 41; 56; 77; 81. Alcoholism in tropical climates. Benham (F. L.) Alcohol in the Tropics. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 580—Browning (K. C.) & Symons (C. T.) Alcohol estimation in the Tropics. J. Soc. Chem. Indust., Lond., 1914, xxxiii, 819-821.—Fiebig (M.) Ueber den Einfluss des Alkohols auf den Europaer in den Tropen. Arch. f. Schiffs-u. Tropen-Hyg., Leipz., 1901, v, 14; 59; 92 — Kuhn (P.) Alkohol in den Tropen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1907, iii, 898.—Lipa Bey. Alkoholismus in den Tropen- landern. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1909, xix, 328.— Pedley. Alcohol and the European in the Tropics. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1916, xxx, 59.—Woodruff (C. E.) Alco- hol in the Tropics. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxvi, 961-969. -----. Alcohol in the Tropics and American schools of tropical medicine. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1908, n. s.', iii, 525.—Wulffert. Wie ist es nach unseren Kenntnissen der Alkoholwirkung und nach den Erfah- rungen der Tropenbewohner zu erklaren, dass die Trinksitte ein wesentliches Hinderniss fiir die Acclimatisation der weissen Rasse in den Tropen bildet? Deutsche Vrtljschr. f. off. Gsndhtspflg., Brnschwg., 1902, xxxiv, 393-413. Alcoholism and tuberculosis. See Tuberculosis and alcoholism. Alcoholism and war. See Alcoholism in soldiers, etc. Alcoholism in women. See, also, Alcoholism and lactation; Alcohol- ism and pregnancy. Bode (W.) Die Frauen und das Trinken. 8°. Weimar, [n. d.]. Cat (A.-J.-L.-G.) * Alcoolisme chez la femme. 8°. Paris, 1900. ------. The same. 8°. Paris, 1900. de Ryckere (R.) L'alcoolisme feminin. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Wibsatte (G.-H.-M.) *Le delire alcoolique chez la femme a Bordeaux et dans la Gironde. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Brunon (R.) L'alcoolisme chez les femmes en Norman- die. Bull, med., Par., 1899, xiii, 225-227. -----. Les femmes et l'alcoolisme." Bull, de la Ligue contre la tuberc. en Touraine, Tours, 1911, viii, 65-70.—van Deventer (S.) L'al- coolisme chez la femme. Ricerche di nevroi. [etc.], Catania. 1913, 167-174.—Lawrence (G. A.) Alcoholism in women in some of its medico-legal aspects. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 53-63.—Maupate (L.) & Nollen (C.) Contribution a l'etude de l'alcoolisme chez la femme dans le Nord. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1907, xi, 277; 329.—Roper. Alko- holismus bei Frauen, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Familie Gr. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 910-913.—de Ryckere (A.) L'alcoolisme feminin. Arch, d'anthrop. crim., Lyon & Par., 1899, xiv, 70; 205.— Scharlieb (Marv). Alcoholism in relation to women and children. In: Drink (The) problem, 8°, Lond., [1907], 161- 186.—Smith (II.) Alcohol in relation to women. Quart. J. Inebr., Hartford, 1901, xxiii, 190-193.—Sparks (Agnes). Alcoholism in women: its cause, consequence and cure. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1897-8, xv, 213-220. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Iii, 699-701. Alcoholometer. Ptttter (E.) Ueber ein neues alkoholometrisches Mess- besteck. Ztschr. f. wissensch. Mikr., Leipz., 1912, xxix, 191. Alcola. Alcola; a fake cure for drunkenness. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1390-1392. Alcott (L. M.) Hospital sketches. 102 pp. 16°. Boston, J. Redpath, 1863. Alcott (William Alexander) [1798-1859]. The young mother, or management of children in regard to health. 7. ed. 342 pp. 16°. Boston, G. W. Light, 1839. ALCOTT. 280 ALDEHYDES. Alcott (William Alexander)—continued. —;---. The young husband, or the duties of man in the marriage relation. 5. ed. 388 pp., 1 pi. 16°. Boston, G. W. Light, 1840. ------. The young housekeeper, or thoughts on food and cookery. 9. ed. 424 pp. 12°. Boston, Strong & Brodhead, 1849. ------. The young woman's book of health. 311 pp. 12°. Boston, Tappan, Whittemore & Mason, 1850. ------. La mia dimora; istruzione popolare sulla struttura e le funzioni del corpo umano ad uso delle famiglie e delle scuole. Tradu- zione con aggiunte del Dottore Innocenzo Mala- carne. 258 pp., 1 1. 12°. Milano, C. Gnocchi, 1855. Alcune formole inservienti alle preparazioni e composizioni farmaceutiche dell'antimonio, del mercurio e dell'oppio. 48 pp. 24°. Genova, 1791. Alcune riflessioni di un medico genovese sopra alcuni articoli di due stampe del Signore Andrea Bologna, intitolate la prima: Rela- zione della costituzionale malattia occorsa nell'- anno 1784 nella Campagna di Sarzana e Valle di Magra. La seconda: Apologia dell'autore della Relazione, etc. 62 pp. 12°. Lund, 1786. Alcyonaria. Gravier (C.) Recherches sur quelques alcyonaires du Golfe de Tadjourah. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. [etc.], Par., 1907-8, viii, 179-266, 7 pi—KUkenthal (W.) Diagno- sen neuer Alcvonarien. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1909, xxxv, 46-53. — Pouchet ( G.) & Myevre(A.) Sur Panatomie des alcvonaires. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1869, lxix, 1097-1099.—Pratt (Edith M.) The digestive organs of the Alcyonaria and their relation to the mesoglceal cell plexus. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 1905-6, xlix, 327- 362, 3 pi. Alcyonium. KUkenthal (W.) Alcyonium brioniense n. sp., ein neues Alcyonium des Mittelmeeres. Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1906-7, xiii, 61-72, 1 pi.—Pratt (Edith M.) The mesoglceal cells of Alcyonium. (Preliminary account.) Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1902, xxv, 545-548. Aldebrandin. See Aldobrandino of Siena. Aldegarmann (Heinrich). *Ein Endotheliom desMagens. [Wiirzburg.] 32 pp. 8°. Warburg, F. Quick, 1899. Aldehydase. Battelli (F.) & Stern (L.) Die Aldehydase in den Tierge- weben. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxix, 130-151 — Jacoby (M.) Ueber das erste Auftreten der Aldehydase bei Saugerembryonen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1901, xxxiii, 128-130. Aldehyde-lamp. Fournier (E.) Aldehyde-lamp. [Pat. spec] No. 603,682; May 10,1898. Aldehydes and derivatives. See, also, Acetaldehyde; Formaldehyde. Alliot (G;-A.) *Recherches sur les aldehydes dipropylacetique et diisoamylacetique. 8°. Paris, 1910. Amme (O.) *Oxydation von Substitutions- producten des p-Oxybenzaldehydphenylhydra- zonszuOsazonen. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Arenson (I.[P.-A.]) *K sintezu oksi'alde- hidov s aromaticheskimi osnovaniyami. [On the synthesis of oxyaldehydes with aromatic bases.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Daniuschewsky (A.) *Ueber Condensation von Aldehyden mit primaren Basen. [Bern.] 8°. Munchen, 1896. Diamant (N.) Ueber die Condensationspro- dukte des Salicylaldehyds mit Methylparato- lyeketon. 12°. Bern, 1895. Aldehydes and derivatives. Favrel (G.) ^Aldehydes et produits aldehy- diques employes en pharmacie. 8°. Bordeaux, 1899. Fink (E.) *Ueber Kondensationsprodukte aus o-Aldehydo-Saureamiden. Anhang: Ueber die Ester einiger substituierter o-Aldehydosau- ren. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1896. Frey (B.) *Sur une nouvelle synthese des p-alcoyle-amino-benzald^hydes. 8°. Genere, 1903. Hoehne (A.) Condensation zwischen Alde- hyden und Ketonoxalestern. 8°. Kiel, 1904. Jacopmann-Jacopson (W.) *Recherches sur l'aldehyde m-m^thoxy-p-amino-benzoique. 8°. Geneve, 1912. Kleinstuck (M. O.) *Ueber Kondensations- produkte aus Aldehyden und Dinitrilen. [Er- langen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Lehmann (W.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Acetalisierung bei den Aldehyden und Diacyl- methanen. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Lewin (W.) *Zur Kenntniss des p-Dimethyl- amidobenzaldehydes. 8°. Berlin, [1903]. Meyer (G.) *Zur Kenntnis der Kondensa- tionsvorgange beim Salicylaldehyd. 8°. Kiel, 1907. Moll (G.) *Ueber die Einwirkung von Aldehyden auf 2-4-Dimethylacetophenon. 8°. Bern, 1898. Oppenheim (K.) *Zur Kenntnis der alipha- tischen Aldehyde. 8°. Kiel, 1911. ' Rap.en (E. H. C.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Acetalisirung bei den Aldehyden und Ketonen. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Reitzenstein (A.) Untersuchungen iiber die Ausscheidung des Aldehyds im Organismus. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1894. Rohde (E.) *Die Farbenreaktionen der EiweisskSrper mit p-Dimethylaminobenzalde- hyd und anderen aromatischen Aldehyden. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Strassburg, 1905. Also, in: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1905, xliv, 161-170. Weigano (F.[A.]) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Phenylpropargylaldehyds und des Mono- bromzimmtaldehyds. 8°. Kiel, 1902. von Wyttenbach (F.) *Ueber die Konden- sation einiger 7-Aldehydosauren mit a- und 0-Naphtylamin. 8°. Bern, 1905. Battelli (F.) & Stern (L.) Production d'aldehyde dans Poxydation de l'alcool par l'alcoolase des tissus animaux. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 5.----------. Einfluss der Aldehyde auf die Oxydone. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, Iii, 253-270.—Bennett (A. H.) The determina- tion of aldehydes in oil of lemon. Analyst, Lond., 1909, xxxiv, 14-17.—Bodroux (F.) Action des aldehydes asini- ques et piperonylique sur le derive sod6 du cyanure de ben- zyle. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1911, cliii, 350.— Bruylants (P.) Le dosage des aldehydes au spectroscope. Acad. roy. de Belg. Bull, de la cl. d. sc, Brux., 1907, 955- 977.—Bufalinl (G.) Sopra alcuni prodotti di condensa- zione della dimetilamidoDenzaldeide. Arch, di farmacog. [etc.], Roma, 1913, ii, 241-243.—Cavazzani (E.) Qualche osservazione sull' azione interna dell' aldeide formica. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1895, xxiii, 68-73.—Cuttitta (S.) Sulle reazioni degli indoli con alcune aldeidi e derivati aldeidici a proposito della reazione di Konto. Arch, di farm. e terap., Palermo, 1909, xv, 45-50.—Delphin (T.) Enkorri- gerad kanelaldehyd. Svensk farmaceut. tidskr., Stockholm, 1912, xvi, 293-295.—Erlenmeyer (E.), Hilgendorfl (G.) & Marx (T.) Trennung und Umwandlung bei den Benzalde- hyden. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1911, xxxiv,386-404.—Fleig (C.) Reactions colorees du tryptophane, de l'indol, du pyr- rol, du tiophene et du carbazol avec les aldehydes aromati- ues; leur relation avec les aldehyreactions des albumines. ompt.rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1908, xiv, 192-194.—Ganas- sini (D.) Una reazione dell'aldeide acrilica. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1907, xxi, 108-110. -----. Aldeidi da a ossiacidi alia luce o da spontanea decomposizione di aicuni loro sali. JT6i9.— Gengou (O.) Contribution a l'etude de l'origine de l'alexine des serums normaux. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Tar., 1901. xv, 68; 232.-----. La fixation d'alexine et ses applications pratiques. Rev. d'hyg., Par., 1909, xxxi, 874; 1003.-----. Les recherches recentes sur le mode d'action et la constitution de l'alexine. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1911, lxix, 116-120.-----. Recherches sur la cons- titution d'alexine et son absorption par les preapites spe- cifiques. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., " Jena, 1911, Orig., ix, 344-358.-----. Note sur les relations de l'alexine avec les microbes sensibilises. Ibid., xi, 143-148.— Gusseff (G. A.) Versuch einer quantitativen Bestimmung der Alexine im Serum von kranken und gesunden Men- schen. Russ. med. Rundschau, Berl., 1903, 498; 578; 663; 753.—Heilner (E.) & Schneider (R.) Ueber den schutzen- den Einfluss des Komplementes (Alexin) auf den Eiweiss- stoffwechsel. Ztschr. f. Biol., Miinchen & Berl., 1912, lix, 321-334.—Herman. Sur l'origine des alexines. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1904,4. s., xviii, 137-145. [Rap. de Van Ermengem], 113-116.—Jouan (C.) & Staub (A.) Presence de alexine bemolytique et bactericide dans le plasma des oiseaux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cli, 452.—Lambotte (U.) Contribution a l'etude de l'ori- gine de l'alexine bactericide. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1903. xxxiv, 453-457.—Lambotte (U.) & Stiennon (T.) Alexine et leucocytes. Ibid., 1905-6, xl, 224; 393; 503.—Langheld. The administration of alexines through the mouth. Therapist, Lond., 1910, xx, 21-26.— Laschtschenko (P.) Ueber Extraction von Alexinen aus Kaninchenleukocyten mit dem Blutserum anderer Thiere. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 475-477. Also: Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1900, xxxvii, 290-309.— Launois (P.-E.), Camus (J.) & Pagniez (P.) Alexine et sensibilisatrice dans le serum sanguin et dans quelques li- quides pathologiques (liquides d'ascite, de pleuresie); leur action sur les globules rouges de l'homme. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 36-44.—Massol (L.) Determination des meilleurs conditions de temps et de temperature pour la fixation de l'alexine. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvii, 140.—Massol (L.) & Grysez (V.) Influence du vieillissement et de la dessiccation sur la conservation de l'alexine du serum de cobaye. Ibid., 1910, Ixviii, 825-827.—Massol (L.) & Mezie (A.) Fixation des deux composants de l'alexine de seram de cobaye, chai- non moyen et chainon terminal, dans la deviation du com- plement par le complexe antigene—anticorps tuberculeux. Ibid., 1912, lxxii, 658-660.—Melklkh (A. A.) [On alexins.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1909, viii, 747; 784.—Moro (E.) Untersuchungen iiber die Alexine der Milch und des kind- lichen Blutserums. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1902, n. F., lv, 396-416.-----. Die klinische Alexinprobe. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1026; 1517.—Mutermilch (S.) Les relations entre l'alexine et les ferments. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1912, lxxiii, 723-725—Navassart (E.) Sur la nature de l'alexine. Ibid., 1913, lxxiv, 1243— Petterson (A.) Ein sichtbarer Nachweis von Alexinwirkungen. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1901, xxx, 720-731.—Picado (C.) Reaction de fixation pratiquee avec le serum antibceuf et l'alexine de pore. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvii, 28.—Pirenne (Y.) Recherches sur les alexines et les substances microbicides. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1904, xxxvi, 256; 388. — Puterman (J.) [Ex- perimental bacteriology; method of uniting alexin; anti- hemolytic method.] Czasopismo lek., E<5dz, 1907, ix, 206- 212, 2 pi. — Remy ( L.) Contribution a l'etude des sub- stances actives des serums normaux; sur la pluralite des alexines. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii, 343 - 356. — Sachs ( H.) Giebt es einheitliche Alexin- wirkungen? Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix, 181; 216. Also: Ges. Arb. z. Immunitatsforsch., Berl., 1904, 262-281.— Salvioli (I.) Si les alexines se trouvent, non seulement dans le serum, mais encore dans le plasma normal circulant dans les vaisseaux. Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1904-5, xiii, 237- 246.—Savchenko(I.G.)& Berdnikoff (A.) [Surlescytases et sur les proprietes hemolytiques des extratts d'organes hematopoetiques. Extr., 796-800.) Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. l Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1902, xiv, 760-783.— Schneider (R.) Ueber den Alexingehalt des zirkulierenden Blutes. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen (1906), 1907, xxii, 46-48.-----. Ueber die Praexis- .tenz des Alexins im zirkulierenden Blut; gleichzeitig ein Beitrag zur Frage der Blutgerinnung und des Alexinegehaltes des Humor aqueus. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1908, lxv, 305-359.—Streng (O.) Alexin oder Proagglutinoid. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1909, iv, 514-531.-----. [The importance of alexins for the elimination of microbes and blood corpuscles.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., Helsing- fors, 1910, Iii, pt. 1,95-106.—Trommsdorff (R.) Ueber Ge- wohnung von Bacterien an Alexine. Arch. f. Hyg., Miin- chen & Leipz., 1900, xxxix, 31-45. Also: Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen, 1900, xvi, 113- Alexins. 118. -----. Konnen von lebenden Leukocyten Alexine se- cerniert werden? Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Leipz., 1901, xl, 382-393.-----. Ueber den Alexingehalt normaler und pat lio- logischer menschlicher Blutsera. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1902,xxxii, 439-449.—Turr6 (R.) Origen v naturaleza de las alexinas. Cong, internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, path, gen., 238-243. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1903, xl, 821-823. Also, transl: J. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1903, v, 864-868— Wilde (M.) Ueber die Absorption der Alexine durch abgetodtete Bac- terien. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xxxviii, 878-881.— Woolman (E.) Recherches sur l'origine de l'alexine et sa presence dans le sang circulant. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1913, xxvii, 1063-1073.—Yoshinga (F.) Sind die Alexine ein Endoenzym der Leukozyten? Arch. f. Hyg., Miinchen & Berl., 1910, lxxii, 182-190— Zebrowskl (B.) [Precipitation and separation of alexin; the relative impor- tance of the two methods of recognition of the species of blood.] Medycyna, Warszawa, 1907, xxxv, 489-494.— Zimnitski (S. S.) [Alexines] lzvfest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1904, viii, 133-149.-----. [Alexines and their value in the struggle of the organism with infection.] Ibid., 1905, x, 273-278. -----. [Condition of alexines in the blood of the animal organism.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1905, iv, 616-621.—Zinsser (H.) On the nature of the union of alexin with specific precipitates. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1913, 147. Alexis Pedemontanus. Les secrets, divisez en deux parties et chacune d'icelles en six livres. Les receptes de divers auteurs toutes bien experi- mentees et approuvees. 25 p. 1., 87 pp. 16°. Anvers, C. Plantin, 1561. ------. The same. De secreten inhoudende seer excellente ende wel gheapprobeerde remedien, teghen veel-derhande cranckheden, wonden ende andere accidenten ... Ut den Francoise overgeset. 137 pp., 111. 24°. Thantwerpen, C. Plantijn, 1561. ----—. The same. Dat tweede deel der Secreten, die hyby een heeft vergadert ende ghetrocken ut veel goede ende excellente aucteurs. Nu overghestelt uten Fransoys in onse gemeyne nederlantsche duytsche sprake. 95 ff., 8 1. 24°. T' Hantwerpen, J. van Waesberghe, 1574. -----. The same. The secretes of the reverend Maister Alexis of Piemont. Containing excellent remedies against divers diseases, woundes and other accidentes . . . Newely corrected and amended and also somewhat enlarged in certaine places whiche wanted in the fyrst edition. Translated oute of Frenche into Englyshe by W. Warde. 6 p. 1., 244 pp., 10 1. 16°. London, R. Hall, 1562. ------. The same. Kunstbuch von mancherley nutzlichen unnd bewerten Secreten oder Kiin- sten jetzt neuwlich auss welscher unnd lateini- scher Sprach inn Teutsch gebracht durch Hanss Jacob Wecker. 23 p. 1., 462 pp. 12°. [Basel], 1573. [P., v. 2287.] _ -----. The same. Mirabilia magna naturae, das ist, Wunder, Kunst- unndt Artzneybuch. Darinnen allerhand niitzliche und bewehrte, jedoch dem gemeinen Mann zuvor verborgene Wunder- und Kunst-Stiick zu befinden . . . Das erste, ander und dritte Buch. [Also 4. to 8. Buch.] In welscher und lateinischer Sprache auffgezeichnet, hernach aber durch D. Jacobum Wecker in Teutsch transferirt. Jetzmals revidirt und auffs newe mit einem nutzlichen Register an Tag gegeben. 3 p. 1., 133 pp., 3 1.; 152 pp., 4 1.; 102 pp. 4 1.; 68 pp., 11. sm. 4°. Erffurdt, T. Fritzschen, 1622. ■-----. The same. Secretos traducidos de lengua italiana en castellana, afiadidos y emenda- dos en muchos lugares en esta ultima impres- sion. 7 p. 1., 280 pp., 10 1. 24°. Alcala, M. Lopez, 1647. See, also, Norman (H. J.) "The secrets of Alexis," a sixteenth century psychiater. J. Ment. Sc., Lond., 1916, lxii, 363-378.—Secrets (The) of Alexis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 90. ALFALFA. 287 ALGJE. Alfalfa. United States. Department of Agriculture. Office of the Secretary. Circular No. 14. Adulter- ation of alfalfa and red clover seed. 8°. [Wash- ington, 1905.] ------. Circular No. 20. Adulteration of alfalfa seed. 8°. [Washington, 1906.] ------. Circular No. 28. The adulteration and misbranding of the seeds of alfalfa, red clover, orchard grass, and Kentucky bluegrass. 8°. Washington, 1909. Freeman (G. F.) Physiological correlations and clima- tic reactions in alfalfa breeding. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1914, xlviii, 356-368.—Graham (I. D.) Alfalfa for the growing and fattening of animals in the Great Plains region. Preliminary remarks. Rep. Bureau Animal Indust., Wash., 1905, xxi, 242-269, 4 pi.—Houts (O.) Alfalfa as a medicine. Chicago M. Times, 1899, xxii, 2S3.—Jacobson (C. A.) Enzymes present in alfalfa seeds, alfalfa investigation. IV. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1912, xxxiv, 1730-1740.— Melchers (L. E.) A new alfalfa leaf-spot in America. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1915, n. s., xiii, 536. Alfalfone. Jacobson (C. A.) Alfalfone, a ketone of the formula C2iH«0, obtained from alfalfa; alfalfa investigation. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa., 1912, xxxiv, 300-302. Alfaro (Jose) *[Las defunciones causadas por enteritis, enterocolitis y colitis, en la Ciudad de Mexico, durante el quinquenio que empeso el 1° de enero de 18S4 y termino el 31 de diciembre de 1888.] IS pp., 1 tab. 8°. .Mexico, F. Diaz de Leon, 1890. Alferoff (S[ergiei] R[omanovich]) [1864- ]. *K voprosu o razvitii soyedinitelnoi tkani pri vos- palenii. [On development of connective tissue in inflammation.] 46 pp., 3 1., 1 pi. 8°. S.- Peterburg, M. M. Stasyulevich, 1898. Alfers (Anton) [1876- ]. *Ueber Zwangsvorstel- lungen. 24 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1902. Alfes (Akiba) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'etude clinique de la sclerodermie chez l'enfant. 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 213. Alfleri (Emilio). Di una particolare alterazione del rene fetale ne' suoi rapporti colla degenerazione cistica congenita. 14 pp., 2 pi., 11. 8°. Parma, R. Pellegrini, 1903. ------. Ricerche sui contenuto in ferro del sangue, delle gravide, delle puerpere e dei neonati in condizioni normalii e patologiche. 46 pp. 8°. Parma, Rossi- Ubaldi, 1903. Contributo alia conoscenza dello sviluppo extracoriale del feto. 34 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Pavia, 1904. Alfleri (Vittorio) [1749-1803]. Antonini(G.) Psicopatologia di Vittorio Alfleri. Arch. di psichfatMetc], Torino, 1898, xix, 177-233, 2 pi., port. -----. La;personality di Vittorio Alfleri secondo G. Sergi. Gior. di psichiat. clin. e teen. ma"nic, Ferrara, 1903, xxxi, 310-315. Alfonseca (J. Dolores de Jesus). Les voies d'emission du bacille de la lepre. 64 pp. 8°. Paris, Jouve & Cie., 1915. Alfonso (Manuel F.) Leprosy in Cuba. Abstr. of a paper read . . . Transl. into English by Chas. E. Kohly. 11 pp. 8°. Havana, 1902. d'Alfonso (N. R.) Sommario delle lezioni di psicologia criminale, fatte nella R. Universita di Roma nell'anno scolastico 1905-6. (Critica delle dottrine criminali positiviste.) 3 p. 1., 144 pp. 8°. Roma, E. Loescher & Co., 1907. Alford (Frederick Stephen) [1851-1906]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1015. Alford (Henry J.) Hints on public health, iv, 58 pp. 12°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1874. Alford (Robert Gervase). Tropical sanitation, with special reference to Hong Kong. 9 pp. 8°. London, W. Clowes & Sons, 1900. Repr.from: Proc. Inst. Civil Engineers, Lond., 1900, cxii. Alfthan (Gunnar). *Etude de quelques derives de dimethyl-aniline, des dimethyl- et des diethyl-toluidines. 38 pp. 8°. Geneve, C. Zoellner, 1909. von Alfthan (K.) *Ueber Benzoylester und Kohlehydrate aus normalen und aus diabeti- schen Harnen. 78 pp. 8°. Helsingfors, Hel- singfors Centraldruckerei, 1900. ------. Ueber dextrinartige Substanzen im diabetischen Ham. 123 pp. 8°. Helsingfors, Weilin & Gods, 1904. Algae. See, also, Diatoms; Sea-weeds. Chodat (R.) Etude critique et experimentale sur le polymorphisme des algues. 8°. Geneve, 1909. Fraude (H. P. A.) *Grund- und Plankton- Algen der Ost-See. 8°. Greifswald, 1906. Herzer (C. H. L. E.) *De fuco crispo Linn. sive de alga carrageen. 8°. Turici, 1836. Ketel (K. F.) *Anatomische Untersuchun- gen iiber die Gattung Lemanea. 8°. Greifswald, 1887. Kutzing (F. T.) Species algarum. 8°. Lipsix, 1849: Miguxa (W.) Die Spaltalgen; ein Hilfsbuch fiir Anfanger bei der Bestimmung der am hautig- sten vorkommenden Arten, nebst einer kurzge- fassten Anleitung zum Sammeln und Prapa- rieren. 4°. Stuttgart, [1914]. Smithsonian Institution. United States National Museum. Two new species of algse of the genus Buthotrephis, from the Upper Silu- rian of Indiana. By David White. 8°. Wash- ington, 1901. West (G. S.) A treatise on the British fresh- water algae. 8°. Cambridge, 1904. Adams (J.) A synopsis of Irish algse, freshwater and marine. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., Dubl., 1908, xxvii, 11-60.— Baldwin (H. B.) & Whipple (G. C.) Observed relations between dissolved oxygen, carbonic acid and algae growths in Weequahic Lake, Newark, N. Y. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1906, Chicago, 1907, xxxii, pt. 2,167-182,1 tab.—Bessey (C. E.) The structure and classification of the lower green algse. Tr. Am. Micr. Soc. 1904, Lancaster, Pa., 1905, xxvi, 121-136, 1 pi.—Brunnthaler (J.) Zur Phylogenie der Algen. Biol. Centralbl., Krlang., 1911, xxxi, 225-236 — Charpentier (P.-G.) Recherches sur la physiologie d'une aigue verte. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1903, xvii, 369- 420.—Child (C. M.) Susceptibility gradients in the hairs of certain marine algse. Biol. Bull.,"Woods Hole, Mass., 1917 xxxii, 75-92.—Davis (B. M.) Nuclear phenomena of sexual reproduction in algse. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1910, xliv, 513-532.—Desroche (P.) Action de la chaleur sur une aigue mobile. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxii, 793-795.—France (R. H.) Experimentelle Unter- suchungen iiber Reizbewegungen und Lichtsinnesorgane der Algcn. Ztschr. f. d. Ausbau d. Entwcklngslehre, Stuttg., 1908, ii, 29-43, 1 pi— Fritsch (F. E.) A general considera- tion of the subaerial and fresh-water algal flora of Ceylon; a contribution to the study of tropical algal ecology. Part I. Subaerial algse and algae of the inland fresh waters. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1907, s. B., lxxix, 197-254.—Gravier (C.) Sur l'association d'un alcyonaire et d'algues unicellulaires. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1907, cxliv, 1462-1404.— Gutwifiskl (R.) De nonnullis algis novis vel minus cognitis. Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. matemat.-przyr., Krakow, 1898, 2. s., xiii, 33-63, 3 pi.—Hoagland (D. R.) & Lieb (L. L-) The complex carbohydrates and forms of sulphur in marine algse ofthe Pacific coast. J. Biol. Chem., Bait., 1915, xxiii, 287-297.—Humphrey (J. E.) On the anatomy and development of Agarum turneri, Post, and Rupr. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts & Sc, Bost., 1886, n. s., xiv, 195-204.—Jolly (R.) Liste de quelques algues recoltees a Roscoff et a Concarneau, Rec. jubile sc. du Prof. Le Mon- nier, Nancy, 1913, 75-80.—Kniep (H.) Ueber die Assimila- tion und Atmung der Meeresalgen. Internat. Rev. d. ges. Hydrobiol. u. Hydrograph., Leipz., 1914, vii, 1-38.—Kb nig (J.) & Bettels (J.-) Die Kohlenhydrate der Meeresalgen und daraus hergestellter Erzeugnisse. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl., 1905, x, 457-473. —Kylin (H.) Ueber die roten una blauen Farbstoffe der Algen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1911-12, lxxvi, 396-425,1 pi.---—. Zur Biochemie der Meeresalgen. Ibid., 1913, lxxxiii, 171-197.-----. Untersuchungen iiber die Bioche- mie der Meeresalgen. Ibid.. 1915, xciv, 337-425.—Laureys (Adrienne). Contribution a l'etude de quelques algues ALG.E. 288 ALGINA. Algae. officinales. Ann. et bull. Soc. roy. d. sc. m6d. et nat. de Brux., 1912, lxx, 226-237.—Letts (E. A.) On the occurrence of the fresh-water alga (Prasiola crispa) on contact beds and its resemblances to the green seaweed (Ulva latissima). J. Roy. San. Inst., Lond., 1913-14, xxxiv, 464-468. [Discus- sion], 501-508.—Lopez de Silva (E.) Catalogo provisional de la flora algol6gica espontanea del rio Manzanares. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, iv, 269-274.—Mirande (M.) Sur des algues melliferes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 399.—Piatt (Emilie L.) The population of the "blanket-algse" of the- freshwater pools. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1915, xlix, 752-762.—Prlngshelm (E. G.) Kulturversuche mit chlorophyllfuhrenden Mikroorganismen. I. Die Kultur von Algen in Agar. Beitr. z. Biol. d. Pflanz.. Bresl., 1912, xi, 305-332, 2 pi.—Rosenblat-Lichtenstein (S.) Ag- glutination bei Algen. II. Beziehungen des Stoffwechsels der Zelle zu ihrem agglutinatorischen Verhalten. Arch. f. Physiol., Leipz., 1913, 95-99.—Salkl (T.) The digestibility and utilization of some poly-saccharide carbohydrates derived fromlichens and marine algse. J. Biol. Chem., N. Y., 1906-7, ii, 251-265.—Sauvageau (C.) Sur la fecondation heterogamique d'une aigue phebsporee. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, cxxiii, 360-362. -----. Sur les cultures cellulaires d'algues. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 700. -----. Sur l'existence probable d'un courant marin venant du sud, et aboutissant au Golfe de Gascogne. Ibid., 1909, lxvii, 829.-----. Sur le Cysto- seira granulata et la difficulte de la naturalisation de quel- ques autres algues dans le Golfe de Gascogne. Ibid., 830- 832.—Schramm (J. R.) Some pure culture methods in the algse. Ann. Missouri Botan. Garden, Concord, N. H., 1914, i, 23-45.-----. A contribution to our knowledge of the relation of certain species of grass-green algas to elementary nitrogen. Ibid., 157-184, 1 pi.—Schroder (B.) Unter- suchungen iiber Gallertbildungen der Algen. Verhandl. d. naturh.-med. Ver. zu Heidelb., 1902, n. F., vii, 139-196, 2 pi.—Tassily (E.) & Leroide (J.) Sur les proportions rela- tives d'arsenic dans les algues marines et leurs derives. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par., 1910, xvii, 580-583.—Teodoresco (E.-C.) Assimilation de l'azote et du phosphore nucleique par les algues inferieures. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, ,Par., 1912, civ, 300-303.—Weber-van Bosse (Mme. A.) Etude sur les algues parasites des paresseux. Natuurk. Verhandel. v. de Holland. Maatsch. d. Wetensch. te Haarlem, 1887,3. s., v, pt. 1,1-24, 2 pi. Algan (Andre-Henri-Alexis) [1885- ]. Contri- bution a l'etude de l'ophtalmie sympathique survenant apres 1'Enucleation. 93 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1910, No. 17. Algeciras. Dowding(A.W. W.) Algeciras and its climate. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 446.—Turner (W.) Note on Algeciras (Gibraltar) and its climatology. J. Balneol. & Climat., Lond., 1903, vii, 28-33. Algemeene methoden van onderzoek van plantaar- dige voedingsmiddelen. 7 p. 1., pp. 127-160, 1 tab. 8°. Groningen, P. Noordhoff, 1910. Forms pt. 4 of: Codex alimentarius. Alger (Ellice Murdoch) [1870- ]. Refraction and motility of the eye, with chapters on color blindness and the field of vision; designed for students and practitioners. 379 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, F. A. Davis Co., 1910. Algeria and Algerians. See, also, Cholera (History, etc., of), Epi- demics (History of), Fever (Malarial, History, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, History, etc., of), Fever (Typhus, History, etc., of), Hospitals (Military), Hygiene (Public, Laws,- etc., of), Leprosy (History, etc., of) Plague, (History, etc., of), by localities. Angot (A.) Etude sur le climat de l'Algerie, temperature, pression barometrique et pluie. 4°. Paris, 1881. Bietrix ^R) *Remarques sur quelques affections frequentes observees a l'hopital de Douera. 8°. Montpellier, 1906. Cannon (W. A.) Botanical features of the Algerian Sahara. 8°. Washington, 1913. Charbonnier (G.-F.) *De l'assistance medi- cale en Algerie. 4°. Bordeaux, 1894. Honsell (B.) Die Winterstationen und Heilquellen Algeriens. 8°. Tubingen, 1903. Algeria and Algerians. Mitchell (A.) Alger, son climat et sa valeur curative principalement au point de vue de la Ehthisie. Traduit de 1'anglais par Leonce >onop et le Dr. A. Bertherand. 8 . Alger & Paris, 1857. Sambuc (C.) * Recherches sur le climat d'Alger. [Montpellier.] 8°. London, 1897. Thevenet (A.) Essai de climatologie al- gerienne. 4°. Alger- Mustapha, 1896. Auerbach (B.) Le peuplement national en Algerie (1871-1906). Rev. gen. d. sc. pures et appliq., Par., 1907, xviii, 307-311.—Begbie (F. W.) A holiday trip in Algeria. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii, 286-295—Bon- nette. Le froid en Algerie; convoi surpris par une tour- mente de neige; trois morts; desastres militaires dus au froid sur les hauts plateaux. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 774- 776.—Brault (J.) L'hygiene chez les indigenes musulmans d'Algerie. Ann. d'hyg., Par., 1905, 4. s., iv, 65-76.-----. L'hygiene et la pathologie des femmes et des enfants indi- genes en Algerie. Ibid., 4. s., ix, 257-266.—Crespin (J.) Maladies de l'Algerie. Bull, med., Par., 1899, xiii, 1053- 1055.-----. Les origines de la medecine francaise en Algerie. Prov. med., Par., 1909, xx, 125-129.—Dumont (A.) Note sur la demographic des musulmans en Algerie. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1895, 4. s., vi, 702-717.-----La natalite - chez les musulmans de 1'Algerie. Rev. scient., Par., 1S96, 4. s., v, 398-402.—Frankel (B.) Algerien als Winterstation fiir Kranke. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1898, xxxv, 110. ,Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xiv, 96.—Fuster. Etude medicale sur l'Algerie et sur Alger en particulier. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1909, xx, 573; 624. -----. L'Algerie et Alger en particulier. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, v, Therap., 377-391.—Galand & Lahache. Quelques considerations sur l'hygiene des habi- tations dans le sud de l'Algerie. Arch, de m<5d. et pharm. mil., Par., 1888, xii, 421-433.—Gaucher. Enquete sur la resis- tance des indigenes aux grands traumatismes et a la septice- mic. Rev. med. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1900, iii, 640- 642.—Gros (H.) Les medecins de colonisation en Aigerie. Caducee, Par., 1908, viii, 75; 122; 136; 150; 162; 217; 274; 317 — Hanriot (M.) & Parturier. La climatotherapie en Algerie. Par. mea., 1911, 542-546. — Legrain (E.) Notes sur la pa- thologie speciale des indigenes algeriens. Rev. med. et pharm. del'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1898, i, 525; 622: 1899, ii, fasc 1, 3. -----. Diagnostic de certaines affections muti- lantes fr6quent.es chez les indigenes algeriens. Ibid., 1899, ii, 247-249.-----. L'insalubrite de l'Algerie. Rev.med.de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1906,ix,308-311.—Milliot(B.) La medecine de colonisation en Algerie. Ass. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1891, Par., 1892, xx, pt. 2, 1028-1045.— de Pietra Santa (P.) MSmoire concernant 1'influence du climat d'Alger sur les affections chroniqucs de la poitrine. [ADStr.] Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1860, li 403-405.— Sergent (E.) & Foley (H.) Exploration scientiflque dans les vallees de la Zousfana, de la Saoura et du Guir (extreme Sud-Oranais, novembre 1908). Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1910, iii, 471-483, 1 map.—Trabut (L.) Les regions bota- niques et agricoles de l'Algerie. Rev. scient., Par., 1881, 3. s.,i, 460-468.—Treille(A.) Les Italiens en Algerie depuis la conquete. Atti d. xi. Cong. med. internaz. 1894, Roma, 1895, vi, igiene, 98. —Treille (A.) & Legrain (E.) Les va- riations estivales, culturales et pathogeniques en Algerie. Rev. m6d. de l'Afrique du nord, Alger, 1902, v, 1861-1872 — Zaborowski. De Passimilation des indigenes algeriens. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1897, 4. s., viii, 490-492. Algesia. See, also, Aneesthesia [Sensorial]; Hyper- algesia; Pain. Stefani (S.) Elementi psichici degli stati algesici. Riv. med., Milano, 1915, xxiii, 81-83. Algesimetry. See, also, .ffisthesiometry; Pain (Measure- ment of); Skin (Nerves and sensibility of). Bekhterefl(V.M.) [New algesimeter.] Obozr. Psikhiat., Nevroi. [etc.], S.-Peterb., 1898. iii, 408-413.—loteyko ( Mile. I.) & Stefanowska (Mile. M.) Algesimetrie bilaterale chez cinquante sujets. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903, lv, 611.—Lombroso (C.) Algometria elettrica nell' uomo sano ed alienato. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1911, 4. s., iii, 179-197.—Pieron (H.) L'algesimetrie. Rev. de psy- chiat.; Par., 1910, xiv, 142-146.—Schonborn (S.) Ein neues Algesimeter fur die Praxis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1888.—Thunberg (T.) Ein neuer Algesimeter, nebst einer kritischen Darstellung der bisherigen algesime- trischen Methoden. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh., Leipz., 1904-5, xxviii, 59-87. Alghisi (Tommaso). See Nannoni (I^renzo) [in 2. s.l. Trattato dell' idrocele [etc.]. 16°. Milano, 1779. Algina (Valentina). *Ueber die Ursache des Herzschlages. pp.237-257, lpl. 8°. Bern, 1908. Repr.from: Arch. f. Physiol., 1908. ALGLAVE. 289 ALIMENTARY. Alglave (Paul) [1870- ]. *Etude sur le traite- ment chirurgieal de la tuberculose du segment ileo-cgecal de l'intestin. 199 pp. 8°. Paris, 1904, No. 233. Algolagnia. See, also, Flagellation; Masochism; Sad- ism. Asnaurow (F.) Algolagnie und Verbrechen. Arch. f. Krim.-Anthrop. u. Kriminalist., Leipz., 1910, xxxviii, 289- 297. Algomania. Lemesle (IT.) De l'algomanie. Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1909, xiv, 107-113. Also: Rev. de l'hvpnot. et psy- chol. physiol., Par., 1909-10, xxiv, 49; 81.—'Monery (A.) L'algomanie, sa genese et son expression dans la litterature contemporaine. Chron. med., Par., 1910, xvii, 449-459. Algometry. See Algesimetry; Pain (Measurement of). Algren (Tonnes). Nya synpunkter vid behand- lingen af lungsot och deras praktiska anvan- dande. [New considerations in the treatment of consumption and their practical application.] 27 pp. 12°. Stockholm, T. Algren, 1905. Algret (Paul). *Du traitement des luxations pos- terieures anciennes irreductibles du coude, chez l'enfant. 80 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 327. Algunas nociones sobre los alimentosy la digestion. Modo de obrar y empleo del vino diastopeptico de Ibafiez, doblemente digestivo y tonico. 20 pp. 24°. Puebla, IbaTiez y Lamarque, [n. d.]. Algunos datos estadisticos de la ciudad de Mexico, dedicados a los miembros de la Asociacion americana de higiene y salubridad. 9 pp. 16°. Mexico, 1892. Alhabegian (Lervon). *TJeber die Lage der Achillessehne bei verschiedenen Fussstellungen und bei Kontraktion der Wadenmuskulatur. [Zurich.] 29 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Berg- mann, 1903. Alhaique (Aldo). Chirurgia dei seni della faccia. (Anatomia, sviluppo, patologia, interventi ope- rativi.) 280 pp. 8°. Napoli, V Pasquale, 1907. Alho (Ensio) *Die Ausflockung der Frauenmilch durch aktives Rinderserum. [Helsingfors.] 113 pp., 4 1. 8°. Helsinki, A. G. Sana, 1913. Ali (Ihsan) [1872- ]. *Klinische und statisti- sche Beobachtungen uber eintagige Pneumonia crouposa im Zeitraum der letzten 30 Jahre. 28 pp. 8°. Wiirzburg, H. Stiirtz, 1903. Ali Ben Issa [Issa Ben Ali. IhesuHaly]. Epis- tola Ihesu filii Haly De cognitione infirmitatum oculorum, sive Memoriale oculariorum, quod compilavit Ali Ben Issa. Avec les deux textes juxtaposes de la traduction arabo-latine et de la traduction hebraico-latine, publies ... par P. Pansier, pp. 189-380. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere et fits, 1903. [Collectio ophtalmologica auctorum veterum, fasc. iii.] See, also, Guy de Chauliac. Cyrurgia [etc.]. fol. Vene- tiis, 1499, ff. 247-262. Ali Cohen (Charles Henri). See Cohen (Charles Henri Ali). 'Ali ibn al-'Abbas. See Haly Abbas. Alibert (Jean-Louis) [1766-1837]. ^Dissertation sur les fievres pernicieuses, ou ataxiques inter- mittentes. Presentee et soutenue a 1'Ecole de medecine de Paris le 28 brumaire an VIII de la Republique Francaise. 2. ed. xxviii, 291 pp., 4 pi. 8°. Paris, Richard, Caille & Ravier, an X (1801). ■-----. Publicacao successiva de alguns discursos filosoficos sobre as sciencias naturaes, traduzidos de differentes linguas para portuguez por Egidio Patricio de Corto. 5 p. 1., 91 pp. 8 . Lisboa, 1804. [P., v. 1260.] Alibert (Jean-Louis)—continued. -----. Compendio teorico-pratico sulle malattie dellapelle. 2.ed. 4. v. inl. 12°. Firenze, G. P. Piatti, 1825. v. 3 and 4,1. ed. -----. Monographic des dermatoses, ou precis theorique et pratique des maladies de la peau. 2 v. Ixxix, 528 pp.; xii, 705 pp. 8°. Paris, Daynac, 1832. For Portrait, see Corlieu (A.) Centenaire Fac de med. de Par. 4°. Paris, 1896. Alibert (Joseph) [1884- ]. *La meningite cerebro-spinale a marche suraigue et rapide. 64 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 3. Alibert (Louis). *Quelques considerations sur la pathogenie et le traitement de la tuberculose pulmonaire chez les syphilitiques. 50 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 300. Alibour. Dorveaux (P.) Historique de l'eau d'Alibour [Jean Aillebonst, fl594]. Bull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1915, xxii, 234-248. Alicante. See, also, Hospitals (Military), Leprosy (His- tory and statistics of), by localities. Autran (P. S.) Alicante, estacion invernal. 8°. Alicante, 1899. Alich (Daniel) [1884-_ ]. *L'irido-choroidite tardive par fistulisation de la cicatrice apres l'operation de la cataracte et son traitement. 65 pp. 8°. Paris, 1912, No. 306. Alicke (Philipp) [1874- ]. *Sarcoma uteri. 31 pp., 2 sheets, 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1900. Alicot (Joseph) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'urologie clinique des maladies mentales. Les coefficients urinaires; leur valeur dans les psy- choses. 41 pp., 1 1. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 82. Alienist (The) and Neurologist. Edited by Charles H. Hughes, v. 1-38,1880-1917. 8°. St. Louis. Alienists and neurologists of America. Proceed- ings of sixth annual meeting, 1917. 8°. Chicago. Alimentary (The) Review, v. 1, 1901-3. 12°. Jersey City, N. J. Alimentary toxaemia; its sources, consequences and treatment. A discussion opened by. AY. Hale White, F. W. Andrews, [etc.]. 2 p. 1., 380, xiv pp. 4°. London, [etc.], Longmans, Green & Co., 1913. Repr.from: Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913, vi. Alimentary tract. See, also, Digestive organs; Gastrointes- tinal tract; Intestines; (Esophagus; Rectum; Sigmoid flexure; Stomach. Cavazza (E.) L'endoscopia del sistema di- gerente. 8°. Bologna, 1912. Greene (C. W.) Anatomy and histology of the alimentary tract of the king salmon. S°. Washington, 1914. V. 32, Dept. Commerce, Bur. Fisheries. Abel (Williamina). The development of the autonomic nervous mechanism of the alimentary canal of the bird. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1910, xxx, 327-347, 4 pi.—Andrews (F W.) The bacteriology of the alimentary canal. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913, vi, Suppl., 11-20. —Bain- bridge (W. S.) Some practical points in human plumbing; an illustrated lecture. Internat J. Surg., N. Y., 1916, xxix, 341-346. Also, Reprint.—Bean (R. B.) Notes on the alimentary canal of the hyper-ontomorph and the meso- ontomorph. Anat. Record, Phila., 1916, x, 181.—Boring (E G.) The sensations of the alimentary canal. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester. 1915, xxvi, 1-57.—Cannon (W. B.) On the motor activities of the alimentary canal after splanch- nic and vagus section. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1906, iv, no. 1,3-5. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1906, n. s., xxiv, 764.-----. Some observations on the neuro-muscular mechanism of the alimentary canal. Proc 76399"—17----19 ALIMENTARY. 290 ALIMENTATION. Alimentary tract. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1907-8, p. xx.—Case (J. T.) The Roentgen investigation of carcinoma of the alimentary tract. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 191."), xxii, 651-671. Also, Re- print.— Pelepine (D.) Corps etranger du tube digestif. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1912, ii, 107.—Eceles (W. McA.) A lecture on foreign bodies in the alimentary tract. Clin. J., Lond., 1915, xliv, 241-247.—von Gourevitsch (G.) Ueber das Kartoffelmehldekokt als Vehikel fiir kontrastbildende Mittel in der Rontgenuntersuchung des Verdauungskanals. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1912. xix, 214-222, 1 pi.—Harley (V.) The toxins of the alimentary canal. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913, vi, Suppl., 21- 36.—Hertz (A. F.) 'The Goulstonian lectures on the sensi- bility of the alimentary canal in health and disease. Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1051; 1119; 1187.-----. An address on in- vestigations of the motor functions by the alimentary canal by means of the X-rays. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, i, 22.5-228. -----. Suggested standards in the X-ray examination of the alimentary canal. Ibid., 1913, ii, 926-928.—Hertz (A. F.), Cook (F.) [et al.]. The sensibility of the alimentary canal. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1910, lxiv 393-405.—Hess (A. F.) Antiperistalsis in its relation to tubercle bacilli and other bacteria in the alimentary tract. Collect. Stud. Research. Lab., Dep. Health, N. Y., 1911, vi, 281-289— Jacobi (A.) The disinfection of the alimentary canal. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1899, 71-89. Also, Reprint.—Knapp (M. I.) The physiology of the alimentary canal. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xevi, 576-579.—Kocman (L.) Ueber die Wirkung einiger Arzneimittel auf den gesunden Magendarmkanal. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1912, lxxx. 17-34, 2 ch.— Meiklejohn (S. J.) On the development of the plexi- form nerve mechanism of the alimentary canal. J. Physiol., Lond., 1907-8, xxxvi, 400-404.—Muller (H. R.) Notes on the bursting strength of the alimentary tract of the cat. Anat. Record, Phila., 1916, x, 53-65.—Plahler. (G. E.) Physiologic and clinical observations on the alimentary canal by means of the Roentgen rays. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 2069-2077.—Popofl (D. D.) [Time of appearance and gradual distribution of the lowest organisms along the alimentary canal in animals.] Vrach, St. Petersb., 1891, xi, 867; 893; 921; 948; 969; 1017.—Power (D'A.) Ar- rested development at two points in the alimentary canal; death. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1901,4. s., i, 81-83.—Price (E.) On the Rontgen ray and bismuth meal method as an aid in diagnosis of some alimentary diseases. Edinb. M. J., 1914, n. s., xiii, 153-157,2pi.—Webber (A. M.) The muscu- lar and nervous mechanisms of the digestive tract. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1901, xv, 343-348.—White (F. W.) A few important points in X-ray examination of the digestive tract. Boston M. & S. J., 1913, clxviii, 449-454. Alimentary tract (Diseases and tumors of). Boas (T.) Die Lehre von den okkulten Blutungen. 8°. Leipzig, 1914. Bainbridge (W. S.) Some fundamental causes of dis- ease, defective human plumbing. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1916, xxx, 305-310. Also, Reprint.—Bell (J. M.) Atony, the basic factor of most alimentary pathology. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1916,xiii,425-427.—Cannon (W. B.) Early use of the Roentgen ray in the study of the alimentary canal. I. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 1-3.—Capezzuoli (C.) Sopra un caso interessante di ripetute emorragie del canale digerente simulanti un'ulcera gastrica. Riv. crit. di clin. med., Firenze, 1912, xhi, 577-584.—Corner (E. M.) & Fair- bank (H. A. T.) Sarcomata of the alimentary canal,, with the report of a case. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1905, lvi, 20; 42 — Czernecki (W.) [Two cases of sarcoma of the ahmentary canal.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1909, iv, 347; 357.—Fuld (E.) Die Untersuchung auf Blutungen aus dem Magendarm- kanal; mit besonderer Riicksicht auf die Bediirfnisse der allgemeinen Praxis. Berl.klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xlix, 2077- 2079.—Knapp (M. I.) The newer teaching of the diseases of the alimentary canal. N. York M. J. [etc], 1912, xevi, 162; 310; 576; 1165: 1913, xcvii, 64; 221; 437; 654; 872: 1914, c, 512; 625; 669. Also, Reprint.—Neilson (C. H.) Double congenital stenosis of ahmentary canal. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1903-4, vi, 73-77.—Palmer (E.) Report of cases in- volving the alimentary canal. Regular M. Visitor, St. Louis, 1904, v, 279-281.—Pilcher (J. T.) Progress in the theory and practice of lesions of the ahmentary tract. J. Med. Soc. NT Jersey, Orange, 1910-11, vii, 613-616.—Tyrode (M. V.) Correlation of symptomatology and pathology between different parts of the gastro-intestinal tract. Am. J. Gastro-Enterol., Phila., 1913, ii, 2-7. Alimentation. See, also, Albumins; Diet; Digestion; Food; Nutrition; Underfeeding. Bachmann (K.) Ernahrung und Korperbe- schaffenheit. (Beitrage zum Konstitutionsbe- griff.) 8°. Munchen, 1908. Konig (J.) Procentische Zusammensetzung und Niihrgeldwerth der menschlichen Xahrungs- Alimentation. mittel, nebst Kostrationen und Verdaulichkeit einiger Nahrungsmittel.- 7. Aufl. 8° Berlin, 1897. Baratler(A.) L'alimentation au village. Tribune med., Par., 1897,2. s., xxix, 987-990:1898,2.s..xxx,27; 168.—B;irbera (A. G.) Influenza dei varii generi di alimentazione sulla fre- quenza dei movimenti cardiaci e respiratorii e sulla tempera- tura del corpo. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1897, 7. s., viii, 731-776.—Bascape (C.) Cenni su modalita diverse di ali- mentazione. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1911, xxv, 152- 154.—Carraroli (A.) Alimentazione. Ufficiale san., Na- poli, 1896, ix, 132-135.—Heim (M.) .Ueber Fortschritte in der Ernahrungstherapie und die Bedeutung einiger neuerer Eiweisspraparate. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1899, xiii, 489- 496.—Jacoangeli (T.) & Bonanni (A.) L'alimentazione colle paste alimentari di granturco e miste. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1897, n. s., vii, 323-344.—Lambling. Notes sur l'ali- mentation. Nord med., Lille, 1897, iii, 141; 213; 269: 1898, iv, 1; 37.—Lapicque (L.) Documents ethnographiques sur l'alimentation minerale. Anthropologie, Par., 1896, vii, 35- 45.—Meigs (A. V.) & Shoemaker (H.) Further experi- ments in weighing before and after feeding as a means of de- termining the amount of food taken. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1889-90, ii, 473-475.—Oddi (R.) L'alimentazione delle classi lavoratrici in Italia e la fisiologia. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1895, x, 365-380.—Pecori (G.) Sull' alimentazione eccessiva. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1896, n. s., vi, 483-565.— Pulldo Fernandez (A.) La alimentaci6n de los pueblos. Bol. d. Dispens. y Hosp. de Ninos pobres de Bareel., 1896, vi, 160; 189; 208; 228; 246; 269; 288.—Scala (A.) Le paste da minestra di frumento, di granturco e miste di frumento e granturco. Ann. d'ig. sper., Roma, 1897, n. s.. vii, 315-322.— Schuman-Leclercq (F.) The bearing of alimentation on the excretion of acetone. Med. Times, N. Y., 1901, xxix, 161-164. Alimentation (Artificial). See, also /Alimentation (Duodenal); Alimen- tation (Hypodermic); Alimentation (Rectal); Nutrition (Artificial). Bardet (G.) De l'alimentation artificielle; poudres et ex- traits de viande, peptones et albumoses; peptones casemates, somatose, nutrose, eucasine, etc. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1898, exxxv, 457-470.—Berju (G.) Ueber eine Aende- rung der Methode der kiinstlichen Verdauung eiweisshal- tiger Nahrungsmittel. Deutsche Med.-Ztg., Berl., 1901, xxii, 567.—Brtining (H.) Experimentelle Studien uber die Entwicklung neugeborener Tiere bei langerdauernder Trennung von der saugenden Mutter.und nachheriger ver- schiedenartiger kunstlicher Ernahrung. Jahrb. f. Kinderh Berl., 1914, n. F., lxxx, 65-a5.—Burnham (A. C.) Paren- teral nutrition and its surgical application; with special refer- ence to the use of glucose solutions in postoperative shock. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 148-150.—Castaigne & Chlray. Alimentation par voie extra-gastrique. Cong. franc, de mea. 1907. Compt. rend., Par., 1908, 187.—Ein- horn(M.) On the indications for artificial nutrition. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1915, cxlix, 165-169.—Ewald (C. A.) Ueber die extrabuccale Ernahrung. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl - Wien, 1900, n. F., ii, 433-438. — Ferris (A. W.) A case of prolonged feeding with the tube. Am. Med.-Surg. Bull., N. Y., 1896, ix, 419.—Flesch (A.) [The present position of the question of artificial nutrition.] Orvosi heti szemle, Budapest, 1907, xliii, 761-764: li, 944.—Henriques (V ) & Andersen (A. O.) Ueber parenterale Ernahrung durch intravenose Injektion. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem., Strassb., 1913, lxxxviii, 357-369.—Jacobi (AJ Artificial alimenta- tion. Cong, internat. de m§d. C. r.. Par., 1900, sect, de med. de l'enf., 4-31. Also, transl: Arch, de ginecop., Bareel., 1901, xiv. 37; 71; 103; 137; 169; 203; 269; 303.—Kuttner (L.) TJeber- und Unterernahrungskuren. Med. Klin., Berl., 1909, v, 687-690.—Leigh (S.) Nutritive infusions. Tr. Tri-Stato M. Ass., Raleigh, 1902, iv, 122-128.—von Leube (W.) Ueber extrabuccale Ernahrung. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1901, xi, 157-160. Also: Deutsche Klinik, Berl. & \vM'n 1901, i, 64-72.—Meyer (E.) Sahne-Pankreasklystiere. Ver- handl. d. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1907, xxiv, 494-498 — Meyer (L. F.) Ueber kiinstliche Ernahrung. Therap. Monatsh., Berl.. 1907, xxi, 281-285.—Moore (E. E.) Pro- longed feeding through nasal tube. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 618.—Morrison (W. A.) The value of the stomach-tube in feeding after intubation, based upon 28 cases, also its use in post-diphtheritic paralysis. Boston M. & S. J., 1895, exxxii, 127-130. Also. Reprint.—Orgler (A.) Ueber den Ansatz bei naturlicher und kunstlicher Ernahrung. Monat- schr. f. Kinderh., Leipz. & Wien, 1909, viii, 458-465. Also: Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1910, xxviii, 359-373. — Pfaund- ler (M.) Potentieller Komplementbestand bei naturlicher und kunstlicher Ernahrung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 2170.—Reach (F.) Ueber extrabukkale Ernah- rung. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1910, xxiv, 399; 416; 431; 452.— Schott (E.) Versuch einer voUstandigen parenteralen Ernahrung. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1913, cxii, 403-441.—Simon (T.) Technique de l'alimentation artificielle. Clinique, Par., 1906, i, 807-809. ALIMENTATION. 291 ALINAGHI. Alimentation (Duodenal). Einhorn (M.) Duodenal alimentation. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxiii, 92-95. Also: Interstate M. J St. Louis, 1910, xvii, 758-764. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1571-1573.-----. Indications for and demonstra- tion of the method of duodenal feeding. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xxviii, 550-556. Also, transl: Deutsche med. Wchnschr., 1913, xxxix, 1404-1406.—Gross (M. H.) & Held (I. W.) Duodenal alimentation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 520-523.—Hess (A. F.) Doudenal alimentation in infants. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xxviii, 556-559.— Jones (C. R.) Duodenal feeding in atony, dilatation and ptosis of the stomach. Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass., St. Louis, 1915, xviii, 188-197. -----. Duodenal feeding. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1916, xxii, 236-240.— Larimore (J. W.) Duodenal alimentation, with re- port of cases. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1916, xiii, 430- 433.—Lazarus (P.) Dauerernahrung mittels der Duodenal- sonde. Berl. klin. Wchnschr.. 1913,1,1391-1393. Also: Ver- handl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1913), 1914 xliv, pt. 2, 214- 220. [Diskussion], pt. 1, 122—Monran (\\ . G.) Duodenal alimentation. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 219- 223. Also: Am. J. M. Sc. rinla., 1914, cxlviii, 360-369 — Myers (V. C.) The present status of rectal and duodenal alimentation. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xxviii, 987-995.— Xiles (G. M.) The pros and cons of duodenal alimentation. J. Med. Ass. Georgia Augusta, 1914-15, iv, 347-349.—Pilchcr (J. T.) Enteric feeding (duodenal alimentation); its prac- ticability and indications. Year-Book.Pilcher Hosp. 1913-14, Brooklyn, 1915, 77-S1, 3 pi. Also: Long Island M. J., Brook- lyn, 1914, viii, 2O5-20S. [Discussion], 232.—Reuss (E.) Ueber Duodenalernahrung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 1023-1026.—Rosenberger (F.) Ueber die Duodenalsonde und Duodenaltherapie. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1913, xx, 1049-1055.—Stanley (C.) Duodenal alimentation. South. M. J., Nashville, 1915, viii,35S-363— Watson (H. C.) Duodenal feeding; a practical demonstration. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1914, xii, 402. Alimentation (Extrabuccal). See Alimentation (Artificial); Alimenta- tion (Duodenal); Alimentation (Hypodermic); Alimentation (Rectal). Alimentation (Forced). Lautier(P.) Contribution a l'etude des in- dications de 1'alimentation forcee et des moyens de la pratiquer. 4°. Toulouse, 1895. Marandon de Montyel. L'appareil d'alimentation forcee du Dr. Febvre. J. de med. de Par., 1898,2. s., x, 264. Alimentation (Hypodermic). Battistini (F.) Ueber subkutane Ernahrung. N. Therap., Wien, 1906„iv, 313-325.—von Brunn (W.) Ueber subkutane Ernahrung. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl., Berl., 1906, xxviii. 49-51.—Carter (H. S.) Metabolism experiments in artificial nutrition; with special reference to the hypodermic method. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1908, viii, 218-235.—Corradi (A.) L'alimentazione sotto- cutanea. Arch, di med. inL, Palermo, 1898, i, 92-139.— D'Amico (V.) Dell'alimentazione sostitutiva per via ipo- dermica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1910, 1393-1395. —Laborde (E.) De l'alimentation sous-cutanee par les matieres albu- minoides. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900, 11. s., ii, 792-794. Also: f. de physiol. et de path, gen., Par., 1900, ii, 700-708.—Perrier (G.) " Sur l'alimentation par voie sous cutanee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1900,11. s., ii, 802. Also: Ass. franc, pour 1'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1901, Par., 1902, xxx, pt. 2, 865-867. — Signorini (E.) Esperienze intorno all' alimentazione sotocutanea. Cesalpino, Arezzo, 1906, ii, 86-91. Alimentation (Parenteral). See Alimentation (Artificial). Alimentation (Rectal). See, also, Enemas (Nutritive); Suppositories (Nutritive). Adler (S.) *Untersuchungen zur Resorption und Assimilation tief abgebauter Proteine im tierischen und menschlichen Organismus bei kunstlicher Verfutterung per rectum; zugleich ein kritischer Beitrag zur Frage der Eiweiss-. nahrklysmen im allgemeinen. [Wiirzburg.j 8°. Frankfurt a. M., 1914. Lindemuth (H.) *Neue Versuche zur Be- t,Tundung einer rationellen Rektalernahrung. 8°. Halle a. S., 1908. Wendt (E.) *Ueber Anwendung, Indica- tionen und Erfolge der Ernahrung per rectum. H°. Jena, 1896. Adler (H.) Value of rectal feeding. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1915, cl, 562-565. Also: Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass., St. limentation (Rectal). Louis, 1915, xviii, 198-203—Begtrup (E.) [What constitu- ents should: be employed in rectal alimentation.] Bibliot. f. Lseger, Kdbenh., 1916, cviii, 147-152.—Bennett (T. I.) Rectal feeding. Texas M. News, Austin, 1905-6, xv, 383-388. Boyd (R.) Rectal alimentation. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb., 1905-6, n. s., xxv, 126-149.—Brown (W. L.) An inquiry into the value of rectal feeding. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Therap. & Pharmacol, Sect., 63- 76.—de Bruijn Kops (C. J.) Een nieuwe anuscanule. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 1335.—By- waters (H. W.) & Short (A. R.) Aminosauren und Zucker bei der Rektalernahrung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharma- kol., Leipz., 1912,-13, Ixxi, 426-446.—Campbell (J.) Bowel alimentation. Prescriber, Edinb., 1911, v, 43.—Capezzuoil (C.) L'alimentazione rettale. Riv. crit. di clin. med,. Firenze, 1908, ix, 696; 709.—D'Agata (G.) Intorno all' ali- mentazione rettale dopo le gravi operazioni praticate nella bocca e nella faringe. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1915, xviii, 166-172.—Deucher (P.) Ueber die Resorption des Fettes aus Klystieren. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1896-7, lviii, 210-236.—Drueck (C. J.) Recto- colonic feeding. Med. Brief, St. Louis, 1907, xxxv, 612-618. -----. Rectal feeding. Chicago M. Recorder, 1910, xxxii, 565-575.-----. Colonic feeding. Merck's Arch., N. Y., 1912, xiv, 70-76.-----. Facts about rectal feeding; a discussion of principles and methods. Am. J. Clin. Med., Chicago, 1914, xxi, 508-513.—Eberhard (H. M.) Nutrient feeding per rectum by the drop method. Am. J. Gastro-Enterol., Phila., 1912, 5-7.—Edsall (D. L.) The physiological limita- tions of rectal feeding. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1906, exxxii, 679-686. Also: Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 239-253.—Edsall (D. L.) & Miller (C. W.) Experiments upon rectal alimentation. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 187- 190. Also, Reprint.—Gompertz (L. M.) Some features of rectal alimentation. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1910-11, xvi, 240- 251.—Goodall (H. W.) Rectal alimentation. Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxx, 41-44.—Graham (A.) Colonic alimentation. J. Indiana M. Ass., Fort Wayne, 1914, vii 214-218—Jacob- sohn (L.) & Bewald (B.) Rektale Ernahrung durch Dauerklystiere von Zuckerlosung, Alkohol und Amino- sauren (Erepton). Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1911, Iii, 119- 126.—Kllnkowstein (J.) Zur Praxis der Rektalernahrung. Ibid., 202-205.—Lambotte (E.) De l'alimentation rectale. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1909, lxi, 987-994.—Meillere (G.) L'alimentation rectale. Tribune mea., Par., 1907, n. s., xxxix, 198-200.—Moore (F. C.) Rectal feeding; a review. Practitioner, Lond., 1907, lxxix, 668-677.—Mutch (N.) & Ryflel (J. H.) Metabolism during rectal feeding; with a note on the presence of creatin in the urine of children. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1912 lxvi, 223-238.-----------. The metabolic utility of rectal feeding. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 111.—NUes (G. M.) Rectal feeding. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1917, ix, 374-376.—Occhiuto (V.) & Bloglio (M.) II ricambio materiale nell' alimentazione rettale. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1908, xlvii, 164-172.—Parkinson (J. P.) The use of large nutrient enemata. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1902, xxx, 354.—Pfeifler (T.) Ueber Ausnutzung von Eiweissklystieren. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1906, iii, 89-108.—Porter (W. H.) Rectal alimenta- tion. Tr. Am. Therap. Soc, N. Y., 1905-6,47-56.-;-Queirolo (G. B.) Ricerche sull' assorbimento dei clisteri nutritivi. Gior. di med. e chir., Napoli, 1906, ii, 401-405. Also: Med. prat., Nicastro, 1906, iv, no. 5,1-3.—Roux (J.-C.) Les lave- ments alimentaires. Clinique, Par., 1913, viii, 298.—Scheel (V.) & Begtrup (E.) Rektalerngering. Ugesk. f. Lseger, K0benh., 1915, lxxvii, 543-547—Sharkey (S. J.) The Brad- shaw lecture on rectal alimentation. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1263-1268.—Short (A. R.) & Bywaters (H. W.) Amino- acids and sugars in rectal feeding. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, i, 1361-1367.—Sommerville(D.) Rectal alimentation. Po- lyclin., Lond., 1906, x, 95-97.—Veccia (P.) L'alimentazione rettale. Tommasi, Napoli, 1910, v, 385-391.—Wasserthal. [On the influence of rectal alimentation upon gastric juice secretion.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1909, xliv, 374; 400. -----. Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der Nahrklystiere. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Therap., d. Er- nahrungsstor., Stoffwechs.- u. Verdauungskrankh.. Berl., 1911-12, iii, 101-116.—Werner (H.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Rectalernahrung. Ztschr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh., Fellbach, 1896, xlvii, 40-45. von Alimonda (Franz). Die Elektrizitat im Hause (der Alimonda-Apparat), ein prompter vorzuglicher Arzt in alien Fallen von Krankheit und Unwohlsein. Praktischer Leitfaden fiir die allgemeine Elektrizitatseinfuhr (System der Briider von Alimonda) mit zahlreichen von Aerzten und Laien mitgeteilten Krankheits- fallen und kritischen Bemerkungen. ix, 107 pp. 8°. Triest, F. H. Schimpf, 1905. Alin (Edvard). See Cederschiold (F. A.) Larobok for barnmorskor [etc.]. 8°. Stockholm, 1896. Alinaghi (H.) [1879- ]. Contribution a l'e- tude des corps etrangers dans l'estomac. [Lyon.] 64 pp. 8°. Le Mans, 1914, No. 58. ALINAT. 292 ALKALINE. Alinat (Paul-Joseph-Gabriel) [1888- ]. Con- tribution a l'etude de la radiotherapie dea epitheliomas de la face. 53 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1913, No. 26. Alingrin. See Marie-Aimee [in 2. s.]. Alinit. Hartleb (R.) Reprasentiert das Alinit-Baktenum erne sclbstandige Art? Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1899, v, 706-712.-Lauck (H.) Welches sind die Bestandteile des als „ Alinit" bezeichneten Impfdungers fur Saatgetreide, welcher den Halmfriichten einen Kornerge- wichts-Mehrertrag bis zu 40 Proz., auch ohne erhebhche Stickstoffzufuhr, verschaffen soil? Ibid., 1898 iv, 290-295 - Severin (S.) Ein Beitrag zur Ahrntfrage.. Ibid., 1902, ix, 712; 746.—Stoklasa (J.) Biologische Studien uber Alinit. Ibid., 1898, iv, 39; 78; 119; 284; 507; 535-Stutzer (A.) & Hartleb (R.) Untersuchungen uber das im Almit enthai- tene Bakterium. Ibid., 31-39. Aliprandi (Ernesto). *Della nostalgia. 25 pp. 8°. Pavia, Fusi & Co., 1848. [P., v. 2226.] Alison (Paul-Joseph-Emile) [1882- ]. *Rhuma- tisme articulaire et tuberculose, 92 pp., 1 1. 8°. Nancy, 1909, No. 30. AUson (William Pulteney) [1790-1859]. Cases illustrating the asthenic form of internal in- flammations now common in this country. 17 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, Sutherland & Knox, 1852. Alival. ,.. . . . .. Luders (R.) & Emmert (J.) Ein neues, fur jede Appli- •-' kationsart geeignetes Jodpraparat: "Joddihydroxypropan 1 (Alival). Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 648. AlMsatos (Nicholas-S.) [1872- ]. *Sur un nouveau precede d'arthrotomie et de resection de l'epaule. 60 pp. 8°. Pans, 1897, No. 568. Alia (Edmond). .Essai sur l'apmreil locornoteur des oiseaux. n, 583 pp., 3 pi. 8 . Fans, (x. Masson, 1874. , Alix (Victor) [1876- ]• *Sur la question de l'augmentation de frequence du diabete (etude statistique). 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 57. Alizarin. , . Versmann (F.) Alizarme, natural and arti- fi■ Dec 31, 1912.-----. Process of extracting, purifying, or 1 excluding alkaloids and alkaloidal salts. [Pat. spec] No. 1,048,712; Dec. 31, 1912.—Loeb (O.) & Oldenberg (L.) Ueber den Zusammenhang zwischen chemischer Konstitu- tion und Wirkung in der Morphium- und Strychnin-Gruppe. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, [Karls- ruhe] 1911, Leipz., 1912, lxxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 481-483.— Lof strom (T.) [Researches on some modern pharmacologi- cal alcaloids.] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1902, xviii, 606-610.— Lusini (V.) Influenza dell'jodio negli avvelenamenti per alcaloidi. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1904, 4. s., xvi 219-222.—Lyons (A. B.) Changed alkaloidal standards in U S. Pharmacopoeia, IX. J. Am. Pharm. Ass., Phila., 1916, v, 1118-1120.—MacNaughton (Marjorie). The ac- tion of protoveratrine and aconitin upon the neuro-muscular apparatus of the frog. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect.ii, Physiol., pt. 2,11.—Marchlewski (L.) [Chem- istrv of alkaloids.] Wiadomosci farm, Warszawa, 1898, xxv, 403-427- 449; 473; 497; 521; 545: 1899, xxvi, 1; 25; 49; 81; 105; 129:153-177; 201; 225; 249; 273; 297, 321; 345; 369; 393; 417; 441; 465: 489; 513; 535; 557: 1900, xxvii, 1.—Marcou (G.) Les alcaloides. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir.. Par., 1908, xix 63; 83.—Meltzer (S. J.) On fundamental changes in the'action of some alkaloids upon frogs after cardiectomy or ligation of one aorta. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1910-11, viii, 97.—Modrakowski (G.) Beitrage zu den antagonistischen Alkaloidwirkungen auf die Driisen. Ueber das gegenseitige Verhaltniss der Wirkung von Atropin und Phvsostigmin auf das Pankreas. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn 1907, cxviii, 52-79.—Moldovanyi (I.) [Determina- tion of alkaloid extracts.] Cong, internat. d'hyg. et de demog C. r. 1894, Budapest, 1896, viii, pt. 6, 415-419 — Mossier (G.) De la decomposition des solutions de sels d'alcaloides par la sterilisation. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol., Par 1914, xxi, 205-208.—Nelson (B. E.) A process for senaratins certain alkaloids on a small scale. Am. Druggist, NY 1903,xliii,3.—Neuberg(C.)&Neimann(E.) Ueber eelatinose anorganische Erdalkaloide. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl 1906, i, 166-176.—Pearson (W. A.) Some queries on alkaloidal assay. Am. J. Pharm., Phila., 1911, lxxxni, 425- 427 _peset (J.) Microchimie des iodomercurates alca- loidiaues; applications k la recherche chimico-legale des alcaloides. Ann. d'hyg., Par, 1909, 4. s xi. .289^98.- Pictet (A ) Ueber die Bildungsweise der Alkaloide in den Pflanzen Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1906, ccxliv, 389-396.— Plzak (F.) [On the constitution of some vegetable alka- loids 1 Casop. cesk. lekarn, v Praze, 1901, xx, 73; 101; 115; 125; 137; 149; 161; 173; 193; 227; 247; 263; 281; 310; 325; 345; 393 Alkaloids. 425; 473; 4S9; 505.—Poehl (A.) Necessity d'une convention internationale relativement au contenu des alcaloides dans les preparations galeniques. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1898, ii, sect. 4c, 3-6.—Pozzi-Escot(E.) De la recherche des alcaloides par voie michrochimique. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par., 1901, exxxii, 920.—Puckner (W. A.) Alkaloidal estimations in the United States Pharmacopoeia, eighth revision. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1905, lxxvii, 372-376. -----. A review of the literature on the estimation of alkaloids for the year 1906. Pharm. Rev, Milwaukee, 1907, xxv, 303; 321. -----. Recent progress in the chemistry of alkaloid estimations. Am. J. Pharm.. Phila, 1908, lxxx, 66-74.—Putt (E. B.) Micro-chemical tests for the identification of some of the alkaloids. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 191% iv, 508-514, 1 pi.—Reed (A. C.) Alkaloids. N. York M. I. [etc.], 1914, c. 131— Reutter (L.) La recherche microchimique de quel- ques alcaloides. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol, Par, 1913, xx, 531-541.—Robertson (T. B.) Studies in the chemistry of the ion-proteid compounds. III. On the influence of electro- lytes upon the toxicity of alkaloids. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1905-6, i, 507-557, 3 pi—Roche (P.) Du dosage des alca- loides dans les substances actives. Centre med. et pharm, Gannat, 1903-4, ix, 49-51.—Rover (J.) Caracteres distin- tivos de algunos alcaloides de reconocida importancia. Rev. balear de cien. med, Palma de Mallorca, 1900, xix, 30-32 — Schmidt (J.) Methoden zur Darstellung von Alkaloiden. In: Abderhalden (E.) Handbuch der biochemischen Ar- beitsmethoden, 8°, Leipz, 1910, ii, pt. 2 904-909.—Scholtz (M.) Die Loslichkeit der Alkaloide in basischen Losungs- mitteln. Arch. d. Pharm, Bed, 1912, ecl, 418-423 — Secord (C. F ) The alkaloids in the Guatemala highlands. Am. J. Clin. M.. Chicago, 1908, xv, 769-773.—Sidbury (J. B.) & Gies (AV. J.) Experiments on the diffusibility of alka- loids through rubber. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1910-11, viii, 103-106.—Slack (H. F.) Official alka- loids; their isolation and constitution. Pharm. J, Lond, 1916, xevi, 71-74.—Spagnollo (G.) & Signer (M.) La formula leucocitaria nefravvelenamento acuto prodotto dagli alcaloidi dei funghi vclenosi, ed influenza dell'atropina sull'azione della muscarina. Riforma med., Palermo- Napoli, 1905. xxi, 1375-1379.—Spiegel (L.) Die Fort- schritte der Alkaloidchemie seit Beginn des Jahrhunderts. Biochem. Centralbl, Leipz, 1906, v, 97; 149— Stef anowska (M.) Action des alcaloides et de diverses substances medica- menteuges sur les cceurs lymphatiques de la grenouille; experiences ... Ann. Soc. roy. d. sc. m£d. et nat. de Brux, 1896, v, 425-455. — Straub (W. ) Quantitative Untersu- chungen fiber das Eindringen von Alkaloiden in lebende Zellen; ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss des Mechanismus der Al- kaloidwirkung. Arch, di fisiol, Firenze, 1903-4, i, 55-78. -----. Mechanismus der Alkaloidwirkung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz, 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte, 428-430.—Thomas (F.) Method of making alkaloid-casein compounds. [Pat. spec] No. 626,110; May 30; 1899. —Thorns (H.) Die Verwendung der Kalium- wismutjodidlosung zur Bestimmung von Alkaloiden. Arb. a. d. pharm. Inst. d. Univ. Berl, 1906. iii, 57-61.— Traube (J.) & Onodera (N.) Ueber den Kolloidalzustand von Alkaloiden; Beziehungen zwischen Oberflachenspan- nung, Teilchengrosse und Giftigkeit. Internat. Ztschr. f. phys.-chem. Biol, Leipz. & Berl, 1914, i, 35-59.----------. Ueber die katalytischen Wirkungen von Alkaloiden auf verschiedene physikalische und chemische Vorgange (Flock- ung, Oxydation und Verseifung). Ibid., 148-157.—Tricotel (J.) -De la variation du titre alcalo'idique dans quelques extraits. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol, Par, 1908, xv, 687-691.— Troeger (J.) & MttUer (O.) Beitrage zur Erforschung der Angosturaalkaloide. Apoth.-Ztg, Berl., 1909, xxiv, 678.— Turner (I. L.) Recent developments in alkaloidal assay- ing. Am. J. Pharm, Phila.. 1909, lxxxi, 125-129.—Vamossy (Z.) & Lengyel (A.) [Action of alkaloidal emulsions.] Orvostud. ertek, gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch, Budapest, 1915, u. f, xvi, 159-177.—Webster (W.) Notes on the action of atropine, hyoscyamine, hyoscine, scopolamine, duboisine, and daturine. Bio-Chem. J, Liverp, 1908, iii, 129-145.— Weill (Jeanne). Action de la solanine, de 1'aconitine et de la delphinine sur I'excitabilit6 nerveuse et musculaire. Compt. rend Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxiv, 1014.—Weiss (J.) Ver- gleich der Methoden von Stas-Otto und Kippenberger zum Nachweis von Alkaloiden. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr 1902, xlix, 367.—Willstatter (R.) Ueber die Methodik zur 1 Ermittelung der chemisehen Konstitdtion der Alkaloide. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch, Berl, 1903, xiii, 50-65.— Wysman (H. P.) Zur Localisation der Alkaloide. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz, 1899, lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 458. Alkaloids (Synthesis of). Flore (G.) Alcaloidi sintetici. Boll. chim. farm, Milano, 1915, liv, 609-616.—Inghilleri (G.) Sulla sintesi di un alca- loide; azione dell' ammoniaca sulla formaldeide. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1911, 5. s, iii, 171-173.—Wellisch (J.) Ueber synthetische Alkaloide aus Tyrosin, Trypto- phan und Histidin. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1913, xilx, 173-194. — Wolt (C. G. L.) The synthesis of alkaloids. Montreal M. J, 1898, xxvii, 81-88. ALKALOIDS. 295 ALKOHOLISMUS. Alkaloids (Toxicology of). Carbonell y Soles (F.) Aplicaci6n de la cristalogenia experimental a la investigation toxicol6gica do los alcaloides. Arch, de ginecop.. Bareel, 1903, xvi, 133-142.—Cordeiro Casqueiro (A. A.) Sobre a investigacao chimico-lcgal dos alcaloides. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1915, xxxiii, 185-187.— Kohn-Abrest (E.) Action dc l'aluminium active sur les extraits alcaloi'diques; son emploi en toxicologic Rev. de med. leg. Par, 1913, xx, 42—11.—Lecha-Marzo (A.) Micro- quimia toxicoldgica; sobre el valor diagndstico de las pscudo germinaciones aicaloidicas; nota experimental. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1909, ii, 408. — Ottolenghi (S. ) Influence des bacteries sur la toxicite des alcaloides. Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1897-8, xxviii, 29-34.—Peset y Aleixandre (J. B.) Datos para la investigaci6n toxicoldgica de alca- loides y algunos glucosidos. Rev. mecl. de Sevilla. 1911, lvii, 5-15.—Robertson (T. B.) On the influence of electrolytes upon the toxicity of alkaloids; preliminary communication. Univ. Calif. Publ. Physiol, Berkeley, 1904-5, ii, 159-162. Alkalosis. Fischler (F.) Ueber die Fleischintoxikation bei Tieren mit Eck'scher Fistel; der Krankheitsbegrill" der Alkalosis. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1911, civ, 300-339. Alkan (Leopold) [1877- ]. *TJeber nachtliche Fiebertemperaturen bei Tuberkulosen. 27 pp., 1 ch., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1902. Alkan (Louis) [1873- ]. *Gewisse Formen des harten Gaumens und ihre Entstehung. [Leip- zig.] 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1900. Alkan (Reinhold) [1878- ]. *Ueber den,.Ein- fluss der Salzkonzentration auf die Prazipitin- reaktion. 34 pp., 11. 8°. Wiirzburg, H. Stiirtz, 1903. Alkanna. Eriksson (Ella). Ueber die Alkannawurzel und die Entstehung des Farbstofles in derselben. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch, Berl, 1910, xx, 202-209. Alkaptonuria. See, also, Urine (Alkdptone in). Desprairies (H.). *Une modification rare des urines (alcaptonurie). 8°. Paris, 1912. Fromherz (K.) *Ueber Alkaptonurie. [Frei- burg i. B.] 8°. Strassburg, 1908. Stier (H. O. E.) *Ueber einen neuen Fall von Alkaptonurie. 8°. Berlin, 1897. Zimper (O.) *Ueber Alkaptonurie. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Abderhalden (E.) & Bloch (B.) Untersuchungen uber den Eiweisstoflwechsel,ausgefiihrt an einem Alkapto- nuriker. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1907, liii, 464- 483 —Abderhalden (E.) & Falta (W.) Die Zusammense- tzung der Bluteiweissstoffe in einem Falle von Alkaptonurie. Ibid., 1903, xxxix, 143-146.—Adler (O.) Ueber Alkapto- nurie. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1909, xxi, 5-13. —Allard (E ) & Gross (O.) Alkaptonurie und Ochronose. Mitt. a. d Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir, Jena, 1908, xix, 24-32.—Ash- burn (P. M.) A case of alkaptonuria and ochronosis from the medical service of the U. S. A. General Hospital, at the Presidio of San Francisco, California. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1911, xxix, 424-430.—Baldwin (Helen). A case of alkapto- nuria. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. N. Y, 1912, cxlv, 123-128.— Bandel. [Zwei Falle von Alkaptonurie.] Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1906, Munchen, 1907,1.—Blum (L.) Un- tersuchungen iiber Alkaptonurie. Verhandl. d. Kong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1907, xxiv, 240-243. Also: Munchen. med Wchnschr., 1907, liv, 1055.—de Brulne Ploos van Amstel (P. J.) Alkaptonurie. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1909- 10, xvi, 527; 540; 551; 564; 575; 587.—Councilman (W. T.) Ochronosis and alkaptonuria. Boston M. & S. J, 1916, clxxiv, 658.—Cronvall (J.) Ett fall af alkaptonuri. Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1906-7, n. f, xii, 402-411—Falta (W.) Die Alkaptonurie. Biochem. Centralbl, Leipz, 1904, iii, 173- 176 -----. Der Eiweissstoffwechsel bei der Alkaptonurie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1904, lxxxi, 231-277.— Fromherz (K.) Neuere Forschungen auf dem Gebiet der Alkaptonurie. Biochem. Centralbl, Leipz, 1908-9, vin, 1-9.—Futcher(T. B.) Alkaptonuria. N. York M. J, 1898, lxvii, 69-74— Garrod (A. E.) A contribution to the study of alkaptonuria. Med.-Chir. Tr, Lond, 1899, lxxxii, 367- 394. Also: Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc. Lond, 1899, 3. s, xi, 130-135.-----. About alkaptonuria. Lancet, Lond, 1901,ii, 1484-1486. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr, Lond, 1902, lxxxv, 69-78 -----. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der kongenitalen Alkaptonurie. Centralbl. f. innere Med, Leipz, 1902, xxiii, 41^14.-----.The incidence of alkaptonuria; a study in chem- ical individuality. Lancet, Lond, 1902, ii, 1616-1620.-----. Inborn errors ol metabolism. [Alkaptonuria.] Ibid., 1908, ii, 1; 73; 142; 214.—Garrod (A. E.) & Hurtley (W. 11.) On Alkaptonuria. the supposed occurrence of uroleucic acid in the urine in some cases of alkaptonuria. J. Physiol, Lond, 1907-8, xxxvi, 136-141.—Gebhardt (F.) [Alcaptonuria in a tuber- cular case.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1913, xi, 475-477.—Ger- hardt. [Case.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 176.— Gross(0.) UeberdenEinflussdesBlutserumsdesNormalen und des Alkaptonurikers auf Homogentisinsaure. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914. lxi, 165-170.—Gross (O.) & Allard (E.) Untersuchungen iiber Alkaptonurie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1907, lxiv, 359-369.—Grutterink (A.) & Hijmans van den Bergh (A. A.) Over alkaptonurie. Nederl. Tijd- schr. v. Genesk, Amst, 1907, ii, 1117-1130.—Hammarsten (O.) [Two cases.) Upsala Lakaref. Forh, 1901-2, n. f, vii, 26-34: 1902-3, n. f., viii, 425-428—Hirsch (C.) [Case.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1897, xxxiv. 866.—King (E. F.) [Case] Tr. Am. Urol. Ass, Brookline, 1915, ix, 459-469.—af Klercker. [Case.] Lunds lak.-sallsk. forh, Stockholm, 1914-15,15.—Langstein (L.) Zur Kenntniss der Alkapto- nurie. Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz, 1903,383-389.—Langstein (L.) & Meyer (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Alkaptonurie. Deutsches Arch.{.klin. Med, Leipz, 1903, Ixxviii, 161-181.— Maggiore (S.) Contributo alio studio dell' alkaptonuria nell' infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli,-1916, 2. s,xxiv,234-238.— Matejka (J.) O alkaptonuria. Casop. lek. cesk, v. Praze, 1913,lii, 1497-1504.—Meyer(E.) Ueber Alkaptonurie. Deut- sches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1901, lxx, 443-467.—Min- kowski (O.) Ueber Alkaptonurie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1907, iii, 4-0.—Mitchell (C.) [Case.] Med. Rec, N. Y, 1910, lxxvii, 877-879.—Mittelbach (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Kennt- niss der Alkaptonurie. Deutsches Arch.f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1901, Ixxi, 50-72.—Morner (C. T.) Ett och annat omalkap- tonuri och okronos. Upsala Lakaref. Forh, 1910-11, n. f, xvi, 548-555.—von Moraczewski (W.) [Case.] Centralbl. f. innere Med, Leipz, 1896, xvii, 177-179.—Noccioli (G.) & Domenici (O.) Un caso di alcaptonuria congenita. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1898, xix, 303.—Orsi (F.) Curiositacliniche. Tre individui di una stessa famiglia colpiti da pirocatechi- nuria. [Alkaptonuria.] Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1889, xlix, 115-117.—Oswald (A.) Ueber Alkaptonurie. Cor.- Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 102-104.—Pincussohn (L.) Alkaptonurie. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh, Berl, 1912, viii, 454-498.—Poulsen (V.) Et tilfaelde af al- kaptonurimedochronose. Ugesk. f. Laeger, Kj0benh, 1911, lxxiii, 1208-1214.-----. Ueber einen neuen Fall von Alkapto- nurie mit Ochronosis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 364. —Ravold (A.) & Warren (W. H.) [Case.] J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1910, vii, 465-480.—Rocher (L.) & Basset. Sur un cas d'alcaptonurie chez un enfant de 3 ans. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1909. xxx, 472-474.—Samuely (F.) Ueber Alkaptonurie. Zentralbl. f. d. ges. Physiol, u. Path. d. Stofl'wechsels, Berl. & Wien, 1906, n. F, i, 167-174.—Schel- tema (M. W.) [Case.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1914, i, 1464-1471.—Schumm (O.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Alkaptonurie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 1599-1603.—Soderbergh (G.) Ueber die Wasser- mannsche Reaktion im Blute bei Alkaptonurie. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1914, xxxiii, 24-26.—Spencer (J. C.) Alkaptonuria. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1910,yiii, 103.— Stange (P.) [Case.] Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1896, cxlvi, 86-99.—Stier (E.) [Case.] Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1898, xxxv, 185-188.—Triboulet & Bougault. Une modi- fication rare des urines (alcaptonurie). Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.; 1912. 3. s, xxxiii, 834-837. Also [Abstr.]: Rev. gen. dechn. etde therap. Par, 1912, xxvi, 481. Alkekengi. Gendron. De l'action febrifuge de l'alkekenge ou coqueret des vignes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1850, xxxi, 65. Aiken (J.) Behandling van asthma met arsenias stibii. 16 pp. 8°. Amsterdam, D. R. Hinse, [n. dX Alker (Charles-Paul) [1875- ]. *De la spleno- pexie. 42 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1898, No. 75. Alkoholberechnungstafeln. 1 1. fol. Berlin, Denter & Nicolas, [1901]. Alkoholfrage (Die). Vierteljahrsschrift zur Er- forschung der Wirkungen des Alkohols. v. 1-11, 1904-15. 8°. Dresden. Alkoholismus (Der). Eine Vierteljahrsschrift zur wissenschaftlichen Erorterung der Alko- holfrage. v. 1-14, 1900-1903; n. F., v. 1-4, 1904-7. 8°. Dresden; Leipzig. Alkoholismus (Der). Seine strafrechtlichen und sozialen Beziehungen. Seine Bekampfung. 97 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. Marhold, 1908. Forms 2. and 3. Hft, v. 6, of: Jurist.-psychiat. Grenzfr, Halle a. S. Alkoholismus (Der), seine Wirkungen und seine Bekampfung. Hrsg. vom Zentralverband zur Bekampfung des Alkoholismus in Berlin. 3 v. 12°. Leipzig, B. G. Teubner, 1906. ALKOHOLISMUS. 296 ALLARD. Alkoholismus [etc.]—continued. ------. The same. Neue Aufl. 4.-6. Teil. 12°. Berlin, Verlag fiirVolkswohlfahrt, 1907-9. Alkoholwahnsinnig; Tagebuch eines aus dem Irrenhause Entlassenen. Mit einem Vorwort von E. Meinert. 36 pp. 8°. Dresden, 0. V. Bohmert, 1907. Alkoxyl. Palomaa (M. H.) Zur Kenntnis der Alkoxyl- derivate aliphatischer Alkohole, Sauren und Ester; Studien iiber den Effekt der Substitution einer Methylengruppe durch zweiwertige Atome und Atomgruppen. sm. 4°. Helsingfors, 1908. Alksne [Ya[kov] 0[ttonovich]) [1870- ]. Ope- ratsii na poyasnichnotazovol chasti mochetoch- nika i ikh funktsionalniye rezultati; anatomi- cheskiya, eksperimentalniya i klinicheskiya izsliedovaniya. S predisloviyem S. P. Fyodo- rova. [Operations on the lumbo-pelvic portion of the ureter and their functional results; ana- tomical, experimental, and clinical investiga- tions. With preface by S. P. Fyodorov.] 1 p. 1., 383, xxvi pp., 4 pi. 8°. Riga, tip. "Lat- viya," 1907. Alkyl derivatives. Hempel (H.) *Ueber 4-Alkylthiosemicaiba- zide und einige Condensationsprodukte dersel- ben. 8°. Berlin, [1894]. Kockritz (R. A.) *Ueber Alkylidendihydro- benzole und ihre Umwandlung in Benzolde- rivate. 8°. Greifswald, 1906. Drushel (W. A.) & Linhart (G. A.) On the hydrolysis of metallic alkyl sulphates. Am. J. Sc, N. Haven, 1911, xxxii, 50-60. Also, Reprint.—Erdmann (C. C.) On alkylamines as products of the Kjoldahl digestion. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1910, viii, 41-55.—Menschutkin (N.) Bei- trage zur Kenntnis der Afflnitatskoemzienten der Alkylha- loide und der organischen Amine. I. Afnnitatskoeffizienten der aliphatischen Alkyljodide und Bromide. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1890, v, 589-(i00.—Stolle (R.) Ueber die Darsteilunj von Alkylhydrazinen. Verhandl. d. naturh.- med. Ver. zu Heidelb, 1908, n. F, ix, 231-236. Allahabad. See Cholera (History, etc., of), Plague (His- tory, etc., of), by localities. Allahverdiantz(Ha'irapette-Archak-Aghadjanian) [1868- ]. ^Intervention chirurgicale pallia- tive par la voie vaginale dans les cas de fibro- mes uterins volumineux adherents et enclaves. [Nancy.] 72 pp., 1 1. 8°. Malzeville, 1898, No. 22. AUain (Edmond). *La profession medicale et les articles 1382 et 1383 du Code civil. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 458. Allain (Leandre). *Conservation des cadavres par le formol; avantages et inconvenients de la formolisation en toxicologie. 71 pp. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1902, No. 86 Allaire (Bernardin) [1879- ]. *Traitement de la syphilis par les injections d'une preparation indolore de calomel. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 49. ----—. The same. 82 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere & fils, 1906. Allais (Alfred). *Contribution a l'etude de la thrombose cardiaque. 67 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 449. Allan (Charles James) [1840-1912]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, i, 1274. Allan (Francis J.) Aids to sanitary science for the use of candidates for public health qualifications. Revised and ed. by Reginald A. Farrar. 2. ed. ix, 272 pp. 12°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1903. See, also, Rosenau (Milton Joseph) & Allan (Francis J.) [in 2. s.]. Disinfection and disinfectants [etc.]. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1902. Allan (James Watson). Memoranda of infectious diseases; for the use of school teachers. 2. ed. 24 pp. 24°. London, Kent & Co., 1906. Allan (John) [1S5S-1915]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, ii, 947. Also: Glasgow M. J, 1916, lxxxv, 37. Allan (Robert) [1778-1827]. A treatise on the operation of lithotomy, in which are demon- strated the dangers of operating with the gorget, and the superiority of the more simple operation with the knife and staff. MS. 58 pp., 5 pi., 5 1. obi. 4°. [n.p.,n.d.] ------. The same. Illustrated by plates. MS. printed title-page, 66 pp., 5 pi. in ink. obi. fol. [n. p., n. d.] Provenance: From the library of Thomas Windsor, Manchester. "I have another copy of this MS. with the same handwriting and the same drawings; even the binding is the same. The title-page differs in type, etc, from that ' of the edition pubhshed at Edinburgh, 1808."—T. Windsor's entry on fly-leaf. Allan (William Munden) [1833-1910]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1910, ii, 1198. Allanche (P.) [1882- ]. *Urethrite non gono- coccique microbienne et primitive. 47 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1910, No. 4. Allanic (Jean-Francois-Marie). *Du r61e de cer- tains medicaments et en particulier des anesthe^ siques dans la genese des troubles labyrinthiques. 47 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 273. Allantoin. See, also, Urine (Allantoin in). Regehly (W.) *Versuche iiber die Beein- flussung der Allantoin-Ausscheidung durch Ben- zol. 8°. Breslau, 1914. Ackroyd (H.) On the presence of allantoin in certain foods. Bio-Chem. J, Liverp, 1910-11, v, 400-406.—Ascher. (K.) Ueber das Vorkommen und den Nachweis des Allan- toinsim Menschenharn. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1910, xxvi, 370-381.—Eppinger (H.) Ueber die Bildung von Allan- toin im Tierkorper. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path, Brnschwg, 1905, vi, 287-295.—Givens (M. H.) Brief notes concerning allantoin. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1914, xviii, 417-424.—Luzzatto (A. M.) Ueber das Verhalten des Allantoins im Tierkorper. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1903, xxxviii, 537-543. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1903, Padova, 1904, xiii, 400.— Mendel (L. B.) Experiments on allantoin excretion. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost, 1901-2, p. xiv. —Mendel (L. B.) & Dakin (H. D.) The optical inactivity of allan- toin. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1910, vii, 153-156.—Nukada (Y.) Ueber das Vorkommen des Allantoins im Menschenharn nach purinfreier Nahrung. Mitt. a. d. med. Fakult. d. k. Univ. zu Tokyo, 1910, ix, 263.—Poduschka (R.) Quanti- tative Versuche iiber Allantoinausscheidung. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1900, xliv, 59-67.— Pohl (J.) Ueber Allantoinausscheidung bei Intoxica- tionen. Ibid., 1902, xlviii, 367-375.—Satta (G.) & Gastaldi (G.) Presenza e dosaggio dell' allantoina negli essudati e trasudati. Arch, per le sc. med, Torino, 1908, xxxii, 497- 511.-----------. Ricerche sui ricambio dell' allantoina nell' uomo. Ibid., 1909, xxxiii, 300-314. Also, transl: Arch. ital. debiol, Turin, 1910, liii, 197-205.—Swain (R . E.) The formation of allantoin from uric acid in the animal body. Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1901-2, vi, 38-47. Allantois. DE NEUFVILLE (L.) *Tl£pt ttjs aWavroeidtws, sive de membrana allantoide. Editio nova, emendatior, accuratior. 8° .Lugd. Bat., 1736. Danchakoff (Vera). The position of the respiratory vascular net in the allantois ofthe chick. Am. J. Anat, Phila, 1917, xxi, 407-416, 1 pi.—Lowy (H.) Die Riickbil- dung der Allantois beim Menschen. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol, Leipz, 1905, 159-176, 1 pi.—Schroeder van der Kolk (J. L. C.) Over de alantois en hare vorming en veran- deringen in den mensch. Verhandel. d. k. Akad. v. Weten- sch, Amst.. 1861, ix, [no. 3], 1-36, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.— Volker (O.) Ueber die Entwickelung der Allantois beim Ziesel. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch, Leipz, 1905, 263-272, 1 pi—Vulpian (A.) Note sur la contractilite de l'allanto'ide chez l'embryon de la poule. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1857, xiv, 222-225. Allard (Andre). *Etude sur les fractures du col du radius. 56 pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 401. Allard (Camille) [1872- ]. *Le volvulus de l'anse omega. 79 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1900, No. 86. ALLARD. 297 ALLEN. Allard (E.) [1S76- ]. Contribution a l'etude des adenopathies thoraciques (tracheo-bronchi- ques et axillaires) dans la tuberculose pulmo- naire chronique. 153 pp. 8°. Paris, 1901, No. 641. Allard (Edouard) [1872- ]. *Date et mode de perforation de l'appendicite perforante. [Lyon.] 72 pp., 1 1. 8°. Grenoble, 1899, No. 174. Allard (Eduard) [1869- ]. *Die Augenheil- kunde des Alcoatim a. d. J. 1159 (Teil vi). Zum ersten Male ins Deutsche iibersetzt. 35 pp. 8°. Berlin, G. Schede, 1900. Allard (Henri-Leon-Omer) [1877- ]. *La laxite des ligaments articulaires de la main. 90 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901, Np. 28. Allart (Louis) [1885- ]. *Etudea cliniques sur les fractures du bassin. [Paris.] 99 pp. 8°. Lille, 1911, No. 231. Allary (Charles-Louis-Joseph) [1883- ]. *Du droit des medecins et des hospices dans l'hospi- talisation des accidentes du travail. 87 pp. 8°. ^ Bordeaux, 1907, No. 20. Allatorvosi Lapok. [Veterinary Leaves.] Edited: v. 29-36, by F.IIutyra and I. Ratz; v. 37-38, by I. Ratz and A. Zimmermann; v. 29-38, 1906- 15. fol. Budapest. Current. Allavena (Charles). *De la peritonite aigue par ulceration d'adenomes gastriques ou duode- naux. viii, 9-45 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1904, No. 57. Allaway (Frederick John) [ -1908]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, i, 907. Allbutt (Henry Arthur). " Geology and its con- nection with sanitary science. 16 pp. 12°. London, C. Watts, [1878]. ------. Too frequent child-bearing. 6 1. 16°. San Diego, Neo-Malthusian Pub. Co., 1893. See, also, Burggrave (Adolphe) [in 2. s.]. The new hand- book of dosimetric therapeutics, [etc.]. 12°. London & Leeds, 1884. Allbutt (Sir Thomas Clifford) [1836- ]. Science and medieval thought. Harveian oration. 116 pp. 12°. London, C. J. Clay & Sons, 1901. ------. Notes on the composition of scientific papers, viii, 154 pp. 12°. London, Macmillan & Co., 1904. ------. The historical relations of medicine and surgery to the end of the sixteenth century. xvi, 125 pp. 12°. London & New York, Mac- millan & Co., 1905. ------. On professional education with special reference to medicine, vi, 80 pp. 12°. London, Macmillan & Co., 1906. ------. Hospitals, medical science, and public health. 34 pp. 8°. Manchester, Morris & Yeamann, 1908. ------. Celsus de medicina. Aulus Cornelius Celsus: Ueber die Artzneiwissenschaft; iiber- setzt und erklart von Eduard Scheller, zweite Auflage von Walther Frieboes, Braunschweig, Vieweg und Sohn, 1906, 8°. [Review,] pp. 151-154. 8°. London & Boston, 1908. Cutting from: Classical Rev, Lond. & Bost, 1908, xxii. ------. Chlorosis. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt & Rolleston). 8°. London, 1909, y, 681-726. ------. Over-stress of the heart. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt & Rolleston). 8°. London, 1909, vi, 193-252. ------. Diseases of the aortic area of the heart. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt & Rolleston). 8°. London, 1909, vi, 418-492. ------. Functional disorders of the heart. In: Syst. Med. (Allbutt & Rolleston). 8°. London, 1909, vi, 493-546. Allbutt (Sir Thomas Clifford)—continued. ------. Diseases of the arteries, including angina pectoris. 2 v. 8°. London, Macmillan & Co., 1915. See, also, System (A) of gynaecology [etc.] [in 2. s.]. 8°. London, 1896..-----. The same. 8°. London, 1906.—Sys- tem (A) of medicine by many writers, [etc.] [in 2. si. 8°. New York & London, 1896-8.-----. The same. 8° London, 1906-11. —----. See, also: Letters to eminent persons. II. To Sir Thomas Clifford Allbutt, K. C. B, regius professor of physic in the University of Cambridge. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1917, ciii, 199. For Portrait, see Collection of Portr. (Libr.). Allchin (Sir William Henry) [1846-1912]. The nature and causes of duodenal indigestion. Bradshaw lecture. 72 pp. 12°. London, J. Bale & Sons, 1892. ------. Structure and function. Harveian oration. 59 pp. 8°. London, Macmillan & Co., 1903. See, also, Manual (A) of medicine, [etc.]. 8°. New York, 1900. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, i, 402-405. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1912,i, 544. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1912, n. s, xciii, 178. Also: Westminst. Hosp. Rep. 1911-12, Lond, 1913, xviii, 1-10 (F. de H. Hall). Alleaume (Rene). *Rapports de la tuberculose genitale chez la femme avec les malformations et les tumeurs de l'appareil genital. 48 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 43. Allebe (Gerardus Arnoldus Nicolaus) [1810- ]. De ontwikkeling van het kind naar ligchaam en geist; eene handleiding voor moeders bij de eerste opvoeding. x (2 1.), 300 pp. 12°. Am- sterdam, Caarelsen & Co., 1845. Allee (Alphonse). *Puericulture et loi Roussel. 52 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 356. Allegheny. See Fever (Typhoid, History of), Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.), by localities. Allegri (Natale). Per difendersi dal colera. 47 pp. 8°. Roma, E. Loescher & Co., 1913. ------. De asiatico cholerse morbo, animadver- siones annorum 1837, 1854-5, 1866-7, 1887. 23 pp., 1 map. fol. Torino, B. Marchisio & figli, [n. d.]. Allelomorphs. Castle (W. E.) & Fish (H. D.) The black-and-tan rab- bit and the significance of multiple allelomorphs. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa, 1915, xlix, 88-96.—Morgan (T. H.) Multiple allelomorphs in mice. Ibid., 1914, xlviii, 449-458. -----. The theoretical distinction between multi- ple allelomorphs and close linkage. Ibid., 502. -----. Allelomorphs and mice. Ibid., 1915, xlix, 379-383.—Wright (S.) The albino series of allelomorphs in guinea-pigs. Ibid., 140-148. Allemand (Andre) [1868- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la cure radicale de la hernie ombili- cale chez l'adulte. [Lyon.] 46 pp., 1 1. 4°. Saint-Elienne, 1896, No. 1215. Allemand (Louis) [1876- _ ]. Contribution a l'etude des luxations du pied en dehors, consecu- tives aux fractures bimalleolaires. 67 pp. 8°. Lyon, J903, No. 140. Alhinann (Max) [1875-1916]. *Klinische Unter- suchungen iiber Ischias. 48 pp. 8°. Zurich, J. J. Meier, 1910. Allen (Alfred Henry) [1846-1904]. Commercial organic analysis. A treatise on the properties, modes of assaying, and proximate analytical examination of the various organic chemicals and products employed in the arts, manufac tures, medicine, etc. With concise methodsfor the detection and determination of their im- purities, adulterations and products of decom- position. 2. ed. v. 3, pt. 3; v. 4. xii, 508 pp.; xi, 584 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1896-98. ALLEN. 298 ALLEN. Allen (Alfred Henry)—continued. —----. The same. 3. ed. v. 1-3. 8°. Philadel- phia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1898-1900. -----. The same. Edited by W. A. Davis and Samuel S. Sadtler. 4. ed., entirely rewritten. v. 1-7. x, 635 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blak- iston's Son & Co., 1909-13. For Biography, see Am. Drug. & Pharm. Rec, N. Y, 1904, xiv, 90. Also: Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1904, lxxvi, 474 (S. P. Sadtler). Also: Analyst, Lond, 1904, xxix, 233-242, port. Allen (Benjamin) [1663-1738]. Christy (M.) A forgotten naturalist; Benjamin Allen, of Braintree. Lancet, Lond, 1911, i, 1367. Allen (Carroll W.) [1874- ]. Local and regional anesthesia; with chapters on spinal, epidural, paravertebral, and parasacral analgesia, and on other applications of local and regional anes- thesia to the surgery of the eye, ear, nose and throat, and to dental practice. With an intro- duction by Rudolph Matas. 2 p. 1., 3-625 pp. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1914. Allen (Charles Lewis). See Bing (Robert) [1878- ]. Textbook of nervous dis- eases [etc.]. 4°. New York, [1915]. Allen (Charles Warrenne) [1854-1906]. Anatomy of the skin and its appendages. In: Twentieth Cent. Pract. 8°. New York, 1896, v, 1-23. ------. Functional disorders of the male sexual organs. In: Twentieth Cent. Pract. 8°. New York, 1896, vii, 593-659. ------. The practitioner's manual. A condensed system of medical diagnosis and treatment, iv, 851 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1899. ------. The same. 2. ed. iv, 889 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1902. ------. Radiotherapy and phototherapy, includ- ing radium and high-frequency currents, their medical and surgical applications in diagnosis and treatment. For students and practitioners. With the co-operation of Milton Franklin and Samuel Stern, x, 17-618 pp., 27 pi. 8°. New York & Philadelphia, 1904. For Biography, see Boston M. & S. J, 1906, cliv, 664. Also: J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1906, xxiv, 342-344, port. (G. T. Jackson). Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1906, lxix, 933. Also: Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1906, xii, 608-610. Also: N. York M. J. [etc], 1906, lxxxiii, 1193. Also: Post- Graduate, N. Y, 1906, xxi, 693, port, [front.]. ------& Sobel (Jacob). Handy book of medical progress; a lexicon of the recent advances in medical science, iv, 184 pp. 12°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1899. AUen (Dudley Peter) [1852-1915]. A simple aseptic surgical technique. 13 pp. 8°. Cleve- land, 1908. In: Clin. & Path. Papers Lakeside Hosp, Cleveland, 1908. For Biography, see Boston M. & S. J, 1915, clxxii, 157 (G. H. M.). Also: Cleveland M.J, 1915, xiv, 121; 134. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 261. Also: Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1915, xi, 123. Also: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila, 1915, xxxiii, pp. xxxi-xxxiii (F. E. B.). Allen (Frederick M.) Studies concerning glyco- suria and diabetes, xviii, 1179 pp. 8°.' Boston, W. M. Leonard, 1913. Allen (Freeman) & Garland (F. E.) Anaesthetics and the production of general anaesthesia. In: Am. Pract. Surg. [Bryant & Buck]. 8°. New York, 1908, iv, 169-230. Allen (Gardner W.) [1856- ]. See Ultzmann (Robert) [in 2. s.]. The neuroses of the gemto-urinary system [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. Allen (Georqe) [1853-97]. T. Obituary. Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1897-8, liv, 493. Allen (George Edwin) [1863-1910]. Obituary- Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1911, 212-214. Allen (Glover M.) Mammals of the West Indies. 8°. Cambridge, 1911. Forms v. 54, no. 6, Bulletin ofthe Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College. ------. Bats from British East Africa. 8°. Cam- bridge, 1911. Forms v. 54, no. 9. Bulletin ofthe Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College. Allen (Grant) [1848-99]. The evolutionist at large. 50 pp. 8°. New York, The Humboldt Pub. Co., 1881. ------. Charles Darwin; his life and work. 88 pp. 8°. New York, The Humboldt Pub. Co., 1886. For Biography, see Diet. Nat. Biog, Lond, 1901, Suppl. i, 36-38 (J. S.Cotton). Allen (H. B.) Report on health conditions at Panama to the Honourable the Minister of Ex- ternal Affairs, Melbourne, Australia. 27 pp. 6 pi.,1 map. roy. 8°. Melbourne, 1913. Allen (Harrison)^[1841-97]. On a revision of the ethmoid bone in the Mammalia. Forms no. 3, v. 10, of: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv, Cam- bridge, 1882,135-164, 7 pi. For Biography, see Med. Rec, N. Y, 1897, Iii, 749. Also: N. York M. J, 1897, lxvi, 709. Also: Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc, Phila, 1897-8, 505-529. Also: Proc. Ass. Am. Anat. 1897, Wash, 1898, x, 12-26 (B. G. Wilder). Also, Reprint. Also: Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1898, n. s, vii, 262- 265, port. (B. G. Wilder). Also: Tr. Am. Laryngol. Ass. 1897, N. Y, 1898, 192-194 (H. L. S.). Also: Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila, 1898. 3. s, xx, pp. xxxix-liii (H. C. Wood). Also, Reprint. Also: Univ. M. Mag, Phila, 1897-8, x, 165-168. Allen (Henry C.) The homoeopathic therapeutics of intermittent fever, xxiv, 232 pp., 1 1. 12°. Detroit, Drake's Homceopath. Pharmacy, 1879. —-----. Keynotes and characteristics with com- parisons of some of the leading remedies of the materia medica. 2 p. 1., 179 pp. 12°. Phila- delphia & Chicago, Boericke & Tafel, 1898. Allen (Henry Ebenezer) [1839-1911]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, ii, 195. Allen (J. H.) Denatured alcohol legislation, p. 24. fol. New York, 1908. Cutting from: Harper's Weekly, N. Y, 1908, Iii. Allen (JohnMarshall) [1833-1910]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1910, lv, 1826. Allen (Joseph) [ -1908]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii, 1413. Allen (Joseph Eve) [ -1915]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 526. Allen (Justin) [1826- ]. A biographical sketch of Royal A. Merriam. 13 pp., port. 8°. [Tops- field], 1898. Repr.from: Topsfleld Historical Collection, 1898, iv. Allen (Kenneth) [1857- ]. Sludge treatment in the United States. In: Sewage sludge, roy. 8°. New York, 1912, pp. 193- 272. Alien (Louis). *Contribution a l'etude de l'isth- mectomie et de l'isthmotomie dans le traitement des goitres parenchymateux. 66 pp., 11. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 71. Allen (Martha M.) _ Alcohol, a dangerous and un- necessary medicine; how and why. What medical writers say. vii, [5]-435 pp. 8°. Marcellus, Published by the Department of Medical Temperance of the National Woman's Christian Temperance Union, [1900]. ------. The danger and harmfulness of patent medicines. 8 pp. 12°. [n. p., 1903.] Allen Mrs. Mary Wood). See Wood-Allen (Mary) [in 2. s.]. Allen (Nathan) [1813-89]. Divorces in New Eng- land, broadside fol. Boston, 1880. Repr.from: N. Am. Rev, Bost, June, 1880. ------. The New England family. 24 pp. 8°. New Haven, Tuttle Morehouse & Taylor, 1882, Repr.from: N. Englander, March, 1882. ALLEN. 299 ALLGEMEINE. Allen (Paul Pomeroy) [ -1915]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 758. A13en (Richard). See Jones (Absalom) & Allen (Richard) [in 2. s.]. A narrative of the'proceedings of the black people [etc.]. 12°. Philadelphia, 1794. Allen (Richard William) [1876- ]. The opsonic method of treatment. A short compendium for general practitioners, students, and others, ix, 138 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1907. ------. The same, ix, 138 pp. 8°. Philadel- phia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1907. ------. Vaccine therapy and the opsonic method of treatment; a short compendium for general practitioners, students, and others. 2. ed. xii, 244 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1908. ------. The same. Vaccine therapy, its theory and practice. 3. ed. 277 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1910. ------. The same. 4. ed. x, 444 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia. D. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1913. ------. The bacterial diseases of respiration, and vaccines in their treatment, x, 236 pp. 8°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1913. Also, Editor of: Journal (The) of Vaccine Therapy. London, 1912-13. Allen (Robert) [1S69-1908]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 190S, ii, 1S47. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1908, ii, 1786. Allen (Stephen T.) A sermon delivered in Merri- mack, January fifteenth, at the funeral of Abel Goodrich, who died January 12, 1841. 8°. Nashua, C. T. Gill. 1S41. Allen (Timothy Field) [1837-1902]. A general symptom register of the homoeopathic materia medica. xv, 1321 pp. 8°. New York & Phila- delphia, Boericke & Tafel, [1880]. ------. A primer of materia medica for practi- tioners of homoeopathy. 408 pp., 3 1. 8°. Philadelphia, Boericke & Tafel, 1892. See, also, Boenninghausen's therapeutic pocket book [etc.]. 12°. Philadelphia, 1891. For Biography, see Chironian, N. Y, 1902-3, xix, 97-100, port. Also: Hahneman. Month, Phila, 1903, xxxviii, 129- 136 (S. C. Smith). Also: J. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1903, ix, 35-38, port. (C. Deady). Also: Month. Homoeop. Rev, Lond, 1903, xlvii, 118-122 (C. Deady). Also: N. Am. J. Homoeop, N. Y, 1903, li, 43-45. Also: Tr. Am. Inst. Homoeop, Chicago, 1903, 725-727, port (C. A. Weirick). Also: Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y, Rochester, 1903, xxxviii, 261 (W. S. Garnsey). Allen (William E.) [1836-1903]. Jenkins (T. W.) Inmemoriam. Albany M. Ann, 1903, xxiv, 562. Allen (William H.) The rise of the National Board of Health, pp. 51-68. 8°. Philadelphia, 1900. Cutting from: Ann. Am. Acad. Polit. & Soc. Sc, Phila, 1900, xv. ------. Rural sanitary administration in Pennsyl- vania. A thesis. 93 pp. 8?. [n. p., 1900, vel subseq.] ------. National programme of or departments of school hygiene, pp. 112-122. 8°. New York, 1908. Cutting/rom.-N. Am. Rev, N. Y, 1900, clxxxviii. Allen (William Ray). A laboratory guide to gen- era zoology. 2 p. 1., 7-149 pp. 8°. [n. p.], 1916. Allen bach (Edmund) [1885- ]. *Weiterer Beitrag zur Pachymeninx-Verkalkung bei Usura cranii. 7 pp. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Repr. from: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1911, ccv. Allendorf (Franz [Carl]) [J885- ]. * Ueber Myelitis bei Carcinom. 17 pp.'8°. Giessen, R. Lange, 1909. Allendorff (Fritz Franz Oskar) [18S1- ]. *Un- tersuchungen und Erfahrungen mit Neuronal (Bromdiathylacetamid). 28 pp., 1 1. 8°. Ros- tock, C. Hinstorff, 1906. Allendy (Rene-Felix) [1889- ]. *L'alchimie et la medecine; etude sur les theories hermetiques, dans Thistoire de la medecine. 157 pp. 8°.' Paris, 1912, No. 21. Allenet (Frank) [1884- ]. ^Botryomycose humaine. Etude clinique et anatomo-patholo- gique. 93 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1908, No. 70. Allen* ia. See Anaphylaxis; Diphtheria (Immunity from, Tests for); Immunity. Allers (Henry) [1856- ]. A treatise on "The Association of Military Surgeons of the United States." 16 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Allers (Rudolf) [1883- ]. Ueber Schiidel- schusse; Probleme der Klinik unter der Fiirsorge von Rudolf Allers. vii (1 1.), 227 pp. 8°. Ber- lin J. Springer, 1916. See, also, von Gruber (Max) & Rudin (Ernst). Fort- pflanzung, Vererlmngfetc.]. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Allescher (Marie) [1874- ]. *Ueber den Ein- fluss der Gestalt des Kernes auf die Grossen- abnahme hungernder Infusorien. 43 pp., 1 1. 8°. Munchen, 1913. Alletsee (Eduard) [1880- ]. *Ueber Indika- tion und Prognose der manuellen Placentarlo- sung. 1 p. 1., 20 pp., 11. 8°. Munchen, Midler & Steinicke, 1912. Alletz (Pons-Augustin) [1703-85]. L'Albert mo- derne, ou nouveaux secrets eprouves et licites, recueiilis d'apres les decouvertes les plus re- centes,. xxiv, 329 pp. 8°. Paris, Vve. Du- chesne, 1776. Allevard. See Waters (Mineral), by localities. Allevi (Giovanni). L'alcoolismo. xi, 221 pp. 16°. Milano, TJ. Hoepli, 1906. ------. Le malattie dei lavoratori e l'igiene in- dustriale. 415 pp. 16°. Milano, TJ. Hoepli, 1908. ------. La medicina sociale; tubercolosi, malaria, febbre tifoide, vaiuolo e vaccinazione, sifilide e prostituzione, anchilostomiasi, pellagra, alcoo- lismo. 291 pp. 16°. Milano, TJ. Hoepli, 1909. Allfrey (Charles Henry) [ -1912]. Obituary. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1912, i, 1436. Allgemeine Biologie. Redaktion: C. Chun und W. Johannsen, unter Mitwirkung von A. Giin- thart. Bearix von E. Baur, P. Boysen-Jensen [etc.]. xi, 691, [1] pp. 4°. Leipzig & Berlin, B. G. Teubner, 1915. Allgemeine deutsche Hebammen-Zeitung. v. 2-22, 1887-1907. 4°. Berlin. Allgemeine deutsche Nahrungs- und Genussmittel- Kunde. v. 1, 1898. fol. Munchen. Allgemeine Encyclopadie fiir practische Aerzte und Wundarzte, bearbeitet und hrsg. von Georg Wilh. Consbruch und Joh. Christoph Ebermaier. 9 v. 12°. Leipzig, J. A. Barth, 1802-13. CONTENTS. II. Th, 1. Bd. Pathologisches Taschenbuch fiir practische Aerzte und Wundarzte, von Georg Wilh. Consbruch. 2. Aufl, 1813. III. Th. Diatetisches Taschenbuch fiir Aerzte und Nicht- arzte. 1803. IV. Th. Taschenbuch der Arzneymittellehre fiir practische Aerzte und Wundarzte. 1. Aufl, 1804; 2. Aufl, 1810. VI. Th. Taschenbuch der medicinisch-chirurgischen Re- ceptirkunst; oder Anleitung zum Verschreiben der Arzney- . formeln. 1808. VII. Th. Klinisches Taschenbuch fiir practische Aerzte. 2 Bde. 5. Aufl, 1808, 1809. IX. Th. Taschenbuch der Chirurgie fiir angehende prac- tische Aerzte und Wundarzte. 2 Bde. 1. Bd, 1802; 2. Bd, 2. Aufl, 1803. Allgemeine homoopathische Zeituhg. v. 1-145, 1832-1902. 4°. Leipzig. ALLGEMEINE. Allgemeine (Das) Krankenhaus St. Georg in Ham- , burg, nach seiner baulichen Neugestaltung. Festschrift anlasslich des Abschlusses der Neu- bauten den Fordern und Mitarbeitern an der volligen Erneuerung des Krankenhauses . . . gewidmet von H. Albers-Schonberg, Ed. Anting, [etc.], unter Redaktion von Th. Deneke; mit einem Titelbild und 71 Abbildungen im Text. frontispiece, viii, 384 pp. 8°. Leipzig & Ham- burg, L. Voss, 1912. Allgemeine medicinische Central-Zeitung. v. 11-84, 1842-1915. fol. Berlin. Continuation of: Berliner medicinische Central-Zeitung. Allgemeine Wiener medicinische Zeitung. v. 1-59, 1856-1914; Nos. 1-26, v. 60, 1915. fol. Wien. Allgemeine Zeitschrift fiir Psychiatrie und psy- chisch-gerichtliche Medicin. v. 1-72, 1844- 1915. 8°. Berlin. Allgemeines Krankenhaus Hamburg-Eppendorf. Der Tuberkulose-Fortbildungskurs des Allge- meinen Krankenhauses Hamburg-Eppendorf, hrsg. von dem arztlichen Direktor Ludolph Brauer. Band II dem Eppendorfer Kranken- hause zur Feier seines 25jahrigen Bestehens ge- widmet von fruheren und jetzigen Aerzten der Anstalt. Mit 6 Abbildungen im Texfr und 13 Tafeln. 2 p. 1., 159 pp., 13 pi. 8°. Wiirzburg, C. Kabitzsch, 1914. Allgemeines statistisches Archiv, hrsg von Georg von Mayr und Friedrich Zahn. v. 1-8, 1890- 1914. 8°. Tubingen. Allibe (Jules) [1881- ]. Contribution a l'histo- logie pathologique des syphilides tertiaires cu- tanees; cellules geantes et follicule syphilitique. 75 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1907, No. 97. Alligator. Reese (A. M.)- The development of the American alligator. 8°. Washington, 1908. Forms part of v. 51, Smithson. Misc. Collect. Dowler (B.) Contributions to the natural history of the alligator (Crocodilus mississippiensis), with a microscopic addendum. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1846-7, iii, 311-336. Also, Reprint.—Jacquart (H.) Sur pi usieurs points du systeme veineux abdominal du caiman a museau de brochet. Compt. rend-Acad. d. sc. Par, 1858, xlvii, 822. — Paravicini (G.) Intorno alia miologia della regione glossojoidea del kaimano (Alligator lucius Cuv.). R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1899, 2. s, xxxii, 998. Alligator bites. Jauneau. Notes sur les morsures de caiman k Mada- gascar. Ann. d'hyg. et de med. colon. Par, 1909, xii, 415- 421. Allihn (Hans). Die Anfangsgriinde der hauslichen Krankenpflege. Eine Anleitung fiir hilfsbereite Frauen und Jungfrauen. Durchgesehen von Kalkoff. viii, 115 pp. 8°. Berlin, M. Warneck, 1904. ------. The same. 3. Aufl. xii, 119 pp. 8°. Berlin, M. Warneck, 1905. Allik (A. K.) *Khimicheskiy analiz kumisa na Kavkazskikh mineralnikh vodakh. [Dorpat.] [Chemical analysis of kumiss made upon the Caucasian mineral waters.] 2 p. 1., 42 pp., 2 1., 3 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Allin (William Briggs) [1852-1903]. Obituary. Glasgow M. J, 1903, lx, 344. Ailing (Arthur N.) [1862- ] & Griffin (Ovidus Arthur). Diseases of the eye and ear. A manual for students and practitioners. Ed. by Victor Cox Pedersen. 252 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, Lea Bros. & Co., 1905. Allingham (Herbert William) [1862-1904]. Oper- ative surgery, xiv, 367 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1903. ALLIOTT. Allingham (Herbert William)—continued. ------. The same, xiv, 367 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1903. See, also, Allingham (William) & Allingham (Herbert William). The diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the rectum, [etc.]. 8°. London. 1896.-----------. The same. 8°. London, 1901.—Gant (S. Goodwin) [in 2. s.j. Diag- nosis and treatment of diseases of the rectum, [etc.]. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, ii, 1347 (J. B.). Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago. 1904, xliii, 1714. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1386. Also: Rev. de chir. Par, 1904, xxx, 820. Allingham (William) [1829-1908]. Fistula, hemor- rhoids, painful ulcer, stricture, prolapsus and other diseases of the rectum; their diagnosis and treatment. 4. ed. 84 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston Son & Co., 1883. For Biography, see Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, i, 420. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1908, i, 530. ------ & Allingham (Herbert William). The diagnosis and treatment of diseases of the rectum; being a practical treatise on fistula, piles, fissure and painful ulcer, procidentia, polypus, struc- ture, cancer, etc. 6. ed. xvi, 485 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1896. ------------. The same. 7. ed. xi, 471 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall & Cox, 1901. ------------. The same. 6. ed. xvi, 485 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1896. ------------. The same. 7. ed. xi, 471 pp. 8°. New York, W. Wood & Co., 1901. Allinson (Alfred). See Tarnowsky (Venyamin Mikhailovich) [in 2. s.]. The sexual instinct, [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1898. Allinson (Thomas Richard). Rheumatism, acute and chronic; its cause, symptoms, complica- tions, and cure; also its prevention by hygienic means. 20 pp. 12°. London, 1886. ------. Sans aucune drogue, rien qu'avec un regime alimentaire approprie" et une hygiene bien comprise, guerison certaine du rhumatisme aigu et soulagement certain du rhumatisme chronique. Trad, de l'anglais par A. Thirion. 65 pp., 1 1. 12°. London, T. R. Allinson; Paris, A. Maloine, 1904. ------. Medecine hygienique, ou la seule melhode rationnelle de traiter les maladies. Traduit par F. Baltar. xi, 108 pp., 1 1. 12°. Dax, 1904. ------. Maagkwalen. 15 pp. 8°. Rotterdam, H. A. Wakker & Co., 1906. ------. Longziekten. Ill pp. 12°. Rotterdam, H A. Wakker & Co., [1906]. Allionacese. Standley (P. C.) The Allioniaceae of the United States, with notes on Mexican species. 8°. Washington, 1909. Forms v. 12, pt. 8, Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. ------. The AlUoniaceae of Mexico and Central America. 8°. Washington^ 1911. Forms v. 13, pt. 11, Contributions from the United States National Herbarium. Alliot (G. A.) *Recherches sur les aldehydes dipropylacetique et diisoamylacetique. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910. Ecole de pharmacie. Alliot (Henri). *Cinq annees d'observations et d'efforts d'un bureau d'hygiene; l'ceuvre sani- taire francaise de demain. 3 p. 1., 196 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 260. See, also, Hygiene coloniale [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1907. Alliot (Leon). *La capacite stomacale du nouveau- ne. 35 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 9. Alliott (Alexander John) [1847-1910]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1910, ii, 920. ALLIS. 301 ALLOTROPISM. Allis (Oscar H.) An inquiry into the difficulties encountered in the reduction of dislocations of the hip. The Samuel D. Gross prize essay, xv, 171pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. Allison (Henry E.) [1851-1904]. Provision for the criminal insane. 7 pp. 8°. [n. p.], 1898. Repr.from: Proc. Nat. Prison Ass, Indianap, 1898. ------. The care and custody of the convict and criminal insane. 9 pp. 8°. Cleveland, 1900. Repr.from: Proc. Nat. Prison Ass, Cleveland, 1900. For Biography, see Albany M. Ann, 1904, xxv, 848. Also: Am. J. Insan, Bait, 1904-5, lxi, 528-532, port, [front.] Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 1000. Also: Proc' f\m. Med.-Psychol. Ass, [Bait.], 1905, xh, 378 (R. B. Lamb); Allison (Richard). Pilcher (J. E.) V. Richard Allison, surgeon to the Lesion, 1792=-6, [U. S. Army]. J. Ass. Mil. Surg, Carlisle, Pa, 1904, xiv, 187. Allison (Thomas Moffatt). Health in infancy. iv, 41 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Newcastle-on-Tyne, T. & B. Allan. 1904. Allison (William Russell) [1864-1917]. Obituary. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 387. Allium. See, also, Tuberculosis (Treatment of) with garlic. Adone (Titta). L'aglio; terapia Boschetti. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital, Torino, 1903, Iii, 1130-1136.—Baele (H. R.) An observation on the value of garlic as a remedy. Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 626.—Carles (P.) Un dernier mot sur l'action diuretique de l'oignon. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. m6d. de Bordeaux, 1912, xxxiii, 186.—Carlier (E. W.) & Evans (C. L.) Allyl sulphide; some aspects of its physiological action, with an analysis of the common leek (Allium por- rum). 'Bio-Chem. J, Liverp, 1907, ii, 325-339.—Casella (\ ) Sull' azione battericida del succo d'aglio e del solfuro d'allile. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital, Torino, 1898, xlvii, 876; 890:919; 939:966.—Dalche (P.) La cure d'oignons. [Allium cepa.] J. de med. de Par, 1913, 2. s, xxv, 406-409 — Durodie. Cure d'oignons. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 189.—Foy (G.) Therapeutics of garlic. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, n. s, c, 420.—Giampietro (A. W.) A bacterial rot of onions caused by bacillus coli. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait, 1911-12, vii, 107-109.—Hall (H. O.) The onion (Allium cepa) and garlic (Allium sativa) as a remedy for pneumonia and pulmonary tuberculosis. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1913, n. s, viii, 26-34. Also, Reprint— Kooper (W. D.) Untersuchungen iiber die schwefelhaltigen Verbindungen in Allium cepa. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1910, x, 569-571 —Alarcovici (E.) Klinische und experimentelle Untersuchun'-ien iiber die Wirkung von Allium sativum und daraus dargestellten Praparaten (Allphen) bei infektiosen Darmkrankheiten. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1915, xxviii, 993.—Perez (G. V.) The pyretic action of garlic. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1916, cii, 562. -----. Garlic as an insecticide. Ibid., 1917, ciii, 352.—Use (The) of the onion in hydrarthrosis. Lancet, Lond, 1915, ii, 1170. Allkin (William John) [1839-99]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond, 1899, i] 874. Allmanna svenska Lakartidningen. Organ for Allmanna svenska Liikaforeningen. v. 1-3, 1904-6; v. 13, 1916. 8°. Stockholm. Allman (George James) [1812-98]. Syllabus of lectures on zoology and geology and of the Thomsonian lectures on mineralogy. 31 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, Neill & Co., 1867. L. B. Collection, iv. -------. Syllabus of lectures on natural history. 20 pp. 8°. [Edinburgh, n. d.] L. B. Collection, iv. For Biography, see Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1905, lxxv, 25 (S.J. H.). Allmann (Franz) [1880- ]. *Elastische Atro- pine der Aortenklappen und Gehirnartenen. 38 pp 8°. Wiirzburg, T. Staudenraus, 1907. Allmann (Julius) [1882- ]. *Zur Frage der Graviditatsmyelitis. 18 pp. 8°. Kiel, II. Fiencke 1909. Allmann' (Rudolf) [1879- ]. *Beitrag zur Kenntnis des ansteckenden Scheidenkatarrhs der Rinder. [Giessen.] 38 pp., 1 1. 8°. Ess- lingen, W. Langguth, [1905]. Allmaras (Joseph). *Ein Fall von Situs trans- versa partialis. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., Speyer & Kaerner, 1904. Allmeling (August Otto Emil) [1877- ]. *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Komplikationen -von Schwangerschaft mit Myom des Uterus. [Wiirz- burg.] 22pp., 11. 8°. Lauenburg,A,Voss, 1904. Alio (Georges) [1885- ]. ^Contribution a l'etude historique des paralysies radiculaires du plexus brachial. 73pp. 8°. Paris, 1911, No. 409. Alloaesthesia. Dusser de Barenne (J. G.) Zur Kenntnis der Alloas- thesie; Experimente und Betrachtungen. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1913, xxxiv, 523-540. -----. Ueber Alloaesthesie; experimenteller Beitrag zur Kenntnis dieses Symptoms. Psychiat. en neurol. Bl, Amst, 1914, xviii, 160-173. Allochiria. Lapidous (Ronia). *Contribution a l'etude de rallochirie. 8°. Paris, 1899. Bonnier (P.) Allochirie auriculaire. Rev. neurol. Par, 1904, xii, 324-326.—Camp (C. D.) On allochiria; with a re- port of two observations. Physician & Surg, Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1910, xxxii, 1-3.—Determann. Beitrag zur Kennt- niss der Allochirie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh, Leipz, 1900, xviii, 99-109.—Fischer (G.) Ueber elektromotorische Allochirie. Med. Abhandl. Festschr. d. Stuttg. arztl. Ver 1897, 152-158.—Jones (E.) The clinical significance of allochiria. Lancet, Lond, 1907, ii, 830-832. Also: Cong. internat. de psychiat. [etc.] 1907, Amst, 1908, i, 408-414. -----. The precise diagnostic value of allochiria. Brain, Lond, 1908, xxx, 490-532. — Trapeznikoff ( A. V. ) [On allochiria.] Obozr. Psichiat, Nevroi. [etc.], S.-Peterb.; 1901, vi, 97; 165. —Verrier (E.) De rallochirie. Gaz. med. de Par, 1898, 11. s, i, 444. Allochlorophyllan. Marchlewski (L.) Ueber Allochlorophyllan aus Ahorn- blattern. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1909, xxi, 529-533. Allogromia. Swarczewsky (B.) Zur Kenntnis der Allogromia ovoidea (Rhumbl.). Arch. f. Protistenk, Jena, 1909, xiv, 396-416, 2 pi. Allolobophora. Baldasseroni (V.) Descrizione dell' helodrilus (Allolobo- phora) targionii nuova specie di lumbricide della Toscana. Monitore zool. ital, Firenze, 1906, xvii, 169-172.—Foot (Katharine) & Strobell (EllaC.) Further notes on the co- coons of Allolobophora fcetida. Biol. Bull.; Woods Holl, Mass, 1902, iii, 206-213.—Rosa (D.) Sui nefridii con sbocco intestinale comune dell' Allolobophora antipse Mich, (lum- bricidi). Arch, zool, Napoli, 1906-7, iii, 73-98, 1 pi. d'AMonnes (G. Revault). See Revault d'Allon- nes (G.). Allosan. Jourdan (M.) De l'emploi therapeutique de l'allosan, en particulier dans l'uretrite chronique comme adjuvant du traitement rationnel et scientifique. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1910, clix, 517-523. Allot (Victor) [1862-1910]. Fabre(P.) [Obituary.] Centre med. et pharm, Gannat, 1909-10, xv, 259-264. Allotriophagia. See Appetite (Abnormal). Allotropism. Damiens (A.) Etats allotropiques des corps simples. [Paris.] 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1914. Faucon (M.-A.) Etats allotropiques des corps simples. [Paris.] 8°. Montpellier, 1914. Smits (A.) A new theory of the phenomenon allotropy. K Akad. v. Wetensch te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1909-10, xii, 763-774, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1911, lxxvi, 421-444.—Smits (A.) & Bokhorst (S. C.) Ex- perimentelle Bestatigungen der neuen Theorie der Erschei- nung Allotropie. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz. u. Berl, 1914, lxxxviii, 608-621.—Smits (A.) & de Leeuw (H. L.) Confirmations of the new theory of the phenomenon of allotropy. K.-Akad. v. Wetensch. Proc. Sec. Sc, Amst, 1910-11, xiii, 822-829, 1 pi.-----------• Experimentelle Bestatigungen der neuen Theorie der Erscheinung Allotro- pie. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1911, lxxvii, 367- 379 —Tammann (G.) Ueber A. Smits' "neue Theorie der Allotropie.". Ibid., 1913, lxxxiii, 728-734. — Wigand (A.) Ueber spezifische Warme und spezifisches Gewicht der allotropen Modifikationen fester Elemente. Naturw. Wchnschr, Berl, 1907, xxii, 301. 102 ALMOND. ALLOUCH. AHouch (Francois) [1885- ]. *Contribution a l'etude du traitement des fractures de jambe par la methode de Delbet. Ill pp., 1 pi. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 48. Alloys. Ibbotson (F.) & Aitchison (L.) The analysis of non-ferrous alloys. 8°. London, 1915. Allport (Frank) [1855- ]. The eye and its care. 174 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Philadelphia, J. B. Lippincott Co., 1896. For Biography, see Med. News, N. Y, 1902, lxxx, 1109. Allstaedt (Ernst) [1885- ]. *Die Hamophilie im Lichte der genealogischen Forschung. 31 pp. 11. 8°. Rostock, Adlers Erben, 1908. Ally! and derivatives. See, also, Allium. Reckleben (H.) *Ueber das Allylanilin und einige Derivate desselben und Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Azoverbindungen und ihrer Um- lagerungsprodukte bei der Reduktion. 8°. Erlangen, 1893. Carlier (E. W.) AIM isothiocyanate; some aspects of its physiological action. Bio-Chem, J, Liverp, 1909, iv, 107- 116. -----. Some further experiments on the physiology of the allyl compounds. Ibid., 1911-12. vi, 182-199. -----. Notes on the physiology of some of the allyl compounds. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, ii, 609.—Mayor (A.) & Wiki (B.) L'allylmorphine, expose de ses effets pharmacodynamiques. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1915, xxxv, 5-22. Almanach lecebnych mist, lazni a letnich sidel ceskych. [Almanac of Bohemian health resorts.] 1903-13. 8°. v Praze, 1903-13. Almanacs. See, also, Medicine (Popular, Journals on). Ayer's American Almanac, for the years 1863; 1875; 1886; 1895. 12° Lowell, 1862-94. Vogel (L.) Almanach des Ernstes und des Scherzes fiir Aerzte, Chirurgen und Geburtshel- fer auf das Jahr 1800. Erster Jahrgang. 16°. Erfurt, 1801. Dix (E. R. M'C.) A Dublin almanac of 1612. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad, Dubl, 1913, Sect. C, xxx, 327-330.-----. An early Dublin almanac. Ibid., 1916, xxxiii, Sect. C, 225-229, 2 pi. Almaraz (Andres). * [Breves consideraciones acerca analisis quimico.] 15 pp. 8°. Mexico, F. Diaz deLedn, 1887. Almasoff (Vera) [1875- ]. *Contribution a l'etude de la polymastie. 34 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 104. Almatein. Beneke (R.) Versuche fiber Almatein. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1914, cv, 954-972. — Bertinl (L.) Almateina. Clin mod, Pisa, 1904, x, 210-213.—De Lisa (R.) Nuovo contributo terapeutico dell' almateina. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1908, vii. 679.—Fiertz (O.) Ueber Heilerfolge mit Almatein. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1913, xliii, 289-297.—Lessona (F.) Nota intorno all'im- piego delle soluzioni di almateina nella pratica ginecologica. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1908, v, 198-212.—Mucci (S.) L'alma- teina in ostetricia ed in ginecologia. Arch, internaz. di med. e chir, Napoli, 1905, xxi, 396; 417.—Raubitschek (F.) Al. matein in der Gynaekologie. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. u. Wien, 1909, iii, 700.—Skutetzky (A.) Ueber Almatein und Neraltein. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lix, 2314.—Va- chetta (A.) & Cinotti (F.) L'almateina c l'impiego di essa in veterinaria. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1906, xi. 271; 284.—Valenti (A ) Sull' azione farmacoterapeutica delr almateina. Arch. farmacol. sper, Roma, 1903, ii, 492-510.—Venus (E.) Al- matein in der Chirurgie. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1908, xxxv, 521-524.—Werndorfl (R.) Ueber Almatein. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 137. Almazan y Garcia (Venancio R.) Manual del practicante de sanidad de la armada. 10.27 pp. 8°. Madrid, 1905. de Almeida (Cantidiano) [1872- ]. *Zur Kennt- nis der Vakuole des Fettzellenkernes. [Kiel.] 13 pp., 11. 8° Wiesbaden, 1899. de Almeida (Joao Marciano). *Dermopathias ble- norrhagicas. 54 pp., 1 1. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, typ. Altina, 1904. d'Almeida Basto (Joao Rodrigues). *Nocoes summarias sobre o arthritismo. - 55 pp., 2 1. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, A. J. da Costa Nunes, 1896. de Almeida Figueiredo (Frederico). *Cura radical do hydrocele. 57 pp. 4°. Rio de Ja- neiro, 1906. de Almeida Junior (Francisco Xavier). *A lucta contra a velhice. 79 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, P. Souza & Co., 1905. de Almeida Magalhaes (Pedro) [1864- 1908]. F. (C.) Obituary. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1909, xxiii, 71-74.—Obituary. Tribuna med, Rio de Jan, 1909, xv, 87. de Almeida Nunes (Jos6). *Da cesariana cbn- servadora nos vicios de bacia. 49 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Moraes, 1905. de Almeida Pires (Jose Jayme). * Das nutrizes morcenarias especialmente no Brazil. [Rio de Janeiro.] 116 pp. 4°. Nictheroy, 1906. de Almeida Ramos (Luiz Augusto). *Estudo clinico da esteatose cardiaca. 2 p. 1., 125 pp., 11. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, Comp.typog. do Brazil, . 1899. de Almeida Tavares (Joao). * Das appendicites medicas. 105 pp., 21. 4°. Rio de Janeiro, 1901. d'Almeida Torres (Silvio). *Algumas considera- coes relativas ao preconicio de intervencao cirur- gica laparotomica exploradora nos ferimentos penetrantes por arma de foco. 51 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, M. Erosco & Co., 1905. de Almeira (Hilario) [1799-1885]. [Biography.] An. san. mil, Buenos Aires, 1900, ii, 373- 379, port. van Almeloveen (Theodoras Janssonius) [ 1657- 1712]. See Hippocrates. Aphorismi[etc.]. 24°. Amstelsedami, 1685. Almen (Aug. Th.) [1833-1903]. Minnesord. [In memoriam.i Upsala Lakaref. Forh, 1903-4, n. f, ix. 2.-3. Hft, pp. i-viii. — Wawrinsky (R.) [Biography.] Allm. sven. Lakartidn, Stockholm, 1904, i, 8-10, port. Almera (Jaime). See Wurtz (Charles Adolphe) [in 2. s.]. Lecciones ele- mentales de quimica moderna [etc.]. 12°. Barcelona, 1873. d'Almeras (Henri). Le mariage chez tous les peuples. 2. 6d. 200 pp. 12°. Paris, Schleicher freres & Cie., 1904. Almeria. See, also, Diphtheria (History of), Pharma- copoeias (Official), by localities. Blanes (V. J. E.) Apuntes para el estudio medico de la topografia y atmosferologia de la Provincia de Almeria, y del clima do su capital como estacidn de invierno. Actos y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, iii, 175-182. Almes (Gabriel) [1877- ]. *De l'emploi thera- peutique de l'anidol. 60 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1901, No. 4. Almindelige danske Lsegeforening. Beretning om Forhandlingerne paa den . . . 29de m0de afholdt i K0benhavn den 22de og 23de August 1907. 124 pp. 8°. K0benhavn, F. Bagges, 1907. Bound with: Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1907, Ixviii. Almkvist (Johan). De veneriska sjukdomarna, deras natur, faror och bekampande. [Venereal diseases, their nature, course and prevention.] 32 pp. 12°. Stockholm, Bjork & Borjesson, 1905. ------. Om behandling af det mjuka chankersaret och dess lymfkortelkomplikationer med koppar- salter. [On the treatment with copper salts of soft chancre and its lymphatic complications.] 25 pp. 8°. Stockholm. 1908. In: Hygiea. Festband, Stockholm, 1908, i. Almond. See Amandin; Amygdala. ALMQUIST. 303 ALOPECIA. Almquist (Ernst) [1S52- ]. Larobok i skolhy- gien for seminarier, skolrad, lakare m. fl. 79 pp 12°. Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt Iey (B.) Vergiftungserscheinungen bei einem Pferde . durch Alocasia odora C. Koch. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr, 1910, xxvi, 563. Aloes. See, also, Aloin. Gonzalez (J. de J.) *Sabila. 8°. Guana- juato, 1891. Klavexess (J.) *Studien iiber die Natal- und die Ugandaaloe. 12°. Bern. 1901. de Leon (M. P.) *Estudio de la zabila, 6 el aloe mexicano. 8°. Culiacan, 1891. Llamas (F.) *La sabilla. 8°. Mexico, 1881. Pedersen (G.) *Studien uber Aloe. 8°. Bern, 1898. Ricardez Vigil (G.) *Estudio sobre el aci- bar nacional. 8°. Oaxaca, 1886. Condd-Vissicchio (G.) Die Aloe von Sizilien. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1909, ccxlvii, 81-95.—Dennehy (C. J.) So- cotrine aloes. J. Am.. Pharm. Ass, Columbus, 1913, ii, 985 — Iftrissey (H.) Sur la reaction d'identite' de la teinture d'aloes. J. de pharm. et de chim. Par, 1912, 7. s, v, 393- 396.—Leger (E.) Sur les aloes de Jarlerabad et de 1' Ouganda. Ibid., 1907, 6. s, xxv, 476-483. -----. Les aloes, leur compo- sition et leur utilite. Rev. scient. Par, 1911, ii, 112-114.— von Magyary-Kossa (J.) Ueber den Einfluss der Aloe und der Anthrachinon-Derivate auf die Korpertemperatur. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. et Par, 1910, xx, 157- 163.—Oesterle (O. A.) & Biat (G.) Zur Kenntnis des Aloe-Emodins. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1909, ccxlvii, 413- 417.—Pedersen (G.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Aloe. Ibid., 1898, ccxxxvi, 200-212.—Bodionoff (G. P.) [Aloe pictum, as a therapeutic remedy.] Russk. Med, S.-Peterb, 1893, xviii, 428-430.—Seel (E.) Ueber Oxydationsprodukte der Aloebestandteile. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz, 1907, pt. 2, 220-222.—Stacy (C. E.) A new colour reaction for aloes. Analyst, Lond, 1916, xli. 75.—Tschirch (A.) Ueber die Aloe. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz, 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth, 635-639.—Tschirch (A.) & Pe- dersen. Ueber das Harz der Aloe. Schweiz. Wchnschr. f. Chem. u. Pharm, Zurich, 1898, xxxvi, 210-212.—Weigel (G.) Ueber Aloe, insbesondere leberfarbige Kap-Aloe (Wcanda- Aloe). Apoth.-Ztg, Berl, 1902, xvii, 601. Also: Pharm. Centralhafle, Dresd, 1902, n. F, xxiii, 431-436— Wilbert (M. I.) Commercial aloes. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1903, lxxv, 201; 265. Aloes (Toxicology of). Albrecht. Vergiftungssymptome bei einem an Druse kranken Pferde nach Verabreichung von Aloe. Wchnschr. f. Tierh. u. Viehzucht, Munchen, 1907, li, 281-286.—Baeh- stadt. Aloevergiftung bei Pferden. Ztschr. f Veterinark, Berl, 1904, xvi, 300-303.— Zimmermann (A.), Aloevergif- tung be m Pferd. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr, 1906, 939. Also, transl.: Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1906, xxix, 15. Aloesol. Leger (E.) Sur l'aloesol, phenol a fonction complexe, prepare a l'aide de certains aloes. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1908, 6. s, xxviii, 529-534. Alogia. See, also, Speech (Disordered). Beich (F.) Der Gehirnbefund in dem in der Sitzung des psychiatnschen Vereins zu Berlin vom 18. Marz 1905 vorge- stellten Fall von Alogie. Allg. Ztschr. f. Psychiat. [etc.], Berl, 1907, lxiv, 380-389. Aloin. Berrar (M.) Die Wirkung des Aloins auf den Stoffwech- sel; ein Beitrag zur Physiologie der kiinstlichen Gicht und des kiinstlichen Fiebers. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1913, xlix, 426-446.—Bourquelot (E.) Sur quelques reactions elites d'identite (aloine, tyrosine, loganine, preparations d'opium, teinture de cachou). J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1902, 6. s, xv, 342-345.—Ferreira de Castro. A aloina em pequenas doses, como amargo e laxante. Med. mod, Porto, 1896, iii, 285.—Freire (D.) Pesquiza sobre as propriedades e a constituicao da aloina. Rev. d. cursos prat, e theor. da Fac. de med. do Rio de Jan, 1889, 103-111— Lazzaro (C.) Ricerche comparative sui succhi contenuti nelle foglie delle Aloines e delle Asphodeleae. Arch, di farm, e terap, Palermo, 1906, xii, 23-29.—Leger (E.) Sur les aloines. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1897, exxv, 185-188: 1899, exxviii, 1401-1403.-----. Acibar y aloinas. Independ. med, Bareel, 1902, xxxii, 234. -----. Sur les aloines de l'aloes de Natal. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1903, xciv, 13-17.-----. Sur le dedoublement des aloines. Bull. d. sc. Pharmacol, Par, 1904, x, 65-68. -----. Transformations de la barbalo'ine en une aloine isomere; la 0-barbaIoine; exis- tence de cette derniere dans divers aloes. J. de pharm. et chim. Par., 1908, 6. s, xxvii, 5-10. -----. Sur la constitu- tion des aloines. Compt. rend. x. Cong, internat. de pharm. 1910, Brux, 1911, 132-134. ----*- Sur la constitution des aloines de l'aloes du Natal. J. de pharm. et de chim. Par, 1912, 7. s, vi, 241-246. Also: Compt. rend. Acad d. sc. Par, 1912, civ, 172-175.—Oliver! (R.) Sulla chimica delle aloine. Arch, di farmacog. [etc.], Roma, 1913, ii, 224-232. Aloin (Henry) [1887- ]. *De la mucocele du sinus maxillaire. 62 pp. 8°. -Lyon, 1913, No. 98. Aloinose. L6ger(E.) Sur l'aloinoseou sucre d'aloine. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1910, 7. s, i, 528-532. -----. Sur l'aloinose cristallise; son identity avec l'arabinose-d. Ibid., ii, 145-153. AIombert-Goget (Jean-Georges) [1866- ]. L'internement des alienes criminels. 207 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Baillilre & fils, 1902. Aloncle (Georges). *De la cure radicale de l'anevrysme arteriel poplite par 1'extirpation. 64 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 39. Alonso (Antonio F.) *Breve estudio sobre la arterioesclerosis y su importancia patol6gica. 93 pp. 8°. Mexico, 1892. Alonso (Dionisio Garcia). See Garcia Alonso (Dionisio). Alonso (Jose Lopez). See Lopez Alonzo (Jose). Alonzi (Giovanni). Le suppurazioni auricolari nei poppanti. 2 p. 1., 331 pp., 1 1. 8°. Veroli, Tipogr. reale, 1912. Alopecia. See, also, Herpes tonsurans; Porrigo. Beniaya (J.) Contribution a l'etude de la pelade. De sa nature. 8°. Montpellier, 1903. Hollande (F.) *De la pelade generalisee. 8°. Paris, 1911. Jessner. Des Haarschwunds Ursachen und Behandlung. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1899. Palombi (E.) L'alopecia pityrodes. roy. 8°. Sanseverino-Marche, 1909. Arndt (G.) Ueber einige Formen narbiger Kahlheit, ihre Diagnose und Therapie. Dermat. Ztschr, Berl, 1908, xv, 80-91.—Barker (L. F.) Exhibition of a case of alopecia universalis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1909, xx, 90.—Behrmann (S.) Ueber Alopecia praematura (Alope- cia seborrhoica. pityrodes s. furfuracea). Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat, Hamb.. 1901. xxxii, 185-197.—BeretareUi (P.) Alopecia simmetnea. Ann. d. Fac. di med, Perugia, 1912, 4. s, ii, 299-326, 2 pi.—Bernstein (R.) Local baldness; its manifestations, diagnostics and treatment methods. Hahne- man. Month, Phila, 1908, xliii. 568-576.—Bloch (A.) La cal vi tie au point de vue physiologique et anthropologique. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par, 1915, 6. s, vi, 106- 115.—Bulkley (L. D.) Alopecia. N. Eng. M. Month, Danbury, Conn, 1900, xix, 93; 175— Ciarrocchi (G.) Quelques remarques sur la pelade. Tr. Internat. Cong. ALOPECIA. 304 ALOPECIA. Alopecia. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Sect, xiii, Dermat. & Syphil, pt. 2, 130-133—Cobb (J. O.) Baldness. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909. Ixxxix, 1298-1300.—Darier. Pelade. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir. Par, 1903, xiv, 361.—Dawson (G. W.) Case for diagnosis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911, iv, Dermat. Sect, 102.—Dockrell (M.) On some forms of baldness. Hospital, Lond, 1906-7, xli, 102-104.—Dubois- Havenith. Quelques mots sur la pelade. Presse med. beige, Brux, 1904, lvi. [Discussion], 338-340.—Dufour (E.) De la pelade. Clinique, Brux, 1902, xvi, 83; 103 — Fox (H.) Folliculitis decalvans. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1913, xxxi, 490.—Gaucher (E.) ,Lapelade. J. de med. int., Par, 1900, iv, 793; 803. Also: Echo med, Toulouse, 1901, 2. s, xv, 277; 301; 325.—Germain. De quelques alopecies circonscrites simulant la pelade. Arch. clin. de Bordeaux, 1897, vi, 147-166.—Grunbaum (O.) A case of alopecia universalis. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1904-5, v, 180.—Guthrie (D. J.) Some common types of alopecia. Practitioner, Lond, 1913, xci, 552- 559.—Hallopeau (H.) Statistique peladique. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, 4. s, iii, 386-392. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, xiii, 194-200. -----. Sur un cas precoce de canitie acquise de la cheve- lure. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1908, xix, 29.—Hebert (A.) Les idees modernes sur la pelade. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 353-359.—Heuss (E.) Abnorme Falle von Alopecia. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat, Hamb, 1896, xxii, 632-647. — Jacquet ( L. ) Sur la na- ture et le traitement de la pelade. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1900, 4. s, i, 583; 696; 924.-----. A propos de la pelade. Clinique, Par, 1908, iii, 683-685. — Janov- sky (V.) Beitrage zur Lehre von der Alopecie. Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1897, xlvii, 601; 664. —Jeanselme. La pelade. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1905, xix, 660.-----. Les alopecies. Ibid., 1909, xxiii, 101.—Kleczko- wskl (T.) Alopecia universalis. Post, okul, Krak6w 1913, xv, 123-126.—Klyarfeld (M. N.) [General alopecia.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn, Mosk, 1912, xxiii, 314.— Leberman (E. O.) Alopecia factitia. Cleveland J. M, 1897, ii, 130.—Lespinne. A propos de la pelade. Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph. Bull, Brux, 1902-3, iii, 76-83. -----. Pelade. Progres med. beige, Brux, 1903, v, 89-91.— Levy (G.) Un cas interessant de pelade. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph. Par, 1902, xiv, 331-334.—MacLeod (J. M. H.) A series of cases of alopecia. Polyclin, Lond, 1906, x, 10.— Malherbe (H.) La pelade. J. d. mal. cutan et syph. Par, 1909, xx, 649-675.—Martinotti (L.) Sulle alopecie Seladoidi. Nel xxv anno d'insegn. univ. d. Prof. D. Bar- uzzi (1886-1910), Livorno, 1911, 263-294, 1 pi.—Mount (L. B.) The alopecias. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, lxxxvii, 852-854.—Ohmann-Dumesnil (A. H.) Non specific symptomatic alopecia. Am. J. Surg. & Gynaec, Wellston, Mo, 1895-6, viii, 41-45. Also: Tri-State M. J, St. Louis, 1896, iii, 81-87.—Palmer (F. S.) Baldness; its cause and cure. Northwest Med, Seattle, 1911, n. s, iii, 278-282.— Palombi (E.) L'alopecia pityrodes. Gazz. med. d. Marche, Ancona, 1910, xviii, no. 1, 1; no. 2, 1.—Parker (D. L.) Alopecia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxiii, 1596- 1598.—Raymond (P.) La calvitie vulgaire. Progres med. Par, 1897, 2. s, v, 275-277.-----. Les calvities irre- mediables. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph. Par, 1902, xiv, 186- 190.—SaaUeld (E.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der Alope- cia praematura. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1899, clvii, 77-89, 4 tab.—Sabouraud (R.) Sur la nature, la cause et ie mecanisme de la calvitie vulgaire. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1897, 3. s, viii, 257-274. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1897, viii, 106-123.-----. Alopecie des adultes. Ann. med.-chir. Dour, 1903,158-161. -----. Semeiologie des alopecies. Rev. prat. d. mal. cutan. [etc.], Par, 1903, ii, 149-156.-----. Les fausses pelades a l'ecole. Clinique, Par, 1906, i, 136.-----. Un element de pronostic dans la pelade; cheveux qui tombent et cheveux qui poussent. Ibid., 1907, ii. 581.-----. Fre- quence de la pelade aux differents ages. _Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1911, 5. s, ii, 349-355.-----. Un peu d'exegese a propos de la pelade. Clinique, Par, 1914, ix, 277-283.— Schamberg (J. F.) The varieties and causes of baldness. Phila. Polyclin, 1897, vi, 489-491.-----. Baldness; its varieties, causes, and treatment. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1898, 8. s, ii, 344-353, 3 pi.—Shaw (H. M.) Some facts con- cerning bald heads. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg, 1905, xiii 167-169.—Sherwell (S.) A case of alopecia totalis. J. Cutkn. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1903, xxi, 284-286.—Shoe- maker (J. V.) Alopecia circumscripta. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxx, 582. Also: Med. Bull, Phila, 1902, xxiv 163: 1903, xxv, 125.-----• Complete alopecia. Med. Brie/, St. Louis, 1908, xxxvi, 70-72.—Sicard (J.-A.) A propos de la pelade. Clinique, Par, 1908, iii, 636.—Smith (C. M.) A case of alopecia. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1908, xxvi, 473.—Squire (B.) Case of complete baldness from alopecia areata. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1902, i, SS1 —van Staveren (W. B.) lets over alopecia vulgaris, pri'sonilis, virilis. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1904-5, xi, 249- 2.-,.» —Stowers (J. H.) Alopecia. Tr. Dermat. Soc. Gr. Brit____, Lond, 1901-2, viii, 53.—Suit (C. W.) The small amount of baldness among the Navajo and Hopi Indians. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis, St. Louis, 1909, xiii, 219.—T6th (G.) Alopecia areata universalis. Orvosi Alopecia. hetil, Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 74— Tremolieres (F.) La pelade. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1902. lxxv, 1073; 1101— Vignolo- Lutati (C.) Ueber einen Fall von periodischer Alopecie. Monatsh. 4 prakt. Dermat, Hamb, 1910, li, 301-311. Alopecia (Atrophic) [Brocq]. Keller (G. W. O.) *Ueber Alopecia atrophi- cans. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Behaegel. Pseudo-pelade. Policlin, Brux, 1905, xiv, 213-21") -Brocq (L.) & Lenglet. Recherches sur l'alo- pecie atrophiante variety pseudopelade. Internat. dermat. Kong. Verhandl. u. Ber. 1904, Berl, 1905, ii, 484-504.— Brocq (L.), Lenglet & Ayrignac. Recherches snr l'alo- pecie atrophiante, vari^te pseudo-pelade. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1905, 4. s, vi, 1; 97; 209, 3 pL—Butte (L.) Traitement de l'alopecie atrophiante, variete pseudo-pelade de Brocq. Ann. de therap. dermat. et syph.. Par, 190(>, vi, 97-100.—Carruccio (M.) & Montesano (V.) Pseudo-area del Brocq. Gior. ital d. mal. ven, Milano, 1913, xlviii, 160- 162.—Danlos. Un cas de pseudopelade, type Brocq. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, xiv, 253-255. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, 4. s, iv, 585- 857.—Darier (J.) Alopecie atrophiante en clairieres (pseudo- pelade de Brocq). Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1901, xii, 30-32— Dreuw. Das Anfangsstadium der Alopecia atrophicans (Pseudopelade Brocq). Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, xxxix, 2181-2184. Also, transl.: Urol. & Cutan. Rev, St. Louis, 1914, xviii, 573-579.—Hallopeau (H.) & Bureau (G.) Sur une pseudo- pelade probablement trophonevrotique. Bull. Soc. franc. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1896, vii, 431-433.—Hodara (M.) Drei wahrscheinfich durch Uebertragung entstandene Falle von Pseudo-Pelade Brocq (Alopecia parvimaculata Dreuw). Dermat. Wchnschr, Leipz. & Hamb, 1914, lviii, 375 — Klingmuller. Falle von eigenartiger atrophisierender Alopecie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch, Wien & Leipz, 1901, vii, 288-291, 1 pi. Also, transl.: Boll. d. mal. ven, sif. e d. pelle, Roma, 1903, iv, 73-75.—Little (E. G. G.) Case of pseudo-pelade of Brocq. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1907-8, i, Dermat. Sect, 165.—MacLeod (J. M. H.) Case of pseudo-pelade (Brocq) or cicatricial alopecia, affecting chiefly the vertex of the scalp. Ibid., 1908-9, ii, Dermat. Sect, 75.—Mendes da Costa & Cal- lenfels (G.) Een geval van alopecia areata met spieratro- phie. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1903-4, x, 217.—Montesano. Su di un nuovo caso di pseudo-area del Brocq. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1909, xliv, 341-346.—Nobl (G.) Ueber die Brocq'sche Form der atrophisierenden Alopezie. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr, Berl, 1913, xx, 1147-1156.—Ostryakofl (A. P.) [Brocq's pseudo-pelade, and its relation to other forms of cicatricial alopecia.] Sborn. rabot po dermat. i sifilidol. posv. xxv-llet. vrach. dfeyat. Pavlova, S.-Peterb, 1910, 54-75.—Piccardi. Alopecia atrofizzante (varieta pseudo cheratosica). Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1906, xli, 601. — Sabouraud. Pseudo-pelade de Brocq; son diagnostic differentiel avec alopecie cicatricielle du favus et l'alopecie syphilitique. Clinique, Par, 1912, vii, 21.—See (M.) Alopecie pseudo-peladique. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, 4. s, iv, 141.—Sterna. Due casi di alo- pecia innominata (Besnier) o pseudo-aree (Brocq) o follico- hte atrofica. Clin, mod, Pisa, 1904, x, 275.—Sorrentino (G.) Due casi di pseudo area di Brocq. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1906, xli, 67.-----. Delia pseudo-pelade del Brocq. Ibid., 485-510. 1 pi.—Sutton (R. L.) The alope- cias in general, with especial reference to a hitherto inde- scribed form of boldness "alopecia indurata atrophica." J. Cutan Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1912, xxx, 471-478, lpl. Alopecia (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Alopecia (Congenital, etc.); Alope- cia (Dental); Alopecia (Neurotic); Alopecia (Syphilitic); Alopecia (Transmission of); Alo- pecia (Traumatic). Berti (S.) Sulle alopecie in genere e sull'area Celsi per quanto spetta la etiologia, l'istopatolo- gia e la patogenesi di essa. 8°. Pisa, 1913. Boyer (L.) Y a-t-il une pelade d'origine helminthique? Etude critique. 8°. Paris, 1904. Emmet (K.) *Klinische und serologische Untersuchungen iiber die Ursache der Alopecia areata. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1914. Lagarde (M.) *Etiologie de la pelade. 8°. Montpellier, 1912. Lemee (J.) Contribution a l'etude du pro- bleme etiologique de la pelade. [Paris.] 8°. Rennes, 1911. Meyer. Die Haarkrankheiten, speziell die Entstehung der Glatze; ihre Verhiitung und Behandlung. 2. vermchrte und verbesserte Aufl. 8°. Munchen, 1904. ALOPECIA. 305 ALOPECIA. Alopecia (Causes and pathology of). Microbes de la calvitie. Le sebumbacille. Traitement des maladies du cuir chevelu, de la barbe, des sourcils, des cils par la lotion De- queant, preparee par L. Dequeant, pharmacien. 8°. Paris, 1898. Pavloff (T. P.) K voprosu ob etiologii alopecise areatse. 8°. [S.-Peterburg, 1901.] Albers (J. G.) Premature baldness and dyspepsia. Cin- cin. Lancet-Clinic, 1896, n. s, xxxvi, 514-518.—Asahi (K ) Ueber den anatomischen Befund einer durch 30 Jahre getragenen Alopecia totalis. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1905 xxx, 333; 347.—Asselbergs. Alopecie post-impetigineuse' Ann. Soc. med.-chir. du Brabant, Brux, 1902, xii, 149.— Audry. Alopecie cicatricielle due au vesicatoire. Bull Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1904, xv, 42. Also- Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1904, 4. s, v, 87. Also- J. d. mal. cutan. et syph, Par, 1904. xvi, 260. —Barton (P. F.) A case of total alopecia following the use of cantharidin. Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii, 1181.—Bayet (A.) Alopecie peladoide consecutive a un abces du cuir che- velu. Soc. beige de dermat. et de svph. Bull, Brux 1901, i, 30-32.—Bechet (P. E.) Alopecia areata; its causa- tive factors and therapy. N. York State J. M , N Y 1912, xii, 470-472.—Bernstein (R.) The evolution of bald- ness; its early recognition and treatment. Hahneman. Month, Phila, 1907, xiii, 419-426.—Billard (G.) Sur une alopecie ichtyosique. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph. Par, 1897, ix, 193-199.—Blaine (J. M.) Etiologv of alopecia prematura. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 524— Bonniot (E.) Apparition d'une plague de pelade au cours d'un traitement radiotherapique. Bull, et mem. Soc. rad'ol. med. de Par, 1909, i, 127-131.—Brault (J.) L'alopecie seborrheique et la pelade chez les indigenes musulmans d'Algerie. Province med. Par, 1911, xxii, 75— Brocq (L.) Pseudo-pelade et acne decalvante. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1901, xii, 53-57.—Buschke (A.) Experimenteller Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Alopecie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1900, xxxvii, 1235. -----. Ueber experimentelle Erzeugung von Alopecie durch Thallium. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat Gesellsch, Wien & Leipz, 1901, vii, 128-141.-----. Weitere experimentelle Untersuchungen uber Alopecie und die Localisation von Hautkrankheiten. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1903, xl, 888-^90. -----. Zur Frage der experimentellen Thalliumalopekie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1913, cxvi Orig, 477-479— Cartaz (A.) La calvitie et son microbe. Nature, Par, 1896-7, xxv, pt. 1, 266.—Cas- tells (E.) La etiologia de la pelada. Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1906,xlvi,193; 257— Chirivino (V.) Ueber die histologischen Veranderungen bei der Pseudo-Area Brocq. Arch, f. Dermat u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1908, xc, 241—248, 2 pi.—Ciar- rocchi (G.) Pathogenie de l'area Celsi. Compt.-rend. Cong. internat. de med. 1897. Mosc, 1899, iv, sect. 8, 238-245.— Cunningham (W. P.) Alopecia areata auto-toxica. Med Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1913, xix, 559-562.-----. Seven clues to baldpate. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, lxxxviii, 262-267.— Cutter (C. W.) Alopeciaidiopathicaprematura:premature alopecia. Med. Progress, Louisville, 1906, xxii, 187-191.— Decelle (R.) L'etiologie de la pelade. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Sect, xiii, Dermat. & Syphil, pt. 2, 144-149—Dore(S. E.) Toxic alopecia. Med. Times, Lond, 1914, xiii, 198-200— Dubois-Havenith. Alopecie post- impetigineuse du cuir chevelu. Policlin., Brux, 1910, xix, 163 -165. — Dubreuilli ( W. ) Alopecie consecutive a un abces du cuir chevelu simulant la pelade. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux (1895), 1896, 253-255 — Duckworth (Sir D.) The pathogeny of alopecia. Urol. & Cutan. Rev, St. Louis, 1913, xvii, 474. —East (G. R.) A case of self-produced alopecia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1910, ii, 79.—Elliott (G. T.) A further study of alopecia and its most frequent cause, dermatitis seborrheica, with a bac- teriological report on dermatitis seborrheica. Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass. 1895, N. Y, 1896, xix, 95-111.-----. The ana- tomical factor in the production of baldness. Dominion M. Month, Toronto, 1902, xviii, 129-132. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 814.—Eyraud. La pathogenie de Ja pelade; un fait confirmatif de la theorie de Jacquet. Presse m&L. Par, 1904, i, 204—Fournier (A.) Pelade pseudo- syphilitique a petits ilots multiples. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1901, 4. s, ii, 60-01—Fournier (H.) Causes banales d'alopecie. J. d. d. mal. cutan. et syph. Par., 1895, vii, 641-650.—Freshwater (D.) Premature loss of hair and hygiene of the scalp. Practitioner, Lond, 1913, xci, 532- 551.—Gaucher & Barbe. Eruption pemphigoide du cuir chevelu, alopecie consecutive. Ann. de dermat. et syph, Par7 1896, 3. s, vii, 64— Gueguen (F.) Sur une alopecie en aires prurigineusesa bacilles intrapilaires (Bacillus endo- thrix n. sp.). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1911, lix, Orig, 1-20, 2 pi—Hallopeau & Granchamp. Sur un cas d'alopecie lepreuse. Bull. Soc. frang. dc dermat. et syph. Par, 1906, xvii, 234-236. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph.. Par, 1906,4. s, vii, 375-377—Harding (C.F.) Expo- sure to the sun as an setiologica Ifactor in alopecia. J. Cu- tan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1911, xxix, 166-171— Heller (J.) Einige Ergebnisse der vergleichenden Pathologie der Alo- pecie. Dermat. Ztschr, Berl, 1908, xv, 417-433.—Jackson Alopecia (Causes and pathology of). (G. T.) Baldness, tuberculosis and arsenical intoxication. Med. News, N. Y, 1897, Ixxi, 20.—Jacquet (L.) Irritation gingivale comme point de depart de la pelade. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1901, xii, 206-208.----- Les sommations peladogfenes. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d hop de Par, 1902, 3. s, xix, 187-197.—Jacquet (L.) & Portes. Troubles du chimisme sanguin et urinaire dans la pelade. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph Par 1901 xn, 141-143. —Jones (H. E.) On reflex irritation as a cause of alopecia areata. Brit. J. Dermat, Lond, 1912, xxiv, 362-365.—Kann. Zur Aetiologie der Alopecia prrematura simplex. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat, Hamb, 1901, xxxiii, ^73'-Kaufmann (R) Zur Klinik und Aetiologie der Kahlheit; Referat fiber die Untersuchungen Dr.Sabouraud's. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg, Berl, 1899, Ixviii. 997.—Kingsbury. Alopecia from favus. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y 1911, xxix, 600.—Kishikawa (I.) [The shape of the hair in various alopecias.] Hifubvog. kiu Hiniokibyog. Zasshi, Tokyo, 1905, v, 420-422.—Lewandowsky (F.) Ueber Kerion Celsi, verursacht durch Mikrosporon Audouini, nebst Bemerkungen fiber die in Hamburg vorkommenden Mikrosporon- und Trichophytonarten. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien. & Leipz 1915, exxi, Orig, 531-556, 1 pi.— Luithlen ( F.) Alopecie und Denuvium. Med. Klin, Berl, 1912, viii, 343-349.—MacLeod (J. M. H.) Case of alopecia areata following small-spored ringworm of the scalp. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1907-8, i, Dermat. Sect, 89. -----. Case of alopecia following severe impetigo of the scalp in a girl, aged 6. Ibid., 1913-14, vii, Dermat. Sect, 111.— Magne. Pelade vitiligineuse. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 637-639.—Mayer (T.) Zur Pathogenese der Alopecia areata. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1904, xli, 859.— Meachen (G. N.) Alopecia areata following ringworm. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1907, xxxv, 71.—Meyer. Nochmals iiber die Entstehung der Glatze. Wien. med. Wchnschr.. 1903, liii, 2158-2162. See, also, infra, Schein.— Mitsuda (K.) Ueber die leprose Alopecia. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch., Tokio, 1911, i, 85.—Montgomery (D. W.) The alopecia of hypothvreosis. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1915, xxxiii, 260-265.—Nobl (G.) Studien zur Aetiologie der Alopecia areata. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lxi, 1085,1161.—Nuttall (G. C.) The secret of baldness. Con temp. Rev, Lond, 1898, lxxiii, 356-361.—Ohmann- Dumesnil (A. H.) Non-specific symptomatic alopecia. Tri-State M. J, St. Louis, 1896, iii, 81-87. Also, Reprint.— Parker (D. L.) The etiology of alopecia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1901, lx, 45-51. Also, Reprint.-----. Common baldness; its cause and treatment. Am. J. Dermat. & Genito-Urin. Dis, St. Louis, 1907, xi, 261-267.-----. The cause of common baldness. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1907, Ixxi, 220-226.—Pepler. The pathology of baldness and its relation to seborrhcea. Canad. Pract, Toronto, 1897, xxii, 871-876.—Per net (G.) Permanent alopecia following X-ray treatment for tinea tonsurans. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Der- mat. Sect, 18.—Pdhlmann (A.) Beitrage zur Aetiologie der Alopecia areata mit experimentellen Untersuchungen iiber die Thallium-Alopekie. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph Wien ,& Leipz., 1913, cxiv, Orig, 633-690.—Sabouraud (R.) Etude clinique et experimentale sur les origines de la pelade. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1896, 3. s, vii, 253; 460; 677; 824, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Internat. Cong. Dermat. Off. Trans. 1896, Lond, 1898, iii, 793-705.-----. Nouvelles recherches sur l'etiologie de la pelade. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1910, 5. s.. i, 545-553:1913, 5. s, iv, 88-97.-----. Quelques mots sur l'etiologie de la calvitie masculine. Cli- nique, Par.. 1910, v, 164-166.-----. De revolution de la pelade. Ibid., 1912, vii, 22. -----. Quelques remarques cliniques concernant l'etiologie de la pelade. Ibid., 737-739. -----. La pelade est une maladie generate. Ibid., 1913, viii, 773-777. -----. Pelade et psoriasis; pelade et tuberculose. Ibid., 1914, ix, 7.—Schein (M.) Ueber die Entstehung der Glatze. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 643-646. Also: Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1903, xvi, 611; 968. -----. Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel des Herrn Dr. Meyer: Ueber die Entstehung der Glatze. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1903, liii, 1862-1864.-----. [ Relation between baldness and the growth of the cranium and scalp.] Gydgyaszat. Buda- pest, 1909, xlix, 484-487.—See (M.) Alopecie par folliculites atrophiques (keratose pilaire). Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, 4. s, iv, 218. Also: Bull. Soc. frang, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, xiv.84.—Solger (F. B.) Die Ursache der Alopecia prsematura. Dermat. Ztschr.. Berl, 1904, xi, 648- 652.—Spillmann (L.) & Bruntz (L.) Sur les processus pathologiques aboutissant & la calvitie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1911, clii, 621-623.—Stein (R. O.) Die verschiedenen Ursachen der Alopecie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1916, xii, 59; 86.—Stowers (J. H.) Two cases of alopecia in children due to over doses of X-rays. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond., 1914-15. viii, Dermat. Sect, 111. —Thin (G.) The bacteriology of alopecia areata. Brit. M. J., Lond, 1897, ii, 129-131.—Vignolo-Lutati (C.) Sulle alopecie speri- mentali da acetato di tallio. Gior. ital. d. mal. ven, Milano, 1905, xl, 33-50.-----. Ueber die experimentellen Alopecien durch Abrin. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1912, Orig, cxi, 549-560.—Vilanova (I'.) Etiologia de la pelada. Rev. cien. med. de Bareel, 1902, xxviii, 441-449. -----. Contribuci6n al estudio de la etiologia de la pelada. 76399°—17- -20 ALOPECIA. 306 ALOPECIA. Alopecia (Causes and pathology of). Rev. de med. y cirug, Bareel, 1903, xvii, 125-130.—Whit- field (A.) A contribution towards the etiology of alopecia areata. Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 651.—Wickham (L.) The microbial origin of baldness; Sabouraud's researches into the relations between seborrhcea, alopecia areata, and bald- ness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1897, i, 1028-1030. Alopecia (Complications and sequelse, of). Adamson (H. G.) Onychia sicca syphilitica associated with total alopecia (Alopecia areata type). Brit. J. Dermat, Lond, 1911, xxiii, 354, 1 pi.—Darier (J.) & Le Sourd (L.) Pelade decalvante totale (recidive) avec lesions des ongles. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1898,3. s, ix, 1009-1013.—Du Castel. Pelade et vitiligo. Ibid., 1903, 4. s, iv, 243. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, xiv, 109.— Giovanni (S.) Ueber einen Fall universeller Alopecia areata in Verbindung mit Mycosis fungoides. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1906, Ixxviii, 1-20, 2 pi.— Gottheil (W. S.) Alopecia areata of malignant type and lingua geographica. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph,N. Y., 1907, 227.—Jacquet (L.) Pelade et lichen. Bull. Soc. frang de dermat. et syph. Par, 1897, viii, 296.— Jacquet (L.) & Portes ( L.) La viciation hemourinaire dans la pe- lade. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par , 1901, 4. s, ii, 322- 333. —Jacquet (L.) & Sergent. Sur un cas de pelade avec nevralgie faciale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1909, 3. s, xxvi, 467. — Legueux. A propos de deux cas d'alopecie avec arret de developpement localise de la voute. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1909, xii, 344-354.— Meacham (G. N.) Canities following alopecia areata. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n. s, Ixxviii, 4S5.—Milian. Les troubles de la sensibilite' au niveau des plaques de pelade. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, 4. s, iii, 1001. Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, xiii, 419.— Nash(W. G.) A case of svmmetricalalopecia areata neuro- tica accompanied by a bullous eruption on the face. Mid- dlesex Hosp. J, Lond, 1905, ix, 26-28.—Neugebauer. Die Simultanerscheinung einer totalen Alopezie und Lupus erythematosus disseminatus. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xxv, 1244.—Sequeira (J. H.) Case illustrating a sequel to alopecia areata. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912-13, vi, Dermat. Sect, 49. Also: Brit. J. Dermat, Lond, 1912, xxiv, 426.—Souques (A.) Pelade, migraine et nevralgie dentaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1904,3. s, xxi, 443-445.—Troisfontaines. Alopecie et chute des ongles periodiques. J. d. mah cutan. et syph. Par, 1908, xix, 496-498.—Verdalle (H.) felades associees; dermatoses d'origine nerveuse; pelade et licnen plan. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1904, 3. s, xxi, 467-477.—Walsh (D.) Circulatory disorders in relation to alopecia areata and other forms of baldness. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1913, ii, 1007-1011.—Wende (G. W.) Alopecia areata, as associated with nail changes. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1905, xxiii, 517-521. Alopecia (Congenital and hereditary). Delabaude (E.-H.-A.) *De Talopecie con- genitale circonscrite. 4°. Bordeaux, 1895. Doering (P.) *Ueber die angeborene Haar- losigkeit des Menschen (Alopecia congenita). 8°. Erlangen, 1901. Audry (C.) Sur les alopecies congenitales. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph. Par, 1898, x, 337-343. Also: Med. inf., Par, 1898, 571-576. — Balzer ( F. ) & Barthelemy ( R. ) Alopecie congenitale diffuse et geheralisee a type familial. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1914, xxv, 321-323. — Baudoin. Alopecie congenitale. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, 4. s, iii, 753. Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, xiii, 387.— Blaisdell (J. H.) & Cunningham (A. R.) Report of a case of congenital alopecia. Boston M. & S. J, 1917. clxxvi, 210.—Bowen (J. T.) Alopecia areatain three members of a family. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1904, ii, 37 — Brindeau ( A. ) Cas d'alopecie congenitale. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1901, iv, (W.— Bureau (G.) Alopecie con- genitale par apiasie moniliforme des cheveux. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1900-1901, xix, 329-331. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1901, 4. s, ii, 689.—Buschke (A.) Klinische und experimentelle Beobachtung fiber Alopecia (Hypo- trichosis) congenita. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz, 1911, cviii, 27-40,2 pi.—Davis (H.) Cases of inherited alopecia. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912-13, vi, Dermat. Sect, 6.—Dore (S. K.) [Case.] Ibid., 1913-14, vii, Dermat. Sect, 54— Dubreuilh (W.) & Leuret. Alopecie congeni- tale circonscrite. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 794.—Dubreuilh (W.) & Petges (G.) Des alopecies con- genitales circonscrites. Ann. de dermat. etsyph. Par, 1908, 4. s, ix, 257-279.—Du Castel. Pelade familiale chez une nevropathe. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, xiii, 364.—Fournier (E.) Pelade ou plut6t agenesie pilaire generate, hereditaire, congenitale et permanente, sur cinq membres de trois generations; onyxis concomitant des ongles des mains. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1900,4. s, i, 855. Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1900, xi, 270—Garipuy. Deux cas d'alopecie localisee con- genitale, l'unconfondu avec la pelade. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1907, x, 122-125.—Gaucher. Alopecie congenitale peladoide. J. d. mal. cutan. et syph. Par, 1904, xvi, 827.— Alopecia (Congenital and hereditary). Hallopeau & Duval (R.) Sur deux cas Iraternels d'alo- pecie congenitalo de nature indeterminee. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, 4. s, iii, 615. Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, xiii, 293.— Hyde. Congenital alopecia. J.Cutan. Dis.incl Syph,N. Y, 1910, xxviii, 474.— Hyde (J. N.) Congenital alopecia as an expression of atavism. Tr. Am. Dermat. Ass.-,[Buffalo], 1908, xxxii, 29- 43, 2pl. Also: J. Cutan. Dis.incl. Syph, N. Y, 1909, xxvii, 1-13, 2 pi—Jackson. Congenital alopecia. Ibid., 1912, xxx, 350. — Jacquet (L.) Rapport sur la petite epid^mie peladique de MM. Gaucher et Lacapere. Bull. Soc. franc. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1904, xv, 340-349. Also: Ann. de dermat. etsyph.; Par, 1904, 4. s, v, 102S-1037.—Jeanselme (E.) Sur une variete d'alopecie hereditaire et familiale produite parl'extension dela kcratose pilaire au cuir chevelu. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1915, 3. s, xxxix, 335-388.—Kingsbury (J.) Alopecia congenita. J. Cutan. Dis. incl. Syph, N. Y, 1906, xxiv, 417-428, 1 pi. Also, Re- print.—Kraus (A.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Alopecia congenita familiaris. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1903, lxvi, 369-386,1 pi. Also[ Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte, 484.—Kurkofl (T.) [Case of] hypotrichosis (alopecia totalis congenita). Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 1915, ii, 166.— Malherbe (H.) Alopecie peladoide ; atropine hereditaire familiale du cuir chevelu. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1897-8, xvi, 114.—Osborn (Dorothy). Inheritance of baldness. J. Hered, Wash, 1916, vii, 347-355.—Petersen (H.) Kongeni- tale familiare hereditare Alopezie auf der Basis eines Hypo- thyreoidismus. Dermat. Ztschr, Berl, 1915, xxii, 202- 208— Piermagiottoli (P.) Un caso di alopecia congenita. Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1899, lviii, 381-383.—Pinkus (F.) [Case.] Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz., 1899,1, 347-358.—Potocki & Couvelalre. Plaque d'alopecie con- secutive h la compression prolongee de la tete fcetale sur le promontoire d'un bassin retreci. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst, de gynec. et de psediat. de Par, 1900, ii, 293-295—Sabou- raud (R.) Nouvelles recherches sur l'etiologie de la pelade; la pelade hereditaire et familiale. Ann. de dermat. etsyph. Par, 1911, 5. s.,ii, 65-71.—Sarraute. [Case.] Echo med, Toulouse, 1899, 2. s, xiii, 369-371. Also: Toulouse med, 1899, 2. s, i, 81-83— Waelsch (L.) Ueber Hypotrichosis (Alopecia congenita). Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1910, ciii, 63-92, 2 pi—Ziegler (P.) Ueber Alopecia congenita. Ibid., 1897, xxxix, 123-222, 3 pi. Alopecia ( Contagious). See Alopecia ( Transmission of). Alopecia (Dental). Bailly (A.) ^Contribution a l'etude de l'ori- gine gingivo-dentaire de la pelade. 8°. Lyon, 1909. Patte (E.) *Essai sur la pelade d'origine gingivo-dentaire. 8°. Paris, 1904. Abary. La pelade d'origine dentaire. Rev. trimest. Suisse d'odont, Zurich & Geneve, 1910, xx, 30-34.—Bett- mann. Ueber Beziehungen der Alopecia areata zu denta- len Reizungen. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph, Wien & Leipz, 1904, lxx, 67-96. -----. Ueber die Abhangigkeit der Alope- cia areata von dentalen Reizungen. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1904, xxii, 23-26.—Chatin (A.) Etiologie de la pelade; la theorie dentaire et les sommations pelado- genes de L. Jacquet; traitement, prophylaxie. Dauphine med, Grenoble, 1903, xxvii, 45-55—Dehu (P.) Un casde pelade d'origine dentaire chez une hysterique tuberculeuse (sommation peladogene de Jacquet). Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1902, 3. s, xix, 229-232—Delguel (A.) Pelade et carie dentaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux 1906, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907, 445-459 — Feiler (E.) Ueber die bei Erkrankungen der Zahne auftre- tenden Refiexzonen der Gesichts- und Kopfhaut (nach Head) und ihre Beziehung zur Alopecia areata. Oesterr. Ztschr. f. Stomatol, Wien, 1905, iii, 109; 139; 168; 1 pi.— Jacquet (L.) Pelade, lesions dentaires, hypotonic et viciation urinaire. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1901, 4. s, ii, 151-153. ^Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1901, xii, 66-68.-----. Irritation gingivale comme point de depart de la pelade. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1901, 4. s, ii. 1063-1066. Also: Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. etsyph. Par, 1901, xii, 460-463. -----. Nature et traitement de la pelade; la pelade d'origine dentaire. Ann. de dermat. etsyph. Par, 1902, 4. s, iii, 97-129. -----. Syn- drome neo-dentaire avec pelade. Rev. de stomatol. Par, 1902, ix, 526-530. -----. Sur un cas complexe de pelade dentaire. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1904, xv, 160-163. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1904, 4. s., v, 432-435. — Jourdanet (P.) A propos de la pelade d'origine dentaire. Lyon med, 1910, cxv, 45-54. —Lau- monier (J.) La pelade d'origine dentaire (pel ide de Jacquet). Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1905, cxlix, 757- 776. Also: Rev. odont. Par, 1905, xxiv, 490-506.—M. La pelade et les dents. Rev. odont. Par, 1903, xxii, 483-489.— Bousseau-Decelle. Les pelades d'origine dentaire. Presse med. Par, 1909, xvii, 98— Tremolieres (F.) Etiologie et pathogenie de la pelade; theorie dentaire de L. Jacquet. Ibid., 1902, i, 567-570. ALOPECIA. 307 ALOPECIA. Alopecia (Epide m ic). See Alopecia (Transmission of). Alopecia (Ne orotic). Devallet (P.) ^Contribution a l'etude des pelades nerveuses. 4°. Paris, 1896. Muller (J.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Alopecia totalis neurotica. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1911. Alderson (H. E.) Alopecia areata caused by nervous shock. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1913, xi, 391.—Anfimofl (V Ya ) [Case of] alopecia neurotica universalis. Psikhiat. Gaz, Petrogr.. 1915, ii, 330-332.—Bayet (A.) Ueber neuro- tische Alopecie. Dermat. Ztschr, Berl, 1901, viii, 379- 3g3 —Bentivegna. Le alopecie nervose. Riforma med, Napoli. 1896. xii, pt. 4, 517-519.—Fouquet (C.) Deux cas d'alopecie circonscrite du cuir chevelu consecutive a un shock nerveux. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1913, xxiv, 201.—Garcia Rijo (R.) Alopecia general neuro- patica. Crdn. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 555- 557, 1 pi.—Garriga (B.) Un caso favorable al origen ner- vioso de lapelada. Rev. de cien. med. de Bareel., 1905, xxxi, 434-436 —Gottheil (W. S.) A case of neurotic alopecia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1897, Iii, 275.—Greig (D. M.) A case of alopecia areata neurotica. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1906, xvi, 541-543—Hallopeau (H.) & Bureau (G.) Sur une pseudo-pelade probablement tropho-nevrotique. Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par., 1896,3. s, vii, S72-874— Jacquet (L.) Pelade droite avec hemi-hyperesthesie nevro-musculaire gauche. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1902, xiii, 362-364— Krumbhaar (E. B.) Recurrent baldness of nervous origin. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Lancaster, Pa, 1914, xli 175-182. — Labbe (M.) Les pseudo-pelades nerveuses. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1896, lxix, 1253-1259.—Nash (W. G.) A case of symmetrical alopecia areata neurotica accompanied bv a bullous eruption on the face. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1905-6, vi, 177-180.—Pinkus (F.) Alopecie (Vlopecia congenita, neurotica areata). Med. Klin, Berl, 1913 ix, 2085.—Pisko. Fall von totaler Alopecie im An- schluss an eine heftige Gemuthsbewegung bei einer Frau. N. Yorker med. Monatschr, 1902, xiv, 555-557.—Raynaud (L ) Etiologie nerveuse de la pelade (origine dentaire). Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1904, xv, 391-395.—Rock (H.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Alopecia neurotica. Dermat. Wchnschr. Leipz. & Hamb, 1913, hi, 661-670.—Sequeira. Mopecia areata neurotica associated with anorexia nervosa. Brit J. Dermat, Lond, 1903, xv, 135—Steindler (L.) Vlopecia totalis neurotica. Wien. klin. "v\ chnschr, 1896, ix, 1122 —Ter-Grigoryants (V.) [Alopecia areata as a tro- phoneurosis of the skin.] Russk. J. Kozhn. i Ven. Bollezn, Kharkov, 1901, ii, 17; 273; 419; 566; 693; 865. Alopecia (Syphilitic). Seldowitsch (D.) *Beitrag zur Frage iiber das Auftreten der Alopecia syphilitica. 8°. Berlin, 1908. Balifla (P L.) Observation y comentanos sobre una variedad de alopecia por sifilis. Semana med, Buenos Aires 1913 xx, pt. 2. 1445-1447.—Barthelemy. Alop6cie svrjhvlitique peladoide. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et sVph, Par, 1901, xii, 156.-Brpcq & Simon. Traitement des alopecies syphilitiques. Clinique, Par, 1912, vu, 588.- Du Bois. Reaction de Wassermann chez les peladiques. Ami. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1910, 5. s, i, 554-559.-Fox (H.) Alopecia areata or syphilitic alopecia. J. Cutan. Dis inci. Svph, N. Y, 1910, xxviii, 612-614;-Goedhart (C.) valvanalopecialuetica. Nederl. Tijdschr.v.Geneesk, Alopecia (Transmission of). Dauzats (E.) *Recherches sur la contagio- sity de la pelade. 8°. Paris, 1901. ------. The same. 8°. Paris. 1901. Spiral (H.) *Etude sur les essais expen- mentaux d'inoculation peladique a rhomme. 8°. Paris, 1905. Aubert (P.) Sur la nature et la contagion de la pelade. Lyon med., 1898, lxxxvii, 467-476. A Iso, transl.: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1902, xlvii, 387; 398— Behaegel. Sur la contagio- sa de la pelade. Policlin, Brux, 1903, xii, 203-207. Also: Clinique, Brux, 1907, xxi, 261-268.—de Beurmann. Pelade conjugate; contagion ou coincidence. Bull. Soc. frang. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, xiv, 252. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph. Par, 1903, 4. s, iv, 584.—Blaschko. Eine Schul- und Hausepidemie von Alopecia areata. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1898. xxxv, 108.—Boegershausen. Eine Epidemie der Alopecia parvimaculata unter den Schulkin- dern. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1912, xxv, 9-13.— Bouveyron. Contagiosite et duree d'incubation de la pelade. Lyon med, 1901, xcvii, 83-88.— Bouveyron & Baurand. Contagion de la pelade. JM-7.">4.—Hummels- heim (E.) Ueber die Wirkung des Alypin, eines neuen Alypin. Anastheticums, auf das Auge. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb., 1905-6, liii, 18-20. Also, transl.: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1906, xxxv, 172-174.—Impens (E.) Ueber die Dosierung des Alypins. Med. Klin, Berl, 1913, ix, 138.—Jacobsohn (L.) Alypin ein neuer Kokain-Ersatz. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1905, viii, 409.—Joseph (M.) & Kraus (J.) Alypin, ein neues Lokalanasthetikum. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1905, xxxi, 1966.— Jurnet (J.) La alipina en la clinica oto-rino-laringol6gica del Dr. Ricardo Botey. Arch, de rinol, laringol, otol, Bareel, 1906, xviL 342-349— Kauffmann. Zur Anwen- dung des Alypins in der Augenheilkunde. Aerztl. Rund- schau, Munchen, 1906, xvi, 97.— Kazas (I. I.) [Alypin in ophthalmology.] Voyenno-Med. J, S.-Peterb, 1907,ccxviii med.-spec. pt, 119-124.—Kbllner (H.) Ueber die Bedeu- tung des Alypins fiir die Augenheilkunde. Berl. klin Wchnschr, 1905, xiii, 1361-1363.—Kreider (W. B.) Alypin; some of its uses in special work. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, Lancaster, Pa, 1910, xvi, 542-545.—Kubll (F. M.) [Alypin, a new local anaesthetic] Vestnik oftalmol. Mosk, 1906, xxiii, 262-265. -----. [Alypin and novocain.) Ibid., 1907, xxiv, 781.—Kurzwelly. Klinische Erfahrungen iiber Medullaranasthesie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung des Alypins. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1907, liv. 735-744 — Landolt (H.) Ueber Alypin. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1906, ix, 121-123.—Laufer (H.) Ueber einige Indikationen derinternen Alypindarreichung. Reichs-Med.-Anz, Leipz, 1907, xxxii, 325.—Lemaire (P.) & Villemonte. L'alypine; son emploi en oculistique Arch, d'opht. Par., 1907, xxvii, 17-25— Lohnstein (H.j Ueber Alypin in der urologischen Praxis. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1906, xxxii, 504.—Maestro (L.) L'alipina, nuovo surrogate* della cocaina. Clin mod Firenze, 1906, xii, 517-520.—Massi (A.) Alipina, nuovo anestesico in oculistica. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov di Roma, 1906, iv, 26-33.—Maynard (F. P.) A note on alypin. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1906, xli, 60.—Menacho (M.) La alipina en- terapeutica ocular. Arch, de oftal Hispano-Am, Bareel., 1906, vi, 500-507.—Moncrieff (W. E. S.) Alypin with special reference to its hitherto undescribed cycloplegic action. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1909, xliv, 250-252.—Neuere Arbeiten iiber das Alypin. Med. Bl Wien, 1906, xlvii, 485— Neustatter (O.) Ueber Alypin, einen neuen Kokaincrsatz in der Augenpraxis. Munchen med. Wchnschr.. 1905, Iii, 2015-2017. — Peckert. Lokal- anasthesie mit Alypin. Deutsche zahnarztl. Wchnschr , Berl, 1905, viii, 721-724— Phillips (W. C.) Clinical reporl on the use of alypin as a local anesthetic. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1906, xvi, 549-551. Also, Reprint.—Preindlsberger (J.) Ueber Riickenmarksanaesthesie mit Alypin Heil- kunde; Berl. & Wien, 1906, 485-487.—Proskauer (A.) ITotzhcher Tod nach Lokalanasthesie mit Alypin bei einseitiger Nebennierentuberkulose. Therap. d Gegenw Berl, 1913, liv, 555-557.—Quintin (L.) L'alypine Pro- gres med. beige, Brux, 1906. viii, 57.—Raoult (A.) & Pille- ment (P.) Quelques mots sur un nouvel anesthesique local employe en rhino-laryngologie: l'alypine. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . , 1905-6. pt. 2, 186. Also: Arch. internat. de. laryngol. [etc.], Par, 1906, xxii, 422— Renard- Dethy. Le nitrate d'alypine en urologic Gaz. med. beige, Liege, 1907-8, xx. 163.—Bitter (G.) Tod in Lokalnarkose. Med. Klin.. Berl, 1912, viii, 1236.— Rblig (C.) Das neue Lokalanasthetikum Alypin. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1906, xvi, 321-323.-----. Lokalanasthesie in verschiedenen Specialgebieten mit Alypin. Ibid., 448—Ruprecht (M ) Ein falsches Inserat iiber Alypin. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1914, xxviii, 125-128. -----. Praktische Wiuke zur permu- kosen Alypin-Anasthesie; Beitrag zur Anasthesierungs- technik. Ztschr. f. Laryngol, Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb, 1914, vu, 197-204.—Santos Fernandez (J.) La alipina en oftal- mologia. An. Acad, de cien. med----de la Habana, 1906-7, '• 87o \ Also: Cl6a- med.-quir. de la Habana, 1906, xxxii, 279-282.-----. El uso cuotidiano de la alipina. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1907, xiv, 99-103. ———. Del empleo constante de la alipina en la consulla oftalmoldgica. Arch, de oftal. Hispano-Am, Bareel, 1907, vii, 631-633. Also: An. deoftal, Mexico, 1907-8,x,268-270 .— Scnroder. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die ioxikologie des Alypins. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, xxxix, 1459-1461.—Seeligsohn (W.) Ueber Alypin, ein neues lokales Aniistheticum. Ibid., 1905, xxxi, 1396— Seilert. Ueber Alypin. Ibid., 1342-1345. -----. Sammelreferat iiber Alypin. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med, 1913, xiii, Suppl, 1-27.—von Sicherer. Alypin, ein neues Anastheticum. Ophth. Klin Stuttg, 1905, ix, 241-243.—Spira (R.) Ueber ein neues locales Anaestheticum, das Alypin, in der Behandlung von Erkrankungen der oberen Luftwege und des Gehoror- ganes. Heilkunde, Berl, 1907, 336-345.—Staurenghi (A.) L alipina in oto-rino-laringojatria; studio critico. Arch. ital. di laringol, Napoli, 1910, xxx, 1-16. Also: Atti d. Long. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1908, Pavia, 1910, xii, pt. 2, 4ol-464.—steindorfl (K.) Alypin in der Augenheil- kunde; Sammelreferat una eigene Beobachtungen. Aerztl. Prax, Berl, 1905, xviii, 282-286.—Sternberg (I.) Neuere Erfahrungen iiber Lokalanaesthesia mit Alypin. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1908, xviii, 266-268.—Stutzin (J.) Ueber Alypin. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl, 1906, x, 141.— ALYPIN. 321 AMANITA. Alypin. Tauszk (F.) Das Alypin in der inneren Therapie. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1906, li, 131.—True (H.) L'alypine en oculistique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1906, xx, 97-99.—Voigt. Cocain und Alypin. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvii, 2113.—Vollert. Alypin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz, 1906, i, 123.—Watarai. [Alypin in ophthalmology.] Tokyo Iji-Shinshi, 1906, 1938-1940.—Weber (G.) Das Alypin als Lokalanasthetikum. Schweiz. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh, Zurich & Geneve, 1907, xvii, 403-408.—Weil (R.) Alypin. ein neues Localanastheticum. Allg. med. Centr.- Ztg, Berl, 1905, lxxiv, 689.—Wibo (M.) Recherches cliniques k l'aide d'un nouvel anesthesique; l'alypine. Presse med. beige, Brux, 1905, lvii, 1197-1200.—Winslow (J. R.) My experience with alypin; a new local anesthetic. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait, 1907, iii, 195— Zernik (F.) Alypin. Apoth.-Ztg, Berl, 1906, xxi, 785. -----. Alypin. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. 1906, Berl. & Wien, 1907, iv, 32-38— Zhulebin (F. I.) [Action of alcohol upon the eyes.] Russk. Vrach., S.-Peterb, 1903, iv, 1616.—Zimmermann (W.) Alvpin in der Augenheil- kunde. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 262-265. Alytes. Bassetta (A.) & Branca (A.) Sur la structure et le de- veloppement des formations cornees vestibulaires chez Alytes obstetricans Wagler. J. de l'anat. et physiol. [etc], Par, 1908, xliv, 249-270,2pi.—Kehrer (E. A.) Ein Namens- vetter im Tierreich. [Alytes obstetricans.) Beitr. z. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynaek, Leipz, 1911-12, xvii, 287.—Wintrebert (P.) La distribution cutanee et l'innervation des organes lateraux chez la larve d'Alytes obstetricans. Compt rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1911, lxx, 1050-1053. Alzheimer (Alois) [1864-1915]. Co-Editor of: Zeitschrift fiir die gesamte Neurologie und Psychiatrie, Berlin & Leipzig, 1910-14. For Biography, see Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1916, liii, 235-238 (G. Stertz). A Iso: Hygiea, Stockholm, 1916, Ixxviii, 225-232, port. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 195 (R. Gaupp). Alzieu (Joseph - Edmond - Hector) [1877- ]. *Traitement du rhumatisme articulaire par les injections isotoniques peri-articulaires de sali- cvlate de soude. 54 pp. 8°. Bordeaux, 1903, Ko. 50. Alzieu (Ulysse) [1885- ]. *Des phlebites vari- queuses et de leur traitement chirurgical. 77 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 97. Amaas. Ses, also, White-pocks. Bertarelli (E.) Milk-pox, alastrim, amaas; una nuova forma di esantema infettante acuto simigliare al vaiolo. Riv. d'ig. e san. pubb. Torino, 1911, xxii, 353-358.—De Korte (W. E.) Amaas, or Kaffir milk-pox. Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 1273—Grant (J. P.) Amaas. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1910, viii, 3 — Ribas (E.) Alastrim, amaas, or milk-pox. Tr. Soc. Trop. M. & Hyg, Lond, 1910-11, iv, 224-232, 1 pi. Amabilia. Cohn (L.) Zur Anatomie der Amabilia lamelligera (Owen). Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1898, xxi, 557-562.—Diamare (V.) Anatomie der Genitalien des Genus Amabilia (mini). Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt, Jena, 1897, xxi, 862- 872.—Jacobi (A.) AmaDilia und Diplopostne. Ibid., 873. Amadei (Enrico) [ -1904]. Mangiagalli(L.) Commemorazione di Enrico Amadei. Atti Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1904, Roma, 1905, x; p. exxi, port.—{Obituary.] Arte ostet., Milano, 1904, xviii, 81. Amadei (Giuseppe). II numero dei pellagrosi nella Provincia di Cremona. 29 pp. 8°. Cre- mona, G. Mandelli, 1903. _ Amadeo (G.) ^Contribution a l'etude du carci- nome primitif du corps uterin. 64 pp., 1 tab. 8°. Geneve, 1884. Amado (Albert). Contribution a l'etude patho- g^nique et therapeutique du goitre exophtal- mique. 143 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 336. Amado (Nissim-Narcisse) [1881- ]. *Des sy- nechies salpingo-pharyngiennes; £tude clinique et therapeutique. 125 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1912, No. 84. Amadon (Alfred Mason) [1867-1915]. [Obituary.] J- Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 1090. 7G399°—17----21 Amagat (Henri-Marie-Raoul). Contribution a 1'etude de la tarsoptose. 59 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 227. Amakebe. Bruce (Sir D.) [et al.]. Amakebe; a disease of calves in Uganda. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1910, xiv, 467- 486, 1 pi. Also: Rep. Sleeping Sickn. Comm. Roy. Soc, Lond, 1910, x, 86-103, 1 pi. — Theiler (A.) Transmission of amakebe by means of Rhipicephalus appendiculatus, the brown tick. J. Trop. M. [etc.], Lond, 1911, xiv, 275. Also: Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond, 1911, s. B, lxxxiv, 112-115. Amaldi (Paolo). Relazione sui manicomio di Firenze per gli anni 1906-11. 102 pp., 11., 15 tab. fol. Firenze, Galletti dc Cocci, 1913. Amalfl (Gaetano). Segregazione indeterminata. 4 p. 1., 239 pp., 1 1. 8°. Napoli, Detken dc Rocholl, 1907. Amalfl (Giuseppe). Gli oppiacei nel colera ed un ipotesi. (Epidemia di Napoli del 1884.) 64 pp. 12°. Napoli, F. Mormile, 1885. ------. Ricerche sperimentali sulla temperatura degli animali sottoposti all'azione del bacterium coli commune. 62 pp. 8°. Napoli, G. M. Priore, 1902. ------._ Brevi considerazioni su 100 casi di gastro- patici curati con la lavanda gastrica. 7 pp. 4°. Napoli, E. Pietrocola, 1904. ------. Secondo centinaio di gastropatici curati con la lavanda gastrica; storie e considerazioni. 63 pp. 4°. Napoli, E. Pietrocola, 1907. ------. Gastroscopio elettrico. 13 pp. 8°. Na- poli, E. Pietrocola, 1907. Amalgams. Langbein (G. F. K.) *Beitrage zur Kennt- nis der Amalgame. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1900. Fenchel (A.) On the electric conductivity of the pure tin-silver amalgams. Dental Cosmos, Phila, 1909, li, 523-541. -----. Neue Amalgamuntersuchungen una ihre Bedeutung fiir die zahnarztliche Praxis. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi). C.-r, Budapest, 1910, Sect, xvii, Stomatol, 308-321.—McCoy (H. N.) & Moore (W. C.) Organic amalgams; substances with metallic properties composed in part on nonmetallic elements. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1911, xxxiii, 273- 292.—McCoy (H. N.) & West (F. L.) The physical and chemical properties of some organic amalgams. J Phys Chem, Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 261-286.—MacMullen {Delia). Poisoned by medication; a clinical report. Clinique, Chicago, 1913, xxxiv, 79-82.—Ogg (A.) Ueber das Losungsgleich- gewicht zwischen Amalgamen und Elektrolyten. Ztschr f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1897, xxii, 536-538. Amalric (J.) [1890- J. *La nephrectomie de- vant la loi sur les accidents du travail. 50 pp 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 73. Amandin. Osborne (T. B.) & Clapp (S. H.) Hydrolysis of amandin from the almond. Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1907-8, xx, 470- 476. Amanita. See, also, Agaricus; Fungi; Muscarin. Atkinson (G. F.) A new edible species of Amanita. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1909, n. s, xxix, 944.— Beardslee (H. C.) The amanitas of Sweden. J. Mycol, Columbus, 1905, xi. No. 79, 212-216.-----. The amanitas of • North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sc. Soc, Chapel Hill, N. C, 1908, xxiv, 115-124.—Buglia (G.) & Costantlno (A.) Contributo alia chimica dello sviluppo. Nota III. Azione aminico titolabile al formolo e azoto delle sostanze estrattive nel fungo "Amanita caesarea" all' inizio ed alia fine dello sviluppo. Arch, di fisiol., Firenze, 1912-13. xi, 125-129.— Carter (W. S.) The physiological action of three poisonous toadstools: Amanita muscaria, Amanita verna or bulbosa, and Amanita phalloides. Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1901-2, v, 158-174.—Ford (W. W.) The effect of collodion ori the amanita-hemolysin. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1909, i. 269-273— Ford (W. W.) & Brush (N, H.) The action oi Amanita phalloides and other amanitas upon the frog's heart. Ibid., 1914-15, vi, 195-204, 3 pi.—Kung fA.) Ueber einige basische Extraktivstofle des Fliegenpilzes (Amanita muscaria). Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1914, xci, 241-250. AMANITA. 322 AMAUROSIS. Amanita (Toxicology of). See, also, Agaricus; Fungi (Toxicology of); Muscarin. Dalbanne (P.) Contribution a l'etude de 1'empoisonnement par les amanites. 8°. Paris, 1912. Duron (E.) Contribution a l'etude _ des formes cliniques et du traitement de 1'empoison- nement par les champignons du genre Amanite phalloide. 8°. Lyon, 1914. Abel (J. J.) & Ford (W. W.) On the poisons of Amanita phalloides. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1906-7, ii, 273-288. ----- -----. Further observations on the poisons of Amanita phalloides. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1908, Suppl.-Bd, 8-15. Also, Reprint— Chardonneau. Intoxication par l'Amanita phalloides. Anjou med. Angers, 1902, ix, 295.—Clark (M.), Marshall (E. K.), jr., & Bowntree (L. G.) Mushroom poisoning, some observa- tions in a case due to Amanita phalloides. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 1230-1232—FonvieUe & Charuel. Empoisonnement par les champignons (Amanites phal- loides); quelques considerations cliniques et therapeutiques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1912, xxvi, 615.—Ford (W. W.) A consideration of the poisons of Amanita phal- loides. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1906, ii, 1541.-----. The toxicological constitution of Amanita pnalloides. J. Exper. M, N. Y, 1906, viii, 437-450. -----. The toxins and anti- toxins of poisonous mushrooms (Amanita phalloides). J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1906, iii, 191-224.-----. The pathol- ogy of Amanita phalloides intoxication. Ibid., 1908, v, 116-132.-----. The distribution of poisons in the amanitas. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1909, i, 275-287.— Ford (W. W.) & Prouty (J. H.) Note on the Amanita- toxin. Ibid., 1909-10, i, 389.—Galll (G.) Osservazioni cliniche ed anatomo-patologiche sopre alcuni casi letali di awelenamento per Amanita bulbosa. Boll. d. Soc. Lanci- siana d. osp. di Roma, 1906, xxvi, 81-113.—Goy (P.) Em- poisonnement par les champignons (Amanites phalloides). Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1912, xxvi, 791 — Harmsen (E.) Zur Toxikologie des Fliegenschwamm.es. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1903, 1, 361- 452.—Jennings (O. E.) A case of poisoning by Amanita phalloides. J. Mycol, Columbus, 1907, xiii, 187.—Labrie (l'Abbe). Deux cas d'empoisonnement par Amanita muscaria. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 235 — Lebreton. Intoxication probable par l'Amanita phal- loides. Anjou med. Angers, 1902, ix, 296.—Le Dantec. Proprietes immunisantes, antitoxiques et therapeutiques de l'atropine dans l'empoisonnement par la fausse oronge. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, i, 172-176.—Louviot (V.) Empoisonnements par l'amanite panthere. Rev. m6d. de Pest, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 727-730.—Moers. Drei Falle von Vergiftung mit Knollenblatterschwamm (Amanita phalloides). Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1903, xvi, 412-417.—Plowright (C. B.) Remarks on poisoning by fungi: Amanitaphalloides. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, ii, 541.—Babe (F.) Beitrage zur Toxiko- logie des Knollenblatterschwammes. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl, 1911, ix, 352-364.—Radais & Sar- tory. Sur la toxicite de l'oronge cigue (Amanita phalloides Fr.). Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1911, cliii, 1527-1529.— Roch (M.) & Sliva (P.) Empoisonnement par l"'Amani- ta citrina;" (quatre cas, un deces). Rev. med. de la Suisse rom, Geneve, 1912, xxxii, 843-850.—Sartory (A.) Un cas d'empoisonnement non mortel par l'amanita muscaria. Rev. de med. leg. Par, 1911, xviii, 133-135.—Schlesinger (H.) & Ford (W. W.) On the chemical properties of Amanita-toxin. J. Biol. Chem, N. Y, 1907-8, iii, 279-283. A Iso, Reprint.— Wiesner (A.) [Poisoning by Amanita phalloides.] Casop. lek. desk, v Praze, 1913, Iii, 96-105. Amann (Josef Albert), Jr. Kurzgefasstes Lehr- buch der mikroskopisch-gynakologischen Di- agnostik. xvi, 172 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1897. See, also, Krankheiten (Die) des Beckenbindegewebes [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1906. Amann (Joseph) [1832-1906]. [Biography.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1906, liii, 1169. Amann (Wilhelm). *Ueber einen Fall von angebornem Mastdarmverschluss. 29 pp. 8°. Freiburg i. B., C. Lehmann, 1897. Amans (Joseph). *Etude sur la loi Roussel. 62 pp., 11. 8*. Toulouse, 1898, No. 264. Amar (David) [1875- j. *De l'opium chez les diab^tiques. 51 pp. 8*. Paris, 1898, No. 196. Amar (Maxime). ^Recherches physiologiques sur l'emploi de la digitaline et de la theobromine chez l'enfant. 76 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 75. de Amaral Carvalho (Antonio Pereira). *Trata- mento cirurgico das hemorrhoidas. 128 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, M. Orosco dc Co., 1905. de Amaral Gurgel (Luiz Pedreira). *Ruptura do perineo. 79 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, typog. Moraes, 1897. do Amaral Peixoto (Augusto). *Das gastropa- thias na tuberculose pulmonar. 99 pp., 1 1. roy. 8°. Riode Janeiro, Mendes, Marques dc Co., 1896. Amaral de Souza (Alberto). *Contribuicao ao estudo do acido formico. 64 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, Carvalhaes, 1905. Amaroff (Bagrat) [1884- ]. *Ueber zwei Falle von Leberresektion mit Vorlagerungs- und Abschnurungsverfahren. 25 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. Amaryllidaceae. Comotti (R.) *Recherches sur la localisation des alcaloides des amaryllidees. [Paris.] 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1910. Fraenkel (H.) *Ueber den Gefassbiindel- verlauf in den Blumenblattern der Amarylli- daceen. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Jena, 1903. Morishtma (K.) [Therapeutical and chemical investi- gation of the alkaloid of Amarylladaceae.] Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1898, xix, no. 433, 7-13; no. 434, 29-35. Amasira. Gutbrod. Amasira ein innerliches Mittel bei Dysme- norrhoe. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1906, xxx, 929.— Schleisiek. Amasira. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz., 1908, iii, 193. Amat (Jean). *Essai sur les keratites bulleuses. 72 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1906, No. 658. d'Amato (Vincenzo). See D'Amato (Vincenzo). Amator [pseud.]. The lover's own book, or mirror of the soul. A companion to the Book of courtship. 35 pp. 16°. New York, J. Belcher, 1842. [P., v. 2107.] Amatus Lusitanus (Joh. Rodriguez) [1511- ]. Curationum medicinalium . . ., continena centurias tres, quintam videlicet2 sextam, ac septimam non antea impressam; in ultimaque eviration e centuriae sextse continetur colloquium eruditissimum, in quo doctissime disputatur, et agitur de curandis capitis vulneribus. 7 p. 1., 350 pp., 176 pp. 16°. Venetiis, V. Valgrisius, 1566. For Biography, see Abbild.... d. Arznk. verd. Gelehrten [etc.]. 4°. Augsburg, 1805, 47, port.—Flesslnger (C.) Therap. d. vieux maitres. 8". Paris, 1897, 70-76. See, also: Med. contemp, Lisb, 1906, xxiv, 294; 299 (M. Lemos). Also: Ibid., 1908, xxvi, 193; 265; 401 (R. Jorge). Amaurosis [including amblyopia]. See, also, Antrum (Diseases of, Complications, etc., of); Blindness; Brain (Diseases of, Symp- toms of); Embolism (Retinal); Exophthalmos; Idiocy (Amaurotic familial); Nerve (Optic, In- flammation of); Retina (Diseases of). Pringle (F.) *De natura et curatione a/iav- puveas. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1702. Richter (G. G. C.) *De amaurosi. 4°. Gottingoe, 1793. Armaignac (H.) Determination et mensuration simul- tanees de l'amblyopie monoculaire par la methode de la regie perfectionnee. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1904, xxi, 178-183. Also: Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1904, xxv, 360.—Asher (W.) Ein Fall von akuter einseitiger Erblindung ohne ausseren Anlass mit nachfolgen- der Sehnervenatrophie. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1908-9, xii, 737-739.—Ayres (S. C.) Observations on some blind but quiet and apparently inoffensive eyes; do they produce a pseudo-sympathetic inflammation? Tr. Am. Ophthal. Soc, N. Y, 1900, 137-144, Alio, Reprint.—Band (C.) An ex- perience with amaurosis. Tr. ,Nat. Eclect. M. Ass, Cincin, 1895-6,xxiii, 136-139.—Berger (E.) Amblyopie et amaurose de la zone peripapillaire de la refine. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1896, xvi, 672-693.—Chilton (R. H.) Amblyopia. Okla- homa M. J, Guthrie, 1896, iv, 646-650.—Cramer. Ueber einseitige Amblyopia periphenca acuta. Klin. Monatsbl. f. AMAUROSIS. 323 AMAUROSIS. Amaurosis [including amblyopia]. Augenh, Stuttg, 1896, xxxiv, 122-125— Cullimore (G.) Report of two unusual cases of total blindness. Oklahoma M. News, 1901, i, 47.—Gould (G. M.) Doubling the reading power in amblyopia by the crossed cylinder reader. Am. Med, Phila. & York, Pa, 1907, n.s, ii, 695.-----. The sig- nificance of amblyopia. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1910, x, 206-211. Also, Reprint.—Gradle(H.) One-sided ambly- opia; its diagnostic significance when without ophthalmo- scopic lesions. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 855- 859 — J&nner (I.) Amblyopia und Amaurose. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1897, xiii, 59; 7l'; 83; 94.—Jenkins (N. B.) A form of amblyopia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1898, liv, 528.—Jessop. Two cases of complete blindness, with good pupillary light reflexes. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1891, ii, 74—Kaz (R.) Pseudo- amblyopenlorgnette in der schularztlichen Praxis und Sta- tistik. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1912-13, xvi, 169.—Keeling (G.) Amblyopia. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1899, xxvii, 640—Laqueur. Ueber einseitige plotzliche Erblindung nicht traumatischer Natur. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Wien, 1903, x, 641-646.—Leonard (P. I.) Sudden blindness. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1909, xxxv, 151-155.—Libby (G. F.) Monocular blindness of fifty years' duration; restoration of vision following hemi- plegia. Ophth. Rec,Chicago, 1900,ix,544-546— ATCreight (S. L.) Amblyopia and amaurosis. Southwest. M. Rec, Houston, 1896, i, 203-205.—McMillan (L.) Two unusual forms of amblyopia. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1907, xxvi, 262- 266.—Martin (M. A.) Diagnostic de l'amblyopie monocu- laire par la deviation de l'ceil amblyope dans la vision rap- prochee. Rec.d'opht,Par, 1911,3.s,xxxiii, 119— Moore(T. W.) Some unique cases of amblyopia. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1905, xxii, 51-54.-----. Thenon-tcxic amblyopias. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 611-613.—Muller-Lyer (F. C ) Experimentelle Untersuchungen zur Amblyopiefrage. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Physiol. Abth.. Leipz, 1887, 400-428. Also, Reprint. — Navarro (J. C. ) Amaurosis. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1916-17, iii, 172.— Nothnagel. Ein Fall von plotzlicher Erblindung. Wien. med. Bl, 1888, xi, 609-611— Pltcairn (A.) De gutta serena. In his: Op. omn, 4°, Lugd. Bat.. 1737,117-118.—Roche (C.) Exageration de Pamblyopie unilaterale; comment determi- ner l'acuite visuelle exacte? Rec. d'opht. Par.. 1911, xxxiii, 257-259 —S. (V.) DelP amaurosi. Gazz. med. lomb, Mi- lano, 1902, lxi, 131; 141; 151.—Stewart (T. M.) Anisome- tropia and amblyopia. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1901, vii, 261-263.—Szily (A.) [Amaurosis.] Gydgya- szat. Budapest, 1911, li, 224; 246; 262.—Turck (L.) Ueber die Einwirkung der Ursprungsstellen des Nervus trigeminus auf das Zentralorgan des Sehnerven in gewissen Fallen von Amblyopic Jahrb. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Leipz. & Wien, 1910, xxxi, 25-30.—Valude. Amaurose monolaterale avec conservation de la vision binoculaire. Bull. d. soc. med.... du dep. de la Seine, Par, 1898, i, no. 1, 17.—Veronese (F.) Casuistische Mittheilung iiber einen Fall von plotzlicher Erblindung bei normalem ophthalmoskopischen Befunde. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1888, i, 492-495. Amaurosis (Alcoholic). See Amaurosis/rom alcohol, etc. Amaurosis (Causes and pathology of). See, also, Amaurosis (Hxmorrhagic); Amau- rosis (Hysterical); Amaurosis (Sympathetic); Amaurosis (Toxic); Amaurosis (Traumatic); Amaurosis/rom alcohol and tobacco; Amauro- sis ex anopsia; Amaurosisfrom quinine; Ataxia (Locomotor, Eye in); Eclipses; Idiocy (Amau- rotic familial); Lead (Poisoning by); Paralysis (General, Eye in); Ursemia (Eye in). Kuhnigk (F.) *Zur Aetiologie der Amaurose. Ein weiterer Beitrag zur Blindenstatistik. 8°. Greifswald, 1894. Rentsch(S.) *De pathologia amaurosis. 12°. Berolini, 1842. Ruhlmann (E.) *Ueber die Ursachen der Erblindung. 8°. Halbe a. S., 1905. Stotz (A.) *Zur Aetiologie der Amaurose. 8°. Giessen, 1897. Waubke (F. V.) *De amauroseos causis et symptomatibus. 12°. Berolini, 1840. Adams (C. F.) Adenoids as a factor in amblyopia. Oph- thalmol, Seattle, 1914, x, 264-267—Anglade & Robert. Etude histologiq-ue de la voie optique centrale dans un cas de cecite bilaterale; presentations de preparations histolo- giques. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliii, 600.—Augstein (R.) Ueber Erblindungen bei der Arbeit mit kiinstlichen Diingemitteln durch zufalliges Einstreuen in die Augen. Klin Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xiv, 563-566.— Barrett (J. W.) & Orr (W. F.) An attempt to estimate the causes of blindness of the inmates of the Victorian Blind Asylum. Intercolon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne, 1903, viii 215-223.—Bartels (M.) Concerning the anatomic basis Amaurosis (Causes and pathology of). of blindness following orbital abscess. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1908, xxxvii, 24-37, 2 col. pi.—Becker (F.) Zur Frage der Amblyopic strabotischer Augen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz, 1908, xxxiv, 280-283.—Bertolotti. Etude radiographique de la base du crane sur certains aveugles. Rev. neurol. Par, 1910, xviii, 259-261. —Best (F.) Ueber Unterdriickung von Gesichtsempfindungen und ihre Be- ziehung zu einigen Amblyopieformen. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1906, xliv, 493-499.-----. Pathologische Veranderungen in der Sehsphare des Gehirns bei cerebraler Erblindung. Ber. ii d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. 1908, Wiesb, 1909, xxxv, 203-205.—Bramwell (B.) Acute general dropsy (probably due to acute nephritis); epileptiform con- vulsions; permanent loss of vision, the peripheral portions of the fields enormously constricted, central vision ultimately largely regained; no ophthalmoscopic changes for some years after the onset; general health good twenty-two years after the original attack; probable lesion of both half vision centres in the occipital lobes. Clin. Stud., Lond, 1906-7, n. s, v, 49-53.—Broeckaert (J.) Gedeeltelijkeblindheidveroorzaakt door sinusitis ethmo'ido-frontalis. Handel, v. h. vlaamsch nat.- en geneesk. Cong., Gent & Antwerpen, 1900, iv, 79- 82.—Brtlnniche (E.jTTApoplectiform blindness and psy- chological blindness.) Hosp.-Tid, Kj0benh, 1896, 4. R, iv, 1217; 1246.—Bull (O.) [A case of lunar amblyopia.) Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1896, 4. R., xi, 598-602. Also, transl.: Ann. d'ocul, N. Y, 1896, cxvi, 47-50.—Bur- nett (S. M.) Case of amblyopia with central color scotoma and general defective color perception following the ingesture of Jamaica ginger. Ophth. Rec. Nashville, 1902, xi, 309- 313. .Also, Reprint.—Casali (A.) Ambliopia consecutiva a fissazione del sole. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1907, xxxvi, 189- 230.—Claiborne (J. H.) Causes of sudden blindness. Tr. M. Soc. Virg, Richmond, 1896, 203-212.—Connor (L.) Amblyopia from suppression, congenital imperfection or disuse; which or all? J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxx, 203-207. A Iso, Reprint.—Coppez (H.) Deux cas d'amau- rose avec hydrorrhee nasale. J. med. de Brux., 1908, xiii, 793-795. Also, transl.: Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1909, vii, 537-540.—Cunningham (H. H. B.) A case of amaurosis, secondary to encephalitis. Tr. Ulster M. Soc, Belfast, 1906-7, 45.—Cutler (C. W.) Blindness as a result of inflammatory disease, affecting conjunctiva and cornea. Arch. Pediat, N. Y, 1912, xxix, 754-760. Also: N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1912, xii, 572-574.—Davis (A. E.) Amblyopia ex abuso. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1899, xiv, 1012-1015.—Foster (M. L.) Acquired amblyopia. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1896, xiii, 299. Also: Ann. Ophth. & Otol, St. Louis, 1896, v, 226- 231.—Gaudenzi. Tre casi di grave ambliopia consecutiva ad anchiloblefaro postoperatorio datante dall' infanzia. Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic, Pavia, 1898, xv, 98.— Gaupp (R.) Ueber corticale Blindheit. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1899, v, 2&-41.—Gjessing (H. G. A.) Ein Fall von einseitiger Amaurose unter dem Bilde einer Embolia arteriae centralis retinae im Anschluss an einen lo-iminellen Abort mit auffallig guter Wiederkehr des Sehvermogens und Gesichtsfeldes. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1912, ii, 595-609.—Goldzieher (W.) Schadelmissbildung una Blindheit. Ungar. med. Presse Budapest, 1904, ix, 83.—Gonin (J.) Amblyopies et amau- roses sans manifestations ophtalmoscopiques. Encyclo- pedic franc, d'ophtalmologie, Par, 1909, viii, 1-108.—Gorsh- Kofl (I. P.) [Amaurosis of cortical origin resulting from de- generative organisation.) Ejened. jour. "Prakt. Med," S.-Peterb, 1898, v, 21-25.—Grasset (J.) De l'amblyopie croisee et de Ph^mianopsie dans les lesions cer^brales; nou- veau schema du trajet presume des fibres optiques. Montpel. med, 1883, 1, 159-175. Also. Reprint.—Hansell (H. F.) A case of temporary monocular amblyopia, possibly due to embolus in the optic nerve. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1909-10, vi, 171-174.—Harman (N. B.) The causes of blindness in eleven hundred children; with special reference to the influ- ence of venereal disease. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1914, ii, 330- . 392.—Harms (C.) Ein- und doppelseitige Erblindung bzw. hochgradige Sehstorung unter dem ophthalmosko- pischen Bilde des plotzlichen Vcrschlusses (der sog. Em- bolic) der Arteria centralis retinae und Unfall. Aerztl. Sachverst. Ztg, Berl, 1912, xviii, 470-473— Heinersdorfl (H.) Centrale beiderseitige Amaurose infolge von metasta- tischen Abscessen in beiden Occipitallappen ohne sonstige Herdsymptome. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1897, xxiii, 230.—Holmstrom (J.) Om akut central am- blyopi. Hygiea, Stockholm, 1904, 2. f, iv, 211-224.—Jaco- bus (A. M.) Blindness from poulticing the eyes. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1903, xlviii, 838.—Jacqueau. Les amblyopies d'origine hepatique. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht.. Par, 1902, xix, 119-128. Also: Clin, opht. Par, 1902. viii, 161- 165.—Klein (Baringer) (S.) Ueber marantischeAmblyopic und Asthenopie. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1902, Iii, 889- 892.—Krumholz (S.) A case of blindness without demon- strable organic change. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y., 1917, xiv, 455.—Lagrange. De l'amblyopie strabique. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1911, 3. s, lxv, 374-384.—Landouzy (H.) De la coexistence de l'amaurose et de la nephrite albumineuse. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1850, xxxi, 583. —Leri (A.) Relations cliniques de la cecite avec la paralysie generate et le tabes. Rev. neurol. Par, 19.04, xii, 904.—Lewis (F. P.) Conscious vision in development of amblyopic eye. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1915, xxiv, 675- AMAUROSIS. 324 AMAUROSIS. Amaurosis (Causes and pathology of). 682.—Lo Monaco (D.) & Sammartino (U.) Sulla cecita consecutiva all' asportazione dei lobi occipitali e dei talami ottici. Arch, di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1914, xvii, 13; 49.— Mounts (M. A.) [Two cases of cortical and psychical blind- ness.) Vrach. Zapiski, Mosk, 1897, iv, 199-209.—Macalister (C. J.) & Boss. Case of (so-called) malarious amblyopia. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1901, xxi, 57-60.—Martin. Amblyopic astigmatique. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bor- deaux (1902), 1903, 152-156.—Menacho (M.) Segunda con- tribution a las causas de la ceguera. Arch, de oftal. hispano- am, Bareel., 1915, xv, 40.5-414, 2 ch.—Miceli (I.) Amaurosi senza lesiom oftalmoscopiche. Gazz. sicil. di med. e chir. [etc.], Palermo, 1908, vii, 377-383—Montano (E. F.) Un caso de ceguera bilateral por destruccidn del ojo izquierdo y secci6n del nervo dptico del derecho. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1901-2, iv, 359-362.—Mosher (J. M.) Cerebral amblyopia. Albany M. Ann, 1898, xix, 164-166.—Moulton (H.) Am- blyopia with slow recovery of vision after extraction of very old cataracts. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1903, xii, 157-160.— Natanson (A. v.) [Weak eyes and blindness in cranial deformity.) Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1909, xxvi, 441 — Onodi (A.) Sopra la cecita nasale controlaterale e post- operativa. Atti d. Cong. d. Soc. ital. di laringol. [etc.] 1913, Venezia, 1914, xvi, pt. 2,279-283.—Pearse (H. S.) The rela tion of the sympathetic nervous system to functional am- blyopia. Albany M. Ann, 1901, xxii, 309-316—Peyri Roca- mora (A.) Ceguera; causas y profilaxia. Gac. med. catal, Bareel, 1913, xliii, 248-258.—Pollatschek (E.) [Complete blindness caused by necrosis of the sphenoid bone.) Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1903, xlvii, 111.—Pyle (W. L.) Ocular affections associated with glycosuria, with especial reference to central amblyopia. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila, 1902-3, xxiii, 128-144.-----. Amblyopia due to the use of the common accessories of diet. Internat. M. Mag, N. Y, 1903, xii, 30.—Ramos (J.) Breve nota sobre la ceguera nerviosa. Gac. med, Mexico, 1899, xxxvi, 8-13.—Beed (W. W.) Com- plete blindness from bilateral pressure on the optic radiation, probably due to hemorrhage. Colorado M. J, Denver, 18&7, iii, 136-141.—Rolland (E.) Les causes de Pexces de rap- prochement des yeux; l'amblyopie. Bull, d'ocul, Toulouse, 1909, 3. s, xxiii, 86-88.—Ruhy (F. McK.) An unusual factor in amblyopia. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1910-11, vii, 221.— Scholtz (K.) [The causes of blindness in Hungary.) Sze- meszet, Budapest 1907,xliv,79-112.—deSchweinitz (G. E.) Experimental salicylic acid-amblyopia. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc. 1895, Hartford, 1896, vii, 405-408.-----. Some cases of central amblyopia and their significance. Phila. Polyclin, 1898, vii, 75; 93.—Seggel (K.) Erblindung infolge Tonsil- litis phlegmonosa auf dem Wege der Thrombosinusitis cere- bralis. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1907, xiv, 129- 147.—Seitz (F. B.) Functional, hysteric, psychic or uraemic amaurosis. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1906, xii, 172-174.—Servel (P.) Un cas d'amaurose monoculairc nevropathique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. de Vaucluse, Avignon, 1910, vi, 335-337.—Shepard (G. A.) Functional blindness. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1915, xxi, 314-318.—Sloggett (H. C.) A case of reflex amau- rosis. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1900, ix, 251-253.—Sterling. [Amaurosis in the course of a multilocular induration.] Neurol, polska, Warszawa, 1910-11, i, no. 6,115-119.—Tou- louse (E.) & Marchand (L.) Cecite' par ramollissement symetrique des spheres visuelles. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1907, lxxxii, 646.—Trousseau (A.) Causes de la cecite. Med. mod. Par, 1902, xiii. 153-155—Videky (R.) [The causes of blindness.) Szemeszeti lapok, Budapest, 1907, 1-6.-----. [Blindness in consequence of deformity of the cranium.) Ibid., 17-22.—Wehrli(E.) Ueber die anato- misch-histologische Grundlage der sog. Rindenblindheit und fiber die Lokalisation der corticalen Sehsphare der Macula lutea und die Projektion der Retina auf die Rinde des Occipitallappens. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1905, lxii, 286-375,4 pi— Wheelock (K. K.) Amblyopia due to blood changes incidental to the pre-pubertic development. Fort Wayne M. J.-Mag, 1905, xxv, 372.—Widmark (J.) [Vene- real diseases as a cause of blindness.] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1902 n f ii, 313-323.—Wood (H.) Some common causes of blindness. Nashville J. M. & S, 1902, xcii, 72-74.— Zieminski (B.) [Etiology of blindness (after investigation of 1,030 people affected).] Zdrowie, Warszawa, 1907, xxiii, 414-420,1 diag. Amaurosis (Congenital and hereditary). Muller (B.) *Ueber 785 Falle von congeni- taler Amblyopie. (Zusammengestellt aus dem Krankenmaterial der Halle'schen Univ. Augen- klinik.) 8°. Halle a. S., 1906.' Augstein (C.) Beiderseitige Amaurose mit Linsenluxa- tion und ausserordentlicher Entwicklung von Interkalar- staphylomen bei erhohter Spannung nach korigenitaler Amridie. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xviii, 405-408.—Bierman (H.) Congenital blindness; with a presentation of two cases in the same family. Hahneman. Month, Phila, 1911, xlvi, 12-14— Bigler (W. H.) Congeni- tal amblyopia. Tr. Homoeop. M. Soc. Penn. 1897, Phila.. 1898, 299-303.—Campbell (I. A.) Treatment of congenital amblyopia. J. Ophth Otol. & Laryngol, N. Y, 1914, xx, 410 — Cerrillo (J.) De la ceguera congenita. Rev. med. de Amaurosis (Congenital and hereditary). Sevilla, 1898, xxxi, 227-231.—Claiborne (J. H.) Types of congenital symbol amblyopia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago 1906, xlvii, 1813-1816. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1910, lxi, 998-1005.—Dor (H.) Amaurose familiale. Lyon med, 1910, cxiv, 181-183— Filatofi (V. P.) [Congenital hereditary blindness.) Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1905, xxii, 624-626 — Fisher (J. H.) Observations on the learning of vision, after a successful operation, at the age of six years, in a congeni- tally blind patient. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1914, xxxiii, 161- 165.—Galcer&nGaspar(A.) Cegueradenacimiento. Arch. de ginecop. [etc.], Bareel, 1911, xxiv, 161-165. Also: Med. delosninos, Bareel, 1911, xii, 71-74.—Jacobi (A.) Fallvon Zuruckbleiben in der natiirlichen Entwicklung in Folge angeborener Amaurose. N. Yorker med. Monatschr, 1898, x, 241.—Loeb (C.) Hereditary blindness andits prevention. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1909, xviii, 1; 245; 489; 755. Also, Reprint.—Lohmann (W.) Ueber die lokalen Unterschiede der Verschmelzungsfrequenz auf der Retina und ihr ab- weichendes Verhalten bei der Amblyopia congenita. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1908, Ixviii, 395-411, 1 pi.—Moreau. Histoire de la guerison d'un aveugle-n6. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1913, cxlix, 81-118. Also: Lyon med, 1913, exx, 20i; 329; 441; 548.—Morrow (P. A.) Blindness of the new-born. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 988-991. Also, Reprint — Mtiller (B.) Ueber 795 Falle von kongenitaler Ambliopie. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1907, xvii, 25-32— Naumofl (M. P.) [Origin of congenital amblyopia.) Dnevnik Syezda Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v pamyat Pirogova, S.-Peterb.; 1888-9, iii, 92. [Discussion], 279.—Oliver (C. A.) Clinical history of a case of blindness from congenital deformity of the occiput. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1902, n. s, cxxfii, 4-10. Also, Reprint. Also: Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila.. 1902, xli, 161-174, 1 pi. Also, Reprint.—SChlodtmann (W.) Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der optischen Localisation bei Blindgeborenen. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1902, liv, 256-267.—Straub (M.) Statistische Beitragezum Studium der Amblyopiacongenita. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1896, xxxiii, 167-201.—Thler. Kongenitale Amaurose bei 3 Kindern einer Familie. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1897. i, 29.—Visser (IL P.) Congenitale am- blyopie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1909, i, 290- 298.—van Wayenburg (G. A. M.) Onderzoekingen bij blindgeborenen naar aanleiding van het twijfelachtig be- staan van een kinaesthetisch schorscentrum. Ibid., 1916, ii, 1975-1979. Amaurosis (Feigned). Baudry (S.) Simulation de l'amaurose et de l'amblyopie. Des principaux moyens de la de- voiler. 3. ed. 8°. Lille, 1898. Also, transl., in: Coimbra med, 1899, xix, 361; 380; 396; 414; 429; 444; 460; 472; 487; 509; 523; 538; 548. Tafeln zur Entlarvung der Simulation ein- seitiger Blindheit und Schwachsichtigkeit. Nach Snellen entworien von von Haselberg. 2. Aufl. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1908. Wick (K.) Ueber Simulation von Blindheit und Schwachsichtigkeit und deren Entlarvung. 2. Aufl., bearbeitet von A. Roth. 8°. Berlin, 1907. von Ammon. Der Nachweis der Simulation einseiti- ger Blindheit; Beobachtungen bei der Anwendung der ein- schlagigen Untersuchungsmethoden. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1908, xxxvii, 196-211.—Beaumont (W. M.) Feigned blindness of one eye and its detection. Med. Times & Gaz, Lond, 1897, xxv, 269.—de Beauvais. Simulation d'amolyopie double attribueea la lumiere des eclairs. France med. Bar, 1896, xliii, 257-260.—Bekman (A. F.) [A new principle oftfhe subjective method of detecting malingering of monocular blindness.) Voyenno-Med. J, S.-Peterb, 1910, ccxxvii, med.-spec. pt, 583-586.-----. [The principle of Ehotometroscopic method of discovering simulation oi lindness of one eye.] Ibid., 1912, ccxxxiv, med.-spec pt, 120-123.—Bernheim (P.) Amaurose simulee et amaurose psychique, simulation et auto suggestion. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1916, xxx, 609.—Bernstein (E. J.) Simulated blindness and its detection. Maryland M. J, Bait, 1899, xli, 392-394.—Bressanin (R.) Caso di simula- zione d'ambliopia bilaterale in individuo nevropatico. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1899, v, 1414-1418— Briggs (H. H.) The detection of malingering in cases of feigned blind- ness of one or both eyes. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1909, xxii, 282-284.—Collie (J.) Tests for simulated defective vision or for blindness of one eye. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1916, xxvi, 806-812.—Fridenberg (P.) A mirror-test for simulated blindness. Med. Rec. N. Y, 1900, lvii, 475.— Frcelich (L.) Des procedes modernes pour reconnaitre la simulation de la cecite ou de la faiblesse visuelle. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1891, xi, 721-741.—Hotz (F. C.) The simulation of blindness and its detection. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1899, 9. s, iii, 272-275.—Kessler (H. J.) Simulatie van blindheit of vermindering van net gezichtsvermogen. Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav, 1892, xxxii, 610-628.—Koster (W.) Die Rohren von Gratama zur Entdeckung der Simulation von Blindheit oder Schwachsichtigkeit eines Auges nebst einer Verbes- AMAUROSIS. 325 AMAUROSIS. Amaurosis (Feigned). serung dieses Apparates. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1906, lxiv, 502-510.—Luzzati (A.) Su di una nuova disposizione deH'esperienza di Grafe per la scoperta della simulazione della cecita unilaterale. Ann. di med. nav, Roma, 1899, v, 8-24.— Magnani (C.) Nuovo mezzo per lo smasche- ramento della simulazione di amaurosi monoculare. Arch. di ottal, Palermo, 1900-1901, viii, 355-357. Also: Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1901, 4. s, vii, 24.— Minor (J. L.) Report of two cases of, and tests for, simulated monocular blindness. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1907, xx, 92.—Moreau. Nouveau procede pour depister l'ambliopie unilaterale simulee. Loire m6d, St.-Etienne. 1909, xxviii, 51-53.—Nicati (W.) Amaurose et amblyopic unilaterales, epreuves de simulation. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1904, xxiv, 65-68. — Pancoast (J. W.) A case simulating toxic amblyopia. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 218.— Parisotti CO.) Ambliopia traumatica; caso importante di simulazione. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1906, ii, 43-57.— Santamarla (A.) Un nuovo apparecchio per svelare la simulazione delle ambliopie ed amaurosi monoculari. Arch. di ottal, Napoli, 1909-10, xvii, 553-562. Also, transl.: Clin. opht. Par, 1909, xv, 425-434— Segal (S. L.) [New methods of detecting malingering in blindness.] Med. Obozr, Mosk, 1894, xli, 1155-1157.—Slklossy (G.) [Detection of simulated amaurosis and amblyopia.] Budapesti orv. ujsag, 1903, i, 331; 353.—Swerver (G. P.) Simulatie van amblyopic Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav, 1894, xxxiv, 82-84.—Symens (H.) Ein neuer Apparat zur Sehpriifung und Entlarvung von Simulanten. Deutsche mil.-arztl. Ztschr, Berl, 1901, xxx, 662-667.—Tarducci (A.) Nuovo diploscopio per la determinazione del visus nella simulazione delle ambliopie. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1914, xliii, 278-288.-----. Ancora sui mio nuovo diploscopio per la determinazione del visus nella simulazione delle ambliopie. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1914-15, xxii, 437-442.—Todd (F. C.) Malingering (pretended blindness). Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1912, ix, 81-91.—Trombetta (E.) Di alcuni nuovi mezzi di sorpresa per svelare l'amaurosi e l'ambliopia simulate. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1901, xlix, 1147-1159.— Vagliasindi del Castello (G.) Contributo alia diagnosi della ambliopia ed amaurosi monoculari simulate. Ibid., 835-850, 1 pi.—Valenti (G.) Considerazioni sulla simu- lazione di cecita e su di un nuovo apparecchio per riconos- cerla. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1903, i, 153- 165.—Vasyutlnski (A. G.) [Simulation of blindness and weakened vision; with drawings by Kardo-SisoyefL] Voyenno-Med. J, S.-Peterb, 1910, ccxxix, med.-spec. pt, 519; 664.—Vela Vazquez (J.) Un nuevo medio para demos- trar la simulation de la ceguera monocular. An. de oftal, Mexico, 1909-10, xii, 278-284. Amaurosis (Hsemorrhagic). Singer (O. K.) *Ueber Sehstorungen nach Blutverlust. [Leipzig.] 8°. Hamburg dc Leipzig, 1902. Also, in: Beitr. z. Augenh, Hamb. & Leipz, 102, vi, no. 53,1-7. Spiller (K. L. A.) *Ueber Amaurose nach Blutungen. [Kiel.] 8°. Lubeck, 1901. Assicot (L.) Pathogenie des amauroses post-hemorrha- giques. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1902, xxii, 322-329.—Ball (I. M.) Amblyopia from hemorrhage. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1913, xx, 531-535.—Bettremleux. Considerations sur la cecite consecutive k l'anemie aigue post-hemorrhagi- que. Clin, opht. Par, 1912, xviii, 564-572.—Bistis (J.) Sur l'amblyopie et l'amaurose consecutives a des ltemorragies. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1908, xxviii, 34-40.—Carlini (V.) Amaurosi consecutiva ad anemia acuta per emorragia. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1906, vii, 2353-2368. Also, transl: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1906, xv, 203-213.—Duhot (E.) & Pierrot (R.) Amauroses et, amblyopies par ischemic succedant aux hemorrhagies. Echo m6d. du nord, Lille, 1913, xvii, 197-208.—Holden (W. A.) The pathology of the amblyopia following profuse hemorrhage and of that follow- ing the ingestion of methyl alcohol, with remarks on the pathogenesis of optic-nerve atrophy in general. Arch. Ophth.. N. Y, 1899, xxviii, 125-134,1 pi.—Landesberg (M.) Drei Falle von Amaurose in Folge von Blut-Verlusten. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Rostock, 1877, xv, 95-99.— Moore (R. F.) Four cases of serious loss of sight as a result of haemorrhage. St. Bartholomew's Hosp. Rep.. Lond, 1911, xlvi, 179-186.-----. Complete blindness following loss of blood. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1911, xxxi, 39.-----. Two cases of severe loss of sight following loss of blood. Ibid., 40-42.—Pergens (E.) Amaurosis and amblyopia after haematemesis. Ann. d'ocul, N. Y, 1896, cxv, 6-34— Proell. Ueber Sehstorungen nach Blutverlust. Med. Klin.. Berl, 1908, iv, 444-448.—Short. Sudden blindness after haemorrhage. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1911, lxix, 183.—Thllliez. Cecite binoculaire et definitive a la suite d'une epistaxis. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, ii, 601- 607.—Zentmayer (W.) Visual disturbances from distant hemorrhage. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lix, 1050-1054. Also, Reprint. Amaurosis (Hysterical). Sec, also, Hysteria (Manifestations of) by dis- orders of special senses. Goldberg (II.) *Ueber hysterische Amau- rose. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin, 1905. Guischard (J. G.) *Ein Fall von hysteri- scher Amblyopie im Kindesalter. 8°. Kiel, 1905. Kerneis (J.-F.-J.-M.) *Etude sur la cecite" hysterique ou amaurose hysterique totale et bilaterale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Masson (R.) *L'amaurose hysterique. [Lau- sanne.] 8°. Neuchdtel, 1911. Weckowski (K.) *Ueber hysterische Amau- rose und hochgradige Amblyopie. 8°. Breslau, 1906. Agareff. Amaurosis hysterica. Sibirsk. Vrach. Vledom, Krasnoyarsk, 1907, v, 72.—Ames (T. H.) Blindness as a wish. Psychoanaiyt. Rev, N. Y, 1913-14, i, 55-62. -----. Analysis of blindness as a symptom of hysteria. Arch. Ophth, N. Y., 1914, xliii, 357-367—Anglade & Lafage. Cecite hysterique guerie par suggestion. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 29-31.—Antonelli (A.) La dissociation de la vision binoculaire chez quelques strabi- ques et quelques hysteriques, a propos d'un cas d'amaurose monoculaire nysterique. Presse med. beige, Brux, 1897, xlix, 313.—Ballereau (J.) De l'emploi du diploscope dans l'amaurose hysterique. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1907, 2. s, xxv, 666-670.—Ballet (G.) L'amaurose hysterique unilate- rale. Presse med. Par, 1897, ii, 309-313.—Barraquer. Nature et traitement de l'amblyopie hysterique. Clin. opht. Par, 1900. vi, 341-343.—Bernheim. De l'amaurose hysterique et de l'amaurose suggestive. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol.. Par.. 1886-7, i, 68-71.-----. De l'amau- rose hysterique. Ass. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1886, Par, 1887, xv, pt. 2, 748-750.—Bocci (D.) Amaurosi isterica bilaterale. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1904, 1647-1651.— Bruner (W. E.) Amblyopia (hysterical) in children. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1898, vii, 176-178.—Cabannes. La cecite hysterique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mCd. de Bordeaux, 1905, xxvi, 3-5.—Campbell (K.) A case of hysterical am- blyopia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1915, ii, 434.—Charles (J. W.) A case of hysterical amblyopia with complete recovery; no recurrence within two years. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1908, xxv, 33-40.—Cruchet (R.) Sur l'amblyopie hys- terique monoculaire et sa disparition dans la vision binocu- laire (k propos d'un nouveau cas). Arch, de neurol. Par, 1905, 2. s, xix, 337-360.—Cusner. Amblyopie hysterique monosymptomatique. Policlin., Brux, 1908, xvii, 25; 36.— Darier (A.) Amblyopie hysterique chez une femme de 60 ans. Clin, opht. Par, 1906, xii, 320.—De Michele (P.) Un caso di amaurosi isterica bilaterale. Incurabili, Napoli, 1902, xvii, 288-295. Also: Boll. d. clin, Milano, 1903, xx, 160-164.—Dieulatoy. Amaurose hysterique.- Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1910, xxiv, 309.—Dor (L.) Une observation de persistance de la vision binoculaire dans un cas d'amblyopie monoculaire hysterique. Rev. gen. d'opht. Par, 1897, xvi, 51-55.-----. Amblyopie hysterique d'ori- gine dentaire. Clin, opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 176-180.— Douvier. Amaurose hystero-traumatique. Dauphine' mea, Grenoble, 1905, xxix, 10-19.—Dupuy-Butemps. Deux cas de cecite complete persistante, sans lesions ophtal- moscopiques, consecutive k de tres legers traumatismes de la tegion oculaire; hystero-traumatisme. Bull, ot mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1902, xix. 456-467.—Fleckenstein (H. K.) Hysterical amaurosis. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1910, n. s., v, 410-415.—Flesch (J.) Ein Fall von einseitiger nystenscher Amaurose. Klin.-therap. Wchn- schr, Wien, 1900, vii, 742-745.—Frank-Kamenetski (Z. G.) [Hysterical blindness of one eye.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Vledom, Krasnoyarsk, 1902-3, i, 302.—Gallemaerts (E.) Amaurose hysterique double. Policlin., Brux, 1901, x, 233-235.—Garcia Mansilla (S.) Cuatro casos de ceguera histerica. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1907, lxxvi, 457-463.—Garcia Rijo (R.) Amaurosis y ambliopia histericas. Cron. med.-quir. de la Habana, 1911, xxxvii, 684-696.—Gaussel. Deux cas d'amaurose bilaterale (chez une hysterique et chez une accouchee). Montpel. med, 1904, xix, 525-527.—Glnestous & de Fornel. Amblyopie hysterique et simulation. Bull. Soc. d'anat. etphysiol.... de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 153-157.—Gross (J. H.) The diagnostic value of the form and color fields in hysterical amblyopia. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1912, xxix, 193-203. Gunn (R. M.) Functional or hysterical amblyopia. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1902, xxi, 271-280— Hansell (H. F.) A comparison between hysterical and simulated blindness. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1907, xvi, 590-594.—Henderson (F. L.) Hysterical binocular amaurosis. Ibid., 1906, xv, 374-380.—Hirschman (L. L.) Amblyopia hysterica. Vestnik med.. Kharkov, 1896, i, 23.—Hughes (M. A.) Hysterical amblyopia. West. M. Rev, Lincoln, Neb, 1900, v, 330.—Kellogg (F.B.) [Case.) Pacific Coast J. Homoeop, AMAUROSIS. 326 AMAUROSIS. Amaurosis (Hysterical). San Fran, 1914, xxv, 54-57.—Kron (H.) Ueber hysteri- sche Blindheit. Neurol. Centralbl, Leipz, 1902, xxi, 584; 649.—Leitner (V.) [A case of hysteric amblyopia.] Szemes- zct, Budapest, 1897, 78.—Leon Ortiz ( G. ) Amaurosis histerica, bilateral, total de corta duraci6n. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Bareel, 1914, xiv, 465-469.—Linnell (E. H.) Hysterical amblyopia; a clinical study. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, Lancaster, Pa, 1908, xiv, 200-207.—Lorn- broso (Gina). Ambliopia isterica guarita coll' ignatia. Arch.di psichiat.[etc], Torino, 1901,xxii, 254-257.—Lozhech- nikofl (S. N.) [Bilateral hysterical blindness.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1907, xxxiv, 250-253.—Luengo (P.) Ceguera instantanea de naturaleza histerica. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract, Madrid, 1905, lxix, 49-54.—Marian! (G.) Contributo alia diagnosi differenziale fra l'amaurosi isterica e quella da lesione intracranica. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1901,8. s, i, 597-603.—MUbury (F. S.) Hysterical amblyo- pia. Med. Rec. N. Y, 1897, li, 423.—Moore(W. O.) Hys- terical amblyopia. Dietet. & Hyg-' Gaz, N. Y, 1908, xxiv, 338-342. — Moutlnho ( M. ) Amaurose hysterica. Med. contemp, Lisb, 1910, xxviii, 403.—Newmark (L.) Hys- teric blindness of both eyes in elderly men. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii, 98-100.—Oddone (O.) DelPamaurosi isterica completa bilaterale da trauma chirurgico, portato su regione Ion tana dalla orbitale. Gior. di med. mil., Roma, 1913, lxi, 313-321.—Paggi (E.) Amaurosi unilaterale isterica in una bambina di 11 anni. Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1902, 927-931.—Parker (F. P.) & Nelson (W. L.) Hys- terical amblyopia. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1909, xxvi, 40- 43. Also: Weekly Bull. St. Louis M. Soc, 1909, iii, 70.— Pauly (R.) Un cas particulier de cecite psychique. Lyon med, 1898, lxxxviii, 364-368.—Pfingst (A. O.) A case of bilateral hysterical amaurosis. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 53-58.—Philipps (F. A.) Hvsterical amblyopia. Chicago Clinic, 1900, xiii, 397-399.—Pineo (W. B.) Hyster- ical amblyopia. Northwest, Lancet, Minneap, 1905, xxv, 155.—Plaut. Deux cas d'amaurose hysterique unilaterale. CUn. opht. Par, 1898. iv, 134. -----. Zwei Falle von einseitiger hystcrischer Amaurose. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1898, ii, 125.—Prince (M.) Hysterical monocular am- blyopia coexisting with normal binocular vision; with reports of two cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1897, n. s, cxiii, 157-169.—Puccionl (G.) Amaurosi unilaterale isterica guarita mediante la suggestione. Boll. d. osp. oftal. d. prov. di Roma, 1903, i, 125-132.—Raymond (F.) Amaurose hysterique et traumatisme. Rev. de l'hypnot. et psychol. physiol. Par, 1902-3, xvii, 187.—Be (F.) Amaurosi del- I' occhio destro ed emianopsia nasale deU'occhio sinistro di natura isterica. Arch, di ottal, Napoli, 1910-11, xviii, 652- 659.—Sanz Blanco. Amaurosis por histerismo. Rev. espec. med. La oto-rino-laringol. espafi, Madrid, 1902, v, 474-477.—Sava-Golu (G.) Un cas d'ambliopie hysterique post-traumatique. Bull, et mem. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1912, xxvi, 187-191.—Somma (R.) Un caso de amaurosis histerica (desdrdenes de los sentidos espsecificos). Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1909,xvi, 1184.—StrzheminsW (I) [On hysterical amblyopia.] Med. Obozr, Mosk, 1896, xiv, 701-715.—Swan (C. J.) Hysterical amblyopia. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, 1899. v, 85-92.—Tabakofl (V ) [Hysterical destruction of sight.] Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 1913-14, i, 477-479.—Thomson (E.) Hysterical amblvopia. Glasgow M. J, 1906, lxvi, 358—Tuckerman (W. C ) A case of (hysterical?) sudden monocular real blindness with recovery. Cleveland M. J, 1913, xli, 127- 129.—del Valle (R.) & Aidabalde. Amaurosis histerica. Arch, de oftal. hispano-am, Bareel, 1912, xii, 189-191.— Valude (E.) Amaurose unilaterale hysterique. Ann d'ocul Par, 1911, cxliv, 87-91.—Veasey (C. A.) A case o monocular hysterical amaurosis in a girl eleven years of age. J Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1900, xxvii, 444-446. Also, Renrint —Velert. O sluchaye amaurosis hysterica. Vest- nik Oftalmol, Kiev, 1902, xix, 88-92.—Vetter. Ein Fall von doDnelseitieer hysterischer Amaurose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh Stuttg, 1903, xli, 355-361 -Weymann (M. F.) A case of hysterical amblyopia. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1896 n. s, xv, 423.—Williams (A. D.) Hysterical blind- ness' its treatment, report of sases. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis 1905, xiv, 482-488.—Wolff berg. Amaurose rechts, totale'Farbenblindheit links auf hysterischer Basis. Wchn- schr. f Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Brest, 1897-8, i, 281. Amaurosis (Sudden). Barlay (J ) [Blindness after lifting.] Szemeszet, Buda- nest 1901, 39.—Barrett (J. W.) Sudden temporary and Permanent losses of vision of circulatory ongin. Intercolon. MJ Australas, Melbourne, 1897, ii, 255-261.-----. Sud- den temporary loss of vision; probably of circulatory origin. Onhth Rev, Lond, 1902, xxi, 281-283.-Bernstein (E J ) Sudden total blindness following iodine or a fracture. Oph- thalmol, Seattle, 1913, x, 41-44.-Brown (E. J ) Sudden blindness associated with choked disk and nasal sinus dis- ease J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 34-Buchanan (Marv) Sudden blindness and its various causes. N. York M J. [etc.], 1908, lxxxvii, 771-774.-de Cerquelra (M.) Um caso de amaurose unilateral subita e sem lesoes ap- parentes. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1906-7, xxxviii, 225-230. 1____ Tjn Cas d'amaurose unilaterale subite. Arch. d'opht. Par, 1910, xxx, I07.-Claiboroe (J. H.) Sudden Amaurosis (Sudden). bilateral blindness following a fit of anger, with resultant bilateral central (paracentral) scotoma. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1913, xiii, 516. Also: Ann. Ophth., St. Louis, 1914, xxiii, 243-249.—Fisher (F.) Proptosis with sudden blind- ness. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915, xxiv, 260.—Hansell (H. F.) A case of sudden blindness. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1901, xviii, 69-71.—Masters (J. L.) Sudden blindness. Tr. Indiana M. Soc, Indianap, 1898, 30-35.—Ramsay (A. M.) On three cases of sudden blindness. Glasg. Hosp. Rep, 1898, i, 67-73,1 pi.—Bisley (S. D.) Sudden blindness of unknown origin. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1917, xxvi, 200.— Singh(A.) Notes on a case of sudden blindness; treatment; recovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1900, xviii, 446.— Strupofl (A.) [Sudden bilateral loss of sight.. .1 Vestnik Oftalmol,Mosk, 1908,xxv, 120-123—Uhthofl(W.) Ueber zwei bemerkenswerte Falle von plotzlicher doppelseitiger Erblindung im hoheren Lebensalter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1910, xlvii, 1213-1215. Also, transl: Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1910, xxvii, 266-270—Van Benschoten (G. W.) The causes and prognosis of sudden blindness. Providence M. J, 1903, iv, 138-143.—Young (H. B.) A case of sudden blindness with obscure etiology. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1911, xx, 221. Amaurosis (Sympathetic). Kirst (M. ) *Amblyopia sympathica. 8°. Leipig, 1901. Ambliopia simpatica. Cong. med. internac. de accid. d. trab. de Lieja de 1905. Apunt. y considerac, Bareel, 1905, 116-120.—Consiglio (A.) Di un caso di ambliopia simpa- tica. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1905, xxxiv, 910-915—Fejer (J.) Ueber einen geheilten Fall von Amblyopia sympathica. Centralbl. f. prakt. Augenh, Leipz, 1909, xxxii, 237-239.— Fellows (C. G.) Blindness from sympathetic ophthalmia relieved after fifteen years. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, Lancaster, Pa, 1908, xiv, 238.—Keutel (J.) Gibt es eine sympathische Amblyopie? Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1915, n. F, xix, 250-264. Also, transl: Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1915, xxxii, 200-212.—Nuel (J.-P.) De l'amblyopie sympathique. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1897, xxxvi, 49-58. Also: Arch, d'opht. Par., 1897, xvii, 145-163. Also, transl: Am. J. Ophth. St. Louis, 1904, xxi, 201-215.—Pearse (H. S.) The relation of the sympathetic nervous system to functional amblyopia. Phila. M. J, 1901, viii, 1143-1145.—Perlmann (A.) Beitrag zur Frage der Amblyopia sympathica (Amblyopia sympathica maligna?). Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1913, lxxxiv, 39-47. Amaurosis (Toxic). See, also, Amaurosis/rom alcohol and tobacco; Amaurosis from -quinine. de Schweinitz (G. E.) The toxic amblyopias; their classification, history, symptoms, pathol- ogy, and treatment. Being an essay to which was awarded the Alvarenza prize of the College of Physicians of Philadelphia, October, 1894. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. Widmark (J.) Tre fall af toxisk amblyopi med ovanlig etiologi. [Three cases of toxic amblyopia with a new etiology.] 8°. Stock- holm, 1908. , , „ v Also, transl. in: Mitt. a. d. Augenkhn. d. Carohn. med.- chir. Inst, zu Stockholm, Jena, 1908, ix, 85-96. Blrch-Hirschfeld (A.) Zur Intoxicationsamblyopie. Bemerkungen zu den Untersuchungen uber Intoxications- amblyopie, von F. Schieck. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz , 1903 lv 380-386!-----. Zur Klinik und Pathologie der Atoxyl- amblyopie. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl.. xxviii, 929-933.— Blake (E. M.) Toxic amblyopia. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1907-8, xiv, 108-112.-----. Long continued use of strychnine in toxic amblyopia. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 592.— Borsch (L.) Un cas d'amblyopie par intoxication due au sulfure de carbone traite avec succes par les injections do serum. Clin, opht. Par, 1898, iv, 76.—Dabney (S. G.) Toxic amblyopia. Louisville Month. J. M. & S.. 1902-3, ix, 259-262.—Fabrl (E.) Sopra un raro caso di cecita monolate- rale probabilmente dovuta all' azione chimica esercitata da un frammento d'ottone penetrato nell'occhio. Riv. med, Milano, 1910, xviii, 88-90.—Galezowski (J.) Amblyopie toxique occasionnee par le cuivre. Rec. d'opht. Par, 1905, 3. s, xxvii, 592-596.—Green (J. B.) Toxic amaurosis; recov- ery. Rep. Superv. Surg.-Gen. Mar. Hosp. 1898, Wash, 1899, 263.—Grlmsdale (H. B.) Some forms of toxic amblyopia. Treatment, Lond, 1898-9, ii, 225; 353.—Grosz (E.) Falle von Amblyopia toxica. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1915, li, 87.—Gunn (R. M.) Case of toxic amblyopia. Poly- clin, Lond, 1902, vi, 576.—Hallett (G. De WJ Lead as a cause of toxic amblyopia; a case. N. Am. J. Homceop, N. Y, 1904, 3. s, xix, 776.—Harbrldge (D. F.) The toxic effects of certain drugs on the eyes and their clinical mani- festations. Arizona M. J, Phoenix, 1914-15, ii, 7-12— Hig- gins(R. P.) Toxic amblyopia. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1909, ix, 497-500.—Hoffmann (C.) Ueber Salmiakgeist" AMAUROSIS. 327 AMAUROSIS. Amaurosis (Toxic). vergiftung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1903,1,926.—Jack- son (E.) Toxic amblyopias. Progr. Med, Phila. & N. Y, 1899, ii, 405-409.—Knapp (A.) Blindness from toxemia. N. York State J. M, N. Y, 1912, xii, 574-577.—von Kru- dener (H.) Ueber Erblindung durch Atoxyl, Methylalko- hol, Schwcfelkohlenstoff und Filix mas. Ztschr. f. Augenh, Berl, 1906, xvi, 47-53.—de Lapersonne (F.) De l'ambly- opie toxique. Progres med.. Par, 1902. 3. s, xv, 249-252.— Lester (H. S.) Toxic amblyopias. Illinois M. J, Spring- field, 1907, xi, 705-70S.—Levy (L.) Toxic amblyopia. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville, 1916-17. ix, 107.—Lewis (F. P.) Blindness following the injection of protargol in lacrimal sac. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1907, xvi, 589.—Natanson (A. V.) [Toxic loss of sight with ischaemia of the retinae.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1909, xxvi, 567—Nicodeml (C.) Ambli- opie da croniche intossicazioni. Atti Cong, region, figure, Genova, 1901, vii, 59— Nuel (J. P.) The toxic amblyopias. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1902, xi, 169; 631.—Pal (J.) Zur Pathogenese der akuten transitorischen Amaurose bei Bleikolik, Uramie und Eklampsie. Zentralbl. f. innere Med, Leipz, 1903, xxiv, 417-424. — Parisottl ( O.) Considera- tions sur l'amblyopie toxique. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc. d'opht. Par, 1898, xvi, 369-372.-----. Considerazioni sulla ambliopia tossica. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1907, iii, 64- 67.—Parsons (J. H.) Note on the pathology of toxic am- blyopias. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1901, i, 1400.-----. Further note on the pathology of toxic amblyopias. Ophth. Rev, Lond, 1901, xx, 181-189.—Poulard. Ambliopies toxiques. Clinique, Par, 1911, vi, 313-315.—Prltzker. Zur Prognose der chronischen toxischen Amblyopien. Wchnschr. f. The- rap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd, 1912, xv, 345.— Reiner (S.) Zur Casuistik der Schwefelkohlenstoffamblyopie. Wien. klin.Wchnschr, 1895,viii,919-922.—Reynolds (D.S.) Toxic amblyopia. Tr. West. Ophth, Otol. [etc] Ass. Ophth. div, St. Louis, 1902, 29-34. Also: Am. J. Pharm, St. Louis, 1902, xix, 139-144.—Ribon (V.) Ambliopias texicas; tabaquica y alcohdlica. Repert. de med. y cirug, Bogota, 1916-17, viii, 261-265. — Rochon-Duv igneaud. Amblyopie toxi-glyco- surique. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap. Par, 1910, xxiv, 165- 167.—Boosa(D.B.St.L) Toxic amblyopia. Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1904, xix, 1035-1037. -----. Two cases of recovery from toxic amblyopia. Ibid., 1905,xx,394-398— Salva. Le champ visuelpenpherique dansl'amblyopie toxique. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1897, cxvii, 254-259. Also: Dauphine' med, Grenoble, 1897, xxi, 97-104— Schieck (F.) Klinische und pathologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen fiber die Intoxi- cationsamblyopie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1902, liv, 458- 482, lpl—deSchweinitz(G. E.) A case of toxic amblyopia, with autopsy and microscopical examination of the speci- mens. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1897, 186-197*, 2 pi. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1897, n. s, cxiv, 282-290, 2 pi. -----. The toxic amblyopias. Syst. Dis. Eye (Norris & Oliver), Phila, 1900, iv, 797-841, 2pl— Snow (I. W.) Toxic amblyopia. Denver M. Times, 1905-6, xxv, 1-6.—van de SpU (L.P.) Overamblyopiatoxica(scotomacentralis). Geneesk. Tijdschr. v. Nederl. Indie, Batav, 1892, xxxii, 272-282.— Stillson (J. O.) Report of a case of toxic amblyopia, illus- trating the importance of detecting this disease in all cases where railroad employees are affected. Ophth. Rec, Chi- cago, 1899, viii, 502-506,1 pi—Strieker (L.) The toxic am- blyopias; a critical study, with reports of twenty-four cases. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1908, xcix, 481-500.—Veasey (C. A.) Central amblyopia in a dyeworker probably produced by inhalation of the aniline dyes. Am. J. Ophth, St. Louis, 1898. xv, 149-152.—Wood (C. A.) Coffee amblyopia and its relations to general intoxication from roasted coffee products. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1915,xxiv, 122-124.—Wray (C.) Toxic amblyopia. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1904-5, xxv, 360-3C4.—Zimmerman (M. W.) Some cases of toxic amblyopia, three of which show partial reversal of the color fields. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1878, vii, 529-538. Amaurosis (Transitory and fugacious). Antonelli (A.) Die Amblyopie transitoire. Beitrag zum Studium der Sehstorungen bei den nervosen Krankheiten. Autorisierte deutsche Ausgabe verfasst von Otto Nieser. 8°. Halle a. d. Saale, 1897. Also, transl. [Abstr.] in: J. de neurol. et hypnol. Par, 1897, ii, 394-400. Lubbe (M.) *Ein Fall von transitorischer Amaurose. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Asmus. [Fall von transitorischer, einseitiger Amaurose infolge von Nasenschnauben.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1905, xxxi, 405.—Barrett (J. W.) Sudden, temporary and permanent losses of vision of circulatory origin. Intercolon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne, 1897, ii, 110-129, 1 ch.—Beevor (C. E.) & Gunn (R. M.) A case of obliteration of a branch of the retinal artery following fre- quent attacks of temporary amblyopia. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1898-9, xix, 75-87.—Borsch (L.) Sur un cas d'amblydpie passagere a la suite d'hemorragic et sur un cas recent d'amaurose double apres hematemese. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1898, cxix, 272-286.—Christen (T. A.) Tran- sient amblyopia. Tr. Acad. M. Cincin, 1897-8, 199-204. Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, n. s, xl, 1-6. [Discussion], Amaurosis (Transitory and fugacious). 15.—Doyne (R. W.) Recurrent transient blindness. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1889, ix, 148-152.—Dra- coulldes. Une observation sur un cas de cecite complexe intermittente. Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1895, xiii, 557.—Gayet. Une observation de cecite intermittente. Ibid., 1893, xi, 303-319.—Gomez (V.) Amaurosis fugaz par- cial. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 1910, xv, 285-287 — Guende(C) Hemianopsie heWronyme temporale pteceaee d amaurose complete des deux yeux. Marseille med, 1903, xL 161-165.—Jacqueau. Ceeites momentane'estecidivantes. Clin, opht. Par, 1907, xiii, 150-154. Also: Lyon med, 1907, cyiii, 901-907.—Jamieson (T. H.) Transient monocular blindness; fundus viewed during complete course from onset to recovery. Ophth. Rec. Chicago, 1904, xiii, 257-260.— Klpp (C. J.) Two cases of transitory complete blindness of both eyes. Tr. M. Soc. N. Jersey, Newark, 1903, 285-290. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1903, xli, 1409.—Langdon (H. M.) A case of alternating transient monocular blindness ending in complete loss of vision in the left eye. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1914, xiii, pt. 3, 796-818. Also: Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1915, xxiv, 266-278.—Nettleship (E.) On attacks of temporary blindness from exposure to cold wind. Roy. Lond. Ophth. Hosp. Rep, 1902, xv, pt. 2,101- 104.—Pollnow (L.) Ueber transitorische Amaurose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1910, xxxvi, 1952- 1956.—Posey (W. C.) Transient monocular blindness. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1418-1421.—Ricchl (G.) Delle cecita monoculari passeggiere. N. raccoglitore med, Imola, 1902, i 529-538.—Roure. Amblyopie subite et transi- toire chez les hypermetropes forts (amblyopie auto-toxique?). Ann. d'ocul, Par., 1911, cxlvi, 348-350.—Stephenson (S.) Fleeting amaurosis in infants presenting symptoms of meningitis. Rep. Soc Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1901-2, ii, 276-286.—Weber (F. P.) & Gruber (R.) Recurrent tem- porary amblyopia of angiospastic origin and the association of retmal angiospasm with other vasomotor neuroses. In- ternat. Clin, Phila, 1908, 18. s, ii, 111-123.—Weiss (K. E.) Amaurosis fugax durch Krampf der Retinalgefasse. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. Heidelb. 1912, Wiesb, 1913, xxxviii, 205-213.—WoUtberg. Ein seltener Fall von einseitiger Amaurosis partialis fugax. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Bresl, 1904, vii, 209-211. Amaurosis (Traumatic). Fresenius (G.) *Ueber die traumatische Amblyopie und Amaurose. [Giessen.] 8°. Frankfurt a. M.. 1829. Schultze (L.) *De amaurosi traumatica. 12°. Berolini, 1841. Angiolella (D.) Amaurosi bilaterale istero-traumatica; contributo alio studio degli istero-traumatismi oculari. Ann. di ottal.. Pavia, 1908, xxxvii, 513-521.—B[ijlsm]a. Dubbel- zijdige blindheid na trauma. Geneesk. Courant, Amst, 1907, lxi, 375.—Beauchant. Amaurose d'origine trauma- tique. Poitou med, Poitiers, 1911, xxvi, 1. —Carhart (W. M. D.) A case of traumatic blindness, with partial recovery of vision after fifteen months. Manhattan Eye & Ear Hosp. Rep, N. Y, 1897, iv, 25-30. Also, Reprint. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1897, vi, 583-587.—Cosmetatos ( G. P. ) [Homonymous central amaurosis of traumatic Origin.] 'Iarpwcds pqvirruip, 'Afloat, 1911, xi, 77. — Dick- son (R. M.) Amblyopia and invaliding. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1914, xxiii, 209-212.—Goldzieher (W.) SchSdelverletzung und Blindheit. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1904, xl, "212.—Hamilton (T. K.) Amaurosis following an explosion of dynamite in a mine. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1901, xx, 190.—Hertz (A. F.) & Ormond (A. W.) The treatment of concussion blindness. Lancet, Lond, 1916. i, 15-17— Lagrange. Un cas de cecite bila- terale par ebranlement cerebral ayant dure quinze mois, guerie par un simulacre d'operation. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1916, xxxv, 210-218.—Laplace (E.) Blindness following ex- tensive injury to the brain. Med.-Chir. J., Phila, 1905, vi, No. 8, 27-29.—Mell (A.) Ueber Kriegsblinde. Eos, Wien, 1915, xi, 161-183.—Newmark (L.) Blindness following injuries to the back of the head. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1914, xii, 183-185. Also: J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1914, viii, 143-147.-----. Supplementary note to the article on: Blindness following injuries to the back of the head. Calif. State J. Med, San Fran., 1916, xiv, 487.—Ogg (T. A. W.) Note on a case of simulated unilateral amaurosis, fol- lowing an injury received under the Workman's Compensa- tion Act. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1904, n. s,Ixxviii, 332 — Ormond (A. W.) The treatment of concussion blindness. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1916, xxx, 99-102. Also: 3. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1916, xxvi, 43-49.—Parisotti (O.) Ambliopia traumatica. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1903, xxix, 233-239.—Parsons (J. H.) The psychology of traumatic amblyopia following the explosion of shells. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1914-15, viii, Neurol. Sect, 55-68. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1915, i, 697-701.—Pascale (A.) Amau- rosi transitoria per detonazioni di armi da fuoco. Gior. med. d. r. esercito, Roma, 1904, Iii, 81-87. — Pemberton (H. S.) The psychology of traumatic amblyopia following the explosion of shells. Lancet. Lond, 1915, i, 967.—Pringle (J. H.) Monocular blindness following diffused violence to the skull; its causation and treatment. Brit. J. Surg, Bris- AMAUROSIS. 328 AMAUROSIS. Amaurosis (Traumatic). tol, 1917, iv, 373-385.—Puccioni (G.) Amaurosi ed amblio- pia d'origine traumatica. Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1901, xxvii, 221-230.—Querenghi (F.) Ambliopia istero- traumatica. Tribuna med, Milano, 1906, xii, 257-260 — Rioblanc. Amaurose traumatique. Lyon med, 1896, lxxxii, 361-363. Also: Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc med. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2, 115-117.—Schmidt- Rimpler (H.) Kriegsblinde. Deutsche Rev, Stuttg. & Leipz, 1915, iv, 61-69.—Smolyaninofl (L. I.) [Amblyopia following bursting of an eye.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1912, xxix, 966-969. Amaurosis (Treatment of). Ayers (E. A.) First sight at the age of forty. 8°. New York, 1910. Cutting from: Harper's Mag, N. Y, 1910, cxri, 416-424. Ablstrbm (G.) Beobachtungen fiber das Sehenlernen eines mit gutem Resultate operirten neunjahrigen Blind- geborenen. Skandin. Arch. f. Physiol, Leipz, 1897, vii, 113-122.—Bajardl (P.) Le iniezioni sottocongiuntivali di nitratordi stricnina nelle ambliopie tossiche. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1902, xxxi, 654-659. Also: Cong. d. Ass. oftal. ital. Rendic. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 20-25.—BarUIattl (J.) Sobre un caso de amaurosis curado por el salvarsan. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1913, xx, 1026.—Bates (H.) L'educa- tion de l'ceil dans l'amblyopie ex anopsia. Clin, opht. Par, 1912, xviii, 631-638. Also, Reprint.-----. Blindness relieved by a new method of treatment; report of a case. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1917, cv, 200-202.—Baumgarten (E.) Fall von nach einer Nasenoperation geheilten Blindheit. Verhandl. d. Budapest, k. Gesellsch. d. Aerzte 1911, Buda- pest, 1912, 34.—Blum. Amblyopie nerveuse guerie par la pithiotherapie. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1907, xxxi, 106.—Bouchaud. Reactions pupillaires provoquees par la lumiere agjssant sur un ceil amaurotique. J. de neurol. Par, 1908, xiii, 401-403.—Bruno (D.) La letitina (bioplastina Serono) nella cura delle ambliopie. Rassegna di clin. e terap, Roma, 1914, xiii, 605.—Castresana (B.) Tratamiento ntedico e higienico de los ciegos colegiados. Siglo med, Madrid, 1907, liv, 20-22— Chiryefl (S. I.) [Al- most complete blindness cured perfectly.] Voyenno-Med. J, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, med. pt, 350-357, 8 pi.—Coover (D. H.) The high frequency current in nontoxic amblyopia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1905, lxxxii, 800-802. Also, Reprint.— Darier (A.) Amblyopia ex anopsia, durch Massage von Vs auf J gebessert. Ophth. Klin, Stuttg, 1904, viii, 76.-----. Traitement des amauroses par ischemic retinienne. Clin. opht. Par, 1911, xvii, 506; 562.—Dehogues (J. L.) Un caso de ceguera por neuritis edematosa; curado por la fiuntion raquidea. Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Habana, 908, xiii, 225-231.—Derby (H.) Amaurosis (atrophy of the optic nerve) and its treatment by the subcutaneous injection of strychnia. Boston M. & S. J, 1902, cxlvi, 508-511. Also, Reprint.—Elschnlg (A.) Des injections sous-cutanees d'eau salee (solution physiologique) dans l'amblyopie par pertes de sang. Clin, opht. Par, 1904, x, 175— Emirze. Amaurose et paraplegie concomitante d'origine hysterique, guerie par la therapeutique suggestive. Rev. de Phypnot. et psychol. physiol. Par, 1904-5, xix, 348-351.—Figueras (I.) & Pares (de G.) Un cas de ceguera sense manifesta- tions al oftalmoscop, curat amb cine injeccions, amb pre- sentacid del exmalalt. An. Acad, y lab. de cien. med. de Cataluna, Bareel, 1914, viii, 281-294—Goldzieher (W.) Ein 13jahrlger Knabe, der nach der Geburt erblindete und jetzt erfolgreich operirt wurde. Ungar. med. Presse, Buda- pest, 1897, ii, 298.—Gould (G. M.) Doubling the reading power in amblyopia by the crossed-cylinder reader. Am. Med, Phila, 1907, ii, 695. Also, Reprint.—Greene (H. C.) Preventable blindness; a challenge to the professions, synop- sis of paper to be presented. Papers Sect. Ophth. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, 81-90.—Guepin. Note sur quelques essais de l'emploi de la strichnine par inoculation dans le traitement des amauroses; de la section du droit interne dans la diplopie amaurotique avec impossibilite de regarder en dehors. Ann. d'ocul, Brux, 1844, xi, 217-221.—Jeande- lize (P.) Dispositif pour combattre l'amblyopie ex anop- sia; modification au synoscope de Terrien. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 898-900.—JeUy (G. A.) Re- turn of vision to an amblyopic eye. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1904, ii 1695.—Jenkins (N. Bf) Lenses for the treatment of amblyopia. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1899, viii, 14.— Koenigsberg (M. M.) Notes on operations performed on adults for congenital blindness. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb., 1902, x, 500-506.—Luraschi (C.) La cura della cecita coi raggi Rontgen. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli. 1906, ix, 432 —Megia. Un caso raro de amaurosis; curacion. Arch. de oftal. Hispano-Am, Bareel, 1911, xi, 262.—Minor (J. L.) Learning to see at forty; first with one eye, and later with both. N. York M. J, 1898, Ixviii, 666-668.—Moreau. Aveugle-ne' gueri. Lyon med, 1911, cxvi, 757.—Moscucci (A ) Un caso di ambliopia funzionale vinta con un nuovo metodo di suggestione. Clin, e prat, Treviglio, 1905, ii, 278-285.—Mulder (W.) A new instrument for the treat- ment of amblyopia ex anopsia. South African M. Rec, Cape Town, 1912, x, 411-415.—Xoshevski (K. I.) [Vision after operation in those born blind and those who have lost sight during the first years of their life.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Amaurosis (Treatment of). Mosk, 1904, xxi, 586-590.—Panse (R.) Die Heilung retro- bulbarer Erblindung durch Nasenoperationen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 2887— Petrequin. De la diver- site de nature des amauroses, et des corollaires a en deduire pour la therapeutique. Ann. d'ocul, Brux, 1844, xi, 95- 98.—Porcher (W. P.) The successful treatment of appar- ently hopeless blindness. J. South Car. M. Ass, Greenville, 1907-8, iii, 181-184.—Ravaut (P.), Gastinel (P.) & Velter (E.) De l'effet de la ponction lombaire sur certaines am- blyopies. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1909, lxxxii, 903-905.—Santos Fernandez (I.) P6rdida congenita de la vista recuperada espontaneamente de un modo inesperado. Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1915, xxii, 92-97— Schanz (F.) Ueber das Sehenlernen blindgeborener und spater mit Erfolg operierter Menschen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 941.—Seydel. Das Wiedersehenlernen Blindge- wordener und mit Erfolg Operirter. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz, 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2, med. Abth., 293-295.—Strickler (D. A.) The high frequency current in nontoxic amblyopia. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1905, xi, 465-467.—Taylor (C. B.) Notes on a case of apparently incurable blindness in which sight was restored. Lancet, Lond, 1897, ii, 653. -----. A clinical lecture on the sometimes successful treatment of cases of apparently incurable blindness. Ibid.t 1901, i, 1183- 1186.-----. On a singular case of restoration to sight. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1907, v, 200.— Terson (A.) Sur le traitement d'urgence de l'amblyopie par pertes de sang. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1903, lxxvi, 1034.—de Waele (H.) Sur fa medication de l'amblyopie nicotinique par la lecithine. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1911, xxxi, 308-312.—Ware (J.) Obser- vation sur une goutte sereine guene par l'electricite. Bi- blioth. med.-phys. du nord, Lausanne, 1783, i, 260-263.—de Wecker (L.) Du traitement des amblyopies toxiques (n^vrites tetro-bulbaires) par les injections de serum. Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1897, cxvii, 426-431. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. franc, d'opht. Par, 1897, xv, 72-83. Amaurosis/rom alcohol and tobacco. See, also, Tobacco (Effects of) on vision. Gille (L.) Contribution a l'etude de l'am- blyopie toxique. 4°. Paris, 1895. Kazas (I. I.) *K patologii metil-alkoholnavo amavroza; eksperimentalnoye izsliedovaniye. [Pathology of methyl-alcohol amaurosis; ex- perimental investigation.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1912. Also, in: Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1913, xxx, 3-34, 1 pi. Rimovich (F. F.) *K patologii alkoholnol ambliopii. [On the pathology of alcoholic amblyopia.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1896. Said-Khan (M.) * Amblyopie toxique par l'alcool et le tabac (variations sem6iologiques). 8°. Paris, 1912. Adler (H.) Ueber Amblyopia alcoholica. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1898, xlviii, 1401-1407.—Btrch-Hirschield (A.) Weiterer Beitrag zur Pathogenese der Alkoholamblyopie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1902, liv, 68-98,1 pi.-----. Methyl- alkoholamaurose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1916, xiii, 273.—Burnett (S. M.) Methyl (wood) alcohol as a cause of blindness; should it be placed on the list of poisons? Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb. 1901, Wash, 1902, vi, 234-243.— Campbell (J. A.) Wood alcohol amblyopia, a case. J. Ophth, Otol. & Laryngol, Lancaster, Pa, 1915, xxi, 756- 761.—Carhart (W. M.) Toxic amblyopia from wood alcohol. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, & N. Y, 1908, n. s, iii, 176. Also: Manhattan Eye, Ear & Throat Hosp. Rep, N. Y, 1909, x, 67-70.—Carra (P.) Amblyopie ethylique chez une enfant de 12 ans. France med. Par, 1899. xlvi, 788.—Cheatham (W.) Blindness from alcohol. Louis- ville Month. J. M. & S, 1905-6. xii, 27.—Chistyakoff (P. I.) [Wood alcohol as a cause oi blindness.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Vledom, Krasnoyarsk, 1905, iii, 169-171. -----. [Two cases of blindness from wood alcohol.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk., 1912, xxix 883-887— Dalen (A.) [Blindness caused by poisoning with wood alcohol.] Allm. sven. Lakartidn, Stockholm, 1906, iii, 673-682.—Dorrell (E. A.) The sensory pupil reflex in tobacco amblyopia. Tr. Ophth. Soc. if. Kingdom, Lond, 1913, xxxiii, 148-156.—Foster (M. L.) Toxic amblyopia due to tobacco alone. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1913, xiii, pt. 2, 516-520. Also: Arch. Ophth, N. Y.f 1913, xiii, 380-382— Fridenberg (P.) The nerve- head in wood-alcohol amaurosis. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1910, xii, 513-525.—Golovin (S.) [Blindness follow- ing the use of wood alcohol and other substitutes for vodka; editorial investigation.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1915, 1915, xxxii, 453.—Grandclement. Indication de quelques moyens pratiques pour reconnaitre et gu^rir rapidement l'amblyopie alcoolique. Gaz. med. de Par, 1910, no. 70, 5. Also: Lyon med, 1910, cxv, 321-326.—Gruening (E.) Beobachtungen und Bemerkungen fiber Methylalkoholam- blyopie. Festschr. z. 40jahr. Stiftungsfeier d. Deutsch. Hosp, N. Y, 1909, 477-483.—Harnack (E.) Die akute AMAUROSIS. 329 AMAUROSIS. Amaurosis/rom alcohol and tobacco. Erblindung durch Methylalkohol und andere Gifte. Mfin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1912, lix, 1941-1943.—Hawes (A. T.) Amblyopia from the fumes of wood alcohol. Boston M. & S. J, 1905, cliii, 525.—Igershelmer & Verzar (F.) Zur Pathogenese der Methylalkohol- und Atoxylamblyopie. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1913, lxxv, 27-35.—Joyes (C.) Amblyopia due to tobacco and alcohol. Texas State J. M, Fort Worth, 1914-15, x, 189. Also, Reprint.—Kaiser. Ueber akute Aethylalkoholamblyopie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2508.—Kazas (I. I.) [Methylic alco- hol poisoning as a cause of blindness.] Novoye v Med, S.-Peterb, 1908, ii, 355-364.—Koller (C.) Poisoning by wood alcohol; a case of complete blindness (transitory), with recovery of vision. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1905, Ixviii, 10- 12.—Levental (G. A.) [Loss of sight in consequence of poisoning with wood alcohol.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1907, xxxiv, 274-277.—Montgomery (R. J.) Blindness from wood-alcohol poisoning. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1907, i, 375.—Xagel (C. S. G.) Methyl alcohol amblyopia, with special reference to optic nerve; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1905, xiv, 1560-1562.—Natanson (A.) Toxi- sche Erblindung nach Genuss von verfalschtem Kinder- balsam; Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Holzgeistvergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz, 1909, xxxv, 1971-1973.—Phillips (F. A.) Case of methyl alcohol amblyo- pia with consecutive atrophy. Dlinois M. J, Springfield, 1906, x, 634. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1906, xv, 538.— Ronne (H.) Pathologisch-anatomische Untersuchungen iiber alkoholische Intoxikationsamblyopie. Arch. f. Ophth, Leipz, 1910, lxxvii, 1-95. — Rymewicz (F.) Przy- czynek do patologii niedoslepu alkoholikdw (amblyopia alcoholica). Pam. Towarz. Lek. Warszaw., 1898, xciv, 11- 42,1 pi .—Santos Fernandez (J.) La ambliopia alcoholica. An. med. gaditanos, Cadiz, 1898-9, xvii, 107-112.-----. La ambliopia alcohdlica en la Isla de Cuba. Actas y mem. d. ix. Cong, internac. de hig. y demog. 1898, Madrid, 1900, v, 241-246.—Siegrist (A.) Beitrag zur Kenntniss der anatomi- schen Grundlage der Alkoholamblyopie. Arch. f. Angenh, Wiesb, 1900, xli, 136-153, 4 pi—Smirnoff (Ya. A.) [Loss of sight in consequence of methylic alcohol poisoning.] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1909, xxvi, 439.—Stirling (A. W.) Tobacco-amblyopia. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1914- 15, iv, 266-269.—Tyson (H. H.) Amblyopia from inhala- tion of methyl alcohol. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1912, xiii, 146-161. Also: Arch. Ophth., N. Y.. 1912, xli, 459- 471.—Urdareanu (C.) Amblyopia alcoolica. Rev. san. mil, BucurescI, 1902-3, vi, 329-331—Vandegrift (G. W.) Tobacco amblyopia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1914, lxxxv, 980- 982—Van Fleet (F.) Alcoholic amaurosis. Quart. J. Inebr, Hartford, 1902, xxiv. 459-467.—Woods (H.) Wood- alcohol blindness; report of two cases, one of external and one of internal use. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lx, 1762- 1764.—Yakovleva (A. A.) [Cases of loss of sight after internal use of eau de Cologne, denatured alcohol, and similar substances, observed in the Petrograd Eye Hospital.] Russk. Vrach, Petrogr, 1915, xiv. 579-586.—Ziegler (S. L.) Total blindness from the toxic action of wood alcohol, with recovery of vision under negative galvanism. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1910-11, vii, 599-607. Also: Penn. M. J, Athens, 1910-11, xiv, 637-644. Amaurosis ex anopsia. Bijlsma(R.) Amblyopie ex anopsie. Geneesk Courant, Amst, 1908, lxii, 263.—Bradburne (A. A.) Amblyopia ex anopsia; its nature and treatment. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1909, v. 565-572.—Buchanan (L.) Amblyopia from non-use! Glasgow M. J, 1903, lix, 106-114. Also: Tr. Med. Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1901-3), 1904, iv, 276-284— Calllaud. A propos des amblyopies dites ex anopsia. Chn.opht, Par, 1910, xvi, 533-536—Darier (A.) Amblyopie ex anopsia amelioree de 1/50 k 1/3 par le massage. Ibid., 1903, ix, 354.— Friedenwald (H.) Improvement of vision in amblyopia from non-use. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1902, ix, 612-620. Also: Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1903, xii, 15-21.— Harris (C. M.) Recovery of vision in an amblyopic eye after four and a half years of blindness; a contribution to the question of amblyopia ex anopsia. Penn. M. J, Athens, 1909-10, xiii, 319-322. Also: J. Ophth. & Oto-Laryngol, Chicago, 1910, iv, 65-68.—Herrnheiser (J.) Zur Frage der Amblyopia ex anopsia. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, ^resd.-Blasewitz, 1900, iii, 317-319.-Johnson (W B ) Amblyopia ex anopsia. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc. 1895, Hartford, 1896, vii, 301-309.—Klein (Baeringer) (S.) Gibt es eine Amblyopia ex anopsia? Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1900, 1, 961-965.-Kunn (C.) Beitrag zur Lehre yon der Amblyopia ex anopsia. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1901, xv, 760_762 —Lodato (G.) Gli effetti dell'anopsia nello svi- luppo dell'apparato visivo. Cong. d. Ass. oftal.ital. Rendic. 190% Pavia, 1903, xvi, 28-30. Also: Mem. d. Cong d. Ass. oftal. ital. 1902, Pavia, 1903, xvi, 320-340.-Mathewson (G H ) Amblyopia ex anopsia with acquisition of good vision. Montreal M. J, 1910, xxxix, 470.-Phillips (W. L ) The treatment of congenital argamblyopia. Ophthalmol, Seattle, 1909-10, vi, 600-603.—Rogman. Existe-t-il une amblvopie par anopsie? Ann. d'ocul. Par, 1901, cxxvi, 175-185 Also: Belgique med, Gand-Haarlem, 1901, ii, 97- 108 —Roosa (D. B. St. J.) Loss of sight from disuse oi the eye (amblyopia ex anopsia). Tr. M. Soc. N. Y, Albany, Amaurosis ex anopsia. 1905, 310-316. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y, 1905, lxvii, 281-283.— Senn (A.) Casuistisches zur Amblyopia ex anopsia. Wchnschr. f. Therap. u. Hyg. d. Auges, Dresd.-A, 1901, iv, 221-223.—Silex (P.) Giebt es eine Amblyopie aus Nichtge- brauch? Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1900, xxvi, 383-386. Also, transl: Clin, ocul, Palermo, 1900, 194- 203.—Simonton (A. C.) Amblyopia ex anopsia, with case. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, xxx, 201-203. Amaurosis in children. See, also, Amaurosis (Congenital). ■ Ashby (H.) & Stephenson (S.) Acute amaurosis following infantile convulsions. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1902-3, iii, 197-209. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond, 1903, i, 1616.—Bednarskl (A.) [Causes of blindness in children.] Lwow. tygodn. lek, 1910, v, 449-451. Also, transl: Arch.d'opht. Par, 1911, xxxi, 356-363.—Carpenter (G.) Acute amaurosis following infantile convulsions. Lancet. Lond, 1903, i, 1476.—Hasenknopf. Ueber einen Fall plotzlicher Erblindung im Kindesalter. Charite-Ann, Berl, 1906, xxx, 166-176.—Hass (S. V.) Blindness in an infant as a result of facial eczema. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, lxxxvii,543.—James (A.) Clinicalnote on acutely occurring deafness and blindness in children. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1903, xiii, 47-50.—Leitner (V.) [Cases and prophylaxis of juvenile amaurosis.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1908, xiv, 75- 83.—Stephenson (S.) On a form of amblyopia in young children consequent upon inherited syphilis. Lancet, •Lond, 1906, ii, 357-359.-----. On a little-known type of amblyopia in children. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond. 1907-8, viii, 428-430. Also: Brit. M. J, Lond, 1908, ii, 141( Amaurosis in pregnancy and the puer- peral state. Dabadie (P.-P.-A.) Contribution a l'etude de 1'amaurose puerp^rale. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Himmelheber (K.) Ueber Amaurose in der Schwanger- schaft. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 2164-2166.— Holzbacn (E.) Die Amaurose in der Schwangerschaft. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1908, xxxii, 709-712.—Novell! (P.) Amaurosi transitona da albuminuria in gravidanza. Boll, d'ocul, Firenze, 1896, xviii, 25-28. Also: Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1896, y. 461.—Beuter (H.) Ein- seitige Amaurose wahrend der Schwangerschaft. Arch. f. Augenh, Wiesb, 1909, lxiii, 180-182.—Rogofl (M. P.) [Amaurosis and pregnancy.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1914, xxi, 260-262.—Rolande & Bessonnet. Un cas d'amaurose d'origine gravido-toxique. ■ Poitou med, Poitiers, 1908, xxiii, 272-278.—Silex (P.) Amblyopie und Amaurose bei Schwangeren, Gebarenden und Wochnerinnen. Monat- schr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl.. 1897, v, 373-383.— Sourdille (G.) Considerations sur l'amaurose eclampti- que, a propos d'un cas nouveau. Clin, opht. Par, 1898, iv, 217.—TJbaldo (A. R.) Ambliopias despues del embarazo. Mem. y comunic. de la Asamblea reg. de med. y farm, de Filipinas, Manila, 1914, ii, 308.—Videky (R.) [Amaurosis during pregnancy.] Szemeszeti lapok, Budapest, 1908, 6. Amaurosis from quinine. See, also, Optochih; Quinine (Therapeutic use of, Complications of, Ocular). Almagla(M.) Sulla patogenesi dell'amaurosi da chinino. Riv. ital. di ottal, Roma, 1912, viii, 115-123.—Blessig (E. F.) [Quinine or hysterical amaurosis?] Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1906. xxiii, C7.—Booth (B. H.) Quinine amaurosis, with report of three cases. Texas M. J, Austin, 1910-11, xxvi, 46.-----. Quinine amaurosis; report of two addition- al cases. Ibid., 412.—Cargill (L. V.) Quinine amblyopia from a single dose of quin. suph. 3]. Tr. Ophth. Soc. U. Kingdom, Lond, 1908-9, xxix, 152.—Demicheri (L.) Quinine and malarial amaurosis. Ann. d'ocul., Par, 1896, cxv, 34-43.—Deslderio (Z.) Amaurosi da chininio. (Con- tributo clinico.) Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1911, xl, 377-387. Also: Riv. veneta di sc. med, Venezia, 1911, lv, 131-142.— Eason (H. L.) A case of quinine amblyopia. Polyclin, Lond, 1913. xvii, 59.—Frank-Kamenetski (Z. G.) [Dis- turbance of vision following quinine poisoning.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz, Irkutsk, 1912, v, 365-367.—Kirkpatrick (H.) Quinine amblyopia. Ophthalmoscope, Lond, 1916, xiv, 420.—Kubll (F. M.) Amblyopia e chinino. Vestnik Oftalmol, Mosk, 1910, xxvii. 159— Kulebyakin (A. I.) [Quinine amaurosis.) Ibid., Odessa, 1911, xxviii, 767-775.— Lorant(L.) Optochin-Amaurose. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Berl. & Leipz, 1916, xiii, 1355.—Manolescu (D. N.) Ueber einen Fall von Chininamaurose. Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1911, xlix, p. 2,369-376— Scheel(V.) Et Tilfaelde af Optochin-Amblyopi. [A case of optochin amblyopia.} Ugesk. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1916, Ixxviii, 1160- 1166__Schi0tz (I.) [Optochin amblyopia after optochin treatment of croupous pneumonia.] Norsk Mag. f7 Laege- vidensk, Kristiania, 1917, Ixxviii, 717-729. —de Schwei- nitz (G. E.) Concerning quinin-blindness, with the re- port of a case. Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1910. xxxix, 101-106. -----. A case of quinine Dlindness. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1910, xix, 236.—Shahan (W. E.) A case of quinine ambly- opia. Am. J. Ophth., St. Louis, 1916, xxxiii, 136.—von AMAUROSIS. 330 AMBLYOSCOPE. Amaurosis/rom quinine. Speyr (T.) Ein Fall von akuter Chininvergiftung mit bleibender hochgradiger Gesichtsfeldeinengung. • Klin. Monatsbl. f. Augenh, Stuttg, 1914, n. F, xviii, 393.— Staslnskl (I.) Ein Fall von voriibergehender Chinin- amaurose bezw. Chininamblyopie. Ibid., 1910, xlviii, 177- 184. — Terrien (F.) & Aubineau. Amaurose quinique. Arch, d'opht. Par, 1913, xxxiii, 699-704.—Weeks (J. E.) Report of cases of quinine amblyopia. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila, 1916, xiv, 593-608. Also: Arch. Ophth, N. Y, 1916, xiv, 342-351.—Welton (C. B.) A case of quinin ambly- opia. Ann. Ophth, St. Louis, 1912, xxi, 739-743.—West- hofl (C. H. A.) Eenzijdige chinine-amblyopie. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1902-3, ix, 77-79. Amazon. Chagas (C.) Notas sobre a epidemiologia do Amazonas. Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1913, xxvii, 450-456. Ambard (Leo). *Retention chloruree dans les nephrites interstitielles. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 390. ------. The same. 74 pp. 8°. Paris, G. Jacques, 1905. ------. Physiologie normale et pathologique des reins. 3 p. 1., iii, 332 pp. 8°. Paris, F. Gittier, 1914. Amber. PoTONiii (H.) Der baltische Bernstein, fol. Berlin, 1891. Cutting from: Naturw. Wchnschr, Berl, 1891, vi, 21-25. Murrell (W.) Oleum succini as a therapeutic agent- Clin, sketches, Lond, 1896, iii, 35-37.—Tschirch (A.) & de Jong (C.) Weitere Untersuchungen fiber den Bernstein (Succinit). Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1915, ccliii, 290-305. Amberg (Anton). *Beitrag zu den subcutanen Verletzungen des Kniestreck-Apparates. [Basel.] 43 pp. 8°. Luzern, H. Keller, 1900. Amberg (Emil) [1868- ]. *Ueber den Einfluss von Arbeitspausen auf die geistige Leistungs- fahigkeit. [Heidelberg.] 84 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1895. ------. Uniform medical legislation. 1 sheet. 4°. Chicago, 1901. Repr.from: Chicago Tribune, March 10, 1901. Amberg (Hans). *Experimenteller Beitrag zur Frage der circularen Arteriennath. [Bern.] 16 pp. 8°. Leipzig, J. B. Hirschfeld, 1903. Amberg (Samuel) [1874- J. *Ein Beitrag zur Lehre von den Gynatresieen. 73 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, J. Horning, 1899. Amberg (Siegfried). *Ueber Fettembolie bei Fracturen mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Fruhsymptome. [Basel.] 1 p. 1., 34 pp. 8°. Winterthur, 1912. Amberger (Conrad) [1874- ]. *Ueber kolloi- dale Metalle der Platingruppe. 74 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1904. Amberger (Karl) [1878- ]. *Synthetische Versuche zur Darstellung der Diamidostilbendi- carbonsauren. 34 pp. 8°. Erlangen, E. T. Jacob, 1904. Ambergris. See, also, Ambrein. Beauregard (H.) Etude bacteriologique de l'ambre gris. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1897, cxxv, 254-256. -----. Note pr^liminaire sur l'examen bacteriologique de l'ambre gris. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1897, 10. s, iv, 735-738.-----. La bacteriologie de l'ambre gris. Nature, Par, 1897, xxv, pt. 2, 234.-----. Les cryptogames de l'ambre gris. Ann. de microg. Par, 1898. x, 241-279, 1 pi. -----. Note sur une moisissure provenant de l'ambre gris. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1898, 10. s, v, 278-280.— Hamonic (H.) De l'ambre gris. Rev. clin. d'androl. et de gynec. Par, 1909, xv, 173-178.—Mystery of ambergris. Scient. Am, N. Y, 1896, xiii, Suppl, 17427. Ambert (Joachim). Esquisses historiques, psy- chologiques et critiques de l'arm6e francaise. 2. ed. 2v. 355 pp., 7 pp., 7 pi.; 400 pp., 8 pi. 8°. Saumur, A. Degouy, 1837. Ambialet (J.) *La deformation artificielle de la tete dans la region toulousaine. 106 pp., 5 pi., 1 map. 4°. Toulouse, 1893, No. 16. Ambidexterity. See, also, Right and left-handedness. Jackson (J.) Ambidexterity, or two-handed- ness and two-brainedness. An argument for natural development and rational education. With an introduction by R. S. S. Baden-Powell. 8°. London, 1905. Macnatjghton-Jones (H.) Ambidexterity and mental culture. 12°. London, 1914.. Bertillon (A.) Main gauche et main droite. Arch. d'anthrop. crim, Lyon & Par, 1910, xxv, 88.—Harman (N. B.) Ambidexterity. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, i, 14-16.— Hearder(F. P.) Ambidexterity. Ibid., 163.—Herderschee (D.) De "ambidextrie-beweging." Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1913, ii, 304-323.—Kipiani (V.) Ambi- dextrie (etude experimentale et critique). Arch, internat. de neurol. Par, 1913, 11. s, 158-165— Kupierschmid (A.) Die Ambidextrie als Erziehungsmittel (Finger- und Hand- fertigkeit). Hygieia, Stuttg7 1901, xiv, 289-294.—Mollett (Lina). Ambidexterity and its relations to school hygiene. Brit. J. Nursing, Lond, 1910, xiv, 327-329.—Richmond (Sir W.) Ambidexterity in art. Lancet, Lond, 1905, i, 830.—Sawyer (Sir J.) Ambidexterity; or, the power of using, either hand with as much ease, freedom and strength as the other can be used. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1905, n. s, lxxix, 290. Ambiel (Leon - Jules - Francois - d'Assises) [1888- ]. *De la frequence de la linite plastique; sa confusion avec le cancer. 66 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1913, No. 31. Amblard (Elie) [1870- ]. *Des injections de formol dans le traitement des suppurations la- crymales. 58 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 286. Amblard (Georges) [1883- ]. *Action des bains thermo-lumineux sur l'hypertension dans les cardiopathies artenelles. 95 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 352. Amblard (Louis-Albert). *Variations quotidien- nes des tensions arterielle et arterio-capillaire chez les art^rio-sclereux hypertendus en cours de traitement. 149 pp. 8°. Paris, 1907, No. 261. ------. Mesure clinique de la tension-arterielle. Instrumentation, technique, resultats. Preface de H. Huchard. viii, 136 pp. 12°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1909. Ambler (Henry Lovejoy). Facts, fads and fan- cies about teeth. 6 p. 1., 310 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Cleveland, Helman-Taylor Co., 1900. ------. Around the world dentistry. Illustra- tions by the author. 63 pp. 8°. Cleveland, The Judson Printing Co., 1910. Ambler (James Markham Marshall) [1848-81]. Gatewood (J. D.) The private journal of James Mark- ham Ambler, passed assistant surgeon, U. S. Navy, and medical officer of the Arctic exploring steamer "Jeannette." U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1917, xi, 183-218.—Wise (J. C.) [Biography.] J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U. S, Carlisle, 1906, xviii, 363-374, port. Also, Reprint. Amblyoma. de Beaurepaire Aragao (H.) Mais uma nova especie de carrapato brazileiro. [Amblyoma mantiquirense, n. sp.] Brazil-med, Rio de Jan, 1908, xxii, 251; 431.—Robinson (L. E.) A note on the variability in size of Amblyoma hebraeum Koch. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1915, viii, 11-16, Amblyopia. See Amaurosis. Amblyopsidae. Eigenmann (C. H.) The blind-fishes. Biol. Lect. Wood's Holl, Bost, 1900, 113-126. Amblyoscope. Black (N. M.) A new device for illuminating and con- trolling the intensity of illumination for the amblyoscope. Ophth. Rec, Chicago, 1906, xv, 55-57—Hallett (G. DeW.) Worth's amblyoscope as a means of developingthe strength ofthe external rectus muscles. Homoeop. Eye, Ear & Throat J, N. Y, 1905, xi, 72-75.—Krusius (F. F.) Ueber ein Am- blyoskop mit Wechselbelichtung. Arch, f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1908-9, lxii, 75-77. AMBLYSTOMA. 331 AMDOHR. Amblystoma. Dtjges (A.) Description d'un axolotl des montagnes de Las Cruces (Amblystoma altami- rani, A. Dug6s). 8°. Mexico, 1895. Witebsky (M.) *Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte des schallleitenden Apparates des Axolotl (Siredon pisciformis). 8°. Berlin, 1896. Boulenger (E. G.) Experiments on the metamorphosis of the Mexican axolotl (Amblystoma tigrinum) conducted in the society's gardens. Proc. gen. meet. . . . Zool. Soc , Lond, 1913, 403-413. —CoghUl (G. E.) The branchial nerves of Amblystoma. Science. N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa 1902, n. s, xv, 576.—Downey (H.) The granules of the polymorphonuclear leucocytes of Amblystoma, with a few notes on the spindle cells and erythrocytes of this animal. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1913, xliv, 309-322. — Gadow (H.) The Mexican axolotl. Nature, Lond, 1902-3, lxvii, 330-332.— Hilton (W. A.) The larvngeal cartilages of Ambystoma. Anat. Record, Bait, 1911, v, 557-561.—Laudenbakh (I. P.) [Exstirpation of the labyrinth in amblystoma.] Univ. Iz- vlest, Kiev [Protok. Fiz.-Mod. Obsh. 1897-8,193-212.1 pi.], 1899, xxxix.—Lauiberger (V.) [Metamorphosis of the axo- lotl by feeding with thyroid gland.] Lek. rozhledy, Praha, 1913, xx, 556-569.—Lewis (W. H.) The relation of the myo- tomes to the ventro-lateral musculature and to the anterior limbs in Amblystoma. Anat. Record, Phila, 1910, iv, 183- 190.—Maurer (F.) Die Entwicklung des Bindegewebes bei Siredon pisciformis und die Herkunft des Bindegewebes im Muskel. Morphol. Jahrb, Leipz, 1891-2, xviii, 327- 348, 1 pi— Maximow (A.) Ueber entzundliche Bindege- websneubildung beim Axolotl. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path, Jena, 1906, xxxix, 333-372, 2pl— Osborn (H. L.) On some points in the anatomy of a collection of axolotls from Colorado, and a specimen from North Dakota. Am. Naturalist, Bost, 1901, xxxv, 887-903.—Pernitzsch (F.) Zur Analyse der Rassenmerkmale der Axolotl. I. Die Pig- mentierung junger Larven. Arch. f. mikr. Anat, Bonn, 1913, lxxxii, 1. Abt, 148-205, 3 pi — Plersol (W. H.) Spawn and larva of Ambystoma jeffersonianum. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa, 1910, xliv, 732-738—Scott (C. P. G.) Am- blystoma, not ambystoma. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1916, xliv, 309-311— Smith (B. G.) The breeding habits of Amblystoma punctatum Linn. Am. Naturalist, Bost, 1907. xli, 381-390.—Valentl (G.) Sopra i rapporti di sviluppo fra la capsula del pronefro, la muscolatura ventrale e la muscolatura degli arti negli anfibi (axolotl). Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch, Jena, 1900, xiv, 189-193.-----. Ricerche embriologiche in larve di Amblystoma (arti caudali). Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1901, ix, 733-740.-----. Sopra la evaginazione entodermica preorale delle larve del- V Amblystoma. Ibid. (1901-3), 1902-4, 6. s, i, 57-60,1 pi. Also: Rendic. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1903-4, n. s, viii, 57.—Wintrebert (P.) Les premiers stades du mouve- ment chez l'axolotl(Amblystoma tigrinum). Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 303-306.—Wright (A. H.) Notes on the breeding habits of Amblystoma punctatum. Biol. Bull, Woods Holl, Mass, 1907-3, xiv, 284-289.—Zykofl (W.) Ueber das Verhaltniss des Knorpels zur Chorda bei Siredon pisciformis. Bull. Soc. imp. d. nat. de Moscou, 1893, 30-36,1 pi. Amboceptors. See, also, Alexins; Complement; Cytoly- sins; Immunity (Mechanism of). Neumann (R. C.) *Ueber einen hamoly- tischen Amboceptor im Dickdarm des Hundes. [Tubingen.] 8°. Rudolstadt, 1911. Also, in: Arb. a. d. Geb. d. path. Anat. u. Bakteriol. . . . zu Tubing, Brnschwg, 1911, vii, 546-558. Bastai (P.) Sui rapporti quantitativi tra ambocettori e complemento nei fenomeni di lisi. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1916, lxx,214-222.—Bessau (G.) Zur Kritik der Friedber- gerschen Anschauungen fiber die Doppelfunktion des Am- bozeptors. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1 Abt, Jena, 1914, lxxiii, Orig, 181-188.—Coca (A. F.) A rapid and efficient method of producing hemolytic amboceptor against sheep corpuscles. J. Infect. Dis, Chicago, 1915, xvii 361-368.— Peters (H. Le B.) The relation of natural antisheep ambo- ceptor to the Wassermann reaction. N. York M. J. [etc.]. 1911, xciv, 1020. Also, Reprint.—Sachs (H.)& Georgi (W.) Die Verwertbarkeit der Ambozeptorbindung durch kokko- stabiie Rezeptoren zur Erkennung von Fleischarten. (Ein neues Hilfsmittel zum Pferdefleisch-Nachweis. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap, Jena, 1914, Orig, xxi, 342-357.—Shapiro (L.) [Haemolytic amboceptors.] Khar- kov. M. J, 1910, x, 338-349.—Torrey (J. C.) The relation- ship of amboceptors in complement fixation and in bacteri- olysis. J. Med. Research, Bost, 1910, xxii, 95-106. Ambos (Hubert) [1879- ]. *Ein Fall von Sand- uhrmagen mit Heilung durch Gastroanastomose. 13 pp., 11. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1905. Ambrein. Rlban (J.) Sur l'ambreine. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1912, cliv,1729-1732. Ambrine. See, also, Burns (Treatment of) with paraffine. Barthe de Sandfort. La medication hy- perthermale. 8°. Paris, 1908. Cuttingfrom: Rev. depath. comparee, Par, 1908, vii, 19-26. -----. Traitement des brulures par la me- thode du Dr. Barthe de Sandfort; instructions pratiques pour l'application de l'ambrine. 8°. Paris 1916. Also, in: Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par., 1916, lxvi, 187-190. Also, Reprint. ------. The same. Treatment of burns by the method of Dr. Barthe de Sandfort; practical instructions for the application of ambrine. 8°. Paris, 1916. Kerithermes (Les); thermotherapie du Dr. Barthe de Sandfort. 8°. Paris, 1912. Methode hyperthermique du Dr. Barthe de Sandfort (ambrine). 8°. [Paris, n. d.] Ambrine (The) treatment of burns. Med. Insur. & Health Conserv, Dallas, 1917, xxvi, 263.—Ambrine (The) treatment of burns. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1917, xci, 415.— Barthe de Sandfort. De la keritherapie (nouvelle appli- cation thermale des paraffines). Bull. Acad, de med. Par. 1891, xxv, 793. Also, Reprint. -----. Applications ncu- velles de la chaleur et de la compression par l'ambrine. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1907, xvii, 155-162.— Goodnow (Minnie). The ambrine treatment of burns. Trained Nurse [etc.], N. Y, 1917, lviii, 272-274.—Hartog (M.) Cedar oil as an addition to ambrine. Lancet, Lond, 1917, i, 475.—Hunt (H.) The practical use of ambrine in the treatment of burns. J. Roy. Nav. M. Serv, Lond, 1917, iii, 296-301, 4 pi.—Leech (P. N.) "Ambrine'' and paraffin films. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 1497.—Pos- tempski (P.) L'ambnna e la paraffina nelle loro varie ap- plicazioni come sostanze protettive, asettiche e cicatrizzanti. Riv. ospedal.. Roma, 1917, vii, 90-93.—Raoul. Le traite- ment des brulures graves par l'ambrine. Medecin prat. Par, 1916, xxiii, 16-21. Also, Reprint.—Traitement des brulures par l'ambrine.. J. de mecl. et chir. prat. Par, 1916, lxxxvii, 826-829. Also, Reprint.—Videlier (A.) & Abra- ham. Un hygroma suppurant et un abces au garrot gueris par les injections d'ambrine. Rec. de med. veL, Par, 1910, lxxxvii, 648-651. Ambronn (H[ermann]). See Knight (Thomas Andrew). Sechs pflanzenphysiolo- gische Abhandlungen [etc.]. 12 . Leipzig, 1905. Ambulance work and nursing. A handbook on first aid to the injured, with a section on nursing. 304 pp. 8°. Chicago, W. T. Keener, [n d.]. Ambulances. See Wounded and sick (Transportation of). Ambulatorio medico-chirurgico d'Oltrarno e servizio permanente di soccorso. Statuto. 7 pp. 8°. Firenze, A. Meozzi, 1898. -----. Albo sociale e resoconto statistico dei servici prestati dal di 3 gennaio 1898 al 30 giu- gno 1899. 8 pp. roy. 8°. Firenze., A. Meozzi, 1899. Ambulatorio policlinico, Milano; primo rendi- conto morale e statistico. 32 pp. 4°. Milano, F. Fossati, [1900]. Ambulatorio policlinico delle specialita medico- chirurgiche, Firenze. Statuto. 8 pp. 8°. Firenze, G. Civelli, 1899. Amburger [Joh. Andreas August] [1750-1809]. Versuche und Beobachtungen mit dem Sauer- wasser bei Geilnau an der Lahn. 84 pp. 16°. Offenbach, TJ. Weisz & C. L. Brede, 1795. Amburger (Nicolai). *Zur operativen Behand- lung der Brustwand- una Mediastinal-Ge- schwiilste. [Heidelberg.] 36 pp. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp, Jr., 1901. Repr.from: Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1901, xxx. Ambystoma. See Amblystoma. Amdohr (Ernst Karl Rudolf Otto) [1876- ]. *Ueber zwei Falle von Chorea chronica pro- gressiva. 42 pp., 1 1. 8°. Greifswald, H. Adler, 1901. k AMEGHIXO. 332 AMENORRHCEA. Ameghino. Ingenieros (J.) Las doctrinas antropogefiicas de Ame- ghino; primera exposici6n sistematica. Prensa med. argen- tina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 217-219. Ameiurus. Bunker (F. S.) On the structure of the sensory organs of the lateral line of Ameiurus nebulosus Le Sueur. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1S97, xiii, 256-260.—Fowler (H. W.) Note on Ameiurus prostbistius. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila, 1900, 352-355. Amelin (F[rederic-Jean-Baptiste-Marie]) [1860- ]. *Maladie de Landre-Beauvais chez l'enfant (rhumatisme chronique). 53 pp., 1 1. 4°. ^ Paris, 1896, No. 499. Ameline (Marius). *Energie, entropie, pensee; essai de psychophysique generale basee sur la thermodynamique avec un apercu sur les variations de l'entropie dans quelques situations mentales. 135 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 263. Amels (Ernst) [1874- J. _ *Geschichtlicher Ueberblick iiber die Physiologie der Atmung bis zum Anfange des 19. Jahrhunderts. 67 pp., 2 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1903. Amelung (Robert) [1877- ]. *TJeber die Operationen bei Prostatahypertrophie. 85 pp., 11. 8°. Marburg, R. Gleiser, 1901. Amelungius (Petrus). Tractatus nobilis primus, in quo alchimise seu chemicae artis antiquissimse nobilissimae et jucundissimse, cum inventio et progressio, obscuratio et instauratio, turn digni- tas, necessitas, et utilitas, demonstratur; et simul convincitur, res naturales, ex quibus morborum remedia desumuntur, [etc.]. 250 pp. 24°. Lipsise, sumt. J. Apelii, 1607. Amend (Philipp) [1887- ]. *Ueber rachiti- sche Verkrummungen der unteren Extre- mitaten und iiber subcutane Osteotomie. 33 pp. 1 1., 2 pi. 8°. Wiirzburg, C. J. Becker, 1912. Am Ende (Carl). Trial of Carl Am Ende [a druggist] for man- slaughter in causing the death of two sisters by using morphine instead of quinine in a pre- scription. Cutting from: N. York World, Jan. 5-6, 1886. Amende (Dietrich) [1878- ]. *Ueber den Zusammenhang von Lues und Aortenerkran- kung. Nach den Sektionsberichten des Miin- chener Krankenhauses. 36 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1903. Amenorrhcea. See, also, Menstruation (Disordered). Bricout (L.) Contribution a l'etude de la conception au cours de l'amenorrhee (amenor- rhee de la lactation et l'amenorrhee essen- tielle). 8°. Paris, 1906. Le Lorier (V.) Contribution a l'etude de l'amenorrhee primitive. 8°. Paris, 1904. Maas (H.) *Die in der Heidelberger Klinik von 1902 bis 1906 beobachteten Falle von Amenorrhoe (nach atiologischen Gesichtspunk- ten zusammengestellt). 8°. Heidelberg, 1907. Schnock (Bertha Margareta). *Ein Fall von Schwangerschaft bei primarer Amenorrhoe und vikariierender nasaler Menstruation. 8°. Gies- sen. 1914. Vidal (R.-A.-J.) *De l'amenorrhee. (Etude du sang chez les amenorrheiques.) 8°. Bor- deaux, 1906. Ashton (W. E.) Amenorrhea. Med. Bull.. Phila, 1896, xviii 41-44.—Bilsted (E.) Galaktorre med Amenorre. Uges'k. f. Laeger, Kj0benh, 1913, lxxv, 1125-1127.—Bonnier (P ) Les centres gonostatiques bulbaires et l'amenorrhee. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxii, 699-701.— Brothers (S.) Amenorrhea and sterility. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, 1917, xxiii, 531.—Chase (W. B.) Remarks on primitive amenorrhcea, with report of a case and pre- sentation of accompanying pathological specimen. Med. Rec N. Y, 1898, liv. 492. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1898-9, iii, 386-388.—Coe (H. C.) Amenorrhcea Amenorrhcea. in young women as a forerunner of general diseases. Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1906, xii, 506-509.—Dalche (P.) Ame- norre recente; masculisnic r^gressif. Bull. med.. Par, 1912, xxvi, 293. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1912, 3. s, xxxiii, 303-309.—Eden (T. W.) Uterus and appendages from a case of primary amenorrhcea. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911-12, v, Obst. & Gynaec. Sect, 265-268.—Ewart (C. T.) Amenorrhoeal insanity. Ibid., 81-112.—Freudenberg. Scheinbare Amenorrhoe. Therap. Rundschau, Berl, 1909, iii, 723.—Gellhorn (G.) Amenor- rhcea. St. Louis M. Rev, 1910, n. s, iv, 225-229.—Goelet (A. G.) Amenorrhea and scanty menstruation. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1910, xxiii, 113-115.— Hoover (A. R.) & Marden (J. K.) Case of complete amenorrhcea, with heredity as a probable etiological factor. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1911, xii, 288.—Ide. L'amenorrhee des pensionnaires. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1905, n. s, ii, 207.— Lafon (C.) Hemorragies sous-conjonctivales d'origine musculaire consecutives a l'arret brusque des regies. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1914, xliv, 80.—Landau (T.) Amenor- rhoe und Gynakologie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1912, xlix, 1744— McGinnis (E. L'H.) Amenorrhcea. Am. Gynaec. & Obst. J, N. Y.. 1897, xi, 662-665. [Discussion], 707-710.— McGlinn (J. A.) The value of amenorrhcea as an early symptom of extra-pelvic disease. Med. Bull, Phila, 1906, xxviii, 323-325.—Mish (S. C.) Amenorrhea, with report of four cases. Pacific M. J, San Fran, 1908, li, 612-614.—Moss (E. L.) Amenorrhcea and thyroid. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1914, xxiii, 347.—von zur MUhlen. Ueber die Ursachen der Amenorrhoe. St. Petersb. med. Wchn- schr, 1911, xxxvi, 53-55.—Nijhofl. Gynaecologisch onder- zoek bij amenorrhoe. Med. Rev, Haarlem, 1904, iv, 569- 579.—Ottow (B.) Zur Kasuistik der funktionellen Amenor- rhoe. St. Petersb. med. Ztschr, 1912, xxxvii, 265.—Piche- vin (R.) Amenorrhee et conception. Semaine gynec. Par, 1906, xi, 369.—Pouliot (L.) Un cas de conception dans l'amenorrhee. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec. Par, 1907, 74-76.—Bieck (A.) Eine noch unbekannte Form mechanisch bedingter Amenorrhoe und ihre operative Behandlung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1909, lvi, 559- 561.—Rosenberger (F.) Zur Aetiologie der Amenorrhoe. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Berl, 1911, xviii, 1249; 1285. Also: Zentralbl. f. inn. Med, Leipz, 1911, xxxii, 193-199.—Sa- brazes (J.), Muratet (L.) & Vidal (R.) Le sang des amenorrheiques par malformation genitale. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvi, 14: xxvii, 3-5.—Schtff- mann (J.) Tuberkulose, Uterusatresie una Amenorrhoe; zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage und Kenntnis der Ausheilung tuberkuloser Prozesse im Uterus. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1914 ciii, 1-17, 1 pi.—Schockaert. Amenorrhee. Rev. med. de Louvain, 1907, 273-282.—Smith (R. R.) Ame- norrhea. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1907-8, xii, 176-181.—Tantzscher (K.) Amenorrhcea post partum. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr, 1907, xxxii, 109-112.—Terry (I. B.) Amenorrhea primitiva. Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1914, lxx, 197. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y.. 1914, Ixxxvi, 90.—Thorn (W.) Die Amenorrhoe der Stiilenden. Gynaek. Rund- schau, Berl. & Wien, 1907, i, 2-4.—Verrotti. Di un caso d. dermatie pemfigoide cronica pruriginosa, a riacutizzazioni periodiehe, in rapporto con l'amenorrea. Gior. ital. d. mail ven, Milano, 1911, xlvi, 36-45.—Wiener (S.) Prolonged amenorrhea with bilateral ovarian dermoid cysts. Tr. N. York Obst. Soc, N. Y, 1913-16, 1-3. Also: Am. J. Obst, N. Y, 1913, Ixviii, 683-685. [Discussion], 762. Amenorrhcea (Treatment of). Fothergill. Von der Behandlung derjeni- gen Frauenspersonen, bey denen sich die mo- natliche Reinigung zur gehorigen Zeit, verlieret. pp. 161-182. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Dalche ( P.) Amenorrhee puberale; bains de mer; hy- drotherapie; climatologie. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1913, Ixxxvi, 955-958.— Fries. Behandlung der Amenorrhoe. Deut- sche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, xxxix, 675.— Fromme ( F.) Zur Behandlung der Amenorrhoe. Zen- tralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1912, xxxvi, 1366-1368.—Hirth(F.) Ein chinesisches Amenorrhoicum und Dysmenorrhoicum; Extractum radicis tang-kui. Frauenarzt, Leipz, 1899, xiv, 386-389. —Hofstatter (R.) Zur Behandlung der Amenorrhoe. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1912, xxxvi, 1536.—Kbhler (R.) Beitrag zur Organotherapie der Ame- norrhoe. Ibid., 1915, xxxix, 667-674.—Kosminski (E.) Zur Behandlung der Amenorrhoe mit Hypophysenextrak- ten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1914, xl, 1655-1657.—La Torre (F.) Dobbiamo nell'amenorrea sintomatica praticare immediatamente la castrazione e l'innesto ovarico o sperimentare prima l'azione elettrica? Clin.ostet, Roma, 1907,ix, 269-282.—Mekerttschiantz (A.) Ueber die Anwendung von Ovarinum-Poehl bei Amenor- rhoe. Gynaek. Rundschau, Berl. & Wien, 1910, iv, 256- 264.—Rieck. Zur Therapie der Amenorrhoe; ein Wort fiir den Intrauterinstift. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1914, xxxviii, 1061-1069.—Rigamonti (0.) L'elettroterapia nell'amenorrea. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1911. xxxii, 1235- 1237.—Siredey & Lemaire (H.) Traitement des amenor- rhees. Paris med, 1913-14, xiii, 610-612.—Zoepprltz. Zur Behandlung der Amenorrhoe. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak. 1913, Leipz, 1914, xv, pt. 2, 498-500. AMENT. 333 AMERICAN. Ament ([Karl] Wilhelm) [1876- ]. *Ueber das Verhiiltnis der ebon merklichen zu den uber- merklichen Unterschieden bei Licht- und Schallintensitaten. [Wiirzburg.] 68 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1900. •-----. Die Entwicklung der Pflanzenkenntnis beim Kinde find bei Volkern. Mit einer Einlei- tung: Logik der statistischen Methode. 59 pp. 8°. Berlin, Reuther & Reichard, 1901. Forms 4. Hft, v. 4, of: Samml. v. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. padagog. Psychol, u. Physiol. ------. Begriff und Begriffe der Kindersprache. 85 pp. 8°. Berlin, Reuther & Reichard, 1902. Forms 4. Hft, v. 5, of: Samml. v. Abhandl. a. d. Geb. d. padogog. Psychol, u. Physiol. Amentia. See Insanity. Amenyl. Falk(E.) Amenyl, ein neues Emmenagogum. Therap. Rundschau, Berl, 1909, xxiii, 581-586.—Peters. Amenyl. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz, 1910, v, 71-76. Amerand (E.) *Le traitement specifique dans la paralvsie generate et le tabes. Faut-il traiter les malades? 107 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 182. Americ (Elie) [1871- ]. *La responsabilite et, la penalite chez les degen£r6s. iii, 4-70 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1895, No. 71. America. See, also, Central America; North America; South America; and under names of the various countries. Anderson (R. E.) The story of extinct civilizations of the West. 8°. New York, 1914. Grosvenor Library, Buffalo, N. Y. Bulle- tin No. 1, 1901. Catalogue of books on Latin America. 8°. Buffalo, 1901. United States. Congress. Library of Con- gress. Division of the Maps and Charts. A list of maps of America in the Library of Congress, ?receded by a list of works on cartography, by '. Lee Phillips. 56. Cong., 2. sess. H. R. Doc. No. 516. roy. 8°. Washington, 1901. Balch (E. S.) Early man in America. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila, 1917, lvi, 473-483.—Jenks (A. E.) A piebald family of white Americans. Am. Anthrop, Wash, 1914, n. s, xvi, 221-237, 5 pi.—Smith (G. E.) The origin of the pre-Columbian civilization of America. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, 1917, xiv, 241-246. American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Pro- ceedings, v. 1-8, 1846-73; n. s., v. 1-51, 1873- 1915. 8°. Boston & Cambridge. American Academy of Dental Science. Transac- tions. 3 v. 1889-96. 8°. Philadelphia. American Academy of Medicine. Bulletin, v. 1-15, 1891-1914. 8°. Easton, Pa. Continued as: Journal of Sociologic Medicine. ------. Industrial medicine, being the papers and discussions on "The practice of medicine and the industries," presented at the 39th annual meeting of the American Academy of Medicine, held at Atlantic City, June 20, 1914. 185 pp. 8°. Easton, Pa., American Academy oj Medicine Press, 1915. ------. Medicine an aid to commerce. Being the papers and discussions presented at the 40th annual meeting of the American Academy of Medicine, held at San Francisco, June 25-28, 1915. 232 pp. 8°. Easton, Pa., Am. Acad. Med. Pfess, 1916. ■------. See, also: United States. Senate. A bill to incorporate the American Academy of Medicine. 60. Cong., 2. sess. S. 9116. Feb. 4, 1909. Introd. by Mr. Gallinger. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1909.] .------. Thesame. 61. Cong., 2. sess. S.5915. Jan. 31, 1910. Introd. by Mr. Dillingham, roy. 8°. [Washington, 1910.] American Academy of Political and Social Sciences, Philadelphia. The annals, twenty- fifth anniversary index; being an index to all publications of the American Academy of Political and Social Science, from July, 1890, up to and including January, 1916. Editor: Clyde Lyndon King, xi, 156 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, The American Academy of Political and Social Science, 1916. American (The) Academy of Railway Surgeons. Official reports of meetings, v. 1-3, 1894-6. 8°. Chicago. ------. Transactions, v. 4-7, 1897-1900. . 8°. Chicago. American Alkalometry. A digest of clinic teach- ings, '94 to '97, inclusive. Editors: W. C. Abbott [and] W. F. Waugh, Chicago, v. 1. 834, xv pp., 1 1. 8°. Chicago, [1900]. American Annals of the Deaf. v. 31-61, 1886- 1916. 8°. Washington, D. C. Continuation of: American Annals of the Deaf and Dumb. American (The) Anthropologist. Published under the auspices of the Anthropological Society of Washington, v. 1-19, 1888-1917. 8°. Wash- ington, D. C. American Association for the Advancement of Physical Education. Proceedings, v. 1-8, 1885-93; Reports, v. 9-10, 1894-5. 8°. [v. p.] American Association for the Advancement 'of Science. Proceedings at the annual meetings, 1848-1910 (1.-62.). 8°. [v. p.], 1849-1910. American Association of Clinical Research. Clinical Research Leaflets. Nos. 1-3. 4°. Boston, 1910. American Association of Genito-Urinary Surgeons. Transactions, v. 1-10, 1906-15. 8°. New York. American Association of Immunologists. Second meeting, held in Washington, D. C, May 10, 1915. 7 pp. 8°. Washington, 1915. American Association of Instructors of the Blind. Proceedings, v. 22, 1915. 8°. Berkeley, Calif. American Association for Labor Legislation. Review of 1910: Analysis by subjects and by States. 24 pp. 8°. Princeton, N. J., Princeton Univ. Press, 1910. American Association of Museums. Proceedings. v. 5-11, 1911-17. 8°. Charleston, S. C. American Association of Physicians and Surgeons. Proceedings. 1 v., 1896. 8°. Indianapolis. American Association for Promoting Hygiene and Public Baths. Proceedings of the annual meetings. 2., 1913; 5., 1916. 8°. Baltimore. American Association for Study and Prevention of Infant Mortality. Transactions. v. 1-7, 1910-16. 8°. Baltimore. American Atlas of Stereoroentgenology. v. 1, Nos. 1-4, 1916-17. 8°. Troy, N. Y. American Biological Society. Mathews (A. P.) A plan for the organization of the American Biological Society. Biochem. Bull, N. Y, 1912-13, ii, 261-268. American Breeder's Magazine, v. 1-4, 1910-13. 8°. Washington, D. C. Continued as: Journal of Heredity. American Chemical Journal. Baltimore, v. 1-50, 1879-1913. 8°. Merged in: Journal of the American Chemical Society. American Chemical Society. The Journal of the American Chemical Society, v. 1-39, 1879- 1917. 8°. New York; Easton, Pa. ------. See, also: Chemical Abstracts. 8°. Easton, Pa. Journal (The) of Industrial and Engineering Chemistry. 4°. Easton, Pa. Phillips (F. C), Bogert (M. T.) [et oZ.]. The Priestley memorial of the American Chemical Society. Science, N. Y & Lancaster, Pa, 1917, xlvi, 154. AMERICAN. 334 AMERICAN. American Climatological and Clinical Association. Transactions, v. 1-31,1884-1915. 8°. [v. p.] American College of Mechano-Therapy, Chicago. Clinical lectures. 476 pp., 2 1. 8°. Chicago, American College of Mechano-Therapy, [1912]. American College of Surgeons. A list of the fel- lows, 1913. Organized May 5,1913, Washington, D. C. First convocation held at Chicago, No- vember 13, 1913. ix, 187 pp. 8°. [Chicago, Lakeside Prejss, 1914.] ------. The same. A list of the fellows, 1913-14. Second convocation, June 22, 1914. ix, 119 pp. 8°. [Cfiicago, Lakeside Press, 1914.] ------. The same. A list of the fellows, 1914. xv, 377 pp. 8°. Chicago, [Lakeside Press, 1915.] ------. The same. Third year book, 1915. xiv, 431pp. 8°. Chicago, [Lakeside Press, 1916]. ------. The same. Fourth year book, 1916. xiv, 456 pp. 8°. Chicago, [Lakeside Press, 1917]. ------. Tentative outline of study of clinical training of physicians and surgeons after gradua- tion 'in medicine in the United States and Canada. 13 pp. 4°. [n. p., n. d.] ------. See, also: Bowman (J. G.) The prospects of the American College of Surgeons. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, cifi, 74.—Endow- ment of $500,000 to American College of Surgeons. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1916, cxv, 3.—Wetherill (H. G.) The pledge of the American College of Surgeons and what it signifies. •Colorado Med, Denver, 1917, xiv, 75-79. American Congress of Tuberculosis. Bulletin of the transactions, 1901. 1 v. 1902. 8° New York. American (The) Dental Trade Association. An explanation. 6 pp. 8°. New York, 1889. American Dental Weekly, v. 1, 1897-8. 8°. Atlanta, Ga. American Druggist and Pharmaceutical Record. v. 13-65, 1884-1917. fol. New York. American Electro-Therapeutic Association. Trans- actions. 7v. 1892-1900. 8°. [v. p.] American Electro-Therapeutic and X-Ray Era. v. 1-3, 1901-3. 4°. Chicago. Continuation of: Electro-Therapeutic and X-Ray Era. Continued as: Archives of Electrology and Radiology. American (The) encyclopedia and dictionary of ophthalmology. Edited by Casey A. Wood, assisted by a large staff of collaborators. Fully illustrated, v. 1-11. 8°. Chicago, Cleveland Press, 1913-17. American Federation for Sex Hygiene. Exhibit in connection with the xv. International Con- gress on Hygiene and Demography. 8 1. 16°. Washington, 1912. ------. Report of the special committee on the matter and methods of sex education. 34 pp. 8°. New York, 1912. ------. Report of the sex education sessions of the Fourth International Congress on School Hy- giene and of the annual meeting of the Federa- tion. 1913. 8°. New York. American Gastro - Enterological Association. Transactions, v. 7-16, 1904-13. 12°. [v. p.] American Genetic Association. See Journal (The) of Heredity. American (The) Gynaecological and Obstetrical Journal, v. 5-19, 1894-1901. 8°. New York. American Gynecological Society. Transactions. v. 1-41, 1876-1917. 8°. [v. p.] American Gynecology, v. 1-3,1902-3. 8°. New York. American Health. The official organ of the Amer- ican Health League, v. 1-2, 1908-9. 8°. New Haven & New York. American (The) Homoeopathist. A monthly journal of medical, surgical and sanitary science. v. 1-27, 1877-1901. 8°. [v. p.] Continued as: American Physician. American Hospital Association. Transactions. v. 7-12, 1905-10. 8°. [v. p.] American Humane Association. Report on vivi- section and dissection in schools. 64 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1895. ------. Abstract of the report on vivisection. Adopted September 26,1895. 11pp. 8°. [Chi- cago], 1895. ------. Opinions concerning vivisection and dis- sections in schools. 12 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1895. ------. Is vivisection painful? 4 pp. 8°. Chi- cago, [1896, vel subseq.]. ------. Facts about vivisection which cannot be denied. 21. 8°. [Chicago, 1896, vel subseq.] ------. Shall science do murder? 8 pp. 8°. [Chi- cago, 1899, vel subseq.] ------. A resolution concerning vivisection. Pre- sented by Albert Leffingwell and adopted at the convention at Philadelphia, Pa., October 29, 1892. 11. 8°. [Chicago?], 1902. American illustrated medical dictionary. By W. A. Newman Dorland. 770 pp., 18 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1900. ------. The same. 2. ed. 770 pp., 17 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1901. ------. The same. 3. ed. 798 pp., 25 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1903. ------. The same. 4. ed. 836 pp., 24 pi. 8°. Philadelphia & London, W. B. Saunders & Co., 1906. ------. The same. 7. ed. 1107 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co.v 1913. ------. The same. 8. ed. 1137 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia & London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1915. ------. The same. 9. ed. 1179 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia 6c London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1917. American Institute of Criminal Law and Crimi- nology. Journal, v.1-8,1910-17. 8°. Chicago, American Institute of Homoeopathy. Transac- tions. 1844-1906. Journal, v. 1-10, 1909-17. 8°. [v. p.] ------. The homoeopathic pharmacopoeia of the United States. Published under the direction of the committee on pharmacopoeia of the American Institute of Homoeopathy. 3. ed., revised. 680 pp. 8°. Boston, O. Clapp & Son, 1914. American Instructors of the Deaf. Proceedings of the 17th meeting of the convention of . . ., held at the North Carolina School for the Deaf, 1905. 203 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office,1906. American (The) Journal of Anatomy, v. 1-22, 1901-2 to 1917. 8°. Baltimore; Philadelphia. American Journal of Care for Cripples. Published by the Federation of Associations for Cripples. Edited by Douglas C. McMurtrie. v. 1-4, 1914- 17. 4°. New York. American (The) Journal of Clinical Medicine. v. 13-24, 1906-17. 8°. Chicago. Continuation of: Alkaloidal (The) Clinic. American Journal of Dermatology and Genito- Urinary Diseases, v. 1-16, 1897-1912. 8°. St. Louis. Continued as: Urologic and Cutaneous Review. American Journal of Diseases of Children, v. 1-13, 1911-17. 8°. Chicago. American Journal of Electrotherapeutics and Radiology. Official organ of the American Elec- trotherapeutic Association, v. 34-36, 1916-17. 8°. New York. Continuation of: Journal of Advanced Therapeutics. American Journal of Gastro-Enterology, a quar- terly journal devoted to subjects pertaining to digestion, v. 1-3, 1911-12 to 1913-14; Nos. 1-2, v. 4, 1914. 8°. Philadelphia. Merged in: Proctologist. AMERICAN. 335 AMERICAN. American (The) Journal of Insanity, v. 1-74,1844 to 1917. 8°. Utica, N. Y.; Baltimore. American (The) Journal of the Medical Sciences. v. 1-26, 1827-40; n. s., v. 1-152, 1849-1917. 8°. Philadelphia & New York. American (The) Journal of Neuropathy, v. 1, 1911. 8°. Philadelphia. American Journal of Numismatics and Bulletin of American Numismatic and Archaeological Socie- ties, v. 39-50, 1904-17. 8°. Boston; New York. American Journal of Nursing, v. 1-17, 1900-1901 to 1915-17. 8°. Philadelphia. American (The) Journal of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women and Children, v. 1-76,1868-1917. 8°. New York. American (The) Journal of Ophthalmology, v. 1-34, 1884-1917. 8°. St. Louis. American (The) Journal of Orthopedic Surgery. v. 1-14, 1903-4 to 1916-17. 8°. Boston. American (The) Journal of Pharmacy. Published bv authority of the Philadelphia College of Pharmacy, v. 68-89, 1896-1917. 8°. Philadel- phia. American (The) Journal of Physiologic Therapeu- tics, v. 1-2,1910-11. 8° Chicago. American (The) Journal of Physiology. Edited for the American Physiological Society, v. 1-43, 1898-1917. 8°. Boston; Baltimore. American (The) Journal of Progressive Therapeu- tics, v. 16-19, 1905-6. 8°. Chicago. Formed by consolidation of: American X-Ray Journal and the: Archives of Electrology and Radiology. American (The) Journal of Psychology, v. 1-28, 1887-8 to 1917. 8°. Baltimore; Worcester. American Journal of Public Health, continuing The Journal of the American Public Health Association, v. 2-6, 1912-16. 8°. New York. American Journal of Public Hygiene, v. 15-20, 1905-10. 8°. Boston; Columbus; Concord. Continuation of: Journal of the Massachusetts Associa- tion of Boards of Health. Continued as: Journal of the American Public Health Association. American (The) Journal of Roentgenology. Offi- cial organ of the American Roentgen Ray Soci- etv. Editor: P. M. Hickey. v. 1-4, 1913-14 to 1916-17. 4°. New York. American Journal of Science. 3. s., v. 19-41, 1880-95; 4. a., v. 1-44, 1896-1917. 8°. New Haven. American (The) Journal of Sociology, v. 1-22, 1895-6 to 1916-17. 8°. Chicago. American Journal of Surgery, v. 18-31, 1905- 17. roy. 8°. New York. Continuation of: American Journal of Surgery and Gyne- cology. -----. Quarterly Supplement of Anesthesia and Analgesia CAmerican Journal of Anesthesia and Analgesia). Official organ of the American Asso- ciation of Anesthetists and Scottish Society of Anesthetists. 1914-17. 4°. New York. American Journal of Surgery and Gynaecology. v. 3-17, 1892-1905. 8°. Kansas City; St. Louis. Continued as: American Journal of Surgery. American (The) Journal of Syphilis. [Quarterly.] v. 1, 1917. 8°. St. Louis. American (The) Journal of Tropical Diseases and Preventive Medicine. Official organ of the American Society of Tropical Medicine. New Orleans. Edited by Creighton Wellman. v. 1-3, 1913-14 to 1915-16. 8°. New Orleans. American (The) Journal of Tuberculosis, v. 1, 1905. 8°. Detroit. American (The) Journal of Urology. [Monthly.] v. 1-43, 1904-5 to 1917. 8°. New York. American Labor Legislation Review, v. 1, 1911. 8°. New York. American Laryngological, Rhinological and Oto- logical Society. Transactions. 17 v. 1896-1913. 8°. [v. p.] American Medical Association. Report of the committee appointed "to prepare a nomencla- ture of diseases adapted to the United States, having reference to a general registration of deaths." 13pp. 8°. [n. p., 1847.] -----. Report of committee on medical literature. 40 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1848. Repr.from: Tr. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1848, i. -----. Journal, v. 1-69, 1883-1917. 4°. Chi- cago. -----. Addresses, papers and discussions in the section of obstetrics and diseases of women at the 43. annual meeting, June 7-10, 1892. 238 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1892. ------. American medical directory. A register of legally qualified physicians of the United States and Canada. 4°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1906. ------. The same. 2. ed. 4°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1909. -----. The same. 3. ed. 4°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1912. ------. The same. 4. ed. 4°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1914. -----. The same. 5 ed. 4°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1916. -----. The propaganda for reform in proprietary medicines. 103 pp., 1 tab., 1 facsimile. 8°. [Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1907.] -----. Bulletin, v. 3-12,1907-17. 8°. Chicago. Continuation of: Councilor's Bulletin. -----. Laws (abstract) and board rulings; regu- lating the practice of medicine in the United States and elsewhere. Revised to Novbr. 15, 1911. 18. ed. 182 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1911. ------. , The same. 23. ed. 199 pp., 1 tab. 8\ Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1915. ------. The same. Revised to Jan. 25, 1916. 24. ed. 210 pp., 1 1., fold. tab. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1916. -----. Report of the Committee for Public Health Education among Women, for the year 1911-12. 102 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1911-12. -----. Address of welcome by Hon. Woodrow Wilson, governor of New Jersey, to the members of the . . ., Atlantic City, N. J., June 4, 1912. 4 pp. 8°. Washington, 1912. Repr.from: Congressional Rec, Wash, 1912. ------. Program. 63. annual session, June 4-7, 1912, Atlantic City, New Jersey. 164 pp. 12°. Chicago, 1912. ------. The same. 64. annual session (the 66. year), Minneapolis, Minnesota, June 17, 20, 1913. viii, 168 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1913. ------. The same. 65. annual session (the 67. year), Atlantic City, June 22-26, 1914. 176 pp. 12°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1914. ------. Proceedings of the House of Delegates of the American Medical Association, 65. annual session, held at Atlantic City, N. J., June 22-25, 1914. 2 p. 1., 52pp. 4°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1914. .-----. Commemoration volume. 3 p. 1.,353 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1915. ------. Handbook for the House of Delegates. General officers, standing and special commit- tees, members of the House, official order of business, reports for 1915 and constitution and by-laws and standing rules. 217,47 pp. 8°. San Francisco, Cal., 1915. AMERICAN. 336 AMERICAN. American Medical Association—continued. ------. Papers to be presented before the Section on Ophthalmology of the . . ., San Francisco, June 21-25, 1915. 222 pp. 8°. Chicago, 1915. ------. Papers to be presented before the Section of Ophthalmology of the American Medical Asso- ciation, Detroit, June 13-16, 1916. 326 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1916. ------. Papers to be presented before the Section on Ophthalmology of the American Medical Association, New York City, June 6-8, 1917. 278 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1917. ------. List of books on the prevention of disease, compiled by the Medical Literature Committee of the Committee on Public Health Education among Women. 14 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., [n. d.]. American Medical Association. Council on Health and Public Instruction. A handbook for speakers on public health prepared by order of the Council on Health and. Public Instruction of the American Medical Association. 2 pts. 1 p. 1., 353 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1912-13. ------. Speakers bureau, council on health and public instruction. 32 pp. 16°. Chicago, 1912-13. American Medical Association. Council on Phar- macy and Chemistry. New and non-official rem- edies. A reprint from the Journal of the Ameri- can Medical Association of the articles tenta- tively approved by the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry of the American Medical Asso- ciation. 2. ed. 143 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1907. ------. The same. 426, xvi pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1915. ------. The same. 428, xxii pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1916. ------. A handbook of useful drugs; a selected list of important drugs . . . Prepared under the direction and supervision of the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry of the American Medi- cal Association. 167 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1913. ------. The same. 167 pp. 8°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1914. ------. Useful remedies; an epitome of the prop- erties and uses of the articles included in the list of important medicaments selected by the coun- cil to serve as a ready reference for the medical practitioner, a suggestion for materia medica instruction in medical schools, and as a basis for the examination in therapeutics by State medical examiningand licensing boards ... 129 pp. 12°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass. Press, 1913. —----. Useful drugs, prepared under the direc- tion and supervision of the Council on Pharmacy and Chemistry of the American Medical Asso- ciation; a list of drugs selected to supply the demand for a less extensive materia medica and especially to serve as a basis for the teaching of materia medica and therapeutics, and for exami- nations on these subjects by State licensing boards, with a discussion of their actions, uses and dosage. 174 pp. 12°. Chicago, Am. M. Ass., 1916. ------. See, also: Simmons (G. H.) What the American Medical Association stands for. 8°. Chicago, 1907. United States. Congress. House of Repre- sentatives. A bill to incorporate the American Medical Association. 58. Cong., 3. sess. H. R. 17335. Jan. 9, 1905. Introd. by Mr. Dwight. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1905.] erican Medical Association—continued. United States. Senate. A bill to incorporate the American Medical Association. 58. Cong., 3. sess. S. 7040. Feb. 2, 1905. Introd. by Mr. McComas. roy. 8°. [Washington, 1905.] Educational (The) work of the association. Am. M. Ass Bull, Chicago, 1911-12, vii, 95-97.—Lydston (G. F.) Why the American Medical Association is going backward; a critique of the Medical Trust. South. Pract, Nashville, 1913, xxxv, 199; 247.—Rodman (W. L.) Work of the American Medical Association. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 2107-2115.—Rogers (M.) The American Medical Associa- tion; its organization, its policies and the present status of its work. South. M. J, Nashville, 1911, iv, 561-567.—Simmons (G. H.) Membership in the American Medical Association; the proposed change in name. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lx, 762. American (The) Medical Compend. v. 11-39, 1895-1913. 8°. Toledo, 0. American Medical Editors Association. Pro- ceedings, v. 37-39, 1906-8. Journal, v. 1-3, 1913-16. 8°. New York. American (The) Medical Journal. [Eclectic] v. 1-44, 1873-1916. 8°. St. Louis. American (The) Medical Monthly, v. 15-22, 1897-1904. 8°. Baltimore. Continuation of: Southern Journal of Homoeopathy. American (The) Medical Quarterly. A magazine of the medicine of to-day. v. 1, 1899-1900. 8°. New York. American Medical Review. A monthly review of current medical literature, v. 1-2,1895-6. 8°. New York. American Medical Temperance Association. American Medical Temperance Quarterly, v. 1-2, 1893-5. Bulletin, v. 3-9, 1895-1902. 8°. Battle Creek, Mich. American Medicine, v. 1-11, 1901-6; n. s., v. 1-13, 1906-17. 4° Philadelphia, Burlington, Vt., & New York. Old series weekly, new series monthly. American Medico-Psychological Association. Pro- ceedings, v. 1-22, 1894-1915. 8°. Utica, N. Y. American Medico-Surgical Bulletin, v. 6-12, 1893-8. roy. 8°. New York. Continued as: Merck's Archives. American men of science. A biographical direc- tory, edited by J. McKeen Cattell. vii, 364 pp. 8°. New York, The Science Press, 1906. ------. The same. 2. ed. viii, 596 pp. 4°. New York, The Science Press, 1910. American Microscopical Society. Transactions. 1895-1916. 8°. Buffalo. American (The) Monthly Microscopical Journal. v. 1-22, 1880-1901. 8°. [v. p.] American Museum of Natural History. Memoirs. v. 6. The night chant, a Navaho ceremony. By Washington Matthews. 332 pp., 8 pi. fol. New York, [1902]. American National Red Cross. Bulletin. Pub- lished quarterly by the American National Red Cross, v. 1-7, 1906-12. 8°. Washington, D. C. Continued as: American Red Cross Bulletin. * ------. General orders, No. 170. 11. 12°. Wash- ington, 1911. American (The) Naturalist. A popular illus- trated magazine of natural history, v. 1-51, 1867-1917. 8°. [v. p.] American (The) Numismatic Society, New York City. Catalogue of the international exhibition of contemporary medals. The American Numis- matic Society. March, 1910. New and revised ed. xxxiv (1 1.), 412 pp., incl. plates, fol. New York, [The American Numismatic Society], 1911. American Ophthalmological Society. Transac- tions. 14 v. 1865-1916. 8°. [v. p.] AMERICAN. 337 AMERICAN. American Ophthalmological Society—continued. ------. Report of the committee on standards and methods of examining the acuteness of vision, color-sense and hearing. 45 pp. 8° [Hartford 1901.] J ' Bound with: Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Hartford, 1901. American (The) Orthodontist. A Journal for the promotion of orthodontia as a science and a specialty, v. 1-3, 1907-12. 8°. Kansas City, Mo. American Osteopathic Association. Journal v. 1-15, 1900-1902 to 1915-16. 8°. Auburn, New York. American (The) Osteopathic Directory. 41 pp 11. 8°. Memphis, Tenn., [1902]. American Pharmaceutical Association. Proceed- ings. 1.-59., 1852-1911. 8°. [v. p.] ------. Journal, v. 1-6, 1912-17. 8°. Columbia; Easton, Pa. The national formulary. 3. ed., by authority of the American Pharmaceutical Asso- ciation, xv, 265 pp. 8°. Baltimore, 1906. -----. The same. 4. ed. xl, 394 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, 1916. American Phvsical Education Review, v. 1-22, 1896-1917. 8°. Boston. American (The) Physician, v. 28-34. 1902-8. 8°. Rahway. N. Y. Continuation of: American Homoeopathist. Merged in: Medical Counselor. American Physiological Society. Proceedings. 1898-1915. Bound with: American Journal of Physiology. American pocket medical dictionary. Ed. by W. A. Newman Dor land. 4. ed., revised and enlarged. 566 pp. 12°. Philadelphia, W. H. Saunders dc Co., 1903. ------. The same. 5. ed., revised and enlarged. 578 pp. 12°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1906. ----. The same. 6. ed. 598 pp. 12°. Phila- delphia, W. B'."Saunders dc Co., 1909 —. The same. 7. ed. 643 pp. 12 Phila- delphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1911. The same. 8. ed. 677 pp. 12°. Phila- delphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1913, American poems, selected and original. [Edited by Elihu Hubbard Smith.] v. 1. viii (2 1.), 304 pp., 4 1. 8°. Litchfield, Conn., Collier dc Buel, [1793]. Editor was a physician. Contains poems by Lemuel Hopkins, M. D. American practice of surgery. A complete system of the science and art of surgery, by representa- tive surgeons of the United States and Canada. Editors: Joseph D. Bryant and Albert H. Buck. Complete in 8 v. roy. 8°. New York, W. Wood dc Co., 1906-11. American (The) Practitioner. No. 3, v. 46, to No. 1, v. 49, March, 1912, to January, 1915. 8°. New York. Formed by consolidation of: New England Medical Monthly and American Practitioner and News. In Feb- ruary, 1915, merged in: American Journal of Urology. American (The) Practitioner and News. v. 1-45, 1886-1911, Nos. 1-2, v. 46, 1912. 8°. Louisville, Kv. In 1912 consolidated with: New England Medical Monthly, under title: American Practitioner. American Proctologic Society. Transactions, v. 1, 1899; v. 10-17, 1908-15. 8°. St. Louis. American Public Health Association. Report and papers presented at the meetings, v. 1-39 (1873-1912), 1875-1913. 8°. [v. p.] ------. Journal, v. 1, 1911. 8°. Urbana, III. 76399°—17----22 American Public Health Association. Laboratory Section. Standard methods for the examination of water and sewage. 2. ed., 2. reprint, vi, 144 pp. 8°. Boston, Am. Pub. Health Ass., 1915. ------. The same. 3. ed. xvi, 115 pp. 8°. Boston, Am. Pub. Health Ass., 1917. See, also, Potter (W. W.) American Public Health Association; a historical sketch; history of the preparation for the Buffalo meeting, 1896. Buffalo M. J, 1896-7, xxxvi, 105-118. American Quarterly of Roentgenology. Pub- lished by the American Roentgen Ray Society. v. 1,1906-7. 8°. Pittsburgh. American (The) Red Cross. Catalogue of first aid books and supplies. 15 pp. 8°. Washington, Am. Red Cross, [n. d.]. American (The) Red Cross Bulletin, v. 7, 1912, No. 1, v. 8, January, 1913. 8°. Washington, D.C. Continuation of: Bulletin of the American National Red Cross. Continued as: American Red Cross Magazine. American (The) Red Cross Magazine, v. 8-12, 1913-17. 8°. Washington. Continuation of: American Red Cross Bulletin. American Review of Tuberculosis. Published by the National Association for Study and Preven- tion of Tuberculosis. Editor: Allen K. Rrause. v. 1, 1917. 8°. Baltimore. American Roentgen Ray Society. Transactions. 1902-3; 1905; 1907. 8°. [v. p.] American _ School of Practipedics, Chicago. Practipedics, the science of giving foot comfort and correcting the cause of foot and shoe trou- bles, based on the experience, inventions and methods of William M. School. 125 pp. 8°. Chicago, American School of Practipedics, 1917. American Sewage Disposal Company of Boston. 40 pp. sm. 4°. Boston, 1899. American (The) Social Hygiene Association Bulletin, v. 1-3, 1914-16. 8°. New York. American Society of Biological Chemists. Pro- ceedings. 1908-16. 8°. Baltimore. Bound with: Journal of Biological Chemistry. American Society of Heating and Ventilating Engineers. Transactions, v. 19-21, 1913-15. Journal, v. 23-24, 1917. 8°. New York. American Society for Psychical Research. Jour- nal, v. 1-6, 1907-12. 8°. New York. American Society of Superintendents of Training Schools for Nurses. Proceedings. 6.-17., 1899- 1911. 8°. [v. p.] American (The) Society of Tropical Medicine. Charter; by-laws; officers; members. 9 pp. 4° [Philadelphia], 1905. ------. Papers read before the Society and pub- lished under its auspices, v. 1-2, 4, 8-9,1904-14. 8°. [n. p.] See, also, American Journal of Tropical Medicine. American Surgical Association. Transactions. v. 1-35, 1883-1917. 8°. Philadelphia. American (The) system of mechanical filtration for municipal water supplies. 45 pp. 12°. [n. p., 1900, vel subseq.] American System of Practical Medicine (Loomis & Thompson). See System of Practical Medi- cine. American (An) text-book of applied therapeutics for the use of practitioners and students. Edited by J. C. Wilson, assisted by Augustus A. Eshner. 1326 pp., 12 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saun- ders, 1896. American (An) text-book of the diseases of chil- dren. Including special chapters on essentials; surgical subjects; orthopaedics; diseases of the eye, ear, nose, and throat; diseases of the skin- AMERICAN. 338 AMES. American—continued. and on the diet, hygiene, and general manage- ment of children. By American teachers. Edited by Louis Starr assisted by Thompson S. Wescott. 2. ed. xvi, 1244 pp., 28 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1898. American (An) text-book of diseases of the eye, ear, nose, and throat. Edited by G. E. de Schweinitz and B. Alex. Randall. 1251 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1899. American (An) text-book of genito-urinary dis- eases, syphilis and diseases of the skin. Edited by L. Bolton Bangs and W. A. Hardaway. 1229 pp., 26 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1898. , American (An) text-book of gynecology, medical and surgical, for practitioners and students, by H. T. Byford [et al.]. Edited by J. M. Baldy. 2. ed. xxii, 718 pp., 38 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1898. ------. The same. Revised 2. ed. xxii, 17-718 pp., 38 pi. 8° Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1899. American (The) text-book of obstetries for practi- tioners and students. By James C. Cameron, Richard C. Norris [et al.], editors. 2. ed. 2 v. 554 pp., 28 pi.; 547 pp., 21 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1902. American (The) text-book of operative dentistry in contributions by eminent authorities. Edited by Edward C. Kirk. 702 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea Brothers dc Co., 1897. -----. The same. 3. ed. 899 pp. 4°. Philadel- phia dc New York, Lea Brothers dc Co., [1905]. ------. The same. 4. ed. xiii, 15-932 pp. roy. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1911. American (An) text-book of pathology, for the use of students and practitioners of medicine and surgery. Ed. by Ludwig Hektoen and David Riesman. 1245 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1902. American (An) text-book of physiology, by Henry P. Bowditch, John G. Curtis [et al.]. Edited by William H. Howell. 1052 pp., 1 pi., 23 1. 8°. Philadelphia. W. B. Saunders, 1896. ------. The same. 2. ed. 2 v. 598 pp., 1 pi.; 553 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1900-1901. American (The) text-book of prosthetic dentistry in contributions by eminent authorities. Edited by Charles J. Essig. 751pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea Brothers dc Co., 1896. ------. The same. Edited by Charles R. Turner. 3. ed., revised and enlarged, illustrated with 916 engravings, xiii, 17-896 pp. 4°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea Brothers dc Co., [1907]. ------. The same. 4. ed. xiii, 17-856 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc New York, Lea dc Febiger, 1913. American (An) text-book of surgery for practi- tioners and students, by Phineas S. Conner, Frederic S. Dennis, [etal.]. Edited by William W. Keen and J. William White. 3. ed., thor- oughly revised, xv, 1228 pp., 39 pi. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1900. ------. The same. 4. ed. 6 p. 1., 1363 pp., 39 pi. roy. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1904. American Therapeutic Society. Transactions. 5v. 1900-1906; 1910; 1912-13; 1915. 8°. [v. p.] American (The) Therapist, v. 1-13, 1892-1905. 8°. New York. American (The) Underwriter; magazine and in- surance review, issued monthly by the Thrift Publishing Company. Edw. Bunnell Phelps, president, v. 43, 1915. 8°. New York. American Urological Association. Transactions. v. lr9, 1908-15. 8°. Brookline, Mass. American Veterinary Medical Association. Pro- ceedings. 5v. 1891-7; 1913. Journal, v. 48- 51, 1915-17. 8°. [v. p.] Four volumes, 1891-7, published under title: United States Veterinary Medical Association. American Veterinary Review. Published by the American Veterinary Medical Association, v. 1-47, 1877-1915. 8°. New York. Continued as: Journal of the American Veterinary Medical Association. American Vigilance Association, New York City. List of books on the social evil, including pamph- lets and leaflets published in the United States and foreign countries, pp. 259-290. 8°. New York City, Library department of the American Vigilance Association, [1915]. American (The) X-Ray Journal, v. 1-15, 1897- 1904. 8°. St. Louis; Chicago. Consolidated with: Archives of Electrology and Radiology, and continued as: American Journal of Progressive Thera- peutics. American (The) year book. A record of events and progress. Edited by Francis G. Wickware. 1914. xviii, 862 pp. 8°. New York dc London, D. Appleton dc Co., 1915. American (The) Year-Book of Anaesthesia and Analgesia. F. H. McMechan, editor, v. 1, 1915. 8°. New York, 1916. American (The) year-book of medicine and surgery, being a yearly digest of scientific prog- ress and authoritative opinion in all branches of medicine and surgery, drawn from journals, monographs, and text-books of the leading American and foreign authors and investigators. Collected and arranged with critical editorial comments by J. M. Baldy, Charles H. Burnett [et al.], under the general editorial charge of George M. Gould. 1897-1905. 8°. Philadelphia. Americana (The), a universal reference library, comprising the arts and sciences, literature, history, biography, geography, commerce, etc., of the world. Editor-in-chief: Frederick Con- verse Beach. Managing editor: George Edwin Rines, assisted by more than 2,000 of the most eminent scholars and authorities in America and Europe. Illustrated. 22 v. 4°. New York, The Americana Company, [1914]. Amerisia. Heveroch (A.) Amerisia. Casop. lek. cesk, v Praze, 1913, Iii, 1011; 1053- 1082. -----. Amerisia; ein Beitrag zum Ausbau der Aphf.sielehre. Ztschr. f. d. ges. Neurol, u. Psychiat, Berl, 1914, Orig, xxvii, 321-356.—Pelnaf (J.) [Heveroch'samerisia.] Casop. lek. cesk, v Praze, 1915, liv, 581-585. Amerling ( Karel Slavomil) [1807-84]. [Biography.] Casop. lek. cesk, v Praze, 1884, xxiii, 729; 745. — Herfort ( K. ) Zur Feier seines 100. Geburtstages. Eos, Wien, 1908, iv, 1-17. Amersbach (Karl) [1884- ]. *Ueber die Histologie der Salpingitis gonorrhoica. [Frei- burg i. Br.] 36 pp. 8°. Jena, 1909. Amersbach (Rudolf) [1885- ]. *Ueber die Gerinnungsfahigkeit des Blutes wahrend der Menstruation. 43 pp. 8°. Heidelberg, 1911. Amersin (Ferdinand). Haschischgenusa im Abendland. Anleitung zur Kenntniss und Gebrauch des feinsten und merkwurdigsten Genussmittels. 83 pp. 8°. Triest, L. Herrman- storfer, 1879. Ames (Azel). Elementary hygiene for the tropics. 180 pp., 1 pi. 12°. Boston, D. C. Heath dc Co., 1902. For Biography, see Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1909, xxv, 57-64 (J. M. Swan). Ames (Delano). A laboratory manual of patho- logical anatomy. 122 pp, interleaved. 8°. Bal- timore, C. A. Haskell, 1896. AMES. 339 AMIDOAZOTOLUOL. Ames (Delano)—continued. ■-----. Brief notes on the conduct of post-mortem examinations, being Appendix A to A labo- ratory manual of pathological anatomy. 95 pp., 8 1, interleaved. 8°. Baltimore, C. A. Haskell, 1897. Ametropia. See Eye (Accommodation, etc., of, Disordered). Ameuille (Pierre). *Recherches sur l'anatomie pathologique de l'emphyseme pulmonaire et ses relations avec la rigidite inspiratoire perma- nente du thorax par alterations des cartilages costaux. 96 pp. 8°. Paris, 1908, No. 3. See, also, Roussy (Gustave) & Ameuille (Pierre). Tech- nique des autopsies [etc.]. 8°. Paris, 1910. Amey (Petrus Jacobus Maria Lazarus). *De olea europaea. 55 pp. 8°. Taurinis, 1812. Amezcua (Jacobo). *Breve estudio sobre la apli- cacion de la glycerina a los extractos como medio de conservacion. 24 pp. 16°. Puebla, Ibanez y Lamarque, 1884. Amia. Allis (E. P.) On the morphology of certain of the bones of the cheek and snout of Amia calva. J. Morphol, Bost, 1897-8, 425-466, 1 pi.-----. Les muscles craniens, les nerfs craniens et les premiers nerfs spinaux chez l'Amia calva. Traduction. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par, 1898, 3. s, vi, 63-90.—Beekwith (Cora J.) The early history of the lateral line and auditory anlages in Amia. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1902, n. s, xv, 575.—Dean (B.) The early development of Amia. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond, 1895-6,413-444,3pl— Eycleshymer (A.C.) & WUson (J. M.) The gastrulation and embryo formation in Amia calva. Am. J. Anat, Bait, 1906, v, 133-162, 4 pi.—Piper (H.) Die Entwickelung von Magen, Duodenum, Schwimm- blase, Leber, Pankreas und Milz bei Amia calva. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch, Leipz, 1902, Suppl.-Bd, 1-78. 4 El.—Beighard(J.)&Mast(S. O.) The development of the ypophysis of Amia. J. Morphol, Phila, 1908, xix, 497-510, 1 pi.—Beighard (J.) & Phelps (Jessie). The development ofthe adhesive organ and head mesoblast of Amia. Ibid., 469-496, 1 pi.—Wilder (B. G.) Experiments antagonizing the view that the serrulae (serrated appendages) of Amia are accessory, respiratory organs. Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sc, Salem, 1886, xxxiv, 313-315. Amiantliium. Alsberg (C. L.) The toxic action of Amianthium muscae- toxicum. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1911-12, iii, 473. Amiaud (Jeanne-Emma-Clementine) [1877- ]. *L'h6pital auxiliaire n° 28 (loges maconni- ques); 6tude historique et medicale d'une for- mation sanitaire de la Societe" de secours aux blesses (1914-15). 51 pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, A. Destout aine dc Cie., 1915. Amice (Toussaint) [1863- ]. *Aphasie trauma- tique. 42 pp. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 291. Amicus [pseud.]. Aufklarungsschrift fiir Manner zur Verhiitung geschlechtlicher Ansteckung nebst Mittel zum Selbstschutz. 63 pp. 12°. Leipzig, E. Fiedler, 1901. Amides and derivatives. Boismenu (E.) *Sur les amides hypochlo- reux, hypobromeux et hypoiodeux. 8°. Paris, 1911. Also, in: J. de pharm. et de chim. Par, 1912,7. s, v, 382; 440; 479. Brasch (M.) *Ueber einige Derivate des Diamidostilbens. 8°. Erlangen, 1894. Busch (M.) *Synthetische Versuche iiber Stickstoffkohlenstoffringe aus o-Amidobenzyla- min und seinen Derivaten. Habilitations- Schriit. 8°. Erlangen, 1893. Goebell (K. W. H.) *Ueber die Bildung von lakmusartigen Farbstoffen aus Amidoorcin. Ueber eine eigenartige Oxydation des Orcins. 8°. Erlangen, 1911. Heidluschka (A.) *Versuche zur Aufklarung des Schmelzprozesses, bei dem die Amidodiaryl- sulfide und die vom pharmazeutisch-chemischen mides and derivatives. Standpunkte wichtigen Oxydiarylsulfide entste- hen. 8°. Miinchen, 1907. Koenigs (E.) *Ueber einige Amide von Aminosauren. 8°. Berlin, 1903. Kratz (K. C.) *Ueber Derivate des m-Nitro- o-Amidobenzamids und m-Nitro-O-Amidobenz- hydrazids. 8°. Leipzig, 1896. Meyer (K.) *1. Ueber das Amid der Acetes- sigsaure. 2. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Isoxa- zole. 8°. Kill, 1903. Tarbouriech (J.) *Contribution a l'etude de.« amides secondaires et tertiaires. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1904. Volkening (C.) *Beitrage zur Kenntniss des o-Amidobenzyl p-Chloranilin. 8°. Erlangen, 1892. Auwers (K.) Kryoskopische Untersuchungen iiber Saureamide; nach Versuchen von. J. Pelzer. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1897, xxiii, 449-468.—Beckurts (H.) & Frerichs (G.) Ueber Arylamide der Rhodanessigsauren und Arylthiohydantoine. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1915, ecliii, 233; 241.—Blumenthal (F.) & Herschmann (F.) Biocfaemische Untersuchungen iiber die p-Jodphenylarsin- saure. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1908, xii, 248-251.—Cao (G.) II metodo sierodiagnostico e ii riconoscimento dell' amido del frumento, dell' orzo e della segale. Ann. d'ig. sper, Roma, 1904. n. s, xiv, 83-102.—Dixon (S. G.) & ZuUl (WT L.) Reaction oi the amide-group upon the wasting animal econ- omy. Times & Reg, PBila, 1892, xxiv, 132. Also, Re- print.—Fawsitt (C. E.) Physikalisch-chemische Unter- suchungen in der Amidgruppe. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1904, xlviii, 585-592— Friedlander (K.) Erwide- rung an Voltz zu seinen Bemerkungen iiber meine Arbeit: Zur Frage des Eiweissersatzes durch Amide. Arch. i. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1908, exxii, 511-516.—Henriques (V.) & Hansen (C.) Ueber die Bedeutung der sogenannten Pflanzenamide fiir den Stickstoffumsatz im tierischen Orga- nismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1907, liv, 169- 187.—Kossel (A.) & Cameron (A. T.) Ueber die freien Amidogruppen der einfachsten Proteine. Ibid., 1911-12, lxxvi, 457-463.—Lang (S.) Ueber Desamidierung im Tier- korper. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path, Brnschwg, 1904, v, 321-345.—Loewy (A.) Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung der Amidsubstanzen fiir den Eiweissumsatz. Med. Klin, Berl, 1907, iii, 816.—Beid (E. E.) The alcoholysis or esteri- fication of acid amides. Am. Chem. J, Bait, 1909, xli, 483- 510.-----. The hydrolysis of acid amides. Ibid., 1911, xiv, 327-343.—Schulze (E.) Einige Bemerkungen zu den Arbei- ten iiber den Nahrwert der in den Pflanzen enthaltenen Amide. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1908, lvii, 67- 73.—Siegfried (M.) Ueber die Bindung von Kohlensaure durch amphotere Amidokorper. 2. Mitteilung. Ibid., 1905, xlvi, 401-414.—von Strusiewicz (B.) Ueber den Nahrwert der Amidsubstanzen. Ztschr. f. Biol, Munchen & Berl, 1905, xlvii, 143-185.—Vfiltz (W.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Amide fiir die tierische Ernahrung. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Leipz, 1909, pt. 2, 134-138.— Voltz (W.) & Yakuwa (G.) Ueber die Verwertung ver- schiedener Amidsubstanzen durch Carnivoren. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1908, exxi, 117-149,1 pi. Amidieu (Pierre-Jean-Edouard) [1888- ]. *De l'allaitement au sein des ouvrieres; chambres d'allaitement. 92 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1913, No. 78. Amidins. Kohler (K.) *Ueber Halogenderivate einiger Amidine. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Peschges (W.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Amidine. 8°. Erlangen, 1896. Weinschenk (P.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Amidine. 8°. Erlangen, 1894. Ellinger (A.) & Matsuoka (Z.) Darstellung von Phe- nylglykocyamidinen, ihr Verhalten gegen Alkalien nebst Versuchen fiber die Veranderungen des Kreatins durch verdiinntes Alkali. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1914, Ixxxix, 441-455. Amido-acids. See Amino-acids. Amidoazotoluol. See, also, Scarlet red. Cecchetto (E.) L'amidoazotoluolomedicinale "agfa" eil rosso scarlatto medicinale "agfa" in oftalmoiatria. Ann. di ottal, Pavia, 1911, xl, 502-506.—Davis (J. S.) Excessive thickening of Thiersch grafts caused by a component of scar- let red (amidoazotoluol). Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait.. 1913, xxiv. 178-180, 2 pi— Dobrovolskaya (Nadyozhda A.) [Comparative estimation of the healing action of scarlet red and amidoazotoluol.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1912, xi, AMIDOAZOTOLUOL. 340 AMINO-ACIDS. Amidoazotoluol. 1836-1839.—Gurbski (S.) [Intoxication with Schmieden's red ointment (amidoazotoluol) in a burn.] Medycyna i Kron. lek, Warszawa, 1910, xiv, 953.—Noferi (U.) Risultati isto- logici e clinici dell' applicazione del rossoscarlatto (amido- azotoluol) nella riparazione delle perdite di sostanza cutanee. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1911,5. s, iii, 87-98. Aniidostomuiii. Skryahin (K. I.) J[Strongyli of the muscular stomach of Turkestan fowl. Species of] Amidostomum Raill. et Henry 1909. Vestnik Obshtsh. Vet, Petrogr, 1915, xxvii, 693-700. Amiens. See Fever (Typhus, History, etc., of), Hos- pitals (Military), Hygiene (Public, Reports, etc., of), Plague (History, etc., of), by localities. Amieux (Emile-Charles) [1874- J. *Etude clinique de quelques cas d'affections spasmo- paralytiques datant de l'enfance. Maladie de Little; rigidite spasmodique; tabes spasmodique; hemiplegie ce>6brale infantile double. 48 pp. 11 pi. 8° Paris, 1899, No. 71. Amieux (J.) [1885- ]. *Contribution a l'etude du massage et de la mobilisation precoces dans le traitement des fractures de l'extr6mite infe- rieure du radius. 47 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1911, No. 127. Amieux-Addi (Mme. Marie-Eveline) [1874- _ ]. Contribution a l'etude des paralysies radicu- laires du plexus brachial. 37 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 570. , Amigues (Mathieu). *Etude de quelques symp- tomes de la paralysie faciale dans leurs rap- ports avec l'anatomie et la physiologie (facial superieur; innervation du voile du palais; secre- tion lacrymale) 120 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1902, No. 467. Amigues (Ph.) *Etude du quotient fceto-placen- taire. 63 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 975. Amigues (Pierre). *Le rachitisme tardif; 6tude clinique et pathogenique. 64 pp. 8°. Tou- louse, 1900, No. 362. Amillet (Paul) [1864- _ ]. *Traitement de l'anemie aigue consecutive aux hemorrhagies puerpe>ales par les injections d'eau salee. 102 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 312. Amines and derivatives. Conrad (R. ) *Phtalylhydroxylamin. 8°. Konigsberg t. Pr., 1897. Hefele (G.) *Ueber Aminoketonhydrazone. 8°. Erlangen, 1910. Hoing (A.) *Ueber die elektrochemische Reduktion von Kondensationsprodukten der Aldehyde mit Aminen. 8°. Giessen, 1913. Kratjs (J.) *Ueber den a-Aminopropyl- aldehyd und seine Derivate. 8°. Berlin, 1895. Melzer (H. J.) *Ueber die Constitution des Diazophenylhydroxylaminchlorides und die Synthese des p-Aminobenzylsulfids. 8°. Er- langen, 1896. Posner (T.) *Zur Kenntnis der ungesattig- ten Amine. 8°. Berlin, 1893. Schonermark (F.) *Zur Charakteristik dea /3-Benzylhydroxylamins. 8°. Erlangen, 1895. Sinner (K.) *Vergleichende Lactylierung primarer aromatischer Amine. [Giessen.] 8°. Amorbach, 1909. Abderhalden (E.) & Van Slyke (D. D.) Die Bestim- mung des Aminostickstoffs in einigen Polypeptiden nach der Methode von Van Slyke. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1911, lxxiv, 505-508.—Babel (A.) Toxicologie comparee des. amines aromatiques; contribution k l'etude des relations entre la structure chimique et l'action physiologique des corps. Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom.. Geneve, 1899, xix. 329: 389.—Barger (G.) & Dale (H. H.) The physiological action of primary fatty amines. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond, 1908-9, p. xxii.-----—----•• Chemical structure and sym- pathomimetic action of amines. J. Physiol, Lond, 1910-11, xli, 19-59.—Desgrez & Dorleans. Influence du groupe- ment amin6 sur la pression arte'rielle. Compt. rend. Acad. Amines and derivatives. d. sc. Par, 1913. clvi, 823 — Emde (H.) & Schellbach (H.) Aufbau gemiscnter tertiarer Amine. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1911, ccxlix, 111-117. —Fourneau (E.) Aminoal- eools; derives des ethers oxydes de la glycerine et des phenols. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1910, 7. s, i, 55; 97: ii, 337; 397.—Francois (M.) Sur les iodomercurates des amines. Ibid., 1905, 6. s, xxii, 97-99.—Freundllch (H.) & Richards (M. B.) Ueber die Kinetik der Umwandlung von Chloralkylaminen in heterozyklische Verbindungen. II. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1912, lxxix, 681-699.— Goldschmidt (H.) & Salcher (R. M.) Studien iiber die Aminolyse. Ibid., 1899, xxix, 89-118.—Guggenheim (M.) Zur Kenntnis der Wirkung des p-Oxyphenylathylamins. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1912, xxvi, 795-798.-----. Pro- teinogene Amine. Peptamine: Glycyl-p-Oxyphenylathyla- min, Alanyl-p-Oxyphenylathylamin, Glycyl-/3-Imidazolyl- athylamin. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1913, li, 369-387. -----. Proteinogene Amine. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1913, xxvii, 508-511.—Hildebrandt (H.) Untersuchungen iiber die Wirkungsweise einiger sekundarer Amine der Fettreihe und ihre Beeinflussung durch Einfuhren von Atomkomplexen der aromatischen und aliphatischen Reihe. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1905-6, liv, 125- 134,-^Johnson (T. B.) & Bailey (G. C.) Researches on amines. V. The structure of vitiatine; synthesis of methyl- ethylenediamine. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1916, xxxviii, 2135-2145.—Klages (A.) Ueber Methylenamino- acetonitril und andere Aminonitrile. Verhandl. d. na-turh.- med. Ver. zu Heidelb, 1908, n. F, ix, 137-155.—Klein (O.) An improved apparatus for the determination of amino- groups. J. BioL Chem, Bait, 1911-12, x, 287-289— Kun- ckell ( F. ) Ueber aromatische Aminoketone. Ber. d. deutsch. pharm. Gesellsch, Berl, 1911, xxi, 419-456: 1912, xxii, 103-114.—Launoy (L.) Sur la valeur de la fonction ammonium quaternaire (NR4X) comme support de l'acti- vite excito-secretoire des amines quaternaires (ler memoire). J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1913, xv, 280; 312.— Mameli (E.) Diazoamino e aminoazoderivati ottenuti dalParmnomeulenpirocatechina. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1910, xxiv, 271-280.—Mannich (C.) & Hahn (F. L.) Ueber eine Synthese von a-Aminoketonen mittels Hexamethylentetramin. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ., Berl, 1912. ix, 123-132.—Martlnotti (L.) Sul- l'azione epitelizzante degli aminoazobenzoli. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena, 1914, xvi, 73-80. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1914, li, 1451-1453— MoIIiard (M.) Les amines constituent-elles des aliments pour les vegetaux superieurs? Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1909, cxlix, 685-687.—Neuberg (C.) & Welde (E.) Phytochemische Reduktionen. V. Zwischenstufen bei der Umwandlung der Nitrogruppe in die Aminogruppe. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxvii, 18-23.—Pelissier & Chardet. Recherches sur les amines cycliques. Bull. d. sc. pharmacol. Par, 1915, xxii, 82-84.—Pitini (A.) Ricerche farmacologiche sugli ammino-chetoni. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1905, xiv, 75-80. A Iso: Arch, di farm, e terap, Palermo, 1906, xii, 383; 437: 1907, xiii, 193-199: 1908, xiv, 201-204 — Pohl (J.) Ueber Synthesenhemmung durch Diamine. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1898, xli, 97- 113.—Stoufis. Contribution a l'etude de l'intoxication diaminique du chien. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1912, xxii, 293-330.—Suto (K.) Ueber die Oxydation von Aminen. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl.. 1915, Ixxi, 169-173.—Traube (W.) Ueber (2)-Amino-Adenin [(2.6)-Diaminopurin]. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1904), 1905,ii, 42-45.—Van Slyke (D. D.) A method for quantitative determination of aliphatic amino groups; application to the study of proteolysis and proteolytic products. J. Biol. Chem, Baft, 1911, ix, 185-204. Also, Reprint.-----. The quantitative determination of alipha- tic amino groups. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1912-13, xii, 275- 284, 1 pi, 1 tab.—Van Slyke (D. D.) & Birchard (F. J.) The nature of the free amino groups in the native proteins. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1911-12, ix, 113 — Vanysek (F.) Beitrage zur physiologischen Wirkung einiger proteinogener Amine. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxvii, 221-231. Aminoacetaldehyd. Kikkoji (T.) & Neuberg (C.) Ueber das Verhalten von Aminoacetaldehyd im tierischen Organismus. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1909, xx, 463-467. Also [Abstr.]: Verhandl. d. physiol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1909), 1910, xxxiv, 26. A mi 11 o a c id ;e mia. Labbe (M.) & Bith (H.) L'amino-acidemie. Bull, et mem. Soc. mea. d. hdp. de Par, 1913,3. s, xxxvi, 701-708. Amino-acids [NH2 acids]. See, also, Acid (Aminobutyric); Acid (Asper- tic); Acid (Carbaminic); Acid (Glutaminic); Acid (Sulphaminic); Alanin; Arginin; Cystin; Glycocoll; Histidin; Isoleucin; Leucin; Lysin; Norleucin; Oxyprolin; Phenylalanin; Prolin; Serin; Tryptophane; Tyrosin; Urine (Amino- acids in); Valin. AMINO-ACIDS. 341 AMINO-ACIDS. Amino-acids [NH2 acids]. Fisher (H. L.) *The preparation and proper- ties of 5-amino-6-quinolinecarboxylic acid, and some compounds derived therefrom. 8°. Eas- ton, Pa., 1912. von der Ropp (0.) *Ueber Amidodicyan- Siiure und Abkommlinge des Phenyldiguanids. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1911 Warnecke (G.) Ueber Diaminodisulfon- sauren aus H-Siiure und Amino-R-Saure. 8°. Giessen, 1909. Abderhalden (E.) Allgemeine Technik und Isolierung der Monoaminosauren. In his: Handb. d. biochem. Ar- beitsmeth, Leipz, 1909, ii, 1470-2497. -----. Nachtrag zu "Der Gehalt der Proteine an 1-Tryosin und die Genauigkcit der Bestimmung dieser Aminosaure. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1913, lxxxv, 91.—Abderhalden (E.) & Baumann (L.) Derivate von Aminosauren. Verbindun- gen mit Glycerin. J6i'd.,1911, lxxii, 50-57.—Abderhalden (E.) & Berghausen (O.) Die Monoaminosauren von aus Kiirbissamen dargestellten, krystallinischem Eiweiss. Ibid., 1906, xlix, 15-20.—Abderhalden (E.) & Blumberg (P.) Derivate von Aminosauren. Ibid., 1910, lxv, 318-322.— Abderhalden (E.), Fromme (G.) & Hirsch (P.) Die Bildung von 7-Aminobuttersaure aus d-Glutaminsaure unter dem Einfluss von Mikroorganismen. Ibid., 1913, lxxxv, 131-135.—Abderhalden (E.) & Fuchs (D.) Ueber den Gehalt der Proteine an 1-Tyrosin und die Genauigkeit der Bestimmung dieser Aminosaure. Ibid., lxxxiii, 468- 473.—Abderhalden (E.) & Funk (C.) Derivate von Ami- nosauren. Verbindungen mit Fettsauren. Ibid., 1910, lxv, 61-6S— Abderhalden (E.) & Guggenheim(M.) Derivate von Aminosauren. Verbindungen mit Glycerin. Ibid., 53- 60.—Abderhalden (E.) & Hanslian (R.) Ueber die Ver- wendbarkeit der Estermethode zum Nachweis von Mono- aminosauren neben Polypeptiden. Ibid., 1912, lxxvii, 285- 288.—Abderhalden (E.) & Kautzsch (K.) Derivate von Aminosauren. Verbindungen mit Cholesterin. Ibid., 1910, lxv, 69-77.-----------. Versuche iiber Veresterung von Monoaminosauren mittels Jodathyl. Trennung der Pyrro- lidoncarbonsaure von der Glutaminsaure. Ibid., 1912, Ixxviii, 115-127.-----------. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kennt- nis der Glutaminsaure und der Pyrrolidoncarbonsaure. III. Mitteilung. Quecksilbersalze, Pyrrolidonylchlorid und Pyr- rohdonylamid. Ibid., 333-343— Abderhalden (E.) & Lan- dau (B.) Zur Kenntnis der Monoaminosauren der Barten des Nordwales. Ibid., 1911, Ixxi, 45.5-465.—Abderhalden (E.) & Weil (A.) Ueber die bei der Isolierung der Mono- aminosauren mit Hilfe der Estermethode entstehenden Verluste. Ibid., lxxiv, 445-471: 1912, lxxvii, 59-74. ----- -----. Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis von Derivaten von Monoaminosauren. Pikrolonate des Glykokolls des d-Ala- nins und des dl-Leucins. Ibid., 1912, Ixxviii, 150-155.----- -----. Ueber eine neue Aminosaure von der Zusammense- tzung C6H13NO0, gewonnen bei der totalen Hydrolyse der Proteine aus Xervensubstanz. Ibid., 1913, lxxxiv, 39-59. -----------. Ueber die Identiflzierung der aus Proteinen der Xervensubstanz gewonnenen Aminosaure von der Zu- sammensetzung C6H6N02. Ibid., lxxxviii, 272-275.—Abder- halden (E.) & Wurm (E.) Weiterer Beitrag zur Kenntnis der a-Aminobuttersaure und ihrer Derivate. Ibid., 1912, lxxxii, 167-171.—Bailly (O.) Les acides amines chez les vegetaux, application de la methode de titration au formol a leur dosage. Bull. d. sc. pharmacol. Par, 1911, xviii, 702- 711.—Bergell (P.) & Boll (P.) Ueber Verbindungen von Aminosauren und Ammoniak. VII. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1911-12, lxxvi, 464-467— Bergell (P.) & Brugsch (T.) Ueber Verbindungen von Aminosauren und Ammoniak. 6. Mitteilung. Ibid., 1910,lxvii,97-103.—Bergell (P.) & von Wulflng (H.) Ueber Verbindungen von Amino- sauren und Ammoniak. Ibid., Mv, 348-306: lxv, 489-496 — Bierry (H.), FeuillUs (E.) [et at.]. Dosage des acides amines. Compt.rend. Soc.de biol. Par, 1913,lxxv, 129-131.—Blanche- tiere (A.) Relations entre la constitution chimique de cer- tains derives des amino-acides et le mode d'attaque de ceux- ci par les baeteries. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1916, clxiii, 206-209.—Bostock (Gertrude(D.) On deamidization. Bio-Chem. J, Liverp, 1911, vi, 48-68.—Clement! (A.) Sur la possibilite de titrer au formol le groupe aminique mono- substitue des amino-acides. Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1915, lxiv, 332-340. A Iso, transl.: Arch, di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1916, xxi, 215-224.—Dakin (H. D.) The oxidation of amino- acids to cyanides. Biochem. J, Cambridge, 1916, x, 319- 323.—Dakin (H. D.) & Dudley (H. W.) Theinterconver- sion of a-amino-acids, a-hydroxyacids and a-ketonic alde- hydes. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1913, xv, 127-143.-----------. The resolution of inactive uramido-acids and thydantoins into active components, and their conversion into amino- acids. B-phenyl-a-uramidopropionic acid, benzylhydan- toin and phenylalanine. Ibid., 1914. xvii, 29-36.—Dallmier (R.) & Lancereaux (E.) Le milieu de culture d'acides amines complets pour les microorganismes. Presse med. Par, 1913, xxi, 419.—Denis (W.) The oxidation of the aminoacids. I. Glycocoll and cystin. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1911, ix, 365-374.—Eflront (J.) Sur la fermentation d'acides Amino-acids [NH2 acids]. amides. Monit. scient. Par, 1909, 4. s, xxiii, 145-156.— Ehrlich (F.) Ucbcr asymmetrische und symmetrische Einwirkung von Hefe auf Racemverbindungen natiirlich vorkommender Aminosauren. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxiii, 379-401.—Engeland (R.) Ueber den Nachweis von Monoaminosauren. Ztschr. f. Biol, Munchen & Berl, 1914, lxiii, 470-476.—Fourneau (E.) Sur les acides oxy- amines; derives amines de l'acide oxyisobutyrique et de ses ethers. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1908, 6. s, xxvii, 513- 518.—Galeotti (G.) Ueber die Kondensierung der Amino- sauren vermittelst des Formaldehyds. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1913, liii, 474-492.—Gayda (T.) Les amino-acides de la chair de cheval hydrolysee avec de l'acide sulfurique. Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1914, lxii, 129-135. Also, transl.: Biochem. Ztschr. Berl, 1914, lxiv, 438-449.—Geake (A.) & Nierenstein (M.) Zur Kenntnis der Aminosauren. I. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1914, xcii, 149-162 — Grindley (H. S.), Slater (M. E.) [et al]. The quantitative determination of the amino acids of feeding stuffs by the Van Slyke method. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1915, xxxvii, 2762-2769.—Hamlin (M. L.) Studies on enzyme action. VII. A further study of the hydrolytic action of amino acids on esters. Ibid., 1913, xxxv, 624-632.—Harding (V. J.) & MacLean (R. M.) A colorimetric method for the estimation of amino-acid a-nitrogen. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1915, xx, 217-230.—Harding (V. J.) & Warneford (F. H. S.) The ninhydrin reaction with amino-acids and ammonium salts Ibid., N. Y, 1916, xxv, 319-350.—Howell (W. II.) Note upon the presence of amido acids in the blood and lymph as de- termined by the 0 naphthalinsulphochloride reaction Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1906-7, xvii, 273-279.—Hugounenq (L.) & Morel (A.) Les acides amides constitutifs de l'os- seine et leur role dans les proprietes des os. Bull. Soc. med d. hop. de Lyon, 1911, x, 511-513. Also: Lyon med 1911 cxvii, 965.—Johnson (T. B.) & Ticknor (A. A.) A new method of transforming esters of a-amino-acids into their cor- responding isotbiocyanates. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sc Bait 1917, iii, 303-305.—Kober (P. A.) Spectrographic study oi amino-acids and polypeptides. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1915 xxii, 433-441.—Lagane (L.) Note sur le pouvoir toxique des acides amines obtenus par l'hydrolyse fluorhydrique Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxii, 536-538 — Levene (P. A.) & Beatty (W.) Ueber die Fallbarkeit der Aminosauren durch Phosphorwolframsaure. Ztschr f physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1906, xlvii, 149.—Levene (P. A.) & La Forge (F. B.) On d-lyxohexosaminic acid and on a-a-anhydro-mucic acid. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1915, xxii 331-335.—Levene (P. A.) & Van Slyke (D. D.) Note on insoluble lead salts of amino-acids. Ibid., 1910, viii, 285.— -----------. Picrolonates of the monoamino acids. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1911-12, ix, 111. Also- J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1912-13, xii, 127-139.----------. The separation of d-alanine and d-valine. J. Biol. Chem, Bait 1913-14, xvi, 103-120.—Lippich (F.) Ueber analytische An- wendungen der Uramidosaurereaktion. Ztschr. f. physiol Chem, Strassb, 1914, xc, 124-144.—Lussana (F.) Azione deghaminoacidi e dei polipeptidi sopra i riflessi spinali della tartaruga. Arch, di fisiol, Firenze, 1911-12, x, 345-367. A Iso [Abstr.]: Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1912, 8. s, xiii, 97.— Maillard (L.-C.) Reaction generate des acides amines sur les sucres; ses consequences biologiques. Compt. rend Soc de biol. Par, 1912, lxxii, 599-001.—Mannich (C.) & Kup- hal (R.) Zur Kenntnis der Chloride von Aminosauren. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl, 1912, ix, 133- 140.—Neuberg (C.) Synthese von Oxy- und Di-amino- sauren. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1900, i, 282-298.—Neuberg (C.) & Kerb (J.) Ueber ein Fallungsmittel fiir Amino- sauren. Ibid., 1912, xl, 498-512.-----------. Weiteres fiber die Fallung von Aminosauren mit Mercuriacetat und Soda Ibid., 1914,lxvii, 119-121—Neuberg(C) & Welde (E.) Phyto- chemische Reduktionen. Umwandlung aliphatischer Nitro- korper in Aminoverbindungen. Ibid., lxii, 470-476.—Neu- berg (C.) & Wolffl (H.) Ueber eine neue Oxyaminosaure Centralbl. f. d. med. Wissensch, Berl, 1902, xl, 530.—Nollau (E. H.) The amino-acid content of certain feeding stuffs and other sources ofprotein. J. Biol. Chem, 1915, xxi, 611-614 — (Echsner de Coninck. Quelques remarques au sujet de la reaction de la murexide. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol Par 1913, lxxv, 558—Osborne (T. B.) & Jones (D. B.) Some modifications of the method in use for determining the quan- tity of mono-amino acids yielded by proteins when hydro- lyzed with acids. Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1910, xxvi 212- 228. — Pleifler (P.) & von Modelskl (J.) Verhalten der Aminosauren und Polypeptide gegen Neutralsalze. I Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1912, lxxxi, 329-354.— Pigorini (L.) Gli amidoacidi e la produzione della seta nelle larve di Bombyx mori; considerazioni ed esperienze coll' acido amidoacetico. Arch, di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1915, xx, 225; 241.-----. A proposito dell' azione fisiologica di ammido-acidi somministrati alle larve di Bombyx mori. Ibid., 1916, xxii, 113-119.—Pohl (J.) & Miinzer (E.) Ueber Entgiftung von Mineralsauren durch Aminosauren und Harnstoif. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz. & Wien, 1906, xx, 232.—Pringsheim (H.) Studien fiber die Spaltung race- mischer Aminosauren durch Pilze. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1910, lxv, 96-109.—Schulze (E.) & Winter- stein (E.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss einiger aus Pflanzen dar- gestellten Aminosauren. Ibid., 1902, xxxv, 299-314.----- AMINO-ACIDS. 342 AMINO-ACIDS. Amino-acids [NII2 acids]. -----. Isolierung von Aminosauren, von Asparagin und Glutamin aus Pflanzen. In: Abderhalden (E.) Handb. d. biochem. Arbeitsmeth, Leipz, 1910, ii, 2, 510-521.—Shonle (H. A.) & Mitchell (H. H.) On the esterification of amino acids. Science, Lancaster, Pa, 1916, xliv, 251.—Siegfried (M.) Ueber Derivate von Amidosauren. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1904, xliii, 68-71.—Siegfried(M.) & Schutt (E.) Ueber die Abscheidung von Aminosauren mit Hilfe der Carbaminoreaktion. Ibid., 1912, lxxxi, 260-273.—Sieg- fried (M.) & Weidenhaupt (O.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Schwefelkohlenstofi auf Aminosauren. Ibid., 1910-11, lxx, 152-160.—Sorenson (S. P. L.) Ueber Synthesenvon a- Aminosauren durch Phtalimidmalonester. Ibid., 1905, xliv, 448-460.—Sorensen (S. P. L.) & Andersen (A. C.) Stu- dien fiber Aminosauresynthesen. Ibid., 1908, lvi, 236-304.— Sorensen (S. P. L.), Httryup (Margarethe) & Andersen (A. C.) Studien iiber Aminosauresynthesen. Rac. Arginin (a-Amino-d-guanido-n-valeriansaure) und die damit isomere o-Guanido-d-amino-n-valeriansaure. Ibid., 1911, lxxvi, 44- 94.—Strauch. (F. W.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber die Zusammensetzung und den Aufbau verschiedener Sei- denarten. XII. Die Monoaminosauren aus dem Leim der indischen Tussahseide. Ibid., Ixxi, 365.—Sulze (W.) Zur Kenntnis der Carbaminoreaktion. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1910,cxxxvi, 712-723.—Tchougaefl (L.)&Serbin(E.) Sur des sels complexes de certains aminoacides. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1910, cli, 1361-1366.—de Waele (H.) Le role des acides amines dans l'intoxication protelnique; l'anaphylaxie est due a 1'intervention des acides amines et du complement. Ann. Soc. de mM. de Gand, 1912, n. s, iii, 308-318. Also: Belg. med, Gand, 1912, xix, 471-474 — Wheeler (H. L.) & Johns (C. O.) Alkylation of aromatic amino acids; nitramino and iodamino acids. Am. Chem. J, Bait, 1910, xliv, 441-452.—Wheeler (H. L.) & Liddle (L. M.) Researches on halogen amino acids; iodine derivatives of paratoluidine; 3, 5-Diiod-4-aminobenzoic acid. Ibid., 1909, xiii, 441; 498. Amino-acids (Metabolic relations of). See, also, Metabolism; Proteins. Delaunay (H. -M. - E.) * Contribution a l'etude du role des acides amines dans l'orga- nisme animal. 8°. Bordeaux, 1910. Flatow (L.) *Ueber den Abbau von Amino- Baurenim Organismus. [Munchen.] 8°. Strass- burg, 1910. Also, in: Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1910, lxiv, 367-392. Stolte (K.) *Ueber das Schicksal der Monaminosauren im Tierkorper nach Einfuh- rung in die Blutbahn. [Strassburg i. E.] 8°. Braunschweig, 1904. Struber (P.) *Beitrag zur Frage der Bildung von Aminosauren im tierischen Organismus. [Giessen.] 8°. Berlin, 1914. Underhill (F. P.) The physiology of the amino acids. 8°. New Haven, 1915. Vayanos (C.) Contribution a l'etude physiologique de quelques acides monoamines. 8°. Paris, 1907. Abderhalden (E.) Ueber den Gehalt des Darminhaltes einiger Saugetiere an freien Aminosauren. Ztschr. f. phy- siol. Chem, Strassb, 1911, lxxiv, 436-444. -----. Ueber das Vorkommen der einzelnen Aminosauren in verschiede- nen Teilen des Darmkanales. Ibid., 1912, Ixxviii, 382-395.— Abderhalden (E.) & Funk (C.) Zur Frage nach der Neubildung von Aminosauren im tierischen Organismus. Ibid., 1909, lx, 418-425.—Abderhalden (E.), Furno (A.) [et al.]. Weitere Studien iiber die Verwertung verschiedener Aminosauren im Organismus des Hundes unter verschie- denen Bedingungen. Ibid., 1911, lxxiv; 481-504.—Abder- halden (E.), Gigon (A.) & Strauss (E.) Studien uber den Vorrat an einigen Aminosauren bei verschiedenen Tierarten. Ibid., 1907, li, 311-322.—Abderhalden (E.) & Markwalder (J.) Ueber die Verwertung einzelner Amino- sauren im Organismus des Hundes unter verschiedenen Bedingungen. Ibid., 1911, lxxii, 63-77.—Abderhalden (E.) & Schittenhelm (A.) Studien iiber den Abbau racemi- scher Aminosauren im Organismus des Hundes unter verschiedenen Bedingungen. Ibid., 1907, li, 323-333.— Ackroyd (H.) & Hopkins (F. G.) Feeding experiments with deficiencies in the amino-acid supply; arginine and histidine as possible precursors of purines. Bio-Chem. J, Cambridge, 1916, x, 551-576.—Azzi (A.) Ricerche biologi- che sulle combinazioni degli amino-acidi con la formaldeide. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1915, lxix, 1-28.—Berg (W.) & Cahn- Bronner (C.) Ueber den mikroskopischen Nachweis der Eiweissspeicherung in der Leber nach Verfiitterung von Aminosauren. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxi, 434-445, 1 pi.—Bickel (A.) Ueber die Wirkung von Aminosauren auf die Magensaftsekretion. Internat. Beitr. z. Path. u. Amino-acids (Metabolic relations of). Therap. d. Ernahrungsstor. [etc.], Berl, 1913, v, 75-87.— Bith (H.) A propos du dosage des acides amines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvi, 112— Bournigault & Bith (H.) Methode de dosage des acides amines dans Purine et le serum sanguin. Ibid., 114.—Castex (M. R.) Los amino-acidos en los liquidos de puncidn. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, 345-351.—Costantlno (A.) Der durch Formol titrierbare Aminosaurestickstoff in den Blutkorperchen und im Serum des Blutes von hungernden und ernahrten Tieren. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1913, lv, 402-410.-----. Die Permeabilitat der Blutkorperchen fiir Aminosauren. Ibid., 411-418.-----. Methodik der Ex- traktion von Aminosauren aus den verschiedenen Be- standteilen des Blutes. Ibid., 419-424.—Dakin (H. D.) Studies on the intermediary metabolism of amino-acids. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1912-13, xiv, 321-333.—Damask (M.) Studien iiber Aminosaurenausscheidung bei Gesunden und Kranken. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1903. lxxvii, 333- 354.—Ehrlich (F.) Methoden zur biologiscnen Spaltung razemischer Aminosauren durch lebende Organismen. In: Abderhalden (E.) Handbuch der biochemischen Arbeits- methoden, Leipz, 1910, ii, pt. 2, 559-569.—Ellinger (A.) & Hensel (M.) Quantitative Studien iiber Acetylierungspro- zesse im Tierkorper. I. Die Bildung von p-Acetylamino- benzosaure aus p-Aminobenzaldehyd und p-Aminobenzo- saure. Ibid., 1914, xci, 21-44.—Fromherz (K.) Ueber das Verhalten der p-Oxyphenylaminoessigsaure im Tierkorper. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1910-11, lxx, 351-359.— Fromherz (K.) & Hermanns (L.) Ueber den Abbau der aromatischen Aminosauren im Tierkorper nach Versuchen am Normalen und am Alkaptonuriker. III. Ibid., 1914, xci, 194-229.—Frouin (A.) Action des acides amines sur la secretion pancreatique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxiv, 131-133.—Fuchs (D.) Ueber die Veranderung der Ausscheidung von Aminosauren, bezw. von formolti- trierbaren Stoflen, als eine Ursache der Vergrosserung des Cal/N-Quotienten nach grosseren Blutverlusten. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1910, lxix, 482-490.—Gautier (C.) L'evolution physiologique des acides amines dans l'orga- nisme de la grenouille; experiences avec le glycocolle. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxv, 305-307.—Glaessner (K.) Die diuretische Wirkung der Aminosauren. Therap. Monatsh, Berl, 1911, xxv, 479-483.—Greenwald (I.) The fate of normal a-aminocaproic acid in phlorhizenized dog. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1916, xxv, 81-86. Also, Reprint.— Hugounenq (L.) Les acides amines en biologie et en clinique. Presse med. Par, 1913, xxi, 825-827.—Ignatovski (A. I.) [Role of amino-acids in the animal organism.) Izvlest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad, S.-Peterb, 1905, xi,308- 322.—Jansen (B. C. P.) De vorming van kreatine uit arginine in het dierlijk organisme. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1917, i, 1776-1778.—Knoop (F.) Ueber den physiologischen Abbau der Sauren und die Synthese einer Aminosaureim Tierkorper. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1910, lxvii. 489-502.-----. Ueber Aminosaureab- bau und Glykokollbildung. Ibid., 1914, Ixxxix, 151-156.— Knoop (F.) & Kertess (E.) Das Verhalten von a-Amino- sauren und a-Ketonsauren im Tierkorper. Ibid., 1911, Ixxi, 252-265.—Kober (P. A.) & Sugiura (K.) A micro-chemi- cal method for the determination of a- and b-amino acids and certain derivatives; in proteolysis, blood and urine. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1913, xxxv, 1546-1584.— Kotake (Y.) Beitrage zur Lehre vom Abbau der Amino- sauren im Tierkorper. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb, 1910, Leipz, 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 473-475.—Lanzenberg (A.) A propos du dosage des acides amines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1913, lxxv, 708- 710.—Levene (P. A.) & Meyer (G. M.) On the action of leucocytes and of kidney tissue on amino-acids. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1913-14, xvi, 555-557.—Lombroso (U.) Sur le metabolisme des amino-acides dans l'organisme. Arch. ital. de biol. Pise, 1915, lxiv, 165-203.—Lombroso (U.) & Artom (C.) Sur la formation d'hydrates de carbone par Taction des amino-acides circulant dans le foie isole. Ibid.. 204-212.—Luna (F.) II comportamento degli aminoacidi di alcune forme morbose nell'infanzia. Pediatria, Napoli, 1913,2. s, xxi, 283-290.—Lusk (J.) & Riche (J. A.) Animal calorimetry. Fifth paper. The influence of the ingestion of amino-acids upon metabolism. J. Biol. Chem, Bait.. 1912-13, xiii, 155-183, 2 tab.—Lussana (F.) Azione degh aminoacidi sopra il circolo, la pressione e la secrezione orina- ria. Arch, di fisiol, Firenze, 1910-11, lx, 307-317.-----. Alcune osservazioni sui comportamento e l'azione dell'ala- ninaedellaglicocollanelPorganismo. Ibid., 1912-13, xi, 365- 378.—Magnus-Levy (A.) Ueber das Verhalten benzoy- lierter Aminosauren im Organismus. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1907, vi, 540-558.—Manacorda (C.) II ricambio degh aminoacido nella diminuzione dei processi ossidativi dell'or- Eanismo. Sperimentale. Arch, oi biol, Firenze, 1912, tvi, 67-77. A Iso, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1912-13, lviii, 210-216.—Masuda (N.) Ueber die Ausscheidung verfiitterter Aminosauren bei Leber- und Stofiwechsel- krankheiten. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap, Berl, 1910-11, viii, 629-638.—Matthews (S. A.) & Nelson (C. F.) Metabolic changes in muscular tissue. I. The fate of amino- acid mixtures. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1914, xix, 229-234.— Mitchell (H. H.) Feeding experiments on the substitution of protein by definite mixtures of isolated amino-acids. AMINO-ACIDS. 343 AMMI. Amino-acids (Metabolic relations of). Ibid., 1916, xxvi, 231-261.— Neubauer (O.) Ueber den Abbau der Aminosauren im gesunden und kranken Organis- mus. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1908-9, xcv, 211-256.—Neuberg (C.) Abbau einiger Di- und Oxy- aminosauren. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1909, xx, 531-536.— Osborne (T. B.) & Mendel (L. B.) Amino-acids in nutri- tion and growth. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, '13-14, xvii, 325- 349.----- -----. The amino-acid minimum for main- tenance and growth, as exemplified by further experiments with lysine and tryptophane. Ibid., 1916, xxv, 1-12. Also, Reprint.-----------. The effect of the amino-acid content of the diet on the growth of chickens. Ibid., xxvi, 293-300,1 pi.—Philosophow (P.) Die Bildungsstatte der Uramino- sauren. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1910, xxvi, 131-139.— Plaut (M.) & Beese (H.^ Ueber das Verhalten in den Tierkorper eingefiihrter Aminosauren. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path., Brnschwg, 1905, vii, 425-432.—Rolla (C.) Valutazione clinica deU'eliminazione degli amino-acidi. Pathologica, Genova, 1909-10, ii. 575-577.—Rosenberg (A. H.) Bestimmung von freiem Aminosaurestickstofl im Blute nach van Slyke mit salzsaurer Sublimatlosung. Biochem. Ztschr. Berl, 1914, lxii, 157-160.—Stolte (K) Ueber das Schicksal der Monaminosauren im Tierkorper nach Einfuhrung in die Blutbahn. Beitr. z. chem. Phys. u. Path, Brnschwg, 1903, v, 15-26.—Suwa (A.) Ueber das Schicksal der N-freien Abkommlinge der aromatischen Aminosauren im normalen Organismus. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1911, lxxii, 113-130.—Szalagyi (K.) & Kriwuscha (A.) Ueber das Verhalten einiger Amino- sauren im Stoffwechsel der Vogel. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1914, lxvi, 139-14$.—Terroine (E.) & Weill (J.) Action des acides amines sur la saccharification de l'amidon par le sue pancreatique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxii, 542.—Van Slyke (D. D.) An improved apparatus for gasometric determination of amino nitrogen. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1911-12 ix, 112.-----. The present significance of the aminoacids in physiology and pathology. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, ciii, 219-221. A Iso: Arch. Int. Med, Chicago, 1917, xix, 56-78. Also, Reprin*-.— Van Slyke (D. D.) & Meyer (G. M.) Distribution of amino acids in the body. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1912-13, x, 38.—Wishart (Mary B.) Animal calorimetry. The influence of meat ingestion on the amino-acid content of blood and muscle. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1915, xx, 535-537.— Woetfel (A.) The place of retention or reconjugation of the amino acids in the body. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost, 1911-12, xxix, p. xxxviii. Aminoaciduria. See, also, Urine (Amino-acids in). Labbe (M.) & Bith (H.) L'amino-aciduriepathologique. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Sub. sect, iii (a), Chem. Pathol, pt. 2, 53-59.-----------. L'amino-acidurie provoquee (6preuve de l'ingestion de peptone) et le diagnos- tic de Pinsufiisance hepatique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1913,3.s, xxxvi, 510-516.—Slroni (L.) L'ami- noaciduria in alcune malattie dell'infanzia. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1915, xviii, 260-264.—Vasoin (B.) Sui contegno deH'aminoaciduria nella polmonite crupale e nella tubercolosi polmonare. Clin. med. ital, Milano, 1914, liii, 567-585. Aminoff (Natalie) [1870- J. *Des paralysies radiales au cours de revolution des fractures de l'humerus. 72 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 285. Aminoform. See Hexamethylenamin; Urotropin. Amiss (Thomas Benjamin) [1839-1913]. [Obituary.] Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1913-14, xviii, 444. Amitai (L. K.) Assimilation. 50 pp. 8°. Bruxelles, Vve. Michel van Dantzig, 1900. Ami tin (Sarah). * Ueber den Tonus der Blutge- fiisse bei Einwirkung der Warme und der Kalte. [Bern.] 32pp. 8°. Munchen,R.Oldenbourg, 1897. Amitosis. See Cell (Division, etc., of). Amiurus. Kunstler (J.) Observations sur l'Amiurus nebulosus. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1907, lxii, 922-924.—Lavau- den (L.) Recherches sur la physiologie du poisson-chat (Amiurus nebulosus L. S.). Ibid., 1905, lviii, 256-258. Amlinger (Adolf) [1881- _ ]. *Ein primarer Leberkrebs mit Metastasen in die Lunge. 34 pp. 8°. Bonn, J. Trapp, 1911. Amman (Georgius Christophorus). *De uteri suffocatione, mola, herniis, earum speciebus et curatione. In: Rolftnck(W.) Epitome meth. cognose. [etc.]. sm. 4". Jenx, 1655, 349-364". Amman (John Conrade) [1669-1735]. The talking deaf man, or a method proposed whereby he who is born deaf may learn to speak . . ., and now done out of Latin into English by Daniel Foot, 1693. 17 p. 1., 93 pp., 2 1. 24°. London, T. Howkins, 1694. Ammann (Albert). *Ueber wiederholte Tubar- schwangerschaft bei derselben Frau. [Basel.] 46 pp., 1 1., 1 tab. 8°. Einsiedeln, Eberle dc Rickenbach, 1900. Ammann (Ernst). *Die Netzhautblutungen bei Chorioiditis disseminata. 36 pp. 8°. Zurich, 0. Fiissli, 1896. c. -----. Die Begutachtung der Erwerbsfahigkeit nach Unf all verletzungen des Sehorgans. v (11.), 80 pp. 8°. Munchen, J. F. Lehmann, 1900. Ammann (Hans). Der Kampf gegen die Klein- sten; eine Kriegsbakteriologie. viii (11.), 73 pp. 8°. Munchen dc Berlin, 1916. Ammann (Ottmar). Korperliche Erziehung. Vortrag, gehalten im Miinchener Volksbildungs- verein. 57 pp. 12°. Munchen, R. Oldenbourg, 1897. Ammann (Paul) [pseud.: Dryander I] [1634-90]. [Biography.] In: Graetzer (J.) Lebensbilder hervor- rag. schles. Aerzte, 8°, Bresl, 1889, 207. Ammann (Robert). *Die Erkrankung und Sterblichkeit an Epilepsie in der Schweiz mit besonderer Berucksichtigung von 2159 Todes- falien infolge von Epilepsie. [Zurich.] 32 pp., 2 ch. 8°. Aarau, 1912. Ammann (Waldemar) [1875- ]. *Beitrage zur operativen Behandlung der entzundlichen Ad- nexerkrankungen des Uterus. 62 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1906. Ammar B. cAli Al-Mausili. Das Buch der Auswahl von den Augenkrankheiten.—Halifa Al-Halabi. Das Buch vom Genugenden in der Augenheilkunde.—Salah Ad-Dix. Licht der Au- gen. Uebersetzt und erlautert von J. Hirsch- berg, J. Lippert und E. Mittwoch. x, 262 pp. 8°. Leipzig, Veit dc Co., 1905. Forms pt. 2 of: Die arabischen Augenarzte. Amme (Otto) [1872- ]. *Oxydation von Sub- stitutionsproducten des p-Oxybenzaldehyd- phenylhydrazons zu Osazonen. 62 pp., 3 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1902. Ammelounx (Albert). *Ueber Entwicklung und Entwicklungsstorungen der Nieren. [Bern.] 33 pp., 2 pi. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1908. Ammenhaeuser (Willi) [1889- 1 *Ueber die operative Behandlung der kompletten Damm- nsse und ihre Resultate. 58 pp. 8°. Wiirz- burg, P. Scheiner, 1913. Ammentorp (L.) & von Harten (H.) Un sys- teme de pansement de campagne avec paquet individuel de pansement. 20 pp. 8°. [n. p., n. d] Ammer (Wilhelm) [1875- ]. *Zur Casuistik der Darmausschaltungen. 29 pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1902. Ammermann (Karl Gerhard) [1886- j. *Beitrage zur Kasuistik des abdominalen Kai- serschnittes. [Jena.] 51 pp. 8°. Magdeburg, Friese & Fuhrmann, 1911. Ammeux (Arthur-Henri-Joseph) [1880- ]. *Traitement de la scarlatine et de la nephrite aigue par le regime achlorure\ 63 pp. 8°. Lille, 1907, No. 11. Ammi visnaga. Hassan Mahmoud pacha. El kellah et la gravelle. Cong, internat de med. C. r. Par, 1900, sect, de path, int., 404-407. AMMOCCETES. 344 AMMONIA. j Ammoccetes. Brachet (A.) Sur le developpement du foie et sur le pancreas de 1'Ammoccetes. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1897, xiii, 621- 636.—Cole (F.J.) The peripheral disrtibution of the cranial nerves of Ammoccetes. Ibid., 1898, xv, 195-200.—Dendy (A.) On a pair of ciliated grooves in the brain of the Ammoccete, apparently serving to promote the circulation of the fluid in the brain cavity. Zool. Anz, Leipz, 1902, xxv, 511-519.— Gaskel (W. H.) On the origin of the brachial segmentation. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond, 1898-9, xxxiii, 154-188, 2 pi. -----. The thyroid or opercular segment; the meaning of the facial nerve. Ibid., 638-671, lpl.—Lubosch(W.) Die erste Anlage des Geruchorgans bei Ammoccetes und ihre Be- ziehungen zum Neuroporus. Morphol. Jahrb, Leipz, 1901, xxix, 402-414, lpl.-----. Ueber die Geschlechtsdiflerenzie- rung bei Ammoccetes. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1903, xxiii, Ergn- zngshft, 66-74.—Benaut (J.) & Policard (A.) Etude his- tologique et cytologique sommaire de l'organe de l'Ammo- ccetes branchialis improprement nomm6 corps thyro'ide. Compt. rend, de 1'Ass. d. anat, Nancy, 1905, vii, 59-68. von Ammon (F[riedrich]). Sehprobentafeln zur Bestimmung der Sehscharfe fiir die Feme. Fiir die Zwecke der Praxis und mit besonderer Be- rucksichtigung der Bediirfnisse der arztlichen Gutachterthatigkeit. 14 pp., 6 tab. 8°. Miin- chen, J. F. Lehmann, 1901. von Ammon (Friedrich August) [1799-1861]. Die ersten Mutterpflichten und die erste Kindes- pflege. Zur Belehrung fiir junge Frauen und Mutter. In neuer Bearbeitung von K. Hoffmann. 160 pp. 8°. Berlin, A. Schulke's Verlag, 1897. Bound wilh: Hoffmann (K.) Das Buch der jungen Frau und Mutter, [etc.]. 8°. Berlin, 1897. Ammon (Otto) [1842- ]. Anthropologische Untersuchungen der Wehrpflichtigen in Baden. 36 pp. 8°. Hamburg, 1890. Forms 101. Hft, n. F., of: Samml. gemeinverstandl. wis- sensch. Vortr. ------. Zur Anthropologie der Badener; Bericht iiber die von der anthropologischen Kommission des Karlsruher Alterthumsvereins an Wehr- pflichtigen und Mittelschulern vorgenommenen Untersuchungen. xvi, 707 pp., 15 maps. 8°. Jena, G. Fischer, 1899. Ammonsemia. Winterberg (H.) Zur Frage der Ammonamie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1898, xi, 668. Ammonia [including compounds]. Bonsdorff (W.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss von komplexen Ammoniakhydroxyden des Kupfers, Nickels, Cadmiums, Zinks und Silbers. Akade- mische Abhandlung. 8°. Helsingfors, 1904. Bruck (C.) *Hydrolyse von Ammoniumsal- zen in siedender wiissriger Losung. 8°. Giessen, 1903. Graham (T. J.) On the treatment of scarlet fever and measles, with sesqui-carbonate of ammonia. 8°. London, 1861. Keyes (F. G.) The thermodynamic proper- ties of ammonia, computed for the use of engi- neers from new experimental data derived from investigations made at the Massachusetts Insti- ■ tute of technology. 1. ed. 1. thousand. 8°. New York, 1916. Menz (M. R.) *Neue Beitrage zur Werner'- schen Synthese. ,. [Erlangen.] 8°. Bamberg, 1910. Stiepel (K. J.) *Ueber die Einwirkung von Ammoniakbasen auf Dichloroxalsauredimethyl- ester und Halborthooxalsauremethylester. 8°. Bonn, 1895. Abegg (R.) & Riesenfeld (H.) Ueber das Losungsver- mogen von Salzlosungen fiir Ammoniak nach Messungen eines Partialdrucks. 1. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1902 xl 84-108.—Ammonium embelicum. Vrtljschr f. prakt. Pharm, Berl, 1907,iv, 97.—Barille (A.) Action du citrate d'ammoniaque sur le phosphate de chaux. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1908, 6. s, xxvii, 437-441.—Barnett (G. D.) The micro-titration of ammonia, with some observa- tions on normal human blood. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1917, xxix, 459-462.—Bergell (P.) Ueber neue Verbindungen von Aminosauren und Ammoniak. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Ammonia [including compounds]. Strassb, 1907, li, 207-212.—Bergell (P.) & Feigl (J.) Ueber neue Verbindungen von Aminosauren und Ammoniak. Ibid., 1908, liv, 258: lv, 173.—Black (T. A.) Ammonia as an enema. Lancet, Lond, 1916, i, 374.—Bohn (G.) De l'im- portance de 1'ammoniaque comme facteur eHhologique. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol. Par, 1899,11. s,i, 868. —Bradley (W. P.) & Alexander (W. B.) Action of ammonia upon ammonium thiocyanate. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1912, xxxiv, 15-24.—Burn (J. H.) & Dale (H. H.) The action of certain quaternary ammonium bases. J. Phar- macol. & Exper. Therap, Bait, 1914-15, vi, 417-438.—But- kewitsch (W.) Das Ammoniak als Umwandlungspro- dukt stickstofEhaltiger Stoffe in hoheren Pflanzen. Bio- chem. Ztschr.. Berl, 1909, xvi, 411-452, lpl.—Charteris (F.) The action of bromide of ammonium. Therap. Gaz, De- troit, 1905, 3. s, xxi, 722-726.—Desmouliere (A.) Sur le dosage de l'azote ammoniacal dans les mistelles et dans les vins. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1903,6. s, xviii, 203-206.— Downie (W.) Four cases illustrative of the local lesions resulting from the swallowing of liquid ammonia. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg, 1902, iii, 229-234. Also: Glasgow M. J, 1901, lv, 46-50— Dupre (P. V.) Ammonium oxalate, its formula and stability. Analyst, Lond, 1905, xxx, 266- 273.—Emde (H.) Verhalten eimger quartarer Ammonium- verbindungen gegen nascierenden Wasserstofi. 4. Ueber Kohlenstofldoppelbildung und Kohlenstoffstickstoffbin- dung. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1909, ccxlvii, 369-391.-----. Tetracinnamyl- und Tetrabenzylammonium. Ibid., 1911, ccxlix, 93-106.-----. Technik der Spaltung quartarer Am- moniumverbindungen mittels nascierenden Wasserstoffes. Ibid., 106-111.—Emde (H.) & Schellbach (H.) Haftfestig- keit der Radikale Allyl, Benzyl und Cinnamyl bei der Spaltung quartarer Ammoniumverbindungen durch Re- duktion. Ibid., 118-122.—Folin (O.) Zur Methodik der Ammoniakbestimmung. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1903, xxxix, 477.—Franklin (E. C.) The electrical conduc- tivity of liquid ammonia solutions. III. Ztschr. f. phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1909, lxix, 272-303. ■-----. The ammonia system of acids, bases and salts. Am. Chem. J, Bait, 1912, xlvii, 285-317. -----. The action of potassium amide on thallium nitrate in liquid ammonia solutions. J. Phys. Chem, Ithaca, 1912, xvi, 682-703.—Gadamer (J.) Ueber die Konstitution der Pseudoammoniumbasen mit Beruck- sichtigung der Alkaloide und deren Umwandlungsprodukte (Berberin und verwandte Basen). Arch. f. Pharm, Berl, 1905, ccxliii, 12-29.-----. Ueber die Kondensation von Pseu- doammoniumbasen mit Hydroxylamin undp-Dimethylami- doanilin. Ibid., cclxxx, 43-49.—Goldschmldt (F.) & Weiss- mann (L.) Ueber die wasserigen Losungen der Ammo- niakseifen. I. Ztschr. f. Chemie u. Indust. d. Kolloide, Dresd, 1913, xi, 18-31— Gonzalez Granda (J.) El amo- niaco como desinfectante. Rev. med.-hidrol. espafi, Ma- drid, 1904, v, 401-403.—Graves (Sara S.) A precipitant for ammonia (a substitute for Nessler's reagent). J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1915, xxxvii, 1171-1181.—Hallervorden. Zur Pathologie des Ammoniaks. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1896, xxxviii, 59-64.—Hantzsch (A.) & Sebaldt (F.) Ueber den Zustand wiisseriger Ammoniak- und Aminlosungen. Ztschr. f.phys. Chemie, Leipz, 1899, xxx, 258-299.—Hildebrandt (H.) Zur Pharmakologie der Ammoniumbasen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1905, liii, 76-87.—Hilgermann (R.) Ammoniak- Entwicklung ohne Apparat. Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl, 1910, xxiii, 87-89.—Holmes (A. D.) A new and improved form of Kjeldahl distillation apparatus. J. Indust. & Engin. Chem, Easton, Pa, 1914, xi, 1010: 1915, vii, 693.—Jacob j (C.) & Hagenberg (J.) Ueber die Wirkung der Tetramethyl- und Aethylammoniumjodide;ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der muscarinartigen Ammoniumbasen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz, 1902, xlviii, 48-60.—Justin-Mueller (E.) Azote total; methode pratique et exacte du dosage volumetrique de 1'ammoniaque en detruisant les matieres organiques en presence de mercure. Bull. d. sc. pharmacol. Par, 1916, xxiii, 167-169.—Kober (P. A.) The efficiency of the aeration method for distilling ammonia; in answer to certain criticisms. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, 1916, xxxviii, 2568-2576.—Leprince (M.) Action du persulfate d'ammonia- que dissous dans l'acide sulfurique concentre^ et^tendu sur certains corps et specialement sur ceux susceptibles d'etre rencontres dans les recherches toxicologiques. Compt. rend. internat. de pharm. 1900, Par, 1901, 65-72.—Lucius (R.) Ueber die Darstellung quartarer Ammoniumbasen mittels Alkali aus Additionsprodukten tertiarer Amine mit Alky- lenbibromiden. Arch. d. Pharm Berl, 1907, ccxlv, 246- 258. Also: Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl, 1908, v, 173-184.—Mallet (J.W.) On the solubility of ammonia in water at temperatures below 0° C. Am. Chem. J, Bait, 1897, xix, 804-809.—Marshall (C. R.) Studies on the phar- maceutical action of tetra-alkyl-ammonium compounds. Tr. Roy. Soc. Edinb., 1913-14,1,17-40.-----. Studies on the pharmacological action of tetra-alkyl-ammonium com- pounds. Ibid., 1914,1, 17-40.—Mathews (A. P.) Thecause of the pharmacological action of ammonium salts. Am. J. Physiol, Bost, 1907, xviii, 58-63. —May (P.) The use of liquid ammonia as a solvent. Science Progr. 20. cent, Lond, 1909, iv, 105-121. — Nencki (M.) & Zaleski (J.) Ueber die Bestimmung des Ammoniaks in thierischen Fliis- sigkeiten und Geweben. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb. AMMONIA. 345 AMMONIUM. Ammonia [including compounds]. 1901, xxxiii, 193-209.—Xoycs (W. A.) & Potter (R. S.) The valence of nitrogen in ammonium salts. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc, Phila, 1914, liii. 18-24. Also: J. Am. Chem. Soc, Eas- ton, Pa, 1915, xxxvii, 189-203.—Pier (M.) Process for the manufacture of ammonia from its elements. [Pat. Spec] No. 1, 157,253; Oct. 19,1915.—Ravenel (M. P.) & Gilliland (S. H.) A note on the disinfectant and deodorant properties of ammonium persulphate. Am. Pub. Health Ass. Rep. 1900, Columbus, O, 1901, xxvi, 323.—Ronchcse (A.) Nou- veau procede' de dosage de 1'ammoniaque. J. de pharm. et chim. Par, 1907, 6. s, xxv, 611-617.—Rose (A. R.) & Cole- man (Katherine R.) A standard for the determination of ammonia by means of Nessler solution. Biochem. Bull, N. Y, 1914, iii, 407-410.—Rudolph (J.) Die Salmiak-Inhala- tionspfeife. Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech, Berl, 1908, xxx, 1.—Rumpf. Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten des Ammoniaks. Munchen med. Wchnschr, 1897, xliv, 495.—Seidell (A.) & Menge (G. A.) The pharmacopoeia! tests for ammonium benzoate. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1910, lxxxii, 12-20.—Seifert (E.) Ist die Gewohnung an Ammo- niakgas anatomisch erklarbar? Arch. f. Hvg, Munchen & Berl, 1911. lxxiv, 61-72— Sihle (M.) Ueber Zwerchfellah- mung nacn Ammoniakinhalation. Zentralbl. f. Physiol, Leipz, 1903, xvii, 238-242— Thouvenet. De la valeur de disinfection par les vapeurs d'ammoniaque. Limousin med, Limoges, 1903, xxvii, 72-75—Vogel(J.) Ammoniak- und Salpeterassimilation durch Mikroorganismen des Bodens. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol.[etc.], 2. Abt, Jena, 1911-12, xxxii, 169-179—AYarder (R. B.) Dynamical theory of al- buminoid ammonia. Am. Chem. J, Bait, 1889, xi, 365-378.— Wedekind (E.) Zur Kinetik der Ammoniumsalze; Duplik an Herrn von Halban. Ztschr. f. phvs. Chemie, Leipz, 1913, lxxxiii, 370-372.—Wedekind (E.) & Paschke (F.) Zur Kinetik der Ammoniumsalze; H. von Halban zur Ant- wort. Ibid., lxxxii, 314-324—Woltereck (H. C.) Produc- tion of ammonia from atmospheric nitrogen. Scient. Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soc, 1905-9, n. s, xii, 54-59. Ammonia (Aromatic spirits of). Brown (L. A.) Aromatic spirit of ammonia; a method of analysis, and a suggestion for a change in the formula. Am. J. Pharm, Phila, 1912, lxxxiv, 7-14.—Hotard (R. F.) Aromatic spirits of ammonia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 534— Perrin (M.) La liqueur ammoniacale anisee, composition, effets physiologiques, indications et posologie. Province med. Par, 1913, xxiv, 445.-----. La liqueur ammoniacale anisee. Rev. mecl. de l'est, Nancy, 1913, xiv, 5i>0-589.—Wood (H. C), jr. Aromatic spirits of ammonia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 231. Ammonia (Physiological relations of). See, also. Blood (Nitrogen in); Metabolism; Nitrogen (Assimilation and excretion of); Urine (Ammonia in). Bartlixg (H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Ammoniakausscheidung im menschlichen Or- ganismus. 8°. Gottingen, 1905. Also, in: Zentralbl. f. Stoffwechsel- u. Verdauungskr, Gotting, 1905, vi, 209; 231. Butkewitsch (W.) Das Ammoniak als Umwandlungs- produkt der stickstoffhaltigen Substanzen in hoheren Pflan- zen II. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1912, xli, 431-444.—Fodera (F. A.) Azione biologica della biossiammoniaca in rapporto agli altri prodotti di ossidazione dell' ammoniaca. Arch, di farm, e terap, Palermo, 1903, xi, 206-210.—Formftnek (E.) Ueber die Einwirkung von Ammoniumsalzen auf den Blut- kreislauf und das musculomotorische System. Arch, inter- nat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par., 1900, vii, 229-264, 2 ch.— Grate (E.) Weitere Mitteilungen uber Stickstoffretentionen bei Fiitterung von Ammoniaksalzen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1912, lxxxii, 347-376.-----. Weitere Mit- teilungen iiber die Eiweiss sparende Wirkung verfutter- ter Ammoniaksalze. Ibid., Ixxviii, 485-510.—Grate (E.) & Schiapfer (V.) Ueber Stickstoffretentionen und Stick- stoffgleichgewicht bei Fiitterung von Ammoniaksalzen. Ibid , lxxvii, 1-21.—Jewett (C.) The ammonia coefficient in disease; [discussion of a paper by A. Murray with above title]. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1907, i, 267.—Kiesel (A ) Ueber fermentative Ammoniakabspaltung in hoheren Pflanzen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1909. lx, 453- 459.—Kowalewsky (Katharina) & Markewicz(M.) Ueber das Schicksal des Ammoniaks im Organismus des Hundes bei intravendser Injektion von kohlensaurem Ammoniak. Biochem. Ztschr, Berl, 1907, iv. 196-209.—Labbe (H.) Ingestions de sels ammoniacaux chez des chiens. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1912, lxxiii, 549.—Lehmann (K. B ) & Gast (W.) Wieviel Ammoniak nimmt ein Hund in einer Ammoniakatmosphare auf und auf welchem Wege? Arch f Hyg, Munchen & Leipz, 1901-2, xh, 190-196 — Marshall (C. R.) The physiological action of quaternary methvl-, ethyl-, and methyl-ethyl-ammonium compounds. Rep Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1912, Lond, 1913. 641.—Nencki (M ) Pawlow(J. P.)&Zabeskl(J.) Ueber den Ammoniak- eeha'lt des Blutes und der Organe und die Harnstoflbildung bei den Saugethieren. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol, Leipz 1895-6, xxxvii, 26-51.—Piccinlni (G.) La diffusione Ammonia (Physiological relations of). dell' ammoniaca nell' organismo in rapporto coll' intossica- zione e coll' autointossicazione per detta sostanza. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1905, 8. s, v, 225-251. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol, Turin, 1905-6, xliv, 75-85.-----. L'am- moniaca nell'aria espirata e nel sangue. Arch, di farmacol. sper, Siena, 1906, v, 36-54.— Repiton (F.) Sur le dosage de 1'ammoniaque. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1907, lxii, 1065.—Roman! (M.) Ricerche sui comportamento del solfuro di ammonio introdotto ncll'organismo. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena, 1914, xvi, 563-574.— Ronchese (A.) Sur le dosage de 1'ammoniaque. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1907, lxii, 867-869.-----. Nouveau procede' de dosage de 1'ammoniaque. Ibid., 779-781.—Rumpf (T.) Ueber Ammoniakausscheidung; vorlaufige Mittheilung und Erwiderung an Herrn Hallervorden. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1896, cxliv, 563-568.-----. Ueber das Verhalten einiger Ammoniaksalze im Korper. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1896, xiv, 509-518.—Rumpf (T.) & Kleine (G.) Untersuchungen iiber das Verhalten und die Ausscheidung von Ammoniak und Ammoniumsalzen im menschlichen und thierischen Korper. Ztschr. f. Biol, Munchen & Leipz, 1897, n. F, xvi, 65-124— Schilling (T.) Beitrage zur Frage der Ammoniakausscheidung. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1905, lxxxiv, 311-330.—Schmidt (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen chemischer Kon- stitution und physiologischer Wirkung einiger Ammonium- basen. Arch. f. Pharm, Berl, 1904, ccxlii, 705-714.— Vaerst (K.) Die Wirkungen des Ammoniumsulfats auf den Tierkorper bei subkutaner und intravenoser Injektion. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr, 1904, 481-483.— Voltz (W.) Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von E. Grafe und V. Schiapfer: Ueber Stickstoffretentionen und Stickstoffgleichgewicht bei Fiitterung von Ammoniaksalzen. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1912, lxxix, 415-420. Ammonia (Toxicology of). Scharpfp (T.) *Ueber einen Fall von Salmi- akgeistvergiftung. [Kiel.] 8°. Ludwigsburg, 1903. Werner (G.) *Ueber Ammoniak vergiftung. 8°. Berlin, 1897. Baumgartel (G.) Ein Fall von Salmiakgeist-Vergif- tung. Ztschr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh, Fellbach, 1903, liv, 217-221.—Borland (J. R.) A fatal mistake. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1908, xvii, 142-144.—Davis (C. E.) A case of am- monal poisoning, Dec, 1895. Albany M. Ann, 1896, xvii, 9.—Frank (K.) Ein Fall von Salmiakgeistvergiftung. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl. Ver, Stuttg, 1903, lxxiii, 434-436.—Gilbert (A.) & Grenet (A.) Brulure de l'oeso- phage par Pammoniaque, expulsion de la muqueuse ceso- phagienne. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par, 1896, Ixxi, 806.—Hess (A.) Ein Fall von Stinkbomben- (Schwefelammonium-) Vergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1901, xxvii, 596.—Joannovics (G.) Ueber Veranderungen der Leber bei Vergiftung mit carbaminsaurem und kohlen- saurem Ammonium. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1903, xii, 35-46.—Keilty (R. A.) Fatal ammo- nia poisoning. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila, 1914, xvi, 33.— Krlloff (B. V.) [Poisoning with spirits of ammonia.] Med. Obozr, Mosk, 1908, lxx, 421-430.—Lewin (L.) Todliche Lungenentziindung durch eingeatmetes Ammoniakgas. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1873-1876.—Mader. Selbst- mord mit Salmiakgeist; Tod nach 20 Stunden; auffallend geringe Beschwerden. Ztschr. f. Heilk, Wien & Leipz, 1900, xxi, Abth. f. int. Med. [etc.], 336-338.—Monro (T. K.) & Workman (C.) Poisoning by gaseous ammonia, with clinical and pathological reports on two cases treated in the Glasgow Royal Infirmary. Tr. Glasg. Path. & Clin. Soc, 1898-9, vii, 184-189. Also: Glasgow M. J, 1898,1, 343-348.— Prokop (F.) [Poisoning by ammonia.] Z ii. lek. klin, v Praze, 1902, 122-133.—Rachiord (B. K.) & Crane (W. H.) Comparative toxicity of ammonium compound; a study in auto-intoxication. Med. News, N. Y, 1902, lxxxi, 778-784. Also, Reprint.—Reckzeh. Ueber Salmiakgeistvergiftung. Munche'n. med. Wchnschr, 1903, 1, 373-375. —Romeick. Eine todliche Vergiftung mit Salmiakgeist. Ztschr. f. Med.- Beamte, Berl, 1905, xviii, 282. —Savory ( H.) A case of poisoning by fluid ammonia used for domestic purposes. Lancet, Lond, 1905, i, 1572.—Vlntilesco (J.) & Popesco ( A. ) Recherche de sulfocyanure d'ammonium dans un empoisonnement. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1916, 4. s, xxv, 239- 243.—Vital! (D.) Della ricerca dell' ammoniaca libera e dei sali ammoniacali nei casi di beneficio. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1896, 393-397. Ammonium chloride. Engelhardt (K.) *Ueber die physiologische Wirkung des Trimethylmenthylammonium- chlorids und deren praktische Verwendung. 8°. Gottingen, 1897. Luz (II.) *Ueber das Ammoniacum. [Bern.] 8°. Berlin, 1895. Chernisheff (V. S.) [Influence of chloride of ammonium (Ave grams per day) upon the assimilation and metabolism of nitrogen and amount of neutral sulphur in the urine of AMMONIUM. 346 AMNION. Ammonium chloride. healthy men.] Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1893, xiv, 1269.—Cole- man (W.) The expectorant action of ammonium chloride. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1916, clii, 569-574.—Grafe (E.) Zur Frage der Stickstoffretentionen bei Fiitterung von Ammo- niumchlorid. Ztschr. f. physiol. Chem, Strassb, 1914, xc, 75-107.—Herzog (J.) & Budy (K.) Ueber die aus Diphenyl- harnstoflchlorid und Pyridin bzw. Chinolin gebildeten ?uartaren Ammoniumchloride. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. nst. d. Univ. Berl, 1912, ix, 143-153— Malinin (V. V.) [Influence of ammonium chloride, five grams per day, upon the assimilation of fats from food and waste by skin and lungs in healthy men.] Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1893, xiv, 1298 — Meneguzzi (R.) Ricerche farmacologiche sui cloruro d'ammonio. Arch, di farmacol. sper, Roma, 1912, xiv, 411- 420.—Reynier(P.) Duchlorhydrate d'ammoniaque comme resolutif dans les affections tuberculeuses et inflammatoires de l'enfance. Med. inf., Par, 1901, iii, 8-11. Ammonium hydrate. Lafaix (P.) *Sur un cas particulier de de- composition d'un hydrate d'ammonium quater- naire. 8°. Paris, 1912. Tiffeneau (M.) Migration d'un m^thoxyle au cours du dedoublement d'un hydrate d'ammonium quaternaire par la methode d'Hofmann. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1914, clviii, 1580-1582. Ammonium molybdate. Kropp (H.) *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Am- moniumphosphorvanadinmolybdate. 8°. Bern, 1906. Levlne (V. E.) & Yahr (H. M.) Reductions with com- pounds of the rarer elements. I. Ammonium molybdate. Biochem. Bull, N. Y, 1915; iv, 224-226.—Miller (C. W.) & Taylor (A. E.) On reduction of ammonium molybdate in acid solution. J. Biol. Chem, Bait, 1913-14, xvii, 531-535.— Neppi (B.) La bioriduzione del molibdato ammonico. Biochim. e terap. sper, Milano, 1909, i, 493-495. Ammoniuria. See Urine (Ammonia in). Ammonol. Boshouwers ( H.) Ammonol. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz, 1908, iii, 97— Canan (C. W.) Ammonol. Pub. Health J, N. Y, 1899-1900, xiii, 44-46. Ammosoff (Nikolai [Aleksieyevich]) [1787-1868]. Kratkoye ponyatiye o pnevmaticheskom otapli- vanii i o kachestvakh vozdukha otnositelno k zdorovyu. [Brief description of pneumatic heating and on the qualities of air with reference to health.] 1 p. 1., 106 pp. 8°. Sanktpeterburg, 1841. Amnesia. See, also, Aphasia; Memory (Disordered, etc.); Personality (Disordered); Shell shock. Davldenkoff (S. N.) [Acute traumatic psychoses; retro- anterograde amnesia after traumatism of the skull.] Psi- khiat. Gaz, Petrogr, 1915, ii, 341-347.—Eaton (R. G.) An unusual and interesting attack of amnesia. Bull. Iowa Inst, Des Moines, 1916, xviii, 194-223.—Fernandez Sanz (E.) Signification de la amnesia en el diagn6stico retrospectivo de los trastornos de la conciencia. Siglo med, Madrid, 1915, lxii, 434-436.—Gibson (S. C.) Abnormal states of amnesia and subconsciousness. West. M. Times, Denver, 1915-16, xxxv, 365-383.—Hamel (J.) & Sallis (W.) Un cas de sur- dity verbale. Ann. med.-psychol. Par, 1914-15, 10. s, vi, 354-358. — Hurst (A. F.) Case of deaf-mutism followed by partial amnesia. Guy's Hosp. Gaz, Lond, 1916, xxx, 410- 412.—Mind blindness and visual memories, how the brain works, the exceptional child. Hospital, Lond, 1915, lix, 223 —Pilgrim (C. W.) Alcoholic amnesia and automatism. Proc. Am. Med.-Psychol. Ass, Bait, 1910, xvii, 215-225.— Richardson (W. W.) Traumatic amnesia; a case of medico-legal interest. Ibid., 1908, xv, 273-282. Amnion. See, also, Amniotic fluid; Decidua. Dupont (V.) ^Morphologie normale et pathologique de l'endothelium amniotique. 8°. Lyon,1903. Kuchinski (F. A.) *Izmieneniya epiteliya vodnol obolochki pri obrazoyanii v nyom glikouena. [Changes of the epithelium of the amnion when glycogen is formed in it.] 8°. S.- Peterburg, 1895. Amnion. Moisseney (M.) Contributions a l'etude de la permeability de la membrane amniotique, variations de cette permeability dans le cours de la grossesse. 8°. Lyon, 1899. Argaud (R.) & Delas (R.) Sur Pepith<51ium amniotique au niveau du placenta. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1914, lxxvii, 203.—Bond! (J.) Zur Histologie des Am- nionepithels. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Berl, 1905, xxix, 1073- 1076.—Colpi (A.) Sulla struttura deH'amnios. Arch, per le sc. med, Torino, 1898, xxii, 309-323, 1 pi. Also: Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1898, i, 364-367.—Cova (E.) Contri- buto alio studio delle caruncole amniotiche. Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1903, Roma, 1904, ix, 263-278— Ferrari (P. L.) Altre ricerche intorno alia struttura della mem- brana amniotica. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1903, vi, 415- 426. Also: Sperimentale. Arch, di biol, Firenze, 1903, lvii, 125-142.—Ferrari (T.) Ricerche sulla struttura nor- male e patologica dell' amnios. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1898, i, 132-135.—Ferronl (E.) Sulla presenza e sulla distri- buzione delle cosidette Mastzellen nella membrana amnios. Ann. di ostet, Milano, 1898, xx, 584-603, lpl. Also: Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1898, i. 447-452.—Forssell (O. H.) Zur Kenntnis des Amnionepithejs in normalem una patho- logischem Zustande. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1912, xevi, 436-460,2 pi.—Herzog (M.) Lymph-stomata in the amnion. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc. (1897-9), 1900. iii, 342-344.-----. On the histologv ofthe amnion. J. Applied Micr, Rochester, 1900. iii, 956.—Martinofl (W.) Zur Frage fiber das Amnion- epitnel. Internat. Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Physiol, Leipz, 1911, xxviii, 196-207, 1 pi— Migliorini (G.) Ricerche istologiche sull' epitelio e sulle paracheratosi delT amnios umano. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1900, iii, 567-569. Also: Arch, per le sc. med, Torino, 1900, xxiv, 229-251, 1 pi.—Moisseney (M.) Recherches sur la permeability de la membrane amniotique. Echo med. de Lyon, 1900, v, 33- 46.—Neugebauer (F.) Ist die Integritat des Amnionsacks eine conditio sine qua non fiir die Weiterentwicklung der Frucht nach erfolgter Ruptur des Fruchthalters und Cho- rions oder nicht? Centralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1899, xxiii, 937-939.—Nichols (J. B.) Notes on the histology of amnion. J. Applied Micr, Rochester, 1899, ii, 492-494. Also, Re- print.— Peterfl (T.) Beitrage zur Histologie des Amnions und zur Entstehung der fibrillaren Strukturen. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1913, xiv, 161-172— Polano (O.) Ueber die sekretorischen Fahigkeiten des amniotischen Epithels. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1905, xxix, 1203-1206.—Schau- insland (H.) Beitrage zur Kenntniss des Amnions; seine onto- und phylogenetische Entwicklung. Verhandl. d. Ge- sellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz, 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2, naturw. Abth, 266-271. — Szlty (A.) [The amnion fold in the lens vesicle of birds.] Szemeszet, Budapest, 1906, xliii, 9-13.—Thorns (H. K.) Columnar amniotic epithe- lium; its clinical significance. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 1090-1092. Also, Reprint. Amnion (Abnormities and diseases of). See, also, Amputation (Intrauterine); Ex- tremities (Abnormities of). Friedrich (II. R.) *Ueber Filamenta amnii tubulosa und deren Folgezustande (Ahlfeldsche Amnionstrange). 8°. Marburg, 1897. Janotta (W.) *Ueber amniotische Bander und Faden. [Erlangen.] Loebschiitz, 1894. Klotz (0. L.) *Ueber amniotische Bander und Faden. 8°. Leipzig, 1869. Koch (F. A. O.) *Ueber amniotische Ab- schnurungen. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1895. Veteau (E.) Contribution a l'etude de l'infection amniotique. 8°. Paris, 1908. Audebert (J) De l'infection amniotique. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 136; 153; 184; 207—Burdzlnskl (T.) [Anomalies of the amnion.] J. Akush. i Jensk. Boliez, S.- Peterb, 1903,xvii;845-S58.—Cova(E.) Laprognosimaterna e fetale nei casi di infezione del liquido amniotico. Ann. di ostet., Milano, 1905, xxvii, 137-179. — Delmas (P.) Un cas d'infection amniotique. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1910, xiii, 236-238.—Deutsch (A.) Ein Fall von Defektbildungen infolge amniotischer Verwachsungen. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1912, xi, 135.—Ferrari (T.) Ricerche sulla struttura normale e patologica dell' amnios. Riv. veneta di sc. med, Venezia, 1898, xxviii, 25; 49; 1 pi.— von Franqu6 (O.) Zur Kenntnis der Amnionanomalieen. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1897, vi. 36-41,1 pi.—Haase (F.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Entstenungsur- sachen amniotischer Strange. Ibid., 1910, xxxii, 21-23.— Hochsinger (C.) Angeborener Defect des uropoetischen Systems und totaler Fruchtwassermangel. Wien. med. Presse, 1899, xl, 97-100.—Holzapfel (K.) Zur Pathologie der Eihaute. A. ZwilUnge in einem Amnion. B. Exochoriale Fruchtentwickelung. C. Verhorntes Epithel im Amnion. AMNION. 347 AMNION. Amnion (Abnormities and diseases of). Beitr. z. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Leipz, 1903, viii, 1-32 — Kono. [A case of acute hygroma of the amnion separating at an early period with congenital scar.] Osaka Igaku Kwai Zasshi, 1907, vi, 524-538.—Lehmann. De l'infection am- niotique avant l'ouverture des membranes. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1899, ii, 105-108.—Rudaux (P.) Infection amniotique. Clinique, Par, 1911, vi, 180. Amnion (Dropsy of). See, also, Labor (Complicated). Arzac (M.-M.) *De la conduite a tenir dans rhydramnios a marche rapide. 8°. Bordeaux, 1901. Bousqtjet ( P.-J.-C.-J. ) Contribution it l'etude de l'etiologie et de la pathogenie de rhy- dramnios aigue. 8°. Bordeaux, 1897. Clavaud-Ribourgeon (L.) Contribution a l'etude clinique de l'hydropsie de l'amnios dans les grossesses gemellaires. 8°. Paris, 1896. Federlein (S.) *Zwanzig Falle von Hydram- nion aus der Mvinchener Frauenklinik. 8°. Munchen, [1908]. Fleischmann (O.) *Ein Fall von Oligohy- dramnie. [Erlangen.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1912. Jais (G.) ^Contribution a l'etude de l'hy- dramnios aigue dans la grossesse gemellaire; diagnostic et traitement. 8°. Paris, 1911. Kasassova (Nadejda). Contribution a l'e- tude de l'hydramnios aigue. 8°. Lausanne, 1902. Krusinger (H.) *Die klinische Bedeutung des Yorwassermangels; zugleich eine Studie der Physiologie des Fruchtwassers. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Emmendingen, 1909. Legaye (G.) Contribution a, l'etude cli- nique de l'hydramnios. 8°. Paris, 1903. Pariset (F.) Eziologia e cura dell' idram- nios acuto. Studio clinico e casi clinici. 8°. Parma, 1896. Ranninger (W.) *Ueber Hydramnion. [Er- langen.] 8°. Niirnberg, 1897. Rausch (R. A. L.) *Ein Fad von Polyhy dramnie aus der Lelpzi«er Universitatsfrauen- klinik. 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Schmiedt (Gertrud). *Ueber einen Fall yon einseitiger Polyhydramnie und anderseitiger Oligohydramnie bei eineiigen Zwillingen. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. Schubert (P.) *Die Folgen von Hydramnios fiir die foetalen Organe. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr., 1907. . , Siebel (P. R.) Klinisches und Genetisches iiber Hydramnion. 8°. Marburg, 1907. Siou (O.) Contribution a l'etude de l'hy- dramnios dite aigue et de son traitement. 4°. Paris, 1896. . Stelmachowski (C.) *Ueber Hydramnion; 127 Falle aus der Breslauer Universitats-Frauen- klinik. 8°. Breslau, 1912. Vohwixkel (K.) *Beitrag zur Genese des Hydramnion. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1890. Wauser (A.) *Ueber Missbildungen bei Hy- dramnion. 8°. Tubingen, 1896. Zegers (C. A. L.) *Over hydramnios. 8°. Amsterdam, 1895. Aberg (P ) [High degree of acute hydramnion treated by injection between the uterus and ovary.] Hygiea, Stock- holm, 1903, 2.f,iii,pt. 2,352— Abernathy (J.C.) Hydram- nios, nolvhvdramnios, dropsy of the amnion. Alabama M. J, Birmingh, 1902-3, xv, 563-565-Appalanarasayya (P. V ) Grave symptoms supervening on poly-hydram- nios; recovery. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1899, xvu, 638 — van Aubel (C.) Observation d'un cas d'hydrorrhee. Ann. de l'Inst. chir. de Brux, 1897, iv, 177-179.—Bajac (P.) Consideraciones clinicas sobre la hidrorrca amniotica y la decidual. Rev. med. cubana, Habana, 1909, xv, 327-329.— Ballard (C.) Dropsy of the amnion. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1901 i, 1543.—Beckmann (W.) Ueber Hydrorrhoea gravidarum amnialis bei intraamnialer Entwicklung der Frucht. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1912, xxxvi, 740-746.— Amnion (Dropsy of). Biber (W.) Ueber Oligohydramnie mit konsekutiver Verunstaltung der menschlichen Frucht. Beitr. z. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynaek, Leioz, 1911-12, xvu, 289-295.—Billard (G.), Dieulafe & Gilles. Sur le role de la tension superfl- cielle du liquide amniotique dans la pathogenie de l'oligo- amnios. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1905, lviii, 84.— Boquel (A.) Le traitement de l'hydramnios. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1907, xi, 121-136.—Botescu (H.) Idramnios. Spitalul, BucurescI, 1897, xvii, 196; 241.—Brindeau & Georghiu. Sur un cas d'hydramnios do. k un sarcome du rein du fcetus. Rev. obst. internat, Toulouse, 1897, iii, 148.—Buecheler. Ueber Hydramnion. Aerztl. Prakt, Dresd, 1897, x, 135-148.—Burnet (J.) Note on a case of hydramnios associated with transient glycosuria. Lancet, Lond, 1903,i, 882.—Burstal (E.) One hundred and thirty- three cases of hydramnios. Practitioner, Lond, 1910, lxxxv, 112-114.—Cale (W.J.) Some observations on a case of excessive hydramnios. J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp.. Lond, 1909, xvi, 245-248— Cancio y Madrigal (F. A.) Hidro-amnios; aplicaci6n de forceps en el estrecho superior. Abeja med, Habana, 1893, ii, 33.—Charles (N.) Multipare au 8° mois de la grossesse; hydramnios; ccdeme enorme des membres inferieurs, de la vulve, du ventre; albuminurie (1 gramme); dyspnee considerable; accouchement provo- que; fcetus atteint d'ascite; placenta oedematic pesant 1,850 grammes. J. d'accouch, Liege, 1897, xviii, 227.—Cohn (M.) [Acute primary hydramnios.] Rev. de chir, Bucu- resci, 1907, xi, 507-516.—Craig (J.) Two cases of hydram- nios. Glasgow M. J, 1907, lxvii, 417-420.—Cramer (H.) Neue Gesichtspunkte zur Aetiologie des Hydramnion; Hydramnion infolge mangelnder Resorption des Frucht- wassers. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Berl, 1913, xxxviii, 251-257.—Cremieu-Vidal. Hydramnios et malfor- mation'cranienne. Rev. prat, d'obst. et de paediat., Par, 1907, xx, 338-342.—Davis (E. P.) Polyhydramnios; its differential diagnosis and treatment, with the report of cases. N. York M. J, 1902, lxxvi, 58-60. Also: Phila. M. J, 1902, ix, 883-887. Also, Reprint.—De Malde (O.) Contributo alio studio della genesi dell' idramnios. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1902, xi, 207; 408.—D'Erchia (F.) Rottura dell' amnios e penetrazione della vescicola ombellicale nella cavita amniotica di un giovane uovo umano (idramnios nei primi mesi della gravidanza?). Ann. di ostet, MilanOj 1901, xxiii, 441-459.—Dervaux. Volumineux hydramnios; lnefli- cacite des contractions uterines; perforation etroite des membranes ovulaires; expulsion en un temps du fcetus contenu dans son ceuf et du placenta k un terme de presque huit mois. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1907, i, 55-63.—Desnoues. Fait pour servir a 1'histoire de l'hydramnios dans le cas de pseudencephaiie. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1911, xiv, 113- 115.—Dialti (G.) Idrorrea deciduale in gravida affetta da morbo di Bright e da idramnios; contributo alia genesi dell' idrorrea delle gravide. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1909, vi, 73-79.—Dietrich (S.) Zur Aetiologie der Hydrorrhoea amniotica. Zentralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1913, xxxvii, 645- 649, 2pl— Dieulafe (L.)& Gilles (R.) Sur la pathogenie de l'hydramnios et de Poligoamnios. Bull, med. Par, 1908, xxii, 1163-1166.—Draghlesco & Cohn. Hydramnios aigue de 6 litres; avortement gemellaire dans le vie mois; un des foetus avec une tumeur sacro-coccygienne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1906-7, ix, 18-20.—Druskin (S.J.) Report of case of pregnancy with hydramnion. Am. Med, Burlington. Vt, & N. Y, 1913, n. s, viii, 190.—Dur- rett (L. P.) Hydramnios; report of case. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1911-12, x, 363.—Fabbri (E. F.) Ancora sulla etiologia del polidramnio. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena, 1909-10, xii, 337-353.—Fellner (O.) Ein klinischer Beitrag zur Lenre vom Hydramnios. Monatschr. f. Ge- burtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1903, xvii, 296-303.—Fujimura & Ikeda. [A case of hydramnion.] Osaka Igaku Kwai Zasshi, 1907, vi, 1059-1090.—Futakawa (T.) [A case of hydramnios.) Chiugai Iji Shinpo, Tokio, 1896, xvii, no. 392, 12-18.—Ghezzl (A.) Un caso di idramnios complicato ad idrope ascite fetale; embriotomia. Arte ostet, Milano, 1902, xvi, 161-167.—Godson (J. E.) A case of hydramnios. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, i, 600.— Gottschalk (S.) Beitrag zur Lehre von der Hydrorrhoea uteri gravidi amnialis. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1913, xcix, 19-23, 3 pi.—Griziotti ( F ) Oligoidramnios e sue conseguenze in gravidanza. Morgagni, Milano, 1898, xl, 765-794,1 pi.—Grunbaum (D.) Vergleichende Untersuchungen fiber die molekulare Kon- zentration des miitterlichen und fotalen Blutes und des Fruchtwassers unter Berucksichtigung der chemisehen Zusammenstellung des Fruchtwassers. Verhandl. d. phys.- med. Gesellsch. in Wiirzb, 1904-5. xxxvii, 67-161.—Hicks (H T ) Acase of hydramnios. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond, 1906, xx, 161—van der Hoeven (P. C. T.) Een oorzaak van hydramnion. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk. en Gynaec, Haarlem, 1901, xii, 157-170.—Hornstein. Beitrag zur Aetio- logie der Hydrorrhoea amnialis und der Graviditas extra- membranacea. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch, f. Geburtsh. u. Gy- nak. zu Koln 1908-10, Berl, 1911, 18-30. — Janssens (E.) Observation d'un cas d'hydramnios aigue. Ann. Soc. med-chir. d'Anvers, 1898, 147-151.—Jardine (R.) Two cases of hydramnios. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1904, xiv, 325-327 —Kerssen (W. F. T.) Hydramnion en de gevolgen daarvan op de baring. Med. Weekbl, Amst, 1902-3, ix. Sui- sse—Kldd (G. H.) On the diagnosis of dropsy of the AMNION. 348 AMNIOTIC. Amnion (Dropsy of). amnion. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1878, lxvi, 50-57. Also, Re- print— Lantos (E.) [Hydramnios in triple pregnancy.] Orvosi hetil, Budapest, 1898. xiii, 234.—La Torre (F.) Contributo all'etiologia ed alia anatomia patologica del- 1' oligoidramnios e dello sviluppo fetale. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1901, iv, 386-396.—Lendon (A. A.) Two cases of hydramnios. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1906, xxv, 183.—Letoux. Hydramnios aigu, necessitant la lapa- rotomie; grossesse gemellaire consecutive. Anjou med. Angers, 1905, xii, 237-240—Lieburg (Carrie E.) Report of a case of hydramnios through several successive pregnancies. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg, 1898, vi, 169.—Linzenmeier (G.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Hydrorrhcea uteri amnialis. Med. Klin, Berl, 1912, viii, 989-991.—Loin. Hydramnios a forme aigue secondaire; enfant macere'; mort de la mere. Arch, de gynSc. et de tocol. Par, 1896, xxiii, 772-778. Also: Clinique, Brux, 1896, x, 783-789.—Marshall (G. B.) Acute hydramnios, with notes of a case occurring with uniovular twins about the 18th week of pregnancy. J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp, Lond, 1914, xxv, 201-204.—Martin (A.) A propos de l'hydramnios. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1905, 337-343.—Martinez Cerecedo. Un caso de hidram- nios, interesante por mas de un concepto. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1901. v, 1-6— Masacci (B.) Consi- derazioni sull' intervento terapeutico; a proposito di un caso di idramnios. Arte ostet, Milano, 1903, xvii, 2-11.— MatouSek(J.) Hydramnion. Casop. lek. cesk, v Praze, 1868, vii, 149.—Maynard (J. H.) Case of acute hydramnios treated by tapping. Iowa M. J. [etc.], Des Moines, 1906, viii, 265.—Meade (S. J. D.) Hydramnios polyhydramnios; hydrops amnii, or dropsy of the amnion. Med. Century, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1901, xviii,35.—Opitz (E.) Beitrag zur Aetiologie des Hydramnios. Centralbl. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1898, xxii, 553-560.—Oreste (B.) II polidramnios. Arte ostet, Milano, 1903, xvii, 97; 118; 132; 150.—P. (J.) Un caso de hidroamnios. Bol. mens. d. Col. de med. de Gerona, 1913, xviii, 17-20.—Panzer (T.) Chemische Unter- suchung einer Hydramniosniissigkeit. Wien. klin. Wchn- schr, 1899, xii, 768-770.—Paucot (H.) Oligoamnios; forme rare de dechirure vagino-perineale. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1911, xiv, 565—Pery. Hydrorrhee amniotique de longue duree; presentation del'epauleirreductible; embryo- tomie. Compt. rend. Soc. d'obst, de gynec. et de paediat. de Par, 1911, xiii, 381-384.—Phillips (j.) The etiology and Sathology of hydramnios, with its relation to certain foetal eformities. Edinb. M. J, 1887, xxxii, 804; 898. Also, Reprint.—Pinzani (E.) Caso d'idramnio. Clin, mod Pisa, 1898, iv, 361; 369— Plauchu. De l'hydramnios pre- coce k marche rapide et des difflcultes de son diagnostic. Lyon med, 1908, ex, 637-653.—Polak (J. O.) Hydramnios Post-Graduate, N. Y, 1899, xiv, 627-638.—Polo Tremps. Hidramnios agudo. Rev. de med. v cirug. pract, Madrid. 1904, lxix, 300-302.—Poux (R.) Hydrorrhee amniotique due a la rupture d'une vaste poche amnio-choriale formee pendant la grossesse. Languedoc med.-chir, Toulouse 1903, xi, 149-155.—Price (M.) A case of hydramnios. Proc' Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila, 1902-3. xxiii, 290.—Purefoy (R D.) Hydramnios. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl 1902, xx, 250-253,1 pi.—Purslow (C. E.) On acute hydram- nios; with notes of a recent case. Birmingh. M. Rev, 1901 1 346-349.—Reed (C. B.) Report of four cases of hydramnion' Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1906, ii, 397-399.—Rezza. Intorno a due casi di idramnios acuto. Lucina, Bologna 1916, xxi, 135-139.—Rizzatti (G.) Sulla struttura della placenta in alcuni casi di polidramnios. Ibid., 1914, xix 29. -----. L'azione delliquido amniotico in condizioni normal! e nel pohdramnios. II. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Modena 1915, xvii, 129-167.—Rudaux (P.) Traitement de l'hy- dramnios. Clinique, Par, 1906, i, 219.—Saltykow (S ) Pathologisch-anatomische Beitrage zur Lehre von der Entstehung des Fruchtwassers. Verhandl. d. deutsch path. Gesellsch, Jena, 1909, 395-403, 1 pi.—Sauvan. Hy- dramnios aigu; obstruction intestinale. J. de med. de Par 1913, 2. s, xxv, 565. Also: Rev. prat, d'obst. et de gynec ' Par, 1913, 75-80.—SchaUehn. Die Erneuerung des abge- flossenen Fruchtwassers nach der E. Bauerschen Methode Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1909, Ixxxix, 355-364.—Schirmeri Oligohydramnion. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1915 lxii 480.—Schultz (T.) Akut Hydramnios. Hosp -Tid' k£ benh, 1908, 5. R, i, 1188-1190. — Seeley (W.l\) a' case of hydramnios and twin pregnancy. Tr. Clin. Soc Univ Mich., Ann Arbor, 1914, v, 55. Also: J. Mich. M. Soc ' Grand Rapids, 1914, xiii, 194. [Discussion], 197.—Speidei (E.) Acute hydramnios. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green 1911, ix, 636.—Spire (A.) Hydramnios aigue; deux obser- vations. Rev. mens, de gynec, d'obstet. et de pediat, Par, 1911, vi, 506-513.—Steinheil (H.) Zwei Falle von Hydramnion. Ztschr. f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh Fell- bach. 1902, liii, 40-45.—Stenner (B.) Hydramnios aigu cause par traumatisme. Bull. Soc. d. mea. et nat. de Jassy, 1904, xviii, 108-115.—Stoeckel. Typische Symptome eines Hydramnion. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz 1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil, 233.—Stoner (A. P.) A study of hydramnios and some of its complications, with report of a case. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1896,1, 231.—Tarnier. Hydropsie de Pamnios. J. d. sages-femmes. Par, 1897, xxv, 313; 321; 329; 337.-----. Ursachen und Pathogenese des Hydram- Amnion (Dropsy of). nion. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1897, xi, 51S.—Underwood (F. J.) Acute hydramnios, complicated with ascites; report of the case. Miss. M. Month, Vicksburg, 1911, xvi, 46.— Vallette. A propos de deux cas d'hydramnios. Mar- seille med, 1908, xiv, 143—van de Velde (T. H.) Zur Hydrorrhoefrage. Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1914, lxxv, 514-518.—Vouters. Un cas d'hydramnios a marche rapide avec fcetus anencephale. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1910, xiii, 360.—Wasenius (H.) [A case of dropsy of the amnion in extraamnial development of the fcetus.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl, Helsingfors, 1913, ii, 210-217.— Williams (J. M.) Hydramnion, with report of a case. Virginia M. Semi.-Month, Richmond, 1909-10, xiv, 401 — Wolff (B.) Ueber experimentelle Erzeugung von Hydram- nion. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1904, Ixxi, 224-257. Also: Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak, Stuttg, 1904, li, 200-210.— Wood (I.) Hydramnios and its complications, with report of three cases. Kingston M. Quart, 1896-7, i, 100-102.— Zangemeister (W.) Ueber einen Fall von Hydramnion. Monatschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynaek, Berl, 1902, xvii, 167-174. Amnion (Liquor ofthe). See Amniotic fluid. Amniota. Schmidt (H. W.) *Der Kehlhugel (Trachinx) der Amnioten. [Erlangen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1911. Agar (W. E.) On an embryonic appendage of the claws of the Amniota, probably of an adaptive nature. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1909, xxxv, 373-380.—Favaro (G.) II canaleedi vasi caudali negli amnioti, con particolare riguardo alia specie umana. Arch. ital. di anat. e di embriol, Firenze, 1907, vi, 358-388.—Fleischmann (A.) Die Stilistik des Urodaum und Phallus bei den Amnioten. Morphol. Jahrb, Leipz, 1902, xxx, 666-675, 1 pi.-----. Morphologische Stu- dien fiber Kloake und Phallus der Amnioten. Ibid., 539- 675, 3 pi.: 1903-4, xxxii, 21:1905, xxxiv, 246: 1906, xxxv, 15: 1907, xxxvi, 515.-----. Stileinheit der Amnioten? Festschr. J. Rosenthal [etcj, Leipz, 1906, pt. 1, 85-88.-----. Die Stil- charaktere am Urodaum und Phallus [der Amnioten]. Morphol. Jahrb, Leipz, 1907, xxxvi, 570-601. -----. Die Kopfregion der Amnioten; morphogenetische Studien. Ibid., 1909, xxxix, 31-33.-----. Die Kopfregion der Amnio- ten ; morphogenetische Studien. VII. Studien am Pharynx, von Adolf Kriegbaum. Ibid., 1911, xliii, 369-440.-----. Die Kopfregion der Amnioten. Ibid., 1913, xlvi, 593.—Gadow (H.) Remarks on the cloaca and on the copulatory organs of the Amniota. Phil. Tr. 1887, Lond, 1888, clxxviii, 5-37, 4 pi.—Kerens (Berthe). Recherches sur les premieres pha- ses du developpement de l'appareil excn5teur des amniotes. Arch, de biol.. Liege & Par, 1906-7, xxii, 493-648, 3 pi.—Mi- trophanow (P.) Ueber den Gastrulationsvorgang bei den Amnioten. Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch, Jena, 1898, xii, 218- 230.—Salnt-Remy (G.) Recherches sur l'extremitg ante- rieure de la corde dorsale chez les amniotes. Arch, de biol, Gand & Leipz, 1895-6, xiv, 1-32, 2 pi.—Weber (A.) Re- marques a propos de la segmentation du mesoderme chez les amniotes. Anat. Anz, Jena, 1903, xxiii, Ergnzngshft, 19-22. Amniotic fluid. See, also, Amnion (Dropsy of); Labor (Com- plicated) from premature rupture of the membranes. Aloisio (G. P.) Liquido amniotico; ricerche sperimentali sulla genesi, composizione chimica e funzione; dissertazione presentata pel conse- guimento della libera docenza in ostetricia e gine- cologia. 8° Napoli, 1908. Grunbaum (D.) *Vergleichende Untersu- chungen iiber die molekulare Konzentration des mutteiiichen und fotalen Blutes und des Fruchtwassers unter Berucksichtigung der che- misehen Zusammensetzung des Fruchtwassers. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Also, in: Verhandl. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1904, n. F, xxxvii, 67-161. Hettler (J. P.) *De liquoris amnii natura ac indole, sm. 4°. Giessx, 1776. Krusinger (H.) *Die klinische Bedeutung des Vorwassermangels, zugleich eine Studie der Physiologie des Fruchtwassers. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Emmendingen, 1909. Mezger (G. C.) * De l'oligo-amnios. 8°. Paris, 1901. Nauta (J. S.) *Physisch-chemische Unter- suchungen des Fruchtwassers der "Wiederkauer in den verschiedenen Perioden der Trachtigkeit. 8°. Utrecht, 1906. AMNIOTIC. 349 AMCEBA. Amniotic fluid. Wagner (G. A.) Beitrage zur Frage der Herkunft des Fruchtwassers, mit pathologisch- anatomischen, experimentellen und klinischen Untersuchungen iiber die Funktion der fotalen Nieren. 8°. ^Leipzig dc Wien, 1913. Wargaftig (G.) *Der augenblickliche Stand der Lehre von der Herkunft, der Physiologie und Pathologie des Fruchtwassers. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Emmendingen, 1907. Bondl (J.) Ueber Fermente im Fruchtwasser. Zen- tralbl. f. Gyniik, Leipz, 1903, xxvii, 633-640. Also, transl: Arch. gen. de med. Par, 1903, ii, 1893-1898.-----. Ueber die Herkunft des Fruchtwassers. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1909, liv, 59.—Carll (G.) Putrefazioni delliquido amniotico (con speciale riguardo all' azione del bacillus aerogenes cap- sulatus). Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1908, 2. s, i. 551- 594.—Commandeur. Note sur la density comparee du liquide amniotique et de l'embryon humain. Province med, Lyon, 1898, xii, 231.—Costa (R.) La colorazione giElladelle acque dell' amnios, quale segno di effusione del Uquido arac- noideo e di mostruosita fetali. Rassegna d'ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1916, xxv, 369-371.-----L'importanza della colora- zione gialla delle acque deH'amnios. Arte ostet, Milano, 1917, xxxi, 22.—Cox (J.W.) Anomalies of the amniotic fluid. J. Tennessee M. Ass, Nashville, 1911-12, iv, 443-446.— Daniel (C.) Recherches sur la cytologie du liquide amni- otique. Ann. de gynec. et d'obst. Par, 1904, 2. s, i, 466- 483.—De Dominlcis (A.) La reazione del glicogene per il riconoscimento di macchie di Hquido amniotico. Ccsalpino, Arezzo, 1912, viii, 133.—Dieulafe (L.) & Gilles (R.) Le regime des eaux fcetales a l'etat normal et pathologique. Rev. prat, de gynec, d'obst. et de pediat. Par, 1907, ii, 81- 92 —Gaifanii (P.) II potere antitriptico del Uquido amnio- tico. Ginecologia, Firenze, 1911, vui, 634-648.—GUrber (A.) & Grtinbaum (D.) Ueber das Vorkommen von Lavulose im Fruchtwasser. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, U, 377. Also, Reprint.—Gulcciardi (G.) Ricerche biologiche sui Uquido amnioticp. Ann. di ostet, Milano, 1912, i, 1-41.— Guinard (L.) A propos du passage des substances injec- tees dans l'amnios. Comet, rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1899, 10. s, vi, 27.— Guzzoni degli Ancarani. Sull' azione bac- tericida del Uquido amniotico. Boll. d. Soc. tosc. di ostet. e ginec, Firenze, 1903, ii, 151.—Handfleld-Jones (M.) On the occasional occurrence of apecuUarly offensive condition of the Uquor amnii. J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp, Lond, 1907, xi, 305-311—Hellendall. Ueber die Infektion des Fruchtwassers. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1905, Leipz, 1906, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte, 196-199.—Hesterly (S.J.) The amniotic fluid; its uses and abuses. Tr. Arkan- sas M. Soc, Little Rock, 1902, xxvii, 191-194.—van der Hoe- ven (P. C. T.) De herkomst van het vruchtwater. Nederl. Maandschr. v. Verlosk. [etc.], Leiden, 1915, iv, 491-506.— Hogue (W. P.) The amniotic fluid, its uses, etc. Tr. Pan- Am. M- Cong. 1893, Wash, 1895, pt. 1, 970-972.—Iscovesco (H.) Etude sur les constituants colloides de l'organisme; le Uquide amniotique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1906, lxi, 355— Jacqufi (L.) De la genese des Uquides am- niotique et allanto'idien; cryoscopie et analyses chimiques. Mem. couron. Acad. roy. d. sc. [etc.] de Belg, Brux, 1903-4, lxin, 1-117. Also[ Abstr.]: Arch, internat. de physiol, Liege & Par, 1905-6,in, 463-469.—Josephson (C. D.) [Intravital staining of the amniotic fluid.) Hygiea, Stockholm, 1915, lxxvn, 1061-1063.—Konstantinovich (V. N.) [Fat in the amniotic fluid.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1906, xiii, 37; 63.— Lasa Igues (P.) Recherche cUnique du Uquide amniotique par l'etude des reactions chimiques de l'enduit sebace. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1905, xi, 421-427. Also: Gaz. d. mal.infant.[etc.J, Par, 1905,vu, 157-159— Lehmann. Be- trachtungen iiber Geburten mit ubelriechendem Frucht- wasser. Arch. *. Gynaek, Berl, 1906, lxxvni, 198-210.— Morris (H.) The origin of the liquor amnii. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1903, i, 286. —Nicloux (M.) Sur le passage de l'al- cool dans le Uquide amniotique. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par, 1902, v, 259-261. — Ohkubo (S.) Recherches sur la te- neur en complements du Uquide amniotique des cobayes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1910, lxvUi, 793-795.— Paton (D. N.), Watson (B. P.) & Kerr (J.) On the source oi the amniotic and allantoic fluids in mammals. Tr. Roy. Soc, Edinb, 1907-8, xlvi, 71-102—Politi (A. G.) Liquido amniotico; ricerche sperimentaU sulla genesi, compbsizione chimica e funzione. Arch, di ostet. e ginec, Napoli, 1908, 2 s , i, 97; 193, 2 pi— Pozzoli (B.) Sui Uquido amniotico. Lucina, Bologna. 1897, ii, 161; 179: 1898, iii, 3-6. Also, Re- print.—Baineri (G.) Intorno alle vie di infezione del liquido amniotico; sui passaggio di bacterii e di tossine attraverso alle membrane ovulan. Ann. di ostet, Milano, 1906, ii, 47- 67, 4 pi. —Remy (S.) De la putrefaction du Uquide amni- otique melange de meconium. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1896, xxviii, 165-176— Besinelll (G.) Sui potere emolitico ed emoagglutinante del Uquido amniotico. Atti d. Soc. ital. di ostet. e ginec. 1901, Roma, 1902, vui, 195-204—Bizzatti (G.) Origine del Uquido amniotico in condizioni normaU e patologiche. Boll. d. sc. med.-chir. di Modena, 1915, xvii, p. xxiii.—Stas (J.-S.) Note sur les Uquides de l'amnios et de Pallantoi'de. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1850, xxxi, 629 —Trovatl (G.) Fisiologia e patologia del liquido am- Amniotic fluid. niotico. Arch. ital. di ginec, Napoli, 1904, vii, 329-349. Also, Reprint.—Vaccaro (N.) & Tuccarl (F.) I fermenti del liquido amniotico. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1907, xvu, 295-298.—Watson (B. P.) Withdrawal of the liquor amnn a cause of foetal death and placental changes; an experimental investigation in the rabbit. J. Obst. & Gynaec. Brit. Emp, Lond, 1906, ix, 13-27, 4 pi.—Wohlge- muth (J.) Zur Frage nach der Herkunft des Fruchtwassers. Entgegnung an B. Wolff. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl.. 1912, xcvui, 410-412.—Wohlgemuth (J.) & Massone (M.) Ex- perimentelle Beitrage zur Frage von der Herkunft des Fruchtwassers. Ibid., 1911, xciv, 367-382.—Wolff (B.) Weitere experimentelle Beitrage zur Physiologie des Frucht- wassers. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1909, Ixxxix, 177-229. -----. Fruchtwasser. Handb. d. Biochem. [etc.], Jena, 1910, iii, pt. 1, 709-741.-----. Zur Frage nach der Herkunft des Fruchtwassers. Arch. f. Gynaek, Berl, 1912, xevi, 207- 214.-----. Ueber die Herkunft des Amnioswassers. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr, 1913,1, 1437-1441. Amoeba blattse. Elmassian (M.) Sur 1'Amoeba blattae; morphologie, ge- neration. Arch. I. Protistenk, Jena, 1909, xvi, 143-163, 1 pi.—Gerould (J. H.) Amoeba blattae and amoeboid mo- tion. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa, 1906, n. s, xxiii, 707-710.—Mercier (L.) Un parasite du noyau d'Amoeba blattae BiitschU. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1907, lxii, 1132-1134.-----. Le cycle evolutif d'Amceba blattae BiitschU. Arch.f. Protistenk, Jena, 1909,xvi, 164-168.-----. Contribution a l'etude de l'amibe de la blatte (Entamoeba blattae BiitschU). Ibid., 1910. xx, 143-175.—Schubotz (H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Amoeba blattae (BiitschU) und Amoeba proteus (Pall.). Ibid., 1905, vi, 1-46. Amoeba coli. Akashi (M.) Studien iiber die Morphologie und Ent- wicklung der Entamoeba coh Losch emendata Schaudinn in Japan. Beihefte z. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropenhyg, Leipz, 1913, xvii, 461-474.—Anderson (A. R. S.) Note on the occurrence of Amoeba coli in Port Blair, Andaman Islands. Indian M. Gaz, Calcutta, 1907, xlu, 126-128.— Bachmann (A.) Amoeba coli. An. d. Circ. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1897. xx, 296-299,1 pi.—Craig (C. F.) Obser- vations upon the Amoebae coli and their staining reactions. Med. News, N. Y, 1901, lxxvni, 414-418.-----. The Ufe cycle of Amoeba coU in the human body; a preUminary note. Am. Med, Phila.. 1904, vii, 299-301. Also, Reprint. -----. Classification of Amoeba coli. Am. Med. Phila, 1904, vin, 185. — Hart(T.) The preparation of permanent stained specimens of Amoeba coli. J. Trop. M, Lond, 1903, vi, 380.—Hartmann (M.) & Withmore (E.) Untersuchun- gen iiber parasitische Amoben. III. Entamoeba coU em. Schaudinn. Arch. f. Protistenk, Jena, 1912, xxiv, 182-194, 2 pi.—Mallory (F. B.) A differential stain for Amcebae coU. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1897, i. No. 12,1-4.—Vedder :. 34-36.—Cathcart(C.W.) Artificial lees. I. Should partial foot amputations be abandoned? Edinb. M. J, 18S8, xxxiii, 777-790. Also, Reprint. — Cavaillon. Resultat eloigne d'une desarticulation sous-astragalienne; valeur comparee de cette operation et des interventions osteoplasti- ques intra-calcaneennes. Bull. Soc. de chir". de Lyon, 1907, x, 295-297. Also: Lyon med, 1908, ex, 36-38.—Cerne. Double amputation sous-astra^aUenne. Normandie med, Rouen, 1902, xvii, 198.—Crook (J. L.) A practical sugges- tion regarding amputations of the foot. Tr. M. Soc. Tennes- see, Nashville, 1899, 150-156. Also: Memphis M. Month, 1899, xix, 210-212.—Cumston (C. G.) Amputation of the foot with a dorsal flap. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1896, xxiv, 706- 712. Also, Reprint.—Delbet (P.) Desarticulation tempo- raire sous-astragaUenne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916, n. s, xlu, 1658. — Delbet (P.) & Nicaise. Tu- berculose tarso-metatarsienne; amputation de Chopart. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1901, lxxvi, 351.—Desfos- ses. Resultat eloigne d'une desarticulation sous-astraga- lienne. Presse med. Par, 1915, xxiii, 241.—Dubujadoux. Quatre amputations sous-astragaliennes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1901, n. s, xxvii, 861-863. — Dudon. Desarticulation sous-astra^aUenne; presentation de malade. Mem. et bull. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux, 1890-91, 527-529.—Duret (H.) Amputation osteo-plastique du pied (proceae Pasquier-Lefort); considerations sur les amputations du pied; faits recents. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1905, xiv, 625-640. Also: J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1906, i, 217; 241.—Faure (J.-L.) Sur une nouvelle amputation osteoplastique du pied. Presse med. Par, 1897, 69-71.— Galbraith (W. J.) Report on amputations at the juncture of the tarsal and metatarsal articulation. Am. Acad. Rail- way Surg. Rep. 1895, Chicago, 1896, 79-85. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 617.—Garcia Lagos (H.) Amputaci6n subastragaUana. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Montevideo, 1907, x, 267.—GoTdammer. Kasuistischer Beitrag zur osteoplastischen Fussresektion. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir, Tubing, 1907, lv, 293-299, 1 pi.—Gross (F.) Auto- plastic par la methode italienne pour remedier a un manque de teguments apres une amputation de Chopart. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1911, xUii, 465. -----. A propos de la desarticulation medio-tarsienne. Ibid., 1914, xlvi, 303-309. Also: Gaz. med. a^ Par, 1916, lxxxvii, 113.—Guelliot (O.) De l'arthrodese tibio-tarsienne comme complement de l'amputation de Chopart. Union med. du nord-est; Reims, 1897, xxi, 20-23.—Hancock (H.) On the supenority of Chopart's operation and excision of the ankle in all cases admitting of their performance. Confed. States M. & S. J, Richmond, 1864, l, 108-111—Hart (A.) Zur partiellen Fussamputation nach Sharp. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1915, lxii, 1306— Hern (J.) A partial amputation of the foot. Brit.M. J, Lond, 1899, i, 1151. A Iso: Railway Surg, Chicago, 1899-1900, vi, 9.— Hotmann. Exarticulation nach Chopart mit Erhaltung der Zehen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1899. xxv, 9-Hubbard (W. S.) Secondary amputation of the foot. Brooklyn M. J, 1904, xviii, 208.—Jaooulay. Tuberculose du pied; amputation sous-astragalienne; amputation sus-calcaneenne. Gaz. d. hop, Par, 1907, lxxx, 819-821.—Jeanne. A propos de ramputation de Chopart. Normandie med, Rouen, 1907, xxh, 581-583.—King (G. W.) A prosthetic apphance for use after partial amputation of the foot. J. Am. M. Ass,. Chicago, 1906, xlvii, 1/39.—Ktister (E.) Ein zweckmassiger Ersatz der Operation Le Fort's. Festschr. z. lOOjahr. Stiftungsfeier d. med.-chir. Fried.-Wilh.-Inst, Berl, lh9o, 83-89 1 pl —L. (E.) Un nouveau procede d'amputation rJartielle du pied. Caducee, Par, 1906, vi, 208.-Lapointe (A ) L'amputation de Chopart; etude sur le renversement du moignon. Bull. Soc. med. de l'Yonne 1900, Auxerre, 1901 xli 134-180. Also: Rev. de chir. Par.. 1901, xxi, 236; 380—Leiars (F.) L'epreuve de l'hyperemie comparee pour servir a la determination du Ueu d'amputation dans les AMPUTATIONS. 364 AMPUTATIONS. Amputations (Tarsal and metatarsal). gangrenes spontanees du pied. Semaine med. Par, 1909, xxix, 242-246.—Leriche. Plombage iodoforme de la coque talonniere dans la desarticulation de Svme. Lyon med, 1911, cxvii, 1497.—Lord (J. P.) Conservative foot ampu- tations. Railway Surg, Chicago, 1897-8, xv, 607-609. Also: West. M. Rev, Lincoln, Neb, 1898, iii, 16.—Loubat (E.) Resultats eloignes d'une desarticulation sous-astragaUenne. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1913, xliu, 691.—Manley (T. H.) The present aspect of amputations or disarticulations of the foot. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1904-5, xvui, 4.— Marchetti (G.) 11 processo Fiori per la asportazione sub- total o totale del tarso. CUn. chir, Milano, 1909, xvii, 850- 858, 3 pi—Martin (W.) Discussion on Mr. Turner's cases of Lisfranc's, Pirogoff's, and Chopart's amputations. North- umberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1905, xiii, 238.—Masse (E.) Amputation basse dans un cas de ganerene par endarterite chronique; gangrene de tous les orteils du pied gauche; amputation de Lisfranc; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par.,1904, n. s, xxx, 372-376.— Mauclaire. Gros ecrasement du bord interne du pied; amputation economique du pied par desossement. Ibid., 1915, n. s, xU, 1614.—Mignon (A.) Amoutation, sous- astragaUenne. Ibid., 1900, n. s,xxvi,722— Molin. Ecrase- ment du pied; amputation immediate et atypique; disar- ticulations cuboido-calcaneenne et cuneo-scaphoidienne. Lyon med, 1907, cviii, 458.—Morestin (H.) Amputation transversale de Pavant-pied dans la continuite des metatar- siens. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1902, lxxvU, 68-71.— Otero (M.) Tesis: La operacidn de Chopart es digna de conservarse. con tal que se neutraUce, la retracci6n del tendon de Aquiles por el medio que se indica; en caso de no ser factible, es en los niiios un proceder utilisimo la ampu- tacidn intermaleolar del sustentante. Gac. med, Mexico, 1901, 2. s, i, 66-69.—Patel (M.) De la conservation de la mortaise tibio-peroniere et de f'absence de suture osseuse dans les amputations partielles du pied (procede de Ja- boulay). Lyon med, 1900, xciv, 42-48. -----. Amputa- tion de Syme, pour tuberculose du tarse posterieur, avec plombage xeroforme. Ibid., 1912, cxix, 700.—Pauchet (V.) Amputation dupied. CUnique, Par, 190H, Ui, 215.—Phocas. Malformation congenitale partielle du pied; amputation sous-astragaUenne; guerison. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc- verb. [etc.], Par, 1S95, ix, 698.-----. Amputation de Chopart; bon r&ultat fonctionnel. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916, n. s, xUi, 1422—Pismennly (N. N.) [Orthopedic apparatus in Chopart's amputation of the foot.] Vrach. Zapiski, Mosk, 1897, iv, 153.—Powers (C. A.) Double Chopart amputation. Boston M. & S. J, 1903, cxUx, 678-680.—Samter (E.) Demonstration eines Patien- ten mit Exartieulatio pedis mittels des Zirkelschnittes. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl.. 1903, xxxn, pt. i; 33. -----. Exartieulatio pedis mit dem Zirkelschnitt. Verhandl. d. GeseUsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb, 1910, Leipz, 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 114.—Scudder (C. L.) Spindle-cell sarcoma of foot; amputation; recovery; lung metastases; autopsy. Boston M. & S. J, 1904, cli, 264.— Simons (M.) Amputations of the foot. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1906, xix, 259-203.—Smith (J. F.) An operation for the correction of deformity following Chopart's amputation of the foot. Surg, Gyn#c. & Obst, Chicago, 1916. xxxni, 476—Souligoux (C.) Note sur les amputations economi- ques du pied. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1906, n. s, xxxii, 881-883.-----. Tuberculose du tarse anterieur fistulee; amputation de Roux-Fergusson; guerison. Ibid., 1914, n. s, xl, 664.-----. Amputation de Chopart pour tuberculose du tarse moyen; resultat excellent. Ibid., 699 — Tachard (E.) Amputation de Lisfranc; troubles trophi- ques et nevralgie du moignon; elongation nerveuse; guerison. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1893, u, 347-354.—Termier. Presentation d'un petit malade nouveau procede d'amputa- tion du pied. Dauphine med, Grenoble, 1908, xxxn, 32- 34. — Vallas (M.) & Desgouttes (L.) Tarsectomie ayec conservation du calcaneum. Rev. de chir. Par.. 1908, xxxvui, 228-242. — Vishnevsky (A. V.) [Apropos of osteo- plastic amputation of the foot.] Khirurgia, Mosk, 1907, xxn, 639_646.—Vreden (R. R.) [New method of partial amputa- tion of the foot.] Chir. Laitop, Mosk, 1895, v, 914-916.— Yates (W. N.) A painless and bloodless amputation of an injured foot of a brakeman, with a simultaneous injury of the spine. Railway Surg, Chicago, 1902-3, ix, 36. — Vatsuta (iv z) [ An intrametatarsal bone as an obstacle in Lisfranc's operation.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1906, xiU, 871. Amputations at ankle-joint. See, also, Amputations (Tarsal, etc.). Bricard (L.) -*De la desarticulation du pied par le procede de Syme (d'Edimbourg). 8°. Paris, 1899. Chochon-Latouche (P.) *L'amputation de Ricard ou amputation inter-tibio calcaneenne. 8°. Paris, 1908. La Bonnardiere (J.) *De la desarticulation tibio-tarsienne et de l'amputation de la jambe au quart inferieur avec lambeau talonnier double du perioste calcaneen (methode du professeur Oilier). 8°. Lyon, 1897. Amputations at ankle-joint. Leugermann (W.) *Ueber die Erfolge der Syme'schen Operation. 8°. Kiel, 1898. Schonke (G.) *Neuere Amputationsmethoden am Fusse und an der Knochelgegend. S°. Berlin, [1908]. Truchetet (A.) *De l'amputation sus- calcaneenne. 8°. Lyon, 1905. Archibald (E. W.) Double Syme's amputation. Mon- treal M. J, 1909, xxxvui, 124.—Baux (G.) Desarticulation de Syme pour osteo-arthrite tuberculeuse du pied. Toulouse med, 1908, 2. s, x, 124-127.—Bayer (C.) Amputatio sub talo. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1897, xxiv, 1223— Birdsall S.) Further remarks on Svme's ankle joint amputation. nternat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1897, x, 335-337.—Burghard (F.) Amputation of foot for deformity produced by constriction of leg by the funis. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1897, n. s, lxiv, 189.—Chernyakhovski (E. G.) [Sarcoma of the calcaneum; amputation by Volkovich.] Khirurgiya, Mosk , 1904, xvi, 471-475.—Chevrier (L.) Technique extra-articu- laire des amputations osteoplastiques tibio-calcaneennes. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1905, Ixxviii, 1659-1664.—Collins (W. J.) A case of Pirogoff's amputation. Lancet, Lond, 1897, ii, 601— Copello (O.) La operation de Pirogoff. Prensa med. arsentina, Buenos Aires, 1915-16, ii, 259-261. — Dandolo (A.) Sulla resezione del piede.col metodo di Wladimiroff- Mikulicz. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1899, xx, 827-829.—Davis ( G. G.) The technique of Pirogoff's amputation of the foot. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1897, xxix, 894. Also: Univ. M. Mag, Phila, 1897-8, x, 25-27.—Dawbarn (R. H. M.) Modification of Svme's amputation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1914, lix. 771—Delvoie. L'amputation de Ricard. Scalpel, Liege, 1912-13, lxv, 257-259.—Dertrick (J.) A new method of amputation at the ankle joint. Proc. Homceop. M. Soc. Ohio, Cleveland, 1889, 139-141.—Desguin (L.) Amputation tibio-tarsienne sans hemostase. Ann. Soc. beige de chir, Brux, 1898-9, vi, 326.—Dietel. Die Bildung tragfahiger Amputationsstiimpfe durch Deckung der Tibiasageflache mit der Achillessehne. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1903-4, Ixxi, 515-537.—Discussion sur l'opera- tion de Syme. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1S97, n. s, xxiii, 373-376.—Dranitsin (N. M.) [Simple prothesic apparatus in low amputation of the ankles.) Vrach. S.- Peterb, 1897, xviu, 69.—Duval (P.) Amputation sus- malleolaire (procede Felix Guyon) avec osteoplastic cal- caneo-tibiale. Rev. de chir. Par, 1908, xxxviii, 465-471.— Evans (W.) Pirogoff's amputation of the foot. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcvii, 172.—Gallozzi. Encondro-sarcoma periosteo delle ossa del piede; amputa- zione intracalcanea col processo Pirogoff-Montenovesi. Terap. clin, Napoli, 1896, v, 53.—Gangele. Prothese fiir Amputation nach Wladiniiroff-Mikulicz; Bandage fiir Lahmungsspitzfuss und Hackenfuss. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1915, xli, 1274.—Gangolphe. Ablation de l'astragale, du calcaneum, et de l'epiphyse inferieure du tibia; resultats eloignes. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1897-8, 25-27.—Glaudot. Contribution k l'etude de la desarticulation tibio-tarsienne avec lambeau talonnier double du perioste calcaneen. Arch. mM. beiges, Brux, 1899, 4. s, xiU, 73-93.—Gonzalez (J. M.) Amputation supra-maleolar de Kummer; complicacidn de tetanos; curacidn. Crdn. med. mexicana, Mexico, 1903, vi, 28-30.— Guibe (M.) R6sultat eloigne' d'une amputation osteo- plastique tibio-calcaneenne (Pirogoff). Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1913, lxxxvui, 293-295.—Hewson (A.) Re- sult after Pirogoff amputation at the ankle. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1896, xxiv, 749.—Hutchinson (J.) On the sub- stitution (when practicable) of subastragalar for Syme's amputation. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900. ii, 1169-1171 — Jaboulay. Desarticulation sus-calcaneenne du pied (operation de Jaboulay). Lyon med, 1906, cvi, 383.—Jacob. Amputation tibio-calcan6enne de Ricard. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1910, n. s, xxxvi, 526-529.— Jeanne. Note sur la desarticulation tibio-tarsienne par le proced6 de Syme. Normandie med, Rouen, 1899, xiv, 50-52. -----. Amputation inter-tibio-calcaneenne; presentation de l'o- pere et des radiographies du moignon. Ibid., 1913, xxix, 396-399.—Kern. Anatomische Untersuchungen Pirogoff'- scher Amputationsstiimpfe; ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der funktionellen Anpassung der Knochen. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir, Tubing, 1898, xxi, 111-122, 2 pi.-----. Eine kurze Bemerkung zu der Demonstration eines Pirogoffstumpfes von Solger. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1901, xxvu, 187.—Kirmisson (E.) De l'amputation totale du pied par le procede de Syme, par M. Potherat. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1897, n. s, xxiii, 247. [Discus- sion], 248; 262.—Kofmann (S.) Eine Modifikation der Pirogoff'schen Fussamputation im Sinne der konservativen Chirurgie vorgeschlagen von Dr. Jusephowitsch. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1897, xxiv, 641-644— Kronacher. Zur Wladimiroff-MicuUcz'schen Fussgelenksresektion. Fort- schr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb, 1898-9, ii, 212, 1 pi.—Ktister. Zur osteoplastischen Exartikulation der Fusswurzel. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1897, xxiv, 761.— La Bonnardiere. De la disarticulation tibio-tarsienne avec lambeau talonnier doubl6 du perioste calcaneen; ses resultats au point de vue de la reconstitution du talon. Rev. de chir. Par, 1897, xvu, 711-72*.—Latouche (T.) Les amputations economiques de 1'arriere-pied et l'amputa- AMPUTATIONS. 365 AMPUTATIONS. Amputations at anlde-joint. tion de Ricard. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1910, xix, 561- 573. Also: Centre med. et pharm, Gannat, 1910-11, xvi, 69-80.—Laval (E.) Technique extra-articulaire des ampu- tations osteoplastiques tibio-calcaneennes. Caducee, Par, 1906, vi, 49-52.—von Levschin (L.) Ueber eine neue Methode der osteoplatischen Verlangerung des Unter- schenkels nach Exarticulation des Fusses. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1897, lv, 896-899.— Levy (W.) Ueber die Bil- dung tragfahiger Stumpfe bei der tiefen Amputation des Unterschenkels (Amputatio supramalleolaris) durch osteo- plastische Verwendung der Knochel. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1913, xl, 635-638.-----. Die Ausfuhrung der osteo- plastischen Amputatio supramalleolaris im Kriege. Ibid., 1914, xli, 1562-1564.—Lindner. [Pirogoff'scheundChopart'- sche Amputation wegen Uebcrfahrung durch die elektrische Strassenbahn.] Jahresb. d. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. in Dresd. 1902-3, Munchen, 1904, 41.—Lop. Un cas type de pied de Madura; amputation; guerison. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1913, Ixxxvi, 1255—Mohrung (P.) Die Prothese fur den Pirogoffstumpf. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk, Leipz, 1909, xvi, 393-395.—Moschcowitz (A. V.) A new osteoplastic amputation at the ankle-joint. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1904, xxxix, 790-797, 1 pi. -----. Eine Modifikation der Sy- me'schen Amputation. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1904, xxxi, 5S1-5S3.—Muzii (S.) Amputazione osteoplastica sopramalleolare; incastro naturale; modificazione alia Piro- goff. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1907, xxvii, 105-112.—O'Brien (M. J.) A method of preventing slough- ing of the heel in Syme's amputation. Railway Surg, Chicago, 1898-9, v, 395-397.—Oilier. De Putilite de la conservation du perioste calcaneen dans l'operation de Syme. Rev. de chir. Par, 1897, xvu, 529.—Otero (M.) Nueva amputation maleolar y sub-astragaliana. Rev. de anat. patol. y clin, Mexico, 1897, ii, 396-401, 2 pi— Plisson. Contribution a l'etude de l'amputation tibio-calcaneenne de Ricard. Lyon m6d, 1913, cxxi, 854; 895.-----. Sur l'ampu- tation osteoplastique tibio-calcaneenne de Ricard par l'incision en raquette a queue dorsale. Soc. de med. mil. frang. BuU, Par, 1913, vii, 514-519.—Pringle (J. H.) Bier's osteoplastic amputation. Lancet, Lond, 1905, ii, 1465.—Quenu (E.) Amputation intracalcaneenne; opera- tion de Pirogoff modifiee et simplifiee. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1915, n. s, xU, 419-421. -----. Operation de Pirogoff simpUfiee. Ibid., 901.— Riddle (J. S.) Osteoplastic resection of the foot by the Wladimiroff-Mikulicz method. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1898, u, 419-423, 3 pi.—Routte. On the operation of Ricard. Mil. Surgeon, Wash, 1909, xxv, 569-574. -----. Deux observations d'operations de Ricard. Arch, de mea. et pharm. mil. Par, 1910, lv, 170-176.— Samter (O.) Ueber Exartieulatio pedis mit dem Zirkel- schnitt. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1902, xxxi, pt. 2, 642-656.—Smythe (F. D.) Report of two cases of Syme's amputation. Memphis M. Month, 1898, xvui, 392-394. — Spasokukotskl (S. I.) [Osteoplastic amputation of the foot with dorsal flap; further develop- ment of Pirogoff's idea.] Laitop. khirurg. Obsh. v Mosk, 1897, xvi, 95-99. Also [Abstr.]: Laitop. Russk. Khir, S.-Peterb, 1897, ii, 472, 2 pi.—Tanton (J.) Deux cas d'amputation des pieds pour gelures. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1915, n. s, xli, 2273-2276.—Tarsia (L.) Ampu- tazione osteo-plastica del piede alia Pirogoff; modifica del Prof. D'Antona. Studium, NapoU, 1913, vi, 314.—Turner (G. I.) [Osteoplastic amputation of the foot by Levshin's method as compared with the Vladimiroff-MikuUcz opera- tion.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb, 1911, xxvii, 1219-1224.—del Valle (D.) Amputation supra maleolar de Guyon. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii, pt. 1, 949- 952.—Vnukofl (V. V.) [Pirogoff's osteoplastic amputation of the foot.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh, Tiflis, 1908-9, xiv, 15-17.—Watson (C. G.) A method of amputation at the ankle-joint which leaves the heel intact; with a report of two cases operated upon and shown at the Clinical Society of London, on April 24th. 1907. Lancet, Lond, 1907, h, 365-367.-----. A case oi tibio-calcaneal resection at the ankle with amputation of the foot. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1909-10, iii, No. 6, Chir. Sect, 133. -----. Amputation at the ankle by a new method. Med. Press &' Circ, Lond, 1910, n. s, Ixxxix, 114.-----. Two cases of amputation at the ankle for long-standing talipes equino-varus by a method which leaves the heel intact. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1913-14, vii, Surg. Sect, 123- 125. -----. A method of amputation at the ankle-joint which leaves the heel intact; tibio-calcaneal resection, with amputation of the remainder of the foot; notes and illustra- tions of seven cases. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1914-15, ii, 390- 397.—Wilms. Tragfahiger Amputationsstumpf; Bedockung mit der Achillessehne. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1902, xxix, 721. — Zyabloff ( N. I.) [Apropos of Vladimiroff's operation.] Raboti hosp. khirurg. kUn. Dyakonova, Mosk, 1903, n, 296-307. Amputations of arm. Bowen(D. II.) Amputation of arm near shoulder. Rail- way Surg. J, Chicago, 1912-13, xix, 491.—Ceci (A.) Amputa- tions cineplastiques des membres superieurs. Presse med. Par, 1906, xiv, 745-747.— Greene (C.) Amputation of arm for spindle-celled sarcoma of the elbow. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1903, n. s, lxxvu, 699.—Klrmlssion (E.) Anneau- Amputations of arm. crochet oscillant pour les amputes du bras, cultivateurs de M. Boureau (de Tours). Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir de Par, 1915, n. s, xli, KM -Massabuau. Endotheliome lymphatique du cubitus; amputation de bras; generalisation trois semames apres 1'intervention. Montpel med ] 907 xxiv, o97-602.-Meyer (W.) Osteoplastic amputation of the fo k . A°n-. Surg., Phila, 1901, xxxhi, 636; 709.-Powers L ' c9IU,cal stump after amputation in childhood. Ibid., 1900, xxxi, 486-488. Also, Reprint.-Saxl (A ) Kombi- nntw^08 w-tisch,e;. und Arbeitsprothese fiir Oberarmam- £«V£?;itY1??-- £ln' Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 1074-1070.- rwi ?K(- ■L ^.e Versorgung dc-ppelseitig Armamputierter. im,'-75,:0c.vrTable for armless soldiers. Brit. M. J, Lond, lyi/, 1, 583. Amputations in children. „,.G.ra?t (J-G-) Amputations in children. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1900, n. s, xiv, 534.-Reich (A.) Die Amputationen im Kindesalter und ihre Folgen fur das Knochenwachstum. Bwtr. z klin. Chir, Tubing, 1910, Ixviii, 260-377, 4 pi.— Valyashko (G. A.) [Amputations in childhood.] Khar- kov. M. J, 1916, xxi, 24-38. Amputations at elbow-joint. See Amputations of forearm. Amputations of fingers and toes. Gourion (L.-M.) *De l'amputation des trois doigts medians avec extirpation partielle ou totale de leurs metacarpiens. 8°. Bordeaux, 1906. Wacogne (L.-A.-L.) *De l'amputation du medius et de l'annulaire dans le metacannen [Paris.] 8°. Lille, 1901. F ' ^u^111;^,8*..'1'^ ir' Finger amputation. Internat. CUn phfe-M89!1' lono18-^^11' C">. Finger imputations Phila. M. J, 1902, ix, 543-Doyen. Amputation et desarti- culation des metacarpiens et des phalanges Arch dp Doyen, Par, 1910-11, i, 501-512-Dujardin-Beaumetz De 1 amputation metacarpienne de 1'index au point de vue de 1 aptitude au service militaire arme\ Cone internat Hp med. C. r. Par, 1900, sect, de chir. mil,73-83 Ate?Arch de mea. et pharm. mil. Par, 1900, xxxvi, 273-285 —Dunuv- tren. Amputation du doigt medius et de la tete de l'os du metacarpe. Gaz. d. h6p. Par, 1829-30, n, 263—Fischer Mittelfinger-Extirpation mit todtUchem Ausgange Ztschr' f. Wundarzte u. Geburtsh, Winnenden, 1883 xxxiv 41 — Horwitz (O.) Reunion of a portion of an amputated fineer Med. News, Phila, 1892, lxi, 737. Also, Reprint-Kenei son (V.) [Gangrenous toe; amputation of leg below the knee; second amputation three inches from the bodv 1 N York State J. M, N.-Y, 1905, v, 44— Lauenstein (C ) Der Fmgernagel und seine Bedeutung fiir die Amputation der letzten Phalanx. Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk, Leipz 1901 vui, 369.—Lloyd (J. H.) A case of Raynaud's disease in a mulatto woman; gangrene of two fingers; amputation Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep. (1910), 1911, viU, 65-69. — Monnier (L.) Didactylie de la main gauche consecutive a une ampu- tation des trois doigts medians. Bull. Soc. de med nrat de Par, 1889,335-340.—Pauchet (V.) Amputation des doigts CUnique, Par, 1907, ii, 532-534.—Porot. Manifestations re- flexes (motrices vaso-motrices et trophiques) conseeutives a des disarticulations de doigts. Presse med. Par 1916 xxiv 439-441.—Sagarx'a Lascurain (V.) Amputation del'tercer dedo del pie derecho por incisidn en T invertida; raquianes- tesia. Notas med, Valladolid, 1911, iv, 24— Schapps (J C ) Amputation of the great toe, with remarks on the muscular physiology of the lower extremity. Med. Rec, N. Y 1915 lxxxviii, 516. Also, Reprint.—Sylvest (E.) Reimplanta- tion af en Fingerstump. Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh 1915 lxxvu, 1887-1889.—Tranchant (L.) Deux cas d'amputa- tion des phalangines de 1'index etdu medius. Arch d'an- throp. crim, Lyon & Par, 1909, xxiv, 193-198.—Verstraete (E.) Considerations sur l'amputation des trois doigts medians de la main avec les metacarpiens correspondants; methode a lambeau palmaire. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1904, i, 362; 379; 401.—Webb (J. H.) The amputation of fingers. Austral. M. J, Melbourne, 1889, n. s, xi, 345.—Wight (J. S.) How to amputate the index and little fingers. Med. Times, N. Y 1916, xliv, 80. Amputations of foot. See Amputations (-Tarsal); Amputations at ankle-joint. Amputations of forearm. See, also, Amputations of arm. Osiiman (A. A.) Rezektsiya loktevovo so- chleneniya; istoricheskiy obzor razvitiy etovo operativnavo sposoba i konechniye yevo rezul- tati pri sovremennom sostoyanii khirurgii; lite- raturno-klinicheskoye izsliedovaniye. [Resec- AMPUTATIONS. 366 AMPUTATIONS. Amputations of forearm. tion of the elbow joint; historical review of the development of this operative method and its final results in the present state of surgery.] 8°. Moskva, 1903. Dallas (A.) Amputation de l'avant-bras pour un fibro- lipome de la main. Gaz. med. d'Orient, Constant, 1895-6, xxxvui, 363-367, 1 pi.—Delobel. Ecrasement de l'avant- bras droit; gangrene gazeuse rapide avec septicemic grave; amputation; guerison. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1902, i, 199- 204.—Desforges-Meriel. Nouveau procede d'amputation de l'avant-bras au tiers moyen et superieur. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1897, iii, 317-322. —De Shon (G. D.) Am- putation of the forearm. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash, 1894-5, 59.—Ducroquet. Pro these du membre superieur; amputation de l'avant-bras. Presse med. Par, 1916, xxiv, 313-316.—Edmunds (A.) Amputation of the fore-arm. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcviu, 43.—Elgart (J.) Amputatio humeri osteoplastica et antibrachn teno- plastica; ein Beitrag zur Frage der kiinstlichen Hand. Arch. f. kUn. Chir, Berl, 1908-9.'xxviu, 240-260.—La Rogue (G. P.) Hand crushed; infected with gas bacillus of malig- nant edema; amputation of forearm; recovery. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, Un, 799.—McCoy (A.) Report of a case of amputation of forearm. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1911, xxiv, 26.—Martin (A. H.) [MaUgnant disease of the hand; forearm amputated.) Brit. M. J, Lond, 1898,i, 20—Payr. Amputationsstumpfplastik des Vorderarmes fiir aktive Be- wegung einer Handprothese. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 356.—Rieffel (H.) Presentation d'appareils pro- thetiques pour amputation des deux avant-bras. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916, n. s, xlu, 1664-1666.— Winslow (R.) A case of congenital gangrene of the right forearm, with successful amputation, in an infant five days old. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1911, Wash, D. C, 1912, xxiv, 208-212, 3 pi. Also: South. M. J, Nashville, 1912, v, 48-50. Amputations of hand. See Amputations at tvrist-joint. Amputations at hip-joint. See, also, Amputations of thigh. Bohmer (E. L. E.) *Ueber die Exartikula- tion des Oberschenkels. 8°. Berlin. 1912. Bontemps (C:-A.-Y.) *Desarticulation de la hanche par le procede de Veitch-Polosson sans tube d'Esmarch. 8°. Lille, 1904. Buchner (C.) *Ueber zwei Falle von Exar- ticulation in der Hiifte wegen Sarcom des Ober- schenkels. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Clot. Observation d'une amputation dans l'articulation coxo-femorale pratiquee. a l'Hopi- tal d'Abou-Zabel (Egypte), le 10 novembre 1828. 8°. Marseille, 1830. Coroxat (L.) *La desarticulation coxo- femorale. 8°. Paris, 1897. Guiot (C.-C.-N.) *Desarticulation de la hanche par la circulaire haute avec fente ex- terne secondaire sans hemostase preventive. 8°. Bordeaux, 1911. Jacques (P.) *De la disarticulation de la hanche apres amputation de la cuisse au tiers superieur (procede Veitch-Volkmann). 8°. Lyon, 1901. Kramps (J.) *Ueber die Amputation des Oberschenkels nach Carden. 8°. Kiel, 1898. Mesus (G.) ^Erfahrungen iiber die Amputa- tio femoris nach Gritti. [Konigsberg.] 8°. Leip- zig, 1909. Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1909, tii, 470- 507. Noel (R.) *De la prothese dans les disarti- culations de la hanche. [Lyon.] 8°. Valence, 1911. Ohmer (G.) *Beitr'age zur Exarticulation des Hiiftgelenks. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Otis (G. A.) Drawings, photographs, and lithographs illustrating the histories of seven survivors of the operation of amputation at the hip-joint, during the War of the Rebellion, together with abstract of these seven successful cases, fol. Washington, 1867. mputations at hip-joint. Pillard (E.) *Des amputations dans les con- dyles du femur. 4°. Lyon, 1895. Sciieitz (P.) *Die Exartieulatio femoris, ihre Geschichte und moderne Ausfuhrung. 8°. Jena, 1902. Scherschlicht (H.) *Beitrag zur Exartieu- latio femoris. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1894. Baird (R. B.) & Cornell (G. L.) A case of hip-joint am- putation by Wyeth's bloodless method. Physician & Surg, Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1899, xxi, 568. [Discussion}, 577.— Bardenheuer. Exartieulatio femoris im SacroiUacalgclenk. Ber. ii. d. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Leipz 1897, xxvi, 132-134.—Barling (G.) Very large myxolipoma of leg, thigh, and knee-joint; amputation at hip-joint; recoverv Ann. Surg, Phila, 1897, xxvi, 504-506,1 pi— Bauby. Des- articulation de la hanche par la methode hemostatique de J. Wyeth. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc.-virb. [etc.], Par , 1897, xi, 722-726.—Benedict (J. M.) Amputation at the hip-joint with case, by Wyeth's bloodless method. Proc. Connect M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1896. 295-303.—Berry (W.) A case of acute periostitis of femur followed by osteomyelitis; ligature of superficial femoral; amputation through hip-joint; recov- ery. Brit. M.J, Lond, 1903, ii, 1213.—BoUes(W. P.) Am- putation at hip joint. Boston M. & S. J, 1904, cl, 537.— Braun (H.) Zur Exarticulation im Hiiftgelenk. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz., 1898, xlvii, 421-434.—Brewer (G. E.) Hip amputation for diabetic gangrene. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1900, xxxi, 494.-----. Amputation at the hip-joint. Ibid 1902, xxxvi, 781-784.—Briddon (C. K.) Two cases of ampu- tation through the hip-joint. Ibid., 189S, xxvii, 524-529.— Briggs (W.) Amputation at the hip-joint. Med. Fort- nightly, St. Louis, 1896, ix, 101-164. Also: Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1896, n. s, xv, 175-177.—Brown (F. T.) Report of two successful hip-joint amputations, the second of which was performed by a new method. Ann. Surg, Phila, li-96, xxiu, 153-162, 3 pi. A Iso, Reprint.—Bull (P.) Amputatio femoris ved njaelp af regional anaesthesi. Forh. i kirurg. foren. 1907, Kristiania, 1908, 63-66. — Cabanas (C.) Pro- cedimientos de hemostasia para la desarticulaci6n de la cadera. Siglo med, Madrid, 1898, xiv, 50; 82.—Cates (B. B.) The technique of hip-joint amputation, with report of five cases. Surg. Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1907, iv, 85-88 — Chaput. Nouveau procede operatoire pour l'amputation de cuisse sous-trocnanterienne et la disarticulation de la hanche; amputation discordante. Bull, et mem. Soc de chir. de Par, 1896, n. s, xxn, 103-107.—Chavasse-(T. F.) A cUnical lecture on modern methods of amputatine at the hip- joint, with a table of 15 cases. Lancet, Lond, 1900, ii, 154- 158.—Clarke (J. J.) Amputation at the hip-joint for septic osteo-myelitis of the femur involving the hip-joint. Med Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s, lxxxii, 116.— Coley (W. B.) Hip-joint amputation for sarcoma of the femur. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, 1912, i, 261-263. Also: Ann. Surg, Phila, 1912, lvi, 785-787.—Cooper (H. P.) Three successful cases of hip- joint amputation by Wyeth's method. Railway Surg, Chicago, 1899-1900, vi, 5-7. —Coronat (L.) La desarticu- lation coxo-femorale. Arch. gen. de med. Par, 1897, i, 180; 308; 448.—Crosti (F.) Le derivazioni e le modificazioni del- P amputazione sopracondiUca osteoplastica di Gritti. Osp. maggiore. Milano, 1914, 2. s, ii, 431-435.—Dalla Vedova (R.) Amputazione femorale sopra-condiloidea osteoplastica a cappuccio cinematico. Riv. ospedal, Roma, 1913, Ui, 337- 341.—Depage (A.) De la desarticulation de la hanche. Ann. Soc. beige de chir, Brux, 1899-1900, vu, 157-159.— Desguin (L.) Note sur la desarticulation de la hanche. Ibid., 1898-9,vn,76-79.—Durand. De la desarticulation sous- periostee de la hanche et de ses avantages sur la methode ordinaire. Rev. de chir. Par, 1897, xvii, 646-659.—Eccles (W. McA.) Amputation at the hip joint. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s, lxxxn, 244. —Eve (P. F.) Hip- joint amputation; with report of cases. South. Pract, Nashville, 1904, xxvi, 603-608.—Fortier (S. M.) Amputation at the hip-joint, with digital compression of the external iliac. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1895-6, xxiu, 585-591.—Franke (F.) Die Amputatio colU femoris als Ersatz der Exartieu- latio coxae. (Darmblutung nach elastischer Umschnurung des Leibes.) Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1897, xxiv, 1169- 1173.—Gilliam (E. M.) Hip-joint amputation by means of the Wyeth pins. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago. 1901, xxxvii, 113.— Girolamo (R.) Cinque casi di disarticolazione della coscia. Osp di Palermo. Boll, trimest, 1909, U, 241-245— Goul- lioud. Deux desarticulations de la hanche. Lyon chirurg, 1910, iii, 95-98.—Grant (H. H.) Amputation at the hip by the Wyeth method. N. York M. Times, 1896, xxiv, 270.— Grave (A. A.) [Disarticulation of the femur.) Khirurgiya, Mosk, 1910, xxviii, 64-77— Hamilton (W. D.) Hip-joint amputation. Med.News,N.Y, 1900,lxxvi,80s— Hancock (T. H.) Wyeth's method of haemostasis in amputation at the hip and shoulder; report of primary amputations, one at the hip joint, the other a double thigh and shoulder joint amputation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1906, xUv, 98-101.— Hickling (D. P.) Case of successful hipjoint ampu- tation. Wash. M. Ann, 1903, ii, 335-338.—Hinckley (H. D.) Macewen's method in amputation ofthe hip. Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1904, n. s, Ui, 130-132.—Horsley (J. S.) Amputation AMPUTATIONS. Amputations at hip-joint. at the hip-joint, with report of four cases by Wyeth's method. Am..Med, Phila, 1905, x, 694-696. Also: Georgia Pract, Savannah, 1906, iii, 11-13.—Ingram (J. W.) Hip joint am- putation in complicated tubercular hip joint disease. Med. Sentinel, Oreg, 1910, xviii, 100-102.—Jones (A. W.) Am- putation through the hip-joint. Lancet, Lond, 1909, i, 1208.—Jouon. Osteosarcome du femur k evolution lente; desarticulation du membre inferieur. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1912, 2. s, xxx, 92-94.—Kendall (W. P.) Disarticulation at the hip, following Ugation of the external iliac, trau- matic aneurism. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash, 1899- . 1900, 327.—Legg (T. P.) The use of intraperitoneal com- pression of the common iliac artery during amputation through the hip-joint. Lancet, Lond, 1909, i, 973— Levlson (C. G.) Report of two successful amputations through the hip joint, by Wveth's method. Tr. M. Soc. CaUf, Monterey, 1899, xxix, 161-170. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 1428-1431—Lovett (R. W.) A case of chondro-osteo- sarcoma; amputation at the hip. Boston M. & S. J, 1914, clxx, 511-513— McBurney (C.) Amputation at hip joint with intra-abdominal ditect pressure of common iliac to control haemorrhage. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1897, xxv, 610. [Discussion], 741.-----. Amputation at hip joint for tuber- culosis. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1908, lxxin, 667— Maione (P.) La doppia ago-pressura elastica nella emostasi della desar- ticolazione dell' anca. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1896, xvii, 1643— Marnoch (J.) McBurney's method of ControlUng haemorrhage during disarticulation at the hip-joint. Lancet, Lond!, 1909, i, 1075.—Martin Gil (R.) Compresidn extra- peritoneal de la arteriailiaca primitiva en la desarticulaci6n coxofemoral. Siglo med, Madrid, 1909, lvi, 567-569. —■---. Estudio cririco de la hemostasia en la desartieulati6n coxo- femoral. Rev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med, Madrid, 1910, xxiii, 196-208.—Masi (A.) Amputation osteoplastica del femur por el metodo Sabanejeff; el primer caso operado en Buenos Aires. An. san. mil, Buenos Aires, 1900, ii, 192-214, 3 pi — Mills (H. W.) Disarticulation of the hip joint, with report of case. South. CaUf. Pract, Los Angeles, 1914, xxix, 157- 160.—Morestin (H.) Desarticulation de la hanche pour coxalgie ancienne multifistuleuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1903, Ixxviii, 252-259.-----. Disarticulation de la hanche avec resection du cotyle dans les vieilles coxalgies. Ibid.. 1913,lxxxviii, 508-513.-----. Coxalgieattardee multi- fistuleuse, avec lesions pelviennes tres 6tendues; disarticu- lation de la hanche et extirpation totale de l'os iUaque. Gaz. med. de Par, 1914, lxxxv, 32-34.—Morris (R. T.) Hip am- putation. Buffalo M. J, 1914-15, lxx, 505.—Morton (A. W.) Hip-joint amputation under medullary narcosis. Pacific M. J, San Fran, 1903, xlvi, 73-75,—Moty (F.) Deux cas de desarticulation de la hanche par la raquette externe mo- difiee. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. du nord, Lille, 1898, 2. s, u, 287-289.-----. Note sur la desarticulation de la hanche par la raquette externe. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1900, xxxv, 241-256.—Mtihsam (R.) Ueber doppelseitige Oberschenkelamputation bei emboUscher Gangran. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1903-4, lxx, 339-352— Murdoch (J. B.) Report of a case of amputation at the hip-joint; Murdoch's modification of Wyeth's bloodless operation. Pittsburgh M. Rev, 1897, xi, 46.—Noble (W. H.) Report of six cases of hip-joint amputation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1898, xxvu, 753-758.—Ortega Jimenez (A.) Estudio sobre la disarticulacidn de la cadera basado en once observaciones clinicas en que se emple6 el nuevo procedimiento del Dr. Ribera y Sans. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1897, xU, 361; 401; 481; 521; 616; 641; 681.—Owen (E.) A note upon amputation at the hip-joint. Lancet, Lond, 1902, i, 1822.— Packard (H.) [Case.) N. Eng. M. Gaz, Bost, 1897, xxxii, 160.—Parham (F. W.) Amputation at the hip-joint by Wyeth's bloodless method. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1893, Phila, 1894, vi, 257-270.-----. Three successful cases of hip-joint amputation by Wyeth's method. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl, 1900, 309. [Discussion], 310-312. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1900-1901, lni, 208-214.—Parker (W. E.) Two cases of amputation at the hip-joint by Wyeth's method. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1896-7, xUx, 501-506.—Patteson (R. (J.) Note on a successful case of disarticulation at the hip-joint; with observations on the method of operating. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1J.97, ein, 26-31— Piussan. A propos de deux disar- ticulations de la hanche par le procede de Verneuil-Farabcuf. Caducee, Par, 1905, v, 190— Pravdolyubofl (V. V.) [Two cases of osteoplastic amputation of the femur by Sabanfeyeff's method.} Protok. i Trudi Russk. Khir. Obsh. Pirogova 1895-6, S.-Peterb, 1897, xiv, pt. 2, 82-90. [Discussion], pt. 1, 41 —Pringle (J. H.) The interpelvi-abdominal amputa- tion. Brit. J. Surg, Bristol, 1916, iv, 283-290.—Przhevalski (B. G.) (Amputation of the lower extremity at the hip-joint in tumors of the femur (best methods of operation and therapeutic results).) Khirureiya, Mosk, 1901, ix, 313- 399—Ribera y Sans (J.) Procede d'hemostase pour la desarticulation de la hanche; k propos du procede de Mom- burg pour obtenir l'hemostase artificielle de la moitie infe- rieure de corps; une revendication. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r , Budapest, 1910, Sect, vii, Chirurg, 899-905.— Riedel. Die Erhaltung der Vena femoralis bis zur Auslo- sung des Schenkelkopfes bei der Exartieulatio femoris nach Rose. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1914, cv, 826-831.—Roberts (W. O.) Hip-joint amputation; with report of acase. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1901, xxxn, 166-170.—Roughton AMPUTATIONS. Amputations at hip-joint. (E. W.) A case of amputation through the hip-joint in which the haemorrhage was controlled by intraperitoneal compression of the common iliac artery. Lancet, Lond, 1909, i, 973.—Roux (J.) Angioleucite profonde; amputation coxo-femorale pratiquee dans l'6therisme; etherisation di- recte des surfaces traumatiques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1849, xxviii, 153. -----. Desarticulation de la cuisse, d'apres des observations recueillies en 1859 chez des marins de la flotte et des blesses de l'armee d'ltaUe. Ibid., 1860, 1, 752— Savariaud. L'injection massive de s6rur.; dans la veine femorale au cours de l'amputation de cuisse et la desarticulation de la hanche. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1915, 3. s, lxxiv, 59-62.-----. L'hemostase preventive par la methode de la constriction elastique circulaire du tronc dans la disarticulation de la hanche et l'amputation haute de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1915, n. s, xU, 1311-1314—Shears (G. F.) Hip joint amputation; Wyeth's method; recovery. Clinique, Chicago, 1897, xviii, 520-522.—Sherrill (J. G.) Amputation of hip joint for sar- coma of the tibia. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1909-10, vin, 1469.—Silbermark (M.) Eine Modifikation bei der Oberschenkelamputation sec. Gritti. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1904, xxxi, 1292-1294.—Spadaro (C.) Una modifica all'amputazione della coscia col metodo osteo-plastico 6 a lembo rotuleo (processo di Gritti). Policlin, Roma, 1902-3, ix, sez. prat, 97.—Stokes (W.) Amputation at the hip- joint. In his: Selected papers [etc.], 8*, Lond, 1902, 38-49, 1 pi.—TCdenat. La desarticulation de la cuisse (procedd Furneaux-Jordan). Montpel. med, 1917, xxxix, 476-485.— Thomas (J. L.) A simple method for controlfing haemor- rhage during disarticulation at the hip. Lancet; Lond, 1S98, i, 1112.—Tilden-Brown. Procede de desarticulation de la hanche. Rev. illust. de polytech. m£d. et chir. Par, 1899, xii, 66-68.—Van Lennep (W. B.) Amputation at the hip joint. Med. Century, N. Y. & Chicago, 1898, vi, 289- 292. Also; Reprint.—Watson (G.) Amputation through the hip-joint. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1911, n. s.; xci, 495.—Wyeth (J. A.) Bloodless amputation at the hip-joint; a report of forty-two cases, by the author's method. Med. News, N. Y., 1893, xlui, 645-652. Also, Reprint. -----. Amputation through the hip-joint with a synopsis of 267 cases in which the author's method was employed. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1901, xxxvi, 1361-1373. -----. Bloodless amputation at the hip in railway surgery. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1901, xiv, 153. Amputations at knee-joint. Arnaud (A.) Contribution a l'etude de l'amputation osteoplastique femoro-rotulienne (procede de Gritti). 8°. Montpellier, 1913. Chabrol (E.) Contribution a l'etude de l'amputation osteoplastique femoro-rotulienne. Procede de Gritti. 8°. Paris, 1901. Chofpe (F.) Contribution a l'etude de la desarticulation du genou; de l'amputation intra- et sus-condylienne femorale (proced6 de M. II. Morestin). 8°. Paris, 1902. Dion (P.-E.) Contribution a l'etude de la desarticulation du genou. 8°. Bordeaux, 1902. Lassallas (F.) Contribution a l'etude de l'amputation sus-condylienne de la cuisse par la m6thode osteoplastique femoro-rotulienne de Gritti. 8°. Paris, 1901. Steiner (A. W.) *Ueber Amputation nach Gritti. 8°. Berlin, 1913. Tutuni (G.) *De l'amputation osteoplastique de Gritti. 8°. Geneve, 1905. Also, in: Rev. mea. de la Suisse Rom, Geneve, 1905, xxv, 317; 437. Weidenpesch (P.) *Die Amputation nach Gritti. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Abrazhanoft" (A. A.) [Osteoplastic method of amputat- ing the femur through the condyles] Laitop. Russk. Khir, S.-Peterb, 1898, iii, 322-330—Anghel. Un nouveau pro- cede' osteo-plastique de desarticulation du genou. Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1916, xxx, 24-33.—Balacesco. Desarticulation du genou par le procede osteoplastique de Sabanejef pour gangrene de la jambe. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1905-6, vii, 63.—Baudens. De la valeur relative de la disarticulation du genou et de l'amputation de la cuisse. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1855, xU. 1077.—Berger (P.) Desarticulation du genou. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1894, n. s, xx, 609.—Bohl (E.) Vorschlag die Patella nach der Gritti'schen Amputation in richtiger Lage zu erhalten. Arb. d. chir. Univ.-Klin. Dorpat, Leipz, 1896, 1. Hft, 181-186.—Bonnette. Ampu- tation du general Daumesnil par lo baron Larrey a Wagram. Presse med. Par, 1912, xx, annex, 141.—Brinton (J. H.) Amputation at knee-joint, two cases. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1897, ni, 244-246.—Buechner (W. H.) Amputation 31 AMPUTATIONS. 368 AMPUTATIONS. Amputations at knee-joint. at the knee-joint. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 565-568.— Bussiere (J.-A.) Amputations osteo-plastiques femoro-rotuUennes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1902, n. s, xxviii, 1156-1158. Also: Rev. dechir. Par, 1903, xxiii, 306-316.—Casati (E.) Di una modificazione all'amputa- zione osteoplastica del ginocchio alia Gritti. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1895-6, lxx, 131-134.—Catterina (A.) Amputazione osteoplastica intercondiloidea del ginoc- chio, secondo Sabaneyefl. Suppl. al Policlin, Roma, 1897-8, iv, 521; 547. Also: Riv. veneta di se. med, Venezia, 1898, xxviii, 218-229.—Chavannaz (G.) Sur la desarticula- tion du genou. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxxi, 365- 367.—Chevrier (L.) Amputation osteoplastique femoro- tibiale (dite de Sabaneieff); 6tude cadaverique. Rev. de chir. Par, 1906, xxxiv, 65-92.—Corson (E. R.) The X-ray findings in a case of Gritti-Stokes amputation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1906, xliii, 750-752, 2 pi.—De Lutiis (E.) Amputa- zione sotto-condiloidea del ginocchio a taglio triangolare con apice in alto. Incurabili, NapoU, 1900, xv, 139-141.—Du- plouy. De la valeur de la desarticulation du genou. Ass. frang. pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r, Par, 1887, xvi, pt. 2, 771- 777.—Ferguson (A. H.) Indications for amputation about the knee joint. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxx, 259- 262— Gaenslen (F. J.) Disarticulation of the knee-joint. Ibid., 1913, lxi, 1427-1430.—Gayet. Amputation osteo- plastique femoro-rotuUenne; resultat eloigne avec piece anatomique. Lyon med, 1911, cxvii, 911-913.—Gibson (C L ) Amputation at the knee for osteosarcoma. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1911, Uv, 241.—GUliam (E. M.) Stephen Smith's amputation at knee-joint for trophic disturbances. Columbus M. J, 1896, xvii, 159—Gintsburg (Y. L.) [Os- teoplastic amputation of the leg by Gritti's method.] Si- birsk. Vrach. Vledom, Krasnoyarsk, 1904, n, 138-140.— Gould (A. H.) A case of maUgnant oedema; [amputation at the knee-joint]. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1903, xxxvui, 481- 486, 3 pi—Heydenreich (A.) De la disarticulation du genou. Ass. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r. 1886, Par, 1887, xv, pt. 2,719-723.—Hofstatter (R.) Ueber die Aus- schalung des Fibulakopfchens bei der hohen Unterschen- kelamputation. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 1106- 1109.—Johnson (A. B.) Gritti's amputation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1900, xxxn, 602. —Lucas (E.) Angio-lipome de l'extremite inferieure du tibia; desarticulation du genou; guerison. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1898, ii, 348-351.—Mferiel (E ) Resultat eloigne d'une amputation femoro-rotulienne de Gritti. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1903, xii, 409-417. _____ L'amputation de Gritti au point de vue de la pro- these. Paris med, 1916-17, xxi, 107-112.—Moyer (H. N.) Forensic relations of amputations at the knee joint. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxx, 262.—Murphy (J. B.) Choice of operation in amputations at the knee joint. Ibid., 259.— Neuschafer. Zur Methode der Unterschenkelamputation. Med. KUn, Berl, 1916, xii, 14.—PhUippe (C.) Deux malades amputes par la methode de Sabanejefi. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. de Liege, 1905, xliv, 71-74.—Phillips (C. E.) Knee-joint amputations; report of a new method. J. Am. M Ass, Chicago, 1912, lviii, 32.—Pluyette (E.) Amputa- tion osteoplastique femoro-rotuUenne de Gritti. Marseille mod 1904, xU, 353-359.-----. Amputations osteoplasti- ques'de Gritti et de Sabanejefi. Ibid., 1906, xlfii, 721-724.— Pujol (G.) Desarticulation du genou par le procede de Montaz. Gaz. med. de Par, 1896, 9. s, Ui. 167.—Radlinski (Z ) Zur Frage von der osteoplastischen Amputation modo Sabaneieff. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1907, xxxiv, 370.— Ramsay (J.) Amputation at the knee-joint under spinal anaesthesia with eucaine. Intercolon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne, 1905, x, 151.—Reich (A.) Erfahrungen iiber die Grittische Amputation auf Grund von Nachuntersuchungen. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir, Tubing, 1907, Uii, 208-255.—Rioblanc (G ) Des resultats de l'operation de Gritti. Mem. et compt-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv, 3-14 [Discussion], pt. 2, 47.—Roux de Brignoles. Ampu- tation osteo-plastique femoro-rotulienne de Gritti. Arch. prov. de chir. Par, 1903, xii, 722-728.—Smith (S.) A new method of amputation at the knee when the arterial circula- tion of that region is impaired. [Abstr.] Med. Rec, N.Y, 1900 lvui, 962-964.—Sole (R.) Amputacidn osteoplastica femororotuUana intracondilea 6 sub-bulbar. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 1514-1518.—Szczypiorski (S.) Amputation osteo-plastique femoro-rotuUenne de Gritti avec suture metalUque de deux os; trois cas personnels; guerison; marche sur le bout du moignon. Gaz. d. hop. Par 1901, lxxiv, 29-33. -----. Amputation de Gritti; cinq nouveaux'cas personnels, dix radiographiesa l'appui. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1904, n.s, xxx, 538-542.-----. Amputation osteo-plastique femoro-rotuUenne de Gritti avec suture metalUque des deux os; nouvelle serie de cinq cas oersonnels; guerison, marche sur le bout du moignon. Gaz d hdp. Par, 1906, lxxix, 1455-1459.—Thiery (P.) Amputation de Gritti. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1909 n. s. xxxv, 381.—Venot & Laf arelle. Double desarti- culation du genou chez un hemimelien. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xviii, 87.—Viannay. Ampu- tation de Gritti simplifiee. Loire med, St.-Etienne, 1908, xxvU, 212-214.—de la VUla y Sanz (J.) Amputation osteo-plasticafemoro-tibial; operation llamadade Sabanejefi'. Rev. de san. mil, Madrid, 1906, xx, 485; 505; 528—Wain- wright (J. M.) A modification of the Gritti amputation Amputations at knee-joint. with special reference to nerve blocking and regional anaes- thesia. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1908, xlviii, 903-908, 1 pi — White (C. S.) Amputation of the knee joint under local anesthesia. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1908-9, xiii, 572. Amputations of leg. See, also, Amputations (Multiple); Ampu- tations at knee-joint. Bahrmann (F.) *Ueber die Bildung trag- fahiger Amputationsstiimpfe an der unteren Ex- tremitat. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Cocheme (H.) Contribution a l'etude de l'amputation osteoplastique de la jambe. 8°. Paris, 1900. Klapp (R.) *Ueber osteoplastische Unter- schenkelamputationen. 8°. Kiel, 1898. La Bonxardiere (J.) *De la desarticulation tibio-tarsienne et de l'amputation de la jambe au quart inferieur avec lambeau talonnier double du perioste calcaneen (methode du professeur Oilier). 8°. Lyon, 1897. Legendre (E.) ^Amputation de la jambe au tiers superieur par le precede" Bordelais. 8°. Bordeaux, 1904. Lesche (K.) *Zur Amputation des Unter- schenkels. 8°. Leipzig, 1865. Macias (A. C.) *Breve estudio sobre el mejor procedimiento de amputacion de la pierna en el lugar llamado de eleccion. 8°. Mexico, 1889. Marx (K.) *Die Bruns'sche Amputations- methode des ITnterschenkels und ihre Resultate. 8°. Strassburg i. E., 1907. von Steiger (K.) *Beitrag zur Frage der Tragfahigkeit von Amputationsstumpf en an der unteren Extremitat. 8°. Bern, 1903. Aldrich (F. G.) Amputation of the leg under hypno- tism. Lancet, Lond, 1903, ii, 527.— Amberger. Zur Ka- suistik der tragfahigen Unterschenkelstiimpfe. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1903,1,940-943.—Ashhurst(A.P.C) Am- putation of leg under anaesthesia produced by infiltration of the sciatic nerve with eucaine. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1910, li, 739. Also: Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg. (1910), 1911, xiii, 29. -----. Amputation of leg bv the method of Bunge. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1911, liv, 124-126. Also: Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg. (1911), 1912, xiv, 66.—Bard (L.) Amputation osteo- plastica de la pierna Storp-Bunge con modificacidn. Se- mana med, Buenos Aires, 1911, xviu, pt. 2, 1077-1080.— Barker (A. E.) A case of embolus blocking the bifurcation of the aorta; gangrene of one leg; amputation under lumbar analgesia. Clin. J, Lond, 1906, xxvui, 49-51.—Binnie (J. F.) Amputations of the leg. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1914, lx, 160-165.—Blaisdell (F.) Synchronous amputation be- low the knee. Tr. N. Hampshire M. Soc, Concord, 1897, 173— Bonamy (R.) Amputation spontanee et naturelle d'une jambe et d'un pied totalement gangrenes et momifies par arterite obliterante avec moignon normalement epider- mise. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 156-158. — Braeunig (K.) Ueber Amputationen im Bereiche der unteren Extremitat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, xxxviu, ' 2071-2076.—Branch (C. W.) Successful amputation of the leg at 94 years, with an account of a new operation. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1906, i, 1339.—Brod (I. S.) j Osteoplastic am- putation of the leg by Bier's method.) Khirurgiya, Mosk, 1912, xxxn, 211-215.—Bunge (R.) Zur Technik und Casu- istik der osteoplastischen Unterschenkelamputation nach Bier. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1899, xxv, 353; 375.—Cargill (J.) Amputation without anaesthesia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1900, i, 761.—Carrey (F.) Arterite et phlebite typhiques de la jambe; gangrene du membre; am- putation au lieu d'election; guerison. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1903, xiii, 259-263.—Carusl (A.) Ampu- tazione della gamba destra eseguita da solo per motivi di urgenza in un giovinetto per grave tumore sarcomatoso. Corriere san, Milano, 1906, xvii, 231; 243.—Chudovszky (M.) Osteoplastische Operationen bei Amputationen des Unter- schenkcls und des Femur. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Buda- pest, 1902, xxxviu, 317-322.—Ciluentes (P.) Amputaci6n osteoplastica de la pierna. Rev. clin. dc Madrid, 1909, i, 98- 100.—Clapp (C. B.) Amputations below the knee. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 401.—Collinet. Homorraiues secondaires repetees, k la suite d'une amputation de jambe; ligature de l'artere poplitee et de l'artere femorale; amputa- tion de la cuisse; guerison. Cadueee, Par, 1902, ii, 225.— Convert (P.) Amputation de iambe pour une gangrene d'origine embolique. Lyon med, 1912, cxix, 318-321.— Cramer. Bericht iiber etwa 100 Amputationsstiimpfe der unteren Extremitat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. AMPUTATIONS. 369 AMPUTATIONS. Amputations of leg. &. Leipz, 1905, xxxi, 2086.—Delbet (P.) Amputation osteo- plastique de jambe. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1899, n. s, xxv, 633-636: 1900, n. s, xxvi, 1031.—Dunn (J. P) Where to amputate the leg. Tr.M.Soc.CaUf,SanFran., 1S9S, xxviii, 223-226. Also: Pacific M. J, San Fran, 189s, xU, 523-525.—Duval (P.) L'amputation osteoplastique de jambe a lambeau posterieur; resultats eloignes. Rev. de chir. Par, 1904, xxix, 80-85—Duzea (R.) De la conserva- tion du perioste calcaneen dans les amputations de l'extre- mite inferieure de la jambe. Ass. franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C-r.. Par, 1SSS, xvii, pt. 2, 493-499.—Dyakonofl (P. I.) [Technique of osteoplastic amputation of the leg.] Raboti hosp. khirurg. kUn. Dyakonova, Mosk, 1903, u, 308-311.— Erdmann (J. F.) Reamputation of lower end of leg for exostosis in a previous Bier amputation. Ann. Surg, Phila, 190S, xlviu, 624.—Evans (W.) Amputation of the leg. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, n. s, c, 305.—Eve (D.) Amputa- tion of the leg. South. M. J, Nashville, 1915, vin, 227-231.— Feingold (L.) Painful ischemia of the left foot due to ob- Uterative arteritis of syphilitic origin, necessitating amputa- tion ofthe leg. Illinois M.J, Springfield, 1918, xiv, 719-722.— Finochietto (R.) The usefulness of ventral decubitus in some leg amputations. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1915, lxi, 616- 618, 1 pi—Fitzwilliams (D. C. L.) & Vincent (W. H.) A case of gangrene of the leg in an infant 11 days old; amputa- tion: recovery. Lancet, Lond, 1913, i, 753.—Gauthier (R.) Conservation du perioste et du Ugament interosseux, pour doubler la face profonde du lambeau, dans les amputations de jambe a lambeau externe. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1912, n. s, xxxviu, 323-325.—Georgiyevski (I. v.) [On the technique of osteoplastic amputation of the leg.] Khirurgiya, Mosk, 1906, xx, 35-46— Gibbon (J. H.) Am- putation of the leg done under local anaesthesia produced by the intraneural injection of cocaine. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg, 1903, v. 113-115.-----. Report of a case of painless amputa- tion- of the leg after the intraneural injection of cocaine. Phila. M. J, 1903, xi, 748.—Gottman (M.) Report of six amputations for the reUef of osteo-myeUtis following severe ulceration of the leg. Tr. M. Soc. Tennessee, NashviUe, 1898, 195-214.—Guibe. Quand doit-on amputer dans les ecrase- ments du membre inferieur. Presse med. Par, 1907, xv, 500.—Hahn (O.) Ueber die Resultate der nach dem Bruns'- schen subperiostalen Verfahren ausgefuhrten Unterschen- kelamputationen. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1898, xxii, 285-296.—Hancock (T. H.) Some remarks on amputation of the leg. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1905, xvui, 378.— Harris (J. E.) Primary synchronous amputation of the lower Umbs. Indiana M. J, Indianap, 1896, xv, 9.—Haw- kins (F. H.) Thrombosis with extravasation of blood in the left lower Umb; gangrene; amputation; recovery. Lancet, Lond, 1904, i, 796.—Henderson (A. M.) Amputation below the knee joint. CaUf. State J. M, San Fran, 1908, vi, 10.— Hirsch (H. H.) VorsteUung eines Unterschenkel-Ampu- tirten mit (durch Nachbehandlung) tragfahigem Stumpf und neuer Prothese. Verhandl. d. deutsch. GeseUsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1900, xxix, pt. 2,358-374. [Discussion], pt. 1, 44- 46.—Hodge(E.B-) Mowing machine cut of legs. Ann.Surg, Phila, 1915, bri, 237.—Jackson (W. R.) Gangrenous proc- ess involving the entire lower third of the Umb; sapremia and septic fever; amputation. Mobile M. & S. J, 1903 ii, 362.—Jonnesco. Amputation de la jambe au lieu d'elec- tion par le procede osteo-plastique de M. Samfiresco. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1903-4, vi, 53.—Juvara (E.) [A new method of amputating the leg with an external flap.] Rev. de chir, BucurescI, 1899, iii, 97-105. A Iso, transl. : Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1899, xiu, 805-808.—Kaijser (F.) [Remarks on amputation of the lower leg after Bier.] Up- sala Lakaref. Forh., 1898-9, n. F, iv, 85-90.—Kirmisson. Amputation osteoplastique. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1903, n. s, xxix, 135. — Landivar (A. F.) Con- tribution al estudio de la amputation osteoplastica de la pierna, procedimiento de Leandro Valle. Semana med, Buenos Aires, 1912, xix, 49-59.—Langer (A.) Ueber Bruns'sche Schenkelamputationen, insbesondere fiber deren Dauerresultate. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1899, xUx, 2230; 2275 — Lanz ( O. ) Osteoplastische Unterschenkelampu- tation. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1897, xxiv, 1233-1236.— Lee (E. W.) Amputations below the knee. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1900-1901, xiv, 160-162.—Legueu (F.) Rupture traumatique sous-cutanee des arteres de la jambe; gangrene consecutive; amputation; guerison. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1907, n. s, xxxui, 736-738.—Lewy (J.) Vorbereitende Behandlung der Beinamputierten. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1916, xiU, 15.—Lllienthal (H.) Osteoplastic amputation of the leg. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1905, xU, 452— M'Gregor (A. N.) & Scott (J.) Sar- coma of lower end of the femur; amputation; recovery. Glasgow M. J, 1906, lxvi, 435-441.—Meusel (E.) Zur Technik der Unterschenkelamputation. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1900, xUi, 1460.—Morison (R.) Patient after plastic operation on leg. Northumberland M. J, New- castle-upon-Tyne, 1902, x, 104.—von Mosetig-Moorhof (K.) Eine Variante in der Amputationstechnik des Un- terschenkels. Wien. med. Presse, 1887, xxviii, 1529-1532.— Muhsam. [Doppelseitige Oberschenkelamputation wegen akuter Gangriin.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil, 320. —Murphy (F. T.) A study of amputations of the lower extremity. Boston M. Amputations of leg. & S. J, 1904, cli, 33-37, 2 pi. Also, Reprint—Murphy (J. B.) Periosteal sarcoma; amputation of the leg. Surg. Clin, Chicago, 1913, ii, 321-335.-----.Painful stumps of legs; reamputation; excision of neuromata; neurorrhaphy. Ibid., 1915, iv, 1007-1011.-----. Painful stump of leg; reamputa- tion; excision of neuromata; neurorrhaphy; thromboangUtis obliterans. Ibid., 1013-1017.—Padula (F.) Amputazione osteoplastica della gamba senza accorciamento. Policlin, Roma, 1904, xi,sez.prat,543-545.—Perrupato (A.) Ampu- taciones osteoplasticas de la pierna. Sem'ana med, Buenos Aires, 1909, xvi, 641-650.—Phillips (C. E.) Conservative am- putations of the lower extremities. CaUf. State J. M, San Fran, 1914, xii, 508-510.—Portnyagin (N. I.) [Amputa- tion of the leg under cocain by Bier's method.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1904, xi, 1100— Prochnov (J.) [Injury of the knee; sequestrations; amputation of the leg.] Gydgyaszat, Budapest, 1914, liv, 636.—Pye-Smith (R. J.) Case of gun- shot wound of left leg; haemorrhage; collapse; injection of three pints of saUne fluid; amputation below knee; recovery; with remarks on transfusion and intravenous injection. Guy's Hosp. Gaz,Lond, 1891, n. s, v, 265. A Iso, Reprint.— Quenu. Amputation de jambe osteoplastique a lambeau posterieur. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1903, n. s, xxix, ss-90 — Ritch (O. S.) Amputation following trau- matic transverse myeUtis. Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y, 1913, lvii, 118-122.—Sawtelle (H. W.) Re-amputation of left leg at superior third for ulcer and neuralgia of stump; pneu- monia; pyaemia: recovery. Rep. Superv. Surg. Mar. Hosp, Wash, 1887-8, 216, 1 pi.—Saxl (A.) Verstellbarer Sitzring fiir Beinprothesen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 14.— Senn (N.) Amputation of the leg. CUn. Rev, Chicago, 1902-3, xvii, 114.—Serafini (G.) Sulla amputazione osteo- plastica della gamba secondo Bier. PoUcUn, Roma, 1915, xxU, sez. prat, 1701-1704.—Sonnenburg. Endresultat nach Bierscher Unterschenkelamputation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, xxxviu, 1164.—Spaso- kukotski (S. I.) [Amputation of the leg with bony plate on the entire extent of the bone after Bier.] Vrach. Zapiski, Mosk, 1897, iv, 112-116. — Spear (R.) [Case.] U. States Nav. M. Bull, Wash, 1915, ix, 122, 1 pi.—Storp. Ueber osteoplastische Unterschenkelamputationen und deren Technik. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1898, xlviii, 356- 371.—Templeton (C. V.) Report of a case of amputation for crushing injury of leg. Railway Surg. J, Chicago, 1910-11, xvU, 500.—Thompson (L. A.) Leg amputations from the standpoint of utiUty. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1911-12, xvi, 578-580.—Turnbull (A.) The late results of amputation of both legs. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, i, 1269.— Wolff (O.) Eine Modifikation der Wilmsschen Operation bei Ablatio cruris. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxiii, 1379.—Zanardi (P.) Aneurism! spontanei multipU in donna operata di amputazione della gamba sinistra per varici della tibia. Policlin, Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. prat, 115- 118. Amputations in pregnancy. See Pregnancy (Wounds, etc., during). Amputations at shoulder-joint. See, also, Amputations (Interscapulo - tho- racic). Heisler (M.) *Ein doppelseitig Oberarm- amputierter mittelst Prothesen zur Pflege sei- ner Person unabhangig von seiner Umgebung und zum Teil wieder erwerbsfahig. [Konigsberg i. Pr.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1913. Also, in: Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb, 1912, xn, 343-359. Heldmann (K.) *Drei Falle von Exartikula- tion des Schultergurtels. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. Ashhurst (A. P. C.) Amputation at the shoulder-joint for emphysematous (traumatic) gangrene. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg, 1909, xi, 188-193,1 pi. Also: Ann. Surg, Phila, 1909, xlix, 286-290, 2 pi.—Barham (W. B.) Report of two cases of Larrey's shoulder joint amputation. Tr. M. Soc. Virg, Richmond, 1898, 134-137. Also: Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1898-9, iu, 389.—Cameron (H. C.) Removal of arm and shoulder for sarcoma of the axilla. Glasgow M. J, 1896, xlvi, 302.—Cliavannaz. Amputation intra- deltoi'dienne pour 1 raumat isme ancien du membre superieur gauche. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol___de Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 218-220.—Chiossone (F.) Desarticulaci6n del hom- bre con anestesia local y section del plexo braquial. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1916-17, hi, 360.—Clark (H. E.) Patient on whom supra-scapular amputation was performed three years ago for sarcoma, and who now has recurrence elsewhere. Glasgow M. J, 1901, lvi, 281.—Cod- man (E. A.) A case of amputation at the shoulder joint for infection with Welch's gas-producing bacillus; recovery. Boston M. & S. J, 1906, cliv, 270.—CrUe (G. W.) Amputa- tion at shoulder-joint without shock, loss of blood, or pain, and without general anesthesia. Cleveland J. M.. 1899, iv, 47-49.—Cunningham (J. H.) Amputation of an arm with local cocaine anesthesia. Boston M. & S. J, 1909, cix, 751.—Drtlner. Die Freilegung des Schultergelenks und der 76399°—17----24 AMPUTATIONS. 370 AMPUTATIONS. Amputations at shoulder-joint. Achselhohle von der Riickenseite her und die totale Exstir- pation des Schultei^iir.e.ls und Armes. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1911, lxxiv, 5S5-592.— Eastmann (T. BA Ampu- tation at the shoulder joint. Indiana M. J, Indianap, 1895-6, xiv, 306-30 v—Eccles (W. McA.) Removal of the whole upper extremity. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s, lxxxu, 243.—Elgart (J.) Amputatio humeri osteo- plastica et antibrachn tenoplastica. Casop. lek. cesk, v Praze, 1906, xiv, 891-897. -----. Amputatio humeri osteo- plastica. Ibid., 1908, xlvii, 1291-1293. -----. Amputatio humeri osteoplastica und eine aktiv bewegUche Kunsthand. Rev. de med. tcheque, Prague, 1909, u, 4. —Felizet (G.) Nouveau procede de desarticulation de l'epaule. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1890, n. s, xvi, 793-796—Fisk (A L) Amputation at shoulder for melanotic sarcoma of shaft of humerus. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1898, liii, 203.—Goro- khofl (D. E.) [Amputation of the left upper extremity together with the shoulder for osteosarcoma of the humerus and shoulder joint.] Khirurgiya, Mosk, 1902, xn, 187-199 — Gross (G.) Desarticulation de l'epaule pour septicemie gazeuse; guerison. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 648.—Halley (G.) A history of amputations I have done above the shoulder joint. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, igag_9) Vj 25-29.—Hutchison (J. A.) Amputation of the upper extremity for sarcoma of the shoulder joint; Uving case. Canad. J. M. & S, Toronto, 1902, xii, 279.—Hyde (B. C.) Amputation at the shoulder-joint for sarcoma of elbow, recovery of patient, with pecuUar post-operative sequelse; some remarks upon the relation of reflex paralysis to injury of nerves. J. Missouri M. Ass, St. Louis, 1909-10, vi, 374-384.—Jones (R.) Amputation of the upper arm and scapula in a woman, ast. 72, for endotheUoma of the shoulder- joint. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1903, cxxvi, 376.—Kane (E. O'N.) Notes on a shoulder amputation., Railway Surg. J, Chicago, 1911-12, xviii, 124.—Korte. [Exartikula- tion des linken Oberarmes mit der halben Clavicula und Theilen der Skapula wegen einer Geschwulst.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil, 67 — Krutovski (V.) [Exarticulation of the shoulder-joint by the method of N. K. LisenkofL] Khirurgiya, Mosk, 1897, ii, 127-129.—Krzykowski (M.) [Amputation of the arm at the shoulder-joint, with Esmarch's method of bloodless operating.] Przegl. lek, Krakow, 1874, xiU, 405.—Leech. Case after amputation at shoulder j oint for maUgnant oedema. Northumberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1906, xiv, 157.— Llsenkoff (N. K.) [New method of disarti- culating the shoulder.] Khirurgia, Mosk, 1897, i, 210-218, 1 pi.—Meriel & Oulie. Osteomyelite bipolaire de l'humerus; desarticulation du bras. Toulouse med, 1905, 2. s, vU, 246- 249.—Minor (H. A.) Two cases of amputation of shoulder joint. J. Mississippi M. Ass, Biloxi, 1899-1900,iU, 770-774.— Morison (R.) A case of amputation near the shoulder. Northumberland & Durham M. J, Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1898, vi, 120.—Nodot (L.) Amputation intradeltoidienne au niveau du col chirurgical de l'humerus. Bull. Soc. med. de l'Yonne, Auxerre, 1896, xxxvii, 68-71.—Powers (C. A.) Results in cases of amputation at the shoulder joint. Colo- rado Med, Denver, 1908, v, 19-22—Scott (D. W.) Amputa- tion at the shoulder joint. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1914, xxvii, 232.—Senn (N.) Transscapular amputation. Chi- cago M. Recorder, 1898, xiv, 333-335. Also: Denver M. Times, 1899-1900, xix, 555-557.—Shipley (A. E.) Plates for one-armed use. Lancet, Lond, 1916, i, 919.—Simons (M.) A series of eight amputations at the shoulder-joint without mortaUty. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1897, Phila, 1898, x, 242-248.-----. Amputation at the shoulder-joint; a series of eight cases without a death. Med. News, N. Y, 1898,lxxiU, 229-231.—Tait (W. A.) A shoulder amputation. Chicago M. Obs, 1898, i, 95.— Thome (S. S.) Amputation of the shoulder. Internat. J. Sur::, N. Y, 1907, xx, 19.— Watson (J.) A case of acute spreading gangrene of the arm; amputation; recovery. Lancet, Lond, 1904, ii, 1568.— Zichy (G.) Die Psychologie der Einarmigen. Deutsche Rev, Stuttg. & Leipz, 1915, i, 16-18. Amputations of thigh. See, also, Amputations at hip-joint. Dumont (F. L.) *Eine neue Methode der Amputatio cruris osteoplastica. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Also, in: Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1908, xen, 497- 509. ■ Barbiere. Gangrene de la jambe par arterite infectieuse de 1 pophtee; amputation de cuisse avec reunion par pre- mie intention. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil. Par, 1905, xlvi 419-422.—Bell (J. E.) Amputation of thigh in upper thir . Nashville J. M. & S, 1906, xcvui, 303.—Berger (P.) L'amputation de la cuisse dans les gangrenes spontanees du membre inferieur. Bull, med. Par, 1906, xx, 275-278.— Bloch (A.) Ueber Amputationen des Oberschenkels nach Gritti. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1907, lxxxu, 531-578.— de Boucaud (L.) Accident de chemin de fer; amputa- tion spontanee au niveau du genou; shock initial pro- fond; amputation de cuisse 13 heures apres l'eerasement; glycosurie traumatique transitoire; guerison. J. de mefi. de Bordeaux, 1910, xl, 629. — Branth (J. H.) Amputa- tion of the thigh for gangrene. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull, Amputations of thigh. Phila, 1912, v, 339-343. — Braymer ( O. W. ) Report of five thigh amputations. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1898, xi, 171.—Broca & Ducroquet. Pilon articuie avec pied de parade, pour amputation de cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916, xiii, 287-291. —Campbell (W. F.) Amputation of the thigh by blocking the nerves with co- caine. Brooklyn M. J, 1902, xvi, 416.—Carrel (A.) & Guth- rie (C. C.) Complete amputation ofthe thigh, with replanta- tion. Am. J. MT Sc, Phila. & N. Y.. 1906, n. s, exxxi, 297- 301.—Casse (M.-E.) Accident de chemin de fer; amputa- tion des deux cuisses au tiers inferieur; guerison. Paris chirurg, 1910, ii, 813-817.—Chavannaz (G.) Statistique des amputations de cuisse dans une ambulance division- naire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916, n. s, xiU, 1652-1658.—Clinton (F. S.) Amputation of thigh of patient 108 years of aee, followed by recovery. J. Oklahoma M. Ass, Muskogee, 1913-14, vi, 93—Corner (E. M.) Amputation of thigh for senile gangrene; lumbar analgesia. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1907. n. s, lxxxiv, 311—Cushing (H. W.) Senile gangrene of the leg; amputation of thigh; recovery. Boston M. & S. J, 1904, cU, 369— Dambrln & Castets. Osteosarcome de l'extremite inferieure du femur; amputa- tion de cuisse. Toulouse med, 1906, 2. s, vui, 281-284.— Darnall (C. R.) Amputation of thigh for compound gun- shot fracture of tibia and fibula. Rep. Surg.-Gen. Army, Wash, 1900-1901, 285.—Dejerine (J.) & Thomas (A.) De- generation d'origine radiculaire du cordon posterieur dans un cas d'amputation de la cuisse remontant k 71 ans. Rev. neurol. Par, 1910, xviii, 153-161. — Delbet (P.) Appareil prothetique a mouvements coordonnes pour amputes de cuisse. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1915, 3. s, lxxiii, 613.— Depage (A.) A propos de la desarticulation de la cuisse. Ann. Soc. beige de chir, Brux, 1900, viii, 41-43.-----. Note sur les amputations de la cuisse. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1916, xiii, 308-316.—Ducroquet. Etude critique des appareils francais pour amputations de cuisse a la partie moyenne. Paris mea, 1915-16, xvu, 265-276.-----. Les appareils americains pour amputations de cuisse. Ibid., 1916. vi, 326-341.—Duvergey & Larriet. Gangrene senile de 1 avant-pied avec obUteration arterielle etendue; ampu- tation de cuisse; guerison. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1914, xUv, 145— Ebert (H. G.) Amputation of the thigh under hyoscine-morphine-cactine anesthesia. Mil. Surgeon, Car- Usle, Pa, 1907, xx, 395. — Edmunds (A.) Amputation through the thigh. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1910, n. s, Ixxxix, 360.—Filonchlkofi (N. M.) Amputatio cruris loco electionis cum exarticulatione fibulae. Voyenno-med. J, S.-Peterb, 1910, ccxxix, med.-spec. pt, 220-224.—Franke (F.) Zur Behandlung der kegelformigen ungedeckten Am- putationsstiimpfe, namentUch des Oberschenkels. Miin chen. med. Wchnschr, 1915, lxii, 1791.—Galgey (O.) Am gutation of thigh in a young child. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1897, ii. 1642.—Gallozzi. Gonartrocace; amputazione della coscia. Terap. din, NapoU, 1896, v, 17.— Gartenstein (O. I.) [Osteoplastic amputation of the femur by Sabaneyefl's method.] Russk. Khir. Arch, S.-Peterb, 1895, i, 768-773.— Gessner (H. B.) Nerve blocking to prevent amputation shock; illustrative reports of two thigh amputations. Am. Med, Phila, 1904, vii, 548. Also: N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1904, lvii, 419-425.—Hawkes (F.) Amputation of thigh for gan- grene of leg with suppurating infarct in a child four weeks of age. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1902, xxxvi, 131.—Hays (H. M.) Bandage for the stump alter amputation through the thigh. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1906, xx, 245—Helmuth (W. T.) Am- putation at thigh (middle third). N. Am. J. Homceop, N. Y, 1899, 3. s, xiv, 100-102— Hilgenreiner (H.) Ueber die osteoplastischen intercondylaren Oberschenkelampu- tationen nach Ssabanejeff und Abrashanow. Beitr. z. klin. Chir, Tubing, 1899, xxiv, 761-809—Hoeftman (H.) Er- folg durch Prothese bei hoher Oberschenkelamputation. Ztschr. f. orthop. Chir, Stuttg, 1915, xxxv, 514-517.—van Hook (W.) An effective dressing for thigh amputations. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1909, vui, 94.—Howse (H. G.) On the advantages of an amputation through the thigh either as a preUminary operation to, or in some cases instead of, amputation through the hip, where the hip- joint is itself diseased, and the patient in very bad condition. Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc. Lond, 1892-3, v, 11-19.—Huber. Das rechte Bein am Oberschenkel amputirt. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1902, xxxix, 855.—Imbert (L.) Procede d'am- putation osteoplastique de cuisse. Lyon chirurg, 1912, vui, 503-508.—Imbert (L.) & Michel. Amputation osteoplas- tique de cuisse. Marseille mefi, 1911, xlvui, 767.—Jacobson (A.) Nouveau proced6 d'amputation osteo-plastique intra- condyUenne de la cuisse. Rev. de chir. Par, 1898, xvUi, 503-520.—Jonnesco (T.) Amputation de la cuisse par le proced^ dc Samfiresco de Jassy. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1902-3, v, 145.—Jouon. Decollement epiphy- saire traumatique de l'extremite' inferieure du femur droit avec arrachement du nerf sciatique et des vaisseaux popUtes ayant necessite l'amputation immediate de la cuisse; gueri- son. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1901, lxxvi, 680-683.— Le FUliatre. Amputation de la cuisse chez un vieillard pour gangrene du pied et de la jambe; sous rachi-anesthesie lombo- sacree; gufrison rapide; parfait etat de l'opere pres d'un an apres. J. de med. de Par, 1914, 2. s, xxvi, 354. Also: Rev. med. Par, 1914, xxiv, 84.—Le FUliatre & Derancourt. Amputation de cuisse, faite a la rachicoea'ininisation, pour osteoarthrite bacillaire du genou chez un homme tres car AMPUTATIONS. 371 AMSLER. Amputations of thigh. checlique. Rev. med. Par, 1911, xxi, 191.—Legg (T. P.) Severe crushes of three limbs; subsequent amputation through the left thigh. Med. Press & Circ. Lond, 1910, n. s , xc, 246.—Link (G.) Amputation for fracture of the femur in the aged. Am. J. Surg, N. Y, 1915, xxix, 218.— Lofton (L.) Amputation of the thigh under adverse cir- cumstances. Med. Era, St. Louis, 1910, xix, 199— Lucien- Graux. MeiUeur pronostic des amputations de cuisse; grace au "saucisson" et a la rachianesthesie. Gaz. med. de Par, 1916,lxxxvn,27— Lyle(H. H. M.) Aperiostealamputation through the femur. Ann. Surg, Phila.. 1915, lxi. 246-248, 1 pi. -----. Conservative amputation through the upper thigh; disinfection of the stump by the Carrel method. Ibid.. 1917, lxvi, 250,1 pi— Masbrenier (J.) Note sur un procede d'amputation de la cuisse. Bull.etmein. Soc. dechir. dePar. 1915, n. s, xU, 1355-1360—Mignon (A.) Resultat d'une amputation de cuisse pour gangrene de la jambe chez un typho'idique dont les vaisseaux femoraux etaient obUteres. Ibid., 1905, n. s, xxxi, 442-446.—Morestin (H.) Amputa- tion intracondvUenne femorale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par, 1902, lxxvii, 331-333.-----. Fracture de cuisse; rup- ture de l'artere et de la veine femorales; gangrene du membre; amputation de cuisse; guerison. Ibid., 1913, lxxxviU, 374- 377 —Morison (R.) A case of amputation of the thigh. Clin. J, Lond, 1916, xiv, 187-192.—Most! (R.) Sulla tec- nica della amputazione della coscia in chirurgia di guerra; metodo a lembi od a sezione piana? Gazz. osp, Milano, 1917, xxxvui, 321-323.—Miihsam (R.) Amputation of both thighs in cases of embolic gangrene. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1904, xxv, 377-382.—3Iurphy (J. B.) Amputa- tion neuroma with ascending neuritis; division of nght hau of cauda; remarks on neurologic phases, by Chas. L. Mix. Surg. CUn, Chicago, 1914, ui, 355-368, 2 pi.—Murray (J.) Amputation of the thigh in an octogenarian. Lancet, Lond, 1903 i 1302—Nageotte(L) Variations du neurone sensitif peripherique dans un cas .d'amputation recente de la partie inferieure de la cuisse. Ecole prat. d. hautes ecoles. Lab. d'histol. du Coll. de France. Trav. 1907, Par , 1908,269-273.— Nikolskl(A. M.) [ Primary cancer of the extremities, osteo- plastic amputation ofthe thigh by Sabanleyeff 's method, and extirpation of the shoulder girdle.] Khirurg. Arkh Velya- minova, S.-Peterb, 1910, xxvi, 749-761.—Note (Une) auto- eraphe de Percy; considerations sur l'amputation de cuisse S lai fin du xvib> siecle. Caducee, Par., 1909, ix, 232.-Pa- loque. Amputation de la cuisse necessitee par un debut de gangrene de la jambe et du pied consecutivea uneelongation traumatique de l'artere popUtee. Arch, de m6d. et pharm mil. Par, 1909, liv, 106-109.—Parkinson (J. T.) A case of large sarcoma of the leg with amputation of the thigh in its upper third. Indian M. Rec, Calcutta, 1896, xi, 301-303.— ParneU(R. J. G.) Notesonl3casesof amputation through the thigh at the Royal Naval Hospital, Malta. J. Roy. Nav M. Serv., Lond , 1916, ii, 340-345. — Perdu. Procede pour l'amputation dans la diaphyse du femur sans soulever le membre de la table. Ass. franc, de chu. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par, 1912, xxv, 666-669. —Perkins (WM) A case of the amputation of the lower third of the thigh for a stab wound of the femoral vein. N. Orl. M. & S. J 1903-4 lvi, 705.—Poncet. Anevrysme artenel pophte; eansrrene du membre inferieur a evolutionrapide; am- putation de cuisse. Lyon med. 1904 cii, 1228.-Rankin (W. H.) Amputation of the thigh for tubercular arthritis of knee. Brooklyn M. J, 1905, xix, 39.-Riedel. Ueber Pro- thesen nach Amputatio femoris incl. Gritti. Munchen. med Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 1604-1607.——. Ueber Spatneural- gien nach Amputatio femoris. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl.&Leipz, 1912,xxxvui, 1270.-Ritchie(R H.) Ampu- tation through the middle of the thigh, under the anaesthesia resulting from the injection of cocaine into the lumbar sub- arachnoid space. Intercolon. M. J. Australas, Melbourne, 1902 vii 13-17 —Rodman. Perforation of femoral artery by osteophyte. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg, 1909, xi, 214-Roux de Brignolles & Michel. Amputation de cuisse sous-tro- chanterienne pour tuberculose du genou. Marseille med, 1911, xlvui, 89^94 -Sabanleyefl (I. F.) [Further observa- tions on intramuscular osteoplastic amputation of the femur. ] Laitop. Russk. Khir, S.-Peterb , 1897, ii, 651-659-Savv- telle (H W ) Reamputation left thigh, middle third for conoidal stump; necrosis; recovery. Rep. kuperv Surg. Mar. Hosp, Vash, 1886-7, 118-120.-S6bileau (P.) Etat anatomique de deux cuisses amputees pour blessure de guerre. Bull, et m6m. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1915, n. s, xli, 45- 246 —Senn (N ) Advanced tuberculosis of the knee-joint rhigh amputation of thigh]. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1905, xxviii, 589.-Sparrenberger (F. H.) Amputation of thigh after gunshot wound. J. Ass. Mil. Surg. U.S., Carlisle, 1904, xv 282 —Stewart (J.) Amputation through the thigh for senile gangrene in a diabetic aged 78; recovery. Lancet, Lond, 1912, ii, 758.—Stokes (W.) Supracondyloid ampu- tation of the thigh. In his: Selected papers [etc.], 8 Lond, 1902,50-61,3 pl.-Tourneux(J.-P.) & Glnesty. Osteosar- come de l'extremite inferieure du femur; amputation de cuisse. Toulouse med, 1913, 2. s, xv, 91-93.-Toussaint (H ) A propos de l'amputation de la cuisse dite en saucisson. Rev gen. de clin. et de therap., Par, 1915, xxix, 296 — Turner (G G.) Saline injection into the femoral vein dur- ing amputation of the thigh or disarticulation of the hip. Lancet, Lond, 1915, n, 673.—Tuttle (A. H.) A case of osteo- Amputations of thigh. myelitis with necrosis of the entire femur and spontaneous fracture treated by a high amputation, leaving a boneless yet practical stump for the attachment and working of an artificial Umb. Boston M. & S. J, 1915, clxxii, 589. Amputations of toes. See Amputations of fingers, etc. Amputations at wrist-joint. , Buus (C.-J.) *De la disarticulation du poignet. Etude comparative des m^thodes et procedfe operatoires. 4°. Montpellier, 1879. Montes de Oca (F.) *Amputacion de la mano. Modificacion en la desarticulacion del hombro. fol. Mexico, 1874. Katz (W.) Eine einfachste Interimsprothese fiir die Hand. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxni, 1378.—von Kuzmik (P.) Amputation of the hand. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1914, lx, 155-159.—Le Fort. Amputation de la main chez un vieillard pour epithelioma envahissant; guerison. Bull. Soc. de med. du nord 1913, Lille, 1914, 101. Also: Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1913, xvii, 145.—Mauclaire. Amputation longitudinale et grefle itaUenne de la main et du poignet pour epitheUoma cicatriciel. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s, xxxui, 1106.—Morestin (H.) Amputation prescapho'idienne. et transcuboidienne. Gaz. d. hdp. Par, 1902, lxxv, 73-77.-----. Amputation pre- carpienne. Rev. d'orthop. Par, 1902, 2. s, Ui, 101-111.— Perry (R. St. J.) Amputations in lesions of the hand. Am. J. CUn. M, Chicago, 1910, xvii, 1196; 1315.—Petit (P.) Amputation de la main droite par scie circulaire. J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1903, U, 328-331.—Shipman (L. D.) Ampu- tation of the hand under the local anesthetic influence of ehloretone. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1900-1901, vi, 100.—Templeton (G.) Amputation of the hand. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1906, n. s, lxxxu, 332. Amputation-stumps. See Amputations (Sequelse and after-treat- ment of); Stumps. Amrein (Georg). Die Infektiositat der Tuberku- lose. 37 pp. 12°. St. Gallen, Zollikofer, 1902. ------. *Ein Fall von hereditarer Hexadaktylie nebst sechs weiteren Fallen von Polydaktylie. 54 pp., 2 pi., 1 1. 8°. Basel, 1903. Amrein (Otto). *Welche Schlussfolgerungen lassen sich aus dem Vorkommen von abgestor- benen oder in ihrer Virulenz abgeschwachten Tuberkelbacillen im Sputum ziehen? [Zurich.] 75 pp. 8°. St. Gallen, Zollikofer, 1900. ------. Das Hochgebirge, sein Klima und seine Bedeutung fiir den gesunden und kranken Menschen. 27 pp. 8°. [St. Gallen, 1902.] ------. Wie verhiitet man die Uebertragung der Lungentuberkulose? 3. Aufl. 41 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, E. Abigt, 1910. ------. Die Vorziige des Hochgebirges fiir Ge- sunde und Kranke. 5. Aufl. 44 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, E. Abigt, 1910. ------. Die Heilung der Lungentuberkulose im Hochgebirge, unter spezieller Berucksichtigung der Behandlung fieberhafter Falle. 4. Aufl. 16 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, E. Abigt, 1910. Amrein (Paul). *Resultate bei opera ti ver Pseudarthrosen- und Frakturen-Behandlung. Hamburg, L. Grafe & *Ueber alkoholische 36 pp., 1 1. 8°. Dies- [Basel.] 38 pp. Sillem, 1910. von Amsberg (August). Nephritis. [Erlangen.] sen, J. C. Huber, 1895. Amselle (Gaston) [1881- ]. ^Conception de l'hysterie; etude historique et clinique. 297 pp. 8°. Nancy, 1907, No. 9. ______. The same. Avec preface de M. le Prof. Bernheim. xi, 297 pp. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1907. Amsler (Ciisar). *Klinische, bakteriologische und experimentelle Studie iiber die^onpinetivitis cruposa. [Basel.] 21 pp. Karger, 1911. 8C Berlin, S. AMSLER. 372 AMYGDALA. Amsler (Jules) [1887- ]. Contribution a l'etude des cultures homogenes des bacilles de la tuberculose; agglutinabilite et pouvoir agglutino- g<">ne des bacilles de la tuberculose. [Lyon.] 87 pp. 8°. Valence, 1911, No. 48. Amson (Alfred). *Ueber das Ausreissen grosserer Aeste der Arteria axillaris bei Verrenkung des Oberarms. 35 pp., 1 1. 8°. Strassburg i. E., C. & J. Goeller, 1898. Amstad (Aloys)» *Zwolf Falle von paroxysmaler Tachykardie. 54 pp. 8°. Zurich,, A. Heller, 1910. Amstad (Ernst). *Zur Frage der diffusen gonor- rhoischen Peritonitis. [Basel.] 36 pp., 1 ch. 8°. Langnau, Ritschard-Wyss & Co., 1908. Amstad (Robert). *Die Ausscheidung des Jods im Ham der Kinder. 33 pp. 8°. Zurich, J. J. Meier, 1914. Amstadt (Walter). *Hirnsinus-Thrombose bei Chlorose. 40 pp. 8°. Zurich, A. Markwalder, 1904. Amsterdam. See, also, Children (Hospitals and asylums for), Cholera (History, etc., of), Fever (Typhoid, History, etc., of), Fever (Typhus, History, etc., of), Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hospitals (Gynecological, etc.), Hygiene (Municipal, Laws, etc., of), Hygiene (Public, Reports, etc., of), Leprosy (Hospitals for), Pharmacopseias (Official), by localities. Heynsius (C. E.) De bodem van Amsterdam en de omliggende polders in bescherming geno- men. 8°. Amsterdam, 1865. ter Meulen (J.) Huisvesting van armen te Amsterdam. 8°. Haarlem, 1903. Amsterdam. Rapport over de verbetering der watervooriening van Amsterdam. 1 p. 1., 151 pp., 1 diag., 1 map, 13 tab. 8°. Amsterdam, J. Muller, 1901. Amsterdam. Collegium Chirurgicum Amstelseda- mense. Vernieuwde Amsterdamsche apotheek, in Nederduitsch overgebragt. 7 p. 1., 210 pp., 13 1. 12°. Amsterdam, I. Tirion, 1738. Dutch translation of: Pharmacopcea Amstelaedamensis renovata, 1726. Amsterdam, New York. See Hospitals (Description, etc., of), Hygiene (Municipal, Laws, etc., of), by localities. Amtmann (Johann) [1874- ]. *Untersuchun- gen iiber fruhmittelalterliche und moderne Schadel aus Pftinz bei Eichstatt. 52 pp., 1 1. 8°. Miinchen, C. Wolf & Sohn, 1903. Amtsarzte-Kongress. Offizieller Bericht iiber den ersten ... lv. 1909. 8°. Wien. Amtsarzt (Der). Zeitschrift fiir offentliches Ge- sundheitswesen. v. 2-7, 1910-15. 8°. Leipzig & Wien. Amtschislawsky (Rahel). *Beitrag zur Darmaus- schaltung. 84 pp. 8°. Bern, Rosch & Schatz- mann, 1910. Amulets. See, also, Charms; Talismans. Petrie (\V. M. F.) Amulets; illustrated by the Egyptian collection in University College, London, fol. London, 1914. Bartels (M.) Ein antiker Mutterkranz. Verhandl d Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop, 1897. 52.—Bellucci (G.) Amul- letti italiani contemporanei. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1898, xix, 1249. -----. Amuleti itaUani antichi e contemporanei; catalogo descrittivo; contributo alia storia della medicina. Ann. d. fac. di med. e mem. d. Accad. med.-chir. di Perugia 1900, xn, 239-263.—Blackman (A.M.) The fox as a birth- amulet. Man, Lond, 1909, ix, 9— Blanchard (R.) Note sur les amulettes. Bnll. Soc. franc, d'hist. de la med Par 1912, xi, 55-59.—De Booy (T.) Certain similarities in amu- lets from the Northern Antilles. Holmes Anniv Vol Anthrop. Essays, Wash, 1916,24-31, 3 pi.—Fewkes (J. W j Amulets. Pre-Columbian West Indian amulets. Am. Anthrop, Lancaster, Pa, 1903, n. s, v, 679-691, 3 pi—Giglioll (E. H.) Amuleti degU sciamani-medici di alcuni popoli del N. Ov. delP America boreale e piu specialmente degh Haidk, Tlinkit e Tsimshian. Arch, per l'antrop, Firenze, 1900, xxx, 227- 237.—GUnther (R. T.) The cimaruta; its structure and development. Folk-Lore, Lond, 1905, xvi, 132-161, 8 pi — HUdburgh (W. L.) Notes on Spanish amulets. Ibid., 1906, xvu, 454-472:1914, xxv 206-212:1915, xxvi, 404-416, 9 pi. -----. Notes on some amulets of the Three Magi Kings. Ibid., 190s, xix, 83-87.-----. Notes on some Tibetan and Bhutia amulets and folk-medicines, and a few Nepalese amulets. J. Roy. Anthrop. Inst. Gr. Brit. & Ireland, Lond, 1909, xxxix, 386-396, 3 pi. -----. Notes on some Burmese amulets and magical objects. Ibid., 397-407, 1 pi.-----. Notes on some Japanese coins and coin-Uke objects used as amulets and in charms. Man, Lond, 1915, xiu, 56-59.— Japanese charms and amulets. Lancet, Lond, .916, i, 1091.—Kirtikar (K. R.) Some forms of Bombay amulets. J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1911-12, ix, 55-63 — Kronfeld (M.) Amulette und Zauberkrauter in Oesterreich. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1897, xlvn, 1583; 1721: 1898, xlvfii, 79; 129; 263; 311; 511; 1615; 1653; 1697; 1777; 1835; 2007; 2193; 2291; 2383.—Lawrence (R. M.) Medical amulets. In his: Primilive psychotherapy, 8°, Bost. & N. Y, 1910, 3-18.— Leyrltz (A.) Les amulettes. Chron. med. Par, 1898, v, 569-571.—Lins & Suva. Amuletos. J., de med. de Per- nambuco, 1910, vi, 45.—Littre (M.-P.-E.) L'amulette de Pascal. In his: Medecine et medecins, 8°, Par, 1872, 95- 110.—Lowry (Eleanor). The concealed neck-wear of chil- dren and its meaning. School Hyg, Lond, 1913, iv, 38-41.— Modi (J. J.) An Avesta amulet. J. Anthrop. Soc. Bombay, 1899-1902, v, 418-425.—Parker (Angelina). Further notes on Spanish amulets. Folk-Lore, Lond, 1913, xxiv, 63-91, 2 pi.—Peacock (Mabel). Amulets used in Lincolnshire. Ibid., 1908, xix, 87— Pettigrew (T. J.) Charms. Therap. Rec, Louisville, 1905-6, i. 92; 117.—Regnault (F.) Divi- nites pathologiques. Bull. Soc. frang. d'hist. de la med. Par, 1910, ix, 169-177, 3 pi— Weissenberg (S.) Sudrussi- sche Amulette. Verhandl. d. Berl. Gesellsch. f. Anthrop, Berl, 1897, 367.—Westrop (T. J.) A folklore survey of County Clare. Charms, amulets and magical rites. Folk- Lore, Lond, 1911, xxu, 49-60, 3 pi.—Wright (A. E.) & Lovett (E.) Specimens of modern mascots and ancient amulets of the British Isles. Ibid., 1908, xix, 288-303, 2 pi. Amusia. See, also, Music (Perception of, Disordered). Bernfeld (S.) Zur Psychologie der UnmusikaUschen; nebst Bemerkungen iiber Psychologie und Psychanalyse. Arch. f. d. ges. Psychol, Leipz, 1915, xxxiv, 235-253.— Daussat. Le langage musical. Amusies ou aphasies musicales. Presse med. Par, 1914, xxii, annex, 261-267.— Goebel (O.) Ueber Amusie und Aphasie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1914, xl, 1684-1686.—Haike. Sensorische Amusie im Gebiete der Klangfarbenperzeption. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1914, xlvUi, 249- 255.—Ingegnieros(J.) Les aphasies musicales. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par, 1906, xix. 362-382.—McKenzie (D.) The loss of hearing for musical tones and its bearing upon theories of audition. J. Laryngol, Lond, 1916, xxxi, 294 — Marinesco (G.) Des amusies. Semaine med. Par, 1905, xxv, 49-52.—Pick (A.) Zur Analyse der Elemente der Amusie und deren Vorkommen im Rahmen aphasischer Storungen. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol, Berl, 1905, xvUi, 87-96. Amy (George) [1864- ]. *Essai sur la maladie de Graves-Basedow. Theories et traitements recents. 47 pp. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 485. Amy (Joseph) [ -1911]. Obituary. Glasgow M. J, 1911, lxxvi, 28. Amygdala. See, also, Acid (Hydrocyanic); Amandin; Amygdalin. Hannig (E.) Ueber die Unterscheidung der Mandeln von ahnlichen Samen. Ztschr. f. Untersuch. d. Nahrungs- u. Genussmittel, Berl, 1911, xxi, 577-586.— Herissey (H.) Sur l'huile d'amande decoloree. J. de pharm. et de chim. Par, 1911,7. s,iv, 451-455.—JandouS (A.) [Distilled water from the almond tree.] Casop. lek. cesk, v Praze, 1865, iv, 197-199.—01eo(De)amygdalarum dulcium per urinse vias reddito. Bononiensi sc. et art. Inst, comment, Bononiae, 1745, u, pt. 1, 218.—Velardi (G.) Sulla tossicita delle man- dorle amare che vennero sottoposte alPazione del calore. Atti r. Ist. Veneto di sc, lett. ed arti, Venezia, 1905-6, lxv. pt. 2, 241-244. Amygdala (Toxicology of). See, also, Amygdalin. Heapy (H. E.) A case of almond oil poisoning. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1905, i, 941. Also: Homeop. World, Lond, 1905, xl, 371—Horrocks (H.) Death from poisoning by bitter almonds. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1898, xvii, 252.—Levental (G. A.) [Poisoning with oil of bitter al- monds.] Med. Obozr, Mosk, 1910, lxxiv, 894-903. AMYGDALASE. 373 AMYLASE. Amygdalase. Bertrand (G.) & Compton (A.) Sur une modification de l'amygdalinase et de l'amygdalase due au vieillissement. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc. Par, 1914, clix, 434-436.—Javil- lier & Tchernoroutzky (H.) L'amygdalase et Tamygda- Unase chez TAspergillus niger (Sterygmatocystis nigra V. Tgh.) et quelques hvphomycetes voisins. Ann. de i'lnst. Pasteur, Par, 1913, xxvii, 440-449. Amygdalin. See, also, Acid (Hydrocyanic). Uhlexhaut (H. W. H.) *Ueber die Spaltung von Amygdalin durch Schimmelpilze. [Kiel.] 8°. Burg b. M., 1911. Feist (K.) Die Spaltung des AmygdaUns unter dem Einfluss von Emulsin. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1908, ccxlvi, 509-514.-----. Ueber die Spaltung des Amygda- Uns. Ibid., 1909, cxlvu, 542-545.—Gerard. Sur le dedouble- ment de Pamygdaline dans l'economie. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1896, il, 185-187.—Giaja (J.) Sur l'empechement de la production de sucre reducteur dans l'hydrolyse diasta- sique de 1'amygdaUne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1911, Ixxi, 509.-----. Influence des produits de dedouble- meht de 1'amygdaUne sur le rapport dans lequel ceux-ci apparaissent au cours de l'hydrolyse diastasique de ce glucoside. Ibid., 1913, lxxv, 33-35.—Krieble (V. K.) The amygdalins and their inter-reactions with emulsin. J. Am. Chem. Soc, Easton, Pa, 1912, xxxiv, 716-735.—Moriggia (A.) & Ossi (G.) L'amigdaUna, sperienze flsio-tossicologi- che. Attid.r. Accad. d. Lincei, Roma, 1875-6, 2.s,ui,pt. 2, 55-64— Roger (H.) & Gamier. Sur la toxicite des injec- tions intraperitoneales d'amygdaUne. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1909, lxvi, 16— Rosenthaler (L.) Die Spaltung des AmygdaUns unter dem Einfluss von Emulsin. Arch. d. Pharm, Berl, 1910, ccxlvni, 105; 534: 1913, ccU, 85-89. Aniyl (Acetate of). Salant (W.) The toxicity of amyl acetate. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. ernicious; with detailed examination ofthe blood. Brit. M. J, Lond., 1901, i, 1073 — Ehni & Alexieff. De la resistance des globules deplasma- tises dans Tanemie pernicieuse. Compt.rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1908, lxiv, 1101.—Emerson (C. P.) The blood in pernicious anaemia. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1906, xvii, 286: 1907, xviii, 51-59.—Engel (C. S.) Die Zellen des Blutes und der Blutbildungsorgane bei derperniriosen Anamie, verglichen mit denen menschUcher Embryonen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1898, xxiv, Sonder[Ver.]-Beil, 62. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1898, xiv, 504. — Erben (F.) Die chemische Zusammen- setzung des Blutes bei pernicioser Anamie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1900; xl, 206-281.—Ferrata (A.) & Negrelros- Rinaldi. Anemia grave a tipo pernicioso con sindrome ematica; lieve leucanemica a reperto di leucemia acuta granulocitica degli organi ematopoietici. Folia med , Napoli, 1915, i, 418-421,1 pi.—Freund (II. A.) Hemolysis in perni- cious anemia, augmented by urinary retention; report of case. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1476-1478.— GaisbOck (F.) Beitrag zur Klinikhamolytischer Anamien mit herabgesetzter osmotischer Erythrocytenresistenz. Deutches Arch. f. kUn. Med, Leipz, 1913, ex, 413-460.— Garcia de Quevedo (L.) Cambios de la sangre en anemia perniciosa. Bol. Asoc. m6d. de Puerto-Rico, San Juan, P. R, 1903, i, 115-118.—Goodall (A.) Observations on cases of pernicious anaemia, with special reference to the blood changes. [Abstr.] Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1901, x, 21; 138; 208; 305.—Goodkind (M. L.) Aplastic pernicious anemia; analysis of the blood-picture; administration of arsenic and defibrinated human blood. Med. Clin, Chicago, 1915-16, i, 781-787.—Guglielmo (G.) Sui caratteri della perniciosita nel sangue di anemie gravi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1913, Roma, 1914, xxiii, 359-367.—Hammond (R.) Case of severe anemia, presenting blood findings of a perni- cious type; recovery. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, U, 1973.—Juspa (V.) Anemia perniciosa a sindrome leucane- mica. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1913, Roma, 1914, xxiii, 417-421.—Kelly (E. E.) Pernicious anemia; report of acase; blood and post mortem findings by Lois Nelson and P. K. Brown. Occidental M. Times, San Fran, 1901, xv, 51-55.— Labbe (R.) & Aubertin (C.) Anemie spienique avec 6osinophilie. Rev. mens. d. mal. de Tenf, Par, 1907, xxv, 69-78—Lesne, Clerc & Loederich. Un cas d'anemie per- nicieuse avec reaction sp6ciale du sang et de la moelle osseuse. Bull, etmem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par, 1905, 3. s, xxii, 726- 732.—McGee (J. H.) The haematology of Dr. Hodgson's AN.EMIA. 383 ANEMIA. Anaemia (Pernicious, Blood in). case of pernicious anaemia. Intercolon. M. J. Australas Melbourne, 1898, iii, 231-233.—Mantoux (C.) Du paral- lelisme entre Tetat du sang et I'etat de la moelle osseuse dans Tanemie pernicieuse. Semaine med. Par, 1906, xxvi, 385- 387.— Michel! ( F. ) L'anemia perniciosa progressiva; reazioni ematopoietiche e sanguigne. FoUa clin., chim. et micros, Salsomaggiore, 1911-12, iv, 1; 33. Also: Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1911, Roma, 1912, xxi, 103-157. [Discus- sion], 158-181.—Moore (E.S.) The color index in pernicious anemia. Tr. Chicago Soc. Int. Med, 1917, i-ii, 63—Pane (N.) SulT anemia progressiva mortale senza corpuscoli rossi nucleati nel sangue. Riforma med., Palermo, 1900, xvi, pt. 4, 44S — Parvu (M.) & Fouquiau (P.) Considerations sur un cas d'anemie pernicieuse a megaloblastes. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.]. Par, 1912, v. 106-113.—Poynton (F. J.) & Pedler (H. C. G.) A case of anaemia of the pernicious type with acholuric jaundice. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1912-13, xxxvi, 19-29.—Ruttan (R. F.) & Adami (J. G.) Notes on the composition of the blood serum in pernicious anaemia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1896, ii, 1700.—Schenck (W. E.) Pernicious anemia; blood specimen. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, lsys, n. s, xl, 293—Schttone (G.) Sulla formola ematologica del- T anemia perniciosa progressiva. Tommasi, Napoli, 1907, ii, 644-646.—Simon & Spillmann (L.) Photographies du sang d'un malade atteint d'anemie pernicieuse. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . , 1904-5, 44. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy,' 1905, xxxvii, 219.—Sitjes Combelles (R.) Anemia esencial con los caracteres hematoldgicos de la perniciosa progresiva terminada en la curaci6n. Gac. med. catal, Bareel, 1903, xxvi, 33-41. —Taylor (J. G. ) The symptoms and condition of the blood in pernicious anaemia. Practitioner, Lond, 1908, lxxxi, 320-325.—Troisier (J.) & Laroche (G.) Anemie hemolysinique avec autolysine Ubre dans le serum. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1913,3. s, xxxvi, 583-5%.—Vakulenko (I. L.) [Analy- sis of the blood in a case of progressive pernicious anaemia.] Trudi Med.-Khim. Lab. Imp. Tomsk Univ., 1903-8, i, 229- 258. —Verdozzi (C.) Reperto ematologico in un caso di anemia perniciosa essenziale. Boll. d. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1908, xxvui, 57-62.—Ward (W.) A case of perni- cious anemia, with megaloblastic crisis. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1905-6, n. s, v, 62-67, 1 pi— Weatherson (J.) Progressive pernicious anaemia; report of an interesting case showing the importance of blood examinations. Plexus, Chicago. 1901-2, vii, 394-397.—White (A. H.) Blood and organs from a case of pernicious anaemia. Tr. Rov. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl, 1911, xxix, 509-511.—Yeakel (W. K.) Hemochromatic bodies in pernicious anemia. West. M. Rev, Lincoln, Neb, 1902. vu, 31— Zenoni (C.) Delle alterazioni degenerative degli eritroblasti nelTanemia perni- ciosa. PoUcUn, Roma, 1898, v, sez. med, 33; 131; 180,1 pi — Ziegler (K.) Ueber die Morphologie der Blutbereitung bei pernizioser Anamie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1910, xcix, 431-467, 1 pi. Anaemia (Pernicious, Bothriocephalic). See, also, Anaemia (Pernicious, Metabolism in); Bothriocephalus (Infection by). Krantz (E.) *Ueber Bothriocephalus-Anae- mie mit aplastischem Knochenmark. 8°. Zu- rich, 1906. Moller (W.) *Studier ofver de histologis- ka forandringerna i digestionskanalen vid den perniciosa anamin och sarskildt vid bothrio- cephalus-anamin. [Studies on the histologic changes in the alimentary canal due to perni- cious anaemia and particularly to bothriocephalic anaemia.] 8°. Helsingfors, 1897. Ravaud (R.) *La cachexie bothriocepha- lique (anemie pernicieuse symptomatique). 8°. Paris, 1908. Bard(L.) L'anemia perniciosa botriocefalica. Artemed, Napoli, 1902,iv, 634-636. Also, transl: Semaine med. Par, 1902, xxn, 241-243.—Courmont (J.) & Andre. Sur un cas d'anemie pernicieuse k bothriocephale. J. de physiol. et de path, gen. Par, 1903, v, 353-359.—Fedorov (Mile. Natha- lie). L'anemie bothriocephalique. Arch, de parasitol. Par, 1902, vi, 207-244— Klimchitski (L. I.) [Helminthiatic malignant anaemia from a clinical viewpoint.] Sborn. klin. rabot iz terap. otd. Imp. Klin. Inst, [etc.], S.-Peterbv 1910, Ui, 1-32.—Meyer (A.) Two cases of pernicious anemia due to thedibothriocephalus latns. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep. 1903-4, N. Y, 1905, iii, 31-34. A Iso: Med. News, N. Y, 1905, Ixxxvi, 633-635.—Rosenqvist (E.) Ueber den Eiweisszerfall bei der perniciosen, speciell der durch Bothriocephalus latus hervorgerufenen Anamie. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr, 1901, xxxviii, 666-669.—Tallqvist (T. W.) Toxikologiske tjnder- s^gelser over den perniciose Anaemis Patogenese med saer- ligt HenbUk paa Bothriocephalusanaemien. Hosp.-Tid, K0benh, 1907,4. R, xv, 81; 113; 145.-----. Zur Pathogenese der perniziosen Anamie, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Bothriozephalusanamie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1907, lxi, 427-532.—Thompson (W. G.) A case of di bothrio- cephalus latus infection, causing pernicious anemia; with complete recovery. Med. News, N. Y, 1905, lxxxv, 635- 638. Anaemia (Pernicious, Cases and statis- tics of). Breidenbach (H.) *Ein Fall von perni- cioser Anamie. 8°. Munchen, 1905. Michelsen (A.) *Die perniciose Anaemie. Nach Beobachtungen an der medizinischen Klinik aus den Jahren 1901-10. 8°. Kiel, 1912. Natjer (A.) *Ueber progressive perniciose Anamie nach Beobachtungen auf der medizini- schen Klinik des Herrn Prof. Dr. H. Eichhorst, Zurich. 8°. Zurich, 1897. Roesebeck (0.) Ein Fall von pernicioser Anaemie. 8°. Gottingen, 1894. Solovtyofp (Olga). ^Contribution a l'etude de l'anemie pernicieuse; statistique des cas ob- serves en 6 ans a l'H6pital Cantonal de Geneve. 8°. Geneve, 1906. Tanigtjchi (E.) *Beitrage zur Casuistik der perniciosen Anamie. 8°. Munchen, 1911. Zibell (C. F. T.) *Ueber progressive per- niciose Anamie mit Berucksichtigung eines in der Greifswalder medicinischen Klinik beob- achteten Falles. 8°. Greifswald, 1898. Agnew (J. H.) Demonstration of three cases of perni- cious anemia. Tr. Clin. Soc. Univ. Mich, Ann Arbor, 1911- 12, iii, 165-168. Also: Physician & Surg, Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1912, xxxiv, 268-272.—Baetz (W. G.) Primary per- nicious anemia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 369. Also, Reprint.—Barjon (F.) & Cade (A.) Un cas d'anemie per- nicieuse progressive. Lyon med, 1900, xciv, 541-553 — Beecher (C. H.) Primary pernicious anemia. Vermont M. Month, BurUngton, 1906, xii, 185-194.—Berry (W. D.) A study of idiopathic or progressive pernicious anaemia, with cUnical and post mortem reports of a highly interesting case. Ibid., 1902, viU, 38-43.—BUlings (F.) Pernicious anemia, report of cases. Chicago M. Recorder, 1899, xvii, 223-227.— Boggess (W. F.) Pernicious anemia. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1909-10, xvi, 69-77.—Bramwell (B.) Pernicious anaemia. CUn. Stud, Edinb, 1909, vii, 375.—Cabot (R C.) Pernicious anemia; a study of fifty cases. Boston M. & S. J, 1896, exxxv, 104; 130,1 tab. A Iso, Reprint.-----. Pernicious anaemia; a study of one hundred and ten cases. Tr. Ass Am. Physicians, Phila, 1900, xv, 334-345. Also: Am. J M Sc, Phila, 1900, n.s, exx, 139-149. A ho, Reprint. —Castel- lino (N.) Su un caso di anemia perniciosa progressiva. Fo- Ua med, Napoli, 1916, ii, 721-729.—Chambers (H. W.) Two cases of pernicious anaemia. West Lond. M. J, 1909, xiv 45.—Chulkoff (N. V.) [Case of metaplastic maUgnant anaemia.] Sibirsk. Vrach, Tomsk, 1913-14, i, 91; 111— Colman (H. C.) Pernicious anaemia; with an analysis of eighty-seven published cases, and an inquiry into the after- history of twenty-two reported cures. Edinb. M. J, 1901, n. s, ix, 242; 340— Dalton (M.) Two cases of maUgnant anaemia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911-12, v, Clin. Sect, 55-58.—De Renzi (E.) Su di un caso di anemia per- niciosa progressiva. N. riv. clin.-terap, Napoli, 1910, xi, 57-66.—Dieballa (G.) [Later history of a case of pernicious anaemia, cured 13 years previously. Remission of a case of ernicious anaemia combined with tuberculosis.] Orvosi etil, Budapest, 1910, liv, 871-874.—Drygas (A.) Drei Falle von progressiver pernizioser Anamie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr.. Berl. & Leipz, 1902, xxviii, 543— Etienne (G.) & Perrin (M.) Sur un cas d'anemie pernicieuse essentielle. Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1909, xli, 265-272.—Faber (K.) [A case of pernicious anaemia with favorable result.] Hosp.- Tid, K0benh, 1900, 4. R, viii, 1198-1203.—French (H.) Sixty-eight cases of pernicious anaemia. Guy's Hosp. Rep Lond.. 1909, lxiu, 101-223. — Gibson (J. L.) Notes on a case ol pernicious anaemia. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892, Sydney, 1893, iii, 728-732,1 pi.—Goryayefl (N. K.) [Two cases of maUgnant anaemia.] Kazan. Med. J, 1911, xi, 127-136.—Grawitz (E.) Progressive pernicious anaemia. Internat. CUn, Phila, 1899, 9. s, ii, 72-83.—Greiwe (J. E.) Pernicious anemia. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1908, xcix, 593- 600.—Hall (J. N.) Pernicious anemia, with a report of cases. Denver M. Times, 1904-5, xxiv, 185-191.—Hamel. Ueber einen bemerkenswerthen Fall von pernizioser Anamie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1902, xxviii, 298; 306.—Harshberger (A. S.) [Case.] Penn. M. J, Athens, 1908, xi, 682-687.—Hawthorne (C. O.) A clinical lecture on a case of pernicious anaemia. Clin. J, Lond, 1897, x, 133- 137.—Hinsdale (G.) A case of pernicious anaemia; recovery. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1885, Ixxxix, 482-486.—von Hosslin (K.) Ueber 2 Falle von pernizioser Anamie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1903,1,685-688—Huber. Einige Falle von pernizioser Anamie. Mitt. d. Ver. badisch. Tierarzte, Karls- ruhe, 1910, x, 17-20.—Hunter (W.) Further observations on pernicious anaemia (seven cases); a chronic infecti-ve dis- ease; its relation to infection from the mouth and stomach; suggested serum treatment. Lancet, Lond, 1900, i, 221; 236; 371.-----. A case of pernicious anaemia, with observa- tions regarding mode of onset, clinical features, infective nature, prognosis, and antiseptic and serum treatment of the disease. Med.-Chir. Tr, Lond, 1901, lxxxiv, 205-249.-----. AN.-EMIA. 384 AN.EMIA. Anaemia (Pernicious, Cases and statis- tics of). Case of Addisonian anaemia (idiopathic pernicious anaemia). Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1910-11, iv, CUn. Sect, 37-39.— Hutchinson (J.) Three cases illustrating malignant anaemia. Arch. Surg, Lond, 1900, xi, 39-48.—James (A.) [Case.] Internat. CUn, Phila, 1S97, Ui, 165-173.—Jessen (F.) & Unverricht (W.) Ueber einen eigentumlichen Fall von pernizioser Anamie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxUi, 1787.—Klimchitski (L. I.) [Three cases of progressive pernicious anaemia.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1911, x, 1S71-1875— Launois (P.-E.) & Weil (P.-E.) Contribution a l'etude de Tanemie dite pernicieuse progressive; trois cas d'anemie metaplastique. Rev. de,med. Par, 1904, xxiv, 617-630.—Leclerc(F.)& Cade (A.) Etude clinique, hemato- logique et anatomo-pathologique d'un cas d'anemie per- nicieuse progressive. Lyon med, 1903, c, 1121-1129.—Leit- ner (P.) Ein Fall von schwerer (pernizioser) Anamie. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr, 1916, xxix, 1397.—McCrae(T.) Per- niciousanemia;thestatisticsof aseriesofforty cases. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, lls-150.—Martin (S.) A case of pernicious anaemia, with recovery. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1899, 8. s, iv, 122-127,1 pi.—Marvin (J. B.) Perni- cious anemia. Louisville Month. J. M. & S, 1903-4, x, 192- 194.—Massey (Myrtle L.) A study of several cases of per- nicious anemia. Woman's M. J, Toledo, 1909, xix, 94.— Miner (C. H.) Progressive pernicious anaemia. Tr. Lu- zerne Co. M. Soc, Wilkes-Barre, 1907, xv, 91-96.—Mix (C. L.) Two cases of primary pernicious anemia. Med. Clin. Chicago, Phila, 1916, ii, 509-532.—Musser (J. H.) Three cases of idiopathic anaemia, with remarks; and an analysis of the cases hitherto published in America. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1884-5, vii, 239-270. — Napier (A.) Case of pernicious anaemia in a woman, aet. 48. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Glasg, 1905-7, vi, 347. -----. Case of pernicious anaemia. Glasgow M. J, 1907, lxvUi, 126.—Oliver (T.) Un cas d'ane- mie pernicieuse. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1906, 3. s, xxui, 359-361.—Parsons (A. R.) Case of perni- cious anaemia. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1909, n. s, lxxxvii, 37.—Plehn. Ein bemerkenswerter Fall von pernicioser Anamie. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1908), 1909, xxxix, 166-170.—Ridley (J. B.) A case of fatal pernicious anaemia in a girl aged 20. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1896, i, 1143.— Riely(L. A.) Progressive pernicious anaemia. J.Oklahoma M. Ass, Muskogee, 1913-14, vi 170-176.—Rosenberry (B. P.) [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass,Chicago, 1910, lv, 1372.—Shoemaker (J. V.) An interesting case of pernicious anaemia. N.York M. J. [etc.], 1906, Ixxxiu, 1321-1323.—Smith (H. J.) [Case.] Med. Bull, Phila, 1907, xxix, 204-206.—Stealey (J. A.) Re- view of sixteen cases of pernicious anemia. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1913, cix, 174-178.—Syers (H. W.) Remarks on rapidly-progressive and fatal anaemia, with the report of a case. Treatment, Lond, 1900-1901, iv, 465-469.—Theodor (F.) Ein Fall von essenticller progressiver pernicioser Anamie. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh. . . . deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1899, Wiesb, 1900, xvi, 274- 279.—Thompson (W. G.) Pernicious anaemia; notes on fourteen cases. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bellevue Hosp, N. Y, 1904,i, 155-180.—Tyler(G.E.)& Cooper(C. E.) Reportofa case of pernicious anemia. Am. Med, Phila., 1902, Ui, 312.— Upham (J. H. J.) Pernicious anaemia, with case reports. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1905, i, 59-67.—Valladau (M.) Um caso de anemia perniciosa progressiva. Ann. pauUst. de med. e cirurg, S. Paulo, 1916, vi, 25-32— Vetlesen (H.J.) [A casuistic contribution to recent investigations on pernicious anaemia.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1908, 5. R, vi, 1152-1159—Waugh (W.) Pernicious anemia. Nashville J. M. & S, 1909, ciii, 196-198.—White (A. E. R.) A clinical record of a case of pernicious anaemia. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, i, 250-252.—White(W. H.) [Case.] CUn. J, Lond, 1905-6, xxvii, 305-312.—WUkinson (W. C.) Remarks upon nine cases of pernicious anaemia. Australas. M. Gaz, Sydney, 1905, xxiv, 639-644. Also: Am. Physician, N. Y, 1906, xxxii, 133-136.—Wilson (D. S.) So-called pernicious anemia; report of a case. Am. Med, Burlington, Vt, 1917, xii, 246-248.—Witherspoon (J. A.) Progressive pernicious anemia, with report of cases. Louis- ville Month. J. M. & S, 1908-9, xv, 325-330. Also: Lancet- Clinic, Cincin, 1909, ci, 346-350.—Woodward (H. L.) Per- nicious anemia. Ibid., 1914, cxi, 447—Zinninger (G. F.) Pernicious anaemia. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1905-6, i, 461- 466.—Zoppelli (U.) Sopra tre casi di anemia perniciosa pro- gressiva ed uno di anemia sintomatica grave. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1905, xxvi, 611-613. Anaemia (Pernicious, Causes and path- ology of). See, also, Addison's disease; Anaemia (Per- nicious, Blood in); Anaemia (Pernicious, Bothrio- cephalic); Anaemia (Pernicious, Experimental); Anaemia (Pernicious, Heredity in); Anaemia (Pernicious, Metabolism in); Anaemia (Perni- cious, Pigmentation in); Anaemia (Pernicious, Urine in); Anaemia (Pernicious) in pregnancy, etc.; Ankylostomiasis; Bothriocephalus (In- fection by); Stomach (Cancer of, Anaemic); Un- cinariasis. Anaemia (Pernicious, Causes and path- ology of). Agasse-Lafont (E.) *L'an6mie pernicieuse protopathique. S°. Paris, 1906. Arning (A. [O.]) *Ein Fall von pernicioser Anaemie mit Degenerationserscheinungen in den Hinterstrangen. [Leipzig.] 8°. Hamburg, [1894.] Bonin (H.) *Ueber Veranderungen der Ma- gensrhleimhaut bei pernizioser Anamie. S°. Berlin, 1912. Gaudin (J.) ^Considerations sur l'anatomie pathologique et l'etiologie de l'anemie perni- cieuse progressive. 8°. Lyon, 1S97. Gorner (H.) *Ueber die Veranderungen der Magenschleimhaut bei der perniciosen Anaemie. [Leipzig.] 8°. Berlin, 1914. Guillon (L.) ^Contribution a l'etude du tube digestif et du foie dans la maladie de Biermer. Essai sur la nature et sur la pathogenie de cette affection. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Herford (E. H.) *Ein Beitrag zur Patho- genese der progressiven perniciosen Anaemie. 8°. Berlin, 1896. Herzberg (Sophie). *Ueber Magen verander- ungen bei pernicioser Anamie. [Bonn.] 8°. Berlin, 1911. Also, in: Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl, 1911, cciv, 116-135. Hunter (W.) Pernicious anaemia; its path- ology, septic origin, symptoms, diagnosis, and treatment. Based upon original investigations. 8°. London, 1901. Joseph (H.) *Neuere Anschauungen iiber Aetiologie und Therapie der progressiven perni- ciosen Anamie. 8°. Leipzig, 1906. Koch (H. W. M.) *Ueber Veranderungen am Magen und Barm bei der perniciosen Anaemie. 8°. Madgeburg, 1898. Lenel (R. O.) *TJeber Ruckenmarksdege- nerationen bei pernizioser Anamie. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin. 1912. Also, in: Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1912,1, 517-5 42, 1 pi. Monteverdi (I.) Anemia perniciosa nella sua patogenesi. 8°. Cremona, 1903. Neumann (W. J.) *Ueber progressive per- niciose Anaemie mit Berucksichtigung von 30 Sectionsfallen aus dem pathologisch-anatomi- schen Institut zu Leipzig aus den Jahren 1889- 99. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Petren (K.) *Bidrag till kannedomen om ryggmargsforandringar vid pernicios anemi. [Contribution to the knowledge of the changes in the spinal cord in pernicious anaemia.] [Lund.] 8°. Stockholm, 1895. Also, in: Nord. med. Ark, Stockholm, 1896, n.F, vi, hft. 2, no. 7,1-80, 2 pi. Saenger (D.) *Ueber eine bisher nicht beob- achtete Darmveranderung bei pernicioser Ana- mie. 8°. Greifswald, 1901. Tcherniac (R.) Contribution a l'etude de la pathogenie de l'anemie pernicieuse progres- sive. 8°. Paris, 1909. Andreis (H.) El mal de caderas y la anemia progresiva. An. san. mil, Buenos Aires, 1902, iv, 878-884.—Arullanl (P. F.) Anemia perniciosa progressiva da micrococco tetra- geno. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1905, xxvi, 885-889.—Aschofl (L.) Bemerkungen zur Arbeit Schlaepfers: Beitrage zur Histologie des Darmes bei pernizioser Anamie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med. Leipz, 1910-11, ci, 417—Aubertin (C.) Anemie pernicieuse chez un radiologiste. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par, 1914, vii, 561-563—Austin (A. E.) The chemical and microscopic findings with reference to the gastro-intestinal tract in pernicious anemia. Boston M. & S. J, 1911, clxv, 128-132.—Bain (W.) Some points in the pathology of pernicious anaemia. Lancet, Lond, 1901, ii, 727-729— Bennecke (II.) Ablehnung der traumatischen Entstehung von pernizioser Anamie bei zwei Fallen. Aerzt- Sachverst.-Ztg, Berl, 1913, xix, 93-99.—Berger (F.) & Tsuchiya (I.) Beitrage zur Pathogenese der perniziosen Anamie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1909, xevi, 252-285.—Bialokur (F.) [On the relation of pernicious anas- AN.EMIA. 385 ANEMIA. Anaemia (Pernicious, Causes and path- ology of). mia to atrophy of the mucous coat of the stomach.] Gaz. lek, Warszawa, 1896, 2. s, xvi, 821; 855; 885.—Billings (F.) Pernicious anemia; report of the progress of cases presented to the Association in 1900, and report of a case with diffuse spinal cord lesions and post-mortem findings. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1901, xxxvii, 483-577.-----. The changes in the spinal cord and medulla in pernicious anemia. Boston M.& S.J, 1902, cxlvii, 225; 257. Also: ChicagoM. Recorder, 1903, xxiv, 1-32. A Iso, Reprint.—Blanchon (H.) Hemo- filia y anemia perniciosa. Rev. balear de cien. med, Palma de Mallorca, 1908, xxx, 552-55S— Bloch (E.) Zur Klinik und Pathologie der Biermer'schen progressiven Anamie. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1903, lxxvii, 276-307. -----. Ueber die Beziehungen des Traumas zur Biermer'- schen (progressiven) Anamie. Folia haematol, Berl, 1904, i, 271-277.—Boldt. Ruckenmarkserkrankung und perniziose Anamie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1909, v, 696.—Bret (J.) Remar- ques sur l'etiologie et l'anatomie pathologique de l'anemie pernicieuse. Province med.; Lyon, 1897, xi, 589-594.—Bret (J.) & Cade (A.) Contribution;! l'etudehistologique du foie' dans l'anemie pernicieuse progressive protopathique. Lyon med, 1902,xcix,457-469.—Brouwer(B.) Over hetcentrale zenuwstelsel bij pernicieuse anaemie. Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl., Amst, 1915,xix,5S4-592.—Buchanan (L.) Caseofper- nicious anaemia, with notes of the histological examination of the eye. Glasgow M. J, 1903, lx, 438-443. Also: Tr. Med.- Chir. Soc. Glasg. (1901-3), 1904, iv 432-437.—Bunting (C. H.) The etiology and pathogenesis of pernicious anaemia. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1905, xvi, 222-228.—Burger- hout (H.) & vanLonden (D.M.) Ruggemergsveranderin- gen bij pernicieuse anaemie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk, Amst, 1908, 2. R, xliv, 1. Afd, 1479-1492. -= Burr (C. W.) Spinal cord from a case of pernicious anaemia. Tr. Path. Soc. PhUa, 1891-3, xvi, 221-223. -----. The spinal cord lesions and symptoms of pernicious anemia. Univ. M. Mag, Phila, 1895, vii, 472-491. Also, Reprint.—Bussenius (W.) Beitrag zur Frage der Aetiologie der progressiven pernicio- sen Anamie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1900, xli, 40-49 — Cade (A.) Anemie pernicieuse avec moelle jaune dans les epiphvses et la diaphyse des os longs. Bull. med., Par., 1903, xvii, 647-649.—Camac (C. N. B.) & Milne (L. P.) Under observation five years; symptoms and signs of pernicious anemia; no neurological features; at the postmortem the characteristic changes of pernicious anemia; in the cord from the tenth dorsal to the first lumbar segments on the left side there was a swelling, with cavity formation, occupying almost exclusively the gray matter; patchy degeneration of the posterior columns, especially in the lower cervical regions. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila, 1910, xxv, 378- 389.-----------. The spinal cord lesions in two cases of pernicious (Addisonian) anemia. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y, 1910, cxl, 563-584.—Campbell (A. W.) Changes in the spinal cord in pernicious anaemia. Liverpool M.-Chir. J, 1898, xviii, 218.—Cederberg (A.) [The pathogenesis of anaemia, with special reference to so-called cryptogenetic pernicious anaemia.] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1914. xxx, 24- 54. Also, transl: Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1914, li, 585-589. -----. [A study of proteotoxic anaemia, together with fur- ther discussions on the etiology of cryptogenetic pernicious anaemia; the blood picture.} Duodecim, Helsinki, 1914, xxx, 591-622.-----. [Pernicious anaemia and anaphylaxis.] Ibid., 161-172.—Chaffey (W. C.) A case of diffuse pseudo- lymphoma terminating in pernicious anaemia. Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child, Lond, 1901-2, ii, 6-10.—Chauffard (A.) & Troisier (J.) Contribution a l'etude des hemolysines dans leurs rapports avec les anemies graves. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1908, 3. s, xxv, 94-105.—Clarke (J. M.) Remarks on the changes in the spinal cord in two cases of pernicious anaemia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1897, ii, 325- 328.—Courmont (P.) & Dufourt (A.) Sur l'anemie per- nicieuse tuberculense. Gaz. d. hop. Par, 1912, lxxxv, 211- 215.—Crisafulli (E.) Ricerche sui sistema nervoso nell' anemia perniciosa progressiva in un deficiente originario. Morgagni, Milano, 1907, xlix, 383-390, 1 pi— Curtin (R. G.) Nervous shock as a cause of pernicious anaemia. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila, 1884-5, vii, 234-238.—Dejerine (J.) & Mouzon (J.) Contribution a l'etude du syndrome des fibres radiculaires longues des cordons posterieurs dans l'aniSmie pernicieuse. Rev. neurol. Par, 1914, xxii, 206- 208. — Delearde & ,Breton. Hemophilic et anemie perni- cieuse progressive. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1908, xii, 1-4.— Donzello (G.) Contributo alia patogenesi dell' anemia per- niciosa progressiva. Sperimentale. Arch, di biol, Firenze, 1906, lx, 637-653,1 pi.—Dudgeon (L. S.) Some points on the pathology of pernicious anaemia. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1909, xxxii, 201-240—Engel (C. S.) Ueber einen Fall von perni- cioser Anamie mit gelbem Knochenmark in den Epiphysen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1900, xl, 17-23.—Ewald (C. A) & Friedberger (E.) Zur Pathogenese der perniziosen Ana- mie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, xxxix, 1293; 1449.—Faber (K.) & Bloch (C. E.) Ueber die pathologischen Veranderungen am Digestionstractus bei der perniciosen Anamie und iiber die sogenannte Darmatro- phie. Ztschr. f. klin. Med, Berl, 1900, xl, 98-136. Also: Beitr. z. Path. d. Verdauungsorg---med. Klin, in Kopenh., Berl, 1905, i, 1-55, 1 pi.-----------. Ueber die pathologi- 76399°—17----25 Anaemia (Pernicious, Causes and path- ology of). schen Veranderungen am Digestionstractus bei der perni- ciosen Anamie. Arch. f. Verdauungskr, Berl, 1904, x, 1-28.—Fejes (L.) Az anaemia perniciosa aetiologiajarol. Orvostud. ertek. gyiijt. Magy. orv. Arch, Budapest, 1913, u. f, xiv, 1-16,1 pi.—Finzi (G.) Contributo alio studio della patogenesi dell' anemia perniciosa progressiva. Riforma med, Roma, 1902, xviii,pt. 4,854; 867.—Goebel (W.) Rii- ckenmarksveranderungen bei pernicioser Anamie. Mitt. a. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst, 1898, ii, 1-28.—Good (C. A.) The pathology and treatment of pernicious anemia. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1914, n. s, xxxiii, 376-379.—Gordon (A.) Histological changes of the spinal cord in pernicious anemia apropos of case of diffuse degeneration. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, Lancaster, Pa, 1909, xxxvi, 750. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, xc, 8-12. Also, Reprint.—Grawitz (E.) Ueber Begriffsbestimmung, Ursachen und Behandlung der pro- gressiven perniciosen Anamie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1898, xxxv, 704-708. [Discussion], 716; 730— Griffith (J. P. C.) & Burr (C. W.) The pathology of pernicious anemia. Med. News, Phila., 1891, lix, 445-450. Also, Reprint.—Guerrieri (M.) Anemia perniciosa e sua etiologia; sintomi clinici; esame del sangue. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1911, xiv, 159-161.—Gulland (G. L.) & Goodall (A.) Pernicious anaemia; a histological study of seventeen cases. J. Path. & Bacteriol, Edinb. & Lond, 1904-5, x, 125-144, 2pl.—Hayem (G.) Lesions de l'estomac dans l'anemie pernicieuse pro- gressive. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1896, 3. s, xiii, 332-334.—Heinrichsdorff (Adele). Ueber die Beziehungen der perniziosen Anamie zum Karzinom. Folia haematol, Leipz, 1912-13, xiv, pt. 1, 359-429.—Herrick (J. B.) Nervous shock and disease of the nervous system as a cause of pernicious anemia. Alienist & Neurol, St. Louis, 1896, xvii, 348-358. Also: J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 18%, xxvi, 1216-1219.—Hollis (A. W.) & Ditman (N. E.) The theory of the toxic origin of pernicious anemia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1907, Ixxi, 175-179.—Hosmer (M. S.) The structural changes of the bone-marrow and other blood- making organs, in pernicious anemia and allied diseases, as indicating their functions and treatment. Tr. M. Soc. Wis- consin, Madison, 1897, xxxi, 309-320.—Hunter (W.) The pathology of pernicious anaemia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1896, i, 326-329.-----. The issue regarding the etiology of pernicious anaemia denned a definite infective disease. Lancet, Lond, 1901, ii, 1076.-----. Pernicious anaemia;its infective nature, clinical features, and antiseptic and serum treatment. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1901, n. s, Ixxi, 355-358.-----. The infective nature and relation to sepsis of pernicious anaemia. West Lond. M. J, Lond, 1901, vi, 176-184.-----. On the nature and etiology of pernicious anaemia, based on twenty- five cases. Clin. J, Lond, 1902-3, xxi, 17-23.-----. Further investigations regarding the infective nature and etiology of pernicious anaemia (25 cases) (syn.: idiopathic anaemia of Addison); its non-identity with progressive pernicious anaemia of Biermer. Lancet, Lond, 1903, i, 283; 367; 380; 488.—Hunter (W. K.) On the pathology of pernicious anaemia. Glasg. Hosp. Rep, 1898, i, 321-342.—Jacob (P.) & Moxter. Riickenmarkserkrankungen und Veranderun- gen bei todtlich verlaufenden Anamieen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1898, xxiv, Ver.-Beil, 137-139.— Johnson (E. G.) Ett fall af pernicios progressiv anemi med forandringar i ryggmargens bakre strangar. [Cas d'anemie pernicieuse progressive, avec alteration des cordes posterieures de la moelle epiniere. C.-r, no. 38, 38.] Nord. med. Ark, Stockholm, 1897, n. F, viii, Ftstbd. Axel Key... no. 33, 1-20, 4 pi.—Juliusburger. Ueber Riickenmarksver- anderungen bei progressiver, mit dem Tode endigender Anamie. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1898, xxx, 975-977.—Ka- banofl (B. F.) [Connection between gastrointestinal dis- eases and pernicious anaemia, based on Abderhalden's re- action.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1913, xii, 1262. Also, transl: Zentralbl. f. innere Med, Leipz, 1913, xxxiv, 861- 863.—-Knauth. Anaemia gravissima septica. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1914, xl,390.—Labbe (M.) & Agasse-Lafont. Anemie pernicieuse progressive et tuber- culose. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par, 1908, 3. s, xxv, 989-998.—Labbe (M.) & Chaillous (M.) Anemie per- nicieuse progressive d'origine syphilitique. Ibid., 1906, 3. s, xxiii, 852-857.—Labbe (M.) & Joltrain (E.) Anemie per- nicieuse et lesions renales. , Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.]. Par, 1908, i, 366-370.—Lenoble(E.) , Contribution a l'etude des lesions medullaires dans Tanemie pernicieuse progressive protopathique et dans les anemies symptomatiques de l'adulte. Rev. de mea. Par, 1897, xvii, 425-451.—Lessen- ger (W. S.) Anaemia; with special consideration of the per- nicious form; morbid anatomy and blood pathology by C. Hoffman. Interstate M. J, St. Louis, 1901, viii, 258-265.— Levander (Y.) [Is pernicious anaemia the result of anaphy- lactic poisoning?] Duodecim, Helsinki, 1914, xxx, 155-160.— Litten (M.) & Michaelis (L.) Zur Theorie der perniciosen Anamie. Fortschr. d. Med, Berl, 1904, xxii, 1285-1290.— Lloyd (J. H.) The spinal cord in pernicious anaemia. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis, N. Y, 1896, xxi, 225-235. Also: Phila. Hosp. Rep, 1896, iii, 116-124.—Lube (F.) Veranderungen des Zentralnervensystems bei pernizioser Anamie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Nervenh, Leipz, 1913, xlvi, 299-324.—Ludke (H.) AX.EMIA. 386 AN/EMIA. Anaemia (Pernicious, Causes and path- ology of). & Fejes (L.) Untersuchungen fiber die Genese der krypto- genetischen perniziosen Anamien. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz., 1913, cix, 433^68, 1 pi—Luzzatto (A. M.) Sulle forme di anemia perniciosa da neoplasma. Riv. veneta di sc. med, Venezia, 1909, li, 385; 433.—McCaskey (G. W.) Note on a haemolytic agent, probably a member of the purin group obtained from the urine in a case of pernicious anaemia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 1030-1032. Also, Reprint. -----. The incidental role of streptococcus infection in per- nicious anemia. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1912, v, 119-121.-----. Pernicious anemia; an embryonic factor in its etiology. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1913, xcvii, 67-71. Also, Reprint. — Marchand (F.) Ueber Halisterese der Kno- chenbalkchen bei pernicioser Anamie. Atti d. Cons, inter- naz. dei patol. 1911, Torino, 1912, i, 283-286,1 pi.—Margulis (M. S.) [Pernicious anemia with changes in the central nervous system.] J. nevropat. i psikhiat . . . Korsakova, Mosk, 1903, iii, 1142-1152.—Martius (F.) Sui rapporto dell' achilia con l'anemia perniciosa. N. progr. internaz. med.-chir, Napoli, 1905-6, ii, 10-12.—Matthes. Ueber Ruekenmarksveranderungen bei pernicioser Anamie. Arch. f. Psychiat, Berl, 1898, xxx, 665-672.—Meulengracht (E.) [Stenosis of the small intestine as a cause of pernicious anae- mia.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1917, lxxix, 1561.—Mof- fltt (H. C.) Is pernicious anemia of infectious origin? Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila, 1911, xxvi, 288-295. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1911, n. s, cxlii, 476-481.—Mouisset (F.) & Pettitjean (G.) Anemies graves; origine infectieuse ou toxique du syndrome de Biermer. Lyon med, 1908, cxi, 361; 409; 449— Muir (R.) & Dunn (J. S.) The retention of iron in the organs in haemolvtic anaemia. J. Path. & Bac- teriol, Cambridge, 1914-15, "xix, 417-428, 1 pi.—Nathan. Anemie pernicieuse et syphilis. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par, 1914, xl, 359-362.—Xewburgh (L. H.) The relation of pernicious anemia to infection; report of a case. J. Mich. M. Soc, Detroit, 1917, xvi, 118-120.—Nicol (K.) Wucherung myeloblastenahnlicher Elemente (diffuse Myeloblastose?) in den retroperitonealen Lymphdriisen in einem Fall von pernizioser Anamie. Deutsches Arch. i. klin. Med, Leipzv 1913, cxi, 417-428, 1 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Deutsche med. AVchnschr, Berl. 9-362.—Milne (L. S.) Post- hemorrhagic anemia. J. Exper. M, Lancaster, Pa, 1912, xvi, 325-335, 4 pi.—Pianese (G.) Sulle modificazioni che negli organiemopoietici induce l'anemia da emorragia lenta progressiva. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1905, viii, 250-252. Anaemia (Primary). See Anaemia. Anaemia (Pseudo-leuksemic). See Hodgkdn's disease; Lymphadenoma; Pseudo-leukaemia. Anaemia (Secondarg or sympathetic). See Anaemia (Causes, etc., of). Anaemia (Splenic) [Banti's disease]. See Spleen (Hypertrophy of) with anaemia. Anaemia (Surgical relations of). See, also, Anaemia (Post-hsemorrhagic, etc.). Byford (H. T.) Anemia from the standpoint of the operating surgeon. Chicago M. Recorder, 1913, xxxv, 319- 322. Also, Reprint. Also: Internat. Clin, Phila, 1913, 23. s, iii, 227-233.-----. The significance of anemia as an opera- tive risk. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Chicago, 1913, xxxviii, 237- 247. A Iso, Reprint. Also: Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1913, xvii, 271-275. Also, Reprint.—Cullen (T. S.) Opera- tions on patients with a hemoglobin of forty per cent or less. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila, 1913, xxxviii, 248-294—McMe- chan (F. II.) Anemia as a factor in the progress of anesthetic and operative results. Nashville J. M. & S, 1910, civ, 193- 197. Anaemia (Treatment of). See, also, Anaemia (Pernicious, Treatment of); Anaemia in children (Treatment of). Chichkova (Alarie). *Traitement des anemies pretuberculeuses. (Revuegenerale.) 8°. Mont- pellier, 1906. Faber (K.) De anaemiske Tilstande og Behandlingen af dem efter deres Natur. [The anaemic conditions and their treatment con- formable to their nature.] 8°. K0benhavn, 1896. Fitch (W. E.) The pathology and treatment of anaemia. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. Fredet (G.-E.) Etude sur l'anemie et la chlorose; leurs complications et leur traitement par les eaux minerales de Royat. 8°. Paris, 187S. Graf (W.) Wie werden Bleichsuchtige und Blutarme gesund? Allgemeinverstandlich be- antwortet. 12°. Berlin, 1903. Loomis (H. P.) The successful treatment of ansemia, with effect shown by increase of red corpuscles and haemoglobin. 16°. [New York], 1893. Robison (J. A.) Bone marrow in the treat- ment of various forms of anaemia. 8°. Chicago, [n. d.]. Sinapius. Blutarmut und Bleichsucht; ihr Wesen, ihre Erscheinungen, ihre Ursachen und ihre Heilung durch die physikalisch-diateti- schen Heilfaktoren; gemeinverstandlich darge- stellt. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Zachrisson (F.) *Experimentella studier ofver den intravenosa och subkutana saltvat- teninfusionens varde vid akut anami. [Ex- perimental studies on the value of intravenous and subcutaneous salt water infusions in acute anaemia.] 8°. Uppsala, 1902. ------. The same. 8°. Upsala, 1902. Aleksandroff. [Haemoglobin and its use in the treat- ment of anaemia, chlorosis, etc.] J. Med. Khim. i Organo- terap, S.-Peterb, 1903, ix, nos. 29-30,107-116.—Allbutt (C.) Introduction of discussion on anaemia and its therapeutics. AN.EMIA. 393 ANAEMIA. Anaemia (Treatment of). J. Balneol. & Climat, Lond, 1901, v, 89-146.-----. The treatment of anaemias. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1901, n. s, Ixxi, 190.—Armando (R.) Contributo alia terapia delle anemie. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1913, xvi, 1009- 1016.—Barney (G. D.) Anaemia; its cause and treatment with pepto-mangan (Dr. Glide's). Gaillard's M. J, N. Y, 1896, lxiv, 195-203. Also: N. York M. J, 1895, lxii, 721-724. Also, Reprint.—Bass (M.) Ceber Anamin Liebe. Med. Bl, Wien, 1006, xxix, 554.—Beerwald. Aphorismen zur Therapie der Bleichsucht. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1908, xviii. 193-197. Also: Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1908, liii, 244; 256; 2t'.s.—Bell (S.) Thyroid extract; some results of its administration on the red and white corpuscles and hemo- globin in cases of anemia associated with melancholia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 1230-1232.—Belliboni (K.) Osservazioni ematologiche e terapeutiche su vari casi di anemia. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1485.—Bellucci (O.) Dell'isotonia nella clorosi ed in alcune forme d'anemia secondaria. Clin, mod, Pisa, 1905, xi, 87-90.—Bieser (G.) A case of anemia treated by suggestion. Suggestion, Chi- cago, 1902, Lx, 158-162.—Blackley (I. G.) A case of chloro- anaemia treated with sodium cacodvlate. Am. Physician. Rahway, N. J, 1903, xxix, 134.—Bordoni (L.) Ulteriori osservazioni sun'efficacia dell'alta frequenza negli stati cloroanemici. Idrol. e climat, Firenze, 1914, xxv, 102-107.— Bramwell (B.) Pernicious anaemia in a patient who for twenty years had had no teeth and whose mouth and gums were perfectly healthy; beneficial effect of arsenic. Clin. Stud, Edinb.; 1902-3, i, 153.—Brancoli-Busdraghi (N.) Sui valore fisiologico e terapeutico di una nuova massa pillolare nelle varie forme di anemia. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Parma, 1008, 2. s, i, 138-144.—Brauner (L.) Therapeuti- sche Versuche mit Sanguinal Krewel bei anamischen Zu- standen. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1902, xlvii, 552-554 — Bro.oks (H.) The diagnosis and treatment of anemia. Medi News, N. Y, 1905, lxxxvii, 772; 826.-----. The anemic hab t; with special consideration of its treatment. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xevi, 109-113. Also, Reprint.—Burger (F.) Ueber innerliche Darreichung von Lysol bei Anamie und seine machtig den Appetit anregende Wirkung. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr, 1905, Iii, 416.—Burnett (F. M.) On the treatment of anaemia bv oxygen inhalations. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1896, Lond, 1897, xxxii, 321-334—Butler (G. F.) The tonic alterative action of copper and arsenic in primary and secondary anemic cases. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin, 1906, n. s, lvi, 40-42.—Camurri (V. L.) La cura delle anemie. Gazz. internaz. di med, Napoli, 1904, vii, 253. A Iso: Farma- coterap, Lodi, 1906, vi, 81-96.—Camuzzi (L.) Cura delle anemie e questione economica. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1903, xxiv, 1382-1384.—Cantieri (C.) La terapia colesterinica in alcune forme di anemia grave. Rassegna di clin. e terap, Roma, 1914, xiii, 305-368. Also: Riv. crit. di clin. med, Firenze, 1914, xv, 673; 689; 705.-----. II tasso di colesterina del siero di sangue dopo la terapia colesterinica in alcune forme di anemia grave. Rassegna di clin. e terap, Roma, 1914, xiii, 369-378— Chalier (J.) Valeur de l'opotherapie medullaire dans le traitement des anemies graves. J. de med. de Par, 1911, 2. s, xxiii, 645-647.—Charrin & Chas- sevant. Action de l'ingestion d'extrait de moelle osseuse dans le traitement de l'anemie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1897, 10. s, iv, 799.—Cobb (G. II.) A case of chronic anaemia; treatment by nucleo-albumins and bone marrow. N. York M. J, 1897, lxv, 701.—Cole^ihi (L.) Anemia e sua cura. Rassegna di clin. e terap, Roma, 1914, xiii, 43-71.— David (O.) Die therapeutische Verwertung sai;erstorTar- mer Lift bei Anamien. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med, Leipz, 1912, cix, 129-150.—De Francesco (G.) Tre casi di grave anemia guarita colle iniezioni ipodermiche di bicloruro di mercurio e di bicloruro di chinino. Gazz. d. osp, Milano, 1896, xvii, 157.—Deganello (U.) Sui potere ematogeno del sanguinal (composto diemoglobina) nelle anemie secondarie. Riv. veneta di sc. med, Venezia, 1911, lvi, 444-455.—Dick- inson (G. K.) Anemia, with some remarks as to its patho- geny and hypodermic treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1910, Ixxviii, 407.—de Diego (A.) Anemia y clorosis; su trata- miento por el oxigeno. Siglo med, Madrid, 1896, xliii, 54- 56.—Dolling (M.) Anamin und Arsanfimin in der Allge- meinpraxis. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg, Berl, 1910, 415 — Dowden (T. B.) Alcohol and iron in anaemia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1901, lx, 111.—Edgecombe (W.) The effect of exercise on the haemoglobin with reference to the value of rest in the treatment of anaemia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1898, i, 1650-1653.—Euler-Rolle (F.) Practical experiments in the treatment of anemic conditions. Mass. M. J, Bost, 1903, xxiii, 342-351—Evans (G. II.) & Halton (Mary). An unusual case of anemia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1905, xliv, 1195-1197.— Fabozzi (S.) Sull' azione dell'ematogeno Colucci nell' anemia. Gior. di med. e chir, Napoli, 1906, ii, 253-260.—Fedele (X.) Contributo alia cura delle anemie. Gazz. d. osp, Miiano, 1898, xix, 1509-1511.—Ferguson (J.) Successful use of proionuclein in a case of extreme anemia. Med. Rev, St. Louis, 1896, xxxiii, 424.—Ferrero (G.) II biosan nella terapia delle anemie. Med. nuova, Roma, 1915, vi, 64-68.—Fowler (J. S.) An experimental investigation of the action of red bone-marrow on the blood in anamia. Scot. M. & S. J, Edinb, 1899, v, 225-236.—Frieser (J. W.) Zur Behandlung der Anaemie vnd Chlorose. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Wien, 1899, vi, 1355-1362.-----. Zur Behand- lung der Anamie und Chlorose. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miin- Anaemia (Treatment of). chen 1902, xii, 305-307.—Fuchs (R.) Ueber den Einfluss von Blutanpraparaten auf die Blutbildung. Reichs-Med.- Anz, Leipz, 1907, xxxii, 164; 185—Gerhardt (D.) Die Entstehung und Behandlung der sekundaren Anamien. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med, Wiesb, 1910, xxvii, 109-156.—Gerlach (V.) Die Beeinflussung der Blutbeschaffenheit durch Reichardts Gral-Nahrung. Ztschr. f. phys. u. diatet. Therap, Leipz, 1909, xiii, 107-120.— Goldberg (N.) Ueber die Behandlung der Anamieen mit Bi-Palatinoids. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1907, lvii, 1228- 1232.—Gommaerts. Traitement de l'anemie et de la chlo- rose par le massage et la gymnastique medicale suedoise. Ann. Soc. de med. de Gand, 1899, Ixxviii, 174-187.—Grober (J.) Chronische Anamie. Handb. d. ges. Therap. (Pen- zoldt u. Stintzing), 4. Aufl, Jena, 1909, ii, 104-113. -----. Behandlung akut bedrohlicher Erkrankungen; ein Zyklus klinischer Vortrage. I. Behandlung akuter schwerer Anamie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, xxxix, 2281-2283— GUnzel (O.) Arzneibehandlung der Bleichsucht und anamischer Schwache-Zustande. AerzJ. Prax, Berl, 1906, xix, 147.—Guillermin (R.) & Friolet (II.) Quelques observations sur le traitement des anemi- ques par le chlorosan. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 49-51—Gunn (J. N.) The Weir Mitchell treat- ment of anemia. Dominion M. Month, Toronto, 1906, xxvii, 1-4.—Haberlin. Blutbefunde an der Nordsee. Berl. klin. Wchnschr, 1908, xiv, 800-802.—Haggard (W. D.) Splenectomy in the anemias. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917, lxix, 79-81—Holler (R.) Beitrage zur Pathologie und Therapie der primaren und sekundaren anamischen Erkran- kungen. Wien. med. Presse, 1904, xiv, 1586-1592.—Hosmer (M. S.) The structural changes of the bone-marrow and other blood-making organs in pernicious anaemia and allied diseases as indicating their functions and treatment. Med. Times, N. Y, 1897, xxv, 365-369—Humphry (L.) Three cases illustrating the open-air treatment of pernicious and other forms of toxic anaemia. Lancet, Lond, 1901, i, 702- 704.—Hunter (W.) Facts and theory regarding the treat- ment of severe anaemias. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, i, 1458: ii, 49.—Hutchings (C. W.) Alimentation in conditions of marked debility. Atlantic M. Weekly, Providence, 1896, vi, 377.—Jackson (Josephine). Buttermilk and greens treatment of three cases of grave secondary anemia. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1914, xii, 347.—Jungmann (M.) Beitrage zur Therapie anamischer Zustande. Deutsche med. Presse, Berl, 1904, viii, 98—Kail (K.) Ueber die Anwendung kleiner Salvarsandosen bei sekundaren Ana- mien und Ernahrungsstorungen. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr, 1914, lxi, 1506-1508.—Kinnear (B. O.) Oxygen, iron and the spinal ice bag in the treatment of anemia. Buffalo M. J, 1897-8, xxxvii, 88-97.—von Kirchbauer (A.) Blutar- mut und Vanadium-Sanguinal-Praparate Krewel. Med. Klin, Berl, 1907, iii, 738.—Kolbl (F.) Die primaren und secundaren Anamien und deren Behandlung. Allg. Wien. med. Ztg, 1900, xiv, 143; 153.—Krug (A.) Ueber die medi- camentose Behandlung der verschiedenen Formen der Anamie. Med.-chir. Centralbl, Wien, 1901, xxxvi, 60-62.— Krumbhaar (E. B.) The value of splenectomy in the primary anemias. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila, 1916, 3. s, xxxviii, 158-167.—Kwan (J.) Ueber den Einfluss der physiologi- schen Kochsalzlosung bezw. Ringerschen Fliissigkeit auf die akute Anemie. Arch, internat. de pharmacod, Brux. & Par, 1913, xxiii, 407-416.—Labbe (M.) Principes du traitement des etats anemiques. Gaz. med. du centre, Tours, 1903, viii, 49-52. -----. Un cas d'anemie traite par les rayons X. J. de physiotherap. Par, 1912, x, 57-62.— Langheld. Treatment of anaemia with a simple remedy stimulating the appetite. Therapist, Lond, 1907, xvii, 1-3.—Leede (C.) Zur Frage der Behandlung der Anamie mit Salvarsan. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1911, lviii, 1184.—Lemoine(G.) Traitement des anemies. Nordmed, Lille, liKis, xv, 81-90—Lepine (R.) La cure de l'anemie par l'altitude. Gaz. d. eaux; Par, 1898, xli, 377. Also: Semaine med. Par, 1898, xviii, 105-107.—Liermberger (O.) Der Einfluss der Leviko-Kuren auf die Blutbeschaffenheit bei anamischen Zustanden. Med. Bl, Wien, 1903, xxvi, 692; 711.—Loose (D. N.) The treatment of anemia. J. Iowa State M. Soc, Clinton, 1911-12, i, 186-194.—de' Luna (G.) Anemie e loro cura. Riv. med, Milano, 1908, xvi, 162-164.—Lyubomudroft (P. V.) [Severe anaemia cured by saline injections.] Voyenno-Med. J, S.-Peterb, 1902, lxxx, med.-spec. pt, 124-136.—McKeeby (W. C.) Clinical notes on the treatment of anaemia. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1898, xi, 340—Mamlock (G. L.) Zur Behandlung der Anamien. Ztschr. f. diatet. u. physik. Therap, Leipz, 1903, vii, 260-267.—Mann (W. O.) Bone marrow in anae- mia. Am. J. Insan, Chicago, 1896-7, liii, 396-398.—Marcus. Ueber die Behandlung der Bleichsucht. Veroflentl. d. balneol. Gesellsch. in Berl. Balneol. Gesellsch, 1890, xii, 117-138.—Markus. Zur Behandlung der Bleichsucht mit Fersan. Wien. med. Bl, 1901, xxiv, 39-41.—Martin (K. B.) Verhiitung und Behandlung der Blutarmut und Bleichsucht. Aerztl. Rundschau, Miinchen, 1908, xviii, 334-339.—Melland (C. H.) The diagnosis and treatment of severe anaemia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, i, 1347-1349.— Meltzer (S. J.) The treatment of anemia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlix, 639-642.—Mennella. Cura pronta delle anemie gravi. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Milano, 1895, vi, 249.—Metall (H.) A contribution to the therapeutics of ANJEMIA. 394 AKEMLA Anaemia (Treatment of). anaemic conditions. St. Louis M. Era, 1901-2, xi, 859-866. Also: Toledo M. i>, xxxvii, 1351-1353.—Luke (T. D.) On an- aesthetics with historicalsketch. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1905, n. s, lxxx, 101-106.—McBurney (C.) The surgery of the future. Seini-Centen. Anaesthesi,, Bost, 1S97, 69-76 — McManus (J.) The history of anaesthesia. Dental Oflice A- Lab, Phila, 1895, ix, 67-81.—>Iaduro(M.L.) The status of generalanesthesiain 1900. Med. News, N. Y, 1900,lxxvii, 373.—Magruder (E. M.) Discovery of surgical anaesthesia. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond. 1914-15, xix, 554: 60S: 1915. xx, 12.—Mitchell (J. F.) Local anesthesia; extent to which local anesthesia has been adopted in America. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 190s, U, 1.582-1584.—Morton (W. J.) Memoranda relating to the discovery of surgical anesthesia, and William T. G. Morton's relation to this event. Post- Graduate, N. Y, 1905, xx, 333-353, 1 pi. Also, Reprint. Also, transl: Wien. med. Presse, 1906, xlvii, 1893; 1947.— Muller (B.) Ueber den jetzigen Stand der Narkosenwissen- schaft. Med. KUn, Berl, 1904-5, i, 135.—Osier (Sir W.) Long and anaesthesia. Lancet, Lond, 1914, ii, 1219.-----. Sir James Y. Simpson and anaesthesia. Ibid., 1067.—Pio- neers of anaesthesia. Practitioner, Lond, 1896, lvii, 401- 416.—Powell (R. D.) Sir James Y. Simpson and anaesthe- sia. Lancet, Lond, 1914, ii, 1166.—Pre-anaesthetic sur- gery. Practitioner, Lond, 1896, lvii, 417-422.—Regenbogen (O.) Die Geschichte der allgemeinen und ortlichen Anas- thesie. Monatsh. f. prakt. Tierh, Stuttg, 1909, xx, 335- 348.— Rice(R. A.) History and administration of anesthetic drugs. Ohio M. J, Columbus, 1908, iv, 538-546.—Richard- son (Sir B. W.) An address on the next great advance in anaesthesia; including a new exposition of common sensi- biUty. Lancet, Lond, 1896, i, 1047-1051.—Rogers (J. T.) History of general surgical anesthesia. St. PaulM. J, Minn, 1901, iii, 81.5-822.—Rose (Mary D.) What anaesthesia has done for surgery. Woman's M. J, Cincin, 1912, xxii, 106- 108.—Rowell (>•.) The work of Simpson, Snow, Lister, and the Hyderabad Chloroform Commission. Practitioner, Lond, 1896, lvn, 357-365.—Schleich (C.) Ueber die Ent- wicklung der allgemeinen und lokalen Anasthesie. Zt- schr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena, 1908, v, 1-13.—Schneider. Ueber die allgemeine una locale Anaesthesie; eine historische Skizze mit Schlussbemerkungen. Wien. zahnarztl. Monat- schr, 1899. i, 74; 125.—Schroeder (W.l Honors that have come to the medical profession in America: anesthesia. Brooklyn M. J, 1906, xx, 273-276.—Smith CV. J.) Docu- mentary evidence bearing upon Crawford W. Long's dis- covery of ether anesthesia. Old Penn, Phila, 1915, xiv, 27-44.—Steiner(L.) Wie die Javanen narkotisiren. Arch. f. Schiffs- u. Tropen-Hyg, Leipz, 1901, v, 371-379.—Ta- ranto (S. E.) Storia dell' anestesia chirurgica artifieialc. Tommasi, Napoli, 1910, v, 346.—Todd (G. B.) Anaesthesia and its administration in Great Britain and Ireland, with special reference to its being made a specialty. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1897, hi, 722.—Trimble (\V. B.) A synopsis on the history and relative merits of anaesthetics. St. Louis M. Gaz, 1898, i, 135-141.—Unfinished (An) chapter in the his- tory of anaesthesia. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1911, ii, 1434.—War- ren (J. C.) The influence of anaesthesia on the surgery of the nineteenth century. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass, Phila.; 1897, 1-25, 1 pi. Also, Repnnt.—Welch (W. H.) A consideration of the introduction of surgical anaesthesia. Boston M. & S. J, 1908, clix, 599-W4. Also, Reprint.—Wilcox (R. W.) Recent advances in anaesthesia. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Rich- mond, 1904, ix, 423-425.—Williams (J. L.) Statement of some facts in regard to the origin of the practical application of anaesthesia in surgery. Tr. Pan-Am. M. Cong. 1893, Wash, 1895, pt. 2, l,s77.—Young (II. H.) Long, the discoverer of anaesthesia, a presentation of his original documents. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull, Bait, 1897, viii, 174-184. Also, Reprint. Anaesthesia (Hypodermic). See Anaesthesia (Local); Injections (Hypo- dermic). Anaesthesia (Instruments and appa- ratus in). Fergusson's Inhaler for the administration of ether, chloroform, ethyl chloride and ethyl bromide. 8°. [Boston, 1905, vel subseq.] Klein (E.-J.) *Etude critique et experimen- tale sur les nouveaux appareils a anesthesie. 8°. Lille, 1907. Rigal (M.) *Le nouvel appareil a anesthesie generale de Soubeyran et Demelle; description; mode d'emploi; resultats; avantages. 8°. Montpellier, 1907. Schlichthaar (P. [F. K.]) *Ueber einen neuen Narkosen-Apparat mit Verwendung do- sirter Gemische. 8°. Bonn, 1895. Agnesi (G.) Superior, nuova maschera per anestesia generale. Stomatol, Milano, 1903-4, ii, 173-179 Also- Tri- buna med, Milano, 1903, ix, 357-361. Also, Reprint — Anastasopoulos (A.) [Kuhn's respiratory mask and its therapeutic value.] 'larpmbs ».-r\v\nup, 'Adrjvcu, 1911 xi 52" 63.—Arrias (E.) Apparatus for administering anaesthetics' Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Subsect vii(b)' Anaesth, pt. 2, 175.—Baissas. De l'anesthesie par les melanges titres. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drome Tetc 1 Valence & Par, 1905, vi, 119-127.—Barton (G A H ) Two new anaesthetic appliances. Lancet. Lond 1911 i 1143__ Baruch (D.) Nouvelle seringue pour l'anesthesie locale J. med. de Brux, 1912, xvii, 423.-Begouin. Fixe-bras pour anesthesie. Gaz,. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux lQOfi xxvii, 559. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de m«d et chir He Bordeaux 1900, Par. & Bordeaux, 1907, 496-498.-Bennett (T. L.) New anaesthetic apparatus. Med Rec N v 1900, lvii, 524-526-Berry (D. A.) A new chloroform and ether regulating inhaler. Lancet, Lond , 1905 ii 405 — Beruti (J. A.) A propdsito de un procedimiento.lanarcosis con el Roth-Draeger. Prensa med. argentinaBuenos Aires 1914-15, i, 251,-Bland (P. B.) E^fbibon Sd ex- planation of apparatus for the administration of chloroform ether and oxygen, with visible and audible dropping Lv,' paratus of Roth-Drager). Internat. CUn, Phila 1912 22 s, ii, 187-190, 4 pi -Bockenheimer (P.) Ueber den heutt gen Stand der allgemeinen Anasthesie (Narkose) unter be sonaerer Berucksichtigung der Narkosenunfiille Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Berl, 1910, xxviii, 519-530.-Boothbv (W. M.) & SanHord (I.) The calibration of the wXreas balance and the Connell anaesthetometer. J Pharmacol a- Exper. Therap, Bait, 1913-14, v, 369-392.—Bousauet ffui Les appareils a chloroformisation; description, mode d'eni ploi et avantages de l'appareil de Ricard. Centre mM et pharm, Gannat, 1904-5, x, 280-288.—Braatz (E ) Schrau ben-Mundsperrer. Miinchen. med. Wchnschr 1903 1 211— Braun (H.) Ein Narkotisirungsapparat' fiir Nar- kosen mit Aether-Chloroformdampfgemengen Illust Mo natschr. d. arztl. Polytech, Berl, 1902, xxiv, 24-26 — Bvtne- ton (J. F.) Apparatus for administering nitrous* oxid and oxygen or ether vapor and air in any definite mixture the exact percentages of the two cases being under the im- mediate control of the anesthetist. J. Am M Ass Chicago 1909, Ui, G97.-Caillaud (E.) Presentation d'un appareil permettant l'anesthesie g6nerale par tous les anesthesiques- chlorure d'ethyle, chloroforme, ether, etc, base sur le prin- cipe: 1°, du debit regulier et reglable pour chaque cas- 2° du melange avec l'air 011 Toxygene. Ass. franc de chir' Proc-verb. [etc.], Par, 1912, xxv, 1001-1003. Also- J de chir. Par 1913, x, 156-158.—Calvet. Appareil a chloro- forme du docteur Ricard modifie pour l'anesthesie en posi- tion laterale. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Dr6me [etc 1 Valence & Par, 1905, vi, 171.—Camus (L.) Application du masque a l'emploi de la dose minima d'anesthesique dans le cas d'anesthesie generale de courtc duree; appareil p'our le chlorure d'ethyle et les corps analogues. Odontologie Par 1900, xxxv, 497-503.-----. De l'anesthesie generale de 'courte duree prolongee; nouveau dispositif instrumental. Presse med. Par, 1910, xviii, 538.—Cat hey (G. A.) An emergency apparatus for administering an anesthetic. J. Am. M. Ass" Chicago, 1910, liv, 120S—Chassin (H.) L'anesthesie gen<> rale par les voies respiratoires et les principaux appareils en usage. Arch. gen. de mod. Par, 1912, v, 421-447.—Coburn (R. C.) A new apparatus for administering and warming general anesthetics and new methods of administration. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lviii, 833-835 -----. A new anesthetist-cylinder stand for hospital use. Med. Rec,N.Y., 1912, lxxxi, 1123.—Coleman (F.) A new form of stopcock for gas and air administration. Proc. Roy.Soc. Med, Lond, 1910-11, iv, Sect. Anaesth, 40-42.—Collier (C, C.) A simple and effective apparatus for the administration of ether and chloroform vapor. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1910, xx, 1147- 1149.—Council (K.) An apparatus; anaesthetometer; for measuring and mixing anaesthetic and other vapors and ANAESTHESIA. 406 ANESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Instruments and appa- ratus in). gases. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1913, xvii, 245-255. -----. A new nitrous oxid-oxygen-ether apparatus. Am. J. Surg, Q. Suppl. Anesth, N. Y, 1917, 59-01.—de Cresan- tignes (L.) Inhalateur k reservoir d'air pour l'anesthesie par le bromure d'ethyle, le chlorure d'ethyle, etc. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1902, cxhii, 847-851. Also: Rev. de theYap. med.-chir. Par, 1902, lxix, 433-435.—Crile (G. W.) I. Tubage of the pharynx for facilitating the adrninis- tration of anaesthetics and preventing the inhalation of blood in certain operations on the mouth and face. II. A hot- water bed for the operating table. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1903, xxxvu, 859-861.—Danis (R.) UtiUsation de la force d'at- traction capillaire dans la creation d'un nouveau type d'ap- pareilsa baronarcose. Ass. frang. de. chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par, 1912, xxv, 1021-1023.-----. A propos du principe de Brauer; un nouvel appareil k baronarcose. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir, Brux, 1912, xu, 494-499.—Danis (R.) & Mayer (L.) Nouvel appareil pour la baronarcose. Ibid., 1909, ix, 202-207, 1 pi—Decolland. AppareU pour l'anesthesie generale par doses tres requites. Odontologie, Par, 1906, xxxvi, 51-58. Also: Rev. trimest. Suisse d'odont, Zurich & Geneve, 1906, xvi, 286-294.-----. Modification apportee au masque Decolland. Odontologie, Par, 1908, xxxix, 210-212.—De Ford (W. H.) Surgical analgesia and a new appliance for inducing it. Dental Digest, N. Y, 1913, xix, 472-482.—Downing (D. F.) General anaesthesia and the Ferguson inhaler. Med. Century, N.Y,& Lancaster, Pa, 1912, xix, 291-293.—Dunkley (E. V.) A new frame for the administration of chloroform and ether by the open method. Lancet, Lond, 1911 ii, 302.—Dupuy. Bouchon pour regler le d^bit des gouttes de chloroforme ou d'etherpendant l'anes- thesie. Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb, Par, 1909, xxii, 1241.—Engelken (H. G.) Ein Apparat zur Sicherung der Narkose beim Ueberdruckverfahren. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr, Berl. & Leipz, 1904, xxx, 1879-1881.—Engelmann (F.) Ueber Erfahrungen mit dem Roth-Drager'schen Sauer- stoSnarkosenapparat. Aerztl. Polytech, Berl, 1902, 167- 169. Also: Illust. Monatschr. d. arztl. Polytech, Bern, 1902, xxiv, 167-169—Faure (J. L.) & Gauthier (R.) Presenta- tion d'un appareU a anesthesie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1912, n. s, xxxviu, 547-550.—Ferguson (R. II.) An artificial airway for surgical anesthesia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1913, lx, 1858-1859. Also, Reprint— Fillebrown (T.) A new apparatus for maintaining anaesthesia without a face-piece, and with the mouth openi Tr. World's Colum- bian Dent. Cong, Chicago, 1894, i, 467-471.—Fisk (T. L.) Safeguarding the ether and chloroform bottles. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 38.—Flagg (P. J.) Simple, efficient and economical paraphernalia for anaesthesia by the general practitioner. Internat. Clin, Phila, 1911, 21. s, iv, 155-166, 4 pi.-----. A previously unemphasized feature in the construction of nitrous oxid-oxygen-ether apparatus. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxii, 35— Forsyth (D.) An anaesthesia-finder. Lancet, Lond, 1912, ii, 1089.—Fowler (W. F.) A long anesthesia with the Bennett inhaler. N. Am. J. Homceop, N. Y, 1902, 3. s, xvu, 774.—Gaertner (G.) Ueber einen Apparat zur Kontrolle des Pulses in der Narkose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1903, 1, 1017-1021. Also: Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1903, xxx, 258.-----. Ein neuer Apparat zur Pulscontrolle in der Narkose. Wien. med. Presse, 1903, xliv, 1281-1286.—Gardner (H. B.) The systematic use of a mouth-prop and tongue-clip in general anaesthesia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1911-12, v, Sect. Anaesth, 16-18.—Gaudron(C) Presentation d'un nouveau masque pour anesthesie generale. Odontologie, Par, 1908, xxxix, 175-180. -----. Nouveau masque pour l'anesthesie generale. Ibid.,xl, 172. Also: Schweiz. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh, Basel & Geneve, 1908, xviii, 228-233. -----. The Charles Gaudron apparatus for general anaesthesia (the Coryl mask). Dental Brief, Phila, 1909, xiv, 476-479—Gerlach (W.) Ueberdrucknarkosenapparate. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1913, cxxUi, 205-220.—Giordano (G.) Apparecchio Eer la narcosi con insuffiazione intratracheal continua e per i narcosi con maschera ad iperpressione. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1913, 4. s, xix, 202-204.—Gley. Pre- sentation d'appareil [pour obtenir l'anesthesie generale de courte duree]. Bull. Acad, de med. Par, 1906, 3. s, lv, 542- 545.—Griffith (F.) An instrument to increase the safety of anaesthesia. N. York M. J, 1902, lxxv, 832.-----. A con- sideration of general anesthesia with a presentation of instru- ments. Am. Med, Phila, 1903, vi, 826. Also, Reprint — Guthrie (C. C.) Respiration valves. J. Am. M. Ass, Chi- cago, 1907, xlviii, 1183. -----. Respiration valves. Ibid., 1911, lvii, 887.—Guy (W.) A new inhaler for gas, ether, or ethyl chloride, alone, in mixture, or sequence. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1905, xxvi, 606, 2 pi.—Gwathmey (J. T.) A new inhaler; with suggestions on the gas-ether sequence. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1903, lxiii, 597.-----. Improvements in anaes- thetic apparatus and technique. Ibid., 1904, lxvi, 92-94. -----. An apparatus for vapor anesthesia and resuscitation. Am. J. Surg, Q. Suppl. Anesth, N. Y, 1915, xxix, 161-163 — Haury. Unpropulseurde la machoire inferieure. Caducee, Par, 1906, vi, 77-79.—Heidbrink anesthetic apparatus. Mod. Hosp, St. Louis, 1915, v, 302.—Herb (Isabella C.) A new anesthetic shield. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago 1917, Ixviii, 708. Also, Reprint.—Hewitt (F. W.) An artificial air way for use during anaesthetisation. Lancet, Lond, Anaesthesia (Instruments and appa- ratus in). , 1908, i, 490.—Hilliard (H.) An open inhaler for the adminis- tration of ether, chloroform, or mixture. Brit. M. J, Lond, 1909, i, 412.—Hirsch (C. T. W.) A portable anaesthetist's screen. Lancet, Lond, 1917, ii, 682.—Hobday (F.) An apparatus for administering anaesthetic vapours by the aid of electricity. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond, 1914, Subsect. vii(b), Anaesth, pt. 2, 171-173- von Hoist (M.) Handfessel zur bequemen Uebersicht und Ausfiihrung von Narkosen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 24.—Hot- tendorf (L. T. A.) An improvised anesthesia cone. J.Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1909, Iii, 1099—HUbener(W.) Zur Nar- kose mit dem Lotschapparat. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1914, lxi, 1178—Hunt (C.S ) The Hunt anesthetic inhaler. Internat. J. Surg, N. Y, 1913, xxvi, 337—Ingebrigtsen(R.) [A positive-pressure anaesthesia apparatus based on the Meltzer-Auer principle of intratracheal insufflation.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk, Kristiania, 1915, 5. R, xiii, 1556- 1566.—Jackson (D. E.) A new method for the production of general analgesia and anaesthesia, with a description o f the apparatus used. J. Lab. & Clin. M, St. Louis, 1915, i, 1-12 — Jaros (J.) Mechanical difficulties in anesthesia; a new anes- thetic mask. J. Am.M. Ass,Chicago, 1916,lxvii, 1755. Also, Reprint.—Klngsford(B.) On Junker'sinhaler. Polyclin, Lond, 1908, xii, 28-30.-----. Note on the modified Junker's inhaler. Ibid., 40.—Kionka (II.) Ueber Narkotisirungs- Apparate. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1899, lviii, 717-729 — Knowles (V.) An adjustable indicator for measuring small quantities of the more volatile anaesthetics. Tr. Odont. Soc. Gr. Brit, Lond, 1903-4 n. s, xxxvi, 253.-----. The automatic anaesthetic capsule holder and breaker. Ibid., 1904-5, n. s, xxxvii, 155-158. [Discussion], 168-174. Also: Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1905, xxvi, 565.-----. An improved in- haler; wide-bore aseptic pattern. Ibid., 1906, xxvii, 441- 443.—Kochmann (M.) Ueber Chloroform- und Aether- narkose, den Wert von Narkoseapparaten und die Unter- stiitzung der Inhalationsnarkose durch Morphin, Skopo- lamin und einige Schlafmittel. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1913, xxxix, 1934-1936. — Kronig. Nar- kosenapparat fiir die Chloroform-Aethermischnarkose, mit verbesserter Dosierung des Narkoticums. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz. (1904), 1905, 56-58.-----. Modifizierter Drager-Narkosenapparat. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Gynak, Leipz, 1906, 555-557.—Kula- gin (A. M.) [Flask for producing anaesthesia by drops.] Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1901, xxii, 1287.—Lafon (G.) Sur un appareil pour l'anesthesie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1907, lxii, 836.—Lambert. Appareil de chloroformisation de Ricard. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1905, xxix, 93- 97.—Laplace (E.) A new aseptic ether and chloroform in- haler. Phila. M.J, 1900, vi, 1003. A Iso: Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila, 1900-1901, n. s, ii, 271.—Layton (O. M.) A sim- Ele apparatus for the administration of chloroform and ether y the vapor method. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 824.—Le Fever (C. W.) A new inhaler especially intended for use in operations on the eye or face. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila, 1902-3, xxiii, 179-181.—Lepage (L.) Canule a soupapes pour l'anesthesie. Compt. rend. Soc. debiol. Par, 1907, lxii, 544.—Levy (A. G.) A regulating chloroform inha- ler. Lancet, Lond, 1905, i, 1413-1415.—Loumeau. Masque anesthesique aseptique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1903, xxiv, 600-602.—Luke (H. C.) A new gas-oxygen- ether apparatus; description and use ofthe instrument. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1915, lxxxvii, 980-983.—Luke (T. D.) A ster- ilisable inhaler for anaesthetic mixtures. Lancet, Lond, 1905, i, 302.—Lumbard (J. E.) A controller of the tongue and palate during general anesthesia. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 1757.-----. An improved instrument for maintaining an oral air-way, during general anesthesia. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1916, xc, 941.—McGrath (B. F.) Anaes- thesia in surgical research; a simple, economical and efficient apparatus for ordinary routine work. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1914, xviii, 765.-----. A simple anesthetic appara- tus for laboratory use. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1917,Ixviii, 1547.—McMechan (F. H.) The Gwathmey vapor inhaler; its value for nasal, oral and rectal methods of narcosis. Lan- cet^Clinic, Cincin, 1910, ciii, 345-347.—de Mayer (L.) Ein neuer Apparat zur Ueberdrucknarkose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1908, xxxvii, 150-153.— Also, transl: Ass. franc, de chir. Proc-verb, Par, 1909, xxii 541-548.—Mejia. Inhalador de cloroformo 6 eter del Dr. Truman W. Brophy; ventajas de su empleo; seguridad y economia en la administration del anestesico. Gac. med. de Mexico, 1906, 3. s, i, 176-182.—Meyer (W.) Oesophageal tube for use during narcoses. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1906, xlin, 927.—Meynard. Anesthesiques generaux rapides; masque pom- l'anesthesie. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxxvi, 171.—Milward (F. V.) An inhaler for giving mixtures of ether and chloroform. Lancet, Lond, 1902, i, 1779. Miner (I/. L.) Tongue forceps. Med. Rec, N. Y, 1904, lxv, 78 — Mori (G.) Di un apparecchio dosimetrico per cloronarcosi. Gazz. med. lomb, Milano, 1907, lxvi, 257-260.—Nieriker (H.) Erlauterungen iiber die elastische Inhalationsmaske zur Ausfiihrung von Narkosen. Schweiz. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh, Winterthur & Geneve, 1902, xii, 192-196.-----. Die elastische Inhalationsmaske zur Ausfiihrung von Nar- kosen. Ibid., Zurich & Geneve, 1902, xii, 1-13. Also: Zahn- arztl. Rundschau, Berl, 1902, xi, Nos. 523-525.—Pedersen (V. C.) An attachment to Bennett's inhaler for pharyngeal ANAESTHESIA. 407 ANAESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Instruments and appa- ratus in). (Crile's method) and tracheal administration, and for the ethyl chloride-ether sequence. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 1214-1217. A Iso, Reprint.-----. A regulable combined dropping and pouring device for the administration of anaes- thetics. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1905, xli, 120-125.-----. An haler for the ordinary sequences and mixtures of anesthetics;, on the principle of unobstructed respiration. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1907, xlix, 999-100:?.—Pope (S. T.) Appara- tus for pharyngeal and intratracheal anesthesia. Am. J. Surg, Q. Suppl. Anesth, N. Y, 1915, xxix, 164.—von der Porten (E.) Narkosenmaske fiir Operationen in Bauch- lage. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1914, xli, 1214.—Porter (J. Y.) Inhaler for gas-oxvgen, gas-oxygen ether, ether or chloroform. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1752.— de Prenderville. A new gag and a new mask. Tr. Soc. Anaesth, Lond, 1905-7, viii, 89-92.—Prideaux (W. de C.) An improved anaesthetic facepiece. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med, Lond, 1912-13, vi, Odont. Sect, 8—Reipolski (A. A.) [Apparatus for general anaesthesia by vapor of chloroform or ether.] Vrach. Gaz, S.-Peterb, 1910, xvii, 263-265.—Rever- dln(A.) Surunappareilaanesthesie. BuU.Acad.demed. Par.. 1900, 3. s, xliii, 676-680.—Ricard (A.) Quelques notes pratiques sur l'anesthesie par mon appareil. Gaz. d. h6p. Par.. 1906, lxxix, 1683-1686.—Rigal. L'appareil a anesthesie de MM. Soubeyran et Demelle. Montpel. med, 1907, xxv, 546-550.—Rockey (A. E.) An apparatus for inhalation anesthesia by pharyngeal or nasal intubation. Med. Senti- nel, Portland, Oreg, 1908, xvi, 489.------. A pharyngeal inhaler for anesthesia in operations of the jaws, nead, neck and cervical spine. Am. J. Surg, Q. Suppl. Anesth, N. Y, 1915, xxix, 165.—Rohrig (J. G.) A new device for dropping ether and chloroform. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, i909, liii, 1817.—Rosenthal (B.) Die Narkose mit dem Roth-Drae- gerschen Tropfapparat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1907, xxxiii, 220.—Roth. Dragers Kombinations- apparatfiir Mischnarkose, Ueberdruckverfahren und kiinst- liche Atmung. Med. Klin, Berl.. 1911, vii, 1239—Royer. Un nouvel appareil a anesthesie. Anjou mea. Angers, 1907, xiv, 45-50.—Schachner (A.) Exhibition of Doyen's anes- thetic apparatus. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1908-9, vii, 883.—Schubert (G.) Ein Narkosenapparat mit Do- sierungsvorrichtung. Munchen. med. Wchnschr. 1906, liii, 1961-1963.—Severeano. L'appareil de Roth pour l'anes- thesie generale. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Bucarest, 1904-5, vii, 93.—Shaklee (A. O.) A simple device for regu- lating the administration of ether or chloroform, with either artificial or voluntary respiration. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med, N. Y, 1909-10, vii, 158-160.—Sheaff (P. A.) An aid in the use of the Allis inhaler. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 421. Also, Reprint.—Simon. Un nouvel appareil a anesthesie permettant de ne pas depasser la dose maniable de Paul Bert et son importance dans l'emploi des anesthe- siques. Presse med. beige, Brux, 1905, lvii, 653-657.— Smith (T. W.) A new inhaler. Lancet, Lond, 1904. ii, 533.—Soubeyran & Dennelle (A.) Sur un nouvel appareil a anesthesie. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1906, n. s, xxxii, 403-409. Also: Cong, internat. de med, Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 13, 228-232.—Stark (M.) Stark's universal inhaler. Year Bk. M. Ass. Gr. N. York, 1903, 183-187.— Symes (W. L.) A simple mask for rapid induction of anaes- thesia in small animals. Proc. Physiol. Soc. Lond, 1908, p. xxii.—Thomas (J. K.) Modification of Mr. Braine's arm- rest. Tr. Soc. Anaesth, Lond, 1907-8, ix, 21.—Tiegel (M.) Ein einfacher Apparat zur Ueberdrucknarkose. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1908, xxxv, 679-681.—Tigerstedt (C.) Ein Apparat zur Narkose bei kunstlicher Atmung. Ztschr. f. biol. Techn. u. Method, Strassb, 1908, i, 175.—Tissot (J.) Remarques sur la note de M. Lepage. [Canute a soupapes pour l'anesthesie.] Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par, 1907, lxii, 563.—Tomson (G. I.) [Mask for general anaesthesia.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1909, viii, 1313—Turner (G. G.) A simple anaesthetic screen. Brit. M.J, Lond, 1912, i, 435 — Vajna (V.) [Glass narcotizing mask.] Budapesti k. orvo- segy. 1834-ik evkonyve, 1895, 20-22.—Wagner & Longard. - Eine neue Aethermaske. Centralbl. f. Chir, Leipz, 1898, xxv, 1193-1195.—Walter (W.) An apparatus for the admin- istration of gas-oxygen. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, cm, 352- 354. Also, Reprint— Walther. Trois modifications a l'ap- pareil de Ricard. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par, 1906, n. s, xxxii, 173.—Watson (L. F.i The prevention of nau- sea, vomiting and pneumonia following a general anesthe- sia. Old Dominion J. M. & S, Richmond, 1909, ix, 179- 184.—Widdowson (F. R.) Anesthesia, with the descrip-. tion and use of the Roth-Drager apparatus. Pub. Jefferson Med. Coll. & Hosp, Phila, 1915, vi, 86-94. Anaesthesia (Instruments and apparatus in) [Patent specifications for]. Bennett (G. L.) Device for administering anesthetics. No. 736059; Aug. 11,1903.-----. Vaporizer for anesthetics. No. 747364; Dec. 22, 1903.-----. Anesthetic-vapor inhaler. No. 757013; April 12, 1904. -----■. Inhaler for anesthetics. No. 766867; Aug. 9,1904.—Berthelot (A.) & Rosenthal (P.) Apparatus for use in administering anesthe I ir-s. No. 999950; Aug 8 1911.—Bishop (A. II.) Device for administering anesthetics. No. 712642; Nov. 4, 1902.-----. Device for administering anesthetics. No. 712643; Nov. 4, 1902 — Anaesthesia (Instruments and apparatus in) [Patent specifications for]. Brooking (F. VA Apparatus for administering anesthet- ics. No. 855931; June 4,1907.—Brown (S. C.) Apparatus for use in administering anesthetics. No. 1061161; May 6, 1913.—Browne (A. W.) Gas-administering apparatus. No. 649717; May 15, 1900—Browne (A. W.) & Wallace (F. L.) Surgical inhaler. No. 1109318; Sept. 1,1914.—Caine (A. M.) Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 1094301; April 21, 1914.—Clark (A. C.) Anesthetic appara- tus. No. 1173172; Feb. 29,1916—Clarke(G.) Attachment for anesthetizing machine. No. 1024556; April 30, 1912. -----. Attachment for anesthetizing apparatus. No. 1068628; Julv 29, 1913. -----. Anesthetizes No. 1093975; April 21, 1914.—Clayton (H.) Anesthetic-mask. "No. 787828; April 18, 1905.—Coburn (R. C.) Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 782108; Feb. 7,1905.—Cum- mins (C. R.) Apparatus for generating and administering gases for general anaesthesia. No. 853165; May 7,1907.-----. Apparatus for generating and administering gases for gen- eral anaesthesia. No. 912231; Feb. 9, 1909. — Cunning- ham (O. J.) Anesthetic apparatus. No. 1129171; Feb. 23, 1915—De Ford (W. II.) Mouth inhaler. No. 1050620; Jan. 14,1913. -----. Inhaler. No. 1050621; Jan. 14,1913.— Ermold ( G.) Inhaler. No. 1176886; March 28, 1916.— Farr (R. E.) Local anesthesia machine. No. 1211304; Jan. 2, 1917.—Fries (K. A. E.) Narcotizing mask. No. 1021865; April 2, 1912.—Frink (C. H.) Apparatus for the administration of general anesthetics. No. 978728; Dec. 13, 1910.—Gay (G. W.) Anesthetic-inhaler. No. 1222619; April 17, 1917.—Gudger (V. L.) Inhaler (anaesthesia). No. 1186308; June 6, 1916.—Hallett (C. A.) Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 955121; April 12, 1910.— Harcourt(A. G. V.) Apparatus for administering anesthet- ics. No. 759369; May 10, 1904. —Hayes (S. J.) Process of and apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 257866; Mav 16, 1882.—Heckard (W. A.) Apparatus for adminis- tering anesthetics. No. 721185; Feb. 24,1903.—Hollenberger (J. A.) Apparatus for administering liquid anesthetics. No. 827910; Aug. 7,1906—Humphries (A.) Apparatus for use in administering anesthetics. No. 1125542; Jan. 19, 1915.—Hurd (G. H.) Apparatus for administering nitrous- oxide gas. No. 234672; Nov. 23, 1880.-----. Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 743409; Nov. 3, 1903.— Jackson (D. E.) Process for the production and main- tenance of general analgesia and anaesthesia. No. 1202391; Oct. 24, 1916.—Jaques (E. F.) Dental anaesthetic. No. 418567; Dec. 31, 1889.—Jaros (L. A.) Device used in ad- ministering, anaesthetics. No. 1128317; Feb. 16, 1915.— Johnston (W. A.) & Browne (A. W.) Gas-administering apparatus. No. 601057; March 22, 1898.—Jones (F. B.) Instrument for administering anesthetics. No. 1176146; March 21, 1916.—Knowles (V.) Anesthetic apparatus. No. 743294; Nov. 3, 1903.—Lambert (D.) Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 1222421; April 10, 1917.— McKesson fE. I.) Anesthetic administering apparatus. No. 1028582; June 4, 1912.-----. Rebreathing bag for anes- thetizing apparatus. No. 1028583; June 4,1912.—Marshall (V. F.) Anesthesia mask. No. 955821; AprU 19, 1910 — Maxfield (J. R.) & Maupin (S. B.) Anesthetic holding and dispensing apparatus. No. 831728; Sept. 25; 1906.— Mercer (R.E.) Device for administering anesthetics. No. 628484; July 11,1899. — Montgomery (F.) Apparatus for administering liquid anesthetics. No. 1175006; March 14, 1916.—Morgan (B.) Anesthesia apparatus. No. 1202877; Oct. 31,1916.—Nleriker (H.) Elastic anesthetic apparatus. No. 707623; Aug. 26,1902— Ogilvy (C.) Maskused in apply- ing anesthetics. No. 1034821; Aug. 6, 1912.—Pyle (J. S.) Anesthetic administering apparatus. No. 1084029; Jan. 13, 1914—Richardson (F. M.) & Field (J. F.) Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 7463S0; Dec. 8, 1903.— Richter (G. F.) Anesthesia mask. No. 1070986; Aug. 19, 1913.—Rousseau (A.) Mask for administering anesthetics. No. S18123; April 17,1906.—Smith (W. L.) Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 1091973; March 31, 1914.— Snyder (J.W.) Inhaling mask. No. 1040801; Oct. 8,1912 — Sulzberger (N.) Local anesthetic No. 949134; Feb. 15, 1910.—Teter (C. K.) Apparatus for administering anes- thetics. No. 706358; Aug. 5, 1902. -----. Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 883987; April 7,1908.—Tim- ian (J. E.) Anesthetic-dropper. No. 1121690; Dec. 22, 1914.—Walter (W. P.) Apparatus for administering anes- thetics. No. 1211647; Jan. 9,1917.—Wayman (W.N.) Gas- administrating apparatus. No. 819392; May 1, 1906 — Wolfe (H. W.) Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 837171; Nov. 27,1906.—Wunderlich (M. J.) Apparatus for administering anesthetics. No. 968306; Aug. 23,1910. Anaesthesia (Intratracheal). See Anaesthesia by insufflation. Anaesthesia (Intravascular). See Anaesthesia (Arterial); Anaesthesia ( Ve- nous). Anaesthesia (Intravenous). See Anaesthesia (Venous). ANAESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Jurisprudence of). See, also, Anaesthesia (Legislation relating to); Rape during sleep, etc. Baxdaline (S.) *L'anesthesie generale et la responsabilite medico-chirurgicale. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1908. Anaesthesia before the law. [Edit.] Brit. M. J, Lond, 1906, i, 282.—Bevan (A. D.) The nurse-anesthetist ques- tion. Kentucky M. J, Bowling Green, 1917, xv, 49.— Cleaver (I.) Chloroform anesthesia during sleep. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., lsoii, lxxv, 554-558.— Euler. Einiges zur Erotik in und nach der Narkose. Cor.-Bl. f. Zahnfirzte, Bed, 1906, xxxv, 2x'.i-2'.)s.—Ferniini. La cloronarcosi in rapporto alia responsaliilita medica. Corriere san, Milano, 1896, vii no. 20, 1-6—Greene (K. IT.) The surgeon's re- sponsibility in, anaesthesia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 1166-1169. —Kirby (S. B.) Judge Kirhy's decision in nurse- anesthetist case. Kentucky M. J, Howling Green, 1917, xv, 151-151.—McMechan (F. H.) Medico-legal aspects of anaes- thesia. Ann. Surg, Phila, 1913, lviii, 956-974.—Mortimer (J. D.) Clinical lecture on the medico-legal position of the anaesthetist. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1914, n. s, xcviii, 348-351.—Perneau. L'anesthesie generale et la responsa- bilite medico-chirurgicale. Ann. d'hyg. Par, 1909, 4. s, xi, 20,-4-215.—Responsabilite (La) dans les hopitaux; anesthesie mortelle. In: Med. leg. [etc.] [Bergeron], 8°, Par, 1896, 13- 15.—Reynier. Chloroformisation obligatoire dans le service militaire pour le diagnostic ou la therapeutique sans opera- tion sanglante. Bull. Acad, de m6d. Par, 1916, 3. s, lxxv, 682-690.—Slack (J. C.) Medico-legal relations of anaesthe- sia. Railway Surg, Chicago, 1895-6, ii, 583-5S5.— Vandiver (A. C.) The liability of physicians for accidents occurring during anesthesia. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1912,xcv,9,5. Also, Reprint. -----. The legal status of trained nurses in the administration of anesthetics. Ibid., 1914, xcix, 1086. Also, Reprint.—Waggoner (J. E.) The medico-legal aspects of the administration of anaesthetics. Chicago M. Times, 1908, xli, 441-445. Anaesthesia (Legislation relating to). Boldt (II. J.) Should the state take action to regulate the administration of anaesthetics? Codex med. Phila, 1897-8, iv, 73-81. Also: Med. Rev. of Rev, N. Y, 1897, iii, 173-180. Also, Reprint.—Buxton (D. W.) The section of anesthetics ofthe Royal Society of Medicine and the pro- posed general anaesthetics bill. Lancet, Lond, 1909, i, 942.— Discussion on proposed general anaesthetics act, 1908. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med, Lond, 1908-9, ii, Sect. Anaesth, 37; 47. — Ducuing. A propos d'une circulaire du procureur de la Republique conceruant la vente des anesthesiques. Odontologie, Par, 1913, xlix, 337-346.—Gardner (IT. B.) The proposed legislation in regard to anaestheiics. Lancet, Lond, 1909, ii, 255.—Hewitt (F. W.) Proposed legislation in regard to the administration of anaesthetics. Ibid., i, 1007-1009: ii, 106.-----. The need for legislation in regard to anaesthetics and the lines upon which it should take place. Tr. M. Soc. Lond, 1909-10, xxxiii, 21-40. Also: Lancet, Lond, 1909, ii, 1266-1269—Kirkpatrick (T. P. C.) The general anaesthetics bill, 1908. Med. Mag, Lond, 1909, xviii, 393-397.—Matheson (L.) The section of anaesthetics of the Royal Society of Medicine and the proposed general anaesthetics bill. Lancet, Lond, 1909, l, 715.—Turner (R. W.) The present state of the law as to the administra- tion of anaesthetics. Practitioner, Lond, 1896, lvii, 398- 400. Anaesthesia (Local). See, also, Anaesthesia (Arterial); Anaesthe- sia (Conductive); Anaesthesia (Electric); Anaes- thesia (Regional); Anaesthetics (Local); Den- tistry (Anxsthelics in); Infiltration-anaes- thesia; Injections (Ansesthetic) [and cross ref- erences]. Becker (O.) *Die Lokalanasthesie in der arztlichen Allgemeinpraxis. 8°. Greifswald, 1909. Braun (H.) Die Lokalanasthesie, ihre wisscn- schaftliche Grundlagen und praktische Anwen- dung. Ein Hand-und Lehrbuch. 8°. Leipzig, 1905. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. roy. 8°. Leip- zig, 1907. ------. The same. 4. Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1914. ------. The same. Local anesthesia; its sci- entific basis and practical use. Transl. and ed. by T. Shields, from the 3. rev. German ed. 4°. Philadelphia & New York, 1914. Donnezan (R.) *De l'extension de l'anes- thesie locale aux grandes operations. 8°. Montpellier, 1913. AN.ESTI1KSIA. Anaesthesia (Local). Hackexbruch (P.) Oertliche Schmerzlosisj:- keit bei Operationen. Erfahrungen iiber An- wendung der lokalen Analgesic bei iiber 250 Operationen. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1897. Hertzler (A. E.) Surgical operations with local anesthesia. 8°. Neiv York. 1012. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. New York, 1916. Hirschel (G.) Lehrbuch der Lokalanasthe- sie; mit einem Vorwort von Prof. Dr. Wilms. 4°. Wiesbaden, 1913. ------. The same. Text-book of local anaes- thesia. With an introductory preface by Prof. Dr. Wilms. Translated by R. E. S. Krohn. 8°. New York, 1914. ------. The same. 8°. London, 1914. Hoene (H. R. ) *Ueber den Wirkungs- bereichder Lokalanaesthesie. 8°. Berlin, 1912. Legrand (A.) *L'anesthesie locale en chi- rurgie generale. 8°. Paris, 1899. Otteson (I.) Local anesthesia in minor surgery and operative dentistry. 12°. Berkeley, 1915. University of California. College of Dentistry. Exten- sion lectures. No. 2. Piqtjand (G.) Precis d'anesthesie locale a l'usage du medecin praticien et des (etudiants. Preface de M. le professeur Paul Reclus. 8°. Paris, 1913. Schlesinger (A.) Die Praxis der lokalen Anasthesie. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Struthers (J. W.) Notes on local anaesthe- sia in general surgery. 12°. Edinburgh, 1906. Allen (C. W.) Recent advances in local anesthesia. N. Orl. M. & S. J, 1911-12, lxiv, 283-291. [Discussion], 309.— Aulhorn ( E. ) Erfahrungen mit der lokalen Anasthesie in der poliklinischen Praxis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr, 1904, li, 1544-1548.—Axhausen. Die Anwendung der Lokal- anasthesie in der chirurgischen Klinik der Charite. Charity- Ann, Berl, 1910, xxxiv, 519-536.-----•. Weiterer Bericht iiber die Anwendung der Lokalanasthesie in der chirurgi- schen Klinik der Charite. Ibid., 1911, xxxv, 42.5-433.—Bab- cock (W. W.) The uses and limitations of general anesthesia as produced by subcutaneous and intravascular injections. Month. Cycl. & M. Bull, Phila, 1912, v, 1-9.—Babitzki (P.) Die Anasthesie des N. ischiadieus. Zentralbl. f. Chir, Leipz., 1913, xl, 227; 460.—Baker (J. N.) The surgical uses of local anaesthesia. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1903, 429-437.—Baradulin (G. I.) [Local anaesthesia.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1910, ix, 283; 298; 316.—Barker (A. E.) On local analgesia. J. Surg, Gynec. & Obst, 1906, xxviii, 242-252. Also: J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1907, ix, 115-130, 2 pi.—Bartlett (W.) The use of local anaesthesia. St. Louis M. Rev, 1907, lv, 131-133.—Baum (II. L.) Die neueren Errungenschaften auf dem Gebiete der Lokalanas- thesie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1912, xxxviii, 2!IS; 2458.—Bechtol (C. O.) Loeal anesthesia in major surgery. J. Indiana M. Ass, Fort Wayne, 1915, viii, 537-544.—Bier (A.) Ueber den heutigen Stand der Lumbal- und Localanasthesie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1909, xxxviii, pt. 2, 474-485. -Blcsh (A. L.) Indications and limitations of local anesthesia in general surgery. Southwest J. M. & S, -El Reno, 1913, xxi, 203- 207.—Bloch. Wert der Localanasthesie in der chirurgischen Landpraxis. Heilkunde, Wien [etc.], 1897-8, ii, 734-743.— Bloch (O.) [Sur l'emploi plus restreint de l'anesthesie generale; specialement sur la pratique de grandes operations a l'aide de 1'application locale de chlorure 6thyle combinee avec l'anesthesie primaire de chloroforme et quelques re- marques sur la sensibilite des differents tissus du corps hu- main. C.-r, 1900, n. F, xi, no. 12, 1-4.] Nord. med. Ark, Stockholm, 1899, n. F, x, no. 33, 1-118.—Blum (T ) Loeal anesthesia. Items Inierest, N. Y, 1914, xxxvi, 185-210.— Bodine (J. A.) Major surgery with minor anesihesia. Long Island M. J, Brooklyn, 1907, i, 61-66.—Borehgre- vink(0.) [Localanaesthesia.] NorskMag.f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1906, 5. R, iv-, 925-971.—Braun (IT.) Die I.eis- tungen und Grenzen der Lokalanasthesie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1906, xxxii, 15-18. -----. Die Lokalanasthesie in den verschiedenen Disziplinen. Repert. d. prakt. Med, Leipz, 1906, iii, 65-68. -----. Ueber die neueren Fortschritte der Lokalanaesthesie in der Chirurgie. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med, Lond, 1913, Subsect. vii(b), Anaesth, 1-9.—Brown (G. Van A.) Spinal and local anaes- thesia including venous. Detroit M. J, 1912, xii, 197-202.— von Brunn (W.) Einiges iiber lokale Anasthesie. Ztschr. f. Krankenpfl, Berl, 1906, xxviii, 333.—von Buengner (R.) Der heutige Stand der Lokal-Aniisthe^ie. Klin.-therap. Wchnschr, Berl, 1913, xx; 1438; 1475.—Calcagno (B. N.) ANAESTHESIA. 409 ANESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Local). La anestesia local en cirugia general. Rev. Asoc. med. argent, Buenos Aires, 1916, xxv, 174.—Campbell (B. P.) Some experiences in local anaesthesia. Practitioner, Lond, 1917, xcviii, 30-40.—Catz. Reflexion sur l'emploi dc l'anes- thesie locale dans les operations de grande chirurgie. Paris chir., 1913, v, S55-S01.—C ha put. L'anesthesie locale et les grandes operations. Presse med., Par, 1910, xviii, 265.— Charles. Anesthesie locale par le liquide de Bonain. Dau- phine med, Grenoble, 1907, xxxi, 123-125—Clark (V. G.) Local anesthesia. Calif. State J. M, San Fran, 1909, vii, 256-258.—Cole (H. P.) Local anesthesia in major surgery. Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1915, 536-546. -----. Some observations on loeal anesthesia. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass, Phila, 1915, xxviii, 142-150, 2 pi—Collins (A. N.) Local anesthesia in minor and less major operations. Railway Surg, Chicago, 1915-16, xxii, 379-383.—Colmers (F.) Die Lokalanaesthesie als Hilfsmittel bei der Unter- suchung von Unfallverletzten. Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.], Wiesb, 1907, vi, 64-72.—Cooke (W. L.) Local anaesthesia. Atlanta Jour.-Rec. Med, 1910-11, lvi, 607-615. tiisler (J. A.) The use of local anu-sthesia in over one thousand major surgical operations. J. Tenn. M. Ass, Nashville., 1914-15, vii, 110-114.- ■Daugherty (L. K.) Local anesthe- sia. Journal-Lancet, Minneap, 1916, n. s, xxxvi, 98-101.— Doubleday (F. N.) Local anaesthesia. Guv's Hosp. Caz, Lond, 1907, xxi 9S-101—Dubose (F. G.) Local anaesthe- sia in major surgery, with report of cases. Tr. Med. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1914 445-457. Also: Am. J. Surg, Q. Suppl. Anaesth, N. Y, 1915, i 72-74—Dyas (F. G.) Local anaesthesia. Illinois M. J, Chicago, 1917, xxxi, 295- 299.—Eberle (D.) Die praktische Verwendung der Local- anasthesie im Krankenhaus. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1912, xcix, 1020-1056.—Eckel (A.) Kritische Beitrage zur Lokalanasthesie der Bauchhohle. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1914, xxviii. 417-452.—Ephraim (A.) Ungiftige Schleim- hautanasthesie. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1911, xiv, 1033-1045.—Estape (G.) Algnnas apli- caciones de la anestesia local en la practica ordinaria. Gac. med. catal, Bareel.-, 1915, xlvi, 5-18.—Evans (H. L.) Local anaesthesia. Brit. Dent. J, Lond, 1914, xxxv, 183-187.— Farr (R. E.) Narco-local anesthesia. St. Paul M. J, St. Paul, Minn, 1916, xviii, 147-153.—Fichot (L.) Quelques considerations sur les accidents pouvant survenir au cours d'une anesthesie locale et d'un nouveau procede^ susceptible de les reduire. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par, 1912, clxiii, 891-912.—Finsterer (H.) Aenderungen in der chirurgi- schen Indikationsstellung hinsichtlich der Operationsein- willigung seit Anwendung der Lokalanasthesie. Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1916, lxvi, 75-81.—Fischer (G.) Prak- tische Erfahrungen aus dem Gebiete der Lokalanasthesie. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh, Leipz, 1911, xxix, 7-22.— Flemming (A. L.) Local analgesia in surgical operations. Med. Press & Circ, Lond, 1915, n. s, xcix. 62-64— Fowler (E. B.) Loeal anesthesia. Illinois M. J, Springfield, 1909, xvi, 466-468.—Freeman (L.) Local anesthesia in general surgery. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1910, n. s, xxix, 213- 223.—Fiirst (L.) Die Erzielung von Analgesie auf ender- matischem Wege. Dermat. Ztschr, Berl, 1905, xii, 756- 760— Ginodman (A. G.) [Operating with local anaesthe- sia.] Vrach, S.-Peterb, 1900, xxi, 1176; 1207— Gottstein (G.) Erfahrungen iiber lokale Anasthesie in der Breslauer chirurgischen Klinik. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1898, xxvii, pt. 2, 155-180. [Discussion], pt. 1, 35-3v— Hackenbruch. Locale Analgesie bei Operationen. Arch. f. klin. Chir, Berl, 1898, lvii, 344-357. Also: Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1898, xxvii, pt. 2, 103-115.—Hartel (F.) Neuere Fortschritte auf dem Gebiete der Lokalanasthesie. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild, Jena. 1914, xi, 8; 40.—Halm (E.) Ueber Lokalanasthesie in der kleinen operativen Gynakologie. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1913, xxxviii, 98-100.—Hammond (L. J.) The scope of local anesthesia in general surgery. Penn. M. J, Athens, Pa, 1909, xii, 886-890. —Hasbrouck ( E. M.) Local anesthe- sia in major operative work-. Virginia M. Semi-Month, Richmond, 1909, xiv, 242-214. — Hertzler (A. E.) Local anesthesia. Am. J. Surg, N. V, 1910, xxiv, 201; 250; 290; 318; 351; 384: 1911, xxv, 59; 95; 134; 192; 223.-----. Local anesthesia. Ibid., 1911, xxv, 325-330. -----. Local anes- thesia in the prevention of after-pain and shock. J. Am. M. Ass, Chicago, 1914, lxiii, 2037-2041. -----. Local anes- thesia in the prevention of after-pain and shock. Tr. West. Surg. Ass. 1914, Minneap, 1915, xxiv, 301-325. -----. Local anesthesia and after-pain. Am. Year-Book Anesth, N. Y, 1916, i, 338-348. — Hesse ( F.) Inwieweit vermag bereits jetzt die Lokalanasthesie die Allgemein- narkose zu ersetzen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz, 1910, xxxvi, 359-361. — Heymann (P.) Lokale Anasthesie: Hals und Nase. Handbuch der speziellen Chi- rurgie des Ohres und der oberen Luftwege, Wiirzburg, 1912, pt. 1, 1. Hlfte, 307-327.— Hirschel (G.) Fortschritte auf aem Gebiete der Lokalanasthesie. Med. Klin, Berl, 1911, vii, 1721-1724.—Holzwarth (E.) In welchem Masse kann die Lokal- und Leitungsanasthesie die Allgemeinnarkose in der Chirurgie ersetzen? Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir, Leipz, 1914-15, exxxii, 381-393.-----. Die Grenzen der Lokalanas- thesie in der Chirurgie. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir, Berl, 1914, xliii, pt. 1, 92-94.—Honigmann (F.) Der Nachschmerz nach Lokalanasthesie. Zentralbl.- f. Chir, Leipz, 1914, xli, 225-228.—Houghton (J. W. H.) Anaesthesia (Local). Notes on local analgesia. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond, 1907, viii, 385-387.—Imhofer (R.) Ueber Localanaesthesie in den oberen Luftwegen. Prag. med. Wchnschr, 1904, xxix, 44; 57.—Impens (E.) Ueber Localanasthesie. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol, Bonn, 1905-6, ex, 2L*7. — Iverscn (T.) [The more extended use of local anaesthesia.] Ugeskr. f. Laeger, K0benh, 1916, Ixxviii, 211-224.—Johns (J. H.) A plea for local anesthesia in major surgery. J. South Car. M. Ass, Greenville, 1917, xiii, 678-682.—Joseph (E.) Der jetzige Stand der Lokalanasthesie. Ergebn. d. wissensch. Med, Leipz, 1910, i, 505 515.—Keiller (W.) Local anesthe- sia in major surgery. Texas,Slate J. M, Fort Worth, 1905-6, 268-271 —Kendirdjy (L.) K t at a>., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1853-1855. [Discussion]. Iv5!t-lv">2. A t.-v, Reprint.—McCardie (W. J.) .V method of anasthetizing soldiers. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917. i, 5o>. — McGrath iB.F.) A discussion of various anesthetics and methods; experimental observations. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lxi, 1516-1520. Also, Reprint— McKesson (E. IA Fractional rebreathing in anesthesia; its physiologic basis, technic and conclusions. Am. J. Surg., X. Y.J 1915. xxix, 51-57.—Maclav (J. A.) Practical anesthe- sia. J. Med. Soc. X. Jersey, Newark, 1905-6, ii, 273-275 — M'Mechan (F. H.) Anesthesia by the drop method of etherization with oxygen. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii, 498-501.-----. Vapor anesthesia for intraoral surgery. Am. J. Surg., Q. Suppl. Anesth., N. Y., 1916, xxx, 60.—Mc- Roberts(W. J.) An advance in anesthetic technic, as prac- ticed at the Sisters Hospital at Hot Springs. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap.. 1909, xxix. 35i-359.—Maduro (M. L.) A new method of i-eneral anesthesia. Med.News,N.Y., 1897, Ixxi, 6s3.—Manninger (V.) Neuere Methoden der Anaes- thesierung. Pe-t. med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 517; 575; 003: 627; 055. — Martin ( F.. ) The methods of administration of anesthetics. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 308-311. — Meltzer (S. J.) Recent methods of general anaesthesia. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Subsect. vii(b), Ansesthv 29-38. —Mennell (Z.) Modern methods of administering anaesthetics. St. Thomas's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1916, xxvi, 18-27.— Meyer (W.) The improvement of general anesthesia on basis of the princi- ple of adapting the boiling point of the anesthetic to the temperature ofthe body (Sehleich); ten years' experience at the German Hospital. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 261-263.—von Mikulicz (J.) Die Methoden der Schmerzbe- taubung und ihre gegenseitige Abgrenzung. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1901, lxiv, 757-790.—Miller (S. N.) Anaesthesia by the II. M. C. method. Maritime M. News, Halifax, 1908, xx, 132-137.—Montgomery (F.) The mechanical admin- istration of anaesthetics by means of the etherometer, a new appliance. Bull. Woman's Hosp., N. Y., 1915, i, 13-19. -----. A means for mechanical anesthesia. Am. J. Surg., Q. Suppl. Anesth., N. Y., 1916, xxx, 60.—Morrison (J. B.) Practical points in the administration of chloroform and ether. N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii, 731-741.—Mortimer (J. D.) On two common errors in the administration of anaesthetics. Clin. J., Lond., 1910, xxxvi, 63.- Mueller (C.) Anaesthesia in surgical operations, produced by compression of the vagus nerve. Mass. M. J., Bost., 1897, xvii, 296-299.— Neally (\V. G.) Present day methodsof giving anaesthetics in hospitals. Internat. Hosp. Rec, Detroit, 1911-12, xv,no. 4, 9.—XeeffT.-E.) Practical point sin anesthesia. Am. J.Surg., X. Y., 190s, xxii, 239; :;o7.—Nolst Trenite (A. N.) De nar- cose en nieiiwerenarcoteiiM'Uio'ien. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1903-4, x, 397;414; 426; 43s; 451.—Oakman (C. S.) Anesthe- sia tor brief surgical procedures. Detroit M. J., 1906, vi, 173.— OWeill '(.' ) The safe administration of anaesthetics; with Anesthesia (Methods and technique of). special reference to chloroform and methylene; a report of six hundred cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1465.—O'Reilly (C.) An anaesthetic chart. Canada Lancet, Toronto, 1900- 1901, xxxiv, 636.—Page (H. M.) Recent methods of general anaesthesia; nasal methods. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med 1913 Lond 1914, Subsect. vii(b), Anaesth.,pt. 2,99-103.—Palin- ger (N. L.) General anesthesia induced by the application of a, local anesthetic. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1902, xliv, 1034.—Parker (C. B.) Clinical observations upon the ad- ministration of nitrous oxid and oxygen for general surgical anesthesia. Cleveland M. J., 1909, viii, 389-394 —Parsons £ \?^ JTelPful points in anesthesia. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1911, n. s., iii, 72-74.—Patterson (Ellen J.) The Chevalier Jackson method of finger elevation of the hvoid ?"ne ln general anaesthesia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lviii, 060.—■Pedersen (V. C.) Two advantageous procedures in anesthesia work; report of cases. Med. News, N. Y , 1904 xxxiv, 255-25S.—pettenkofer (W.) Selbstandige Fin- leitung der Narkosen bis zur Toleranz. Munchen. med. \\ chnschr., 1916 lxiii, 108.-Pnuiwr (E.) Die allgemeine Narkose in der Berner Augenklinik. Sitzungsb. d. ophth Gesellsch. 1902, Wiesb., 1903, 60-71.—Prince (L. II ) Tech- nic of administration of chloroform and ether. Milwaukee M. J., 1902, x, 136-143.-Prudhomme (J.) L'anesthesie generale dans les interventions de courte duree. Union med du nord-est, Reims, 1908, xxxii, 89; 101.—Putney (G E ) Ihe technic of anesthesia. Journal-Lancet, Minneap 1913 xxxiii, 2617263.-Rand (R. F.) Some practical points in the administration of anesthetics. Proc. Connect. M. Soc N. Haven, 1909-10, 336-344.-Rankin (W.) On the admin- istration of anaesthetics on the open mask. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, Ixxxvi, 259-264.—Reed (C. A. L.) Painless f£e™7 (anocithesia). Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1914, cxi 223-225.-Reilly (F. St. C.) Suggestion of clock dials on anesthesia chart. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxiv 242 — Robinson (S.) & Crawford (F. R.) Naso-tracheal anes- thesia, a new method applicable to operations within the mouth. Clifton Med. Bull., Clifton Springs, N. Y., 1913-14 l, 39-41.—Roith (O.) Zur Indikationsstellung fiir die ver- schiedenen Anasthesierungsverfahren. Beitr. z. klin Chir Tubing 1908, lvii, 246-266".—Rose (D.) Anesthesia during sleep, ihcrap. Gaz., Detroit, 1902, 3. s., xviii, 576.—Row- land. (\\ . i >.) Vapor anesthesia in surgery of the head and neCo,nJi °Pnth-- oto1- & Laryngol., Lancaster, Pa., 1914 xx 249-2.»—Sanmartin(A.) Lainsuflacidnnasofaringea en la anestesia general, la calefaccion de los operados vias actitudes operatorias. Cong, internat. de med. C -r 1903 Tv^x? l904{?iv> sect- de chir Sen., 127-145.-Schachner (A.) Not which anesthetic, but what form of anesthesia Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 190.5-6, xii, 3SV3SS —Schiassi C ,) ,,.Sul.vart metodi di anestesia. Arch, ed atti d. Soc ital di chir. 1912, Roma, 1913, xxv, 211-311.-Schlimperti Ueber hoheextradurale Anasthesie. Deutsche med Wchn- schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 719. — Shipway (F E ) A. criticism of some recent methods of anaesthesia. Brit j Surg., Bristol, 1913, i, 96-113. -----. The advantages of warm anaesthetic vapours, and an apparatus for their admin- istration. Lancet, Lond., 1916, i, 70-74.—Sigman (J M ) Surgical anesthesia; methods and complications Tr M ' \ss Georgia, Atlanta, 1907, lviii, 443-450.—Simpson (F E )'sug- gestions to anesthetizes. Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii 354 — Souchon (E.) Uninterrupted anaesthesia in operations upon the face and mouth. Tr. South. Surg. & Gvnec Ass 1895, Phila, 1896, viii, 256-264. Also [Abstr.]: Surg Gynec' & Obst., Chicago, 1911, xiii, 169.—Strauch (C.) Zur Tech- nik der Narkose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1907 xxxiv 233-235—Sutherland (R. T.) The administration of some general anaesthetics. Intercolon. M. J. Australas Mel- bourne, 1908, xiii 681-687.—Temple (G. A.) The adminis- tration of general anaesthetics. N. York M. J., 1900 Ixxi 371; 416.—Thomas (L. K.) Some practical points in general anaesthesia. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1912, Ixxi, 161-174.—Van Neck (M.) Le refoulement automatique de la machoire pendant la narcose. J. med. de Brux., 1908, xiii, 649-651 — Vedin (Alma). Methods of anaesthesia in vogue at the present day. Woman's M. J., Cincin., 1913, xxiii, 102.— Virno (A.) Metodo semplice d'inalazione degli anestetici Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1913, iii, 75.V75S.—Walser (F.) Eine neue Methode zur Anasthesie und Asepsis bei chirurgischen Eingriffen. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz' 1896, xxxiii, 69-74.—Webster (J. C.) Improved methods of obtaining anesthesia in hospital practice. Am. J. Obst N. Y., 1909, lix, 1020.—Whinery (J. B.) Practical sugges- tions on the administrat ions ol el her and chloroform. Physi- cian A Surg., Detroit A- Ann Arbor, 1902, xxiv, 262-270.— Williams (Edith H.) The most vital point in anesthetizing. St. Louis M. Rev., 1911, n. s., v, 41.—Wilson (A.), Thomas (L. K.) [et al.]. Discussion on the examination of patients by anaesthetists. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 612-614.—Witzel (0.) Wie sollen wir narkotisieren? Munchen.med. Wchn- schr., 1902, xlix, 1993-1998. Also: Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1903, xii, Nos. 552, 553,551,558,559,500.—Wolfe (R. C.) The proper administration of et her and chloroform. India- napolis M. J., 1914, xvii,56-60.—Wyndham ( T. L.) Thead- ministration of anaesthetics. J. Low Nav. M. Serv., Lond., 1916,ii,25.—Zabrocki(J.A-) Practi'calandellicicnt methods of anesthesia. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1917, lix, 993-999. ANAESTHESIA. 414 ANAESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Mixed). See, also, Anaesthesia (Adjuvants in). Busse (W.) * Die kombinierte Aether- Chloroformnarkose. 8°. Leipzig, 1895. Dupont (V.) *De l'anesthesie par les me- langes titres d'air et de chloroforme. 8°. Paris, 1905. Kochmann (M. D.) *Ueber Mischnarkosen. 8°. Jena, 1902. Also, in: Arch, de pharmacod., Gand & Par., 1902, x' 347-367. Also, in: Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1902, x, 347-367. Siegel-Sokolsky (Veia). *Etudes experi- mentales sur l'anesthesie par le melange de chloroforme et d'ether. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Topel (C. A.) *Mischnarkosen. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. Treiber (G.) *Ueber den Wert der Mischnar- kosen. 8°. Giessen, 1902. Adams (E.) General remarks on the combination of ether (57 parts) and chloroform (43 parts), known as the M. S. mixture. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, Ixxviii, 213-215 — Aievoli(E.) Le narcosi miste. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1914, n. s., xxxvi, 49-83. -----. Le narcosi miste (2a memoria). Pantopon; scopolamina e cloroformio. In- curabili, Napoli, 1916, xxxi, 29; 53; 77. —Arnold (D. E.) Ether and chloroform anesthesia. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1907, xxvii, 485-489—Barany (R.) & Kraft (F.) Die Symptomatologie der Billrothmischungsnarkose. Ztschr. f. Ileilk., Wien & Leipz., 1905, xxvi, 1-71.—Barten (O.) Ueber kombinierte Narkose. VI. Ueber die Kombina- tion der Aether- und Chloroformnarkose mit Schlafmitteln (Chloralhydrat, Veronal, Paraldehyd) beim Kaninchen. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1913, xxiii,505- 528.—Becker (H.) Die kombinierte Darreichung von Narkotizis. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1913, xxxi, 201-204 — Betts (C.) General anesthesia by chloroform ether or in combination. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1909, xxxv, 453- 458.—Bird (T.) Note on nitrous oxide gas, air, and chlo- roform as a mixture. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1257.—Bloch (O.) Sur i'emploi plus restreint de l'anesthesie generale, specialement sur la pratique de grandes operations a l'aide de l'application locale de chlorure d'ethyle combi- nee avec l'anesthesie primaire de chloroforme, et quelques remarques sur la sensibilite des diflerents tissus du corps humain. Rev. de chir., Par., 1900, xx, 58-78.—Bobrow (W.) Die gemischte Sauerstofi-Aether-Chloroformnarkose nach Kr6nig-Roth-Drager in der chirurgischen Fakultats-Klinik der Universitat Jurjew (Dorpat). [Russian text.] St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1911, xxxvi, 499-509.—Bon- shtedt (G. E.) [Hedonal-chloroform anaesthesia.] Ob- shtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi . . . Syezda. 1904, S.-Peterb., 1906, vi, 51-53.—Braun (H.) Ueber Mischnarkosen und deren rationelle Verwendung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1901, xxx, pt. 2, 136-170. Also: Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1901, lxiv, 201-235. -----. Zur Aether-Chloroform-Mischnarkose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1903, xxx, 377-380. —Briggs (W. T.) A. C. E. as an anaesthetic. Nashville J. M. & S., 1913, cvii, 1-8.—Buckler (H. W.) The use of nitrous oxide and oxygen aione and in combination with ether as anesthet- ics in general surgery. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1908, li, 12V 133.__Btirgi (E.) Die Wirkung von Narcotica-Kombina- tionen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 20-23.-----. Ueber Narkotikakombinationen; Er- widerung an Frl. A. Breslauer und G. Woker. Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1912, xiv, 65-78.—Burton (W. E.) The administration of chloroform, with special reference to an admixture of ether. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1534-1536 — Camus (L.) Dans les anesthesies de courte duree doit-on employer le chlorure d'ethyle melange a l'oxygene? Presse med., Par., 1908, xvi, 219—Cazin (M.) De l'anesthesie generale par la scopolamine-morphine et le chloroforme. Paris chirurg., 1912, iv, 337-346. [Discussion], 401; 491.— Chirvinski (S. O.) [Anaesthesia by methylal and chloro- form.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1899, h, 221-242.—Crick (L.) La narcose par 1'administration alternee de Tether et du chloroforme. J. med. de Brux., 1913, xviii, 491—Damktih- ler (E.) Ueber kombinierte Narkose. _III. Ueber die gegenseitige Beeinflussung der Konzentrationen von Chloro- form und Aether bei der Inhalationsnarkose des Kaninchens. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1913, xxiii, 229-245.—Daniell (G. W. B.) Some observations on anaes- thetic mixtures and sequences in general anaesthesia. E dinb. M J.,1905,n.s.,xvii, 172-183.—Dauwe(0.) Desavantages des narcoses mixtes. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1906, lxxix, 569.— Descarpentries. Du role de la temperature des gas du melange anesthesique. Bull. Soc. d'obst. et de gynec. de Par., 1914, iii, 518-524.—Ding (G. H.) The chloroform and ether solution for anesthesia. Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1907, i, 76-78.—Eberman (A. A.) [On ana-sthesia by the combination of brom-ethyl chloroform.] Vrach, S.-Peterb., 189S, xix, 877; 895 — Einbley (E. H.) Mixed narcosis. Anaesthesia (Mixed). Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1911-12, n. s., i, 64V648.—Fodera (F.A.) Studi snllc anestesie miste. Ricerche di fisiol. e sc. afflni ded. al Prof. I/. Luciani . . ., Milano, 1900, 253-255 — Fodera (F. A.) & Bugatti (G. U.) Studii sulle anestesie miste. Arch, di farm, e terap., Palermo, 1902, x, 363-400.— Foisy (E.) Nouveau procede d'anesthesie des tissus en- flammes; injection d'un melange de cocaine-adrenaline. Presse med.. Par., 1903, i, 256.—Fraenkel (E.) Ueber kombinirteMorphium-Atropin-Chloral-Chloroform-Narkose. Ztschr. f. prakt. Aerzte, Frankf. a. M., 1896, v, 167-170 — Ftihner (H.) Pharmakologische Untersuchungen iiber die Mischnarkose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 179-181. -----. Untersuchungen iiber die Mischnarkose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Miinster) 1912, Leipz., 1913, lxxxiv, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 369-371.—Fuster (L.) De l'anesthesie generale; emploi du melange 2 de chloroforme pour 1 d'6 her(C", E). N. Montpel. med., 1898, vii, 708-714.—Geinats (V. N.) [Adrenaline-cocaine anaes- thesia.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1904, xi, 73; 115—Green (H. L.) Mixed anesthesia. Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1910, xxxvi, 212.—Guy (W.) Anaesthesia by gas and ethyl chloride. Brit. Dent. J., Lond., 1907, xxviii, 815-820.— Gwathmey (J. T.) Nitrous oxid with oxygen as an anes- thetic agent, with notes on the value of warming the vapors of ether and chloroform. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1908, xxii, 212-214.-----. Mixed narcosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, 1, 1022-1025.—Hagen (W.) Die Gasgemischnarkose mittelst des Roth-Drager'schen Sauerstoffapparates. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 970-973.—Halm (E.) Kombinierte Narkose mit Pantopon-Skopolamin. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, Leipz., 1912, lxxxiii, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 192-196.—Harri- son (V. W.) General anesthetics; their relative dangers and advantages. Richmond J. Pract., 1896, x, 55; 79. Also, Reprint.—Harse (W. T.) Mixed chloroform and open ether anaesthesia with Sheilds' inhaler. Austral. M. J., Melbourne, 1910, xv, 165-169— Heinsius (F.) Die Bedeu- tung der Pantopon-Scopolaminnarkose fiir die gynakologi- sche Praxis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1837 — Hewitt (F. W.) & Blumfeld (J.) A report upon the routine use, by the open method, of a mixture of chloroform and ether. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 10; 320. Also: Rep Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1909, Lond., 1910,298-303.—Honigmann (F.) Ueber Mischnarkosen; eine Experimental-Unter- suchung. "Arch, f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1899, lviii, 730-801.— Hugel (K.) Combinations-Narkose. Vereinsbl. d. pfalz. Aerzte, Frankenthal, 1909, xxv, 202-209.—Humphry (R. E.) Ether and chloroform anaesthesia. Practitioner, Lond., 1916, xcvii, 191-195.—von Karlowicz (E.) [On combined anaesthetics.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1907, ii, 645-647.-----. Ein Beitrag zur Frage fiber kombinierte Narkosen. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910,cy, 116-124.—Keim(K. F.) Die Scopolamin-Morphium- und die Scopolamin-Pantopon- Narkose in Verbindung mit Inhalations-Anasthetieis. Wien. klin. Rundschau, 1914, xxviii, 475-482.—Kionka. Ueber Mischnarkosen. Jahresk. f. arztl. Fortbild., Miin- chen, 1910, 8. Hft., 3-15.—Kionka & Kroenig. Mischnar- kosen mit genauer Dosierung der Dampfconcentration. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904-5, lxxv, 93-112.—Kochmann (M.) Ueber kombinierte Narkose. I. Ueber Narkoseap- parate. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1912, xxii, 487-505. -----■. Beitrage zur Pharmakologie der Mischnarkose. Die Wirkung von Narcoticagemischen auf poikilotherme Wasserthiere. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. U. Therap., Berl., 1912-13, xii, 328-340.—Kolliker (T.) Ueber Aether-Chloroform-Narkose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deut- sch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1901, Leipz.. 1902, lxxiii, pt. 2; med. Abth 115-117.—Kravkoff (N. P.) [Hedonal-chloro- form anaesthetics.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi... Syezdal904, S.-Peterb., 1905, iii,9-11.— Lampsakofl (P. P.) [Combined ethyl-bromide-chloro- form anaesthesia.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904 iii, 1211- 1246—Langlois (P.) & Maurange (G.) Contribution a l'etude des anesthesies mixtes, sparteine, morphine et chloroforme. Arch, de pharmacod., Gand & Par., 1895-6, ii, 209-233.—Lanphear (E.) Experiences with hyoscine hydrobromide and morphine hydrochlorate for surgical anesthesia. Am. J. Clin. Med., Chicago, 1906 xiii, 911-914.— Le Breton (P.) Satisfactory anaesthesias of short duration effected by the use of laughing gas and a small quantity of ether. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1905, v, 294.—Levy (A. G.) The routine use, by the open method, of a mixture of chloroform and ether. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 187.—Long (W. IT.) Combinations, mixtures and sequences of anes- thetics. Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1917, xv, 454- 458. Ludewig (H.) Ueber kombinierte Narkose. V. Ueber die Beeinflussung der Chloroform- und Aethernarkose durch Scopolamin allein und in Verbindung mit Morphin. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1913, xxiii, 479-503—McCardie (W. J.) On the administration of a certain mixture of chloroform and ether in gynaecological operations by means of Clover's inhaler without the bag. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1621-1624. —Mcllhenny (P. A.) The combination of chloroform and nitrate of amyl as an anesthetic. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1901,liv, 7.V77.— Madelung (W.) Ueber Mischnarkose und kombinierte Narkose. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1910, lxii, 409- 428.—Madlener (M.) Kombinierte Aether-Chloroform- ANAESTHESIA. 415 ANESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Mixed). Narkose mit der Sudeckschen Aethermaske. Munchen med. Wchnschr., 1904, li, 614—Madzsar (J.) [Narcosis by mixtures possessing a low boiling point.] Orvosi hetil Budapest, 1904, xlviii, 219; 236.—Marcelet (H.) & Marcelot ( Mme.) L'echauffement du melange ethero-chloroformique. Bull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1912, xix, 676.—Martinez Suarez (F.) Valor de las mezclas aneslesieas en los cardia- cos. Lev. Ibero-Am. de cien. med., Madrid, 1902, vii, 241- 244.—Miller (A. H.) Gas-oxygen anesthesia; indications for its use. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 181. Also, Re- print.—Morcom (A. F.) Scopolamine-morphine-atropine as an adjunct in inhalation anaesthesia. Proc. Rov Soc Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Anaesth. Sect., 62-66.—Mtihsam (R.) Ueber Mischnarkosen. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912 viii 975-981.—Muller (B.) Ueber den Einfluss der Gasgemisch- narkosen auf die inneren Organe. Arch. f. klin. Chir Berl., 1905, lxxvu, 420-515,1 diag.-----. Ueber Mischnarko- sen im Vergleich zur reinen Chloroform- oder Aethernarkose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1905, xxxi, 296- 29S.—Munro(D. J.) The routine use, by the open method, of a mixture of chloroform and ether. Lancet, Lond., 1909 ii, 414.—Napalkofl (N. I.) [Data on the combined brom- ethvl-chloroform anaesthesia.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1902, xii 137-140.—Neu (M.) Ein Verfahren zur Stickoxydulsauer- stoffnarkose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1873- 1875.—NeuberlG.) Ueber kombinierte Narkosen. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1911, viii, 349-355.—Norbury (L. E. C.) Scopolamine-morphine-atropine as a general anaes- thetic. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Anaesth. Sect., 57-62.—Otto. Beitrage zur kombinierten Narkose Med. Klin., Berl., 1910. vi, 380-382.—Parker (H. F.) Chlo- roform-ether anaesthesia. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1916, xxiii, 129.—Poppert. Ueber Aetherchloroformmisch nar- kose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxix, Ver.-Beil., 6.—Powell (A.) The administration of chloroform with C02. Brit. M. L, Lond., 1897, ii, 1479.— Pussep (L. M.) [Influence of hedonal-chloroform anaesthe- sia on the intracranial circulation.] Obshtshestvo Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi... Syezda 1904, S.-Peterb., 1905, ii, 145.—Reynt-s. Anesthesie generale par le melange d'nlcool-chloroforme-ether. Marseille m^d., 1902, xxxix, 249-251.—Richter (A.) Ueber Bromathernarkosen. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1902, Leipz., 1903, ii, 2. Hlfte., 557— Ritschel (W.) & Stange (O.) Ueber kombinierte Narkose. II. Bestimmung der narkotisieren- den Chloroform- und Aetherkonzentrationen in der Einat- mungsluft des Kaninchens. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1913 xxiii, 191-227.—Robertson (E. A.) Mixed anaesthesia, with special reference to the administra- tion of hyoscine hydrobromate before ether. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 52-55.—Rossiyski (D. M.) [Combined anaesthesia.] Sibirsk. Vrach. Gaz., Irkutsk, 1913, vi, 256- 260.—Sartorari (L.) Di una nuova miscela anestetica. Policlin., Roma, 1905, xii, sez. prat., 1166.—Seuvre. Re- flexions pratiques sur l'anesthesie generale, en particulier sur l'action combinee du chloroforme et de l'elher (anes- thesie mixte). Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1903, xxvii, 257; 271.—Shofl (A. I.) [Combined action of anaesthetics.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 333-335.—Sick (P.) Weitere Erfahrungen mit kombinierten Narkosen. Deut- sche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1914, exxviii, 209-218.—Stange (O.) Ueber kombinierte Narkose. IV. Ueber die Kombi- nation von Morphin mit Chloroform bezw. Aether bei der Inhalationsnarkose des Kaninchens. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1913, xxiii, 461-478.—Thierry de Martel. L'anesthesie par Tether et la scopolamine, par un melange d'oxygene et de protoxyde d'azote sous pression, par ce meme melange associe k la scopolamine. Paris chirurg., 1913, v, 343-346.—Turner (T.) L'anesthesie par l'atropomorphine et le chloroforme (methode de Dastre et Morat). Presse med.. Par., 1905, i, 273.—Twitchell (II. F.) Preliminary anesthesia, erhvl chloride, and ether sequence. Tr. Maine M. Ass., Portland, 1905, 366-382, 2 pi.—Waller (A. D.) On the physiological effects of mixed anaesthetics. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1909, Lond., 1910, 305-307—Wilcox (S. F.) The perils of anaesthetic mixtures. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, liii, 500.—Windrath (F.) Ein Beitrag zur Narkosenfrage, speziell der Sauerstofl-Chloroform-Narkose. Zahnarztl. Rundschau, Berl., 1903, xii, Nos. 577; 578.— Woker (Gertrud). Theoretisches iiber die Mischnarkose; Antwortauf die Erwiderung Biirgis "UeberNarkotikakom- binationen." Ztschr. f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1913, xv, 49- 71. -----. Zur Theorie und Praxis der Colpidien-Misch- narkose; Entgegnung an H. Kissa. Ibid., 1915, xvii, 28-48.— Woker (Gertrud) & Weyland (Helene). Untersuchungen iiber die Mischnarkose der freibeweglicben Zelle. Ibid., 1914, xvi, 265-319, 6 pi.—Wood (H. C.) Benzine in anesthetic mixtures. Phila. M. J., 1899, iii, 843-845.—Wood (R. L.) A consideration of the C-E anaesthetic mixture. Hahne- man. Month., Phila., 1908, xliii, 340-344.—Zakalotos (D. E.) [A contribution to the study of mixed anaesthesia.] 'larpucds wvlrrup, 'Adrjval, 1910, X, 131.—Zmigrodskl (K. I.) [Combined chloroform and cocaine anaesthesia and use of co- caine in surgical practice in general.] Trudi Syezda Russk. Vrach. v pam. Pirogova 1891, Mosk., 1892, iv, 605.—Zulauf. Erfahrungen mit der Braun'schen Mischnarkose. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. f. Geburtsh. zu Leipz. (1902), 1903,11-18. Anaesthesia (Mortality from). See, also, Anaesthetics (Toxicology of). Meyer (K. A. L. H.) *Ueber den Tod in der Morphium-Scopolamin-Narkose, nebst einem Beitrag und Sectionsbericht. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Nicolajewsky (Ilia). *Zusammenstellung und kritische Beleuchtung der in der Schweiz in den letzten 20 Jahren (1888-1907) vorgekom- menen Narkosentodesfalle. 8°. Bern, 1912. Abbott (W. C.) Deaths from anesthetics. Am. J Clin M., Chicago, 1908, xv, 375-379.—Baillet. Deux cas de mort par les anesthesiques. Ann. med.-chir. du centre Tours 1904, iv, 25.—Bickle (L. W.) Fear as a factor in the causation of deaths under anaesthetics. Australas. M. Gaz Sydney, 1900, xix, 290.—Bigelow (II. J.) Death by chloro- lorm, and alleged death by ether. Boston M. & S. J 1872 ?™'i,Xo' 27t279- Also, inhis: Surg. Anaesth., 8°, Bost., 190o! IO9-]13-—Blumield (J.) Deaths in anaesthesia in child- o00dAxCiln- J-> Lon(*v 1904-5> xxv> 253-256. Also: Rep. Soc. Study Dis. Child., Lond., 1904-5, v, 110-116.—Briddon (0. K.) Death during anaesthesia resulting from the en- trance of food into the larynx and trachea. Ann. Sure Phila., 1898, xxvii, 372.—Brown (G.) Two cases of death 'rom post-anaesthetic acid intoxication. Brit. M. J., Lond 1911, i, 429.—Cotton (F. J.) Deaths from anaesthesia and" lessons to be drawn from them. Ann. Surg., Phila 1913 lvui, 934-938.—Crum (F. S.) Deaths resulting from the administration of anesthetics. Med. Rec, N Y 1910 lxxvni, 74.—Davies (H. R.) A note on a fatality occurring under anaesthetics. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1023 —Death under an anaesthetic. [Edit.] Ibid., 1901, ii, 607: 1907, ii L14-1716.—Death under an anaesthetic at the Adelaide Hos- pital. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1903, xxii, 379.—Death under nitrous oxide gas and ether. Lancet, Lond., 1896 i 179.—Deaths under anesthetics. Boston M. & S. J 1904 cl, 361.—Deaths from anaesthetics. Brit. M. J., Lond' 1900' i, 1040: 1906, ii, 1337.—Deaths under anaesthetics. Lancet! Lond., 1896, l, 434:1898, i, 249: ii, 1284:1908, i, 1224.—Doug- lass (B.) The recent fatality under anesthesia; a correction. Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1906, xlviii, 934.—Fatal anaesthetics- a case for inquiry. Hospital, Lond., 1907, xiii, 259.—Fisher (T.) Aciduria and deaths following the administration of an anaesthetic. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 787.—Flemming (A. L.) A review of inquests concerning deaths during anaes- thesia, 1910-1913. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond 1913-14 vn, Anaesth. Sect., 17-24—Freemantle (F. E.) Death under A. C. E. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1898, xii, 373 — Freyberger (L.) An analysis of seventy-four cases of sud- den death while under the influence of an anaesthetic Tr Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond., 1907-8, v, 21-80.—Galloway (D H ) Deaths from anesthetics. Phila. M. J., 1901, vii, 864-866 — Gardner (H. B.) Coroners' inquests upon deaths during surgical anaesthesia. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1304.—Gardner (H. B.) & Luke (T. D.) Coroners' inquests upon deaths in surgical anaesthesia. Ibid., 1106-1108.—George (T. H ) Two deaths from anesthesia. Cleveland M. & S. Reporter 1908, xvi, 95.—Giflord (J. H.) Report of a case of deatti Iromll.M.C. anesthesia. Tr. Mass. Med.-Leg. Soc Bost 1910, iii, 338. Also: Boston M. & S. J., 1910, clxii, 139.— Guthrie (L. G.) On aciduria (acetonuria) as the cause of deaths following the administration of chloroform and ether Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 583-585.—Herman (J. E.) Scientific murder. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1906, lxxxiv, 338.—Hewitt (F. W.) The prevention of deaths under anaesthetics Lancet, Lond., 1908, ii, 873.—Hornabrook (R. W.) Death during induction under a general anaesthetic. Med. J Australia, Sydney, 1914-16,i,240—Kearney(H. W.) Some observations on surgical mortality from the standpoint of the anesthetist. Wash. Med. Ann., 1914, xiii, 192-202.-----. Surgical mortality from the standpoint of the anesthetist! Am. J. Surg., Q. Suppl. Anesth., N. Y., 1918, xxx, 66-71 — Keil (G.) Ueber den sekundaren Narkosentod; Erfahrun- gen bei 4 000 Narkosen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1013-1016.—Kelly (R. E.) Anaesthetic fatalities. Liverp. Med.-Chir. J., 1913, xxxiii, 154-158.— Kirby (E. D.) Ten years' deaths from anaesthetics in Birmingham. Midland M. J., Birmingh., 1901-2, i, 126- 128—Knaggs (S. T.) Synopsis of deaths from anaesthetics in New South Wales since 1877. Intercolon. M. Cong Australas. Tr. 1892, Sydney, 1893, iii, 249-259.—Laws (G. M.) The influence of various anesthetics in determining mortality. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1911-12, xv, 267-269 — Leavell (G. W.) The anesthetist on surgical mortality. China M. J., Shanghai, 1916, xxx, 243-251.—Littig (L. W.) Anaesthesia fatalities in Iowa. Iowa M.J. [etc.]. Des Moines 1907-8, xiv, 457-466.—McCardie (W. J.) Death during the administration of an anaesthetic at the General Hospital, Birmingham. Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 69-73.-----. Death after nitrous oxide-oxygen and local anaesthesia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 200.—Miller (A. H.) Post-operative mortality with especial reference to death from anesthetics. Providence M. J., 1902, iii, 201-205. -----. Postoperative mortality from anesthetics; the recorded death rate from ethyl chlorid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1847. [Discussion], 1859-1862.-----. Mortality under anesthetics. ANAESTHESIA. 416 ANAESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Mortality from). Am. Year-Book Anesth., N. Y., 1916, i, 107-115—Mitchell (J. W.) Causes and prevention of death during anesthesia. J. Nat. M. Ass., Tuskegee, Ala., 1909, i, 84-87.—Mollison (C. H.) Post-mortem notes of cases of death under anes- thetics. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1897, ii, 670.-----. Notes of further cases of death under anaesthet- ics. Ibid., 1899, iv, 255-259. — Mortimer (J. O.) On fatalities during anaesthesia. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvii, 360-363.—Munro (D. J.) Death under an anaes- thetic (C2E3). Lancet, Lond., 1911, i, 1350.—Muskens (A. L. M.) [Experimental study on the death, caused by anaesthetics, in surgical operations.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1911, i, 534-546, 1 pi.—Pichevin (R.) Mort tardive par le chloroforme ou Pettier. Semaine gvnec, Par., 1910, xv, 170-172.—Probyn-Williams (R. J.) "Some causes of death during anaesthesia. Clin. J., Lond., 1908-9, xxxiii, 171-176.—Report of inquiry into the question of deaths resulting from the administration of anaesthetics. Lancet, Lond., 1910, i, 1087-1089—Roberts (J. B.) The anesthesia peril in American hospitals. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 89-93. Also, Reprint.—Robinson (W. E.) Death after nitrous oxide-oxygen and spinal anesthesia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 291.—Schlesinger (A.) Tod nach Lokalnarkose; Bemerkungen zu dem Aufsatze von Ritter. Med. Klin., Berl., 1912, viii, 1746 — Shewen (A.) Death under anaesthetics. Intercolon. M. Cong. Australas. Tr. 1892, Sydney, 1893, iii, 242-248 — Silk (J. F. W.) Deaths during anaesthesia; an anaesthetist's point of view. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1173-1175.—Smith (W.) Anaesthesia; report of two deaths; one following the administration of ether and one during the administration of chloroform. N. Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1907, xiii, 12-20.— Stone (R. M.) Death during use of Schleicb solution. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xxxv, 310.—Stotts (A. F.) Diseases and mortality of general anesthetics. Railway Surg. J Chicago, 1911-12, xviii, 384-386.—Strauch. Sind Todesfalle in der Narkose vermeidbar? Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 326-328.—Turnbull (L.) Deaths from chloroform and ether since the Hyderabad commission; with conclu- sions. Addr. . . . sect. surg. & anat. 42. meet. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1891, 297-318, 1 tab—Van Meter (B. F.) Death from respiratory paralysis following hyoscin-morphin-cactin anesthesia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 416.— Waldo (F.J.) Deaths under anaesthetics. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 851-853. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n. s., lxxxv, 314-316. Also, Reprint.—Wanitschek. Ein Fall von plotzliehem Tod wahrend der Narkose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xxiv, 475. Anaesthesia (Physiological theory of). See, also, Anaesthesia (Bloodin); Anaesthe- sia (Blood-pressure in); Anaesthesia (Heart in); Anaesthesia (Metabolism in); Anaesthetics (Effects of). Schaikevitch (Lea-Bertha). *Anaphylaxie et anesthesie. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Bigclow (H.J.) A suggested physiology of anaesthesia. In his: Surg. Anaesth., 8°, Bost., 1900, 132.—BUrker (K.) Eine neue Theorie der Narkose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1443-1445. -----. Ueber eine neue Theorie der Narkose und iiber die oxydativen Prozesse in der lebenden Substanz. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1910, xxiv, 103-105.—Buxton (D. W.) The nature of anaesthesia; an appended note. Lancet, Lond., 1896, i, 279-282.—Crile (G. W.) Alkalescence, acidity, anesthesia; a theory of anes- thesia. Tr. South. Surg. A Gynec. Ass., Phila., 1914, xxvii, 353-363. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1915, xx, 680-085.-----. An experimental research into the nature of nitrous oxid and of ether anesthesia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1916, lxvii, 1830. Also: Dental Reg., Cincin., 1917, Ixxi, 363-368. Also: Dental Summary, Toledo, 1917, xxxvii, 430-433.—Crile (G. W.) & Menten (M. L.) Comparison of anesthesia in plants possessing a motor mechanism and in animals. J. Pharmacol. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1911-12, iii, 467.—Drzewina (Mme. Anna) & Bonn (G.) Anoxy- biose et anesthesie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxiii, 696.—Fredericq (11.) Theorie de la narcose et asso- ciations de narcotiques. Scalpel, Liege, 1913-14, lxvi, 349- 351.—Graham (E. A.) Further observations on the rela- tion of fats to anesthesia. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1913, ix, 49-51.—Hbber(R.) Line neue Theorie der Narkose. Vrtlj- schr. d. naturf. Gesellsch. in Zurich, 1S07, Iii, 226-231.-----. Neue Versuche zur Theorie der Narkose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1915, xli, 273.—Kionka (II.) Zur Theorie der Narkose; eine vergleichende Untersuchung iiber die Wirkungen des Acetaldchyds und Chlorals, des Methans und seiner Chlordcrivate. Arch, internat. de pharmacod., Brux. & Par., 1900, vii, 475-504, 2 pi.—Koch- mann (M.) Theorie der Narkose. Biochem. Centralbl., Leipz., 1905-6, iv, 683-698.—Lapicque (L.) & Legendre (it.) Modifications des fibres nerveuses myelques pendant l'unestheMo gem-rale. Compt.rend.Soc.de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvii, 2st.—Lillie(R. S.) The physico-chemical conditions of anesthetic action. Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, u.s., xxxvii, 959-972.-----. The physico-chemical theory Anaesthesia (Physiological theory of). of anesthesia. Am. Year-Book Anesth., N. Y., 1916, i, 1- 30. -----. The theory of anaesthesia. Biol. Bull., Woods Hole, Mass., 1916, xxx, 311-366.—Loewe (S.) Kritik der Meyer-Overtonschen Narkosetheorie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. A Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 2387.-----. Mem- bran und Narkose; weitere Beitrage zu einer kolloidche- mischen Theorie der Narkose. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, lvii, 161-260.—Mansield(G.) Narkose und SauerstofT- mangel. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1909, xxix, 09-81. -----. Beziehungen zwischen OrMangel und Narkose. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect. v, Therap., 250-253.—Meyer (H.) The theory of narcosis. In: Harvey lect., 8°, Phila. & Lond., 1906, 11-17. -----. The theory of narcosis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1906, xlvi, 167-169.—Montuori (A.) Sui meccanismo intimo della narcosi. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1914, xvii, 441.— Moore (B.) & Roaf (H. E.) An experimental study of the physical chemistry of anaesthesia in relationship to its causation. Thompson Yates & Johnson Lab. Bep., 1905, vi, pt. 1,151-191.—Murua y Valerdi (A.) Sobre las teorias de la accidn anestesica. Cong, internat. demed. C. r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de therap., 176-179.—Pouchet (G.) Physiologie generale de l'anesthesie; thebrie du sommeil. Rev. internat. de therap. et pharmacol., Par., 1899, vii, 281- 287.—Reicher (K.) Chemisch-experimentelle Studien zur Kenntnis der Narkose. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1908,lxv, 235-268. — Schnitzler (J.) Zum gegenwartigen Stand der Narkosefrage. Centralbl. f. d. ges. Therap., Wien, 1896, xiv, 513; 577.—Schur (H.) & Wiesel (J.) Ueber das Verhal- ten des chromafnnen Gewebes bei der Narkose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xxi, 247. — Schwarzwald (R. T.) Ueber das Verhalten des chromaflinen Gewebes beim Menschen unter dem Einflusse der Narkose. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 269-276. — Straub (W.) Vorlesuncsversuche zur Theorie der Narkose. Zt- schr. f. biol. Techn. u. Methodik, Strassb., 1911-12, ii, 277- 279.—Traube (J.) Theorie der Narkose. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1913, cliii, 276-308. Also, Reprint.-----. Ueber Narkose; Bemerkungen zu den Arbeiten der ncrrcn Vernon und Winterstein. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913,liv, 316-322.-----. Zur Theorie der Narkose; Bemerkungen zu den Abhandlungen von Hober und Joel. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1915, clxi, 530-536.-----. Wesen der Nar- kose. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. A Leipz., 1915, xli, 634.—Winterstein (H.) Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Nar- kose; kritische Uebersicht iiber die Beziehungen zwischen Narkose und .SauerstofFatmung. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, li, 143-170. -----. Narkose und Lrstickung. Ibid., 1915, lxx, 130-143. Anaesthesia (Posture in). See, also, Anaesthesia in oto-rhino-laryn- gology. Bovee (J. W.) The influence of the Trendelenburg posi- tion on the quantity of urine excreted during anesthesia. Tr. Am. Gynec. Soc, Phila., 1910, xxxv, 443-449. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1911, cxli, 106-109.—Cottell (II. A.) The danger of administering anesthetics with the patient in the upright position. Am. Pract. & News, Louis- ville, 1900, xxx, 174-181.—Hewitt (F.) & Sheild (A. M.) On posture in its relation to surgical operations under anaes- thetics. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1896, Ixxix, 1-39— McCar- die (W.J.) Posture in relation to general anaesthesia. Clin. J., Lond., 1915, xliv, 113-118.—McCardie (W. J.), Hewitt (Sir F.) [el al]. Discussion on posture in relation to general anaesthesia. Proc Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Anesth. Sect., 39-56.—Probyn-Williams. Anaesthesia in certain abnormal and constrained positions. Tr. Soc. Anaesth., Load., 1907, viii, 82-88.—Puschnig (R.) Zur Lagerung der Arme in der Narkose. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 793-795.—Rothe (H.) Die Lagerung der Arme in der Narkose. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1904, xxviii, 377; 1042.—Silk (J. F. W.) Anaesthesia in certain abnormal and constrained positions. Tr. Soc. Anaesth., Lond., 1905-7, viii, 82-88. Anaesthesia (Preparation of pat lent for). See, also, Anaesthesia (Adjuvants in); Anoci- association. Bodine (J. A.) Mental preoccupation as a preliminary to general anaesthesia. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1903, 12. s., iv, 158-161.—Clark (J. G.) The preparation of patients for anesthesia. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1903, n. s., xxiv, 86-89. Also: Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 304.— Hellman (A. M.) The use of an hypnotic before anaes- thesia. Med. Rev. of Rev., N. Y., 1914, xx, 422-424—Hunt (C. S.) Preparation of patient for general anesthesia; selec- tion ofthe anesthetic and its application. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1913, xxvi, 114-1 is.—Mortimer (J. D.) The need of preparation for anaesthesia. Clin. J., Lond., 1911-12, xxxix, 302-304. Also: Med. Mag., Lond., 1912, xxi, 100-103.—Pal- mer (E. P.) General anesthesia; the preliminary and after treatment, with remarks on chloroform and ether. N. York M. J., 1901, lxxiii, 104-107.—Silk (J. W.) Notes on the pre- paratory treatment of patients subjected to anaesthesia. Treatment, Lond., 1897, i, 29. ANESTHESIA. 417 ANAESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Psychic factors in). Burdlck (W. P.) The use of music during anesthesia and analgesia. Am. Year-Book Anesth., N. Y., 1916, i, 164-167.—Crutcher (E.) Psychical phases of anaesthesia. Med. Sentinel, Portland, Oreg., 1905, xiii, 271-273.—Dunbar (E.) The light thrown on psychological processes by the action of drugs. Proc. Soc. Psych. Research, Lond., 1904-5, xix, 62-77.—Ferguson (R. H.) Some psychic factors of surgical anesthesia. IllinoisM. J.,Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 81-92. Also: Am. Year-Book Anesth.,N. Y., 1916, i, 152-160. Also, Reprint.—Hill (D. S.) & Hill {Mrs. D. S.) The loss and recovery of consciousness under anesthesia. Psychol. Bull., Bait., 1910, viit 77-83. —Jacobson (E.) Consciousness, under anaesthetics. Am. J. Psychol., Worcester, 1911, xxii, 333-345.—Jastrow (J.) An inquiry in regard to mental phenomena connected with anesthesia. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, x, 202. Also: Psychol. Bull., N. Y., 1905, ii, 324-327.— Laborde (J.-V.) De 1'intervention et de 1'influence des sensations auditives, en particulier des sensations musicales dans l'anesthesie operatoire. Bull. Acad, de m6d., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 574-582.—Lenoir (R.) Contribution a l'etude des phenomenes psychologiques et physiologiques observes pendant la narcose. Rev. neurol., Par., 1914-15, xxii, 1310.—Michaelis (L. M.) Consciousness during anesthesia. Med.Nevvs.N.Y.,1899,lxxiv,501.—Monahan (R.) Anaesthesia; the psychological bugbear of surgery. MontrealM. J., 1910, xxxix, 686-691.—Munro (H. S.) The influence of suggestion as an adjunct in the administration of anesthetics. St. Louis M. Rev., 1908, lvii, 383-391.— Philippe (J.) La conscience dans l'anesthesie chirurgicale. Rev. phil., Par., 1899, xlvii, 506-527—Rose (J. R.) Partial consciousness during anesthesia. Med. News, N. Y., 1899, lxxv, 21.—Van Renterghem (A. W.) Chirurgische anes- thesie langs psychischen weg verkregen. Geneesk. Courant, Amst., 1911, lxv, 201-205.—Watkins-Pitchiord (W. M.) The unconsciousness of anaesthesia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 179. Anaesthesia (Rectal). Qtjattrini ( P. ) * Ueber Rektalnarkose. [Bern.] 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Saulnier (G.) Contribution a l'etude de l'anesthesie rectale. 8°. Lyon, 1910. Brinkley (A. S.) Rectal anesthesia. Virginia M. Semi- Month., Richmond, 1915, xx, 419-422.—Carson (N. B.) Rectal anaesthesia. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1909, xvi, 313-326.—Churchill (J. F.) Rectal anaesthesia. Surg., Gynec. & Obst.,Chicago, 1910, xi, 205-209.—Cunningham (J. H.) Rectal anaesthesia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xci, 904-909.—Denny (C. F.) & Robinson (L. S. B.) Rectal anesthesia; demonstration of apparatus, with report of ad- ditional cases. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1909, xxix, 62-64.— Dumont. Ueber Rektalnarkose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xxxvi, 1433-1436.—Dupont (V.) & Gautrelet (J.) De l'anesthesie generale par voie rectale a l'aide de melanges titres d'air et de chloroforme ou de va- peurs de chlorure d'ethyle. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, cliv, 719-721.—Federici (N.) La eteronarcosi rettale non e preferibile alia cloronarcosi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 953.—Foote (E. M.) Apparatus for rectal anaesthesia. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 384. Also: Ann. Surg.. Phila., 1914, lix, 314.—Gwathmey (J. T.) The technic of oil-ether colonic anesthesia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 630. Also, Reprint.—Johnson (W. M.) Rectal anesthesia; a demonstration of Gwathmey's method. N.YorkM.J.[etc.], 1916,civ,846. Also,Reprint— Kruzhi- lin (A. V.) [Anaesthesia per rectum.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1904, iii, med.-spec. pt., 659-667.—Kurochkin (A. A.) [Rectal anaesthesia.] Syezd Rossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1910, ix, 67-70.—Lathrop (W.) Anesthesia by the rectum in thyroidectomy. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, ch, 996-999. A Iso, Reprint.—Le Breton (P.) Anaesthesia by nitrous oxide, nitrous oxide and oxygen, nitrous oxide and ether, chloroform and oxygen, and ether administered per rectum. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908. lxxxvii, 196-198.— Legueu (F.), Morel (L.) & Verliac (H.) La narcose par voie rectale. Compt. .rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 908-910.—Morel (L.) Etude critique et experimentale de l'anesthesie generale par voie rectale. Paris chirurg., 1909, i, 949; 1089, 1 pi.—Morozofl (A.) [Anaesthesia per rectum.] Russk. Khir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 1908, xxiv, 419-428.—Pate (J. C.) Oil-ether colonic anesthesia. J. Med. Ass. Georgia, Augusta, 1914, iv, 146-148.—Ray (W.) Rectal anaesthesia. Med. J. Australia, Sydney, 1917, i, 29— Saphir (J. F.) Syringe for local anaesthesia in rectal operations. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciii, 219-221. Also, Reprint. — Thorns (H. K.) A new apparatus for the administration of rectal and pharyngeal anaesthesia. Yale M. J., N. Haven, 1909-10, xvi, 497-503.—Vidal (E.) De l'anesthesie generale par voie rectale. Ass. frang. de chir. Proc-verb. [etc.], Par., 1906, xix, 844-848. Also: Presse mid., Par., 1906, xiv, 787. Anaesthesia (Reflexes in). Bayer (C.) Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Reflexe wah- rend der Narkose. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1896, xxi, 295.— Blumfeld (J.) Nasal reflex during anaesthesia. Proc. 76399°—17----27 Anaesthesia (Reflexes in). Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Sect. Anaesth., 27-33.— Fabre & Ptezetakls. Persistance du reHexe oculo-cardia- que pendant l'anesthesie generale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 343.—Parsons (C. G.) Reflex ac- tion during general surgical anaesthesia. Ann. Surg., Phila.. 1913, lviii, 891-899.—Roncoroni (L.) I riflessi profondi nella narcosi. Policlin., Roma, 1917, xxiv. sez. prat., 89-91 — Simpson (S.)& Herring (P. T.) The effect of cold narcosis on reflex action in warm-blooded animals. J. Physiol., Lond., 1905, xxxii, 305-311.—Wilson (A.) The respiratory and cardiac reflex induced by peripheral impressions on the pudic nerve during anaesthesia. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 521 # Anaesthesia (Regional). See, also, Anaesthesia (Conductive); Anaes- thesia (Local); Anaesthesia by reduced circula- tion; Anaesthetics (Local); Plexus (Brachial, Anesthetization of). Lachmund (H.) * Ueber locale und regio- naire Anaesthesie sowie ihre Verwendbarkeit bei grosseren Operationen. 8°. Munchen, 1901. Potjchet (Y.) & Sourdat (P.) L'anesthesie regionale. 8°. Paris, 1914. Also [Abstr.], in: Gaz. med. de Par., 1916, lxxxvii, 7. Rossselin (H.) *Contribution a l'etude de l'anesthesie regionale de l'oreille par le procede de Neumann. 8°. Lille, 1909. Allen (C. W.) Regional anesthesia, with report of several cases. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1909-10, lxii, 451-459.—Babitskl (P. S.) [Regional anaesthesia of the upper and lower ex- tremities.] Syezd Rossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1913, xii, 75- 80.—Braun (H.) Regionare Anasthesie und Blutleere. (Bemerkungen zu dem Artikel von S. Kofmann, Blutleere als Lokalanasthesie, in No. 40 dieses Blattes.) Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1898, xxv, 1065-1070.—Dupuy de Frenelle. Toutes les operations sur les membres peuvent relever de l'anesthesie regionale par l'anesthesie tronculaire. Paris chir., 1913, v, 1077-1082.—Eloesser (L.) Recent advances in regional (local) anesthesia. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1912, x, 90-97.—Fisher (H. G.) Regional or infiltration an- esthesia. Dental Rev., Chicago, 1912, xxvi, 1061-1069.— Gerhard!. Zur regionaren Anaesthesie nach Oberst. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1898, xly, 1241.—Goyanes (J.) Un nuevo metodo de anestesia regional. Rev. de med. y cirug. pract., Madrid, 1908, lxxxi, 425. -----. Un nuevo metodo de anestesia regional. Rev. clin de Madrid, 1909, i, 12- 19. Also: Siglo med., Madrid, 1909, lvi, 647; 661.—Hesse(G). Zur Plexusanasthesie nach Kulenkampfl. St. Petersb. me.d Ztschr., 1914, xxxix, 18-20.—Hblscher (R.) Beitrage zur regionaren Anaesthesie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr.. 1899, xlvi, 245-248.—Kulenkampfl (D.) Die Anasthesierung des Plexus brachialis. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1912, lxxix, 550-572.—Laboure (J.) L'anesthesie locale et re- gionale dans les grandes operations oto-rhino-laryngolo- giqiues. Arch. prov. de chir.. Par., 1913, xiii, 703-727.-----. Avantages de l'anesthesie regionale. Gaz. med. de Par., 1915, Ixxxvi, 12.—Nassetti (F.) Dell' anestesia regionale endovasale. Policlin., Roma, 1911, xviii, sez. chir., 493; 546. Also: Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1912, Roma, 1913, xxv, 373-388.—Nazarofl (V.M.) [Regional arterial injection; on arterial anaesthesia.] Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad. Ra- boti Proped. Khirurg. Klin. . . . Oppel, S.-Peterb., 1910, ii, 111-148.—Page (G. M.) Some observations on regional anaesthesia. St. Thomas's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1909, xix, 189-201.—Pauchet (V.) R61e de l'anesthesie regionale dans la grande et petite chirurgie. Clinique, Par., 1914, ix, 84.— Philippe (Germaine) & Georges (P.) Anesthesie regionale de la tete, du cou et du tronc. Ibid., 1915, lxxxi, 89-92.----- -----. Anesthesie du membre superieur (technique de V. Pauchet et P. Sourdat). Ibid., 1916, lxxxvii, 9-12.----- -----. Anesthesie regionale de la face. Ibid., 17.—Rood (F.) Regional anaesthesia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1912, ii, 1701-1704.—Yasenetskl-Volno (V. F.) [Regional anaes- thesia of the sciatic and median nerves.] Syezd rossiysk. Khirurg., Mosk., 1913, xii, 73-75. Anaesthesia (Respiration in). Lucius (F.) *Narkose und Atmung. 8°. Giessen, 1905. Bennett (T. L.) Remarks on one of the complications of anesthesia (asphyxia). Med. News, N. Y., 1902, lxxxi, 1118-1121.—Burckhardt-Socin (O.) Zur Frage der Nar- kosenasphyxie. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1910, xxxiv, 531.—Buxton (D. W.) The management of the anaesthetic in cases in which respiratory impediment exists. Lancet, Lond., 1900, i, 1714-1716—Coburn (R. C.) The import- ance and prevention of respiratory restriction during general anesthesia in the inhalation methods. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1913. xxvii, 361-363.—Dean (J. S.) A new tube and valve device for expanding collapsed lung. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1909, ix, 362.—Del Greco (E.) L'elevazione e sub- lussazioni en avanti della mandibola nell' asflssia che minac- ANAESTHESIA. 418 ANAESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Respiration in). cia i narcotizzati e un metodo italiano. Clin, chir., Milano, 1910, xviii, 1647-1654.—Depage (A.) Des tractions rythmees du cou dans la syncope respiratoire due a la narcose. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1904, iv, 15.—Foulis (J.) Mechanical impediment to respiration during anaes- thesia, etc. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1065.—Gutzmann (H.) Die Atmungsbewegungen in der Narkose. Med.- padagog. Monatschr., Berl., 1911, xxi, 275-279, 7 ch.—Hen- derson (Y.) Some consideration of respiration in relation to apnea, anoxhemia, acapnia and anesthesia. Am. Year- Book Anesth., N. Y., 1916, i, 95-106.—Hewitt (F.) Clinical observations upon respiration during anaesthesia; with special reference to the causes of embarrassed and obstructed breathing. Med.-Chir.Tr.,Lond., 1891,lxxiv, 107-128. Also, Reprint.—Hofmann (C.) Wie erreicht man am besten em tiefes, regelmassiges und ruhiges Athmen zu Beginn der Narkose? Centralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1901, xxviii, 57-60 — Lesscl (J. F.) A clinical study of acapnia. CUn. J., Lond., 1914, xliii, 302-304.—Loeb (J.) & Wasteneys(H.) Narkose und Sauerstoffverbrauch. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1913, lvi, 295-306.—Marshall (F. E.) Note on a case of failure of respiration under anaesthesia. Lancet. Lond., 1900, i, 1656.— Moldovan (J.) & Weinfurter (F.) Narkose und Sauer- stoffatmung. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1914, clvii, 571-581.—Montuori (A.) Asfissiae narcosi. Ztschr.f. allg. Physiol., Jena, 1915, xvii, 18-27.—Scarbrough (M. M.) & Henderson (Y.) Apncea vera in annes;hesia. Proc. Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1910, p. xiii.—Warburg (O.) Ueber die Empfindlichkeit der Sauerstoflatmung gegeniiber in- differenten Narkotika (nebst einer Bemerkung fiber die sauerstoflatmenden Leberzellengranula). Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1914, clviii, 19-28. Anaesthesia (Sacral and presacral). Bryan (W. A.) Laewen's method of anesthesia. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1912-13, v, 240-244.—Bull (P.) Erfaringer om sakralanaestesi. Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1915, 5. R., xiii, 857-882. Discussion in: Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1915, 76-83.—Engelhard. Praesa- crale anaesthesie. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Verlosk. en Gynaec., Haarlem, 1915, xxiv, 310-312.—Fischer (W.) Ueber hohe Sakralanasthesie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1916, cxxxvi, 561-589.—Franz (R.) Ueberparasakrale Anaesthe- sie von der sakralen Wunde aus. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1917, xliv, 282.—Lawen (A.) Ueber die Verwertung der Sakralanasthesia fiir chirurgische Operationen. Ibid., 1910, xxxvii, 708-711.-----. Ueber Sakralanasthesie. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911,lxxxii.pt.2,145-149.—Rielander(A.) Weitere Versuche fiber die sackrale Anasthesie. Zentralbl. f. Gynak. Leipz., 1910, xxxiv,433-439.—Schlimpert(H.) Concerning sacral anaesthesia. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1913. xvi, 488-492.—Schneider (K.) Sakralanasthesie in der Gynakologie und Geburtshilfe. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2561-2565.—Stoeckel (W.) Ueber sakrale Anas- thesie. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1909, xxxiii, 1-15, 1 pi.—Suchy (M.) Ueber die Anwendung der Sakralanasthe- sie in der Chirurgie. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1913, cxxv, 1-82.—Tolken (R.) Erfahrungen mit der parasakra- len Anasthesie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 174-176. Anaesthesia (Sequelse of). See, also, Anaesthesia (Accidents and difficul- ties encountered in); Anaesthesia (Local); An- aesthesia (Toxicology of); Anaesthesia (Urine in); 'Kidney (Effect of surgical operations, etc., on); Paralysis (Post-ansesthetic); Pneumonia (Post-operative); Stomach (Atony of); Vomit- ing1 (Post-anaesthetic). Angelesco. Accidents post>anesthesiques. Presse med., Par., 1896, 233.—Apperson (E. L.) Complications follow- ing anaesthetics. St. Louis M. Rev., 1907, lx, 162-164 — Armstrong (G. E.) Remarks on lung complications after operations with anaesthesia. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 1141.—Ashton (Florence L.) The alleviation of the dis- comforts following anaesthesia. Am. J. Nursing., Phila., 1905-6, vi, 865-870. Also:Cleveland M. J., 1906, v, 244-249.— Biggs (T. J.) The value of high rectal injections of bovi- nine and salt solution to combat shock and the nausea and thirst following general anaesthesia. Indian Lancet, Cal- cutta, 1902, xix 652-654.—Blumfeld (J.) Some remarks on the after-effects of anaesthetics. Clin. J., Lond., 1901, xviii, 252-256.-----. A clinical lecture on the avoidance of after- effects from anaesthesia. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 638-640.—Campbell (It.) Acid intoxication following general anesthesia. Ibid., 1907, exxxiv, 198- 201.—Chauvin (E.) & OEconomos (S. N.) Pathogenie des troubles post-anesthesiques; leur prophylaxie et leur traitement par la glucose. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1913, clxv, 90-95.—Cramer. Somnolence et troubles psychiques consecutifs a la narcotisation pour traumatisme operatoire. Med. d. accid. du travail, Par.; 1904, ii, 353- 35^.—Ingle (H. B.) Anesthesia as an exciting factor in causing and exaggerating organic disease. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1911, xxv, 217-219.—Kirsteln (F.) Narkosenas- Anaesthesia (Sequelae of). phyxie post laparotomiam. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1910; xxxiv, 177-182.-----. Narkosenasphyxie post laparo- tomiam. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 2125-2127.—Lorand (A.) Note sur la pathogenie de la narcose. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1906, lx, 908.— MacRoberts (Helen I.) The alleviation of the discomforts following anesthesia. Cleveland M. J., 1906, v, 349-351.— Mercadii (S.) Les accidents post-anesthesiques. Gaz. d. hdp., Par.; 1908, lxxxi, 771-779—Morriss (W. H.) The prophvlaxis of anesthesia acidosis. J.Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, Ixviii, 1391-1394.—Mttller (B.) Ueber Fettmetamor- phose in den inneren parenchymatosen lebenswichtigen Organen nach einfachen und Mischnarkosen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1904-5, lxxv, 896-961.-----. Wie verhiitet man Pneumonien und Bronchitiden nach Narkosen? Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1905, xxiii, 269-276.—Mulzer (P.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen fiber das intravitale Auf- treten von Gerinnungen und Thrombosen in den Gefassen innerer Organe nach Aether- und Chlorolorm-Narkosen. Med.-naturw. Arch., Berl., 1907, i, 3-60, 1 pi.—Pillow (Agnes). The alleviation of the discomforts following anesthesia. Cleveland M. L, 1906, v, 252.—Silk (J. F. W.) On the occurrence oi albumin and jaundice after a brief administration of A. C. E. mixture. Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 137.—Snel (J. J.) Een schadelijk gevolg der narcose. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1902, 2. R., xxviii, d. 2, 339-344.—Weber (E.) Die schadigende Wirkung von Operationen in Narkose und Lokalanasthesie auf das Cen- tralnervensystem und ihre Beseitigung. Med. Klin., Berl., 1915, xi, 991-994.—Wight (O. B.) Pulmonary complica- tions following anaesthesia. Bull. Johns Hopkins Hosp., Bait., 1908, xix, 89-91. Anaesthesia (ShocMess). See Anoci-association. Anaesthesia (Signs and stages of). See, also; Anaesthesia (Blood-pressure in); Anaesthesia (Eye in); Anaesthesia (Heart in); Anaesthesia (Psychic factors in); Anaesthesia (Reflexes in); Anaesthesia (Respiration in); Anaesthesia (Urine in). Dietzo (G. M.) *Ueber Inhalationsanal- gesie (Stadium analgeticum der Narkose). 8°. Leipzig, 1905. Buxton (D. W.) The vital phenomena occurring under anaesthesia; nervous, circulatory, respiratory, and metabolic; and their relation to the safety of the patient. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1267-1269.—Chavigny & Jeandin. Signes objectifs des anesthesies. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1905, iv, 259.—Dawson (J. R.) The anesthetic index. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1908-9, xxi, 707-712.—Hassler (J. W.) The proper degree of anaesthesia necessary for operative procedure. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., N. Y., 1910, ii, 350-354.—Parsons (C. G.) The law of anesthetic accom- modation. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1907-8, xxvii, 364 — Silk (J. F. W.) On the diagnosis and treatment of the early stages of over-narcosis. Treatment, Lond., 1897-8, i, 514.—Stange (W.) Zur Prognose bei der Narkose. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 642.—White (C. S.) The necessity of a reliable sign of complete anaesthesia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxix, 396. Also, Reprint. Anaesthesia (Spinal). See Injections (Spinal, etc.). Anaesthesia (Statistics of). Engelbrecht (C. J.) *Die Narkosen der Bonner Frauenklinik im Jahre 1895. 8°. Bonn, 1896. Kuhn (C.) *Ueber 200 Narkosen mit dem Braun'schen Aether-Chloroformgemisch. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Whiteford (C. H.) Anaesthetics in surgery. A series of two thousand consecutive inductions of general anaesthesia, in which are incorporated portions of papers on ethyl chloride and anaes- thetics. 8°. Bristol, 1904. Abbe (R.) Anesthesia at St. Luke's Hospital. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, lxxiv, 263.—AUardice (W. C.) Some notes on 1,400 cases of anaesthesia. Glasgow M. J., 1896, xlvi, 435- 438.—Allen (F.) A review of ten years' work in anesthesia. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 976-981— Anderson (J. M.) An experience with five thousand anaesthesias at the Laura Hill Hospital. Gull States J. M. S. [etc.], Mobile, 1909, xiv, 212-218—Beebe (R. P.) Chloroform-ether sequence with a summary ofresults to date. Am. J. Surg., Q. Suppl. Anesth., N. Y., 1916, xxx, 116-118— Blount (Anna E.) Eiahty-six cases of anaesthesia. Med. Standard, Chicago, 1899, xxii, 590.—Booth (L. S.) A report of the anaesthesias on the sur- gical division; the Roosevelt Hospital. Med. & Surg. Rep. Roosevelt Hosp., N. Y., 1915,135-145, 2 pi.—Bralne (C. C.) ANESTHESIA. 419 ANAESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Statistics of). The anaesthetic registers for five vears, [1895-1900]. Charing Cross Hosp. Gaz., Blandford, 1902-3, iv, 119-128. -----. Ex- periences of anaesthetics in 200 consecutive cases of prostatec- tomy. Tr. Soc. Anaesth., Lond., 1905-7, viii, 54-81.—Brown (G.) Notes on 300 cases of general anaesthesia combined with narcotics. Lancet, Lond., 1911,i, 1005— Campbell (W. C.) An analysis of 1,300 general anesthesias. Memphis M. Month., 1909, xxix, 468-471.—C'aro(L.) Narkosenbericht aus Prof. Israel's Privatklinik. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xvi, 243-246.—Carothers (R.) A statistical consideration of 600 general anesthetics. Ohio M. J., Columbus, 1908, vi, 271- 273—Connors (J. F.) Observations made in five thousand cases of anesthesia. Am. Therapist, N. Y., 1904-5, xiii, 137- 143.—De Hart (L. N.) A report of surgical operations in the hospitals of Boston and vicinity where anesthesia was pro- duced with ether or chloroform combined with oxygen gas. Boston M. & S. J., 1896, exxxiv, 387-389.—Deniso'ff (A. S.) [Statistics of anaesthesia in the surgical department of the St. Petersburg City Peter and Paul Hospital for 1896-7.] Bolnitsch. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 189S, ix, 1654; 1709.— Dodds (S.) A study of seven hundred general anesthesias bv the drop method with special reference to the behavior of the extraocular muscles as an index of the degree of anes- thesia. Illinois M. J., Springfield, 1912, xxii, 39-50—Dya- konoff (P. I.) [Apropos of the Russian statistics of anaes- thesia] Laitop. khirurg. Obsh. v Mosk., 1896, xv, 172-179.— Eising (E. H.) Report of anaesthesias, 1900. Mt. Sinai Hosp. Rep., N. Y., 1899-1900, ii, 520-524.—Faure (J.-L.) Cent cas d'anesthesie par l'appareil de Ricard. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 1020-1022.— Galloway (D. H.) Notes on three hundred consecutive anesthesias. Chicago M. Recorder, 1903, xxiv, 202-205 — Green (G. W.) Report of one thousand consecutive anes- thesias; observed in the service of A. J. Ochsner at Augus- ' tana Hospital. Ibid., 1898, xiv, 218-226. Also, Reprint- Guest (J. W.) Systemic anesthesia of chloroform and ether; practical points from a personal experience of 2,300 cases. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1899-1900, vi, 395; 439.— Gurlt (E.) Zur Narkotisirungs-Statistik. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1891, xlu, 282-301.-----. Zur Narkotisirungs- Statistik. (Sechster Bericht, 1895-6,1896-7.) Ibid., 1897, lv, 473-519. Also: Verhandl.d.deutsch. Gesellsch.f.Chir.,Berl., 1897, xxvi, pt. 2., 202-248. — Gwathmey ( G. T.) Ameri- can statistics. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1844-1846. [Discussion], 1859-1862.—Hellman (A. M.) Anesthetics in the borough of Manhattan. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1912, xcv, 1146-1148.—Henderson (Florence). Observations drawn from an experience of twenty-two thousand surgical anaes- thesias. South. Calif. Pract., Los Angeles, 1917, xxxii, 154- 158. — Herb (Isabella C.) Observations on one thousand consecutive cases of anesthesia in the service of A. J. Ochs- ner, Augustana Hospital. Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xv, 397-103. Also: Tri-State M. J. & Pract., St. Louis, 1899, vi, 76-80. Also; Reprint.—Hewitt (F. W.) Remarks on 6,657 administrations of anaesthetics conducted at the London Hospital during the year 1897. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 483; 623; 772.—Idzikowski (J.) [Anaesthesia in a public hos- pital.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1902, n. s., xxii, 118; 140; 167 — Kerr (A. A.} Observations on and deductions and generali- zations from the administration of about 1,000 anaesthetics. Denver M. Times, 1900-1901, xx, 404-410.—King (E. L.) A review of about 650 anesthesias. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1913- 14, lxvi, 48-56. [Discussion], 61-64— Klrkpatrick (T. P. C.) Ten years' anaesthetic practice in the Incorporated Dental Hospital of Ireland. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1910, n. s.. Ixxxix, 463-466.—Levy (L.) Relation of case anesthetized to the anesthetic; observations of over 1,000 cases. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiii, 115-119— Llndh (A.) [Sum- mary of narcotic statistics of the Scandinavian countries for the years March 1, 1895, to March 1, 1897.] Forh. v. nord. kirurg. foren. 3:je mode i Helsingfors 1897, Stock- holm, 1898, 139-168. — Lipschitz ( M. ) Bericht iiber die Narkosenstatistik des Central-Vereins Deutscher Zahn- arzte. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1903, xxi, 77- 104. -----. Dritte Narkosenstatistik des Central-Vereins deutscher Zahnarzte. Ibid., 1905, xxiii, 683-694. -----. Vierte Narkosenstatistik des Central-Vereins deutscher Zahnarzte. Ibid., 1907, xxv. 82-90.—Luckett (W. H.) A ten years record of anesthesia at Mt. Sinai Hospital, New York. Med. News, N. Y., 1897, Ixxi, 770— McCabe (W. M.) Anaesthesia, deductions from one thousand cases. South M. J., Nashville, 1908, i, 244-247.—Magaw (Alice). Observations on 1,092 cases of anesthesia from Jan. 1,1899, to Jan. 1, 1900. St. Paul M. J., St. Paul, Minn., 1900, ii. 306- 311.-----. Observations drawn from an experience of eleven thousand anaesthesias. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 919- 923. A Iso, Reprint.-----. A review of over fourteen thous- and surgical anaesthesias. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1906, iii, 795-799.—von Mikulicz (J.) Kurzer Bericht fiber die unter den Kollegen Schlesiens veranstaltete Narkosen- statistik. Schles. Aerzte-Corresp.. Bresl., 1901, iv, 145.— Miller (A. H.) Anesthetic records and statistics of anes- thesia. Am. J. Surg., Q. Suppl. Anesth., N. Y., 1917,50-54.— Mortimer (J. D. E.) Remarks on 1,000 anaesthctisations. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1902, vii 178-182. [Discussion], 211-213.—Munro (D. J.) A record of anaesthetics and its statistical lesson. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1251.—Polet (M.) \u sujet de 675 injections d'anesthesiques. Ann. de l'Inst. chir de Brux., 1909, xvi, 43-47.—Prince (E. M.) Gas- Anaesthesia (Statistics of). oxygen anesthesia; observation in 2,000 cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii, 1342-1344— Prince (L. H.) Ob- servations in five hundred consecutive anaesthesias in the service of A. J. Ochsner, at the Augustana Hospital. Railway Surg., Chicago, 1894-5, i, 539-545. Also, Reprint. -----. Observations in a second series of five hundred consecutive anaesthesias in the service of A. J. Ochsner, at the Augustana Hospital. Ibid., 1895-6, ii, 529-532.— Ri- card (A.) L'anesthesie dans les h6pitaux de Londres. Gaz. d. h6p., Par.. 1904, lxxvii, 1386-1388.—Rowell (G.) The anaesthetic registers. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1895-6, Lond., 1897, iii, 241-250.—Siegel (P. W.) Ergebnisse bei weiteren 600 paravertebralen Anasthesien. Med. Klin., Berl., 1916, xii, 34-37.—Silk (J. F. W.) The anaesthetic registers. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1896-7, Lond., 1898, iv, 261-271.—Springer (H. L.) An analytical study of six hundred cases of anaesthesia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908. lxxxvii, 1148-1151. Also, Reprint.—Thomson (R. M.) Conclusions from 315 surgical anaesthesias. Georgia Pract., Savannah, 1905, i, 45.—Vajda (A.) [Practical observations on narcosis after 1,000 cases.] Sebeszet, Budapest, 1905, 23- 29.—Van Zandt (T. K.) Anesthesia, with report of 2,000 administrations. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1909-10, xvi, 39-44.—Vedin (Alma). Six months' work in anesthe- sia; Second Surgical Division, New York Hospital, 1915, with a report of endotracheal cases to date. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1916, civ, 214-217. Also: Am. J. Surg.. Q. Suppl. Anesth., 1ST. Y., 1917, xxxi, 30.—Webster (H. G.) The an- aesthetizations. Methodist Episcop. Hosp. Rep. 1887-97, N. Y., 1898, i, 279-295.—Wenger (A. V.) Observations on general anaesthesia in 5,400patients. Detroit M. J., 1909, ix, 355-365.—Whitelord (C. H.) One thousand consecutive in- ductions of general anaesthesia. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1900, xviii, 217-222— Woodard (H. C.) A review of several thousand personal surgical anesthetics and technique. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville, 1909, xlii,^55-270. — Zah- radnicky (F.) [Statistics of narcosis.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1902, xli, 768; 790.—Zander (E.) Narkosensta- tistik. Deutsche Monatschr. f. Zahnh., Leipz., 1900, xviii, 289-304. Anaesthesia ( Urine in). See, also, Anaesthesia (Posture in). Drenske (G.) *Die Harnsecretion wahrend der Narkose. 8°. Kiel, 1896. Bendix (E.) Ueber alimentare Glykosurie nach Narkose. Centralbl. f. Stoffwechsel-u. Verdauungskr., Gotting., 1902, iii, 149-151.—Bovee (J. W.) Renal excretion during the administration of chloroform and ether in gynecological surgical operation. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1909, lix, 1004-1018, 2 ch. Also, Reprint.—Brun (V.) Urobilinuria e narcosi; osservazioni cliniche e sperimentali. Pediatria, Napoli, 1910, 2. s., viii, 401-416.—Cameron (D. F.) Variations in renal function dependent on surgical procedures. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvi, 1765-1768.—Chauvin (E.) & CEconomos (S.N.) Recherches sur la formule urinaire des operes; etude comparee sur l'action des divers anesthesiques. Montpel. med., 1914, xxxviii, 145; 169.—Frey (E.) Die Hinderung der Wasserdiurese durch die Narkose. Arch. f. d. ges. Physiol., Bonn, 1907, exx, 66-92.—Goodwin (C. E.) A few observations upon urine after anesthesia. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1905, 3. s., xxi, 300-302.—Hawk (P. B.) Postanesthetic glycosuria. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, viii, 39-57. Also, Reprint.—Hirsch (M.) Die Einwirkung der allgemeinen Narkose und der Spinalanalgesie auf die Nieren und ihr Sekret. Centralbl. f. d. Grenzgeb. d. Med. u. Chir., Jena, 1908, xi, 769; 801; 849; 881; 929—Hogan (J. J.) Kidney function and anesthesia. Am. J. Surg., Q. Suppl. Anaesth. . N. Y., 1915, i, 75-78. Also: Am. Year-Book Anesth., N. Y., 1916, i, 171-175.—MacNider (W. De B.) On the difference in the effect of Grehant's anesthetic and of morphine-ether on the total output of urine and the compo- sition of the urine in normal dogs. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1912-13, x, 95.—Ross (E. L.) & Hawk (P. B.) Postanesthetic glycosuria as influenced by diet, body tem- perature and purity ofthe ether. Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1914, xiv, 779-785.—Thompson (W. H.) Anaesthetics and urinary secretion. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 833.-----. Preliminary note on renal activity during anaesthesia. Ibid., 1905, i, 649.-----. Anaesthetics and renal activity; an experimental investigation into the effects of prolonged chloroform and ether narcosis. Ibid., 1906, i, 608; 667. Anaesthesia (Venous). Ore. Etudes cliniques sur l'anesthesie chirurgicale par la methode des injections de chloral dans les veines. 8°. Paris, 1875. Bicknell (G. F.) Local and venous anesthesia. South. M. J., Nashville, 1914, vii, 226-235.—Bier (A.) Ueber Venenanasthesie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 477- 489. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1909, Berl., 1910, xl, pt. 2, 81-116. Also, transl: Edinb. M. J., 1910, n s.,v, 103-123.—BrUning (A.) Venenanasthesie. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Berl., 1911, xviii, 537-541. Also: Zen- tralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, xxxviii, 185.—Burkhardt (L.) Ueber Chloroform- und Aethernarkose durch intravenose ANESTHESIA. 420 ANAESTHESIA. Anaesthesia (Venous). Injektion. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1909, lxi, 323-342. Also: Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 2365-2369.-----. Zur Frage der intravenosen Narkose; Bemerkungen zu dem gleichnamigen Artikel von Peter Janssen. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 361.-----. Ueber intravenose Narkose. Ibid., 1911, lviii, 778-782 — Calderara (A.) Sulla narcosi per via endovenosa. Riv. veneta di sc med., Venezia, 1910, liii, 97-115.—Candler (C. L.) Intravenous anesthesia. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1914, xiii, 377-379. Also: Am. J. Surg., Q. Suppl. Anesth., N. Y., 1916; xxx, 39-42— Catz (A.) L'anesthesie regionale par la voie intra-veineuse. Clinique, Par., 1909, iv, 499-502.—Clairmont (P.) & Denk (W.) Ueber die in- travenose Narkose. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 286-289.—Crescenzl (G.) Sull'iniezione endovenosa di sostanze anestetiche come mezzo di anestesia locale. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1910, xiii, 121.—Dodge (A. M.) A preliminary note on intravenous general anesthesia. Boston M. & S. J., 1911, clxv, 981.—Ferrerl (G.) Valeur de la phlebo-narcose dans la chirurgie des premieres voies respiratoires et de l'oreille. Arch, internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1910, xxix, 743-745— Freeman (L.) Local anesthesia by the intravenous method of Bier; report of a case. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1909-10, xxix, 271.—Giani (R.) Sulla narcosi per la via delle vene. Ann. d. r. Ist. di clin. chir. di Roma, 1910, iii, 545-585. Also: Bull. d. r. Accad. med. di Roma, 1910, xxxvi, 205-246.—Gibson (C. L.) Bier's venous anaesthesia. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep., Lond., 1908-9, i, 83-85.—Hartel (F.) Die Technik der Venenanas- thesie. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lix, 1999-2006.—Hay- ward (E.) Erfahrungen und Beobachtungen an 375 Fallen von Venenanasthesie. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1912, xcix, 993-1019.—Hitzrot (J. M.) Intravenous local anaesthesia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1909,1, 782-785—Honan (W. F.) Gen- eral anaesthesia by the intravenous route. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., Cleveland, 1912-13, v, 928-936—Honan (W. F.) & Hassler (J. W.) Intravenous anaesthesia. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lviii, 900-916,5pi. Also, Reprint.----------. General anesthesia by the intravenous route. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiii, 231-235.----------. Experiences with intravenous anaesthesia; preliminary report. Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1913, xvi, 207-209.—Jaboulay. L'anes- thesie des membres par leur compression circulaire. Lyon med., 1900, xcv, 461^63.—Janssen (P.) Zur Frage der intravenosen Narkose. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 136. See, also, supra, Burkhardt.—Kaerger (E.) Ueber die Anwendung der directen Venenanasthesie bei den kleineren subcutanen Venen zu Operationen an der Hand und am Fuss. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1912, xcix, 983- 992—Keppler (W.) & Breslauer (F.) Zur Frage der intravenosen Narkose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912-13, cxx, 265-301.—KUttner (H.) Zur Frage der intra- venosen Narkose. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1910, xxxvii, 233-238 —Lau (G. A.) Venous anesthesia. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1911-12, viii, 155.—MacLeod (D. J. E.) Over "veneuse anaesthesie." Mil.-Geneesk. Tijdschr., Haarlem, 1910, xiv, 120-137.—Mantelli (C.) SulPanestesia locale per via endovenosa secondo Bier. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1910, 4. s., xvi, 274.—Mennell. Intrave- nous infusion anaesthesia, with special reference to the use of hedonal in intracranial surgery. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Subsect. vii (b), Anaesth.. pt. 2, 72-84.—Meyer (A. W.) Ueber die sogenannte Totalanas- thesie nach intravenoser Injektion von Lokalanaestheticis. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1914 cv, 170-180—Momburg. Zur Venenanasthesie Bier's. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1909, xxxix, 1413— Nerking (J.) & Schurmann (W.) Intravenose Narkose. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv, 1760- 1763 —Opokin (A. A.) [The new, Bier's, method of local anaesthesia (venous anaesthesia).] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1908, xxiv, 289-293.—Page (C. M.) & MacDonald (S. G.) A report of some cases of venous anaesthesia. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 1135-1137.—Peck (C. H.) & Meltzer (S. J.) Anes- thesia in human beings by intravenous injection of magne- sium sulphate. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 1131- 1133. Also, Reprint.—Rood (F.), McCardie (W. J.) [et al 1 Discussion on intravenous infusion anaesthesia. Brit. M. j., Lond., 1912, ii, 608-612.—Saidman (M.) [Anaesthesia by intravenous injection of hedonal.] Przegl. chir. i ginek., Warszawa, 1912, vii, 270-316.—Sandberg (J.) Bier's method of anaesthesia. Surg., Gynec & Obst., Chicago, 1907, iv, 626-634— Saradschian (A.) Ueber die gegensei- tige pharmakologische Beeinflussung zweier Narcotica der Fettreihe bei intravenoser Injection. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u Therap., Berl., 1910-11, viii, 536-565— Schlesinger (A.) Eine einfache Methode der Venenanasthesie. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 2021. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1910, Berl., 1911, xli, pt. 2, 293-296.—Schlimpert (H ) Versuche mit intravenoser Narkose. Zentralbl. f. Gynak., Leipz., 1910, xxxiv, 833-839.—Sharetski (B. G.) TOn intravenous anaesthesia.] Kharkov. M. J., 1910, ix, 307-323 —Sick (P.) Zur Frage der intravenosen Narkose. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1126— Smith (C.) intravenous local anesthesia. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lviii 855 —Stokes (J. H.) Local anesthesia in intravenous injections. Ibid.. 1915, lxv, 1027— Strachauer (A. C.) Venous anesthesia. J. Minn. M. Ass. [etc.], Minneap., 1911, xxxi 301-304— Teichmann (O.) venous anaesthesia. St B'arth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1909-10, xvii, 120.—Van Delden Anaesthesia (Venous). (L. J. C.) [The application of the venous anaesthesia.] Nederl. Tidjschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1912, ii, 1971-1982.— Waller (A. D.) & Symes (W. L.) The comparative phys- iological power of chlorofom, ether, and alcohol, gauged by intravenous injection. Rep. Brit. Ass. Adv. Sc. 1909, Lond., 1910, 312-314, 2 pi.—Watson (L. F.) [Case.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1909, liii, 384.-----. Vein anesthesia, with a case report. Oklahoma M. News-Jour., 1909, xvii, 875. Anaesthesia in the aged. Bazy. Anesthesie generale et anesthesie locale chez les personnes agees. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1914-16, xxv, 335-337. Also: Bull. Acad, de med.. Par., 1916, lxxvi, 312-316—Gleason (J. H.) A method of anaes- thetizing to be employed in operating on the aged. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1910, xcii, 214-216. Anaesthesia in animals. See Anaesthesia (Experimental); Anaesthe- sia in veterinary surgery. Anaesthesia in children. Brun (V.) II cloroformio nella chirurgia infantile con speciale riguardo alia sua azione, sui fegato e sui sangue. Clin, chir., Milano, 1908, xvi, 417-442.—Buchanan (T. D.) The choice of an anaesthetic for children. Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1909, xliv, 916-919. Also: Tr. Homceop. M. Soc. N. Y., 1910, liv, 143-148. — Clbrarlo ( E. ) Come si deve praticare la narcosi nei bambini. Gior. d. Osp. Maria Vittoria, Torino, 1916, xvi, 42-44.—Discussion (A) on the administration and choice of anaesthetics for infants and young children. Clin. J., Lond., 1900, xvi, 331; 349. — Erdmann (A. F.) Surgical anesthesia in childhood. Brooklyn M. J., 1905, xix, 28-32. [Discus- sion], 34. Also: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1905, xvii, 212-220.r Guimaraes(A.) Anesthesia cirurgica na infancia. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1904, xviii, 366. — Gwathmey (J. T.) Anesthetizing infants and children. Pediatrics, N. Y., 1907, xix, 734-738, 2 pi. — Billiard (H.) Some practical points in the administration of anaesthetics to children. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1905, xxxiii, 151-153.— Kerr (Le G.) Some reasons for surgical failures in children. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1912, lix, 1867-1870.—Kilmer (T. W.) The administration of anesthetics to infants and children. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1912, xxix, 512-526.—Ko- petzky (S. J.) The selection of the anaesthetic in children. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1903, lxiv, 534.—Ligorio (E.) L'anestesia generale nei bambini. Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv, 28-32.— McCardie (W. J.) & Marshall (C. F.) On the adminis- tration of anaesthetics to children. Treatment, Lond., 1900- 1901, iv, 65-72.—Mortimer (J. D.) The anaesthetization of children. Med. Mag., Lond., 1905, xiv, 113-118. — Rowell (G.) On the anaesthetisation of children. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1334-1337. — Smith (R. K.) Pressure anesthesia. Med. Times, N.Y., 1915, xliii, 244-246.—Stevens (W. W.) Anesthesia in children. Med. Herald, St. Joseph, 1909, xxviii, n. s., 268-275.—Stooss (M.) Ueber die Aethernar- kose im Kindesalter. Verhandl. d. Versamml. d. Gesellsch. f. Kinderh____deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1896, Wiesb., 1897, xiii, 200-208.—Suarez de Mendoza. L'anesthesie generale chez les enfants pour les operations de courte duree etfacile- ment supportables a I'etat de veille doit-elle etre la regie ou l'exception? Cong, internat. de med., Lisbonne, 1906-7, xv, sect. 6, 480-490.—Tuers (G. E.) Administration of anaes- thetics to children. J. Med. Soc. N. Jersey, Orange, 1912-13, ix, 283-287.—Woolsey (W. C.) General anesthesia in the surgery of childhood. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lxi, 847-850.—Wynkoop (E. J.) The choice of an anesthetic for children. Buffalo M. J., 1901-2, xli, 173-181. Also: Tr. M. Ass. Central N. Y. 1901, Buffalo, 1902, viii, 19-27. Anaesthesia in dentistry. See Dentistry (Ansesthetics in); Teeth (Ex- traction of, Anaesthetics in); Teeth (Surgery of, Anxsthetic methods in). Anaesthesia oy infiltration. See Anaesthesia (Regional); Infiltration- anaesthesia. Anaesthesia oy insufflation. Detouillon (P.) *Methode d'insufflation intratracheale de Meltzer-Auer. [Lyon.] 8°. Villeurbanne, 1912. Ehrenfried (A.) Intratracheal etherization. 4°. Boston, 1912. Alessandri (R.) La narcosi per insufflazione intratra- cheale alia Meltzer; due casi di applicazionc all'uomo. Poli- clin., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. prat., 1333-13H7.—Berard (L.) & Sargnon (A.) Quelques applications pratiques de la methode de Meltzer et de l'emploi de l'oxygene peur les voies respiratoires. Province med., Par., 1910, xxi, 511.— van der Bergh (A. A.H.) & Wiersma (E. D.) De methode van Meltzer in de inwendige kliniek. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1914, ii, 383-388.—Bllancioni (G.). Una ANESTHESIA. 421 ANESTHESIA. Anaesthesia by insufflation. rivendicazione italiana; 1'insufflazione intratracheale detta di Auer-Meltzer e di Baglivi. Policlin., Roma, 1917, xxiv, sez.prat., 182.—Boyle(H.E.G.) Theintra-trachealinsuffla- tion of ether for intrathoracic operations. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1912-13, xx, 145.-----. Intratracheal anaesthesia! Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Anaesth. Sect., 28-31.—Coburn (R. C.) Erroneous deductions from tracheal insufflation. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 1238- 1240. Also, Reprint.—Cotton (F. J.) & Boothby (W. M.) Intratracheal insufflation anaesthesia; considered from its physiological and clinical aspects. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lvii, 43-63. A Iso, Reprint. Also, transl: Clin, mod., Zara- goza, 1913, xii, 159; 289.—Couteaud IOU l-^i,r 170Q 1700 59-62.—Bass (O.) Hundertundsieben Geburten in Sko- nolamin-Morphin-Halbnarkose. Munchen. med. Wchn- schr 1907, liv, 519-524.—Beach (R. M.) Twilight sleep; report of one thousand cases. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, Ixxi 727-741. -----• American statistics on scopolamin- morphine narcosis; report of 1,000 cases of labor. Ibid., lxxii. [Discussion],480-483.-----.Twilightsleep. Am.Med.,Bur- lington, Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. S., x, 37-43— Beruti (J. A.) Weitere 600 Geburten im Skopolamindammerschlaf. Med. Klin. Berl., 1909, v,497-500.—Bjorkenheim(E. A.) Ueber die Anwendung des Skopolamin-Morphiums bei Operatio- nen und Entbindungen. Prakt. Ergebn. d. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Wiesb., 1910, ii, 1-66.—Boldt (H.J.) Some personal experiences witn scopolamine and morphine narcosis. Am. Med Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. s., x, 35.—Bqsse (B ) ' Der Dammerschlaf bei Entbindungen und Opera- tionen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 315.-----. El suefio crepuscular (Dammerschlaf); la narcosis mixta de escopolaminarmorfina en el parto. Crdn. m6d. mexicana, Mexico, 1912, xv, 118; 142; 175; 197; 240; 254.—Boyd (Mary). Anaesthesia in obstetrics, by scopolamine- morphine [Twilight-sleep, Gauss]. The story of Dammerschlaf, an American woman's persona] experience and study at Freiburg. Survey, N. Y., 1914-15, xxxiii, 125-129.—Boys (C. E.) Scopolamine-morphine in labor; a study of twenty-one consecutive cases. J. Mich. M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1916, xv, 282-285.- Brannan (J. W.) Observations on twilight sleep. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxvii, 715-717.—Breitstein (L. I.) Morphine-scopola- mine anesthesia in obstetrics. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1915, xiii, 215-220.—Brodhead (G. L.) Twilight sleep in obstetrics. Am. Med., Burlington, Vt., & N. Y., 1915, n. s., x, 24-29. Also: Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1915, xxx, 87-104.— Brodhead (G. L.), Dorman (F. A.) [et al]. Special dis- cussion with reference to twilight sleep" by the request of the Committee on Public Health, Hospitals, and Budget of the Academy for a formal expression on this subject. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1915, Ixxi, 332-344.—Brodsky. Die arti- fizielle Schmerzlosigkeit des Geburtsaktes durch subkutane Injektion von Skopolamin-Morphium. Cong, internat. de mea. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect.viii, Obst.& Gynec, 1038-1042.—Burns (T. M.) Twilight sleep and conversa- tional anesthesia. Northwest Med., Seattle, 1916, xv, 121- 125.— Carter (P. J.) Twilight sleep. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1914-15, lxvii, 618-624.—Corbett (D.) The use of scopola- mine-morphine in labour. Brit. M. J., Lond.. 1911, i, S68.— Croom (Sir J. H.) A short experience oi scopolamine- morphine narcosis in labour. J.Obst. & Gynsec. Brit. Emp., Lond., 1909, xvi, 16-20-----. On the use of scopolamine morphine in labour. Edinb. M. J., 1915, xv, 99-107.-----. Twilight sleep. Practitioner, Lond., 1917, xcviii, 1-4.— Dletschy (R.) Die Geburten im Scopolamin-Morphium- Dammerschlaf. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1908, xxxviii, 481-487.—Druskin (S. J.) & Ratnoff (N.) Twi- light sleep in obstetrics, with a report of 200 cases. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1915, xv, 146-152.—Duncan (J. W.), Holbrooke(C.)& Phelan(G.W.) Twilightsleep. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1916, vi, 97-109.—Ferris (C. A.) Sco- polamin amnesia, or twilight sleep. Colorado Med., Den- ver, 1916, xiii, 88-92.—Frank (R.T.) Twilightsleep. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1915, xxix, 351. Also, Reprint.—Freeland (J.R.), 1912, xvii, 237- 239.—Pater (H.) Maladie du serum et anaphylaxie. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1910,cix, 680; 732.—Pfeifler (H.) & Mita (S.) Zur Kenntnis der Eiweissanaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, Orig., 727-762.—Phoustanos (I. A.) [On aphylaxis (ana- phylaxis).] 'larpucli vpdoSos 'Ev Ziipv, 1912, xvii, 77-85.— Pinna (G.) Lo stato attuale della questione siiU'anafllasi da siero (con un contributo clinico). Morgagni, Milano, 1911, liii, pt. 2, 481; 529.—von Plrquet (C.) Allergie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 1457.-----. Allergie. Ergebn. d. inn. Med. u. Kinderh., Berl., 1908, i, 420-464: 1910, v, 459-539. Also, transl: Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1911, vii, 259; 383—Prowazek (S.) Die Ueberempfind- lichkeit der Organismen. Biol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1907, xxvii, 321-324.—Recent advances in knowledge of allergic phenomena. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 2240.— Reyssouze (J.) L'anaphylaxie. Rev.internat. demed. et de chir., Par., 1910, xxi, 469-472.—Richaud (A.) L'ana- phylaxie. J. de pharm. et de chim., Par., 1912, 7. s., vi, 259; 308.—Richet (C.) L'anaphylaxie. J. med. franc., Par., 1910, iv, 379-383. Also, transl: Rev. med.-cirurg. do Brazil, Rio de Jan., 1910, xviii, 240-245.-----. De la delimitation de l'anaphylaxie. J. med. franc., Par., 1913, vii, 14-18.—Ritz (H.) & Sachs (H.) Ueber Anaphylaxie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911,1, Ref., Beiheft, 43-49.— Roncoroni ( L.) Considerazioni critiche sull' anafilassi. Boll. d. Soc. med. di Roma, 1914, vii, 81-85—Rostoskl. Ueber Anaphylaxie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912 lix, 1783.—Rozenfeld (K.) [On serum disease.] Now. lek., Poznan, 1911, xxiii, 445; 533; 598; 660.—Scaffldi (V.) Ricer- che sulla anafilassi da componenti del siero. Gior. internaz. d.sc med., Napoli, 1914, n.s.,xxxvi, 1113-1120.—Scheltema. Anaphylaxie. Nederl. maandschr. v. verlosk. [etc.], Leiden, 1916, v, 516; 582.—Schulz (C. R.) Ein Beitrag zur Serum- krankheit. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1914, li, 349; 401.— Seligmann (E.) Beitrage zur Anaphylaxie-Forschung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, Orig., xiv, 419-425.—Silberschmidt (W.) Die Ueberemp- findlichkeit (Anaphylaxie). Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1912, xiii, 6661673.—Simmel (H.) Ueber Anaphy- laxie und primare Serumgiftigkeit. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, Orig., xxii, 694- 706.—Sleeswljk (J. G.) Contributions to the study of serum-anaphylaxis. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Proc. sect, sc, 1909-10, xii, 781-785.-----. Anaphylaxie. Geneesk. Bl. uit Klin, en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1913-14, xvii, 177-205.—de Stella, sero-anaphylaxie. Ann. Soc. de med. de-Gand, 1909,lxxxix, 157-164. Also: Arch.internat. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., xxix, 124-129. Also, transl: Clin. mod., Zaragoza, 1910, ix, 131-136.—Sutherland (W. D.) Anaphylaxis. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1913, xlviii, 92- 94.—von Szontagh (F.) Sensibilisationserscheinungen und Ueberempfindlichkeitsreaktionen. Jahrb. f. Kinderh., Berl., 1913, n. F., Ixxviii, 497-530.—Szymanowski (Z.) Anaphylaktische Studien. Bull, internat. Acad. d. sc de Cracovie, 1912, B., 753.—Thomsen (O.) Allergi-Anafylaxi. Bibliot. f. Laeger, K0benh., 1909, 8. R., xi, 91-126.-----. Om Anafylaxi. Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1914, 5. R., vii, 1505; 1528.—Treadgold (C. H.) Serum disease and anaphylaxis. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1916, xxvii, 596-618.— Turner (W.) Serum sickness and anaphylaxis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 547.—Turr6 (R.) La anafllaxia. Rev. de cien. med de Bareel., 1911, xxxvii, 193-205.—Turr6 (R.) & Gonzalez (P.) Contribution al estudio de la anafllaxia. Gac. med. catal., Bareel., 1911, xxxviii, 161-168. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911. Orig., ix, 556-566.—Van Calcar (R. P.) Ueber die Kenntnis des anaphylaktischen Zustandes des tierischen und menschlichen Organismus. FoUa microbiol., Delft, 1912, i, 409-421.—de Waele (II.) Communication sur l'anaphylaxie. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, iv, Bacteriol. & Immun., pt. 2,15-41. Also: Belgique med., Gand, 1914, xxi, 159; 171; 183— Watkins-Pltchford (W.) Anaphylaxis. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1911-12, vil, 68-71.—Well (R.) Studies in anaphylaxis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1913, xxviii, 243-285: 1914, xxx, 299 _ 364. -----. Studies in serum sickness. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1916, xiv, 60.-----. Anaphy- laxis. Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong., Wash., 1917, x, 263- 266.—Whitman (R. C.) Anaphylaxis. Colorado Med., Denver, 1913, x, 51-61.—Woodhead (G. S.) [Anaphylaxis.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1353-1356.—Wynn (W. H.) Anaphylaxis and serum disease; a critical review. Bir- Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1911, 4. s., xxv, 425-461. Anaphylaxis (Alimentary). See, also, Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Cutaneous); Anaphylaxis to albumen; Infants (Nutrition of, Disordered). Barnathan (L.) *De l'anaphylaxie alimen- taire; etude clinique et experimentale. 8°. Paris, 1911. Bondy-Komotska (Mme.) *Peut-on engen- drer la sero-anaphylaxie par voie digestive? 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Billard ( G.) Hippophagie et anaphylaxie au serum de cheval. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxiii, 462.—Finizlo (G.) Anafilassi familiare per il latte di mucca; tentativo di terapia antianafllattica. Pediatria, Napoli, 1911, 2, s., xix, 641-658. Also: Scritti med. in omaggio a A. Murri, Bologna, 1912, 185-191.—Flandin (C.) & Tzanck. Diagnostic de l'anaphylaxie alimentaire aux moules par Pepreuve de l'anaphylaxie passive provocatee chez le cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 945.—Frost (L. C.) A case of intense food anaphylaxis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxviii, 483—Hill (O. W.) Food intoxica- tions of childhood. J. Tenn. M. Ass., Nashville, 1914-15, vii, 293-296.—Hirshberg (L. K.) Anaphylactia; a phenom- enon caused by the proteins of tomatoes, crabs, berries, bivalves, eggs and other foods; a preliminary note. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1910, lv, 1374.—Hoobler (B. R.J Some early symptoms suggesting protein sensitization In infancy. Tr. Am. Pediat. Soc. Chicago, 1916, xxviii, 188-197. Also: Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1916, xii, 129-135. Also, Re- print.—Howland (J.) & Marriott (W. McK.) Observa- tion upon the so-called food intoxication of infants with especial reference to the alveolar atr. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1914, xii, 51-54.—Jenkins (J. F.) Food intoxication in childhood. Tr. Med. Ass. Alabama, Montgomery, 1913. 212-216.—Laroche (G.), Richet (C.) & Saint-Glrons (F.) Anaphylaxie alimentaire lactee; etude experimentale. Arch, de med, exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1911, xxiii, 643-659. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 169-171.----------------. L'ana- phylaxie alimentaire. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 1969- 1977. Also: Paris med., 1913-14, xiii, 485-496.----------- -----. L'anaphylaxie alimentaire aux ceufs; etude experi- mentale. Arch, de med. exper. et d'anat. path., Par., 1914, xxvi, 51-59— Leclercq (J.) L'anaphylaxie alimentaire au point de vue medico-legal. Prat. med.-teg., Par., 1914, i, 283-291.—Lesnfe (E.) Anaphylaxie alimentaire chez l'enfant. Clinique, Par., 1914,ix, 274-277. Also, transl: Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1914, xxxv, 655-658.—Lesng (E.) & Dreyfus (L.) Sur la realite de l'anaphylaxie par les voies digestives; role de l'acide chlorhydrique, du sue gastrique et du sue pancreati- que. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 136-138. -----------. Influence de la diete sur l'anaphylaxie. Ibid., Ixxi, 531.-----------. L'anaphylaxie alimentaire. J. med. franc., Par., 1913, vii, 5-13—Lesne (E.) & Richet (C.) fils. Anaphylaxie alimentaire aux ceufs. Arch, de med. d. enf., Par., 1913, xvi, 81-94— Linossier (C.) L'anaphylaxie alimentaire. Hygiene, Par., 1913, iv, no. 46, 8-10.—Livle- rato (S.) Ancora sulla anafilassia da succo gastrico; con- tributo di nuove ricerche. Riforma med., NapoU, 1911, xxvii, 1121-1126.-----. Neue Untersuchungen iiber die Magensaftanaphylaxie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Orig., lxii, 287-296.— Mlcheli (F.) II metodo anafllattico per il riconoscimento dell' assorbimento gastro-intestinale di sostanze proteiche eterogenee. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1910, 4. s., xvi, 204.—Nicoli (M.) Anafilassia da latte e anafilassia nei suoi rapporti clinici. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1911, xvii, 369-373.— Pesci (E.) Anafilassi alimentare e fermenti d'A Dderhalden in cavie alimentate per qualche giorno a ova e crusca. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1914, 4. s., xx, 390-392.-----. Problemi di anafilassi alimentare. Ibid., 393-396.—Plsek (G. R.) Anaphylaxis in its relation to pediatric practice. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 127. [Discussion], 133.— Plsek (G. R.) & Pease (M. C.) Anaphylaxis in its relation to pediatrics. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1911, ii, 39-48. Also [Abstr.]: Pediatrics, N. Y., 1911, xxiu, 552-555.— Plantenca (B. P. B.) Deserumtherapie der zoogenaamde alimentaire intoxicatie. Geneesk. Bl. u. KUn. en Lab. v. de prakt., Haarlem, 1916-17, xix, 347-396.—Richet (C.) De l'anaphylaxie alimentaire par la crepitine. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 580-592.-----. De l'anaphylaxie alimentaire. Compt. rend. 6oc de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 44^48. -----. De la duree prolongee dans l'anaphylaxie aUmentaire. Ibid., 1912, lxxii, 944. -----. Theories of immunity and anaphylaxis. [L'anaphylaxie aUmentaire.] Tr. Internat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Sect. iv. Bacteriol. & Immun., 13-28—Schloss (O. M.) A case of allergy to com- mon foods. Am. J. Dis. Child., Chicago, 1912, hi, 341-362. Also [Abstr.]: Biochem. Bull., N. Y., 1912-13, ii, 182.-----. A case of food allergy; idiosyncrasy to eggs, almonds and oats, due to anaphylaxis. Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1912, lxv, 731-735. Also: Arch. Pediat,, N. Y.. 1912, xxix, 219-222. -----. Allergy to common foods. Arch. Pediat., N. Y., 1915, xxxii, 349-35*.—Silvestri (T.) Dell'anafllassi alimen- tare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 329-331.—Talbot ANAPHYLAXIS. 436 ANAPHYLAXIS. Anaphylaxis (Alimentary). (F. B.) Role of food idiosyncrasies in practice. Med. Rec, N. Y 1917, xci, 875— Wodehouse(R. P.) & Olmsted (J. M. D ) Preparation of animal food proteins for anaphylactic tests. Boston M. & S. J., 1917, clxxvn, 85. Anaphylaxis (Bacterial). Bock.mann (E.) * Experimentelle Beitrage zur Bakterienanaphylaxie. [Giessen.] 8°. Hannover, 1910. Dold (H.) Das Bakterien-Anaphylatoxin und seine Bedeutung fiir die Infektion. roy. 8°. Jena, 1912. Baroni (V.) & Ceaparu ( Mile. V.) Anaphylaxie passive obtenue avec des cultures d'Oidium albicans. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, Ixxi, 195.—Bierbaum (K.) & Boehncke (K. E.) Beitrag zur Anaphylatoxinbildung aus Bakterien. Milzbrand und Rotlauf. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912, xxvui, 333-335.-----------. Ueber das Milzbrand- und Rotlaufbakterienanaphylatoxin. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1912, xii, 159-168 — Boehncke (K. E.) & Bierbaum (K.) Ueber die Bedeu- tung der Eiweissubstanzen des Nahrmediums fiir die Ana- phylatoxinabspaltung aus Bakterien. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, Orig., lxv, 504-507.—Dold (H.) Ueber die Entstehung des Bakterienanaphylatoxins und iiber giftige Bakterienextrakte. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1911. xlvni, 2012-2016.—Dold (H.) & Aoki (K.) Ueber die Bildung von Anaphylatoxin aus Streptokokken, Meningo- kokken, Gonokokken, B. mallei, B. pestis, B. pneumonia? Friedlander, B.paratyphus /S, Bacillender Huhnercholera, des Schweinerotlaufs, Hefe-Busse, Aktinomyces, Pilzsporen, Spirochaten der Hiihnerspirillose und der russischen Recur- rens. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, Orig., xiii, 200-212.----------. Weitere Studien iiber das Bakterienanaphylatoxin. Ibid., xv, 171-179. ----- -----. Beitrage zur Frage des Bakterienanaphylatoxins. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, lvii, Ref., Beiheft, 235-237.----- -----. Ueber sogenanntes Des- anaphylatoxieren von Bakterien. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xvui, 207-219 — Escli. Weitere Stimmen wider die bakteriologischen UeberschwengUchkeiten. Aerztl. Rundschau, Munchen, 1910, xx, 257— Friedberger (E.) Ueber Anaphylaxie. Beitrage zur Frage der Bildung des Anaphylatoxins aus Mikroorganismen. I. Einleitung. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., ix, 369-397.— Friedberger (E.) & Girgolaff (S.) Ueber Anaphylaxie. Weitere Versuche iiber die Bedeutung der Bakterienmenge fiir die Anaphylatoxinbildung in vitro. Ibid., xi, 479-484 — Friedberger (E.) & Goldschmld (E.) Ueber die Bildung akut wirkenden Anaphylatoxins aus verschiedenen Mikro- organismenarten. Ibid., ix, 398-413.—Friedberger (E.) & Kapsenberg (G.) Die Anaphylatoxinbildung aus tieri- schen Baeillen und durch Plasma an Stelle von Serum. (Ueber Anaphylaxie. XXXIII.) Ibid., 1912-13, Orig., xvi, 152-159.—Friedberger (E.) & Mita (S.) Ueber Ana- phylaxie. Die Bedeutung quantitiver Verhaltnisse fiir den Anaphylaxieversuch mit oesonderer Berucksichtigung der Bakterienanaphylaxie. Ibid., 1911, Orig., x, 453-478.— Friedberger (E), Mita (S.) & Kumagai (T.) Die Bil- dung eines akut wirkenden Giftes (Anaphylatoxin) aus Toxinen (Tetanus, Diphtherie, Schlangcngift). (Ueber Anaphylaxie. XXXIV.) Ibid., 1913, Orig., xvii, 506- 538—Friedberger (E.) & Szymanowski (Z.) Weiteres zur Frage der Anaphylatoxinbildung aus Mikroorganismen. Ibid. 1911, Orig., ix, 413-430.—Frosch (H.) Ueber den Mechanismus der Anaphylatoxinbildung aus Bakterien. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1912, xUx, 1458-1461.—Goretti (G.) Contributo alio studio della batterioanafllatossina. Speri- mentale. Arch, di biol., Firenze, 1912, lxvi, 319-374.— Joachimoglu (G.) Ueber Anaphylaxie. XXVIII. Weiteres iiber Anaphylatoxinbildung aus Bakterien von peptonfreien Nahrboden, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Frage der quantitativen Verhaltnisse bei der Giftbildung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xiv, 280- 284 —Kraus (R.) & Amiradzibi (S.) Ueber Bakterien- anaphylaxie. 3. Mitteilung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena 1909-10, iv, 607-611.—Lura (A.) Contributo alio studio dell' anafilatossina da batteri. Gazz. med. ital., Torino 1912, lxiii, 301-303. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. n. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911-12, Orig., xii, 701-706.-----• E possibile ottenere dai batteri un'anafilatos- sina aciitamente mortale per opera del siero di cavia inatti- vato? Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1912, lxiii, 311. Also, transl • Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena 1911-12, Orig., xii, 467-472. -----. Bemerkungen zu der (rbeitvon A. Seitz iiber Bakterienanaphylaxie. Ztschr. f Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xiv, 368-370 —Matsumura (S.) Konnen die in Kollodium- sackchen eingeschlossenen Bakterien im Organismus Ana- phylaxie hervorrufen? Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch., Tokio 1913, iii, 62.—Muller (P. T.) Quantitative Unter- suchurifen iiber Bakterienanaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912 Orig., xiv, 426-448— Nefedofl (V.) Contribution a l'etude de l'ana- Anaphylaxis (Bacterial). phylaxie microbienne. Compt, rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 672-674.—Neuf eld (F.) & Dold (H.) Ueber die Entstehung und Bedeutung des Bakterien-Anaphylatoxins. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1069-1072.-----------. Ueber das sogenannte "Bakterienanaphylatoxin." Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911,1, Ref., Beiheft, 49-51—Ohlmacher'(A. P.) The reaction of nypersuscepti- biUty as produced by bacterial inoculations. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1908, xix, 113.—Orsini (E.) Anafilassia attiva da preparati bacillari. Tubercolosi, Milano, 1909-10, iii, 209-224. Also, transl: Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1910, v, 104-120.—Rosenow (E. C.) On the produc- tion of anaphylatoxic substances by autolysis of bacteria and their relations to endotoxins. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1912, x, 113-128.—Seitz (A.) Ueber Bakterienanaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 588-608: 1912, Orig., xiv, 91-102. See, also, supra, Lura.—Sobernheim (G.) Beitrag zur Frage der Bakterienanaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, v, 619-637.—Studzlnskl (I. B.) [Bacterial anaphylaxis.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1911, lxxv, 376-382. Also, transl: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 173-175.—Szymanowski (Z.) Anaphylakti- sche Studien. I. Konnen eiweissfallende Mittel anaphyla- xieahnliche Erscheinungen erzeugen? II. Zur Frage des Bakterienanaphylatoxins. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912-13, Orig., xvi, 1; 13 — Thiele (F. H) & Embleton (D.) Anaphylaxis in its bacteriological aspects. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1356-1358.—Zinsser(H.) & Dwyer (J. G.) On the immunization of animals with bacterial proteotoxins (anaphylatoxins). J. Exper. M., Lancaster., 1914, xx, 387-393. Anaphylaxis (Blood in). See, also, Anaphylaxis (Serology of). Laschinsky-Katz (Euta). *Le sang des sero-anaphylactises. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Lavrenenko (Mile.) Des proprietes du sang de chien sero-anaphylactise rendu incoagulable par injection intraveineuse de serum. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Canavan (Myrtelle M.) The blood cell picture in horse serum anaphylaxis in the guinea-pig; note on Kurloff's in- clusion cells. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1912-13, xxvii, 189- 203.—Civalleri (I.) II comportamento degli elementi rossi del sangue durante lo stato anafllattico. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1915, 7. s., vii, 251-263. Also: Folia med., Napoli, 1915, i, 569-580.—Johns (F. M.) EosinophiUa in anaphylactic reactions. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1914-15, lxvi, 453-456.— Kumagai ( T.) Ueber Anaphylaxie. XXV. Ueber das Verhalten der roten Blutkorperchen bei der Anaphylaxie und Anaphylatoxinvergiftung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xvii, 602-606.—Lepsky (E.) Sur le role des eosinophiles et leur rapport avec l'anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1915, Ixxviii, 629-631—Miracapillo (G.) II sangue negli stati anafilattici. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1913, xvi, 1203-1209—Moschowitz (E.) EosinophiUa and anaphylaxis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xcui, 15-19. Also, Reprint.—Moss (W. L.) & Brown (G. L.) Variations in the leucocyte count in normal rabbits, in rabbits following the injection of normal horse serum, and during a cutaneous anaphylactic reaction. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1911, xxii, 258-268.—Pardi (U.) Recherches histologiques sur le mode de se comporter des plaquettes dans l'anaphyla- xie. Arch. ital. de biol., Pise, 1915, lxiv, 89-96, 2 pi — Pepper(O.H. P.)&Krumbhaar(E.B.) Thediminished coagulation of the blood in anaphylactic shock in the dog. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xiv, 476-481.—Sacerdottl (C.) Anafilassi, leucociti, piastrine e siero antipiastrinico. Arch. per le sc. med., Torino, 1911, xxxv, 127-148. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1911-12, lvi, 1-16.—Schlecht (H.) Ueber lokale Eosinophilic beim anaphylaktischen Versuche. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb.. 1912, xxix, 41TM21.—Schlecht (II.) & Schwenker (G.) Ueber die Beziehungen der Eosinophilic zur Anaphylaxie. Deut- sches Arch. f. kUn. Med., Leipz., 1912, cviii, 405-428. 2 pi — Segale (M.) Sui meccanismo del processo anafllattico. Nota 2. Capacita respiratoria del sangue, reazione attuale e aminoacidi del siero. Pathologica, Genova, 1911-12, iv, 12.— Sirenskij (N. N.) Zur Frage iiber die Gerinnbarkeit des Blutes bei experimenteller Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911-12, Orig., xii, 328-332.—van den Velden (R.) Das Verhalten der Blutge- rinnung bei der Serumkrankheit. Ibid., 1910, Orig., viU, 346-353. — Weinberg (M.) & Seguin (P.) Anaphylaxie et eosinophihe. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 585-587.—Weiss (H.) & Tsuru (J.) Ueber den Einfluss des anaphylaktischen Schocksaufdas Blut. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, v, 516- 531.—Zunz (E.) Recherches sur les modifications physico- chimiques du sang au cours de l'anaphylaxie. Ibid., 1913, Orig., xvii, 47-62. ANAPHYLAXIS. 437 ANAPHYLAXIS. Anaphylaxis (Blood-pressure in). See Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of. Cardiovas- cular). Anaphylaxis (Cardiac). See Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Cardio- vascular). Anaphylaxis (Cases of). See. also, Anaphylaxis (Fatal). Aksenoff (L. V.) [Six hundred and eighty-three cases of serum disease; from hospital statistics.] Russk Vrach S.-Peterb., 1913, xii, 803; 839; 896. Also, transl: Jahrb f' Kinderh., Berl., 1913, n. F., Ixxviii, 565-588.—Allard. Ana- phylaktische Anfalle nach Scrumbehandlung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Leipz. & Berl., 1911, xxxvii, 667.—d'An- drade (J. C.) Anaphylaxia; um caso cUnico c algumas con- sideracoes geraes. Med. mod., Porto, 1914, xxi, 311-316 — Balla(V.) [Interesting cases of anaphylaxis.] Allatorvosi lapok, Budapest, 1913, xxxvi, 547-549.—Blue (J. B.) Anaphy- laxis; with report of case. Memphis M. Month., 1915, xxxv 320-325.—Boot (G. W.) Anaphylaxis, with report of seven cases. Med. Rev.of Rev.,N.Y., 1915,xxi,387-404.—Carles (F.) & Montalier (C.) A propos d'un cas d'anaphylaxie. (;az hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xxxi, 546^548—Carles (F.) & Parouty (R.) Sur un cas (l'anaphylaxie serique a allure grave. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xl, 469-471 — Darling (S. T.) Two cases of anaphylactic serum disease over six years after the primary injection of horse serum (Yersin's antipest serum). Proc. Canal Zone M. Ass Mount Hope, C. Z., 1912, v, pt. 1, 37^5. Also: Arch. Int Med., Chicago, 1912, x, 440-444. Also, Reprint.—Hard- man (W.) Was it a case of anaphylaxis? Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, i, 726.—Igea (F.) Un caso mas de enfermedad del suero. Clin. Castellana, Valladolid, 1915, x, 161-168.— Kaufman (B.) A strange case of anaphylaxis. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911 xciv, 387— Magruder (M. J.) Ana- phylaxis; report of a case. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1912-13, lxv, 709-711.—Molchanova (O.I.) [Serum disease according to data from the clinical hospitals of children's diseases at the University of Moscow for the decade 1904 to 1913.] Russk Vrach, Petrogr., 1915, xiv, 895-903.—31uller (F.) Ana- fllaxia sueriea; caso clinico de forma adin arnica. Actas y trab. d. 2° Cong. med. nac, Habana, 1911, 239-241— Patrick (C. A.) Anaphylactic shock after injection of serum intra- venously. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917. ii, 114.—Sch0nfelder (T.) [Two cases of anaphylactic shock after serum injec- tion.) Norsk Mag. f. Lsegevidensk., Kristiania, 1917 Ixxviii, 705-711.—Simon (F. B.) Ein Fall von Serumana- phylaxie. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1911, xli, 903- 907. Also: Schweiz. Vrtljschr. f. Zahnh., Ziirich, 1911, xxi 249-250— Sloan (A. B.) Serum-anaphylaxis; a case illus- trating its possible gravity. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii 1498.—Taylor (A. E.) A probable case of anaphylaxis. J. Am. M. Ass.. Chicago, 1911, hi, 419.—Thomas (W S ) & Terriberry (W. K.) Report of a case of anaphylaxis. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 264— Vamanouchl (T.) Experiences d'anaphylaxie chez l'homme etie singe. Comp rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 1000-1002. Anaphylaxis (Clinical aspects of). See, also, Anaphylaxis (Alimentary); Ana- phylaxis (Cases of); Anaphylaxis (Manifesta- tions of); Anaphylaxis (Ocular); Anaphylaxis to drugs; Anaphylaxis in pregnancy; Asthma; Diphtheria (Treatment of) with serum [Accidents]; Serotherapy (Accidentsfrom); Tetanus (Treat- ment of) with serum [Accidents]; Tuberculosis (Diagnosis of) with tuberculin. VON PlRQUET ( C. P. ) & BOSCHETTI ( F. ) Allergia; allergia e pirquetizzazione nella diag- nosi, prognosi e terapia. nell' uomo e negli ani- mali. 8°. Torino, 1911. Aiiard (E.) Klinische Beobachtungen an anaphylakti- schen Anfallen nach Seruminjektionen. Berl. kUn. Wchn- schr., 1911, xlviii, 114-118. Also: Jahresb. d. schles. Ge- sellscn. f. vaterl. Kult. 1910, Bresl., 1911, ii, pt. 2, 172-185.— de Almeida (G.) Sdrotherapia e anaphylaxia. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1917, xxxi, 389.—Anderson (J. F.) Ana- phylaxis and its relation to cUnical medicine. Johns Hop- kins Hosp. Bull;, Bait., 1910, xxi, 218-223.—Aznar Molina (J.) De la anafllaxia y sus aplicaciones practicas. Clin. mod., Zaragoza, 1913, xii, 61-74.—Bauer (3.) Vitale Reak- tionen und ihr kUnischer Ausdruck (Allergie, Anaphylaxie, Immunitat). Med. Klin., Berl., 1911, vii, 523-528.—von Behring (E.) Die klinische Bedeutung der Lehre von der Protein-Ueberempfindlichkeit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., , 1912, Ux, 1137-1139—Belln (M.) Diatheses et anaphylaxie. Gaz. m6d. du centre, Tours, 1913, xviii, 302-304.—Billard (G.) L'anaphylaxie dans la fievre des foins, l'urticaire et l'asthme. Gaz. d. h&p., Par., 1910, lxxxiii, 899-901.— Anaphylaxis (Clinical aspects of). Blumer (G.) The importance of anaphylaxis in cUnical medicine. Providence M. J., 1916, xvu, 135-143.—Boissart. Considerations pratiques sur l'anaphylaxie. Gaz. d. prat., Lille, 1912 xix, 21-25.—Calcaterra (U.) Contributo alio studio della sero-anafilassi umana. Riv. di cUn. pediat, Firenze, 1910, viii, 915-930.—Dubois (M.) De l'anaphy- laxie serique; ses accidents, leur prophylaxie et leur traite- ment. Scalpel, Liege, 1913-14, lxvi, 493-500.—Faivre. I1 aits cliniques et experimentation; anaphylaxie sero- nectinique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xxxm, 5.—Ferry (N.S.) The phenomenon of anaphylaxis; its cUnical significance and practical utilization. Therap ?£\- [etc-'' Detroit, 1916, 3. s., xxxn, 843-848.—Fossataro (E.) & Fiorito (E.) L 'anafilassi sotto l'aspetto fisiologico e clinico. Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1912, xviii, 57-64 — Friedberger (E.) Ueber das Wescn und die Bedeutung der Anaphylaxie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 2628; 2699— Friedemann (U.) Die Bedeutung der Anaphy- laxie fiir den praktischen Arzt. Therap. d. Gegenw , Berl, 1915, lvi, 44L446.—Goodall (E. W.) Clinical aspects of anaphylaxis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 1358-1360. Also, transl: Riv. internaz. di clin. e terap., NapoU, 1914. ix, 38; 70— Groszman (F.) [CUnical history of scrum disease. Gyermekorvos, Budapest, 1911, 13-17.—Grysez (V.) & Bernard (A.) Sur un moyen de doceler I'etat anaphylacti- que chez les malades traites par la serotherapie. Compt. rend Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxiii, 387.—HaUer (V.) Ver- suche zur praktischen Verwertbarkeit der Anaphylaxie- reaktion. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, xlvii Ref., Beiheft, 54-56.—Kammann (O.) Anaphylaxie und Heilsera. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lix, 347-352.— Klemperer (F.) Das Wesen und die Bedeutung der UeberempflndUchkeit (Anaphylaxie); nach Vortragen von E. Friedberger. Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl., 1911, Ui, 78-85 — Kllmenko (W. N.) Zur Frage uber wiederholte Ein- spritzung des Heilserums beim Menschen. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Infektionskr., Wiirzb., 1914, ii, 487-517.—Lenzmann. Die UeberempflndUchkeit und ihre Gefahren. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1911, viii, 616-623. — Lesage (A.) Anaphylaxie; maladie de Quincke et purpura rhumatoide. Union med.du Canada, Montreal,1915,xliv,43-48.—Llorente. La anafllaxia en la clinica y en el laboratorio. Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1911, vi, 147-149.—Lo Bianco (F.) Sulle appU- cazioni relative aH'anafilassi nel campo dell'igiene pratica. Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1916, xxi, 77; 97; 129.—Mc- intosh (J.) Critical review; anaphylaxis and its bearing on medicine. Quart. J. Med., Oxford, 1914, vii, 272-290 — Marfan (A. B.) Innocuite des injections sous-cutanees de serum heterogene, meme pour les sujets en etat d'anaphy- laxie; diminution possible de Pactivite therapeutique des serums antitoxiques ou microbicides chez les sujets en etat d'anaphylaxie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1915, 3. s., xxxix, 899-903.—Martin (L.) & Darrg (H.) L'anaphylaxie en serotherapie. Bull, med., Par., 1912, xxvi, 1007-1010.—Mayo (Helen M.) Anaphylaxis; its clinical significance. Med. J. AustraUa, Sydney, 1917, ii, 440-443.—Moro (E.) Klinische UeberempflndUchkeit. 1. Mitteilung. Tuberkulinreaktion und Nervensystem. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1908, lv,. 2025-2028.—Nourney. Zur Bewertung der Allergie. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 1058.—Park (W. H.) Is serum anaphylaxis a danger of sufficient importance to Umit our use of protective sera in the treatment or prevention of disease? Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1913, xxviii, 95-102.—Park (W. H.). Famulener (L. W.) & Banzhaf (E. J.) Serum sensitiza- tion as related to dosage of antitoxin in man and animals. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xiv, 347-350.—von Pirquet (C.) Ueber due verschiedenen Formen der allergischen Reaktion bei der Revaccination. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., x, 1-23, 5 pi — Richet (C.) Les etats anaphylactiques en cUnique. Mouve- ment med., Par., 1914, ii, 1-15— Rosental (L. S.) [Signifi- cance of anaphylaxis for the cUnic] Vopr. Nauchn. Med., Mosk., 1913, i, 45-75.—SacrC. AppUcations pratiques de nos connaissanccs sur l'anaphylaxie. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1912,4. s., xl, 289-317.—Schern (K.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur praktischen Verwertbarkeit der Anaphylaxie. Arch. f. wissensch. u. prakt. Tierh., Berl., 1910, xxxvi, Suppl.-Bd., 590-610. —----. Beitrage zur praktischen Ver- wertung der Anaphylaxie. Arch. f. Hyg., Munchen & Berl., 1913, lxxxi, 65-79.—Schittenhelm (A.) & Weichardt (W.) Ueber zellulare Anaphylaxie; Enteritis anaphylac- tica, Conjunctivitis und Rhinitis anaphylactica (Heufleber) und deren sogenannte spezifische Heilung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 867.—Shaw (H. B.) Anaphylaxis in relation to certain cUnical manifestations. Practitioner, Lond., 1911, lxxxvii, 818-828.—Snapper (I.) Anaphylaxie en kliniek. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1912-13, xix, 261-273. — Tassier (P.-L.) Anaphylaxie et therapeu- tique. Bull. gen. de therap., Par., 1911, clxi, 899-904.— Uhlenhuth & Haendel. Die Anaphylaxie-Beaktion mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Versuche zu ihrer prakti- schen Verwertung. Ergebn. d. wissensch. Med., Leipz., 1910-11, ii, 1-40—vaughan (V. C.) Sensitization and its relation to practical medicine. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1911, 21. s., iii, 130-148.—White (B.) Anaphylaxis in its relations ANAPHYLAXIS. 438 ANAPHYLAXIS. Anaphylaxis (Clinical aspects of). to cUnical medicine. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1912, xii, 235-239.—Widal (F), Abrami (P.) & Brissaud (E.) A propos de 1'utiUsation therapeutique des chocs anaphylacti- ques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvu, 1085-1091. — Wiedemann ( A. ) Anaphylaxiege- fahr in der Praxis. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ux, 1814.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) Die Auslosung von Ueber- empfindUchkeitserscheinungen durch korpereigene Eiweiss- substanz und ihre klinische Bedeutung. Erwiderung auf Pfeiffer, Hamburger, [et al.]. Ibid., 2400-2402. Anaphylaxis (Cutaneous). See Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Cutane- ous) [and cross references]. Anaphylaxis (Deathfrom). See Anaphylaxis (Fatal). Anaphylaxis (Experimental). See, also, Anaphylaxis in animals. Joachimoglu (G.) *Experimentelle Bei- trage zur Anaphylaxie. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Also, in: Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910-11, Orig., viii, 453-476. Volodarsky (Mile.) *Injections intracere- brales de serum chez les animaux sero-ana- phylactis^s. 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Amako (T.) Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die heterogenetische Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, Orig., xxii, 641-693.— Auer (J.) The effect of vagus section upon anaphylaxis in guinea pigs. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1910, xu, 638-648. 2 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1909-10, vn, 103.—von Behring (E.) Experi- mentelle Analyse und Theorie der anaphylaktischen und apotoxischen Vergiftung. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1857-1860.—Biedl (A.) & Kraus (R.) Experimentelle Studien iiber Anaphylaxie. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiu, 385-388.-----------. Zur Charakteristik des anaphylaktischen Shocks. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vii, 205- 222.-----------. Die experimentelle Analyse der anaphy- laktischen Vergiftung. Handb. d. Techn. u. Methodik d. Immunitatsforsch.. Jena, 1911, Ergnzngsbd. i, 255-290, 12 pi.—Brlot (A.) & Aynaud (M.) HypersensibiUte du cobaye au serum de cheval. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 180-182.—Dold (H.) & Rados (A.) Ver- suche iiber sympathische und unspezifische SensibiUsierung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xx, 273-290.—Frankfurther. Zur experimentellen Analyse der anaphylaktischen Vergiftung. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1914, xxviii, 778.—Friedberger (E.) & Grober (A.) Der Einfluss der Trepanation und der Vagusdurchschneidung auf die Anaphylaxie bei praparier- ten Meerschweinchen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., six, 429-437.—Funaloli (G.) Contributo sperimentale sull'anafilassi. Atti d. Soc. med. leg. in Roma, 1912, v, 3-17.—Marbe (S.) & Rachewsky (T.) Etudes sur l'anaphylaxie. III. Preparation d'une forte hemolysine par Pinjection bigeminee de l'emulsion hemati- que. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 971-973.— Pfeiffer (H.) & Mita (S.) Experimentelle Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Eiweiss-Antieiweissreaktion. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, Orig., 18-87.—Tice (F.) Anaphylaxis; definition; experimental basis. Med. CUn. Chicago, 1916-17, ii, 863-893.—Zadlk (P.) Experimentelle Studien uber Toxopeptide. FoUa serolog. [etc.], Leipz., 1911, vii, 865-878. Anaphylaxis (Fatal). Asam (W.) Todesgefahr infolge von Anaphylaxie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 817.—Auer (J.) Ueber den plotzUchen anaphylaktischen Tod beim Kaninchen. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1910-11, xxiv, 957- 959. Also, transl: Proc Am. Physiol. Soc, Bost., 1911, xxvii, p. xxiv.—Auer (L.) & Lewis (P.-A.) La cause de la mort dans l'anaphylaxie aigue du cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, Ixviii, 99— Baglnsky (A.) Ana- phylaxietod oder Sepsis. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, Ui, 732.—Dreyfuss (J.) Serumtod infolge von Anaphylaxie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, hx, 198.—Loeb (L.), Strickler (A.) & Tuttle (L.) Ueber die Todesursache nach intravenoser Injektion von artfremdem Blutserum. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cci, 5-25.— Lohmann (A.) & Muller (E.) Ueber die Ursachen des raschen Todes und der hochgradigen Lungenblahung beim anaphylaktischen Shock. Sitzungsb. cient d'autoproteolyse dans les centres nerveux et modifications des urines apres Pinjection d'un antigene. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 244; 273. Also [Abstr.]: Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clxvn, 795.—Szymanowski (Z.) Anaphylaktische Stu- dien. Konnen eiweissfallende Mittel anapnylaxieahDUche Erscheinungen erzeugen? Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912-13, Orig.. xvi, 1.—Tarasevlch (L. A.) [L'anaphylaxie; faits et theories. Res., pt. 2, p. 157.] Biol. J., Mosk., 1910, i, pt. 2, 13-156.—Tasawa (H) Ueber den Einfluss des Volums der Rein.iektionsflussig- keit auf den anaphylaktischen Shock. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena. 1913, Orig., xix, 458.— Terry (M. C.) & Andrews (E. R.) Relation of dosage to reaction in anaphylactic shock. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1914-15, xii, 176.—Thiele (F. H.) & Embleton (D.) The nature of the anaphylactic reaction. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xx, 159-173.— Tilney (F.) What is anaphylaxis? Long Island M. J., Brooklyn, 1912, vi. 470-472. [Discussion], 495-502 — Ucke (A.) Zum Vernatcen des Phaeochroms bei der Ana- phylaxie. St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1910, xxxv, 604.— Verbitski (F. V.) [Mechanism of an anaphylactic attack.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1910, ix, 2061-2064.—Verschiede- nen (Die) Ansichten und Theorien iiber das Wesen der UeberempflndUchkeit und ihre Beziehungen zur Immunitat mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der TuberkuUnreaktion. Foliaserolog. [etc.], Leipz., 1910-11, vi, 301-323.—Weichardt (W.) Ueber Anaphylaxie (UeberempflndUchkeit) im Lichte moderner eiweisschemischer Betrachtungsweisen. Wiirzb. Abhandl. a. d. Gesamtgeb. d. prakt. Med., 1910-11, xi, 1-19.—Weil (R.) A study of the cellular theory by the graphic method. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1914, xxx, 87-111. ------. The mechanism of anaphylactic shock. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1914, n. s., xiv, 238-249. ------. Experi- ments on the cellular theory of anaphylaxis. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect.iv, Bacteriol. & Immun., fit. 2, 43. ------. The mechanism of delayed shock. J. mmunol., Bait. & Cambridge, Eng., 1916, ii, 65-108.------. The analysis of serum sickness. Proc. N. York Path. Boc, 1916, n. s., xvi, 68-71.—Wells (H. G.) Studies on the chem- istry of anaphylaxis. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago. 1908, v, 449: 1909, vi, 506:1911, ix, 147-171— Werigo (B.) Sur la cause et le mecanisme de l'anaphylaxie, d'apres les experiences de Melik-Megrabov. Compt.-rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1916, lxxix, 87.— White (B.) The chemistry of anaphylactic intoxication. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1913, n. s., xxxviii, 454. Anaphylaxis (Metabolism in). See, also, Anaphylaxis (Blood in); Anaphy- laxis (Temperature in); Anaphylaxis ( Urine in). Heilner (E.) Ueber die Wirkung kiinstUch erzeugter Shysikalischer (osmotischer) Vorgange im Tierkorper auf en Gesamtumsatz mit Berucksichtigung der Frage von der UeberempflndUchkeit. Sitzungsb. d. Gesellsch. f. Morphol. u. Physiol, in Munchen. (1908), 1909, xxiv, 102.—Hirsch (R.) & Leschke (E.) Der gesamte Energie- und Stoffumsatz beim aktiven anaphylaktischen und beim Anaphylatoxin- fieber. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1914, xv, Anaphylaxis (Metabolism in). 335-355,4 pi.—Lassabliere (P.) Influence de l'intoxication par une substance anaphylactisante sur le m6taboUsme azote. Rev. de med., Par., 1910, xxx, 594-600.—Loening (F.) Ueber den Gasstoflwechsel im anaphylaktischen Shock. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1911, lxvi, 84-109.—Major (R. H.) Ueber den Einfluss der Anaphylaxie auf den Stickstoffwechsel bei Kaninchen. Deutsches Arch. f. kUn. Med., Leipz., 1914, cxvi, 248-259 — Segale (M.) Sui ricambio nella anafilassi da siero. Bio- chim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1912-13, iv, 102-160.— Weich- hardt (W.) Ueber Eiweissiiberempfindlichkeit und Beeinflussung des Zellstoffwechsels. Centralbl. f. Bakte- riol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909, Iii, 77-85. Anaphylaxis (Ocular). See, also, Le -s; Uvea. vox Szily (A.) Die Anaphylaxie in der Augenheilkunde. Experimenteller Mitarbeiter: U. Arisawa. Y.orwort von Th. Axenfeld. 4°. Stuttgart, 1914. Andreyeff (P.) [Anaphylaxis produced by the albumin of the.crystalUne lens of the eye in animals.] Arch. vet. nauk, S.-Peterb., 1909,xxxix, 1335-1352.—Dold (H.) & Rados (A.) Die Bedeutung des Anaphylatoxins und des art- und korpereigenen Gewebesaftes fiir die Pathologie, speziell die des Auges. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1492; 2254.—Enroth (E.) Anafylaxien och ogat. yAnaphylaxis and the eye.] Finska lak.-sallsk. handl., :elsingfors, 1916, lviii, 847-852.—Gruter (W.) Anaphylak- tische Versuche mit Augenbakterien. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb., 1913, xn, 18-22. [Discussion], 22-26.—Kapsenberg (G.) Ueber Anaphy- laxie. XXX. Die Anaphylaxie mit Linsensubstanz. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912. Orig., xv, 518-527.—Kleczkowski (T.) & Szymanowski (Z.) [Investigations on the anaphylaxis and antianaphy- laxis of the eye.] Post, okul., Krak6w, 1913, xv, 281-286 — Krusius (F. F.) UeberempflndUchkeits-Versuche vom Auge aus. Arch. f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1^10, lxvii, 6-35.-----. Bemerkungen zu der Arbeit von Romer und Gebb: Beitrage zur Frage der Anaphylaxie durch Linseneiweiss und Eiweiss usw. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1912, lxxxu, 180-182.— Morax (V.) L'anaphylaxie; ses rapports avec l'ophthal- mologie. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Ophthal- mol., i, 219: ii, 244. [Discussion], 77-80.—Morax (V.) & Boliack (J.) Recherches experimentales sur les reactions anaphylactiques produites par las albuminoides du cristallin. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1914, xxviii, 625-638.—Rados (A.) Die Anaphylaxie in der Augenheilkunde. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1915, Ixxxix, 562-581.—Romer (P.) & Gebb (H.) Beitrage zur Frage der Anaphylaxie durch Linseneiweiss und Eiweiss aus andern Geweben des Auges. Ibid., 1912, lxxxi, 367-402: lxxxii, 504-508: 1913, lxxxiv, 183- 188.—Schoenberg (M. J.) A contribution to the experi- mental study of ocular anaphylaxis. N. York State J. M., N. Y., 1914, xiv, 493-499. Also: Ophthalmol., Seattle, 1914, xi, 1-27.—von Szily (A.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Ana- phylaxie in der Augenheilkunde. KUn. Monatsbl. f. Au- genh., Stuttg., 1913, n. F., xv, 164-180.------. Die Anaphy- laxie in ihren Beziehungen zur Ophthalmologic. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Ophthalmol., i, 245-459, 4 pi. [Discussion], it, 77-80.------. L'anaphylaxie en oph- talmologie. CUn. opht., Par., 1915-16, xxi, 270-286—Tru- bin (A.) Ueber intraokulare Anaphylaxie bei Anwendung des Rinder- und Hammelglaskorpers als Antigen. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1915, Ixxxix, 227-247, 3 pi.—Woods (A. C.) The reaction to perfusion with specific antigen. Arch. Ophth., N. Y., 1916, xiv, 557-573.------. The role of uveal pigment. Ibid., 1917, xlvi, 283-297, 1 pi.------. The anti- genic properties of uveal tissue as shown by complement fixation. Ibid., 503-517.------. Studies on the actions of toxins and protein degeneration products on the eye. II. The action, nature, and source of the uveal poison of ferment- roducing bacteria. Ibid., 1916, xiv. 451-464.—Woods (A. .) & Stoddard (J. L.) Studies on the action of toxins and protein degeneration products on the eye. I. The local and intravenous effect of soluble bacterial poisons, crude protein poison and anaphylatoxin. Ibid., 321-332.—Zade (M.) Untersuchungen fiber die Anaphylaxie am Auge. Ber. ii. d. Versamml. d. ophth. Gesellsch. (Heidelb.), Wiesb., 1913, xii, 13-17. [Discussion], 22-26.------. Die Bedeutung des Anaphylatoxins und des art- und korpereigenen Gewebs- saftes fiir die Pathologie, speziell die des Auges. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 2047.-----. Anaphylaxie und Auge. Arch. f. Ophth., Leipz., 1915, Ixxxix, 459-468. Anaphylaxis (Passive). See, also, Anaphylaxis (Hereditary). Bachrach (Mile.) *Anaphylaxie passive du lapin. 8°. Lausanne, 1915. Dolgopolsky (M.-W.) *Xouvelles recherches experimentales sur la sero-anaphylaxie passive du lapin. 8°. Lausanne, 1915. ANAPHYLAXIS. 443 ANAPHYLAXIS. Anaphylaxis (Passive). Gi.avaxe (Nina). *Existe-t-il une anaphy- laxie (phenomene d'Arthus) passive du lapin? 8°. Lausanne, 1911. Achard (C.) & Flandin (C.) Diagnostic de l'anaphyla- xie humaine par l'epreuve de l'anaphylaxie passive provo- qitee chez te cobaye. Compt. rend. Soc de biol., Par.. 1912, lxxiii, 419-421.—Blaizot (L.) Toxicite pour les lapins neufs du sang do lapin anaphylactise au serum de cheval. Ibid., 1910, lxvui, 1124-1126.—Burckhardt (J. L.) Ueber das quantitative Verhaltnis von Prazipitingehait und Ueber- tragungsfahigkeit des Serums fiir die homologe passive Anaphylaxie beim Meerschweinchen. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, Orig., viii, 87-106.— Friedberger (E.) & Burckhardt (J. L.) Weitere Unter- suchungen fiber Eiweissanaphylaxie. 5. Mitteilung. Gibt es eine passive Uebertragung der Meerschweinchenana- phvlaxic im praanaphylaktischen Stadium des aktiv pra- pafierten Tieres? Ibid., 1909-10. iv, 690-700.—Friedberger (E.), Schiff (F.) & Moore (H. F.) Ueber passive Pra- parierung mit verschiedenen Fraktionen von Antisens. (Ueber Anaphylaxie. LV.) Ibid., 1914, Orig., xxii, 609- 617.—Krause (A. K.) Studies in passive or transferred anaphylaxis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910, xxii, 257-274.— Manwaring (W. H.) & Crowe (H. E.) Passive cellular anaphylaxis. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1917, xiv, 173.—Moeckel (K.) Ueber passiv erworbene Ana- phylaxie. Beitr. z. Klin. d. Tuberk., Wiirzb., 1914, xxxi, 367-375.—Tanaka (M.) Passive Anaphylaxie und eine serologische Anwendung zur Toxin- und Antitoxinbestim- mung. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch., Tokio, 1912, ii, 75. -----. Passive Anaphylaxie und deren serologische Verwertung zur Wertbestimmung der Immunsera. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1915, Orig., xxiii, 389-401.—Well (R.) On a new factor in passive ana- phylaxis. Proc Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1912-13, x, 110. Anaphylaxis (Pathology .of). See, also, Anaphylaxis (Alimentary); Ana- phylaxis (Blood in); Anaphylaxis (Fatal); Anaphylaxis (Kidney in); Anaphylaxis (Liver in); Anaphylaxis (Local); Anaphylaxis (Man- ifestations of); Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Cardiovascular); Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Cutaneous); Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Nervous); Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Re- spiratory); Anaphylaxis (Mechanism of); Ana- phylaxis (Metabolism in); Anaphylaxis (Ocu- lar) ; Anaphylaxis (Passive); Anaphylaxis (Se- rology of); Anaphylaxis (Temperature in); Ana- phylaxis (Urine in); Anaphylaxis to drugs; Anaphylaxis to parasites; Anaphylaxis in pregnancy; Anaphylaxis in relation to immu- nity. Abelous (J. E.) & Soula (C.) Modifications du chimisme cerebral dans l'anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clviii, 1817-1820.—Fukuhara (Y.) Beitrage sur Pathologie der Anaphylaxie. Verhandl. d. japan, path. Gesellsch., Tokio, 1911, i, 15-25—Grineffl (D.) [Signifi- cance of anaphylaxis in pathology.] Kharkov. M. J., 1914, xvii, 121-130.—Jaffe (R. H.) & Pribaum (E.) Patholo- gisch-anatomische und histologische Untersuchungen bei anaphylaktischen Hunden. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1915, cexx. 213-222, 1 pi—Piazza (V. C.) Con- tributo alio studio delle lesioni anatomiche neU'anafllassi. Ann. di cUn. med., Palermo, 1916, vii, 1-14—Rachmanow (A.) Lesions nerveuses dans l'anaphylaxie vermineuse et serique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol. Par., 1913, lxxv, 317.— Roncoroni (L.) Esperienze e considerazioni patogeneti- che sull'anafilassi. Pathologica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 279- 282—von Worzikowsky-Kundratitz (K. R.) Anaphy- laxiestudien. V. Ueber Muskelveranderungen bei der ana- phylaktischen und der anaphylaktoiden Vergiftung des Meerschweinchens. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1913, lxxiii, 33-48. Anaphylaxis (Prevention and treatment of). See, also, Anti-anaphylaxis. Herzfeld (A.) Chinin in der praeventiven Behandlung der Migrane und der Anaphylaxie. 8°. [n. p., n. d.] Kolomoitzeva (Mile. Riva). ^Accidents anaphylactiques et sels de chaux. 8°. Lau- sanne, 1911. Amberg (S.) & Knox (J. H. M.) The influence of sodium iodoxybenzoate and sodium cyanide upon an allergic re- action of inflammatory character. J. Pharm. & Exper. Anaphylaxis (Prevention and treatment of). Therap., Bait., 1911-12, iii, 223-266.—Auer (J.) The pro- phylactic action of atropin in immediate anaphylaxis of guinea pigs; third communication. Am. J. Physiol., Bost., 1910, xxvi, 439-452. -----. Anaphylaxie und Atropin; Erwiderung auf den Artikel von S. Mita. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, Orig., xii, 235- 240— Banzhaf (E. J.) & Famulener (L. W.) The in- fluence of chloral hydrate on serum anaphylaxis. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1910, vii, 577-586.—Besredka (A.) Moyen d'eviter des accidents anaphylactiques. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cl, 1456-1458.—Bornstein (A.) Ueber die Rolle der hypertonischen Kochsalzlosung bei der Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, Orig., xiv, 605-609— Bronfenbrenner (J.) & Schlesinger (M. J.) Studies on so-called protective ferments; the action of anesthesia in anaphylaxis. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1914-15, xii, 110. Also, Reprint.—Carnot (P.) & Slavu (G.-I.) Sur un procede capable d'eviter les accidents d'anaphylaxieserique. Compt. rend. Soc de biol.. Par., 1910, Ixviii, 995-997.—Eichholz (W.) Die Vermeidung der Anaphylaxiegefahr durch eine neue Art der Serumeinverleibung (Injektionsfertiges Tro- ckenserum). Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 2558- 2560.—Fagiuoli (A.) Tentativi di terapia antianafllattica. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1915, Uv, 595-601.—Fernandez Perez (J.) Profilaxis de la anafllaxia. Gac. med. d. Sur de Espafia, Granada, 1912, xxx, 131-133.—Fonteyne (A.) Contribution a l'etude de l'anaphylaxie; moyens de la com- battre. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1909-10, Uii, Orig., 398-411.—Friedberger (E.) Weitere Versuche fiber den Mechanismus der schiitzenden Wirkung des Kochsalzes bei der Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xviii, 280-284.— Friedberger (E.), Grober (A.) [et ol.}. Weitere Unter- suchungen fiber die Beeinflussbarkeit des anaphylaktischen Prozesses. Ibid., xix, 427-429.—Friedberger (E.) & Salec- ker (P.) Ueber Anaphylaxie. Ist das KaoUn imstande, Ambozeptoren zu bilden? Ibid.. 1911, Orig., xi, 574-588.— Galambos (A.) [Influence of drugs on anaphylaxis.] Orvosi hetil Budapest, 1913, lvii, 356-358.-----. Ueber die therapeutische Beeinflussung der Anaphylaxie durch Atro- pin und AdrenaUn sowie fiber weitere Versuche fiber den Einfluss der Vagusdurehschneidung. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena; 1913, Orig., xix, 437-445.— Gobert (E.) Nouvel essai negatif de desanaphylactisation par une eau minerale. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, lxxiv, 1240.—von Heinrich (H.) Der anaphylaktische Shock nach der Bestrahlung des sensibilisierten Tieres. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc], 1. Abt., Jena. 1913, lxx, Orig., 421-428.—Jobling (J. W.) & Petersen (W.) Lipoids as inhibitors of anaphylactic shock; studies on ferment action. J. Exper. M.. Lancaster, 1914, xx, 4^8-476.—Karsner (H. T.) & Nutt (J. B.) The relation of the toxic dose of horse serum to the protective dose of atropin in anaphylaxis. Proc.Soc.Exper.Biol.& Med.. N. Y., 1910-11, vin, 108. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911,lvii, 1023-1025.— Kastle(J. H.), Healy (D. J.) & Buckner (G. D.) The relation of calcium to anaphylaxis. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xii, 127-132.— Koch (W.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Serumanaphylaxie beim Menschen und deren Verhiitung. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1915, Ui, 685.—Lagana (G.) 11 valore del cUstere preventivo sui sintomi d'anafilassi. PoUcUn., Roma, 1913, xix, sez. prat., 733-737.—Langer (H.) Ueber Schutzwir- kung wiederholter Kochsalzgaben per os gegenfiber dem anaphylaktischen Schock. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 2554.—Laussedat. Indications des cures alca- lines (types Vichy et Royat) dans le traitement de quelques etats anaphylactiques. Ann. Soc. d'hydrol. med. de Par., C.-r., 1913, lvui, 89-98.—Lewis (J. H.) Inhibitory action of heterologous protein mixtures on anaphylaxis. J. Infect. Dis.. Chicago, 1915, xvi, 241-258.—Leyton (A. S.) & Leyton (Helen G.) Observations on the treatment of anaphylaxis. Lancet, Lond.; 1916, i, 1171.—Minet (J.) & Leclercq (J.) FragiUte du poison anaphylactique; nouveau moyen d'eviter les accidents anaphylactiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 227-229.—Mita (S.) Die Wirkung des Atropins bei der aktiven Anaphylaxie und der primaren Giftigkeit von Normalserum. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 501-514.—Mulot (O. L.) The prevention of anaphylaxis. Am. Med., Bur- lington, Vt., & N. Y., 1912, n. s., vii, 36-38.—Netter (A.) Prophylaxie des eruptions de serum au moyen de l'usage interne du chlorure de calcium. Cong, internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, x, Pediat., 344-349.— O'Brien (J. R.) & Wilson (H. M.) The treatment of anaphylactic shock. Lancet, Lond.. 1912, ii, 556.—Otto (R.) & Hoefer (P. A.) Die Prophylaxe der Serumkrank- heit, im besonderen durch antianaphylaktische Schutzim- pfungen. Ztschr. f. Hyg. u. Infektionsl^rankh., Leipz., 1915, lxxx, 1-28.—Piret. Mecanisme et prophylaxie des acci- dents anaphylactiques. Arch. med. beiges, Brux., 1911, xxxvii, 157-169.—Ritz (H.) Ueber die Rolle hypertoni- schcr Salzlosungen bei der Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Im- munitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911-12. Orig., xii, 644-656.—Savini (E.) & Savin! (Th6rese). Thyroi'de et ANAPHYLAXIS. 444 ANAPHYLAXIS. Anaphylaxis (Prevention and treatment of). anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1915. Ixxviii, 198.—Schiff (F.) Einfluss des Benzols auf die aktive Ana- phylaxie des Meerschweinchens. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, Orig., xxiii, 61-65.— Schippers (J. C.) & Wentzel (J. M.) Zur Behandlung der Serumkrankheit. Zentralbl. f. innere Med., Leipz., 1910, xxxi, 697-701.—Serum sickness and its prevention. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxv, 339.—Wilson (H. M.) & O'Brien (J. R.) The treatment of anaphylactic shock. Lancet, Lond., 1912, i, 1567.—Zinsser (H.), Lieb (C. C.) & Dwyer (J. G.) On the action of sodium chloride in the prevention of proteotoxin shock. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1914-15, xii, 204-208. Anaphylaxis (Pulmonary). See Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Respira- tory). Anaphylaxis (Respiratory). See Anaphylaxis (Manifestations of, Respira- tory) [and cross references]. Anaphylaxis (Serology of). See, also, Anaphylaxis in relation to immunity. Anderson (J. F.) & Frost (W. H.) Studies upon anaphylaxis with special reference to the antibodies concerned. 8°. Washington, 1910. Forms Bull. No. 64 of: Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.- Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Also, in: J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910-11, xxiii, 31-69. Loeffler (F. K. G.) *Experimentelle Untersuchungen iiber die Bedeutung des Complements fiir das Zustandekommen des anaphylaktischen Anialles. [Greifswald.] 8°. Jena, 1910. Sineff (Vera). *Sero-anaphylaxie et sero- precipitation. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Steinschneider (E.) *Die sessilen Rezepto- ren bei Anaphylaxie. [Halle.] 8°. Leipzig, 1913. ------. The same. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. Also, in: Reichs-Med.-Anz., Leipz., 1913, xxxviii, 65; 103; 129. Wischniak (Mile. Chaia). *Les injections intraveineuses de serum provoquent-elles l'in- coagulabilite du sang des lapins sero-anaphy- lactises? 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Ando (J.) Ueber die antitryptische Wirkung des Se- rums bei der Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xvni, 1-4.—Armand- Delille (P.-F.) Les variations de l'alexine apres le choc ana- phylactique dans la sero-anaphylaxie active et passive. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1912, xxvi, 817-824—Bacher (S.) & Wakushima (T.) Das Verhalten des opsonischen Komplementes und der Antikorper bei der Anaphylaxie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, lxi, Orig., 238-247.—Bauer (F.) Ein neuer Serumbefund bei Serum- krankheit. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1910, ix, 250.-----. Ueber Hamagglutininreaktion bei Serumkrankheit. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 71-73.—Bazzicalupo (G.) Complemento e sostanze iso- ed autoemoUtiche del sangue nella anafilassi da siero. Gazz. internaz. di med., NapoU, 1915, xviii, 33; 49.—Bory (L.) L'antitoxine normal du plasma; son role dans la phylaxie et l'anaphylaxie. Presse med., Par., 1913, xxi, 1050-1052.—Briot(A.) Proprietes du serum des lapins sero- anaphylactises. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1910, cl, C38.—Bronfenbrenner (J.) Studies on so-called protective ferments. Antitryptic index in its relation to the cUnical manifestations of anaphylaxis. Proc. Soc Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 191.5-16, xiii, 42. Also, Reprint.—Busson (B.) Der Komplementschwund und seine Beziehung zur Ana- phylaxie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, lxx, Orig., 41fM21.—Davis (B. F.) & Petersen (W. F.) A comparative study of lymph and serum ferments during protein shock reactions. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1917, xxvi, 699-706.—De Waele (H.) L'action thromboplastique est generate et commune k toutes les substances introduites dans le sang. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. The- rap., Jena, 1913. Orig.,xvii,314-332— Doerr(R.) & Moldo- van (J.) Die Wirkung toxischer Normal- und Immunsera als anaphylaktische Reaktion. Ibid., 1910, vii, 223-252.— Doerr (B.) & Russ (V. K.) Die Entwickelung anaphylak- tischcr Antikorpcr und Prazipitine im Blute normaler und allergischer Kaninchen. Centralbl. I. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, Ux, Orig., 73-82.—Donati (A.) Studi Anaphylaxis (Serology of). suU'anafilassia; sulle modificazioni che subisce l'antigcne tifico in seguito a trattamento con siero fresco di cavia. Arch, perlesc. med., Torino, 1912, xxxvi, 421-435.—Dufour (H.) De l'action hypercoagulante, chez l'homme, du scrum ue lapin en periode d'anaphylaxie; utiUsation de l'ana- phylaxie passive. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1917, 3. s.. Ixxviii, 629-fi31—Friedberger (E.) & Cederberg (O. A.) Der Komplementschwund und seine Beziehungen zur Anaphylaxie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, lxxii, Orig., 385-3*9.-----.-----. Versuche fiber die Notwendigkeit des Komplements und Ambozcptors fiir das Zustandekommen der Anaphylaxie und Anaphylatoxin- bildung. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xviii, 284-299.—Friedberger (E.) & Girgo- laff (S.) Die Bedeutung sessiler Rezeptoren fiir die Ana- phylaxie. Ibid., 1911, Orig., ix, 575-582— Friedberger (E.) & Lura (AA Ueber Antigenresorption nach der intra- peritonealen Reiniektion bei praparierten Meerschweinchen. (Ueber Anaphylaxie. XXXVIII.) Ibid., 1913, Orig., xviii, 272-280.—Hartoch (O.) & Ssirenskyij (N.) Zur Lehre fiber die toxische Wirkung der Produkte der trypti- schen Serumeiweissverdauung im Zusammenhang mit der Lehre von der Anaphylaxie. Ibid., 1910, vii, 253-273.----- -----. Nachtrag zur Arbeit: Zur Lehre fiber die toxische Wirkung der Produkte der tryptischen Serumeiweissver- dauung im Zusammenhang mit der Lehre von der Ana- phylaxie. Ibid., Orig., viii, 420.-----------. Ueber die Rolle des Komplementes bei der Anaphylaxie. Ibid., 1911, 12, Orig., xii. 85-90.—Hektoen (L.) Precipitin production in the allergic rabbit. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1916-17, x, 196.—Hintze (A.) Untersuchungen fiber den Nachweis von intravenos eingeffihrtem artfremdem Eiweiss in der Blutbahn des Kaninchens mittels Prazipitation, Komple- mentbindung und Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, Orig., 113-152.— Hirschfeld (Hanna) & Hirschfeld (L.) Ueber vasc- konstringierende Substanzen im anaphylaktischen Shock und bei der Anaphylatoxinvergiftung. Ibid., 1912; Orig., xiv, 466-484— Jonescu-Mihaiesti (C.) Sur la toxicite du serum de lapin immunise et ses relations avec les pheno- menes d'anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1913, lxxiv, 1414-1416: lxxv, 236-238.—Loeffler (F. C.) Das Komplement als ausschlaggebender Faktor fiir das Zustan- dekommen des anaphylaktischen Anfalles. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, Orig., vin, 129-144.—Loewit (M.) & Bayer (G.) Die Bedeutung des Komplementes fiir den akuten Shock bei der aktiven Ana- phylaxie. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1912, lxix, 315-347.—Manoukhine (J.-J.) Sur les leucocyto- lysines et les antileucocytolysines dans l'anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par, 1913, lxxiv, 1149-1151.— Marbe (S.) & Rachewsky. Etude sur l'anaphylaxie. La valeur de Pinjection bigeminee pour la preparation du serum hemolytique; l'agglutinationin vivo; par la deviation du complement. Ibid., 1911, lxx, 1009-1011.—Mendez (J.) El rol del antigeno en la anafllaxia. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii, pt. 2,485.—Meyer (K.) Ueber das Verhal- ten des Serumantitrypsms bei der Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, xix, 179- 185.—Moreschi (C.) & Perussia (A.) Ueber die anaphy- laktogene Funktior des Pferdekomplements. Ibid., 1911, Orig., xi, 416-425.—Nadejde (G.) La diminution de l'ale- xine dans le serum des cobayes anaphylactises pour te serum de cheval et des cobayes vaccines contre ce serum; conserva- tion du pouvoir opsonique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, lxx, 288-290.—Pabls (E.) & Ragazzi (C.) Espe- rienze sull'antigeno anafilattogeno del siero dibue. Attid. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1913, 6. s., v, 175-185.—Pardi (U.) Ricerche istologiche sui modo di comportarsi delle piastrine nell'anafilassi. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1915-16, lxix, 949-958, 2 pi— Pearce (R. M.) & Williams (P. F.) Protective enzymes, cytotoxic immune sera, and anaphy- laxis. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1914, xiv, 351-363.—Pfeiffer (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Anaphylaxie und Hamolysinver- giftung. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1910, xxiii, 1484-1486.— Rita (H.) Ueber Antikorperbildung und Anaphylaxie bei weissen Mausen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., ix, 321-344.—Romer (P. H.) & Viereck (H.) Das Verhalten des Antitoxins im anaphy- laktischen Tier. Ibid 1914, Orig.. xxi, 32-39.—Ruszny&k (S.) Die Aenderung des antitryptischen Titers des Serums bei der Anaphylaxie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 168.—Salus (G.) Ueber Anaphylaxie, Ungennnbarkeit des Bluts und Fermentgiftigkeit. Med. KUn., Berl 1912, viii, 1355-1357. -----. Das Abderhal- densche Dialysierverfahren und die Anaphylaxie. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1914, lxv, 381-391—Scaffidi (V.) Ricerche sulla parte che spetta ai vari componenti del siero nella anafilassi. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., NapoU. 1913, n. s., xxxv. 1009-1016. Also, transl: Arch. ital. de biol., Turin, 1914, lxi, 102-111.—Segale (M.) Sulla prcsunta importanza del complemento nella produzione dello shock anafllattico. Pathologica, Genova, 1912-13, v, 10-14.—Sleeswijk (J. G.) Zur Komplementfrage in der Serumanaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, v, 580- 586.-----. Anaphylaxie und Komplement; ein Wort zur ANAPHYLAXIS. 445 ANAPHYLAXIS. Anaphylaxis (Serology of). Richtigsteilung und Kritik. Ibid., vii, 661-664.— Tsuru (J.) Ueber Komplementabnahme bei den verschiedenen Formen der Anaphylaxie (Serum-, Bakterien-, Blut-, Pflanzenana- phylaxie) und fiber Einfluss normalen Serums auf den Komplementschwund. Ibid., 1909-10, iv, 012-028 — Vau- ghan (V. C), Vaughan (V. C), jr., A- Wright (.1. H.) The ferment produced in protein sensitizaiion. Ibid., 1911, Orig., xi, 673-6S2— Weichardt. Ueber das Sichtbarmachen der Antigen-An tikorperwirkung in vitro mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Vorniinge bei der Anaphylaxie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1911, 1, Ref, Beiheft, 62-64.—Weil (R.) Serological analysis of a case of serum sickness in a human being. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1914, xii, 37.-----. On the relation between precipitin and sensitizin. J. Immunol., Bait., 1916, i, 1-18. ;-----. EquiUbrium in precipitation reactions, equiUbrium in combination. Ibid., 19-46.-----. On the coexistence of antigen and antibody in the body. Ibid., 47-49. -----. The reciprocal relations of antigen and antibody within the cell; a contribution to cellular immunology. Ibid., 1916-17, u, 469-499.—Zinsser (H.) On the toxic effect of certain normal sera and its relation to anaphylaxis. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1911, xiv, 25-43. —Zunz (E.) Du pouvoir protco- clastique du sang au cours de l'anaphylaxie. Bull. Acad. roy. de med. de Belg., Brux., 1912, 4. s., xxvi, 623-639.-----. Recherches sur le pouvoir proteoelastique du sang au cours de l'anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immuniiatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xvu, 241; 265; 279.—Zunz (Ef) & Gyorgy (P.) A propos du pouvoir proteoelastique du sang au cours de l'anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvii, 532.-----------. Recherches sur le pouvoir proteoelastique du sang au cours de l'anaphylaxie. Expe- riences avec du plasma de chien. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1915, Orig., xxih, 402-425. Anaphylaxis (Specificity of). See, also, Anaphylaxis (Jurisprudence of). Bachrach (B.) *Die Verwertung der spezi- fischen Ueberempfindlichkeitsreaktion zur biolo- gischen Eiweissdifferenzierung. 8°. Marburg, 1910. Also, in: Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1910, 3. s., xl. Friemaxn-Sliosberg (Mile.) Les accidents generaux sero-anaphylactiques sont-ils specifi- ques? 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Morgounoff (Mile. M.) *La cachexie sero- anaphylactique du lapin est-elle specifique? 8°. Lausanne, 1911. Rabinovitch (Mile. L.) *L'anaphylaxie du chien est-elle specifique? 8°. Lausanne, 1910. Achard (C.) & Flandin (C.) Influence de Pespece animate sur les effets du poison de l'anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxiii, 83— Hailer (E.) Ge- Ungt eine Sensibilisierung durch Eiweissspaltprodukte und ist sie speziflsch? Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1914, xlvii, 527-540. —af Heurlin (M.) Sur la specificite de l'anaphylaxie et sur les rapports qui existent entre le blanc d'ceuf, l'extrait d'embryon et le serum de poule, determines par celle-ci. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, Ixxi, 310-312. — Pfeiffer (H.) Zur Organspezifitat der Ueberem- pflndUchkeit. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, Orig., viii, 358-378.—Schittenhelm (A.) & Weichardt (W.) Eiweissumsatz und UeberempflndUch- keit. III. Ueber die biologische Differencirung von Eiweiss- und Eiweissspaltproducten durch ihre Wirkung auf den thierischen Organismus. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1912, xi, 69-101, 1 pi— Trommsdorff (R.) Ueber biologische Eiweissdifferenziening bei Ratten und Mausen. Arb. a. d. k. Gsndhtsamte, Berl., 1909, xxxii, 560-567.— Uhlenhuth & HaendeL Untersuchungen fiber die praktische Verwertbarkeit der A naphylaxie zur Erkennung und Unterscheidung verschiedener Eiweissarten. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1909-10, iv, Orig., 761-816.—Wells (H. G.) & Osborne (T. B.) Is the specificity of the ana- phylaxis reaction dependent on the chemical constitution of the proteins or on their biological relations? J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1913, xii, 341-358. Anaphylaxis (Temperature in). Friedberger (E.) Ueber anaphylaktisches Fieber. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1913, xxx, 88-92— Friedberger (E.) & Kumagai (T.) Ueber den Einfluss der Korpertemperatur prapariertor Meerschwein- chen auf die Ueberempiindlichkeit bei der Reinjektion. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xix 445-458.—Friedberger (E.) & Mita (S.) Ueber Anaphylaxie; die anaphylaktische Fieberreaktion. Ibid 1911, Orig., x, 216-281.—Friedberger (E.) & Neuhaus (H ) Anaphylaxie und Salzfictaer. Ibid., 1914, Orig., xxn, 500- 516._Friedberger (E.) & Schern (K.) Ueber das ana- phylaktische Fieber. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1913, lvii, Ref., Beiheft, 224.-----------. Die Tem- Anaphylaxis (Temperature in). peraturreaktion bei passiver Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, Orig., xxii, 464-499.—Friedberger (E), Schern (K.) [et al]. Neuere Untersuchungen fiber die anaphylaktische Temperatur- reaktion. (Ueber Anaphylaxie. LI.-LIII.) Ibid., 451- 464.—Hirsch (R.) Anaphylatoxinfleber una Gesamtener- gie- und Stofl'umsatz. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1913, xxx, 78—Leschke (E.) Unter- suchungen fiber anaphylaktisches Fieber. Ibid., 80-87. -----. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Anaphylaxie und Fieber sowie fiber die Wirkungen von Anaphylatoxin, Histamin, Organextracten und Pepton auf die Temperatur. Ztschr. f. exper. Path. u. Therap., Berl., 1913, xiv, 151-166. -----. Ueber das Verhalten der Temperatur bei der aktiven Anaphylaxie; Untersuchungen an Hunden und Kaninchen. Ibid., 1914, xv, 23-38.—Mita (S.) Ueber die Verwertbarkeit des anaphylaktischen Temperatursturzes zur Grossenbe- stimmung eines UoberempfindUchkeitsshocks. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch., Jena, 1910, v, Orig., 297-336.—Moreschi (C.) & Golgi (A.) Dei rapporti fra anafilassi e febbre. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1912, xxvi. 393-409. Also: PoUcUn., Roma, 1912, xix, sez. med., 431-441.-----■-----. Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen Anaphylaxie und Fieber. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xix, 623-636.—Rossle. Ueber die Merkmale der Entziindung im allergischen Organismus. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1914, xvii, 281-285.—Ron- doni (P.) La reazione flogistica nell'organismo in stato allergico, studiati specialmente colla colorazione vitale mediante il trypanblau. Sperimentale, Firenze, 1915-16, lxix, 907-922, 1 pi.—Schittenhelm (A.) Anaphylaxie una Fieber. Verhandl. d. deutsch. Kong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1913, xxx, 44-56.—Segale (M.) Ricerche termocalorime- triche nella anafilassi da siero. Pathologica, Genova, 1912- 13, v, 667-672.—Smith (M. I.) The temperature reactions in anaphylaxis. J. Lab. & CUn. M., St. Louis, 1915-16, i, 902-910. Anaphylaxis (Theories of). See Anaphylaxis (Mechanism of). Anaphylaxis (Treatment of). See Anaphylaxis (Prevention, etc., of). Anaphylaxis ( Urine in). Aoelous (J.-E.) & Soula (C.) Sur les modifications des urines dans l'anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1914, clviii, 1918. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1914, lxxvi, 93-96.—Soula (L.-C.) L'eiimination urinaire de la chaux au cours de la periode desensibiUte anaphylacti- que. Ibid., 1913, lxxiv, 880. Anaphylaxis to albumen. See, also, Albumen (Anaphylaxis to). Armit (H. W.) HypersensibiUty to pure egg albumin. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, Orig., 702-726.—Besredka (A.) & Bronfenbrenner (J.) De l'anaphylaxie et de l'antianaphylaxie vis-a-vis du blanc d'ceuf. Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1911, xxv, 392-414 — Mliler (S. R.) Koplik's spots occurring on the tonsils of a child subsequently found to be anaphylactic to egg-albumen. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull-, Bait., 1914, xxv, 78-80. Also, Reprint.—Pfeiffer (H.) Zur Kenntnis der Hamolysinver- giftung und Eiereiweissanaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1915, xxiii, 515-547.— Van Goidsenhoven (C.) Anaphylaxie et fievre vitulaire. Ann. de med. vet., Brux., 1911, lx, 139; 202; 264.—Zanda (G. B.) Sui modo di reagire dei topi bianchi verso l'albu- mina d'uow) tratta con polveri metalliche. Gior. d. r. Accad. di nled. di Torino, 1917, 4. s., xxiii, 263-273.-----. L'anafilassi nelle cavie ottenuta mediante l'albumina d'uovo trattata con polveri metalUche. Ibid., 274-281. Anaphylaxis to animal extracts and cel- lular elements. Bauer (J.) & Wusthoff (F.) Ueber die anaphylaktische Vergiftung durch Organextrakte. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 894.—von Dungern (E.) & Hirschfeld (L.) Ueber lokale allergetische Reaktionen gegeniiber artfremdem, artgleichem und individuum- gleichem Hodcngewebe nach spezifischer Vorbehandlung und bei trachtigen Tieren. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1909, iv, Orig.. 257-269.-----------. Ueber die Giftigkeit des Blutes nach der Injektion proto- plasmatischer Substanzen und wahrend der Schwanger- schaft und fiber passive Allergie gegeniiber Hodensubstan- zen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, Orig., viii, 332-345—d'Herelle (F.) & Gery (L.) Choc anaphylactique provoque par le sang de femme chez des cobayes sensibiUses par des albuminoides du placenta. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.,,Par., 1914,lxxvi,55-58.— Marbfi (S.) & Rachewsky (T.) Etudes sur l'anaphylaxie; influ- ence de l'extrait testiculaire sur revolution de l'anaphylaxie serique des cobayes. Ibid., 1911, Ixxi, 566-568.—Minet (J.) & Bruyant (L.) L'anaphylaxie aux extraits d'organes. ANAPHYLAXIS. 446 ANAPHYLAXIS. Anaphylaxis to animal extracts and cel- lular elements. Ibid., 166.—Ohkubo (S.) De l'anaphylaxie par des ex- traits d'organes. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, Orig., 176-178.—Preti (L.) Ueber das Verhalten der anaphylaktischen Reaktionskorper gegen rote Blutkorperchen. Ibid., vii, 197-199. — Rados (A.) Ueber das Auftreten ven komplementbindenden Antikor- pern nach Vorbehandlung mit arteigenen Gewebezellen, nebst Bemerkungen Uber die anaphylaktische Entstehung der sympathischen Ophthalmie. Ibid., 1913, Orig., xix, 579- 598 — Schlff (F.) & Moore(H. F.) Versuche fiber Blutkor- perchen-Anaphylaxie beim Meerschweinchen. (Ueber Ana- phylaxie. LVI.) Ibid., 1914, Orig., xxii, 618-631.—Weil (R.) & Denzer (B. S.) Anaphylaxis to formed or cellular ele- ments. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1914-15, xii, 147. Anaphylaxis in animals. See, also. Anaphylaxis (Experimental); Ana- phylaxis in cold-blooded animals. Trofinoff (Olga). * Sero-anaphylaxie du chien. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Arthus (M.) La sero-anaphylaxie du lapin. Arch. internat. de physiol., Liege & Par., 1908-9, vii, 471-526:1910, ix, 156; 179.—Briot (A.) Sur l'anaphylaxie serique chez le lapin. Compt.rend. Soc. debiol., Par., 1910,Ixviii,402-404.— Briot (A.) & Dujardin-Beaumetz. L'anaphylaxie chez les chevaux producteurs de serum antipesteux. Ibid., lxix, 14.—C. (W.R.) Anaphylaxiain cattle and pigs. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1917, xxviii, 443.—Edmunds (C. W.) The action of the protein poison on dogs; a study in anaphylaxis. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1913, Orig., xvii, 105-134.—Finzi (G.) Reazioni anafllattiche nel cavallo secondarie ad iniezione endovenosa di siero di cavallo. N. Ercolani, Torino, 1916, xxi, 461-463.—Hadwen (S.) & Bruce (E. A.) Anaphylaxis in cattle and sheep, produced by the larvae of Hypoderma bovis, H. Uneatum and OSstrus ovis. J. Am. Vet.M. Ass., Ithaca, 1917-18,U, 15-44.—Loewit (M.) Anaphylaxiestudien. IV. Die anaphylaktische und anaphylaktoide Vergiftung beim Meerschweinchen. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1913, lxxiii, 1-32.— Longcope (W. T.) The relationship of chronic protein in- toxication in animals to anaphylaxis. J. Exper. M., Lancas- ter, Pa., 1915, xxii; 793-799.—Miessner (H.) Die Ueberem- pflndUchkeit und ihre Bedeutung ffir die Veterinarmedizin. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, K6- nigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxu, pt. 2, 540.—Mita (S.) & Ito (T.) Ueber Schwankungen in der Giftigkeit artfremden Normalserums fiir das Meerschweinchen. Ztschr. f. Immuni- tatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena. 1913. Orig., xvii, 586- 602.—Pearce (R. M.) & Eisenbrey (A. B.) The physiology of anaphylactic shock in the dog. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1910, vii, 565-576.—Richet (C.) Accroissement general de la sensibilite aux poisons chez les animaux anaphylactises. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, ixviii, 820— Schultz (W. H.) Physiological studies in anaphylaxis; reaction of the cat toward horse serum. J. Pharm. & Exper. Therap., Bait., 1911-12, iii, 299-317.—Simonds (J. P.) Anaphylactic shock in dogs. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1916, xix, 746-753 — Weil (R.) Anaphylaxis in the dog. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1916-17, xiv, 117. Anaphylaxis in cold-blooded animals. Friedberger (E.) Ueber Kaltbluteranaphylaxie und fiber das Anaphylaxiegift. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte, Konigsb., 1910, Leipz., 1911, lxxxii, pt. 2, 524-532.—Friedberger (E.) & Mita (S.) Ueber Anaphy- laxie. XIX. Die Anaphylaxie des Froschte und die Ein- wirkung des Anaphylatoxins auf das isolierte Froschherz. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., ix, 362-387.—Ninni (C.) Ricerche sull' anafilassi con siero di animali a sangue freddo. Riforma med., Napoli, 1912, xviii, 231-236. Anaphylaxis to colloids. Krinsky (Mile.) Y a-t-il unegelatino-anaphy- laxie? 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Barbaro (N.) Sull'azione determinante di alcune sos- tanze cnstalloidi. Gazz. d. ospv Milano, 1913, xxxiv, 711- 714.—Doerr (R.) & Moldovan (J.) Die Wirkungen eiweiss- fallender Kolloidlosungen auf warmblutige Tiere und ihre Beziehungen zu anaphylaktischen Prozessen. Biochem. Ztschr., Berl., 1912 xli, 27-50.—Pabis (E.) & Ragazzi (C.) Mancanza di anafilassi in seguito a reiniezione di gelatina. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena (1912), 1913, 5. s., iv, 557-562. Anaphylaxis to drugs. See, also, Drug exanthems; Idiosyncrasies; and under names of drugs, as, Atoxyl, Bromine, Iodine, etc. Achard (C.) & Flandin (C.) Intolerances medicamen- teuses et recherche de l'anaphylaxie passive. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 482-485.— Anaphylaxis to drugs. Artault de Vevey (S.) Anaphylaxie medlcamenteuse. Bull. g6n. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1913, clxv, 293-304.— Bernard (L.) Un cas d'anaphylaxie k la suite d'injections chlorurees sodiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 252-257. Also: Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1912, xxni, 81-83.—Cole (H. N.) Drug ex- anthemata in relation to anaphylaxis. Cleveland M. J., 1911, x, 442-461.—De Azua (J.) ^Anafllaxia local arsenical? Rev. clin. de Madrid, 1913, ix, 468—Friedberger (E.) & Ito (T.) Ueber Anaphylaxie. XXVII. Die Joduberempfind- Uchkeitdes Meerschweinchens. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911-12, Orig., xii, 241-268.—Hilde- brandt (H.) Zur Frage der Resistenz und Ueberempflnd- Uchkeit des Tierkorpers gegeniiber chemisehen Agenzien. Therap. Monatsh., Berl., 1911, xxv, 145-148.—Jackson (D. E.) Cutaneous reactions to various drug applications. J. Lab. & CUn. M., St. Louis 1916-17, U, 916-919.—Klausner (E.) Arzneiexantheme una UeberempflndUchkeit. Mfin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1983.—Kyrle (J.) Zur Frage der Arzneitiberempnndlichkeit. Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph^Wien & Leipz., 1912, cxiii, Orig., 541-572.—Manoi- loff (E.) Idiosynkrasie gegen Brom- und Chininsalze als Ueberempflndlichkeits-Erscheinungen. Ztschr. f. Immu- nitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., xi, 425- 436. -----. Experimentelle Beitrage zur Frage der Idio- synkrasie gegen Brom- und Chininsalze als Ueberempflnd- Uchkeitserscheinungen. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1912, xxv, 1701.—Moro (E.) & Stheeman (H.) KUnische Ueberem- pflndUchkeit. OertUche Hautreaktionen auf Atoxyl. Miin- chen. med. Wchnschr., 1909, lvi, 1414— Pagnitz (P.) Re- cherche de l'anaphylaxie dans deux cas d'intoterance pour l'antipyrine. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvu, 430-433.—Schlecht (H.) Ueber allgemeine und lokale Eosinophilie bei UeberempflndUchkeit gegen or- ganische Arsenpraparate. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1913, lx, 800-803.—Scott (A. J.) Drug anaphylaxis, an illustrative case. CaUf. State J. M., San Fran., 1915, xiu, 189.—Slvestri IT.) A proposito dell' anafilassi medicamentosa. Policlin., Roma, 1914, xxi, sez. prat., 333-338.—Staeubli (C.) Beob- achtungen fiber ArsenfiberempfindUchkeit. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1912, xxxviii, 2452.—Stropeni (L.) L'idiosincrasia per P lodoformio e un processo di ana- filassi? Arch, di farmacol. sper., Roma, 1912, xiv, 200-209.— Zieler (K.) Ist die Idiosynkrasie gegen Arzneistoff e als echte Anaphylaxie aufzufassen? Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ux, 401-405. Anaphylaxis to globulins. Turrd (R.) & Gonzales (P.) Anaphylaxie par les globulines. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 372; 451; 598. Also, transl: An. de med. Bulll. mens, de l'Acad. . . . de Catalunya, Bareel., 1911, v, 286-298. Anaphylaxis to homologous proteins. Haren (P.) *Ueber die Giftigkeit arteigener Eiweissstoffe. 8°. Leipzig, 1913. Friedberger (E.) & Goretti (G.) Bewirkt arteigenes "blutfremdes" Eiweiss bei wiederholter Zufuhr Ueber- empflndUchkeit? Ueber Anaphylaxie. XLVIII. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, Ong.,xx, 668-678.—Haussner (P.) Die Auslosung von Ueberemi- pfmdUchkeitserscheinungen durch korpereigene Eiweiss- substanz und ihre kUnische Bedeutung. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ux, 1441.—Hertle & Pfeiffer (H.) Ueber Anaphylaxie gegen artgleiches blutfremdes Eiweiss. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1911, Orig., x, 541-549.—Iliescu (M. O.) Autoanafilaxie serica. Spitalul, BucurescI, 1912, xxxii, 500-505.—Mello (U.) Iso- e auto- anafllassi serica sperimentale. Pathologica, Genova, 1912- 13, v, 4-7.—Messerschmidt (T.) Lassen sich in den gesamten Ausdfinstungen von Mausen anaphylaktogene Eigenschaften gegen das Serum derselben Tiere nachweisen? Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1915, Orig., xxiii, 685-690.—Richet (C.) De la sero-anaphylaxie homogenique. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxix, 2-4.—Rossi (C.) Fenomeni di allergia provocati con isoanti- geni; siero isoneurotossico. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1911, 5. s., iii, 99-111.—Vallardi (C.) Ueber die Iso- toxizitat des normalen Meerschweinchenblutserums. FoUa serolog. [etc.], Leipz., 1911, vu, 879-882.—Wolff-Eisner (A.) & Vertes. Die Auslosung von UeberempflndUchkeitser- scheinungen durch korpereigene Eiweissubstanz und ihre kUnische Bedeutung. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 1140-1142. Anaphylaxis to lipoids. See, also, Anaphylaxis (Prevention of). Armand-Delille (P.-F.) Anaphylaxie pour la sub- stance grise cerebrate. Compt. rend Soc. de biol., Par., 1910, lxvui, 437-439.—Bogomolez (A.) Weitere Untersuchungen fiber die Lipoidanaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, vi, 332-337. —Meyer (K.) Ueber Anaphylaxieversuche mit Lipoiden, ein Beitrag zur Theorie der Anaphylaxie. Ueber antigene Eigenschaften von Lipoiden. IX. Ibid.. 1914, Orig., xxi, 654-667—Wil- son (F. P.) Lipoid anaphylaxis. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1913-14, xviii, 163-168. ANAPHYLAXIS. 447 ANAPHYLAXIS. Anaphylaxis to mill:. See Anaphylaxis (Alimentary). Anaphylaxis to non-protein substances. See, also, Anaphylaxis to colloids; Anaphy- laxis to lipoids. Hlft (R.) Zur nicht-proteinogenen Allergie. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 1546; 1667. Anaphylaxis to parasites. See, also, Worms (Jntestinal, Juices of, etc.). Henry (A.) & Cluca (A.) De l'anaphylaxie active avec le Uquide de Ccenurus serialis. (Deuxteme note.) Compt, rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912 lxxiii, 735-737.-----------. Essaisd'anaphylaxiea l'aide de produits parasitaires. Ibid 983.—Longo (A.) Contributo alio studio dell'anafilassi da elminti. Biochim. e terap. sper., Milano, 1912-13, iv, 66-75 — Mello (U.) Recherches sur l'anaphylaxie avec des pro- duits d'origine vermineuse. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1911, Ixxi, 239-241. Anaphylaxis in pregnancy. See, also, Anaphylaxis (Hereditary); Preg- nancy (Toxaemia in). Bolaffio (M.) Anaphylaxieversuche in Beziehung zur Schwangerschaft, Ztschr. f. Geburtsh. u. Gynak., Stuttg., 1914, lxxvi, 49S-515.—Dufour (H.) Causes physiologiques (grossesse) influencant l'anaphylaxie. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1911, 3. s., xxxi, 260— Fromme (E.) Schwangerschaft und Anaphylaxie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ux, 312.—Johnstone (R. W.) An expe- rimental study of the anaphylactic theory of the toxsemia of pregnancy. J. Obst. & Gynaec Brit. Emp., Lond., 1911, xix, 253-257. Anaphylaxis to protein derivatives. Koxtoroff (Mile.) *Les chiens sero-ana- phylactises ou pepto-anaphylactises sont-ils hypersensibles a l'injection intraveineuse de peptone de Witte. 8° Lausanne, 1910. Mixkixa (Mile.) *Peut-on engendrer I'etat anaphylactique par injections d'acides-amines? 8°. Lausanne, 1911. Ogorodxikoff (Anna). *De l'anaphylaxie par les proteoses. 8°. Lausanne, 1909. Auer (J.) & Van Slyke (D. D.) A contribution to the relation between proteid cleavage products and anaphy- laxis. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., 1913, xvu, 210-217. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1913, xxvii, 435.—Aynaud (M.) & Loiseau (G.) Intoxica- tion propeptonique du chien et anaphylaxie. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol.. Par., 1911, Ixxi, 522.—Baehr (G.) The im- portance of the aromatic and heterocycUc complexes in spUt groducts of proteins for the production of the anaphylaxis- ke phenomena of pepton shock. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1913, n. s., viii, 151-155. Also, Reprint— Banzhaf (E. J.) & Steinhardt (Edna). Vaughan's spUt products and un- broken proteins; a comparative study of their effects. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1910-11, xxiu, 5-29— Biedl (A.) & Kraus (R.) Die Anaphylaxie als Vergiftung durch Eiweiss- abbauprodukte. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 945.—Dale (H. H.) & Hartley (P.) Anaphy- laxis to the separated proteins of horse-serum. Bio-Chem. J., Lond., 1916, x, 408-433—De Waele (H.) Le role des acides amines dans l'intoxication proteinique; l'anaphylaxie est due a 1'intervention des acides amines et du complement. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1912, xiii, Orig., 605-666.—Friedberger (E.) & Joachimoglu (G.) Ein Beitrag zur Frage der UeberempflndUchkeit durch Eiweissspaltprodukte. (Ueber Anaphylaxie. LIV.) Ibid., 1914, Orig., xxii, 522-534.—Friedberger (E.) & Langer (H.) Ueber Anaphylaxie. XXXI. Gelingt es, aus Histidin durch Einwirkung von normalem Serum ein nach Art des Anaphylatoxins wirkendes Spaltprodukt zu erhalten? Ibid., 1912, Orig., xv, 528-445.—Heyde (M.) Weitere Unter- suchungen fiber die Beziehung der Guanidine und Albumo- sen zum parenteralen Eiweisszerfall und anaphylaktischen Schock. Zentralbl. f. Physiol., Leipz. & Wien, 1912, xxvi, 401-404.—Hlrscnfelder (A. D.) Another point of resem- blance between anaphylactic intoxication and poisoning with Witte'spepton. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1910, xii, 586-593, 1 pi.— Loewit (M.) Der anaphylaktische Shock und der Peptonshock. Arch. f. exper. Path. u. Pharmakol., Leipz., 1911, lxv, 337-347.—Manwarlng (W. H.) Serophysiologische Studien. II. Mitteilung fiber die Beziehungen zwischen dem anaphylaktischen Shock und dem Peptonshock bei Hunden. Ztschr. f. Immunitats- forsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910-11, Orig., vui, 589-591.— Petersen (W. F.) Serum changes following protein shock therapy. Arch. Int. Med.. Chicago, 1917, xx, 716-724.— Pfeiffer (H.) & Jarisch (A.) Zur Kenntnis der Eiweiss- zerfallstoxikosen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Anaphylaxis to protein derivatives. Therap Jena, 1912-13, Orig., xvi, 38-91— Schenk (F.) Leber die Zuverlassigkeit des Peptonnachweises als Ab- baureaktion bei der Anaphylaxie. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1911, xxiv, 521-523.-Segale (M.) La intossicazione da peptone Witte e i suoi rapporti con le intossicazioni dette anafllattiche da tossipeptidi. Pathologica, Genova, 1911-12, iv, 24-27— Weichardt (W.) & Schwenk (E.) Weitere v ersucne uber die Entgiftung von Eiweissspaltprodukten von Kenotoxincharakter. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. ^Pxer--oTylerail' Jena> 1913; °nR> xix, 528-548.—Zunz ;■' , Recherches sur l'anaphylaxie par les proteoses. Ibid., 1912-13, Orig., xvi 580-619.-----. Des effets de Pinjection intraveineuse de diglycine de tetraglycine et de pentagly- cine chez le lapin. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1917, lxxx, 562-564.—Zunz (E.) & Diakonoff (Mile.) Recher- ches sur l'anaphylaxie par la diglycylglycine. Bio-Chem. J., Lond. 1916-17, x, 160-168.— Zunz (E.) & GyOrgy (P.) A propos de la toxicite des proteoses et de l'anaphylaxie par ces composes. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. 1 herap., Jrna, 1914, xxni, 296-305. Anaphylaxis in relation to immunity and infection. See, also, Anaphylaxis (Bacterial); Anaphy- laxis (Hereditary); Anaphylaxis (Serology of); Anaphylaxis to parasites; Anti-anaphylaxis; Immunity (Mechanism of); Infection; Sero- diag-nosis [and cross references]. Rosenau (M. J.) & Anderson (J. F.) Studies upon hypersusceptibility and immunity. 8°. Washington, 1907. Forms Bull. No. 36 of: United States Treasury Dept. Marine Hosp. Service. Hyg. Lab. Schiffmann-Arnstein (Mme.) *Tmmunite et anaphylaxie. 8°. Lausanne, 1913. Solotareff (Rachel). *Anaphylaxie et im- munite. 8°. Lausanne, 1912. Arthus (M.) Anaphylaxie et immunite. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1912, cliv, 1363-1365.—Belin (M.) Des rapports existant entre l'anaphylaxie et l'immunite. Ibid., 1913, clvi, 1260-1262.—Bloch & Masslni. Studien fiber Immunitat. UeberempflndUchkeit bei Hyphomyzetener- krankungen. Ztschr. I Hyg. u. Infektionskrankh., Leipz., 1909. lxii, 68-90.—Bronfenbrenner (J.) Specific paren- teral digestion and its relation to the phenomena of immuni nity and anaphylaxis. J. Lab. & CUn. M., St. Louis, 1915-6, l, 573-584. Also: Proc. Pan Am. Scient. Cong., Wash., 1917, x, 278-287— Courmont (P.) & Dufourt (A.) De l'ana- phylaxie dans Involution des maladies infectieuses. Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 841-843.—Friedberger (E.) Ueber die Beziehungen zwischen UeberempflndUchkeit und Im- munitat. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1490; 1922. -----. Die Anaphylaxie mit besonderer Berucksichtigung ihrer Bedeutung fiir Infektion und Immunitat. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1911, xxxvii, 481-487. -----. Ueber die Rolle der UeberempflndUchkeit bei der Infektion und Immunitat. Mfinchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lvui, 1196. ■-----. Theories of immunity and anaphy- laxis. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med., Lond., 1913, Sect, iv, Bacteriol. & Immun., pt. 2, 1-14.—Gay (F. P.) An ab- stract of the address on the relation of anaphylaxis to im- munization, delivered before the Eighth Triennial Congress of American Physicians and Surgeons, May 3,1910. Chicago M. Recorder, 1910, xxxii, 282-285.—Gougerot (II.) Anaphy- laxie dans les infections: tuberculose, tepre, mycoses, infec- tions a cocci. J. med. franc, Par., 1913, vii, 19-30.—Gurd (F. B.) The relationship of anaphylaxis to immunity; pre- liminary note. Am. J. Trop. Dis. [etc.], N. Orl., 1913-14, i, 776-782.-----. Studies upon anaphylaxis and its relation- ship to immunity; the so-called incubation period in trans- ferred anaphylaxis. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1914-15, xxxi, 205-222.-----. The phenomena of anaphylaxis and allergy and their relationship to immunity. Canad. M. Ass. J., Toronto, 1915, v, 579-583— Hallion (L.) L'immunite et l'anaphylaxie dans leurs rapports reciproques. Paris med., 1910-11, 533-539. Also: Rev. prat, de biol. [etc.], Par., 1912, x, 25-33— Hirschberg (L. K.) Researchesinprophylactic and anaphylactic medicine. Lancet-CUnic, Cincin., 1912, cvii. 415-418.—Lewis (P. A.) The relation of hypersuscep- tibiuty to immunity, Arch. Int. Med., Chicago, 1909, iv, 528-537. Also, Reprint.—von Liebermann (L.) Ueber Disposition, Immunitat und Anaphylaxie. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1914, Orig., xxi, 529-564— Longcope (W. T.) & Rackemann (F. M.) Development of immune reactions in serum disease. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1916, xiii, 101.—Manwar- lng (W. H.), Meinard (A. R.) & Kusana (Y.) Cellular and humoral factors in anaphylaxis and immunity. Ibid., 1916-17, xiv, 128.—Richet (C.) Nouvelles experiences sur la crepitine et Tactinc-congestine (anaphylaxie et immunite). Ann. de l'Inst. Pasteur, Par., 1910, xxiv, 609-652.—Rosenau ANAPHYLAXIS. 448 ANASAKCA. Anaphylaxis in relation to immunity and infection. (M. J.) & Anderzon (J. F.) Further studies upon hyper- susceptibiUty and immunity. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1907-8, xvi, 381-418.—Schittenhelm (A.) & Weichardt (W.) Ueber die Rolle der UeberempflndUchkeit bei der Infektion und Immunitat. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1910, lvii, 1769-1771: 1911, lviii, 841-844: 1912, Ux, 67; 1089; 1158.—Snively (A. B.) Anaphylaxis in its relation to bacterial infection. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1911-12, xv, 716- 720. — Soula (L. C.) Des rapports entre l'anaphylaxie, l'immunite et l'autoproteolyse des centres nerveux. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1913, clvi, 1258-1260. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1913, lxxiv, 692.—Traube (J.) Ueber Immunitat und Anaphylaxie. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ux, 1025-1027. Also, Reprint—Vaughan (V. C.) Hypersusceptibility and immunity. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1908, n. s., xxvii, 644-648. ■ ■ . Anaphylaxis and its relation to immunity and disease. Detroit M. J., 1912, xii, 375-378.-----. The relation of ana- phylaxis to immunity and disease. Tr. xv. Internat. Cong. Hyg. & Demog. 1912, Wash., 1913, ii, 311-328. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1913, cxlv, 161-177.—Weichardt (W.) Ueber einige Befunde der modernen Eiweisschemie in ihrer Beziehung zur Bakteriologie und Immunitatsforschung; mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der Anaphylaxiefrage. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1910, xlvii, Ref., Beiheft, 36-40.—Weil (R.) The nature of anaphylaxis and the relations between anaphylaxis and immunity. J. M(}d. Reseach, Bost., 1912-13, xxvii, 497-527.-----. Anaphylaxis in immune animals. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1912-13, x, 181.-----. The relation of anaphylaxis to the problem of human disease. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1913-14, xx, 193-199.-----. The cellular interpretation of anaphylaxis and immunity. Proc. Soc. Exper. Biol. & Med., N. Y., 1913-14, xi, 86-90.-----. The immune mechan- ism of anaphylaxis. J. Immunol., Bait., 1916, i, 127.— Wider0e (S.) [The nature of hypersensibiUty and its rela- tion to immunity.] Norsk Mag. f. Laegevidensk., Kristiania, 1909, 5. R., vii, 451-463.—Zinsser (H.) & Parker (JuUa T.) Studies on bacterial anaphylaxis and infection. J. Exper. M., Bait., 1917, xxvi, 411-435, 2 pi. Anaphylaxis to vegetable proteins. See, also, Anaphylaxis (Alimentary). Karasawa (M.) Ueber Anaphylaxie erzeugt mit pflanz- Uchem Antigen. Ztschr. f. Immunitatsforsch. u. exper. Therap., Jena, 1910, v, Orig., 509-515.—Wells (H. G.) & Osborne (T. B.) The biological reactions of the vegetable proteins. J. Infect. Dis., Chicago, 1911, vui, 66-124: 1914, xiv, 377-384.—Wodehouse (R. P.) Preparation of vege- table food proteins for anaphylactic tests. Boston M. & S. J^ 1916, clxxv, 195.—Wodehouse (R. P.) & Olmsted (J. M. D.) Preparation of vegetable proteins for anaphylac- tic tests. Ibid., 1917, clxxvi, 467. Anaplasia. Beneke. Noch einmal die Anaplasie. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1901, clxui, 174-178.—von Hansemann (D.) Ueber den Begriff una das Wesen der Anaplasie. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1900, clxu, 549-553.-----. Was ist Anaplasie? Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1850. Anaplasma. Basile (C.) Sull'Anaplasma canis. Pathologica, Ge- nova, 1911-12, iv, 358-360.—Caetano Dias (E.) & de Beau- repaire-Aragao (H.) Pesquizas sobre a natureza dos ana- plasmas. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1913, xxvii, 151-153.----- -----. Pesquizas sobre a natureza dos anaplasmas. Also [with German transl.]: Mem. do Inst. Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Jan., 1914, vi, 231-249, 2 pi—Gilruth (J. A.), Sweet (Geor- gina) & Dodd (S.) Observations on the occurrence in the blood of various animals (chiefly monotremes and marsu- pials) of bodies apparently identical with Anaplasma mar- ginale, Theiler, 1910. Parasitology, Cambridge, 1911, iv, 1-6,1 pi.—Koidzumi (M.) On the nature of the "marginal points" occurring in the blood corpuscles of cattle. Cen- tralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1912, lxv, Orig., 337- 340, lpl—Laveran(A.) & Franchini(G.) Contnbutiona l'etude des "marginal points" des hematies des mammi- feres. Bull. Soc. path, exot., Par., 1914, vu, 580-584.— Porter (Annie). On anaplasma-Uke bodies in the blood of vertebrates. Ann. Trop. M. & Parasitol., Liverp., 1915-16, ix, 561-568.—Sangiorgi (G.) Reperto di corpi anaplasma- simiU nel sangue dell' uomo e degU animaU. Pathologica, Genova, 1914-15, vii, 27.—Schellhase. Eine Beobachtung fiber das Vorkommen von Marginal points (Anaplasma marginale) im Blut von Schafen in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1912 xxviii, 511— Sieber (H.) Ueber Anaplasma marginale. Berl. tierarztl. Wchnschr., 1910, xxvi 993-998. Also: Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1911, ix, 279-302, 3 pi.—Theiler (A.) Ana- plasma marginale (gen. et spec, nova), a protozoon of cattle; a cause of the so-called gall-sickness. Transvaal M. J., Johannesburg, 1909-10, v, 110— Tibadi (E.) Forme di ana- plasma nel sangue di diversi animaU in Sardegna. Patho- Anaplasma. logica, Genova, 1913-14, vi, 261-264.—Veglia (F.) Coltura dell' anaplasma marginale in vitro. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1915, 4. s., xxi, pt. 2, 33-39. Also: Clin, vet., Milano, 1916, xxxvui, 76-83. Anaplasmosis. Balfour (A.) Anaplasmosis in donkeys. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1911, xxiv, 44-47. -----. Ana- plasmosis. Rep. Wellcome Trop. Research Lab., Khartoum 1911, iv, 345-347, 1 pi— Beven (LL. E. W.) The anaplas- moses of cattle. Vet. J.. Lond., 1912, Ixviii, 392-400.—Finzi (G.) & Campus (A.) Anaplasmosi; sui significato dei corpi endoglobulari, punti marsinaU, anaplasmi, trovati nel sangue degU ovini della Sardegna e del Piemonte. N. Er- colani, Torino, 1916, xxi, 493; 557: 1917, xxii, 2. Also: Bull. Soc.path.exot.,Par., 1917,x, 143-150.— Lignieres(J.) L'ana- plasmose bovine en Argentine; contribution k l'etude de cette maladie. Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. [etc.], 1. Abt., Jena, 1914, lxxiv, Orig., 133-162.—M'Gowan (J. P.) Note on anaplasmosis. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1913-14, xviii, 130.—Schellhase (W.) Beobachtungen fiber die Ana- plasmosis und Piroplasmosis der Schafe und Ziegen in Deutsch-Ostafrika. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr___d. Haustiere, Berl., 1913, xiii, 349-352.—Spreull (J.) Lamziekte on the Kaap plateau. J. Comp. Path. & Therap., Edinb. & Lond., 1908, xxi, 193-206.—Theiler (A) Gall sickness of South Africa (anaplasmosis of cattle.) Ibid., 1910, xxiii, 9*415. -----. The transmission of gallsickness by ticks. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1911-12, xxiv, 630-633. -----. Weitere Untersu- chungen fiber die Anaplasmosis der Rinder und deren Schutzimpfung. Ztschr. f. Infektionskr. . . . d. Haustiere, Berl., 1912, xi, 193-207, 1 pi. -----. Uebertragung der Ana- plasmosis mittels Zecken. Ibid., xii, 105-116. Anarchists. Gouger (J.) Psychologie de l'anarchiste. 8°. Lyon & Paris, [1894?]. Ferrari (G. C.) Un anarchico neologista. Riv. sper. di freniat., Reggio-EmiUa, 1898, xxiv, 501-505.—van Hamel (G.-A.) L'anarchisme et le combat contre l'anarchisme au point de vue de l'anthropologie criminelte. Arch, d'an- throp. crim., Lyon & Par., 1896, xi, 526-537. Also: Cong. internat. d'anthrop. crim. C. r. 1896, Geneve, 1897, iv, 111-119.—Proal (L.) L'anarchisme au xviiie siecle. Rev. phil., Par., 1916-17, lxxxii, 135; 222.—Russell (J.) The psychology of anarchism. Proc. Am. Psychol. Ass., N. Y., 1902, ix, 178-193.—Tyner (P.) Anarchism and atavism- Med.-Leg. J., 1902-3. xx, 342-353.—de Veyga (F.) El anar- quista Planas Virella, que atentd contra la vida del Presi- dente de la RepiibUca, Doctor Manuel Quintana, el 11 de agosto 1905; estudio medico-legal. Arch, de psiquiat. y criminol., Buenos Aires, 1906, v, 513-548. Also: Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1906, xiii, 1095-1110.—Wambaugh (E.) The nation and the anarchists. Green Bag, Bost., 1901, xiii, 461-463. Anarcotine. Surveyor (N.) Report on anarcotine. Brit. M. J. Lond., 1896, ii, 839. Anarthria. See, also, Speech (Disordered). Claude. Sur un cas d'anarthrie. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1911, xxv, 484—Craig (C. B.) Anarthria due to syphilis; report of two cases. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 51. —Weisenburg (T. H.) Anarthria and its relation to aphasia. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 969. Also, Reprint. Anasarca. See, also, Dropsy; Foetus (Diseases of); (Edema; Skin ((Edema of). Clementtus (P.) *De leucophlegmatia. 4°. Lugd. Bat., 1658. Cordier (H.) *Cure de dechloruration dans l'anasarque. 8°. Lyon, 1904. Aguilar (D.) Anasarca aguda, benigna y transitoria. An d. Circ. m6d. argent., Buenos Aires, 1902, xxv, 577-584.— Bacialli ((P.) Contributo alio studio dell' anasarca essen- ziale. Riforma medv Roma, 1902, xviu, pt. 4, 578-583.— Booth (R. T.) Case of subcutaneous hemorrhage from veins in anasarca. China M. Miss. J., Shanghai, 1906, xx, 71.—Cormier. De l'anasarque. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1905, Ux, 209-213.—Courmont (J.) Importance pratique de la pesee journaUere des malades en puissance d'anasarque. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1904, xv, 253.—Engelen. Apparat zur Behandlung der Haut- wassersucht. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 1575.—Greig (D. M.) A case of progressive subcuta- neous oedema. Edinb. M. J., 1916, n. s., xvii, 187-190,1 pi.— Haddon(J.) Idiopathic anasarca. Brit. M.J., Lond., 1913, ii, 770:1914, i, 996.—Leroy(L.) Anasarca and edema. Mem- phis M. Month., 1909, xxix, 16-20.—Lignieres. Recherches ANASARCA. 449 ANASTOMOSIS. Anasarca. sur l'etiologie de l'anasarque active ou idiopathique. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1898, n. s., xvi, 722-730.— Lis! (G.) Un caso di anasarca idiopatico del Boulcv. N. Ercolani, Pisa, 1909, xiv, 275-27S—Menko (M. L. H. S.) Le traitement chirurgical de l'anasarque. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 352-358—Miura (K.) Behandlung der Hautwassersucht mittelst eines schropfkopnormigen Heberapparates. Berl. klin. Wchn- schr., 1900, xxxvii, 864-866.—Mollereau. Traitement de l'a- nasarque par lesinjectionsintraveineuses de collargol. Bull. Soc. centr. de med. vet., Par., 1904, lviii, 820-828.—Ruotte. Abouchement de la veine saphene externe au peritoine pour resorber les epanchements sciatiques. Bull. Soc. de chir. de Lyon, 1907, x, 231-234 — Sbisa (U.) L'anasarca esssnziale. Morgagru, Milano, 1910, Ui, pt. 1, 42L431.—Titta (A.) Un caso atipico di anasarca idiopatico del Bouley. Gior. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., Torino, 1902, U, 1097- 1100.— Trzebinski (S.) Ueber die operative Behandlung des Hydrops Anasarca. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1902, xlvi, 204-209. Anasarca in children. Repellix (E.-H.-A-.J.) De l'anasarque dite essentielle de l'enfance; anasarque sans albu- minurie ni cardiopathie. 8°. Lille, 1911. Tara iS.-V.-M.) *De l'anasarque chez le nourrisson. 8°. Paris, 1912. D'Ewart(J.) Anasarca in an infant. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, i, 504.—Follet. Laboratoire et pratique; k propos d'un cas d'anasarque essentielle de l'enfance. Bull, med., Par., 1904, xviii, 7s.5-787 —Lereboullet (P.) & Marcoreles (A.-P.) L'cedeme et l'anasarque chez le nourrisson. Gaz. d. mal. in- fant, [etc.], Par., 1909, xi, 49-54— Moussous (A.) Ana- sarque cbez une nllette de trois ans et demi. J. med. franc., Par., 190S, ii, 113-118. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1908, xix, 25- 27.—Nobecourt (P.) A Paisseau. Un cas d'anasarque chez un nourrisson de deux mois sans lesions renales. Bull. Soc. de peaiat. de Par., 1911, xfii, 285-294. Also: Rev. prat. d'obst. et de gynec, Par., 1911, 321-327. Anasarcin. Anasarcin and anedemin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1535; 1614.—Gaertner (F.) Anasarcin; what is it and how does it cure dropsical conditions, anasarca and ascites? Scientific cUnical tests, investigations, and obser- vations made upon 140 cases of human, and experimental tests upon cats and dogs. St. Louis M. & S. J., 1906, xc, 1-15. — Norris ( G. M. ) [Anasarcin.] Med. Bull., Phila., 1905, xxvii, 220-222. Anaspidacea. Smith ( G.) On the Anaspidacea, Uving and fossil. Quart. J. Micr. Sc, Lond., 190S-9, lib, 489-578, 2 pi. Anaspididse. Smith (G. W.) PreUminary account of the habits and structure of the Anaspididse, with remarks on some other freshwater Crustacea from Tasmania. Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond., 1908, s. B., lxxx, 465-473,1 pi. Anastassoff (Xanu) [1872- ]. *L'action de riodoforme sur les microbes pathogenes. 76 pp. 4°. Toulouse, 1896, Xo. 157. Anastaze (Andre) [1876- ]. *Contribution a l'etude des abces sous-phreniques. 66 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1906, No. 19. Anastomosis (Arteriovenous). Grosser (O.) Bau und Function der arterio-venosen Anastomosen, besonders bei den Chiropteren. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 623. -----. Ueber arteric-venose Anastomosen an den Extremitatenenden beim Menschen und den krallentragenden Saugethieren. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bonn, 1902 lx, 191-216, 2 pi—Routler (A.) Gueri- son sans intervention d'une communication arterioveineuse entre la carotide primitive et la jugulaire. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xU, 2354-2356—Vastarini- Cresi (G.) Comunicazioni dirette tra le arterie e le vene (anastomosi artero-venose) nei mammiferi. Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1902, xiii, 136-142. Anastomosis (Arteriovenous) [Opera- tive]. See, also, Extremities (Gangrene of); Foot; (Gangrene of, Treatment of, Operative); Gan- grene (Treatment of, Operative); Thrombo- angiitis obliterans; Wieting's operation. Lecercle (A.) ^Anastomoses arterio-veineu- ses. Contribution a l'etude de la chirurgie des vaisseaux. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Anastomosis (Arteriovenous) [Opera- tive]. Abalos (J.) La anastomosis arterio-venosa en la gan- grena senil; con observacidn personal. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1911, xviii, pt. 1, 629-632.— Armour (D. J.) & Smith (E. A.) A case of artcrio-venous anastomosis for gangrene. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 919.—Ballance (C. A.) A case of arterio-venous anastomosis for senile gangrene. Proc. Rov. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sc-t., 199-208, 1 pi. Ateo[Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1908,i, 1412.—Bernheim (B. M.) Arteriovenous anastomosis; reversal of the circula- tion as a preventive of gangrene of the extremities; review of the literature and report of six additional cases. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lv, 195-207.-----. Arteriovenous anastomosis; successful reversal of the circulation in all four extremities of the same individual. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lx, 360- 362. Also,. Reprint.—Bogoraz (N. A.) [Arteriovenous anastomosis in gangrene of the extremities.) Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1912, xxviii, 94-105.— Crainz (S.) Gangrena del piede da trombosi della arteria femorale; anastomosi artero-venosa. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1915, v, 703-705.—Danis (R.) A propos de l'anastomose arterio-veineuse de Wieting. Bull. Soc. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux., 1911, lxix, 227-231, 1 pi— Davies (H. M.) The value of arteriovenous anastomosis in gangrene of the lower Umb. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1912, lx, S64-S76 — Deal (D. W.) Arterio-venous anastomosis in the upper extremities for impending gangrene. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1914-5, xxi, 115-119.—D'Oria. Anastomosi artero-venosa nei disturbi da endoarterite obUterante. Atti d. r. Accad. d. fisiocrit. in Siena, 1913, 6. s., v, 187-216— Duhamel (A.) Un cas d'anastomose entre la veine basiUque et l'artere radiate. Bull. Soc. scient. et med. de l'ouest, Rennes, 1904, xiii, 107.—Fiolle (J.) Anastomose arterio-veineuse dans un cas de gangrene senile. Marseille med., 1909, xlvi, 372.— Freeman (L.) Arteriovenous anastomosis for threatened gangrene of the foot. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1913, xxxi, 249-258. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lviii, 92-96.— Frouin (A.) Resultats immediats et resultats eloignes de la suture arterio-veineuse. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1909, cxlviu, 314-317. Also: Presse med., Par., 1909, xvii, 217-220.—Gallois & Pinatelle. Un cas d'anastomose arterio-veineuse longitudinale pour arterite obliterante. Rev. de chir., Par., 1903, xxni, 236-250.—Glazshteln (I. M.) [Treatment of angiosclerotic gangrene of the lower extremity Dy arteriovenous anastomosis.] Terap. Obozr., Odessa, 1911, iv, 365-368. Also, transl: Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 1838-1840. Also, transl: Rev. de chir., Par., 1912, xlv; 658-664.—Goodman (C.) Arterio-venous anastomosis for impending gangrene; a report of 15 consecutive cases with arterio-venous anastomosis of the femoral vessels. Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 1058. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lx, 62-87,1 pi. Also, transl: Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 1428.—Halstead (A. E.) & Vaughan (R. T.) Arterioven- ous anastomosis in the treatment of gangrene of the extremi- ties. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1911, xxix, 265-315. Also: Surg., Gynec. & Obst., Chicago, 1912, xiv, 1-19— Hauke (H.) Die Wieting'sche Operation. [Behandlung der arteriosklerotischen Gangran durch arteriovenose Intuba- tion.] Beitr. z. kUn. Chir., Tubing., 1912, lxxix, 257-270.— Horsley (J. S.) Reversal of the circulation in the lower extremity. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1916, lxiii, 277-279, 3 pi. -----. Operative treatment for threatened gangrene of the foot; with special reference to reversal of the circulation. J. Am. M. Ass. Chicago, 1916, lxvii, 492-496. Also, Reprint,— Horsley (J. S.) & Whitehead (R. H.) A study of reversal of the circulation in the lower extremity. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 873-877.—Hoyer (H.) [Direct anasto- moses between the arteries and veins.] Raboty v lab. med. fak. Imp. Varshav. Univ., 1876, iii, 115-142—Hubbard (J. C.) Arteriovenous anastomosis. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1906, xUv. 559-562. Also: Boston M. & S. J.. 1906, civ, 647: 1917, civil, 185.-----. Report of a case of arteriovenous anastomosis for senile gangrene. Boston M. & S. J., 1909, clxi, 513.-----. Arteriovenous anastomosis for gangrene; the report of a third ease. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1908, xlviii, 897-902.—Jianu (I.) A Meller (O.) [Note on experimental arteriovenous anastomosis.] Spitalul. BucurescI, 1912, xxxn, 566-568.-----. Anastomose arterio-veineuse dans le traitement de la gangrene seche. Ibid., 1913, xxxni. 468- 473.—Kerr (H. H.) Arterio-venous anastomosis for threat- ened gangrene; with report of a case. Wash. M. Ann., 1914, xiii, 202-206.—Levin (I.) & Larkin (J. H.) On arteno- venous anastomosis and the mechanical theory of arterio- sclerosis. J. Exper. M., Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y., 1911, xiii, 24-30, 4 pi. Also, Reprint—Lilienthal (H.) End-to-end arteriovenous angeiorrhaphy. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xiv, 1-8. [Discussion], 151.-----. Arteriovenous anastomo- sis for thromboangeitis obUterans. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 374-379. A Iso: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, Ux, 303-308—Luxembourg (H.) Zur Frage der Behandlung der angiosklerotischen Gangran der unteren Extremitaten mittels arteriovenoser Anastomose. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1912, cxiv, 523-533—McWilliams (C. A.) Arteriovenous femoral anastomosis (lateral transverse) for threatening gangrene. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, 76399*—17----29 ANASTOMOSIS. 450 ANATOMY. Anastomosis (Arteriovenous) [Opera- tive]. ii, 260-262. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lviii, 411-413.— , Mantelli (C.) L'anastomosi arterio-venosa nei casi di gangreni da endoarterite obUterante. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1911, xiii, 1-3.-----. Dell'anastomosi arteriovenosa. Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1914, 4. s., xx, 183-189.— Martin Gil (R.) Anastomosis arteriovenosa en casos de gangrena de las extremidades. Gac med. catal., Bareel., 1914, xUv; 41-43.—Mauclaire. Quatre essais d'anastomose arterio-veineuse. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1910, vi, 815-826. -----. Anastomose arterio-veineuse pour gangrene senile. Gaz. d. hdp., Par., 1910, lxxxui, 1407-1409.—Meyer (W.) Final result of arteriovenous anastomosis (femoral) for gangrene of foot. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1915, lxii, 630.— Monod (C.) & Vanverts (J.) L'anastomose arterio- veineuse. Arch. gen. de chir.. Par., 1910, vi, 331; 441. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1910, n. s., xxxvi, 656-659. Also, Reprint.—Morozofl (A. P.) [Arteriovenous ana- stomosis in gangrene of the extremities.] Khirurg. Arkh. Velyaminova, S.-Peterb., 1912, xxviu, 106-119.—Mttller (G. P.) The treatment of gangrene of the foot by arteriove- nous anastomosis. Tr. Phila. Acad. Surg., 1910, xii, 178-186. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, U, 246; 280.—Nassettl (F.) L'operazione di Wieting. CUn. chir., Milano, 1913, xxi, 1461-1500.—Neal (D. W.)_ Arterio-venous anastomosis in the upper extremities for impending gangrene. Illinois M. J., Chicago, 1914, xxvi, 171-174.—Putnam (C. R. L.) Arteriovenous anastomosis for thromboangeitis obUterans. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxvn, 332—Quenu (E.) Note sur un cas d'anastomose arterio-veineuse pour gangrene par endarterite. Rev. de chir., Par., 1911, xlui, 554-563.—San- martin(A.) Anastomosisarterio-venosas. Cong.internat. de med. C.-r. 1903, Madrid, 1904, xiv, sect, de chir. gen., 904- 910.—Schmieden (V.) Praktische Erfahrungen mit der zirkularen Gefassnaht, zugleich ein Beitrag zur Behandlung der angiosclerotischen Gangran nach Wieting-Pascha. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvu, 571-573.—Sokolofl (A. S.) [Wieting'soperation.] Novoye v Med., S.-Peterb., 1913, vii, 513-521.—Stetten (D.) The futiUty of arteriovenous ana- stomosis in the treatment of impending gangrene of the lower extremity. Surg., Gynec. & Obst, Chicago, 1915, xx, 381-402. Also, Reprint.—Torrance (G.) Arterio-venous anastomosis, with report of case. AlabamaM. J., Birmingh., 1906-7, xix, 487-496. Also: Tr. M. Ass. Alabama, Mont- gomery, 1907, 294-304. Also [Abstr.]: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1907, xlvi, 333.-----. Arterio-venous anastomosis; its appli- cation to surgery. Virginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1907-8, xn, 243-246.—Vaughan (R. T.) Arterio-venous anastomosis for gangrene of leg, with report and anatomic demonstration of two cases. Railway Surg. J., Chicago, 1910-11, xvii, 307-311.—Wieting. Die angiosklerotische Gangran una ihre operative Behandlung durch arterio- venose Intubation. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 1217-1221.-----. Die angiosklerotische Gangran und ihre operative Behandlung durch TJeberleitung des arteriellen Blutstromes in das Venensystem. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, ex, 364-382. Anastomosis ( Uretero-enteric). See Ureters (Anastomosis of). Anathomia oder abconterfettung eines Mans leib; wie er inwendig gestaltet ist. 11. fol. [Said to be published about 1530.] Anatoliyeff (Dmitri Dmitriyevich) [1864- ]. *K voprosu o vliyanii mineralnoi vodi Essentuk- skavo istochnika No. 4, naturalnoi v sravnenii s gazirovannoi, na usvoyeniye zhirov pishtshi u zdorovikh lyudei. [On the influence of the mineral water Essentuki spring No. 4, natural in comparison with aerated, upon the assimilation of fats from food in healthy men.] 51 pp., 2 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Anatomia. He palapala ia e hoike ai i ke ano o ko ke kanaka kino. 60 pp., 19 pi. 16°. Oahu, 1838. Anatomia comparata. Catalogo sistematico del Gabinetto nella regia Universita degh studi di NapoU. [With supplement.] 3 p. 1., 105 pp., 1 pi.; 63 pp. 8°. Napoli, Pignatelli, 1868-72. Anatomical examinations; a complete series of anatomical questions with answers, the answers arranged so as to form an elementary system of anatomy and intended as preparatory to ex- aminations at Surgeous'-Hall; to which are annexed tables of the bones, muscles and arte- ries. Vol. II. [The answers.] 380 pp. 16°. London, S. Highley, 1807. Anatomical Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University. Papers, lv. 1897. 8°. Baltimore. Anatomical Laboratory St. Louis University. Papers, v. 1-3, 1904-6. 8°. St. Louis. Anatomical male figure in life-size, on stiff boards. 22 by 66 inches. Paris, Schleicher freres & Cie., [n. p., 1909?]. Anatomical (The) Record. Pubhshed by the Wistar Institute of Anatomy and Biology, v. 1-11, 1906-16. 8°. Baltimore; Philadelphia. Anatomische atlas der gezonde, zieke en abnor- male geschlachtsorganen van den man en van der vrouw. 38 pp. 12°. Amsterdam, A. van Klaveren, [1905]. Anatomische und entwicklungsgeschichtliche Monographien, hrsg. von Wilhelm Roux. 4°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1909-11. Heft 1: von Bechterew (V. M.) & Weinberg (R.) Das Gehirn des Chemikers D. J. Mendelejew. 2 p. 1., 23 pp., front., 8 pi. 19C9. Heft 2: Eisler (K. A. P.) & Fischer (J.) Die Hernia mesenterico-parietaUs dextra. 3 p. 1., S4 pp. 1911. Anatomische Hefte. Referate und Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte. Unter Mitwirkung von Fachgenossen hrsg. von Fr. Merkel und R. Bonnet. 1. Abth. Arbeiten aus anatomischen Instituten. v. 1-50 (Hft. 1-151), 1891-1914. 8°. Wiesbaden. ------. Autoren- und Sachregister zu den Heften 1-100 (Band 1-33). 172 pp. 8°. Wiesbaden, J. F. Bergmann, 1907. Bound with Band 34. -----. The same. 2. Abth. Ergebnisse der Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte. v. 1-21, 1891-1913. 8°. Wiesbaden. Anatomischer Anzeiger. v. 1-48, 1886-1915. 8°. Jena. Anatomisk atlas ofver manniskokroppen. [Ana- tomical atlas of the human body.] 12 pi. 12°. [n. p., n. d.] Anatomy. See, also, Histology; Morphology; Physi- ology. Auzoux. Rapports sur l'anatomie clastique. 8°. Paris, 1837. Boutigny. Tableaux synoptiques d'anatomie descriptive a l'usage des etudiants et des pra- ticiens. 3 v. 8°. Paris, 1900. Brown (G.) Aids to anatomy. 4. thousand. 16°. New York, 1881. Burns (C. L.) & Colenso (R. J.) Living anatomy. 4°. London, New York & Bombay, 1900. Ciaccio (G. V.) Lezioni di notomia minuta generale e degli organi dei sensi dettate nella regia Universita di Bologna. 8°. Bologna, 1890-95. Ciona (J.-F.) Theses anatomicse singillatim editae in usum disputationum academicarum in regio Taurinensi Archigymnasio. [Theses 1-57.] sm. 4°. [Turin, n. d.] Gaupp (E. W. T.) Die ausseren Formen des menschlichen Korpers in ihrem allgemeinen Zustandekommen. 8°. Jena, 1911. McCurdy (S. L.) Anatomy in abstract. 16°. Pittsburg, Pa., 1909. Price (W. H.)& Eagleton (S. P.) The nervo- vascular system in three sheets. Examined and approved by John B. Deaver. Revised ed. fol. Philadelphia, [1890]. Saulieu (J.) & Raillere (H.) Nouvelles conferences pour l'externat des h6pitaux de Paris. Anatomie. 8°. Paris, [n. d.]. ANATOMY. 451 ANATOMY. Anatomy. Studies in anatomy from the anatomical de- partment of the University of Manchester. Ed- ited by A. H. Young, v. 3. 8°. Manchester, 1906. Baker (F.) What is anatomy? N. York M. J. [etc.], 1887, xlvi, 451-457. Also, Reprint—von Bardeleben (K.) Knochen, Bander, Muskeln. Anat. Hefte 1894, Wiesb., 1895, 2. Abt., iv, 19-60.—Bean (R. B.) Some useful mor- phologic factors in racial anatomy. Anat. Record, Phila., 1912, vi, 173-179.—Bonwill (W. G. A.) The geometrical and mechanical laws of human anatomy. Compt.-rend. Cong, internat. de med. 1897, Mosc, 1899, v, odont., 164- 172.—British anatomy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 849.— Davis (G. G.) The value of a knowledge of anatomy from a practical standpoint. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila 1902-3, xv, 442-448. —Desfosses (P.) L'anatomie du vivant. Presse med., Par., 1907. xv, annexes, 853-857.— Donaldson (H. H.) Problems in human anatomy. Sci- ence, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 16-26. Also: Internat. Cong. Arts & Sc., Lond. & N. Y., 1908, ix, 378- 391.—Dwlght (T.) Problems of cUnical anatomy. Med. Communicat. Mass. M. Soc., Bost., 1903, xix, 429-438. Also: Reprint.—Eckley (W. T.) An anatomical lecture. Chicago CUnic, 1900, xiii, 400; 454; 504— Fuller (W.) The relation of anatomy to surgery and medicine. Tr. Michigan M. Soc, Grand Rapids, 1898, 30-38— Geddes (A. C.) The aims of anatomy. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1909, cxxvni, 337-351.—Harri- son (R. G.) Anatomy; its scope, methods and relations to other biological sciences. Anat. Record, Phila., 1913, vii, 401-410— Haslam (W. F.) On the importance of the study of anatomy. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1897, xU, 1-13.—Heger (P.) L'evolution et la structure du corps humain. Rev. de PUniv. de Brux., 1913-14, xix, 971-976. — Helmuth (W. F.) The relation of anatomy to medicine in general and surgery in particular, with a plea for its more thorough teaching. N. Am. J. Homceop., N. Y., 1899, 3. s., xiv, 1-12.— Holland (AV. E.) The circles of Byron Robinson; the utero- ovarian circle and the gastro-hepatic circle. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1900-1901, 71-73.—Holmes (E. W.) Modern anatomy. Proc Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila., 1899, xx, 67-82. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1899, xxxii, 852- 855.—Jackson (C. M.) Anatomy for the practitioner. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxix, 813-817. Also, Reprint.— Kelly (H. A.) The barred road to anatomy. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1908, xix, 196-201.—Kemper (G. W. H.) The world's anatomist. Med. Book News, Phila., 1904, ii, 104; 128; 156; 180; 222.—Kimmel (B. B.) Anatomical weak points. N\ Eng. M. Gaz., Bost., 1909, xiv, 298-301—Klotz (E.) Die organgesetzUche Erfassung des Organismus Mensch. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte (Karlsruhe) 1911, Leipz., 1912, Ixxxiu, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 467- 472.—Lane (W. A.) On the study of anatomy and its ap- pUcation to the practice of medicine and surgery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1305; 1436.—Mall (F. P.) On some points of importance to anatomists. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1907, n. s., xxv, 121-125.—Meige (H.) Une revolution anatomique. N. iconog. de la Salpetriere, Par., 1907, xx, 97; 174, 13 pi. — Mongiardlno ( T.) Appunti di anatomia normale. Arch, scient. d. r. Soc. ed Accad. vet. ital., To- rino, 1907, v, 145-152— MUUer (E.) [Some words on anat- omy as a science and a subject of instruction.] Hygiea, Stockholm. 1899, lxi, pt. 2, 486-500.—Parsons (F. G.) & Keith (A.) Sixth annual report of the committee of collec- tive investigation ofthe Anatomical Society of Great Britain and Ireland, 1895-6. J. Anat. & Physiol, Lond., 1896-7, xxxi, 31-44.—Retterer (E.) & Neuvllle (H.) Appreciation des caracteres anatomiques au point de vue de la classifica- tion. Compt. rend. Soc. de bioL, Par., 1917, lxxx, 607-611.— Richer (P.) L'anatomie vivante. Bull, mea., Par., 1908, xxn, 1081-1089—Rieflel. L'anatomie utile. Gaz. d. h6p., Par., 1909, lxxxu, 311-316.—Botch (T. M.) & George (A. W.) A study of normal Uving anatomy in early Ufe. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1907, xxn, 67-75. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, cxxxiv, 417-424. Also, Re- print.—Buge (G.) Vom Bau des menschUchen Korpers. Univ. Zurich, Festgabe. 1914, pt. 3, 71-92—Velazquez de Castro (S.) Sistematizaciones de anatomia y fisiologia evolutivas. Semana nted., Buenos Aires. 1913, xx, 72-93 — Vochtlng (H.) Zur experimentellen Anatomie. Nachr. v. d. k. Gesellsch. d. Wissensch. Math^hys. Kl., Gotting., 1902, 278-283.—Wadsworth (W. S.) The new relations of anatomy and chemistry. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1911, 3. s., xxxiu, 245-254.—Waldeyer (W.) Ueber die Bedeutung der Anatomie. N. Yorker med. Monatschr., 1905, xvu, 229-253. -----. Die menscnUche Anatomie in ihren Beziehungen zu anderen Wissenschaften und ihre Aufgaben fiir die Zukunft. Ztschr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1905, u, 305; 346.-----. The relations of anatomy to other sciences. Internat. Cong. Arts & Sc, Lond. & N. Y., 1908, ix, 361-377. Anatomy (Abnormities of). See Abnormities; Deformities; Monsters; and under names of organs and regions. Anatomy (Applied). See, also, Anatomy (Surgical); Anatomy (Topographic). von Bardeleben (K.) & Haeckel (H.) Atlas der topographischen Anatomie des Men- schen fiir Studierende und Aerzte. Hundert und acht und zwanzig grosstenteils mehrfarbige Holzschnitte und 1 lithographische Doppeltafel mit erlauterndem Text. 8°. Jena, 1894. -----------. The same. Atlas of applied (topographical) human anatomy for students and practitioners. In collaboration with F. Prohse [et al.]. Only authorized English adap- tation from the 3. German ed. by J. H. Evans. roy. 8°. London & New York, 1906. Box (C. R.) & Eccles (W. MCA.) Clinical applied anatomy or the anatomy of medicine and surgery. 8°. London, 1906. ----------. The same. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. Davis (G. G.) Applied anatomy; the con- struction of the human body, considered in relation to its functions, diseases and injuries. 4°. Philadelphia, 1910. -----. The same. 2. ed. 4°. Philadelphia & London, [1913]. -----. The same. 3. ed. 4°. Philadelphia & London, 1915. -----. The same. 4. ed. 4°. Philadelphia & London, [1916]. Gray (H.) Anatomy, descriptive and ap- plied. 7. ed. Edited by Robert Howden. Notes on applied anatomy, revised by A. J. Jex-Blake and W. Fedde Fedden. 8°. New York, Bombay & Calcutta, 1909. -----. • The same. A new American ed., thoroughly rev. and re-edited, with the ordi- nary terminology followed by the Basle ana- tomical nomenclature in Latin, by E. A. Spitzka. 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1913. McLachlan (J.) Applied anatomy; surgical, medical and operative. Revised and largely rewritten by A. A. Scot Skirving. 4. ed. 8°. Edinburgh, 1908. -----. The same. 8°. New York, 1908. Taylor (E. H.) A treatise on applied anat- omy. 8°. London, 1904. Text-book of anatomy, edited by D. J. Cun- ningham. 8°. Edinburgh & London, 1902. Davis (G. G.) AppUed anatomy; its value, and place in the medical curriculum. Penn. M. J., Pittsburg, 1900- 1901, iv, 360-364.—Dwight (T.) Problems of cUnical anat- omy. Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxlix, 119-121. Also, Re- print.—Trego (W. E.) Applied anatomy. Cleveland M, & S. Reporter, 1905, xiu, 312-315. Anatomy (Artistic). See, also, Anatomy (Illustration in). Aubert (J.) Notions d'anatomie appliquee au dessin a l'usage des ecoles normales, des can- didats au brevet superieur et de tous ceux qui etudient le dessin. 4°. Paris, 1900. Bean (R. L.) Anatomy for the use of artists. 8°. London, 1841. Brucke (E.) The human figure; its beauties and defects. Preface by William Anderson. New and cheaper edition, revised. 12°. Lon- don, 1900. Colenso (R. J.) Landmarks in artistic anat- omy, sm. 4°. London, 1902. -----. Artistic poses, eleph. fol. London, [1904]. Cuyer (E.) Anatomie artistique du corps humain. Planches par le Dr. Fau. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1891. ANATOMY. 452 ANATOMY. Anatomy (Artistic). ------. Anatomie artistique des animaux. 8°. Paris, 1903. ------. The same. Artistic anatomy of animals. Transl. and ed. by G. Haywood. 8°. London, 1905. Diehl's anatomy for artists and students. eleph. fol. New York, 1888. Dtjnlop (J. M.) Anatomical diagrams for the use of art students, arranged with analytical notes, with introductory preface by John Cle- land. roy. 8°. London, 1899. Duval (M.) Artistic anatomy. Ed. and amplified by A. M. Paterson. Revised ed. 8°. London, 1905. ----— & Bical (A.) L'anatomie des maitres. Trente planches reproduisant les originaux de Leonard de Vinci, Michel-Ange, Raphael, Gericault, etc., accompagnees de notices ex- plicatives et precMees d'une histoire de l'anato- mie plastique. fol. Paris, 1890. ------& Cuyer (E.) Histoire de l'anatomie plastique; les maitres, les livres et les ecorches. 8°. Paris, [1899]. Fau (J.) The anatomy of the external form of man, intended for the use of artists, painters and sculptors. Edited with additions by Robert Knox. fol. London, 1849. ------. Elementary artistic anatomy of the human body. Transl. and ed. by C. C. Blake. 9. ed. 8°. London, [n. d.]. Fetzer (H.) Einleitung in die plastische Anatomie fiir Kiinstler. roy. 8°. Fabinger, 1911. ' Gerdy (P. N.) Anatomie der aussern Formen des menschlichen Korpers, in ihrer Anwendung auf Malerei, Bildhauerkunst und Chirurgie. Aus dem Franzosischen. 12°. Weimar, 1831. Heupel-Siegen ( L.) Plastische Anatomie des Menschen fiir Kiinstler und Kunstschiiler. 4°. Stuttgart, 1913. Kollmann (J. K. E.) Plastische Anatomie des menschlichen Korpers fur Kiinstler und Freunde der Kunst. 3. Aufl. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1910. Lelli (E.) Anatomia esterna del corpo umano per uso de pittori, e scultori delineata ed incisa, con la denotazione delle parti tratta da'manoscritti del medesimo. fol. [n. p., n. d.] Lomazzo (J.-P.) Traicte de la proportion naturelle et artificielle des choses. Traduict d'italien en francois par Hilaire Pader. fol. Tolose, 1649. McClellan (G.) Anatomy in its relation to art; an exposition of the bones and muscles of the human body with especial reference to then influence upon its actions and external form. 4°. Philadelphia, 1900. Richer (P.-M.-L.-P.) Anatomie artistique. fol. Paris, 1890. ------. Du role de l'anatomie dans l'art. 8°. Paris, 1903. ------. Nouvelle anatomie artistique du corps humain. Cours pratique et elementaire. sm. 4°. Paris, 1906. Rinke (J.) Handleiding tot het teekenen van het menschelijk lichaam. 8°. Amsterdam, [1906]. Rochet (C.) Traite d'anatomie, d'anthropo- logie et d'ethnographie appliquees aux beaux- arts Ouvrage accompagne de dessins a la plume par G.-T. Rochet. 8°. Paris, 1886. Seton-Thompson (E. E.) Studies in the art anatomy of animals, fol. London, 1896. atomy (Artistic). Shtjfeldt (R. W.) Studies of the human form, for artists, sculptors and scientists. 8°. Philadelphia, 1908. Sparkes (J. C. L.) A manual of artistic anat- omy for the use oi students in art. Being a description of the bones and muscles that in- fluence the external form of man. roy. 8°. London, [n. d.]. Story (W. W.) The proportions of the hu- man figure, according to a new canon, for practi- cal use; with a critical notice of the canon of Polycleitus, and of the principal ancient and modern systems, roy. 8°. London, 1866. Stratz (C. H.) Die Darstellung des mensch- lichen Korpers in der Kunst. 8°. Berlin, 1914. Thomson (A.) A handbook of anatomy for art students. 8°. Oxford, 1896. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Oxford, 1899. ------. The same. 3. ed. 8°. Oxford, 1906. ------. The same. 4. ed. 8°. Oxford, 1915. Tikhonoff (M. T.) Kurs plasticheskoi ana- tomii chelovieka. [Human plastic anatomy.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1906. Triaire (P.) Les lecons d'anatomie et les peintres hollandais aux xvie et xvii6 siecles, avec deux eaux-fortes. 12°. [Paris], 1887. Vanderpoel (J. H.) The human figure. 5. ed. 8°. London, 1913. Brodnax (J. W.) Anatomy as appUed to art. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1914, xviii, 71-81.—Fletcher (R.) Anatomy and. art. Bull. Philos. Soc. Wash. (1892-4), 1895, xii, 411-432— Gaillard (G.) Le reaUsme chez les artistes anciens; le type anatomique et la quaUt6 sexuelle. Bull, et mem. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1912, 6. s., in, 346- 371.—Holl (M.) Leonardo da Vinci. Quaderni d'anatomia (i). Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1911, 65- 100.—Patin. Projet de canon scientifique k l'usage des artistes. Anthropologie, Par., 1898, ix, 175-182. -----. Ap- pUcation des donnees anthropologiqnes au contrdle des canons de proportion artistiques. Ibid., 1899, x, 536-543.— de Quatrefages. Rapport sur la statue representant un homme ecorcite, executee par M. Lami. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par.. 1858, xlvii, 774-781.—Richer (P.) Note sur quelques caracteres anatomiques des jambes des Statues egyptiennes. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1903,lv, 151- 154. Also: Rev. de l'ecole d'anthrop. de Par., 1903, xiii, 50- 59.-----. L'anatomie et les arts plastiques. France med., Par., 1907, Uv, 390-392.—Rochet (C.) Les races humaines et ce que peut faire l'artiste pour leur 6tude. Bull. Soc. d'anthrop. de Par., 1896, 4. s., vii, 224-226—Schein (M.) Realismus in der Kunst des Alterthums. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1903, xxxix, 811-817.—Singer (C.) Note on a thirteenth century diagram of the male genitalia. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1915-16, ix, Sect. Hist. Med., 212- 214.—Sudhoff (K.) Anatomische Illustrationen aus dem Altertum in der mittelalterUchen Tradition des Morgen- lands und Abendlands. Tr. Internat. Cong. Med. 1913, Lond., 1914, Sect, xxiii, Hist. Med., 135. Anatomy (Atlases of). Anatomischer Atlas fiir Studierende und Aerzte. Unter Mitwirkung von A. dalla Rosa hrsg. von C. Toldt. Lfg. I-VI. 4. Aufl. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1906. Anatomisk atlas ofver manniskokroppen. [Anatomical atlas of the human body.] 12°. [n. p., n. d.] Atlas skhem po anatomii chelovieka. [Sche- matic atlas^ of human anatomy.] 2. ed. 4°. Varshava, [n. d.] Baur & Fischer (E.) Anatomisch-hygie- nisches Wandtafelwerk. eleph. fol. Leipzig, [1905]. Berg (H.) Bilderatlas till Lakarebok. [Pic- torial atlas to the Handbook of medicine.] 8°. Stockholm, 1905. Berry (R. J. A.) A clinical atlas of sectional and topographical anatomy, fol. Edinburgh & London, 1911. Bougery & Jacob. Anatomical plates repub- lished from Bougery and Jacob. Called Lambert's ANATOMY. 453 ANATOMY, Anatomy (Atlases of). Pictorial anatomy, eleph. fol. Portland, Me., 1851. Broesike ( G. ) Anatomischer Atlas des menschlichen Korpers mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der Topographie fiir Studierende und Aerzte bearbeitet. 8°. Berlin, 1900-1902. Cathelin (F.) Atlas d'anatomie pathologique, chirurgicale, urinaire. roy. 8°. Paris, 1909. Corps (Le) humain Atlas elementaire d'ana- tomie; 12 planches demon tables avec notices explicatives. 8°. Paris, [1914]. Descriptive (The) atlas of anatomy. A rep- resentation of the anatomy of the human body. 4°. London, 1880. Edinburgh (The) stereoscopic atlas of anat- omy. Edited by David Waterhouse. sm. 4°. Edinburgh, 1906. Frohse (F.), Broesike (G.) & Benningho- ven (W.) Anatomische Wandtafeln. Tafel 1, 2, 3, 4 und 6. [With text.] roy. 8°. Dresden, 1911. Froriep (R.) Atlas anatomicus, partium corporis humani. 3. ed. Wimarise, 1856. ------. The same. 4. ed. 4°. Lipsise,[n.d.]. Godlee (R. J.) An atlas of human anatomy, illustrating most of the ordinary dissections and many not usually practised by the student; with explanatory text. fol. [text, 8°.] Philadelphia, 1SS0. Heitzmann (C.) Atlas der descriptiven Ana- tomie des Menschen. 9. vollsuindig umgearbei- tete Aufl., hrsg von E. Zuckerkandl. 8°. Wien, 1902-5. Henle (J.) Anatomischer Hand-Atlas zum Gebrauch im Secirsaal. 3. Aufl. 1.-6. Hft. 8°. Braunschweig, 1895-6. Ixgiaxxi (G.) L'angiologia e la nevrologia in tavole sinottiche. obi. 4°. Genova, 1895. Janosik (J.) Anatomicky atlas, ku studiu a prakticke potfebe, die puvodnich praparatu ses- tavil. [Anatomical atlas, for study and prac- tical use, composed according to original prepa- rations.] 8°. v Praze, 1897-1904. Laskowski (S.) Anatomie normale du corps humain. Atlas iconographique compose de xvi grandes planches chromolithographiques des- tine a l'usage des ecoles superieures, des etu- diants en medecine, des peintres et des statuaires. Execute d'apres les preparations et sous la direc- tion de l'auteur par Sigismond Balicki. roy. 8°. Geneve, 1894. Lizars (J.) A system of anatomical plates of the human body, accompanied with descrip- tions and physiological, pathological and sur- gical observations, fol. Edinburgh, 1856. Miller (Florence Fenwick). An atlas of anatomy, or, pictures of the human body; with descriptive letterpress. 3. ed. 4°. London, 1888 Plates (The) of Maclise's surgical anatomy, with the descriptions. From the English edition. With an additional plate from Bougery. Edited by R. U. Piper. 4°. Boston & Cleveland, 1857. Quain (J.) & Wilson (W. J. E.) A series of anatomical plates; with references and physi- ological comments, illustrating the structure of the°different parts of the human body. 2. ed., revised, with additional notes by J. Pancoast. 4°. Philadelphia, 1843. Rabaud (E.) Atlas anatomique du corps de l'homme et de la femme. 4°. Paris, [1905]. Smith (H. H.) Anatomical atlas, illustrative of the structure of the human body; under the Anatomy (Atlases of). supervision of William E. Horner. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1849. Sobotta (J.) Atlas der deskriptiven Anato- mie des Menschen. 4°. Munchen, 1904. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. 4°. Munchen, 1913-14. ------. The same. Atlas and tsxt-book of human anatomy. Ed. with additions by J. P. McMurrich. v. 1. 4°. Philadelphia, 1906. Sommer (E.) Anatomischer Atlas in stereo- skopischen Rontgenbildern. v. 1, 1. Abth. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1906. Spalteholz (W.) Handatlas der Anatomie des Menschen. Mit Unterstiitzung von Wilhelm His bearbeitet. 3 v. 8°. Leipzig, 1895-1903. ------. The same. 2 v. roy. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. ------. The same. 4. Aufl. v. 1 & 2. 8°. Leipzig, 1904. ------. The same zig, 1907-9. 5. Aufl. 3 v. 8°. Leip- Thesame. 6. Aufl. 3 v. 8°. Leip- zig, 1910-11. ------. The same. Hand atlas of human anat- omy. Ed. and transl. from the 3. German ed. by L. F. Barker. With a preface by F. P. Mall. 3 v. roy. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1900- 1903. Toldt (C.) Anatomischer Atlas fiir Studi- rende und Aerzte unter Mitwirkung von Alois Dalla Rosa. roy. 8°. Wien & Leipzig, 1896- 1900. ------. The same. 2. Aufl. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1900-1903. ------. The same. 4. Aufl. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1906. ------. The same. 6. vermehrte und ver- besserte Aufl. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1908. ------. The same. 7. vermehrte und verbes- serte Aufl. roy. 8°. Berlin & Wien, 1911. ------. The same. An atlas of human anat- omy for students and physicians. Assisted by Alois Dalla Rosa. Transl. from the 3. German ed. and. adapted to English and American and international terminology by M. Eden Paul. 4°. London, 1903-1. ------. The same. 4°. New York, 1904. Vesalius(A.) Tabulae anatomicae sex. eleph. fol. London, 1874. Privately printed from the Venetian imprint of 1538 by Sir WilUam Stirling-Maxwell. Wenzel (E. F.) Anatomischer Atlas iiber den makroskopischen und mikroskopischen Bau der Organe des menschlichen Korpers. Erste Abtheilung: Die Sinnesorgane. 13 Tafeln. 1. Das Sehorgan. 2. Das Gehororgan. 3. Die Gefiihls-, Geschmacks- und Geruchsorgane. fol. Dresden, [1874J. Yaggy's anatomical study; presenting the skeleton, muscles, arteries, veins and nerves, also four life-size manikins of the body, the head, the eye and the ear, the whole conducted under the supervision of Henry M. Lyman. Christian Fenger and W. F. Smith, obi. fol. Chicago, 1884-5. ------. The same. In addition there are plates illustrating blood formation, its purifica- tion . . .; also three plates showing the transmis- sion of disease, typhoid, yellow fever and malaria and bubonic plague, supervised by J. N. Hurty, and plates snowing the effects of alcohol and narcotics on the human system. Supervised by Prof. Daniel Wilkins. fol. Chicago, III., [1915]. ANATOMY. Anatomy (Comparative). See, also, Anatomy (Veterinary); Morphol- ogy; Vertebrates. Anatomia comparata. Catalogo sistematico del Gabinetto nella regia Universita degli studi di Napoli. [With supplement.] 8°. Napoli, 1868-72. Bourne (G. C.) An introduction to the study of the comparative anatomy of animals, v. 1. Animal organisation; the protozoa and ccelen- terata. 8°. London, 1900. ------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1909. Davison (A.) Mammalian anatomy, with special reference to the cat. 3. ed., rev. by F. A. Stromsten. 8°. Philadelphia, [1917]. Descriptive and illustrated catalogue of the physiological series of comparative anatomy con- tained in the museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1900. Haller (B.) Lehrbuch der vergleichenden Anatomie. 8°. Jena, 1902. Hawkins (B. W.) A comparative view of the human and animal frame, fol. London, 1860. Huxley (T. H.) A manual of the anatomy of invertebrated animals. 16°. London, 1877. Imperatorskiy Universitet Sv. Vladimira. [Imperial University of Kiev.] Sistematicheskiy perechen preparatov muzeya kafedri bpisatelnoi anatomii v Universitetie Sv. Vladimira. So- stavil F. Stefanis. [Catalogue of the prepara- tions in the museum of descriptive anatomy in the University of Kiev. Compiled by . . .] 8°. Kiev, 1898. Imperatorskiy Varshavskiy Universitet. [Im- perial University of Warsaw.] [Zootomic labo- ratory, zootomic cabinet and instruction in anat- omy in the Physio-Mathematical Department.] 8°. Varshava, 1908[-9]. Kholodkovski (N. A.) Konspekt lektsiy sravnitelnoi anatomii. [Conspectus of lectures on comparative anatomy.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1893. Kingsley (J. St.) Outlines of comparative anatomy of vertebrates. 2. ed.,rev. 8°. Phila- delphia, [1917]. Lang (A.) Text-book of comparative anatomy Transl. into English by Henry M. Bernard and Matilda Bernard. 8°. London & New York, 1896. Memoires for a natural history of animals, being the anatomical descriptions of several animals dissected by the Royal Academy at Paris, Englished by A. P. roy. 8°. [n. p.], 1687. .Merz (M.) ^Untersuchungen iiber Anatomie und Samenentwickelung der Utricularien und Pinguicula. [Bern.] 8°. Munchen, 1897. Monro (A.) An essay on comparative anat- omy. 12°. [Edinburgh, 1783.] ------. The same. Traite d'anatomie com- paree, publie par son fils Alexandre Monro. Nouvelle 6d., corrigee et considemblement aug- mented; avec des notes. Traduite de l'anglois par M. Sue fils. 16°. Paris, 1786. Nusbaum (J.) Zasady anatomii por6wn- awczej. [Principles of comparative anatomy.] Tom I. 8°. Warszawa, 1899. Rolleston (G.) Forms of animal life, a man- ual of comparative anatomy with descriptions of selected types. 2. ed., revised and enlarged by W. Hatchett Jackson. 8°. Oxford, 1888. Roule (L.) L'anatomie comparee des animaux basee surVembryologie. 2 v. 8°. Paris, 1898. Rudolphi. Vergleichende Anatomie. Man- uscript notes by Moritz Leo-Wolf. 4°. Berlin, 1825. ANATOMY. Anatomy (Comparative). Scheffer (T. H.) The loose leaf system of laboratory notes for guidance in the dissection and elementary study of animal types, sm. 4°. Philadelphia, 1906. Schmidt (E. O.) Handbuch der vergleichen- den Anatomie. Leitfaden bei zoologischen und zootomischen Vorlesungen. 7. Aufl. 8°. Jena, 1876. Sunti di anatomia comparata secondo il pro- gramma in vigore nell' Universita di Torino. 24°. Torino, 1873. Tramond. Sciences naturelles. Zoologie, anatomie comparee, musees scolaires. [Cata- logue.] 12°. Paris, [1891]. Wilder (T. W.) Laboratory studies in mam- malian anatomy. 8°. Philadelphia, [1914]. Chaine (J.) Sur une erreur d'interpretation assez fre- quente en anatomie comparative. Compt. rend. Acad. d. ' sc, Par., 1914, clvui, 2011-2013.—Cole (F. J.) The early days of comparative anatomy. Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc, 1913, xxvii, 143-176. -----. The history of comparative anatomy. A statistical analysis of the literature. Science Progr., Lond., 1916-17, xi, 578-596. —Dalrymple (W. H.) A few differential characteristics in the anatomy of some of the lower species compared with that of man; with passing allusion to analogy and homology. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1902-3, lv, 773-784.—De Haan (W.) VergeUjking tusschen de tast-, kaauw- en bewegingorganen der gelede dieren. Bijdr. t. de natuurk. Wetensch., Amst., 1827, ii, pt. 1, 125- 149, 1 pi.—Ferrux (J.) Saggio di alcune questioni di ana- tomia e di fisiologia comparate. Gazz. med! di Roma; 1911, xxxvii, 282-289.—Gineste (C.) L'anatomie comparee, ses precedes et ses resultats. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bor- deaux, 1907, xxvui, 234; 244; 257.—Hoffmann (C. K.) & Weyenbergh (H.) Die Osteologie und Myologie von Sciurus vulgaris L., verglichen mit der Anatomie der Le- muriden und des Chiromys und iiber die Stellung des Letzte- ren im natiirlichen Systeme. Natuurk. Verhandel. v. do Holland. Maatsch. d. Wetensch. te Haarlem, 1870, 3. s , i, 1-136, 4 pi.—Kadyi (H.) [Contributions to the compara- tive anatomy of domestic animals.] Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. matemat.-przyr.; Krakow, 1893, 2. s., vi. 15-36, lpl.— Minot (C.-S.) Genetic interpretations in the domain of anatomy. Am. J. Anat., Bait., 1904-5, iv, 245-263.—Os- born (H. F.) The ideas and terms of modern philosophical anatomy. J. Philos., Psychol, [etc.]. Lancaster, Pa., & N. Y.., 1905, n, 455^58.—Rand (H. W.) The skate as a subject for classes in comparative anatomy; injection methods. Am. Naturalist, Bost., 1905, xxxix, 365-379.— Ritter (W. E.) The place of comparative anatomy in gen- eral biology. Internat. Cong. Arts & Sc, Lond. & N. Y., 1908, ix. 323-335.—Underwood. An introduction to the study of comparative anatomy. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1914, xxviii, 63-68.—von den Velden (F.) Zur vergleichen- den Anatomie. Fortschr. d. Med., Berl., 1906, xxiv, 547-550. Anatomy (Curiosities of). Dana (C. L.) When Apollo strikes the lyre; a study of the canticles of the old anatomists. Proc. Charaka Club, N. Y., 1910, ui, 43-62, 2 pi., ill.—Holmes (O. W.) The ana- tomist's hymn. [With German version by Donald Mac- Alister.] Lancet, Lond., 1904, u, 187.—Serrano (J. A.) Curiosidades anatomo-bibliographieas. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1899, xvu, 278-280.—Spivak (C. D.) An anatomic prayer; a hymn based on an ancient fragment of osteology. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1916, lxvn, 1037. Also, Reprint. Anatomy (Dissections in). See, also, Body-snatching; Cadaver. Ancel (P.) Precis de dissection. Guide de l'etudiant aux travaux pratiques d'anatomie. 12°. Paris, 1906. Baudouin (F.) Lecons pratiques de dissec- tion a l'usage des etudiants en medecine. Pre- face par P. Poirier. 8°. Paris, 1905. Bell (J.) Zergliederung des menschlichen Korpers. Nach dem Englischen durchaue umgearbeitet von T. C. A. Heinroth und J. C. Rosenmuller. 2 v. 8°. Leipzig, 1806-7. von Bischoff (T. L. W.) Fuhrer bei den Prapaririibungen fiir Studirende der Medicin sowie fiir praktische Aerzte bei Anstellung von Sectionen. 4. Aufl., bearbeitet von N. Rudin- ger. 8°. Munchen, 1897. Brodie (C. G.) Dissections illustrated. A graphic handbook for students of human anat- omy. 2. ed. roy. 8°. London, [1906]. A ANATOMY. 455 ANATOMY. Anatomy (Dissections in). Bruandet (L.) L'anatomie sur le vivant. Guide pratique des reperes anatomiques. 8°. Paris, 1906. Cassebohm (J. F.) Methodus secandi, oder deutliche Anweisung zur anatomischen Be- trachtung und Zergliederung des menschlichen Corpers. 12°. Berlin, 1746. Cleland (J.) & Mackay (J. Y.) A directory for the dissection of the human body. 4. ed. 16°. Glasgow, 1898. Cooke (T.) & Cooke (F. G. H.) Tablets of anatomy, dissectional and scientific. 3 v. Pts. 2 & 3. 8°. London & New York, 1898. Cotterell (E,) The pocket Gray, or anato- mist's vade-mecum. 5. ed., revised and edited by C. H. Fagge. 12°. New York. 1901. Cunningham (D. J.) Manual of practical anatomy, v. 1. 3. ed. 12°. Edinburgh, 1903. ------. The same. Revised by Arthur Rob.inson. 4. ed. 2 v. 8°. London, 1910. -----. The same. 5. ed., rev. by A. Robin- son. 8°. Edinburgh, 1912. ------. The same. Revised and enlarged by A. Robinson. 6. ed. v. 1. 8°. Edinburgh, Glasgow & London, 1914. —;----. Guide de dissection et resume d'ana- tomie topographique; adaption francaise du Manuel d'anatomie pratique de . . . par P. Ku- born; ouvrage precede d une preface par F. Putzeys. 8°. Liege, 1890. Eckley (W. T.) & Eckley (Corinne B.) A manual of dissection and practical anatomy, founded on Gray and Gerrish. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. Ellis (G. V.) Demonstrations of anatomy, being a guide to the knowledge of the human body by dissection. Ed. by C. Addison. 12. ed. 8°. London, 1905. ------. The same. 12. ed. 8°. New York, 1906. Hallopeau (P.) & Douay (E.) Quelques dis- sections d'anatomie. 8°. Paris, 1910. Hammar (J. A.) Praktisk handledning vid verkstalliindet af elementara dissektioner och demonstrationer inom diiggjurens grofre anatomi. [Practical instructions for carrying out elemen- tary dissections . . .] 12°. Stockholm, 1903. ------. Handledning vid elementara dis- sektioner. 2. Faglarna. [Instructions for ele- mentary dissections. 2. Birds.] 12°. Stock- holm, 1905. Harrison (R.) The Dublin dissector, or manual of anatomy, comprising a description of the bones, muscles, vessels, nerves, and viscera; also the relative anatomy of the different regions of the human body, together with the elements of pathology. 5. ed. 8°. Dublin, 1838. ——. The same. 2. Am. from the 5. Dublin ed. 8°. New York, 1842. ------. The same. 2. Am. ed. 8°. New York, 1845. Heath (C.) Practical anatomy, a manual of dissections. Edited by J. Ernest Lane. 9. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. Hoeve (H. J. H.) A manual of dissection and practical anatomy of head and neck, for students, surgeons and specialists. Illustrated. 8°. Des Moines, 1910. Holden's anatomy. A manual of the dissec- tion of the human body. Edited by John Lang- ton. 7. ed., revised by A. Hewson. v. 2. 8°. Philadelphia, 1901. Anatomy (Dissections in). Holmes (E. W.) Outlines of anatomy; a guide to the methodical study of the human body in the dissecting room. 12°. Philadel- phia, 1897. Leonard (C. H.) The pocket anatomist (founded upon "Gray"). 19. ed., containing dissection hints and visceral anatomy. 24°. Detroit, [1897?]. Lyser (M.) Culter anatomicus, hoc est: methodus brevis, facilis ac perspicua artificiose et compendiose humana incidendi cadavera; cum nonnullorum instrumentorum iconibus. 16° Francoforti, 1679. Mackenzie (W.) Use of the dead to the living. 8°. Albany, 1827. Repr. from: Westminster Rev. Metheny (D. G.) Dissection methods and guides. 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1914. Morselli (A.) Tavole schematiche per le preparazioni anatomiche di miologia ad uso delle sale di dissezione. obi. fol. Milano, [1899]. Nancrede (C. B.) Essentials of anatomy and manual of practical dissection, together with the anatomy of the viscera, prepared espe- cially for students of anatomy. 3. ed., based upon the last ed. of Gray's anatomy. 12°. Philadelphia, London & Melbourne, 1890. ---:—. The same. 4. ed., enlarged by an appendix containing hints on dissection, by J. Chalmers da Costa, based upon the last edition of Gray's anatomy. 8°. Philadelphia, 1895. Outlines of anatomy; a guide to the dissec- tion of the human body, based on Gray's anat- omy. 8°. Ann Arbor, Mich., [1897]. Outlines of Anatomy. A guide to the dis- section of the human body, based on the Text book of anatomy by American authors. 8°. Ann Arbor, 1900. Parsons (F. G.) & Wright (W.) Practical anatomy, the student's dissecting manual, 2 v. 8°. London, 1912. Paterson (A. M.) The anatomist's notebook; a guide to the dissection of the human body. 8°. London, 1914. Pfitzner (W.) Leitfaden fiir Situs-Uebungen an der Leiche, zum Gebrauche bei Demonstra- tion en und Repetitionen ausgearbeitet. 12°. Leipzig & Wien, 1900. Poirier (P.) & Baumgartner (A.) Precis de dissection. 8°. Paris, 1906. ------------. The same. 2. 6d.. revue et augmented. 8°. Paris, 1909. Raikoff (B. Ye.) Perviya raboti po ana- tomii i fiziologii; rukovodstvo dlya praktiche- skikh zanyatiy v srednei shkolle. [First work in anatomy and physiology; manual for practical work in the high school.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. Regnault (J.) La dissection. (Notice histo- rique.) 8°. Paris, 1903. -----. Precis de dissection des regions. 8°. Paris, 1904. Rockwell (W. H.) Dissecting manual based on Cunningham's method. 8°. New York, 1905. Rouviere (H.) Precis d'anatomie et de dis- section. 2v. 8°. Paris, 1911-13. Salvi (G.) Manuale della dissezione, ma- nuale della sala del taglio ad uso degli studenti di medicina. Con pref azione di G. Romiti. 12°. Milano, [1903]. Simonart (E.) Precis de dissection. 8°. Louvain, 1908. ANATOMY. 456 ANATOMY Anatomy (Dissections in). Tuson (E. W.) The dissector's guide; or the student's companion, illustrated by numerous woodcuts, clearly exhibiting and explaining the dissection of every part of the human body. 1. Am. ed., with additions by Winslow Lewis. 12°. Boston, 1833. Urrutia (A.) *La conservaci6n de los cadaveres y de las piezas anatomicas. 8°. Mexico, 1895. Walter (G.) Anatomische Tabellen (nach der neuen Baseler Nomenclatur) fiir Prapa- rieriibungen und Repetitionen. Hft. 1 & 2. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. Wilson (E.) The dissector; or, practical and surgical anatomy. Edited by P. B. Goddard. 2. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1851. Yutzy (S. M.) A manual and atlas of dissec- tion. With an introduction by J. P. McMurrich. 8°. Philadelphia, 1906. Addison (C.) A note on the preservation of subjects for dissection. Quart. M. J., Sheffield, 1897-8, vi, 251-255 — Ancel (P.) Documents recueilUs k la salle de dissection de de la Faculty de medecine de Nancy (semestre d'hiver 1900- 1901). Bibliog. anat., Par. & Nancy, 1901, ix, 133-160: 1902, x, 163-182.—Aubaret. Conservation des cadavres a l'lnsti- tut anatomique de la Faculty de medecine. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xui, 5. A Iso: Rev. med., Par., 1912, xxn, 5- 7.—Bardeen (C. R.) Use of the material of the dissecting room for scientific purposes. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1901, xii, 155-158. Also: Proc. Ass. Am. Anat. 1900, Wash., 1901, xiv, 203-212.—Bogart (G. H.) Supplying anatomical material. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1911, xxxix, 138.—Cadenat (F.-M.) Presentation d'un appareil pour dissection. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat, de Par., 1913, Ixxxviu, 137-139. — Delahaye (H.) Est-il permis aux pretres catholiques de diss^quer le corps humain? Chron. med.,Par.,1904,xi,304.—DeRechter (F,) Procede de conser- vation des cadavres par les vapeurs de formol en se placant specialement au point de vue medico-legal. Presse med. beige, Brux., 1898, 1, 18.5-187. Also: Ann. Soc. med.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 1901, xi, 122-128.—De Rechter (G.) Ap- plication du systeme de conservation des cadavres par les vapeurs d'aldehyde formique aux corps k dissequer et emploi du meme procede comme succedane' de l'embaume- ment. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. du Brabant, Brux., 1899, ix, 23-28. Also: Presse med. beige, Brux., 1899, U, 73; 85 — De Rechter (G.) & De Rechter (F.) Nouvelle methode de conservation des cadavres. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. du Bra- bant, Brux., 1898, viii, 58-72. Also: Presse mea. beige, Brux., 1898, 1, 114; 121— Frorlep. Ueber die Kuhlanlage der Anatomischen Anstalt in Tubingen. Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1899, xui, 126-129.—Hathaway (J. H.) The use of the graver's point in dissections. Anat. Record Phila., 1912, vi. 365-367, 2 pi— Hemler (W. F.) The use of calcium chlorid to preserve moisture in anatomic specimens and cadavers. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1917, lxix, 2107 — Holmes (E. W.) Refrigeration as a means of preservation of bodies for use in the dissection-room. Internat. M. Ma" Phila., 1897. vi, 747-749,1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Jachtchinski (S.) Sur l'emploi de siUcate de soude (vcrre Uquide) comme substance k injecter pour les preparations macroscopiques du systeme vasculaire. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiv, 204.— Kawamei. [The dissection of the cadaver.] Kokka Igaku Kwai Zasshi, Tokyo, 1906, 437^48.—Lusk (W. C.) An injecting fluid for preserving cadavers for dissection. ADat. Record. Phila., 1909, iii, 47-55.—McKernon. Presentation of specimens of labyrinth and fetus. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 865.—Mall (F. P.) The preservation of anatomical material for dissection. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1895-6, xi, 769-775.—Mast (S. A.) Preparations of dissecting pans. J. Applied Micr., Rochester, 1903, vi, 2404.—de Mets. PoUvoir penetrant de Paldehyde formique, la conservation des cadavres. Ann. Soc. mecl.-chir. d'Anvers, 1899,155-160.—Sheldon (R. E.) Some new dissecting room furnishings. Anat. Record, Phila., 1913, vu, 369. -----. Some new receptacles for cadavers and gross preparations. Ibid., 1915, ix, 323-327— Souchon (E.) The preservation of dissections of surgical anatomy with permanent color of "luscles, vessels, nerves, and organs, by a new method. Surg., Gynec. & Obst.,Chicago, 1909, ix, 25.-----. Preser- vation of anatomic dissections with permanent color of muscles, vessels and organs. A supplementary note, describ- ing another method, the curing method. Anat. Record, Phila., 1917, xn, 313. Also, Reprint.—Strong (R. M.) Methods for prepariug animal material to be disserted. Sci- ence, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1917, n. s., xlvi, 564 —Struth- ers (J.) On the preservation of bodies for dissection. Edin- burgh M. J., 1890. xxxvi, 297-303. Also; Reprint.—Tansini (J.) Guida per gli studenti e per pratiei alle esercitazioni sui cadavere. 2 pts. In his: Man. di med. oper., 8°, Milano, Anatomy (Dissections in). 1914, ii, 121-160 & 161-240. Also, Reprint.—Todd (T. W.) Covers for dissecting tables. Anat. Record, Phila., 1914, vhi, 441-443. -----. A tank for the preservation of anato- mical material. Ibid. 444^46.—Wahl (H. R.) A simple dissecting table. Ibid., 1910, iv, 462.—Wilson (J. T.) Notes on a new expedient for improving the colour-injection of dis- section cadavera. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1910-11, xiv, 1. Anatomy (Earlier works and writings on). Achillinus (A.) [Fol. la:] Magnus Alexander Achillinus. [Fol. 2a:] Annotationes anatomise. Magni Alexandri Achillini Bononiensis. [In fine:] Expliciunt anatomicas annotationes Magni Ale- xandri Achillini Bonon. Editae per ejus fratrem Philotheum. Et impressae Bonon. per Hierony- mum de Benedictis. Anno M.D.XX. Die xxiiii. Septemb. xviii. Albrecht (J. W.) Observationes anatomicse circa duo cadavera masculina in perantiqua nostra hierana nuper institutse. sm. 4°. Erfurti, 1739. Analysis litteraria qusestionis agitatse, inter authorem anonimum et Exp. D. A. D. Sassenum authorem descriptionis anatomicse. Item cu- riosse aliquot et utiles notse ad laudati authoris animadversiones in pharmacopceam Bruxellen- sem. 24°. Athenis, 1712. Bartholinus (C.) Institutions anatomiques, augmentees et enrichies pour la seconde fois, tant des opinions et observations nouvelles des modernes, dont la plus grande partie n'a jamais este mise en lumiere que de plusieurs figures en taille douce, par Thomas Bartholin, et traduictes en francois par Abr. Du Prat. 12°. Paris, 1647. ------. Administrationum anatomicarum specimen in quo selectiora qusedam operi majori prsemittuntur. 16°. Francofurti, 1679. Bartholinus (T.) Anatomia. 8°. Comitis, 1663. ------. The same. Anatomia reformata, ofte hervormde ontledinge des menschen lighaems; volgen hier agter twee brie ven Joh. Walsei rse- ckende de beweging des gijls ende bloeds; nog een kort verhael van een nieugevonde weg des gijls naer't hert; in't nederduyts vertaeld door Thomas Staffard. 3 ed. 8°. Amsterdam, 1669. ------. The same. Anatomia, ex Caspari Bartholini parentis institutionibus, omnium que recentiorum et propriis observationibus tertium ad sanguinis circulationem reformata. 8°. Lugd. Bat. & Roterd., 1769. Bartholom^eus. In lac. Silvii anatomen, et in lib. Hippocratis de natura humana com- mentarii nunc primum prodeunt ex bibliotheca Gabrielis Naudsei. 8°. Parisiis, 1643. Bauhinus (C.) Institutiones anatomicse, Hippoc, Aristot., Galeni auctoritate illustratse. 5. ed. 12°. Francofurti, 1616. Berengarius Carpus (J.) MiKpoKoat3r)Tov &.va.TOHiK.bv, hoc est anatomes elenchus accuratissimus, omnes humani corporis partes, ea qua solent secari me- thodo, delineans; accessere osteologia, observa- tionesque medicis iuxta ac chirurgis perutiles. 8°. Genevse, 1604. Coschwitz (G. D.) De studii anatomici prsestantia utilitate, ac necessitate, sm. 4°. Halx Magdeburgicx, 1727. Cowper (G.) Anatomia corporum humano- rum. Accedunt ejusdem introductio in ceco- nomiam animalium et nunc primum supple- mentum ad appendiam latinitate donata cu- rante G. Dundass. Hanc novam et multo auc- tiorem editionem una cum novo indice . . . curavit R. Schomberg. fol. Ultrajecti, 1750. Curtius (M.) In Mundini anatomen commen- tarius elegans et doctus. 18°. Lugduni, 1551. -----. Ana tome humani corporis absolutis- sima. Secunda editio. 16°. Venetiis, 1580. Descartes (R.) De homine figuris et latini- tate donatus a Florentio Schuyl. 8°. Lugd. Bat., 1662. de Diemerboeck (I.) Anatome corporis humani, plurimis novis inventis instructa va- riisque observationibus, et paradoxis cum medi- cis, turn physiologicis adornata. Editio novis- sima. sm. 4°. Genevse, 1679. -----. The same. Editio nova. roy. 8°. Lugduni, 1683. Dioxis. L'anatomie de l'homme, suivant la circulation du sang, et les nouvelles decouvertes; demontree au jardin du roi. 6. ed. 12°. Paris, 1729. -----. The same. The anatomy of humane bodies improv'd according to the circulation of the blood and all the modern discoveries; . . . Transl. from the 3. ed., corrected and enlarged by the author, with an ample dissertation upon the nature of generation and several new sys- tems. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1716. Fabricius Hildanus (G.) Anatomise prsestan- tia et utilitas. Das ist: Kurze Beschreibung der Furtrerhichkeit, Xutz und Nothwendigkeit der Anatomy oder kunstreichen Zerschneitung und Zerlegung menschliches Leibs. In welcher nicht allein die unbegriffliche Weissheit Gottes des Schopffers zusehen, sondern auch das solche Kunst Allen, die sich der Artzney annehmen, wie auch einem Jeden in gemein, sowol des Leibs Gesundheit zu erhalten als auch der Seelen Heil zuerlangen, zu wissen von Nothen seye, ab- zunehmen i., 1757, iv, pt. 2,120-132, 1 pi.—Llsenkoff (N. K.) [On the preparation and preserva- tion of sections of cadavers for museums.] Chir. Laitop., Mosk., 1894, iv, 553-558.—Lominski (F.) [On intracellular spaces and their injection.] Russk. Arch. Patol., Klin. Med. i Bakteriol., S.-Peterb., 1897, iii, 380-389,1 pi. Also, transl. [Abstr.]: Ibid., 422.—McKendrick (J. G.) Notes on cer- tain physical and phvsiological measurements and estimates. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1896-7, xxxi, 303-305.—Magnus (G.) Konservierung von Dauerpraparaten in konzentrier- ter Zuckerlosung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1913, 1, 636 — Mall (F. P.) Anatomical material; its collection and its Preservation at the Johns Hopkins Anatomical Laboratory. ohns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 38-42. Also, Reprint.—Marlnesco (G.) De la methode de Golgi et de ses applications k l'histologie normale et pathologique. Semaine med., Par., 1896, xvi, 382-386.—Marpmann (G.) Methoden zur Untersuchung und Farbung der lebenden una abgestorbenen Zellen und Gewebe. Ztschr. f. ang. Mikr., Leipz. 1895-6, i, 321; 353.—Mathews (A.) A contribution to the chemistry of cytological staining. Am. J. Physiol., Bost:, 1898, i, 445-454.—Mayer (P.) Beruht die Farbung der Zellkerne auf einem chemisehen Vorgange oder nicht? Anat. Anz., Jena, 1897, xiii, 313-322—Melnikofl-Razve- denkofl (N. F.) [New method of preparing anatomical specimens.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1896, xiv, 472-493. Also, transl.: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896,10. s., iii, 580- 582. Also, transl.: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1S97, xxi, 172-199.-----. Ueber die Herstellung ana- tomischer Praparate nach der Formalin-Alkohol-Glycerin- essigsauren-Salz-Methode. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1897, viii, 121-128.-----. Ueber die sogenannte Kaiserling'sche Methode anatomische Praparate herzustel- len. Ibid., 1900, v, 151.—Meyer (A. W.) Laboratory and technical miscellany. Anat. Record, Phila., 1915, ix, 465- 473.—von Meyer (H.) Fernere Mittheilung iiber die Kleisterinjection. Arch. f. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Leipz., 1883, 277.—Monro (A.) Essai sur Part d'injeeter les vaisseaux des animaux. Essais et obs. de m£d. de la Soc. d' Edinb., Par., 1740, i, 113-133.-----. Essai sur la maniere de preparer et de conserver les parties des animaux destinees aux usages anatomiques. Ibid., 1742, iii, 135-169.—Monti (A.) Sulla conservazione di preparati anatomici per museo. Gazz. med. lomb., Milano, 1898, lvii, 247-249. Also: R. Ist. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1898, 2. s., xxxi, 837- 843.—Moore (G. F.) A warm-water tank for accelerating osteological maceration. Proc. Liverpool Biol. Soc, 1886-7, i, 58-62.—Myers (B. D.) Fixation of tissues by injection into the arteries. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 66-68.—Napalkofl (N. I.) [Experimental method in anatomy.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1901, ix, 3-10.—Neumaycr (V. L.) Eine Modifikation der Hartung mit Formaldehyd unter Beseitigung des Geruches desselben. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 378.—Newell (O. K.) Apparatus for the preparation of bone specimens and for arterial and other injections. Boston M. & S. J., 1890, cxxii, 299-301. Also, Reprint.—Xusbaum (J.) Einige Bemerkungen iiber das Aufkleben der Paraffinschnitte mit Wasser. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 52-54.—Odhner (N.) Eine neue graphische Methode zur Rekonstruktion von Schnittserien in schrager Stellung. Ibid., 1911, xxxix, 273-281.—Orfila (J. P.) Los nuevos metxidos de conservaci6n anat<5mica desde el punto de vista de la ensenanza. Rev. med. d. Uruguay, Monte- video, 1908, xi, 325-330—Pacinotti (G.) La inclusione nel silicate di potassa di parti di midollo spinale, cervello e gangli. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 580—Paravicini (G.) Di un vantaggioso procedimento per la conservazione a secco dei pezzi anatomici. Arch, di antrop. crim. [etc.], Torino, 1910, xxxi, 491-495.—Parker (G. H.V Notes on Rontgen-ray injection masses. Anat. Record, Phila., 1913, vii, 247-249.—Parker (G. H.) & Floyd (R.) The preserva- tion of mammalian brains by means of formol and alcohol. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1895, xi, 156-158.-------—. formalde- hyde, formaline, formol, and formalose. Ibid., 1895-6, xi, 567.—Patten (C. J.) A suggested method of mounting anatomical specimens for museum purposes. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, ii, 1378.-Peck (E. N.) & Higglns (H. P.) Methods of corrosion anatomy. Anat. Record, Bait., 190b-7, no. 3, 53.—Pettigrew (J. B.) Anatomical preparation- making as devised and practised at the University of Edin- burgh and at the Hunterian Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England. Lancet, Lond., 1901, n, 1399; 1479.— Pick (L.) Ueber die Methoden, anatomische Praparate naturgetreu zu conserviren. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 906; 935. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1900), 1901, xxxi, pt. 2, 260-285. [Discussion], pt. 1, 128- 131 — Picou (R.) De la methode magnetique en anatomie. Bull, et mem. Soc'anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 308-313.— Piersol (G. A.) An incinerator for anatomical refuse. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1911, 21. s., i, 174-176, 2 pl.-Pilliet (A.) Note sur la conservation des pieces anatomiques et histologiques par le procede de M. Melnikofl. Progres mM, Par., 1897, 3. s., v, 225. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par. 1897,10. s., iv, 164-166.—Plate (L. H.) Emige Wrnke zur Sammel- und Conservierungstechnik fiir zoologische Anatomy (Methods and preparations in). Forschungsreisende. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1896, xix, 40-46.— Pokrovski (M. M.) [Method of producing well-colored preparations from separated cells.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1898, xlix, 297-300.—Puppe. Ueber das Princip der Conservirung anatomischer Praparate in den natiirlichen Farben mittelst Formaldehyds, nebst Bemerkungen iiber die Verwerthbarkeit dieses Mittels beim forensischen Blut- nachweis. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1898, Leipz., 1899,lxx, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte., 375.—Quensel (U.) [A new method of preserving anatomical preparations while retaining the natural colors.] Ilygiea, Stockholm, 1897, lix, pt. 2, 265.—Ram6n y Cajal (S.) El azul de metileno en los centros nerviosos. Rev. trimest. microg., Madrid, 1896, i, 151-204, 4 pi.—Retzius. [Hardening of the brain by the use of formaline.] Forh. Svens. Lak.-Siillsk. Sammank., Stockholm, 1895, 81-83.—Reverdin (J.-L.) Note sur la conservation des sujets servant aux cours d' opera- tions au moyen d'injections k base de formaline. Rev. m6d. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1897, xvii, 755-764.—Reynes (H.) Sur un nouveau mode de conservation des pieces anatomi- ques par un melange de sublime et de formol. Marseille med., 1902, xxxix, 247-249—Riche (A.) & de Gothard (E.) Conservation des pieces anatomiques avec leurs couleurs. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 245-248 — Richet (C.) Presentation d'un appareil pour la filtration rapide des liquides organiques. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1895,10. s., ii, 547.—Robinson (B.) Paraffin casts of ureteral calyces, pelves, and ureters. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 375-379, 1 pi.-----. Corrosion anatomy. Denver M. Times [etc.], 1906-7, xxvi, 441-446.—Roncoroni (L.) Nuovo processo di colorazione dei prolungamenti protoplasmatici delle cellule di Purkinje e dei cilindrassi. Arch, di psichiat. [etc.], Torino, 1896, xvii, 161.—Rouhault. Sur les injections anatomiques. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1718, Par., 1719, Mem., 219-222. -----. Von den anatomischen Einspritzungen. K. Akad. d. Wissensch. in Par. . . . Ab- handl. 1718, Bressl., 1754, v, 85-87.—Rutherford (N. C.) A modification of the Freiburg method of putting on a direct- ing plane (Richtungs-Ebene) for reconstruction. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxix, -22-24.—Sadovsky (S.) Modifica- tion de la methode de Nissl pour la coloration du protoplasma des cellules nerveuses, et quelques mots k propos de la methode de coloration de Weigert par Pacetate de fer et l'hematoxyline. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 353-355.—Scammon (R. E.) The technique of Weber's method of reconstruction. Anat. Record, Phila., 1915, ix, 117-120.—von Scarpatetti (J.) Ueber die Anwen- dung elektiver Farbemethoden am in Formol geharteten Centralnervensystem. Neurol. Centralbl., Leipz., 1897, xvi, 211.—Schaeffer (J. P.) & Coplin (W. M. L.) Tanks for fixation and storage. Pub. Jefferson Med. Coll. & Hosp., Phila., 1915, vi, 152-154.—Schaper (A.) Zur Sublimatfixa- tion. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1897, xiii, 463-472.—Schieffer- decker. Ueber Conservirung von Leichen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, Ver. Bell., 72.— Schmitt (R.) Abanderungen der Formalinjektionen nach Simon Paulli fiir Dauerpraparate. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1909, xxxv, 390-394.—Schultze (O.) Demonstration eines neuen Schneideapparatesfiir grosse Schnitte. Sitzungsb. d. phys.- med. Gesellsch. zu Wiirzb., 1892,116.—Sharp (G.) Mount- ing macroscopic sections in glycerine and mucilage mixture. J. Pathol. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1898, v, 254-256.— Sif.ton(H. A.) A simple method of attaching the calvarium after postmortem. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxviii, 407.—Skoda (C.) Eine weichbleibende Masse zur Injek- tion von Glycerin-Praparaten. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1906, xxix, 602-605.—Smith (S. A.) Some methods of prepara- tion of anatomical specimens. Australas. M. Cong. Tr. 1908, Victoria, 1909, ii, 227.—Souchon (E.) The preserva- tion of anatomic dissections with permanent color of mus- cles, vessels, nerves and organs, by a new method; a pre- liminary note. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1908, li, 642-644. -----. The preservation of anatomic dissections with perma- nent color of muscles, vessels and organs; a supplementary note. Ibid., 1911, lvi, 882. Also, Reprint.-----.Preserva- tion of anatomic dissections with permanent color of muscles, vessels, and organs by newer methods. Anat. Rec, Phila., 1915, x, 43-51— Steese (E. S.) A combination stain for ganglion cells. Med. & Surg. Rep. Presbyterian Hosp., N. Y., 1898, iii, 345.—von Stein (S.) Eine neue Darstel- lungsweise von Knochencorrosionspraparaten, Hartgummi- corrosionsverfahren. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898, xv, 112-116.— Stieda (L.) Ueber die Verwendung des Glycerins zur Konservierung anatomischer Praparate. Ibid.t 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft., 237— Storch (C.) Das Celluloid und seine Anwendung zur Injection von Blutgefassen. Ztschr. f. Thiermed., Jena, 1899, iii, 173-180.—Streeter (G. L.) Re- eardine the preservation of anatomical material. Anat. D Bait, 1911, v, 319-322.-Strelzolt (P.) & Millet (A.) Conservation des pieces anatomiques et histologiques par l'aldehyde formique; procede de Melnikofl. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, I05.-Strong (O. S.) Review of the Golgi method. J. Comp. Neurol., Granville, O., 1896, vi, 101-127.—Struthers (J.) On a method of promoting ma- ceration for anatomical museums by artificial summer temperature. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1883, xvm, 49- ANATOMY. 470 ANATOMY. Anatomy (Methods and preparations in). 53. Also, Reprint.—Sudler (M. T.) & Baumgartner (W. J.) The gelatin method of preserving anatomical specimens, with especial reference to neurological prepara- tions. Anat. Record, Phila,, 1911, v, 339-342.—Tandler (J.) Zur Technik der Teichmannschen Injektion. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1903, xxiv, 223.—Terry (R. J.) A method of sectioning the whole decalcified body with a knife. Proc. Ass. Am. Anat., Wash., 1900, 8-10.-----. The preservation of ana- tomical material by carbolic acid. Quart. Bull. M. Dep. Wash. Univ., St. Louis, 1905-6. iv, no. 1, 30-35.—Thilo (O.) Die Darstellung der Knorpel- und Knochengeriiste mit verdiinnter Schwefelsaure. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1896, xii, 244-247. -----. Lupenhalter und Priiparathalter. Ibid., 1900, xviii, 414.-----. Das Aufbewahren mit Formalin una Glycerin. Ibid., 1901, xix, 249-253.—Tikhonofl (M.) [Simultaneous injection of arteries and veins.] Laitop. Russk. Khir., S.-Peterb., 1901, vi, 731-742, 1 pi— Tretrop. Conservation des pieces anatomiques par le formol. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1896, lvui, 31-33.—Trevelyan (F. R.) On the various methods of making dry preparations of the brain and spinal cord. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1024.— Trzaska-Chrzonszczewsky(N. A.) UebermeineMethode der physiologischen Injection der Blut- und Lymphgefasse. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1S9R, cliii, 110-129, 1 pi.— Vastarini-Cresi (G.) Nuovo metodo di colorazione del sistema nervoso. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 1, 459.—Vennin & Spick. Procede de montage des coupes anatomiques destinees aux demonstrations. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 420-424.—Waldeyer (W.) Anatomische Technik. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngs- gesch. 1904, Wiesb., 1905, xiv, 1223-1289.—Wallin (I. E.) A method of electroplating wax reconstructions. Anat. Record, Phila., 1913, vii, 251.—Wetzel (G.) Ein neuer Zeichenapparat fiir Skelettstiicke und anatomische Prapa- rate. Arch. f. Anat. u. Physiol., Anat. Abt., Leipz., 1913, Suppl.-Bd., 153-162.—White (E. H.) Notes on anatomical methods. Internat. Assoc. Med. Mus. Bull. No. 3, Wash., 1911,19.—Whitney (W. F.) The preservation of specimens with their natural colors by Kaiserlinn's method. Boston M. & S. J., 1897, cxxxvii, 621.—van Wijhe. [Exhibition of some preparations fixed by means of formol.] Versl---d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch. Afd. Natuurk., Amst., 1897, 4. s., v, 272.-----. Een automatisch injectietoestel bij het gebruik der massa van Teichmann. Versl. d. . . . wis- en natuurk. Afd. d. k. Akad. v. Wetensch., Amst, 1897-8, vi, 371-377. -----. Eene nieuwe methode ter demonstratie van kraak- beenige mikroskeletten. K. Akad. v. Wetensch. te Amst. Versl., 1901-2, x, 834-837.—Yashtshinski (S. N.) [Liquid glass as an injection mass for macroscopical preparations of the vascular system.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 715. Anatomy (Microscopical). See Histology; Microscopy. Anatomy (Models, casts, and manikins of). See, also, Anatomy (Instruction in). Anatomical male figure in life-size. 22 by 66 inches. Paris, [1909?]. Blakiston's sectional manikins. 6 super- posed plates, and 6 1. text. 8°. Philadelphia, 1905. Bougle (J.) Le corps humain en grandeur naturelle. 1 large hanging plate with text. Paris 1899. Knox (J. S.), Graham (D. W.) & Owens (J. E.) Physician's anatomical aid, a manikin of superposed diagramatic plates designed to assist in surgery diagnosis and general practice, fol. Chicago, [1889]. Memento anatomique instantane. Planches demontables superposees, par le Dr. Leon Des- champs. fol. Paris, [1904]. Skladniya modeli stroyeniya muzhskavo i zhenskavo pola. [Folding models of the struc- ture of the male and female.] 8°. [St. Peters- burg, 1903.] Traber. Die Anatomie der Geschlechter, fur Lehrer, Sanitats-Kolonnen, Naturheilkundige, Lazarettgehilfen, etc. 8°. Berlin, [1904]. Zerlegbares Modeli des Menschen. 2.- Aufl. 8°. Weimar, [n. d.]. Brunon. Une Venus anatomique. Normandie med., Rouen, 1913, xxix, 99, 2 pi— Casteret (J.) Un nouveau modfele de ciseaux et de pince a dissection. Caducee, Par., 1902, ii, 270.—Gage (Susanna P.) The method of making Anatomy (Models, casts, and manikins of). models from sheets of blotting paper. Anat. Record, Bait.. 1906-7, i, 166-169.—Geddes (A. C.) Notes on the technical difficulties of wax plate reconstruction. J. Anat. & Physiol., Lond., 1911-12, xlvi, 69-71.—Kalserling (C.) Ueber die Herstellung von Gips- und Wachsabgiissen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1899, Berl., 1900, 217-235.—Lewis (W. H.) The use of guide planes and plaster of Paris for re- constructions from serial sections; some points on reconstruc- tion. Anat. Rec, Phila., 1915, ix, 719-729.—Osterloh (P.) Ueber anatomische Modelle. Ztschr. f. padagog. Psychol. [etc.]. Berl., 1907, ix, 269-274.—Peters (G. A.) A demon- stration of a new and original method of making casts. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 621-624.—Schaeffer (J. P.) Dis- sectible blotting paper models. Anat. Record, Phila., 1911, v, 1-9— Schamberg (J. F.) & Wallis (J. F.) Wax models; their preparation and uses. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1901, xiv, 262-264, 2 pi— Schwalbe (J.) Zur Geschichte der plastischen Anatomie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1890, xxii, 761.—TeUyesnlczky (K.) Ana- tomische Abgiisse nach der Natur. Cong internat. de med. (xvi.). C.-r., Budapest, 1910, Sect, i, anat., embryol., 192- 195.—Wickersheimer(E) Une Venus anatomique. Paris med., 1911-12, ii, 123. Also: Bull. Soc. franc, d'hist. de la med., Par., 1912, xi, 287. Anatomy (Museums of). See Anatomy (Institutes, etc., of). Anatomy (Nomenclature of). See, also, Nomenclature. Arnoldson (T. W.) Parts of the body in older Germanic and Scandinavian. 4°. Chicago, [1915]. Association of American Anatomists. Re- ports of the majority and minority of committee on anatomical nomenclature, and comments of the secretary of the committee. 8°. [n. p.], 1898. Barker (L. F.) Anatomical terminology, with special reference to the [BNA]. 8°. Phila- delphia, 1907. Bert (A.) & Pellandra (G.) La nomencla- ture anatomique et ses origines; explication des termes anciens employes de nos jours. 8°. Paris, 1904. Eycleshymer (A. C.) Anatomical names, especially the Basle nomina anatomica ("BNA ") assisted by D. M. Schoemaker . . .; with bio- graphical sketches by R. L. Moodie. 8°. New York, 1917. Jamieson (E. B.) The Basle anatomical no- menclature, BNA; being an alphabetical list of terms showing the old terminology, the BNA terminology, and the suggested English equiva- lent. 4°. London dc Edinburgh, 1916. Rodet (P.) Nomenclature anatomique en quatre langues, latin (nomenclature de Bale), francais, anglais, espearanto. 12°. Paris, 1906. Spitzka (E. A.) Anatomical terminology with special reference to the BNA. By Lewellys F. Barker (Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1907). 8°. Philadelphia, 1907. Triepel (H.) Die anatomischen Namen, ihre Ableitung und Aussprache. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1906. -----. The same. 2. Aufl. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1908. -----. The same. 3. Aufl. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1910. -----. The same. 5. verbesserte Aufl. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1914. -----. Denkschrift iiber die anatomische Nomenclatur. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1908. -----. Nomina anatomica. Mit Unter- stutzung von Fachphilologen bearbeitet. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1910. Allbutt (T.C.) An address on words and things. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1120-1125. Also: Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1906, n. s., xx, 448^155.—Anatomical terminology. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 121— Arloing. Vceu tendant a refor- ANATOMY. Anatomy (Nomenclature of). mer la nomenclature anthropotomique de Bale (Nomina anatomica, publies par W. His, Leipzig 1895) pour la rendre applicable aux animaux. Compt. rend, de l'Ass. d. anat., Nancv, 1901, iii, 222— Austerlitz (N.) Die anatomische Nomenclatur. Heilkunde, Berl. & Wien, 1908, 314.—Baehr (E. M.) The Basel nomenclature; its use in the schools at present. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, ciii, 414^17.—Bar- clay-Smith (E.) Anatomical nomenclature; eponymous otherwise. St. Thomas's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1912, xiv, 34; 86; 151.—Chalne (J.) Le langage anatomique. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. mea. de Bordeaux, 1914, xxxv. 27-32.-----. Les ten- tatives de relorme du langage anatomique. Ibid., 205-210. -----. Comment s'acereditera la reforme de la nomencla- ture anatomique. Ibid., 339-342.—Eycleshymer (A. C.) Anatomic nomenclature. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1915, lxiv, 1569. — Gegenbaur (C.) Bemerkungen zur anato- mischen Nomenklatur. Morphol. Jahrb., Leipz., 1898, xxvi, 337-344.—Gregg (R. S.) Anatomic eponyms. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1905, xxvii, 201; 221; 250; 278; 299: xxviii, 325; 358; 413—Harnniar (J. A.) Zur Nomenklatur gewisser Kiemenderivate. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1913, xliii. 145- 149— Hanawalt (H. O.) Anatomical nomenclature. Kansas City M. Rec, 1898, xv, 151.—Keith (A.) The Basle anatomical nomenclature (BNA). Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, ii, 134.—Milne (C.) The B. N. A. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1914, xlix, 297-301.—Morton (W. C.) Plea for an international anatomical terminology based upon the B. N. A. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 1132-1135.-----. The present crisis in anatomical nomenclature. Med. Mag., Lond., 1914, xxiii. 25-30. -----. Studies in anatomical nomenclature, with a view to an international nomenclature based upon the B. N. A. Lancet, Lond., 1917, ii, 398-401.—Osborn (H. F.) The ideas and terms of modern philosophical anat- omy. Science, N. Y. & Lancaster, Pa., 1905, n. s., xxi, 959- 961.—Pelaez Villegas (P. L.) ^Debe admitirse como inter- Dacional la nomenclatura anat<5mica latina elaborada por la Sociedad anatomica alemana? Ciencia mod., Madrid, 1897, iv, 479-481. — Schultze (O.) Notiz iiber die Anwendung der Worte Cavum und Spatium in der Anatomie. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1908, xxxn, 414-416—Schulze (F. E.) Proxi- mal und distal. Ibid., xxxiii, 369-373. — Serrano (J. A.) Indice de nomes proprios da terminologia anatomica actual; tracos bic-bibliographicos e summula descriptiva. Arch. de anat. [etc.], Lisb., 1912-14, i, 103-219.—Sherry (H.) The poetical nomenclature of human anatomy. Am. Physician, N. Y., 1906, xxxii. 271-273. Also: South. CaUf. Pract., Los Angeles, 1906, xxi, 177-180.—Sisson (S.) Report of com- mittee on revision of veterinary anatomical nomenclature. Proc. Am. Vet. Med. Ass., Phila., 1914. 191-226.—Triepel (H.) Die anatomische Nomenklatur. Ergebn. d. Anat. u. Entwcklngsgesch., Wiesb., 1909, xvii, 531-554. -----. Die anatomische und medizinische Nomenklatur. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1910, xlvii, 1299. -----. Merkblatter zur anato- mischen Nomenklatur. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1911, xxxviii, 161-165.—Valenti (G.) Sopra la traduzione italiana delle voci latine (Nomina anatomica) della nomenclatura di Basilea (B. N. A.). Monitore zool. ital., Firenze, 1915, xxvi, 122-128.—Wilder (B. G.) Anatomic nomenclature; an open letter to Llewellys F. Barker. Science, N. Y., & Lancaster, Pa, 1906, n. s., xxiv, 559. A Iso, Reprint. Anatomy (Pathological). See Autopsies; Necropsies; Pathology. Anatomy (Periodicals and transactions of societies relating to). American (The) Journal of Anatomy. Edited by L. F. Barker, T. Dwight [et al.]. [Quarterly.] v. 1-23, Nov. 1, 1901 to 1918. roy. 8°. Balti- more. Current. Anatomical (The) Record. Editorial board: Charles R. Bardeen, H. H. Donaldson [et al.]. v. 1-14, 1906-8 to 1918. 8°. Baltimore. Current, v. 1 issued with: American (The) Journal of Anatomy. Anatomische Hefte. Referate und Beitrage zur Anatomie und Entwickelungsgeschichte. Unter Mitwirkung von Fachgenossen hrsg. von Fr. Merkel und R. Bonnet. 1. Abth.: Arbeiten aus anatomischen Instituten. v. 1-50, 1891- 1914. 8°. Wiesbaden. ------. 2*. Abth. Ergebnisse der Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte. Unter Mitwir- kung von K. von Bardeleben [et al.] hrsg. von Fr. Merkel und R. Bonnet, v. 1-21, 1891-1913. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1892-1914. Anatomischer Anzeiger. Centralblatt fiir die gesamte wissenschaftliche Anatomie. Hrsg. von ANATOMY. Anatomy (Periodicals and transactions of societies relating to). Karl Bardeleben. [Semimonthly.] v. 1-A8, 1886-1915. 8°. Jena. Archiv fiir Anatomie und Physiologie. Archiv fiir Anatomie und Entwickelungsge- schichte. 46 v. 1877-1914; 1. Hft., 1915. 8°. Leipzig. Archivio italiano di anatomia e di embriolo- gia. Diretto da G. Chiamgi. [3 Nos. form 1 v.] v. 1-15, Feb. 12, 1902 to 1916. 8°. Firenze. Current. Archivo de anatomia e de anthropologia. v. 1-3, 1912-13 to 1915. 8°. Lisboa. Beitrage zur Morphologie und Morphogenie. Untersuchungen aus dem anatomischen Tn- stitutzu Erlangen. Hrsg. von Leo Gerlach. 1 v. 1883. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1884. Bibliographie anatomique. Revue des tra- vaux en langue francaise. v. 5-24, 1897-1913. 8°. Paris dc Nancy. Bulletins et memoires de la Societe anato- mique de Paris, v. 74-89,1899-1914. 8°. Paris. Continuation of the following. Bulletins de la Societe anatomique de Paris. v. 1-73, 1826-98. 8°. Paris. Comptes rendus de 1'Association des anato- mistes. v. 1, 1899; v. 3-7, 1901-5. 8°. Paris dc Nancy. Congres international de medecine. xiii. Paris, 1900. Comptes rendus. Section d'anato- mie descriptive et comparee. Section d'histolo- gie et d'embryologie. Section de physiologie, physique et chimie biologiques. 8°. Paris, 1900. Internationale Monatsschrift fiir Anatomie und Physiologie. v. 4-31, 1887-1914. 8°. Leipzig. Jahresberichte iiber die Fortschritte der Anatomie und Entwicklungsgeschichte. Hrsg. von G. Schwalbe. N. F., v. 1-17, 1892-1913. 8°. Jena. Continuation (n. s.) of: Jahresberichte iiber die Fort- schritte der Anatomie und Physiologie, Leipzig, 1872-91. Journal de l'anatomie et de la physiologie normales et pathologiques de l'homme et des animaux. v. 1-50, 1864-1914. 8°. Paris. Journal (The) of Anatomy and Physiology. v. 1-51, 1866 to 1916-17. 8°. London; Cam- bridge; Edinburgh. Current. Papers from the Anatomical Laboratory of the Johns Hopkins University. 1 v. 1897. 8°. Baltimore. Papers from the Anatomical Laboratory of St. Louis University, v. 1-3, 1904-6. 8°. St. Louis. Petrus Camper. Nederlandsche bijdragen tot de anatomie. Uitgegeven door L. Bolk en C.Winkler, v. 1-A, 1901-6. roy. 8°. Haarlem & Jena. Proceedings of the Anatomical Society of Great Britain and Ireland. 1887-1916. 8°. London. Proceedings of the annual sessions of the Association of American Anatomists, v. 1-14, 1888-1904. 8°. [v. p.] Verhandlungen der anatomischen Gesell- schaft. 1888-1914. 8°. Jena. Zeitschrift fur angewandte Anatomie und Konstitutionslehre. v. 1, 1913-14. 8°. Berlin. Zentralblatt fiir normale Anatomie und Mikrotechnik. v. 2-4, 1905-7; v. 11, 1914. 8°. Berlin dc Wien. Continuation of the following. 41 ANATOMY. 472 ANATOMY. Anatomy (Periodicals and transactions of societies relating to). Zentralblatt fiir normale und pathologische Anatomie. v. 1, 1904. 8°. Berlin dc Wien. Donaldson (H. H.) Biological problems and the Ameri- can Associa'tion of Anatomists. Anat. Record, Phila., 1916- 17, xi, 299-309.—Knower (H. McE.) Some influences favor- ing the development of the American Journal of Anatomy and the Anatomical Record. Ibid., Bait.. 1906-8, i, 252-256.— Waldeyer (W.) [Ueber die Entwickelung unserer anato- mischen Journalistik.] Anat. Anz., Jena, 1910, xxxvii, Ergn- zngshft, 3-10. Anatomy (Popular). Brass (A.) Der Korper des Menschen dem gegenwartigen Stande der Wissenschaft ent- sprechend fiir alle Kreise leicht fasslich bear- beitet. 3 Bde. Erster Band. Entwickelungsge- schichte. 1. & 2. Hft. Mit einem Atlas. 8°. Wernigerode a. H., 1898. Dutton (G.) Anatomy, scientific and popular. 8°. Boston, 1886. Horn (H.) Der menschliehe Korper (Ana- tomie). 32°. Leipzig, [n. d.]. -----. The same. 16°. Berlin dc Leipzig, 1906. Perrier (E.) Le corps de l'homme. roy. 8°. Paris, [1903]. Rose (W.) Was muss man vom menschlichen Korper (Anatomie) wissen? 2. Aufl. 12°. Ber- lin, 1900. -----. The same. Wat iedereen van het menscbelijk lichaam weten moet? 12°. Am- sterdam, [n. d.]. Roth (W.) Grundriss der physiologischen Anatomie fiir Turnlehrer-Bildungsanstalten. Nebst einer Anweisung zur ersten Hulfeleistung bei Verletzungen. 5. Aufl. erganzt von Fried- rich Haenel. 8°. Berlin, 1901. Sachs (H.) Bau und Tatigkeit des mensch- lichen Korpers. 12°. Leipzig, 1907. Anatomy (Regional). See Anatomy (Topographic). Anatomy (Surgical). See, also, Anatomy (Applied); Anatomy (Dissections in); Anatomy (Topographic). Beesley (L.) & Johnsto-n (T. B.) A manual of surgical anatomy. 8°. London, 1916. Beraud (B. J.) Atlas of surgical and topo- graphical anatomy. Transl. by Robert Th. Hulme. 8°. London, 1867. Boutigny. Tableaux synoptiques d'anatomie topographique et chirurgicale a l'usage des etudiants et des praticiens. 8°. Paris, 1901. Campbell (W. F.) A text-book of surgical anatomy. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, 1908. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. roy. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1911. Deaver (J. B.) Surgical anatomy; a treatise on human anatomy in its application to the prac- tice of medicine and surgery. In 3 volumes. roy. 8°. Philadelphia, 1899-1903. -----. Surgical anatomy of the head and neck. roy. 8°. Philadelphia, 1904. Hildebrand (O.) Grundriss der chirurgisch- topographischen Anatomie mit Einschluss der Untersuchungen am Lebenden. Mit einem Vorwort von Franz Konig. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1900. -----. Thesame. 2. Aufl. 4°. Wiesbaden, 1900. -----. The same. 3. Aufl. 4°. Wiesbaden, 1913. Juvara (E.) Leitfaden fiir die chirurgische Anatomie. 8°. Berlin, 1899. Anatomy (Surgical). M'Clintock (J.) Introductory lecture de- livered in the Philadelphia College of Medicine. Session of 1847-8. 8°. Philadelphia, 1847. Macewen (J. A. C.) Surgical anatomy. 8°. London, 1910. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. 8°. London, 1916. M'Lachlan (J.) The student's hand-book of surgical anatomy. 18°. Edinburgh dc London, 1883. Maclise (J.) Surgical anatomy, fol. Phila- delphia, 1870. Malgaigne (J.-F.) Manual de medecine ope- ratoire, fondee sur l'anatomie normale et l'anato- mie pathologique. 4. ed. 16°. Bruxelles, 1841. -----. The same. 6. ed. 12°. Paris, 1853. -----. The same. 9 ed. 12°. Paris, 1888. -----. The same. Operative surgery based on normal and pathological anatomy. Transl. from the French by F. Brittan. 8°. Philadel- phia, 1851. Palfin (J.) Anatomie chirurgicale, ou des- cription exacte des parties du corps humain, avec des remarques utiles aux chirurgiens dans la pratique de leur art. Nouvelle edition, en- tierement refondue, et augmentee d'une osteolo- gie nouvelle par A. Petit. 12° Paris, 1753. Richet (A.) Traite pratique d'anatomie me- dico-chirurgicale. 5. ed. 8°. Paris, 1877. Roser (W.) Chirurgisch-anatomisches Vade- mecum fiir Studierende und Aerzte. Neunte, sorgfaltig umgearbeitete und mit der neuen anatomischen Nomenclatur versehene Auflage besorgt von Karl Roser. 12°. Leipzig, 1897. Tillaux (P.) Traite d'anatomie topographi- que avec applications a la chirurgie. 3. ed. 8°. Paris, 1882. Treves (F.) Surgical applied anatomy. 12°. London, Paris dc Melbourne, 1892. -----. The same. New ed., revised by the author, with the assistance of Arthur Keith. 12°. London, Paris, New York dc Melbourne, 1901. -----. The same. 5. ed., revised by Arthur Keith. 12°. London, 1907. ;-----. The same. Traite d'anatomie ap- pliquee a la chirurgie. Ouvrage trad uit de ['anglais par E. Lauwers. 8°. Bruxelles dc Paris, 1900. Whtttaker (C. R.) A manual of surgical anatomy. 16°. Edinburgh, 1910. Woolsey (G.) Applied surgical anatomy, regionally presented for the use of students and practitioners of medicine. 8°. Philadelphia, 1902. -----. Thesame. 2. ed. 8°. New York dc Philadelphia, 1908. Wright (G. A.) & Preston (C. H.) Hand- book of surgical anatomy. 12°. London, 1903. -----------. The same. 2. ed. 8°. Man- chester, 1905. ----------. Thesame. 12°. Philadelphia, 1904. Brant Paes Leme. Anatomia cirurgica. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 291-296.—Communication de M. Velpeau en presentant le nouvel ouvrage qu'il vient de pu- blier de concert avec M. Beraud [Anatomie chirurgicale]. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1861, liii. 733.—Davis (G. G.) The value of anatomy in the training ofthe surgeon. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1904-5, 325-329.—Dyakonoff (P. I.) [ On studying and teaching topographical anatomy and oper- tive surgery.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1899, vi, 81-116, 1 pi — Funke (E.) Chirurgisch wichtige Varietaten der Gefasse. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1898, lvi, 921-942.—Gutierrez (A.) Investigaciones anatomo-quirurgicas. Semana med., Bue- nos Aires, 1915,xxii, pt.2, 535; 557; 596; 620—Mears (J. E.) ANATOMY. 473 ANATOMY. Anatomy (Surgical). The evolution of the study of anatomy and its important re- lation to the development of surgical knowledge. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1913, xxxi, 479-502, 4 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, lxxxv, 375-378.—Richardson (M. H.) The importance of the surgeon of a study of anatomical appearances in the living. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1906, xiii, 769-798. [Discussion], 844-846.—Ricketts (B. M.) & Ayers (H.) Cloacal morphology in its relation to genito- urinary and rectal diseases. Urol. & Cutan. Rev., St. Louis, 1915, Tech. Suppl.. iii, 97; 207.—Thiery (P.) Presentation d'un materiel (schemas articules) d'enseignement d'ana- tomie chirurgicale. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1916, n. s., xiii, 1774-1776.—Wheaton (C. A.) Address of the chairman of the section on surgery and anatomy. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1896, xxvi, 1049. [Discussion], 1072-1076. Anatomy (Topographic). See, also, Anatomy (Applied). Aubaret (J.-B.-M.-E.) L'anatomie sur le vivant. Vol. I. L'anatomie de surface; guide pratique des reperes anatomiques. 8°. Paris, 1913. von Bardeleben (K.) & Haeckel (H.) Atlas der topographischen Anatomie des Men- schen: fiir Studirende und Aerzte. 2. Aufl. roy. 8°. Jena, 1901. ----- -----. The same. 3. vollig um- gearbeitete und vermehrte Aufl. Hrsg. unter Mitwirkung von F. Frohse. Mit Beitragen von T. Ziehen, roy. 8°. Jena, 1904. -----------. The same. 4. Aufl. Hrsg. unter Mitwirkung von Fritz Frohse, mit Bei- tragen von Theodor Ziehen. 8°. Jena, 1908. Berry (R. J. A.) The essentials of regional anatomy. S°. Edinburgh dc London, 1900. -----. Regional anatomy. Vol. I. The upper and lower limbs. Vol. II. The abdomen and thorax. Vol. III. The head and neck. 8°. Edinburgh, 1902. -----. Surface anatomy. 8°. Edinburgh dc London, 1906. Corning (H. K.) Lehrbuch der topographi- schen Anatomie fiir Studierende und Aerzte. rev. 8°. Wiesbaden, 1907. "-----. Thesame. 2. Aufl. roy. 8°. Wiesba- den 1909. -----. Thesame. 3. Aufl. roy. 8°. Wiesba- den, 1911. -----. Thesame. 4. Aufl. roy. 8°. Wiesba- den, 1913. -----. Thesame. 5. Aufl. roy. 8°. Wiesba- den, 1914. Delitsin (S. N.) Kratkiy kurs topografiche- skoi anatomii i operativnoi khirurgii. [Brief course of topographical anatomy and operative surgery.] Pt. 2, No. 1. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1906. Doyen (E.) Atlas d'anatomie topographique. Fasc. 1 (24 pi.), fol. Paris, 1911. Falcone (C.) Compendio di anatomia topo- grafica. 2. ed. 16°. Milano, 1905. Golubefp (V. Z.) Topograficheskaya anato- miya, yeya metod, zadachi i istoricheskoye razvitiye. [Topographical anatomy, its method, problems, and historical development.] 8°. Kazan, 1897. Heitzmann (C.) Opisatelnaya i topogra- ficheskaya anatomiya chelovieka. Perev. s 8. niemetskavo izd. pod redaktsiyei LA. Shapiro i L. Ya. Yakobzona. [Descriptive and topo- graphical human anatomy. Transl. from the 8. German ed. under the editorship of I. A. Shapiro and L. Ya. Yakobzon.] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1903[-4]. Hermann (F.) Lehrbuch der topographischen Anatomie. Zum Gebrauch fiir Aerzte und Studierende. Bd. I. Kopf und Hals. Abth. 1. Kopf. 8°. Leipzig, 1901. natomy (Topographic). Holden (L.) Landmarks, medical and surgical. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1888. -----. The same. 4. ed. 8°. Philadelphia, 1888. Kurzes Repertorium der topographischen Anatomie, als Vademecum fiir die Priifungen und die Praxis. Bearbeitet nach den Werken und Vorlesungen von Braune, Cunningham [et al.]. 2. vielfach vermehrte und verbesserte Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. von Langer (C.) Lehrbuch der systemati- schen und topographischen Anatomie. 6. ver- besserte Aufl. bearbeitet von C. Toldt. roy. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1897. Moorhead (T. G.) Surface anatomy. 8°. London, 1905. -----. The same. 12°. New York, 1905. Potter (P.) Topography of the thorax and abdomen. 8°. Columbia, Mo., 1905. Forms No. 1, v 1, of: Univ. Missouri Studies Sc. Ser. Povtoritelniy kurs topograficheskoi anato- mii i operativnoi khirurgii. [Review course of topographical anatomy and operative surgery.] 8°. Odessa, 1910. Rawling (L. B.) Landmarks and surface markings of the human body. 8°. London, 1904. -----. Thesame. 3. ed. 8°. London, 1908. -----. Thesame. 4. ed. 8°. London, 1911. Romiti (G.) Compendio di anatomia topo- grafica dell'uomo con speciali applicazioni alia chirurgia pratica. 8°. Milano, 1905. Rudinger (N.) Cursus der topographischen Anatomie. 4. Aufl. 8°. Munchen, 1899. Schultze (O.) Topographisch-anatomische Collegienhefte. 86 pi. 2 Hfte. sm.4°. Leipzig, [1898-9]. -----. Thesame. 2. Aufl. 3 Hfte. obi. 12°. Leipzig, [1899]. -----. Atlas und Grundriss der topographi- shen und angewandten Anatomie. 4°. Miin- chen, 1903. ---'■—. The same. Atlas and text-book of topographic and applied anatomy. Ed. with additions by G. D. Stewart. 4°. Philadelphia, 1905. -----. The same. Atlas d'anatomie topo- graphique. Ed. francaise par P. Lecene. 4°. Paris, 1905. Soulie (A.) Precis d'anatomie topographi- que. 8°. Paris, 1911. Testut (L.) & Jacob (O.) Traite d'anatomie topographique avec applications medico-chirur- gicales. 2 v. 8°. Paris, 1905-6. -----------. Thesame. 2. ed. 8°. Paris, 1909. -----------. The same. 3. ed. 2 v. 8°. Paris, 1914. ----- -----. Precis d'anatomie topogra- phique avec applications medico-chirurgicales. Aide-memoire a l'usage des candidats au troi- sieme examen de doctorat. 8°. Paris, 1907. Versari (R.) Guida practica per gli esercizi di anatomia topografica. Con prefazione del Prof. Francesco Todano. 16°. Roma, [1898?]. Windle (B. C. A.) A handbook of surface anatomy and landmarks. 2. ed., revised and enlarged in collaboration with T. Manners- Smith. 12°. London, 1896. -----. The same. 8°. Philadelphia, 1896. Zuckerkandl (E.) Atlas der topographi- schen Anatomie des Menschen. 8°. Wien dc Leipzig, 1900-1904. ANATOMY. Anatomy (Topographic) Bolk (L.) [The segmental anatomy of the human body.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1897, 2. R., xxxiii, d. 1, 982-995; d. 2, 365-379.—Bouchon (J.-P.) Perfectionne- ments de la tecnnique des coupes macroscopiques appliquee a l'etude de l'anatomie topographique. Arch, de Doyen, Par., 1911-12, ii, 816-841.—Calleja (J.) Necesidad de una cuadrfcula topografica del cuerpo humano que sea admitida en todos los paises. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1902, i, 153-156.— Cerne (A.) Un schema du tronc. Prov. med., Par., 1908, xix, 311— DeUtsin (S. N.) [On Pirogoff's atlas of topograph- ical anatomy.] Russk. Khir. Arch., S.-Peterb., 1905, xxi, 125-150, 1 pi.—de Garay (A.) iComo debe de estudiarse la anatomia topografica? Escuela de med., Mexico, 1906, xxi, 97-102.-----. Catedra de anatomia topografica Ibid., 1909, xxiv, 145-151.—Guillen (D.) Anatomia topografica; region inguino-crural. Bol. de cien. med., Mexico, 1911-12, ii, 205; 259; 306.—Jackson (C. M.) Orientation of figures in topographical anatomy. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1901, xx, 300- 303. Also, Reprint.—Merkel (F.) Topographische Ana- tomie; Verzeichnis der Litteratur. Anat. Hefte, 2. Abt., Wiesb., 1895, iv. 308: 1896, v, 194.—Pelaez Villegas (P. L.) Una opinion sobre el concepto cientifico de anatomia topo- grafica. Gac. med. de Granada, 1897, xv, 539-545.—Robin- son (B.) Special topography of the ureter and jejunum, ileum, appendix and caecum. Milwaukee M. J., 1903, xi, 260-264.-----. Special topography of ureter and right colon, hepatic flexure and transverse colon. Kansas City M. Rec, 1904, xxi, 349-351.-----. Special topography of the ureter, splenic flexure, left colon and sigmoid flexure. Centr. States M. Mag., Anderson, Ind., 1905. iii, 3-8.—Solger (B.) Ueber topographisch-anatomische Tafeln nach synthetischer Methode. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1898, xv, 133-140.—Starkoff (A. V.) [Relationship of surgical anatomy to surgery.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1905, xvii, 3-7.—Waldeyer (W.) Scholia topographica. Ztschr. f. Morphol. u. Anthrop., Stuttg., 1914, xvui, 1-13,1 pi. Anatomy (Transparent specimens in). Spalteholz (W.) Ueber das Durchsichtig- machen von menschlichen und tierischen Pra- paraten und seine theoretischen Bedingungen; nebst Anhang: Ueber Knochenfarbung. 2. erweiterte Aufl. 8°. Leipzig, 1914. BrUhl ( G. ) Ueber das Durchsichtigmachen von menschlichen und tierischen Praparaten. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xl, 548— Gradenwitz (A.) Transparent anatom- ical preparations; seeing through bone without X-rays. Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1912, lxxiii, 68.—Latarjet (A.) Presentation de pieces anatomiques et embryologiques trai- tees par la methode de Spalteholz. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1914, xiii, 395-397. Also: Lyon med., 1914, cxxii, 1282-1284.—Prinz (H.) The Spalteholz method of preparing transparent animal bodies. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1912-13, ix, 295-299. Also: Dental Cosmos, Phila., 1913, lv, 374-378— Salaverri y Aranguren (J.) Ensayos del pro- cedimiento del Dr. Spalteholz para conseguir la transpa- rencia de piezas anatomicas. Siglo med., Madrid, 1913, lx, 583-585.—Schultze (O.) Ueber Herstellung und Conservi- rung durchsichtiger Embryonen zum Studium der Skelet- bildung. Verhandl. d. anat. Gesellsch., Jena, 1897, 3-5.— Spalteholz (W.) Bemerkungen zu der Notiz von G. Briihl: Ueber das Durchsichtigmachen von menschlichen und tierischen Praparaten. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1912, xli, 75- 78. Anatomy (Use of X-rays in). Blum (R.) Die Bedeutung der Roentgen- strahlen fiir die Erkenntnis der anatomischen, physiologischen und pathologischen Verhalt- nisse des menschlichen Korpers. [Freiburg i. B.] 8°. Berlin, 1907. von Bardeleben (K.) Die Rontgenstrahlen in der Ana- tomie. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1905, xxxi, 674.—Burry (J.) Roentgen's or X rays. Chicago M. Recorder, 1896, x, 161-168,1 pi. [Discussion], 210.—Codman (E. A.) Experiments on the application of the Roentgen rays to the study of anatomy. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1898, iii, 383-391, 8pi.—Lemoine (V.) De l'application des rayons Rontgen a l'etude du squelette des animaux de Pepoque actuelle. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, cxxiii, 951- 953. Also: Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1896, 10. s., iii, 974.—London (E. S.) Ueber die Anwendung der Ront- gen'schen Strahlen zur Untersuchung thierischer Gewebe. Centralbl. f. allg. Path. u. path. Anat., Jena, 1897, viii, 119- 121.—Remy (C.) & Contremoulins (G.) Emploi des rayons X pour les recherches anatomiques; angeiologie, de- veloppement, ossification, evolution des dents, etc Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1896, cxxfii, 711—Budis-Jicinsky (J.) The X-ray in the study of normal anatomy. Iowa M. J., Des Moines, 1902, viii, 179-182.—Stieda (L.) Ueber die Erfolge der Rontgenuntersuchung fiir die Anatomie. Anat. Anz., Jena, 1905, xxvii, Ergnzngshft., 238-240.— Wenckebach (K. F.) Das stereoskopische Rontgenver- fahren als Hilfsmittel bei der anatomischen Forschung. Zt- schr f. ang. Anat. [etc.], Beri., 1913, i, 102-104. ANCHYLOSTOMIASIS. Anatomy (Veterinary). See, also, Anatomy (Comparative). Bradley (O.C.) Outlines of veterinary anat- omy. 12°. London, 1896. Korinek (C. J.) Notes on veterinary anat- omy. 8°. [Portland, Oreg., 1916.] Martin (P.) Lehrbuch der Anatomie der Haustiere. 2. Aufl., I: Allg. und vergleich. Anatomie der Haustiere. roy. 8°. Stuttgart, 1912. Paulli (S.) Lserebog i huspattedyrenes ana- tomi til brug for landbrugsstuderende. [Text- book of anatomy of the domestic mammalian animals.] 8°. Kj0benhavn dc Kristiania, 1914. Schmaltz (R.) Anatomische Kollegheft- Skizzen. 3. Aufl. 8°. Berlin, 1911. Sisson (S.) A textbook of veterinary anat- omy. 4°. Philadelphia dc London, 1910. ------. The anatomy of the domestic animals. 2. ed. 4°. Philadelphia dc London, 1914. ------. A veterinary dissection guide. Pt. 1. 2. rev. ed. 4°. Columbus, 0., 1915. Strangeway. Veterinary anatomy. 6. ed., revised and edited by I. Vaughan. 8°. Edin- burgh, 1904. Tellez y Lopez (J.) Manual de anatomia descriptiva. 16°. Madrid, 1904. Anatomy [A collection of anatomical plates, including several of monsters.] In 2 portfolios. Anaximander. Eastman (C.-R.) Anaximandre, le premier des pr6- curseursdeDarwin. Rev. scient., Par., 1905,5.s.,iii,769-772. Anceau (Gaston-Philippe-Gabriel) [1872- ]. *De la valeur therapeutique du vanadium chez les tuberculeux. 40 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899. No. 504. Ancel (Albert-Paul) [1873- ]. Contribution a l'etude du peritoine dans ses rapports avec les arteres ombilicales et l'ouraque. viii, 44 pp., 2 1., 2 pi. 8°. Nancy, 1899, No. 14. ------. Precis de dissection. Guide de l'etudiant aux travaux pratiques d'anatomie. ii, 329 pp. 12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1906. Ancelet (Gabriel-Paul) [1867- ]. *Essai historique et critique sur la creation et la trans- formation des maternites a Paris. 189 pp., 1 1. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 190. ------. The same. 187 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris. B. Steinheil, 1896. Ancestors. Ledermann (F.) Das Recht des Ahnenstolzes. Sex.- Probleme, Frankf. a. M., 1911, vii, 383-389.—Mottelay (P. F.) Apotheosis and the worship of ancestors; eagle, pea- cock, and serpent and their significance in Roman times. Scient. Am. Suppl., N. Y., 1911, Ixxi, 61. Anchisi (Efisio). Relazione di autopsie giudi- ziarie eseguite per ordine del tribunale di Cagliari dall'aprile 1898 al maggio 1904. 230 pp., 11. 8°. Cagliari, B. Montorsi, 1904. Anchistrocephalus. Mola (P.) Osservazioni sui tegumento (ectoderma) del- l'Anchistrocephalus microcephalus (Rud.). Arch, de para- sitol., Par., 1906-7, xi, 339-342,1 pi.—Stiles (C. W.) & Hassall (A.) The type species of Anchistrocephalus. U. S. Dep. Agric. Bureau animal indust., Wash., 1907, Bull. 35, 21. Anchorina. Cecconi (J.) Sur 1'Anchorina sagittata Leuck., parasite de la Capitella capitata O. Fabr. Arch. f. Protistenk., Jena, 1905, vi, 230-244, 2 pi. Anchylosis. See Ankylosis. Anchylostoma. See Ankylostoma. Ankylostomiasis. See Ankylostomiasis. 4 ANCHYNLA. 475 ANDERS. Anchynia. Wagner (N.) Sur quelques points de l'organisation de l'anchvnie. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1885, 2. s., iii, 151-188, 3 pi. Ancian (Gaston). *De l'hemostase des fosses nasales et du naso-pharynx. 70 pp. 8°. Tou- louse, 1904, No. 549. Ancibure (Joseph). *Quelques considerations sur le role therapeutique de l'iodure de potas- sium dans la syphilis. 63 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 174. Ancona. See Cholera (History and statistics of), Hos- pitals (Management, etc., of), Insane (Asy- lums, Description, etc., of) by localities. Ancrum (William Rutherford) [1816-9S]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1375. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 1028. Ancylostoma. See Ankylostoma. Ancylus. Boettger (O.) Nochmals fiber Trockenzeitanpassung eines Ancylus von Siidamerika. Zool. Anz., Leipz., 1904, xxvii, 264^-267.—Dall (W. H.) Notes on Gundlachia and Ancvlus. Am. Naturalist, Lancaster, Pa., 1911, xiv, 175- 189.-^-de Lacaze-Duthiers (H.) Les organes de la repro- ductions de 1'Ancvlus fluviatilis. Arch, de zool. exper. et gen. Hist. nat. [etc.], Par., 1899, 3. s., vii, 33-120, 6 pi. Ancystropodium. Faure-Fremiet (E.) Un nouvel infusoire hypotriche: F Ancystropodium Maupasi. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1907, lxiii, 377. Andald (Luciano). Considerazioni cliniche sopra un caso di cisti d' echinococco suppurata del fegato. 16 pp. 12°. Imola, 1899. -----. Note sui rendiconto-statistico della se- zione medica dell' Ospedale d' Imola (anno 1898). 29 pp. 8°. Imola, 1899. Andaman Islands. Fritsch (G.) Ein Besuch auf den Andamanen. Globus, Brnschwg., 1907, xcii, 181-186.—Owen (Professor). On the osteology and dentition of the aborigines of the Andaman Islands and the relations thereby indicated to other races of mankind. Tr. Ethn. Soc. Lond., 1863, n. s., ii, 34-50.— Portman (M. V.) Notes on the Andamanese. J. Anthrop. Inst., Lond., 1895-6, xxv, 361-371.—Woolley (J. M.) Con- vict marriages in the Andamans. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1912, xlvii, 89-94. Andeer (J[ustusj J.) Bibliografia della resorcina medicinale. 74 pp. 8°. Catania, C. Galatola, 1903. n T van Andel (Arnoldus Hugo) [1836-1905J. Les etablissements pour le traitement des maladies mentales et des affections nerveuses des Pays- Bas, des colonies neerlandaises et de la Belgique en 1900. 2 p. 1., 93 pp., 1 map. 8°. Leiden dc Antwerpen, S. C. van Doesburgh, 1901. For Biography, see Psychiat. en Neurol. Bl., Amst., 1905, ix, 405-411, port. (P. Wellenbergh). Andeol (J.) [1877- ]. *Des intolerances medi- camenteuses et alimentaires. 63 pp. 8° Mont- pellier, 1902, No. 67. . . Ander (Adam). Mutterschaft oder Emanzipation? Eine Studie iiber die Stellung des Weibes in der Natur und im Menschenleben. 2 p. 1., ii (11.)> 180 pp. 8°. Berlin, T. Nitschmann, [1913]. Anderes (Ernst). * Vergleichende Versuche uber Wohnungsdesinfektion mittelst Formaldehyd- dampfen (Breslauer Methode, Autan, Apparat St. Margrethen). [Zurich.] 65 pp., 1 ch. 8 . [n. p.], 1907. Anderl (Wolfgang) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur Be- handlung des Kretinismus. 19 pp. 8°. Miin- chen, Kastner dc Callwey, 1909. Andermann (Veronika). *Ueber das Vorkom- men des Paratyphus in Zurich. 59 pp. 8 . Zurich, Gebr. Leemann dc Cie., 1911. Andernach (Ludwig) [1878- ]. *Ueber dif- fuse Hirnsklerose. 30 pp. 8°. Munchen, C. Wolf dc Sohn, 1902. Anderodias (Jean-Baptiste-Marie-Emile) [1875- ]. *Diphth('rie et gravidisme. Recherches cliniques et experimentales. 92 pp. 8°. Bor- deaux, 1900, No. 84. Anderodias (Noel) [1869- ]. ^Contribution au traitement chirurgical des otites chroniques suppurees rebelles par l'ouverture large des cavites de l'oreille moyenne. 120 pp., 2 pi. 4°. Paris, 1895, No. 384. Anders (Ernst) [1850-1900]. B.&A. [Biography.] St. Petersb. med. Wchnschr., 1900, n. F., xvii, 255.—Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900,ii, 463. Anders (F.") Die Flechten und ahnl iche Hautaus- schliige. Ihre Entstehung, Verhiitung und Heilung. 64 pp. 8°. Berlin, H.Steinitz, [1897]. Anders (Friedrich) [1884- ]. *Die mediane Episiotomie nach Kustner. 44 pp. 8°. Bres- lau, P. Cohn, 1911. Anders (Gerhard) [1887- ]. *Ueber rhinogene Meningitis serosa acuta mit einem casuistischen Beitrage. 42 pp. 8°. Leipzig, E. Lehmann, 1914. Anders (Hans) [1886- J. *Ueber die Bedeu- tung der gangriinosen Uterusperforation fiir den Gerichtsarzt. 45 pp. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, 1912. Anders (Howard S.) [1866- ]. Physical diag- nosis, with case examples of the inductive method, xix, 456 pp., 32 pi. 8°. New York dc London, D. Appleton dc Co., 1907. Anders (James Meschter) [1854- ]. A text- book of the practice of medicine. 1287 pp. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1897. _____. The same. 2. ed. 1287 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia, W. B. Saunders, 1898. ____—. The same. 3. ed. 1292 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders, 1899. _____. Thesame. 4. ed. 1 p. 1., 1292 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1900. _____. The same. 5. ed. 1297 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders dc Co., _____'. The same. 6. ed. 1295 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Philadelphia, New York dc London, 1903. _____Thesame. 7. ed. 3 p. 1., 1297 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders dc Co., 1905 _____' The same. 8. ed. 1325 pp. 8°. Phila- delphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1909. _____ Thesame. 10. ed. 1 p. 1., 1328 pp. roy. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1911 _____' Thesame. 12. ed. 1 p. 1., 1336 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., _____' Tvphoid fever and malarial diseases. Jn/SYST. Pract. Therap. (Hare), Phila., 1897, iv, 99-141. ftr'MoD. Medf(Osler). 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1907, i, 845-863. _____Erysipelas (St. Anthony's fire, the rose). 7n.;Mon. Mea. (Osier). 8°. Philadelphia & New York, 1907, ii, 525-536. ______& Boston (Leonard Napoleon) [1871- J. A text-book of medical diagnosis; with 418 illus- trations in the text and 25 plates 17 of them in colors. 1195 pp. roy. 8°. Philadelphia dc Lon- don, W. B. Saunders Co., 1911. _____1_____. Thesame. 2. ed. 1 p. 1., 1248pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, W. B. Saunders Co., 1914. ANDERS. 476 ANDERSON. Anders (Ludwig). *Hat der Nachweis der Kolos- trumkorperchen eine Bedeutung fiir die foren- sische Beurteilung des Frischmilchendseins der Kiihe? 40 pp. 8°. Berlin, L. Schumacher, 1909. Anders (Oscar) [1878- ]. *Die an derselben Person wiederholte Laparotomie; 16 Falle aus der Universitats-Frauenklinik zu Greifswald. 32 pp., 2 1. 8°. Greifswald, H Adler, 1903. Anders (Wide). Bad och kroppsofningar. [Bath- ing and gymnastics.] 80 pp. 8°. Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt dc Sdner, 1907. Andersen (Eugen) [1886- |. *Bauchdecken- fibrome der Frau; Aetiologie, Diagnose, Prog- nose und Therapie. 1 p. 1., 42 pp. 8°. Greifs- wald, J. Abel, 1913. Andersen (Herman) [1871- \. *Einige Falle Basedow'scher Krankheit. 2i pp., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, Schmidt dc Klaunig, 1896. Anderschou (H. W. ) Die Augendiagnose. Vortrag, mit einem Diagnoseplan. 21 pp., 1 diag., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, A. Strauch, [1911]. Andersen (A. N.) Bidrag til en medicinal to- pografi over Skodborg og Vandfuld Herreder (Lemvig laegedistrikt). Udgivet med under- st0ttelse af Justitsministeriet. 3 p. 1., 110 pp. 8°. Kobenhavn, G. E. C. Gad, 1908. Andersen (Kristen). Cancerens aldersfordeling som udgangspunkt for unders0gelsen over dens setiologi. Ill pp. 8°. Kristiania, Steen'ske bogtrykkeri, 1910. Anderson (Alder). Detectives at school. M. Bertillon's new method of descriptive portraits. pp. 443^47. 8°. London, 1904. Cutting from: Strand Mag.; Lond., 1904, xxvii. Anderson (Arthur James) [1863- ]. The ad- mirable painter; a study of Leonardo da Vinci. 310 pp. 8°. London, S. Paul dc Co., 1915. Anderson (A[rthur] R[owland]). The treatment of arterial hsemorrhage from wounds in the neighborhood of the tonsil; a paper read before the Nottingham Medico-Chirurgical Society, December 2, 1887. 25 pp. 12°. Nottingham, S. E. Hackett, 1892. Anderson (Charles Loftus G.) [1863- ]. Old Panama and Castilla del Oro.; a narrative history of the discovery, conquest, and settlement by the Spaniards of Panama, Darien . . . With maps and rare illustrations, xv, 559 pp. 8°. Wash- ington, The Sudwarth Company, 1911. Anderson (Edward L.) Vice in the horse, and other papers on horses and riding. 70 pp., 3 pi. 8°. Edinburgh, D. Douglas, 1886. ------. How to ride and school a horse. With a system of horse gymnastics. A new ed., revised and corrected, xx, 94 pp. 8°. London, W. H. Allen dc Co., 1892. Anderson (Elizabeth Garrett). Sex in mind and education; a reply, pp. 582-594. 8°. London, 1874. Cutting from: Fortnightly Rev., Lond., 1874, n. s., xv. ------. On the progress of medicine in the Victo- rian era. 30pp. 8°. London, Macmillan dc Co., Ltd., 1897. For Biography, see Hospital, Lond., 1917, lxiii, 270-272. Anderson (Ernest Chester) [1863-1914]. [Obituary.] Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, i, 174. Also: St. Mary's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1914, xx, 7. Anderson (Helen O.) The care of young children. pp. 618-624. 8°. [New York, 1899.J Cutting from: Cosmopolitan, N. Y., 1899, xxvi. Anderson (Izett). Yellow fever in the West Indies, xv, 106 pp. 12°. London, H. K. Lewis, 1898. Anderson (James). Letters to Sir Joseph Banks, bart., president of the Royal Society, on the subject of cochineal insects, discovered at Madras. 26 pp., 3pi., 11. 8°. Madras, C. Ford, 1788. [P., v. 2286.] ------. Letters on cochineal, continued. 36 pp., lpl. 8°. Madras, C. Ford, 1790. [P., v. 2286.] ------. The conclusion of Letters on cochineal. 21pp. 8°. Madras, C. Ford, 1790. [P., v. 2286.] ------. Correspondence for the introduction of cochineal insects from America, the varnish and tallow trees from China, the discovery and cul- ture of white lac, the culture of red lac, and also for the introduction, culture and establishment of mulberry trees and silkworms, [etc.]. 78 pp., lpl. 8°. Madras, J. Martin, 1791. [P., v. 2286.] Anderson (James) [ -1903]. Obituary. Caledon. M. J., Glasg., 1903, v, 307. Anderson (James Wallace). Medical nursing, lectures delivered in the Royal Infirmary, Glasgow. 5. ed. x, 231 pp. 16°. Glasgow, J. Maclehose dc Sons, 1896. ------. The power of nature in disease. 50 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, W. F. Clay, 1899. Anderson (John) [1813-1903]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 201. Anderson (John) [1833-1900]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 699. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 632. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1900, n. s., lxx, 201. Anderson (John) [1840-1910]. Obituary. Lancet, Lond., 1910, ii, 1251. Anderson (John Alexander) [1862-1907], Obituary. Glasgow M. J., 1917, lxxxviii, 141. Anderson (John F.) Presence of tetanus in com- mercial gelatin. 6 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1902. Treas. Dep. U. S. Mar.-Hosp. Serv. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 9. ------. Spotted fever (tick fever) of the Rocky Mountains; a new disease. 50 pp., 6 pi., 2 maps. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print.Office, 1903. Treas. Dep. U. S. Mar. Hosp.-Serv. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 14. ------. I. Maternal transmission of immunity to diphtheria toxine. II. Maternal transmission of immunity to diphtheria toxine and hypersus- ceptibility to horse serum in the same animal. 19 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1906. Treas. Dep. U. S.Mar. Hosp.-Serv. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 30. ------. The antiseptic and germicidal properties of solutions of formaldehyde and their action upon toxines. 48 pp. 8°. Washington, 1907. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 37. ----—. The presence of tubercle bacilli in the circulating blood in clinical and experimental tuberculosis. Also: The viability of the tubercle bacillus, by M. J. Rosenau. 42 pp. 8°. Wash- ington, Gov. Print. Office, 1909. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 57. ------. The influence of age and temperature on the potency of diphtheria antitoxin. 9-26 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1910. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar. Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 66. ------. Typhus fever. Its etiology and the methods of its prevention, pp. 1303-1311. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1915. Eepr.from: Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1915, xxx. ANDERSON. 477 ANDOGSKI. Anderson (John F.)—Continued. ------. Post-vaccination tetanus. Studies on its relation to vaccine virus. 8 pp. 8°. Washington Gov. Print. Office, 1915. Repr.from: Pub. Health Rep., Wash., 1915, xxx. ------ & Frost (W. H.) Studies upon anaphy- laxis with special reference to the antibodies concerned. 56 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1910. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S. Hyg. Lab. Bull. No. 64. ------ & Stimson (Arthur M.) The Friedman treatment for tuberculosis. A report of the board appointed for its investigation. 69 pp. 8°. Washington. Gov. Print. Office, 1914. Treas. Dep. Pub. Health. Serv. U. S. Hvg. Lab. Bull. No. 99. See, also, Rosenau (Milton Joseph) & Anderson (John F.) [in 2. s.]. A study of the cause of sudden death [etc.]. 8°. Washington, 1906.-----------[in 2. s.]. A stomach lesion in guinea pigs [etc.]. 8°. Washington, 1906.----- ----- [in 2. s.]. The specific nature of anaphylaxis. 8°. Chicago, 1907.-----------[in 2. s.]. Further studies upon hypersusceptibility and immunity. 8°. Boston, 1907. -----------. The influence of antitoxin [etc.]. 8°. Wash- ington, 1907. Anderson (Lechmere). Personal hygiene for boys. xiv, 130 pp. 8°. London, New York [etc.], Cassell dc Co., 1915. Anderson (M. F.) Phosphates, their chemical composition and uses in the different tissues of the body. 26 pp., 41. 8°. London, Robertson dc Gray, 1877. Anderson (McCall). See Anderson (Sir Thomas McCall). [Anderson (Maurice Clare Bielefeld).] Surgical tables. 1911. 2 p. 1., 99 pp. 8°. Edinburgh, W. Bryce, [1911]. Anderson (Peter John) [1852- ]. Notes on academic theses, with bibliography of Duncan Liddel. frontispiece (port.), 2 p. 1., 52 pp., 8 facsim. 4°. [Aberdeen], printed for the University of Aberdeen, 1912. Aberdeen University Studies, No. 58. Anderson (Richard Benjamin) [1857- 1900]. Obituary. Brit.M.J.,Lond., 1900,ii, 1537. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1525. Anderson (Richard Jones) [1848-1914]. Some aspects of variation. 8 pp. 8°. Jena, 1912. Repr.from: Internat. Zool. Kong. z. Graz, 1910, viii. ------. The organic phosphoric acid of cottonseed meal. 12 pp. 8°. Geneva, N. F.,1912. Tech. Bull. No. 24, N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station. ------. Some aspects of variation. II. 12 pp. 8°. Galway, [n. d.]. Biol. Lab. Univ. Coll. Galway. ------. Remarks on stimuli (including suggestion) in their physiological aspects and reflex. 18 pp. 8°. [Galway, n. d.] For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 418. Anderson (Robert). One lesson from the Beck case. pp. 1004-1011. 8°. New York, 1904. Cutting from: Nineteenth Cent., N. Y., 1904, lvi. ------ An ex-prisoner on professional criminals; a rejoinder, pp. 811-821. 8°. New York, 1904. Cutting from: Nineteenth Century, N. Y., 1904, lv. Anderson (Robert E.) The story of extinct civil- izations of the West, frontispiece, 195 pp. 8°. New York, D. Appleton dc Co., 1914. Anderson (Tempest) [1846-1913]. • [Obituary.] Lancet, Lond., 1913, ii, 903. Anderson (Sir Thomas McCall) [1836-1908]. A practical treatise upon eczema, including its lichenous and impetiginous forms. 2. ed. vii, 180 pp. 8° London, J. Churchill dc Sons, 1867. Anderson (Sir Thomas McCall)—Continued. ------. On the parasitic affections of the skin. 2. ed. ix (11.), 250 pp. 8°. London, J. Churchill dc Sons, 1868. —;---. Contributions to clinical medicine. Ed- ited by James Hinshelwood. x (1 1.), 415 pp. 8°. Edinburgh dc London, Y. J. Pentland, 1898. ------. A plea for the more general use of tuber- culin by the profession. Address. 56 pp. 8°. Glasgow, J. Maclehose dc Sons, 1905. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 355-357, port. Also: Glasgow M. J., 1908, lxix, 196-198, port. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 468-471, port. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1908, n.s., lxxxv, 133. Also: Scot. M. & S. J., Edinb., 1908, xxii, 250-252, port. (W. R. J.). Anderson (William) [1842-1900]. The deformi- ties of the fingers and toes, viii, 150 pp. 8°. London, J. dc A. Churchill, 1897. See, also, Brticke (Ernst Wilhelm). The human figure [etc.]. 12°. London, 1900. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1335; 1411. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1368-1371, port. Also: Med.- Chir. Tr., Lond., 1901, lxxxiv, pp. cxxiv-cxxvi. Also: St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1901, Lond., 1903, n. s., xxx, 329-335, port. Also: Ibid., 337-343. (W. W. Wagstaffe). Anderson (William G.) The making of a perfect man. What the highest type of manhood is, and what the average individual may do towards attaining, or at least approaching, the physical and mental ideal, pp. 94-104. 8°. New York, 1901. Cutting from: Munsey's Mag., N. Y., 1901, xxiv. ------. Making a Yale athlete, pp. 41-50. 8°. [New York, 1905.] Cutting from: Everybody's Mag., N. Y., 1905, xiii. ------. Physical training at Yale. pp. 481^187. 8°. [New York, 1905.] Cutting from: Munsey's Mag., N. Y., 1905, xxxiii, 481- 487. Anderson (William John). The symptoms and treatment of the diseases of pregnancy. 119 pp. 12°. London, J. Churchill, 1852. Anderson (Winslow). Diseases of the lungs. (Excluding croupous pneumonia and tubercu- losis.) In: Twentieth Cent. Pract. 8°. New York, 1896, vi, 619- 724. Andersson (Lars Gabriel). Untersuchungen iiber die Entstehung der ausseren Genitalorgane und des Afters bei den Nagetieren. 230 pp. 8°. Uppsala dc Stockholm, Almquist dc Wiesells, 1909. Andersson (Oskar A.). See Hultgren (E. O.) & Andersson (Oskar A.) [in 2. s.]. Studien zur Physiologie [etc.]. 8°. Leipzig, 1899. Anderton (William) [1848-1916]. Obituary. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1916, ii, 31. Anderwert (Emil). *Ueber Stauungsblutungen nach Rumpf compression. 68 pp. 8°. Zurich, Gebr. Leemann dc Co., 1906. Andes. Bowman (I.) The physiography of the Central Andes. Part I. The Maritime Andes. Part II. The Eastern Andes. Am J Sc, N. Haven, 1909, 4. s., xxviii, 197-402. Also, Reprint.—Posnansky (A.) Mongoloid signs in some ethnic types of the Andine plateau. Science, Lancaster, Pa., 1916, n. s., xliii, 904. Andes (Louis Edgar). Animal fats and oils; their practical production, purification and uses for a great variety of purposes, their properties, falsification and examination; a handbook for manufacturers of oil- and fat-products, soap and candle makers, agriculturists, tanners, etc., Transl. by Charles Salter, xii, 240 pp. 8°. London, Scott, Greenwood dc Co., 1898. Andogski (Nikolai Ivanovich) [1869- ]. *0 niekotorikh usloviyakh dlya razvitiya poslie- operats'ionnavo nagnoyeniya v perednem otdie- ANDOGSKL 478 ANDRE. Andogski (Nikolailvanovich) [1869- ]—Con. lie glaznovo yabloka i dlya perekhoda yevo na glubokiya obolochki glaza. [On several condi- tions favoring development of post-operative sup- puration in the anterior chamber of the eyeball and on its transmission to the deep coats of the eye.] 125 pp., 1 pi. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1895. Andolin. Lenz (W.) & Lucius (R.) Andolin. Apoth.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, xxii, 654.—Linke. Andolin. Therap. Neuheiten, Leipz 1910, v, 97-99.—Mayer (H.) Das Andolin, ein coeainfreies Lokal-Anastheticum, und seine Verwendung in der Dermatologie und Urologie. Monatsh. f. prakt. Dermat. Hamb.. 1907, xiv, 603-610.—Wolff (L.) Andolin, ein neuesj kokainfreies Lokalanasthetikum. Verhandl. d. Gesellsch deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1906, Leipz., 1907, pt. 2, 2. Hlfte. 280-283. Andouard (Ambroise-Pierre) [1839-1914]. Nou- veaux elements de pharmacie. 5. ed. xx, 1047 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1898. ------. Thesame. 6. ed. xxiv, 1168pp. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1905. ------. The same. Nouvelle 6d., comprenant les nouveautes du codex de 1908. xxiv, 1168 pp. roy. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1910. ------. Les nouveautes du codex de 1908. 122 pp. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1910. For Biography, see Bull. d. sc. pharmacol., Par., 1914, xxi, 243-247 (A. Boutron). de Andrade (Boaventura Francisco Lameira)- *Tratamento da eclampsia. 61 pp., 1 1. 4° Rio de Janeiro, typ. Leuzinger, 1896. Andrade (Edoardo) [1873-1906]. [Obituary.] J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1900, xlvii, 1123 de Andrade Junior (Jose Procopio). *Do trata- mento da pneumonia lobar. 95 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, M. Orosco dc Co., 1906. de Andrade Machado. See Machado (Alberto de Andrade) [in 2. s.]. de Andrade Rezende (Mario Ottoni). *Da balneotherapia nas infeccoes agudas; cadeira de therapeutica. 119 pp. roy. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. Andrae (Heinrich). *Ueber die Medizin Thomas Sydenhams, 1624-89. Ein Beitrag zur Ge- schichte der Heilkunde. [Zurich.] 93 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, G. Fock, 1903. Andrae ([Heinrich] Gustav) [1879- ]. *Zur Cytodiagnose der Meningitis. 40 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gottingen, W. F. Kaestner, 1908. Andraas [Conrad]. Beitrage zur Geschichte des Seuchen-, Gesundheits- und Medicinalwesens der oberen Pfalz. 1 p. 1., 207 pp. 8°. Re- gensburg, J. dc R. Mayr, 1900. Repr. from: Verhandl. d. histor. Ver. v. Oberpfalz u. Regensburg, Iii. Andral (Gabriel) [1797-1876]. Die Krankheiten des Unterleibes. Nach der zweiten durch- gesehenen, verbesserten und vermehrten Auflage iibersetzt aus dem Franzosischen von J. Schech- ner. v. 1. xxviii, 552 pp. 8°. Munchen, 1832. For Portrait, see Corlieu (A.) Centenaire Fac. de med. de Par. 4°. Paris, 1896. Andraud (Joseph) [1888- ]. *Le rein dans l'hemoglobinurie paroxystique. 3 p. 1., 184 pp. 8°. Paris, Jouve dc Cie., 1913, No. 241. Andraud (Louis) [1873- ]. Considerations sur la valeur de l'anus contre nature dans le traitement des hernies" gangrenees. 54 pp. 8°. Paris, 1899, No. 622. Andraud (Pierre) [1884- ]. Contribution a l'etude du purpura rhumatoide. 38 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1915, No. 27. Andre (Albert) [1882- ]. *La tet£e artificielle. 77 pp. 8°. Paris, 1909, No. 450. Andre (Antoine) [1872- ]. *Action du brome sur la cafeine. 2 p. 1., 44 pp. 8°. Lyon, A. Stgrck dc Cie., 1901, No. 5. Ecole de pharmacie. Andre (Arthur). En attendant le veterinaire; soins a donner dans les cas urgents aux animaux domestiques blesses ou malades. 63 pp. 8°. Renaix, J. Leherte-Courtin, 1908. Andre (Charles) [1875- ]. *Les serums hemo- lytiques; injections de serum hemolytique dans les anemies. 105 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 62., Andre (Emile). Les exercices physiques, leurs avantages et leurs inconvenients; conference faite a la reunion des officiers de la garnison de Nancy. 45 pp. 8°. Paris, A. Maloine, 1899. ------. Cent facons de se defendre dans la rue sans armes. xviii, [19]-160 pp. 8°. Paris, E. Flammarion, [1905]. -----. La gymnastique suedoise. Manuel de gymnastique rationnelle a la portee de tous et a tout age d'apres la methode de L.-G. Kumlien. Preface de Hugues Le Roux et de Paul Michaux. 228 pp., 8°. Paris, E. Flammarion, [n. d.]. Andre (Emile.) *Methodes generates d'hydroge- nation en chimie organique. (Concours d'agre- gation.) [Paris.] 165 pp. 8°. Lons-le-Saunier, 1914. Ecole de pharmacie. Andre (Ferdinand) [1886- ]. Contribution a l'etude des acces de manie equivalents psychi- ques de l'epilepsie. 87 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1914, No. 10. Andre (G.) L'hygiene des vieillards. 1 p. 1., 104 pp. ,12°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1890. -----. Etudes neuropathologiques. 160 pp. 8°. Paris, 0. Doin, 1898; Toulouse, E. Privat, 1898. -----. Klinicheskiy obzor bolieznei nervnoi Bistemi. (Precis clinique des maladies du systeme nerveux.) Perevod s frants. L. V. Blumenau i N. A. Virubova, pod obshtshei redaktsiyei i s primlechaniyami L. V. Blume- nau. [Transl. from the French by L. V. Blu- menau and N. A. Viruboff, under the general supervision of and with notes by Blumenau.] ii, 819, xi pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1898. Issued by: Voyenno-med. J. -----. La grippe ou influenza. 474 pp. 12°. Paris, Masson dc Cie.; Toulouse, C. Dirion, 1908. Andre (Georges-Eugene) [1874- ]. *Docu- ments relatifs a la progression de ralcoolisme a Nancy compare a l'alcoolisme en France. 1 p. 1., 56 pp., 2 tab. 8°. Nancy, 1899, No. 44. Andre (Gilbert) [1878- ]. *De la depopula- tion, des principaux moyens de la combattre et en particulier de l'action individuelle du medecin. 50 pp. 8°. Paris, 1910, No. 349. Andre (Henry) [1872- ]. *Contribution a l'etude des trochanterites. 56 pp. 8°. Lyon, 1898, No. 40. Andre (J.-B.) Enquete sur les eaux alimentaires. 2 pts. xv, 465 pp.; 505 pp., 1 map. 8° Bru- xelles, A. Lesigne, 1902-6. Andre (J.-Marc) [1876- ]. Contribution a l'etude des, lymphatiques du nez et des fosses nasales. (Etude anatomique et pathologique.) 88 pjp., 6 pi. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 200. Andre (John). See Andree (John). Andre (Jules) [1869- ]. *De la sialorrhee. 90 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, 1898, No. 142. —---. Asthme et Mont-Dore. Traitement du neuro-arthritisme asthmatique au Mont-Dore. ANDRE. 479 ANDREW. Andre (Jules) [1869- }—Continued. (Cure constitutionnelle ou diathesique; cure asthmatogenetique.) 16 pp. 8°. Nimes, 1902. ------. Guide pratique d'urologie clinique. 23S pp. 16°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1904. ------. Conferences pratiques d'urologie clinique. 112 pp., 1 1. 8°. Paris, J.-B. Bailliere dc fils, 1904. Andre (Leopold) [1S70- ]. *Quelques consi- derations sur la prophylaxie de la syphilis extra- genitale. 83 pp. 4°. Paris, 1896, No. 196. Andre (Louis). *De I'influence du climat dans le traitement des tuberculeux. 50 pp., 1 1. 8° Paris, 1905, No. 491. Andre [Nicolas] [1704- ]. Dissertation sur les maladies de l'uretre qui ont besoin de bougies. 226 pp., 2 1. 16°. Paris, Pecquet; Versailles, M. Andre, 1751. Andre (Paul) [1869- ]. *Des deviations angu- laires consecutives a la resection et a, l'arthrec- tomie du genou chez l'enfant. 1 p. 1., 354 pp. roy. 8°. Nancy, 1S96, No. 20. Andre (Paul). *De l'arthrotomie dans les luxa- tions irreductibles de l'epaule. 53 pp. 8°. Paris, 1902, No. 71. Andre (Robert) [1882- ]. *Hygiene de In- dustrie du fer en Meurthe-et-Moselle (mines, hauts fourneaux, acieries. fonderies, etc.) 446 pp. i>0. Nancy, 1909, No. 19. ------. The same. Avec preface de Imbeaux et Villain, viii, 446 pp. 8°. Paris, H. Dunod dc E. Pinat, 1909. Andreae (A.) *Die inneren Irisschichten der Hausvogel. [Zurich.] 45 pp., 7 pi. 8°. Dres- den, O. Franke, 1909. Andreae ([Friedrich] Hugo) [1871- ]. *Die Behandlungsweise der komplizierten Frakturen und die Erfolge derselben in der Kgl.-Chirurgi- schen Klinik zu Halle seit 1890. 45 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer dc Co., 1895. Andreae (Hermannus). See Rolnnck (Werner) [in 2. s.]. Diss, chimica de sul- phure[etc.]. sm. 4°. Jenx, 1660. Andreae (Julius) [1858- ]. * Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Kalkverletzungen des Auges. 52 pp. 8°. Bonn, K. Drobing, 1898. ------. Die Verletzungen des Sehorganes mit Kalk und ahnlichen Substanzen. viii, 178 pp. 8°. Leipzig, W. Engelmann, 1899. Andreae (Percy) [1875- ]. The prohibition movement in its broader bearings upon our social, commercial and religious liberties. 421 pp. 8°. Chicago, F. Mendelsohn, [1915]. Andreas Bellunensis. See Ebn el Beithar [in 2. s.]. De limonibus [etc.]. 8°. Cremonx, 1757. Andreas (Adolf Curt) [1878- ]. *Ein Fall von Luxatio humeri retroglenoidalis congenita. 24 pp., 1 1. 8°. Leipzig, B. Georgi, 1905. Andreas (Friedrich Hermann). *Ueber den Ver- lauf des Wochenbettes nach operativen Ein- griffen. 42 pp. 8°. Marburg, J. A. Koch, 1906. Andreau (Urbain-Therese-Edouard) [1870- ]. Contribution a l'etude des resultats eloigned de la resection du coude d'apres la statistique de M. le Dr. Lucas-Championniere. 97 pp. 8°. Paris, 1896, No. 86. Andree (Hans) [Gustav]) [1888- ]. *Klinischer Beitrag zur Frage der schweren Anaemien. 1 p. 1., 59 pp. 8°. Gottingen, E. A. Huth, 1912. Andree (John). Abhandlungen iiber den veneri- schen Tripper und die venerischen Krankheiten iiberhaupt Aus dem Englischen iibersetzt und mit einigen Anmerkungen versehen. 3 p. 1., Andree (John)—Continued. 204 pp., 10 1. 8°. Leipzig, bey WeidmannsErben & Reich, 1781. -----• Osservazioni sulle malattie chroniche del fegato. Tradotte dalP inglese sulla seconda edizione uscita nel 1792, accresciuta dall'autore di note del Signor Martin, e delle osservazioni sull' epatite del Sig. Clark. 114 pp. 12°. Pavia, presso il Bolzani, [1793]. Andree (Karl Wilhelm) [1874- ]. *Resektion des Ileoccecal-Teiles wegen Invagination durch submukoses Lipom. [Marburg.] 1 p. 1., 9 pp., 11. 8°. Tubingen, H. Laupp, jr., 1913. Andree (Richard) \A833-1912]. Heger (F.) Nekrolog. Mitt. d. anthrop. Gesellsch. in W ion, 1912, xiii, 219-221. Andree (Wilhelm) [1887- ]. *Ueber einen Fall von zwei verschiedenartigen primaren Krebsen in verschiedenen Organen. 1 p. 1., 16 pp. 8°. Kiel, H. Fiencke, 1913. Andreeff (Pierre). *Les resultats du traitement des fractures ouvertes obtenus par la methode aseptico-antiseptique a la clinique chirurgicale pendant les annees 1885-1903. 64 pp. 8°. Geneve, 1904. Andreeff (Theodor). Contribution a l'etude des anevrismes de l'aorte descendante. 72 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1904, No. 563. Andreesen (Herbert) [1890- ]. *Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Physiologie von Scenedesmus acutus Meyen. 1 p. 1., 62 pp., 2 pi., 1 1. 8°. Kiel, P. Peters, 1913. Andreini (Vincenzo) [1787-1847]. Paoli (C.) Cenni biografici. 8°. Firenze, 1848. Andreoli (Italiano). Sulle recidive della erisi- pela. 26 pp., 1 1. 8°. Foligno, F. Campitelli, [1892]. ------. Le malattie infettive nel comune di Genga durante il sessennio 1891-6. Osserva- zioni e note. 45 pp. 8°. Senigallia, Puccini dc Massa, 1898. Andre-Pontier (L.) Histoire de la pharmacie; origines; moyen age; temps modernes. xxi, 729 pp., 10 pi. 8°. Paris, O. Doin, 1900. Andres (Albert-Jules-Hippolyte) [1882- ]. *L'hopital actuel repond-il aux besoins du trai- tement des tuberculeux? 136 pp. 8°. Lille, 1908, No. 1. Andres (Angelo). Anatomia della tinea (Tinea vulgaris Cuv.), con referenza ad altre ciprinide. Pt. I. Prefazione; note zoologiche preliminari; aspetto esterno. 95 pp., 3 pi. 4°. Milano, 1899. Andresen (Wilhelm Heinrich) [1878- ]. *Zur Siderosis bulbi, nebst Bericht iiber 38 Magen- operationen. 76 pp., 2 1. 8°. Giessen, O. Kindt, 1903. Andre-Thomas. See Thomas (Andre) [in 2. s.]. Andreu (Th.) *De l'irresponsabilite des hysteri- ques en matiere criminelle. 88 pp. 8°. Tou- louse, 1905, No. 610. Andreucci (Ottavio). La mortality dei bambini in relazione alia soppressione delle mote negli ospizi degli esposti alle sale dei lattand (o pre- sepi) ed ai sowenimenti di baliatico. 110 pp., 1 1. 8°. Firenze, M. Ricci dc Co., 1870. Andrew (James) [1829-97]. On the relation be- tween anasarca and the renal affection at the commencement of the so-called acute renal dropsy; and on the sequence of the structural changes which take place in the kidneys. 28 pp., 1 tab., 1 pi. 8 . London, J. E. Adlard, 1864. ANDREW. 480 ANDRIEU. Andrew (James) [1829-97]—Continued. ■------. The Harveian oration delivered before the Royal College of Physicians October 18th, 1890. 36 pp., 12 pi. 8°. London, Adlard dc Son, 1891. For Biography, see Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, i, 1196. Also Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1293. Also: St. Barth. Hosp. Kep. 1897, Lond., 1898, xxxiii, pp. xxix-xl (W. S. Church). Andrew (James) [ -1911]. [Obituary.) Lancet, Lond., 1911, ii, 971. Andrew (James Grant) [1868- ]. Age incidence, sex, and comparative frequency in disease. xix, 439 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1909. Andrew (John A.) The errors of prohibition; an argument delivered in the Representatives' Hall, Boston. 142 pp. 8°. Boston, J. A. Butler, 1874. Andrewes (Frederick William). Lessons in disinfection and sterilisation; an elementary course of bacteriology, together with a scheme of practical experiments illustrating the subject- matter. 222 pp. 12°. London, J. dc A. Chur- chill, 1903. -----. Thesame. [2. ed.] 222pp. 12°. Lon- don, J. dc A. Churchill, 1907. See, also, Bowlby (Anthony A.) Surgical pathology [etc.]. 8°. London, 1907. Andrews (Albert H.). See Wood (Casey Albert), Andrews (Albert Henry) & Head (Gastavus Philemon) [in 2. s.]. The eye, ear [etc.]. 8°. Chicago, 1911. Andrews (Champe S.) Medical practice and the law. pp. 542-551. 8°. New York, 1901. Cutting from: The Forum, N. Y., 1901, xxxi. Andrews (Charles W.) A monograph of Christ- mas Island (Indian Ocean); physical features and geology. With description of the fauna and flora by numerous contributors, xiii (1. 1.), 337 pp., 21 1., 22 pi., 1 map. 8°. London, Long- mans dc Co., 1900. Andrews (Edmund) [1824-1904]. A remarkable effect of Koch's lymph, pp. 241-243. 8°. [Philadelphia, 1893.] For Biography, see Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 209. A Iso: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 403. Also: Chicago M. Recorder, 1904, xxvi, 111-115, port. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1904, xiii, 323. Also: Med. News, N. Y., 1904, lxxxiv, 230. Also: Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 181. ----- & Woodworth (John Maynard) [1837- 79]. The primary surgery of Gen. Sherman's campaigns. 20 pp. 8°. Chicago, G. H. Fergus, 1866. Andrews (Edward Wyllys) [1856- ]. Surgery of the neck. In: Surgery (Keen). 8°. Philadelphia & London, 1908, iii, 277-335, 2 pi. Andrews (Ethan Allen) [1859- ]. The young . of the crayfishes, Astacus and Cambarus. 79 pp., 10 pi. 46. Washington, 1907. Forms part of v. 35, Smithsonian contributions to knowl- edge. Andrews (Guendolen Foulke). The living sub- stance as such, and as organism. 1 p. 1., 176 pp. 8°. Boston, Ginn dc Co., 1897. Suppl. to: J. Morphol., Bost., 1897, xii, no. 2. Andrews (Henry Russell). Midwifery for nurses. vi, 308 pp. 8°. London, E. Arnold, 1906. Andrews (John B.) & Bliss (W. D. P.) History of women in trade unions. 61. Cong., 2. sess. S. Doc. No. 645. x, 236 pp. 8°. Washington, Gov. Print. Office, 1911. Andrews (Judson Boardman) [1834-94]. Memoir of John Perdue Gray. 14 pp. 8°. Detroit. Mich., 1887. Repr. from: Proc. Ass. Med. Superintend. Am. Inst. Insane, Detroit, Mich., 1887. For Biography, see Proc. Am. Psychol. Ass. 1895, Utica, N. Y., 1896, ii, 248-252 (G. A. Blumer). Andrews (Lincoln Clarke) [1867- ]. Funda- mentals of military service. 3 p. 1., v-xi, 428 pp. 8°. Philadelphia dc London, J. B. Lippincott Company, 1916. Andrews (Ofctavius] W[illiam]). Hand-book of public health, laboratory work and food inspec- tion. 292 pp. 8°. London, Bailliere, Tindall dc Cox, 1901. Andrews (Robert Rollins) [1844- ]. The for- mation of dentine and its appearance in health and decay. 7 pp. 8°. Chicago, McClure Print- ing Co., 1889. For Biography, see Dental Brief, Phila., 1908, xiii, 95-101 (B. L. Thorpe). Andrews (William). The doctor in history, literature, folk-lore, etc. 2 p. 1., 287 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Hull, W. Andrews dc Co.; London, Simpkin [and others], 1896. Andreyeff (Alfeksandr] Al[eksieyevich]) [1866- ]. *Ob obrazovanii hypopyon pri gnoi- nkih keratitakh; patologo-anatomicheskoye i eksperimentalnoye izsliedovaniye. [On the formation of hypopyon in purulent keratitis; pathologo-anatomical and experimental re- search.] 66 pp., 4 1., lpl. 8s. S.-Peterburg, Frenke dc Fyusno, 1897. Andreyeff (Nikolai Yustinovich) [1853- 1900]. [Inmemoriam.] Ejened. jour. "Prakt. Med.," S.-Peterb., 1900, vii, 640— Orlofl (V.) Nekrolog. Izvlest. Imp. Voyenno-Med. Akad., S.-Peterb., 1900, i, 195. Andreyeff (V. K.) Higiena polovoi zhizni. [Hygiene of sexual life.] 448 pp. 8°. S.- Peterburg, M. V. Popoff, 1899. Andreyeff (Vladimir Sergieyevich) [1853- ]. *K voprosu o vliyanii naturalnoi i gazirovannoi Kavkazskoi gorkoi vodi istochnika Batalinskavo (bivshavo Marii Terezii) na usvoyeniye zhirov pishtshi u zdorovikh lyudei. [On the influence of natural and aerated Caucasian bitter water of Batalin spring (formerly Maria Thereza [near Karras]), on the assimilation of fats from food in healthy men.] 36 pp., 7 tab. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1897. Andreyevski (I[van] Ye[fimovich]) [1831- ] & Ugryumoff (P[yotr] K[irznich]). Gradskiya bogadielni v S.-Peterburgie. [City poorhouses in St. Petersburg.] vii, 149 pp., 7 plans. 8°. S.- Peterburg, Shreder, 1889. Bound with: Saint Petersburg. Okhran.obshtsh.zdrav. Pt. 2. 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1889. Andrianavony [1861- ]. Contribution a l'etude clinique des persulfates alcalins. 30 pp., 11. 8°. Montpellier, 1901, No. 72. Andriani (Paolo). II mercurio nella sifilide. Nota clinica sulla preferenza della succinimide mercuriale al sublimato corrosivo nella terapia della sifilide. 58 pp. 8°. Napoli, stab, tipog. de Angelis dc Bellisario, 1895. Andrianjafy [1880- ]. *Le ramanenjana a Madagascar (choreomanie d'origine palustre). 66 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1902, No. 11. Andriasheff (J/ZZe. Nadejda) [1887- ]. *Les nephrites aigues dites essentielles chez l'enfant. 46 pp. 8°. Montpellier, 1913, No. 1. Andrich (Pietro). Sull'acetonuria nelle malattie gastro-intestinali dei bambini. 30 pp. 8°. Belluno, Cavessago, [1901]. Andries (Joseph H.) [1874- ]. *Ueber Indica- tion zur operativen Behandlung der Retroflexio uteri und die Art der Ausfiihrung dieser Opera- tion. 47 pp., 2 1. 8°. Berlin, E. Ebering, [1897]. Andrieu (Aymard) [1874- ]. Complications pleuro-pulmonaires de l'erysipele. 86 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 475. ANDRIEU. 481 ANEMONE. Andrieu (B.-J.-Albert). Contribution a l'etude des tumeurs craniennes d'origine congenitale (variety de pseudo-encephalie). 71 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Toulouse, 1898, No. 283. Andrieu (Charles-Leon-Marie). *Aubrac; climat et sanatarium. 129 pp., 2 pi., 1 ch. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 117. Andrieu (Gerard). *Etude sur l'anatomie patho- logique et le traitement des hernies de l'S iliaque par glissement. 69 pp. 8°. Paris, 1903, No. 44. Andrieu (Henri) [1880- ]. *Rhumatisme tuberculeux chez les enfants. 66 pp., 1 1. 8°. Lyon, 1903, No. 67. Andrieu (Jean). *La tuberculose du tarse chez l'enfant. 228 pp. 8°. Paris, 1905, No. 354. Andrieu (Jean). *Des pseudo-contractures dans la mvopathie primitive. 87 pp., 1 pi. 8°. Toulouse, 1905, No. 647. Andrieu (Raymond). Contribution a l'etude clinique des signes et accidents nerveux dans la maladie du sommeil. 3 p. 1., 174 pp. 8°. Paris, 1913, No. 212. Andrieux (Marcel) [1885- ]. Considerations sur les boues thermales; boues thermales telluri- ques et leurs applications locales ou lutations. 76 pp. 8°. Paris. 1911, No. 29. Andrieux (Rene-Marie) [1871- ]. *La fabrica- tion du papier; etude d'hygiene industrielle. 74 pp., 11. 8°. Bordeaux, 1896, No. 16. Andriezen (^YiTliam Lloyd) [1870-1906]. J. (R.) Obituary. Tr. Med.-Leg. Soc, Lond., 1907-8, v, 183.—Obituary. Brit. M. J.. Lond., 1906, ii, 1612. Also: J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1907, lib, 229. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1556. Andrikidis [Panos-Panagiotes-Alexandre]. *E- tude clinique des troubles morbides attribua- bles au trichocephale de l'homme. 119 pp. 8°. Paris, 1906, No. 147. Andrlik (K), Velich (Al.) & Stanek (VI.) O betainu po strance fysiologicko-chemicke. [The physiologico-chemical side of betain.] 16 pp. 8°. v Praze, ceske Akad., 1902. Forms no. 28 of: Rozpr. Josefa. Androcracy. Schroeder (T.) Psycho-genetics of androcratic evolu- tion. Psychoanalyt. Rev., N. Y., 1915, ii, 277-285. Andromedotoxin. de Zaaijer (H. G.) Cnderzoekingen over andromedotoxine, het giftige bestanddeel der Ericaceen. 8°. Groningen, 1886. Andronico (Carmelo). Sulla polizia dei costumi e profilassi e cura delle malattie celtiche. 12 pp. 8°. Messina, fratelli Oliva, 1898. Andropogon. Lyubixski (A. A.) *0 zhirnom maslie sfemyan hao-lyana (Andropogon sorghum Brot). [The fat oil of the seed of hao-lyan (Andropogon sorghum Brot).] 8°. S.-Peterburg, 1909. Mannich (C.) Ueber das atherische Oel einer Andro- pogon-Art aus Kamerun. Arb. a. d. pharmazeut. Inst. d. Univ. Berl. (1903), 1904, i, 207-210. von Androssoff (Sophie). *Ueber Vagusveran- derungen bei Polyneuritis alcoholica. [Zurich.] 61 pp., 1 1. 8°. Gruningen, J. Wirz, 1910. Andruszat (Leo) [1877- ]. *Ueber Inversio uteri bei Myom. 94 pp., 11. 8°. Konigsberg i. Pr.,0. Kiimmel, 1903. Andry (Charles-Lduis-Francois) [1741- 1829]. Lardin (J.) Quelques renseignemens biogra- phiques sur Charles-Louis-Francois Andry. 12°. Paris, 1830. 76399°—17----31 Andry [de Boisregard] (Nicolai) [1658-1742]. Grundlicher Unterricht von Erzeugung der Wiirmer im menschlichen Leibe. Anitzo aus dem Franzosischen iibersetzt, nebst denen desswegen furgefallenen Streitigkeiten. 11 p. 1., 326 pp., 11., 5 pi. 16°. Leipzig, T. Fritschen, 1716. Andrzheyevski (Afleksandr] I[vanovich]) [1865- ]. *0 soderzhanii siernoi i efirosiernikh kislot v mochie pri bugorchatkie lyokhkikh. [Sulphuric and ether-sulphuric acids in the urine in pulmonary tuberculosis.] 86 pp. 8°. S.-Peterburg, A. Porokhovshtshikoff, 1900. Andt (Pierre-Joseph-Richard) [1886- ]. *Quel- ques reflexions au sujet d'un cas de hernie volumineuse du cerveau. Contribution a l'etude de l'encephalocele acquise. 132 pp. 8°. Lille, 1911. Anduze-Acher. Contribution a l'etude du cancer primitif de la trompe de Fallope. 116 pp. 8°. Toulouse, 1911, No. 976. Ane (Jules) [1870- ]. Contribution a l'etude de la cure radicale des hemorrhoides (procede Whitehead-Picque). 62 pp. 8°. Paris, 1897, No. 14. Anecdota Oxoniensia; texts, documents, and extracts chiefly from manuscripts in the Bod leian and other Oxford libraries. Mediaeval and modern series. Pts. 1-5. 4°. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1882-90. CONTENTS. Part 1. Sinonoma Bartholomei. Edited by J. L. G. Mowat. 45 pp. 4°. Oxford, 1882. Part 2. Alphita. Edited by J. L. G. Mowat. 243 pp« 4°. Oxford, 1887. Part 3. Saltair na Rann. Edited by V* hitley Stokes. 155 pp. 4°. Oxford, 1883. Part 4. Cath Finntraga. Edited by Kuno Meyer. 115 pp. 4°. Oxford, 1885. , , Part 5. Lives of the saints, from the book of Lismore. Edited by Whitley Stokes, cxx, 311pp. 4°. Oxford, 1890. Aneck-Hahn (Hellmuth [Gebhart Lebrecht]) [1881- ]. *Beitrag zur Aetiologie der vagina- len Atresien. 27 pp. 8°. Halle a. S., C. A. Kaemmerer, 1907. Anedemin. Anasarcin and anedemin. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlviii, 1535; 1614. Anel (Jean) [1875- ]. *De l'endocardite gono- coccique. 83 pp. 8°. Paris, 1900, No. 577. Anel le Rebours (Marie-Angeline). Unterricht fur Mutter, welche ihre Kinder selbst tranken wollen. Aus dem Franzosischen. 8 p. 1., 127 pp., 36 pp. 12°. Breslau, J. F. Korn, 1772. Aneil'i. Cenni medici sulla Salvia glutinosa, sui lapazio acuto, e modo di prevenire gli awe- lenamenti dei funghi. 34 pp. 8°. Milano, 1808. Anelli (Livio). Relazione medico-legale sulla necroscopia di una neonata per imputazione d'infanticidio. 15 pp. 8°. Piacenza, G. Ber- nardi, 1900. Anema (R.) Tandheelkunde als wetenschap en handwerk. vi, 64 pp. 8°. Leiden, S. C. van Doesburgh, 1903. Anemone. Ballotj (L.) Contribution a l'etude physio- logique et therapeutique des anemones. 8°. Paris 1904. Cardoso (j.) Lenticulas de anemonina; doseadas a um milligramma. Med. mod., Porto, 1904, xi, 180-183.-Cheva- lier (J ) Les anemones: pharmacologic et therapeutique. Rev. de therap. mea.-chir., Par., 1904, xxi, 577-589.- Janczewski (E.) [Anemone L.; a morphological study.] Rozpr. Akad. Umiej. wydz. matemat.-przyr. Krakow, 1896 2 s., xii, 390-415, 2 pi—Moroff (T.) Entwicklung der Nesselzellen bei Anemonia; ein Beitrag zur Physiologie des Zellkerns. Arch. f. Zellforsch., Leipz., 1909-10, iv, 142- ANEMONE. 482 ANEURISM. Anemone. 161.—Noel (C.) & Lambert (M.) Recherches experimen- tales sur l'anemone pulsatile. Arch, internat. de phar- macod., Gand & Par., 1897-8, iv, 169-184. Anemonin. Proposito (A) da anemonina. Med. mod., Porto, 1904, xi, 194. Anemopsis. Webb (F.) Anemopsis califomica. J. Therap. A Dietet., Bost., 1910-11, v, 72.—Webster (H. T.) Anemopsis cali- fornica. Eclect. M. J., Cincin., 1909, lxix, 336-340. Anesin. Vamossy (Z.) [Anesin, a perfectly safe anaesthetic] Ujabb gyogyszer. es gy6gym<5d., Budapest, 1897, 1-4.-----. Ueber Anesin, ein neues Ersatzmittel des Cocains. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1897, xxiii, therap. Beil., 58-61. Aneson. Sternberg (L.) Ueber Aneson-Anaesthesie. Klin.- therap. Wchnschr., Wien, 1898, v, 1345-1348. Anethol. Varenne (E.) *Etude sur l'anethol et l'estragol. 8°. Paris, 1904. Varenne (E.), Roussel (J.) & Godefroy (L.) Action de l'anethol sur l'organisme. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1903, exxxvii, 1294-1296. Anethum. Ciamician (G.) & Silber (P.) Sopra un nuovo apiolo contenuto nell' Anethum graveolens Lin. Mem. r. Accad. d. sc. d. Ist. di Bologna, 1896-7, 5. s., vi, 63-82. Aneurism. See, also. Arteries (Dilatation of); Arteries (Wounds of). Cohen (J.) *Uobor AneUrismen peripherer Gefiisse. 8°. Gottingen, 1898. Deflinne (M.) La-guerison spontanee des anevrismes. 8°. Lille, 1911. Muller (E.) *Zur Statistik der Aneurysmen. 8°. Jena, 1902. Also, in: Jenaische Ztschr. f. Naturw., Jena, 1902, xxxvii, 201-216. Ruini (H.) *De aneurysmate. 4°. Genuse, 1810. Unger (W.) *Beitrage zur Lehre von den Aneurysmen. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1911. Also, in: Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1911, li, 137-177, 2 pi. Arrou. A propos des aneVrismes. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1904 n. s., xxx, 989-993.—Baetge (P.) Ueber Wachstum und Perforation von Aneurysmen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1914, cxiii, 372-392.—Harwell (R.) On aneurism. Clin. J., Lond., 1897-9, xi, 156-159.— Benda (C.) Das Arterienaneurysma. Ergebn. d. allg. Path. u. path. Anat. [etc.] 1902, Wiesb., 1904, viii, 196-266.— Bently (C.) Aneurism. Proc. M. Soc. Arkansas, Little Rock, 1900, 183-185.—Blanco (J.) Un caso de aneurisma. Siglo med., Madrid, 1908, lv, 792-794.—Brigidi (V.) Aneu- rismi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvii, 373-376.—Camac (C. N. B.) Some observations on aneurysm and arterio- sclerosis. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1905, n. s., exxix, 845-875.—Chassaignac (E.) Memoire sur les anevrismes. Compt. rend. Acad. d. sc, Par., 1849. xxviii, 667-669.— Church (Sir W.) On aneurysm. Clm. J., Lond., 1902, xx, 1-5. — Decoud (D.) Los aneurismas de forma an<5- mala. An. d. Circ med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1899, xxii, 266-272.—Dobrowolskaja (N.) Zur Frage von den Aneu- rysmen der Arterien kleinen Kalibers. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1913, lxxxv, 596-598.—D'Urso (G.) Os- servazioni anatomiche e cliniche sopra aneurismi degli arti. Policlin., Roma, 1901, viii, sez. chir., 201-222.—Facio (L. J.) Los procesos aneurismaticos y los estados del cora- z6n. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1908, xv, 829-836.—de Freitas (A.) Contribuicao ao estudo dos aneurismas no Rio de Janeiro. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1907, xxi, 419; 429— Friedriech (V.) [A singular case of progressive aneurism.] Budapesti k. orvosegy. 1892-iki ev konyve, 1893, 67-70.—Gould (A. P.) On aneurisms. Hospital, Lond., 1895-6, xix, 425. -----. Aneurysm. Syst. Surg. (Treves), Lond., 1895, i, 585-661—Heath (C.) Aneurism. Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1898, xii, 1-18— Keilty (R. A.) Notes on some aneurysms. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, cxix, 313-316— Lancereaux. Les anevrysmes des gros vaisseaux; etiologie et pathogenie; traitement par les injections sous-cutanees de serum gelatine. Rev. de therap. mea.-chir., Par., 1906, lxxiii, 433-442.—Levings (A. H.) Aneurysms. Clin. Rev., Chicago, 1906-7, xxiv, 213-235.— Aneurism. Lichtenstein (E.) Zum heutigen Stande der Aneurysma- frage. Internat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, ii, 451-457.—McCrae (T.) [Wandering aneurism.] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1904, xv, 57—Melville (E. J.) Aneurism. Infernat. jr Surg., N. Y., 1916, xxix, 223-227.— Monod (C.) & Vanverts (J.) Anevrismes et hematomes. Rev. de chir., Par., 1910, xli, 784; 1908: xiii, 163; 407; 729: 1911, xliii, 46; 196: xliv, 663; 955. Also, Reprint.—Mueller (A.) Ueber Hamatome und Aneurysmen. Munchen, med. Wchnschr., 1915, lxii, 139—Mumiord (J. G.) Stud- ies in aneurism; historical arid critical. Cleveland M. J., 1908, vii, 57; 153.—Nelaton. A propos des anevrismes. Bull. etmetn. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1904, n. s., xxx, 888-892.—Osier (W.) Notes on aneurism. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1902, xxxviii, 1483-1486. Also, Reprint. -----. Aneurism. In: Mod. Med. (Osier), 8°, Phila. & N. Y., 1908, iv, 448-502,1 pi. -----. Aneurysm. Syst. med. (Allbutt & Rolleston), Lond., 1909, vi, 620-681.—Petit (G.) Des anevrismes. Rec. de med. vet., Par., 1905, lxxxii, 273-284.—Preble (R. B.) Aneurism of the recurrens type. Medicine, Detroit, 1901, vii, 720-727.—Ranzi. Ueber Aneurysmen. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix, 724.—Renon (L.) & Verliac. La cachexie anevrysmatique. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1905, i, 1345-1349.—Roberts (W. O.) Aneurisms. Am. Pract. & News, Louisville. 1899, xxvii, 121-124. [Discussion], 127- 130.—Romano (B.) Contributo alio studio degli aneurismi. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1902, xxiii, 1015.—Satterthwaite (T. E.) Some notes on aneurisms of the larger vessels and their branches. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1902, xvii, 1388- 1400.—Schellenberg (M.) A study of aneurism. Med. Times, N. Y., 1905, xxxiii, 46-48.—Smith (A. J.) Erosion of tissues by aneurysms. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, xcix, 461-466. Also, Reprint. Also [Abstr.]: Proc. Path. Soc, Phila., 1914, xvi, 65.—Stokes (W.) Aneurism. In his: Selected papers [etc.], 8°, Lond., 1902, 1-17, 2pl.—Sturrock (P.S.) Leaking aneurysms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904, i, 303. Aneurism (Abdominal). See Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal); Aneu- rism (Cceliac); Aneurism. (Hepatic); Aneurism (Mesenteric). Aneurism (Aortic). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal); Aorta (Dilatation of). Andreeff (T.) ^Contribution a l'etude des anevrismede l'aorte descendante. 8°. Toulouse, 1904. Bertray (A.) *Etude synthetique et clini- que sur les anevrysmes de l'aorte thoracique descendante. 8°. Pans, 1906. Bohmig (C. H.) *Ueber Aorten-Aneurysma. 8°. Munchen, 1902. Bull (S.) Kliniske studier over aneurysma aortae. 8°. Kristiania, 1905. Contal (M.) *Les caillots des anevrysmes aortiques. 8°. Nancy, 1909. Delaney (J. W.) *Aneurysma aortae ascen- dentis. 8°. Munchen, 1904. Eiglier (H.) Contribution a l'etude de l'anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte. 8°. Mont- pellier, 1909. Goyena (J. R.) Aneurisma de la aorta des- cend ente toracica y de la aorta abdominal. .4°. Buenos Aires, 1914. Hildebrandt (L.) *Ueber Aneurysmen der Brustaorta. 8°. Gottingen, 1895. Jeserich (J. II. B.) *Ueber Aortenaneurys- men. 8°. Leipzig, 1894. Reimann (II.) *Klinische Untersuchungen fiber Aortenaneurysmen nach Beobachtungen auf der medizinischen Klinik in Zurich. 8°. Uster-Zurich, 1893. Roques (E.) *Contribution a, l'etude des anevrysmes de l'aorte. 8°. Paris, 1913. Vix (K.) *Zur Lehre fiber die Aortenaneurys- men. 8°. Erlangen, 1904. Abram (G. S.) Aneurysmal dilatation of aorta. Tr. Reading Path. Soc, 1895-6, i, 63-68.—Abrams (A.) Aneu- rysm of the thoracic aorta. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxxvi, 6-10.—Agote (L.) Aneurismas de la aorta toracica y abdo- minal. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 1073-1075.— Aron (E.) Die Aetiologie und Therapie der Aorten- Aneurysmen. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1899, xxxvi, 252-254. -----. Das Aorten-Aneurysma. Therap. Monatsh., ANEURISM. 483 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic). Berl., 1900, xiv, 569-579. -----. Das Aortenaneurysma. Heilkunde, Berl., 1909, 359-363.—Babcock (R. H.) Aneu- rism of the aorta. Med. Age, Detroit, 1906, xxiv, 574-578.— Baccelll (G.) Ueber Aortenaneurysmen. Med.-chir. Cen- tralbl., Wien, 1898, xxxiii, 189; 205. -----. Aneurisma ampollare dell'aorta ascendente nel tratto extra-pericardico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1001-1004. Also: Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1902, xix, 70-76.-----. Ancora degli aneurismi dell'aorta ascendente e teoria della circolazione. Oaz,z. d. osp., Milano, 1901, xxii, 1034-1038.—Baccelll (G.) & Gianni (G.) Sugli aneurismi aortici. Suppl. al Policlin., Roma, 1897-8, iv, 581-584.—Baetier (F. H.) Thoracic aneurisms. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi, 387—Baldwin (F. A.) Thoracite aneurism. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1905; xxxiii, 4S-50. A iso: Scient. Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni 1905, St. Louis, 1906, 19-22— Barazzoni (C.) La sindrome di Hodgson. Corriere san., Milano, 1910, xxi, 580-584.—Barr (J.) Aneurism of the thoracic aorta. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1898, xviii, 42-64— Belcher (W.) An unusual case of thoracic aneurysm. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1908, lxiv, 291- 297— Blume (G.) Zur Kenntnis der Aneurysmen der Sinus Valsalvae aorta?. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1909, xlvi, 1307.—Boinet. Anevrysmes de l'aorte. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1906, ii, 2059-2068. Also: Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1909, 3. s., lxi, 397-411— BramweU (B.) Aneurism of the thoracic aorta. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1902-3, i, 115; 351 — Britto (A.) Aneurismas da aorta na Bahia (resposta ao Dr. Nina Rodrigues). Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1895-6, 4. s., vi, 550-564:1896-7, 4. s., vii, 9; 63; 110; 162; 204; 253; 315; 350; 416; 429; 478; 539: 1897-8, 15. s., i, 117; 171.—Brochu (D.) De Pan£vrvsme aortique, type recurrent larynge. Bull. m£d. de Quebec, 1901-2, iii, 269; 321.—Burt (S. S.) Diagnosis and treatment of thoracic aneurysm. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 339-342. — Calabrese (A.) Aneurisma dell'arco aortico. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1896, n. s., xviii, 408—113.—Carpentieri (T.) Aneurismi dei seni di Valsalva. Riforma, med., Napoli, 1912, xxviii, 841-845.— Cavvadias (A.) Etude comparative des tensions arterielles des deux membres superieurs et inferieurs; applications cliniques dans les anevrismes aortiques et les arterites des membres inferieurs. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1912, lxxiii, 612.—Cesare (G.) Aneurisma dell'aorta discendente toracica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 626; 1095.— Chauffard. Les anevrysmes de l'aorte. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap.. Par., 1903, xvii, 657-659.-----. Anevrys- mes de l'aorte; etiologie; traitement. J. de med. int., Par., 1907, xi, 149-151— Clarke (J. M.) On deep-seated thoracic aneurysms. Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7, ix, 106-110.—Cocchi (A. C.) De seguito intra pectus aneurysmate. In his: Epist. phys.-med., 4°, Par., 1732, 41-46.—Cumston (C. G.) The symptomatology, diagnosis and treatment of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta. Arch. Diagn., N. Y., 1913, yi, 25-37.— Drummond (D.) A post-graduate lecture on thoracic aneurysm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i, 140.5-1408.—Duck- worth (Sir D.) Thoracic aortic aneurysms. Hospital, Lond., 1907-8, xliii, 675-677.—Duflocq (P.) & Rose. Ane- vrisme de la portion ascendante de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1902 3. s., xix, 1135-1137.—Eisen- berg (A. D.) Reportof case of thoracic aneurysm, involving the transverse portion of the arch of the aorta, the innomi- nate, and the right subclavian arteries. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 424.—Ellis (L. E.) Thoracic aneurism, with illustrative cases and skiagrams. Transvaal M. J., Johannes- burg, 1912-13, viii, 291-293, 3 pi.—Flerofl (K. F.) [Aneu- rism of the aorta.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1903. lx, 240-245 — Fraenkel (A.) Beitrage zur Pathologie una Therapie der Aortenaneurysmen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 85-103.—French (H. S.) On spontaneous cure of thoracic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond.. 1909, h, 74.— Gallaudet (B. B.) Thoracic aneurism. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1901, n. s., exxi, 539-542.—Glass (E.) Ueber intra- murale Aneurysmen des linken Sinus Valsalva? valvulae aorta?. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1912, xi, 428- 444.—Hall (F. de H.) The diagnosis and treatment ofintra- thoracic aneurism. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1901, xxiv, 32-64. -----. The Lumleian lectures on intrathoracic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1913, i, 803; 870; 945, 1 pi.—Hall (J. N.) Thoracic aneurism. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1898, xiv, 668-671.-----. Aortic aneurism, with report of cases and exhibition of specimens. West. M. Rev., Lincoln, Neb., 1899, iv, 327:1900, v, 271.—Hall (J. N.), Levy (A.) & Stover (G. H.) Aneurism of the aorta. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvi, 70-76.—Hare (H. A.) & Holder (C. A.) Some facts in regard to aneurism of the aorta. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1899, n. s., cxviii, 399-410.—Harmsen (E.) Diagnostische und therapeutische Bemerkungen zu einem Fall von Aneurysma aorta?. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1901-2, lxxii, 391-402.— Hart (K.) Ueber das Aneurysma des rechten Sinus Valsalva? der Aorta und seine Beziehungen zum oberen Ventrikelseptum. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1905, clxxxii, 167-178.—Haus (G. A.) Aneu- rysma aorta?. Tidsskr. f. d. norske Lajgefor., Kristiania, 1912, xxvi, 422-426.—His (W.) Ueber das sackformige Aortenaneurysma. Deutsche Klinik, Berl., 1907, iv, 2. Abth., 533-500.—Huff (E. P.) Death from unruptured thoracic aneurism. U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1911, v, 342-344, 1 pi.—Kelly (A. O. J.) Some clinical aspects of aneurisms of the aorta. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1903, 12. s., Aneurism (Aortic). iv, 81-96, 5 pi—Kraus (F.) Ueber wahres Aneurysma des Sinus Valsalva? aorta? dexter. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1902, xxxix. 1161-1164.—Kroklewlcz (A.) [Aneurism of the aorta.] Gaz. lek.. Warszawa, 1901, 2. s., xxi, 472; 490. Also, transl.: Wien. klm. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 739-742— Ktim- mel. Aneurisms of the thoracic aorta. Syst. Pract. Surg. [yon Bergmann] [et al.], N. Y. & Phila., 1904, ii, 541-547.— Lemann (I. I.) Aneurysm of the thoracic aorta; its inci- dence, diagnosis, and prognosis; a statistical study. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, clii, 210-222.—Litten (M.) Zur Diag- nose und Therapie der Aortenaneurysmen. Berl. klin.- therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 30-33. Also: Wien. klin. therap. Wchnschr., 1905, 30-33— Lozano (R.) Aneurismas de la aorta toracica. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1910, ix, 429-440, 2 pi—Mix (C. L.) Aneurysm of the aorta. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1916-17, ii, 1017-1028.—Morgan (J. D.) Consid- eration of the aortic aneurysm. N. York M. J., 1902, lxxvi, 286. — Moty. Anevrisme thoracique; suite d'observations et pieces. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 541-544. — Neuhof (S.) Diagnosis, sympto- matology, and therapy of dilatation aneurysms of the de- scending thoracic aorta. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1916, cli, 715-727.—Nina Rodrigues. Nova contribuicao para o estudo dos aneurysmas da aorta na Bahia. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1896, x, 103-106.—Oliver (Sir T.) An address on thoracic aneurysm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, i, 605-608. -----. Spontaneous cure of thoracic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 971.—Osier (W.) Aneurism of the descend- ing thoracic aorta. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1903,13. s.,i, 1-40. Also, Reprint.—Ouchterlony (J. A.) Thoracic aneurism. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1905-6, xii, 217-221.—Pratt (R.) Spontaneous cure of thoracic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1075.—Preble (R. B.) Aortic aneurism. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1902, 12. s., ii, 138-141.—Quine (W. E.) Aneurism of the aorta. N. Am. Pract., Chicago, 1899, xi, 61; 128.—Reiche. Ueber Aneurysmen der absteigenden Aorta. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1797.— Revello (R.) Aneurismi dell'aorta endotoracica. Pam- matone, Genova, 1898, ii, nos. 6-12, 53-73.—Santos (J.) Aneurisma e ectasia da aorta. Arch, brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1912, ii, 456-463.—Schmidt (M.) Friihdiagnose und Behandlung der Aorten-Aneurysmen. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1899, xvii, 226-254, 3 pi. Also, transl.: Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1899, xxv, 521-536. Also, transl.: Med. Chron., Manchester, 1899- 1900, 3. s., ii, 395-407, 3 pi.—Sjoblom (J. C.) [Some clinical observations on aneurism of the aorta.] Finskalak.-sallsk. handl., Helsingfors, 1916, lviii, 749-807.—Smith (H. A.) Aortic aneurysms; sudden deaths; the capacity of the peri- cardium. Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1337.—Smith (W. A.) Some observations on aortic aneurysm. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1915, xxii, 1228-1234.—Souchon (E.) An essay on the history of aneurisms of the arch of the aorta. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1866-7, xix, 748:1867, xx, 27; 155; 291. Also, Re- print.— Sterman (W. F.) Aortic aneurism; with reportof a case. Internat. J. Surg., N. Y., 1902, xv, 103-105.—Syers (H. W.) Aneurysm of the aorta; its diagnosis and treatment. Med. Times & Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1900, xxviii, 17-20 — Taylor (F.) Two clinical lectures on intra-thoracic aneu- rysms and tumours. Clin. J., Lond., 1907. xxx, 241; 257.— Tranquilli (E.) Sugli aneurismi dell' aorta toracica. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1905, xxxi, 309; 337— Voorhoeve (N.) Einiges iiber die Aneurysmata des absteigenden Teiles des Arcus aorta?. Med. Klin., Berl., 1908, iv. 1565-1568.—Wad- delow (J. J.) Spontaneous cure of thoracic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1909, i, 1135.—White (V. H.) On thoracic aneurysm. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1902, xvi, 451-457.— Wilson (J. C.) Aneurism of the descending portion of the thoracic aorta. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 6. s., iv, 107- 115, 1 pi— Woolley (P. G.) Aortic aneurysms and dilata- tions. Am. J. Syph., St. Louis, 1917, i, 582-606, 5 pi. Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal). Berge (A.) *Contribution a l'etude des anevrysmes de l'aorte abdominale et particu- lierement de leur evolution et de leur rupture. 8°. Lyon, 1913. Bornstein (A.) *Beitrag zur Lehre vom Aneurysma der Bauchaorta. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Dumas (J.) *Contribution a l'etude de Panevrysme sacciforme de l'aorte abdominale. 8°. Paris, 1911. Goldberg (E.) *Ueber das Aneurysma der Bauchaorta. 8°. Giessen, 1913. Kaufmann (G. A.) *Diagnose, Aetiologie und Therapie der Aneurysmen des Unterleibes. 8°. Leipzig, 1868. Knauff (F.) *Zwei Fiille von Aneurysma der Bauchaorta. 8°. Munchen, 1905. Kruper (F.) *Zur Casuistik des Aneurysma aortse abdominalis. 8°. Greifswald, 1897. ANEURISM. 484 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal). Ntjnneley (F. P.) * Aneurysm of the ab- dominal aorta. [Oxford.] 12°. London, 1906. Ruppert (F.) *Ueber einen Fall von Aneu- rysma der Aorta abdominalis. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Abramoff (S. S.) [Aneurism of the abdominal aorta and left common iliac artery in a boy ten years old.] Protok. Obsh. Russk. Vrach. v Mosk., 1908-9, 66-68.—Acker (G. N.) [Case.] Wash. M. Ann., 1902, i, 310.—Aitkin (R. Y.) Aneurysm of the abdominal aorta in a child. Lancet, Lond., 1898, i, 1115.—Andrews (C. R.) Case of atheroma and aneurysm of the abdominal aorta at the age of twenty- one years. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxlx, 1091.—Ange- lozzi (L.) Aneurisma dell'aorta addominale e plesso celiaco. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1907, xxvii, 127- 139.—Avellino (F. M.) Su di un caso di aneurisma trauma- tico dell'aorta addominale. Incurabili, Napoli, 1907, xxii, 405-415.—Barclay (W. J.) [Case.] N. Zealand M. J., Wellington, 1914-15, xiii, 178-180.—Beattie. [Case.] Nor- thumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1898, vi, 141.—Beevor (C. E.) A case of abdominal aneurysm bursting into the psoas muscle, and subsequently into the left pleural cavity. Edinb. M. J., 1899, n. s., v, 42-46.— Beketow (A. W.) [Case.] Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1906, lxxv, 845-848.—Biggs (G. P.) Abdominal aneurisms. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1895), 1896, 51-54.—Boinet. [Two cases.] Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1904, i, 977-988.— Bramwell (B.) Aneurism of the abdominal aorta. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1903^, n. s.. ii, 234-242.—Browning (C. C.) [Three cases.] South. Cahl. Pract., Los Angeles, 1902, xvii, 165-168. — Brunton. Sacculated abdominal aneurism. Polyclin.. Lond., 1901, v, 77. — Bryant (J. H.) On aneu- rysm of the abdominal aorta. Clin. J., Lond., 1903-4, xxiii, 71; 89.—Butler (G. R.) [Case.] Long Island M. J., Brook- lyn, 1912, vi, 117—Byloff (K.) Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Aneurysmen der Bauchaorta. Wien. kiln. Wchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 57.5-577.—Calvert (W. J.) [Case.] Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1904, xi, 182-187—Castellanos EsquiU (A.) [Case.] Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1906, xiii, 523.— Cedrangolo (E.) Sopra un caso di aneurisma dell'aorta addominale con presenza di zone di Head. Riforma med., Palermo-Napoli, xxiu, 309-315.—Celles & Jeanneney. Rupture d'un anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale dans le jejunum. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 315.—Chalier (J.) Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale et des deux arteres iliaques primitives; rupture de la poche gauche dans le tissu cellulaire retroperitoneal; kyste hydatique du foie. Lyon med., 1907, cviii, 430-436.—Cheadle (W. B.) A case of aneurysm of the abdominal aorta, with symptoms of renal colic; necropsy. Lancet. Lond., 1897, ii, 1316.— Clarac (G.) & Hue (G.) Anevrysme diffus par rupture d'un anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, Ixxxvi, 259-261.—Clarke. Aneurism of abdominal aorta or cceliac axis. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 86.—Clinton (M.) Corrected report of an abdominal aneurism. Buffalo M. J., 1904-5, n. s., xliv, 18-21.—Coimbra (F.) Volumoso aneurisma da aorta ab- dominal. An. scient. da Fac. de med. do Porto, 1915. ii, 328-332.— Conner (L. A.) Report of a case of abdominal aneurism rupturing into the right pleural cavity. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1901, n. s.,i, 100—Croly (H. G.) & Graves (W. R.) Abdominal aneurism which ruptured through the diaphragm. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1894-5, xiii, 389-391.—Cuccati (G.) Sopra un caso di aneurisma latente nell'aorta addominale. Atti Accad. d. sc. med. e nat. in Ferrara, 1907-8, lxxxii, 83-86.—Currie (J. R.) Aneurysm at the bifurcation of the abdominal aorta. Glasgow M. J., 1900, lih, 102-110.—Dale (G. P.) [Case.] Cincin. Lancet- Clinic, 1901, n. s., xlvi, 452.—Deve (F.) Trois cas d'ane- vrisme de l'aorte abdominale termines par rupture. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen. 1907, vui, 96.—Dickinson (L.) The rupture of abdominal aneurysms. Clin. J., Lond., 1902-3, xxi, 312-314.—Elbe. Ueber einen Fall von Aneu- rysma der Aorta abdominalis mit Durchbruch in die Vena cava inferior. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 827-832— Emmert (M. W.) [Case.] Iowa M. J.[etc.], DesMoines, 1908-9, xv, 159.—Eschbaum & Fischer. Ruptur eines Aneurysma der Aorta abdominalis. Si- tzungsb. d. nied.-rhein. Gesellsch. f. Nat.- u. Heilk. zu Bonn (1904), 1905, med. Abt., 62-65.—Fellman (G. H.) Aneu- rysm of the abdominal aorta, with report of two cases. Milwaukee M. J., 1910, xviii, 65-68.—Francois-Dalnville. Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale; rupture du sac dans le tissu cellulaire retro-peritoneal et dans la grande cavite abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxvii, 200-202.—Garnsey (W. S.) [Case.] N. Am. J. Homoeop., N. Y., 1898, 3. s., xiii, 728-730.—Genersich (A.) Sieben Ffille von Unterleibs-Aneurysmen. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 112.—Glover (J. A.) Rupture of aneu- rysm of the abdominal aorta in a young woman. Proc. Roy. Soc Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Clin. Sect., 154-156.—Goodloe (H.) Presentation of a case of unusually large abdominal aneurism. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1905-6, ii, 362- 371.—Goodman (E. H.) Aneurism of the abdominal aorta as a cause of obscure pain in the left hypochondrium; report of three cases. Tr. Am. Gastro-Enterol. Ass., St. Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal). Louis, 1914, xvii, 60-67.-----. Abdominal aneurysm as a cause of left>sided abdominal pain. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914, Ixxxvi, 587-589.—Grad (H.) [Case.] Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1908, lvii, 246—Grenier de Cardenal. Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. ... do Bordeaux, 1902, xxiii, 154-156.—Grles. [Case.] Arch, de med. nav., Par., 1896 lxvi, 232-237.—Griffon (V.) Volumi- neux anevrisme aortique thoracoabdominal, sans hypertro- phic du ventricule gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 324-326.—Halbron (P.) Rupture d'un anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale. Ibid., 1905, lxxx, 290 — Henssen. Ein Aneurysma der Bauchaorta im Anschluss an einen tuberkulosen perityphlitischen Abscess. Ztschr. f. Tuberk. u. Heilstattenw., Leipz., 1900-1901, i, 464-467.— Hochhalt (K.) Ein Fall von Unterleibs-Aneurysma. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1905, xli, 112.—Ketly (L.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma aorta? abdominalis unter dem Bilde eines Ulcus ventriculi verlaufend. Ibid., 1906, xiii, 88.—Kiliani (O. G. T.) [Case.] Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiii, 640—Langevin. Rupture d'un anevrysme fusiforme de l'aorte abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 991-993.—Laubry (C.) & Clarac (G.) Anevrisme de l'aorte abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxvii, 748-756.—Leclerc & Bertoye. Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale rompu dans le tissu cellulaire retro-peritoneal. Bull. Soc. med. a. hop. de Lyon, 1914, xiii, 373-375. Also: Lyon med., 1914, cxxii, 1168-1170.—von Leyden (E.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Aorta abdominalis. Deutsche med. Wchnschrv Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 365-367.—Love (J. N.) Aneunsm of the abdominal aorta. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1898, 8. s., i, 158- 163.—Luz (F.) Um caso raro de aneurysma da aorta des- cendente. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1914, xxviii, 297-299.— de Marchettis (P.) Ex aneurismate arteria? magna? sub corde, sanguis effusus in pulmonem dexterum, cum sufloca- tione patientis. In his: Obs. med.-chir. [etc.], Bononia?, 1692,112.—de Marval (L.) & de Grossi (R. E.) Aneurisma disecante de la aorta abdominal. Semana m6d., Buenos Aires, 1915, xxii, pt. 2,117.—Matas (R.) The treatment of abdominal aneurysm. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, ii, 206.— Maunsell (R. C. B.) Abdominal aneurysm in a young woman. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 460-464.—May (H. A.) [Case.] U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1907, i, 33-39.—Maylard (A. E.) A case of aneu- rysm of the abdominal aorta pointing posteriorly in which the initial symptoms were those of chronic colitis. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 216— Miller (P. S.) [Case.] Physi- cian & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1905, xxvii, 551: 1906, xxviii, 343-351.—Moore (W.) Case of calculus impacted in vesical end of right ureter, and aneurism of abdominal aorta, with rupture into the peri-renal cellular tissue. Intercolon. M. J. Australas., Melbourne, 1902, vii, 565-568.—Mouri- quand (G.) Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale avec phenomenes d'occlusion. Lyon med., 1905, civ, 353-355.— Musser (J. H.) & Steele (J. D.) A case of aneurism of the abdominal aorta with thrombosis of the right renal artery. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1896-7, v, 506-509, 1 pi.—Neuhot (S.) Diagnosis, symptomatology, and theory of dilatation of the descending thoracic aorta. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1915, lxxxvii, 540-542.—Nixon (J. A.) Abdominal aneurysm in a girl aged twenty due to congenital syphilis, with tables of collected cases of abdominal aneurysm. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1911, Lond., 1912, xlvii, 43-66. Also, Reprint.—ten Noever de Brauw (J. G.) [Case.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1909, i, 404-407.—Oddo (C.) & Mizzonl (A.) Rupture d'un anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale sui- vie de desordres mecaniques considerables. Marseille med. 1901, xxxviii, 359-372.—Osier (W.) Aneurysm of the ab- dominal aorta. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 1089-1096. Also, Reprint. -----. Remarks on aneurysm of the abdominal aorta. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1906, Phila., 1907, xix, 469-474.—Partsevskl (A. S.) [Aneurism of the ab- dominal aorta in consequence of traumatism during child- hood.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1897, i, 97-106.—Pepper (W.) Aneurysm of the abdominal aorta, with report of a case and the post-mortem notes of ten other cases. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1907-8, xx, 38-46. Also. Reprint.—Pfender (C. A.) The value of skiagraphy in the diagnosis of aneu- rism of the abdominal aorta; presentation of case and descrip- tive X-ray plates. Wash. M. Ann., 1912-13, xn, 91-98, 2 pi. Also, Reprint.—Pride (W. T.) [Case.] Memphis M. Month.. 1911, xxxi, 126-129.—Remezoff (F. N.) [Case] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1905, lxiii, 83-85.—Rlspal. Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale rompu dans la plevre gauche a travers le diaphragme. Echo med., Toulouse, 1901, 2. s., xv, 517- 520.—Sabadinl & Marlel. Anevrysme de l'aorte abdomi- nale. Bull. med. de l'Algerie. Alger, 1910, xxi, 399-401.— Shaw (E. H.) Aneurism of abdominal aorta; rupture into retroperitoneal tissues. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1909-10, xxxiii, 93.—Simpson (R. J. S.) A case of abdominal aneurism with two sacs, simulating disease of the kidney, and bursting into the left lung. Army M. Dep. Rep. 1894, Lond., 18%, xxxvi, 351.1 pi.—Smith (R. T.) [Case.] Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1905, xxiii, 4(5-48. — Spalding (C. B.) [Case.] Pediatrics, N. Y., 1916, xxviii, 97— Stengele(U.) Ueber einen Fall von Aneurysma der Aorta abdominalis mit Heilungstendenz. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1914, ANEURISM. 485 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal). lxi, 1730.—Tanasesco (I. G.) [Case.] Bull. Soc. d. mea. et nat. de Jassy, 1906, xx, 285-290.—Tarablnl (L.) Aneurisma dell'aorta addominale estrinsecatosi nella regione lombare destra. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 262-267.—Tatham (C. T. W.) [Case.] J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1909, xii, 662.—Thyme (J. A.) Abdominal aneurism; paraplegia; rupture. Australas. M. Gaz., Syd- nev, 1902, xxi, 24.—Tice (F.) An abdominal aneurysm. Med. Clin. Chicago, 1917, ii, 673-678.—Tozer (E. A.) A case of t uberculous aneurysm of the abdominal aorta with rupture into tho duodenum. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 1022.— Valverde (B.) Contribuicao ao estudo dos aneurismas da aorta abdominal. Arch, brasil. de med., Rio de Jan., 1913, iii, 419-425—Watson (J. S.) Aneurysm of abdominal aorta in a boy aged 9 years. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, i, 1655.—Weitz. Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Bauchaorten- aneurysmas. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1911, civ, 455-480.-----. Zur Klinik und Anatomie der Bauch- aortenaneurysmen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, lix, 896.—White. [Case.] Am. J. Obst., N. Y., 1906, liii, 714- 716—Wleder(H. S.) [Case.] Proc Path.Soc. Phila., 1910, n. s., xiii, 2.—Wolter (L.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma fusi- forme der Bauchaorta. Med. KUn., Berl., 1909, v, 1783.— Young (W. W.) [Case.] Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xviii, 143-148. Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal, Treat- ment of). Burrell (H. L.) & Bottomley (J. T.) Abdominal aneu- rysm; operation; death. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1898,9. s., 117-119.—Collins (J. R.) & Hartnell (C. B.) A case of abdominal aneurysm with unusual features, oper- ated on by means of Colt's apparatus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913,1,9S7.—Ferrer Piera. Aneurismade la aorta abdominal tratado con las invecciones hipodermicas de gelatina. Gac. mea. catal., Bareel., 1904, xxvii, 591.—Gatch (W. D.) The treatment of aneurism of the abdominal aorta by partial occlusion of the aorta with the metallic band; the effect upon the urinary secretion of this procedure. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1911, liv, 30-57, 2 pi—Gurevich (M. Y.) [Diagnosis and treatment of aneurism of the abdominal aorta.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 248-250.—Holt (M. P.) Aneu- rysm of abdominal aorta and coeliac axis; attempted cure by Power and Colt's wire apparatus; death from double pneu- monia. J. Roy. Army M. Corps, Lond., 1904, iii, 175-178.— Langton (J.) Aneurysm of abdominal aorta successfully treated by introduction of silver wire into the sac. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 791. Also: Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 901.— Lozano (R.) Intervention quirurgica directa en enfermo con aneurisma de la arteria aorta abdominal; abertura del saco y arteriorrafia consecutiva. Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1905, iv, 648; 691: 1906, v, 95.—Lumsden (J.) & Wheeler (W. I. de C ) Aneurysm of abdominal aorta treated by operation. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1911, xxix, 21-25 — Matas (R.) The treatment of abdominal aortic aneurism bv a preliminary exploratory cceliotomy and peritoneal exclusion of the sac, followed at a later sitting by wiring and electrolysis. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1900, Phila., 1901, xiii.272-330. Also, Reprint. Also: Am. Med., Phila., 1901 i 546; 589. —---. Spontaneous (idiopathic) aneurism of the abdominal aorta (upper subdiaphragmatic portion) in a young subject; treated by various methods, including lapa- rotomy and peritoneal exclusion of the sac; secondary wiring and electrolysis; death 54 days after exploratory laparotomy and 19 days after wiring. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1900, N Orl, 1901, 119-124— Maunsell (R. C. B.) The surgical treatment of abdominal aneurysm. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ire- land Dubl., 1904, xxii, 109-126. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1904 i 1421-1424.-----. Case of abdominal aneurysm cured bv operation, with photographs and X-rays. Tr. Roy. Acad. M Ireland, Dubl., 1913, xxxi, 213. Also: Dublin J. M. Sc, 1913 exxxv, 286.— Morris (R. T.) Ligation of the abdominal aorta for aneurism. Tr. M. Soc. N. Y., Albany, 1902, 394- 400 1 pi. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1902, xxxv, 207-215, 1 pi—Munro (J. C.) Aneurysmorrhaphy for abdominal aneurysm. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1906, Phila., 1907 xix, 448-455. Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1907, lxxxv, 681-683. Also, Reprint.—Noble (W. H.) Aneurysm of the abdominal aorta cured by the introduction of gold wire, and galvanism. Phila. M. J., 1898, i, 1203-1205-O'Connor (J H ) Report of a case of aneurysm of the abdominal aorta, with operation and introduction of wire. Calif. State J. M., San Fran., 1911, ix, 167— Parham (F. W.) A case of ab- dominal aneurism treated by abdominal section and intro- duction of wire. Am. J. Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1900- 1901 xiv, 193,-Power (D'A.) & Colt (G. H.) A case of aneurysm of the abdominal aorta treated by the introduc- tion of silver wire, with a description of instruments invented and constructed by G. H. Colt to facilitate the introduction of wire into aneurysms. Lancet, Lond., 1903, u, 808-81.5.— Symonds (C.) Aneurism of the abdominal aorta treated bv the insertion of three and a half feet of wire. Tr. M. Soc. Lond , 1909-10, xxxiii, 398.—Taylor (H. M.) A. suggestion; retro-peritoneal ligation of the abdominal aorta for aneurism. Am J Surg. & Gynec, St. Louis, 1903-4, xvu, 120.— Wheeler (W. I. de C.) Operation for abdominal aneurysm, with a preliminary report of two cases. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911 ii 1090.-----.Aneurysm of abdominal aorta treated by Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal, Treat- ment of). operation. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1911, xxix, 21-25.-----. Two cases of abdominal aneurysm treated by operation. Ibid., 1912, xxx, 224. -----. Operative treat- ment of abdominal aneurysm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 835. -----. The operative treatment of abdominal aneu- rysm. Lancet, Lond., 1917, i, 535.—Willis (M.) Report of a case of abdominal aneurysm treated by wiring. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1908, Phila., 1909, xxi, 397-403. Also: South. M. J., Nashville, 1909, ii, 779-782. Aneurism (Aortic, Arterio-venous). Beattie. Aneurism of the ascending arch communicating with the superior vena cava. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1899, vii, 21-23.—Boinet (E.) & Villard. Anevrysme arterioso-veineux de la crosse de l'aorte et de la veine cave superieure diagnostiqu^ pendant la vie et verified l'autopsie. Rev. de med., Par., 1897, xvii, 151-155.—Buicliu (Ghr.) & Danielopolu (D.) Note sur une pulsation veineuse p^ripherique rencontree dans des cas d'anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante. Arch. d. mal. du coeur [etc.], Par., 1912, v, 512-515— Buinevlch (K. A.) [Open ductus arteriosus and communication between the pulmonary artery and aneurysm of the aorta.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1901, lv, 821-831.—Cardarelli (A.) Aneurismaartero- venoso (aneurisma aortico comunicante con la cava supe- riore). Riforma med., NapoU, 1908, xxiv, 1055.—Cary (C.) Report of a case of varicose aneurysm of the aorta and su- perior cava, with presentation of specimen. Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 151-154. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1907, exxxiii, 423-425— Clarke (J. M.) A case of varicose aneurysm of the aorta communicating with the pulmonary artery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1701-1703.— Davldoff (M. S.) Aneurysma varicosum aorta? et vena? cava? superioris. Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1911, x, 91-93.— Diaz Emparanza ( C.) Notas cUnicas sobre un caso de aneurisma arterio-venoso de la aorta abdominal y vena caba inferior. Gac. med. d. Norte, Bilbao, 1911, xvu, 129-136.— Drennan (F. M.) A case of traumatic artenovenous aneu- rism of the aorta and superior vena cava. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1909-12, vin, 322-325.—Drysdale (J. H.) A case of aneurysm of the aorta communicating directly with the superior vena cava and with the left innominate vein. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1905, Lond., 1906, xli, 71-76, 1 pi.— Fisher (T.) The diagnosis of communication of an aneu- rysm of the aorta with the pulmonary artery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 119— Gairdner (Sir W. T.) Case of a small aneurysm of the first part of the arch of the aorta, opening into the pulmonary artery and conus arteriosus of the right ventricle; with remarks on the general subject. Glasg. Hosp. Rep., 1900, n, 1-18. Also, Reprint.—Gottlieb (A.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma varicosum der Aorta ascendens und Vena cava descendens. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1903, xxviii, 529-532—Hodlmoser (C.) Beitrag zur Sympto- matologie und Diagnose der in die PulmonaUs perforirenden Aneurysmen der Aorta ascendens. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1900-1901, xlu, 251-273.— Humphry (L.) Aneu- rysm of the aorta communicating with the superior vena cava. Brit. M. J.,Lond., 1910, ii, 1046—Intra-pericardial aneurysm; rupture; communication between the aneurysm and the pulmonary artery. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1899, Lond., 1901, xxviii, 54.—Irvine (L. C. D.) Some notes on two cases of aortic aneurysm communicating with the super- ior vena cava which have recently been in the wards. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond., 1910, xxiv, 379.—Kaufmann (R.) Ueber einen Fall von Kommunikation eines Aneurysmas der aufsteigenden Aorta mit dem Conus arteriosus der Arte- ria pulmonaUs. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1905, xviii, 1004- 1009— Lamplough (C.) Cases of aneurysm of the aorta communicating with the pulmonary artery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1897, ii, 397-395.—Lenoble & Chapel. PeYiviscerites disseminees a forme de symphyse pencardo-perihepatique; anevrisme sacciforme de l'aorte a son origine avec adherence et communication avec l'artere pulmonaire, sans maladie bleue. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. a. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxviii, 494-501. Also: Prov. med., Par., 1909, xx, 539-542.— Lenoir & Chauveau (M.) Un cas d'anevrisme arteno- veineux faisant communiquer la crosse de l'aorte et la veine cave superieure. Bull, et mem. Soc. mea. d. hop. de Par., 1900, 3. s., xvii, 585.—Lichtheim. [Aneurysma varicosum aorta?.] Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1905, xxxi. 207.—McNabb (D.) Case of aneurysm opening from the first part of the thoracic aorta into the pulmonary artery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1905, i, 883. — Masbrenier (J.) Ane- vrysme entre l'aorte et l'artere pulmonaire consecutif a une endocardite infectieuse resultant d'un avortement. Bull. et mem. Soc. obst. et gynec. de Par., 1898,69-71.—Mouisset & Michel (P.) Anevrysme arterioso-veineux spontane de l'aorte et de la veine cave superieure. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop de Lyon, 1913, xi, 646-648. Also: Lyon med., 1913, exxi, 1068.—Oberwinter. Ein Fall von angeborener Kom- munikation zwischen Aorta und Arteria pulmonaUs mit eleichzeitiger Aneurysmabildung des gemeinschaftUchen Septums. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1904, li 1610-1613.— Poulain (A.) Anevrysme arterio-veineux de l'aorte as- cendante. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1900, lxxv, 493- 496 — Rendu. Anevrysme arterio-veineux de l'aorte. Se- maine med., Par., 1900, xx, 151. ANEURISM. 486 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Cases and statistics of). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal). Althoff (E.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Aorta ascendens. 8°. Kiel 1903. Baumeister (H.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma des rechten Sinus Valsalvae der Aorta. 8°. Giessen, 1910. Caravaggi (F.) Un caso importante di aneurisma aortico. Studio anatomico-clinico. 8°. Crema, 1905. Gross (W.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma der aufsteigenden Aorta. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Kroger (II.) *Statistik der Aortenaneurys- men nach den Sektionsprotokollen von 1872-99. 8°. Kiel, 1901. Lubinshi (L.) *Beitrage zur Casuistik des Aortenaneurysmas. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Maximofe (N.) *Beitrag zur Statistik der Aortenaneurysmen. 8°. Munchen, 1910. Schmid (V.) *Casuistischer Beitrag zur Lehre vom Aneurysma aortse. 8°. Munchen, 1900. Vierzigmann (A.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Aorta ascendens. 8°. Munchen, 1905. Wimmenauer (K.) *Zur Casuistik der Aneu- rysmen des rechten Sinus Valsalva? der Aorta. [Giessen.] 8°. Darmstadt, 1907. Wolpert (R.) *Ueber die Haufigkeit und Entstehung des Aortenaneurysma. [Berlin.] 8°. Charlottenburg, 1905. Abercrombie (J.) [Case.] Clin. J., Lond., 1898, xii, 322.—Adelino Padesca. Consideracoes sobre algunas casos de aortite chronica e aneurisma da aorta. Med. con- temp., Lisb., 1913, xxxi, 9-14.—Agote (L.) Un caso de aneurisma de la aorta toracica tipo recurrente. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1903, x, 1042-1049.—Allan (J. W.) Aneurysm of the ascending portion of the arch of the aorta. Glasgow M. J., 1906; lxvi, 10-12.—Aneurysm of the descend- ing aorta communicating with the oesophagus and the left bronchus. Guy's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1905, lix, 394 — Anghel (P.) Anevrisme de la portion ascendante de l'aorte, h&noptysie pulmonaire foudroyante; mort. Bull. Soc. d. med. et nat. de Jassy, 1906, xx, 116— Arnold (H. D.) Cause of death in aneurisms of the thoracic aorta which do not rupture; report of five cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., cxxiii, 72-93.—Azevedo Sodre. Grande aneurisma da aorta descendente em via de cura. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1905, xix. 473^76.—Badetti, Mattei & Reboul- Lachaux. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte et du tronc brachio-cephalique. Marseille med., 1913, 1, 257-260 — Barringer (T. B.) & Keay s (F. L.) Two cases of aneurysm of the transverse portion of the arch of the aorta, with radiographs. Cornell Univ. Med. Coll. Dispensary, N. Y. City, N. Y., 1905, i, 91-94, 5 pi.—Barton (W. M.) Case of aneurysm of the descending thoracic aorta. Wash. M. Ann., 1905-6, iv, 1-13— Baumgarten (E.) [Case.] Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xUv, 189— Beattie. Thoracic aneurysm protruding through manubrium sterni. Nor- thumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1901, ix, 38-42.—Beck (C.) An extraordinary case of aortic aneurysm. N. York M. J., 1899, lxix, 513-515. Also, Re- print.—Belot (J.) Un cas curieux d'anevrysme de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de Par., 1913, v, 182-184.— Berner (O.) [Case.] Forh. med. Selsk. i Kristiania, 1910, 125-128.—Bernheim & Harter (A.) [Three cases.] Rev. mea. de l'est, Nancy, 1909, xU, 148-151.—Biggs (G. P.) Aneurism of the aorta with multiple thrombi. Proc. N. York Path. Soc (1895), 1896, 14.—Billings (F.) [Case.] Med. Age, Detroit, 1906, xxiv, 453^56.—Bliss (C. Y.) Intra- thoracic aneurism. Clin. J., Lond., 1896-7, viu, 136-141.— Bloch (A. J.) Aortic aneurism involving the base of the heart. Proc. Orleans Parish M. Soc. 1893, N. Orl., 1894, i, 50.—Boinet (E.) [Fourteen cases.] Arch. prov. de med., Par., 1899, i, 349; 412; 717.-----. [Two cases.] Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1906, i, 798-807. -----. Anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante et de la crosse de l'aorte avec syndrome mediasti- nal complet. Laryngoscope, Marseille & Par., 1908, i, 119- 140. — Bollero. Aneurisma dell' aorta intra-pericardica. Cron. d. clin. med. di Genova, 1907, xiii, 38-43— Bondi (S.) Ein Fall von Aortenaneurysma im Aortenschlitz des Zwerch- fells. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1910, ix, 151.—Bourcy. Sur un cas d'anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante. Semaine med.. Par., 1899, xix, 393-395 — Branch (W. M.) [Case.] Bull. El Paso Co. M. Soc, El Paso, Tex., 1911, iii, 31— Broadbent (Sir W. II.) A dem- onstration of a case of aneurysm of the ascending aorta. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, ii, 1525.-----. [Case.] PolycUn., Lond., 1902, vi, 512.—Brown (M. A.) [Case.] Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1907, n. s^. lviii, 515-517.—Brown (T. R.) [Case.) Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1898, ix, 272 — Aneurism (Aortic, Cases and statistics of). Burrell (H. L.) [Case.] Boston M. & S. J., 1905, clii, 548.— Burt (S. L.) Thoracic aneurism; two cases involving the descending arch of the aorta; with an autopsy. Med. Rec. N. Y., 1900, lvii, 736-738. Also, Reprint—Busse. [Case.] Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1917, xlvii, 279.—Cabot (R. C.) A remarkable case of probable thoracic aneurism presenting intermittently through the sternum. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1900, n. s., cxix, 414-419. Also, Reprint.—Call (M.) & Bosher (R. S.), jr. An interesting case of aortic aneurysm. Old Dominion J. M. & S., Richmond, 1908-9, vii, 183-185, 1 pi.—Calmette. [Case.] Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvii. 308.—Campbell (H.) [Case.] PolycUn., Lond., 1903, vii, 195— Cardarelll (A.) Due casi di aneurisma dell'arco aortico. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1897, xiv, 241-246. -----. [Case.] Scuola salernit., Salerno, 1908, ix, 4. -----. Aneurisma dell'aorta sopra- valvolare. Studium, NapoU, 1909, ii, 15-19.—Carmalt (H. G.) [Case.] Hahneman. Month., Phila., 1912, xlvu, 184-190—Carr (J. W.) [Case.] Polyclin., Lond^l904, vin, 117— Cautley (E.) [Case.] Ibid., 1906, x, 155.—Cavazzani (G.) Grande aneurisma della porzione inferiore dell'aorta toracica. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1899, xxx, 70- 82.—Chalier (J.) Enorme anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1907, vi, 43-45. Also: Lyon med., 1907,cviii, 428-430.—Chapman (C.W.) [Cases.] Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1905, xxvui, 320-322.-----. [Two cases.] Ibid., 1906-7, xxx, 386.—Charles (J. R.) An obscure case of intrathoracic aneurysm; reflex spasm; death. Birmingh. M. Rev., 1903, n. s., i, 37-41.—Chenot. Anevrysme volumi- neux de l'aorte abdominale. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxui, 229-232.—Chesnutt (J. H.) [Two cases.] J. Arkansas M. Soc, Little Rock, 1912-13, ix, 140- 143.—Churton (T.) Aneurysm of the first part of the arch of the aorta projecting into the right axilla. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1900, xxxui, 1-4— Ciselet. Tumeur anevrysmale de l'aorte abdominale. Ann. Soc. med.-chir. d'Anvers, 1904, ix, 381-383.—Cochez (A.) Anevrisme volumineux de la crosse de l'aorte saillant dans la region pectorale gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1899, 3. s., xvi, 878- 882.—Cohen (S. S.), Goepp (R. M.) & Case(E. A.) Aneu- rysm of transverse portion of aortic arch. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1913, n. s., xv, 8. —Combs (C. N.) [Case.] Illi- nois M. J., Springfield, 1910, xviii, 650-652.—Conford (G. J.) [Two cases.] Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 107.—Cooper (C. M.) A clotted aortic aneurism. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1904, xviii, 97.—Cooper (G.) A case of thoracic aneurysm of unusual size. Lancet, Lond., 1914, i, 964.— Corneloup. Anevrisme de la portion ascendante de la crosse de l'aorte. Dauphine men., Grenoble, 1912, xxxvi, 157-159—Cousin (G.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte. Marseille med., 1916-17, Uii, 434-437.—Crivelli (M.) Observa- tion d'un cas d'anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique developp^ dans la fosse sous-scapulaire. Rev. de chir., Par., 1899, xix, pt. 2, 87-90.—Debove. Sur un cas d'anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte. J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vii, 171-173.—De- Carolis (A.) Caso di aneurisma della porzione convessa dell'arco dell'aorta e dell'aorta discendente toracica. Rac- coglitore med., Forli, 1896, 5. s., xxi, 294-300.—Denis (J.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte. J. med. de Brux., 1906, xi, 318.—DeRenzi(E.) [Case.] Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1897, xiv, 529-532.-----. [Two cases.) Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1898, xix, 1629.-----. Su alcuni casi di aneurisma dell'aorta. N. riv. cUn.-terap., Napoli, 1904, vii, 1-8.—Di Pietro (S.) Un raro caso di aneurisma della aorta diaframmat ica. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int., Roma, 1907, xvii, 355-357— Duflocq & Voisin. Anevrisme de la portion ascendante de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1902, 3. s., xix, 401- 403—Ecker (I/. C.) A case of aneurism of the aorta. Vir- ginia M. Semi-Month., Richmond, 1915-16, xx, 276-278 — Edgeworth (F. H.) Aneurysm of the ascending aorta. Bristol M.-Chir. J., 1904, xxii, 23-31.—Eisenberg (A. D.) [Case.] N. York M. J. [etc.], 1909, Ixxxix, 424. Also, Re- print.— Elliott (C. A.) [Case.] Med. Age. Detroit, 1906, xxiv, 611-613.—Eshlemann (C. L.) Aneurism of the aorta. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1914-15, lxvn, 789-792. —F. (J. D.), R[ucker] (W. C.) & W[oodward] (R. M.) [Case.] Rep. Surg.-Gen. Pub. Health & Mar.-Hosp. Serv. U. S.. Wash., 1904,473.—Fahr. [Case.] Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Iii, 671. -----. Demonstration eines in den Herzbeutel perforierten Aneurysmas. Ibid., 1906, liii, 2556.—Fenton (W. J.) [Case.] Practitioner, Lond., 1917, xcviii, 101-110.— Findlay (J. W.) A sacculated aortic aneurysm all but obliterated by laminated clot. Glasgow M. J., 1904, lxi, 455-459.—Finzi (G.) Ischialgia-aneurisma sacciforme del- l'aorta addominale trasformatosi consecutivamente in falso. PoUcUn., Roma, 190K, xv, sez. prat., 567-569.—Flinterman (J.) [Case.] J. Mich. M. Soc, Battle Creek, 1910, ix, 288- 294.—Fornaroli (E.) SuH'aneurisma aortico; contributo clinico-casistico. Corriere san., Milano, 1910, xxi, 97-104 — Fortun (E.) [Two cases.] Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1899-1900, x, 185-188.—Fotheringham (J. T.) Fusiform aneunsm of aorta. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1898, xxni, 495— Francine (A. P.) [Case.] Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1902-3, xv, 28— Franquet (R.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte. Union med. du nord-est, Reims, 1914, xxxviii, 4H4.—Frazier (B. C.) Aneurism of aorta; report of case. Louisville Month. J. M. & S., 1913-14, xx, ANEURISM. 487 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Cases and statistics of). 374.—Freer (O. T.) [Case.] Chicago M. Recorder, 1899, Xyi, 323-328. [Discussion], 338-340.—FusseU (M. H.) Aneu- rism of the descending arch of the aorta, pointing in the left interscapular space. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1906, n. s., ix 19-23.—Galloway (J.) Aneurysm of the ascending portion of the arch of the aorta. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond I894-5 xlvi, 37-39.— Gessler (H.) Ein latent verlaufener Fall voii Aortenaneurysma. Med. Cor.-Bl. d. wurttemb. arztl Ver Stuttg., 18%, lxvi, 121-123.— Gordinier (H. C.) Aneurism of the thoracic aorta; fourteen cases with seven autopsies Albany M. Ann., 1902, xxiii, 423-436.—Gorter (N R ) Aneurism of the transverse and descending portion of trie aortic arch. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1902, xiv, 352-354 — Guthrie. [Case.] N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1908-9, lxi 468 — Hallopeau & Teisseire. Sur un anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte. Bull. Soc. franc, de dermat. etsyph., Par. 1904 xv 205. Also: Ann. de dermat. et syph., Par., 1904' 4. s' v' 558.—Halsey (R. H.) Atheroma and aneurysm of'the aorta with infarction in the lung. Post-Graduate, N Y 1904 xix, 300-302.—Hamill (S. McC.) A case of aneurism'of the arch of the aorta. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1898 vii 313- 316.—Hare (II. A.) & Rosenberger (R. C.) ' Saccular aneurysm arising from the ascending and transverse parts of schr., 1914, li, 330.—Heitz (J.) & Armand-Delille. Anev- rysme sacciforme de l'orifice de 1 aorte, faisant sailUe dans l'infundibulum pulmonaire et Poreiilette droite; tabes ancien; mort par asystoUe sans rupture de la poche' Bull et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1902, lxxn, 649-652. — Hervei Anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante et du tronc brachio^ cephahque. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux 1896, xvii, 376-379.—Hewat (A. F.) Aneurysm of descend- ing thoracic aorta. Edinb. M. J., 1917, n. s., xvin 214 — Hirsh (J. L.) & Robins (M. C.) A case of aneurism of the aorta of twenty-five years' duration. Maryland M J Bait., 1903, xlvi, 93-98— Holmboe (O.) [Case.] Norsk Mag. f. La?gevidensk., Kristiania, 1910, 5. R., viii, 1313- 1316.—Hough (W. H.) A case of unusually large aortic aneurysm. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905, xvi 331-333,1 pi. Also, Reprint. Also: Wash. M. Ann 1905-6' iv, 206-208.—Huchet. [Case.] Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxn, 285.—Jameson (H.) Thoracic aneurism of large size; sudden death; autopsy. Indiana M. J., In- dianap., 1901-2, xx, 409-411— Janeway (T. C.) rCase 1 Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 273.—Jenkins (W. A.) [Case.] Kentucky M. J., BowUng Green, 1912-13, xi, 632.—Johnson (G. AV.) A report of a case of anomalous thoracic aneurysm. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxx 1216-1218. Also, Reprint.—Jonas (E.) [Case.] J. Mis- souri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1905-t>, ii, 371.—Kirchner (W. C. G.) Report of a case of thoracic aneurism of unusual size. Med Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1903, xxiv, 496-500— LandgraL Remerkungen zu einem Fall von Aortenaneurysma. Ver- handl. d. laryngol. Gesellsch. zu Berl. (1900), 1901, xi, pt. 2, 28-31. [Discussion], pt. 1, 20— Larkin (J. H.) Aneurism of the sinus of Valsalva. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1897, Ui, 320.— Lavoine(J.) [Case.] Gaz. d. hop, Par^ 1909, lxxxii, 1829.— Lazarus-Barlow (W. S.) & Hewitt (H. S.) Aneurysmal dilatation of aorta. Westminst. Hosp. Rep. 1902, Lond., 1903, xiii, 340.—Lelbfreid (L. M.) [Aneurism of the sinuses of Valsalva; aneurism of the left sinus.] Vrach. Gaz., S - Peterb., 1906, xiii, 117-119.—Lejeune'(P.) & Hougardy (A.) [Case.] Scalpel, Liege, 1914-15, 20.—Lemos (R.) Aneurisma de la aorta ascenden te de marcha rapi da. A n. d. Circ med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1902, xxv, 288.—Lenz- mann. Aneurysma der absteigenden Aorta. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lviii, 1529.—Leoni (E.) & Farinati (S.) Due casi di aneurisma dell'arco aortico. Morgagni, Milano, 18%, xxxviii, 758-769.—Littre. Observation sur un aneurisme. Hist. Acad. roy. d. sc. 1707, Par., 1708, Mem., 17-25, 1 pi.—Luff (A. P.) An extreme case of thoracic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 890.—Luzzatto (A. M.) Contributo alia casistica dell'aneurisma dell'aorta endo+o- racica. Riv. veneta di sc. med., Venezia, 1895, xxiii, 221-241. -----. Contributo alia statistica deH'aneurisma dell'aorta endotoracica. Ibid., 541-588.—Lyon (G.) Sacculated aneu- rism of second and third parts of the arch of the aorta. Tr. Huntenan Soc, Lond., 1896-7, 58.—MacateefH. C.) [Case.] Wash. M. Ann., 1917, xvi, 107-109.—MacCaPum (W. G.) [Case] Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903 xiv, 88 — McClannahan (A. C.) [Case.) Colorado Med., Denver, 1908, v, 361-366.—McCrae (J.) An aortic aneurysm in the lung. Montreal M. J., 1907, xxxvi, 388-392.—McCrae (T.) Aneurism of the aorta. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1%3, xiv. 84.—McFarland (J.), Eshner (A. A.) & Tint (L.J.) Aneurysm of the ascending arch of the aorta. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1910, n. s., xiii,259.—McLauthlin (H. W.) & Beggs (AV. N.) Aneurysm of the concavity of the trans- verse arch, appearing externally as a large tumor in the region of the neart. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1898, xxxi, 275-277.—McPhedran (A.) & Lemon (W. S.) Aneurysm ofthe thoracic aorta. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1909, xxv, 273-277.—Maignlen. Anevrysme de la portion descendante de la crosse de l'aorte. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1910, 2. s., Aneurism (Aortic, Cases and statistics of). xxviii, 93-95.—Mangin (F. M.) [Case.] J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1912, xvhi, 93.—Maragliano (V.) Un caso di aneurisma localizzato all'arco dell'aorta. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1904, iii, 91-93.—Marlni (G.) Aneurisma del tronco brachio-eefalico sistemico colPaorta; considerazioni cUniche ed anatomiche. Morgagni, Milano, 1910, Iii, 3-17,2pl— Melville (S.) Unusual case of aneurysm. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Electro-Therap. Sect., 76.—Meronl (A.) Sopra un caso interessante di aneurisma dell'aorta. Boll. d. Soc. med.-chir. di Pavia, 1%8, xxii. 194-1%.—Miner (C. H.) & Molyneux (S. D.) [Case.] Tr. Luzerne Co. M. Soc. 1909, AVilkesbarre, 1910, xvii, 87-89.—Mix (C. L.) Aneurism of the aorta. Mod. Age, Detroit, 1904, xxii, 655-657.—Montorsi (L.) Singo- lare aneurisma aortico. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1909, xxx, .1489.—Morflt(J.C) [Case.] J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1905-6, h, 371.—Mosse( P.) [Three cases.] Toulouse med., 1899, 2. s., ij 14-19.—Moty. Anevrisme volumineux proemi- nant a droite du sternum. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi, 371.—Munger (L. H.) [Case.] Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, 1900, xx, 110.—Murray (G. R.) [Case.] Practitioner, Lond., 1898, lx, 136-144.—Niles (G. M.) Some remarks concerning aneurism of the thoracic aorta, with report of a case. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1917, xxiv, 695.—Olivier & Nee. Volumineux anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte. Normandie med., Rouen, 1908, xxiii, 76- 78.—Osier (W.) Aneurism of the descending thoracic aorta. Internat. CUn., Phila., 1903,13. s.,i, 1-40, 4 pi. Also, Reprint.-----. Aneurism of upper part of thoracic aorta. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1903, xiv, 85.—Owen (S. A.) [Case.] West Lond. M. J., 1916, xxi, 181— Ower (J. J.) [Case.] J. Med. Research, Bost., 1914-15, xxxi, 251- 254, 1 pi.—Pagliano. Anevrysme de l'aorte en observa- tion depuis cinq ans. Marseille med., 1905, xiii, 736.— Partsevski (A. S.) [Transitional form of aneurism of the arch of the aorta.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1898, 1, 3-10.— Pavesi (M.) & Curtl (E.) Grosso aneurisma dellaregione diaframmatica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 835- 839.—Payan & Camugll. [Case.] Larynx, l'oreille et le nez, Marseille & Par., 1911, iv, 144-150— Pels-Leusden. Zur Casuistik der Aortenaneurysmen. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1900, xxv, 244-249.—Perrin (M.) Anevrysme aorti- que obUtere spontanement. Rev. m^d. de Pest, Nancy, 1903, xxxv, 455; 539.—Pletneff (D. D.) Zur Casuistik der Aortenaneurysmen; Aneurysma der Aorta thoracica und der Aorta abdominaUs bei einem und demselben Kranken. Allg. med. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1907, lxxvi, 529-531.—Potet. Anevrysme volumineux de la portion ascendante de l'aorte. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1906,11,2452-2463.—Pritchard (H.) [Case.] West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1913, xviii, 46— Qua- drone (C.) Aneurisma sacciforme della porzione discen- dente dell'aorta toracica, che si espUca nel cavo addominale. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1903, xxiv, 787-792.—Rankin (G.) Case of aneurysm of the arch of the aorta. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 219.—Reeves (I. S. K.) [Case.] U. States Nav. M. Bull., AVash., 1907, i, 99-101.—Reggiani (A.) Considerazioni cUniche su due casi di aneurisma dell'aorta. Riv. crit. di din. med., Firenze, 1911, xii, 675- 680.—Reisinger (E. W.) Case of aneurism of abdominal aorta. Wash. M. Ann., 1%2, i, 354-356.—Rendu. [Case.] Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 190-193 — Revilliod (L.) [Three cases.] Rev. med. de la Suisse Rom., Geneve, 1900, xx, 42-44.—Roger. [Case.] Montpel. med., 1910, xxx, 494-497.—Romanelli (G.) Sopra un caso di aneurisma saccato dell'aorta toracica. Policlin., Roma, 1913, xx, sez. prat., 818-821—Rossi (A.) [Case.] Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1353— Rovighi (A.) [Case.] Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1905, xUv, 657-074, 3 pi.—Rowe ,(F. E.) & Watters (W. H.) Case of aneurism of the trans- verse arch of aorta. J. Am. Inst. Homceop., Cleveland 1913-14, vi, 1020-1023.—Ruffln (S.) [Case.] Nat, M. Rev., Wash., 1898-9, viii, 363-366.-----. Aneurism of the arch of the aorta. Tr. M. Soc. Dist, Columb. 1898, Wash, 1899, hi, 133-136— Sahli. [Case.] Cor.-Bl. f.schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1%2, xxxii, 476.—Saunders (A.) Aneurysm of the de- scending aorta. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1916, xxi, 127 — Schemm (G. C.) A rare case of aortic aneurism. St. Mary's Hosp. J., Saginaw, Mich., 1898, i, No. 4,7-9— Schmid (E. *R.) A case of aneurysm. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1917, xiv, 257— Sentein. Anevrysme de l'aorte faisant saillie sous les teguments de la region sternale. Tou- louse med., 1906, 2. s., viii, 181-185.—Sharpe (N. W.) [Case.] J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 190.5-6, ii, 170.—Shaw (H. B.) Report on one hundred cases of aortic aneurism, with details of three cases of aneurism of the basilar artery. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1901, 11. s., i, 45-60.—Shaw (L.) [Case.] Guy's Hosp. Gaz^ Lond., 1916, xxx, 434— Shober (J. B.) [Case.] Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1897, n. s., cxiii, 173-185.— Siciliano (L.) Qualche osservazione a proposito di un caso di aneurisma del tratto iniziale dell'aorta. Morgagni, • Milano, 1910, Iii. pt. 1, 201-206.—Silvagni (L.) Aneurisma voluminoso dell'aorta ascendente e dell'arco. N. raccogU- tore med., Imola, 1903, ii, 289-312, 1 pi. Also, Reprint— Skillern (P. G.). jr. Aneurysm of the arch of the aorta. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, n. s:, xiv, 14.—Smith (W. A.) Aneurysm of the sinus of Valsalva, with report of two cases. ANEURISM. 488 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Cases and statistics of). J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxu, 1878-1880.—Smithies (F.) A case of aneurysm of the arch of the aorta. Physi- cian & Surg., Detroit & Ann Arbor. 1908, xxx, 33-36 — Spalding (C. B.) & Mueller (A. P.) [Case.] Kentucky M. J., Bowling Green, 1911-12, x, 274—Speer (G. G.) [Case.] CaUf. M. & S. Reporter, Los Angeles, 1905, i, 437-439. Also: Toledo M. & S. Reporter, 1906, xxxn, 216-218.—Stanley (D.) [Case.] Birmingh. M. Rev., 1%7, lxii, 264-270.—Stone (A. K.) [Case.] Boston M. & S. J., 1903, cxUx, 72—Swan (J. M.) [Case.) Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1902-3, n. s., vi, 233— Tasquet (G.) Anevrysme de la portion ascendante de la crosse de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1910, lxxxv, 625-027. —Taylor (S.) [Case.] West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1907, xn, 124-126.-----. A cUnical lecture on a case of aortic aneurysm with extensive arterial disease. Lancet, Lond., 1%8, i, 702-704. -----. [Case.] West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1912, xvii, 37.— Testi(A.) [Case.] Morgagni,Milano, 1907. xlix,422-435, lpl.—Thomas(H. M.) [Case.] Chicago M. Recorder, 1898, xv, 214-218. — Thompson (W. G.) A phenomenal aortic aneurysm. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1908, fxxin, 636-638. Also, Reprint.—Timbal (L.) & Fabre (J.-P.) [Case.] Toulouse med., 1909, 2. s., xi, 195-198 — Traversier & Peyrin (G.) Anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte. Dauphine med., Grenoble, 1909, xxxiii, 25-35.—Virchow (H.) Ueber ein in situ fixiertes Aneurysma der Aorta ascendens. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 443-445. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1%8), 1909, xxxix, pt. 2, 65-09.—Waldo (H.) [Two cases.] CUn. J., Lond., 1905-6, xxvii, 149-151.—Webster (J.) Aneurism of the aorta- a remarkable case. Kingston M. Quart., 1898-9, iii, 193-196,. 1 pi.—Weinberger (M.) & Weiss (A.) Eine seltene Form von Aneurysma der Aorta thoracica descendens. A\ ien. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xiii, 183-186.—Welch. A case of intrathoracic aneurysm in a man aged 51 years. Med. J. AustraUa, Sydney, 1916, i, 349.—Whyte (W. H.) CUnical lecture on two cases of thoracic aneurysm. Clin. J., Lond., 1895-6, vii, 297-302.—Wideroe (S.) Et usedvanUg tilfeelde av aneurisma aorta?. Norsk Mag. f. La?gevidensk.. Kristia- nia, 1911, 5. R., ix, 23-26.—Withington (C. F.) Aneurism of the aortic arch. Boston M. & S. J., 1904, cl, 538.-----. Four cases of thoracic aneurism. Ibid^, 1906, civ, 643.-----. [Two cases.] Ibid., 1908, cUx; 684.—Ziemssen (O.) [Two cases.] Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., AViesb., 1902, xx, 569-571. Aneurism (Aortic, Causes and pathology of). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Dissecting); Aneurism (Aortic, Syphilitic); Aneurism (Aor- tic, Traumatic). Arnsperger (H.) *Die Aetiologie und Patho- genese der Aortenaneurysmen. Habilitations- schrift zur Erlangung der Venia docendi. [Hei- delberg.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1903. Also, in: Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1903, Ixxviii, 387-457. Berger (V.) *Zur Mechanik der Aneurys- mabildung bei der congenitalen Isthmusstenose der Aorta. 8°. Bonn, 1913. Bonnet (L.-M.) *Sur l'anatomie patholo- gique et la pathogenie des anevrysmes spontanes de l'aorte. 8°. Lyon, 1900. -----. Thesame. Les anevrysmes spontanes de l'aorte. Anatomie pathologique et patho- genic 8°. Paris, 1901. da Cruz Machado (L. B.) *Etio-pathogenia dos aneurismas da aorta; cadeira de clinica me- dica. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 1905. Hofmann (K. L.) *Zur Genese des Aorten- Aneurysmas. 8°. Heidelberg, 1912. Kaiser (F. J.) *Beitrag zur Aetiologie der Aortenaneurysmen. 8°. Greifswald, 1912. Lichtenstein (E.) *Zur Entstehung der Aortenaneurysmen. 8°. Freiburg i. Br., 1901. Oudler (H.) *Les anevrismes de l'aorte d'origine rhumatismale. 8°. Montpellier, 1912. Philip (C.) * Ueber Entstehung und Hau- figkeit der Aneurysmen der Aorta abdominalis. [Miinchen.] 8°. Prag. 1902. Also, in: Prag. med. AA'chnschr., 1903, xxviii, 5; 18; 41; 89; 284; 325. Schxell (G.) *Ursache der Entstehung der Aortenaneurysmen. [Miinchen.] 8°. Passau, 1899. Aneurism (Aortic, Causes and pathology of)- Schwarz (F.) *Zur Kasuistik und Entste- hung der Aneurysmen des Sinus Valsalva; aortae dexter. 8°. Erlangen, 1912. Theile (W.) *Ueber ein Aneurysma spurium der Aorta ascendens und des Herzens hervor- gerufen durch Endocarditis. 8° Kiel, 1901. Amenomlya (R.) Ueber das Verhalten des elastischen Gewebes bei Aneurysmen der Aorta. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, cci, 390-409.—Anderson (J.) Exhibition of a series of preparations of aneurysms of the aorta from the museums of the Victoria Infirmary. Glasgow M. J., 1904, lxi, 459— Asahi (K.) Ueber die Differenz im mikroskopischen Befunde bei aus geheilten Aortenrissen entstandenen und bei spontanen Aneurysmen der Aorta. Ztschr. f. Heilk., Wien & Leipz., 1905, xxvi, 163-186.— Baginsky (A.) Septische Arteriitis; Aneurysma der Bauchaorta und Arteriasubclaviadextra. Arch. f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1908, xlviii, 1-18— Barikin (V. A.) [Dilatatio aorta? temporaria and its role in aneurism of this artery.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 175; 201— Belin (J.) & Jullich (L.) Anevrisme et anomaUes de la crosse del'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 1232- 1235.—Bonnet (L.-M.) Pathogenie des anevrysmes de l'aorte. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1901, lxxiv, 1353-1359.—Brock- bank (E. M.) Post-mortem notes on aneurysm of the aorta. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1909-10,1,13; 81.—Brown (M.A.) Aneurism of the descending aorta; specimen. Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1897, n. s., xxxix, 445-449. [Discussion], 461- 463.—Bucco (M.) Sull' etiologia degU aneurismi dell' aorta (arco aortico, aorta ascendente e discendente). N. riv. clin.- terap., NapoU, 1903, vi, 621.—Buttersack (P.) Aneurysma aorta?nachakuterAortitis. Munchen. med.Wchnschr., 1907, Uv, 2330-2332.—Chauffard (A.) L'anevrysme de l'aorte, notamment au point de vue de son evolution et de Papprecia- tion pratique de celle-ci. J. de med. int., Par., 1903, vn, 51; 66.—Chiari. Ueber die Differenz im mikroskopischen Be- funde bei aus geheilten Aortenrissen entstandenen und bei spontanen Aortenaneurysmen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, vn, 180-182.—Cluzet & Lyonnet. Anevrysme de l'aorte; radiographic; piece anatomique. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1911, x, 609-615.—Comes- satti (G.) Contributo alio studio clinico ed eziologico deU' aneurisma dell' arco aortico. CUn. med. ital., Milano, 1907, xlvi, 80-91.—Dickinson (W. L.) Hypoplasia of the aorta as a cause of aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 358.— Fetterolf (G.) & Norris(G. W.) Serial frozen sections ofthe thorax from a case of aneurism of the aortic arch. Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1917, xxvi, 710-716, 8 pi.—Holtzapple (G. E.) Vegetative aortitis with aneu- rysm of the ascending portion of the aorta. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1909, xx, 217.-----. Mycotic aneurysm of the aortic arch, with presentation of a specimen. Penn. M. J., Athens, 1911-12, xv, 343-351.—Lamy. Examen his- tologique d'une aorte atheromateuse portant deux volumi- neux anevrysmes. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 174.—Latreille (E.) Etiologie, pathologie et traite- ment des anevrysmes de l'aorte. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1908, xxxviii, 1-10.—McFarland (J.) The patho- genesis of aneurysm of the aorta. Tr. Coll. Phvs., Phila., 1908, 3. s., xxx, 25-27. [Discussion], 33-37.—McNeil (H. L.) Report of a case of multiple mycotic aneurysm of the aorta. South. M. J., Nashville, 1914, vii, 540. — Masbrenier (J.) Anevrysme entre l'aorte et l'artere pulmonaire consecutif a une endocardite infectieuse resultant d'un avortement. J. de med. de Par., 1898, 2. s.. x, 288.—Mattaglia (M.) Sopra un caso di aneurisma dell'aorta toracica con endo-aortite e pan-aortite (da influenza?). Ann. di med. nav., Roma, 1907, ii, 482-488.—Morgan (J. M.) & Teacher (J. H.) Aneurysm of the aorta due to bacterial infection. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 715.—Mufloz Ruiz de Pasanis (A.) Mecanismo de los aneurismas a6rticos. Rev. espec. med., Madrid, 1905, viii, 177-180. — Murfree (J. B.) Aneurysm of the arch of the aorta, with specimen. South M. J., Nashville, 1911, iv, 255-259.—Neuber (E.) Ueber ein mykotisch-emboUsch- thrombotisches Aneurysma der Aorta ascendens. Virchow's Arch. f. path. ,Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1913, ccxiu, 452-457.— Renon (L.) A propos de l'anevrisme aortique d'origine rhumatismale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxui, 528.—Ribbert. Ein tuberkuloses Aneu- rysma der Aorta. Sitzungsb. d. naturh. Ver. d. preuss. Rheinl. u. Westphal. 1910, Bonn, 1911, B. 22.—Rowe (J. W.) The findings in a case of aortic aneurism. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1905, n. s., Uv, 413—Ruppert (J.) Aortenaneurys- ma una Gelenkrheumatismus. Med. KUn., Berl., 1910, vi, 1139-1141.—Sainton (P.) & Voisin (R.) Anevrysme de la portion descendante de la crosse de l'aorte k type nevral- gique; autopsie; lesions destructives des c6tes, et de lacolonne vertebrate avec ouverture du canal rachidien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 336-338.—Schlesinger (O.) Tuberkuloses Aortenaneurysma und MiUartuberkulose. Ztschr. f. Tuberk., Leipz., 1914, xxiii, 255-259.—Schwyzer (F.) The pathogenesis of the aneurysmata of the aorta. N. York. M. J. [etc.], 1904, lxxx, 241-246—Segale (G. C.) ANEURISM. 489 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Causes and pathology of). Sul comportamento delle tuniche arteriose nella istogenesi degU aneurismi aortici. Pathologica, Genova, 1911-12, iv, 454-460— Segalofl (E.) [Causes of aneurisms of the aorta] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1902, lvii, 201-213.—Simmonds. My- kotisches Aneurvsmader Aorta. Munchen.med.AA'chnschr., 1904, U, 627— Titofl (N. D.) [Mechanical conditions of the formation of a thrombus in an aneurysm of the ascending aorta and its arch.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1904, in, 303; 335; 356.—Torre (G.) Contributo alio studio anatomo- patolocico degU aneurismi dell'aorta. Corrieresan. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 9, 2-4— Trakhtenberg (M. A.) O patogenezie i histogenezle anevrizm aorti. Kharkov. M. J., 1908, v, 235; 301, 11 pi.—Verger & Grenler-Cardenal. Aortite chronique; dilatation de la crosse; double anevrysme sac if >rme. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et phvsiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx. 217 —Weil (P.-E.1 & Menard (P.-J.) Anevrisme aorti- que d'origine rhumatismale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 491-497. Aneurism (Aortic, Complications and sequelse of). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Dissecting); Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of); Angina pec- toris (Causes, etc., of). Baer (M.) *Ueber die Todesursache beim Aortenaneurysma. 8°. Marburg. 1912. Also, in: Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1912, x, 147- 160. Btjsche (R.) *Ueber Aneurysmen und deren Complicationen unter besonderer Berucksichti- gung eines Falls von Aorten-Aneurysma mit Eroffnung des CEsophagus und rechten Bronchus durch Druek-Xekrose. S°. Leipzig, 1900. Gampert (O.) *Eine seltene Form von Thrombenbildung in einem Aneurysma aortse. S°. Wiirzburg. 1896. Hexsen (H.) *Ueber einen Fall von Aneu- rysma der Aorta ascendens mit Erzeugung von Pulmonalsfenose und Perforation in die Pul- monalarterie. [Rostock.] 8°. Wiesbaden, 1912. Also, in: Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., AA'iesb., 1913, xii, 96- 115. Lehmacher (J.) *Das Vorkommen und die Ursache von Herzhypertrophie bei den grossen Aneurysmen der aufsteigenden Aorta. S°. Greifswald, 1908. Michaelis (E.) *Ueber die bei Aortenaneu- rysma vorkommenden Compressionserscheinun- gen, Thrombosen und Durchbriiche im Gebiete der oberen Hohlvene. 8°. Freiburg i. B., 1902. Moll (G. W.) *Ueber einen Fall von Aorten- Aneurysma bei Tabes dorsalis. 8°. Kiel, 1898. Xoa^ikoff (J.) *Anevrysme de l'aorte et mort subite. 8°. Geneve, 1911. Porte (A.) *Des pericardites au cours des anevrismes de l'aorte. 8°. Lyon, 1909. Przygode (P. [M.]) *Ueber die Riickwir- kung der Aortenaneurysmen aufs Herz. 8°. Giessen 1909. Also, in: Jahrb. d. Hamb. Staatskrankenanst. 1909, Hamb. & Leipz., 1910, xiv, pt. 2, 291-338, 2 pi. Reixecke (R.) *Ein Fall von Aorten-Aneu- rysma mit Lungengangran. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Richard (A.) *Ein seltener Fall von plotz- lichem Verschluss der Vena cava superior durch Aortenaneurysma. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Schlesixger (J.) *Ueber einen Fall vollig symptomlos verlaufener multipler Aneurysma- bildung in der Aorta bei chronischer Lungen- phthise. [Freiburg i. Br.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. Stoltixg (E. F. A.) *Ueber Aortenaneu- rysmen und ihre Beziehung zur Endocarditis. 8°. Greifswald, [1909]. Vaille (A.) *Des manifestations pleurales des anevrysmes de l'aorte. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Werner (O.) *Ueber Lungenkomplikationen bei Aorten-Aneurysma. 8°. Miinchen, 1905. Aneurism (Aortic, Complications and sequelae of). Wilke (A.) *Lungenveranderungen beim Aorten-Aneurysma. 8°. Halle a. S., 1902. Agote (L.) Compresion de la vena cava superior por aneurisma de la aorta ascendente. Semana meet., Buenos Aires, 1902, ix, 409-417.—Anderson (H. B.) An unusual case of recurring ha?moptysis due to a small aortic aneurism. Canad. J. M. & S., Toronto, 1912, xxxi, 10K.—Andreiff (T.) Anevrysme de l'aorte descendante avec paraplegie brusque et complete des membres inferieurs. Bull, med., Par., 1903, xvii, 717.—Arnold (H. D.) Cause of death in aneurisms of the thoracic aorta which do not rupture; report of 5 cases. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1902, n. s., exxni, 72-93. Also, Re- print.—Babonnelx(L.), & Baron. Compression du tronc veineux brachiocephalique droit chez une malade atteinte d'an^vrisme de la crosse de l'aorte; disparition de l'oedeme et de la cyanose par le traitement mercuriel. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1912, lxxxv, 157-159.—Baccelli (G.) Sopra un caso di aneurisma dell' aorta associate ad ascesso del polmone sinistro da probabile echinococco suppurate. PoUcUn., Roma, 1907, xiv, sez. prat., 81-86.—Barbier. Double anevrysme de la crosse aortique, dont une des poches s'est ouverte dans le canal rachidien. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 369.—Baylac & Clermont. Compression de la veine- cave superieure par un anevrysme latent de l'aorte. Lan- guedoc med.-chir., Toulouse, 1904, xn, 205. Also: Toulouse med., 1904, 2. s., vi, 243-246, 1 pi.—Beeson (C. F.) Aneu- rysm of the descending aorta displacing the heart. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, v, 379.—Berard. Stenose cesophagienne par anevrisme de l'aorte; gastrostomie; amelioration consi- derable. Lyon med., 1912, cxviii, 1021-1023.—Bernacchi(L.) Aggravamente di aneurisma dell' aorta ascendente in se- guito ad infortunio Sul lavoro. Ramazzini, Firenze, 1909, iii, 71-93.—Bikle (P. H.) The relation between aneurysm of the aorta and tabes dorsalis; with the report of a case. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1909, lxv, 800-802.—Bird (U. S.) Aneurysm of the transverse arch, with obUteration of the innominate and left common carotid arteries. Ibid., 1903, lxiv, 575.—Bitot (E.) & Montalier (C.) Anevrysme de la portion descen- dante de la crosse de l'aorte ayant use les corps vertebraux et ayant de ce fait realise le syndrome pottique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xU, 506.—Boinet (E.) Anevrysme de la partie posterieure de la crosse de l'aorte comprimant le nerf recurrent gauche et ouvert dans la trachee; mort par he- moptysie foudroyante. Marseille med., 1905, xUi, 653; 673. -----. Anevrisme de l'aorte ascendante et de la crosse de l'aorte avec syndrome asystoUque et mediastinal complet par compression des vaisseaux et cavites de la base du cceur et de tous les organes contenus dans le mediastin; saillie de l'anevrisme aortique dans les creux sus-claviculaire droit et sus-sternal simulant un anevrisme concomitant de l'artere innominee; compression des deux nerfs recurrents; infero- traction et latero-torsion a gauche du larynx comme signe d'anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte refoulant la tracheea gauche et en arriere; regurgitation retrograde du sang dans la veine jugulaire externe, sans pouls veineux, comme signe de com- pression de la veine cave superieure, des troncs brachio- cephaUques veineux. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1908, 3. s., lx, 337-352.-----. Anevrismes intra-pericardiques de l'aorte avec compression des vaisseaux et cavites de la base du cceur. Ibid., 786-798.—Bonnamour (S.) & Martin (J.-F.) Anevrysme de l'aorte ouvert dans rcesophage et ayant erode la colonne verteorale; hypertrophic des folUcules lymphati- ques du ca?cum et du colon ascendant. Lyon med., 1914, exxu, 23-25.—Borgherinl (A.) II meccanismo della in- sufficienza valvolare aortioa in casi di aneurisma dell' aorta ascendente. Morgagni, Milano, 1902. xliv, 300-316, 1 pi.— Borst (M.) Seltene Ausgange von Aortenaneurysmen. P - tzungsb. d. phys.-med. Gesellsch. zu AA'iirzb., 1901, 14-16.— Bostock (E. B.) & Emanuel (J. G.) Albuminuria of ob- scure origin occurring in a case of thoracic aneurism. Bir- mingh. M. Rev., 1901, 1, 15-24.—Boston (L. N.) & Rum- mage (L. C.) Hemiplegia complicating thoracic aneurysm. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1914, c, 1161-1163. Also, Reprint.— Boudet (G.) Anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique; ulceration de l'oesophage; mort par hemorragie profuse dans l'estomac. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1909, lxxxiv, 540-542.— Brain well (B.) Aneurism of the transverse part of the aortic arch; absence of pulsation in the arteries of the left arm. CUn. Stud., Edinb., 1908-9, vii, 82.-----. Large aneurism of the descen ding thoracic aorta, the cavity of which was almost completely filled with a very dense old clot; rapid and com- plete consoUdation of the left lung due to the pressure of the aneurism on the left bronchus; physical signs suggestive of pleuritic effusion and maUgnant disease of the lung; the sac of the aneurism aspirated on three separate occasions, 20, 20 and 10 ounces of pure blood being withdrawn. Ibid., 161- 165.-----. Aneurism of the aortic arch, involving the left recurrent laryngeal nerve; low-blood pressure; difference in the pulse tracings of the two radial arteries. Ibid., 1909-10, n. s., viii, 273.-----. Aortic aneurism; marked difference in trie pulses; low blood-pressure. Ibid., 275. -----. CUnical studies; lung lesions in aortic aneurysm. Edinb. M. J., 1916, n. s., xvi, 106-124.—Bruneau & Poncel. Volumineux anevrysme de l'aorte; hemorrhagie pericardique. Marseille ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Complications and sequelae of). med., 1902, xxxix, 443— Bruschini (E.) & Coop (S.) Le scosse ritmiche del capo negU aneurismi dell'arco aortico. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1899, n. s., xxi, 433^454 — Bureau (M.) Anevrysme de l'aorte avec usure du sque- lette, et sailUe exterieure de la tumeur; autopsie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1900-1901, xix, 292-294.—Burr (C. W.) Aneu- rysm of the descending thoracic aorta, causing erosion of the vertebra? and symptoms simulating Pott's disease. Univ. Penn. M. Bull., Phila., 1905-6, xviii, 4-7— Bushnell (F.) Paroxvsmal dyspnoea in aneurysm of the arch of the aorta. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1661.—Busse (O.) Ueber Zer- reissungen und traumatische Aneurysmen der Aorta. Vir- chow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1906, clxxxni, 440- 464,1 pi.—Calvert (J.) Aortic aneurysm as a cause of hyper- trophy of the left ventricle. Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc Lond., 1899, 3. s., xi, 36-41. Also: Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 84.—Case (A) of ha?matemesis due to aneurysm of the descending thoracic aorta. Guy's Hosp. Gaz., Lond.; 1917, xxxi,387.—Chaillous(M,) Dilatationanevrysmalefusiforme de la crosse de l'aorte et des § superieurs de l'aorte thoracique; anevrysme sacciforme de la concavite de la crosse; mort par asphyxie. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 810.—Cha- puis. Anevrysme de l'aorte; paralysie du nerf recurrent droit. Mem. et compt. rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1895), 1896, xxxv,pt. 2,139—Coughlin (W. T.) Aneurysm of the transverse aorta and innominate artery. St. Louis Cour. Med., 1902, xxvii, 182. [Discussion}, 213-215— Cremieu (R.) Anevrysme de l'aorte descendante ayant disseque la paroi de l'cesophage. Lyon med., 1908, ex, 1152-1157, 1 pi.—Cre- monese (G.) Un caso di aneurisma aortico, aortite e ne- vralgia sifllitica. Riv. med., Milano, 1914, xxii, 185-187.— Davis(H. J.) Fixation of left vocal cord in a man aged forty- nine, with a pulsating thoracic aneurysm. J. Laryngol., Lond., 1905, xx, 318-321.—Debove. Anevrysme de l'aorte et insuffisance aortique. J. de med. int., Par., 1906, x, 125.— Dorner (G.) Broncho-Oesophagealfistel bei Aortenaneu- rysma. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 400.—Drozda (J.) Aneurysma aorta? bronchum sinistrum comprimens; Pneumonia lobularis sinistra; Per- foratio angusta bronchi in aneurysma per corpus aUenum; Tod. Jahrb. d. AVien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1897, Wien & Leipz., 1899, vi, pt. 2, 263—DrSka (J.) [Compression of the vena cava superior by an aneurism of the aorta.] Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1910, xUx, 701; 733.—Ducos. Anevrysme de l'aorte compUque de maladie d'Addison. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1904, xxxiv, 317.—Edwards (OR.) Aortic aneu- rysm; paraplegia; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1915, i, 113.— Foster (H.) Report of two cases of laryngeal paralysis due to aortic aneurism. Tr. Am. Acad. Ophth. [etc.], Oto- Laryngol. Sect., St. Louis, 1903, 131-133. Also: Laryngo- scope, St. Louis, 1903, xiii, 365-367.—Frenkel (H.) & Saint- Martin (R. de) Complications oculaires de l'anevrisme de l'aorte; anevrisme de l'aorte et tabes. Rev. neurol., Par., 1912, xx, pt. 2, 689-696.—Gairdner (AV. T.) Specimens illus- trating aneurysms of the arch of the aorta which either opened into or pressed upon the vena cava superior or the pulmonary artery. Glasgow M. J., 1897, xlviii, 120-128 — Gaussel. Anevrisme de l'aorte thoracique avec tumeur a gauche du sternum. Montpel. med., 1904, xviii, 187-193.— Giumani (S.) Contributo alia conoscenza delle paralisi larmgee da aneurismi aortici. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Ge- nova, 1904, v, 312-331.—Gladstone (R. J.) A casein which an aneurism of the arch of the aorta, multiple tubercular lesions, including a perforated ulcer of the intestine, and a hernial sac co-existed in a man, who ultimately died from acute lobar pneumonia. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1908, xii, 51-57.—Gluck. Demonstration eines Praparates von Aortenaneurysma mit Kompression der Trachea; Anlegung einer Lungenfistel. Veroflentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1913-14, pt. 1, 29. [Discussion], 30.— Graeffner. Drehung des Kehlkopfes um einen rechten AYinkel durch ein Aortenaneurysma. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol.,[etc.],AVurzb., 1911,iv,419.—Grande(E.) Sudiun caso di morbo di Hodgson seguito da esito letale. Med. ital., Napoli, 1907, v, 446-44.x. —Grenet (A.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte ayant donne Ueu a des acces de dyspnee simu- lant l'asthme vrai; mort par ouverture de la poche dans la trachee. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, Ixxi, 652.—Guisez. Du role etiologique de l'anevrisme de l'aorte dans les stenoses et dans les spasmes a forme grave de l'cesophage. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1909, 3. s., xxvi, 253-262.— Hastings (H.) A case of paralysis of the recurrent laryngeal nerve, from aneurism of the arch of the aorta. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago; 1905, xliv, 1758— Hatiegan (J.) Einseitige Trom- nielschlagelfinger bei Aneurysma des Arcus aorta? und der Arteria subclavia dextra. Wien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1916, xxix. 706-708.—Hebert (P.) Anevrysme latent de la partie inferieure de la crosse de l'aorte chez un emphysemateux; mort subite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 289—Hektoen (L.) The extension of aortic aneurism into and between the walls of the heart and dissecting aneurisms of the heart. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1901, n. s., cxxii, 21-31.— Henschen (S. E.) [Mitral stenosis caused by aneurism of the descending aorta.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1899-1900, n. F., v, 98-109.—Hochhaus. [Praparat eines Falles von pl6 tzlichem Verschluss der Vena cava superior durch Aorten- ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Complications and sequelae of). aneurysma.] Munchen. med. AVchnschr., 1908, lv, 417.— Huchard (H.) Quelques faits sur les anevrysmes aortiques; epanchementspleuraux, anevrysme a marche aigiie, erythro- melalgie, atropine ou hypertrophic du cceur et consequences therapeutiques; anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale et ascite. Rev. gen. de cUn. et de therap., Par., 1896, x, 578-580.-----. Nevralgies et anevrysmes latents de l'aorte. Ibid., 1901, xv, 353-356.—Huchard (H.) & Bergouignan. Anevrisme latent de la crosse de l'aorte avec pneumonie massive et n<$- crosante gauche par compression du nerf pneumogastriquc gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1901, 3. s., xviii, 1180-1184.—Jex-Blake (A. J.) Aortic aneurysm; fibrosis of the right lung. CUn. J., Lond., 1912-13, xl, 176.— Keilty (R. A.) An aortic aneurysm producing bronchial pressure symptoms. Proc. Path. Soc, Phila., 1914, xvi, 32.— Kelly (A. O. J.) & Lavenson (R. S.) A case of aneurysm of the arch of the aorta producing a broncho-cesophageal fistula. Univ. Pen. M. Bull.. Phila., 1906-7, xix, 193-198. Also, Re- print.—Kienbbck (R.) Ueber Struma und Hyperthy- reoidismus im Gefolge von Dilatationen und Aneurysmen der Aorta. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1913-14, xxi, 410.—Korczyfiski (L.) [Aneurism of descend- ing aorta; chronic hemorrhage from the lungs; abscess from congestion; peribronchial tuberculosis of left lung and fibroid degeneration of the lungs and pleurisy from atelectasis of upper left lung.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 18%, xxxv, 173-176 — Leclerc. Un cas d'anevrysme de la portion superieure de l'aorte descendante, ayant envahi le poumon gauche et ac- compagne de troubles pupillaires. Bull. Soc. mM. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1903, ii, 87-92.—Leclerc (F.) & Mouriquand (G.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte et symphyse du pericarde. Lyon med., 1905, civ, 1359-1362.—Le Damany (P.) Dila- tation ou anevrysme vrai de la crosse de l'aorte; dilatations ampullaires surajoutees, dont 1'une comprimait la trachee; signes de tumeur du mediastin; mort par asphyxie lente. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, Ixxi, 454-457— Leenhardt. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte; atherome considerable avec dilatations anevrysmatiques de tout le systeme arte- riel. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 524.—Le- grain & Benon. Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale chez un persecute melancoUque avec hallucinations en rapport avec le siege de cet anevrysme; grosses alterations verte- brales. Ibid., 44L443.—Lemann (I. I.) Hematemesis and melena due to latent aneurysm of the aorta. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1917-18, lxx, 322-328.—von Leyden A- Westenhoeffer Perforation eines Aneurysma sacciforme der Aortae ascen- dens, Kompression der Vena cava superior. Deutsche med. AVchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1904, xxx, 601-603.—Lyle (B. F.) Aneurism of the aorta, with valvular heart lesions and indu- ration of the apices of both lungs. Cincin. Lancet-CUnic, 1898, n. s., xU, 561-563.— Lyonnet & Loaec. Toux de com- pression, voix bitonale, compression de la bronche gauche; Wassermann negatif; volumineux anevrisme de toute l'aorte thoracique. Lyon med., 1913, exx, 805-808.—Mace (O.) & Monier-Vinard. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte chez une femme enceinte de six mois et demi; conduite ft tenir. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1906, ix, 242-246.—McKee (A. B.) A case of paralysis of the left recurrent laryngeal nerve, due to aortic aneurysm. Occidental M. Times, Sac- ramento; 1897, xi, 18.—MacKinnon (M.) Some observa- tions on the arterial pressure in thoracic aneurysms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913, ii, 863-N07.—MacNalty (A. S.) Case of thoracic aneurysm in a bov. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, CUn. Sect., 35-37.—McPhedran (A.) Aneurism of the aorta communicating with left auricle. Canad. Pract., Toronto, 1896, xxi, 578-580. -----. Aortic aneurysm with recurrent fever. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila, 1915, cxlix, 101-103.— Mandy. Anevrisme de l'aorte avec phenomenes asphyxi- ques ayant, necessite une trachSotomie; autopsie. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1907, xxvi, 202-204.—deMarchettis (P.) Anevrysme de l'aorte au-dessous du coeur; epanchement de sang dans le poumon droit; mort par suffocation. In Ms: Rec. d'obs. rares [etc.], 8°, Par., 1858, 114. — Maresch. [Aneurysma und Ventilverschluss der Aorta.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in AArien, 1908, vii, 59.— Mariani (F.) Intorno a un caso d'aneurisma aortico e me- diastinite suppurata. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, Siena, 1903, xvui, 102-107.—Marino (F.) Doppo aneurisma dell' arco aortico; larga apertura esterna senza la morte im- mediata. Incurabili, Napoli, 1907, xxii, 577-588.—Masini (G.) Contrattura intermittente della corda vocale sinistra; compressione del ricorrente da aneurisma aortico. Ann. di laringol. [etc.], Genova, 1903, iv, 164-168.—Micheleau. Anevrysme de l'aorte; oedeme pulmonaire; medication re- vulsive locale. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1912, xUi, 477 — Middleton (G. S.) Sequel to a case of aneurysm of the aorta. Glasgow Hosp. Rep., 1901, ui, 332.—Moizard A Roy. Dilatation aneurysmal de l'aorte chez un enfant de 15 ans, avec aortite chronique. Ann. de med. et chir. inf., Par., 1908, xii, 149-153.—Mollard (J.) & Genet (L.) Ane- vrysme de l'aorte; obliteration complete du tronc brachio- cephaUque droit et des arteres carotide primitive et sous- claviere gauches avec survie assez prolongee; mort par broncho-pneumonie. Lyon med., 1905, cv, 74-79.—Mollard (J.) & Roubier (C.) Un cas d'anevrysme de l'aorte thora- cique avec paralysie recurrentielle bilaterale. Bull. Soc. ANEURISM. 491 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Complications and sequelae of). med. d. h6p. de Lvon, 1908, vii, 448-454. Also: Lyon med. 1908, cxi, 989-994.—Musser (J. H.) & Steele (J. D.) Aneu- rysm of the abdominal aorta, with thrombosis of the right renal artery. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xviii, 191-1%. Also. Reprint.—Nicolas (J.) & Piery (M.) Senestrocardie extreme par atolectasie pulmonaire gauche; anevrysme latent de l'aorte comprimant le pedicule pulmonaire; epan- chement pleural. Lyon med., 1905, civ, 410-417.—Nordman Anevrysme de l'aorte et de la carotide interne. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1912, xxxi, 67-69.—Oddo (C.) & Mizzoni (A.) Rupture d'un anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale suivie de desordres mecaniques considerables. Rev. de med., Par., 1901, xxi, 1088-1097.—Osburn (A. C.) A case of sudden death from aneurysm without previous symptoms. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1%7, ix,611.—Osier (AV.) Aneurism of the aorta; death from gastric hemorrhage. Maryland M. J., Bait., 1902, xiv, 548.-----. Aneurism of arch of aorta and innominate. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1%4, xv, 66.—Pace (D.) Una forma inusitata di aneurisma aortico. Arch. ital. di cUn. med., Milano, 1897, xxxvi, 415-430.— Panzini (S.) Su di alcuni fenomeni nervosi degli aneu- rismi dell' aorta toracica. Arte med., NapoU, 1899, i, 22.— Parouty & Junca. Anevrysme sus et sous-diaphragma- tique de l'aorte, avec anevrysme faux consecutif interperi- toneo-diaphragmatique. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 633.—Pauli (AA\) Diagnose auf Aneurysma der Aorta ascendens und Arteria innominata und auf einzweites Aneurysma eines grossen rechtsseitigen Halsgefasses. Wien. kUn. AVchnschr., 1%3, xvi, 713— Pechkranc (S.) [Aneu- rysma arcus aorta? cum obUteratione pericardi et mediastino- pericarditide fibrosa.] Medycyna i Kron. lek., AVarszawa, 1912, xlvii, 917-920.—del Piano (A.) Aortite croniche ed anevrismi, e processi pleuro-pulmonaU consecutivi. Cong. internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de path, int., 596- 599.—Pic & Gardere (C.) Anevrysme latent de l'aorte thoracique descendante avec pleuresie gauche hemorragique; signe de Musset, pericardite a frottement diastoUque. Bull. Soc. mea. d. hop. de Lyon, 1909, viu, 99-107.—Playfair (E.) Aneurism of the thoracic aorta causing paraplegia. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1896-7, Lond., 1898, iv, 179-182.—Plitek (AV.) Ueber Kompressionsstenose des Oesophagus, verur- =«cht durch ein Aneurvsma der Aorta descendens. Arch. f. Verdauungskr., Berl.,1%3, ix, 571-577.—Pohrt. Todesur- sachen bei Aortenaneurysmen. Miinchen. med. AArchnschr., 1914 lxi, 1903-1905.—Porte. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte; tremblement spasmodique par irritation des me- ninges'rachidiennes. Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1899, xiii, 34__Porter (AA") The significance of aphonia in aneurysm of the arch. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1902, ix, 310-312 — Proficuet. Anevrysme de l'aorte; mort par cachexie pro- gressive. Normandie med., Rouen, 1898, xiii, 211-214.— Renberg (T.) Ueber mangelhafte arterielle Blutversorgung des Gehirns und der oberen Extremitaten bei Aneurysma arcus aorta?. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908 xxxiv, 1928— Reiche. [Zwei Falle von Kompression der'Arteria pulmonaUs durch Aortenaneurysmen.] Miin- chen med. Wchnschr., 1906, Uii, 334— Relshof (V. F.) rCompUcations of aneurism of the aorta.] Med. Obozr., Mosk 1904, lxii, 3-13.—Romeo (P.) Su irapporti traaneu- risma 'aortico e tabe dorsale. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1909, xxxv 589-597.—Rouget (J.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte; ulceration de la trachee; hemoptysie a repetition, Das d'hemorragie foudroyante; autopsie. Bull, et mem. Soc med d. hop. de Par., 1%3,3. s., xx, 1184-118* — Roussy (G ) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte (type recurrent avec obliteration de la sous-claviere gauche). Bull, et mem. Soc. anat de Par., 1904, lxxix, 47.—Rush (W. H.) A case of aneurism of the thoracic aorta with ulcer of the esophagus and perigastritis. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1906 xxx, 443-446 —Sainton (P.) & Voisin(R.) Anevrisme de l'aorte thoracique sicgoant dans la zone latente; nevralgie intcrcos- tale rebelle. Bull et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.; 1903, 3 s xx 1345-1348— Salomon. Un cas de compression de la veine'cave superieure par un anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte Bull et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, Ixxviii, 463- 466 —Sauer (AV. E.) Case of recurrent laryngeal paralysis due to aortic aneurysm. Scient. Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni St Louis (1%1), 1902, 213-215. [Discussion], 217- 219 _Schupier (F.) Disturbi rari della deglutizione in un caso di aneurisma dell' aorta toraco-addominale. Gazz. d. osp Milano, 1909, xxx, 17-20.—Scotti (F.) Aneurisma dell'arco aortico con stiramcnto del tronco brachiocefalico. N riv cUn.-terap., Napoli, 1898,i, 59-61.—Sergent & Blon- del(P ) Suruncasd'anevrysmedel'aortethoraciqueaforme dvsphagique avec radiographic Gaz. med. de Picardie, Amiens 1902, xx, 473-478.—Short (T. S.) A case of aortic aneurvsm with pressure symptoms hunted to the trachea. Practitioner,Lond., 1898,Ixi,5>.9-592.-SieberfE ) [Dyspra- gia of the upper extremity caused by aneurism of the aorta and stenosis of the left subclavian and carotid artenes.] Sborn. lek.,Praze, 1912,xiii.45-58— Simpson (H. G.) Aneunsmof the aorta with calcification of walls. Vet. Rec, Lond., 1901, xiv 319—Sommer (A.) Ueber die Lasion des Nervus sympathicus als Begleitsymptom von Aneurysmen der Brustaorta. Mitth. d. Ver. d. Aerzte in Steiermark, Graz, 1898, xxxv, 112-118.—van Spanje (N. P.) Een geval van Aneurism (Aortic, Complications and sequelae of). aneurysma aorta? thoracica? descendentis en van spondy- losis spuria. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1900, 2. R., xxxvi, d. 2, 925-930, pi.—Starkiewicz (AV.) [Aneurysm of the aorta, compUcated by occlusion of the lumen of the innominate arterv, and obliteration of the superior vena cava.] Gaz. lek., AVarszawa, 1909,2. s.,xxix, 909; 1004; 1026 — Stearns (W. M.) Cases of aortic aneurism affecting the larynx, trn.chea and oesophagus. Homceop. Eye, Ear & Throat. J., N. Y.. 1901, vii, 321-323.—Steinach (AV.) Trans- verse myeUtis, due to erosion of aortic aneurism. Hosp. Bull. Dep. Pub. Char., N. Y., 1917, i. 73-76.—Stow (B.) Paraplegia caused by an aneurysm of the arch of the aorta. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, lxxii, 59-61. Also, Reprint.— Tanturri (D.) ParaUsi glosso-laringea e dei muscoli della spalla (sindrome associata atipica di Tapia) in unainferma con pio-labirintite omolaterale e con aneurisma dell' aorta as- cendente. Gior. internaz. d. sc. mod.,Napoli,1911, n. s.,xxxiii, 1057-1063.—Thevenot(L.)&Rebattu(J.) Coexistenced'un anevrysme delacrossedel'aorteavecunpaquetganglionnaire mediastinalsecondaireaunneoplasmegastrique latent. Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 843-846.—Thomas (J. D.) Caseof aneu- rism of arch of aorta and tuberculosis of heart. Wash. M. Ann., l%7-8, vi, 142-144.-------. Case of aneurysm of thoracic aorta, with paralysis of left diaphragm and hour- glass contraction of stomach. Ibid., 1914, xiii, 146-149.— Thompson (AV. J.) Aneurysm of ascending arch of aorta extending into lung. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1898-9, xvii, 468.—Thouvenin. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte au-dessous de la naissance des gros vaisseaux; mort par hemorragie; autopsie. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1908, xii, 325-330.—Titow (N. D.) Ueber einige mechanische Me- mento der Thrombenbildung im Aneurysma der Aorta descendens und des Aortenbogens. Allg. ined. Centr.-Ztg., Berl., 1905, lxxiv, 299; 315.—Tobias (E.) Intercostalneu- ralgie durch Aneurysma der absteigenden Aorta. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1911, xlviii, 687.—Valette. Anevrysme de l'aorte comprimant la trachee. Marseille med., 1903, xl, 755.— Verco (J. C.) Aneurism of the ascending aorta, with slow extravasation of blood into the pericardial sac. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1906, xxv, 381-383.—Violet (H.) Un cas d'anevrysme de l'aorte comprimant l'artere sous-claviere gauche. Loire med., St.-Etienne. 1898, xvii, 193-204 — Voelcker (A.) Aneurism of arch oi aorta causing sloughing of the oesophagus. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlviii,56.— Vollmer (P.) Ein Fall von Aortenaneurysma mit besonde- ren Komplikationen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1908, xxxiv, 2068-2070.—Weinberger (M.) [Links- seitige Bronchostenose durch Aortenaneurysma und Re- traktion des Herzens sowie des Mediastinums in die linke Thoraxhalfte.] Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in AVien, 1906, v, 204-208. -----. [Fall von hochgradiger Kompression (Verschluss) der Vena cava superior durch ein Aortenaneurysma. Ibid., 1908, vii, 52-56.—White (H.) & Homan (R. B.) Thoracic aneurism complicating tuber- culosis of the lungs; report of case. Bull. El Paso Co. M. Soc, El Paso. Tex., 1912, iv, 25-27—Williams (W. W.) A case of sacciform aneurysm of the descending aorta projecting into and occluding the left bronchus; destructive tubercu- losis of the left lung; autopsy. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Edinb. & Lond., 1900-1901, vii, 451-459.—Winiarski (J.) [Case of aneurism of ascending aorta pressing on the oesophagus.] Gaz.lek.,Warszawa, 1897,2. s., xvii, 149-151.—Wirth. Aorten- aneurysma mit beiderseitigor Lasion des Halssympathikus. Mitt d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in AVien 1914, mi 95—Woolsey (G.) Aneurism of the aorta and sub- clavian. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1900, xxxii, 452.—Wynter (W. E.) A case of thoracic aneurism involving the aortic arch and innominate artery, witn paralysis of the right half of the larynx. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1902-3, xxvi, 331. Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Latent). Campos (N. A. R.) *Diagnostico dos aneurys- mal da aorta thoracica. 8°. Rio de Janeiro, 18*96. Ciietei. (H.) * Contribution a l'etude du diagnostic des anevrysmes de l'aorte thoracique; forme pseudo-tuberculeuse de l'anevrysme de l'aorte. 8°. Paris, 1903. Gillet (J.-A.) *Pseudo-anevrismes d'origine hysterique et en particulier pseudo-anevrismes de la crosse de l'aorte. 8°. Lille, 1902. Goldschmidt-Haas (Marie). *Ueber Riicken- markserscheinungen bei Aneurysma aorta?. 8°. Borna-Leipzig, 1913. Huguet. *De quelques causes d'erreur dans le diagnostic des anevrysmes de l'aorte ascen- dante. 8°. Paris, 1898. Luzzatto (A. M.) La sintomatologia e la diagnosi dell'aneurisma dell'aorta endotoracica. 8°. Venezia, 1895. ANEURISM. 492 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of). Milanoff (S.) *Etude de la douleur et de quelques autres symptomes des anevrysmes de 1 aorte thoracique ascendante. 8°. Paris, 1900. Roux (G.) *Valeur symptomatique et diag- nostique des nevralgies et en particulier de la n^vralgie ileo-lombaire dans les anevrysmes de l'aorte descendante. 8°. Paris, 1907. Vialle (A.) *Des manifestations pleurales des anevrysmes de l'aorte. 8°. Lyon, 1906. Abrams (A.) The aortic reflex. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 542.—van Albada (B. L.) Bijdrage tot de symp- tomatologie van het aneurysma arcus aorta?. Med. Weekbl., Amst., 1899-1900, vi, 705.—Amblard. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte avec syndrome d'AvelUs. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 92-94.—Angyan (B.) [The systoUc sound audible in the buccal cavity as a symptom of aneurysm of the aorta, after a case.] Budapest szikesf. kozk6rh. evk. (1900), 1901, 169-171.—Arnold (H. D.) The importance of the early detection of aneurysm of the aorta. Tr. Am. CUmat. Ass.. Phila., 1907, xxiii, 289-310. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y.. 1908, n. s., exxxv, 515-529.— Aron (E.) Die Prognose der Aorten-Aneurysmen. Ztschr. f. Laryngol., Rhinol. [etc.], Wiirzb., 1908-9, i, 773-778.— Baccelll (G.) Differentialdiagnose zwischen Aneurysma aorta? und Aneurysma cceliaca?. Med. Woche, Berl., 1901, 251-253.—Barth (H.) Anevrisme de l'aorte ascendante developpe dans la region precordial? et ayant simul£ un anevrisme de la pointe du cceur. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3. s., xxi, 869-875.—Beattie. Aneurism of left side of arch simulating subclavian aneurism. Nor- thumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1899, vii, 23-25.—Beclere. Sur le diagnostic differentiel des ane- vrysmes de l'aorte et des tumeurs qui peuvent les simuler. Bull, et mem. Soc. radiol. med. de Par., 1910, ii, 133-137 — Bitschunsky (J.) Zur Diagnostik des Aneurysma der Aorta thoracica. Wien. med. Bl., 1895, xvui, 826-828 — Bocciardo (A. D.) Le scosse laterali del capo quale sintoma differenziale fra le varie locaUzzazioni degU aneurismi tora- cici. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1905, Roma, 1906, xv, 363. -----. Le scosse lateraU del capo quale sintoma differenziale fra le diverse locaUzzazioni degU aneurismi dell'aorta tora- cica. PoUcUn., Roma, 1906, xiu, sez. med., 56-66.—Boinet (E.) Sur un nouveau signe de l'anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1907, 3. s., lvui, 231-233. Also: Gaz. mea. de Par., 1908, 13. s., lxxix, 2. -----. Du signe de l'abaissement du larynx avec deviation a gauche et en arriere dans l'anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1909, lxu, 526-542.-----. Abaissement, deviation et latero-torsion du larynx comme signe d'ane- vrisme de la crosse aortique. Ibid., 1911, 3. s., lxv, 631-640.— Bonavera (G. B.) Sui valore diagnostico di certe nevralgie intercostali, sintomatiche di un aneurisma latente dell'aorta toracica. PoUcUn., Roma, 1905, xii, 429-432—Borchgre- vink (O. C.) Aneurysma aorta?? Kristiania kir. for. forh., 1915, 74-76— Bramwell (B.) CUnical remarks on a case of aortic aneurism, in which intense tubular breathing was present over the sac. Edinb. M. J., 1896-7, xliii, 505-507. -----. Aortic aneurism, in which intense tubular oreathing was present over the sac. CUn. Stud., Edinb., 1905-6, n. s., iv, 251-254.-----. Pain in the back, apparently due to an aortic aneurism. Ibid., 1908, vi, 255-258.—Brant Paes Leme. Sobre o phenomeno das pulsacoes no ventre (os falsos aneurysmas da aorta abdominal). Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1899, xiu, 88; 108.—Broadbent (AAr.) A point in the diagnosis of aneurysm of the aorta. Lancet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1134.—Bruschini (E.) & Coop (S.) Sulle scosse ritmiche del capo negli aneurismi dell'arco aortico. Lavori d. Cong. di med. int. 1898, Roma, 1899, ix, 192-198.—Bull (S.) Om pulsation af larynx som diagnosticum for aneurysma aorta?. Forhandl. v. nord. Kong. f. inv. med., Stockholm, 1898, ii, 158-161.—Bullrich (R. A.) Un signo para el diagnostico de los aneurismas de la aorta descendente. Rev. Asoc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1916, xxiv, 105-113—Burt (S. S.) Diagnosis and treatment of thoracic aneurysm. Am. Med., Phila., 1904, vii, 339-342. Also, Reprint.—Cade (A.) De certaines manifestations pleuro-pulmonaires des anevrysmes de l'aorte. Lyon med., 1907, cvin, 89-98.—Cade (A.) & Vialle (A.) Les manifestations pleuretiques des anevrysmes de l'aorte. Prov. med., Par., 1907, xx, 206-211.—Carda- relll (A.) Aneurisma aortico o neoplasma intratoracico? Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1906, ix, 1-3.-----. Su di una intricata diagnosi differenziale: aneurisma aortico o neoplasma mediastinico? Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1914, xxxi, 145-155. Also: Studium, NapoU, 1914, vii, 18-22.-----. Un caso eccezionale di aneurisma extra-toracico simulante l'aneurisma aortico. Studium, NapoU, 1915, viii, 159-161.— Carrieu (M.) & (Economos (S.) Anevrysme de la crosse aortique avec absence de signes stelhoscopiques. Montpel. mea., 1913, xxxvii, 562.—Cassaet (E.) De l'importance des deformations de la matite precordiale dans le diagnostic des anevrismes de l'aorte. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1906, xxvi, 39. Also: Bull, et mem. Soc. de med. et chir. de Bordeaux 1906, Par. & Bordeaux. 1907, 22-26.—Castex (M. R.) Sobre el valor diagntfstico del signo de OUver-Carda- Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of). relli. Semana m^d., Buenos Aires. 1909, xvi, 1679-1682.— Cheney (W. F.) The diagnosis of aneurism of the aortic arch. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1900, xiv, 1-4.— Clement (E.) Sur le diagnostic precoce des anevrysmes de l'aorte thoracique. Lyon med., 1907. cviii, 612-618.—Col- let. Les sympt&mes laryngo-tracheaux de l'anevrysme aortique. Province med., Lyon, 1900, xiv, 289-293.— Colvara (A.) Pseudo-aneurisma dell'aorta addominale. Clin. med. ital., Milano, 1901, xl, 741-752.—Combemale. Diagnostic et pronostic d'un anevrysme de l'aorte. Bull. med. du nord, Lille, 1896, xxxv, 569-581.—Coombs (C.) The simulation of aortic aneurysm by some other aortic and cardiac diseases. Bristol. M.-Chir. J., 1914, xxxii, 26-37,1 pi. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1914, n. s., xcvii, 490-493.— Cordner (R. H.) Note on a case oi aneurysm simulating dyspepsia. Lancet, Lond., 1905, i, 1718.—Cortezo (C. M.) Diagnostico de los aneurismas aorticos. Siglo med., Madrid, 1902 xUx, 658; 690— Crispolti (C. A.) Per la diagnosi dell'aneurisma della porzione discendente dell'arco dell'aorta (aneurisma aortico a tipo ncorrente). Med. ital., Napoli, 1904, ii, 502-511.—Dagnini (G.) Sopra un caso di aneu- risma dell'aorta ascendente con doppio battito nel secondo spazio intercostale destro. Bull. d. sc. med. di Bologna, 1897, 7. s., viu, 349-382.—Dellarossa (U.) II sintomarivela- tore negU aneurismi dell'aorta toracica discendente e critica dei vari trattamenti curativi degli aneurismi. Tommasi, NapoU, 1910, v, 834-839.—Destot. Anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique a type pulmonaire et a type gastrique. Lyon med., 1906, cvii, 1106-1112.—Deville. Un cas d'asthme symptomatique d'un anevrisme de l'aorte. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1901, 469-474.—Dmitrenko (L. F.) [Certain symptoms of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb.. 1911, x, 1-4— Draper (G.) The significance of tracings from aneurysms of the ascending aorta. Heart, Lond., 1910, ii, 84-94. Also, Reprint.— Drozdovskl (P. I.) [Diagnostic value of OUver's sign in aneurisms of the thoracic aorta.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1903, ii, 290; 332. Also, transl.: Med. Woche, Berl., 1903, iv, 345; 389.—Drummond. An aortic aneurism, causing what Dr. Drummond has described as a new physical sign. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1896, iv, 13.-----. Case of thoracic aneurysm with referred pain, for which laparotomy was performed. Ibid., 1905, xiu, 69.—Eccles (A. S.) On the early symptoms of thoracic aneurysm. West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1900, v, 1-8.—Ed- wards (A. R.) The diagnosis or thoracic aneurysm. Illi- nois M. J., Springfield, 1901-2, n. s., iii, 353-361.—Eppinger (H.) Zur Diagnostik eines wahren Aneurysma des Sinus Valsalva? dexter. Wien. med. AArchnschr., 1916, lxvi, 65- 75.—d'Espine. Sur le trace du pouls aortique et du pouls carotidien dans les anevrismes de l'aorte. Cong, franc, de med. C. r., Par., 1902, ii, 220.-----. L'anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante a diverticule antero-lateral gauche et les traces sphygmographiqucs de l'aorte. Rev. de med., Par., 1902, xxii, 581-598.—Finlayson. Aneurysm of the arch of the aorta with diastoUc murmur, but apparently competent valves. Glasgow M. J., 1896, xiv, 299-302.—Fitch (M. E.) The lesser known signs and symptoms of aortic aneurism; with their treatment. Med. Times, N. Y., 1901, xxix, 328- 331.—Flora. Particolarita del sintoma di CardarelU-OUver nella diagnosi deH'aneurisma dell'arco. Lavori d. Cong. d. med. int. 1902, Roma, 1903, xii, 245— Fraenkel (A.) Ueber die Bedeutung des OUver'schen Symptoms fiir die Diagno- stik der Aneurysmen der Brustaorta. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, 7-9.—Freer (O. T.) A case of aneurysm of the aorta simulating mediastinal ab- scess. Chicago M. Recorder, 1901, xxi, 404-411. [Discus- sion], 448-451.—French (H.) A pulsatile swelling in the third and fourth left intercostal spaces. Thoracic aneurysm. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910-11, iv, Clin. Sect., 22-24 — Frick (H.) Ueber objectiv nachweisbare Sensibilitatssto- rungen am Rumpfe bei Aneurysma aorta?. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 611-615.—Gairdner (W. T.) The cause of inequaUty of pupils in cases of thoracic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 181.—Galloway (J.) Aneurysm of the arch of the aorta. Polyclin., Lond., 1913, xvii, 55.— Garel (J.) Comment on diagnostique un anevrisme de l'aorte. Lyon med., 1907, cvin, 356-364.—Godfrey (H. G.) Bone conduction of the auscultatory signs of aneurysm. Med. & Surg. Rep. Episc. Hosp., Phila., 1914, ii 148-152, 5 pi— Goggia (C. P.) Contributo alio studio della pato- genesi e sintomatologia degli aneurismi dell'aorta intra- pericardiaca, esplicantisi a sinistra dello sterno. CUn. med. ital., Milano, 1907, xlvi, 278-288.—Grocco. Un sintoma poco noto dell'aneurisma dell'aorta toracica. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1902, Roma, 1903, xii 191.—Guerin (A.) Diagnostic des anevrysmes latents de la crosse de l'aorte. Rev. gen. de cUn. et de therap., Par., 1911, xxv, 389-392.— Guisez. Diagnostic des anevrysmes aortiques par la broncho-cesophagoscopie. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par., 1909, ii, 209-222.—Haag (G.) Aneurysma der Bauch- aorta; Heilung oder Fehldiagnose? Arch. f. Orthop. [etc.]; AViesb., 1904, ii, 208-210.—Hall (J. N.) Tracheal diastoUc shock in the diagnosis of aortic aneurism, with a study of the value of the tracheal tug. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1900, n. s., cxix, 10-14. Also, Reprint.—Henderson (A.) Diag- nosis of thoracic aneurism. Northwest. Lancet, St. Paul, ANEURISM. 493 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of). 1900, xx, 221-224.—Hensley (P. J.) A clinical lecture [aneurvsnn?)] St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond.. 1900-1901, viu, 145-148—Hewlett (A. AV.) A Clark (AA . R. P.) The symptoms of desoending thoracic aneurvsm. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1909. n. s., cxxxvu. 792-805.—Hickey (P. M.) The diagnosis oi aneurism of the aorta. J. Mich. M. Soc, De- troit, 1903, ii, 58-60.—Hirtz (E.) Anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte, avec signe inverse de la trachee. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par.. 1909, 3. s., xxviii, 464.—Hirtz (E.) & Lemaire (H.) Anevrismes de l'aorte thoracique et symptdmes cesophagiens. Ibid., 1906, 3. s., xxiu, 464-471.— von HoessUn (R.) Ein neues Symptom des Aneurysmas der Aorta. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1912, Ux, 24.— Hoffmann (A.) Die stossweise Exspiration bei Aneu- rysma aorta?. Ibid., 368.—Huber (O.T Zur DLfferential- diagnose des Aortenaneurysmas. Berl. kUn. Wchnschr., 1912, xUx, 1274. Also: Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. (1912), 1913, xlin, pt. 2, 263-265. [Discussion], pt. 1,146 — Jacobson (J. H.) The diagnosis of aneurism of the aorta. Am. M. Compend, Toledo, 1S99, xv, 73-75.—Jermain (L. F.) Svmptoms and diagnosis of aortic aneurism. AA'is- consin'M. J., Milwaukee, 1906-7, v, 429-433.—Jessen (F.) Ueber die Beziehungen des OUver'schen Symptoms zum Aortenaneurysma und zu intrathoracalen Geschwiilsten. Munchen. med. AA'chnschr., 1900, xlvii, 1565-1567— Kaplan (Ya. B.) [Diagnosis of aneurism of the aorta by tracheo- bronchoscopy.) A'estnik Ushn., Gorlov. i Nosov. Bollezn., S.-Peterb., 1912, iv, 404-406, 1 pi.—Kaufmann. Diagnos- tic de deux anevrysmes de la crosse de l'aorte par la laryn- goscopie. Anjou med.. Angers, 1907, xiv, 94-96.—Ketly (L.) [A case of aneurism of the aorta which simulated ulcers of the stomach] Budapesti k. orvosegy. evkonyve, 1905, 88- 90. Also, tran I.: Ungar. med. Presse, Budapest, 1905, x, 320.—Kirchgaesser (G.) Fehldiagnose eines Aortenaneu- rysmas in Folge der Durchleuchtung mit Rontgenstrahlen. Munchen. med. AA'chnschr., 1900, xlvu, 646— Kotow- tschicofl (N. J.) Ueber die Prognose bei Aortenaneurys- men. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1900, xU, 451-457.— Krauss (AA". C.) Aneurysm of the ascending portion of the arch of the aorta, manifested early by intractable intercostal neuralgia; also report of a case of aneurysm of the abdominal aorta; rupture and death. Phila. M. J., 1902, x, 752-754.— Lacaille & Ducellier. Les anevrysmes de l'aorte passent souvent inapercus faute de signes stethoscopiques et sont des trouvailles de bio-radiographie. J. de men. de Par., 1914, 2. s., xxvi, 589.—Lambert (A.) Thoracic aneurysm with unusual symptoms. Tr. Soc. Alumni Bellevue Hosp., N. Y., 1897-8, 210-212. Also: N. York M. J., 1898, Ixviii, 425.—Landolfi (M.) Un nuovo segno degU aneurismi dell'aorta toracica. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med.. NapoU, 1906, n. s.,- xxviii, 881-883.—Laporte & Bellocq. Anevrysme de l'aorte et signe d'Argyll-Robertson. Toulouse med., 1910, xii, 428—Laubry (C.) A- Parvu (M.) La reaction de Wassermann dans les anevrismes de l'aorte. Compt. rend. Soc. de biol., Par., 1909, lxvi, 750-753. Also: Tribune med., Par., 1909, n. s., xU, 309.—Leary (T. G. S.) A case of aneu- rysm of the abdominal aorta without symptoms; with a note on thepathological appearances by Constance ElUs. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1907, ii, 714.—Lemann (I. I.) The diagnosis of aneurism of the thoracic aorta. N. Orl. M. & S. J.. 1912, lxv, 420-425.—Lemoine. Pseudo-anevrysmes de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. med.-chir. du Nord, Lille, 1905, i, 97-104 — Letulle(M.) Diagnostic des anevrismes de l'aorte. Presse med., Par., 1913, xxi, 214-217.—Lewachov (S.) Sur le diagnostic de l'anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique. Compt.- rend. Cong, internat. de mea. 1897, Mosc, 1899, iii, sect. 5, 297-301.—Lichthefm (L.) Die Diagnose des Aneurysma varicosum aorta?. Internat. Beitr. z. inn. Med. (Leyden), Berl., 1902, i, 337-378—Loguckl (A.) [Statistics and diagnosis of aneurism of abdominal aorta] Kron. lek., AVarszawa, 1897, xviii, 934-939— Lucchesini (T.) Sin- drome da voluminoso aneurisma dell'aorta toracica. CUn. mod., Firenze, 1906, xii, 193-199—MacDonnell (R. L.) Aneurysm of the aorta simulating aneurysm of the innom- inate. Proc. Med.-Chir., Soc. Montreal (1889-91), 1892, v, 203-205.—Maisonnet. A propos des anevrismes de la crosse de l'aorte et de leur symptomatologie. Soc. de mecl. mil. franc. Bull., Par., 1912, vi, 316-321— Maragliano (V.) Sull'impulso al giugulo. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1912, xxxiii, 1249-1253.—3Ieczkowski (AA'.) [On the diagnosis of aneu- rism of the aorta and tumors of the mediastinum.] Gaz. lek., AVarszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 57-64.—Meroni (A.) Aneu- risma aortico che ha il suo sintoma principale nella tosse. Corriere san., Milano, 1909, xx, 209; 227— Michellazzi (A.) Sindrome semeiotica rara, in aneurismi della aorta toracica. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxix, 1008-1011—Mickle (AV. J.) The mental symptoms in aortic aneurysms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1909, ii, 1651— Mlddleton (G. S.) Four cases illustrative of difficulties in the diagnosis of aneurysm of the aorta. Glasg. Hosp. Rep., 1900, ii, 19-38.—Mollard (J.) Anevrysme de l'aorte au debut. Lyon med., 1908, cxi, 885.— MUller (E.) Zur Frage der diagnostischen Deutung des verbreiterten Aortenbandes. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Ront- genstrahlen, Hamb., 1914, xxii, 327-330, 1 pi.—Musmecl (N.) 1. Vi sono criteri per diagnosticare gli aneurismi dell'arco aortico, quando il tumore, uscito dal torace, ha invaso la regione del collo? 2. Tumori pulsanti dell'addome. Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of). Corriere san. Settim., Milano, 1897, viii, no. 16, 4-6.— Mygge (I.) Bidrag til Diagnosen af Aorta-Aneurysmet. Forhandl. v. nord. Kong. f. inv. med., Stockholm, 1898, ii, 146-153.—Nammack (C. E.) The diagnosis of thoracic aneurysm. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1904, lxv, 524-527.—von Navratll (D.) Ueber die Diagnose des Aortenaneurysmas mittelst Tracheoskopie. Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1910, xlvi, 117.—Neuhof (S.) Large aneurysm of the aorta without symptoms. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1914. lxxxv, 688.— Nowotny (F.) [Diagnosis of aortic aneurisms.] Przegl. lek., Kraktfw, 1903, xUi, 59; 76. Also, transl.: Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1903, xiv, 161-173—Noyes(AV. B.) Aneurism of aortic arch; pupillary abnormality. J. Nerv. & Ment. Dis., N. Y., 1900, xxvii, 281.—Ortner (N.) Ueber Pulsus expiratione intermittens; Exspiratio aneu- rysmatis pulsatione saccata. Med. KUn., Berl., 1909, v, 575; 618.—Osier (AA.) Angina pectoris as an early symptom in aneurism of the aorta. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1906, xUv, 69-79. -----. The pupil symptoms in thoracic aneu- rysm; a clinical lecture; RadclifTe Infirmary. Practitioner, Lond., 1910, lxxxiv, 417-422.—Packard (F. A.) Thesigns and symptoms of aortic aneurism. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila., 1897, lxxvi, 321-329. [Discussion], 344-346. Also, Reprint— Pansini (S.^ Della pulsazione laringo-tracheale (fenomeno di CardarelU) e di alcuni fenomeni nervosi negU aneurismi dell'aorta toracica. Gior. d. Ass. napol. di med. e nat., NapoU, 1898, viii, 299-360, 1 pi.-----. Di alcuni feno- meni nervosi dell'aneurisma dell'arco aortico. Suppl. al PoUcUn., Roma, 1898-9, v, 81.-----. Sullaimportanza delle algie come sintoma deH'aneurisma aortico. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1902, Roma, 1903, xii, 527.-----. Ancora sui fenomeno CardarelU-OUver e sui segni di aderenza del- P aneurisma aortico con i tubi aerei. Riforma med., Palermo- NapoU, 1906, xxii, 5; 39; 69.—Parker (T. A.) Concerning the symptomatology of thoracic aneurysms. Atlanta J.- Rec. Med., 1903-4, v, 436-440. Also: Virginia M. Semi- Month, Richmond, 1903-4, viii, 248-250.—Pel (P. K.) De diagnose van aneurvsmata der aorta. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst 1904, 2. r., xl, d. 2, 332.—Porte. Ane- vrisme de l'aorte diagnostique, par les signes de compression; autopsie. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1907, xxvi, 198-201.— Porter (W.) The early diagnosis of aneurysm of the arch. N. York M. J., 1S99, lxx, 838-840.—Porter (AY. H.) Thora- cic aneurism; report of two cases. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1907. xxii, 366-374, 2 pi.—Pribram (A.) Ueber das Elektro- kardiogramm bei Aortenaneurvsmen. Prag. med. Wchn- schr., 1909, xxxiv, 413-417—Profichet. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte, apparent au dehors. Normandie mecl., Rouen, 1896, xi, 413-416, 1 pi.—Pugh (R.) A case of tho- racic aneurysm simulating mediastinal growth. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1903, xUx, 311-313. -----. An obscure case of aneurysm. Ibid., 516-518.—Raw (N.) Two specimens of aneunsm of arch of aorta, without well-marked symptoms during Ufe. Tr. Path. Soc. Manchester, 1891-2, i, 142 — Renn (P.) Diagnosis of aneurism of the thoracic aorta, illustrated by a case. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1898, Uv, 369-371 — Rispal, Laval & Timbal. Forme dysphagigue de l'ane- vrysme de l'aorte. Province med., Par., 1913, xxiv, 125- 127.—von Ritook (S.) Beitrage zur Bedeutung des Oliver- Cardarelli'schen Symptoms. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 421-423— Robert (B.) Aneuris- mas de la aorta; dificultades del diagnostico. Rev. de cien. med. de Bareel., 1897, xxiii, 1-7. A Iso: Rev. med. de Sevilla, 1897, xxvui, 90-94— Ruslofl (I. A.) [On the svmptoma- tology of aneurisms of the thoracic aorta.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1898, 1, 11-17— Saathoff. Das Aortenaneurysma auf syphiUrischer Grundlage und seine Friihdiagnose. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1906, liii, 2050-2054.—Scherb. Anevrysme fusiforme de la crosse aortique; le signe d'OUver. Bull. mea. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1906, xvii, 177-181.—von SchrOtter (L.) Zur Diagnose des in der Brusthohleverbor- genen Aortenaneurysmas. Wien. klin. AA'chnschr., 1902, xv, 967-969.—Sewall (H.) Some conditions other than aortic aneurism which determine the occurrence of the tracheal tug. Am. J. M. Sc., Phila., 1901, n. s., exxn, 150- 156.—Simon. Reaction de Wassermann et anevrysme de l'aorte. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1S09, xli, 553.—Smith (H. L.) A new sign in thoracic aneurysm(?). Am. Med., Phila., 1902, iii, 814—Sorgo (J.) Zur Diagnose der Aneu- rysmen der Aorta und der Arteria anonyma und iiber die Behandlung derselben mit subcutanen Gelatininjectionen. Ztschr. f. klin. Med., Berl., 1900, xiii, 1^9.—van Spanje (N. P.) Aneurysma spurium aorta?. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst.,,1897, 2. R.. xxxiii, d. 2, 907-911—Spill- mann ( P.) Enorme anevrysme latent. Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy. 1905, xxxvu, 248-250— Stanton (W. B.) Aneurysm oi the arch of the aorta mistaken cUnically for pulmonary tuberculosis. Proc. Path. Soc Phila., 1903-4, n. s., vu, 246-248— Starkiewicz (AV.) [CUnical picture of aneurism of the aorta; clinical and differential picture of closure of the superior vena cava and of rupture of an aortic aneurism into it.] Gaz. lek., AA'arszawa, 1912, 2. s., xxxn, 7; 48.—Steudel (H.) Ueber Pulsveranderungen in Folge von Aortenaneurysmen. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1899, xlvi, 653-655.—Strasburger (J.) Zur Diagnose der Aorten- aneurysmen. Ibid., 1906, liii, 1753— Szentgyorgy! (J. F.) [Is it possible to diagnose aneurism of the arch of the ANEURISM. 49, Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of). aorta?] Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1908, xlviii, 448. Also, transl.: Pest, med.-chir. Presse, Budapest, 1908, xUv, 797- 800— Thevenot (L.) & Rebattic (J.) Coexistence d'un anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte avec un paquet gan- glionnaire mediastinal secondaire a un nebplasme gas- trique latent. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 97-101.—Tidy (H. L.) The signs and symptoms of thoracic aneurysm. Practitioner, Lond., 1909, lxxxii, 667- 691—TitofT (N. D.) [Diagnosis of thrombi of the ascending aorta in aneurisms, and of its arch.] Obshtshestvo Russk. A7rach. v pam. Pirogova. Trudi . .. Syezda 1904, S.-Peterb., 1905, iii, 57-59.—Tixier (L.) & Bernard (A.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte avec predominance des manifestations pleuro-pulmonaires; presentation de pieces. Rev. internat. de med. et de chir., Par., 1914-16, xxv, 324-327.—Tran- quilli. II sintoma di Glascow negli aneurismi toracici. Gazz. med. di Roma, 1911, xxxvii, 30-32— Valentino (C.) Des secousses rythmiques de la tete chez les aortiques; signe de Musset. Rev. de med., Par., 1902, xxii, 462-479.— Vayssiere (E.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte; dangers de Pcesophagoscopie. Larynx, l'oreille et le nez, Marseille & Par., 1911, iv, 175-179.—Voltke (A'.) [Diagnosis of ha?matomata, caused by aortic aneurisms.] Med. Obozr.. Mosk., 1909, lxxii, 501-508.—Wall (R. C. B.) & Walker (E. AV. A.) The cause of inequality of pupils in cases of thoracic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 243.—Walsham (H.) A note on the position of the heart in some cases of aortic aneurysm. Ibid., 1903, i, 1301.—Williamson (C. S.) Aortic aneurysm; the factors governing inequality of the pulses. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1915, i, 353-360.—Williamson (O. K.) Investigations into the value of comparative esti- mations of the arterial blood pressure on the right and left sides in the diagnosis of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta. Arch. Middlesex Hosp., Lond., 1906, ix, 42-54.-----. The value of blood-pressure determination in the diagnosis of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 1516-1519.—Wilson (A. M.) Two cases of obscure aortic aneurysms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1908, i. 1424.—Wynter (W. E.) The diagnosis of aneurysm of the descending thoracic aorta. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1909-10, iii, Clin. Sect., 125-128.—Zagari (G.) Per la diagnosi di aneu- rismi aortici a rara espUcazione. Arch. ital. di med. int., Roma, 1901, iv, 91-153. Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of) by X-rays. Binet (J.-H.-J.) *Les rayons de Rontgen et les anevrysmes de l'aorte thoracique. [Paris.] 8°. Tours, 1909. Pate (B.) ^Diagnostic de l'anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte par les rayons de Roentgen. 8°. Paris, 1901. Zablocki (A.-A.) Contribution a l'etude du radio-diagnostic des anevrysmes de l'aorte tho- racique; la methode actuelle et ses resultats. [Lyon.] 8°. Trevoux, 1912. Allaire (G.) Anevrisme de l'aorte et radioscopie. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1900-1901, xix, S2-85.—Aron (E.) Zur friihzeitigen Diagnose der Aortenaneurysmen mittels X- Strahlen. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1897, xxiii, 342-344.—Baetjer (F. H.) The X-ray diagnosis of thoracic aneurisms. Tr. Am. Roentg. Ray Soc, Pittsburg, 1905-6, 72-83. Also: Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1906, xvii, 24-27. Also: Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass. 1906, Phila., 1907, xix. 513-521— Barjon (F.) Diagnostic radio- scopique des anevrysmes de l'aorte et des tumeurs du me- diastin. Paris med., 1911-12, iii, 141-148— Beclere. L'exa- men radiologique de l'aorte et le diagnostic des anevrysmes aortiques. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1908, xxii, 838.—Beclere, Oudin & Barthelemy. Application de la methode Rontgen a l'examen d'un anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte; presentation du malade et de l'epreuve radio- graphique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1897, 3. s., xiv, 157-163.—Bedart (G.) Remarques sur,lediagnos- tic radioscopique des anevrysmes de l'aorte. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1905, ix, 37-39.—Bir6 (G.) Aorta aneurysma es Rontgen. Gy6gyaszat, Budapest, 1905, xiv, 451.—Brou- ardel (G.) Uri cas d'anevrysme de l'aorte d'origine trau- matique et a symptomatologie anormale revele' par la radio- graphic Rev. de med. leg.. Par., 1905, xii, 101-103—Car- man (R. D.) The X-ray diagnosis of thoracic aneurysm. J. Missouri M. Ass., St. Louis, 1912-13, ix, 389-395.—Cheval. Diagnostic d'un anevrisme de l'aorte ascendante par les rayons Rontgen. Soc. roy. d. sc. med. et nat. de Brux. Bull., 1897, lv, 55.—Cluzet & Lyonnet. Anevrysme de l'aorte; radiographic; piece anatomique. Lyon mod., 1911, cxvii, 1179-1184.—Cohen (S. S.) Two cases of aortic aneu- rysm mistaken for asthma; absence of pulsation, thrill and bruit; diagnosis by inspection, confirmed by Roentgenogram. Interstate M. J., St. Louis, 1912, xix, 58. Also, Reprint.— Comas (C.) & Pri6 (A.) Los rayos Rontgen en el dign<5s- tico de los aneurismas de la aorta toracica. Rev. de cien. med. de Bareel., 1903, xxix, 5 2s— von Criegern. Von | ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of) by X-rays. Aneurysmen der Brustaorta und von Rontgenbildern von solchen zur VeranschauUchung der methodischen Unter- suchung der Brustaorta mittels fluoreszirenden Schirmes. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1902, xUx, 336-340— Dalgarno (J. J. Y.) & GaUoway (A. R.) Skiagram of thoracic aneu- rysm. Lancet, Lond., 1897, i, 1268-1270— De Palma (C.) Aneurisma dell' aorta addominale diagnosticate con l'aiuto dei raggi Rontgen. Ann. di elett. med. [etc.], Napoli, 1914, xiii, 52-56.—Ewald. Demonstration einer intra vitam ge- wonnenen Rontgenzeichnung und des dazu gehorigen anatomischen Praparates eines Aortenaneurysmas; Tod an innerer Darmeinklemmung. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1897, Berl. 1898, xxviii, pt. 1, 231-233.—Fayard. Presentation de, radiographics d'anevrysmes de l'aorte. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1910, xxix, 463—Feilberg (Miss J.) [The importance of Rontgen rays for the early diagnosis of aortic aneurism.] Hosp.-Tid., K0benh., 1912,5.R.,v, 1568.— Fitz (R. H.) Aneurism of the arch of the aorta, with radio- graph. Boston M. & S. J., 1898, exxxix, 413.—Gebauer (E.) Ist die Durchleuchtung mit Rontgenstrahlen ausschlagge- bend fiir die Differentialdiagnose zwischen Aortenaneu- rysma und intrathoracischem Tumor? Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1900, xxvi, 562-565.—Glatzel. Zur Casuistik der intrathoracischen Aneurysmen mit be- sonderer Berucksichtigung der aktinoskopischen Untersu- chung. Arch. f. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl., 1900, xi, 120- 138, 3 pi.—Hayes (M. R. J.) The X-ray diagnosis of aneu- rysm of the thoracic aorta. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ireland, Dubl., 1912, xxx, 86-94, 3 pi. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1912, n. s., xciii, 615-617.—Hill (AV.) Skiagram of aneurysm of the arch and descending aorta of which physical examination of the chest gave no indication. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1912-13, vi, Laryngol. Sect., 136.—Hollander (E.) Demonstration eines Aneurysmas der Bauchaorta, durch Rontgenphotographie rupturiert. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 2377.—Jordan (A. C.) The Rontgen-ray appearances of thoracic aneurysm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 1575-1577.—Lane (C.) Two cases of aneurism of the commencement of the descending aorta, with radioscopie and post-mortem appearances. In- dian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1905, xl, 52-55.—Lange (S.) Some observations on the X-ray study of twenty-five cases"of aortic aneurisms. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, cui, 219-224 — Lebon (H.) Anevrysmes aortiques latents chez les soldats, reconnus a la radioscopie. Progres med., Par., 1917, 3. s., xxxii, 143.—Letulle (M.), Dujarier [et al.]. Contribution a l'c?tude radioloeique des anevrismes de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hdp. de Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxv, 662-677.— Levy-Dorn (M.) Zur Diagnostik der Aorten-Aneurysmen mittels Rontgenstrahlen. Verhandl. d. Cong. f. innere Med., Wiesb., 1897, xv, 316-324.—Luc (H.) & Guisez.(A-) Ane- vrysme de la crosse aortique diagnostique' graceaux deranges combinees de la laryngoscopie, de Pcesophagoscopie, et de la radioscopie mediastine. Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par.. 1908, xxii, 55.—Maragliano (E.) Aneurismi aortici latenti diagnosticati colla radioscopia. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 273-276.—Orton(G. H.) The diagnosis of thoracic aneu- rysm by means of the Roentgen rays. Arch. Rcentg. Ray, Lond., 1905-6, x, 67-69, 1 pi.-----. The X-ray diagnosis of thoracic aneurysm. Med. Electrol. & Radiol., Lond.. 1907, viii,95-100.—Pancoast(H.K) The X-ray diagnosis01 aneu- rysm of the thoracic aorta. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1908,3.s., xxx, 17-24.—Pennato(P.) SullaradiografianelPaneurisma aortico. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1899, Roma, 1900, x, 444-446.—Pepper (AV.) Skiagraphy in the diagnosis of aortic aneurism. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1896-7, ix, 237-244, 3 pi.—Prentice (A. D.) Notes of two cases of aortic aneu- rism discovered by aid of the Roentgen rays. Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1897, xi, 497—Santos (C.) Diagnostico precoz das affeccoes tuberculosas do thorax e dos aneurismas da aorta thoracica pela radioscopia. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1898, xvi, 121; 151.—Sedziak (J.) [On the importance of ex- amination of the larynx and use of Rontgen's rays in aneu- risms of the aorta.] Gaz. lek.. Warszawa, 1898, 2. s., xviii, 535; 574. Also, transl.: Arch. I. Laryngol. u. Rhinol., Berl.; 1898, viii, 134-148. Also, transl.: Ann. Otol., Rhinol. & Laryngol., St. Louis, 1898, vii, 225-240. — Sergent (E.) Note sur les anevrysmes de l'aorte non animes de batte- ments a l'exploration radioscopique; anevrysme aortique et mexiiastinite syphilitique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1913, 3. s., xxxv, 751-753.—Sewall (H.) & Childs (S. B.) The interpretation of X-ray pictures as an aid to the early diagnosis of thoracic aneurysm. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, exxxiv, 360-370. Also, Reprint.—Verger & Abadie. Cas d'anevrysme aortique sans signes physiques positifs revele par l'emploi des rayons X. Bull. Soc d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 386-389. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1900, xxx, 54.-----------. Anevrysme de l'aorte diagnostiqul par la radiographic et deja presents a la societe; resultats de l'autopsie. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. . . . de Bordeaux, 1900, xxi, 143.—Walsham (H.) On the diagnosis of thoracic aneurysm by the Roentgen rays. Lan- cet, Lond., 1900, ii, 1264. Also: Arch. Roentg. Ray, Lond., 1901-2, vi, 70-74.—Wassermann (J.) Vorstellung eines Falles von Aortenaneurysma in der Brusthohle bei der ANEURISM. 495 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of) by X-rays. Durchleuchtung mit Rontgenstrahlen. AVien. klin. AVchn- schr., IS97. x, 86.—Williams (F. H.) Small aneurism of the descendnm arch of the aorta: X-rav examination confirmed by autopsy. Tr. Ass. Am. Phvsicians, Phila., 1899, xiv, 168- 171, 1 pi. Also: Boston M. A- S. J., 1899. cxl, 469. Aneurism (Aortic, Dissecting). Be-hmann (E.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma dissecans der Aorta. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1904. Bludau (K.) *Ein Fall von Aneurvsma dis- secans aortae. [Halle a. S.] 8°. Dresden, 1909. Edel (P. P.) *Beitrag zur Casuistik des Aneurvsma dissecans aortre. 8° Berlin 1S94 Ekxst (P. [C. F. T.]) *Ueber das Aneurvsma dissecans aorta?. 8°. Greifswald, 1895. Fischer (A.) *Zur Aetiologie des Aneurvsma dissecans aortae. S°. Wiirzburg, 1895. Kaiser (R.) *Ein Aneurysma dissecans der Brust- und Bauchaorta als Ursache eines paraly- tischen Dunndarm-Ileus. [Leipzig.] 8°. Ber- lin, I ^ 13. Moreau (E.) ^Contribution a l'etude des aneA-rysmes dissequants de la crosse de l'aorte 8°. Paris, 1907. Schreckexbach (G.) *Ueber einen Fall von dissecierendem Aneurvsma der Aorta 8° Miinchen, 1907. Also, in: Ann. d. stadt. allg. Krankenh. zu Munchen 1907 xn, 678-696. ' Wolff (II.) *Aneurysma dissecans aorta? mit Inversion des inneren Zvlinders. 8° Strass- burg, 1910. Ashe (J. E.) [Case.] Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911 n s xiv, 104—Borger (H.) Ueber einen Fall von geheiltem Aneurysma dissecans der Aorta. Ztschr. f kUn Med Berl., 1905-6, lviii 282-295.—Carter (H. S.) Report of a case of extensive dissecting aneurism of the aorta Am J M. Se., Phila. & N. Y., 1900, n. sa cxx, 667-670 ----- Dis- secting aneurism of the aorta. Proc. X. York Path Soc (1899-1900), 1901, 233—Cattell (H. AV.) Large dissecting aneurism commencing in the descending arch of the aorta and ending in the lower portion of the abdominal aorta Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1891-3, xvi, 144-147—ChaiUous (M ) Anevrysme dissequant de l'aorte rompu d'abord dans la plevre gauche, puis dans la plevre droite. Bull. Soc. anat de Par., 1897, lxxii, 447.—Chiari. Aneurysma dissecans aortae mit Inversion des inneren ZyUnders. A'erhandl d deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1909, 207-209.—Crow (Nora A.) [Case.] Mag. Lond. (Roy. Free Hosp.) School Med. f. AVomen, Lond.. 1916, xi, 64.—Deve (F.) Anevrisme dissequant canaUse (canal lateral a l'aorte). Normandie med., Rouen, 1912, xxvui, 67-70.—Dow (E. L.) Dissecting aneurysm of the arch of the aorta. Proc. X. York Path Soc, 1901-2 n. s., i, 130-132.—Fast (E.) Ein bemerkens- werther Fall von Aneurysma dissecans aortae abdominalis. Deutsche med. AVchnschr, Berl. & Leipz., 1901, xxvii, 202.— Ferguson (F.) A dissecting aneurism of the ascending portion of the arch of the aorta. Proc. N. York Path. Soc (1893), 1894, 10 — Field (C.) Dissecting aneurism of the aorta. Ibid., 1911-12, n. s., xi, 21.—Francois-Dainville. Anevrysme dissequant de l'aorte thoracique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 522-524.—Geisler (AV.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma dissecans der Aorta mit Intima- neubildung. Arb. a. d. path. Inst, zu Berl. z. Feier . . . Johannes Orth, Berl., 1906,282-287,1 pi— Guillermin (R.) Anevrysme dissequant; rupture de l'aorte. Rev. mod. de la Suisse Romy Geneve, 1909, xxix, 598-614.—Hatch (AV. K.) A case of dissecting thoracic aneurism. Indian Lancet, Calcutta, 1896. viii, 440. Also: Indian M.-Chir. Rev., Bombay, 1896, iv, 46.5-467.—Hutton (L.) .v Hopkins (J. G.) A case of latent dissecting aneurism of Km- aorta and rup- tured sacciform aneurism. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep., Brooklyn, 1911, iii, 180-187, 2 pi—Kalischer. Aneurysma dissecans der Aorta mit Paraplegie. Berl. kUn. AVchnschr., 1914, U, 1286.—Kaufmann (E.) Ein Fall von rupturirtem Aneurysma dissecans der Bauchaorta. Jahresb. d. schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Kult. 1896, Brest, 1897, lxxiv; 1. Abt., med. Sect., 151.—Kelynack (T. N.) On dissecting aneu- rysm of the aorta. Edinb. M. J., 1898, n. s., iv, 162-166, 3 pi.—Lamb (D. S.) Dissecting aneurism of the arch of the aorta. AVash. M. Ann., 1906-7, v, 408— Letulle (M.) Ane- vrisme dissequant 6tendu a la totality de l'aorte et spontane- ment gueri. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1905, 3. s., xxii, 1045-1052.—Alillardet. Anevrysme dissequant grafte sur un anevrysme sacciforme de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, Ixxxvi, 622-624, 2 pi. Also: Bull. Soc. scient. et med. de I'ouest, Rennes, 1911, xx, 125- Aneurism (Aortic, Dissecting). l^Mmtlini -fV U5ber einen Fal1 von Aneurysma dis- secans aortae mit besonderer Berucksichtigung der frischen Rupturen der Aortenmedia. Virchow's Arch. 1 path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1910, ccii, 283-305, 1 pl.-Nicaise (V ) Ane- vrysme circonferentiel dissequant de la crosse aortique, avec hemopericarde consecutif. Bull, ct mem. Soc. anat. de 1 ar., 1899, lxxiv, 241. Also, Reprint.—Nolan (M J ) Dissecting aneurysm of aorta and hallucinatory melanchoUa J. Ment Se., Lond., 1905, U, 635.—Oliver (T.) Note on a case of dissecting aneurysm of the thoracic aorta ulcerating 'At - o P"lcardinm- Lancet, Lond., 1908, i, 1206.—Parodi (U.) Sull aneurisma dissecante dell'aorta. Pathologica, Genova, 1911-12, iv, 88-90.-Paul (AV. E.) & Brooks (Av! A) Report of a case of dissecting aneurism with rupure of tne aorta; autopsy. Boston M. & S. J., 1907, clvii, 727.— Felon (H.) Sur un cas d'anevrisme aortique dissequant. 1 rogres med., Par., 1899, 3. s., x, 227-229.—Prescott(AV. H.) t hronic (or healed) dissecting aneurism of the aorta accom- panied by an acute dissecting aneurism with rupture into the pericardium. J. Bost. Soc. M. Sc, 1897-8, ii, no. 8. 134- 137— Schede (F.) Beitrage zur Aetiologie, Verlauf und Heilung des Aneurysma dissecans der Aorta. Virchow's Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., 1908, cxcii, 52-86.—Schoo (H. J. M.) [Case.] Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1917, i, 128.—Shore (T. H. G.) A case of dissecting aneu- rysm of the thoracic aorta. St. Barth. Hosp. J., Lond., 1913-14, xxi, 44— Shotwell (AV. E.) The unusual course of a dissecting aneurism of the ascending aorta. Colorado M. J., Denver, 1899, v, 228.—Stewart (M. J.) Traumatic dissecting aneurysm of the aorta, with traumatic haemor- rhages into the spleen and left adrenal. J. Path. & Bacteriol., Cambridge, 1913-14, xviii, 116.—Thomas (P. M.) Dis- secting aneurism of the aorta with blocking of the superior mesenteric artery. Occidental M. Times, San Fran., 1902, xxi, 35-37.—Thorel. [Ein geheiltes Aneurysma dissecans der Aorta.] Sitzungsb. d. arztl. Ver. Niirnb. 1907, Munchen, 1908, 45.—Tice (F.) Demonstration of a dissecting aneu- rysm of the root of the aorta involving the walls of the heart. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1901-3, v, 282-2s4 — Vorpahl (F.) Verdopplung der Aorta infolge eines Aneurvsma dissecans. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1911, xvii," 109-111.—Wil- liams (H. U.) Dissecting aneurysm of the aorta. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xvui, 151-158.—Yates (J. L.) Dis- secting aneurysm of the aorta, with a report of a case. AA'is- consin M. J., Milwaukee, 19034, ii, 418-427. Aneurism (Aortic, Double). See Aneurism (Aortic, Multiple). Aneurism (Aortic, Latent). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Diagnosis of) by X-rays. Berdot (H.) *De l'anevrysme latent de l'aorte thoracique avec rupture dans la plevre. 8°. Toulouse, 1907. Hau (V.) *Anevrismes latents de la crosse de l'aorte. Signes revelateurs. (Valeur semeiolo- logique et diagnostique.) 8°. Lyon, 1903. Anglada (J.) Anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique demeure' latent malgre les recherches les plus minutieuses et dont Punique manifestation symptomatique fut une paralysie recurrentielle gauche, suivie secondairement d'une paralvsie de la corde vocale droite. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1908, 529-551.—Carrieu (M.) & (Economos (S. N.) Anevrysme de la crosse aortique a forme latente. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par., 1914, vii, 376-380.—Castex (E.) & Lautier (P.) Sur un cas d'anevrysme latent de la portion descen- dante de l'aorte thoracique. Arch, d'electric. med., Bor- deaux, 1903, xi, 422-425.—Collet & Gruber. Enorme anevrysme latent de l'aorte thoracique. Lyon mecl., 1905, cv, 1069-1071.—Huchard (H.) Nevralgies et anevrismes latents de l'aorte. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1901, 3. s., xiv, 624-633—Lucibelli (G.) Aneurisma aortico latente, simulante pleurite. Gazz. internaz. di med., Napoli, 1904, vii, 175-177.—Mariani (F.) Aneurismi latenti dell'aorta. Cron. d. cUn. med. di Genova, 1904, x, 33-42. -----. Latente und manifesto Aneurysmen der Aorta. Berl. kUn.-therap. AVchnschr., 1905, 457-464. Also: AVien. kUn.-therap. AVchn- schr., 1905, 457-464.—Perrin (M.) A'olumineux anevrysme latent. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1905-6, pt. 2, 32-35.—Perrin (M.), Benech (J.) & Etienne (J.) Un cas d'anevrysme latent de l'aorte abdominale. Province med., Par., 1914, xxv, 47.—Perrin (M.) & Blum (P.) Ane- vrysme latent de l'aorte ouvert dans la plevre. Soc. demed. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1903-4, 118.—Pic & Gardere (C.) Anevrysme latent de l'aorte thoracique descendante avec pleuresie gauche hemorragique; signe de Musset, pericardite a frottement diastolique. Lyon med., 1909, cxii, 508-516.— Potain. Latent aneurysm of the aorta. Internat. CUn., Phila., 1896, 6. s., ii, 97-102.—Ross (G. T.) Aortic aneurism with latent symptoms. ,Montreal M. J., 1902, xxxi, 511- 513.—Spillmann (P.) Enorme anevrysme latent [de l'aorte]. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1904-5, 47-49.— Syers (H. AV.) A case of latent aneurysm of the aorta, the ANEURISM. 496 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Latent). first symptoms being those indicative of rupture into the superior vena cava. Lancet, Lond., 1902, ii, 1258-1260.— Willson (H. S.) A case of thoracic aneurism without physical findings. Journal-Lancet, Minneap., 1914, xxxiv, 306— Zuccola (P. F.) Su di un caso di aneurisma latente. Pensiero med., Milano, 1913, in, 641-643. Aneurism (Aortic, Multiple). Aschenheim (E.) *Ein Fall von multiplem Aortenaneurysma auf luetischer und atheromato- ser Grundlage. 8°. Munchen, 1906. Baumfelder (H.) *Dreifaches Aneurysma am Ursprunge der Aorta. 8°. Wiirzburg, 1893. Abram (J. H.) & Dimond (L.) Multiple aneurism of the aorta. Thompson Yates Lab. Rep., Liverpool, 1902, iv, pt. 2, 449-454, 1 pi.—Barjon & Florence. Double ane- vrysme de l'aorte thoracique; absence des signes de compres- sion habituels; crises de tachycardie paroxystiques; mort par asystolie. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1909, viii, 378-384. Also: Lyon med., 1909, cxiii, 1034-1040.—Beattie. An example of multiple aneurysm; large fusiform of descend- ing thoracic aorta; small sacculated from transverse arch bursting into trachea. Northumberland & Durham M. J., Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 1901, ix, 94-96— Boinet (E.) Ane- vrismes multiples de l'aorte. Bull. Acad, demed., Par., 1908, 3. s., Ux, 651-673.—Broussolle & Roudovska (Mile.) Double anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1913, lxxxviii, 324.—Carter. Multiple aneurisms of the aorta. Med., Surg. & Path. Rep. Rov. South. Hosp. 1901, Liverp., 1902, 231-234.—Casavecchia (E.) Aneurismi multipU dell'aorta e cioe della porzione ascendente, dell'arco della porzione discendente con sinfisi cardio-polmonare. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1906, xxvii, 1586- 1588.—Chapman (C. AAr.) Double aneurysm of the thora- cic aorta. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, xxxv, 363— Charpe- nay. Triple anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique, toux abc- yante; dyspnee toxi-aUmentaire; tumeur pulsatile; autopsie. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1908. xxvii, 406-412— Eshner (A. A.) Multiple aneurysms oi the aorta. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xviii, 201-203.-----. Multiple aneurism of the aorta, with rupture into the trachea; pulmonary tubercu- losis; symptoms simulating pericarditis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlvui, 1346-1348. Also, Reprint.—French (H.) A case in which there were two separate large thoracic aneurvsms. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1911-12, v, CUn. Sect., 165-168.—Gouraud & Roche (J.) Anevrysmes multiples de l'aorte thoracique; double ouverture de l'une des poches dans l'cesophage. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 116-120.—Gruget & Chiray. Anevrys- mes multiples; caillot canaUculaire; sur le diagnostic des anevrysmes profonds de l'aorte thoracique. Ibid., 1904, lxxix, 828-831.—Hand (A.) Double aneurism of the aorta, with rupture externally. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1891-3, xvi, 148.—Horton (AV. N.) Multiple aneurism of the aorta. St. LouisCour. Med., 1905, xxxui, 13-17. [Discussion], 46-50. Also: Scient. Tr. M. Soc. City Hosp. Alumni St. Louis (1905), 1906, 14-19.—Jones (H. E.) & Benians (T. H. C.) A case of multiple aneurysms of the aortic arch and tho- racic aorta. Lancet, Lond., 1909, ii, 8-10.—Kahn (L.) Anevrysmes multiples de l'aorte, sans hypertrophic du cceur; compression de l'artere pulmonaire et de la bronche gauche; mort par broncho-pneumonie tuberculeuse unila- terale. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, Ixxi, 42-46.—Karsner (H. T.) Double saccular aneurysm of the aorta. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1911, n. s., xiv, 14.—Laniy. Anevrysme double thoracique et abdominal de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 147—McNabb (D.) A case of double aneurysm of the thoracic aorta. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1906, i, 142.—Playfair (H.) Double aneurism of thoracic aorta. King's Coll. Hosp. Rep. 1895-6, Lond., 1897, iii, 289:1898, iv, 177.—Pletneff (D. D.) [Aneurisms of aorta; aneurism existing simultaneously in the thoracic and abdominal aortas.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1907, Ixviii, 675- 681.—Prudden (T. M.) Multiple aneurisms of the abdo- minal aorta and iliac arteries, with old and recent ruptures, and absence of left common iUac. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1895), 1896.16-18.—Weil (E.) & Mascarel (G.) Ane- vrysmes multiples de l'aorte thoracique et abdominale; gros anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale rompu dans la gaine du psoas. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 934-937. Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of). Bobo (R.) De la rupture spontanee de l'aorte et de ses anevrysmes dans le pericarde; etudes cliniques, anatomo-pathologiques et experimentales. 8°. Paris, 1898. Boroavsky (S.) *Die Perforationsrichtung der Aneurysmen der Aorta thoracica. 8°. Breslau, 1910. Duckart (J.) *Ruptur-Aneurysma der Aorta descendens mit secundarer Perforation in den Magen. 8°. Munchen, 1909. Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of). Grange (P.) *Etude clinique sur l'ouverture des anevrismes de l'aorte dans la trachee, les bronches et les poumons. 8°. Lyon, 1902. Knoll (W.) *Zwei Falle von Ruptur-Aneu- rysma der Aorta. Beitrage zur Histologie der Aneurysmen. [Zurich.] 8°. Frauenfeld, 1904. Krestine (S.) *Recherches anatomiques sur le mode de perforation des anevrismes de l'aorte dans l'cesophage. 8°. Geneve, 1902. Mari (P.) *Les anevrysmes diffus de l'aorte thoracique; leur terminaison par rupture a l'exterieur. 4°. Paris, 1895. Marseille (E.) *Todliche Magenblutung durch Kommunikation mit der Aorta (per- foriertes Aneurysma). 8°. Leipzig, 1914. Nebel (A.) *Ueber die Aneurysmen der Aorta ascendens mit Durchbruch in die Pulmo- nalarterie. 8°. Giessen, 1886. Neumann (A. [W.]) *Ein Fall von Aorten- aneurysma mit Durchbruch in den linken Ven- trikel. [Kiel.] 8°. Berlin, 1896. Perret (J.-L.) *Ruptures des anevrysmes de l'aorte dans le tissu cellulaire du mediastin (hemorrhagies interstitielles). 8°. Lyon, 1908. Steinberg (H.) *Ueber einen Fall von Durchbruch eines Aortenaneurysmas in die Vena cava superior. 8°. Leipzig, 1908. Streng (K.) *Aneurysma der Aorta mit Perforation in die Pulmonalarterie. 8°. Miin- chen, 1906. Vollmer (T.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma des Arcus mit Durchbruch in den Herzbeutel. 8°. Kiel, 1902. Weber (A.) *Klinische und histologische Untersuchung eines Falles von Aortenaneu- rysma mit alteren Perforationen in Lunge und Trachea. 8°. Greifswald, 1897. Zavadovskaya-Nesmielova (Z. N.) Sluchal perforated anevrizmi aorti v pravuyu bezimyan- nuyu venu. [Perforation of an aneurism of the aorta into the right innominate vein.] 8°. Tomsk, 1911. Amblard (L.-A.) Anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique; rupture dans le poumon et dans la plevre. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 719.—Andrewes (F. AV.) & Branson (AV. P. S.) Aortic aneurysm rupturing through the lung into the pleural cavity. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep. 1910, Lond., 1911, xlvi, 212.—Apert (E.) Anevrysme de la crosse de Paorte rompu dans le pericarde. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, lxxui, 260-263.—Apert (E.) & Rouillard. Ane- vrysme de l'aorte thoraco-abdominale ouvert dans la plevre droite; coexistence avec tabes. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxvii, 329-331—Axnsperger (H.) Perforieren- des Aortenaneurysma im Rontgenbilde. Fortschr. a. d. Geb. d. Rontgenstrahlen, Hamb., 1905-6, ix, 7-9,1 pi.-----. Demonstration des Rontgenbildes eines perforierenden Aneurysmas der Aorta. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1905, Ui, 436.—Arnstein (A.) Durchbruch eines Aneurysmas des Aortenbogens in die Vena cava superior, rechtsseitige Zwerchfellslahmung infolge Kompression des rechten Nervus phrenicus durch das Aneurysma. Mitt. d. Gesellsch f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in AVien, 1914, xui, 104. Also. AVien. med. Wchnschr., 1914, lxiv, 2445.—Aspinall (A.: Some cases of ruptured abdominal aneurysm. Australas) M. Gaz., Sydney, 1912, xxxn, 189.—Aubertin. Anevrysm. de l'aorte ouvert dans le pericarde. Bull, et mem. Soce anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 84.—Authler & de Teyssieu. Ouverture dans le poumon d'un anevrysme de l'aorte. J. d. med. de Bordeaux, 1911, xli, 121.—Bachelet. Anevrisme cupuUforme de l'origine de l'aorte, ouvert dans le peVicardee J. d. sc. med. de Lille, 1900, ii, 155^BaUey (P.) Ruptured. aneurism of the arch of the aorta. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1894), 1895, 96— Barcza (A.) Ein Fall von Perforation eines Aortenaneurysmas in die obere Hohlvene. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1909, lxvn, 184-187.—Bauer (A.) Ane- vrysmes de l'aorte thoracique; rupture d'une des poches; infiltration du sang dans l'epaisseur des parois de l'cesophage et de l'estomac. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1903, lxxvni, 837-840.—Baylac & Dargein. Un cas d'hemo- thorax consecutif a l'ouverture dans la plevre d'un ane- vrysme de l'aorte thoracique. Toulouse med., 1906, 2. s., vui, 172-177—Belx (M.) & Theroude (F.) Anevrysme de l'aorte descendante (portion thoracique) ouvert dans les ANEURISM. 497 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of). bronches gauches. Rev. med. de Normandie, Rouen, 1907 viii, 289-293— Bernard (A.) Anevrysme de la portion superieure de l'aorte thoracique ouvert dans le poumon gauche; hemoptysies multiples; mort par hemoptvsie foudroyante. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 296-298 — Bernstein (E. P.) A case of ruptured aortic aneurism Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1905-6, n. s., v, 85-88.—Bieder- mann (H.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Aorta mit Durchbruch in das Perikard. Prag. med. Wchnschr., 1907, xxxii, 570-572.—Billaudet. Anevrysme de l'aorte rompu dans l'cesophage. BuH.,et mem. Soc. anat. de Par 1908 lxxxiii, 30s— Boinet (E.) Anevrysme de l'aorte ascen- dante faisant saillie dans le troisieme espace intercostal gauche apres avoir fracture les troisieme et quatrieme c6tes; anevrysme faux consecutif extra-thoracique; mort par rupture a l'exterieur. Rev. de med., Par., 1898, xviii, 126- 136— Box well. Ruptured thoracic aneurysm. Dublin J M. Sc, 1913, cxxxvi, 215.—Boyd. Aneurism of the aorta with rupture into the lung. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb 1895-6, n. s., xv, 62.—Brannan (J. AV.) Rupture of an aneurism of the abdominal aorta into the duodenum Proc N. York Path Soc. (1892), 1893, 124 — Broadbent (Sir J. F. H.) A case of aneurysm of the aorta which ruptured into the right auricle, giving rise to recurrent pleural ellu- sion, with some remarks on aneurysms of the aorta com- municating with adjacent vessels. Proc. Roy. Soc Med Lond., 1912-13, vi, Med. Sect,, 1-10. Also: Lancet, Lond ! 1912, u, 1150.—Brown (L.) Dissecting aneurysm of the aorta and pulmonary artery following rupture of the arch of the aorta. Tr. Am. CUmat. Ass., Phila., 1908, xxiv, 246-252 Also: N. York M. J. [etc.], 1908. lxxxvhi, 1-3. Also, Re- print.—Bruce (A.) Rupture of an aortic aneurism into the superior vena cava. Tr. Med.-Chir. Soc. Edinb 1894-5 n. s., xiv, 60-68— Buberl (L.) Zur Casuistik der Ruptur von Aortenaneurysmen. AA'ien. med. Wchnschr 1897 xlvii, 756; 810—Buchstab (L.) & von Tiefenhausen (M.} Zur Kasuistik der Perforation von Aortenaneurysmen in die obere Hohlvene. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1909, Ixviii, 434^39.—Bulius. Durchbruch eines Aortenaneurysmas in die Luftrohre als mittelbare Unfallsfolge. Charite-Ann Berl., 1911, xxxv, 203-209— Bunch (R. J.) Thoracic aneurism obstructing and perforating into left bronchus; report of a case. Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1908, xxxin, 288-290— Busch (P.) Een geval van aneurysma aortas abdominaUs met perforatie door het diaphragma in de linker pleuraholte. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst, 1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 2, 875-881.—Cancella D'Abreu (A.) & Alac Bride (E.) Ruptura espontanea de aneurisma da aorta na cava superior. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1912, xxx, 161-164—Carrieu. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte; mort par rupture dans la trachee. N. Montpel. med., 1896, v, 807-813 1 pi— Cattell (H. AV.) & Steele (J. D.) Aneu- rism of the right posterior aortic sinus of Valsalva, with rupture. Internat. M. Mag., Phila., 1897-8, vi, 258-263, 2 pi.—Cecchetelli (T.) Rottura di aneurisma aortico per infortunio sui lavoro. Medicina d. infortuni d. lav. [etc ], Perugia, 1910, iii, 94-97.—Chalier (F.-J.) Anevrysme latent de la crosse aortique ouvert dans le poumon; sym- physe du pericarde; nephrite chronique. Bull. Soc. meet. d. hop. de Lyon, 1906, v, 359-361. Also: Lyon med., 1906, cvii, 1049.—Chambers (J. Q.) & Barranco (M. A.) A case of aneurism of the thoracic aorta rupturing into the left pleural cavity. Univ. M. Mag., Phila., 1898-9, xi, 196-203 — Chauffard (A.) Anevrysme aortique pointant dans la region sous-claviculaire gauche externe; mort par perfora- tion broncho-pleurale. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. n6p. de Par., 1903, 3. s., xx, 185-188— Chevallier (P.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte ouvert dans le poumon et la plevre gauches. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1912, lxxxii. 86- 89.—Clarke (T. W.) Repeated copious haemoptysis from an aortic aneurism, extending into the right lung and finally rupturing into the pleura. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1905,xvi,98-101. Also, Reprint.—Clerici(E.) Sopra un caso di rottura d'aneurisma aortico nel sacco pericardico. Osp. magg. Riv. scient.-prat.... di Milano, 1907, ii, 180- 183.—Coleman (AAr.) Dissecting aneurism of the aorta; rupture into the pericardium. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1895), 1896, 49-51.—ComlnottI (V.) Aneurysma der aufsteigenden Aorta mit Durchbruch in die obere Hohlvene. AVien. kUn. Wchnschr., 1901, xiv, 843-848.—Conner (L. A.) Two cases of aortic aneurism with rupture into the pulmo- nary artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1899-1900), 1901, 54-56.—Cottu (L.) Volumineux anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante et de la premiere portion de la crosse de Paorte, avec pochesintraetextra-thoraciques; adhercncesau poumon droit et aux cotes; rupture entre les deux feuillets de la plevre; mort subite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxiii, 43-46.—Dahlen (B.) Ueber einen Fall von Aorta- aneurysma mit Durchbruch in den Unken Vorhof, nebst einigen Bemerkungen iiber Aortaaneurysma, die fibrose Aortitis und Lues. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1907, lxui, 163-196.—Daland (J.) A case of dissecting aneurism of the thoracic aorta rupturing into the pericardial sac and causing death. Tr. Am. Climat. Ass., Phila., 1898, xiv, 66-71.—von Decastello. Pulsierendes, intramuskulares Riesenhama- tom der Thoraxwand nach Durchbruch eines Aneurysmas der Aorta ascendens. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. 76300°—17----32 Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of). Kinderh. in AVien, 1911, x, 227-229.—Delfino (E. A.) Ema- toma periciastrico da rottura di aneurisma dell' aorta tora- cica. Boll. d. r. Accad. med. di Genova, 1909, xxiv, 34-38 — Devic & de Teyssier. Anevrysme de la crosse aortique ouvert dans le poumon gauche. Province med., Lyon, 1901 xv, 39-41.—Dickinson (L.) An aortic aneurysm which ruptured externally. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xUx, 48-51— Drozda (J.) Aneurysma aortas ascendentis in venam cavam superiorem perforatum; Tod. Jahrb. d. AVien. k. k. Krankenanst, 1894, Wien & Leipz., 1896, iii, 943- 945.—Dube. Anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique avec rupture dans l'cesophage suivie de mort. Union med. du Canada, Montreal, 1899, xxvui, 169-172—Edenhuizen (Helene). Ueber zwei Falle von mykotischem Aneurysma der Aorta mit Perforation in den Oesophagus. Frankfurt. Ztschr. f. Path., Wiesb., 1914, xvi, 150-166, 2 pi—Ernst (P.) De- monstration eines Rupturaneurysma der aufsteigenden Aorta mit Durchbruch in die rechte Arteria pulmonaUs. Cor.-Bl. f. schweiz. Aerzte, Basel, 1900, xxx. 643— Eshner (A. A.) Multiple aneurism of the aorta, with rupture into the trachea; pulmonary tuberculosis; symptoms simulating pericarditis. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1901, xlviii, 1346- 1348— Etienne (G.) Anevrysme de la crosse aortique ouvert dans le lobe superieur du poumon gauche. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . . Mem., 1895-6, p. lxi.—Feliziani (F.) Rottura spontanea doppia dell' aorta con-aneurisma dissecante e rottura di ritorno. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1912, ii, 81-84.—Ferry (N. S.) Report of a case of rupture of an aneurysm of the aorta into the lung, with spontaneous recovery. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1904, n. s., exxviii, 90-98.—Fisher (E. G.) Intrapericardial rupture of an aneu- rysm. Brit.M.J.,Lond.,1913,ii, 175—Flexner(S) Aneu- rism of aorta, compressing and rupturing into left bronchus. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1899, x, 97—Fraenckel (P.) Praparate von spontanen Aortenrupturen. Verof- fentl. d. Hufeland. Gesellsch. in Berl., 1913-14, pt. 1, 11.— Freyberger (L.) Aneurysm of the ascending aorta per- forating externally. Tr. Path. Soc. Lond., 1897-8, xlix, 51- 54—Froment (J.) & Rome (R.) Rupture des anevrys- mes de l'aorte thoracique dans le tissu cellulaire du medias- tin. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1908, vii, 152-165. Also: Lyon med., 1908, ex, 813-824.—FusseU (M. H.) Ruptured abdominal aneurysm. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xvui, 223-225. -----. Rupture of an aneurysm of the thoracic aorta. Internat. M: Mag., N. Y., 1903, xn, 467-471.-----. Aneurysm of the arch of the aorta; rup- ture into the superior vena cava. Tr. Ass. Am. Phys., Phila., 1906, xxi, 142-150. Also: Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1907, n. s., exxxiii, 257-264.—Gairdner (AV. T.) Aneurysm of aorta perforating into left auricle. Tr. Glasg. Path. & CUn. Soc, 1895-7, vi, 186.—Gambarofl (G.) Ein Fall von Rupturaneurysma der Aorta infolge von infek- tioser hamatogener Mesoaortitis. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1906, xxxix, 94-98—Gamier, Pignot (J.) & Thiers. Anevrysme volumineux de l'aorte, dans sa traversee diaphragmatique, rompu dans la plevre gauche. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, Ixxxvi, 131.—Gasne (G.) & Dupouy (R.) Anevrysme latent de l'aorte ouvert dans la plevre. Ibid., 1902, lxxvii, 367-369.—Geipel (P.) Zwei Falle von perforierenden Aortenaneurysmen in die Lungenarterie. Deutsches Arch. f. kUn. Med., Leipz., 1910-11, ci, 557-570.—Gilman (P. K.) Two cases of multi- ple saccular aneurysms of the aorta with rupture into the pericardium. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1904, xv, 170.—Goodman (E. H.) & MUler (R. J.) Hemothorax due to rupture of aneurysm of aorta. J. Am. M. Ass., Chi- cago, 1916, lxvi, 568. Also, Reprint.—Gordinier (H. C.) The report of a case of perforating thoracic aneurism pointing externally through the sternum with nonfatal rupture. Albany M. Ann., 1905, xxvi, 582-590.—Graves (F. S.j A case of ruptured syphihtic aneurism with treponema pamda stained in situ. Lancet-CUnic, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 245.— Gray (A. M. H.) A case of intraplricardial rupture of a thoracic aneurism; death occurring during the administra- tion of an anaesthetic. Tr. Soc. Anaesth., Lond., 1907-8, ix, 6-14.—Gray (W.) Noteofacaseof aneurysm of the ascend- ing arch of tne aorta rupturing into the pericardium; ne- cropsy. Lancet, Lond., 1899, i, 959.—Greene (J. B.) Rup- ture of thoracic aneurysm into pleural cavity, simulating pleuritic effusion. Am. Med., Phila., 1906, xi, 12.—Griffith (F.) Suspected thoracic aneurysm with death from rupture. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1915, cii, 1002. Also, Reprint.—Hall (J. N.) A case of ruptured aortic aneurism; sui t for accident insurance. Med.-Leg. J., N. Y., 1898-99, x\i, 150-157. Also: Reprint.—Haniill (S. McC.) Aneurysm of the arch of the aorta, with rupture. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1902-3, n. s., vi, 224-226.—Hampeln (P.) Ueber Lungenblutung bei perforierten Aortenaneurysmen. Deutsche med. Wchn- schr., Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 831-836.—Hand (A.) Double aneurism ofthe aorta with rupture into the trachea. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila. (1893-5), 1896, xvii, 74.—von Hanse- mann. Durchbruch eines Aortenaneurysma in einen Oesophaguskrebs. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904, Berl., 1905, xxxv, 189. Also: Berl. kUn. AVchnschr., 1904, xli, 860.—Hart (C.) Ueber die Perforation des Aortenaneu- rysmas in die Trachea. Ibid., 1915, Iii, 977.—Hebert. Ane-- vrysme de la crosse de l'aorte ouvert dans le pericarde. Bull. ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of). et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1901, lxxvi, 463—165.— Hen- schen (S. E.) & Vestberg (A.) [Aneurism of the aorta breaking into superior vena cava.] Upsala Lakaref. Forh., 1899-1900, n. F., v, 79-97, 1 pi—Hertz (E.) & Bodineau (L.) Duration of life in ruptured aneurism of the abdominal aorta. Tribune med. Am. ed., N. Y., 1912, viii, 267-270.— Herve. Anevrysme de l'aorte descendante ouvert dans la plevre. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1897, xvin, 116-118. -----. Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale ouvert dans le peritomeetl'enveloppegraisseusedurein. Ibid.,317.— HUls (D. E.) Aneurysm of ascending and transverse aorta; hypertrophy and dilatation of heart; rupture of aneurysm, with death three hours later. Physician & Surg.. Detroit & Ann Arbor, 1901, xxiii, 324.—Hbdlemoser (C.) Aneurysma der Aorta ascendens und Aneurysma der Arteria mno- minata mit Durchbruch in die Vena cava superior. Wien. kUn. Rundschau, 1905, xix, 109; 131; 148— Hollis (A. U.) Aneurism of aorta perforating into pulmonary artery. St. Luke's Hosp. M. & S. Rep., N. Y., 1908-9, i, 168-171.— Holmes (E. M.) Ruptured aneurysm into the mediastinum and deep cervical fascia with symptoms of Ludwig's angina; report of three cases. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1916, xxvi, 1246-1249.—Honore (C.) Anevrysme de l'aorte; rupture dans la trachee. Scalpel, Liege, 1909-10, lxii, 309-312 — Hopkins (J. G.) Case of aneurism ol the aorta with rup- ture into the trachea. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1910-11, n. s., x, 203-206.—Howard (W. T.) Dissecting aneurism of the aorta with rupture into the pericardial sac. Cleve- land J. M., 1900, v, 457.—Hunt (G. B.) A case of dissecting aneurysm; ruptureinto both pleural cavities. Tr. CUn. Soc. Lond., 1896r7. xxx, 200-203.—Hussenet. Note sur la rup- ture spontanee de l'aorte. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1899. xxxiv, 259-273—Josserand. Anevrysme de la paroi posterieure de la crosse de l'aorte; compression du recurrent gauche; ramolUssement, ulceration et destruction de la bronche gauche; rupture dans Pcesophage, mort subite. Lyon med., 1906, cvii, 983-985.—Kappis (M.) Die Perfora- tion eines Aortenaneurysmas in die Pulmonalarterie. Deut- sches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1907, xc, 506-547.—Kauf- mann (R.) [Fall von Aneurysma der aufsteigenden Aorta mit Durchbruch in den Conus arteriosus pulmonaUs.] Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1905, lv, 904— Kelynack (T. N.) A note on rupture of antrathoracic aortic aneurysms based upon an analysis of thirty-two cases. Lancet, Lond., 1897, ii, 193.—Kieseritzky (G.) Ein Fall von Perforation eines Aortenaneurysmas in die obere Hohlvene. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1908, xiv, 1729.—Klein (A.) Durchbruch eines Aortenaneurysmas in die obere Hohlvene. Deutsche med. Wchnschr, Berl. & Leipz., 1913, xxxix, 1991.—Koster & Forselius. [Case of aneurism of the aorta with rupture into the vena cava] Hygiea, Stockholm, 1915, lxxvii, 932- 935.—Lamb (D. S.) Case of aneurism of arch of aorta, rupturing externally through an abscess; persistent left superior vena cava. Wash. M. Ann., 1907-8. vi, 207 — Leclercq (J.) & Ruyssen. Rupture dans la,plevre gauche d'un anevrysme de l'aorte descendante. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1910, xiv, 356. Also: Bull. Soc. de med. du nord 1910, Lille, 1911, 240-244.—Levy (F.) & Monier. Ane- vrysme aortique rompu. Bull, et mein. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 179.—Llambfas Mir (J.) Rupturas de aneu- rismas de la aorta. Rev. Soc. med. argent., Buenos Aires, 1895, iv, 349-371.—Loeper & Esmein (C.) Rupture en deux temps de l'aorte ascendante; anevrysme aigu disse- quant. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1907, lxxxii, 712.— Lutkemuller (J.) Aneurysma aorta? descendentis pcr- magnum ruptum cum haemorrhagia in cavum pleurae sinistrae; Tod erst nach 14 Tagen. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien & Leipz., 1896, iii, 791-793.—Luna (A.) Un caso de aneurisma saciforme de la aorta ascendente perforante del estemon. Cron. med., Lima, 1897, xiv, 323- 328. A Iso: Independ. med., Bareel., 1897-8, xxix, 123-127 — Luys (G.) Anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique et abdomi- nale; rupture dans la plevre gauche. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1897, lxxii, 37.—McAUaster (B. R.) Rupture of the aorta; a case. Bull. Iowa Inst., Des Moines, 1903, v, 48 — MacCallum (W. G.) Aortic aneurysm perforating supe- rior vena cava. Proc. N. York Path. Soc, 1915, n. s., xv, 27-29.—McConaghey (J. C.) Aortic aneurysm; rupture into oesophagus. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1899, i, 209.—Mac- donald (G. C.) Thoracic abdominal aneurysm; exploratory incision; ultimate rupture; death. Am. Med., Phila., 1905, ix, 71.—McFarland (J.) A case of aneurysm of the aorta with rupture into the right pleural cavity. Proc Path. Soc. Phila., 1897-8, n. s., i, 178.—Mackinlay (W. H.) & Weeks (L. M.) A case of ruptured aneurysm of the descend- ing aorta. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1913,ii, 1623.—Madsen(S.T.) [Rupture of an aneurysm of the aorta in a child 17 months old.] Med. Rev., Bergen, 1916, xxxiii, 530-537.—MaUolzel. Anevrysme aortique rompu dans l'cesophage. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, Ixxix, 503.—Matson. Aortic aneurvsm perforating the oesophagus. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1904, cxviii, 461— Melland (C. H.) Non-fatal rupture of aortic aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 1414.—Mollard. Anevrysme fusiforme de l'aorte thoracique ouvert dans la bronche gauche. Lyon med., 1909, exui, 1082-1086.— Monks (G. H.) Ruptured aneurism of the abdominal aorta. Med. & Surg. Rep. Bost. City Hosp., 1900, xi, 144- ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of). 147.—MontaUer. AnevTysme de l'aorte ouvert dans le pericarde. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1909, xxxix, 88.— Moorhead (G.) Aortic aneurysm rupturing into pleura. Dublin J. M. Sc, 1904, cxviii, 462—Munkwitz (F. H.) & Jermain (L.) Rupture of aortic aneurism into right pleural cavity with death two weeks later. AVisconsin M. J., Milwaukee, 1916-17, xv, 51.—Nattan-Larrier (LA Rup- ture d'un anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte dans la bronche gauche; hemorrhagie en deux temps; etude des lesions pulmo- naires. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 670- 673— Naudascher (G.) Anevrysme de l'aorte ouvert dans la bronche gauche. Ibid., 1909, lxxxiv, 401.—Oman (C. M.) A case of aneurism of the aorta (rupture). U. States Nav. M. Bull., Wash., 1907, i, 166.—Packard (F. A.) Aneurysm of abdominal aorta; rupture into left pleural cavity. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898, xviii, 213.—Pal (J.) Aneurysma der absteigenden Aorta; Perforation in den Bronchus; Tod. Jahrb. d. Wien k. k. Krankenanst. 1894, Wien & Leipz. 1896, in, 550.—Pallasse & Thevenot (L.) Deux cas d'ane- vrysme de l'aorte ouvert dans l'cesophage. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1910, ix, 72-74. Also: Lyon med., 1910, cxiv, 727-729.—Payne (AV. A.) Aneurism of the aorta extending from the semilunar valve to the third lumbar vertebra, with rupture into the pericardium; autopsy three days after death; specimen. Brooklyn M. J., 1900, xiv, 49- 52.—Peabody (G. L.) Aneurysm of the arch of the aorta which ruptured into the oesophagus in a young woman without external evidence of syphiUs. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1907, Ixxi, 595-597.—Peaudeleu (L.) Anevrysme de 1 'aorte s'ouvrant dans le mediastin; hemothorax; mort. Marseille med.. 1903, xl, 439.—Petit (A.) & Lafosse. Deux cas d'anevrismes de l'aorte termines par rupture; ouverture du premier a la paroi thoracique et du second dans la plevre droite. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Par., 1904, 3.s., xxi, 1152-1157.—Petitclerc & Cauchois (A.) Anevrisme de l'aorte ouvert k la peau. Normandie med., Rouen, 1912, xxviii, 517.—Petty (O. H.) A case of aneurysm of aorta rupturing into the vena cava. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1913, lxi, 1810.-----. Aneurysm of arch of the aorta ruptur- ing into the superior vena cava. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1914, xvi, 47— Pfeiffer (H.) Kasuistisches zur Tamponade des Herzbeutels nach Ruptur von Aortenaneurysmen. Vrtljschr. f. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1905, 3. F., xxix, 39-43.— Phillips (C. H.) Aneurysm of the ascending aorta; rupture into pericardium. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1896, ii, 1568.—Porto- calis (A.) Anevrysme volumineux de la crosse de l'aorte ouvert dans la plevre gauche et le mediastin; etat canalicule' du caillot. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1911, Ixxxvi, 367-369.—Poulain (A.) Anevrysme de l'aorte comprimant la veine cave superieure et ouvert dans le tronc veineux braehio-cephalique droit, pres de son origine. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 1085-1089.—Raviart & Han- nard. Anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique, ouvert dans la bronche gauche. Echo med. du nord, Lille, 1909, xui, 338 — Regnault (J.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte ouvert a l'exterieur; survie de 50 heures. Arch. gen. de med., Par., 1903, ii, 3276-3279.—Reinhold. Zwei Falle von Durch- bruch eines Aneurysma der Aorta ascendens in die Vena cava superior. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med.. Leipz., 1901, Ixxi. 598-607.—Reitter (K.) Zur Geriiuschbildung bei der Perforation eines Aortenaneurysmas in die Vena cava supe- rior. Beibl. z. d. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in Wien, 1908, vii, 90-97. Also: Wien. med. Wchnschr, 1908, lviii, 737-741—Richon & Harter. Anevrysme de l'aorte, a type anterieur, ouverture a l'exterieur. Rev. med. de Pest, Nancy, 1909, xU, 182-184.—Riesman (D.) Aneu- rysm ofthe aorta rupturing into the right bronchus; origin of the left vertebral artery directly from the aortic arch. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1902, n. s., v, 326-330. Also, Reprint — Rispal. Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale rompu dans la plevre gauche a travers le diaphragme. Toulouse med., 1901, 2. s., iii, 229-232.—Risseeuw (A. J.) Een geval van doorbraak van een aneurysma aorta? ascendens in de vena cava superior. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1916, i, 729.—Roberts (J. L.) Case of rupture of aortic aneurysm into superior vena cava. Liverpool M.-Chir. J., 1910, xxx, 96-98.—Roguet (G.) Anevrysme fusiforme de l'aorte de- scendante rompu dans la plevre gauche. Arch. med. d'Angers, 1901,v,529-533—Roubier & Goyet (A.) L'ane- vrisme de l'aorte&double poche; rupture dans lepericarde. Lyon med., 1913, exxi, 106-109.—Rowlette (R. f.) Aneu- rysm perforating the oesophagus. Tr. Roy. Acad. M. Ire- land, Dubl., 1911, xxix, 513.—Rutherford (N. J. C.) A case of rupture of saccular aneurysm of the first part of the aorta. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1906, vii. 283-285.— SaUer (J.) Sacculated aneurysm of the arch of the aorta ruptured into the superior vena cava, without symptoms of venous obstruction. Tr. Coll. Phys., Phila., 1908,3. s, xxx, 32. [Discussion], 33-37— Schermant (J.) Aortenaneu- rysma; Durchbruch in die rechte Pleurahohle; Tod nach drei Monaten. Jahrb. d. Wien. k. k. Krankenanst. 1898, Wien & Leipz., 1900, vu, pt. 2,7-14. Also: Allg. AVien. med. Ztg., 1901, xlvi, 384; 396.—Scott (J. A.) A case of aneurism of the sinus of Valsalva, with rupture into the pericardium. Medicine, Detroit, 1902, viu, 291-295.—Shibkoft (A. I.) [Aneurism of the thoracic aorta opening into the oesophagus.] Kazan. Med. J., 1912, xn, 269-272.—Sicard (A.) Ane- 4< ANEURISM. 499 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Rupture of). vrysme de la portion ascendante de l'aorte; rupture intra- pe'ricardique de l'aorte en deux temps; aorta tres atheroma- teuse. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1896, Ixxi, 192-194.—Slkes (A. AV.) Aortic aneurysm; rupture into the left pleura; extensive arteriosclerosis; cerebral softening; hemiplegia. St. Thomas's Hosp. Rep. 1901, Lond., 1903, n. S., xxx, 63.— Simon & Bcnard. Anevrysme de l'aorte, rompu dans le pericarde. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1906, lxxxi, 315.—Smith (F. J.) Rupture of an aneurism into the left bronchus. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1898-9,119.— Smith (F. J.) & Salaman (R. N.) A caso of aneurysm of the aorta rupturing into the pulmonary artery asso- ciated with fibrosis of one lung. Lancet, Lond., 1904, i, 1119.—Smith (R. T.) [Ruptured aneurysm of the abdo- minal aorta; survival for eleven days.] Dublin J. M. Sc, 1905, cxx, 19— Soprana (F.) & Piazza (C.) Aortite hematogene, anevrismes multiples de l'aorte k debut et evolution aigu, rupture dans le pericarde de Pun d'eux, au cours d'une cnse unique de rhumatisme articulaire. Arch. de med. exper.. Par., 1916, xxvii, 55-102, 3 pi— Stengel (A.) Aneurism of tne arch of the aorta, with rupture into the superior vena cava. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1900. n. s., cxx, 567-575. Also, Reprint.—Stevenson (H. N.) Aortic aneurysm rupturing into the pulmonary artery, with a report of three cases. Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait , 1913, xxiv. 217-220. Also, Reprint.—Stewart (J.) & Adami (J. G.) Aneurysm of the ascending portion of the aortic arch, leading to external rupture, with a note on tracheal tugging. ,Montreal M. J., 1896-7, xxv, 386-391, 1 pi.—Stoc- quart. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte, termine par rupture a l'exterieur du thorax. Ann. Soc. d'anat. path. de Brux., 1893, no. 42,60-69.—Taylor (F.) Aortic aneurism, causing death by rupture into the left pleural cavity. In- ternat. Clin., Phila., 1897, 7. s., i, 156-164.—Taylor (J. AV.) Aneurysm bursting into pericardial sac. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, h, 1639.—Tedesko (F.) Aneurysma dissecans nach Ruptur der Brustaorta mit Durchbruch in den Herzeutel. Mitt. d. Gesellsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kinderh. in AA'ien., 1912, xi, 95-97.—Thomas (E. C.) Report of a case of rupture of an aortic aneurysm, with autopsv. Indianapolis M. J., 1915, xviii, 529-532.—Toupet & Lebret. Anevrisme aorti- que rompu. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1905, lxxx, 57.—Troje. Demonstration eines in den Pericardialsack geplatzten Aneurysma dissecans der Aorta ascendens bei excessiver Nierenschrumpfung. Verhandl. d. Ver. f. innere Med. zu Berl., 1891-2, xi, 146-150.—Tschermak (A.) Aneu- rysma aortas dissecans mit Ruptur der Art. coronaria dextra und zweizeitigem Durchbruch nach dem Herzbeutel hin; Pericarditis, Arteriitis. Arch. f. path. Anat. [etc.], Berl., ls96, cxlvi, 233-266.—Tslpkin (S. M.) [Aneurism of the abdominal aorta, opening into the stomach through a round ulcer.] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1913, lxxix, 516-520, 2 pi — Van Havre. Un cas d'anevrisme sacciforme de la crosse de l'aorte au niveau de l'origine du tronc brachiocephaUque; echec des diverses methodes employees; ruptures a l'ex- terieur; autopsie. J. de chir. et ann. Soc. beige de chir., Brux., 1906, vi, 441-443.—Van Someren (G. A.) Aneu- rysm of the abdominal aorta; rupture; necropsy. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 396.—Vanysek (R.) [Aneurisma.aortae with gradual perforation of the pulmonary artery.] Casop. lek. desk., v Praze, 1906, xiv, 551.—Verse. Perforation eines Aortenaneurysma nach aussen in der Mitte des Sternum. Munchen. med. AVchnschr., 1912, Ux, 2137.—Weber (F. P.) & Price (F. AA".) Coarctation of the aorta in an adult, with death due to the rupture of an aneurysm in the neck. Lan- cet, Lond., 1912,ii, 692—Westenhoeffer. Aneurysma der Aorta ascendens mit beginnender Perforation in die Trachea. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1907, xxxiii, 1274— Whipham (T. R. C.) A remarkable case of aortic aneurysm of sixteen years' duration; death from rupture externally. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1322— Willson (R N ) Rupture of an aneurysm in a child aged four years. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1914, xvi, 63.—Willson (R. N.) & Marcy (A. ) Rupture of an aortic aneurysm in a child of four years. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1907, xxix, 48-55. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1907, xlix, 15-17.—Woolley (P. G.) A case of aneurism which terminated in perforation. Lancet- Clinic, Cincin., 1916, cxv, 37. -----. A series of ruptured aortic aneurysms. Am. J. Syph St. Louis, 1917, l, 426- 449.—Worthington (T. B.) Sudden death from rupture of a thoracic aneurism in a case of dementia. J. Ment. Sc, Lond., 1897, xliii, 826.—Ziegenhagen. Ein Fall von Aneurysma aortae descendentis mit Durchbruch in die Arena cava. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1902, xxviii, Ver.-Beil., 25.— Zypkin (S. M.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Bauchaorta mit Perforation in den Magen durch das Ulcus rotundum. Ibid., 1913, xxxix, 1145-1147. Aneurism (Aortic, Syphilitic). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by antisyphilitics. Bachhammer (H.) *Ueber ein luetisches Aneurisma der Brustaorta mit Perforation nach aussen und innen. 8°. Munchen, 1908. Aneurism (Aortic, Syphilitic). Bauler (E. R.) *Untersuchungen iiber die Rolle der Syphilis und der Arteriosklerose bei der Entstehung der Aortenaneurysmen. 8°. Basel, 1908. Briesemeister (0. F.) *Die Arteriosclerose und Syphilis in ihrem Verhaltnis zur Entstehung des Aortenaneurysma. 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Delsouiller (A.) *De la syphilis dans ses rapports avec les anevrismes de l'aorte et de l'interet que presente la recherche de la reaction de Wassermann au cours de ces anevrismes. 8°. Paris, 1911. Isenberg (C. P. D.) *Ein Aneurysma aortae mit Durchbruch in den Oesophagus, ein Beitrag zur Lehre von der syfilitischen Entstehung der Aneurysmen. 8°. Kiel, 1899. Paul (H.) *Aorten-Aneurysma infolge fibroser (luetischer?) Endarteritis. 8°. Munchen, 1897. Spliedt (G. C.) *Aprten-Aneurysmen und Syfilis. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Wiesmtjller (J.) *Ein Fall von einem lueti- Bchen Aorten-Aneurysma. 8°. Miinchen, 1902. Backhaus (F.) Ueber Mesarteriitis syphiUtica und deren Beziehung zur Aneurysmenbildung der Aorta. Beitr. z. path. Anat. u. z. allg. Path., Jena, 1897, xxn, 417-442.— Bayet (A.) Anevrisme de l'aorte chez un malade probable- ment ancien syphiUtique. Soc. beige de dermat. et de syph. Bull., Brux., 1901-2, ii, 41—Busse (O.) Ueber Aortenaneu- rysmen und ihre Beziehungen zu SyphiUs und Unfall. Zt- schr. f. arztl. Fortbild., Jena, 1906, hi, 5-9.—Cerne & Deve. Anevrisme de l'aorte, heredo-syphilitique chez une femme de vingt-six ans. Normandie med., Rouen, 1914, xxx, 218-221.— Chlray & Segard. Anevrysme de la crosse aortique d'ori- gine heredo-syphiUtique. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. do Par. 1908, 3. s., xxv, 275-280.—De Concihis (D.) Dell' ori- gine luetica degli aneurismi spontanei dell' aorta; a proposito di un caso di aneurisma dell' angolo destro dell' arco aortico e del troncobrachiocefaUco. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Na- poli, 1907, n. s., xxix, 625-645, 1 pi.—Durand-Fardel (R.) Anevrisme de la crosse de l'aorte; plaie penetrante du thorax et syphilis; rapports etiologiques. Bull, et m6m. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1914, 3. s., xxxix, 612-617.—Ferranninl (L.) Aneurisma aortico da sforzo in due individui sifiUtici. Stu- dium, NapoU, 1915, vui, 12-16.—Fonte (C.) Aneurysma da crossa da aorta de origem syphiUtica. Tribuna med., Rio de Jan., 1912, xvui, 2-11.—Giraud (J.) Anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante d'origine syphiUtique. Marseille med., 1903, xl, 693-096.—Hamburger (W.) Aneurysm of the arch of the aorta and of the abdominal aorta; the role of syphiUs in the etiology. Med. Clin., Chicago, 1915, i, 182-194,1 pi.—Jacoby (M.) Ueber das gleichzeitige Vorkommen von Aortenaneu- rysmen und syphilitischer Tracheo-Bronchostenose. Cha- rite-Ann., Berl, 1897, xxii, 229-234.—Landmann. [Fall von Aortenaneurysma wahrscheinUch als Folge von Lues.] Munchen. med. AVchnschr., 1905, Iii, 195.—Le Gendre (P.) An6vrisme de la crosse de l'aorte chez un syphiUtique; leger retrecissement avecinsuffisance de l'orifice mitral; retrecisse- ment fonctionnel de l'artere pulmonaire comprimee par le sac; mort subite par rupture du sac dans le pericarde. Bull. et m6m. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1901,3. s., xviii, 303-306.— Marchand (F.) Ueber das Verhaltnis der SyphiUs und Arteriosklerose zur Entstehung der Aortenaneurysmen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch., Jena, 1904, xv, Er- gnzngshft., 197-205.-----. Ueber das Verhaltnis der Aneu- rysmen der Aorta zur Syphilis und Arteriosklerose. Ver- handl. d. Gesellsch. deutsch. Naturf. u. Aerzte 1903, Leipz., 1904, ii, 2. Hlfte., 17.—Rasch (C.) [Aortic aneurism in rela- tion to syphilis.] Forhandl. v. nord. Kong. f. inv. med., Stockholm, 1898, ii, 153-158. Also.transl.: Arch. f. Dermat. u. Syph., Wien & Leipz., 1899, xlvii, 15-22.—Roubier (C.) & Bouget (II.) Anevrysme du sinus de Valsalvaa developpe- ment intracardiaque associ6 a des 16sions d'aortite syphiU- tique. Arch. d. mal. du cceur [etc.], Par., 1912, v, 88-98.— Spillmann (P.) & Parisot (J.) Anevrysme de l'aorte ap- paru, chez une femme de 29 ans, 6 ans apres 1 infection syphi- fitique Mem. Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8,185-188. Also: Rev. med. del'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 603-606— Theodorescu (F.)' Manifestatiunile syphilitice pulmonare, hydatidele pulmonare si ane vrismele crossef aortef simuland tuberculosa pulmonarft. Spitalul, BucurescI, 1896, xvi, 1-11—Voloshin (A D ) [Aneurysm of the abdominal aorta of syphiUtic origin.'] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1912, xix, 461-464. Aneurism (Aortic, Traumatic). Bourquin (E.) *Ueber traumatische Aorten- klappenerkrankungen und traumatische Aorten- aneurysmen. 8°. Zurich, 1914. ANEURISM. 500 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Traumatic). Etling (R.) ^Contribution a l'etiologie des anevrismes de l'aorte: Traumatisme. 8°. Paris, 1904. Lehmann (F.) *Ueber die Bedeutung des Traumas fiir die Entstehung von Aortenaneurys- men. 8°. Leipzig, 1914. Probst (U.) *Gibt es ein traumatisches Aor- tenaneurysma? [Zurich.] 8. Solothurn, 1908. Boyer. Anevrysme de l'aorte attribue k un accident du travail. Lyon med., 1904, ciii, 66-71.—Bramwell (B.) An- eurism of the thoracic aorta due to injury. CUn. Stud., Edinb., 1902-3, i, 127-130.—Busse. Ueber traumatische Aortenaneurysmen. Verhandl. d. deutsch. path. Gesellsch. 1906, Jena, 1907, 144-149.—Davtyan (R. S.) [Traumatic aneurism of the aorta.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1915-16, Ui, 128-145.—Haag (G.) Aorten- aneurysma; Unfallfolge? Monatschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1905, xii, 213-215.—Heller (A.) Ueber ein traumatisches Aortenaneurysma und traumatische Insuffizienz der Aorten- klappen. Deutsches Arch. f. klin. Med., Leipz., 1904, lxxix, 306-315,3 pi. A Iso [Abstr.]: Munchen. med.AVchnschr., 1904, U. 457.—Herzog. Scheidenformiges, in den Herzbeutel ge- platztes Aneurysma der Aorta. Ibid., 1915, lxii, 1019.—Jolo- wicz. Aorten-Aneurysma mit Aorteninsufnzienz; Spatfolge eines Traumas. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, x, 200.— Krohne. Beitrag zur Frage der Entstehung eines Aorten- aneurysmas nach Unfall. Ibid., 1905, xi, 67-70.—Leonardo (D.) Aneurisma vero traumatico sperimentale dell' arco aortico. Pathologica, Genova, 1912-13, v, 519-522.—Linow. Zur traumatischen Entstehung des Aortenaneurysma. Mo- natschr. f. Unfallheilk., Leipz., 1908, xv, 231-235.—Lotze. [Case.] Ztschr. f. Med.-Beamte, Berl., 1904, xvii, 29-31 — Merklen (P.) & Pouliot (L.) Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte d'origine traumatique; signe d Argyll sans antece- dents avetes de syphiUs. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par.,1904, 3. s., xxi, 315-319.—Passerini(G.) [Case.] Gazz. med. ital., Torino. 1909 lx, 451-155.—Reuter (K.) [Two cases.] Vrtljschr. I. gerichtl. Med., Berl., 1912, 3. F., xbii, 2. Suppl.-Hft., 195-199.—Riesman (D.) Aneurism of the thoracic aorta due to traumatism; rupture into the left pleu- ral cavity. Proc. Path. Soc. Phila., 1898-9, n. s., ii, 40-45.— Roque. Anevrysme traumatique de l'aorte. Lyon med., 1904, cii, 745-748.—Wild (W.) Ueber Aortenaneurysma nach Trauma. Aerztl. Sachverst.-Ztg., Berl., 1904, x, 281-283 — Willard (De F.) Traumatic thoracic aneurism. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 143; 311. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal, Treatment of). Borger (H.) *Ueber einen Fall von geheil- tem Aneurysma dissecans des Aortenbogens. [Erlangen.] 8°. Berlin, 1906. Mahomed (F. A.) Some indications for the diagnosis and treatment of aortic aneurism. 12°. London, 1877. Muhlhaus (O.) *Zur Behandlung der Aorten- Aneurysmen. 8°. Kiel, 1898. Abrams (A.) The treatment of aortic aneurysms. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1911, ii, 70. Also, transl.: Presse med., Par., 1911, xix, 785— Allgood (R. A.) The treatnent of aneurisms of the arch of the aorta and of the innominate artery by the introduction of foreign bodies into the sac. Hosp. Bull Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1911-12, vii, 124-127.—Ambrose (T.) Aortic aneurism reUeved by calcium chloride. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1908, xxvu, 411.—Anderson (McC.) Aneu- rysm of the aorta treated by baths on the Scholl principle Glasgow M. J., 1896, xiv, 268— Bignone (A.) Contributo alia cura degh aneurismi aortici col metodo di Macewen. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1896, xvu, 661.—Boinet. Comment traitor l'anevrysme de l'aorte. Rev. gen. de cUn. et de therap., Par., 1899, xiii, 497; 517 .—Boyd (L. C.) Report of a case of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta treated by Abrams's method. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciv, 838. Also, Re- print.—Cheboksarofl (M. N.) [Treatment of aneurism of the aorta.] Prakt. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1908, vii, 833; 857; 877; 896.—Consolant. Des anevrysmes de l'aorte et de leur traitement. J. de la sante, Par., 1907, xxiv, 125-127.—Della- rossa (U.) Su di un casoimportante di aneurisma dell' aorta toracica discendente con speciale riguardo al sito di estrinse- cazione ed al risultamento curativo. N. riv. cUn.-terap Napoli, 1910, xi, 407-410.—Dudrewicz (K.) [Treatment of aneurisms^of the aorta.] Kron. lek., AA'arszawa, 1900, xxi, 501-50s — E tienne (G.) Anevrysme phenomenal de la crosse aortique gueri. Mem. de Soc. de med. de Nancy, 1907-8, 248. Also: Rev. med. de l'est, Nancy, 1908, xl, 719.—Forlaninl (C.) Contributo alia terapia degli aneurismi dell' aorta. R. 1st. Lomb. di sc. e lett. Rendic, Milano, 1903, 2. s., xxxvi, 1104-1113. Also: Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1904, lv, 21-24. Also, transl: Berl. klin.-therap. AVchnschr., 1904, 227-232.— Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of). deFreitas(A.) A'alordareflexo-therapiaapplicadaaotrata- mento dos aneurismas da aorta. Brazil-med., Rio de Jan., 1912, xxvi, 251.—Golubinin (L. E.) [Saccular aneurisms of the aorta and modern views of their treatment.] Klin. J Mosk., 1899, ii, 97-128, 2 pi.—Gulnard (A.) Traitement des anevrismes de la crosse de l'aorte. Presse med., Par., 1902, i, 435-437.—Hely (L. St. J.) Abrams' method in the treatment of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1910, lxxvu, 881.—Henry (L.) The treatment of a case of aneu- rism of the transverse aorta. Australas. M. Gaz., Sydney, 1904, xxiu, 162.—Huchard (H.) Traitements des anevrys- mes aortiques. Bull. gen. de therap. [etc.], Par., 1899,753; 833; 881; 913: exxxviii, 1.—In gals (E. F.) Aneurism of the aorta; recovery. Chicago M. Recorder, 1899, xvu, 237-239.—Laache ( S.) Ueber Diata parca in der Behandlung des Aorten- aneurysmas. Med.-chir. Centralbl., AVien, 1899, xxxiv, 126- 128. A Iso: Therap. d. Gegenw., Berl.-Wien, 1899, n.F.,i, 53- 56.—Lamy (H.) & Cleret (M.) Volumineux anevrisme de l'aorte gueri; mortparalfectionintercurrente. Bull.etmem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1907,3. s., xxiv, 473-477.—Lazarus- Barlow (AV. S.) & Hewitt (H. S.) Cured aortic aneurysm AVestminst. Hosp. Rep. 1902, Lond., 1903, xiii, 341.—Litten (M.) Physikalische Therapie der Aortenaneurysmen. Handb. d. physikal. Therap., Leipz., 1902, pt. 2, u, 90-97.— Lusk (AV. C.) The surgical and medical treatment of tho- racic aneurism. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1913, xvui, 1121-1123. Also: Med. Fortnightly, St. Louis, 1914, xlvi, 298.—Pissavy (A.) Anevrysme de l'aorte thoracique; etude semeiolomque et therapeutique. Clinique, Par., 1912, vii, 791-793.—Plaza Blanco (V.) Tratamiento de los aneurismas del cayado de la aorta. Med. mil. espafi., Madrid, 1905-6, xii, 65-70.—Ra- mauge (A.) Tratamiento de los aneurismas de la aorta. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1901, viii, 191-193.—Rosenfeld (F.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma arcus aortas, nebst Bemer- kungen iiber die Therapie derselben. Deutsche med. AVchn- schr.. Berl. & Leipz., 1906, xxxn, 1197. -----. Zur Therapie der Aortenaneurysmen. Deutsche Aerzte-Ztg., Berl., 1907, 385-388.—Scarpa. Aneurismi dell' aorta e loro cura. Lavori d. Cong, di med. int. 1901, Roma, 1902, 541.—Smith (J. F.) Aneurism on the descending thoracic aorta. AAisconsin M J., Milwaukee, 1910-11, ix, 698-702.—TurnbuU (M. L.) Note on a case of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta treated by Abrams' method. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1911, lxxx, 527.— Valladares (P.) Sobre uma modificacao do chamado me- thodo brazileiro de tratamento das aortasias. Brazil-med Rio de Jan., 1914, xxvui, 389-391.—Verdi (AV. F.) Remarks on recent methods of treatment for aortic aneurism. Yale M. J-, N. Haven, 1899-1900, vi, 119-125— Wallenberg, sen. Ein Fall von Heilung eines Aneurysma der Brustaorta. Festschr. . . . Heinrich Abegg . . ., Danzig, 1898, 141-152, 1 pi.—West (D.) Aneurysm of the thoracic aorta; a report of forty-five cases treated in the Roosevelt Hospital. Med. & Surg. Rep. Roosevelt Hosp., N. Y., 1915, 191-198, 2 pi.— Young (E. E.) Successful treatment of a case of thoracic aneurysm threatening to rupture externally. Lancet, Lond 1906, ii, 783. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of, Opera- tive) . See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Abdominal, Treatment of. Blacque (A.) *Traitement des anevrysmes de la crosse de l'aorte par la ligature simultanee de la carotide primitive et de la sous-claviere droites. 4°. Paris, 1895. Palmer (J. M.) A case of successful ligature of right subclavian and right common carotid arteries simultaneously, in a case of aneurism of the arch of the aorta. 8°. Dublin, 1880. Barnabd (V.) Sui tentativi di trattamento chirurgico degli aneurismi aortici. PoUcUn., Roma,*1911, xviii, sez. prat., 1161-1164.—Baylac (J.) & Dargein. Un cas d'hemo- thorax consecutif a l'ouverture dans la plevre d'un ane- vrysme de l'aorte thoracique. Arch. med. de Toulouse, 1907, xiv, 57-63.—Cohn (I.) A case of thoracic aneurism treated by occlusion of the common carotid and sub-clavicular arte- ries with aluminum bands. N. Orl. M. & S. J., 1910-11, lxiu, 396-401.—Edson (E. R.) Case of large aneurysm of the left common carotid artery and of the aorta treated by distal ligation and by the Tufnell method. Univ. M. Mag.. Phila., 1900-1901, xiu, 102-106.—Faure (J.-L.) Ligature du tronc brachiocephaUque dans un cas d'anevrysme de l'aorte. Bull. et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, xxxvii, 842.—Gibson (G. A.) The surtical treatment of aneurism of the aorta. Internat. Clin., Phila., 18%, 6. s., ii, 49-56.— Guinard (A.) Ligature du tronc brachiocephaUque pour anevrisme de la portion ascendante de la crosse aortique; ameUoration con- siderable des troubles fonctionnels. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, xxxvii, 800-807.—Hall (F. de H.) Tra cheotomy in cases of thoracic aneurysm. Brit. M. J., Lond.' 1901, i, 824.—Halsted (AV. S.) Partial occlusion of the tho"- racic and abdominal aortas by bands of fresh aorta and of fascia lata. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1913, xxi, 218-222. ANEURISM. 501 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of, Opera- tive). Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lviii, 183-187.—Heath (C.) Two cases of ligature of tne left carotid for aneurysm of the arch of the aorta, with the post-mortem specimens of four eases. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1902, lxxxv, 79-92, 3 pi. Also [Abstr.]: Lancet, Lond., 1902, i, 445.—Heller (E.) Ein Bei- trag zur sogen .idealen Operation der arteriellen Aneurysmen. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1911, xevi, 83-90.—Hill (H. C.) Aneurism of arch of the aorta treated by the simultaneous deUgation of the right common carotid and subclavian arte- ries. Tr. Acad. M. Cincin., 1897-8, 307-310. Also: Cincin. Lancet-Clinic, 1898, n. s., xl, 2S5-2SS— Jollye (F. W.) Laryngotomy in a case of thoracic aneurysm. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, i, 339.—Kummell (H.) Operative Behandlung des Aortenaneurysma. Beitr. z. kUn. Chir., Tubing., 1914, xcii, 166-169. Also, transl.: Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1914, xxxii, 457-461. [Discussion], 483-4S3d. -----. Chirurgie des Aortenaneurysmas. Deutsche med. AA'chnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1914, xl, 731. Also, transl: Boston M. & S. J., 1914, clxxi, 418-420.—Macewen (J. A. C.) The surgical treatment of aortic aneurism; report of a case successfully treated by production of white thrombus. Ann Surg., Phila., 1912, lvi, 675-6X0.—Monod (C.) Sur le traitement operatoire des anevrismes de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1911, xxxvii, 930.—Ortner (N.) Diestossweise Exstirpation bei Aneurysma aorta?. Munchen. med. AVchnschr., 1912, lix, 537.—Phillips (R.) A case of aneurysm of the descend- ingthoracic aorta presenting some unusual features. Lancet, Lond., 1913. i, 683—Porter (F. J. AV.) Report of a case of aneurysm of the arch of the aorta, successfully treated accord- ing to Tufnell's method. Army M. Dep. Rep. 1894, Lond., 1896, xxxvi, 348.—Ricketts (B. M.) Aneurysm of the aortic arch; ligation of right subclavian and common carotid arteries. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 189S, xxxi, 336. A Iso, Re- print. -----. Ligation of right common carotid and sub- clavian arteries for aneurism of the arch of the aorta. Cincin. Lancet-CUnic, 1901, n. s., xlvii, 508.-----. Surgery of aneu- rism of the aortic arch and its branches. Lancet-Clinic, Cincin., 1910, civ, 196-207.—Rochard (E.) Anevrysme de la carotide primitive droite avec dilatation du tronc brachio- cephaUque et de la crosse de l'aorte; ligature simultanee de la carotide primitive et de la sous-claviere; amelioration con- siderable. Bull, gen de therap. [etc.], Par., 1907, cliu, 645- 651.—Rose (AV.) A Carless (A.) Aneurysm of the aorta involving the root of the left carotid treated by distal ligature. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1898, ii, 1685.—Symonds (C.) Aortic aneurysm; innominate aneurysm (?); simultaneous ligature of the carotid and subclavian arteries. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, xxxviii, 210.—Tait (F. D.) Case of aortic aneurism; operation; necropsy. Pacific Rec. M. & S., San Fran., 1898-9, xui, 43-46— Taylor (A. E.) The effects upon the blood of the Tuff nell method and the calcium salts in the treatment of aortic aneurism. J. Exper. M., N. Y., 1898, iii, 371-381.— Taylor (S.) A case of aneurysm of the arch oi the aorta; paroxysmal attacks of dyspnoea; tracheotomy; death. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1901, ii, 1268— Tribe (P. C. E.) A case of aneu- rysm of the aorta; operation; cerebral emboUsm; death. Ibid., 1898, ii, 1252.—Tuffler (T.) Intervention chirurgicale directe dans un anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte; Ugature du sac. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n. s., xxviii, 326-347. A Iso: Presse med., Par., 1902, i, 267-271. Also, Re- print. -----. Traitement chirurgical des anevrismes de l'aorte. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1902, n.s., xxviii, 508-518. -----. A propos du traitement chirurgical des anevrysmes de l'aorte. Ibid., 1911, xxxvii, 843-849.—Turney (H.)& Ballance(C. A.) A case of aortic aneurysm; involve- ment of sensory nerve-roots; spontaneous fracture of verte- bral column; laminectomy; death. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1899, lxxxii, 125-135, 4 pi.—von Winiwarter (A.) Ane- vrysme de la crosse de l'aorte; introduction d'un corps etranger; effets du traitement. Scalpel, Liege, 1910-11, lxiii, 497; 513. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by anti- syphilitics. Andre. Deux cas d'anevrismes aortiques traites par les preparations iodurees; une guerison; une am6Uoration tres sensible. Assoc, franc, pour l'avance. d. sc. C.-r., Par., 1887, xvi, pt. 2, 787-789.—Belot (J.) Un cas curicux d'ane- vrysme de l'aorte; modifications apres traitement mercuriel; radiographics. Bull, et mem. Soc. de radiol. med. de Par., 1913, v, 194— Bramwell (B.) Cases of aneurism of the aorta, treated by the iodide of potassium. Edinb. M. J., 1878, xxui, pt. 2, 873; 994; 1064. A iso, Reprint.—Gaucher & Merle (P.) Du traitement antisyphilitique des ane- vrysmes de l'aorte. Ann. d. mal. ven., Par., 1910, v, 98-113.— Goepp (R. M.) A case of fusiform aneurysm of the descend- ing aorta, with apparent functional recovery after antisyph- iUtic treatment. Penn. M. J.,Athens 1913-14, xvu, 807-809 — Justman (S.) [Aneurysm of the ascending aorta and of its arch, treated with salvarsan.] Przegl. lek., Krakow, 1912, li, 201— Kingdon (W. R.) The successful treatment of thoracic aneurysms by large doses of iodide of potassium. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 528.—Le Noir (P.) A propos de la communication de Vaquez et Laubry sur le traitement Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by anti- syphilitics. specifique des anevrismes de l'aorte et des aortites syphili" tiques. Bull, et mem. Soc. med. d. hop. de Par., 1912, 3. s., xxxiii, 921— Lusk (AV. C.) Thoracic aneurism treated with mercury and salvarsan. Tr. N. York Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 397-399. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, Ux, 461. -----. A case of thoracic aneurism treated essentially with Eotassium iodide, showing recession in size. Tr. N. York urg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 399. Also: Ann. Surg., Phila., 1914, lx, 535.—Satterlee (G. R.) A case of thoracic tumor and aneurysm of the descending thoracic aorta, treated with salvarsan. N. York M. J., [etc.], 1912, xcv, 58-60. Also, Re- print .-----. Aneurysm of the aorta, showing results 6f anti- syphilitic treatment. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1913, lxxxiv. 177.— Schulz. Zur antisyphilitischen Behandlung der Aorten- aneurysmen. Charite-Ann., Berl., 1898, xxiu, 229-235.— Vtshpolski (V.) [Treatment of aneurism of thoracic aorta by potassium iodide.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1896, clxxxvi, l.sect., 657-666. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by elec- tricity. See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by wiring and electricity. Beyer (J.) *Zusammenstellung und kritische Verwerthung der mit Galvanopunctur behan- delten Falle von Aortenaneurysma. 8°. Frei- burg i. B., 1896. Albrand (E.) Zur Behandlung des Aortenaneurysmas. Ztschr. f. med. Elektrol., Leipz., 1910, xii, 173-178.—de Freitas (A.) Methodo brazileiro ou voltaisacao cutanea positiva no tratamento dos aneurismas da aorta. Brazil- med., Rio de Jan., 1903, xvii, 285: 1904, xviii, 73.—Hare (H. A.) A third case of aortic aneurism treated by electrolysis. Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1900, 3. s., xv, 510-512.-----. Elec- trolysis for aortic aneurism; another case, and a report on one previously reported. Ibid., xvi, 9-15. -----. Another case of aortic aneurysm treated by electrolysis. Proc. Phila. Co. M. Soc, Phila, 1902, xxiu, 427-131. A Iso /Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 19-21, 2 pi.—von Luzenberger (A.) Ueber die perkutane galvanische Behandlung (Ionisation) des Aortenaneurysmas. Ztschr. f. med. Elektrol. u. Ront- genk., Leipz., 1909, xi, 73-77.—Pisani (R.) Un caso di aneurisma dell' aorta guarito con Pelettricit^. Gior. di elett. med., Nocerainfer., 1899-1900, i, 263-276. Also, transl: Ann. d'electrobiol.fetc.], Par, 1901, iv, 351-357.—Tait (D.) Aneu- rism of the thoracic aorta treated by electrolysis. Occidental M. Times, Sacramento, 1897, xi, 715. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by gelatine injections. Bensussan (S.) *Traitement des anevrysmes de l'aorte par les injections sous-cutanees de s6rum gelatine (methode de Lancereaux). 8°. Paris 1899. Fortsch ([W. E.] S.) *Ueber die Behand- lung von Aortenaneurysmen mit Gelatine-Injek- tionen. 8°. Leipzig, 1907. Jaeger (M. T. G.) *Ueber die Behandlung von Aortenaneurysmen mittels Gelatine-Injek- tionen. 8°. Berlin, 1902. Mulzer (P. K. A.) *Ueber die Behandlung der Aortenaneurysmen und schwerer Blutungen mit Gelatineinjektionen und iiber die Gefahr der Infektion mit Tetanus. [Leipzig.] 8°. Witten- berg, 1904. Neufeldt (P.) *Zur Behandlung der Aneu- rysmen der Aorta mittels subcutaner Gelatine- Injectionen. 8°. Konigsberg, 1901. Potiez (A.-J.-B.) Contribution au traite- ment des anevrysmes de l'aorte par les injections sous-cutanees de gelatine; methode de Lance- reaux. 8°. Paris, 1901. Barth (K.) Ueber einen Fall von Aneurysma der auf- steigenden Aorta, der mit subkutanen Gelatine-Injektionen behandelt wurde. Munchen. med. Wchnschr., 1901, xlviii, 542-544.—Bindi (F.) Su di un caso di aneurisma aortico; contributo alia cura degli aneurismi colle iniezioni di gela- tina animale. Gazz. internaz. di med. prat., NapoU, 1902, v, 269 —Blumenau (N. R.) [Aneurism of the aorta treated by gelatine.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb.. 1906, xiii, 1318-1320.— Boinet (E.) Traitement par la methode de Lancereaux (injections sous-cutanees de gelatine) d'un anevrysme de l'aorte ascendante et du sinus aortique faisant sailliea droite du sternum et comprimant la veine cave superieure; retre- cissement extrinseque de l'artere pulmonaire par des call- ANEURISM. 502 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by gelatine injections. lots intra-anevrysmaux; tuberculose secondaire des deux poumons. Rev. de med., Par., 1898, xvui, 509-515.-----. A propos du traitement des anevrysmes de l'aorte par les injections sous-cutanees de serum gelatine. Arch. prov. de med., Par., 1899, i, 233-263.—Boinet (E.) & Audibert. Anevrysme du coude droit de la crosse de l'aorte et du tronc brachio-cephaUque, tres ameliore par de nombreuses injec- tions de serum gelatine et des applications constantes de glace. Marseille med., 1904, xU, 717-720.—Chalier (J.) & Dufourt (A.) Traitement par le serum gelatine d'un ane- vrysme de l'aorte coexistant avec une tuberculose pulmo- naire. Bull. Soc. med. d. hop. de Lyon, 1912, x, 467-469. Also: Lyon med., 1912, cxix, 870-872.—Chalier (J.) & Nove- Josserand (L.) Guerison d'un anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte par les injections de serum gelatine. Bull. Soc. med. d. h6p. de Lyon, 1913, xi, 253-255. Also: Lyon med., 1913, cxx, 703-705.—Conner (L. A.) A report of three cases of thoracic aneurism treated by subcutaneous injections of gelatin. Med. News, N. Y., 1901, Ixxviii, 412-414.—Cutfleld (A.) A case of aortic aneurysm treated by hypodermic in- jections of gelatine. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1900, ii, 1498 — Davico-Verani. Un caso d'aneurisma aortico curato colle iniezioni di gelatina. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1904, lv, 251.— De Silvestri (E.) Due aneurismi aortici migliorati colle iniezioni di gelatina. Riforma med., Palermo-NapoU, 1904, 1904, xx, 488-490.—Dusolier (C.) Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale; traitement par le serum gelatine. Arch, de med. et pharm. mil., Par., 1902, xxxiv, 507-514.—Fraenkel (A.) Vorstellung eines mit subcutanen Gelatineinjectionen behandelten Falles von Aortenaneurvsma. Deutsche med. Wchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, Ver.-Beil., 157; 163. -----. Ein mit Gelatineinjectionen behandelter Fall von Aortenaneurysma. Ibid., 1900, xxvi, Ver.-Beil., 57.— Gentes. Un cas d'anevrysme sacciforme de la crosse de l'aorte traite par le serum gelatinise. Bull. Soc. d'anat. et physiol. de Bordeaux, 1899, xx, 179-183. Also: J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1899, xxix, 344-346—Geraldini (A.) Cura degli aneurismi aortici mediante le iniezioni sottocutanee di gelatina. Gazz. d. osp., Milano, 1900, xxi, 113-116.-----. Alcuni aneurismi aortici curati con le iniezioni di gelatina. Ibid., 146-150.—Goloubtnine (L.) Observations cliniques sur le traitement des anevrysmes de l'aorte par la gelatine en injections sous-cutanees. Cong, internat. de med. C. r., Par., 1900, sect, de therap., 43-57— Halpern (M.) Zur Frage iiber die Behandlung der Aortenaneurysmen mit subcuta- nen Gelatineinjectionen. Ztschr. f. kUn. Med., Berl., 1902, xlvi, 13-20.—Huchard (H.) Traitement des anevrismes aortiques par les injections geiatineuses. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1898, 3. s., xl, 313-318. Also: Rev. gen. de clin. et de therap., Par., 1898, xii, 708-710.—Johnston (W. AV.) Aneurysm of ascending aorta of great size; treatment of gela- tin injections and electrolysis, with effect of coagulating most of the contained blood. Am. Med., Phila., 1901, i, 251. ,4teo,Reprint.—Kalinderu(N.) Traitementdesanevrysmes de l'aorte par la gelatine en injections sous-cutanees. Arch. orient, de med. et de chir., Par., 1899, i, 255-260. Also: J. de med. int., Par., 1899, iii, 496-498. Also, transl: Klin.- therap. AVchnschr., AVien, 1900, vii, 97-100.—Krenitskl (I. M.) [Treatment of aneurisms of the aorta by subcutaneous injec- tions of gelatine.] Vrach. Gaz., S.-Peterb., 1905,xu,401-404.— Lancereaux & Paulesco. Du traitement des anevrismes en general, et de l'anevrisme de l'aorte en particulier, par des injections sous-cutanees d'une solution geiatineuse. Bull. Acad, de med., Par., 1897, 3. s., xxxvu, 784-788.— Lewandowsky. Aortenaneurysma; Gelatinebehandlung. Berl. klin. Wchnschr., 1900, xxxvii, 394—Montiel (S.) Anevrysme de l'aorte abdominale gueri par les injections de serum gelatineux, selon la methode Lancereaux-Paulesco. J. de med. int., Par., 1902, vi, 144.—Patiflo Mayer (C.) Suero gelatinoso, analgesico en los aneurismas de la aorta. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1910, xvu, 1980-1984.—Pau- lesco. Anevrysme de l'aorte traite par la gelatine en injec- tions sous-cutanees, formation de caillots ayant determine' PobUteration totale du sac. Cong, internat. de med., Par. C.r., 1900, sect, de path.int., 625— Pontiggia (C.) Lacura con le iniezioni di gelatina in due casi di aneurisma dell' aorta. Gazz. med. ital., Torino, 1904, lv, 191-195—Presno (J. A.) El tratamiento de los aneurismas de la aorta por las inyec- ciones de gelatina, Arch, de la Soc. estud. clin. de la Habana, 1903-4, xii, 621-628. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug. de la Ha- bana, 1904, ix, 471-475.—Presta (A.) Sobre un caso de aneurisma de la aorta tratado con inyecciones de suero gela- tinizado. Rev. de med. y cirug., Bareel., 1902, xvi, 582-587. Also: Rev. de med. y cirug., Bareel., 1903, xvu, 364-368.— Rossoni (E.) Alcuni aneurismi aortici curati con le inie- zioni di gelatina. Boll. d. clin., Milano, 1900, xvii, 289-298.— Rousseau. Anevrysme tres volumineux de l'aorte ascen- dante, traite par les injections sous-cutanees de serum gela- tineux; guerison. J. de med. int., Par., 1900, iv, 677-679.— Rudaux. Anevrysme de la crosse de l'aorte; injections de liquide gelatineux. Bull. Soc. anat. de Par., 1898, lxxhi, 127.—Smith (F. J.) Aneurism of thoracic aorta treated with injections of gelatine. Abstr. Tr. Hunterian Soc. 1900- 1901, Lond., 1902,73— Sokoloff (-P. V.) [Aneurism of aorta treated by injections of solutions of gelatine.] Bolnitsch. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by gelatine injections. Gaz. Botkina, S.-Peterb., 1898, ix, 501. —Stockman (R.) Case of aortic aneurysm treated with hypodermic injections of gelatin. Glasgow M. J., 1903, lx, 42S.—Stoicescu (G.) & Theodorescu (B.) Anevrism enorm al portiunei ascendente a aortei prceminand la esterior, tratament gela- tinat, cu rezultat exceleut. Spitalul, BucurescI, 1911, xxxi, 153-157.—Syers (H. AV.) The treatment of aortic aneurysm by the injection of gelatine subcutaneously. Treatment, Lond., 1901-2, v, 729-731.—Vaillant (A.) De l'anevrisme de l'aorte abdominale; son traitement par le serum gelatine. Gaz. hebd. d. sc. med. de Bordeaux, 1901, xxii, 530-c.32.— Williams (E. G.) Report of a case of aneurism of the ab- dominal aorta which was treated by injections of a solution of gelatin into the intercellular tissue, with marked beneficial results. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec. Ass., Phila., 1902, xiv, 71-73. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by wiring. See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by wiring and electricity. Anders (J. M.) A Mann (J. P.) A case of multiple, saccu- lated thoracic aneurysm successfully treated by wiring. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1908, 3. s., xxx, 13-16. Also: J. Am M. Ass., Chicago, 1908,1, 1688.—Bowlby (Sir A. A.) & Power (D'A.) A case of intrathoracic aneurysm wired with Colt's apparatus. Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1913-14, xxxvn, 69-78. Also, Reprint. Also:Clin. J., Lond., 1914, xUii, 113-119—Chris- tian (H. A.) Aneurysm of the thoracic aorta treated by wiring; a case report. Boston M. & S. J., 1912, clxvi, 122- 127.—Eastman (J. R.) Aortic aneurysm treated by intro- duction of fifteen feet of silver wire; death after four months. N. YorkM. J. [etc.], 1906,lxxxiv, 1170-1172. Also. Reprint- Hare (H. A.) The wiring operation in the treatment of aneurysm of the aorta. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1908, 3. s., xxx, 28-31. [Discussion], 33-37. Also: Therap. Gaz. [etc.], Detroit, 1908, 3. s., xxiv, 254.-----. Cases of aortic aneu- rysm treated by wiring. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1917, xen, 42.— Langton (J.) A case of aneurysm of the abdominal aorta successfully treated by the introduction of silver wire into the sac. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1898-9, xxxii, 136-141.—Lusk (W. C.) The wiring of thoracic aneurism. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1913, lvn, 285.-----. Two cases of thoracic aneurism wired four years and thereabouts ago, respectively. Ibid., 1916, lxiv, 680-695, 3 pi.—Mariani (F.) Aneurisma dell' arco aortico trattato col metodo Baccelll. Boll. d. r. Accad' med. di Genova, 1899, xiv, 83-89. Also: Gazz. d. osp., Milano' 1899, xx, 648-651.—Meyer. Wiring of aortic aneurism. Tr^ N. York Surg. Soc, Phila., 1913, ii, 333.—Morello (G.) D1 un caso di aneurisma dell' arco dell' aorta curato con la intro- duzione di spirali di orologio nel sacco; statistica generale dei casi cosl operati. Riforma med., Napoli, 1896, xii, pt. 3, 817; 829; 842; 853— Power (D'A.) & Colt (G. A.) A case of aneurysm ofthe abdominal aorta treated by the introduction of silver wire; with a description of instruments invented and constructed by C. H. Colt to facilitate the introduction of wire into aneuiysms. Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1903, Ixxxvi, 363-376. Also, Reprint. Also: Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903, n. s., lxxvi, 161-164.—Robbins (H. A.) Aneurism of aortic arch; introduction of wire. Tr. M. Soc. Dist. Columb. 1901, Wash., 1902, vi, 167-171.—Tyson (J.) A case of aneu- rysm of the arch of the aorta, treated by wiring, the wire passing from the aneurvsm through the aortic orifice into the left ventricle. N. York M. J. [etc.], 1911, xciu, 965-967. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by wiring and electricity. Ballance (H. A.) A case of sacculated aneurysm of the arch of the aorta, treated by the introduction of silver wire and by thepassageofanelectrolyticcurrent. Lancet, Lond., 1904, ii, 939-941.—Beardsley (E. J. G.) Symptomatic relief in aortic aneurysm by wiring and galvanism (Moore-Corradi method). Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1910, 3. s., xxxii, 69-82. Also: Phila. Gen. Hosp. Rep. TOIO, vui, 1911,35-45— Corson (E. S.) A case of thoracic aortic aneurysm treated by the introduction of silver wire with electricity. Phila. M. J., 1899, hi, 511.—Eshner (A. A.) The treatment of aneurysm of the aorta by the introduction of wire and the passage of a galvanic current. Tr. Ass. Am. Physicians, Phila., 1910, xxv, 332-343. Also: Am J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1910, cxl, 496-505. Also, Reprint.—Freeman (L.) Treatment of aortic aneurisms by means of silver wire and electricity; with report of cases. Tr. Am. Surg. Ass., Phila., 1901. xix, 359-376.—Freeman (L.) & Hall (J. N.) Combined clmical report of two cases of aortic aneurism treated by means of silver wire and electricity. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila., 1901, n. s., exxn, 743-756.—Griffiths (C. A.) A case of sacculated aneurysm of the abdominal aorta, treated by the introduc- tion of silver wire and the passage of constant current; with description of a simple method of introducing the wire and insulating the current. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 442.-----. A report of two additional cases of thoracic aneurism and one AXEURISM. 503 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Aortic, Treatment of) by wiring and electricity. of innominate aneurism treated bv wiring and electrolysis Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1905, xxix. 433-436. -----. Three cases of wiring with electrolysis for aortic aneurysm; one heretofore in part reported. Tr. Coll. Phys. Phila., 1914 xxxvi, 60-70. Also: J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1914, lxii' 1217-1219.—Hunner (G. L.) Aneurism of the aorta treated by the insertion of a permanent wire and galvanism (Moore- Corradi method). Johns Hopkins Hosp. Bull., Bait., 1900 xi, 263-279,1 pi. Also, Reprint.—Lusk(W.C) A thoracic aneurism treated with gold wire and galvanism; with notes on a previous case and on experimental studies. Ann. Surg Phila., 1912, lv, 789-803, 5 pi. [Discussion], 890-892. Also, Reprint.-----. The treatment of thoracic aneurism by an original technic ofthe Moore-Corradi operation. Tr N York Surg. Soc, 1912, i, 332.—Matas (R.) The treatment of ab- dominal aortic aneurism by a preliminary exploratory coeU- otomy and peritoneal exclusion of the sac, followed at a later sitting by wiring and electrolysis. Tr. South. Surg. & Gynec Ass. 1900, Phila., 1901, xui, 272-330.—Russ (R.) The treat^ ment of thoracic aneurism by the introduction of wire and galvanism, with the report of a case. Occidental M. Times San Fran., 1903, xvii, 284-289.—Salinger (J. L.) A case of large aortic aneurism treated by the introduction of gold wire and electrolysis, followed by cerebral embolism; recovery Therap. Gaz., Detroit, 1903, 3. s., xix, 43S-441.—Stewart (D. D.) A case of sacculated aneurism of the aorta treated by electrolysis through introduced wire. Tr. Path Soc Phila., 1891-3, xvi, 81-90.—Torrance (G.) Treatment of aortic aneurism by the introduction of permanent wire and galvanism. Alabama M. J., Birmingh., 1905-6, xvui, 487- 489.—Vorkastner (AV.) Ueber kombinierte Fili- und Gal- vanopunktur. Charite-Ann., Berl., 190S, xxxii, 15-25.— Willard (De F.) Aneurism of the thoracic aorta of trau matic origin; treatment by introduction of wire and electricity Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 143-154: 1902, xxxv, 128! Also, Reprint. Also: J. Electrother., N. Y., 1901, xix, 313-^ 331. A Iso, Reprint. Also: Tr. Acad. Surg. Phila., 1902, iv 4n 17^. Aneurism (Aortic) in animals. Etienne (G.), Parisot (J.) & Lucien (Al.) Deux types d'anevrismes experimentaux de l'aorte. Compt. rend Soc de biol., Par., 1908, lxiv, 244-246.—Gerlach. Aneurysma aortae posterioris serpentinum ossificans equi. Ztschr. f. Fleisch- u. Milchhyg., Berl., 1905, xv, 115.—Haythorn (P. R.) & Ryan (A. H.) Aortic aneurysms in dogs, with the report of six cases. J. Med. Research, Bost., 1916-17, xxxv, 411-423, 2 pi.—Hedlnger. Ueber Aneurysmen in der Aorta von Kaninchen nach subkutaner Jodkalidarreichung. Verhandl. d. deutsch. dermat. Gesellsch. 1906, Berl., 1907, ix, 514-516.—Hoare (E. AA".) Aneurism of the posterior aorta, with thrombosis of the external iliac artery. \"et. Rec, Lond., 1906, xviii, 793.—Pecus. Rupture dans le pericarde d'un anevrysme place a l'origine de l'aorte poste- rieure chez un chien urethrotomise 3 ans avant; malformation de l'os pi'nien. J. de med. vet. et zootech., Lyon, 1902, 5. s., vi, 351-355.--Young (A. H.) Aortic aneurism in a seal. Tr. Path. soc. Manchester, 1891-2, i, 51. Aneurism (Aortic) in children. Acufla (M.) Dilatacidn sacciforme de la aorta en un nifio de 12 anos. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1915, xxii, pt.2, 417-420.—Aleksleyeff (N. N.) [Aneurism ofthe abdominal aorta in a girl 10 vears old.] Trudi Obsh. Dfetsk. Vrach., Mosk., 1898-9, vu,27-29.—Baginsky (A.) Aneurysma der Bauchaorta und der Arteria subclavia bei einem 1\ Jahre alten Madchen. Arch.f. Kinderh., Stuttg., 1908, xlviu, 3- 18.—Berry (S. H.) Aneurysm in a boy aged 15. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1S98, ii, 1745.—Comby (J.) Anevrysme aortique rhumatismal chez une fille de 14 ans. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1906, viu, 11-13.—Horder (T. J.) Dissecting aneu- rysm of the aorta in a boy aged twelve; rupture into peri- cardium. St. Barth. Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1908, xliii, 57-60 — Jordan (A.C.) Aneurysm of the ascending arch of the aorta in a small bov; a post-mortem surprise. Lancet, Lond., 1903, i, 515.—Kor&nyl (S.) [Aneurism, aortic, in a boy of 15.] Orvosi hetil., Budapest, 1901, xiv, 116.—Le Boutillier (T.) A case of aneurism of the transverse portion of the aortic arch in a girl of nine years, with table of reported cases under twenty vears of age. Am. J. M. Sc, Phila. & N. Y., 1903, cxxv, 778-7^2.—Moizard & Roy. Dilatation anevrysmale de l'aorte chez un enfant de 15 ans, avec aortite chronique. Bull. Soc. de pediat. de Par., 1908, x, 14-19. Also: Med. de los nifios, Bareel, 1909, x, 140-143.—Munlagurria (C.) Aneurisma de la aorta ascendente en un nifio de ocho dias. Prensa med. argentina, Buenos Aires, 1914-15, i, 18.—Mur- dock (T. B.) A case of aortic aneurism in a child. Edinb. Hosp. Rep., 1900, vi, 84-90.—Roy (P.) Aortite chronique avec dilatation anevrysmale de l'aorte chez un enfant de 15 ans. Bull, et mem. Soc anat. de Par., 1908, lxxxiii, 198.— Smith (F. J.) Aneurism of descending aorta in a boy aged nine years. Tr. Hunterian Soc, Lond., 1806-7, 115. Also: Tr Path. Soc. Lond., 1896-7, xlvin, 53-55. Aneurism (Aortic) in women. Commandeur. Anevrysme de l'aorte et grossesse. Bull. Soc. d'obst. de Par., 1909, xii, 143-145.—Elliot (A.) [Two cases.] West Lond. M. J., Lond., 1907, xii, 48-50 — Stanley (D.) [Case.] Birmingh. M. Rev., 1911, lxix, 186.— Weber (F. P.) [Case.] Tr. M. Soc. Lond., 1911-12, xxxv, 381-384. -----. [Case.] Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1910- 13, vi, Clin. Sect., 163. Aneurism (Arteriovenous). See, also, Aneurism (Aortic, Arterio-venous); Aneurism (Axillary, Arterio-venous); Aneurism (Brachial, Arterio-venous); Aneurism (Carotid, Arterio-venous); Aneurism (Cirsoid); Aneurism (Dissecting); Aneurism (Femoral, Arterio-ve- nous); Aneurism (Popliteal, Arterio-venous); Aneurism (Tibial, Arterio-venous); Aneurism (Traumatic); Varix (Aneurismal). Becker (G. H.) *Ueber das arteriell-venose Aneurysma. 8°. Halle a. S., 1897. Brasseur (0.) *Contribution a l'etude du traitement des anevrysmes arterioso-veineux externes. 8°. Paris, 1905. Fraxcke (0.) *Arteriell-venoses Aneurysma. 8°. Erlangen, 1900. Kre uz (J.) *Ueber Aneurysma arterioso-veno- Bum des Unterschenkels. 8°. Strassburg i. E 1904. Reinicke (O.) *Beitrag zur klinischen Be- handlung des Aneurysma arterio-venosum. 8°. Berlin, 1910. Werner (G.) *Ein Fall von traumatischem Aneurysma spurium arterio-venosum der obern Extremitat. 8°. Greifswald, 1908. Aleksandroff (V. V.) [Treatment of traumatic arterio- venous aneurisms.] Russk. Vrach, S.-Peterb., 1906, x, 502- 505.—Beck (C.) On an aggravated case of aneurisma race- mosum. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1903, xxxviii, 496, 4 pi.—von Bergmann (E.) Zur Casuistik des arteriell-venosen trau- matischen Aneurysma. Arch. f. klin. Chir., Berl., 1903, lxix, 515-530. Also: Arb. a. d. chir. Klin. d. k. Univ. Berl. 1904, xvu, 81-96.-----. Vorstellung eines operativ geheilten Falles von Aneurysma arterio-venosum. Verhandl. d. Berl. med. Gesellsch. 1904l. — Phocas. Anevrisme arterio-veineux de l'axillaire dans l'aisselle; quadruple ligature; guerison. Bull, et m£m. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1917, n. s., xUii, 129. Aneurism (Basilar). Jaeth (H.) *Ein Fall von Ruptur eines Aneu- rysma der Arteria basilaris. [Miinchen.] 8°. Leipzig, 1903. Kuhlixg (H.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma basilaris mit Ruptur desselben. 8°. Munchen, 1890. Sanger (R.) *Beitrag zur Statistik iiber Aneurvsmen an der Gehirnbasis. [Erlangen.] 8°. Schwab. Hall, 1895. Schreiner ("\Y.) *Ein Fall von Ruptur eines Aneurysma der Arteria basilaris infolge von Niessen. 8°. Munchen, 1913. Vogel (S.) *Zur Casuistik der Aneurysmen an den Arterien der Gehirnbasis. 8°. Neustadt a. d. Aisch, 1895. Abeille. Anevrysme du tronc basilaire. MarseiUe med., 1906, xlui, 182.—Allemand. Anevrysme de la base du cerveau. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1896; xv, 140.—Bradford (J. R.) A case of aneurysm of the basilar artery. Tr. CUn. Soc. Lond., 1894-5, xxviii, 1-4.—Bramwell (B.) Aneurism of the basilar artery, meningeal haemorrhage; immediate coma; death in fourteen hours. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 1905-6, iv, 315.-----. Aneurism of the basilar artery; rupture; basal haemorrhage; death ninety hours after rupture; mitral ste- nosis. Ibid., 1907-8, vi, 398-403.—Cattell (H. AV.) Aneu- rism of the basilar artery and anomalous circle of Willis. Tr. Path. Soc. Phila., 1891-3, xvi, 149-151.—Coleman (\V.) Aneurism of the basilar artery. Proc. N. York Path. Soc. (1897-8), 1899, 134-136— Karplus (J. P.) Zur Kenntnis der Aneurysmen an den basalen Hirnarterien. Arb. a. d. neurol. Inst. a. d. AVien. Univ., Leipz. & AVien, 1902, 8. Hft., 239-271, 1 pi.—Krejcl (R.) Aneurysma arterite basilaris. Casop. lek. cesk., v Praze, 1886, xxv, 417; 433.—Lande (A.) [Case of multiple aneurysm at the base of the brain.] Gaz. lek.. AVarszawa, 1897, 2. s., xvii, 1059-1065.—Mamurovskl(A. G.) & Malolletkoff (A. L.) [Arterial aneurisms at the base of the brain.] Protok. zasled. Obsh. Nevropat. i Psikhiat. pri Imp. Moskov. Univ., 1896-7, 61-64.—Matthew (E.) & Pirie (J. H. H.) Ruptured basilar aneurism. Rev. Neurol. & Psychiat., Edinb., 1911, ix, 107-110.—Minich (K.) Aneu- rysmata baseos cerebri. Orvosi helil., Budapest, 1900, xUv, 157.—Roberts (AV. H.) Case of multiple aneurism at base ol brain. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc, N. Bedford, Mass., 1913, xix, 442-445.—Sacquepee (E.) Anevrysme du tronc basilaire chez un syphilitique. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1899, lxxiv, 714-719.—Schultze (O. H.) Rup- tured aneurism of the basilar artery. Med. Rec, N. Y., 1901, lix, 434— Semerak (C. B.) Demonstration of alarge saccular aneurysm of the basilar artery. Tr. Chicago Path. Soc, 1916-17, x, 128-139.—Semon (H. C.) Aneurysm ofthe basilar artery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1910, ii, 312.—Solder. Fall von Aneurysmenbildung der basalen Gehirnarterien. Monatschr. f. Psychiat. u. Neurol., Berl., 1899, v, 61.— Solari (P.) Anevrysme de la base du cerveau. Gaz. d. hop. de Toulouse, 1896, x, 313.—Wiesner (R.) [Aneurysma der Arteria basilaris.] Mitt. d. GeseUsch. f. inn. Med. u. Kin- derh. in AVien, 1908, vii, 200-204.—Zeller. Aneurysma arte- rioso-venosum der Unken Achselhohle. Deutsche med. AVchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1910, xxxvi, 1782. Aneurism (Brachial). Bauby. Hematome anevrysmal de l'artere humerale. par coup de couteau; ligature des deux bouts de l'artere. Echo med., Toulouse, 1902, 2. s., xvi, 34.—Brachii (De) aneurys- mate e lsesa in mittendo sanguine arteria. Bononiensi se. et art. Inst, comment., Bononiae, 1745.ii, pt. 1,178-184—Dam- brin (C.) Anevrysme de l'artere humerale droite par coup de feu; operation suivant la methode d'Antyllus; guerison. Gaz. d. hop., Par., 1904, lxxvii, 405—De Gaetano (L.) Aneurisma traumatico dell' arteria omerale; asporta- zione dell' aneurisma e sutura dell' arteria; guarigione. Gior. internaz. d. sc. med., Napoli, 1903, n. s., xxv, 529-542.—Dominici (L.) Aneurisma vero traumatico del- 1' arteria omerale profonda. Pathologica, Genova, 1916-17, ix, 129-131.—Eustis (A.) Report of a case of traumatic aneurism of the brachial artery, with occlusion of distal end; successful endoaneurismorrhaphy (Matas), with res- toration ofthe lumen of the brachial artery. Am. J. Surg., N. Y., 1912, xxvi, S3.—Gabryszewski (T.) [Aneurism of the brachial and antibrachial plexuses cured by multiple ligatures and thermocautery.] Lwow. tygodn. lek., 1913, viii, 199.—Gaines (AV. D.) Aneurism, with report of a case of brachio-axillary artery; operation; recovery. Alabama M. & S. Age, Birmingh., 1898-9, xi, 289-295.—Grant (J. AV. G.) Case of traumatic aneurysm of the left brachial artery at the bend of the elbow. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1915-16, hi, 303 — Hammond (L. J.) Sacculated aneurism of the superior profunda humeri arterv. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1901, xxxiv, 398-400, 1 jil—Hays (R. B.) Traumatic aneurysm of the brachial arterv; report of a case with ligation of the artery ANEURISM. 506 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Brachial). and its terminal branches. Hosp. Bull. Univ. Maryland, Bait., 1908*, iv; 257.—Herman. Anevrysme humeral; inter- vention par ligature a distance et extirpation du sac. Ann. Soc. de med. d'Anvers, 1898, lx, 135-138—Hutchinson (J. A.) & Dixon (W. E.) A case of aneurism. Montreal M. J., 1903, xxxii, 396.—Jaboulay. Anevrysme arteriel de Phumerale traite par l'incision du sac et la suture de la per- foration arterielle. Lyon med., 1913, cxxi, 624.—Johnson (R.) A case of multiple aneurysm, in which the largest, affecting the brachial artery, was excised. Tr. CUn. Soc Lond., 1903-4; xxxvii, 228.—Joyce (J. L.) Circumscribed traumatic aneurysm of the brachial artery. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1916, iv, 184.— Kuzmin (P. I.) [Operation for trau- matic aneurism of the brachial artery by Antyllus's method with removal of sac] Med. Obozr., Mosk., 1895, xliv, 1093- 1097.—Lahey (F. H.) Report of a case of Bier's vein anes- thesia (for operation upon a brachial aneurism). Boston M. &S. J., 1910, clxii, 782.— Levai(J.) [Case.] Orvosi hetil.,Bu- dapest, 1908, Iii, 15.—Lexer. Aneurysma fusiforme A. bra- chiahs congenitum bei einem einjahrigen Kinde. Deutsche med. AVchnschr., Berl. & Leipz.,1916,xlii, 1340—van Lier (E. H.) Een zeldzaam geval van aneurysma arteria? brachialis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1904, 2.r., xl, d. 2, 99- 103.—Macartney (D.) Traumatic aneurysm ofthe brachial artery. Med. & Surg. Reporter, Phila.. 1897, lxxvii, 434.— McGill. Histoire d'une operation,de l'anevrisme au bras. Essais et obs. de med. de la Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1742, ii, 319- 330— Markevich (V. L.) [Operative treatment of aneu- risms; case of putting a gold muff on an aneurism of the brachial artery.] Trudi i Protok. Imp. Kavkazsk. Med. Obsh., Tiflis, 1909-10, xlvi, 1-4.— Mollinellius (P. P.) De aneurysmate e lassa brachii in mittendo sanguine arteria. Bononiensi sc. et art. Inst, comment., Bononias, 1746, ii, pt. 2, 65-106, 3 pi.—Monro (A.) Observation sur un anevrisme. Essais et obs. de med. de la Soc. d'Edinb., Par., 1742, iv, 363- 366.—Mouat. Traumatic aneurysm, left brachial artery. Brit. M. J., Lond., 1914, ii, 856.—Murphy (J. B.) Aneu- rysm of the brachial artery; endo-aneurvsmorrhaphy. Surg. CUn., Chicago, 1915, iv, 53-75, 1 pi—Penhallow (D. P.) False aneurysm of brachial artery. Boston M. & S. J., 1916, clxxiv, 575-577. Also, Reprint.—Plattner (R.) Ein Fall von Aneurvsma der Arteria brachiaUs, geheilt durch Ex- stirpation des Sackes. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1900, xxvi, 86-92— Princeteau. AnevTysme faux primitif du pli du coude; arteriorraphie; guerison. J. de med. de Bordeaux, 1910, xl, 500.—Sattler (M.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma spu- rium der Arteria brachialis. AAien. med. Bl., 1901, xxiv, 715-718.—Sinnreich (K.) Traumatisches Aneurysma der Arteria brachialis und Durchtrennung des Nervus medianus; Totalexstirpation des Aneurysmas; Nervennaht. AVien. klin. AVchnschr., 1900, xiu, 187-192.—Skillern (P. G.) Arte- riectases of brachial artery. Internat. Clin., Phila., 1913, 23. s., iv, 237,1 pi.—Sterling. [Aneurism of the brachial artery, causing compression of the median and ulnar nerves.] Neu- rol, polska, Warszawa, 1911-12, ii, 600-602.—Ullmann (E.) [Case.] AAien. klin. AVchnschr., 1915, xxvui, 657.—Vautrin. Anevrysme de Phumerale au tiers inferieur du bras. Soc. de med. de Nancy. C.-r. . . ., 1906-7, 117. Also: Rev. med. de Test, Nancy, 1907, xxxix, 455.—Whitehead (AAr.) A case of double traumatic aneurism of the brachial artery. Med. Chron., Manchester, 1899-1900, 3. s., ii, 1-4. Aneurism (Brachial, Arterio-venous). Boddaert (E.) & Vercauteren (H.) Un cas d'anevrysme arterio-veineux de Phumerale. Bull. Soc. de m6d. de Gand, 1903, lxx, 88-90.—Cestan (E.) Anevrysme arterio-veineux du pU du coude; extirpation. Toulouse med., 1905, 2. s., vii, 17G.—Da Costa (J. C.) Operation for varicose aneurysm of the brachial artery. St. Paul M. J., 1914, xvi, 31f>314.— Delbet (P.) Anevrysme arterio-veineux du tiers inferieur du bras; extirpation; guerison. Paris chirurg., 1910, ii, 1026- 1028.—Duval (P.) Deux nouvelles observations d'ane- vrismes arterio-veineux traumatiques de Phumerale et de la carotide primitive traites par les Ugatures multiples. Bull. et mem. Soc de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 1393-1398.— Garcia (O.) [Aneurisma arterio-venoso de la humeral en su terciosuperior.] Clin, mod., Zaragoza, 1905, iv, 590.—Kempe (G.) Case of brachial arteriovenous aneurysm treated by vascular suture. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1913-14, vii, Surg. Sect., 83-86.—Kozlowskl (B.) [Aneurism of the brachial vein and artery.] Przegl. chir. i ginek.; Warszawa, 1910, ni, 259.—Lavista (R.) Aneurisma traumatico arterio- venoso, en el tercio superior del brazo; pseudo-elefantiasis del antebrazo y la mano; ulceraci6n de esta Ultima en toda la extension de su cara dorsal y dedos medio y anular; extir- paci6n del aneurisma y curaci6n. Gac. med., Mexico, 1897, xxxiv, 157-164— Lintvareff (S. I.) [Aneurism of the hu- meral artery and vein.] Trudi Vremen. Med. Obsh. v Daln. Vost. v Kharbinle, 1904, i, 67-69.—Pennisi (A.) Aneurisma artero-venoso dell' omerale sinistra. Riv. ospedal., Roma, 1917 vii, 157.—Southam. Arterio-venous aneurysm of the brachial artery. Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1915-16, hi, 319. Aneurism (Brachio-cephalic). See Aneurism (Lnnominate). Aneurism (Cardiac). See Aneurism (Coronary); Heart (Aneurism of). Aneurism (Carotid) [Common, internal and external]. Bartels (R.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Carotis interna dextra im Sinus cavernosus mit doppelseitiger Stauungspapille. [Erlangen.] 8°. Wiirzburg, 1903. Chipoliau (M.) L'aneATisme de la carotide primitive et son traitement chirurgical. 8°. Paris, 1904. Demellier (R.-G.) *Contribution a, l'etude des anevrysmes spontanes de la carotide interne dans son trajet cervical. 8°. Bordeaux, 1907. Keppler ([M.] R. H. E.) *Ueber extracra- nielle Aneurysmen der Carotis interna. [Leip- zig.] 8°. Naumburg a. S., 1910. ICurschinsky (A. F. G.) *Ein Fall von in- trakraniellem Aneurysma der Arteria carotis interna. 8°. Jena, 1911. Moser (R.) *Ueber wahre extracranielle Aneurysmen der Carotis interna. 8°. Strass- burg i.E., 1911. Plasson (J.) *De l'extirpation du sac dans les anevrismes de la carotide primitive et des divers modes de traitement de ces anevrismes. 8°. Lyon, 1907. Prieur (A.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma trau- maticum der Carotis cerebralis dextra. 8°. Kiel, 1900. Veis (J.) *Aneurysma der Carotis interna ohne das Symptom des pulsierenden Exophthal- mus. [Heidelberg.] 8°. Frankfurt a. M., 1895. de Almeida (D.) Aneurisma carotidiano direito na bifur- cacao; ligadura da carotida primitiva. Rev. da Soc. de med. e cirurg., Rio de Jan., 1901, v, 234-236.—Alves de Lima (J.) Anevrisme de la carotide primitive; extirpation du sac; guerison. Gaz. clin., S. Paulo, 1907, v, 41.—Arnould (J.) Anevrisme de la carotide interne. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1914, Ixxxix, 168.—Barnard (H. L.) & Rugby (H. M.) Pulsating exophthalmos due to traumatic aneurism of the internal carotid artery; report of a case caused by a bullet wound of the base of the skull. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1904, xxxix, 649-664, 3 pi.—Batut (L.) Tumeur pulsatile de la base du cou, anevrysme de la carotide primitive ou goitre anevrysmatique. Bull. Soc. med.-chir. de la Drdme [etc.], Valence & Par., 1906; vii, 162-164.—Baviera (V.) Aneurisma falso della carotide externa nella regione paro- tidea. Boll. d. Soc. Lancisiana d. osp. di Roma, 1908, xxviii, 54-56.—Benjamins (C. E.) Ein Fall von doppelseitiger Nekrose des ganzen Gehororganes mit todtlichem Ausgang infolge von Blutung aus einem Aneurysma der Arteria carotis interna. Arch. f. Ohrenh., Leipz., 1908, lxxvi, 240- 253.—Berchoud & Vallas. Anevrysme diffus de la caro- tide primitive consecutif a l'ulceration du vaisseau dans un abcfes. Province med., Lyon, 1896, x, 350. Also: Mem. et compt.-rend. Soc. d. sc. med. de Lyon (1896), 1897, xxxvi, pt. 2,141-145.—Berry (J.) A case of post-orbital aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1905, ii, 221.—Blauel (C.) Beitrag zu den extracranieUen Aneurysmen der Carotis interna. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1903, xxxix, 620-632.—Bobbio (L.) Raro caso di ferita della faccia (aneurisma falso della carotide interna; lesione del vago e dell' ipoglosso). Gior. d. r. Accad. di med. di Torino, 1905; 4. s., xi, 88-94. -----. Contributo alio studio degli aneurismi extracranici della carotide in- terna. Policlin., Roma, 1906, xiii, sez. chir., 49-65.—Bolt (R. F.) A case of aneurysm at the termination of the exter- nal carotid artery, and aneurysmal varix between the bifur- cation of the common carotid artery and internal juguiar vein. Lancet, Lond., 1916, ii, 1015.—Booth (B. S.) Trau- matic aneurysm of the left internal carotid artery; autopsy. Phila. M. J., 1900, vi, 1002.—Bouchard. Ligature de la carotide primitive droite, dans un cas de rupture spontanee d'un anevrysme de la carotide interne droite; guerison. Rev. gen. de clin. etde therap., Par.,1916, xxx, 104.—Bram- well (B.) Large aneurism of the left internal carotid artery: severe headache, chiefly limited to the right side ofthe head; complete lossofsightin the righteye, loss of sight in the tem- poral part of the field of vision in the left eye; death from uraemia five years after the patient was in hospital and nine years after the first symptoms. Clin. Stud., Edinb., 190.5-6, iv, 289-304.-----. Temporal hemianopsia; mental derange- ment; symptoms of a cerebral tumour; blindness; mania; ANEURISM. 507 ANEURISM. Aneurism (Carotid) [Common, internal and external]. gradual and progressive hebetude; death; an enormous aneu- rism of the right internal carotid artery within the skull- erosion of the sella turcica; pressure upon the optic nerves' optic chiasma, and optic tracts; softening ofthe brain tissue around the tumour. Ibid., 310-315.—Bullet-wound of skull; traumatic aneurysm of internal carotid artery St Thomas's Hosp. Rep., Lond., 1904, n. s., xxxi, 245.—Cadeac' Anevrisme de la carotide chez le chien. J. de med vet et zootech., Lyon, 1910, 5. s., xiv, 517.—van Campen (J ) Aneurysma van het extracranieele gedeelte der carotis in- terna, genezen door onderbinding van de carotis com- munis. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., Amst., 1903 2 R xxxix d. 2, 1172-1174.-Castro ( F.) Aneurisma de la carotida primitiva. Siglo med., Madrid, 1898, xiv, 697 -——. Aneurisma de la arteria caroiida primitiva der'echa' hgadura y curacion. Ibid., 1897, xliv, 641-644.-----. Aneu- risma de la arteria car6tida primitiva izquierda; ligadura con extirpacidn del saco; curaci6n. Rev. de med v cirue pract., Madrid, 1898, xliii, 441-450.—de C6rdova (A ) Aneurisma de la cardtida primitiva izquierda. Rev demed y cirug. de la Habana, 1905, x, 17, 2 pi.—Cousins (J AV ) Ligature of the common carotid artery for aneurysm- patient set. 74; recovery. Med. Press & Circ, Lond., 1903 n s lxxvi, 610.—Cuneo (B.) Double anevrisme de la carotide primitive, transpercee par une balle. Bull, et mem. Soc de chn.de Par., 1917, n. s., xlui, 1456.—Da Costa (J. C.) Distal hgation of common carotid and risrht subclavian arteries for aneurism. Tr. Acad. Surg. Phila., 1902, iv, 1S4-187.—Dalgat (A. S.) [Traumatic aneurisms of the common carotid ar- tery.] A'oyenno-Med. J., S.-Peterb., 1910, ccxxvii, med - spec, pt., 14-52— Delageniere (H.) Du traitement des anevrysmes de la carotide primitive; un cas d'extirpation- guerison. Arch. prov. de chir., Par., 1896, v, 225-234.— Delens. Anevrisme de la carotide interne et du sinus caver- neux. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1901, n. s., xxvii 286-288.—Delore (H.) De l'extirpation des anevrismes superieurs de la carotide primitive. Rev. dechir., Par 1907 xxxv, 87-99.—Douty (E. H.) Case of traumatic aneurysm of the carotid artery caused by a sewing-needle. Lancet, Lond., 1899, ii, 15S4 — Duchamp. Anevrvsme traumatique de la carotide interne dans sa portion extracranienne; liga- tures successives des carotides primitive et interne;'tam- ponnement du sac; guerison. Loire med., St.-Etienne, 1898, xvii, 113-118.—Ely (J. S.) Report of a case of aneurisms of the internal carotid artery within the cranium. Proc Con- nect. M. Soc, Bridgeport, 1904, 288-299.—del Fabro. In- torno ad un caso di aneurisma della carotide interna di destra Cong, internat. de med. C.-r., Par., 1900, sect, de chir. gen., 516-519.—FAykiss (F.) Aueurysma traumaticum carotidis. Budapesti k. m. t. esvet. 2. sz. Seb. Klin, betegf. 1903-4, Budapest, 1905, 29.—Freud (J.) Ein Fall von Aneurysma der Arteria carotis interna dextra mit rechtsseitigen Netz- hautblutungen. Wien. med. Wchnschr., 1911, lxi, 905-907.— Gallozzi (C.) Vasto aneurisma spontaneo dell' arteria caro- tide sinistra; elettroterapia; allaeciatura alia Sedillot; guari- gione. Atti d. r. Accad. med.-chir. di Napoli, 1898, n. s., Iii, 49-52— Gelman (D. Ya.) Aneurvsma art. carot. int. Ye- zhemfes. Ushn.,Gorlov.iNosov. Boliezn.,S.-Peterb., 1911, vi, 75-87.—Godart-Danhieux. Anevrisme carotidien. Poli- clin., Brux., 1903, xii, 566-568.—Guinard (A.) Traitement des anevrysmes de la base du cou par la ligature simultanee de la carotide primitive et de la sous-claviere droites. Ann. d. mal. de l'oreille, du larynx [etc.], Par., 1896, xxii, pt. 2, 393- 408.-----. Traitement des anevrysmes de la base du cou par la ligature simultanee de la carotide primitive et de la sous-claviere droites; ligature de l'aorte thoracique. Rev. de chir., Par., 1909, xxix, 229-244.—Harris (T. J.) Case of trau- matic aneurism of the carotid artery. Laryngoscope, St. Louis, 1912, xxii, 137-139.—Helman (D.) Przyczynek do kazuistyki tetniak6w gardzieli (aneurysma art. carotidis int.). Medycyna i Kron. lek., Warszawa, 1909, xliv, 681; 703.—Hinde (A.) A rare case of circumscribed traumatic aneurysm of the right internal carotid artery within the cranium, with recovery after operation. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1897, xxix, 1154-1156.—Hirsch (C.) Aneurysma der Carotis interna. Verhandl. d. Ver. deutsch. Laryngolog., AViirzb., 1914. xxi, 455-458. Also: Monatschr. f. Ohrenh. [etc.], Berl. & Wien, 1914, xlviii, 780-783.—Hutchinson (J.) Aneurism of the right common carotid. Polyclin., Lond., 1903, vii, 161.-----. A case of fusiform aneurism of the right common carotid artery. Proc. Roy. Soc. Med., Lond., 1907-8, i, Clin. Sect., 17.—Jastram (M.) Ueber Aneurysmenbildung der Art. carotis externa. Beitr. z. klin. Chir., Tubing., 1914, xciii, 341-347.—Johnson (AV. B.) Report of an interesting case of aneurism of the internal carotid artery. Tr. Am. Laryngol., Rhinol. & Otol. Soc. 1901, N. Y., 1902, vn, 226-229.—Klarfeld. Ein Aneurvsma spu- rium der Carotis interna im Verlaufe einer Tonsillitis acuta; Unterbindung; Exitus letalis. Wien. klin. Wchnschr., 1915, xxviii, 1361.—Kiinig. Aneurysma der Carotis. Deutsche med. AVchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1899, xxv, Ver.-Beil., 187; 195.—Koster. Intrakraniellt aneurysma art. carotidis; rup- tur; dod. Goteborgs Lak.-sallsk. Forh., 1902, 28-32.—Lerl (A.) Anevrysme pedicuie de la carotide interne situe dans le crane a la sortie du canal carotidien. Bull, et mem. Soc. Aneurism (Carotid) [Common, internat and external]. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 343.—Lewenstern (E.) [Trau- matic aneurism of the internal carotid artery.] Gaz. lek., Warszawa, 1901, 2. s., xxi, 655-662.—Liebault (G.) & Dau- din-CIavaud. Diagnostic et traitement des anevrismes de la carotide interne et de la carotide externe. Arch. gen. de chir., Par., 1912, viii, 1433-1447.—Lloyd (S.) A specimen of common carotid aneurism. Post-Graduate, N. Y., 1911, xxvi, 1144.—Loeser. Zur Kenntniss der oculiiren Symp- tome bei Aneurysmen der Carotis interna. Arch.f. Augenh., Wiesb., 1904, 1, 183-200.—Lusena. Voluminoso aneurisma della carotide primitiva; estirpazione; guarigione. Arch, ed atti d. Soc. ital. di chir. 1908, Roma, 1909, i, 635-650.—Lyot (C.) & Petit (R.) Anevrysme de la carotide interne consecu- tif a la scarlatine; guerison spontanee. Gaz. med. de Par., 1897, 10. s., i 159.—McClellan (W. E.) Pulsating exoph- thalmos due to aneurysm of the internal carotid. J. Am. M. Ass., Chicago, 1911, lvi, 1552—McMullen (C. G.) & Stan- ton (E. Mac D.) Aneurism of the internal carotid treated by Matas' method. Ann. Surg., Phila., 1910, li, 76-78.—Mar- chand (L.) Anevrysme intra-cranien de la carotide interne droite. Bull, et mem. Soc. anat. de Par., 1904, lxxix, 263.— Marques (A.) Aneurismas carotidianos. Gaz. med. da Bahia, 1901-2, 5. s., v, 296-299.—Martin (J. H.) An inter- esting case of aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 84.—Matas (R.) A large spontaneous (atheromatous) aneurism of the right common carotid involving the bifurcation and trunk, to a point two inches above the origin of the arterv, in an old alcoholic subject; ligation of artery low in the neck between sternal and clavicular attachments of the sterno-mastoid, under cocain anesthesia; recovery. Tr. Louisiana M. Soc, N. Orl., 1894, 286. -----. Suspected aneurism of the right internal carotid, possibly of traumatic origin, projecting into the fauces and threatening life by suffocation, etc; ligature of common carotid at point of election; recovery. Ibid., 290- 292.—Matthews (J.) Caseof aneurysm; left internal carotid with glaucoma of left eve. J. Roy. Army Med. Corps, Lond., 1907, viu, 437-439.—Minervini (R.) Allaeciatura della caro- tide primitiva per aneurisma. Med. prat., Napoli, 1916, i, 241-247.— Minich (K.) Aneurysma carotidis interna? rup- tum in cavum nasopharyngeal prominens. Pest, med.- chir. Presse, Budapest, 1901, xxxvii, 765.—Molson (W. A.) & Gordon (A. H.) Aneurysm of the internal carotid. Montreal M. J., 1907, xxxvi, 416-418.—Moraes Sarmento. Aneurisma da carotida externa junto da primitiva; simples laqueacao d'esta ultima; cura. Med. contemp., Lisb., 1899. xvii, 82.—Morelli (P.) II simpatico cervicale e gli aneurismi della carotide primitiva. N. riv. cUn.-terap., NapoU; 1898, i, 478^83.—Morestin (H.) Anevrisme de la carotide interne. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xli, 2443-2449.— Moses (O. St. J.) Aneurism of the common carotid artery. Indian M. Gaz., Calcutta, 1907, xlii; 97-100.—Mosse. Eine aneurysmatische Erweiterung der hnken Carotis communis. Berl. kUn. AA'chnschr., 1911, xlviii, 687.—Narath. Over een geheel gelijksoortig geval van aneurysma van het extra- craniale gedeelte de carotis interna, eveneens van de rechter lichaamshelft. Nederl. Tijdschr. v. Geneesk., 1903, 2. R., xxxix, d. 2, 1174.—Noiszewski (K.) Przypadek tetniaka tetnicy szyjowej wewneirznej w okolicy skrzyzowania nerwow wzrokowych (aneurysma carotidis int. in chias- mate). Post, okul., Krak6w, 1901, hi. 117-124.—Norris (T. S.) A case of diffuse aneurysm in the neck, cured by ligature of the external carotid and vertebral arteries. J. Roy. Army,Med. Corps, Lond., 1916, xxvii; 105.—Pacheco Mendes. A propos des anevTysmes carotidiens. Rev. de chir., Par., 1905, xxxi, 466-472—Pelissier (G.) Anevrysme traumatique de la carotide externe au niveau de la portion parotidienne. Bull. med. de l'Algerie, Alger, 1913, xxiv, 88-91.—Poncet. Anevrysme de la carotide primitive; ex- tirpation; guerison. Lyon med., 1906, cvi, 945-952.—Prin- dle (E. S.) Aneurism of carotid artery. Med. Century, N. Y., 1897, v, 324.—Pryanishnikofl (V.) [Pseudo-aneurism of the common carotid artery.] Khirurgia, Mosk., 1903, xiii, 259-267.—Rauchenbichler. Ein Fall von Aneurysma spu- rium carotidis traumaticum. Wien. klin. AVchnschr., 1913, xxvi, 84.—Renton (J. C.) Notes of a case of distal ligature of the common carotid artery for aneurysm. Lancet, Lond., 1907, ii, 24.—Robinson (H. B.) & Corner (E. M.) Aneu- rysm of the intra-cranial part of the left internal carotid artery caused by a bullet wound through the right eye. Tr. Clin. Soc. Lond., 1904-5, xxxviu, 22-26.—Rochard. Ane- vrisme de la base du coU (origine de la carotide primitive droite); operation de Brasdor. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1907, n. s., xxxhi, 398-401. -----. Operation de Brasdor pour un anevrisme de l'origine de la carotide primi- tive droite; anevrisme considerablement retracte; guerison rapide de tous les accidents; hemiparesie tardive gauche, neuf mois apres l'operation. Ibid., 1908, n. s., xxxiv, 915-918. -----. Anevrisme de la base du cou traite par la methode de Brasdor. Ibid., 1911, xxxvii, 495.—Rumpel. Fall von trau- matischem Aneurysma im Gebiet der rechten Art. carotis externa durch Schussverletzung. Munchen. med. AVchn- schr., 1915, lxii, 269— Rutherfurd (H.) Aneurysm of ex- ternal carotid at seat of ligature preliminary to excision of lower jaw and tonsil; treated by ligature of common carotid; successful. Glasgow M. J., 1908, lxix, 373.—Saocc ANEURISM. 508 .ANEURISM. Aneurism (Carotid) [Common, internal and external]. (A.) Aneurisma de la caroiida primitiva tratado por la ligadura supra-a6rtica. Semana med., Buenos Aires, 1917, xxiv, 461.—Sandiland (E. L.) Note on a case of simul- taneous rupture of a carotid aneurysm and an atheromatous aorta. Lancet, Lond., 1906, ii, 1510.—Schnabel. Oculo- motoriuslahmung und plotzlicher Tod infolge von Aneu- rysmen der Arteria carotis interna. AVien. med. AA'chnschr., 1904, Uv, 824-828.—Schulte. Aneurysma der Carotis im Mittelobre. Monatschr. f. Ohrenh., Berl., 1904, xxxviu, 117- 119.—Shannon (J. R.) A case of aneurysm of the internal carotid artery (intracranial portion) and its effect upon the patient's vision. Tr. Am. Ophth. Soc, Phila., 1917, xv, 100- 105. Also: Arch. Ophth.. N. Y., 1917, xlvi, 518-523.—Sheen (A. A\\) Common carotid artery (aneurism). Brit. J. Surg., Bristol, 1915-16, iu, 306.—Shick (Mary McD.) Report of a case of aneurism of the carotid artery. Tr. Berks Co. M. Soc. 1899, Reading, Pa:, 1900, 55-61.—Sinclair (T.) Ligation of the innominate artery for traumatic aneurysm of the carotid Brit. M. J., Lond., 1917, i, 288.—Slocock (R.) Cure of left carotid aneurysm by manipulation. Lancet, Lond., 1898, ii, 13S9.—Sorrentino (F.) TJ n caso di aneurisma della carotide primitiva di sinistra, sviluppatosi nel punto della ligatura. Boll. d. din., Milano, 1906, xxiu, 56-60. Also: Med. ital., Napoli, 1906, iv. 64-66.—Stoner (A. P.) Aneurysm of the common carotid artery. Am. Med., Phila., 1903, vi, 181.— Texier (V.) Signes et diagnostic des anevrysmes de la caro- tide interne cervicale. Bull, med., Par., 1907, xxi, 593-595. Also: Rev. hebd. de laryngol. [etc.], Par., 1907, ii, 425-434. -----. Sur un nouveau cas d'anevrisme de la carotide in- terne cervicale developp6 dans le pharynx seul et diagnos- tique par 1'auscultation a l'aide d'un stethoscope place sur le pharynx. Presse oto-laryngol., Brux., 1910, ix, 452-455.— Texier (V.) & Levesque. Troisieme cas d'anevrysme de la carotide interne faisant sailbe dans le pharynx. Gaz. med. de Nantes, 1910, 2. s., xxvui, 466-468.—Tuffler. Anevrisme de la carotide externe consecutif k un coup de feu dans la bouche; mort. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1905, n. s., xxxi. 512.—Valias. Anevrysme diffus de la carotide consecutif a l'uleeration du vaisseau dans un abces. Lyon med., 1896, lxxxu, 610-614.—Van den Wildenberg. Ope- ration d'un volumineux anevrisme interessant a la fois la carotide externe et interne. Ann.Soc.de med.d'Anvers, 1910, lxxu, 83-85. — Vince. Tumeur de la region parotidienne. Presse med. beige, Brux.. 1907, lix, 578.—Walsham (AV. J.) A case of extirpation oi a large non-pulsating aneurysm, involving the common, internal and external carotid arteries of the right side of the neck; with non-pulsation in aneu- rysms, and the treatment of aneurysms by extirpation. Proc. Roy. M. & Chir. Soc. Lond., 1899, 3. s., xi, 70-77. Also: Med.-Chir. Tr., Lond., 1899, lxxxu, 223-249.—Walther (C.) Anevrisme de la carotide. Bull, et mem. Soc. de chir. de Par., 1915, n. s., xU, 1975: 1916, xlu, 396-398.—Weber (F.) Zur operativen Behandlung des Carotisaneurvsmas. Zentralbl. f. Chir., Leipz., 1911, xxxvui, 565-568.—Werner (J.) Ueber extracranielle Aneurysmen der Carotis interna. Deutsche Ztschr. f. Chir., Leipz., 1902, lxvii, 591-611.— Witzel (O.) Aneurysma der Unken Halsseite welches unter und hinter dem Kieferwinkel gelegen, unter den oberen Theil des Musculus sternocleido-mastoideus sich estreckt. Deutsche med. AVchnschr., Berl. & Leipz., 1903, xxix, Ver.- Beil., 271.— Zamuravkin (K. I.) [Aneurism of the carotid artery following gunshot wound.] Voyenno-Med. J., S.- Peterb., 1904, iii, med.-spec. pt., 457-460.—von Zur-MUh- len (A.) Zwei Falle von Aneurysma der Arteria carotis cerebri. Ztschr. f. Ohrenh., AViesb., 1903, xiv, 57-68. Also, transl: Arch. Otol., N. Y., 1903, xxxii, 364-377. -----. [Aneurysma der rechten Arteria carotis interna.] St. Petersb. med. AVchnschr., 1904, xxix, 3. Aneurism (Carotid, Arterio-venous). Janssex (J. L.) *Ein Fall von Aneurysma spurium der Carotis interna und Vena jugularis communis sinistra infolge Stichverletzung. 8°. Kiel, 1903. Becker. Ueber traumatisches Aneurysma arterio-veno- sum der Carotis cerebri mit Exophthalmus pulsans. Ver- handl. d. deutsch. Gesellsch. f. Chir., Berl., 1907, xxxvi,